Loading...

Paliverse

Search Ask PaliVerse Signin

The PaliVerse Project

A Universe of Wisdom
100%
Font family
Theme
Navigation & Search

Hello ,How can i help you ?

Homage to the Blessed One, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Self-awakened One

In the Collection of Minor Texts

Commentary on the Book of Birth Stories-1

(Second Part)

17.

The Book of the Forties

521.

Commentary on the Three Birds Jātaka

"I ask you, Vessantara" - this the Teacher, while dwelling at Jeta's Grove, spoke by way of exhortation to the king of Kosala. For the Teacher, having addressed that king who had come for the purpose of hearing the Teaching, having exhorted him by the method of the discourse found in the Book of Fours beginning with "Great king, a king should exercise kingship righteously; for at the time when kings are unrighteous, the king's officials too at that time are unrighteous," and having spoken of the danger in the course of bias and the benefit in not following the course of bias, and having expanded the danger in sensual pleasures by the method beginning with "Sensual pleasures are like a dream," said "Great king, for these beings indeed -

'There is no bargaining with Death, no bribe-taking is found;

There is no battle, there is no victory, all have death as their destination.'

For those going to the world beyond, apart from the good action done by oneself, there is no other support. Thus what is of brief manifestation must inevitably be abandoned; it is not fitting to be negligent in dependence on fame; it is fitting to be diligent and exercise kingship righteously. The ancient kings, even when a Buddha had not arisen, standing firm in the exhortation of the wise, having exercised kingship righteously, went filling the city of the gods," and having said thus, being requested by him, brought up the past.

In the past, Brahmadatta, while exercising kingship in Bārāṇasī, was childless; even though desiring, he obtained neither a son nor a daughter. One day, having gone to the park with a great retinue, having played in the park for the daytime, having had a bed spread at the foot of the auspicious sal tree, having slept a little, having awakened, having looked at the sal tree, he saw a bird's nest there; together with the very seeing, affection arose in him. He, having had a man summoned, said "Having climbed this tree, find out whether there is anything or nothing in this nest." He, having said "Very well, Sire," having climbed up, having seen three eggs there, informed the king. The king, having said "If so, do not release a breath from your nostrils upon them," having said "Having spread cotton wool in a basket, having placed those very eggs there, come down gently," having had him come down, having taken the basket with his hand, asked the ministers "Of which birds are these eggs?" They said "We do not know; the hunters will know." The king, having had the hunters summoned, asked. The hunters said "Great king, among them one is an owl's egg, one is a myna-bird's egg, one is a parrot's egg." But how can there be eggs of three birds in one nest? Yes, Sire, when there is no danger, those well-placed do not perish. The king, being pleased, saying "These shall be my sons," having had those three eggs received by three ministers, said "These shall be my sons; having looked after them well, when they emerge from the egg-shell, you should inform me." They guarded those well.

Among them, the owl's egg broke first. The minister, having had a hunter summoned, having said "You find out whether it is female or male," when that one, having examined it, said "It is a male," having approached the king, said "A son has been born to you, Sire." The king, pleased, having given him much wealth, having said "Look after my little son well, and give him the name 'Vessantara'," dismissed him. He did so. Then, after the lapse of a few days, the myna-bird's egg broke. That minister too, having had it examined by a hunter, having heard "It is a female," having gone to the king's presence, said "A daughter has been born to you, Sire." The king, pleased, having given him too much wealth, having said "Look after my daughter well, and give her the name 'Kuṇḍalinī'," dismissed him. He too did so. Again, after the lapse of a few days, the parrot's egg broke. That minister too, having examined it by a hunter, when it was said "It is a male," having gone to the king's presence, said "A son has been born to you, Sire." The king, pleased, having given him too much wealth, having said "Having performed the blessing ceremony for my son with a great retinue, give him the name 'Jambuka'," dismissed him. He too did so. Those three birds too grew up in the houses of the three ministers with the very care given to royal princes. The king referred to them as "my son, my daughter." Then his ministers derided one another saying "See, friends, the king's behaviour; he goes about saying 'my son, my daughter' even regarding those born as animals."

Having heard that, the king thought - "These ministers do not know the accomplishment in wisdom of these sons of mine; I shall make it manifest to them." Then he sent a minister to the presence of Vessantara - "Your father wishes to ask a question; when indeed should he come and ask?" That minister, having gone, having paid homage to Vessantara, reported that message. Having heard that, Vessantara, having summoned his attendant minister, asked "My father, it is said, wishes to ask me a question; it is fitting to show honour to him when he has come here; when should he come?" The minister said "Let your father come on the seventh day from now." Having heard that, Vessantara, having said "Let my father come on the seventh day from now," dismissed him. He, having come, informed the king. The king, on the seventh day, having had a drum circulated in the city, went to his son's dwelling. Vessantara showed great honour to the king, even down to the slaves and workers he showed honour. The king, having eaten at the house of the Vessantara bird, having experienced great glory, having come to his own dwelling, having had a great pavilion built in the royal courtyard, having had a drum circulated in the city, surrounded by a great retinue of people, having sat down in the middle of the decorated pavilion, sent to the minister's presence saying "Let Vessantara be brought." The minister, having caused Vessantara to sit on a golden chair, brought him. The Vessantara bird, having sat on his father's lap, having played together with his father, having gone, sat down right there on the golden chair. Then the king, asking him about the duty of a king in the midst of the great multitude, spoke the first verse -

1.

"I ask you, Vessantara, O bird, may there be good fortune for you;

By one wishing to exercise kingship, what function done is best?"

Therein, "O bird" - he addresses him. "What" means which function done is best, highest; tell me, dear, the entire duty of a king - thus indeed he asked him.

Having heard that, Vessantara, without having answered the question, accusing the king for the time being with negligence, spoke the second verse -

2.

"At long last indeed, my father, Kaṃsa, the seizer of Bārāṇasī;

The heedless one has urged me, the heedful one, a father his son."

Therein, "father" means father. "Kaṃsa" - this is his name. "The seizer of Bārāṇasī" means one who, having supported Bārāṇasī by the four ways of supporting others, was conducting himself. "Heedless" means heedless through not asking questions while dwelling near wise men of such kind. "Me, the heedful one" means me, heedful through the practice of virtues beginning with morality and so on. "Father" means the foster father. "Has urged" means he says: being derided by the ministers saying "he treats his son as if he were an animal," having fallen into negligence, at long last today he has urged, he has asked a question.

Thus he, having urged with this verse, having said "Great king, a king, having stood firm in three principles, should exercise kingship righteously," speaking on the duty of a king, spoke these verses -

3.

"First of all, one should restrain falsehood, wrath and laughter;

Then one should have duties performed, that is the religious duty, they say, O warrior.

4.

"Whatever ascetic practice you, dear son, did before with doubt;

Whatever one lustful and corrupt would do, that one should not do again thereafter.

5.

For a heedless warrior, in the realm, O increaser of the realm;

All wealth perishes, that is called the king's misery.

6.

"Fortune and misfortune, dear son, when asked said this;

In a man established in industriousness and energy, not envious, I delight.

7.

"In the envious, the evil-hearted, in men who corrupt good deeds;

The wretched one, great king, delights, she who breaks the wheel.

8.

"You, being good-hearted to all, be the protector of all;

Dispel misfortune, great king, be the dwelling of good fortune.

9.

"He, endowed with fortune and energy, a person indeed exalted;

The lord of Kāsi, cuts the root and the top of enemies.

10.

"For Sakka too, the lord of beings, is not negligent in industriousness;

He, having made energy in what is good, sets his mind on industriousness.

11.

"Gandhabbas, ancestors, gods, share the same way of life with such a one;

For one who is energetic, not negligent, the deities stand by.

12.

"He, being diligent and free from anger, dear son, should have duties performed;

And strive in duties, a lazy one does not find happiness.

13.

"Right there are your rules of conduct, this very thing is the instruction;

It is able to make friends happy, and for the suffering of enemies."

3-13. Therein, "first of all, falsehood" means: dear son, a king should restrain lying from the very beginning. For the country of a lying king becomes sapless; the nutritive essence of the earth sinks down seven gems' measure below the place of working, and consequently there is no nutritive essence in food or in oil, honey, molasses and so on, or in medicines. People eating food without nutritive essence become full of illness; in the country, income does not arise on land and water routes; when that does not arise, kings become destitute. They are unable to support their servants; unsupported servants do not look upon the king with a respectful mind. Thus, dear son, lying is sapless; it should not be committed even for the sake of life; but since truth is sweeter among flavours, that alone should be accepted. Moreover, lying is destructive of virtues and has failure as its end; at the second mind-moment it makes Avīci one's destination. In this matter, the Cetiya Jātaka beginning with "The principle destroyed indeed destroys" should be related.

"Wrath" means: dear son, a king should restrain even wrath, which has the characteristic of anger, from the very first. Dear son, for others, wrath does not quickly reach its summit, but for kings it does. Kings, having speech as their weapon, having become angry, destroy others by a mere glance alone; therefore a king should be free from anger far more than other human beings; he should be accomplished in patience, friendliness, and compassion, looking upon the world as his own dear son. Dear son, an excessively wrathful king is not able to protect the fame that has arisen. For the elucidation of this meaning, the Khantivādī Jātaka and the Cūḷadhammapāla Jātaka should be related. For in the Cūḷadhammapāla Jātaka, the king named Mahāpatāpana, having killed his son, with his heart broken by sorrow for his son, himself too bewailing the queen who had died, died with a broken heart. Then they cremated all three at a single cremation ground. Therefore, a king, having first avoided lying, should secondly avoid wrath.

"Hāsa" means laughter; or this itself is the reading. In those various duties, one should restrain the habit of sport and mockery due to the state of having an elated mind. Dear son, a king should not be of a sportive disposition; without relying on others, all duties should be done by one's own direct observation. For a king with an elated mind, doing actions without weighing them, destroys the fame he has obtained. In this matter, there should be related: in the Sarabhaṅga Jātaka, how King Daṇḍaki, having taken the word of his chaplain, having offended against the lean calves, was annihilated together with his country and was reborn in the hot-ash hell; and in the Mātaṅga Jātaka, how the Majjha king, having taken up the talk of the brahmins, having offended against the ascetic Mātaṅga, was annihilated together with his country and was reborn in hell; and in the Ghaṭapaṇḍita Jātaka, how, having taken the word of the ten brother princes who were deluded by delusion, having offended against Kaṇhadīpāyana, the family of Vāsudeva was destroyed.

"Then one should have duties performed" means: thus, dear son, having avoided first lying, second wrath, and third improper laughter, thereafter the king should have the duties to be done for the inhabitants of the country performed. "That is the religious duty, they say, O warrior" means: O warrior great king, what was said by me, this is the king's undertaking of religious duty - thus the wise ones of old said.

"One should not do that" means: whatever action causing later torment has been done by you through the power of lust and so on, from what was done before, one should not do such action again; do not do it, dear son. "It is said" means: that is called the king's misery; thus the wise ones of old said. "Sirī" - this the Vessantara bird said, bringing forth and showing a reason that had occurred formerly in Bārāṇasī. Therein, "they said" means: when asked by the merchant Suciparivāra, they spoke. "Industriousness and energy" means: whatever man is established in industriousness and energy, and does not envy having seen the success of others, in him I delight - she said. Thus far, dear son, Sirī spoke. "In the envious" means: but Misfortune, dear son, when asked, said: I delight in those who envy the success of others, who are evil-hearted, evil-minded, who corrupt good deeds - whoever, being offended, being displeased, being distressed, does not do good deeds, in him I delight. Thus that wretched one, great king, delights; she who breaks the wheel of wholesomeness, beginning with residence in a suitable place and so on.

"Good-hearted" means of beautiful mind, one with a benevolent mind. "Dispel" means remove. "Dwelling" means but be the dwelling of good fortune, be the support. "He, endowed with fortune and energy" means, great king, the lord of Kāsi, that person is accomplished in both wisdom and energy. "Exalted" means of great disposition; by seizing those who are the basis for thieves, he seizes the root of enemies; by seizing the thieves, he cuts the top of enemies - thus it says. "Sakka" means Inda. "Lord of beings" - he addresses the king. "In industriousness" means in industriousness and energy. "Is not negligent" means he is not negligent, he performs all duties. "He, in what is good" means that king of gods, setting his mind on industriousness and energy, not doing evil deeds, having made energy in what is good, in meritorious action alone, being diligent, sets his mind on industriousness. And for the purpose of showing his making of energy in good deeds, the following stories and so on should be told: in the Sarabhaṅga Jātaka, his having come together with the deities of the two heavenly worlds to the Kapiṭṭha park and having asked questions and having heard the Teaching; and in the Mahākaṇha Jātaka, his having frightened the people by his own power and having set in motion the Dispensation that had fallen back.

"Gandhabbas" means the gods of four modes of generation below the Cātumahārājika gods; it is said that precisely because of being of four modes of generation, they came to be called gandhabbas. "Ancestors" means the brahmā gods. "Gods" means the six sensual-sphere gods in the sense of gods by rebirth. "Of such a one" means of such a king who delights in what is wholesome. "Share the same way of life" means they are of the same livelihood, to be depended upon. For such kings, performing meritorious deeds such as giving, give a share of merit to the deities; those deities, having given thanks for and having received that share of merit, grow in divine fame. "Stand by" means the deities stand by, follow after such a king who is making energy and practising diligence; the meaning is: they arrange righteous protection.

"So" means "so you." "Strive" means performing those duties of the kingdom, exert energy in those various duties by way of weighing, by way of judgement, and by way of realization. "Right there are your rules of conduct" means, dear son, that which you asked me "what function done is best," right there in your question itself these were spoken by me beginning with "first of all, falsehood" and so on; these are the rules of conduct, the portions of duty; thus conduct yourself therein. "This" means that which was spoken to you by me, this very thing is your instruction. "It is able" means a king conducting himself thus is indeed prepared and competent to make his own friends happy and for the suffering of enemies.

Thus, when the Vessantara bird, having urged the king's negligence with one verse, had spoken on the Teaching with eleven verses, the public, filled with wonder and amazement, uttered hundreds of acclamations saying "The question has been spoken in the manner of a Buddha." The king, having attained pleasure, having addressed the ministers, asked - "Sirs! Ministers, by my son Vessantara speaking thus, which duty to be done has been done?" "That of the Commander of the Great Army, Sire." "Then I give him the position of Commander of the Great Army" - thus he appointed Vessantara to that particular position. He, from then on, standing in the position of Commander of the Great Army, performed his father's work.

The Vessantara question is concluded.

Again the king, after the lapse of a few days, having sent a messenger to Kuṇḍalinī in the same manner as before, on the seventh day having gone there and having returned, having sat down right there in the middle of the pavilion, having had Kuṇḍalinī brought, asking about the duty of a king while she was seated on a golden chair, spoke a verse -

14.

"Can you, Kuṇḍalinī, do you understand, kinswoman of a warrior;

By one wishing to exercise kingship, what function done is best?"

Therein, "can you" - he asks whether she will be able to answer a question asked by me. "Kuṇḍalinī" - he addresses her by a name derived from her own characteristic. It is said that on the two backs of her ears there were two lines in the shape of earrings; therefore he gave her the name "Kuṇḍalinī." "Do you understand" means you will know the meaning of the question asked by me. "Kinswoman of a warrior" - he addresses her thus by virtue of her being the sister of the warrior Mahāsenagutta. But why does he ask this one only without having asked the Vessantara bird thus? Because of her being a woman. For women are of limited wisdom; therefore, by way of investigation, thinking "If she is able, I shall ask; if not, I shall not ask," having asked thus, he asked that very same question.

When she was thus asked by the king about the duties of a king, having said "Dear son, you are testing me, I think, wondering 'What will a mere woman say?' I shall tell you the entire duty of a king, having put it into just two terms," she said -

15.

"Just two principles, dear son, where all is established;

The gain of what is not obtained, and the protection of what is obtained.

16.

"Know your ministers, dear son, the wise ones skilled in welfare;

Not gamblers, not cheats, dear son, not drunkards, not destroyers.

17.

"And whoever would protect you, dear son, and whatever wealth there would be for you;

As a charioteer would control a chariot, he should have your duties performed.

18.

"Having well looked after one's household, having examined one's wealth oneself;

One should not make deposits or give loans through reliance on others.

19.

"One should know oneself the income and expenditure, one should know oneself what is done and not done;

One should restrain one deserving restraint, one should encourage one deserving encouragement.

20.

"Instruct the country-folk's welfare yourself, O bull among charioteers;

Let not unrighteous officials destroy your wealth and country.

21.

"Do not do duties with haste, or have them done;

For action done with haste, the fool feels remorse afterwards.

22.

"Do not release your heart beyond its core, when it is excessively angered;

For through wrath many prosperous families have gone to ruin.

23.

"Do not, dear son, thinking 'I am the lord,' lead others to harm;

For women and men, let there not be painful consequences for you.

24.

"For a king without terror, who pursues sensual pleasures;

All wealth perishes, that is called the king's misery.

25.

"Right there are your rules of conduct, this very thing is the instruction;

Now you should see, a doer of merit, not addicted to drink, not causing ruin;

Be moral, great king, the immoral one falls into misfortune."

15-25. Therein, "principles" means reason-terms. "Where" means in which two terms all benefit, welfare and happiness is established. "Of what is not obtained" means both the gain of gain not previously obtained, and the protection of what is obtained. Dear son, the production of unarisen gain is indeed no burden, but the protection of what has arisen is indeed the burden. For a certain one, even having produced fame, being heedless regarding fame, having given rise to negligence, commits killing of living beings and so on, and having become a great thief, goes about plundering the country. Then kings, having had him seized, bring him to great destruction. Or else, being heedless regarding the types of sensual pleasure consisting of arisen forms and so on, unwisely destroying wealth, when all property is exhausted, having become a beggar, wearing bark garments, taking a bowl, he goes about. Or else one gone forth, having produced material gain and honour by means of the burden of studying Scriptures and so on, being heedless, returns to the lower life. Another, even having produced the first meditative absorption and so on, through unmindfulness, being bound to such an object, falls away from meditative absorption. Thus the protection of arisen fame or of gain of meditative absorption and so on is indeed difficult to do. But for the purpose of illuminating that meaning, the story of Devadatta, and the Mudulakkhaṇa, Lomasakassapa, Haritaca Jātaka, Saṅkappa Jātaka and so on should be related. But one, having produced material gain and honour, standing firm in diligence, does good deeds; his fame grows like the moon in the bright fortnight. Therefore you, great king, being diligent, standing firm in the success of means, exercising kingship righteously, protect your arisen fame.

"Know" means consider for the purpose of performing the duties of storekeeper and so on. "Not gamblers and cheats" means not dice-players, not cheats, not gamblers, and not deceitful persons. "Not drunkards" means free from addiction to cakes, liquor, perfumes, and garlands. "Not destroyers" means not destroyers of your own wealth and grain and so on. "Who" means whichever minister. "And whatever" means whatever wealth there would be in your house, he should protect that. "As a charioteer" means like a chariot driver. Just as a charioteer, controlling the horses for the purpose of warding off uneven roads, would control the chariot, so whoever is able to protect you together with your wealth, he is called your minister; having supported such a one, he should have the duties of storekeeper and so on performed.

"Having well looked after one's household" means, dear son, for whatever king whose own household people and own attendant retinue are not supported by giving and so on, in his inner dwelling gold and unwrought gold and so on are lost through the power of those unsupported people, and the household people go outside. Therefore you, having become one whose household people are well looked after, having examined your own wealth yourself thinking "This much indeed is my property," should not do either of these two - "Let us deposit a treasure at such and such a place, let us give a loan to so-and-so" - through reliance on others. Through reliance on others too, you should not do it; you should do everything as self-witnessed - thus he says.

"Income and expenditure" means you should know by yourself the income arising therefrom and the expenditure to be given to those various ones. "What is done and not done" means in battles or in new construction works or in other duties, "by this one such and such was done for me, by this one it was not done" - this too you should know by yourself; do not be one relying on others. "Should restrain" means, dear son, a king, having brought one who commits housebreaking and so on, one deserving restraint, having examined and investigated the one displayed, having cleared the case, having looked at the punishment established by ancient kings, should restrain him in accordance with the offence. "Should encourage" means whoever is deserving of encouragement - whether one who breaks the enemy's unbroken forces, or one who wins over one's own broken forces, or one who brings a kingdom not yet obtained, or one who makes what is obtained lasting, or one by whom life has been given - having encouraged such a one deserving of encouragement, one should show great honour and respect. Thus indeed others too, giving their breast to his duties, will do what should be done.

"The country-folk's" means instruct the welfare of the country-dwellers yourself, by one's own direct observation alone. "Unrighteous officials" means unrighteous ones appointed here and there, agents, having taken bribes, breaking judgments, let them not destroy your wealth and country. For this reason, having been diligent, instruct by yourself. "With haste" means suddenly, without weighing, without deciding. "Hastily" means action done suddenly, without weighing, without deciding, through the power of desire and so on, is indeed not good, not excellent. Why? For having done such a thing, the fool afterwards, by way of remorse, experiencing suffering of the realms of misery in this world, feels regret in the world beyond too. But the meaning here should be illustrated by the Bharu Jātaka: "Having made a breach among the seers, the king of Bharu, thus have I heard."

"Do not release your heart beyond its core, when it is excessively angered" means, dear son, when your heart, having gone beyond and surpassed what is wholesome, in the ongoing unwholesome actions of others, having become well and excessively angered, made wrathful, do not release it, let it not become established - this is the meaning. This is what is meant - Dear son, when you are established in judgment and they show you a thief saying "By this one a man was killed or a connection was broken," then do not release your heart, even though well angered by the words of others, through the power of wrath; without having discerned the matter, do not impose punishment. Why? For indeed they seize even a non-thief and bring him saying "He is a thief." Therefore, without being angry, having heard the account of both parties hostile about the matter, having well investigated, having known by one's own direct observation his state of being a thief, do what should be done according to the punishment established by tradition. For by a king, even when wrath has arisen, action should not be done without making the heart cool. But when his heart is quenched and soft, then the work of judgment should be done. For in a harsh mind, just as a facial reflection in boiling water, the reason is not evident. "For through wrath" means, dear son, for through wrath indeed many prosperous royal families have gone to a state of ruin, have reached great destruction indeed. For the elucidation of this meaning, the Khantivādī Jātaka, the story of the Coconut King, the story of Sahassabāhu Ajjuna, and so on should be related.

"Do not, dear son, thinking 'I am the lord,' lead others to harm" means, dear son, thinking "I am the lord of the earth," do not lead, do not bring down the public to harm consisting of bodily misconduct and so on; in whatever way one proceeds having accepted that harm, do not do thus - this is the meaning. "Let there not be for you" means, dear son, in your realm, for those of human birth or for those of animal birth, for women and men, let there not be painful consequences, the arising of suffering. For just as in the realm of unrighteous kings, people, having committed bodily misconduct and so on, are reborn in hell, act in such a way that that suffering does not occur for the inhabitants of your country - this is the meaning.

"Free from terror" means of one who is fearless of the fears beginning with self-censure. By this he shows this - Dear son, whatever king, without making any apprehension about anything, remembers only his own sensual pleasure, by the power of desire does whatever he wishes, is like a blind man with a discarded stick, and like a fierce elephant without a goad, all his wealth perishes; that disaster regarding wealth of his is called misery, suffering.

"Right there are your rules of conduct" - this should be construed by the former method itself. "Now you should see" means, dear son, you, having heard this instruction, now being skilled, not lazy, a doer of merit by the doing of meritorious deeds, by the avoidance of liquor and so on. Not addicted to drink, by not destroying the welfare pertaining to the present life and the future life, you should be one who does not cause ruin. "Be moral" means be moral, accomplished in good conduct; having become established in the ten duties of a king, exercise kingship. "The immoral one falls into misfortune" means for the immoral one indeed, great king, casting himself down into hell, is called one who falls into misfortune.

Thus Kuṇḍalinī too taught the Teaching with eleven verses. The king, pleased, having addressed the ministers, asked - "Sirs! Ministers, by my daughter Kuṇḍalinī speaking thus, which duty to be done has been done?" "By the storekeeper, Sire." "Then I give her the position of storekeeper" - thus he appointed Kuṇḍalinī to that particular position. She, from then on, standing in the position of storekeeper, performed her father's work.

The Kuṇḍalinī question is concluded.

Again the king, after the lapse of a few days, having sent a messenger to the wise Jambuka in the same manner as before, on the seventh day having gone there, having experienced the success, having returned, sat down right there in the middle of the pavilion. The minister, having caused the wise Jambuka to sit on a golden plaited chair, came carrying the chair on his head. The wise one, having sat on his father's lap, having played, having gone, sat down right there on the golden chair. Then the king, asking him a question, spoke a verse -

26.

"We asked Kosiyagotta, and likewise Kuṇḍalinī;

Now you tell us, Jambuka, the highest power among powers."

Its meaning is - Dear Jambuka, I asked your brother Kosiyagotta Vessantara and your sister Kuṇḍalinī about the duty of a king; they spoke according to their own power. Just as I asked them, so now, son Jambuka, I ask you: tell me about the duty of a king and the highest power among powers.

Thus the king, asking the Great Being a question, did not ask in the same procedure as he had asked the others, but asked having distinguished further. Then the wise one, saying to him "If so, great king, listen with ears inclined, I shall tell you everything," as if placing a bag containing a thousand pieces of gold coins into outstretched hands, began the teaching of the Teaching -

27.

"There are five kinds of power in the world, in an exalted person;

Among these, physical power by name, is called the last power.

28.

"And the power of wealth, long-lived one, is called the second power;

And the power of councillors, long-lived one, is called the third power.

29.

"And the power of birth, that is the fourth without doubt;

All these, the wise one overpowers.

30.

"That power of wisdom is the foremost power among powers, the highest power;

Supported by the power of wisdom, the wise one gains benefit.

31.

"Even if a fool obtains a prosperous, best of lands;

Against his will, by force, another proceeds to take it.

32.

"Even if one is well-born, a warrior having obtained the kingdom;

The unwise lord of Kāsi, even with all of it, does not live.

33.

"Wisdom indeed judges learning, wisdom increases fame and praise;

A man endowed with wisdom here, even amidst suffering, finds happiness.

34.

"And wisdom, without listening, no one attains;

Without approaching one very learned, not discriminating what is righteous.

35.

"And whoever knows the analysis of the teaching, rises at the proper time, not lazy;

Exerts himself at the right moment, the fruit of his action succeeds.

36.

"For one of improper conduct, who associates with the improper plane;

For one who acts with weariness, the right purpose does not ripen.

37.

"For one who is internally engaged, who associates with the true plane;

For one who acts without weariness, the right purpose ripens.

38.

"What is reckoned as exertion in endeavour, and the protection of what has been stored up;

These, dear son, you should practise, do not ruin yourself through inaction;

For through inaction the imprudent one sinks like a hut made of reeds."

27-38. Therein, "exalted" means, great king, in this world of beings, in a person of great disposition, there are five kinds of power. "Physical power" means bodily power. "The last" means that, even though very great, is indeed inferior. Why? Because of the state of blind foolishness. For if bodily power were indeed great, compared to the power of an elephant, the power of the Indian quail would be small; but the elephant's power, through the state of blind foolishness, became a condition for death, while the Indian quail, through her own skilfulness in knowledge, brought the elephant to the destruction of life. But in this matter, the discourse "Not indeed everywhere is the task accomplished by power, for power leads to the murder of the fool" should be brought.

"The power of wealth" means, by way of support, all enjoyable things beginning with gold and silver are called the power of wealth; that is greater than bodily power. "The power of ministers" means the existence of a circle of ministers whose counsel cannot be divided, who are valiant and well-hearted; that power, through valour in battle, is greater than the former powers. "The power of birth" means, surpassing three families, the success of birth by way of the warrior family; that is greater than the other powers. For only those accomplished in birth are purified, not the others. "And these which" means whichever of these four powers the wise person, by the power of wisdom, surpasses and overcomes; that power of wisdom among all powers is called the foremost and the highest. Why? For supported by that power, the wise person gains benefit and attains progress. For the purpose of illuminating that meaning, the Puṇṇanadī Jātaka beginning with "By which they call a full river drinkable," and the Sirīkāḷakaṇṇi question, and the Pañcapaṇḍita question, and the Sattubhasta Jātaka, Sambhava Jātaka, Sarabhaṅga Jātaka and so on should be related.

"Dull" means of dull wisdom, a fool. "Prosperous" means, dear son, even if a person of dull wisdom obtains a best land full of the seven precious things, even against his wishes, or else having used force, another accomplished in wisdom proceeds to take it. For a fool is not able to protect the fame he has obtained, or else to attain even a kingdom belonging to his family or come down by tradition. For the purpose of illuminating that meaning, the Pādañjalī Jātaka beginning with "Surely Pādañjalī outshines all in wisdom" should be related. "Having obtained" means even having obtained a kingdom belonging to his family in dependence on the success of birth. "Even with all" means he does not live even with that entire kingdom; through lack of skilfulness in means, he becomes merely a poor man.

Thus the Great Being, having spoken of the faults of the unwise by this much of a passage, now praising wisdom, said beginning with "wisdom." Therein, "learning" means the learning of the scriptures. For it is wisdom alone that judges that. "Increasing fame and praise" means increasing reputation and material gain and honour. "Finds happiness amidst suffering" means even when suffering has arisen, having become fearless, through skilfulness in means, he obtains happiness. For the purpose of illuminating that meaning -

"For whom these four qualities exist, monkey-king, just as for you."
"Enough for me with those mangoes, rose-apples and jackfruits."

Such birth stories and so on should be told.

"Without listening" means not attending upon wise persons, not hearing. "What is righteous" means not approaching one very learned who is established in the intrinsic nature of things, not believing that. "Without discriminating" means without plunging into and determining benefit and harm, what has a reason and what has no reason, no one attains wisdom, dear son.

"One who knows the analysis of the Teaching" means one skilled in the analysis of the ten wholesome courses of action. "One who rises at the right time" means one who makes energy at the fitting time for making energy. "He exerts himself" means at each and every time he does each and every duty. "His" means the fruit of action of that person succeeds and comes to fruition. "Of one whose habit is the improper plane" means "improper plane" is called the action of immorality which is not a source of gain, fame, and happiness; of one whose habit is that, who is endowed with that action of immorality; of one who associates with an immoral person who is indeed an improper plane; of one who acts with weariness at the time of performing wholesome action, doing it having become weary and dissatisfied - for such a person, dear son, the purpose of his actions does not rightly ripen, does not succeed, and does not lead to the three highest families and the six sensual heavens. This is the meaning. "And internally" means of one who is engaged in one's own internal self by way of the meditation on impermanence and so on. "One who associates with the true plane" means of one who likewise associates with virtuous persons. "Ripens" means succeeds, gives great fame.

"Reckoned as exertion and endeavour" means wisdom that constitutes the portion of endeavour in the cause that is fitting to be engaged in with exertion. "Of what has been gathered" means the protection of wealth that has been accumulated. "These, you" means these and the two former reasons stated by me, all of them, dear son, you should practise; having placed the exhortation spoken by me in your heart, protect the wealth in your own house. "Do not ruin yourself through inaction" means do not ruin yourself through improper, causeless action; do not burn up that wealth, do not destroy it. Why? "For through inaction" means through the performance of improper action, the imprudent person, having destroyed his own wealth, afterwards becomes ill-fated. "Sinks like a hut made of reeds" means just as a hut made of reeds, decaying from the root upwards, falls without support, so having destroyed wealth without reason, one is reborn in the realms of misery.

Thus too the Bodhisatta, having praised the five powers by this much of a passage, having raised up the power of wisdom and spoken as if bringing forth the disc of the moon, now giving exhortation to the king with ten verses, said -

39.

"Practise the Teaching, great king, towards mother and father, O warrior;

Having practised the Teaching here, O king, you will go to heaven.

40.

"Practise the Teaching, great king, towards children and wife, O warrior;

Having practised the Teaching here, O king, you will go to heaven.

41.

"Practise the Teaching, great king, towards friends and colleagues, O warrior;

Having practised the Teaching here, O king, you will go to heaven.

42.

"Practise the Teaching, great king, towards vehicles and forces;

Having practised the Teaching here, O king, you will go to heaven.

43.

"Practise the Teaching, great king, in villages and towns;

Having practised the Teaching here, O king, you will go to heaven.

44.

"Practise the Teaching, great king, in the country and in the countryside;

Having practised the Teaching here, O king, you will go to heaven.

45.

"Practise the Teaching, great king, towards ascetics and brahmins;

Having practised the Teaching here, O king, you will go to heaven.

46.

"Practise the Teaching, great king, towards beasts and birds, O warrior;

Having practised the Teaching here, O king, you will go to heaven.

47.

"Practise the Teaching, great king, the Teaching practised brings happiness;

Having practised the Teaching here, O king, you will go to heaven.

48.

"Practise the Teaching, great king, the gods with Indra, including the Brahmā realm;

By well-practised deeds they attained heaven, do not be negligent in the Teaching, O king."

39-48. Therein, in the first verse to begin with, "the Teaching here" means the principle of looking after mother and father. It says "fulfil" that by rising early in the morning, having given water for washing the face, wooden toothbrushes and so on to mother and father, and attending to all their bodily functions. "Towards children and wife" means: first, having prevented sons and daughters from evil, establishing them in good, having them learn a craft, at the time of coming of age arranging marriage from both sides with a suitable family lineage, giving wealth at the proper time - thus one is called one who practises the Teaching towards children. Honouring one's wife, not disrespecting her, not being unfaithful to her, handing over authority, providing ornaments - thus one is called one who practises the Teaching towards one's wife. "Towards friends and colleagues" means: treating friends and colleagues kindly by the four ways of supporting others, not deceiving them - thus one is called one who practises the Teaching towards them. "Towards vehicles and forces" means: giving what is fit to be given to the vehicles such as elephants and horses and so on, and to the army, showing honour, not employing elephants, horses and so on in work when they are old - thus one is called one who practises the Teaching towards them.

"In villages and towns" means: by not oppressing the inhabitants of villages and towns with punishments and taxes, one is called one who practises the Teaching towards them. "In the country and in the countryside" means: wearying the country and the countryside without reason, not establishing a mind of welfare - thus one is called one who practises what is not the Teaching there. But not oppressing them and pervading them with a mind of welfare - thus one is called one who practises the Teaching there. "Towards ascetics and brahmins" means: by giving them the four requisites, one is called one who practises the Teaching towards them. "Towards beasts and birds" means: by giving safety to all quadrupeds and birds, one is called one who practises the Teaching towards them. "The Teaching practised" means the Teaching of good conduct is practised. "Brings happiness" means it brings happiness in the three family accomplishments and in the six sensual heavens. "By well-practised deeds" means by what is practised here, by well-practised bodily good conduct and so on. "Attained heaven" means they went to heaven, reckoned as the world of the gods and the world of Brahmā; there they were born as ones who obtained celestial success. "Do not be negligent in the Teaching, O king" means therefore you, great king, even while giving up your life, do not be negligent in the Teaching.

Having thus spoken the ten verses on the practice of the Teaching, exhorting further, he spoke the concluding verse -

49.

"Right there are your rules of conduct, this very thing is the instruction;

Associating with the wise, beautiful one, the wise know that completely by oneself."

Therein, "right there are your rules of conduct" - this should be construed by the former method itself. "Associating with the wise, beautiful one, the wise know that completely by oneself" means, great king, that exhortation spoken by me, you, constantly associating with wise persons, having become endowed with good qualities, completely, perfectly, by oneself, as a wise one, having known by one's own direct observation, should proceed in accordance with the advice.

Thus the Great Being taught the Teaching in the manner of a Buddha, as if bringing down the celestial river. The great multitude made great honour, and gave thousands of acclamations. The king, pleased, having addressed the ministers, asked - "Sirs! Ministers, by my son, the wise Jambuka, whose beak is like a young rose-apple fruit, speaking thus, which duty to be done has been done?" "That of a general, Sire." "Then I give him the position of general" - thus he appointed Jambuka to that particular position. He, from then on, standing in the position of general, performed his father's work. There was great honour for the three birds. Those three persons too instructed the king in what is beneficial and what is right. Having stood firm in the Great Being's exhortation, the king, having performed meritorious deeds such as giving and so on, became one destined for heaven. The ministers, having performed the funeral rites for the king, having informed the birds, said "Master, Jambuka bird, the king has made it so that the umbrella should be raised for you." The Great Being, saying "I have no need of a kingdom; you, being diligent, exercise the kingdom," having established the great multitude in the precepts, having had the principles of judgment inscribed on a golden slab saying "Thus you should carry out judgment," entered the forest. His exhortation continued for forty thousand years.

The Teacher, having taught this teaching of the Teaching by way of exhortation to the king, connected the Jātaka: "At that time the king was Ānanda, Kuṇḍalinī was Uppalavaṇṇā, Vessantara was Sāriputta, but the Jambuka bird was myself."

The commentary on the Tesakuṇa Jātaka is the first.

522.

Commentary on the Sarabhaṅga Jātaka

"Adorned, wearing earrings, well-clothed" - this the Teacher spoke while dwelling at the Bamboo Grove, referring to the final Nibbāna of the Elder Mahāmoggallāna. The Elder Sāriputta, having obtained permission for his final Nibbāna from the Tathāgata while he was dwelling at Jeta's Grove, having gone, attained final Nibbāna in the birth-chamber in the village of Nāḷaka. Having heard of his state of having attained final Nibbāna, the Teacher, having gone to Rājagaha, dwelt at the Bamboo Grove. At that time the Elder Mahāmoggallāna was dwelling at the Black Rock on the slope of Isigili. He, by the power of supernormal power, having reached the summit, went on journeys to the heavenly worlds and journeys to the adjunct hells. Having seen the great authority of the Buddha's disciples in the heavenly world, and having seen the great suffering of the disciples of sectarians in the adjunct hells, having come to the human world, he told people: "Such and such a male lay follower and such and such a female lay follower, having been reborn in such and such a heavenly world, experience great success; among the disciples of sectarians, such and such a one and such and such a one have been reborn in such and such a realm of misery among the hells and so on." People were devoted to the Dispensation and avoided the sectarians. The honour for the Buddha's disciples was great; that of the sectarians declined.

They, having bound resentment towards the elder, saying "While this one lives, our attendants are breaking away, and honour declines; shall we have him killed?" - for the purpose of killing the elder, they gave a thousand to a thief named Samaṇaguttaka. He, saying "I shall kill the elder," went to the Black Rock together with a great retinue. The elder, having seen him coming, flew up by supernormal power and departed. The thief, not seeing the elder on that day, having turned back, and on the following day too - thus for six days he went. The elder too departed in the same way by supernormal power. But on the seventh day, the elder's formerly done kamma whose results are experienced from one life to another obtained its opportunity. He, it is said, formerly, having taken his wife's word, wishing to kill his mother and father, having led them to the forest by a small carriage, having made the appearance of thieves having arisen, beat and struck his mother and father. They, due to the weakness of their eyes, deprived of the seeing of forms, not recognising him as their own son, with the perception "These are indeed thieves," lamented for his very sake, saying "Dear son, such and such thieves are killing us; you withdraw!" He thought - "These, even while being beaten by me, lament for my very sake; I am doing an inappropriate deed." Then, having consoled them, having shown the appearance of the thieves fleeing, having massaged their hands and feet, having said "Mother, father, do not be afraid; the thieves have fled," he brought them back to his own home again. That deed, not having obtained an opportunity for so long a time, having remained like a heap of embers concealed by ashes, having pursued this final body, seized it. For just as indeed a dog released by a hunter with dogs, having seen a deer, having pursued the deer, in whatever place it catches up, right there it seizes it; even so this deed, in whatever place it obtains an opportunity, there it gives its result; there is no one who is free from it.

The elder, having known the state of being pulled by the deed done by himself, did not go away. The elder, as an outcome of that, was not able to fly up into space. Even his supernormal power, which was able to tame Nandopananda and able to shake the Vejayanta palace, had reached feebleness by the power of action. The thief, having seized the elder, breaking the elder's bones, making them the size of rice grains, having crushed and powdered them, having done what is called making a straw-backed bundle, with the perception "He is dead," having thrown him behind a bush, departed with his retinue. The elder, having regained mindfulness, having thought "I shall attain final Nibbāna after seeing the Teacher," having wrapped his body with the wrapping of meditative absorption, having made it firm, having flown up into space, having gone through space to the Teacher's presence, having paid homage to the Teacher, said "Venerable sir, the life force has been relinquished by me; I shall attain final Nibbāna." "You will attain final Nibbāna, Moggallāna?" "Yes, venerable sir." "Where will you go to attain final Nibbāna?" "At the Black Rock slab, venerable sir." If so, Moggallāna, having spoken the Teaching to me, go; for there will be no seeing now of such a disciple. He, saying "I will do so, venerable sir," having paid homage to the Teacher, having flown up into the sky to the height of a palm tree, like the Elder Sāriputta on the day of final Nibbāna, having performed various kinds of supernormal powers, having spoken the Teaching, having paid homage to the Teacher, attained final Nibbāna in the forest at the Black Rock.

At that very moment the six heavenly worlds were in one uproar, saying "Our teacher, it is said, has attained final Nibbāna," and having taken divine scents, garlands, perfumes, incense, sandalwood powder, and various timbers, they came; there was a sandalwood funeral pyre ninety-nine cubits high. The Teacher, having stood near the elder, had the laying down of the body performed. In the area all around the cremation ground within a distance of one yojana, a shower of flowers rained down. Among the gods were human beings, among the human beings were gods. In order, among the gods stand demons, among the demons stand gandhabbas, among the gandhabbas stand serpents, among the serpents stand garuḷas, among the garuḷas stand kinnaras, among the kinnaras stand umbrellas, among the umbrellas stand golden chowries, among those stand flags, among those stand banners. For seven days they celebrated the festival of acclamation. The Teacher, having had the elder's relics taken, had a shrine built at the gateway porch of the Bamboo Grove. At that time the monks raised up a discussion in the Teaching hall: "Friends, the Elder Sāriputta, because of not having attained final Nibbāna in the presence of the Tathāgata, did not receive great honour from the Buddhas; but the Elder Moggallāna, because of having attained final Nibbāna near the Buddhas, received great honour." The Teacher, having come, having asked "What discussion were you having as you sat together here, monks?" when it was said "Such and such," having said "Not only now, monks, does Moggallāna receive honour from my presence; in the past too he received it indeed," brought up the past.

In the past, when Brahmadatta was exercising kingship in Bārāṇasī, the Bodhisatta, having taken conception in the womb of the chaplain's brahmin wife, after the elapse of ten months, emerged from his mother's womb towards the break of dawn. At that moment, in the city of Bārāṇasī, which was twelve yojanas in extent, all weapons blazed forth. The chaplain, at the moment of his son's birth, having gone outside, looking up at the sky, having seen the conjunction of the planets, having known "Because of being born under this constellation, this boy will become the foremost of archers in the whole Indian subcontinent," having gone to the royal family early in the morning, asked the king whether he had slept well. When it was said "How could there be happiness for me, teacher? Today in the entire dwelling weapons have blazed forth," he said "Do not fear, Sire, not only in your dwelling, but throughout the entire city too they blazed forth indeed; today, because of a boy being born in our house, it was thus." "Teacher, but what will come to be for the boy thus born?" "Nothing, great king, but he will become the foremost of archers in the whole Indian subcontinent." Having said "Very well, teacher, if so, having looked after him, you should show him to us when he comes of age," he had a thousand given as milk-money. The chaplain, having taken that, having gone to his dwelling, having given it to the brahmin woman, on the name-giving day of his son, because of the weapons having blazed forth at the moment of birth, gave him the name "Jotipāla."

He, growing up with a great retinue, at the age of sixteen years, was one bearing the most excellent appearance. Then his father, having looked at his bodily achievement, having given a thousand, said "Dear son, having gone to Takkasilā, learn the craft in the presence of a world-renowned teacher." He, having accepted saying "Very well," having taken the teacher's share, having paid homage to his mother and father, having gone there, having given a thousand, having begun the craft, attained accomplishment in just seven days. Then his teacher, being pleased, having given his own sword-jewel, a jointed ram's-horn bow, a jointed quiver, his own coat of armour, and a turban, saying "Dear son Jotipāla, I am old; now you train these young men," handed over even the five hundred young men to him alone. The Bodhisatta, having taken all the equipment, having paid homage to the teacher, having come to Bārāṇasī itself, having paid homage to his mother and father, stood there. Then his father said to him who had paid homage and was standing there: "Have you learnt the craft, dear son?" "Yes, father." He, having heard his word, having gone to the royal family, said "My son, Sire, having learnt the craft, has come; what should he do?" "Teacher, let him attend upon us." "Do you know his expenses, Sire?" "Let him receive a thousand daily." He, having accepted saying "Very well," having gone home, having summoned the boy, said "Dear son, attend upon the king." He, from then on, having received a thousand daily, attended upon the king.

The royal attendants grumbled - "We do not see any work done by Jotipāla; he takes a thousand daily; we wish to see his craft." The king, having heard their words, told the chaplain. The chaplain, saying "Very well, Sire," informed his son. He said "Good, dear father, on the seventh day from now I shall display my craft; but let the king have the archers assembled in his own realm." The chaplain, having gone, reported that matter to the king. The king, having had a drum circulated in the city, had the archers assembled. Sixty thousand archers assembled. The king, having known that they had assembled, having had a drum circulated in the city saying "Let the citizens see Jotipāla's craft," having had the royal courtyard prepared, surrounded by the public, having sat down on an excellent divan, having had the archers summoned, sent word "Let Jotipāla come." He, having placed the bow, quiver, armour-jacket, and turban given by the teacher inside his lower garment, having had a sword taken, went to the king's presence in his ordinary dress and stood to one side.

The archers made an agreement: "Jotipāla, it is said, has come to display the craft of archery; but since he has come without taking a bow, he will wish to take a bow from our hands; we shall not give him one." The king, having addressed Jotipāla, said "Display your craft." He, having had a screen set up around, standing inside the screen, having removed his cloth, having put on the armour-jacket, having fastened the turban on his head, having strung a coral-coloured bowstring on the ram's-horn bow, having tied the quiver on his back, having placed the sword on the left, having turned the diamond-tipped iron arrow with the back of his nail, having opened the screen, as if splitting the earth, having come out like an adorned young serpent prince, having gone and shown respect to the king, he stood. Having seen him, the public pranced, roared, clapped their hands, and shouted. The king said "Display your craft, Jotipāla." "Sire, have four archers summoned from among your archers - those who can hit a target in an instant, who can hit a hair, who can hit an arrow, and who can hit by sound." Then the king had them summoned.

The Great Being, having made a circle within the quadrangular enclosure in the royal courtyard, having placed four archers at the four corners, having had thirty thousand arrows each given to each one, having placed one arrow-supplier near each one, having himself taken the diamond-tipped iron arrow, having stood in the middle of the circle, said "Great king, let these four archers shoot arrows all at once and pierce me; I shall ward off the arrows shot by them." The king commanded "Do so." The archers said "Great king, we are those who can hit a target in an instant, who can hit a hair, who can hit an arrow, and who can hit by sound; Jotipāla is a young boy; we shall not shoot." The Great Being said "If you are able, shoot me." They, having accepted saying "Good," shot arrows all at once. The Great Being, having struck those with the iron arrow, did not let them fall this way or that, but as if encircling a Bodhi-tree porch, not letting palm-leaf pass palm-leaf, hair pass hair, shaft pass shaft, feather pass feather, having shot, he made an arrow-chamber. The archers' arrows were exhausted. He, having known that their arrows were exhausted, without destroying the arrow-chamber, having flown up, having gone, stood in the king's presence. The public, shouting, prancing, clapping their hands, shouting, snapping their fingers, having made a great uproar, threw cloths, ornaments, and so on. Thus, gathered into one heap, there was wealth amounting to eighteen hundred million.

Then the king asked him - "What craft is this called, Jotipāla?" "It is called arrow-warding, Sire." "Are there others who know this?" "In the whole of Jambudīpa, apart from me, there is no other, Sire." "Show another, dear son." "Sire, these four persons, having stood at the four corners, were not even able to pierce me; but I shall pierce those standing at the four corners with just a single arrow." The archers did not dare to stand. The Great Being, having had four plantain trees placed at the four corners, having tied a red thread to the feathered end of the iron arrow, having aimed at one plantain tree, shot. The iron arrow, having pierced that plantain tree, from there the second, from there the third, from there the fourth, from there having pierced the first one already pierced, came back and rested in his very hand. The plantain trees stood encircled by the thread. The public uttered thousands of shouts. The king asked "What craft is this called, dear son?" "It is called the circular shot, Sire." "Show yet another, dear son." The Great Being showed what is called the arrow-staff, what is called the arrow-rope, what is called the arrow-piercing; he made what is called the arrow-mansion, what is called the arrow-stairway, what is called the arrow-pavilion, what is called the arrow-wall, what is called the arrow-pond; he caused to bloom what is called the arrow-lotus; he caused to rain what is called the arrow-rain. Thus, having shown these twelve crafts not shared with others, again he split seven great bodies not shared with others alone: he pierced a fig-tree board eight finger-breadths thick, an asana-wood board four finger-breadths thick, a copper plate two finger-breadths thick, an iron plate one finger-breadth thick; having pierced through a hundred planks bound together, having shot an arrow through the front of a straw cart, a sand cart, and a board cart, he made it come out through the back; having shot an arrow through the back, he made it come out through the front; in water he sent an arrow to the distance of four usabhas, on dry ground to the distance of eight usabhas. By the sign of a brinjal plant, he pierced a hair at the distance of one usabha. The Bodhisatta, having shot arrows, having made arrow-mansions and so on in the sky, then bringing down those arrows with a single arrow, performed breaking and analysis - thus he became known by the name "Sarabhaṅga." While he was displaying that many crafts, the sun set.

Then the king, having promised him the position of general, saying "Jotipāla, today is the wrong time; tomorrow you will receive the honour of the position of general; having had your hair and beard trimmed and having bathed, come," gave him a hundred thousand that day for expenses. The Great Being, saying "I have no need for this," having given the wealth amounting to eighteen hundred million to the owners themselves, having gone with a great retinue to the river to bathe, having had his hair and beard trimmed, having bathed, adorned with all ornaments, having entered the dwelling with incomparable splendour, having eaten food of various excellent flavours, having ascended the royal bed and lain down, having slept for two watches, having awakened in the last watch, having risen, folding his legs crosswise, while still sitting on the back of the bed, examining the beginning, middle, and end of his own craft, thought "From the very beginning of my craft, supreme killing is evident; in the middle, the enjoyment of mental defilements; at the end, conception in hell. Killing living beings and excessive negligence in the enjoyment of mental defilements give conception in hell. The king has given me the great position of general; great will be my sovereignty; wives and sons and daughters will be many. But the basis of mental defilements, having reached expansion, is difficult to give up. It is fitting for me to go forth right now, having departed alone, having entered the forest, to go forth in the going forth of sages." Having risen from the great bed, without letting anyone know, having descended from the mansion, having departed through the main entrance, alone, having entered the forest, he set out heading for the wood-apple grove of three yojanas on the bank of the Godhāvarī river.

Having known his state of having departed, Sakka, having summoned Vissakamma, said "Dear son, Jotipāla has made the renunciation and gone forth; there will be a great assembly. Having built a hermitage in the wood-apple grove on the bank of the Godhāvarī river, prepare the requisites for those gone forth." He did so. The Great Being, having reached that place, having seen a footpath, having thought "This must be a dwelling place for those gone forth," having gone there by that path, not seeing anyone, having entered the leaf-hut, having seen the requisites for those gone forth, having thought "Sakka, the king of gods, has understood my state of having departed, methinks," having removed his cloth, having put on and wrapped a red bark garment, he placed a cheetah-skin leather over one shoulder, having tied the coil of matted hair, having placed the carrying pole on his shoulder, having taken a walking staff, having come out from the leaf-hut, having ascended the walking path, having walked up and down back and forth several times, adorning the forest with the splendour of the going forth, having performed the preliminary work on a circular meditation object, on the seventh day from going forth, having produced the eight attainments and the five direct knowledges, subsisting on forest roots and fruits by wandering for gleanings, he dwelt alone. His mother and father, friends, companions and others, and groups of relatives too, not seeing him, crying and lamenting, wandered about.

Then a certain forester, having entered the forest, having seen the Great Being seated at the Kapiṭṭhaka hermitage, having recognised him, having gone and exchanged friendly welcome with him, having gone to the city, informed his mother and father. They informed the king. The king, saying "Come, let us see him," having taken his mother and father, surrounded by the public, by the path pointed out by the forester, reached the bank of the Godhāvarī river. The Bodhisatta, having come to the riverbank, seated in the sky, having taught the Teaching, having led them all into the hermitage, there too, while still seated in the sky, having made known the danger in sensual pleasures, taught the Teaching to them. Beginning with the king, all went forth. The Bodhisatta, surrounded by a group of sages, dwelt right there. Then the fact of his dwelling there became well-known throughout the whole Indian subcontinent. Other kings too, having come together with the inhabitants of the country, went forth in his presence; the gathering was great. Gradually there were assemblies of many hundreds of thousands. Whoever reflected on sensual thought or thought of anger or thought of violence, the Great Being, having gone, having sat down in the sky before him, teaches the Teaching, explains the preliminary work on a circular meditation object. Standing firm in his instruction, having produced the eight attainments, having attained the accomplishment of meditative absorption, Sālissara, Meṇḍissara, Pabbata, Kāḷadevila, Kisavaccha, Anusisssa, and Nārada - these were the seven senior pupils. Afterwards the Kapiṭṭhaka hermitage became full. There was not sufficient dwelling space for the group of sages.

Then the Great Being, having addressed Sālissara, said "Sālissara, this hermitage is not sufficient for the group of sages. You, having taken this group of sages, dwell in dependence on the small town of Kalappa in the realm of the Majjha king." He, having accepted his word saying "Good," having taken the group of sages numbering many thousands, having gone, made his dwelling there. When people came and went forth, the hermitage became full again. The Bodhisatta, having addressed Meṇḍissara, dismissed him saying "Meṇḍissara, you, having taken this group of sages, on the border of the Suraṭṭha country there is a river named Sātodikā; dwell on its bank." Again the Kapiṭṭhaka hermitage became full. By this method, on the third occasion, having addressed Pabbata, he sent him saying "Pabbata, you, in the great forest there is a mountain named Añjana; dwell in dependence on that." On the fourth occasion, having addressed Kāḷadevila, he sent him saying "Kāḷadevila, you, in the southern region, in the Avanti country, there is a mountain named Ghanasela; dwell in dependence on that." Again the Kapiṭṭhaka hermitage became full; in the five places there was a group of sages numbering many hundreds of thousands. But Kisavaccha, having asked permission from the Great Being, in the realm of King Daṇḍaki there is a city named Kumbhavatī; dwelling in dependence on that, he lived in the park. Nārada lived in the Middle Country, amidst a network of mountains on the one named Añjanagiri. But Anusisssa was right in the presence of the Great Being.

At that time King Daṇḍaki removed from her position a courtesan who had received honour. She, wandering about according to her own nature, having gone to the park and having seen the ascetic Kisavaccha, thinking "This one will be a wretch; having washed off the bad luck onto his body and having bathed, I shall go," having chewed a wooden toothbrush, first of all spitting thick spittle upon him, having spat among the matted hair of the ascetic Kisavaccha, having thrown the wooden toothbrush too right on his head, having bathed her own head, she departed. The king too, having remembered her, restored her to her original position. She, deluded by delusion, formed the notion "Having washed off the bad luck onto the wretch's body, the king has again placed me in my position; fame has been obtained by me." Not long after that, the king removed the chaplain from his position. He, having gone to her presence, asked "By what reason do you again obtain your position?" Then she informed him "Because of having washed off the bad luck onto the wretch's body in the royal garden." The chaplain, having gone, likewise washed off the bad luck onto his body; the king again placed him too in his position. Then afterwards his borderland became agitated. He, surrounded by the divisions of the army, set out for battle. Then the chaplain, deluded by delusion, having asked him "Great king, do you wish for victory, or for defeat?" when "Victory" was said - "If so, in the royal garden there dwells a wretch; having washed off the bad luck onto his body, go," he said. He, having taken his word, having said "Those who come together with me, let them wash off the bad luck onto the wretch's body in the park," having entered the park, having chewed a wooden toothbrush, first of all himself having spat spittle among his matted hair and having thrown the wooden toothbrush too, he bathed his head. His army too did likewise.

When he had departed, the general, having gone and having seen the ascetic, having removed the wooden toothbrushes and so on, having bathed him thoroughly, asked "Venerable sir, what will happen to the king?" Friend, there is no ill-will in me, but the deities are angry; on the seventh day from now they will make the entire country into a non-country. You, having taken your children and wife, having fled quickly, go elsewhere. He, frightened and trembling, having gone, informed the king; the king did not accept his word. He, having turned back, having gone to his own house, having taken his children and wife, having fled, went to another country. The Teacher Sarabhaṅga, having known that reason, having sent two young ascetics, commanded through the sky "Bring Kisavaccha on a bed-palanquin." The king, having fought and having seized the thieves, returned to the city itself. When he had arrived, the deities first caused rain to fall; when all the corpses had been carried away by the flood of rain, a rain of pure sand fell; on top of the pure sand a rain of divine flowers fell; on top of the divine flowers a rain of small coins; on top of the small coins a rain of kahāpaṇa coins; on top of the kahāpaṇa coins a rain of divine ornaments fell; the people, filled with pleasure, began to take the gold, unwrought gold, and ornaments. Then upon their bodies a rain of various kinds of blazing weapons fell; the people were cut to fragments. Then upon them exceedingly great embers without flame fell; upon them exceedingly great blazing mountain peaks fell; upon them a rain of fine sand fell, filling a space of sixty cubits. Thus a space of sixty yojanas became a non-country; its becoming a non-country thus became known throughout the whole of Jambudīpa.

Then the rulers of the neighbouring countries of that country - Kāliṅga, Aṭṭhaka, and Bhīmaratha - three kings thought - "Formerly in Bārāṇasī the Kāsi king Kalābu, having offended against the ascetic who preached patience, entered the earth - so it is heard; likewise the Nāḷikera king, having had ascetics devoured by dogs, and the thousand-armed Ajjuna, having offended against Aṅgīrasa, and now King Daṇḍaki, having offended against Kisavaccha, has met with destruction together with his country" - so it is heard. But we do not know the place of rebirth of these four kings; setting us aside, there is no one else able to explain that except the Teacher Sarabhaṅga; having approached him, we shall ask these questions." All three of them too set out with a great retinue for the purpose of asking questions. But they did not know "Such and such a one too has set out"; each one thought "I alone am going." Their meeting took place not far from the Godhāvarī river. Having descended from their chariots, all three too, having mounted a single chariot, reached the bank of the Godhāvarī river.

At that moment, Sakka, seated on the Paṇḍukambala stone seat, having thought of seven questions, thinking "Apart from these questions, there is no one else in the world with its gods able to answer them; I shall ask the Teacher Sarabhaṅga these questions; these three kings too have arrived at the bank of the river Godhāvarī to ask the Teacher Sarabhaṅga questions; I myself shall ask their questions too," surrounded by deities of the two heavenly worlds, descended from the heavenly world. On that very day, Kisavaccha died. In order to perform the funeral rites for him, many thousands of sages from the four places, having gone to that very place, having constructed pavilions at the five places, many thousands of groups of sages, having made a sandalwood funeral pyre for the ascetic Kisavaccha, cremated the body. In the area all around the cremation ground, for a distance of half a yojana, a rain of celestial flowers fell. The Great Being, having had the laying down of the body performed for him, having entered the hermitage, sat down surrounded by those groups of sages. When those kings too had arrived at the riverbank, there was the sound of a great army, vehicles, and musical instruments. The Great Being, having heard that, having addressed the attendant pupil, the ascetic, said: "Dear son, go and find out what this sound is." He, having taken a water pot, having gone there, having seen those kings, by way of questioning, spoke the first verse -

50.

"Adorned, wearing earrings, well-clothed, bound with lapis lazuli, pearls, sword-hilts and swords;

Bulls among charioteers, you stand, who are you, how do they know you in the human world?"

Therein, "bound with lapis lazuli, pearls, sword-hilts and swords" means endowed with sword-jewels having hilts decorated with lapis lazuli gems and pearl pendants. "You stand" means you stand in one chariot. "Who" means who indeed are you, how do they perceive you?

They, having heard his word, having descended from the chariots, having paid homage, stood there. Among them, King Aṭṭhaka, conversing with him, spoke the second verse -

51.

"I am Aṭṭhaka, and this one is Bhīmaratha, and this one is the illustrious king of Kāliṅga;

We have come here for seeing the thoroughly restrained sages, to ask questions."

Therein, "illustrious" means well-known and recognised like the moon and like the sun. "Of the thoroughly restrained sages" means: venerable sir, we have not come for the purpose of forest sport and so on, but rather we have come here for the purpose of seeing the sages who are thoroughly restrained in body and so on, accomplished in morality. "To ask questions" means: we have come to ask questions of the Teacher Sarabhaṅga; the meaning is: we have come. The syllable "ya" should be understood as serving as a consonant connector.

Then the hermit, having exchanged friendly welcome with them, saying "Good, great kings, you have come to the very place you should come; if so, having bathed, having rested, having entered the hermitage, having paid homage to the group of sages, ask questions of the Teacher Sarabhaṅga himself," having lifted up the water pot, while wiping the drops of water, looking up at the sky, having seen Sakka, the king of the gods, surrounded by a host of gods, seated upon the excellent back of Erāvaṇa, descending, conversing with him, spoke the third verse -

52.

"You stand in the sky in mid-air, like the moon on the fifteenth day in the middle of its path;

I ask you, demon of great majesty, how do they know you in the human world?"

Therein, "in the sky" means having risen up, you stand in the sky, in space. "In the middle of its path" means gone to the middle of the path, standing in the middle of the sky, in the middle of the firmament - this is the meaning.

Having heard that, Sakka spoke the fourth verse -

53.

"Whom they call 'Sujampati' among the gods, 'Maghavā' they call him in the human world;

He, the king of gods, has arrived here today, for seeing the thoroughly restrained sages."

Therein, "he, the king of gods" means he, I, Sakka, the king of gods. "Has arrived here today" means has come to this place today. "For seeing" means for the purpose of seeing, for the purpose of paying homage, and for the purpose of asking questions of the Teacher Sarabhaṅga - he said.

Then the attendant pupil, having said to him "Good, great king, you come afterwards," having taken the water pot, having entered the hermitage, having put away the water pot, reported to the Great Being that the three kings and the king of gods had come for the purpose of asking questions. He, surrounded by the group of sages, sat down in the great spacious pavilion. The three kings, having come, having paid homage to the group of sages, sat down to one side. Sakka too, having descended, having approached the group of sages, standing with joined palms raised, having praised the group of sages, paying homage, spoke the fifth verse -

54.

"The sages heard of from afar have assembled, of great supernormal power, endowed with the qualities of supernormal power;

I pay homage to you, noble ones, with a confident mind, you who are the foremost among humans here in the world of the living."

Therein, "heard of from afar by us" means venerable sirs, by us standing far away in the heavenly world itself you were heard of - thus cherishing, he spoke thus. This is what is meant - these sages of ours who have assembled here are heard of from afar, renowned as far as the Brahma world, well-known. "Of great supernormal power" means of great majesty. "Endowed with the qualities of supernormal power" means possessed of the fivefold quality of supernormal power. "Ayire" means noble ones. "Who" means you who are the foremost among humans in this world of the living.

Having thus praised the group of sages, Sakka, avoiding the six faults of sitting, sat down to one side. Then, having seen him seated downwind of the sages, the attendant pupil spoke the sixth verse -

55.

"The odour of the sages long consecrated, issuing from the body, goes with the wind;

Step back from here, Thousand-eyed One, the odour of the sages is impure, king of gods."

Therein, "long consecrated" means those who have long gone forth. "Step back" means step back, move away. "Thousand-eyed One" - this is a form of address. Because Sakka alone sees the meaning thought out by a thousand councillors, therefore he is called "the Thousand-eyed One." Or else, "Thousand-eyed One" means one who is able to surpass the region of sight of a thousand-eyed gods. "Impure" means foul-smelling because of being permeated with sweat, dirt, and so on; and you are desirous of purity, therefore this odour afflicts you.

Having heard that, Sakka spoke the other verse -

56.

"The odour of the sages long consecrated, issuing from the body, let it go with the wind;

Like a fragrant garland of variegated flowers, we desire this odour, venerable sir;

For the gods here do not perceive it as repulsive."

Therein, "let it go" means let it proceed comfortably, let it not strike our nostrils - this is the meaning. "We desire" means we wish, we aspire. "Here" means regarding this odour, the gods do not have the perception of disgust. For the gods are disgusted only with the immoral, not with the virtuous.

And having said thus, he said "Venerable sir, having been instructed, I have come with great endeavour to ask a question; grant me the opportunity." He, having heard his word, rising from his seat, making the opportunity for the group of sages, spoke a pair of verses -

57.

"The first of givers, lord of beings, famous, Inda of the gods, Sakka, Maghavā, husband of Sujā;

He, the king of gods, crusher of the titan hosts, wishes for an opportunity to ask a question.

58.

"Who indeed among these wise ones here, when asked subtle questions, will answer;

Of the three kings, lords of men, and of Vāsava, the lord of the gods?"

57-58. Therein, "Purindada" and so on are quality-names of Sakka himself. For he is "Purindada" (first of givers) because of having given gifts first; "Bhūtapati" (lord of beings) because of being the eldest among beings; "Yasassī" (famous) because of accomplishment in retinue; "Devānaminda" (Inda of the gods) because of supreme sovereignty; "Sakka" because of having well performed the seven duties; "Maghavā" by virtue of his former birth; "Sujampati" (husband of Sujā) because of being the husband of Sujā, the titan maiden; "Devarājā" (king of gods) because of delighting the gods. "Ko neva" means "who indeed" (ko nu eva). "Subtle" means smooth and subtle questions. "Of kings" means of the kings. Having captured the minds of these four kings, who will answer the questions of these wise sages - he says "do you know one able to answer their questions."

Having heard that, the group of sages, having said "Sir, having been instructed, you speak as if standing on the earth yet not seeing the earth; apart from the Teacher Sarabhaṅga, who else is able to answer their questions?" spoke a verse -

59.

"This sage Sarabhaṅga is an austere ascetic, who since birth has abstained from sexual intercourse;

The son of a teacher, well-disciplined in appearance, he will answer their questions."

Therein, "Sarabhaṅga" means: having shot arrows, having made arrow-mansions and so on in the sky, then bringing down those arrows with a single arrow, he performed breaking and analysis - thus he is "Sarabhaṅga." "From sexual intercourse" means from the practice of sexual intercourse. He, it is said, went forth without having engaged in sexual intercourse. "Son of a teacher" means the son of the king's teacher, the royal chaplain.

And having said thus, the group of sages said to the attendant pupil: "Sir, you yourself, having paid homage to the Teacher, on behalf of the group of sages, seek permission for the answering of the questions asked by Sakka." He, having accepted saying "Very well," having paid homage to the Teacher, seeking permission, spoke the next verse:

60.

"Koṇḍañña, answer the questions, the sages of good dispositions request you;

Koṇḍañña, this is the nature among humans, that to the senior this burden comes."

Therein, "Koṇḍañña" - he addresses him by his clan name. "Principle" means intrinsic nature. "To the senior" means to the person who is senior in wisdom, this burden of answering questions comes; this is the intrinsic nature among humans; therefore, making it manifest as if raising up a thousand moons and suns, speak on the questions of the king of gods.

Then the Great Man, seeking permission, spoke the next verse -

61.

"Having been given opportunity, let the venerable sirs ask whatever question is wished for in the mind;

For I shall explain each and every thing to you, having known by myself this world and the next."

Therein, "whatever" means not only what is wished for in the mind by you alone, but whatever is wished for in the mind by the world including the gods - let the venerable sirs ask me that. "For I shall speak to you every question, whether based upon this world or based upon the world beyond, having realised by myself through wisdom this world and the next" - thus he made the invitation of the Omniscient One.

Thus, when the opportunity was given by him, Sakka asked the question prepared by himself. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

62.

"Then Maghavā, Sakka, intent upon the good, the first of givers;

Asked the first question, whatever was longed for.

63.

"Having killed what does one never grieve, the abandoning of what do sages praise;

Whose harsh speech spoken here should one endure, tell me, Koṇḍañña, this meaning."

62-63. Therein, "whatever was longed for" means whatever was longed for by him in his mind, that he asked - this is the meaning. "This" means tell me this meaning asked about by me - in one verse he asked three questions.

Then, answering beyond that, he said -

64.

"Having killed wrath one never grieves, the abandoning of contempt the sages praise;

One should endure harsh speech spoken by all, the good have said this patience is the highest."

Therein, "having killed wrath" means having killed and cast away wrath. For one who grieves, grieves only with a mind of aversion; in the absence of wrath, whence is sorrow? Therefore it was said: "one never grieves." "The abandoning of contempt" means the sages praise the abandoning of contempt, which has the characteristic of smearing over the good qualities done by others for oneself, reckoned as the state of ingratitude. "Of all" means one should endure the harsh speech of all, whether low, middling, or superior. "The good" means the wise ones of old speak thus.

Sakka said -

65.

"It is possible to endure the word of both, of an equal or even of a superior;

How should one bear the speech of an inferior, tell me, Koṇḍañña, this meaning."

Sarabhaṅga said -

66.

"One should endure the speech of a superior out of fear, and of an equal because of the danger of rivalry;

Whoever here should endure the speech of an inferior, the good have said this patience is the highest."

The connection of such verses and those beginning thus should be understood by way of statement and reply.

Therein, "tell me" means: venerable sir Koṇḍañña, two questions have been well spoken by you, but one does not satisfy my mind - how is it possible to accept the speech of one inferior to oneself? Tell that to me - asking thus, he said this. "This patience" means: that which is the endurance of the speech of one inferior in birth, clan, and so on - the wise ones of old say this patience is the highest. But that which is the endurance of a superior in birth and so on out of fear, and of an equal by seeing the danger in rivalry characterised by the superiority of action - that is not called endurance-patience. This is the meaning.

When this was said, Sakka said to the Great Being - "Venerable sir, first you, having said 'One should endure harsh speech spoken by all, the good have said this patience is the highest,' now say 'Whoever here should endure the speech of an inferior, the good have said this patience is the highest' - your latter does not agree with your former." Then the Great Being said to him: "Sakka, the latter was said by me by way of one who endures harsh speech having known 'this one is inferior'; but because it is not possible to know the state of being superior and so on of beings merely by seeing their appearance, therefore the former was said" - and having said this, making known the difficulty of discerning the state of being superior and so on of beings merely by seeing their appearance apart from living together, he spoke a verse -

67.

"How would one cognize one whose nature is concealed by the four postures, whether foremost, equal, or else inferior;

The good wander in deformed forms, therefore one should bear the speech of all."

Therein, "one whose nature is concealed by the four postures" means one whose intrinsic nature is concealed by the four postures. "In deformed forms" means even though possessing the highest virtues, they wander about in the form of deformed, inferior persons. But in this matter, the story of the Elder Majjhantika should be related.

Having heard that, Sakka, having become free from uncertainty, requested "Venerable sir, tell us the benefit of this patience." Then the Great Being spoke a verse to him -

68.

"Not even a great army, including the king, fighting, could obtain this benefit;

Which a patient good person could obtain, for enmities are pacified by the power of patience."

Therein, "this benefit" means this benefit reckoned as the intrinsic nature of the appeasement of enmity and freedom from aversion.

Thus, when the virtue of patience had been spoken of by the Great Being, those kings thought - "Sakka asks questions only by himself; he will not give us an opportunity to ask." Then, having known their disposition, Sakka, having set aside the four questions prepared by himself, asking about their uncertainty, spoke a verse -

69.

"Having rejoiced in your well-spoken words, I ask you another thing, please tell us that;

Just as there were Daṇḍakī and Nāḷikera, and also Ajjuna and King Kalābu;

Tell me the destination of those great evil-doers, where were those harassers of sages reborn?"

Therein, "having rejoiced" means having given thanks for your well-spoken words, reckoned as the answering of the three questions asked by me. "Just as there were" means just as four persons were. "And Kalābu" means and King Kalābu. "Then Ajjuna" means then King Ajjuna.

Then the Great Being, answering his question, spoke five verses -

70.

"Having scattered the emaciated calf, Daṇḍakī, with root cut off, together with his people and kingdom;

He suffers in the hell named Kukkuḷa, sparks fall upon his body.

71.

"He who harassed the restrained ones gone forth, ascetics speaking the Teaching, innocent ones;

That Nāḷikera, dogs in the hereafter, having assembled, eat while he is trembling.

72.

"Then Ajjuna, in the hell of spear-stakes, head downward fell with feet upward;

Having harassed the Resplendent One, Gotama, the patient one, the austere ascetic, the long-time practitioner of the holy life.

73.

"He who cut down piece by piece the one gone forth, the ascetic speaking of patience, who was blameless;

Having been reborn in the Kalābu Avīci, he suffers, in great torment, painful and frightening.

74.

"Having heard of these hells, the wise one, and others even more wretched here;

Should practise the Teaching towards ascetics and brahmins, one acting thus goes to the heavenly state."

70-74. Therein, "lean" means an emaciated body because of having little flesh and blood. "Having scattered" means having scattered, having washed off bad luck onto his body by spitting and throwing wooden toothbrushes. "With root cut off" means having become one whose root is cut off. "Together with his people" means together with his retinue. "In the hell named Kukkuḷa" means in the hot-ash hell measuring a hundred yojanas, established for a cosmic cycle. "Sparks" means embers without flame. It is said that for him, submerged there in the hot ashes, hot ashes enter through nine wound-openings, and exceedingly great embers fall upon his head. But at the time of their falling, the entire body burns like a lamp post, and intense feelings of pain arise. He, being unable to endure it, cries out with a great uproar. The Teacher Sarabhaṅga, having split the earth, showed him suffering thus there, and the public fell into fear and trembling. Having known their exceedingly frightened state, the Great Being caused that hell to disappear.

"Speaking the Teaching" means speaking the Teaching of the ten wholesome courses of action. "Ascetics" means those in whom evil has been calmed. "The innocent ones" means guiltless. "Nāḷikera" means the king so named. "In the hereafter" means reborn in hell in the world beyond. "Having assembled" means having come together from here and there, having torn apart, exceedingly great dogs eat. It is said that in the Kāliṅga country, in the city of Dantapura, when a king named Nāḷikera was exercising kingship, a chief hermit, surrounded by five hundred hermits, having come from the Himalayas, having made his dwelling in the royal garden, taught the Teaching to the public. They informed the king too, saying "A righteous hermit dwells in the park." But the king was unrighteous and exercised kingship unrighteously. He, when the ministers were praising the hermit, thinking "I too shall hear the Teaching," having gone to the park, having paid homage to the hermit, sat down. The hermit, exchanging friendly welcome with the king, said "Well, great king, do you exercise kingship righteously? Do you not oppress the people?" He, having become angry with him, having thought "This fraudulent ascetic has been speaking only of my faults in the presence of the townspeople for so long a time, methinks; let it be, I shall know," having invited them saying "Tomorrow you should come to our house door," on the following day, having had jars filled with old excrement, when the hermits had come, having had their alms vessels filled with excrement, having had the door shut, having had pestles and iron rods seized, having had the heads of the sages split, having had them seized by the matted hair, having had them dragged, having had them devoured by dogs, right there having entered the earth that split, he was reborn in the great dog-hell; there his body was measuring three leagues. Then exceedingly great dogs, the size of great elephants, of five colours, having pursued him, having bitten him, having cast him down onto the blazing iron ground of nine yojanas, tearing mouthfuls, ate him as he was trembling. The Great Being, having split the earth in two, having shown that hell, having known the frightened state of the public, caused it to disappear.

"Then Ajjuna" means the thousand-armed king. "Aṅgīrasa" means one who received this name because of the emanation of rays from his limbs. "Having harassed" means having vexed, having shot with a poison-dipped arrow, having brought about the destruction of life. It is said that a king named Ajjuna, while exercising kingship in the Mahisaka country in the capital city of Ketaka, having gone hunting, having killed deer, went about eating meat cooked on charcoal. Then one day, having made a porch at the place where the deer came, he stood looking at the deer. At that time, that hermit, having climbed a Kāra tree not far from that king, while picking fruits, released the branch from which the fruits had been picked. By the sound of it being released, the deer that had reached that place fled. The king, having become angry, shot the hermit with a dart mixed with poison. He, having slipped and falling, having struck a stump of acacia wood with his head, died right on the point of the stake. The king, at that very moment, having entered the earth that split in two, was reborn in the spear-and-stake hell; his body was measuring three leagues. There the guardians of hell, having beaten him with blazing weapons, make him ascend a blazing iron mountain. When he stands on the mountain top, the wind strikes; he, by the blow of the wind, having slipped, falls. At that moment, from below, from the blazing iron ground of nine yojanas, a blazing iron stake the size of a great palm tree trunk rises up. He, having struck right on the top of the stake's point, remains impaled on the stake. At that moment the earth burns, the stake burns, his body burns. He there, crying out with a great roar, suffers. The Great Being, having split the earth in two, having shown that hell, having known the frightened state of the public, caused it to disappear.

"Into pieces" means having made the four hands and feet and ears and nose into fragments. "The innocent one" means one without offence. Having thus had them cut off, having had him flogged with a thousand blows each from two whips, having seized him by the matted hair, having had him dragged, having had him laid face down, having struck him on the back with the heel, he subjected him to great suffering. "Kalābuvīci" means the Avīci hell of Kalābu. "Bitter" means sharp feeling; having been reborn in such a hell, he suffers between six flames. But in detail, the story of King Kalābu is told in the Khantivādī Jātaka itself. "And others even more wretched here" means having heard of other hells even more wretched than these hells. "Practises the Teaching" means: Sakka, king of gods, a wise son of good family, having known that not only these four hells alone, and not only these kings alone are doomed to hell, but there are also other hells, and other kings too have arisen in hells, should practise the Teaching towards ascetics and brahmins, which is reckoned as the giving of the four requisites, righteous protection, prohibition, and arrangement.

Thus, when the place of rebirth of the four kings had been shown by the Great Being, the three kings were free from doubt. Thereupon Sakka, asking the remaining four questions, spoke a verse -

75.

"Having rejoiced in your well-spoken words, I ask you another thing, please tell us that;

What sort of person do they call virtuous, what sort of person do they call wise;

What sort of person do they call a good person, what sort of person does fortune not forsake?"

Therein, "what sort of person does fortune not forsake" means what sort of person does fortune, once obtained, not give up.

Then the Great Being, answering his question, spoke four verses -

76.

"Whoever here is restrained by body and by speech, and does not do any evil by mind;

Does not speak falsehood for one's own sake, such a one they call virtuous.

77.

"Reflecting on profound questions with the mind, one does not do cruel deeds that are harmful;

One does not neglect the beneficial matter when the time has come, such a one they call wise.

78.

"Whoever indeed is grateful and thankful, wise, a good friend and of firm devotion;

Attentively does the function for one who is suffering, such a one they call a good person.

79.

"Endowed with all these virtues, faithful, gentle, generous, bountiful;

One who treats kindly, speaks kindly and smoothly, such a one fortune does not forsake."

76-79. Therein, the terms beginning with "by body" are stated by way of the three doors of good conduct. "Not for one's own sake" - this is stated by way of the heading of the teaching; the meaning is that one does not speak falsehood for one's own sake, or for another's sake, or for the sake of fame, or for the sake of wealth, or for the sake of material gain, or for the sake of some material trifle. Surely this meaning is already established by just this "restrained in speech," but it should be understood that this was said again for the purpose of illustrating the gravity, since for a liar there is no evil that should not be done. They call that person virtuous.

"A profound question" means a question that is profound in meaning and in the Pāḷi text, hidden, concealed, similar to those that have come in the Sattubhasta Jātaka, the Sambhava Jātaka, and the Mahāumaṅga Jātaka. "Reflects with the mind" means the meaning is: whoever, reflecting with the mind, having penetrated the meaning, as if raising up a thousand moons and a thousand suns, having made it manifest, is able to speak. "Not harmful" means not extremely harmful; the meaning is: whoever does not do what has gone beyond welfare, what is cruel, harsh, and violent action. Now, for the elucidation of this meaning -

"The wise do not practise evil actions for the sake of their own happiness;

Touched by suffering, even when oppressed, they do not give up the Teaching through desire or hate."

The Bhūripañha should be related.

"When the time has come" - here, one who accomplishes these things beginning with giving - giving at the time it should be given, morality at the time of observing it, the Observance at the time of fasting, establishing oneself in the refuges at the proper time, at the time of going forth, at the time of practising the ascetic duty, and at the time of engaging in the practice of insight - does not neglect, does not omit, does not let slip the beneficial matter when the time has come. "Such a one" - Sakka, omniscient Buddhas and Individually Enlightened Ones and Bodhisattas, when speaking of a wise person, speak of such a person.

In the verse "Whoever indeed," one who knows the virtue done for oneself by another is grateful. But having thus known, one who reciprocates the virtue to the one by whom virtue was done for him is called thankful. "Of one who is suffering" means whoever, having taken upon himself the suffering of his own friend who has fallen into suffering, attentively does the arisen function for him with his own hand, the Buddha and others speak of such a one as a good person. Moreover, good persons are grateful and thankful - the Satapatta Jātaka, the Cūḷahaṃsa Jātaka, the Mahāhaṃsa Jātaka and so on should be related. "With all these" - Sakka, whoever is endowed with all these virtues beginning with morality stated below. "Faithful" means endowed with faith of conviction. "Gentle" means speaking pleasantly. "Generous" means generous because of delighting in the sharing of morality and the sharing of gifts. Having known the words of beggars, one is bountiful by way of giving. One who treats kindly because of supporting those various ones by the four ways of supporting others; kindly in speech because of sweetness of words; of smooth speech because of polished words - fortune, reckoned as the splendour of attained fame, does not forsake such a person; his fortune does not perish.

Thus the Great Being, as if raising up a full moon in the sky, answered the four questions. Beyond that, there is the asking and answering of the remaining questions -

80.

"Having rejoiced in your well-spoken words, I ask you another thing, please tell us that;

Morality and fortune and the principle of the good, and wisdom - which do they say is more excellent?"

81.

"For wisdom is foremost, the skilled say, like the king of stars among the stars;

Morality and fortune and the principle of the good become followers of the wise."

82.

"Having rejoiced in your well-spoken words, I ask you another thing, please tell us that;

How acting, for what reason acting, what conduct, associating with what, does one obtain wisdom here;

Tell us now the practice for wisdom, how acting does a mortal become wise?"

83.

"One should attend upon the seniors, the skilful, the very learned, one should be a learner and an investigator;

One should attentively listen to the well-spoken words, acting thus a mortal becomes wise.

84.

"He, the wise one, considers the types of sensual pleasure as impermanent, as suffering, and as disease;

Thus the one with insight abandons desire for sensual pleasures that are suffering and great peril.

85.

"He, without lust, having removed hate, should develop a mind of friendliness, limitless;

Having laid aside the rod towards all beings, blameless, he goes to the supreme state."

80-85. Therein, "morality" means morality of good conduct. "Fortune" means the fortune of supremacy. "And the principle of the good" means the principle of a good person. "Wisdom" means great wisdom. Thus he asks which quality among these four qualities do they say is more excellent. "For wisdom" means, Sakka, among these four qualities, that which is called wisdom, that alone is foremost - thus the skilled ones such as the Buddhas and so on say. Just as indeed the host of stars surround the moon, the moon alone is the highest among them. Thus "morality and fortune and also the principle of the good" - these three too are followers of the wise one, they follow after the wise one alone, they are the retinue of wisdom alone - this is the meaning.

"How acting" and so on are merely synonyms for each other. "How acting" means doing what action indeed, practising what conduct, associating with what, keeping company with what, attending on what, does one obtain wisdom in this world; tell the practice for wisdom itself, I wish to know, how acting is a mortal called wise - thus he asks. "The senior" means the wise one who has attained growth in wisdom. "Subtle" means capable of knowing subtle causes. "Acting thus" means whatever person associates with, keeps company with, attends on persons of the aforementioned kind, learns the Pāḷi text, asks the meaning again and again, as if engraving an inscription on a stone, as if receiving a lion's portion in a golden measure, with ears inclined, attentively listens to the well-spoken words - this person acting thus, a mortal, becomes wise.

Thus the Great Being, as if raising up the sun from the eastern world system, having spoken of the practice for wisdom, now speaking of the virtue of that wisdom, said beginning with "he, the wise one." Therein, "the types of sensual pleasure" means having become portions of sensuality, he considers and looks at them as impermanent in the sense of non-existence, as suffering by being the basis of sufferings pertaining to the present life and the future life, and as disease by the possibility of the arising of the ninety-eight openings of disease in dependence on sensual pleasures. He, thus one with insight, seeing the impermanence and so on of sensual pleasures by these reasons, having understood that "there is no end to the sufferings arising in dependence on sensual pleasures, the abandoning of sensual pleasures alone is happiness," abandons desire for sensual pleasures that are suffering and great peril. "He, without lust" means, "Sakka, that person, thus without lust, having removed the hate of intrinsic nature arising by way of the nine grounds of resentment, should develop a mind of friendliness; because it has limitless beings as its object, having developed it as limitless, without having fallen away from the meditative absorption, blameless, he is reborn in the Brahma world."

Thus, while the Great Being was speaking of the danger of sensual pleasures, for those three kings together with their armies, lust for the five types of sensual pleasure was abandoned by abandoning by substitution. Having known that, the Great Being, by way of encouraging them, spoke a verse -

86.

"The coming was of great benefit, for your group of eight and also for Bhīmaratha;

And for the risen King of Kāliṅga, sensual lust has been abandoned by all of you."

Therein, "of great benefit" means of great meaning, of great pervasion, of great brightness. "Your group of eight" means your group of eight. "Abandoned" means abandoned by abandoning by substitution.

Having heard that, the kings, offering praise to the Great Being, spoke a verse -

87.

"So it is, O knower of others' minds, sensual lust has been abandoned by all of us;

Make leave for assistance, so that we may attain your destination."

Therein, "for assistance" means make leave for us for the purpose of going forth. So that we, having gone forth, may attain your destination, your accomplishment, may reach it, may penetrate the quality penetrated by you - thus they said.

Then the Great Being, making leave for them, spoke the other verse -

88.

"I make leave for assistance, for thus sensual lust has been abandoned by you;

Pervade the body with extensive rapture, so that you may attain my destination."

Therein, "pervade the body" means pervade the body with extensive rapture of meditative absorption.

Having heard that, they, accepting, spoke a verse -

89.

"We shall do all your instruction, whatever you will say, O one of extensive wisdom;

We pervade the body with extensive rapture, so that we may attain your destination."

Then the Great Being, having given the going forth to those together with their armies, dismissing the group of sages, spoke a verse -

90.

"Veneration has been made to the lean calf, let the venerable sages of good dispositions go;

Be delighted in meditative absorption, always concentrated, this is the foremost delight of one gone forth."

Therein, "let them go" means let them go to their own respective dwelling places.

The sages, having accepted the word of that teacher Sarabhaṅga with bowed head, having paid homage, having flown up into the sky, went to their own dwelling places. Sakka too, having risen from his seat, having offered praise to the Great Being, having raised joined palms, paying homage to the Great Being as if venerating the sun, departed together with his retinue. Having understood this matter, the Teacher spoke these verses -

91.

"Having heard the verses connected with the ultimate reality, well-spoken by the wise sage;

They, filled with joy, giving thanks, the famous gods departed to the city of the gods.

92.

"These verses are full of meaning, with good phrasing, well-spoken by the wise sage;

Whoever, having become desirous, should listen to these, would obtain the distinction from before to after;

Having obtained the distinction from before to after, one should go beyond the sight of the King of Death."

91-92. Therein, "connected with the ultimate reality" means based upon Nibbāna through the explanation of impermanence and so on. "These verses" - this the Teacher spoke praising the well-spoken words of the teacher Sarabhaṅga that bestow Nibbāna. Therein, "beneficial" means based upon the ultimate reality in the sense of bestowing Nibbāna. "Well-phrased" means of pure phrasing. "Well spoken" means well said. "Having become desirous" means having produced the state of being desirous in oneself, having become desirous, one should attentively listen. "From before to after" means the first meditative absorption is the earlier distinction, the second meditative absorption is the later distinction. The second meditative absorption is the earlier distinction, the third meditative absorption is the later distinction - thus the distinction established in the relationship of former and latter by means of the eight meditative attainments and the four paths. "Disappearance" means at the final goal, having obtained arahantship, which is the later distinction, one would attain Nibbāna. For a person who has attained Nibbāna is called one who has gone to the disappearance of the King of Death.

Thus the Teacher, having taken arahantship as the pinnacle of the teaching, having said "Not only now, monks; in the past too a shower of flowers rained at Moggallāna's cremation ground," having made known the truths, connecting the Jātaka, said -

93.

"Sāriputta was the Lord of Rice, and Kassapa the Lord of Rams;

Anuruddha was the Mountain, and Kaccāyana was Devala;

94.

"Ānanda was the attendant pupil, and Kolita was Kisavaccha;

Nārada was the Elder Udāyī, the assembly was the Buddha's assembly;

Sarabhaṅga was the Lord of the World, thus remember the Jātaka."

The commentary on the Sarabhaṅga Jātaka is the second.

523.

Commentary on the Alambusā Jātaka

"Then he said" - this the Teacher, while dwelling at Jeta's Grove, spoke referring to the enticement by a former wife. The story has been explained in detail in the Indriya Jātaka itself. The Teacher then, having asked that monk "Is it true, monk, that you are dissatisfied?" when it was said "It is true, venerable sir," having said "By whom were you made dissatisfied?" when it was said "By my former wife," having said "Monk, this woman is a causer of harm to you; in dependence on her, having destroyed your meditative absorption, having lain down confused and unconscious for three years, when perception had arisen, you lamented with great lamentation," brought up the past.

In the past, when Brahmadatta was exercising kingship in Bārāṇasī, the Bodhisatta, having been born in a brahmin family in the Kāsi country, having come of age, having attained accomplishment in all crafts, having gone forth in the going forth of sages, sustained himself in a forest haunt feeding on forest roots and fruits. Then a certain hind, having eaten grass mixed with his semen at his urinal place, drank water. And by just that much, with her mind bound to him, having conceived an embryo, from then on, without going anywhere, eating grass right there, she wandered about in the very neighbourhood of the hermitage. The Great Being, discerning, understood that reason. She afterwards gave birth to a human boy. The Great Being looked after him with affection for a son, and gave him the name "Isisinga." Then the Great Being, having given him the going forth when he had reached the age of discretion, in his own old age, having taken him, having gone to a forest named Nārivana, having exhorted him saying "Dear son, in this Himalaya there are beings called women who are similar to these flowers; they bring to great destruction those who come under their control; it is not fitting to come under their control," afterwards was one heading for the Brahma world.

Isisinga too, playing the sport of meditative absorption, made his dwelling in the Himalayan region. He was of terrible austerity, with faculties supremely restrained. Then by the power of his morality, Sakka's dwelling trembled. Sakka, reflecting, having known that reason, thinking "This one might dislodge me from the position of Sakka; having sent a nymph, I shall have his morality broken," examining the entire heavenly world, apart from one nymph named Alambusā among his attendants numbering two and a half ten million, not seeing another able to break his morality, having had her summoned, commanded her to cause the breach of his morality. Making manifest that meaning, the Teacher spoke the first verse -

95.

"Then spoke the great Inda, Vatrabhū, father of the victorious;

Having won over the heavenly maiden Alambusā in the Sudhammā."

Therein, "great" means grand. "Vatrabhū" means the conqueror of the titan named Vatra. "Father of the victorious" means the father, by fulfilling the function of a father, of the remaining thirty-three sons of gods who are victorious, who have attained victory. "Having won over" means as if splitting the heart and looking, having known "this one is competent" - this is the meaning. "In the Sudhammā" means in the Sudhammā assembly hall of the gods.

Seated on the Paṇḍukambala stone seat, having had that Alambusā summoned, he said this -

96.

"Missa, the gods request you, the Thirty-three with Inda;

Go to entice the sage, Isisinga, O Alambusā."

Therein, "Missa" - he addresses her; and this is her name. All other women, because of mixing with men through the mixing of defilements, are called "Missa"; addressing her by that common attribute-name, he spoke thus. "To entice the sage" means able to entice sages. "Isisinga" - it is said that on his head two top knots arose in the shape of deer horns; therefore he is called thus.

Thus Sakka commanded Alambusā: "Go, having approached Isisinga, having brought him under your control, break his morality."

97.

"Before this one surpasses us, dutiful and living the holy life;

The elder delighting in Nibbāna, block his paths" - he spoke the word;

Therein, "before" means this hermit is dutiful and living the holy life, and he, by reason of his longevity, is delighting in the path termed Nibbāna and is an elder by growth of virtues. Therefore, as long as he does not surpass us, does not overcome us and cause us to fall from this state, just then you, having gone, block his paths leading to the world of gods, so that he does not come here - do thus; this is the meaning.

Having heard that, Alambusā spoke a pair of verses -

98.

"King of gods, why do you look only at me?

Go to entice the sage, there are other nymphs too.

99.

"Those like me are excellent indeed, in the sorrowless Nandana grove;

Let there be a turn for them too, let them too go for enticement."

98-99. Therein, "why do you" explains "what indeed is this you are doing?" "You look only at me" - she speaks with the intention "in this entire heavenly world you look only at me, you do not see another." The letter "sa" here serves as a consonant connector by way of euphonic conjunction. "Go to entice the sage" - the intention is "for what reason do you speak thus to me alone?" "Excellent indeed" means more superior than me indeed. "Asoka" means devoid of sorrow. "Nandana" means producing delight. "Turn" means a turn for going.

Thereupon Sakka spoke three verses -

100.

"Surely indeed you speak the truth, there are other nymphs too;

Such excellent ones indeed, in the sorrowless Nandana grove.

101.

"They do not understand thus, those who have gone to a man for service;

As you understand, woman beautiful in all limbs.

102.

"You yourself go, beautiful one, you are the most excellent of women;

By your own beauty and form, you will bring him under your control."

100-102. Therein, "gone to a man" means while approaching a man, they do not know the service of enticing men. "By beauty and form" means by bodily complexion and by the achievement of form. "You will bring under control" means you will bring that ascetic under one's own control.

Having heard that, Alambusā spoke two verses -

103.

"It is not that I shall not go, sent by the king of gods;

But I fear to assail him, for the brahmin is of risen radiance.

104.

"Many people, having offended the sage, have reached hell;

Having fallen into the round of rebirths through delusion, therefore my hairs bristle."

103-104. Therein, "na vāha" means "not indeed I." "Vibhemi" means I fear. "Āsādu" means to assail. This is what is meant - It is not that I, Sire, sent by you, shall not go; but I fear to cling to that sage for the purpose of breaking his morality, for he is of risen radiance. "Āsādiya" means having assailed. "Mohasaṃsāra" means the round of rebirths through delusion; having enticed the sage through delusion, beings who have fallen into the round of rebirths, established in the suffering of the round of rebirths, have surpassed the path of counting. "Therefore" means for that reason. "My hairs bristle" means I make my hairs stand on end; she says that as she thinks "I shall indeed break his morality," my hairs bristle.

105.

Having said this, she departed, the nymph of sensual appearance;

Wishing to mingle with Isisinga, Alambusā.

106.

"And she, having entered that forest, guarded by Isisinga;

Covered with bimbī creeper nets, half a yojana all around.

107.

"Right early at the morning meal, towards the time of heat;

She approached Isisinga as he was polishing the fire-altar." These are the verses discovered by the Fully Enlightened One;

105-106. Therein, "departed" means: "If so, king of gods, you should consider me" - having entered her own bedchamber and having adorned herself, wishing to mingle with Isisinga through defilement, she departed, monks, that nymph went to his hermitage. "Covered with bimbī creeper nets" means covered with a forest of red shoots. "Right early at the morning meal" means, monks, at the time of the morning meal, right early, early indeed, very early. "Towards the time of heat" means at the very time of sunrise. "Fire place" means the fire hall. Having devoted himself to striving during the night, having bathed right early, having done the water-function, having spent a little time in the happiness of meditative absorption in the hermitage, having gone out, she approached that Isisinga who was sweeping the fire hall, and displaying womanly charm, stood before him.

Then the ascetic, questioning him, said -

108.

"Who are you that shines like lightning, like the healing star among the stars?

With variegated bracelets on your hands, adorned with jewelled earrings.

109.

Similar in colour to the sun, fragrant with golden sandalwood;

With thighs composed, a great illusion, a maiden lovely to behold.

110.

"Slender, soft, pure, your feet are well established;

Walking, lovely, they captivate my mind.

111.

"Your thighs are indeed gradual, like an elephant's trunk in comparison;

Your beautiful waist is broad, like the plank of an axle.

112.

"Like the filaments of a waterlily, your navel is well established;

Full of dark eye ointment, it is seen from afar.

113.

"Twofold born on the chest, without stalks, well projecting;

Milk-bearing, not fallen, breasts like half gourds.

114.

"Long, with the lustre of a conch-shell's surface, the neck like that of an antelope;

With white covering, lovely, resembling the fourth sense.

115.

"With tips pointing upward and tips pointing downward, polished with tooth-sticks;

Twice-born, arisen from flawless gums, your teeth are beautiful to see.

116.

"Dark with red edges, resembling the fruit of wild liquorice;

Long and broad, your eyes are beautiful to see.

117.

"Not too long, well-polished, adorned with a golden comb;

Your hairs growing on the head, fragrant with sandalwood.

118.

"As far as farming and cattle-keeping, and whatever is the destination of merchants;

And the exertion of seers, of the restrained austere ascetics.

119.

"I do not see your equal, in this circle of the earth;

Who are you, or whose son are you? How may we know you?"

108-119. Therein, "with variegated bracelets" means endowed with variegated bracelets. "Fragrant with golden sandalwood" means anointed with golden-coloured sandalwood fragrant unguent. "With well-composed thighs" means with well-rounded, compact thighs, accomplished in the characteristic of thighs. "Slender" means with a narrow waist. "Soft" means soft and delicate. "Pure" means stainless. "Well established" means touching the ground evenly, well established. "Walking" means going. "Lovely" means pleasant, fitting to be desired. "They captivate my mind" means these feet of yours, as you walk with such supreme womanly charm, indeed captivate my mind. "Broad" means wide. "Beautiful waist" means with a beautiful waist. "Of an axle" means he says your waist is broad like a golden plank of a beautiful-coloured axle. "Like the filaments of a waterlily" means like the pericarp of a blue waterlily. "Like black collyrium" - he says this because of the variegation of fine dark hair.

He spoke the verse beginning with "twofold," describing the breasts. For they, being two, born on the chest, without stalks due to the absence of stalks, being attached to the chest itself and well projecting, thus well projecting; milk-bearing because of bearing milk; "not fallen" means not drooping; not fallen means not having gone inward due to not being withered or due to not hanging down; breasts like half gourds due to resembling the half of a round golden gourd placed on a golden plank. "Like that of an antelope" means just as the long and round neck of an eṇī-deer is beautiful, so your neck is slightly long. "With the lustre of a conch-shell's surface" means the meaning is a neck resembling the surface of a golden conch-shell. "With white covering" means with the covering of teeth. "Resembling the fourth sense" means the fourth sense is called the tongue, which is the basis of the fourth sense. He says that the edge of your lips resembles the tongue by its deep red colour. "With tips upward" means the lower teeth. "With tips downward" means the upper teeth. "Polished with tree-tips" means purified by being polished with tooth-sticks. "Twice-born" means twice-born. "Arisen from the faultless" means arisen at the ends of the faultless jaw-flesh.

"Not white" means dark. "With red edges" means with red borders. "Resembling the fruit of the wild liquorice" means resembling the fruit of the wild liquorice in the red parts. "Beautiful to see" means causing insatiability in those who see, endowed with the five kinds of beauty. "Not too long" means of proper measure. "Well-polished" means well polished. "Adorned with a golden comb" means "golden comb" is called a golden comb; having taken scented oil with it, combed and well adorned. "Ploughing and cattle-keeping" - by this he shows beings who live in dependence on ploughing and cattle-keeping. "Whatever destination" means whatever accomplishment. "Have exerted" means however much the seers have exerted, it has been elaborated; the meaning is however many seers dwell in this Himalaya. "None is your equal" means among all of them I do not see even one equal to you in the equality of beauty, grace, charm, and so on. "Who are you" - this he asks using masculine expression while knowing her feminine nature.

Thus, while the ascetic was praising his own beauty beginning from the feet up to the hair, Alambusā, having been silent, when his talk had reached its conclusion according to the sequence of connection, having known his deluded state, spoke a verse -

120.

"It is not the time for questions, venerable one, when Kassapa has gone thus;

Come, my dear, let us delight together, both of us in our hermitage;

Come, I will embrace you, be skilled in pleasures."

Therein, "when Kassapa has gone thus" means when such a state has arisen in your mind, O one of the Kassapa clan, it is not the time for questions. "My dear" means friend; this is an address with a term of endearment. "In pleasures" means in the delight of the five types of sensual pleasure.

Having said thus, Alambusā thought - "This one will not come within a stretched arm's reach while I am standing here; I shall be as if going away." She, through her skilfulness in feminine wiles, without approaching the ascetic, set out facing the path by which she had come. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

121.

Having said this, she departed, the nymph of sensual appearance;

Wishing to mingle with Isisinga, Alambusā."

Then the ascetic, having seen her going, thinking "She is going," having cut through his slow effort and sluggish pace, having run with speed, touched her hair with his hand. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

122.

"And he, having gone out with speed, having cut through the slow effort;

Having approached unexpectedly, he fondled her in those excellent braids.

123.

"That beautiful one turned back to him, the very radiant one embraced him;

When he had fallen from the holy life, as was expected, then she was pleased.

124.

"By mind she went to Inda, dwelling in the Nandana grove;

Having understood her thought, Maghavā, elephant among gods.

125.

"He quickly sent a divan, golden, with attendants;

Covered with fifty canopies, spread with a thousand cloths.

126.

"She held him there, the beautiful one, placing him on her breast;

As if for just a moment, she held him for three years.

127.

"Vimada, the brahmin, having awoken after three rains retreats;

Saw green trees, all around the fire-hall.

128.

The forest with new leaves in full bloom, resounding with the calls of a flock of cuckoos;

Having looked all around, weeping, he shed tears.

129.

"I do not pour offerings, I do not mutter charms, the fire-sacrifice has been neglected;

Who indeed, through service, formerly enticed my mind?

130.

"For me dwelling in the forest, he who seized what arose from my power;

Full of various treasures, like a ship upon the ocean."

122-130. Therein, "having approached unexpectedly" means having arrived. "That beautiful one turned back to him" means she, of handsome appearance, very radiant, having turned back, having turned around to that sage who stood having fondled her hair. "Embraced" means she embraced. "When he had fallen from the holy life, as was expected, then she was pleased" means, monks, at that very moment the meditative absorption of that sage disappeared. When he had fallen from the holy life and from that meditative absorption, just as it had been wished for by Sakka, so it was. Then, having known the state of fulfilment of Sakka's longing, that heavenly maiden was pleased; the meaning is: joy and gladness were produced in her by that destruction of his holy life.

"By mind she went" means she, having embraced him and standing, with the mind that arose thus "Oh, indeed, may Sakka send a divan for me," went to Inda by mind. "In the Nandana grove" means dwelling in the Tāvatiṃsa realm, which is called the Nandana grove because of its ability to generate delight. "The elephant among gods" means the foremost of gods. "Sent" means he dispatched. "Pāhiṇī" is also a reading. "Together with conveyance" means together with retinue. "With fifty canopies" means covered with fifty awnings. "Prepared with a thousand" means spread with a thousand divine fleecy coverlets. "Him there" means she, seated on the divine divan there, held that Isisinga, placing him on her breast. "Three years" means, as if for just a moment, by human reckoning for three years, having laid him on her breast, she sat there and held him.

"Free from intoxication" means without pride, a state devoid of perception. For he, having lain unconscious for three years, afterwards, having regained perception, awoke. As he was awakening, having seen the trembling of his hands and so on, Alambusā, having known his state of awakening, having made the divan disappear, herself too vanished and stood invisible. "He saw" means he, looking around the hermitage, having thought "By whom indeed have I been brought to the destruction of morality?" lamenting with a loud voice, he saw. "Green trees" means the green-leaved trees standing all around, surrounding the fire hall known as the fire-tending place. "A forest of new leaves" means a forest covered with young new leaves. "Weeping" means lamenting.

"I do not pour offerings, I do not mutter charms" - this is his verse of lamentation. "Neglected" means caused to be abandoned; the syllable "pa" is merely a prefix. "By service" means he laments thus: "Who indeed, by the service of mental defilements, enticed my mind before this?" "He who seized what arose from my power" - the syllable "ha" is merely a particle. Whoever seized the quality of meditative absorption arisen from my ascetic power, full of various treasures, great, like a ship upon the great ocean, and brought it to destruction - who indeed is he? Thus he laments.

Having heard that, Alambusā thought - "If I do not tell him, he will curse me; come, let me tell him." She, standing with a visible body, spoke a verse -

131.

"I was sent by the king of gods for your service;

I conquered mind with mind, but you, heedless, do not understand."

He, having heard her talk, having remembered the exhortation given by his father, lamenting "Not heeding my father's word, I have reached great destruction," spoke four verses -

132.

"Truly my father, Kassapa, instructs me thus:

'Women like lotus flowers, you should understand those, young man.'

133.

"'Those with swellings on the breast, you should understand those, young man;

Thus my father instructed me, as he was compassionate towards me.

134.

"I did not heed his word, the instruction of my aged father;

In the forest devoid of humans, today I grieve alone.

135.

"I shall act accordingly, shame on my life;

Either I shall become such again, or death will come to me."

132-135. Therein, "these" means these words. "Women like lotus flowers" means kamalā is called the nāri flower creeper; women similar to those flowers. "You should understand those, young man" means young man, you should know those; having known them, without going into the path of seeing them, you should put them to flight - whatever words of such kind my father then instructs me with, these are truly those. "With swellings on the breast" means endowed with two swellings on the chest. "You should understand those, young man" means young man, you should know that those bring to destruction those who have come under their control. "Nāka" means I did not do. "I brood" means I am overcome with grief, I lament. "Shame on my life" means shame on my blameworthy life; what use is life to me? "Or again" means I shall act in such a way that either I shall become such again, having produced the lost meditative absorption I shall become free from lust, or death will come to me.

He, having abandoned sensual lust, again produced meditative absorption. Then, having seen his ascetic power and having known that meditative absorption had been produced, Alambusā, frightened, asked his forgiveness. Making known that meaning, the Teacher spoke two verses -

136.

Having known his radiance and energy, his steadfast courage;

Alambusā grasped the feet of Isisinga with her head.

137.

"Do not be angry with me, great hero, do not be angry with me, great sage;

A great benefit was accomplished by me, for the glorious Thirty-three;

By you the entire celestial city was shaken then."

Then he, dismissing her saying "I forgive you, dear lady, go as you please," spoke a verse -

138.

"And those gods of the Thirty-three, and Vāsava of the deities;

May you, dear lady, be happy, go, maiden, as you please."

She, having paid homage to him, went to the celestial city by that very golden divan. Making known that meaning, the Teacher spoke three verses -

139.

"Having taken hold of his feet, and having circumambulated him keeping him on my right;

Having raised my joined palms, from that place she departed.

140.

"And whatever divan was hers, golden, with a vehicle;

With fifty canopies above, spread over with a thousand;

Having mounted that very divan, went to the presence of the gods.

141.

"Like a lamp coming through darkness, like lightning blazing;

Delighted, glad at heart, pleased, the lord of the gods gave a boon."

136-141. Therein, "entered" is as if illustrative. By "delighted" and so on, only the appearance of satisfaction is shown. "Gave a boon" means having come, having paid homage, to her standing there, pleased, he gave a boon.

She, taking a boon in his presence, spoke the concluding verse -

142.

"If you have given me a boon, Sakka, lord of all beings;

May I not go as a seductress of sages, this boon I would wish for, Sakka."

Its meaning is - "Sakka, king of gods, if you have given me a boon, may I not go again as a seductress of sages; do not send me for that purpose; this boon I request."

The Teacher, having brought this teaching of the Teaching for that monk, having made known the truths, connected the Jātaka; at the conclusion of the truths, that monk became established in the fruition of stream-entry. At that time Alambusā was the former wife, Isisinga was the dissatisfied monk, but the father, the great sage, was myself.

The commentary on the Alambusā Jātaka is the third.

524.

The Commentary on the Saṅkhapāla Jātaka

"You are one who has opportunity for the noble" - this the Teacher, while dwelling at Jeta's Grove, spoke referring to the Observance practice. For then the Teacher, having gladdened the lay followers who were observers of the Observance, having said "The wise ones of old, having abandoned the great success of a serpent, observed the Observance dwelling indeed," being requested by them, brought up the past.

In the past, in Rājagaha, a king named the King of Magadha exercised kingship. At that time the Bodhisatta was born in the womb of that king's queen-consort; they gave him the name "Duyyodhana." He, having come of age, having learnt all the crafts at Takkasilā, having returned, showed the craft to his father. Then his father, having consecrated him in the kingdom, having gone forth in the going forth of sages, dwelt in the park. The Bodhisatta went to his father's presence three times a day. For him great material gain and honour arose. He, being unable to do even so much as the preliminary work on a circular meditation object because of that very impediment, thought - "My material gain and honour is great; it is not possible for me, dwelling here, to cut this tangle. Without even informing my son, I shall go elsewhere." He, without letting anyone know, having departed from the park, having passed beyond the country of Magadha, in the Mahisaka country, at the bend of the river Kaṇṇaveṇṇā which issued from the lake named Saṅkhapāla, having built a hermitage in dependence on the Candaka mountain, dwelling there, having performed the preliminary work on a circular meditation object, having produced the meditative absorptions and direct knowledges, he sustained himself by wandering for gleanings. A king of serpents named Saṅkhapāla, having departed from the Kaṇṇaveṇṇā river with a great retinue, approached him now and then. He taught the Teaching to him. Then his son, wishing to see his father, not knowing the place where he had gone, having had a search made, having known "He dwells at such and such a place," for the purpose of seeing him, having gone there with a great retinue, having set up camp to one side, together with a few ministers, set out facing towards the hermitage.

At that moment Saṅkhapāla was sitting with a great retinue, listening to the Teaching. He, having seen that king coming, having paid homage to the sage, rose from his seat and departed. The king, having paid homage to his father, having exchanged friendly welcome, having sat down, asked - "Venerable sir, what king is this by name who has come to your presence?" Dear son, he is the serpent king named Saṅkhapāla. He, in dependence on his success, having developed greed for the nāga realm, having dwelt for a few days, having had almsfood regularly provided for his father, having gone to his own city, having had alms-halls built at the four gates, stirring up the entire Indian subcontinent, having given gifts, having guarded morality, having performed the Observance practice, having aspired for the nāga realm, at the end of his life span, having been reborn in the nāga realm, became the serpent king Saṅkhapāla. He, as time went on, having become remorseful about that success, thenceforth, aspiring for the human realm, observed the Observance dwelling. Then, while he was dwelling in the nāga realm, the Observance dwelling did not succeed; he reached the destruction of morality. He, thenceforth, having departed from the nāga realm, not far from the river Kaṇṇaveṇṇā, in between the highway and the footpath, having encircled one ant-hill, having determined the Observance, having undertaken the precepts, having given up himself through giving saying "Let those desirous of my hide, flesh and so on take the hide, flesh and so on," lying down on the top of the ant-hill, practising the ascetic duty, having dwelt on the fourteenth and fifteenth days, on the first day of the fortnight he goes to the nāga realm.

One day, while he was lying down having undertaken morality in that manner, sixteen persons dwelling in a borderland village, with weapons in hand, thinking "We shall bring meat," wandering in the forest, not obtaining anything, having come out, having seen him lying on the top of the ant-hill, having thought "Today we did not obtain even a young iguana; let us kill this king of serpents and eat him," having thought "But this great one, if seized, might flee; let us pierce him with stakes in his coils just as he lies, and having made him weak, we shall seize him," having taken stakes, they approached. The body of the Bodhisatta was great, the size of a single-hulled boat, like a garland of jasmine flowers coiled and placed, endowed with eyes resembling wild liquorice fruits and a head resembling a red China-rose flower, and it shone exceedingly. He, having put out his head from between his coils at the sound of the footsteps of those sixteen persons, having opened his red eyes, having seen them coming with stakes in hand, thought - "Today my wish will reach its summit; I, having given myself over through giving, having resolved upon energy, am lying down; I shall not open my eyes through the power of anger and look at these ones while they are striking my body with spears and making it full of holes large and small" - having firmly determined out of fear of breach of his own morality, having inserted his head between his coils, he lay down. Then they, having approached him, having seized him by the tail, dragging him, having dashed him on the ground, having pierced him at eight places with sharp stakes, having inserted thorny black cane sticks into the wound openings, having taken him up at eight places with carrying poles, they set out on the highway. The Great Being, from the time of being pierced with stakes, did not open his eyes through the power of anger and look at them at even a single place. As he was being carried away having been taken up on eight carrying poles, his head hung down and struck the ground. Then, saying "His head is hanging down," having laid him down on the highway, having pierced through the nostril with a fresh stake, having inserted a cord, having lifted up the head, having fastened it to the tip of the carrying pole, having lifted him up again, they set out on the road.

At that moment, a householder named Āḷāra, a resident of the city of Mithilā in the Videha country, having taken five hundred carts, having sat down in a comfortable carriage and going along, having seen those sons of hunters taking the Bodhisatta thus and going along, having given them sixteen cartload-oxen, a handful at a time of gold coins, inner robes and outer robes for all of them, and clothes and ornaments for their wives too, had them release him. Then he, having gone to the serpent realm, without making delay there, having gone out with a great retinue, having approached Āḷāra, having described the beauty of the serpent realm, having taken him to the serpent realm, having given him great fame together with three hundred serpent maidens, satisfied him with divine sensual pleasures. Āḷāra, having dwelt for one year in the serpent realm, having enjoyed divine sensual pleasures, having told the king of serpents "I wish, my dear, to go forth," having taken the requisites of one gone forth, having gone from the serpent realm to a region of the Himalayas, having gone forth, having dwelt there for a long time, at a later time, wandering on a journey, having reached Bārāṇasī, having dwelt in the royal garden, on the following day, having entered the city for almsfood, went to the king's gate. Then the king of Bārāṇasī, having seen him, having become confident in his deportment, having had him summoned, having caused him to sit on the prepared seat, having fed him with food of various excellent flavours, seated on a certain low seat, having paid homage, conversing with him, spoke the first verse -

143.

"You have the appearance of a noble one, with clear eyes, methinks you have gone forth from a family;

How then, having abandoned wealth and possessions, did you go forth, leaving home, O wise one?"

Therein, "ariyāvakāsosi" means you have the appearance of a faultless, beautiful body; the meaning is you are handsome. "Pasannanetto" means having eyes endowed with the five kinds of sensitive matter. "Kulamhā" means I think you have gone forth from a family of the warrior caste, or from a brahmin family, or from a millionaire's family. "Kathaṃ nū" means he asks: for what reason, having made what the object, having abandoned wealth and articles of enjoyment, having gone out from the house, have you gone forth, O wise one, O wise man?

From here onwards, the connection of the verses should be understood by way of the statement and reply of the ascetic and the king -

144.

"Having seen myself the mansion, O king, of the great serpent of great majesty;

Having seen the great result of merit, through faith I have gone forth, O king.

145.

"Not through desire for sensual pleasures, nor through fear, nor through hate, do those gone forth speak false speech;

Tell me, being asked, this matter, having heard, confidence will arise in me."

146.

"Going on trade, O lord of the country, on the path I saw the Bhoja princes;

Carrying a great snake with a grown body, going along rejoicing."

147.

"Having met with them, O lord of men, with hair bristling I spoke, frightened;

Where is this dreadful-bodied one being led, what will you do with the serpent, O sons of hunters?"

148.

"This serpent is being led for the purpose of food, a great snake with a grown body;

Sweet and fat and soft flesh, you do not know the flavour, O son of Videha."

149.

"Having gone from here to our own abode, having taken knives and cut up;

We shall eat the meat rejoicing, for we indeed are enemies of serpents.

150.

"If this one is being led for the purpose of food, a great snake with a grown body;

I give you sixteen oxen, release this serpent from bondage."

151.

"Certainly indeed this one is agreeable food for us, and many snakes have been eaten by us before;

We shall do that word of yours, Āḷāra, and be our friend, O son of Videha."

152.

"Then they released him from bondage, the snare that was fastened through his nose;

And he, the serpent king, freed from bondage, departed facing east for a moment.

153.

"Having gone facing east for a moment, he looked at me with eyes full of tears;

Then I followed behind him, having raised joined palms with ten fingers.

154.

"Go indeed, you being in a hurry, lest enemies seize you again;

For painful is meeting again with the cruel ones, go beyond the sight of the Bhoja's sons.

155.

He went to the lake, very clear, with dark-blue lustre, delightful, with good landing places;

Spread all over with rose-apple trees and rattan reeds, he entered, having crossed over fear, delighted.

156.

Having entered that, not long after, the serpent appeared before me with divine splendour, O lord of men;

He attended on me like a son to a father, speaking words pleasant to the heart, pleasant to the ear.

157.

"You are to me mother and father, Āḷāra, an intimate friend, a preserver of life;

And I have attained my own supernormal power, Āḷāra, see my dwellings;

With abundant food, with plentiful food and drink, like the Masakkasāra of Vāsava."

144-157. Therein, "mansion" means the golden jewelled mansion of the serpent king Saṅkhapāla, endowed with the achievement of many hundreds of dancers. "Of merits" means having seen the great result of the merits made by him, and having believed in action and its fruit and the world beyond, through the faith that had arisen, I went forth. "Not desiring sensual pleasures" means they do not speak falsely, not even through desire for sense objects, nor through fear, nor through hate. "Will arise" means venerable sir, having heard your words, confidence and pleasure will arise in me too. "On trade" means going along thinking "I shall do trade." "On the path I saw" means having sat down in a comfortable carriage in front of five hundred carts and going along, I saw country people on the highway. "With a grown body" means with a body that had grown. "Having taken" means having taken up on eight carrying poles. "I said" means I spoke. "Of dreadful body" means a body that produces fear. "Sons of hunters" means he addressed the sons of huntsmen with an amiable manner of address. "Son of Videha" means they addressed Āḷāra as one dwelling in the Videha country. "Having destroyed" means having cut. "We indeed are your enemies" means we are indeed called enemies of serpents. "For the purpose of food" means for the purpose of food. "And be our friend" means you be our friend, know the gratitude due.

"Then to you" means great king, when this was said by those Bhoja princes, I gave them sixteen cartload-oxen, inner robes and outer robes, a handful at a time of gold coins, and clothes and ornaments for their wives too. Then they, having laid the serpent king Saṅkhapāla down on the ground, through their own hardness, having seized the thorny black cane creepers by the end, began to drag them out. Then I, having seen the king of serpents being wearied, without myself becoming wearied, having cut those creepers with a sword, in the manner of removing an ear-piercing wick from children, without causing pain, gently drew them out. At that time, those Bhoja princes released that snake from the bond which had been inserted through his nose and fastened as a snare. This explains that they drew out that cord from his nose together with the snare. Thus they, having released the snake, having gone a little way, hid themselves, thinking "This snake is weak; at the time of death we shall seize him and go."

"With full" means he too, having gone for a moment facing eastward, looked at me with eyes full of tears. "Then I was" means then there was I. "Go indeed" means he says thus he said to him. "Lake" means the lake Kaṇṇaveṇṇa. "Spread all over" means covered and extended on both banks with rose-apple trees and rattan reed trees. "Having crossed over fear, delighted" means it is said that he, entering that lake, having shown an act of prostration to Āḷāra, descended as far as his tail. The very place where he entered the water was free from fear for him; therefore, having crossed over fear, delighted, full of mirth, he entered. "Having entered" means having entered. "With divine, before me" means without falling into heedlessness in the serpent realm, while I had not yet passed beyond the bank of the Kaṇṇaveṇṇā, he appeared before me with a divine retinue. "Attended" means he approached. "Inner" means like the flesh of the heart. You are of great service to me; I shall show you honour. "See my dwellings" means see my serpent realm. "Like the Masakkasāra" means Masakkasāra is said to be Sineru, the king of mountains, because of the absence of receding and moving about, and because of its compact substance. This he said with reference to the realm of the Thirty-three created there.

Great king! Having said thus, that king of serpents, further praising his own serpent realm, spoke a pair of verses -

158.

"That, endowed with such pieces of land, without gravel, soft and beautiful;

The ground with low grass and little dust, pleasing, where they give up sorrow.

159.

"Unconfused, blue with lapis lazuli, in the four directions a delightful mango grove;

Ripe and half-ripe and fruiting, fully bloomed, bearing fruits in all seasons."

158-159. Therein, "without gravel" means the ground there is without stones and gravel, soft, beautiful, made of gold, silver and gems, strewn with sand of the seven kinds of precious things. "With low grass" means endowed with low grass of a colour similar to the back of the indagopaka insect. "With little dust" means without soil. "Where they give up sorrow" means where, as soon as one has entered, one becomes free from sorrow. "Unconfused" means not confused, without stumps, or without the condition of being sloping up and sloping down above, evenly established. "Bluish with lapis lazuli" means bluish with lapis lazuli; the meaning is a pond in that serpent realm, made of lapis lazuli, with clear water, with blue radiance, covered with lotuses and waterlilies of various colours. "In the four directions" means in the four directions of that pond. "And ripe" means in that mango grove, the mango trees with ripe fruit and half-ripe fruit and young fruit and fully bloomed; this is the meaning. "Of perpetual season" means endowed with flowers and fruits suitable for all six seasons.

160.

"In the midst of those forests, O king, a dwelling resembling radiant light;

With silver door-bolts, made of gold, lofty, it shines like lightning in the sky.

161.

"Made of jewels, made of gold, lofty, of various designs, constantly well-fashioned;

Full of maidens adorned, wearing golden arm-bracelets, O king.

162.

"That Saṅkhapāla, being in a hurry, having ascended the palace, of superior beauty;

With a thousand pillars, of incomparable splendour, where his wife, the queen, was.

163.

"And one woman, being in a hurry, having taken a very costly lapis lazuli,

A beautiful gem endowed with genuine qualities, unprompted, she spread out a seat.

164.

"Then the serpent, having taken me by the hand, seated me on the chief seat;

'Let the venerable one sit down here on this seat, for the venerable one is a certain one among my teachers.'

165.

"And another woman, being in a hurry, having taken water and approached;

Washed my feet, O lord of men, like a wife to her husband, her dear lord.

166.

"And another woman, being in a hurry, having raised up a golden bowl;

Offered delightful food with various curries and diverse vegetables.

167.

"With musical instruments they attended upon me who had eaten, O Bhārata, having known the mind of my husband;

Beyond that, he approached me with great, divine sensual pleasures, not few."

160-167. Therein, "dwelling" means a mansion. "Resembling radiant light" means having a luminous appearance. "With silver door-bolts" means with silver door panels. "Made of precious stones" means such pinnacle chambers and inner rooms were there. "Full" means complete. "That Saṅkhapāla" explains that, great king, when he was thus praising the serpent realm, I wished to see it; then, having led me there, that Saṅkhapāla, having taken me by the hand, hurrying, having ascended the mansion of a thousand pillars with lapis lazuli pillars, he leads me to the place where his queen was. "And one" means when I had ascended the mansion, one woman, without even being told by that king of serpents, a beautiful lapis lazuli seat endowed with other gems of great natural quality. "Spread out" means she brought forth, she spread out - this is what is meant.

"On the chief seat" means on the foremost seat; the meaning is she caused him to sit down on the highest seat. "Of elders" means having said thus "You are one of my mother and father," she caused him to sit down. "Diverse vegetables" means various curries. "Delightful food" means food of delightful appearance. "O Bhārata" - he addresses the king. "Having eaten" means one who has finished eating, one who has completed the meal duty. "They attended" means performing music with many hundreds of musical instruments, they attended. "Having known the mind of the husband" means having known the mind of her own lord. "Beyond that" means further beyond that making of music. "Approached me" means that king of serpents approached me. "Great, with divine" means with great, lofty, divine sensual pleasures, and those not few.

And having thus approached, he spoke a verse -

168.

"These three hundred wives of mine, Āḷāra, all with slender waists, with the radiance of the highest lotus;

Āḷāra, let these be at your pleasure, I give them to you, let them attend upon you."

Therein, "all with slender waists" means all with slender waists, meaning with waists of a measure that can be grasped by the hand. In the commentary, however, the reading is "sumajjhā" (beautiful-waisted). "With the radiance of the highest lotus" means with the higher radiance of lotus colour, meaning with the higher complexion of lotus colour. "Let them attend upon you" means having said "make them your foot-attendants," he gave me great success together with three hundred women.

He said -

169.

"Having enjoyed divine pleasures for a year, then I spoke further to him:

'How was this obtained by the serpent, and by what means, how did you attain this foremost mansion?'

170.

"Was it obtained by chance, born of transformation, made by yourself, or given by the gods?

I ask you, king of serpents, about this matter, how did you attain this foremost mansion?"

169-170. Therein, "having enjoyed divine pleasures" means having experienced the divine pleasures of the types of sensual pleasure. "Then I" means then indeed I. "Of the serpent this" means this success that had arisen for the good-faced serpent king Saṅkhapāla - "how" means by doing what action indeed and by doing it in what way was it obtained, how did you attain this foremost mansion - thus I asked him. "Obtained by chance" means obtained without cause. "Born of transformation for you" means born from transformation because of having been transformed by someone for your benefit. "Made by oneself" means having summoned builders and having given jewels, having had it made.

From there onwards are verses of speech and reply of both -

171.

"Not obtained by chance, not born of transformation for me, not made by myself, nor given by the gods;

Through my own actions, non-evil, through merit, this mansion was obtained by me.

172.

"What was your religious duty, what then was your holy life, of what well-practised deed is this the result;

Tell me, king of serpents, this matter, how was this mansion obtained by you?

173.

"I was a king, lord of the Magadhans, Duyyodhana by name, of great might;

He, having recognised life as brief, non-eternal, subject to change.

174.

"With a gladdened mind, I gave food and drink, attentively I gave an abundant gift;

My house was like a well, and ascetics and brahmins were satisfied.

175.

"Garlands and odour and cosmetics, lamps and vehicles and dwelling;

Clothing, sleeping place, food and drink, attentively we gave gifts there.

176.

"That was my religious duty, that then was my holy life, of that well-practised deed this is the result;

By that very means this mansion was obtained by me, with abundant food, with plentiful food and drink;

With dancing and singing, endowed with beauty, long-lasting but not eternal in the future.

177.

"Those of little power strike that one of great majesty, those without radiance strike the radiant one;

O fanged-weapon one, dependent on what did you come within reach of the hand of paupers?

178.

"Did great fear follow you, or did fire not follow your tooth-root;

O fanged-weapon one, dependent on what did you come to distress among the paupers?

179.

"No great fear followed me, my fire cannot be destroyed by them;

And the teachings of the good, well proclaimed, are difficult to transgress like the ocean's shore.

180.

"On the fourteenth and fifteenth, Āḷāra, I always observe the Observance;

Then came sixteen sons of hunters, having taken a rope and a firm snare.

181.

"Having broken my nose and passed a rope through, the hunters led me away, having seized me all around;

Such suffering I endured, not disrupting the Observance.

182.

"They saw you on the one-way path, endowed with power and beauty;

You are developed in splendour and wisdom, aspiring to what, O noble one, do you practise austere asceticism?"

183.

"Not for the sake of a son, not for the sake of wealth, nor for the sake of life span, Āḷāra;

Longing for the human realm, therefore with endeavour I practise austere asceticism.

184.

"You are red-eyed, with space between shoulders exposed, adorned, with hair and beard trimmed;

Well-anointed with red sandalwood, like a king of gandhabbas you illuminate the directions.

185.

"You have attained divine power, of great majesty, endowed with all sensual pleasures;

I ask you, king of serpents, about this matter, by what is the human world better than here.

186.

"Āḷāra, not apart from the human world, is purity found or self-control;

And I, having obtained the human realm, will make an end of birth and death.

187.

"A year I have dwelt in your presence, served with food and drink;

Having taken leave, I depart, O serpent, I have been away from home for long, O lord of men.

188.

"Sons and wife and dependents, constantly instructed, stand close to you;

I wonder, did anyone not curse you? For dear to me is the sight of you, Āḷāra.

189.

"Just as a dear son, well cared for, would dwell in the house of mother and father;

Even better than that is this for me, for your mind, O serpent, is devoted to me.

190.

"A gem of mine exists, a ruby, a wealth-bringer, a lofty jewel gem;

Having taken it, go to your own abode, having obtained wealth, release that gem."

171-190. Therein, "what is your religious duty" means what is your taking up of a religious vow. "Brahmacariya" means the foremost conduct. "Like a well" means wealth to be enjoyed comfortably by righteous ascetics and brahmins, like a pond dug at a crossroads. "Not eternal in the future" means even though it is long-lasting, it is not eternal for me - thus he tells me.

"Of little power" - he said this with reference to the Bhoja princes. "They struck" means for what reason did they strike, piercing with stakes at eight places. "Dependent on what" means with reference to what did you then come into their hands, come under their control. "Of paupers" means the Bhoja princes are here called "paupers." "Did fire not follow your tooth-root" means did great fear then follow you upon seeing the Bhoja princes, or did the poison not follow the tooth-root. "Affliction" means suffering. "Of paupers" means in the presence of the Bhoja princes; the meaning is in dependence on the Bhoja princes.

"My fire cannot be destroyed by them" means my power of poison cannot be overcome even by the power of another. "Of the good" means of the Buddha and so on. "Teachings" means the teachings reckoned as morality, concentration, wisdom, patience, compassion, friendliness, and meditation. "Well proclaimed" means well described, well spoken. Having done what? "Difficult to transgress like the ocean's shore" means they were praised as difficult to transgress even for the sake of life by good persons, like the ocean's shore. Therefore he said: I, being endowed with patience, friendliness and so on, out of fear of breach of morality, did not allow my irritation to transgress the shore-boundary of morality.

In this teaching of the Saṅkhapāla, even the ten perfections are obtained. For at that time, the Great Being's state of having relinquished his body is called the perfection of giving; the unbrokenness of morality even with such power of poison is the perfection of morality; having departed from the serpent realm and practising the ascetic's duties is the perfection of renunciation; the arranging that "it is fitting to do this and that" is the perfection of wisdom; the energy of endurance is the perfection of energy; the patience of endurance is the perfection of patience; the undertaking of truth is the perfection of truthfulness; the determination "I will not break my morality" is the perfection of determination; the state of compassion is the perfection of friendliness; the state of neutrality regarding feeling is the perfection of equanimity.

"Then they came" means then one day, having seen him lying on the top of the ant-hill, sixteen Bhoja princes, having taken a rough rope, a firm snare, and stakes, came to my presence. "Having broken" means having broken my body at eight places and having inserted thorny black cane creepers. "Having passed a rope through the nose" means having gone a little way, having seen my head hanging down, having laid me down on the highway, having again broken my nose too, having passed a round rope through, having wound it, having fastened it to the tip of the carrying pole, having seized me all around, they led me away.

"They saw" means, dear Saṅkhapāla, those Bhoja princes saw you on the one-way path, the single-track footpath, endowed with power and beauty; but you are developed and grown in the splendour of sovereignty, fortune, and glory, and in wisdom; being of such a form, for what purpose do you practise austere asceticism, desiring what do you observe the Observance dwelling, do you guard morality. "Addasāsi" is also a reading; the meaning is I saw you on the one-way highway. "Longing for" means aspiring. "Therefore" means because I aspire for the human realm, therefore having exerted with energy, I practise austere asceticism.

"Well-anointed" means well perfumed with ointment. "From here" means by what is the human world more superior than this serpent realm. "Purity" means purification reckoned as path, fruition, and Nibbāna. "Self-control" means morality. This he said with reference to the arising of Buddhas and Paccekabuddhas in the human world itself. "I shall make" means making the state of non-reconception for oneself, I shall make an end of birth, ageing, and death. Thus, great king, that Saṅkhapāla praised the human world. "A year for me" means thus, great king, while he was praising the human world, I, having developed affection for the going forth, said this. Therein, "I have been served" means I have been attended upon and honoured with food and drink and with divine types of sensual pleasure. "I depart" means I go away, I leave. "I have been long away" means I have been long away from the human world.

"Nābhisapitthā" means he asks whether anyone among my sons and so on reviled or abused you. "Nābhisajjethā" is also a reading; the meaning is did not make angry. "Paṭivihito" means looked after. "Maṇī mama" means: if, my dear Āḷāra, you go indeed, this being so, a ruby of mine exists, a wealth-bringer, a giver of all desires; having taken that lofty jewel gem, go to your house; there, by its power, having obtained as much wealth as you wish, release this gem again; and when releasing it, not releasing it elsewhere, you should release it into your own water jar - having said thus, he presented the jewel gem to me, so he says.

Having said thus, Āḷāra said "Then I, great king, said this to the king of serpents - 'My dear, I am not desirous of wealth, but I wish to go forth' - having asked for the requisites of one gone forth, having departed from the nāga realm together with him, having turned him back, having entered the Himalayas, I have gone forth" - having said thus, while giving a talk on the Teaching to the king, he spoke a pair of verses -

191.

"Seen by me are human sensual pleasures too, non-eternal, subject to change;

Having seen the danger in the types of sensual pleasure, through faith I have gone forth, O king.

192.

"Just like fruits from a tree, young men fall, both the young and the old, at the breaking up of the body;

Having seen this too, I have gone forth, O king, unmistakable indeed is asceticism - it is better."

191-192. Therein, "through faith" means having believed in action and its fruit and Nibbāna. "Just like fruits from a tree, they fall" means just as tree fruits, both ripe and unripe, fall, so young men, both the young and the old, fall. "Unmistakable" means unfailing, leading to liberation. "Asceticism itself is better" means going forth itself is the highest - having seen the virtue of going forth, I have gone forth, great king.

Having heard that, the king spoke the next verse -

193.

"Surely indeed those with wisdom should be cultivated, very learned, who are thinkers on many grounds;

And having heard the serpent and you, dear Āḷāra, I will make merit not trifling."

Therein, "who are thinkers on many grounds" means who know many reasons. "And the serpent" means having heard the words of the serpent king who thus dwells in diligence, and of you.

Then the hermit, generating enthusiasm in him, spoke the concluding verse -

194.

"Surely indeed those with wisdom should be cultivated, very learned, who are thinkers on many grounds;

And having heard the serpent and me, O king, make merit not trifling."

Thus he, having taught the Teaching to the king, having dwelt right there for the four months of the rains retreat, having gone again to the Himalayas, having developed the four divine abidings for the length of his life, was reborn in the Brahma world. Saṅkhapāla too, having observed the Observance residence for the length of his life, and the king, having performed meritorious deeds such as giving and so on, went according to their actions.

The Teacher, having brought this teaching of the Teaching, connected the Jātaka - "At that time the father was the hermit Kassapa, the king of Bārāṇasī was Ānanda, Āḷāra was Sāriputta, but the serpent king Saṅkhapāla was myself."

The commentary on the Saṅkhapāla Jātaka is the fourth.

525.

The Commentary on the Cūḷasutasoma Jātaka

"I address the townspeople" - this the Teacher, while dwelling at Jeta's Grove, spoke referring to the perfection of renunciation. The present story is exactly similar to the Mahānāradakassapa Jātaka. In the past, Bārāṇasī was a city named Sudassana; there a king named Brahmadatta dwelt. The Bodhisatta was born in the womb of his queen-consort; after the elapse of ten months he emerged from his mother's womb. His face was resplendent like the full moon; therefore they gave him the name "Prince Soma." He, having attained discretion, was one rich in learning and of a nature given to hearing; on account of that they recognised him as "Sutasoma." He, having come of age, having learnt all the crafts at Takkasilā, having returned, having obtained the white parasol belonging to his father, exercised kingship righteously; there was great authority. He had sixteen thousand women headed by Queen Candādevī. He afterwards, prospering with sons and daughters, not taking delight in the household life, having entered the forest, became desirous of going forth.

One day he, having addressed the barber, said "When you, my dear, should see grey hair on my head, then you should inform me." The barber, having accepted his word, afterwards, having seen grey hair and having informed him, when it was said "Then, my dear barber, having pulled it out, place it on my hand," having pulled it out with golden tweezers, he placed it on the king's hand. Having seen that, the Great Being, frightened, thinking "My body is overcome by ageing," having taken that grey hair, having descended from the palace, having sat down on the royal divan prepared at a place for the public to see, having had summoned eighty thousand ministers headed by the general and sixty thousand brahmins headed by the chaplain and many other people such as officials, country-folk, townspeople and so on, having said "Grey hair has arisen on my head, I am old, know of my state of going forth," spoke the first verse -

195.

"I address the town, embracing friends and colleagues;

Grey hair has arisen on my head, now approve of the going forth."

Therein, "I address" means I make known. "Approve" means "I approve, of that my, sirs! Know of my state of having gone forth."

Having heard that, one among them, having become confident, spoke a verse -

196.

"Alas, why do you speak thus, you fix a dart in my chest, O lord;

Seven hundred are your wives, how will they fare?"

Therein, "abhuṃ" means decline. "You fix in the chest" means he drives a well-sharpened, polished spear into the chest. "Seven hundred" - this was said with reference to maidens of the warrior caste of the same birth. "How will they fare" means those wives of yours, when you have gone forth, helpless, without support, how will they fare? Having made them helpless, your going forth is indeed not proper.

Then the Great Being spoke the third verse -

197.

"These women will be known by their own actions, they are young, they will go to another;

And desiring heaven, therefore I shall go forth."

Therein, "will be known" means they will become known through their own actions. What am I to them? All these are young; whatever other king there will be, to him they will go.

The ministers and others, being unable to give a reply to the Bodhisatta, having gone to his mother's presence, reported that matter. She, having come very quickly, having said "Is it true, dear son, that you wish to go forth?" spoke two verses -

198.

"Ill-gained it was for me, Sutasoma, whose mother I am to you;

That while I am wailing, without attachment you go forth, O lord.

199.

"Ill-gained it was for me, Sutasoma, that I gave birth to you;

That while I am wailing, without attachment you go forth, O lord."

198-199. Therein, "ill-gained" means that which was this contemptible son obtained by me who was giving birth, was ill-gained. "That while I" means for whatever reason, while I am wailing in various ways, you wish to go forth; for that reason, the obtaining of such a son is called ill-gained for me.

The Bodhisatta did not speak anything with his mother even though she was thus lamenting. She, having wept and lamented, by herself stood to one side. Then they reported to his father. He, having come, spoke one verse for the time being -

200.

"What is this teaching named, Sutasoma, and what is this going forth named;

That you go forth without attachment to us who are aged, O lord."

Therein, "that you, to us who are aged" means: that you, being our son, without having looked after us who are aged at the time when we should be looked after, having cast us away as if rolling a stone off a precipice, go forth without attachment - therefore I say to you "what is this teaching of yours named" - this is the intention.

Having heard that, the Great Being remained silent. Then his father, having said "Dear son Sutasoma, even if you have no affection for your mother and father, your sons and daughters are many and young; without you they will not be able to carry on; you shall go forth when they have come of age," spoke the seventh verse -

201.

"Your sons too are many, young, not yet reached youth;

They too, sweet-spoken, not seeing you, methinks undergo suffering."

Therein, "mañjū" means sweet-spoken. "Nigacchantī" means they will undergo, they will receive bodily and mental suffering - I think.

Having heard that, the Great Being spoke a verse -

202.

"With these sons of mine, young ones who have not reached youth;

With all of you who are charming, even after standing for a long time, there is the nature of destruction."

Therein, "with all of you too" means: dear son, not only with sons alone, but rather with you too and with all other activities too, even after standing for a long time, even after standing for a long duration, the nature of destruction alone is certain. For in the entire world community, there is not even a single activity that is permanent.

Thus the Great Being gave a talk on the Teaching to his father. He, having heard his talk on the Teaching, remained silent. Then they informed his seven hundred wives. And they, having descended from the mansion, having gone to his presence, having clasped his ankles, lamenting, spoke a verse -

203.

"Is your heart cut off, or is there no compassion in you for us;

That while we are wailing, without attachment you go forth, O lord."

Its meaning is - O husband Sutasoma, due to the absence of even the slightest affection in you who are going, making us widows, is your heart cut off towards us, or due to the absence of compassion is there no compassion, that having abandoned us thus wailing you go forth.

The Great Being, having heard the sound of lamentation of those who, having rolled at their feet, were lamenting, spoke the next verse -

204.

"My heart is not cut off, and there is compassion in me for you;

And desiring heaven, therefore I shall go forth."

Therein, "and heaven" means: I, desiring heaven, since this going forth has been praised by the Buddha and others, therefore I shall go forth; do not worry - thus he consoled them.

Then they reported to his queen-consort. She, heavy with burden, even being with a fully developed embryo, having come, having paid homage to the Great Being, standing to one side, spoke three verses -

205.

"Ill-gained it was for me, Sutasoma, whose wife I am to you;

That while I am wailing, without attachment you go forth, O lord.

206.

"Ill-gained it was for me, Sutasoma, whose wife I am to you;

That while I am with child in my womb, without attachment you go forth, O lord.

207.

"My embryo is fully ripe, gone into the womb; wait until I give birth to it;

May I, a widow alone, not see sufferings afterwards."

205-207. Therein, "that which for me" means because while I am wailing you go forth without attachment, therefore that which was obtained by me from your presence as the position of queen-consort, that was indeed ill-gained. In the second verse, because you go forth without attachment having abandoned me with child in my womb, therefore that which was obtained by me as wifehood to you, that was ill-gained for me - this is the meaning. "Until not" means until I give birth to that embryo, consent to wait for that long.

Then the Great Being spoke a verse -

208.

"Your embryo is fully ripe, gone into the womb; come now, give birth;

To a son of superior beauty, having left him, I shall go forth."

Therein, "a son" means: dear lady, I know that your embryo is fully ripe; but you, when giving birth, will give birth to a son, not a daughter; you should safely give birth to a son; but I, together with you, having left that son, shall indeed go forth.

She, having heard his word, being unable to hold back the sorrow, saying "From now on, Sire, there is no fortune whatsoever for us," holding her heart with both hands, shedding tears, lamented with a loud voice. Then, reassuring her, the Great Being spoke a verse -

209.

"Do not weep, Candā, do not grieve, you whose eyes are like the darkness of the forest;

Ascend the excellent mansion, without attachment I shall go."

Therein, "do not weep, Candā" means dear lady Queen Candā, do not cry, do not grieve. "You whose eyes are like the darkness of the forest" means she whose eyes are like the flowers of the girikaṇṇikā plant. However, in the Pāḷi "having copper-coloured eyes like the koviḷāra" is written; the meaning is that her eyes are copper-coloured like the koviḷāra flower.

She, having heard his word, being unable to remain, having ascended the mansion, sat weeping. Then the eldest son of the Bodhisatta, having seen her, asking her "Why indeed is my mother sitting weeping?" spoke a verse -

210.

"Who angered you, mother, why do you cry and look at me so intensely;

Whom not to be killed shall I slay, while relatives are looking on?"

Therein, "angered" means: mother! Who indeed angered you, who did what was disagreeable to you. "And look at" means the intention is: looking at me so intensely, for what reason do you cry. "Whom not to be killed shall I slay" means: whom, even one who should not be killed, shall I slay, while one's own relatives are indeed looking on - tell me, he asks.

Thereupon the queen spoke a verse -

211.

"For he cannot be killed, the victorious one who angered me, dear son;

Your father said to me, dear son, 'Without attachment I shall go.'"

Therein, "the victorious one" means: dear son, whoever, victorious on this earth, angered me, by disagreeable conduct introduced irritation and sorrow into my heart, he cannot be killed by you; for, dear son, your father said to me "I, having abandoned the sovereignty and that, having entered the forest, shall go forth" - this is the reason for my crying.

He, having heard her words, said "Mother! What indeed are you saying? This being so, shall we not become destitute?" Thus lamenting, he spoke a verse -

212.

"I who formerly went out to the pleasure grove and fought with intoxicated elephants;

Now that Sutasoma has gone forth, what shall I do now?"

Its meaning is - I who formerly, having mounted a chariot yoked with four thoroughbreds and adorned with all ornaments, go to the pleasure grove, and fight with intoxicated elephants, and play with horse-sports and other amusements, what shall I now do when Sutasoma has gone forth?

Then his youngest brother, seven years old, having seen those two both weeping, having approached his mother, "Mother! For what reason do you weep?" having asked and having heard that matter, "Then do not weep, I shall not allow father to go forth," having consoled them both, together with the nurse, having descended from the mansion, having gone to his father's presence, "Father, you, it is said, abandoning us who are unwilling, say 'I shall go forth'; I shall not allow you to go forth," having firmly grasped his father by the neck, spoke a verse -

213.

"While my maternal aunt is weeping, and my eldest brother is unwilling;

I will seize you even by the hand, for you shall not go against our will."

The Great Being thought - "This one creates an obstacle for me; by what means indeed might I make him withdraw?" Then, having looked at the nurse, "Mother! Nurse, come, let this jewel-mass ornament of mine be yours in your hand; take the child away, do not create an obstacle for me" - being unable himself to take the child by the hand and remove him, having promised her a bribe, he spoke a verse -

214.

"Rise up, nurse, take this boy and amuse him elsewhere;

Do not make an obstacle for me, who am aspiring for heaven."

Therein, "this boy" means: mother! Nurse, you rise up, having taken away this boy and having come back, having taken this jewel, amuse him elsewhere.

She, having received the bribe, having convinced the boy, having taken him, having gone elsewhere, lamenting, spoke a verse -

215.

"What if I should give this light-bringer, what use is this to me;

Now that Sutasoma has gone forth, what shall I do with this?"

Its meaning is - What if I should give this light-bringer, this brilliantly radiant gem taken as a bribe; what use is this to me now that the lord of men Sutasoma has gone forth; what shall I do with this; when he has gone forth I shall obtain this, and even obtaining it, what indeed shall I do with it? See my action!

Then Mahāsenagutta thought - "This king holds the perception 'The wealth in my house is little,' I think; I shall tell him of its abundance." He, having risen and paid homage, spoke a verse -

216.

"Your treasury is extensive, and your storehouse is full;

And the earth is conquered by you, delight, do not go forth, O lord."

Having heard that, the Great Being spoke a verse -

217.

"My treasury is extensive, and my storehouse is full;

And the earth is conquered by me, having left that, I shall go forth."

Having heard that, when he had departed, the millionaire named Kulavaḍḍhana, having risen and paid homage, spoke a verse -

218.

"My wealth too is abundant, I am not able to reckon it, O lord;

I give all that to you, delight, do not go forth, O lord."

Having heard that, the Great Being spoke a verse -

219.

"I know the wealth is abundant, O increaser of the family, and I am venerated by you;

And desiring heaven, therefore I shall go forth."

Having heard that, when Kulavaḍḍhana had departed, the Great Being, having addressed Somadatta, his younger brother, said: "Dear son, I am dissatisfied like a jungle fowl placed in a cage; discontent in the household life overcomes me; today itself I shall go forth; you take charge of this kingdom" - thus, handing over the kingdom, he spoke a verse -

220.

"I am very dissatisfied, discontent possesses me, Somadatta;

Though there are many obstacles for me, today indeed I shall go forth."

Having heard that, he too, being desirous of going forth, explaining that, spoke the other verse -

221.

"And if this is approved by you, Sutasoma, today itself now you go forth;

I too shall go forth, I do not endeavour to remain without you."

Then he, having rejected that, spoke half a verse -

222.

"For it is not possible to go forth, in the city there is no cooking and in the country too."

Therein, "there is no cooking" means even now, just upon hearing my intention to go forth, in this city of Sudassana, which is twelve yojanas in extent, and in the entire country, there is no cooking; no one lights a fire in the fireplace. But if we two were to go forth, the inhabitants of the country would become destitute. Therefore it is not possible for you to go forth; I myself shall go forth.

Having heard that, the public, having rolled at the feet of the Great Being, lamenting, spoke a half-verse -

"Now that Sutasoma has gone forth, what shall we do now?"

Then the Great Being, teaching the Teaching to the public, saying "Enough, do not grieve; even after standing for a long time, I shall be separated from you; for indeed there is no arisen activity that is permanent," said -

223.

"This is being carried away, methinks, like small water in a lye-strainer;

In such a very small life, there is no time to be negligent.

224.

"This is being carried away, methinks, like small water in a lye-strainer;

In such a very small life, the blind fools are negligent.

225.

"They increase hell, and the animal realm and the sphere of ghosts;

Bound by the bondage of craving, they increase the class of titans."

223-225. Therein, "this is being carried away, methinks" means, dear son, I think "this life is being carried away." In other discourses the meaning of "upanīyati" is that of bringing near, of leading towards; but here it has the meaning of exhaustion. Therefore, just as a small amount of water thrown into the washermen's lye-strainer is quickly exhausted, so too is life. In such a very small life, for beings who go about having taken that small life principle, there is no time to be negligent regarding meritorious deeds; only diligence is proper to practise - this is the meaning here. "The blind fools are negligent" means as if free from ageing and death, like pigs in a mire of dung, plunging into the mire of sensual pleasures, they are negligent. "The host of titans" means they increase the realm of rebirth of the Kāḷakañjika titans - this is the meaning.

Thus the Great Being, having taught the Teaching to the public, having ascended the mansion named Pubbaka, standing on the seventh storey, having cut off his topknot with a sword, saying "I am nothing to you; choose your own king," he threw the topknot with its wrapping into the midst of the public. Having taken that, the public, rolling and rolling on the ground, lamented. At that place a great cloud of dust arose. The people who had stepped back, standing and looking at that, lamenting, spoke a verse, saying "The king, having cut off his topknot, the topknot with its wrapping must have been thrown into the midst of the public; therefore this swirl of dust has risen not far from the mansion" -

226.

"A cloud of dust rises up not far from the eastern mansion;

Methinks the hair of our famous King of the Dhamma has been cut."

Therein, "rises up" means arises. "A cloud of dust" means a mass of dust. "Not far" means not far from here, from the place where we are standing. "At the eastern" means near the eastern mansion. "Methinks our" means we think that the hair of our King of the Dhamma will have been cut.

The Great Being, having sent a female attendant, having had the requisites for one gone forth brought, having had his hair and beard shaved off by a barber, having cast down his ornaments on the back of the bed, having cut the fringes of red garments, having put on those ochre robes, having hung a clay bowl on his left shoulder, having taken a walking staff, having walked up and down back and forth on the great flat roof, having descended from the mansion, he proceeded along the middle of the street. But no one recognised him as he went. Then his seven hundred maidens of the warrior caste, having ascended the mansion, not seeing him, having seen only the ornamental articles, having descended, having gone to the presence of the remaining sixteen thousand women, crying out with a loud voice "Our dear husband, the great lord Sutasoma, has gone forth," went outside while still lamenting. At that moment the public understood his state of having gone forth, and having stirred up the whole city, assembled at the king's gate saying "Our king, it seems, has gone forth." The public, saying "The king will be here, he will be there," having gone to the mansions and other places of the king's use, not seeing the king -

227.

"This is his mansion, strewn with golden flowers and garlands;

Where the king wandered about, surrounded by women's quarters.

228.

"This is his mansion, strewn with golden flowers and garlands;

Where the king wandered about, surrounded by the congregation of kinsmen.

229.

"This is his pinnacle chamber, strewn with golden flowers and garlands;

Where the king wandered about, surrounded by women's quarters.

230.

"This is his pinnacle chamber, strewn with golden flowers and garlands;

Where the king wandered about, surrounded by the congregation of kinsmen.

231.

"This is his Asoka grove, covered with flowers, charming at all times;

Where the king wandered about, surrounded by women's quarters.

232.

"This is his Asoka grove, covered with flowers, charming at all times;

Where the king wandered about, surrounded by the congregation of kinsmen.

233.

"This is his pleasure grove, fully in bloom, charming at all times;

Where the king wandered about, surrounded by women's quarters.

234.

"This is his pleasure grove, fully in bloom, charming at all times;

Where the king wandered about, surrounded by the congregation of kinsmen.

235.

"This is his kaṇikāra grove, fully in bloom, charming at all times;

Where the king wandered about, surrounded by women's quarters.

236.

"This is his kaṇikāra grove, fully in bloom, charming at all times;

Where the king wandered about, surrounded by the congregation of kinsmen.

237.

"This is his trumpet-flower grove, fully in bloom, charming at all times;

Where the king wandered about, surrounded by women's quarters.

238.

"This is his trumpet-flower grove, fully in bloom, charming at all times;

Where the king wandered about, surrounded by the congregation of kinsmen.

239.

"This is his mango grove, fully in bloom, charming at all times;

Where the king wandered about, surrounded by women's quarters.

240.

"This is his mango grove, fully in bloom, charming at all times;

Where the king wandered about, surrounded by the congregation of kinsmen.

241.

"This is his pond, covered with flowers, strewn with egg-born creatures;

Where the king wandered about, surrounded by women's quarters.

242.

"This is his pond, covered with flowers, strewn with egg-born creatures;

Where the king wandered about, surrounded by the congregation of kinsmen."

He went about lamenting with these verses.

227-242. Therein, "strewn" means sprinkled with golden flowers and various garlands. "Surrounded" means encircled. "By women's quarters" means women including female slaves are called "women's quarters." "By the congregation of kinsmen" means here even ministers are relatives. "Pinnacle building" means the inner chamber of a sleeping pinnacle building decorated with the seven precious things. "Asoka grove" means the ground of the asoka forest. "At all times" means suitable for enjoyment at all times, or always in bloom. "Park" means a park similar to the Nandana grove and the Cittalatā grove. "At all times" means covered with flowers and fruits arising in all six seasons. "At all times" in the kaṇikāra grove and so on means always well in bloom and bearing fruit at all times. "Covered" means well covered with various kinds of water-born and land-born flowers. "Strewn with egg-born creatures" means strewn over with flocks of birds.

Thus, having lamented in those various places, the public came again to the royal courtyard -

243.

"Your king has gone forth, Sutasoma, having abandoned this kingdom;

Wearing the ochre robe, like an elephant he wanders alone."

Having spoken the verse, having abandoned the wealth in his own house, having taken his sons and daughters in his hands, having gone out, he went to the presence of the Bodhisatta himself; likewise the mother and father, children and wife, and the sixteen thousand dancing women. The whole city became as if hollow; the inhabitants of the province too went following after them. The Bodhisatta, having taken a following of twelve yojanas, set forth facing towards the Himalayas. Then, having known his renunciation, Sakka, having addressed Vissakamma, sent him saying "Dear son Vissakamma, the Great King Sutasoma has made the renunciation and gone forth; it is fitting to obtain a dwelling place, and the gathering will be great. Go, in the Himalayan region, on the bank of the Ganges, build a hermitage thirty yojanas in length and fifteen yojanas in breadth." He, having done so, having prepared the requisites for those gone forth in that hermitage, having built a footpath, went to the heavenly world itself.

The Great Being, having gone by that path, having entered that hermitage, first having gone forth himself, afterwards gave the going forth to the rest; in the later period many went forth. The place of thirty yojanas became full. The procedure of the hermitage being created by Vissakamma, and the procedure of the going forth of the many, and the procedure of the Bodhisatta's arrangement of the hermitage, should be understood according to the method that has come in the Hatthipāla Jātaka. There, the Great Being, for whomever a wrong thought such as sensual thought and so on arose, having approached that one through the sky, having sat down cross-legged in the sky, exhorting, spoke a pair of verses -

244.

"Do not remember the delights and sports of the past, and the laughter;

Let not sensual pleasures destroy you, for charming indeed is the city of Sudassana.

245.

"Develop a mind of friendliness, limitless, by day and by night;

You shall go to the celestial city, the residence of those who do meritorious deeds."

244-245. Therein, "delights and sports" means amorous enjoyments and sports carried on by way of bodily and verbal play. "Let not sensual pleasures destroy you" means let not objective sensual pleasures and defilement sensual pleasures destroy you. "Charming indeed" means the city named Sudassana is delightful; do not remember that. "A mind of friendliness" - this is merely a manner of teaching; but he taught all four divine abidings. "Limitless" means having limitless beings as object. "You shall come" means you will go. "The city of the gods" means the Brahma world.

That group of sages too, standing firm in his instruction, was heading for the Brahma world - all this should be told according to the method that has come in the Hatthipāla Jātaka.

The Teacher, having brought this teaching of the Teaching, having said "Not only now, monks; in the past too the Tathāgata went forth in the great renunciation indeed," connected the Jātaka: "At that time the mother and father were the great royal families, Queen Candā was Rāhula's mother, the eldest son was Sāriputta, the youngest son was Rāhula, the nurse was Khujjuttarā, the millionaire Kulavaḍḍhana was Kassapa, Mahāsenagutta was Moggallāna, Prince Somadatta was Ānanda, the rest of the assembly was the Buddha's assembly, but King Sutasoma was myself."

The commentary on the Cūḷasutasoma Jātaka is the fifth.

The Jātaka summary -

Suva, Paṇḍita, Jambuka, Kuṇḍalin, Varakaññā, Alambusā Jātaka and;

Pavara, Uttama, Saṅkha, Sirīvhaya, Sutasoma, Arindama, the noble king.

The commentary on the Chapter of Forties is concluded.

18.

The Book of the Fifties

526.

The Commentary on the Niḷinikā Jātaka

"The country is being burnt" - this the Teacher, while dwelling at Jeta's Grove, spoke referring to the enticement by a former wife. And while speaking, having asked that monk "By whom were you made dissatisfied?" when it was said "By my former wife," having said "Not only now, monk, is she a causer of harm to you; in the past too, in dependence on her, having fallen away from meditative absorption, you reached great destruction," he brought up the past.

In the past, when Brahmadatta was exercising kingship in Bārāṇasī, the Bodhisatta, having been born in a wealthy brahmin family of the northern region, having come of age, having learnt a craft, having gone forth in the going forth of sages, having produced the meditative absorptions and direct knowledges, made his dwelling in the Himalayan region. In the very manner stated in the Alambusā Jātaka, dependent on him, a certain hind, having conceived an embryo, gave birth to a son; "Isisinga" was his name. Then his father, having given him the going forth when he had come of age, taught him the preliminary work on the circular meditation object. He, before long, having produced the meditative absorptions and direct knowledges, sported in the happiness of meditative absorption; he was of terrible austerity, with faculties supremely restrained. By the power of his morality, Sakka's dwelling trembled. Sakka, reflecting, having known that reason, thinking "By a means I shall break his morality," prevented rain in the entire Kāsi country for three years; the country became as if burnt by fire. When the crops were not succeeding, the people, oppressed by famine, having assembled, complained in the royal courtyard. Then the king, standing at the window, asked them "What is this?" "Great king, for three years, because the rain god has not rained, the entire country is being burnt; the people are afflicted. Make the rain god rain, Sire!" The king, even though having undertaken the precepts and observing the Observance day, was unable to cause rain to rain.

At that time, Sakka, at the time of midnight, having entered his royal bedchamber, having made a single radiance, stood in the sky. The king, having seen him, asked "Who are you?" "I am Sakka." "For what purpose have you come?" "Does the rain god rain in your country, great king?" "It does not rain." "But do you know the reason for its not raining?" "I do not know, Sakka." "Great king, in the Himalayan region there dwells an ascetic named Isisinga, of terrible austerity, with faculties supremely restrained. He, having become angry while the rain god was constantly raining, looked up at the sky; therefore the rain god does not rain." "But now what should be done about this?" "When his austere asceticism is broken, the rain god will rain." "But who is able to break his austere asceticism?" "Your daughter, great king, Niḷinikā, is able. Having had her summoned, send her saying 'Having gone to such and such a place, break the ascetic's austerity.'" Thus he, having instructed the king, went to his own place. The king, on the following day, having consulted with his ministers, having had his daughter summoned, spoke the first verse -

1.

"The country is being burnt, and the kingdom also perishes;

Come, Niḷinikā, go, bring that brahmin to me."

Therein, "that for me" means bring that brahmin who does harm to me under your own control, break his morality by means of delight in defilements.

Having heard that, she spoke the second verse -

2.

"I am not one who endures suffering, O king, I am not skilled in the journey;

How shall I go to the forest frequented by elephants?"

Therein, "one who endures suffering" means: I, great king, am not one who endures suffering, nor do I know the journey; how then shall I go?

Then the king spoke two verses -

3.

"Having gone to the prosperous country, by elephant and by chariot;

By a wooden raft vehicle, thus go, Niḷinikā.

4.

"With elephants, horses, chariots, and infantry, go taking the warriors;

By your own beauty and form, you will bring him under your control."

3-4. Therein, "by a wooden raft vehicle" means: mother, Niḷinikā, you will not go on foot; but having gone to your own prosperous, abundant in food, secure country by elephant vehicles and chariot vehicles, then further, in the open air, by a covered litter and so on, at the water place, go by a wooden raft vehicle reckoned as a boat. "By beauty and form" means: thus going without becoming weary, by your beauty and by the accomplishment of form, you will bring that brahmin under your own control.

Thus he spoke with his daughter about the governance of the country, which should not have been spoken about, in dependence on it. She too accepted saying "Very well." Then, having given her everything fit to be given, he sent her off together with the ministers. The ministers, having taken her, having reached the borderland, having set up camp there, having had the princess carried aloft, having entered the Himalayas by the path pointed out by the forester, in the earlier period of the day reached the vicinity of his hermitage. At that moment, the Bodhisatta, having caused his son to dwell at the hermitage, had himself entered the forest for the purpose of gathering various kinds of fruit. The forester, not going to the hermitage himself, but having stood at a place where it could be seen, showing it to Niḷinikā, spoke two verses -

5.

"Marked by plantain banners, surrounded by bhuja trees;

This charming hermitage of Isisinga is seen.

6.

"This is reckoned as his fire, this smoke is seen;

Methinks he tends the fire for us, Isisinga of great supernormal power."

5-6. Therein, "marked by plantain banners" means plantains are the flags, and they are the mark of it. "Surrounded by bhuja trees" means fenced by a forest of bhuja-leaf trees. "Reckoned" means this fire of this Isisinga, reckoned through meditative absorption, made evident, burns. "Methinks he tends the fire for us" means I think he tends the fire for us, makes offerings into it, and attends to it.

The ministers too, at the time the Bodhisatta had entered the forest, having surrounded the hermitage, having set up protection, having had the princess assume the guise of a sage, having made an inner and outer robe of golden bark-cloth, having adorned her with all ornaments, having had her take a colourful ball bound with thread, having sent her to the hermitage, themselves stood outside guarding. She, playing with that ball, descended to the end of the walking path. At that moment, Isisinga was seated on a stone-slab at the door of the hermitage. He, having seen her coming, frightened and trembling, having risen, having entered the hermitage, stood there. She too, having gone to the door of his hermitage, just played. The Teacher, making known that and the further meaning, spoke three verses -

7.

"And having seen her coming, adorned with jewelled earrings;

Isisinga, frightened, entered the hermitage with its leaf-roof.

8.

"And she at the door of the hermitage, plays with a ball;

Displaying her limbs, and revealing what is secret.

9.

"And having seen her playing, the matted-hair ascetic who had gone to the leaf-hut;

Having gone forth from the hermitage, spoke these words."

7-9. Therein, "with a ball of his" means she plays with a ball at the door of the hermitage of this Isisinga. "Displaying" means showing. "What is secret and revealed" means what is secret and the private parts, and what is revealed, that is, what is open - the face, hands, and so on. "He said" - he, it is said, standing in the leaf-hut, thought - "If this were a demon, having entered the leaf-hut, he would crunch me up and devour me; this is not a demon, he must be an ascetic" - thus, having gone forth from the hermitage, asking, he spoke a verse -

10.

"Hey, what is the name of that tree, whose fruit has gone thus;

Even when thrown far, it returns, it does not go leaving it behind."

Therein, "whose fruit has gone thus" means whose - of your tree - fruit has such a movement, delightful. "What is the name of that tree" - since a rubber ball had not been seen before, imagining "it must be a tree fruit," he thus asks.

Then she, explaining the tree to him, spoke a verse -

11.

"Near my hermitage, Brahmin, on Mount Gandhamādana;

There are many such trees, whose fruit has gone thus;

Even when thrown far, it returns, it does not go leaving me behind."

Therein, "near Mount Gandhamādana" means near my hermitage on Mount Gandhamādana. "Whose fruit has gone thus" means whose fruit has gone thus; the letter "ta" serves as a consonant connector.

Thus she spoke a falsehood. The other too, having believed, with the perception "This is a hermit," making a friendly welcome, spoke a verse -

12.

"Let the venerable one come to this hermitage and eat, I give you foot-ointment and food to receive;

Let the venerable one sit down here on this seat, let the venerable one eat roots and fruits from here."

Therein, "to this hermitage" means let the venerable one enter this hermitage. "Let him eat" means let him consume whatever food is available. "Foot-ointment" means ointment for the feet. "Food" means various kinds of sweet fruit. "Receive" means accept. "This seat" - he said thus when she had entered.

When she had entered the leaf-hut and was sitting down on the wooden bed-spread, the golden bark garment having parted in two, her body was uncovered. The ascetic, since a woman's body had not been seen before, having seen it, with the perception "This is a beauty," spoke thus -

13.

"What is this between your thighs, well-covered, appearing dark like a streak;

Tell me, being asked, this matter, has your head entered into a sheath?"

Therein, "well-covered" means well-enclosed at the time of the meeting of the two thighs, having the shape of an oyster-shell opening. For one not endowed with the mark of beauty, that place has the nature of a cavity, but for one endowed with it, it is raised up, having the shape of an oyster-shell opening. "Appearing dark like a streak" means it appears as if dark on both sides. "Has your head entered into a sheath" - he asks: your head, the sign of the generative organ, is not evident; has it then entered into the sheath, that is, into your body?

Then she, deceiving him, spoke a pair of verses -

14.

"While I was wandering in the forest searching for roots and fruits, I encountered a bear of very terrible form;

He, having fallen upon me, suddenly approached, and having pushed me aside, he tore off my head.

15.

"This wound of mine is consumed and itches, and at all times I do not obtain comfort;

You are able to remove this itch, being entreated, may you do the brahmin's benefit."

14-15. Therein, "I encountered" means I struck; the meaning is having seen it coming, I struck it with a clod of earth. "Having fallen upon" means having run up to. "Suddenly approached" means he suddenly approached me, arrived at me. "Having pushed aside" means then having struck me. "He tore off" means having pulled out my head with his mouth, he departed; from that time onwards a wound arose in this place. "This wound of mine" means this wound of mine from that time onwards is consumed and causes itching; on account of that, I at all times do not obtain bodily and mental happiness. "Is able" means capable, competent. "For the brahmin's benefit" means she says: may the venerable one, being requested by me, do this benefit for the brahmin; remove this suffering of mine.

He, having believed her false speech as "her intrinsic nature," having looked at that spot, thinking "If thus there is comfort for you, I shall do it," spoke the next verse -

16.

"Your wound is deep in form, with blood, not putrid, the wound's odour is great;

I shall make for you some astringent application, so that you may become supremely happy."

Therein, "with blood" means having a red radiance. "Not putrid" means devoid of putrid flesh. "The wound's odour" means slightly foul-smelling. "Astringent application" means I, having taken some tree astringents, shall make for you one astringent application.

Then Niḷinikā spoke a verse -

17.

"Neither the application of spells nor the application of astringents, nor medicines work, practitioner of the holy life;

Remove the itch with that which is soft of yours, so that I might become supremely happy."

Therein, "work" means: my dear practitioner of the holy life, in this wound of mine, neither the application of spells, nor the application of astringents, nor medicines such as flowers, fruits and so on work; even though applied on many occasions, a state of comfort from them had never existed before. But that which is this soft genital of yours, only when rubbed with that does the itch of it not remain; therefore remove the itch with that.

He, having considered "This one speaks the truth," not knowing that "Through sexual contact morality is broken and meditative absorption disappears," because of never having seen a woman before and through the state of not knowing about sexual intercourse, engaged in sexual intercourse with her who was saying "It is medicine." At that very moment his morality was broken and his meditative absorption declined. He, having had contact two or three times, having become weary, having gone out, having descended into the lake, having bathed, with his disturbance allayed, having come back, having sat down in the hermitage, again imagining him to be an ascetic, asking about his dwelling place, spoke a verse -

18.

"In which direction from here is your hermitage, do you find delight in the forest?

Are roots and fruits abundant for you, do fierce beasts not harm you?"

Therein, "by which" means in which direction from here is your hermitage. "Bhavaṃ" - this is a form of address.

Then Niḷinikā spoke four verses -

19.

"From here straight in the northern direction, the Khemā river flows from the Himalayas;

On its bank is my charming hermitage, oh, may you see my hermitage.

20.

Mango trees and sal trees and tilaka trees and rose-apple trees, uddālaka trees and trumpet-flower trees in bloom;

Sung for all around by kimpurisas, oh, may you see my hermitage.

21.

"Palmyra trees and roots and fruits are here for me, endowed with beauty and fragrance;

That, endowed with such pieces of land, oh, may you see my hermitage.

22.

"Fruits and roots are abundant here, endowed with colour, fragrance and flavour;

And hunters come to that place, may they not take away my roots and fruits from there."

19-22. Therein, "uttarāyaṃ" means in the northern direction. "Khemā" means a river so named. "Flows from the Himalayas" (himavatā pabhāvī) means it proceeds from the Himalayas. "Aho" is an indeclinable particle in the sense of longing. "Uddālaka" means the Cassia Fistula trees. "Sung by kimpurisas" (kimpurisābhigītaṃ) means sung for by kimpurisas who, having surrounded it from all sides, sing with a sweet sound. "Palmyra trees and roots and fruits are here for me" (tālā ca mūlā ca phalā ca metthā) means here in my hermitage there are pleasing palmyra trees, and of those very same trees, roots - that is to say, tubers - and fruits, endowed with beauty, fragrance, and so on. "Abundant here" (pahūtametthā) means fruits of various trees and roots of trees and creepers are abundant here. "May they not from there for me" (mā me tato) means many hunters come to that hermitage of mine, and there are many sweet roots, fruits, and various kinds of fruit that have been brought and stored by me there; while I am delayed, they might take away the roots, fruits, and various kinds of fruit. May they not take away my roots, fruits, and various kinds of fruit from there; therefore, if you wish to come together with me, come; if not, I shall go - thus he said.

Having heard that, the hermit, in order to make her consent to wait until his father's arrival, spoke a verse -

23.

"My father has gone searching for roots and fruits, he comes now in the evening time;

Let us both go to that hermitage, until father comes from the roots and fruits."

Therein, "let us both go" means having informed my father, let us both go.

Then she thought - "This one, having grown up only in the forest, does not know my feminine nature; but his father, having seen me, having known, having struck me with the end of a carrying pole saying 'What are you doing here?' might even split my head. It is fitting for me to go while he has not yet returned; my task of coming is also completed." She, explaining to him the means of coming, spoke the other verse -

24.

"Many other sages of good dispositions, royal sages, dwell along the byways;

Ask them about my hermitage, they will lead you to my presence."

Therein, "royal sages" means: my dear, I am not able to tarry; but other royal sages and brahmin sages of good nature dwell along the byways beside the path to my hermitage; I shall inform them and go; you should ask them; they will lead you to my presence.

Thus she, having made a means of escape for herself, having come out from the hermitage, while he was still looking at her, having said "You stay behind," went by the very path she had come to the presence of the ministers. They, having taken her, having gone to the camp, gradually reached Bārāṇasī. Sakka too, being pleased on that very day, caused rain to fall over the entire country; thereupon the country had plenty of food. For the hermit Isisinga too, as soon as she had departed, a burning fever arose in his body. He, trembling, having entered the hermitage, having wrapped himself in a bark garment, lay down grieving. The Bodhisatta, having come in the evening, not seeing his son, having put down the carrying pole thinking "Where indeed has he gone?" having entered the hermitage, having seen him lying down, stroking his back saying "Dear son, what are you doing?" spoke three verses -

25.

"No firewood has been split by you, no water has been brought by you;

The fire too has not been lit by you, why do you brood like a fool?

26.

"The firewood has been split and the fire has been kindled, and the warming fire has been prepared for you, O practitioner of the holy life;

And there is a chair for me and water, you delight here as the supreme one from before.

27.

"You have not split firewood, you have not brought water, you have not lit the fire, your food is uncooked;

You do not speak to me today, my son, what has been lost, or what mental suffering is there?"

25-27. Therein, "split" means pulled out from the forest. "Has not been lit" means has not been kindled. "Split" means formerly, at the time of my arrival, the firewood has already been pulled out by you. "And the fire has been kindled" means the fire too has been kindled. "The warming fire" means the warming fire, reckoned as the fire for drying clothes, has also been prepared for you, arranged by itself. "A chair" means a chair too has already been laid down for the purpose of my seat. "And water" means even the water for washing the feet has already been set up. "The supreme one" means you too, from before this, delight in this hermitage as the foremost one. "One whose firewood is unsplit" means he is now today one whose firewood is not pulled out. "One whose food is uncooked" means nothing of our tuber roots or leaves has been steamed by you. "My son today" means, my son, today you do not speak to me. "What has been lost" - he asks: what has been lost by you, or what mental suffering is there, tell me the reason for lying down.

He, having heard his father's word, while relating that reason, said -

28.

"A matted-hair ascetic, a practitioner of the holy life, came here, handsome to behold, with slender body, he illuminates;

Neither too tall nor too short, with very dark hair as his covering, sir.

29.

"Born without a beard, of fresh appearance, and on his neck a receptacle-like ornament;

Two paired swellings well born on his chest, resembling golden tinduka fruits, luminous.

30.

"And his face is exceedingly beautiful, and from his ears hang those with curled tips;

They shine as the young man walks about, and the thread which is the restraint of the matted hair.

31.

"And he has four other ornaments, blue, yellow, red, and white;

They tinkle as the young man walks about, like a flock of tiriṭi birds in the rainy season.

32.

"He does not wear a girdle made of muñja grass, nor a mat, nor indeed the bark garment of a renunciant;

They shine, stuck between his loins, with a hundred spokes, like lightning in the sky.

33.

"Without pegs and without stalks, bound together at the waist below the navel;

Untouched they make constant play, alas dear father, what tree fruits are those?"

34.

"And his matted hair is exceedingly beautiful, more than a hundred, with curly tips, fragrant;

His head in two parts, well divided in form, oh, would that my matted hair were thus!

35.

"And when he scatters those matted locks, endowed with beauty and fragrance;

Like a blue water-lily stirred by the wind, just so this hermitage is fragrant.

36.

"And his mire is exceedingly beautiful, not such as that which is on my body;

It gives off fragrance, stirred by the wind, like a forest in full bloom at the height of summer.

37.

"He strikes a tree fruit from the earth, beautifully variegated, pleasant, fair to behold;

And when thrown it comes back again to his hand, alas dear father, what tree fruit is that?

38.

"And his teeth are exceedingly beautiful, pure, even, possessing the excellent colour of a conch shell;

When opened they gladden the mind, surely he did not eat vegetables with them.

39.

"Not harsh, not dripping, moment by moment soft, straight, uninflated, steadfast is his speech;

His cry is delightful, sweet-voiced like a cuckoo, pleasant to the heart, it captivates my mind.

40.

"With a melodious voice, not too diffuse in speech, surely not too devoted to study;

I wish, dear sir, to see him again, for the young man was my friend before.

41.

"Well-connected everywhere, a smooth wound, broad, well-formed, resembling a rough leaf;

By that very means the young man, having mounted over me, pressed the opened thigh with his buttocks.

42.

They shine, radiate and are brilliant, with a hundred spokes, like lightning in the sky;

His arms are soft, with hair like collyrium, and his variegated round fingers are beautiful.

43.

"With limbs not rough and not with long body-hair, his nails were long and also red-tipped;

Embracing with soft arms, of beautiful form, he attended upon me, giving delight.

44.

"His hands, resembling the cotton of a tree, luminous, with beautiful skin round like the surface of a golden conch;

Soft hands, having touched me with them, he has gone from here, by that they burn me, dear father.

45.

"Surely he did not carry a pingo basket, surely he did not break firewood himself;

Surely he does not strike trees with an axe, for there are no calluses on his hands.

46.

"And the bear indeed made a wound on him, he said to me 'Make me happy';

That I did, thereby there was happiness for me, and he said 'I am happy', O Brahmin.

47.

"And this rug of yours spread with māluva leaves, has become scattered about by me and by him;

Wearied in appearance, having delighted in the water, again and again we go to the leaf hut.

48.

"Today the sacred verses do not come to mind, dear son, nor the fire-sacrifice nor the sacrificial rites;

Nor would I eat your roots and fruits, until I see that practitioner of the holy life.

49.

"Surely you understand, you too dear son, in which direction the practitioner of the holy life dwells;

Lead me to that direction quickly, dear son, lest I die at your hermitage.

50.

"For I have heard of a forest with variegated blossoms, resounding with birds, frequented by flocks of birds;

Lead me to that forest quickly, dear father, before I give up life at your hermitage."

28-50. Therein, "came here" means, dear son, he came to this hermitage. "Handsome to behold" means well handsome to behold. "With slender body" means well slender, neither too thin nor too fat. "He illuminates" means with the radiance of his own body he illuminates the hermitage, filling it as if with a single light. "With very dark hair as his covering, sir" means, dear son, with that sir's very dark hair as dark covering, with hair the colour of bees, his very dark head appears like a well-polished gem. "Born without a beard" means his beard has not yet grown; he is still young. "Of fresh appearance" means recently gone forth. "And on his neck a receptacle-like ornament" means on his neck there is an ornament resembling our alms-bowl stand for placing the alms-food vessel; he says this with reference to a string of pearls. "Swellings" - he said this with reference to the breasts. "Well born on the chest" means well born on the breast. "Urato" is also a reading. "Luminous" means endowed with radiance. "Pabhāsare" is also a reading; the meaning is "they shine."

"Exceedingly beautiful" means very much beautiful. "With curled tips" - he says this with reference to lion-curl earrings. "And the thread" means whatever thread is for binding his matted hair, that too shines and emits radiance. "Four ornaments" - by this he shows four ornaments made of gems, gold, coral, and silver. "They tinkle" means those ornaments resound like a flock of tiriṭi birds when the rain god rains in the rainy season. "Mikhala" means girdle; or this itself is the reading. He said this with reference to the golden bark-garment worn as a lower garment. "Not on a mat" means not on bark-strips. This is what is meant - dear son, just as we wear a bark-garment made of grass or made of bark-strips, he is not like that; he, however, wears a golden bark-garment. "Without knots" means without bark, smooth. "Fastened at the hip" means bound at the waist. "Making constant play" means even without being struck, they play constantly. "Haṃ, dear son" means ho, dear son. "What tree fruits are those?" means those strung on a thread and bound at the waist of that young man, what tree fruits are they called? - he said this with reference to a jewelled robe.

"Matted hair" - he said this with reference to coils of hair mixed with gems bound in the shape of a circle of matted locks. "With curly tips" means with curled tips. "With head in two parts" means his head, by virtue of the matted locks bound in two parts, is of a well-divided form. "Thus" means just as that young man's matted hair is, thus mine has not been bound by you; oh, would that mine too were thus! - aspiring thus, he said. "Of such nature" means of such intrinsic nature. "Like a blue water-lily stirred by the wind" means just as a blue water-lily is stirred by the wind, just so this hermitage in this jungle thicket is fragrant. "Not such" means, dear son, whatever kind of mire is on my body, not such is on his body. For he is indeed beautiful and fragrant. "At the height of summer" means in the spring season.

"Strikes" means he hits. "What tree fruit is that?" means of which tree is that fruit? "Endowed with the excellence of conch-shell appearance" means comparable to a well-washed conch shell. "Surely he did not eat vegetables with them" means surely that young man did not eat tree leaves and roots and various fruits with those teeth as we do. For when we eat those, our teeth are spotted and leaf-coloured - thus he explains.

"Not harsh" means, dear father, his speech is not rough, not dripping; even when speaking again and again, it is moment by moment soft through its sweetness, straight through not being forgotten, uninflated through not being distracted, steadfast through being established. "Crying" means the sound reckoned as the voice of one who is speaking, even the crying is captivating, like the Indian cuckoo, sweet-voiced and very sweet. "It delights indeed" means my mind finds delight indeed. "Of drop-like voice" means of a rounded voice. "The young man was" means that young man was formerly my friend.

"Well-connected everywhere, a smooth wound" means, dear father, between the thighs of that young man there is one wound; it is well-connected, well-enclosed, resembling the opening of an oyster shell, everywhere smooth, polished all around. "Broad" means great. "Well-formed" means well-established. "Resembling a rough leaf" means resembling a fully blossomed lotus bud. "Having mounted over" means having gone over and covered. "Pressed" means he crushed. "They shine" means the golden-coloured rays emanating from the body of that young man blaze, illuminate, and are brilliant. "Arms" means his arms too are soft. "With hair like collyrium" means endowed with hairs resembling collyrium. "His variegated round fingers are beautiful" means his hands too, endowed with round fingers variegated with excellent marks, resembling coral sprouts, are beautiful.

"With not-rough limbs" means with major and minor limbs free from scabies, boils, and so on. "Giving delight, he attended" means delighting me, he attended upon and served me. "Resembling cotton" means a simile for softness. "Of golden conch-shell surface, round, and fair-skinned" means round and fair-skinned like the surface of a golden mirror; the meaning is with a circular surface and beautiful skin. "Having touched" means having well touched, having spread the contact of his own hand upon my body. "Gone from here" means he went from here while I was looking on. "By that they burn me" means by that contact of his hand they now burn me. For indeed from the time of his going, a burning arose in my body; on account of that I have been overcome with displeasure and am lying down.

"Surely he did not carry a pingo basket" means, dear father, surely that young man did not go about having lifted up a carrying-pole burden. "Khilāni" means stakes; or this itself is the reading. "Sokhya" means happiness. "The rug spread with māluva leaves has become scattered about" means, dear father, this rug of yours spread with māluva leaves has today become as if scattered, tangled and entangled, by me and by him rolling about by way of fondling and embracing each other. "Again and again we go to the leaf hut" means, dear father, I and he, having delighted, wearied in appearance, having come out from the hermitage, having entered the water, having delighted, free from disturbance, again and again we enter this very hut - thus she says.

"Today the sacred verses do not come to mind" means today, from the time of his going, the sacred verses indeed do not come to mind, do not arise, do not please. "Nor the fire-sacrifice nor the sacrificial rites" means the sacrificial activities such as oblation, fumigation and so on, to be performed for the purpose of propitiating the Great Brahmā, also do not come to my mind, do not arise, do not please. "Nor would I to you" means nor do I eat even the roots, fruits and various kinds of fruit brought by you. "In which direction" means in whichever direction. "Forest" means the forest standing surrounding the hermitage of that young man.

Having heard that lamentation of him thus lamenting, the Great Being, having known "By one woman this one's morality will have been broken," exhorting him, spoke six verses -

51.

"In this forest radiant with light, frequented by hosts of gandhabbas, gods, and nymphs;

In this ancient residence of sages, one should not reach such discontent.

52.

"Friends come to be and also do not come to be, they show affection to relatives and friends;

And this contemptible one, for what reason is he devoted, who does not even know 'from where I have come.'

53.

"By living together indeed, friendships are joined again and again;

That same friend, not meeting, decays through not living together.

54.

"If you should see the practitioner of the holy life, if you should converse with the practitioner of the holy life;

Like a ripened crop by a great flood, you will quickly abandon this austere ascetic practice."

55.

"If again you should see the practitioner of the holy life, if again you should converse with the practitioner of the holy life;

Like a ripened crop by a great flood, you will quickly abandon this heat of asceticism."

56.

"These beings wander about, dear son, in various forms in the human world;

A wise man should not resort to them, having approached her, the practitioner of the holy life perishes."

51-56. Therein, "imasmā" means "in this." "Ha" is merely a particle. "Jotirase" means illuminated by the rays of the blazing fire. "Sanantanamhī" means in the ancient. "Pāpuṇethā" means one should reach. This is what is meant - Dear son, dwelling in such a forest, the discontent that you have reached, such a thing a wise son of good family should not reach; he is not worthy to reach it - this is the meaning.

The Great Being speaks this verse beginning with "Bhavantī" as something included within. Here this is the intention - In the world, beings may or may not have friends; among those who have them, they show affection to their own relatives and friends. "And this contemptible one" means Migasiṅga is inferior. "For what reason is he devoted" means for what reason indeed is he devoted to that woman with the perception of friendship; he, having been born in the womb of a hind and having grown up in the forest, does not even know the mere place from where he has come, thinking "From where have I come?" - how much less relatives and friends.

"Again and again" means, dear son, friendships are indeed joined and connected again and again through living together and associating. "That same friend" means that very friend, for a man who does not meet, who does not come together, decays and perishes through that non-living together which is called not meeting. "If" means therefore, dear son, if you should again see her, or should converse with her, then just as a ripened crop is carried away by a great flood, so you will abandon, you will lose this austere ascetic practice of yours - this is the meaning. "Usmāgata" means ascetic power.

"In deformed forms" means in manifold forms. This is what is meant - Dear son, for in the human world these beings reckoned as demonesses wander about to devour those who have come under their control, with their own form concealed by manifold forms; a wise man should not resort to them. For having approached such a being, having reached her, the practitioner of the holy life perishes; you have been seen by that demoness but not devoured - thus he exhorted his son.

He, having heard his father's talk, frightened thinking "She was indeed a demoness," having turned back his mind, asked forgiveness saying "Dear father, I shall not go from here, forgive me." He too, having consoled him, taught the meditation on the divine abidings saying "Come, young man, develop friendliness, compassion, altruistic joy, and equanimity." He, having practised accordingly, again produced the meditative absorptions and direct knowledges.

The Teacher, having brought this teaching of the Teaching, having made known the truths, connected the Jātaka; at the conclusion of the truths, the dissatisfied monk became established in the fruition of stream-entry. At that time Niḷinikā was the former wife, Isisinga was the dissatisfied monk, but the father was myself.

The commentary on the Niḷinikā Jātaka is the first.

527.

The Commentary on the Ummādantī Jātaka

"Whose dwelling is this, Sunanda?" - this the Teacher, while dwelling at Jeta's Grove, spoke referring to a dissatisfied monk. It is said that he, one day, while walking for almsfood in Sāvatthī, having looked at a certain woman adorned and prepared, bearing the most excellent form, having become one with his mind bound in love, being unable to turn back his mind, having come to the monastery itself, from then on, like one pierced by a dart, afflicted by lust, resembling a frenzied deer, lean, with veins showing all over the body, become quite pale, not taking delight, not finding mental satisfaction in even a single posture, having abandoned the duties to the teacher and so on, devoid of the pursuit of recitation, interrogation, and meditation subject, he dwelt. He, when asked by his companion monks "Formerly you, friend, had peaceful faculties and a bright complexion of face; now it is not so; what indeed is the reason?" said "Friend, I am without delight." Then they said to him "Take delight, friend, in the Dispensation; the arising of a Buddha is indeed rare, likewise the hearing of the Good Teaching and the obtaining of human existence. You, having obtained human existence, aspiring for the making an end of suffering, having abandoned the tear-faced kinsmen, having gone forth through faith, for what reason do you come under the control of defilements? These so-called defilements are common to all foolish people, starting from earthworms and insects; those sensual pleasures which are the basis of them are of little gratification, of much suffering, of much anguish; the danger here is greater. Sensual pleasures are like a skeleton, sensual pleasures are like a piece of meat, sensual pleasures are like a grass torch, sensual pleasures are like a pit of burning charcoal, sensual pleasures are like a dream, sensual pleasures are like borrowed goods, sensual pleasures are like tree fruits, sensual pleasures are like a butcher's block, sensual pleasures are like a stake of spears, sensual pleasures are like a snake's head, sensual pleasures are like a mass of fire - yet you, having gone forth in such a Buddha's Dispensation, have come under the control of defilements that cause such harm" - having thus exhorted him, being unable to make him accept their talk, having led him to the Teaching hall in the Teacher's presence, when it was said "Why, monks, have you brought an unwilling monk?" they said "Venerable sir, this monk, it is said, is dissatisfied." The Teacher, having asked "Is it true then?" when it was said "It is true, venerable sir," having said "Monk, the wise ones of old, even while governing a kingdom, when defilements arose, without coming under their control, having restrained the mind, did not do what was improper," brought up the past.

In the past, in the Sivi country, in the city of Ariṭṭhapura, a king named Sivi exercised kingship. The Bodhisatta was born in the womb of his queen-consort; they gave him the name "Prince Sivi." A son was also born to the general; they gave him the name "Abhipāraka." Those two, having become companions, growing up, having become sixteen years old, having gone to Takkasilā, having learnt the crafts, returned. The king gave the kingship to his son. He too, having appointed Abhipāraka to the position of general, exercised kingship righteously. In that very city, a daughter was born to a millionaire named Tiriṭivaccha, of eighty crores' wealth, bearing the highest beauty, having attained splendour, endowed with beautiful marks; on her name-giving day they gave her the name "Ummādantī." At the age of sixteen, she was lovely, beautiful, pleasing, endowed with the highest beauty of complexion, surpassing human beauty, like a celestial nymph. Whoever among the worldlings saw her, being unable to remain in their own state, intoxicated by the intoxication of defilements as if intoxicated by the drinking of strong liquor, were indeed not able to establish mindfulness.

Then her father Tiriṭivaccha, having approached the king, said: "Sire, a woman treasure has arisen in my house, suitable for the king alone; having sent brahmins who are experts in interpreting signs, having had her examined, do as you please." The king, having said "Very well," sent the brahmins. They, having gone to the millionaire's house, having received hospitality and honour, consumed milk-rice. At that moment Ummādantī, adorned with all ornaments, came to their presence. They, having seen her, being unable to establish mindfulness, having become intoxicated by the intoxication of defilements, did not know that their meal was unfinished. Some, having taken a morsel, with the perception "We shall eat," placed it on their heads; some threw it under their armpits; some struck the wall; all became mad men. She, having seen them, had them removed, saying "These, it seems, will examine my marks; seize them by the neck and remove them." They, being downcast, having gone to the king's dwelling, angry with Ummādantī, said: "Sire, that woman is a wretch; she is not suitable for you." The king, thinking "A wretch, it seems," did not command for her. She, having heard that news, having said "I, it seems, was not taken by the king because I am a wretch; wretches are indeed not of such form," having said "Let it be; but if I shall see that king, I shall know," bound resentment towards him. Then her father gave her to Abhipāraka; she was dear and agreeable to him.

But as an outcome of what action was she thus lovely? As an outcome of the giving of red cloth. It is said that she, in the past, having been reborn in a poor family in Bārāṇasī, on a festival day, having seen women accomplished in merit, having dressed in safflower-dyed cloth, adorned, playing, wishing to dress in such cloth and play, having informed her mother and father, when they said "Dear, we are poor; from where would we get such cloth?" having said "Then allow me to work for wages at a certain wealthy family; they, having known my virtue, will give it," having been permitted by them, having approached a certain family, said "I will work for wages for a safflower-dyed cloth." Then they said to her: "When three years of work have been done, having known your virtue, we shall give it." She, having assented "Very well," undertook the work. They, having known her virtue, even before the three years were complete, having given her a thickly dyed safflower cloth together with another cloth too, sent her saying "Having gone together with your female companions, having bathed, dress yourself." She, having taken her female companions and gone, having placed the red cloth on the riverbank, bathed.

At that moment a certain disciple of Kassapa, the One of Ten Powers, whose robe had been stolen, having dressed in and wrapped a broken branch, reached that spot. She, having seen him, having thought "This venerable one must have had his robe stolen; even formerly, because it had not been given, my garment was difficult to obtain," having split that cloth in two, having thought "I shall give one portion to the noble one," having come out of the water, having put on her own garment, having said "Wait, venerable sir," having paid homage to the elder, having split the red cloth in the middle, gave him one portion. He, having stood in a concealed place to one side, having thrown away the broken branch, having put on one piece as a lower garment and having wrapped one as an upper garment, came out. Then by the radiance of the cloth his entire body became a single radiance like a young sun. She, having seen him, having given the second portion too, saying "My noble one did not look beautiful at first; now he shines like a young sun; I shall give this too to him alone," made the aspiration: "Venerable sir, may I, wandering from existence to existence, be one bearing the highest beauty; having seen me, may no man be able to remain in his own state; may there be no other more lovely than me." The elder too, having given the thanksgiving, departed.

She, transmigrating in the heavenly world, at that time having been reborn in the city of Ariṭṭhapura, was likewise lovely. Then in that city they proclaimed the Kattika festival, and on the full moon of Kattika they prepared the city. Abhipāraka, going to his guard post, having addressed her, said "Dear lady, Ummādantī, today is the Kattika night festival; the king, circumambulating the city, will come first to this house door. Do not show yourself to him; he too, having seen you, will not be able to establish mindfulness." She, having accepted saying "Go, master, I shall know what to do," when he had gone, commanded the female slave "When the king has come to this house door, you should inform me." Then, when the sun had set, when the full moon had risen, when the city was decorated like the city of the gods, when lamps were burning in all directions, the king, adorned with all ornaments, mounted on an excellent thoroughbred chariot, surrounded by a company of ministers, with great glory, circumambulating the city, came first of all to the house door of Abhipāraka. That house, however, was enclosed by a wall the colour of red arsenic, with decorated gate-towers, endowed with beauty, and pleasing. At that moment the female slave informed Ummādantī. She, having had a flower casket taken, standing by the window with the grace of a kinnarī, threw flowers at the king. He, having looked up at her, intoxicated by the intoxication of mental defilements, being unable to establish mindfulness, was not able even to recognise "This is the house of Abhipāraka"; then, having addressed the charioteer, asking, he spoke two verses -

57.

"Whose dwelling is this, Sunanda, guarded by a wall made of pale-yellow bricks?

Who is seen like a flame of fire from afar, a blaze in the sky like on a mountain peak?

58.

"Whose daughter is this, Sunanda, whose daughter-in-law, and also whose wife?

Tell me quickly, being asked right here, whether she is unattached or has a husband."

57-58. Therein, "whose is this" means whose is this. "Made of pale-yellow" means made of pale-yellow bricks. "Is seen" means standing at the window, she appears. "A blaze" means a mass of fire-flames. "Is this a daughter" means is this one a daughter. "Unattached" means without obstruction, without possession. "A husband" means whether or not she has a husband, tell me this.

Then he, describing it, spoke two verses -

59.

"For I know this, O lord of men, from mother and from father and also of the mare;

That man is yours alone, O protector of the earth, night and day diligent in your welfare.

60.

"Prosperous and flourishing and well-grown, a certain minister of yours, O lord of men;

This is the wife of that Abhipāraka, Ummādantī by name, O king."

59-60. Therein, "from mother and from father" means I know this from the mother's side and from the father's side. "And also of the mare" means then she says "I also know the owner of the mare." "Prosperous" means successful. "Flourishing" means fully bloomed with garments and ornaments. "Well-reared" means well grown. "By name" means by name. For this one, whoever sees her, she maddens him, she does not allow mindfulness to be established in him; therefore she is called "the Maddening One."

Having heard that, the king, praising the name of the mare, spoke the next verse -

61.

"Hey, hey, this name of hers, by mother and by father was made very well;

For then, looking at me, she who drives mad made me a madman."

Therein, "by mother and by father" means by the mother and by the father. "Mayhaṃ" is a dative case used in the accusative sense. "Looking at" means looked at by me, she herself too looking at me made me a madman - this is the meaning.

She, having known his agitated state, having closed the window, went to the royal bed chamber itself. For the king too, from the time of seeing her, there was no mind even for circumambulating the city. He, having addressed the charioteer, "My dear Sunanda, turn the chariot back; this festival is not befitting for us, it is befitting only for the general Abhipāraka; the kingdom too is befitting only for him," having had the chariot turned back, having ascended the mansion, having lain down on the royal bed, lamenting, said -

62.

"She who on the full moon night, doe-eyed, sat down, with limbs like the skin of a white lotus;

Two full moons on that day I thought there were, having seen her dressed in red like a pigeon's foot.

63.

"When with long eyelashes, beautiful and lovely, enticing me, she looks at me;

Stretching herself, she captivates my mind, like a kimpurisi born in the forest on the mountain.

64.

"For then, gigantic and dark-complexioned, adorned with jewelled earrings;

A woman wearing a single garment, like a frightened hind, looks at me.

65.

"When indeed will a woman with copper-coloured nails, with fine hair, with soft arms, anointed with the essence of sandalwood;

With rounded fingers, with gentle and skilled touch, attend to me from the head.

66.

"When indeed will the daughter of Tirīṭi, adorned with a golden net breast-plate, with slender waist;

Embrace me with soft arms, like a creeper embracing a tree grown in the great forest.

67.

"When indeed will she with beautiful skin dyed with lac-colouring, with breasts like drops, with limbs like the skin of a white lotus;

Bring her face near to my face, as a drunkard brings a bowl of liquor to a drunkard.

68.

"When I saw her standing there, entirely auspicious and delightful;

From then on, of my own mind, I know not anyone.

69.

"Having seen Ummādantī, adorned with jewelled earrings;

I do not sleep by day and night, like one defeated for a thousand.

70.

"If Sakka were to grant me a boon, and that boon were to be obtained by me;

For one night or two nights, I would become Abhipāraka;

Having delighted with Ummādantī, then I would be King Sivi."

62-70. Therein, "on the full moon" means on the night of the full moon. "Doe-eyed" means she has gentle eyes like a hind who, having fled in terror of an arrow, having stood in the midst of the forest, looks at the hunter - thus she is doe-eyed. "Sat down" means having thrown flowers with her lotus-coloured palm, looking at me, she sat at the window. "With limbs like the skin of a white lotus" means with a body the colour of a red lotus. "Two full moons" means I, on that day, on that festival day, having seen her dressed in a red garment of the same colour as a pigeon's foot, looking at the beauty of her face, because of the rising of two full moons - one from the eastern world system and one from the dwelling of the general Abhipāraka - I thought there were two full moons. "With long eyelashes" means with broad eyelashes. "Beautiful" means pure. "Lovely" means of sweet appearance. "Looks at" means at whatever moment she looks with such eyes. "On the mountain" means just as on the Himalaya mountain, in a forest full of blossoms, a kimpurī woman, having taken a lute, blending her own voice with the sound of the strings, captivates the mind of a kimpurisa man, even so she captivates my mind - thus he wails.

"Gigantic" means lofty. "Dark" means dark with a golden colour. "Wearing a single garment" means wearing a single robe; the meaning is dressed in one cloth. "Wandering, she looks at" means she with smooth hair, broad forehead, long eyebrows, large eyes, high nose, red lips, white teeth, sharp canine teeth, well-rounded neck, slender arms, well-formed breasts, waist measured by the hand, broad hips, thighs like golden plantain trunks - that excellent woman, at that moment looking at me, having entered the forest out of fear, then having turned back again, looking at the hunter, like a wandering hind she looks at me - thus he says. "With soft arms" means having soft arms. "With gentle and skilled touch" means with well-applied, skilful action. "Will attend to me" means he laments, aspiring thus: when indeed will that beautiful woman please me with those copper-coloured nails, with gentle and skilled action, beginning from the head.

"With golden net breast-covering" means with ornaments of breast-coverings made of gold. "With clinging waist" means with a clinging body, slender-waisted. "In a great wood" means in a great forest. "With beautiful skin dyed with lac-colouring" means of the colour of rubies and coral, dyed with lac-colouring, on the flesh of the palms of the hands, soles of the feet, tips of the nails, and lips. "With drop-like breasts" means with breasts round like water bubbles. "From then" means when I saw her standing, from then onwards. "Of one's own mind" means the intention is: I have become without mastery over my own mind. "Anyone" means I do not know anyone as "this is such and such a person by name"; he says I have become mad. "Having seen" means having seen. "I do not sleep" means I obtain sleep neither by night nor by day. "And if that were to be obtained" means whatever boon Sakka might give me, and if that boon of mine were to be obtained, I would obtain that boon - this is the meaning.

Then those ministers informed Abhipāraka too - "Master, the king, while circumambulating the city, having reached your house door, having turned back, ascended the mansion." He, having gone to his own house, having addressed Ummādantī, asked "Dear lady, did you perhaps show yourself to the king?" "Husband, there is one man with a big belly and big fangs who came standing on a chariot; I do not know whether he is a king or not a king. But when it was said he is a lord, standing at the window I threw flowers; he, at that very moment, having turned back, departed." He, having heard that, saying "I have been ruined by you," on the following day, right early, having ascended to the king's dwelling, having stood at the door of the royal bedchamber, having heard the king's wailing on account of Ummādantī, thinking "This one has become bound in love with Ummādantī; not obtaining her, he will die. Having freed both the king and myself from disgrace, it is fitting for me to give life to this one," having gone to his own dwelling, having summoned one trustworthy attendant of firm counsel, said: "Dear son, at such and such a place there is a hollow shrine tree. You, without letting anyone know, when the sun has set, having gone there, sit inside the tree. I, while making an oblation there, having reached that place, paying homage to the deity, shall request: 'Lord, king of gods, our king, while a festival was taking place in the city, without enjoying himself, having entered the royal bedchamber, has lain down just wailing. We do not know the reason for that. The king is of great service to the deities; annually he disburses a thousand and makes an oblation. Tell us in dependence on what the king wails; give us the gift of life for the king.' You, at that moment, having changed your voice, should say: 'General, your king has no illness whatsoever; but he is bound in love with your wife Ummādantī. If he obtains her, he will live; if not, he will die. If you wish for his life, give Ummādantī to him' - thus you should say." Thus, having instructed him, he dismissed him.

He, having gone and having sat down in that tree, on the following day, when the general, surrounded by a company of ministers, having gone to that place, requested him, spoke thus. The general, having said "Good!" having paid homage to the deity, having informed the ministers, having entered the city, having ascended to the king's dwelling, knocked on the door of the royal bed chamber. The king, having established mindfulness, asked "Who is this?" "It is I, Sire, Abhipāraka." Then the king opened the door for him. He, having entered, having paid homage to the king, spoke a verse -

71.

"While I was paying homage to the beings, the lord of beings, a demon having come spoke this to me;

'The king's mind is fixed on Ummadantī, I give her to you, let her attend upon you.'"

Therein, "paying homage" means of one who, having made an oblation for the purpose of knowing the cause of your wailing, was paying homage. "That" means I give that Ummādantī, having made her your female attendant.

Then the king asked him: "My dear Abhipāraka, even demons know of the state of my wailing due to the state of having a mind bound to Ummādantī?" "Yes, Sire." He, thinking "It seems my state of being inferior is known by all the world," having become established in a sense of shame, spoke the next verse -

72.

"I would fall from merit and I am not immortal, and people would know this evil of mine;

And there would be great vexation of your mind, having given your dear Ummadantī without seeing her."

Therein, "would fall" means: my dear Abhipāraka, I, amusing myself together with her under the power of defilements, would fall from merit, and merely by amusing myself together with her I am not immortal, and the public would know this inferior state of mine, and thereupon would censure saying "An inappropriate thing was done by the king," and having given her to me, afterwards without seeing your beloved wife, there would be vexation of your mind. This is the meaning.

The remaining are verses of speech and reply between both of them -

73.

"O lord of men, not apart from you or me, would all people know of the deed done;

Since Ummadantī was given to you by me, enjoy exceedingly, O king, let go of craving.

74.

"A human being doing evil action, he imagines 'May others not know this here';

Beings see him doing this, and those men on earth who are engaged in practice.

75.

"Would anyone else on earth believe you that she is not dear to me?

And there would be great vexation of your mind, having given your dear Ummadantī without seeing her.

76.

"Surely she is dear to me, O lord of men, she is not disagreeable to me, O protector of the earth;

Go indeed to Ummadantī, venerable sir, as a lion approaches the cave of a rock.

77.

"The wise, though oppressed by their own suffering, do not abandon actions that have happiness as their fruit;

Nor, even if deluded and intoxicated by pleasure, do they practise evil deeds.

78.

"For you are my mother and father, husband, lord, nourisher and deity;

I am your slave together with sons and wife, do as you please, master.

79.

"Whoever, thinking 'I am the lord,' does evil, and having done so, is not frightened of others;

He does not live a long life by that, even the gods would look upon him with contempt because of his evil.

80.

"What belongs to others, given by the owners, those established in the Teaching who accept the gift;

The receivers and the donors too there, they perform an action with pleasant fruit only.

81.

"Would anyone else on earth believe you that she is not dear to me?

And there would be great vexation of your mind, having given your dear Ummadantī without seeing her.

82.

"Surely she is dear to me, O lord of men, she is not disagreeable to me, O protector of the earth;

Since Ummadantī was given to you by me, enjoy exceedingly, O king, let go of craving.

83.

"Whoever by one's own suffering burns another's suffering, or by pleasure burns one's own happiness;

'Just as this is for me, so for others' - whoever knows thus, he has understood the Teaching.

84.

"Would anyone else on earth believe you that she is not dear to me?

And there would be great vexation of your mind, having given your dear Ummadantī without seeing her.

85.

"O lord of men, you know she is dear to me, she is not disagreeable to me, O protector of the earth;

With what is dear I give you what is dear, O lord of men, those who give what is dear, O lord, obtain what is dear.

86.

"Surely I will kill myself, because of sensual pleasure;

For I would not endeavour to murder the rule by what is not the rule.

87.

"If you, O lord of men, do not desire what is mine, O foremost hero among men;

I abandon her to all the people, O Sibyā, released by me, then you may call her.

88.

"If you, Abhipāraka, abandon an innocent one, a doer of good, for his harm;

And great would be the blame against you, nor would there be any faction for you in the city.

89.

"I shall endure this blame, blame and praise and all reproach;

Let this come to me, O protector of the earth, do as you please, Sivi.

90.

"He who takes up neither blame nor praise, nor reproach nor veneration;

Glory and prosperity depart from him, just as well-rained water from dry ground.

91.

"Whatever suffering and happiness from here, transgression of principle and mental vexation;

I shall bear all with my chest, just as the earth for the immovable and the trembling.

92.

"Transgression of principle and mental vexation, and the suffering of others, I shall remove;

Alone I shall bear this burden, established in the Teaching, not abandoning anything.

93.

"This meritorious deed leading to heaven, O lord of men, do not create an obstacle for me;

Devoted, I give you Ummadantī, as a king gives wealth to brahmins at a sacrifice.

94.

"Surely you are a benefactor to me, a friend to me is Ummadantī and you too;

Gods and ancestors all would blame, and I would see evil in the future life.

95.

"They would not call this unrighteous, O King of the Sivis, the townspeople and all the country-folk;

Since Ummadantī was given to you by me, enjoy exceedingly, O king, let go of craving.

96.

"Surely you are a benefactor to me, a friend to me is Ummadantī and you too;

And the teachings of the good, well proclaimed, are difficult to transgress like the ocean's shore.

97.

"You are worthy of offerings to me, compassionate for my welfare, a supporter and provider, and a protector of my desires;

Offerings made to you, O king, are indeed of great fruit, by my wish accept Ummadantī.

98.

"Surely indeed you, Abhipāraka, practised all the Teaching for me, son of a doer of good;

Who else would be a bringer of safety for you here, what two-footed man in the world of the living at dawn?

99.

"You are indeed the best, you are unsurpassed, you are protected by the Teaching, one who understands the Teaching, the wise one;

May you, protected by the Teaching, live long, and teach me the Teaching, O protector of the Teaching.

100.

"Come now, Abhipāraka, hear my word;

I will teach you the Teaching, practised by the good.

101.

"Good is a king who delights in the teaching, good is a man possessed of wisdom;

Good is not betraying friends, happiness is the non-doing of evil.

102.

"In the realm of one free from wrath, of a king established in the teaching;

May humans dwell in happiness, in their own homes with cool shade.

103.

"And I do not approve of this, action done without consideration is not good;

Those who, having known, act themselves, hear these similes of mine, you.

104.

"When cattle are crossing, if the bull goes crookedly;

All of them go crookedly, when the leader has gone crookedly.

105.

"Just so among human beings, whoever is considered the best;

If he practises what is not the Teaching, how much more the other generation;

The whole country sleeps in suffering, if the king is not righteous.

106.

"When cattle are crossing, if the bull goes straight;

All the cows go straight, when the leader has gone straight.

107.

"Just so among human beings, whoever is considered the best;

If he practises the Teaching, how much more the other generation;

The whole country sleeps in happiness, if the king is righteous.

108.

"Nor would I, by what is not the Teaching, aspire to immortality;

Or to conquer this entire earth, Abhipāraka.

109.

"Whatever jewel exists here among human beings;

Cattle, slaves, and unwrought gold, cloth, and yellow sandalwood.

110.

"Horses, women, jewels and gems, and whatever the moon and sun protect for me;

Not for the sake of that would I act unrighteously, for I was born a bull among the Sivis.

111.

"The leader, the benefactor, risen high, the protector of the realm, honouring the Teaching of the Sivis;

He, reflecting on the Teaching itself, therefore is not subject to the control of his own mind.

112.

"Surely you, great king, always free from disaster, safe;

You will exercise kingship for a long time, for such is your wisdom.

113.

"We give thanks to you for this, that you do not neglect the Teaching;

Having neglected the Teaching, a warrior lord passes away from the kingdom.

114.

"Practise the Teaching, great king, towards mother and father, O warrior;

Having practised the Teaching here, O king, you will go to heaven.

115.

"Practise the Teaching, great king, towards children and wife, O warrior;

Having practised the Teaching here, O king, you will go to heaven.

116.

"Practise the Teaching, great king, towards friends and colleagues, O warrior;

Having practised the Teaching here, O king, you will go to heaven.

117.

"Practise the Teaching, great king, towards vehicles and forces;

Having practised the Teaching here, O king, you will go to heaven.

118.

"Practise the Teaching, great king, in villages and towns;

Having practised the Teaching here, O king, you will go to heaven.

119.

"Practise the Teaching, great king, in countries and provinces;

Having practised the Teaching here, O king, you will go to heaven.

120.

"Practise the Teaching, great king, towards ascetics and brahmins;

Having practised the Teaching here, O king, you will go to heaven.

121.

"Practise the Teaching, great king, towards beasts and birds, O warrior;

Having practised the Teaching here, O king, you will go to heaven.

122.

"Practise the Teaching, great king, the Teaching practised brings happiness;

Having practised the Teaching here, O king, you will go to heaven.

123.

"Practise the Teaching, great king, the gods with Indra, including the Brahmā realm;

By well-practised deeds they attained heaven, do not be negligent in the Teaching, O king."

73-123. Therein, "all people" means: O lord of men, I alone, having concealed this, shall bring her; therefore, apart from me and you, all other people would not know, will not know, even the mere appearance of this deed done. "Enjoy exceedingly" means: delighting together with her, make your craving and desire exceedingly strong, increase it, fulfil your wish. "Let go" means: but having fulfilled your wish, if she does not please you, then let her go, give her back to me alone. "Doing evil action" means: my dear Abhipāraka, whatever human being, doing an evil deed, afterwards imagines and thinks "May others not know this evil deed here, may they not find out" - that is ill-considered of him. Why? "Beings see him doing this" means: whatever Buddhas, Individually Enlightened Ones, and sons of the Buddha endowed with supernormal power - they indeed see him. "Not dear to me" means: my dear Abhipāraka, would anyone else believe you thus: "In this world, on the entire earth, Ummādantī is not dear to me"?

"As a lion to the cave of a rock" means: great king, if you do not bring her here, then just as a lion, when the fever of defilements has arisen, approaches the jewel cave, the dwelling place of the young lioness, so go to her dwelling place; there fulfil your own aspiration. "With happiness as fruit" means: my dear Abhipāraka, the wise, even when touched by their own suffering, do not abandon actions that give results of happiness; nor, even if deluded, being confused by delusion, intoxicated by pleasure, do they practise evil deeds. "Do as you please, master" means: master, King of the Sivis, there is no reproach for one who amuses himself with his own female slave; you do as you please, according to your own disposition, fulfil your own desire. "He does not live by that" means: my dear Abhipāraka, whoever, thinking "I am the lord," does evil, and having done so, does not tremble, does not feel moral fear, thinking "What will gods and humans say about me?" - he does not live a long time by that action; he dies very quickly. Moreover, even the deities, thinking "What is the use of this evil king's kingdom? Better for him to die with a pot of sand tied to his neck," look upon him with contemptuous eyes.

"What belongs to others" means: great king, those who, established in their own principles, accept a gift - the property of others given by those owners - both the recipients and the donors there all perform an action with happiness as its fruit only. For when the recipients accept, that gift gives a great result to the donor. "Whoever by one's own suffering" means: my dear Abhipāraka, whoever, oppressed by one's own suffering, burns that upon another, having removed it from one's own body, throws it upon another's body; or by another's happiness burns one's own happiness, having taken another's happiness, puts it upon oneself; thinking "I shall remove my own suffering," makes another suffer; thinking "I shall make myself happy," makes another suffer; thinking "I shall make myself happy," destroys another's happiness - he does not know the Teaching. But whoever knows thus: "Just as this happiness and suffering is for me, so for others" - he indeed has understood the Teaching - this is the meaning of this verse.

"With what is dear I give to you" means: with what is dear as the cause, aspiring for a dear fruit, I give - this is the meaning. "They obtain what is dear" means: those wandering in the round of rebirths obtain what is dear only. "Because of sensual pleasure" means: my dear Abhipāraka, having done what is inappropriate because of sensual pleasure, the reflection arises in me: "I shall kill myself." "My own" means my property. "Mayha satī" is also a reading; the meaning is: imagining thus "my own property," if you do not desire her. "Of all the people" means: having assembled all the guilds, I shall abandon her before all those people, saying "This one is harmful to me." "Then you may call her" means: then, because she is unowned, you may bring her. "An innocent one" means one who has committed no offence. "O doer of good" - he addresses him by another name. For he does what is beneficial for the king; therefore he is called "doer of good." "Nor would there be for you" means: thus, being one who does what should not be done, not even a single supporter in the city would there be for you.

"They blame" means not merely censure alone; even if anyone should blame me face to face, or praise me, or reproach me by attributing fault, I shall endure all that - blame, praise, and reproach; let all this come to me - thus he says. "From him" means: from whatever man who does not accept these blame and so on, glory reckoned as sovereignty and prosperity reckoned as wisdom depart, just as well-rained water from dry ground, and do not remain. "From here" means: from here is my reason for having given her up. "And transgression of the Teaching" means: whatever unwholesome or anything else that occurs having transgressed the Teaching. "I shall bear" means: I shall accept, I shall hold. "Of the immovable and the trembling" means: just as the great earth accepts something from those with mental corruptions eliminated and from worldlings alike, and endures all, just so I too shall accept and endure all this - thus he explains. "Alone I shall bear this" means: I alone shall bear, shall hold, shall carry even this burden of my own suffering. "Established in the Teaching" means: having become established in the principle of judgment, the traditional principle, and the principle of the threefold good conduct.

"Leading to heaven" means, Sire, this meritorious deed is one leading to heaven. "Wealth at a sacrifice" means sacrifice-wealth; or this itself is the reading. "Friend" means Ummādantī too is my female companion, and you too are a companion. "Ancestors" means the brahmā gods. "All" means not only the gods and brahmā gods alone; all the inhabitants of the country too would see me and would blame me saying "This one has taken his companion's wife as a female companion in his house." "This is not against the Teaching" means for indeed this is not unrighteous. "That which by me to you" means because she was given by me to you, therefore they will not say this is unrighteous. "Of the good" means the teachings of the good ones, the Buddhas and others, reckoned as patience, friendliness, meditation, morality, and good conduct, well described, are difficult to transgress like the ocean's shore. Therefore, just as the ocean does not transgress its shore, so too I shall not transgress the shore of morality - thus he says.

"You are worthy of offerings to me" means, great king, you are befitting of my oblations, hospitality, and honour. "A supporter and provider you are, and a protector of desires" means you are, Sire, a supporter because of sustaining, a provider because of arranging the happiness of sovereignty, a protector of desires because of protecting the wished for and desired pleasures. "Offered to you" means given to you. "By my wish" means by my wish, by my longing, accept Ummādantī - thus Abhipāraka offers to the king. The king refuses saying "I have no need of her." Like those who, having struck with the back of the foot a fowler's basket fallen on the ground, throw it into the forest - both of them abandon her just so. Now the king, again for the purpose of silencing him, threatening him, spoke the verse "Surely indeed." Therein, "son of a doer" means his father too was indeed a doer; therefore he addresses him thus. This is what is meant - Surely you before this practised every duty for me, did only what was beneficial, only what was for my progress; but now, having become an opponent, you speak much. "Do not babble thus; is there any other two-footed man who would be a bringer of safety for you here in the world of the living at dawn itself? For if another king, like me, had become one with his mind bound to your wife, at dawn itself, having had your head cut off, he would take her into his own house. But I do not do so only out of fear of unwholesome consequences. Be silent; I have no need of her" - thus he threatened him.

He, having heard that, being unable to say anything further, by way of praise of the king, spoke the verse "You indeed." Its meaning is - Great king, you yourself are the foremost of all lords of men in the entire Indian subcontinent; you are unsurpassed; you are protected by the Teaching through the guarding of the principles of judgment, traditional principles, and principles of good conduct; because of having known them, you are one who understands the Teaching, you are wise. You who guard the Teaching, protected by that very Teaching, may you live long; and teach me the Teaching, O protector of the Teaching, guardian of the Teaching, O best of kings.

Then the king, teaching the Teaching, said beginning with "Come now, that." Therein, "iṅgha" is an indeclinable particle used in the sense of urging; because you urge me, therefore - this is the meaning. "Of the good" means practised by good persons beginning with the Buddhas. "Good" means beautiful, praiseworthy. "One who approves of the principles of judgment, tradition, and good conduct" means one who delights in the Teaching. For such a one does not do what should not be done even while giving up his life; therefore it is good. "One with wisdom" means accomplished in knowledge. "Not betraying friends" means the state of not offending against a friend. "Of one established in the Teaching" means of one established in the threefold Teaching. "Would sit" means would sit, would be seated. This is merely the heading of the teaching; but the meaning here is that they would live happily in all four postures. "In cool shade" means in the cool shade of sons, wives, relatives, and friends. "In one's own house" means in one's own house; the meaning is in one's own dwelling. It shows that they would live happily, untroubled by unrighteous taxes, fines, and so on. "And I do not this" means, my dear Abhipāraka, whatever unwholesome deed was done without consideration, that I do not approve of. "Those who, having known" means those kings who, having known, having weighed, having decided, act themselves - I approve of their action; this is the intention. "These similes" means in this matter, hear from me these two similes.

"Crooked" means bent. "Leader" means the chief bull, who leads the cows. "How much more" means when he practises what is not the Teaching, the other generation practises it even more, does it exceedingly - this is the meaning. "Righteous" means having abandoned the four ways of going to bias, exercising kingship by the Teaching. "Immortality" means divinity. "Jewels" means animate and inanimate jewels. "Cloths" means Kāsi cloth itself. "Horses and women" means horses swift as the wind and women bearing the highest beauty too. "Jewels and gems" means the seven kinds of jewels and very costly goods. "Protect" means they guard by giving light. "Not for the sake of that" means not even for the sake of that universal monarch's kingdom would I act unrighteously. "I am a bull" means since I was born as the chief king among the Sivis, therefore even for the sake of a universal monarch's kingdom I do not act unrighteously - this is the meaning. "Leader" means a leader who, having established the great multitude in the wholesome, leads them to the city of the gods; a benefactor to them through doing what is beneficial; risen high because of being known throughout the whole of Jambudīpa as "King Sivi is indeed one who practises the Teaching"; a protector of the realm through governing the country impartially. "Paying homage" means paying homage to the traditional Teaching of the ancient kings of the Sivis. "He" means he, I, reflecting on that very Teaching, therefore for that reason I do not come under the control of my own mind.

Thus, having heard the talk on the Teaching of the Great Being, Abhipāraka, offering praise, said beginning with "Surely." "You do not neglect" means you do not neglect the Teaching spoken by yourself; you practise right there. "Neglecting the Teaching" means having forgotten the Teaching, having gone by way of bias. Thus he, having offered praise to him, urging him to the practice of the Teaching saying "Practise the Teaching," spoke ten further verses of exhortation. The meaning of those has been described below in the Tesakuṇa Jātaka.

Thus, when the Teaching had been taught to the king by the general Abhipāraka, the king dispelled his mind bound to Ummādantī.

The Teacher, having brought this teaching of the Teaching, having made known the truths, connected the Jātaka; at the conclusion of the truths, that monk became established in the fruition of stream-entry. At that time the charioteer Sunanda was Ānanda, Abhipāraka was Sāriputta, Ummādantī was Uppalavaṇṇā, the rest of the assembly was the Buddha's assembly, but King Sivi was myself.

The commentary on the Ummādantī Jātaka is the second.

528.

Commentary on the Mahābodhi Jātaka

"Why the stick, why the hide" - this the Teacher spoke while dwelling at Jeta's Grove, referring to the perfection of wisdom. The story will become evident in the Mahā-Ummagga Jātaka. Then the Teacher, having said "Not only now, monks; in the past too the Tathāgata was wise and a crusher of the doctrines of others indeed," brought up the past.

In the past, when Brahmadatta was exercising kingship in Bārāṇasī, the Bodhisatta was born in the Kāsi country in the family of a wealthy brahmin of the northern region with wealth of eighty ten millions; they gave him the name "Prince Bodhi." He, having come of age, having learnt a craft at Takkasilā, having returned, dwelling in the midst of a house, at a later time, having abandoned sensual pleasures, having entered the Himalayan region, having gone forth into the going forth of a wandering ascetic, right there, subsisting on forest roots and fruits, having dwelt for a long time, at the time of the rainy season, having descended from the Himalayas, wandering on a journey, gradually having reached Bārāṇasī, having dwelt in the royal garden, on the following day, walking for almsfood in the city in the manner befitting a wandering ascetic, he reached the king's gate. The king, standing at the window, having seen him, having gained confidence in his peacefulness, having ushered him into his own dwelling, having caused him to sit on the royal divan, having exchanged friendly greetings, having heard a little talk on the Teaching, had food of various excellent flavours given to him. The Great Being, having taken the food, thought - "This royal family is indeed one of many faults and many enemies; who now will help me get through any fear that has arisen?" He, having seen a tawny dog, a king's favourite, standing not far away, having taken a large lump of food, showed the appearance of wishing to give it to him. The king, having understood, having had a vessel brought for the dog, having had the food taken, had it given. The Great Being too, having given to him, completed the meal duty. The king too, having obtained his promise, having had a leaf-hut built in the royal garden within the city, having given the requisites for one gone forth, made him dwell there, and daily went two or three times to attend upon him. But at mealtime the Great Being always sat on the royal divan itself and ate royal food itself. Thus twelve years passed.

Now that king had five ministers who instructed him in what is beneficial and what is right. Among them, one was a proponent of non-causality, one a proponent of creation by a supreme being, one a proponent of past deeds, one a proponent of annihilation, and one a proponent of the science of political power. Among them, the proponent of non-causality taught the public "These beings are purified merely through the round of rebirths." The proponent of creation by a supreme being taught the public "This world was created by a supreme being." The proponent of past deeds taught the public "Whatever happiness or suffering arises for these beings, it arises solely through what was done in the past." The proponent of annihilation taught the public "There is no such thing as one who has gone from here to the world beyond; this world is annihilated." The proponent of the science of political power taught the public "Even having killed one's mother and father, one's own welfare alone should be pursued." They, appointed to the king's judgment, having become bribe-eaters, made those having no sponsor into owners, and owners into those having no sponsor.

Then one day a certain man, defeated in a false suit, having seen the Great Being wandering for almsfood and entering the king's palace, having paid homage, lamented: "Venerable sir, while you eat in the king's palace, why do you look on with indifference as the ministers of judgment, having taken bribes, destroy the people? Now, by the five ministers, having taken a bribe from the hand of the false suitor, though being the owner, I have been made one having no sponsor." He, out of compassion for that man, having gone to the judgment, having judged according to the rule, made the one with an owner back to be the one with an owner. The public all at once gave applause with a loud voice. The king, having heard that sound, having asked "What is this sound?" and having heard that matter, having sat close to the Great Being who had finished his meal, asked - "Venerable sir, today, it seems, a case has been judged by you." "Yes, great king." "Venerable sir, when you are judging, there will be growth for the public. Henceforth you yourselves should judge." "Great king, we are those gone forth by name; this is not our work, not our function." "Venerable sir, it is fitting to act out of compassion for the public. Do not judge the whole day; but when coming here from the park, having gone to the place of judgment, judge four cases right early, and four when going to the park after eating. Thus there will be growth for the public." He, being requested by him again and again, having accepted saying "Very well," from then on did so.

The false suitors did not obtain the opportunity. Those ministers too, not receiving bribes, having become destitute, thought - "From the time the wandering ascetic Bodhi began judging, we do not obtain anything. Come, let us have him killed, having said 'He is an enemy of the king' and having turned the king against him." They, having approached the king, having said "Great king, the wandering ascetic Bodhi wishes for your harm," when the king, not believing, said "He is moral, accomplished in knowledge; he will not do thus," they said "Great king, by him the entire city's inhabitants have been brought under his own hand; it is not possible to make merely us five persons alone. If you do not believe our word, at the time of his coming here, look at his assembly." The king, having said "Very well," standing at the window, looking at him coming, having seen the retinue, through his own ignorance imagining the litigants to be "his retinue," having become estranged, having had those ministers summoned, asked "What shall we do?" "Have him seized, Sire." "Not seeing a gross offence, how shall we seize him?" "If so, great king, reduce his customary privileges. Having seen them declining, the wise wandering ascetic, without informing anyone, will run away by himself."

The king, having said "Very well," gradually reduced his privileges. On the first day, to begin with, they had him seated on just a bare divan. He, having seen the bare divan, having known the king's state of estrangement, having gone by himself to the park, although wishing to depart on that very day, thinking "I shall depart only after knowing for certain," did not depart. Then on the following day, while he was seated on the bare divan, having taken the king's customary food and other food, they gave him mixed food. On the third day, not allowing him to enter the great terrace, having placed him just at the top of the stairs, they gave him mixed food. He, having taken even that, having gone to the park, performed the meal duty. On the fourth day, having placed him at the lower mansion, they gave him porridge of broken rice. He, having taken even that, having gone to the park, performed the meal duty. The king asked the ministers - "The wandering ascetic Bodhi does not depart even though his honours have been reduced. What shall we do with him?" "Sire, he does not wander about for the sake of food, but he wanders about for the sake of the umbrella. If he were wandering about for the sake of food, he would have fled on the very first day." "Now what shall we do?" "Have him killed tomorrow, great king." He, having said "Very well," having placed swords in the hands of those very ones, said "Tomorrow, having stood at the inner gate, having cut off the head of him as he enters, having made him into fragments, without letting anyone know, having thrown him into the toilet, having bathed, you should come back." They, having accepted saying "Very well," having discussed with one another "Having come tomorrow, we shall do thus," went thus to their own dwellings.

The king too, having eaten his meal in the evening, having lain down on the royal bed, remembered the virtues of the Great Being. Then at that very instant sorrow arose in him, sweat was released from his body, and not finding comfort on his bed, he tossed about again and again. Then his queen-consort lay down close to him, but he did not even engage in mere conversation with her. Then she asked him "Why indeed, great king, do you not even engage in mere conversation? Is there perhaps some offence of mine?" "There is not, queen; but however, the wandering ascetic Bodhi, it is said, has become our enemy, and for the purpose of slaying him tomorrow I have commanded five ministers. They will kill him, cut him into fragments, and throw him into a cesspit. But he has taught us much Teaching for twelve years; not even a single offence of his has ever been seen by me directly. Having acted on the reliance of others, his murder has been commanded by me; for that reason I grieve." Then she consoled him "If, Sire, he has become your enemy, why do you grieve while having him slain? An enemy, even one's own son, should be slain and one's own safety should be secured; do not grieve." He, having obtained comfort by her words, fell into sleep.

At that moment the well-bred tawny dog, having heard that conversation, having thought "Tomorrow it is fitting for me to give him life by my own power," on the following day, right early, having descended from the mansion, having come to the great gate, having placed his head at the threshold, lay down looking at the road of the Great Being's arrival. Those ministers too, right early, with swords in hand, having come, stood in the doorway. The Bodhisatta too, having noted the time, having departed from the park, came to the king's gate. Then the dog, having seen him, having opened his mouth, having shown his four fangs, barked with a loud voice "Why, venerable sir, can you not obtain almsfood elsewhere on the surface of Jambudīpa? Our king has stationed five ministers with swords in hand in the doorway for the purpose of killing you. Do not come seizing Death by the forehead; depart quickly." He, by his knowledge of all animal cries, having known that matter, having turned back from that very place, having gone to the park, took up his requisites for the purpose of departing. The king, standing at the window, having seen him coming and going, thought "If this one were my enemy, having gone to the park, having assembled forces, he will be ready for action. If not, having taken his own requisites, he will be ready for departure; I shall know his action then." Having gone to the park, having seen the Great Being who had taken his own requisites and come out from the hermitage saying "I shall go," standing at the end of the walking path, having paid homage, standing to one side, he spoke the first verse -

124.

"Why the stick, why the hide, why the umbrella, why the sandals;

Why the hook and the bowl, and the double robe too, brahmin;

You appear to be in a hurry, which direction do you desire?"

Its meaning is - Venerable sir, formerly when you came to our house you did not take sticks and so on, but today for what reason do you take the stick and the hide and the umbrella and sandals and the clay bag-hook and the clay bowl and the double robe - all these requisites, being in a hurry; which direction do you desire, where do you wish to go? - thus he asked.

Having heard that, the Great Being, thinking "This one does not know the deed done by himself; I shall make him know," spoke two verses -

125.

"These twelve years, I have dwelt in your presence;

I do not know of barking by the tawny dog.

126.

"This one roars like one enraged, showing its white fangs;

Having heard you, together with your wife, faithless towards me, lord."

125-126. Therein, "barking" means I do not know of such loud crying uttered by this tawny dog of yours. "Or enraged" means as if arrogant. "Together with your wife" means having heard you, together with your wife, telling of the state of having commanded five ministers for the purpose of killing me, it roars like one enraged, "Can you not obtain almsfood elsewhere? Your murder has been commanded by the king. Do not come here." "Faithless towards me, lord" means he said that having heard the word of you who are devoid of faith towards me, it roars thus.

Thereupon the king, having accepted his own fault, asking his forgiveness, spoke the fourth verse -

127.

"This fault was done, as you speak, brahmin;

I am exceedingly pleased with this, dwell here, brahmin, do not go."

Therein, "exceedingly" means it is true, thus was commanded by me, this is my fault, but now I am much more pleased with you, dwell right here, do not go elsewhere.

Having heard that, the Great Being, having said "Great king, the wise indeed do not dwell with such a one who acts on the reliance of others without direct knowledge," making known his misconduct, said -

128.

"Before it was all white, then it became spotted;

Now it is all red, it is time for me to depart.

129.

"Before I was inside, then in the middle, then outside;

Before there is expulsion, I go away by myself.

130.

"One should not associate with the faithless, like a well in a waterless forest;

Even if one were to dig into it, the water would smell of mud.

131.

"One should associate only with the devoted, one should avoid the undevoted;

One should attend upon the devoted, like one desiring water at a lake.

132.

"One should associate with a person who associates, one should not associate with one who does not associate;

That is the quality of a bad person, who does not associate with one who associates.

133.

"Whoever does not associate with one who associates, does not keep company with one who keeps company;

He is indeed the lowest of humans, like a monkey dependent on a branch.

134.

"By too constant association, and by not meeting;

By this friends grow old, and by asking at the wrong time.

135.

"Therefore one should not go constantly, nor should one go after a long time;

One should request a request at the proper time, thus friends do not decay.

136.

"By dwelling too long, the dear one becomes disagreeable;

Having informed you, we go, before we become disagreeable to you."

128-136. Therein, "all white" means: great king, at the very first in your dwelling my cooked rice was all white; what you yourself eat, that very thing you had given - this is the meaning. "Then" means thereafter, having taken the word of those who caused dissension, at the time of your dispassion towards me, the cooked rice became spotted, mixed. "Now" means now it has become all red. "Time" means it is now time for me to depart from you who are ungrateful. "Within" means at first my seat was inside; on the decorated great terrace with the raised white parasol, they had me seated on the royal divan itself. "In the middle" means at the top of the stairway. "Before there is expulsion" means as long as there is no dragging out having seized by the neck.

"Digs into" means even if a man who has reached a waterless well, not seeing water, having cleared away the mud, were to dig into it, even so that water would smell of mud; because of its disagreeableness he would not drink it. Just so, even the requisites obtained by one who attends upon the faithless are small and coarse, disagreeable and not worthy of use - this is the meaning. "Clear" means one whose faith is established. "Lake" means a deep, great lake. "One who associates" means one should associate with the very one who associates with oneself. "One who does not associate" means an enemy. "Does not associate with" means one should not associate with. "Does not associate" means whatever man does not associate with a person who associates with him and has a mind of welfare, he is called one having the quality of a bad person. "The lowest among humans" means a wretched human, scorned, the very last of all. "One who dwells on branches" means a monkey.

"By too constant association" means by exceedingly frequent association. "At the wrong time" means by requesting another's dear possession at an inappropriate time, friends decay indeed; you too, by dwelling too long, broke the friendship with me. "Therefore" means because friends decay by too constant association and by not meeting, therefore. "After a long time" means having spent a long time, one should not go for a long time, one should not approach. "Should request" means one should request the thing to be requested at the fitting time. "Do not decay" means thus friends do not decay. "Before we become disagreeable to you" means as long as we do not become disagreeable to you, just so long, having informed you, we go.

The king said -

137.

"If thus, when we are entreating, you do not understand our joined palms;

You do not heed the word of us, your mindful attendants;

Thus we entreat you, may you again make a turn."

Therein, "do not understand" means if, venerable sir, you do not know, do not accept the joined palms made by me thus entreating - this is the meaning. "A turn" means he requests: may you make once a coming here again.

The Bodhisatta said -

138.

"If we dwell thus, there will be no obstacle;

Either for you, great king, or for me, O increaser of the realm;

Perhaps we might see each other, after the passing of days and nights."

Therein, "if thus for us" means if, great king, there will be no obstacle for us dwelling thus separately, it explains that either your or my life will continue. "We might see" means perhaps we might see each other.

Having said thus, the Great Being, having taught the Teaching to the king, having said "Be diligent, great king," having departed from the park, having wandered for almsfood at a convenient place, having departed from Bārāṇasī, having gone gradually to the region of the Himalayas itself, having dwelt for some time, having descended again, he dwelt in the forest in dependence on a borderland village. But from the time of his going, those ministers, having again sat at the judgment, while committing plunder, thought - "If the wandering ascetic Mahābodhi comes again, there is no life for us; what might we do to cause his not coming?" Then this occurred to them - "These beings are indeed not able to give up a place of attachment; what indeed is his place of attachment here?" Then, having known "The king's queen-consort," thinking "There is indeed this possibility that he might come in dependence on her; let us have her killed beforehand," they said this to the king - "Sire, on this day a certain talk is heard in the city." "What talk?" "The wandering ascetic Mahābodhi and the queen, it is said, are sending messages and counter-messages to each other." "Having done what?" By him, it is said, it was sent to the queen: "Is it possible by one's own power, having had the king killed, to give me the white parasol?" And by her too it was sent to him: "The killing of the king is indeed my burden; let the wandering ascetic Mahābodhi come quickly." The king, having believed them as they spoke again and again, having asked "Now what should be done?" when it was said "It is fitting to kill the queen," without even investigating, said "If so, you yourselves, having killed her, having cut her into fragments, throw her into a cesspit." They did so. The fact of her having been killed became well-known throughout the entire city.

Then her four sons, saying "By him our innocent mother has been killed," became enemies of the king. The king was overcome with great fear. The Great Being, having heard that news by succession, thought - "Apart from me, there is no other able to convince those princes and make them ask forgiveness of their father; I shall give life to the king, and I shall free the princes from evil." He, on the following day, having entered the borderland village, having eaten monkey meat given by people, having asked for and taken its hide, having dried it at the hermitage, having made it free from odour, he wore it as a lower garment, wrapped it as an upper garment, and also placed it on his shoulder. Why? For the purpose of the statement "It is very helpful to me." He, having taken that hide, having gone gradually to Bārāṇasī, having approached the princes, having exhorted the princes saying "The deed of patricide is indeed cruel; that should not be done by you; there is no being free from ageing and death; I have come just to make you united with one another; you should come when a message is sent by me," having entered the park within the city, having spread out the monkey hide, he sat down on a stone slab.

Then the park keeper, having seen him, having gone quickly, informed the king. The king, having merely heard, with pleasure arisen, having taken those ministers, having gone there, having paid homage to the Great Being, having sat down to one side, began to exchange friendly greetings. The Great Being, without exchanging friendly greetings with him, just stroked the monkey hide. Then he said to him thus - "Venerable sir, without speaking to me, you just stroke the monkey hide; is this more helpful to you than I am?" "Yes, great king, this monkey is very helpful to me. I went about sitting on its back; this one brought me the water pot; it swept the dwelling place; it performed the duties of the fundamentals of conduct for me. But I, through the weakness of my own mind, having eaten its meat, having dried the hide, having spread it out, I both sit and lie down on it. Thus this one is very helpful to me." Thus he, for the purpose of breaking their doctrine, having attributed monkey terminology to the monkey hide, with reference to each and every method, spoke this talk. For because he had formerly worn it, he said "He went about sitting on its back." Because he had formerly carried the water pot by placing it on his shoulder, he said "It brought the water pot." Because the ground had formerly been swept with that hide, he said "It swept the dwelling place." Because at the time of lying down that hide had formerly touched his back, and at the time of stepping his feet had formerly touched it, he said "It performed all kinds of duties for me." But because at the time of hunger, having obtained its meat, he had eaten it, he said "But I, through the weakness of my own mind, ate its meat."

Having heard that, those ministers, with the perception "killing living beings was done by him," clapping their hands, made mockery, saying "See, friend, the deed of one gone forth; having killed a monkey, it seems, having eaten the meat, having taken the hide, he goes about." The Great Being, having seen them doing thus, thinking "These ones do not know that I have come having taken the hide for the purpose of breaking their doctrine; I shall make them know," having addressed the proponent of the doctrine of non-causality for the time being, asked - "Friend, why do you mock me?" "Because of having committed the deed of betraying a friend and of killing living beings." Then the Great Being, breaking his doctrine, said "But whoever, having believed in your destination and view, were to act thus, what wrong-doing would there be in that?" -

139.

"If the utterance, by association, conforms to nature;

Unwillingly one does what is not to be done, or even what is to be done;

In what is to be done unwillingly, who here is defiled by evil?

140.

"If that meaning and the Teaching are good and not evil;

If your word is true, sir, the monkey was well destroyed by me.

141.

"If indeed you would recognise the fault of your own doctrine;

You would not censure me, for such is your doctrine."

139-141. Therein, "utterance" means talk. "By association" means by association, by approaching this and that class of rebirth among the six classes of rebirth. "Conforms to nature" means conforms by nature; the dative case is used in the instrumental sense. "Unwillingly" means unwillingly, without desire. "What is not to be done or even what is to be done" means evil that should not be done or wholesome that should be done. "Does" means does. "Who here" means who here. This is what is meant - You are a proponent of non-causality, one holding the view beginning with "there is no cause, there is no condition for the defilement of beings"; this world conforms to and is transformed by association and by intrinsic nature, and experiences pleasure and pain here and there. You say that unwillingly one does either evil or merit; if this utterance of yours is true, this being so, when evil proceeds by its own nature in what is to be done unwillingly, who here as a being is defiled by evil? For if one is defiled by evil not done by oneself, there would be no one who would not be defiled.

"If that" means that which is reckoned as the doctrine of non-causality, the meaning spoken by you, and the teaching that illuminates the meaning, is good and not evil. "Without cause, without condition, beings become defiled, they experience pleasure and pain" - if this word of yours is true, sir, the monkey was well destroyed by me; what fault is there of mine here - this is the meaning. "Would recognise" means, my dear, if indeed you were to know the fault of your own doctrine, you would not censure me. Why? For such is your doctrine; therefore you should praise me saying "This one supports my doctrine"; but not knowing your own doctrine, you censure me.

Thus the Great Being, having rebuked him, rendered him bewildered. He too sat in the royal assembly, downcast, with drooping shoulders. The Great Being too, having broken his doctrine, having addressed the proponent of creation by a supreme being, having said "You, friend, why do you mock me, if you accept the doctrine of creation by a supreme being as having substance?" said -

142.

"If a Lord of all the world arranges life;

Supernormal power and the state of disaster, action good and evil;

A person who carries out his command, the Lord is defiled by that.

143.

"If that meaning and the Teaching are good and not evil;

If your word is true, sir, the monkey was well destroyed by me.

144.

"If indeed you would recognise the fault of your own doctrine;

You would not censure me, for such is your doctrine."

142-144. Therein, "arranges life" means if Brahmā or any other lord arranges and administers the life of all the world thus: "You live by farming, you by cattle-herding." "Supernormal power and the state of disaster" means if the Lord alone arranges and makes all the supernormal powers of various kinds such as supremacy and so on, and the state of disaster such as destruction of relatives and so on, and the remaining good and evil action. "A person who carries out his command" means if the remaining person, whoever he may be, carries out his command, his order alone, this being so, whoever does evil, because it was done by the Lord, the Lord alone is defiled by that evil. The remainder should be understood by the former method. And as here, so everywhere.

Thus he, like one standing at a mango tree, having taken a mallet and knocking down a mango, having broken the doctrine of creation by a supreme being by means of the supreme being's own doing, having addressed the proponent of past deeds, having said "You, friend, why do you mock me, if you consider the doctrine of past deeds to be true?" said -

145.

"If, caused by what was done in the past, one undergoes pleasure and pain;

The evil done in the past, that debt he is released from;

The release from the ancient debt, who here is defiled by evil?

146.

"If that meaning and the Teaching are good and not evil;

If your word is true, sir, the monkey was well destroyed by me.

147.

"If indeed you would recognise the fault of your own doctrine;

You would not censure me, for such is your doctrine."

145-147. Therein, "caused by what was done in the past" means caused by what was done in the past, solely by reason of action done in a former existence. "That debt he is released from" means whoever undergoes suffering through murder, bondage and so on, if the evil that was done by him in the past, that debt he is now released from, this being so, for me too there is release from the ancient debt, for formerly this monkey, having been a wandering ascetic, must have killed and eaten me when I was a monkey; and now this one, having attained the state of a monkey, will have been killed and eaten by me who have attained the state of a wandering ascetic - who here is defiled by evil?

Thus he, having broken his doctrine too, having turned to face the proponent of annihilation, having threatened him saying "You, friend, having said 'there is what is given' and so on, thinking 'beings are annihilated right here, there is no such thing as those who have gone to the world beyond,' why do you mock me?" said -

148.

"Derived from just four, matter comes into being for living beings;

And from where matter comes into being, there indeed it returns;

Only here does the soul live, after death, after death it perishes.

149.

"This world is annihilated, those who are foolish and those who are wise;

When the world is being annihilated, who here is defiled by evil?

150.

"If that meaning and the Teaching are good and not evil;

If your word is true, sir, the monkey was well destroyed by me.

151.

"If indeed you would recognise the fault of your own doctrine;

You would not censure me, for such is your doctrine."

148-151. Therein, "of four" means of the primary elements beginning with earth. "Matter" means the aggregate of matter. "There indeed" means from where that matter comes into being, even at the time of ceasing it returns there indeed. By this he established his view: "This person is made of the four primary elements; when he dies, then earth goes to and merges with the body of earth, water etc. fire etc. air goes to and merges with the body of air, the faculties pass into space, four men with the bier as fifth carry away the dead, the funeral orations last as far as the cremation ground, the bones become dove-coloured, the offerings end in ashes, giving is a doctrine of fools, it is hollow, false, idle talk of those who speak the doctrine of existence, both the fool and the wise, with the collapse of the body, are annihilated, perish, and do not exist after death." "Only here" means the soul lives in this very world. "After death, after death it perishes" means a being reborn in the world beyond, not coming here by way of destination, perishes and is annihilated right there in the world beyond. When the world is being annihilated thus, who here is defiled by evil?

Thus he, having broken his doctrine too, having addressed the proponent of the science of political power, having said "You, friend, going about having raised up this view that 'even having killed one's mother and father, one's own welfare should be pursued,' why do you mock me?" said -

152.

"They say, the experts in warrior lore in the world, fools thinking themselves wise;

One would kill mother and father, and also the eldest brother;

One would kill children and wife, if such were the purpose."

Therein, "khattavidā" means khattavijjā (the science of political power); or this itself is the reading. This is the name for the teachers of the science of political power. "Fools thinking themselves wise" means though being fools, thinking "We are wise, we make known our own state of wisdom," having become ones who think themselves wise, they have said thus. "If the purpose" means if there were any purpose whatsoever of one's own, one should not avoid anything, one would kill everything - thus they say; you too are one of them.

Having thus established his view, making known his own view, he said -

153.

"In the shade of whatever tree one might sit or lie down,

One should not break a branch of that tree, for a betrayer of friends is evil.

154.

"Then when a need has arisen, I would uproot even with the root;

My need was for provisions too, the monkey was well destroyed by me.

155.

"If that meaning and the Teaching are good and not evil;

If your word is true, sir, the monkey was well destroyed by me.

156.

"If indeed you would recognise the fault of your own doctrine;

You would not censure me, for such is your doctrine."

153-156. Therein, "hey, expert in political science," but our teachers praise thus. One should not break a branch or a leaf even of a tree whose shade one has enjoyed. Why? For a betrayer of friends is evil. But you speak thus - "Then when a need has arisen, I would uproot even with the root," and I had need of provisions, therefore even if this one was killed by me, still my need was for provisions too, the monkey was well destroyed by me.

Thus he, having broken his doctrine too, while those five sat without inspiration, having addressed the king, having said "Great king, you go about having taken these five great thieves who plunder the country; alas, what a fool! For through association with such persons, a man might reach great suffering both pertaining to the present life and pertaining to the future life," teaching the Teaching to the king, said -

157.

"A man who holds the doctrine of no-cause, and one who believes in a Creator;

And one who holds to past deeds, and an annihilationist, and a man who knows political science.

158.

"These bad persons in the world, fools thinking themselves wise;

Such a one would do evil, and also cause another to do it;

Association with bad persons, ends in suffering, yielding bitterness."

157-158. Therein, "such a one" means, great king, whichever kind these five holders of wrong views are, such a person would himself do evil. Whoever hears his word, he would cause another to do it too. "Ending in suffering" means association with such bad persons both in this world and in the world beyond ends in suffering, yielding bitterness indeed. But for the elucidation of this meaning, the discourse "Whatever fears arise, monks, all of them arise from the fool" should be brought. And this meaning should be illustrated by the Godha Jātaka, the Sañjīva Jātaka, the Akitti Jātaka and so on.

Now, increasing the teaching of the Teaching by way of showing similes, he said -

159.

"In the guise of a ram, a wolf before, unsuspected approaches a herd of goats;

Having killed a ram, a she-goat and a goat, having terrified them, he flees wherever he wishes.

160.

"Certain ascetics and brahmins of such a kind, having made a covering, deceive human beings;

Those who abstain from food and those who sleep on the bare ground, dust and dirt, striving in the squatting posture;

And periodic eating and abstaining from drinking, those of evil conduct claiming to be Worthy Ones.

161.

"These bad persons in the world, fools thinking themselves wise;

Such a one would do evil, and also cause another to do it;

Association with bad persons, ends in suffering, yielding bitterness.

162.

"Those who say there is no energy, and those who proclaim causelessness;

Those who described as hollow both the actions of others and one's own actions.

163.

"These bad persons in the world, fools thinking themselves wise;

Such a one would do evil, and also cause another to do it;

Association with bad persons, ends in suffering, yielding bitterness.

164.

"For if there were no energy, action good and evil;

A king would not support a carpenter, nor would he have machines made.

165.

"Because there is energy, action good and evil;

Therefore he has machines made, a king supports a carpenter.

166.

"If for a hundred years the sky did not rain and snow did not fall;

This world would be annihilated, this generation would perish.

167.

"Because the sky rains, and snow falls;

Therefore crops ripen, and the country is protected for a long time.

168.

"When cattle are crossing, if the bull goes crookedly;

All of them go crookedly, when the leader has gone crookedly.

169.

"Just so among human beings, whoever is considered the best;

If he practises what is not the Teaching, how much more the other generation;

The whole country sleeps in suffering, if the king is not righteous.

170.

"When cattle are crossing, if the bull goes straight;

All the cows go straight, when the leader has gone straight.

171.

"Just so among human beings, whoever is considered the best;

If he practises the Teaching, how much more the other generation;

The whole country sleeps in happiness, if the king is righteous.

172.

"Of a great fruit-bearing tree, whoever cuts the fruit while unripe;

He does not know its flavour, and its seed perishes.

173.

"He governs the country, like a great tree, not by rule;

He does not know its flavour, and his country perishes.

174.

"Of a great fruit-bearing tree, whoever cuts the fruit when ripe;

He knows its flavour, and its seed does not perish.

175.

"He who governs the country, like a great tree, by rule;

He knows its flavour, and his country does not perish.

176.

"And whatever king governs the country not by rule;

That king, a warrior, is opposed by all medicinal plants.

177.

"Likewise harming the townspeople, those engaged in buying and selling;

In exacting tribute and taxes, he is hostile to the treasury.

178.

"Knowing the field of excellent strikes, accomplished in battle;

Harming the exalted, the king is hostile to his army.

179.

"Likewise harming the sages, the restrained ones living the holy life;

The unrighteous warrior, he is hostile to heaven.

180.

"And whatever king is established in what is not the Teaching, kills his blameless wife;

He brings forth a cruel state, and is hostile to his sons.

181.

"One should practise the Teaching in the countryside, among townspeople and forces;

And one should not harm the sages, one should treat children and wife righteously.

182.

"Such a lord of the earth, the protector of the realm, not prone to wrath;

He causes his rivals to tremble, like Indra, the lord of the titans."

159-182. Therein, "vakassū" means "vako assu" (a wolf indeed); "assū" is merely a particle. This is what is meant - Great king, formerly there was a wolf in the guise of a ram, only its tail was long; but having tucked that between its thighs, in the guise of a ram, unsuspected, it approaches a herd of goats. There, having killed a ram, a she-goat and a goat, it flees wherever it wishes. "Of such a kind, certain" means certain ascetics and brahmins of such a kind, having made a covering with the mark of the going forth, having concealed themselves, as if desiring welfare with sweet words and so on, deceive the world. "Fasting" and so on was said for the purpose of showing their covering. For some deceive people saying "We are fasting, we do not eat anything"; others saying "We sleep on the bare ground." For others, dust and dirt is the covering; for others, striving in the squatting posture - even when walking, they jump up and walk only in the squatting posture. For others, the covering is periodic eating, reckoned as eating at intervals of seven days, ten days and so on; others are abstainers from drinking, saying "We do not drink water." "Claiming to be Worthy Ones" means even though being of evil conduct, they go about saying "We are Worthy Ones." "These" means, great king, whether these five persons or others, as many as are called holders of wrong views, all these are bad persons. "What they call" means those who have said, those who say.

"For if there were no energy" means, great king, if there were no bodily and mental energy associated with knowledge. "Action" means if there were no action, whether good or evil. "Would not support" means this being so, a king would not support a carpenter or other builders; "nor machines" means nor would he have machines such as seven-storeyed mansions and so on built by them. Why? Because of the absence of both energy and action. "Would be annihilated" means, great king, if for so long a time the sky did not rain and snow did not fall, then this world would be annihilated as at the time of the arising of a cosmic cycle. But according to the procedure stated by the annihilationist, there is no such thing as annihilation. "Pālite" means protects.

The four verses beginning with "If of cattle" were spoken as a teaching of the Teaching to the king itself, likewise those beginning with "Of the great tree" and so on. Therein, "of the great tree" means of the sweet mango tree. "By unrighteousness" means by bias. "He does not know its flavour" means the unrighteous king does not know the flavour, the nutritive essence of the country; he does not obtain the achievement of income. "Perishes" means it becomes empty; people, having abandoned villages and market towns, resort to the borderland and the unevenness of mountains; all sources of income are cut off. "With all medicinal plants" means he is opposed by all medicines such as roots, bark, leaves, flowers, fruits and so on, as well as ghee, butter and so on; they do not succeed. For the earth of an unrighteous king becomes sapless; because of its saplessness, there is no nutritive essence in the medicines; they are unable to allay diseases. Thus he is indeed called hostile to them.

"Townspeople" means householders dwelling in market towns. "Harming" means harming, oppressing. "Those engaged" means those engaged in buying and selling, the sources of income, the merchants of land and water routes, and harming them too. "In exacting tribute and taxes" means those who, by way of collecting goods and giving tolls from here and there, exact tribute as well as taxes divided into one-sixth, one-tenth and so on. "He with the treasury" means that unrighteous king, harming these, declining in wealth and grain, is indeed called hostile to the treasury. "Knowing the field of excellent strikes" means archers who know the field of excellent strikes thus: "It is fitting to shoot at this place." "Who have accomplished deeds in battle" means great warriors who have done well in war. "Eminent" means risen, well-known chief ministers. "Indeed harming" means harming such ones either by himself or having them harmed by others. "By the army" means by the military force. For even the remaining warriors abandon such a king, thinking "This one harms even those of great service, those who gave him the kingdom; how much more then us." Thus he is indeed called hostile to the army.

In the same way as he harms the townspeople and so on, likewise the unrighteous king, harming the ones gone forth who possess the qualities of sages with abuse, striking and so on, upon the collapse of the body goes only to a realm of misery, and is unable to be reborn in heaven - thus he is indeed called hostile to heaven. "Kills his blameless wife" means he kills his virtuous wife, raised under the shade of his own arms, brought up with sons and daughters, having taken the word of thieves who are imposters of friends. "He brings forth a cruel state" means he brings forth, produces his own rebirth in hell. "And with sons" means in this very individual existence he is hostile to his own sons.

Thus he, having taken up the talk of those five persons, spoke of the state of the queen having been killed and the state of the sons being hostile, like one catching a thief at the opening of a break-in by the topknot. For the Great Being, having gradually brought up the discussion there for the purpose of reproaching those ministers and for the teaching of the Teaching and for the purpose of making known the state of the queen having been killed by them, having made the opportunity, spoke this matter. The king, having heard his word, recognised his own offence. Then the Great Being, having said to him "From now on, great king, having taken up the talk of such evil ones, do not do thus again," exhorting him, said beginning with "Practise the Teaching."

Therein, "practises the Teaching" means, great king, a king, not oppressing the countryside with unrighteous taxation, should practise the Teaching in the countryside; not making owners into non-owners, he should practise the Teaching among the townspeople; not wearying in an impossibility, he should practise the Teaching among the forces. Avoiding murder, imprisonment, reviling and abuse, and giving them requisites, he should not harm the sages; establishing daughters in a suitable place, and having had sons trained in crafts, properly looking after them, supporting his wife with the handing over of authority, ornaments, gifts, honour and so on, he should treat children and wife righteously. "Such a one" means that such a king, having broken the tradition, exercising kingship righteously and impartially, by the king's command and by royal power, causes his rivals to tremble, frightens and shakes them. "Like Indra" - this is said for the purpose of a simile. Just as Indra, having conquered and overcome the titans, from the time of standing firm, having gone to the designation of lord of the titans, caused his own rival titans to tremble, so he causes them to tremble.

Thus the Great Being, having taught the Teaching to the king, having had the four princes summoned and having exhorted them, having made known the deed done by the king, having asked the king's forgiveness, gave exhortation to all, saying "Great king, from now on, without weighing, having taken up the talk of those who cause dissension, do not do such a reckless deed; you too, princes, do not be treacherous towards the king." Then the king said to him - "I, venerable sir, offending against you and the queen, in dependence on these, having taken up their talk, did this evil deed; I shall kill these five too." It is not possible, great king, to do thus. Then I shall have their hands and feet cut off. This too is not possible to do. The king, having accepted saying "Good, venerable sir," having confiscated all their possessions, having humiliated them with the five-topknot shaving, leash-binding and cow-dung sprinkling, banished them from the country. The Bodhisatta, having dwelt there for a few days, having exhorted the king saying "Be heedful," having gone to the Himalayas itself, having produced the meditative absorptions and direct knowledges, having developed the divine abidings for the length of his life, was reborn in the Brahma world.

The Teacher, having brought this teaching, having said "Not only now, monks; in the past too the Tathāgata was wise indeed and a crusher of the doctrines of others indeed," connected the Jātaka: "At that time the five holders of wrong views were Pūraṇa Kassapa, Makkhali Gosāla, Pakudha Kaccāna, Ajita Kesakambala and Nigaṇṭha Nāṭaputta; Piṅgalasunakha was Ānanda; but the wandering ascetic Mahābodhi was myself."

The commentary on the Mahābodhi Jātaka is the third.

The Jātaka summary -

The first is named Sanīlinika, and the second is the excellent Saummadantī;

And the third is named Bodhisirī, thus three beautiful ones were spoken of by the conqueror.

The commentary on the Chapter of Fifties is concluded.

19.

The Book of the Sixties

529.

The Commentary on the Soṇaka Jātaka

"To one who has heard I give a hundred" - this the Teacher, while dwelling at Jeta's Grove, spoke referring to the perfection of renunciation. For then the Blessed One, having sat down in the midst of the monks who were praising the perfection of renunciation in the Teaching hall, having said "Not only now, monks; in the past too the Tathāgata went forth in the great renunciation indeed," brought up the past.

In the past, in Rājagaha, a king named the King of Magadha exercised kingship. The Bodhisatta was born in the womb of his queen-consort, and on the name-giving day they gave him the name "Prince Arindama." On his very birthday a son was also born to the chaplain; they gave him the name "Prince Soṇaka." Both of them, having grown up together, having come of age, bearing the highest beauty, being without difference in appearance, having gone to Takkasilā, having learnt the crafts, having departed from there, thinking "We shall know the craft of all doctrines and the customs of the country," wandering on a journey gradually, having reached Bārāṇasī, having dwelt in the royal garden, on the following day they entered the city. And on that day some people, saying "We shall hold a brahmin recitation," having prepared milk-rice, having set out seats, having seen those princes approaching, having ushered them into the house, caused them to sit on the prepared seats. There, on the seat prepared for the Bodhisatta, a clean white cloth was spread; for Soṇaka, a red woollen blanket. He, having seen that sign, understood "Today my dear companion Prince Arindama will become the king of Bārāṇasī, and he will give me the position of general." Both of them, having completed their meal duty, went to the park itself.

At that time it was the seventh day since the king of Bārāṇasī had died; the royal family was without a son. The ministers and others, having bathed right early together with the head, having assembled, having yoked the state chariot saying "It will go to the presence of one worthy of kingship," sent it forth. It, having departed from the city, having gone gradually to the royal garden, having turned back at the park gate, having become ready for mounting, stood there. The Bodhisatta, having covered himself up to the head on the auspicious stone slab, lay down; the prince Soṇaka sat down near him. He, having heard the sound of the musical instruments, having thought "The state chariot is coming for Arindama; today itself, having become king, he will give me the position of general; but I have no need of sovereignty; when this one has gone, having departed, I shall go forth," stood in a concealed place to one side. The chaplain, having entered the park, having seen the Great Being lying down, had the musical instruments played. The Great Being, having awoken, having turned over, having lain down for a little while, having risen, sat down cross-legged on the stone slab. Then the chaplain, having raised joined palms, said to him - "The kingdom comes to you, Sire." "Is the royal family without a son?" "Yes, Sire." "If so, very well." Then they, having consecrated him right there, having placed him upon a chariot, ushered him into the city with a great retinue. He, having circumambulated the city, ascended the mansion. He, due to the greatness of his glory, did not remember the prince Soṇaka.

He too, when that one had entered the city, having come afterwards, sat down on the stone slab. Then before him a withered leaf, released from its bond, fell from a sal tree. He, having seen that, having established insight by way of impermanence and so on, thinking "Just as this, so too my body, having reached old age, will fall," attained individual enlightenment. At that very moment his layman's outward sign disappeared, and the outward sign of one gone forth became manifest. He, uttering the inspired utterance "There is now no more rebirth," went to the Nandamūlaka cave. The Great Being too, after the lapse of about forty years, having remembered, thinking "Where indeed is my companion Soṇaka?" even though remembering Soṇaka again and again, not obtaining anyone to say "He has been heard of or seen by me," seated on the royal divan on the decorated great terrace, surrounded by gandhabba musicians, dancers, singing and so on, experiencing success, having composed one inspired utterance thinking "Whoever, having heard from anyone in his presence, will tell me 'Soṇaka dwells at such and such a place,' to him I shall give a hundred; whoever, having seen him himself, will report to me, to him a thousand," uttering it by way of song, spoke the first verse -

"To whoever having heard I give a hundred, a thousand to one who has seen Soṇaka;

Who will tell me of Soṇaka, my companion who played in the dust?"

Then one dancing woman, as if snatching it from his mouth, sang that. Then one after another, saying "Our king's beloved song," all the harem ladies sang it. Gradually the city-dwellers too and the country-folk too sang that very same song. The king too sang that very same song again and again. But after the lapse of about fifty years, he had many sons and daughters; the eldest son was named Prince Dīghāvu. Then the Individually Enlightened One Soṇaka, having thought "King Arindama wishes to see me; I, having gone there, having spoken of the danger in sensual pleasures and the benefit in renunciation, shall bring about the manner of going forth," having come through the sky by supernormal power, sat down in the park. Then one seven-year-old boy with five topknots, having been sent by his mother, having gone, while pulling out firewood in the park forest, sang that very same song again and again. Then he, having summoned him, asked "Young boy, without singing anything else, you sing just one song; do you not know anything else?" "I know, venerable sir, but this alone is dear to our king; therefore I sing it again and again." "But has anyone ever been seen before singing a reply-song to this song of yours?" "No one has been seen before, venerable sir." "I shall teach you; you will be able to go to the king's presence and sing a reply-song." "Yes, venerable sir." Then he, telling him the reply-song, said beginning with "Having heard, to me." And having taught him, he dismissed him - "Go, young boy, sing this reply-song together with the king; the king will give you great sovereignty; what use is firewood to you? Go quickly."

He, having learnt that reply-song saying "Very well," having paid homage, having said "Venerable sir, stay right here until I bring the king," having gone quickly to his mother's presence, having said "Mother, quickly bathe me and adorn me; today I shall free you from poverty," having bathed and adorned himself, having gone to the king's gate, said "Noble doorkeeper, inform the king 'A boy, having come, is standing at the gate saying I shall sing a reply-song together with you.'" He, having gone quickly, informed the king. The king, having had him summoned saying "Let him come," said "Dear son, you will sing a reply-song together with me." "Yes, Sire." "If so, sing." "Sire, I do not sing in this place; but having had a drum circulated in the city, have the public assembled; I shall sing amidst the public." The king, having had it done so, having sat down in the middle of the divan in the decorated pavilion, having had a suitable seat given to him, said "Now sing your song." "Sire, you first sing, then I shall sing the reply-song." Then the king, singing first, spoke a verse -

1.

"To whoever having heard I give a hundred, a thousand to one who has seen Soṇaka;

He will tell me of Soṇaka, my companion who played in the dust."

Therein, "having heard" means: having heard his dwelling place, to whoever reports "Your dear companion Soṇaka dwells at such and such a place," I give a hundred. "Seen" means: to whoever, having seen and reporting "He was seen by me at such and such a place," I give a thousand.

Thus, making known that when the king first sang the inspired utterance verse, it was sung back by the boy Pañcacūḷaka, the Teacher, having fully awakened, spoke one and a half verses -

2.

Then spoke the young man, a boy with five topknots;

"Having heard, give me a hundred, a thousand to one who has seen Soṇaka;

I will tell you of Soṇaka, my companion who played in the dust."

But the meaning of the verse spoken by him is - Great king, whatever you say "I give a hundred to whoever reports having heard," give that too to me alone; whatever you say "I give a thousand to whoever reports having seen," give that too to me alone; I will tell you of your dear companion right now, before your very eyes, "This is Soṇaka."

From here onwards, the verses, being easily understood and spoken by the Fully Enlightened One, should be understood according to the method of the Pāḷi text -

3.

"In which country, in which kingdoms and towns;

Where did he see Soṇaka? Tell me this when asked.

4.

"In your very realm, O king, in your very pleasure ground;

Straight-trunked great sal trees, with blue radiance, delightful.

5.

"They stand like clouds, charming, dependent on each other;

At their root, Soṇaka meditates without clinging;

While beings in the world are burning, he is quenched.

6.

"Then the king set out, with his fourfold army;

Having had a level road made, he went to where Soṇaka was.

7.

"Having gone to the pleasure ground, wandering in the great forest;

He saw Soṇaka seated, quenched while others are burning."

3-7. Therein, "with straight trunks" means with straight main stems. "Great sal trees" means great trees. "Like clouds" means resembling dark blue clouds. "Delightful" means charming. "Dependent on each other" means standing entwined, branch with branch, root with root. "Of them" means beneath the sal trees of such kind in your park forest. "Meditates" means he meditates with the meditative absorptions known as meditation on the three characteristics and meditation on a single object. "Without clinging" means free from clinging to sensual pleasures and so on. "While burning" means while beings are burning with the eleven fires. "Quenched" means having extinguished those fires, meditating with a cool heart, seated on a stone slab at the foot of the auspicious sal tree in your park, this companion of yours, shining like a golden image, awaits you. "And then" means, monks, thereupon that king Arindama, having merely heard his words, thinking "I shall see the Individually Enlightened One Soṇaka," set out with his fourfold army. "Wandering" means without going straight, wandering about in that great jungle thicket, having gone to his presence, he saw him seated.

He, without paying homage to him, having sat down to one side, because of his own delight in mental defilements, imagining him to be a wretched beggar, spoke this verse -

8.

"This monk is indeed wretched, shaven-headed, wrapped in the double robe;

Without mother, without father, he meditates at the root of a tree."

Therein, "meditates" means motherless, fatherless, having reached a state of compassion, he meditates.

9.

Having attended to this word, Soṇaka said this:

A king is not wretched, touching the Teaching with the body.

10.

"And whoever, having rejected the Teaching, conforms to what is not the Teaching;

That king is wretched, evil, heading for evil."

9-10. Therein, "this" means having heard this word of reproach against going forth from him who was delighting in defilements and speaking against going forth. "Said this" means making known the virtue of going forth, he said this. "Touching" means touching - showing that one by whom the noble path state has been touched with the mental body, he is not called wretched, he said thus. "Having rejected" means having taken out from one's individual existence. "Evil, heading for evil" means evil through the doing of evil deeds oneself, and heading for evil through being without support for others who are doing them too.

Thus he reproached the Bodhisatta. He, as if not knowing his own reproached state, having spoken his name and clan, making friendly welcome with him, spoke a verse -

11.

"'Arindama' is my name, they know me as the king of Kāsi;

Is your sleeping place comfortable, having arrived here, Soṇaka?"

Therein, "kacci" means for us at least there is nothing uncomfortable, but he asks whether for you, having arrived here, dwelling in this park, there is pleasant abiding.

Then the Individually Enlightened One, having said to him "Great king, not only here, but even while dwelling elsewhere there is no such thing as unhappiness for me," began the verses called the Verses on the Good Fortune of an Ascetic -

12.

"Always good fortune for the propertyless, homeless monk;

They do not store in granaries, nor in jars, nor in baskets;

Seeking what is prepared by others, by that the virtuous sustain themselves.

13.

"For the second time, good fortune for the propertyless, homeless monk;

Blameless almsfood is to be eaten, and no one obstructs.

14.

"For the third time too, good fortune for the propertyless, homeless monk;

Quenched almsfood is to be eaten, and no one obstructs.

15.

"A fourth good fortune for the propertyless, homeless monk;

For the liberated one wandering in the realm, in whom attachment is not found.

16.

"For the fifth time too, good fortune for the propertyless, homeless monk;

When the city was burning, nothing of his was burnt.

17.

"Sixthly, good fortune for the propertyless, homeless monk;

When the realm was being plundered, nothing of his was taken away.

18.

"For the seventh time too, good fortune for the propertyless, homeless monk;

Along a path guarded by thieves, and whatever other highwaymen;

Taking bowl and robe, one of good conduct goes in safety.

19.

"The eighth good fortune for the propertyless, homeless monk;

Whatever direction he departs to, he goes without longing."

12-19. Therein, "for the homeless one" means, great king, for the monk who has abandoned the household life and attained the state of homelessness, who is propertyless and who owns nothing, there is always only good fortune. "They do not store" means, great king, those propertyless monks do not store wealth and grain in a granary, nor in a jar, nor in a hand-basket; but those of good conduct, having put on the double robe and having taken a bowl, seeking and searching from house to house in succession for food that is prepared by others, cooked in others' houses, having reviewed that food by way of the nine kinds of loathsomeness, having consumed it with that almsfood obtained from here and there, they sustain their livelihood.

"Blameless almsfood is to be eaten" means the four requisites produced by wrong means of livelihood such as the practice of medicine and so on, or by scheming, talking, hinting, belittling, seeking gain with gain - by such wrong livelihood, or even those produced righteously but consumed without reviewing, are called blameworthy almsfood. But having abandoned wrong ways of earning, having avoided wrong livelihood, those produced righteously and impartially, consumed after reviewing by the very method stated as "Having reflected wisely, I use the robe," are called blameless almsfood. By whom such blameless almsfood is to be eaten, is to be consumed, and for those eating such blameless almsfood, no mental defilement whatsoever, not even a trifling one, obstructs or oppresses in dependence on the requisites - for him too there is good fortune for the second time, for the propertyless, homeless monk.

"Quenched" means for a worldling monk, even almsfood arisen righteously, consumed after reviewing, is called quenched almsfood; but exclusively, only the almsfood of one who has eliminated the mental corruptions is called quenched almsfood. Why? For he, among these four kinds of use - use by theft, use by debt, use by inheritance, and use by ownership - eats that by way of use by ownership; having gone beyond the slavery of craving, having become an owner, he consumes it; no mental defilement whatsoever, not even a trifling one, obstructs on account of that.

"For the liberated one wandering in the realm" means for one whose mind is not attached to supporting families and so on, like a cloud that has been cut away, like the spotless disc of the moon released from Rāhu's mouth, for whom, while wandering in villages, market towns and so on, there is not even one attachment among the attachment of lust and so on. For a certain one dwells in company with families, sharing another's sorrow, rejoicing together; a certain one wanders with a mind not attached even to mother and father, like a young resident of the village of Korunagara. For such a one, even a worldling, there is only good fortune.

"Nothing of his" means whoever indeed has many requisites, he, thinking "May thieves not take away my requisites," deposits surplus robes and so on at a supporting family within the city; then when the city is burning, having heard "A fire has arisen at such and such a family," he grieves and is wearied. For such a one there is no good fortune. But whoever, great king, fulfils the duty of a bird, has only requisites connected to the body, for such a one nothing was burnt; therefore for him too there is good fortune for the fifth time.

"Vilumpamānamhī" means viluppamānamhi; or this itself is the reading. "Was not taken away" means just as when thieves, having come out from mountain thickets and so on, are plundering the country, they plunder and carry away what has been stored within the village belonging to one with many requisites; likewise, for the propertyless one whose requisites are connected to the body, nothing was taken away - for him too there is good fortune for the sixth time.

"And whatever other highwaymen" means whatever other highwaymen too stationed at those various places for the purpose of collecting tolls; and protected from them. "Bowl and robe" means a clay bowl and reinforced accessories, and a rag-robe, and inexpensive waistband, water strainer, needle, razor, and bowl bag - thus, having made all eight requisites connected to the body, one who has set out on the road, not being harassed by anyone, goes in safety. "Of good conduct" means for indeed, having seen desirable robes and so on, thieves take them away; tax collectors too search the bowl bag and so on, thinking "What indeed is in his hands?" But one of good conduct, of frugal living, goes in safety while they are merely watching; therefore for him too there is good fortune for the seventh time.

"He goes without longing" means due to the absence of any requisite in excess of what is connected to the body, stored away in the monastery, he does not even turn back and look at his dwelling place. Whatever direction he wishes to go, going there he goes without longing, like the elder of the two sons of good family who went forth at the Thūpārāma, having departed from Anurādhapura.

Thus the Individually Enlightened One Soṇaka spoke of eight blessings of the ascetic life. But beyond that, he was indeed capable of speaking of even a hundred, even a thousand, immeasurable blessings of the ascetic life. But the king, because of his delight in sensual pleasures, having cut short his talk, making known his own inclination towards sensual pleasures, saying "I have no need for the blessings of the ascetic life," said -

20.

"Many are the blessings of the ascetic life, which you, monk, praise;

But I am greedy for sensual pleasures, what shall I do, Soṇaka?

21.

"Human sensual pleasures are dear to me, and also divine pleasures are dear to me;

Then by what means may we obtain both worlds?"

20-21. Therein, "in reason" means by reason.

Then the Individually Enlightened One said to him -

22.

"Greedy for sensual pleasures, delighting in sensual pleasures, infatuated with sensual pleasures;

Men, having done evil deeds, are reborn in an unfortunate realm.

23.

"And those who, having abandoned sensual pleasures, have gone forth, free from fear from any quarter;

Having attained unification of mind, they do not go to an unfortunate realm.

24.

"I will make a simile for you, hear it, O tamer of enemies;

By means of a simile some wise ones here understand the meaning.

25.

"Having seen a corpse in the Ganges, floating in the great ocean;

A crow thought, lacking wisdom, mindless.

26.

"'Indeed this vehicle has been obtained, and this food is not trifling';

There by night, there by day, right there the mind delights.

27.

"Eating the meat of the elephant, drinking the water of the Ganges;

Seeing the sacred forests, the bird did not fly away.

28.

"And that descending Ganges, the heedless one delighted in the carcass;

Plunged into the ocean, where there is no passage for birds.

29.

"And he, his food exhausted, having flown up, the bird;

Not behind, not in front, not to the north, nor to the south.

30.

He did not reach an island, where there is no passage for birds;

And right there he fell, just like a weakling.

31.

"And the sea fish, crocodiles, sea-monsters, and dolphins;

Forcibly devoured him, trembling, with broken wings.

32.

"Just so you, O king, and whatever others are enjoyers of sensual pleasures;

If greedy they will not vomit them out, the wise know them as having the wisdom of a crow.

33.

"This simile for you, O king, has been made to illuminate the meaning;

And you will be known by that, whether you will do it or not."

22-33. Therein, "evil deeds" means, great king, you are greedy for sensual pleasures, and men, in dependence on sensual pleasures, having done evil deeds such as bodily misconduct and so on, where even in a dream neither divine nor human sensual pleasures are obtained, they are reborn in that unfortunate realm - this is the meaning. "Having abandoned" means having given up like a lump of spittle. "Safe from every quarter" means with no future fear from any quarter among lust and so on. "Having attained unification" means having attained unification of mind, the state of dwelling alone. "Not they" means those gone forth ones of such a kind do not go to an unfortunate realm.

"A simile for you" means, great king, I will make one simile for you who desire divine and human sensual pleasures, who are like a crow attached to an elephant carcass; listen to that - this is the meaning. "Carcass" means an elephant's dead body. "In the great ocean" means in deep and broad water. It is said that a certain great elephant, while roaming on the bank of the Ganges, having fallen into the Ganges, being unable to climb out, died right there and floated in the Ganges; with reference to that, this was said. "A crow" means one crow going through space. "Indeed this vehicle" means he, having thought thus, having hidden there, made this determination: "This elephant vehicle has been obtained by me; hidden here I shall live happily; and this will be no trifling food for me; now it is not fitting for me to go elsewhere." "Delighting there" means there, both by night and by day, right there his mind was delighted. "Did not depart" means he did not fly up and leave.

"Descending" means descending towards the ocean. "Ohāriṇī" is also a reading; that means carrying away towards the ocean - this is the meaning. "Where there is no passage" - he said this with reference to the middle of the ocean. "With food exhausted" means one whose food is exhausted. "Having flown up" means when the hide and flesh were consumed, the collection of bones, broken by the force of the waves, sank in the water. Then that crow, being unable to find a footing in the water, flew up; the meaning is: having thus flown up. "Where there is no passage for birds" means in whatever middle of the ocean there is no passage for birds, there he, having thus flown up, having gone to the western direction and not finding a footing there, then to the eastern, then to the northern, then to the southern - having gone to all four directions, he did not find, did not reach a footing for himself - this is the meaning. Or else, the crow, having thus flown up, went to each direction among the western and so on, but did not reach an island - thus the meaning here should be understood. "Fell" means he fell down. "Like a weakling" means just as a weakling would fall, just so he fell. "Susu" means fierce fish called susu. "By force" means by violence, against his will indeed. "With broken wings" means with destroyed wings.

"If greedy they will not vomit them out" means if, having become greedy, they will not vomit out sensual pleasures, will not throw them away. "Having the wisdom of a crow, they" means having wisdom equal to a crow's - thus those wise ones, the knowledgeable ones beginning with the Buddha, know - this is the meaning. "Illuminating the meaning" means making the meaning clear. "And you will be known" means and you will become known. This is what is meant - Great king, an exhortation has been given to you by me who desires your welfare; but if you will act upon it, you will be reborn in the heavenly world; if you will not act upon it, submerged in the mire of sensual pleasures, at the end of life you will be reborn in hell - thus you yourself, by that reason or non-reason, will become known either in heaven or in hell. But I am freed from all existences, one incapable of rebirth.

But by the Individually Enlightened One giving this exhortation, the river was shown, the elephant carcass floating in it was shown, the crow feeding on the carcass was shown, the time of its drinking water after eating the carcass was shown, the time of seeing the delightful jungle thicket was shown, the entry into the ocean of the carcass floating in the river was shown, the time of the crow's meeting with destruction, not having obtained a support on the elephant carcass in the middle of the ocean, was shown. Therein, the river should be seen as the round of rebirths without discernible beginning; the elephant carcass floating in the river as the five types of sensual pleasure in the round of rebirths; the crow as the foolish worldling; the time of the crow's drinking water after eating the carcass as the time of joy of the worldling after having enjoyed the types of sensual pleasure; the seeing of the delightful jungle thicket by the crow while still attached to the carcass as the seeing of the thirty-eight objects by way of hearing by the worldling while still attached to the types of sensual pleasure; the time of the crow's meeting with destruction, being unable to obtain a support when the carcass had entered the ocean, as the great calamity of great destruction in the great hell for the foolish worldling who is greedy for the types of sensual pleasure, heading for evil, being unable to obtain a support in wholesome mental states - thus it should be seen.

Thus he, having given exhortation by this simile, now in order to make firm and establish that very exhortation, spoke a verse -

34.

"One or two words, the compassionate one should speak;

Beyond that one should not speak, like a slave in the presence of a master."

Therein, "one should not speak" means for indeed, when speaking beyond that to one who does not take up the word, one becomes like a slave in the presence of a master. For a slave speaks regardless of whether the master takes up the talk or does not take it up. Therefore it was said: "beyond that one should not speak."

35.

"Having said this, Soṇaka of boundless wisdom departed;

In the sky, in the atmosphere, having instructed the noble."

This is the verse discovered by the Fully Enlightened One.

Therein, "having said this" means, monks, that Individually Enlightened One, of boundless supramundane higher intelligence, being of boundless wisdom, having said this, having flown up by supernormal power, having thus instructed the noble saying "Whether you will go forth, it is up to you; whether you will not go forth, it is up to you; exhortation has been given to you by me; be heedful," departed.

The Bodhisatta too, standing and looking at him going through the sky as far as the range of sight, when he had passed beyond the range of vision, having gained a sense of urgency, thought - "This brahmin, being of low birth, scattering the dust of his own feet upon the head of me who was born in an unbroken warrior lineage, having flown up into the sky, has gone; it is fitting for me too to go forth, having departed this very day." He, wishing to go forth, having handed over the kingdom, spoke a pair of verses -

36.

"Where now are the king-makers, the workers and those who have come to expertise;

I shall hand over the kingdom, I am not desirous of kingship.

37.

"Today itself I shall go forth, who knows death tomorrow;

May I, imprudent like a crow, not fall under the control of sensual pleasures."

36-37. Therein, "where indeed" means where indeed are these. "King-makers" means those who, having consecrated one worthy of kingship, make him king. "The workers and those who have come to expertise" means the workers and whatever others who have come to the state of being experienced, those who speak auspicious words at the face. "Desirous of kingship" means desirous of kingship. "Who knows death tomorrow" means who is able to know this: whether death is today or tomorrow.

Having heard him thus handing over the kingdom, the ministers said -

38.

"You have a young son, Dīghāvu, the increaser of the realm;

Consecrate him in the kingdom, he will be our king."

From here onwards, the verses connected with the inspired utterance, beginning with the verse spoken by the king, should be understood according to the method of the Pāḷi text -

39.

"Quickly bring the prince, Dīghāvu, the increaser of the kingdom;

I will consecrate him in the kingdom, he will be your king.

40.

"Then they brought the prince, Dīghāvu, the increaser of the kingdom;

Having seen him, the king addressed his delightful only son.

41.

"Sixty thousand villages, complete in every respect;

Proceed to them, child, I hand over the kingdom to you.

42.

"Today itself I shall go forth, who knows death tomorrow;

May I, imprudent like a crow, not fall under the control of sensual pleasures.

43.

"Sixty thousand elephants, adorned with all ornaments;

Mātaṅgas with golden trappings, clothed in golden adornments.

44.

"Mounted by village headmen, with spears and goads in hand;

Proceed to them, child, I hand over the kingdom to you.

45.

"Today itself I shall go forth, who knows death tomorrow;

May I, imprudent like a crow, not fall under the control of sensual pleasures."

46.

"Sixty thousand horses, adorned with all ornaments;

Thoroughbreds by birth, Sindh horses with swift conveyance.

47.

"Mounted by village headmen, bearing short swords and bows;

Proceed to them, child, I hand over the kingdom to you.

48.

"Today itself I shall go forth, who knows death tomorrow;

May I, imprudent like a crow, not fall under the control of sensual pleasures."

49.

"Sixty thousand chariots, armoured with raised banners;

With panther skins and also tiger skins, adorned with all ornaments.

50.

"Mounted by village headmen, with bows in hand, wearing armour;

Proceed to them, child, I hand over the kingdom to you.

51.

"Today itself I shall go forth, who knows death tomorrow;

May I, imprudent like a crow, not fall under the control of sensual pleasures."

52.

"Sixty thousand cows, red-coloured with bulls and leading bulls;

Proceed to them, son, I hand over the kingdom to you.

53.

"Today itself I shall go forth, who knows death tomorrow;

May I, imprudent like a crow, not fall under the control of sensual pleasures."

54.

"Sixteen thousand women, adorned with all ornaments;

With variegated clothes and ornaments, adorned with jewelled earrings;

Proceed to them, son, I hand over the kingdom to you.

55.

"Today itself I shall go forth, who knows death tomorrow;

May I, imprudent like a crow, not fall under the control of sensual pleasures."

56.

"While I was still young, dear father, my mother died, so I have heard;

Without you, dear father, I do not endeavour even to live.

57.

"Just as a young one follows behind a forest elephant;

Roaming in mountain fastnesses, on even and uneven ground.

58.

"Thus I will follow you, taking my bowl behind;

I will be easy to support for you, I will not be difficult to support for you.

59.

"Just as an ocean-going ship, of merchants seeking wealth;

A medium of exchange there might seize, the merchants would meet with disaster.

60.

"Just so this son is a misfortune, an obstacle-maker for me;

Bring this boy to the mansion that increases delight.

61.

"There, with golden-adorned hands, like nymphs to Sakka;

They will delight him there, and with them he will delight.

62.

Then they brought the boy to the mansion that increases delight;

Having seen him, the maidens addressed Dīghāvu, the increaser of the kingdom.

63.

"Are you a deity, a gandhabba, or Sakka, the first of givers?

Who are you, or whose son are you? How may we know you?

64.

"I am not a god nor a gandhabba, nor Sakka, the first of givers;

I am the son of the King of Kāsi, Dīghāvu, the increaser of the realm;

Support me, may you be blessed, I shall become your husband.

65.

"The maidens addressed him there, Dīghāvu, the increaser of the kingdom;

Where has the king arrived, where has the king gone from here?

66.

"The king has passed beyond the mire, the king is established on dry ground;

Free from thorns, free from thickets, he has entered upon the great path.

67.

"And I have entered upon the path leading to an unfortunate realm;

Thorny and dense, by which they go to an unfortunate realm.

68.

"Welcome to you, O king, like a lion to Giribbaja;

Instruct us, great king, you are the lord of us all."

39-68. Therein, "quickly" means: then bring him swiftly. "Addressed" means he addressed by saying "sixty thousand villages" and so on. "Adorned with all ornaments" means those elephants were adorned with all ornaments such as those worn on the head and so on. "With golden caparison garments" means with bodies covered by caparison inlaid with gold. "With trainers" means with elephant trainers. "Thoroughbreds indeed" means those able to discern what should and should not be done. "By breed" means of Sindh breed, born on the bank of the Sindhu river in the Sindhu country. "With trainers" means with horse trainers. "With those bearing short swords and bows" means with those bearing short sword weapons and bow weapons. "With panther skins and also tiger skins" means surrounded with panther hides and tiger hides. "With trainers" means with charioteers. "With those in armour" means with those clad in armour. "Rohañña" means of red colour. "Bull-leaders" means endowed with a chief bull reckoned as a leader.

"While I was still young, dear father" means then the prince said: dear father, I have heard that my mother died while I was still young; I shall not be able to live without you. "Pota" means a young offspring. "Jessantaṃ" means wandering. "Seafaring" means wandering in the ocean. "Seeking wealth" means of those who were seeking wealth. "Vohāra" means a strange medium of exchange, a creature that drags down, or a fierce fish, or a water demon, or a whirlpool. "There" means in that ocean. "The merchants would meet with disaster" means then those merchants would become stricken with disaster. "Siyyuṃ" is also a reading. "Puttakalī" means a wretched son, an unlucky son. The prince did not dare to say anything further. Then the king, commanding the ministers, said beginning with "this." Therein, "with golden-handed" means kambu is called gold; the meaning is: with hands adorned with golden ornaments. "As they wish" means as they wish, so they do.

Having said thus, the Great Being, having had him consecrated right there, sent him to the city. But he himself, alone, having departed from the park, having entered the Himalayas, having built a hermitage in a delightful piece of ground, having gone forth in the going forth of sages, sustained himself on forest roots and fruits. The great multitude too escorted the prince into Bārāṇasī. He, having circumambulated the city, ascended the mansion. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said beginning with "then." "Having seen him, the maidens addressed" means having seen him who had come with a great retinue and splendour of glory, those dancing women, not even knowing "this is so-and-so by name," having gone, addressed him. "Take me as your own" means you desire me. "Mire" means the mire of defilements such as lust and so on. "Dry ground" means by the going forth. "Free from thorns" means devoid of the thorns of lust and so on. "Free from thickets" by those very thickets. "The great path" means he has entered upon the great road leading to heaven and liberation. "By which" means he says: by which wrong path they go to an unfortunate realm, that I have entered upon. Then they thought - "The king has already gone forth having abandoned us; this one too appears to have a mind dispassionate towards sensual pleasures; if we do not delight him, he might depart and go forth; we shall make a show of delighting him." Then, delighting in him, they spoke the concluding verse. Therein, "Giribbaja" means just as a maned lion coming to the golden cave, the dwelling place of young lions, so your coming there is welcome. "You are our" means you are the lord, the master of all of us.

And having said thus, they all took up their musical instruments, and various kinds of dances and songs were performed. His fame was great; he, intoxicated by the vanity of fame, did not remember his father, and having exercised the kingdom righteously, went according to his actions. The Bodhisatta too, having produced the meditative absorptions and direct knowledges, at the end of his life span was reborn in the Brahma world.

The Teacher, having brought this teaching of the Teaching, having said "Not only now, monks; in the past too the Tathāgata went forth in the great renunciation indeed," connected the Jātaka - "At that time the Individually Enlightened One attained final Nibbāna, the son was Prince Rāhula, the rest of the assembly was the Buddha's assembly, but King Arindama was myself."

The commentary on the Soṇaka Jātaka is the first.

530.

The Commentary on the Saṃkicca Jātaka

"Having seen the king seated" - this the Teacher spoke while dwelling in Jīvaka's Mango Grove, referring to the deed of patricide of Ajātasattu. For he, in dependence on Devadatta, by his word having had his father killed, at the end of Devadatta's schism of the Community, when disease arose for the one whose assembly was broken, having heard that the one who was going to Sāvatthī on a bed-palanquin thinking "I shall ask the Tathāgata's forgiveness" had entered the earth at the gate of Jeta's Grove, frightened thinking "Devadatta, having become an opponent of the perfectly Self-awakened One, having entered the earth, became one heading for Avīci; by me too, in dependence on him, my father, a righteous king of righteousness, was killed; shall I too indeed enter the earth?" he did not find mental delight in the sovereignty of kingship; as soon as he had entered sleep thinking "I shall sleep a little," as if cast down upon the iron great earth nine yojanas thick, as if being pounded with iron stakes, as if being torn apart and devoured by dogs, he would rise up crying out with a frightful sound.

Then one day, on the Komudī, the fourth month, surrounded by a company of ministers, having looked at his own fame, he thought "My father's fame was greater than this; such as I am, I, in dependence on Devadatta, had the righteous king of righteousness killed." Even as he was thus thinking, a burning fever arose in his body; his entire body became soaked with sweat. Then, having thought "Who indeed might be able to dispel this fear of mine?" having known "Setting aside the One of Ten Powers, there is no other," thinking "I am a great transgressor against the Tathāgata; who indeed might lead me and present me?" having considered "There is no one else apart from Jīvaka," having taken hold of him, making a means of going, having uttered the inspired utterance "How delightful indeed, friends, is this moonlit night," having said "What ascetic or brahmin might I attend upon today?" when the disciples of Pūraṇa and others had spoken of the virtues of Pūraṇa and others, not heeding their words, having asked Jīvaka in return, when he had spoken of the virtues of the Tathāgata, being told "Let Your Majesty attend upon that Blessed One," having had the elephant carriages prepared, having gone to Jīvaka's Mango Grove, having approached the Tathāgata, having paid homage, having been received with a friendly welcome by the Tathāgata, having asked about the fruit of asceticism visible here and now, having heard the Tathāgata's sweet teaching of the Teaching on the fruit of asceticism, at the conclusion of the discourse having announced his state as a lay follower, having asked the Tathāgata's forgiveness, he departed. He, from then on, giving gifts, guarding morality, having made association with the Tathāgata, hearing the sweet talk on the Teaching, through association with a good friend, having become one whose fear was abandoned, with hairs no longer standing on end, having regained mental delight, in happiness he prepared the four postures.

Then one day they raised up a discussion in the Teaching hall - "Friends, Ajātasattu, having done the deed of patricide, became overcome with fear; not finding mental delight in dependence on the sovereignty of kingship, he experiences suffering in all postures; he now, having come to the Tathāgata, through association with a good friend, with fear gone, experiences the happiness of sovereignty." The Teacher, having come, having asked "What discussion were you having as you sat together here, monks?" when it was said "Such and such," having said "Not only now, monks; in the past too this one, having done the deed of patricide, in dependence on me, slept in happiness," brought up the past.

In the past, Brahmadatta, while exercising kingship in Bārāṇasī, obtained a son named Prince Brahmadatta. At that time the Bodhisatta took conception in the house of the chaplain; as soon as he was born, they gave him the name "Prince Saṃkicca." Both of them grew up together in the king's residence. Having become companions to one another, having come of age, having gone to Takkasilā, having learnt all the crafts, they returned. Then the king gave the viceroyalty to his son. The Bodhisatta too was in the presence of the viceroy himself. Then one day the viceroy, having seen the great fame of his father who was going for amusement in the park, having aroused greed towards it, having thought "My father is like my brother; if I shall look on waiting for his death, I shall obtain the kingdom in old age; at that time, what use is a kingdom even if obtained? Having killed my father, I shall seize the kingdom," reported that matter to the Bodhisatta. The Bodhisatta warded him off saying "My dear, the deed of patricide is indeed weighty, it is the path to hell; it is not possible to do this; do not do it." He, having spoken again and again, being warded off by him up to the third time, consulted with his footmen. They too, having accepted, investigated a means of killing the king. The Bodhisatta, having known that incident, thinking "I shall not be together with them," without even asking permission of his mother and father, having departed through the main gate, having entered the Himalayas, having gone forth in the going forth of sages, having produced the meditative absorptions and direct knowledges, subsisting on forest roots and fruits, he dwelt.

The prince too, when he had gone, having had his father killed, experienced great fame. Having heard "Prince Saṃkicca, it is said, has gone forth in the going forth of sages," many sons of good families, having departed, went forth in his presence. He, surrounded by a great group of sages, dwelt there. All were obtainers of meditative attainments indeed. The king too, having killed his father, having experienced the happiness of kingship for only a trifling time, from then on, frightened, not finding mental delight, became like one who had reached the carrying out of punishment in hell. He, having recollected the Bodhisatta, thought "My companion, having prohibited me saying 'The deed of patricide is weighty; do not do it,' being unable to make me accept his talk, having made himself faultless, ran away. If he had been here, he would not have allowed me to do the deed of patricide; he would also remove this fear of mine. Where indeed does he dwell now? If I were to know his dwelling place, I would have him summoned. Who indeed might inform me of his dwelling place?" - thus he thought. He, from then on, in the inner palace and in the royal assembly, spoke only in praise of the Bodhisatta.

When such a long stretch of time had passed, the Bodhisatta, thinking "The king remembers me; it is fitting for me to go there, teach him the Teaching, make him fearless, and come back," having dwelt for fifty years in the Himalayas, surrounded by five hundred hermits, having come through the sky, having descended into the park named Dāyapassa, surrounded by a group of sages, sat down on a stone slab. The park keeper, having seen him, having asked "Venerable sir, what is the name of the leader of the group?" and having heard "The wise Saṃkicca by name," having recognised him himself too, having said "Venerable sir, stay right here until I bring the king; our king wishes to see you," having gone quickly to the royal palace, informed the king of his arrival. The king, having gone to his presence, having made a fitting offering as was proper, asked a question. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

69.

"Having seen the king seated, Brahmadatta, the bull among charioteers;

Then he announced to him, towards whom you were compassionate.

70.

"This Saṃkicca has arrived, highly honoured among the sages;

Being in a hurry, go out, quickly see the great sage.

71.

"Then the king, hurrying, having mounted the yoked chariot;

Surrounded by friends and ministers, the bull among charioteers went.

72.

"Having put down the five royal insignia, the increaser of the Kāsi realm;

The hair-fan, the turban, the sword, the umbrella, and the sandals.

73.

"Having descended from the vehicle, the king, having set aside the covering,

Approached Saṃkicca seated on the side of the park.

74.

"Having approached, that king exchanged friendly greetings with the sage;

Having concluded that talk, he sat down to one side.

75.

"Having sat down to one side, then he considered the proper time;

Thereupon he proceeded to ask about evil deeds.

76.

"We ask the sage Saṃkicca, highly honoured among the sages;

Seated on the side of the park, honoured by the community of sages.

77.

"To what destination do they go after death, men who transgress the Teaching;

The Teaching has been transgressed by me, tell me this when asked."

69-77. Therein, "having seen" means, monks, that park keeper, having seen the king seated in the royal assembly hall, then announced to him; saying "towards whom you were" means he informed - this is the meaning. "Towards whom you were" means: great king, towards whom you were compassionate and of tender heart, whose praise you repeatedly declared, this Saṃkicca, regarded as one who has well attained charming qualities among the sages, has arrived in your park, seated on a stone slab, surrounded by a group of sages, like a golden image. "Being in a hurry" means: great king, those gone forth are by nature unattached to family or group; they might depart even while you are still coming. Therefore, being in a hurry, go out quickly; because of seeking the great virtues beginning with morality, see the great sage.

"From there" means, monks, that king, having heard his word, immediately after that word of his. "Having put down" means having laid aside. It is said that upon reaching the park gate itself, this occurred to him - "Those gone forth are indeed worthy of respect; it is inappropriate to go to the presence of the ascetic Saṃkicca in an ostentatious manner." He removed the yak-tail fan with a jewel-inlaid golden handle, the golden turban-cloth, the well-encased ceremonial sword, the white parasol, and the golden slippers - these five regalia. Therefore it was said "having put down." "The covering" means having set aside that very regalia and having given it into the hands of the storekeeper. "In the Dāyapassa" means in the park so named. "Then he considered the proper time" means then he knew "Now is the time for me to ask a question." However, in the Pāḷi "at the suitable time" has come; the meaning is that he considered the asking of questions in accordance with the proper time. "Proceeds" means he proceeded. "After death" means having departed; or this is a name for the world beyond; therefore the meaning is the world beyond. "By me" means: venerable sir, the Teaching of good conduct has been transgressed by me; the deed of patricide has been done. Tell me this: to what destination do patricides go, in which hell are they tormented? - thus he asks.

Having heard that, the Bodhisatta, having said "If so, great king, listen," gave exhortation for the time being. The Teacher, making known that meaning, said -

78.

"The sage Saṃkicca said to the increaser of the Kāsi realm,

Seated on the side of the park, 'Great king, listen to me.

79.

"For one going by a wrong path, whoever instructs the way;

If one would do according to his word, no thorn would pierce him on the path.

80.

"To one practising what is not the Teaching, whoever instructs in the Teaching;

If one would do according to his word, he would not go to an unfortunate realm."

78-80. Therein, "by the wrong path" means by a road beset by thieves. "Instructs the path" means he declares the secure path. "No thorn would pierce him on the path" means the thorn of a thief would not see the face of that man who gives exhortation. "Who the Teaching" means who the teaching of good conduct. "Not he" means that person would not go to an unfortunate realm classified as hell and so on. For, great king, what is not the Teaching is like a wrong path, the teaching of good conduct is like a secure path; but you formerly, having told me "I shall kill my father and become king," being warded off by me, not heeding my word, having killed your father, now you grieve; one who does not heed the exhortation of the wise, like one who has entered upon a thieves' road, reaches great disaster.

Having thus given him exhortation, teaching the Teaching further, he said -

81.

"The Teaching is the path, great king, but what is not the Teaching is the wrong path;

What is not the Teaching leads to hell, the Teaching causes one to reach a good destination.

82.

"Men who practise what is not the Teaching, O king, who live unrighteously;

To what destination they go after death, in hell, hear from me.

83.

"Sañjīva and Kāḷasutta, Saṅghāta and the two Roruvas;

Then another, Mahāvīci, and Tāpana and Patāpana.

84.

"Thus these eight hells, declared as difficult to overcome;

Filled with cruel deeds, each with sixteen adjuncts.

85.

"Terrible torments for the miserly, flaming, of great peril;

And causing horripilation, fearsome, terrifying, painful.

86.

Rectangular, with four gates, divided into sections, measured;

Surrounded by an iron wall, covered over with iron.

87.

"Their floor is made of iron, blazing, endowed with heat;

All around for a hundred yojanas, they stand pervaded always.

88.

"They fall into hell, feet upward, head downward;

Those who transgress against the sages, the restrained austere ascetics.

89.

"They, the destroyers of growth, are cooked, like fish cut into portions;

For incalculable years, men who are criminals.

90.

"With burning body, constantly within and without;

From hell they do not attain, the door, those seeking to escape.

91.

"They run to the east, then they run from behind;

They run to the north too, then they run to the south;

For whatever door they go to, that very one is shut.

92.

"For many thousands of years, people bound for hell;

Having raised their arms, they cry out, having reached suffering not trifling.

93.

Like an angered venomous snake, powerful, difficult to pass over;

One should not approach those of good dispositions, the restrained austere ascetics.

94.

"The mighty-bodied great archer, Ajjuna, lord of the Kekakas;

The thousand-armed was destroyed, having insulted the sage Gotama.

95.

"Having scattered the dustless calf with dust, the emaciated one, Daṇḍakī;

Like a palm tree cut from the root, that king went to ruin.

96.

"Majjha, having injured his mind towards the glorious Mātaṅga;

Together with his retinue was destroyed, the Majjha forest then came to be.

97.

"Having insulted Kaṇhadīpāyana, the sage, the Andhakaveṇḍas;

Having struck each other with pestles, they arrived at Yama's realm.

98.

"And this being, cursed by the sage, who formerly moved through the sky;

Entered the earth, the Cetiya king, with diminished self, having reached his time.

99.

Therefore, the wise do not praise going by desire;

One should speak with an uncorrupted mind, a word connected with truth.

100.

"If with a corrupted mind, whatever man looks at a sage;

Accomplished in true knowledge and conduct, he will go to hell below.

101.

"Those who abuse the elders, people of harsh attack;

Without offspring, without heirs, they become like palm stumps.

102.

"And whoever kills one gone forth, a great sage who has performed his obligations;

He suffers in the Kāḷasutta hell, for a long time.

103.

"And whatever king is established in what is not the Teaching, destroyer of the country, like a wild animal;

Having tormented the countryside, after death he suffers in the Tormenting hell.

104.

"And he suffers for a hundred thousand divine years;

Overcome by a mass of flames, he feels painful feeling.

105.

From his body, luminous flames flash forth;

The limbs of the fire-eater, with hairs and nails.

106.

"With burning body, constantly within and without;

Overwhelmed by suffering, he roars, like an elephant pricked by a goad.

107.

"Whoever out of greed kills his father, or out of hate, that lowest of men;

He suffers in the Kāḷasutta hell, for a long time.

108.

"Such a one suffers in the iron pot, and when cooked they strike him with spears, skinless;

Having made him blind, feeding on urine and excrement, they plunge such a man into lye.

109.

"And red-hot boiling iron balls, and long stakes heated for a long time;

Having taken them to force open, bound with ropes, the demons enter the opened mouth.

110.

"Brown dogs and spotted vultures, flocks of ravens and twice-born birds with iron beaks;

Having assembled, they eat the trembling one, having divided the tongue, scraps of food with blood.

111.

That one, like a burnt palm tree, with body broken apart, the demons wander about, beating him;

For this is their delight, while the others are suffering, they dwell in such a hell;

Whoever in the world here are slayers of their fathers.

112.

"And a son, having killed his mother, having gone from here to Yama's abode;

He undergoes intense suffering, having reached the fruit of his own actions.

113.

"Non-human spirits, exceedingly powerful, the slayer of the one who gave birth;

With iron spikes, they oppress again and again.

114.

"That flow from their own limbs, blood arising from themselves;

Like molten copper, red-hot, they make the matricide drink.

115.

"Loathsome, a corpse, putrid, foul-smelling, a mire of excrement;

Resembling pus and blood, having plunged into the lake one remains.

116.

"There worms eat him, huge-bodied with iron mouths;

Having broken through the skin, greedy for flesh and blood.

117.

"And he, having reached that hell, submerged to the depth of a hundred men;

The putrid corpse blows its stench, all around for a hundred yojanas.

118.

"For even one with eyes, by the eyes, by that odour decays;

Such suffering, Brahmadatta, a matricide obtains.

119.

"Having passed beyond the razor-blade, sharp and difficult to endure;

The women who cause abortions fall into the difficult Vetaraṇī river.

120.

"The silk-cotton trees made of iron, with thorns sixteen inches long;

Hang down on both sides, over the difficult Vetaraṇī river.

121.

"They stand flaming, like masses of fire from afar;

Ablaze with fire, risen upward for a yojana.

122.

"These go to hell, heated with sharp thorns;

Women who are adulterous, and men who go to others' wives.

123.

"They fall head downwards, turned over, struck down, many;

They lie with pierced limbs, they stay awake for long, always.

124.

"Then at the end of the night, into a great mountain-like;

Copper cauldron they are cast, heated, with fire and water alike.

125.

"Thus by day and by night, the immoral, wrapped in delusion;

Experience their own action, wrong-doing by themselves in the past.

126.

"And whatever wife bought with wealth, despises her husband;

Or mother-in-law or father-in-law, or even the elder brother-in-law or sister-in-law.

127.

"With a hook they draw out the tip of her tongue, together with its binding;

She sees in herself a tongue a fathom long, full of worms;

She is unable to make herself understood, after death she suffers in the Tormenting hell.

128.

"Sheep-butchers, pig-butchers, fishermen, deer-hunters;

Thieves, cattle-butchers, hunters, those who speak blame as praise.

129.

"With spears and iron hammers, with swords and arrows;

Being struck, they fall headlong into the caustic river.

130.

"The fraudulent dealer, in the evening and morning, is struck with iron hammers;

Then the vomit of those of wretched state, they always consume from others.

131.

"Crows, jackals, vultures, ravens and those with iron beaks;

They eat the trembling wrongdoer.

132.

"Those who kill a deer with a deer, or a bird with a bird;

The wicked, covered with defilement, they are goers to the minor hells."

81-132. Therein, "the Teaching is the path" means the teaching of the ten wholesome courses of action is the secure, fearless path to a good destination. "Of unrighteous livelihood" means a livelihood contrived not according to the Teaching. "In hell, they" means I speak of those hells in which they are reborn. "Listen to me" - the Great Being, even though asked by the king about the hell in which patricides are reborn, without showing that first, said thus in order to show the eight great hells and the sixteen subsidiary hells. Why? For if that were shown first, the king would die right there with a broken heart; but having seen beings being tormented in these hells, having become one who follows what he has seen, thinking "Just as I, there are also many other evil-doers; I shall be tormented among them," he would become healthy with arisen encouragement. Showing those hells, however, the Great Being first split the earth in two by the power of supernormal power and showed them afterwards.

The meaning of their words is - The beings doomed to hell, cut into fragments and made into splinter after splinter by the guardians of hell who have seized blazing various weapons, revive again and again here - thus it is Sañjīva. The guardians of hell, roaring and shouting again and again, having seized blazing various weapons, having pursued and struck the beings doomed to hell again and again on the blazing iron ground, having cast down the fallen ones on the blazing ground, having laid down the blazing black line, having seized the blazing hatchet, themselves shouting, making those crying out with a great cry of distress into octagonal and sixteen-sided shapes, plane them here - thus it is Kāḷasutta. Great blazing iron mountains crush here - thus it is Saṅghāta. There, it is said, they make beings sink into the blazing iron ground of nine yojanas up to the waist and make them motionless. Then from the east a blazing iron mountain, having arisen, crying out like a thunderbolt, having come, having gone as if grinding sesame seeds on a grinding stone, crushing those beings, stands in the western direction; one arisen from the western direction too, having gone in just the same way, stands in the eastern direction. But the two, having come together, crush them like pieces of sugar-cane in a sugar-cane mill. Thus there they experience suffering for many hundreds of thousands of years.

"And the two Roruvas" means the two are the Flame Roruva and the Smoke Roruva. Therein, the Flame Roruva is filled with red-hot copper flames established for a cosmic cycle; the Smoke Roruva is filled with alkaline smoke. In the Flame Roruva, flames enter through the nine wound-openings of those being tormented and burn the body; in the Smoke Roruva, alkaline smoke enters through the nine wound-openings of those being tormented and seethes the body like flour. In both places, the beings being tormented cry out with a great uproar - thus both are called "Roruvas." There is no interval of flames, or of beings being tormented, or of their suffering here - thus it is Avīci; the great Avīci is Mahāvīci. For there, flames having arisen from the eastern and other walls strike against the western and other walls, and having pierced through those walls, extend a hundred yojanas in front. Flames arisen from below strike above; flames arisen from above strike below. Thus, for now, here there is no interval of flames whatsoever. But its interior, a space of a hundred yojanas, is continuously filled with beings like a measure filled with the flour of the milk-creeper; there is no measure of beings being tormented in the four postures, and they do not harm one another; they are tormented in their own place only. Thus here there is no interval of beings whatsoever. But just as six drops of honey on the tip of the tongue become negligible because of the intensity of the burning of a seventh drop of molten copper, so there, because of the intensity of the burning, the remaining six unwholesome-resultant equanimities become negligible; suffering alone is continuously evident. Thus here there is no interval of suffering whatsoever. This one, together with the walls, is three hundred and eighteen yojanas in breadth, and in circumference nine hundred and fifty-four yojanas, and together with the projections ten thousand yojanas. Thus its greatness should be understood.

"It scorches motionless beings" - thus it is Tāpana. "It scorches exceedingly" - thus it is Patāpana. Therein, in Tāpana, for the time being, they make beings sit on blazing iron stakes the size of a palm tree trunk. Below that the earth burns, the stakes burn, the beings burn. Thus that hell scorches motionless beings. But in the other, having struck the beings reborn there with blazing weapons, they make them ascend a blazing iron mountain. When they stand on the mountain top, a wind conditioned by their actions strikes. They, being unable to remain there, fall feet upward and head downward. Then from below, from the iron ground, blazing iron stakes arise. They, having struck those with the very top of their heads, with bodies pierced through on them, burn and are tormented. Thus this one scorches exceedingly.

The Bodhisatta, however, showing these hells, having first shown the Sañjīva hell, having seen the beings doomed to hell suffering there, when great fear had arisen in the public, having caused it to disappear, again having split the earth in two, showed the Kāḷasutta hell; there too, having seen the beings suffering, when great fear had arisen in the public, having caused that too to disappear - thus he showed them in succession. Then, having addressed the king, having said "Great king, having seen the beings suffering in these eight great hells, it is fitting for you to practise diligence," in order to speak again of the function of those very same great hells, he said beginning with "thus these." Therein, "declared" means spoken by me to you, and indeed already spoken by the ancients. "Filled" means full. "Each with sixteen adjuncts" means for each one of these hells, making four at each of the four gates, sixteen adjunct hells each; thus altogether one hundred and twenty-eight adjunct hells and eight great hells make one thousand three hundred and thirty-six hells. "Terrible torments for the miserly" means all these are torments for the miserly. Terrible because of the intensity of suffering. Flaming because of the existence of flames produced by kamma. Of great peril because of the greatness of fear. "Merely seeing or merely hearing, the hairs bristle" means and causing horripilation. Fearsome because of their dreadfulness. Terrifying because of their generating fear. Painful because of the absence of happiness. "Rectangular" means all are like quadrangular caskets. "Divided" means divided by means of four gates. "Measured in sections" means measured by setting aside portions by means of the gate-streets. "Covered over with iron" means all are covered with an iron lid nine yojanas in extent. "They stand pervaded" means all stand having pervaded this much space.

"Feet upward, head downward" - this he said with reference to those rolling about in those various hells and falling again and again. "Transgressors" means those who speak having transgressed with harsh speech. In the great hells, it is said, for the most part those who have committed offences against righteous ascetics and brahmins are cooked; therefore he spoke thus. "They, the destroyers of growth" means they, the transgressors against the sages, because of the destruction of their own growth, as destroyers of growth, are cooked like fish cut into portions. "Incalculable" means impossible to count. "Evil-doers" means doers of cruel deeds. "Those seeking to escape" means even though seeking and searching for an exit from hell, they do not find a door of escape. "To the east" means when that gate is open, then they run facing towards it; there their skin and so on burn. And when they have reached near the gate, that one closes for them, and the western gate appears as if open. This same method applies everywhere. "Those of good dispositions" means one should not approach sages of good dispositions like a snake of the aforesaid kind, one should not go near them striking with harsh speech or bodily action. Why? Because of having offended against the restrained austere ascetics, because of having to experience great suffering in the eight great hells.

Now, in order to show those kings who, having assailed such ones, reached that suffering, he said beginning with "the mighty-bodied." Therein, "the mighty-bodied" means one endowed with strength, having a large body. "The great archer" means a great bowman. "Lord of the Kekakas" means the ruler of the Kekaka country. "The thousand-armed" means thousand-armed through the ability to string a bow that required a thousand arms of five hundred archers to string. "Gone to destruction" means arrived at ruin. The stories, however, are expanded in the Sarabhaṅga Jātaka. "Having injured his mind" means having corrupted his own mind. "Towards Mātaṅga" means towards the wise Mātaṅga. The story is described in the Mātaṅga Jātaka. "Having assailed Kaṇhadīpāyana" means having insulted Kaṇhadīpāyana. "Yama's domain" means the place where the command of the king of hell-wardens holds sway. The story is expanded in the Ghaṭapaṇḍita Jātaka. "By the sage" means by the ascetic Kapila. "Entered" means he entered. "Cecca" means the Cetiya king. "Fallen state" means the state of having declined in individuality, with supernormal power having disappeared. "Having reached his turn" means having reached his turn, the time of death. The story is told in the Cetiya Jātaka.

"Therefore indeed" means because, having become subject to the control of the mind, having offended against the sages, one suffers in the eight great hells, therefore indeed. "Going by desire" means the fourfold going to bias beginning with desire. "With a corrupted" means with an angry one. "He will go to hell below" means he, by that action leading downwards, goes to hell below indeed. But in the Pāḷi text "nirayussada" is written; the meaning is that he goes to the adjunct hell. "The senior" means those senior in age and those senior in virtue. "Without offspring" means even in another existence they do not obtain offspring or heirs - this is the meaning. "Like a palm tree" means even in this present life, like a palm tree with its roots cut, having reached great destruction, they are reborn in hell. "And whoever kills one gone forth" means whatever foolish person kills an ascetic. "For a long time" means for a long time.

Thus the Great Being, having shown the hells of suffering for those who harass sages, next showing the hells of suffering for unrighteous kings, said beginning with "and whoever." Therein, "destroyer of the country" means one who destroys the country by going through the power of desire and so on. "Surrounded by a mass of flames" means encompassed by a multitude of flames. "Of the fire-eater" means of one who eats fire itself. "The limbs" means all the major and minor limbs of the body measuring three gāvutas. "With hairs and nails" means together with these, all become a single mass of flames. "Afflicted by pikes" means he cries out just as an elephant pierced by pikes cries out when being made to undergo the imperturbability training.

Thus the Great Being, having shown the hells of suffering for unrighteous kings, now in order to show the hells of suffering for patricides and so on, said beginning with "whoever out of greed." Therein, "out of greed" means out of greed for fame and wealth. "Or out of hate" means or out of malicious mind. "Skinless" means having taken him out of the iron pot after many thousands of years of being cooked, having stripped the skin from his body measuring three gāvutas, having cast him down upon the blazing iron ground, having pounded him with sharp iron stakes, they crush him to bits. "Having made him blind" means, great king, the guardians of hell, having cast that patricide face up upon the blazing iron ground, having pierced his eyes with blazing iron stakes, having made him blind, having put hot urine and excrement into his mouth, having rolled him about like a straw chair, they plunge him into alkaline metallic water that has been established for a cosmic cycle. "And red-hot boiling iron balls" means again they make him eat boiling excrement-mud and blazing iron balls. But he, having seen that being brought, closes his mouth. Then, having taken long stakes heated for a long time, blazing, having forced open and opened his mouth, having cast in a rope-bound iron hook, having pulled out his tongue, they enter and throw that iron ball into that opened mouth. "Demons" means the guardians of hell.

"Brown dogs and" means, great king, having dragged out the tongue of that patricide with a hook, having pinned the tongue down to the ground with iron spikes, brown dogs, spotted dogs, and hounds, and vultures with iron beaks, and flocks of ravens, and other birds of various kinds, having assembled, as if cutting with weapons, having divided it, having made portions in the shape of crow's feet, as if eating trembling scraps of food with blood, they devour the beings - this is the meaning. "That one, like a burnt palm tree" means that patricide, with blazing body like a burning palm tree. "With body broken apart" means with body broken apart here and there. "Beating" means striking with blazing iron hammers. "For this is their delight" means that is the delight, the sport, of those guardians of hell. "While the others are suffering" means the other beings in hell are suffering. "Slayers of fathers" means patricides. Thus, having seen this hell of suffering for patricides, the king became frightened and trembling.

Then the Great Being, having consoled him, showed the hell of suffering for matricides. "The abode of Yama" means the dwelling of Yama; the meaning is hell. "One who has reached the fruit of his own actions" means one who has reached it by the fruit of his own action. "Non-human spirits" means the guardians of hell. "The slayer of the one who gave birth" means the matricide. "With spikes" means having wrapped him with iron bowstring-hemp fibres, they oppress him with an iron machine. "Him" means that matricide. "They make him drink" means the blood of that one being oppressed trickles down and fills an iron pan. Then they take him out from the machine; at that very moment his body becomes normal. Having laid him face up on the ground, they make him drink boiling blood like molten copper. "Having plunged in, he stands" means having oppressed him with iron machines for many thousands of years, they throw him into a loathsome, foul-smelling, repulsive, great pit of excrement-mud; he, having plunged into and having entered that lake, stands there. "Of huge bodies" means with bodies the size of a single-trough boat. "With iron mouths" means with iron-needle mouths. "Having broken through the skin" means beginning with the skin, having broken through even the bones, they eat even the bone marrow. "Greedy" means attached, infatuated. And not only do they eat, but having entered through the lower passage and so on, they come out through the mouth and so on; having entered through the left side and so on, they come out through the right side and so on; they make the entire body full of holes large and small; he there, overcome by extreme suffering, crying out, suffers. "And he" means that matricide too, having reached that hell of a hundred men's depth, is as if submerged up to his head; and that corpse, having become putrid, gives off its stench all around for a hundred yojanas. "The mother-slayer" means the matricide.

Thus the Great Being, having shown the hell of suffering for matricides, again showing the hell of suffering for those who cause abortions, spoke a verse. "Having passed beyond the razor-blade" means having passed beyond the razor-blade hell. There, it is said, the guardians of hell spread out exceedingly great razors with their blades facing upwards; then those women who, having drunk caustic abortifacient medicines, caused the embryos to be aborted - those women who cause abortions - the guardians of hell, striking them with blazing weapons, pursue them; they, being cut into fragments on the sharp razor-blades, rising up again and again, treading upon and passing beyond that razor-blade hell which is difficult to endure, pursued by the guardians of hell, fall into the difficult, hard to cross, uneven Vetaraṇī river. There the torture will become evident in the Nimi Jātaka.

Thus, having shown the hell for women who cause abortions, the Great Being, showing the thorn-silk-cotton-tree hell where adulterers and adulteresses, falling, are tormented, said beginning with "made of iron." Therein, "hanging down on both sides" means the branches of those silk-cotton trees hang down on both banks of the Vetaraṇī. "They are flaming" means those beings with blazing bodies, having become flaming, stand. "A yojana" means their body is three leagues; but together with the flames arising from it, they are a yojana in height. "These go" means those adulterous beings, being beaten with various kinds of weapons, ascend these silk-cotton-tree hells. "They fall" means they, having been stuck on the branches of the trees and having burnt for many thousands of years, again struck by the guardians of hell with weapons, having been turned over and having rolled around, fall head downwards. "Many" means numerous. "With pierced limbs" means at the time of their falling from there, stakes rise up from the iron ground below and receive their heads; those stakes come out through their lower passage; they, thus with bodies pierced on the stakes, lie for a long time. "Long" means the meaning is: not obtaining sleep even in a dream, they keep awake for a long time. "At the end of the night" means by the passing of the nights; the meaning is: by the lapse of a long time. "They are cast" means they, thrown by the guardians of hell into a copper cauldron sixty yojanas in extent, blazing, established for a cosmic cycle, filled with the liquid of blazing copper, are tormented in the copper cauldron. "Immoral" means adulterers.

Thus the Great Being, having shown the silk-cotton-tree hell of suffering for adulterers and adulteresses, from here onwards, making known the place of suffering for those who do not fulfil the duties towards their husband, mother-in-law, father-in-law, and so on, said beginning with "whatever woman." Therein, "despises" means not performing the duty towards the husband as stated in the Bhisa Jātaka, she imagines having surpassed them. "Or the elder" means the husband's elder brother. "Sister-in-law" means the husband's sister. For indeed, not fulfilling the duty towards any one of these, consisting of the various services such as rubbing the hands, feet, and back, bathing, feeding, and so on, not establishing shame and moral fear towards them, she is said to despise them; she too is reborn in hell. "With a hook" means for her who does not fulfil the duties towards her husband and so on, having reviled and abused her husband and others, having been reborn in hell, having made her lie down on the iron ground, having opened her mouth with an iron spike, they draw out the tip of her tongue with a hook, and drag it out together with its binding by means of a rope-bond. "With worms" means filled with worms. This is what is meant - Great king, that being doomed to Niraya Hell sees his own tongue, a fathom in length, thus dragged out, filled with worms the size of great troughs, arisen at the places struck again and again with weapons. "She is unable to make herself understood" means even though wishing to beseech the guardians of hell, she is not able to say anything. "In the Tormenting hell" means thus she, having been tormented there for many thousands of years, is again tormented in the Tormenting great hell.

Thus the Great Being, having shown the hell of suffering for those who do not fulfil the duties towards their husband, mother-in-law, father-in-law, and so on, now showing the hells of suffering for pig-butchers and others, said beginning with "sheep-butchers." Therein, "those who speak blame as praise" means those who engage in divisive speech. "The caustic river" means these sheep-butchers and others, being struck with spears and other weapons, fall into the Vetaraṇī river - this is the meaning. The remaining places of suffering for sheep-butchers and others will become evident in the Nimi Jātaka. "One who practises fraud" - this was said with reference to the doers of fraudulent judgement and of false weighing and so on. There the hells of suffering for those who give fraudulent judgements, those who bring false suits, and fraudulent traders will become evident in the Nimi Jātaka. "Vomit" means what has been vomited. "Of wretched state" means of those with wretched individual existence. This is what is meant - Great king, those beings of wretched state vomit when their heads are being split with iron hammers; then that vomit is thrown with blazing iron pans into the mouths of some among them; thus they are said to consume the vomit of others. "Bheraṇḍakas" means jackals. "Trembling" means laid face down, with tongue dragged out, trembling here and there. "By a deer" means by a deer that frequents the water. "By a bird" means by one of just such a kind. "They go" means they are goers. "Hell-adjunct" means the adjunct hell. However, in the Pāḷi "to hell below" is written. But this hell will become evident in the Nimi Jātaka.

Thus the Great Being, having shown these many hells, now having made a revelation of the heavenly world, showing the king the heavenly world, said -

133.

"And the peaceful go upward, by well-practised action here;

See the fruit of what was well practised, the gods with Indra, including the Brahmā realm.

134.

"Therefore I say to you, great king, lord of the country, practise the Teaching;

133-134. So practise the Teaching, O king, that when well practised, you would not regret it afterwards."

Therein, "the peaceful" means those who are peaceful in body and so on. "Upward" means the heavenly world. "With Indra" means together with the lords in each respective place. For the Great Being, showing him the gods beginning with those of the realm of the four great kings, saying "Great king, see the gods ruled by the four great kings, see the four great kings, see the Thirty-three gods, see Sakka" - thus showing all the gods together with their Indras and including the Brahmā realm, he showed "This too is the fruit of what was well practised, this too is the fruit." "That I say" means therefore I say that. "The Teaching" means henceforth, having abandoned the five enmities beginning with killing living beings, perform meritorious deeds such as giving and so on. "That when well practised, you would not regret" means in such a way that the meritorious action of giving and so on, well practised, through its ability to conceal the remorse conditioned by the deed of patricide, you would not regret it - so practise that well, perform much merit - this is the meaning.

He, having heard the talk on the Teaching of the Great Being, thenceforth obtained consolation. The Bodhisatta, however, having dwelt there for some time, went to his own dwelling place itself.

The Teacher, having brought this teaching of the Teaching, having said "Not only now, monks; in the past too this one was consoled by me indeed," connected the Jātaka: "At that time the king was Ajātasattu, the group of sages was the Buddha's assembly, but the wise Saṃkicca was myself."

The commentary on the Saṃkicca Jātaka is the second.

The Jātaka summary -

Now in the Sixty Section, listen to my saying;

The excellent one named Jātaka, the one named Soṇaka-Arindama;

Likewise Vuttaratha, Usabha, Kicca and Vara.

The commentary on the Chapter of Sixties is concluded.

20.

The Book of the Seventies

531.

Commentary on the Kusa Jātaka

"This is your kingdom" - this the Teacher, while dwelling at Jeta's Grove, spoke referring to a dissatisfied monk. It is said that a certain son of good family dwelling in Sāvatthī, having given his breast to the Dispensation and gone forth, one day, while walking for almsfood in Sāvatthī, having seen a certain adorned woman, having looked at her by way of grasping the sign of the beautiful, overpowered by mental defilements, dwelt without delight, with long hair and nails, with soiled robes, become quite pale, with veins showing all over the body. Just as indeed five advanced signs appear for sons of gods who are subject to pass away from the heavenly world - garlands wither, garments become soiled, ugliness comes upon the body, sweat emits from both armpits, the god does not delight in his divine seat - just so five advanced signs appear for dissatisfied monks who are subject to fall away from the Dispensation - the flowers of faith wither, the garments of morality become soiled, ugliness comes upon the body through dejection and through disgrace, the sweat of mental defilements emits, they do not delight in the forest, at the roots of trees, and in empty houses. Those signs appeared in him too. Then the monks, having led him to the Teacher's presence, showed him saying "This one, venerable sir, is dissatisfied." The Teacher, having asked him "Is it true, monk, that you are dissatisfied?" when it was said "It is true, venerable sir," having said "Do not, monk, be one under the power of mental defilements; a woman is evil by nature; dispel the state of having a mind bound to her; find delight in the Dispensation; for through the state of having a mind bound to a woman, even powerful wise ones of old, having become powerless, attained calamity and disaster," brought up the past.

In the past, in the Mallan country, in the royal capital of Kusāvatī, a king named Okkāka exercised kingship righteously and impartially. His queen-consort, the foremost of his sixteen thousand women, named Sīlavatī, was the chief queen; she obtained neither a son nor a daughter. Then his citizens and the inhabitants of the country, having assembled at the door of the king's dwelling, complained "The kingdom will perish, the kingdom will perish!" The king, having opened the lattice window, asked "While I am exercising kingship, there is no wrongdoing whatsoever; why do you complain?" "It is true, Sire, there is no wrongdoing whatsoever; however, you have no son to protect the lineage; another, having seized the kingdom, will destroy the country; therefore aspire for a son able to exercise kingship righteously." "What should I do in aspiring for a son?" "First, for one week, having performed the minor righteous festival, give them up; if she obtains a son, good; if not, then give up the middle group, then the senior group; inevitably among so many women, one meritorious one will obtain a son." The king, having done so at their word, having enjoyed himself comfortably for seven days, asked each one as she came - "Have you obtained a son?" All said "We have not obtained one, Sire." The king was displeased, thinking "A son will not arise for me." The citizens complained again in the same way. The king said "Why do you complain? The dancing women were given up by me at your word; not even one obtains a son; now what shall we do?" "Sire, these will be immoral, without merit; there is no merit for them for the obtaining of a son. Even though you do not obtain a son among them, do not commit to living at ease. Your queen-consort Sīlavatī is accomplished in morality; give her up; a son will arise from her."

He, having accepted saying "Good," had the drum circulated: "On the seventh day from now, it is said, the king, having performed the righteous festival for Queen Sīlavatī, will send her forth; let the men assemble." On the seventh day, having had the queen adorned, having brought her down from the king's abode, he sent her forth. Through the power of her morality, Sakka's dwelling showed signs of heat. Sakka, reflecting "What indeed is this?" having known the queen's state of desiring a son, considering "It is fitting for me to give a son to her; is there indeed in the heavenly world a son suitable for her?" saw the Bodhisatta. He, it is said, at that time, having spent his life span in the Tāvatiṃsa realm, wished to be reborn in a higher heavenly world. Sakka, having gone to the door of his mansion, having summoned him, having caused him to accept saying "Sir, it is fitting for you to go to the human world and take conception in the womb of King Okkāka's queen-consort," having said to yet another young god "You too will be a son of hers," and saying "But let no one break her morality," in the guise of an old brahmin, went to the door of the king's dwelling.

The great multitude too, having bathed and adorned themselves, having assembled at the king's gate saying "I shall take the queen, I shall take the queen," having seen Sakka too, made mockery saying "Why have you come?" Sakka, having said "Why do you censure me? Even though my body is old, lust however does not decay. If I shall obtain Sīlavatī, I have come to take her and go," by his own power stood in front of all of them. No one else was able to be in front of him by his power. He, having taken her by the hand even as she was coming out from the dwelling, adorned with all ornaments, departed. Then those standing here and there censured him: "See, friends, the old brahmin takes away the queen bearing the most excellent beauty; he does not know what is fitting for himself." The queen too was neither troubled nor ashamed thinking "An old man has taken me and goes." The king too, standing at the window, looking to see "Who indeed is taking the queen and going?" having seen him, was displeased.

Sakka, having taken her, having gone out from the city gate, created a house near the gate with an open door and a laid-out wooden bed-spread. Then she asked him "Is this your dwelling?" He, having said "Yes, dear lady, formerly I was alone, now we are two persons; I shall go for almsfood and bring back rice-grain and so on; you lie down on this wooden bed-spread," while touching her with a soft hand, having pervaded her with divine contact, caused her to lie down there. She, through the pervading of divine contact, lost consciousness. Then, by his own power, having led her to the realm of the Thirty-three, he caused her to lie down on a divine bed in a decorated mansion. She, having awoken on the seventh day, having seen that success, understood "That brahmin is not a human being; he must be Sakka." Sakka too at that time was seated at the foot of the coral tree, surrounded by divine dancers. She, having risen from the bed, having gone to his presence, having paid homage, stood to one side. Then Sakka said to her "I give you a boon, queen; take it." "If so, Sire, give me one son." "Queen, let one son be set aside; I shall give you two sons. But among them, one will be wise but ugly, one will be handsome but not wise. Which of them do you wish first?" "The wise one, Sire." He, having said "Very well," having given her kusa grass, a divine garment, divine sandalwood, a coral tree flower, and a lute named Kokanuda, having taken her, having entered the king's bedchamber, having caused her to lie down on one bed together with the king, touched her navel with his thumb. At that moment the Bodhisatta took conception in her womb. Sakka too went to his own place. The wise queen knew the established state of the embryo.

Then the king, having awakened, having seen her, asked "Queen, by whom were you taken?" "By Sakka, Sire." "I saw with my own eyes one elderly brahmin taking you and going; why did you deceive me?" "Believe me, Sire, Sakka, having taken me, led me to the heavenly world." "I do not believe you, queen." Then she, having shown him the kusa grass given by Sakka, said "Believe me." The king did not believe, saying "Kusa grass can be obtained from anywhere." Then she showed him the divine garments and so on. The king, having seen those and having believed, asked "Dear lady, let Sakka take you; but have you obtained a son?" "He has been obtained, great king; an embryo has been established in me." He, satisfied, gave her pregnancy care. She, after the elapse of ten months, gave birth to a son; without giving him any other name, they gave him the very name Kusa-grass. At the time of Prince Kusa's walking on foot, the other young god took conception in her womb. She, when ten months were complete, gave birth to a son; they gave him the name "Jayampatī." They grew up with great fame. The Bodhisatta, being wise, without learning any craft in the presence of a teacher, by his own wisdom alone attained accomplishment in all crafts.

Then, at the time of his sixteenth year, the king, wishing to give the kingdom, having addressed the queen, said "Dear lady, having given the kingdom to your son, we shall provide him with performers; while still living, we shall see him established in the kingdom; and in the whole Indian subcontinent, whichever king's daughter he desires, we shall bring her and make her his queen-consort; find out his mind - which princess does he approve of?" She, having accepted saying "Very well," sent one female attendant, saying "Having reported this matter to the prince, find out his mind." She, having gone, reported that matter to him. Having heard that, the Great Being thought - "I am not handsome; even a princess endowed with beauty, having been brought, having seen me, will flee saying 'What use is this ugly one to me?' - thus it will be shameful for us. What use is the household life to me? While my mother and father are still living, having attended upon them, after their passing, having departed, I shall go forth." He said "I have no need whatsoever of a kingdom, nor of performers; after the passing of my mother and father, I shall go forth." She, having gone, reported his talk to the queen; the queen too reported it to the king. The king, being displeased, again after the lapse of a few days sent a message. He too just refused. Thus, having refused up to the third time, on the fourth occasion he thought - "Being in absolute opposition with one's mother and father is indeed not proper; I shall devise a means."

He, having summoned the chief smith, having given much gold, having dismissed him saying "Make one figure of a woman," when he had departed, having taken other gold, he himself too made a figure of a woman. For the intention of Bodhisattas indeed succeeds. That golden figure was of beauty indescribable by tongue. Then the Great Being, having had it dressed in linen, had it placed in the royal bedchamber. He, having seen the figure brought by the chief smith, having disparaged it, said "Go and bring the figure placed in our royal bedchamber." He, having entered the royal bedchamber, having seen it, not daring to stretch out his hand, thinking "One celestial nymph must have come to enjoy herself together with the prince," having come out, said "Sire, a lady stands alone in the royal bedchamber; I am unable to approach her." "Dear son, go, this is a golden figure; bring it" - being sent again, he brought it. The prince, having had the figure made by the smith deposited in the gold chamber, having had the one made by himself adorned, having had it placed on a chariot, sent it to his mother's presence, saying "If I obtain one of such form, I shall take her."

She, having had the ministers summoned, said "Dear ones, my son is of great merit, given by Sakka; he will obtain a befitting maiden. You, obtaining one of such a form, take her. Having placed this figure in a covered vehicle, wandering throughout the whole of Jambudīpa, to whatever king's daughter of such a form you see, having given this to him, having fixed the day saying 'King Okkāka will arrange a marriage with you,' come back." They, having said "Very well," having taken it, having departed with a great retinue, wandering about, whatever royal city they reached, there in the evening time, at the gathering place of the public, having adorned that figure with cloth, flowers, and ornaments, having placed it upon a golden palanquin, having set it on the path to the bathing ford, the ministers themselves, having stepped aside, stood to one side for the purpose of hearing the talk of those who came and went. The public, having looked at it, without making the perception "a golden figure," praising it, departed saying "This one, though being a human woman, shines exceedingly, comparable to a celestial nymph; why indeed is she standing here, or from where has she come? There is none of such a form in our city." Having heard that, the ministers, thinking "If there were such a girl here, they would say 'She is like such and such a king's daughter, like such and such a minister's daughter'; surely there is none of such a form here," having taken it, went to another city.

They, thus wandering about, gradually reached the city of Sāgala in the Madda country. There the Madda king had eight daughters, bearing the highest beauty, comparable to celestial nymphs; the most senior of them all was named Pabhāvatī. From her body, radiance emanated like the radiance of the young sun; even in darkness, in an inner room of four cubits, there was no need for a lamp; the entire room was as if of one radiance. Now her nurse was a hunchback. She, having fed Pabhāvatī, having had eight water-pots taken by eight beauty-slaves for the purpose of washing her head, going in the evening time for the purpose of water, having seen that figure standing on the path to the bathing ford, with the perception "Pabhāvatī," having become angry thinking "This ill-mannered one, having sent us for the purpose of water saying 'I shall wash my head,' having come first, is standing on the path to the bathing ford," having said "I say, you who bring shame upon the family, having come before us, why are you standing here? If the king finds out, he will destroy us," she struck her on the side of the cheek with her hand; it was as if her palm were breaking. Thereupon, having realised "It is a golden figure," laughing, going to the presence of those beauty-slaves, she said "See this deed of mine; with the perception 'my daughter,' I gave a blow; what is this worth in the presence of my daughter? Only my hand has been hurt."

Then the king's messengers, having taken her, said "You, saying 'My daughter is more lovely than this,' whom indeed do you speak of?" "The daughter of the Madda king, Pabhāvatī; this figure is not worth even a sixteenth fraction of her." They, with satisfied minds, having gone to the king's gate, announced "The messengers of King Okkāka are standing at the gate." The king, having risen from his seat, while still standing, said "Summon them." They, having entered, having paid homage to the king, having said "Great king, our king enquires about your health," having received hospitality and honour, when asked "For what purpose have you come?" they said "Our king has a son with a lion's voice named Prince Kusa; the king, wishing to give him the kingdom, has sent us to your presence. You have, it is said, a daughter Pabhāvatī; give her to him, and accept this golden figure as a gift," and they gave that figure to him. He too, with a gladdened mind, accepted, thinking "There will be a marriage ceremony with such a great king." Then the messengers said to him - "Great king, we are not able to make delay; we shall report to the king the fact of having obtained the maiden, and then he, having come, will take her and go." He, having said "Very well," having shown them honour, dismissed them. They, having gone, reported to both the king and the queen. The king, having departed from Kusāvatī with a great retinue, gradually reached the city of Sāgala. The Madda king, having gone out to meet him, having ushered him into that city, showed great honour.

Queen Sīlavatī, being wise, thinking "Who knows what will happen?" after the elapse of one or two days, said to the Madda king - "Great king, I wish to see my daughter-in-law." He, having accepted saying "Very well," had her summoned. Pabhāvatī, adorned with all ornaments, surrounded by a group of nurses, having come, paid homage to her mother-in-law. She, having seen her, thought - "This maiden is lovely; my son is ugly. If she sees him, she will flee without staying even one day; I shall devise a means." She, having addressed the Madda king, said "Great king, my daughter-in-law is befitting for my son; but however, there is a custom that has come down by our family tradition. If she will observe that custom, I shall take her." "But what is your custom?" "In our lineage, until the establishment of one pregnancy, she does not get to see her husband by day. If she will do so, I shall take her." The king asked his daughter "Can you, dear, conduct yourself thus?" She said "Yes, father." Thereupon King Okkāka, having given much wealth to the Madda king, having taken her, departed. The Madda king too sent off his daughter with a great retinue.

Okkāka, having gone to Kusāvatī, having had the city decorated, having released all prisoners, having performed the consecration of his son, having given him the kingdom, having made Pabhāvatī the queen-consort, had the drum beaten in the city: "This is the command of King Kusa." Throughout the entire surface of Jambudīpa, those kings who had daughters sent their daughters to King Kusa. Those who had sons, wishing for friendship with him, made their sons attendants and sent them. The Bodhisatta's retinue of dancers was great; he exercised kingship with great glory. He was not able to see Pabhāvatī by day, and she too was not able to see him by day; for both of them there was only seeing by night. Therein, even the radiance of Pabhāvatī's body was negligible. The Bodhisatta came out from the royal bedchamber only at night.

He, after the lapse of a few days, wishing to see Pabhāvatī by day, informed his mother. She refused, saying "Do not find delight in this, dear son; wait until you obtain one son." He kept on requesting again and again. Then she said to her - "If so, having gone to the elephant stable, stand in the guise of an elephant keeper; I shall bring her there; then you may look at her having filled your eyes; but do not reveal yourself." He, having accepted saying "Very well," went to the elephant stable. Then his mother, having had the elephant stable decorated, having led Pabhāvatī there saying "Come, let us see the husband's elephants," showed her saying "This elephant is named such and such, this elephant is named such and such." There the king, having seen her walking behind his mother, in the guise of an elephant keeper, struck her on the back with a lump of elephant dung. She, angry, having said "I shall report to the king and have your hand cut off," made the queen look down upon her. The king's mother, having convinced her daughter-in-law saying "Do not be angry, dear," stroked her back. Again the king, wishing to see her, having seen her at the horse stable in the guise of a groom, struck her likewise with a lump of horse dung. On that occasion too, her mother-in-law convinced her who was angry.

On another day, Pabhāvatī, having become desirous of seeing the Great Being, having informed her mother-in-law, even though refused saying "Enough, do not find delight in this," entreated again and again. Then she said to her - "If so, tomorrow my son will circumambulate the city; you, having opened the latticed window, may see him." And having said thus, on the following day, having had the city decorated, having had Prince Jayampati assume the appearance of a king, having had him seated on the elephant's back, having had the Bodhisatta seated on the rear seat, she had the city circumambulated. She, having taken Pabhāvatī, having stood at the latticed window, said "See the splendour and beauty of your husband." She was delighted, thinking "A suitable husband has been obtained by me." On that day, however, the Great Being, in the guise of an elephant keeper, having sat on the rear seat of Jayampati, looking at Pabhāvatī according to his intention, showed sport by way of hand gestures and so on, according to his mind's preference. When the elephant had passed by, the king's mother asked Pabhāvatī - "Have you seen your husband, dear?" "Yes, lady, but the elephant keeper seated on the rear seat was exceedingly ill-mannered; he showed me hand gestures and so on. Why did they have such an unlucky one seated on the king's rear seat? Have him removed, will you not?" "Dear, protection is indeed to be desired on the king's rear seat."

She thought - "This elephant keeper is exceedingly fearless, he does not even regard the king as 'the king'; could this indeed be King Kusa? Surely he must be exceedingly ugly, and that is why they do not show me him." She said to the hunchback at the root of the ear - "Mother, go and find out whether the one seated on the front seat is the king, or the one on the rear seat." "But how shall I know?" "If he is the king, he will descend from the elephant's back first; know by this sign." She, having gone and standing to one side, saw the Great Being descending first, and afterwards Prince Jayampati. The Great Being too, looking here and there, having seen the hunchback, having known "She must have come for this very reason," having had her summoned, having firmly said "Do not tell this matter to Pabhāvatī," sent her off. She, having gone, said "The one seated on the front seat descended first." Pabhāvatī believed her words.

The Great Being too, again wishing to see her, requested his mother. She, being unable to refuse, said "If so, go to the park in the guise of an unknown person." He, having gone to the park, having entered the water in the pond up to the neck, having covered his head with a lotus leaf, having concealed his face with a blooming lotus, stood there. His mother too, having led Pabhāvatī to the park, in the evening, enticing her saying "Look at these trees, look at the birds, look at the deer," proceeded to the bank of the pond. She, having seen the pond covered with five kinds of lotuses, wishing to bathe, having descended into the pond together with her attendants, while playing, having seen that lotus, wishing to examine it, stretched out her hand. Then the king, having removed the lotus leaf, having said "I am King Kusa," seized her by the hand. She, having seen his face, having cried aloud "A demon seizes me!" fell unconscious right there. Then the king released her hand. She, having regained consciousness, having thought "King Kusa, it is said, seized me by the hand; by this very one I was struck with a lump of elephant dung in the elephant stable, with a lump of horse dung in the horse stable; this very one mocked me while sitting on the rear seat of the elephant; what use is such an ugly-faced husband to me? Having abandoned this one, I, while still living, shall obtain another husband," having summoned the ministers who had come with her, said "Prepare my vehicle and conveyance; I shall go this very day." They reported to the king. The king thought - "If she does not obtain permission to go, her heart will burst; let her go, I shall bring her back again by my own power" - having thought thus, he permitted her departure. She went to her father's city itself.

The Great Being too, having entered the city from the park, ascended the decorated mansion. For she did not desire the Bodhisatta by the power of a former aspiration, and he too was ugly by the power of former action alone. In the past, it is said, in Bārāṇasī, in a village outside the city-gates, on the upper street and on the lower street, two families dwelt. One family had two sons. The other had only one daughter. Of the two sons, the Bodhisatta was the younger. They gave that girl to the elder. The younger, without a wife to maintain, dwelt near his brother. Then one day, in that house, they cooked exceedingly delicious cakes. The Bodhisatta had gone to the forest. Having set aside a cake for him, they divided the rest and ate. At that moment, an Individually Enlightened One went to the house door for almsfood. The Bodhisatta's sister-in-law, thinking "I shall cook another cake for the younger master," having taken that one, gave it to the Individually Enlightened One. He too came from the forest at that very moment. Then she said to her - "Master, gladden your mind; your portion has been given to the Individually Enlightened One." He, saying "Having eaten your portion, you gave away my portion; what shall I eat?" angry, having followed after the Individually Enlightened One, took the cake from his bowl. She, having gone to her mother's house, having brought freshly melted ghee of the colour of campaka flowers, filled the bowl of the Individually Enlightened One; it emitted a radiance. She, having seen that, made an aspiration - "Venerable sir, by the power of this gift, in whatever place I am reborn, may my body be radiant with light, and may I be one bearing the highest beauty, and may there be no dwelling for me in one place together with this bad person." Thus she did not desire him by the power of this former aspiration. The Bodhisatta too, having immersed that cake in that bowl of ghee, made an aspiration - "Venerable sir, may I be able to bring even one dwelling a hundred yojanas away and make her my wife." Therein, because he went angrily and took the cake, by the power of that former action he was ugly, and by the former aspiration she did not desire him.

When Pabhāvatī had gone, he was stricken with sorrow; though the remaining women attended upon him in various ways, they were not able even to make him look at them; deprived of Pabhāvatī, his entire dwelling seemed as if hollow. He, thinking "She will have reached the city of Sāgala by now," having gone to his mother's presence towards the break of dawn, saying "Mother, I shall bring Pabhāvatī back; you govern the kingdom," spoke the first verse -

1.

"This country of yours, with wealth, with vehicles, with life, endowed with all sensual pleasures;

This kingdom of yours, instruct it, mother, I am going where dear Pabhāvatī is."

Therein, "with vehicles" means together with elephants as vehicles and so on. "With life" means with the five regalia. "Instruct, mother" - he, it is said, thinking that for a man, having given the kingdom and then taking it back again is not fitting, not handing it over to his father or brother but handing it over to his mother, spoke thus.

She, having heard his talk, having said "If so, dear son, you should be diligent; a woman is indeed of impure heart," having filled a golden bowl with food of various excellent flavours, having said "You should eat this on the way," sent him off. He, having taken that, having paid homage to his mother, having circumambulated her three times, having said "While living, I shall see you again," having entered the royal bedchamber, having armed himself with the five weapons, having put a thousand coins in a bag together with the food bowl, having taken the Kokanuda lute, having departed from the city, having set out on the road, of great power and great strength, having gone fifty yojanas up to midday, having eaten his meal, having gone another fifty yojanas in the remaining part of the day, having covered a road of a hundred yojanas in a single day, having bathed in the evening time, he entered the city of Sāgala. As soon as he had entered, through his power Pabhāvatī, being unable to remain on the back of her bed, descended and lay down on the ground. A certain woman, having seen the Bodhisatta going along the street with wearied faculties, having had him summoned, having caused him to sit down, having had his feet washed, gave him a bed. He, with wearied body, having lain down, fell into sleep.

Then she, when he had fallen asleep, having prepared a meal, having awakened him, fed him. He, satisfied, gave her a thousand coins together with the food bowl. He, having left the five weapons right there, having said "I have a place to go," having taken the lute, having gone to the elephant stable, having said "Give me lodging here today; I shall perform music for you," being permitted by the elephant keepers, having lain down to one side, having slept a little, with his disturbance allayed, having risen, having opened the lute, having determined "Let the inhabitants of the city of Sāgala hear this sound," he sang while playing the lute. Pabhāvatī, lying on the ground, upon hearing that sound, understood "This is not the lute sound of another; without doubt King Kusa has come for my sake." The Madda king too, having heard that sound, thought "He plays exceedingly sweetly; tomorrow, having had him summoned, I shall have him perform music for me."

The Bodhisatta, thinking "It is not possible to see Pabhāvatī while dwelling here; this is impossible," having gone out right early, having eaten the morning meal at the very house where he had eaten the evening before, having put down the lute, having gone to the presence of the royal potter, having taken up the status of his pupil, having filled the house with clay in a single day, having said "I shall make vessels, teacher," when it was said "Yes, make them," having placed one lump of clay on the wheel, he spun the wheel; having been spun just once, it kept revolving right up to past midday. He, having made vessels of various colours, small and large, while making a vessel for the sake of Pabhāvatī, produced various figures. For the intention of Bodhisattas indeed succeeds; he determined "Let only Pabhāvatī see those figures." He, having dried all the vessels, having fired them, filled the house. The potter, having taken the various vessels, went to the royal palace. The king, having seen them, asked "By whom were these made?" "By me, Sire." "I know they were made by you; tell me, by whom were they made?" "By my pupil, Sire." "He is not your pupil; he is your teacher. You learn the craft in his presence. And from now on let him make vessels for my daughters, and give him this thousand" - having had a thousand given, he said "Give these small vessels of various colours to my daughters."

He, having taken those to their presence, said "These are small vessels for your playing." They all came. The potter gave to her the very vessel made by the Great Being for the sake of Pabhāvatī. And she, having taken the vessel, having seen therein the figures of herself and the Great Being and the hunchback, having known "This was not made by another; it was made by King Kusa alone," having become angry, having thrown it on the ground, said "I have no need of this; give it to those who want it." Then her sisters, having known her angry state, laughed at her saying "You think the small vessel was made by King Kusa; this was not made by him; it was made by the potter alone. Take it then." She did not tell them the fact of it having been made by him, nor the fact of his having come. The potter, having given the thousand to the Bodhisatta, said "Dear son, the king is pleased with you; from now on, it is said, you should make vessels for the princesses; I shall take them to them."

He, thinking "Even by one dwelling here it is not possible to see Pabhāvatī," having given that thousand to him alone, having gone to the presence of the king's attendant, the basket-maker, having become his pupil, having made a fan for the sake of Pabhāvatī, showed therein various figures - a white parasol, a banqueting hall, a cloth, and Pabhāvatī standing having taken it. The basket-maker, having taken that and other articles made by him, went to the royal palace. The king, having seen them, having asked "By whom were these made?" having given a thousand in the same manner as before, said "Give these basket-maker's articles to my daughters." He too gave the fan made by the Bodhisatta for the sake of Pabhāvatī to her alone. There too no other person sees the figures, but Pabhāvatī, having seen them, having known the fact of their having been made by King Kusa, angry, threw it on the ground, saying "Let those who wish to take it take it." Then the rest laughed at her. The basket-maker, having brought the thousand, having given it to the Bodhisatta, reported that incident to him.

He, thinking "This too is not a dwelling place for me," having given the thousand to him alone, having gone to the presence of the king's garland-maker, having undertaken the status of a pupil, having strung together various kinds of garland arrangements, made one pad variegated with various figures for the sake of Pabhāvatī. The garland-maker, having taken all that, went to the royal palace. The king, having seen them, asked "By whom were these strung together?" "By me, Sire." "I know they were strung together by you; tell me, by whom were they strung together?" "By my pupil, Sire." "He is not your pupil; he is your teacher. You learn the craft in his presence. And from now on let him string flowers for my daughters, and give him this thousand" - having given a thousand, he said "Give these flowers to my daughters." He too gave the pad made by the Bodhisatta for the sake of Pabhāvatī to her alone. She, having seen therein various figures together with the figures of herself and the king, having known the fact of their having been made by him, having become angry, threw it on the ground. The remaining sisters laughed at her in the same way. The garland-maker too, having brought the thousand, having given it to the Bodhisatta, reported that incident to him.

He, thinking "This too is not a dwelling place for me," having given the thousand to him alone, having gone to the presence of the king's cook, undertook the status of a pupil. Then one day the cook, while carrying the king's food preparations, gave meat on the bone to the Bodhisatta to cook for his own use. He prepared it in such a way that its odour covered the entire city. The king, having smelled it, asked "Are you cooking some other meat too in the kitchen?" "There is not, Sire, but however meat on the bone was given to my pupil for the purpose of cooking; that odour must be from that." The king, having had it brought, placed a little on the tip of his tongue; instantly it pervaded, agitating seven thousand taste conductors. The king, being bound by craving for flavour, having given a thousand, said "From now on, having had your pupil cook food for me and for my daughters, you bring it to me, and let him carry it to my daughters." The cook, having gone, informed him. He, having heard that, pleased, thinking "Now my wish has reached its summit; now I shall be able to see Pabhāvatī," having given that thousand to him alone, on the following day, having prepared the food, having sent the food vessels for the king, having himself taken the food carrying pole for the princesses, ascended Pabhāvatī's dwelling mansion. She, having seen him taking the food carrying pole and ascending the mansion, thought - "This one does what is unsuitable for himself, what should be done by slaves and labourers. But if I remain silent for a few days, having become one with the perception 'Now she is pleased with me,' without going anywhere, looking at me, he will dwell right here. Right now, having reviled and abused him, without allowing him to dwell here even for a moment, I shall put him to flight." She, having made the door half-open, having hung one hand on the door panel, having pressed the door-bolt with the other hand, spoke the second verse -

2.

"With a mind not upright, carrying a great burden, by day and by night and at midnight;

Return quickly to Kusāvatī, Kusa, I do not wish the ugly one dwelling here."

Its meaning is - Great king, you, having become a cook, with an upright mind would not do this deed even to one who would split your head, but with a mind not upright, carrying this great burden for my sake, by day and by night and at midnight you will experience great suffering; what use is that suffering experienced by you? Return to your own city Kusāvatī itself, make another demoness with a face shaped like a too-sweet cake, similar to yourself, the queen-consort, and exercise kingship. "I do not wish the ugly one dwelling here" means: but I do not wish that ugly, ill-formed one dwelling here.

He, with a gladdened mind thinking "A talk has been obtained from Pabhāvatī's presence," spoke three verses -

3.

"I shall not go from here to Kusāvatī, O Pabhāvatī, enticed by your beauty;

I delight in the charming abode of Madda, having abandoned the kingdom, delighted in seeing you.

4.

"O Pabhāvatī, enticed by your beauty, I wander the earth in a deluded state;

I do not know the direction from where I have come, I am intoxicated by you, O doe-eyed one.

5.

"O you dressed in golden bark garments, with a girdle of gold;

O beautiful-waisted one, yours indeed are sensual pleasures, I am not desirous of kingship."

3-5. Therein, "I delight" means I find pleasure in; I am not dissatisfied. "Of deluded appearance" means having become deluded by mental defilements. "I am intoxicated by you" means I am intoxicated by you, or I am intoxicated by you. "Wearing golden bark garments" means wearing garments inlaid with gold. "I am not desirous of kingship" means I am not desirous of kingship.

When this was said, she thought - "I abuse him thinking 'He will become remorseful,' but this one speaks as if delighting in it. If indeed he were to seize me by the hand, having said 'I am King Kusa,' who would prevent him? No one would hear this talk" - having closed the door, having fastened the bolt, she stood inside. He too, having brought the food carrying pole, having served the food, fed the princesses. Pabhāvatī sent the hunchback, saying "Go and bring the cooked food from King Kusa." She, having brought it, said "Eat." I do not eat cooked food from him. You eat it, and having taken your own received rations, having cooked the food, bring it. And do not inform anyone of King Kusa's arrival. The hunchback, from then on, having brought her portion, ate it herself, and presented her own portion to her. King Kusa too, from then on, not being able to see her, thought - "Is there indeed affection for me in Pabhāvatī, or is there not? I shall investigate." But he, having fed the princesses, having taken the food carrying pole, having gone out, at the door of her inner room, having struck the mansion floor with his foot, having knocked the vessels together, having groaned, as if having become unconscious, fell face downward. She, having opened the door at the sound of his groaning, having seen him covered with the food carrying pole, thought - "This foremost king in the whole of Jambudīpa, on account of me, experiences suffering night and day; due to his delicate constitution, covered by the food carrying pole, he falls. Is he alive indeed, or not?" She, having come out from the inner room, having stretched out her neck to ascertain the breath from his nostrils, looked at his face. He, having taken a mouthful of spittle, cast it upon her body. She, having abused him, having entered the inner room, having closed the door half-open, standing, spoke a verse -

6.

"There is misfortune for him, dear sir, who desires one who is unwilling;

O king, you desired one without desire, you wrongly desire one who is not pleasant."

Therein, "misfortune" means decline, the meaning is non-growth.

But he, due to the state of having a bound mind, even though being reviled, even though being abused, without having produced any remorse, spoke the next verse -

7.

"Whether unwillingly or willingly, whatever man obtains what is dear;

We praise the gain here, the lack of gain there is evil."

She too, even when he spoke thus, without drawing back, having uttered even more obstinate words, wishing to put him to flight, spoke the other verse -

8.

"You dig a stone's core, with the wood of a kaṇikāra tree;

You obstruct the wind with a net, you who desire one unwilling."

Therein, "with the wood of a kaṇikāra tree" means with kaṇikāra timber. "You obstruct" means you bind.

Having heard that, the king spoke three verses -

9.

"Surely a stone has been laid down in your heart, O you of soft characteristics;

I who have come from a foreign country find no pleasure from you.

10.

"When, having made a frown, the king's daughter looks at me;

Then I become a cook, in the inner palace of the king of Madda.

11.

"When, smiling, the king's daughter looks at me;

Then I am no cook, then I become King Kusa."

9-11. Therein, "of soft characteristics" means endowed with soft feminine characteristics. "Who" means I who have come from a foreign country, dwelling near you, do not obtain even the mere pleasure of a friendly welcome; I thus think that surely a stone has been placed in your heart for the prevention of the arising of affection towards me. "Having made a frown" means having made the forehead uneven with wrinkles through the power of wrath. "Cook" means a preparer of meals. He says: at that moment I am like a meal-preparing slave in the inner palace of the Madda king. "Smiling" means laughing while displaying a delighted appearance. "I am a king" means at that moment I am like a king exercising kingship in the city of Kusāvatī; why are you so harsh? From now on do not act thus, dear lady.

She, having heard his word, thought - "This one speaks clinging excessively; having committed lying, by a means I shall put him to flight from here" - thus she spoke a verse -

12.

"For if the word of the sign-readers will be true;

You will never be my husband, let them cut me into seven pieces."

Its meaning is - Great king, by me many prognosticators were asked "Will this King Kusa become my husband or will he not?" They said "Certainly let them cut me into seven pieces, you will indeed never be my husband."

Having heard that, the king, warding her off, having said "Dear lady, by me too prognosticators in my own country were asked; they answered 'Apart from King Kusa of the lion's voice, there is no other husband for you'; I too spoke just so by the sign of the power of my own knowledge," spoke the next verse -

13.

"For if the word is true, whether of others or of mine;

There is indeed no other husband for you, O Kusā of the lion's voice."

Its meaning is - if indeed the word of the other sign-readers is true, or if my word is true, there is no other husband for you.

She, having heard his word, thinking "It is not possible either to shame this one or to put him to flight; what use is this one to me?" having shut the door, did not show herself. He too, having taken the carrying pole, descended. Thenceforth he was not able to see her; doing the cooking work he was exceedingly wearied; having eaten the morning meal, he splits firewood, washes vessels, brings water with the carrying pole, when lying down he lies on the back of the mortar, having risen early in the morning he cooks rice gruel and so on, carries it, and feeds; in dependence on passionate delight he experiences exceedingly great suffering. One day he, having seen the hunchback going by the door of the kitchen, summoned her. She, not daring to go to his presence out of fear of Pabhāvatī, goes as if very quickly. Then, having approached her with speed, he said "O hunchback."

She, having turned back and standing, having said "Who is this?" said "I cannot hear your voice." Then he said to her "O hunchback, both you and your mistress are exceedingly obstinate; for so long a time dwelling near you, I do not obtain even so much as a message of good health, what then will you give as a gift? Let that be for now; will you be able to make Pabhāvatī soft and show her to me?" She accepted, saying "Very well." Then, enticing her, saying "If you will be able to show her to me, I shall straighten your hunchback condition and give you a necklace," he spoke five verses -

14.

"I shall have a gold necklace made for your neck, having reached Kusāvatī, O hunchback;

If the elephant-thighed Pabhāvatī would look at me.

15.

"I shall have a gold necklace made for your neck, having reached Kusāvatī, O hunchback;

If the elephant-thighed Pabhāvatī would speak to me.

16.

"I shall have a gold necklace made for your neck, having reached Kusāvatī, O hunchback;

If the elephant-nosed-and-thighed Pabhāvatī would smile at me.

17.

"I shall have a gold necklace made for your neck, having reached Kusāvatī, O hunchback;

If the elephant-nosed-and-thighed Pabhāvatī would laugh heartily at me.

18.

"I shall have a gold necklace made for your neck, having reached Kusāvatī, O hunchback;

If the elephant-nosed-and-thighed one would touch me with her hands."

14-18. Therein, "a gold necklace for your neck" means I shall have a neck ornament made entirely of gold for you - this is the meaning. "I shall make a gold necklace for your neck" is also a reading; the meaning is I shall adorn your neck with an ornament made of gold. "Would look at" means if by your word Pabhāvatī would look at me, if you will be able to make her look at me - this is the meaning. In "would converse with" etc. too, the same method applies. Here, however, "would smile at" means she would jest by way of gentle laughter. "Would laugh at" means she would jest by way of loud laughter.

She, having heard his word, having said "Go, Sire, after the lapse of a few days I shall bring her under your control; see my endeavour," having finished that task, having gone to the presence of Pabhāvatī, as if cleaning her dwelling chamber, leaving not even a piece of clod suitable as a weapon, even removing the slippers, having swept the entire chamber, having made the threshold at the chamber door as an intermediary, having prepared a high seat, having spread out one low stool for Pabhāvatī, having said "Come, dear, I shall pick the lice on your head," having caused her to sit there on the stool, having placed her head between her own thighs, having scratched a little, having taken lice from her own head saying "Oh, there are many lice on this one's head," having placed them in her hand, having spoken endearing words saying "See how many lice are on your head," speaking the virtues of the Great Being, she spoke a verse -

19.

"Surely this king's daughter does not find even comfort in Kusa;

In a cook, a servant, a man, who has no need of wages."

Its meaning is - Definitely this king's daughter formerly in the city of Kusāvatī, in the presence of King Kusa, did not find, did not obtain, even a trifle of comfort by way of garlands, scents, ointments, garments, and ornaments; not even so much as a betel leaf would have been previously given by him to her. Why? Women, indeed, even for one day, having spread over the lap, are unable to break the heart of a husband lying down; but this one does not extend even a mere friendly welcome to a cook, a servant, a man - to this man who has taken on the state of a cook and the state of a hired servant, who has no need even of wages, who, depending on her alone, having abandoned the kingdom, having come, is thus experiencing suffering. Even if, mother, you have no affection for him, the foremost king in the whole of Jambudīpa is wearied on account of me - you ought to give him something at least.

She, having heard that, was angry with the hunchback. Then the hunchback, having seized her by the neck, having thrown her into the inner room, herself being outside, having shut the door, stood hanging on the door cord. Pabhāvatī, being unable to seize her, standing at the doorway, reviling, spoke the other verse -

20.

"Surely this hunchback does not receive the cutting of her tongue;

With a well-sharpened knife, speaking such insulting speech."

Therein, "with a well-sharpened" means with a well whetted, sharp knife. "Such insulting speech" means speaking such insulting speech that is not fit to be heard.

Then the hunchback, having taken hold of the door cord, standing right there, having said "You witless, badly trained one, what will your beauty do for you? Are we going to sustain ourselves by eating your beauty?" making known the virtues of the Bodhisatta with thirteen verses, roared the roar called the hunchback's roar -

21.

"Do not measure him by form, Pabhāvatī, by height;

Considering him as one of great fame, make him dear to you, beautiful one.

22.

"Do not measure him by form, Pabhāvatī, by height;

Considering him as one of great riches, make him dear to you, beautiful one.

23.

"Do not measure him by form, Pabhāvatī, by height;

Considering him as one of great power, make him dear to you, beautiful one.

24.

"Do not measure him by form, Pabhāvatī, by height;

Considering him as one of a great country, make him dear to you, beautiful one.

25.

"Do not measure him by form, Pabhāvatī, by height;

Considering him as a great king, make him dear to you, beautiful one.

26.

"Do not measure him by form, Pabhāvatī, by height;

Considering him as one with a lion's voice, make him dear to you, beautiful one.

27.

"Do not measure him by form, Pabhāvatī, by height;

Considering him as one of sweet voice, make him dear to you, beautiful one.

28.

"Do not measure him by form, Pabhāvatī, by height;

Considering him as one of drop-like voice, make him dear to you, beautiful one.

29.

"Do not measure him by form, Pabhāvatī, by height;

Considering him as one of sweet voice, make him dear to you, beautiful one.

30.

"Do not measure him by form, Pabhāvatī, by height;

Considering him as one of honey-sweet voice, make him dear to you, beautiful one.

31.

"Do not measure him by form, Pabhāvatī, by height;

Considering him as one of a hundred crafts, make him dear to you, beautiful one.

32.

"Do not measure him by form, Pabhāvatī, by height;

Considering him as a warrior, make him dear to you, beautiful one.

33.

"Do not measure him by form, Pabhāvatī, by height;

Considering him as King Kusa, make him dear to you, beautiful one."

21-33. Therein, "do not measure him by form, by height, Pabhāvatī" means I say, Pabhāvatī, do not measure this king of Kusa by your own form, by height and circumference; thus take the measure. "Of great fame" means of great might - thus having placed in the heart, "beautiful one, of pleasing appearance, make him dear to you." She says that his power indeed is his form. This same method applies everywhere. Furthermore, "of great fame" means of great retinue. "Of great riches" means of great possessions. "Of great power" means of great strength. "Of a great country" means of an extensive country. "A great king" means the foremost king in the whole of Jambudīpa. "Having a lion's voice" means having a sound equal to the sound of a lion. "Of sweet voice" means having a voice endowed with grace. "Of drop-like voice" means having a combined compact voice. "Of charming voice" means having a beautiful voice. "Of honey-sweet voice" means having a voice endowed with sweetness. "Of a hundred crafts" means one who, without having learnt in the presence of others, by his own power alone accomplished many hundreds of crafts. "A warrior" means one born in the lineage of Okkāka, a warrior of unbroken descent. "King Kusa" means a king whose name is the same as the kusa grass given by Sakka. Having known that there is indeed no other king of such a kind, "make him dear" - thus the hunchback spoke of his virtues with this many verses.

Pabhāvatī, having heard her words, threatened the hunchback saying "O hunchback, you thunder exceedingly; reaching you with my hand, I shall make you know your state of having a husband." She too frightened her with a loud voice saying "I, protecting you, did not report to your father the fact of King Kusa's coming; let it be, today I shall report to the king." She too convinced the hunchback saying "Someone might hear." The Bodhisatta too, not being able to see her, wearied for seven months by bad food and uncomfortable sleeping, thought - "What need have I of her? Dwelling for seven months, I am not able even to see her; she is exceedingly hard-hearted and violent; having gone, I shall see my mother and father." At that moment Sakka, reflecting, having known his state of dissatisfaction, thinking "The king for seven months has not been able even to see Pabhāvatī; I shall create the means for him to obtain her," having made messengers of the Madda king, sending a messenger to the seven kings, saying "Pabhāvatī, having abandoned King Kusa, has come; let them come and take Pabhāvatī," he sent a separate message to each one individually. They, having gone with a great retinue, having reached the city, did not know each other's reason for coming. They, having asked "Why have you come? Why have you come?" having known that matter, having become angry, saying "He will, it seems, give one daughter to seven; see his misconduct; he mocks us; take it not" - having sent messages saying "Let him give Pabhāvatī to all of us, or give battle," they surrounded the city. The Madda king, having heard the message, frightened and trembling, having addressed the ministers, asked "What shall we do?" Then the ministers, having said to him "Sire, seven kings too have come on account of Pabhāvatī; they say 'If he does not give her, we shall break the wall, enter the city, bring about the destruction of life, and take her'; before the wall is even broken, we shall send Pabhāvatī to them," spoke a verse -

34.

"These elephants stand stiff, all armoured;

Before they trample the wall, bring that queen."

Therein, "stiff" means excessively rigid, arrogant. "Bring that queen" means "let them bring this queen" - they sent messages. Therefore, as long as these elephants do not trample the wall, send Pabhāvatī to them, great king.

Having heard that, the king, thinking "If I send Pabhāvatī to one, the rest will make war; it is not possible to give her to one; she who abandoned the foremost king in the whole of Jambudīpa as 'ugly' and came - let her receive the fruit of her coming; having killed her and making seven pieces, I shall send them to the seven warriors," saying this, spoke the next verse -

35.

"Having made her into seven portions, I shall show this Pabhāvatī

To the warriors, who have come here to kill me."

That talk of his became well known throughout the entire dwelling. The attendants, having gone, reported to Pabhāvatī "The king, it seems, will cut her into seven pieces and send them to the seven kings." She, frightened by the fear of death, having risen from her seat, surrounded by her sisters, went to her mother's royal bedchamber. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

36.

"The king's daughter arose, dark-complexioned, dressed in silk;

With eyes full of tears, attended by a group of female slaves."

Therein, "sāmā" means gold-coloured. "Dressed in silk" means wearing silk garments inlaid with gold.

She, having gone to her mother's presence, having paid homage to her mother, lamenting, said -

37.

"Surely that face treated with pastes, contemplated in a mirror with an ivory handle;

Beautiful, with lovely eyes, stainless, without blemish, thrown away in the forest it will remain by the warriors.

38.

"Those soft hairs of mine, black with curly tips, smeared with sandalwood essence;

In the midst of the crowded charnel ground, vultures will surely drag them with their feet.

39.

"Those arms of mine with copper-coloured nails, with fine hair, soft, anointed with the essence of sandalwood;

Cut off in the forest, forsaken by the warriors, having seized them, a crow goes wherever it wishes.

40.

"Those breasts of mine, resembling palmyra fruits, anointed with Kāsi sandalwood;

A jackal will hang upon my breasts, like a young son born of his mother's body.

41.

"Surely that broad waist, well-beaten, adorned with golden girdles;

Cut down in the forest by warriors, abandoned, packs of jackals will drag it away.

42.

"Dogs, crows and jackals, and whatever others have fangs;

Surely they will become ageless, having devoured Pabhāvatī.

43.

"If the warriors, far-going, carried away the flesh;

Having asked for the bones, mother, cremate them by the roadside.

44.

"Having prepared the fields, mother, plant kaṇikāra trees here;

When they would be in bloom, at the passing of winter's snow;

You would remember me, mother, 'Such was the beauty of Pabhāvatī.'"

37-44. Therein, "treated with pastes" (kakkūpanisevita): treated with these five pastes, namely mustard paste, salt paste, clay paste, sesame paste, turmeric paste, and face powder. "Contemplated in a mirror with an ivory handle" (ādāsadantātharupaccavekkhita) means contemplated in a mirror on an ivory handle, having looked therein, adorned. "Beautiful" (subha) means a beautiful face. "Stainless" (viraja) means free from defilement, without stain. "Without blemish" (anaṅgaṇa) means free from defects such as boils and pimples and so on. "Thrown away" (chuddha) means she laments: "Mother, such a face of mine will certainly now, thrown away by the warriors, remain in the forest, in the wilderness." "Black" (asita) means dark. "With curly tips" (vellitagga) means with raised tips. "In the charnel ground" (sīvathikāya) means in the cemetery. "Will drag" (parikaḍḍhissanti) means vultures, eaters of human flesh, having struck with their feet, will surely drag such hair of mine. "Having seized, a crow goes wherever it wishes" (gayha dhaṅko gacchati yenakāma) means: "Mother, a crow, having seized such an arm of mine, having torn it off, eating it, will surely go wherever it wishes."

"Resembling palmyra fruits" (tālūpanibha) means resembling golden palmyra fruits. "With Kāsi sandalwood" (kāsikacandanena) means anointed with fine sandalwood. "Upon my breasts" (thanesu me) means: "Mother, having seen such breasts of mine when I have fallen in the cemetery, having bitten with its mouth, upon those breasts of mine, a jackal will surely hang like a young son born of his mother's body." "Waist" (soṇi) means the hip. "Well pounded" (sukoṭṭita) means well developed by striking with a cow's jawbone. "Abandoned" (avattha) means thrown away. "Having devoured" (bhakkhayitvā) means: "Mother, these so many, having surely eaten my flesh, will become ageless."

"If they carried away the flesh" (sace maṃsāni hariṃsu) means she says: "Mother, if those warriors, with minds bound to me, were to carry away my flesh, then you, having asked for the bones, cremate them by the roadside; you should cremate them between the footpaths and the highways." "Fields" (khettāni) means: "Mother, having prepared gardens and so on at the place where I am cremated, here in these fields, plant kaṇikāra trees." "At the passing of winter" (himaccaya) means in the month of Phagguṇa, when the snowfall has passed. "You would remember" (sareyyātha) means: having filled a golden casket with those flowers, having placed it upon your thighs, you would remember "My daughter Pabhāvatī was of such beauty."

Thus she, frightened by the fear of death, lamented in her mother's presence. The Madda king too commanded: "Let the executioner of thieves come right here, having taken the hatchet and the block." His coming became known throughout the entire royal household. Then, having heard of his arrival, Pabhāvatī's mother, rising from her seat, given over to sorrow, went to the presence of the king. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

45.

"Her mother stood up, a warrior woman with divine complexion;

Having seen the sword and the butcher's block, in the inner palace of the king of Madda."

Therein, "stood up" means having risen from her seat, having gone to the king's presence, she stood. "Having seen the sword and the butcher's block" means having seen the hatchet and the block placed before the king on the decorated great terrace in the inner palace, lamenting, she spoke a verse -

46.

"Surely with this sword, the slender-waisted one of good perception;

Having killed the daughter of Madda, you give to the warriors."

Therein, "with the sword" - he said with reference to the hatchet. For that in this place became known as a sword. "The slender-waisted one of good perception" means the well-recognised slender-waisted one.

Then the king, consoling her, said - "Queen, what are you saying? Your daughter, having abandoned the foremost king in the whole of Jambudīpa as 'ugly,' while the footprints on the path she had gone were not yet destroyed, came seizing Death by the forehead. Now let her receive such a fruit in dependence on her own appearance." She, having heard his word, having gone to the presence of her daughter, lamenting, said -

47.

"You did not heed my word, though I wished your welfare, dear daughter;

Today, covered with blood, you go to Yama's realm.

48.

"Thus a man commits wrong, and undergoes what is worse;

Whoever indeed does not heed the word of those who wish his welfare, who are intent upon his good.

49.

"And if today you hold the boy, lovely to behold;

The noble born of Kusa, with a girdle of gold and jewels;

Venerated by the congregation of kinsmen, you will not go to Yama's abode.

50.

"Where the drum resounds, and the elephant trumpets;

In the family of warriors, dear lady, what could be happier than that?

51.

"And the horse neighs at the door, the boy makes music;

In the family of warriors, dear lady, what could be happier than that?

52.

"With peacocks and herons crying out, with cuckoos singing;

In the family of warriors, dear lady, what could be happier than that?"

47-52. Therein, "dear daughter" - she addresses her. This is what is meant - Mother, what will you do here, go to the presence of your husband, do not be intoxicated by the vanity of beauty - though I entreated you thus, you did not heed my word; you, today covered with blood, go to Yama's realm, you will go to the dwelling of the King of Death. "And worse" means and she undergoes something worse than this. "And if today you hold" means mother, if you, not coming under the control of the mind, today hold the boy, lovely to behold, similar to your own beauty, obtained dependent on the king of Kusa. "The abode of Yama" means this being so, you would not go to the dwelling of Yama. Then, in whichever family of the warrior caste this splendour exists, from that royal family of Kusāvatī, resounding with the sounds of various drums and the trumpeting of intoxicated elephants, having seen what happier thing have you come here - this is the meaning. "Sisati" means laughs. "The boy" means a well-trained gandhabba boy. "Uparodati" means having taken various musical instruments, he makes an offering. "Resounding with cuckoos" means as if reflecting the offering of dancing, singing, and music performed in the evening and morning in the royal family of Kusa, resounded with by cuckoos.

Thus she too, having conversed with her with this many verses, having thought "If today the king of Kusa were here, having put these seven kings to flight, having released my daughter from suffering, he would take her and go," spoke a verse -

53.

"Where now indeed is that crusher of enemies, the crusher of foreign kingdoms;

Kusa of excellent wisdom, who might release us from suffering?"

Therein, "of excellent wisdom" means of noble wisdom.

Then Pabhāvatī, having thought "My mother cannot bear the sight of one speaking the praise of Kusa; I shall tell her for now of his state of living right here having done the work of a cook," spoke a verse -

54.

"Right here is that crusher of enemies, the crusher of foreign kingdoms;

Kusa of excellent wisdom, who will kill them all."

Then her mother, having thought "This one, frightened by the fear of death, is wailing," spoke a verse -

55.

"Do you speak as a mad woman, do you prattle as a blind fool;

If Kusa had come, why would we not know him?"

Therein, "blind fool" means having become deluded and unknowing. "Why would we not know" means for what reason would we not know him. For he, while still standing on the road, would send a message to us, an army of four divisions with raised banners would be seen; but you speak out of fear of death.

When she was thus spoken to, having thought "My mother does not believe me, she does not know the fact of his having come here and dwelling for seven months; shall I show her?" having taken her mother by the hand, having opened the latticed window, having stretched out her hand, showing him, she spoke a verse -

56.

"This cook, that man, in the midst of the maidens' quarters;

Having firmly tucked up his garment, washes the pot, bent down."

Therein, "in the midst of the maidens' quarters" means standing at the window, look at him in between the dwelling place of your daughters, the maidens. "Tucked up" means having tied his loin-cloth, he washes the pot.

He, it is said, at that time, having brought water, began to wash the vessels, thinking "Today my wish will reach its summit; surely Pabhāvatī, frightened by the fear of death, will tell of my having come; having washed the vessels, I shall set them in order." Then his mother, abusing him, spoke a verse -

57.

"You are a basket-weaver, a caṇḍālī woman, or are you a corrupter of families?

How, born in the Madda clan, would you make a slave your lover?"

Therein, "basket-weaver" means a woodworker woman. "Or are you a corrupter of families" means or are you a corrupter of families. "Lover" means how indeed would you, born in such a family, make your own husband a slave?

Then Pabhāvatī, having thought "My mother does not know the fact of his living in dependence on me thus, methinks," spoke the other verse -

58.

"I am not a basket-weaver nor a caṇḍālī woman, nor am I a corrupter of families;

He is a son of Okkāka, venerable lady, do you think him a slave?"

Therein, "a son of Okkāka" means: mother, this one is a son of Okkāka, but you think him "a slave," why should I call him "a slave"?

Now, describing his fame, she said -

59.

"He who always feeds twenty thousand brahmins;

He is a son of Okkāka, venerable lady, do you think him a slave?"

60.

He for whom twenty thousand elephants are always harnessed;

He is a son of Okkāka, venerable lady, do you think him a slave?"

61.

"He for whom twenty thousand horses are always harnessed;

He is a son of Okkāka, venerable lady, do you think him a slave?"

62.

"He for whom twenty thousand chariots are always harnessed;

He is a son of Okkāka, venerable lady, do you think him a slave?

He for whom twenty thousand bulls are always harnessed;

He is a son of Okkāka, venerable lady, do you think him a slave?"

63.

"He whose thousand cows always milk twenty;

He is a son of Okkāka, venerable lady, do you think him a slave?"

59-63. Thus by her with five verses the fame of the Great Being was praised. Then her mother, having believed "This one, unafraid, speaks such a talk; surely so it is," having gone to the king's presence, reported that matter. He, having gone quickly to the presence of Pabhāvatī, said "Is it true, mother, that King Kusa has come here?" "Yes, father, today seven months have passed since he has been serving as cook for your daughters." He, not believing her, having asked the hunchback, having heard the truth, censuring his daughter, spoke a verse -

64.

"Truly this is your wrong-doing, foolish one, that the noble of great power;

The serpent in the form of a frog, you did not declare him who had come here."

Therein, "truly" (taggha) means definitively.

He, having reproached his daughter, having gone with speed to his presence, having exchanged friendly greetings, raising joined palms, showing his own transgression, spoke a verse -

65.

"Forgive our offence, great king, O bull among charioteers;

That we did not recognise you who came here in an unknown guise."

Having heard that, the Great Being, having thought "If I speak harshly, his heart will burst right here; I shall console him," while still standing among the vessels, spoke the other verse -

66.

"That is not proper for one like me, I who would be a cook;

Do you yourself be pleased with me, there is no wrong-doing for you, O lord."

The king, having received a friendly welcome from his presence, having ascended the mansion, having summoned Pabhāvatī, spoke a verse in order to send her for the purpose of asking forgiveness -

67.

"Go, foolish one, ask forgiveness of King Kusa of great power;

When King Kusa has been asked for forgiveness, he will give you life."

She, having heard her father's word, surrounded by her sisters and attendants, went to his presence. He too, while still standing in the guise of a labourer, having known of her coming to his own presence, thinking "Today I shall break Pabhāvatī's conceit and cause her to lie down in the mud at my feet," having thrown away all the water he had brought, having trampled a place the size of a threshing floor, made it into one mass of mud. She, having gone to his presence, having fallen at his feet, lying down on the surface of the mud, asked his forgiveness. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

68.

"Having heard her father's word, Pabhāvatī of divine appearance;

Grasped the feet with her head, of King Kusa of great power."

Therein, "with her head" means having fallen down with her head, she grasped the feet of King Kusa.

And having taken hold of them, asking his forgiveness, she spoke three verses -

69.

"The watches of the night have passed, all these, O lord, without you;

I pay homage with my head at your feet, do not be angry with me, O bull among charioteers.

70.

"I acknowledge all to you, great king, listen to me;

And I shall not do anything disagreeable to you again.

71.

"If thus, when I am entreating, you will not do my word;

Now my father, having killed me, will show me to the warriors."

69-71. Therein, "ratyo" means nights. "Tāmā" means all these have passed without you. "I acknowledge all to you" means: great king, for so long a time what was disagreeable to you was done by me; this all I acknowledge to you; listen to me further, henceforth I shall not again do anything disagreeable to you. "If thus" means if thus, when I am entreating, you will not do my word.

Having heard that, the king, having thought "If I say 'You yourself will know this,' her heart will burst; I shall console her," said -

72.

"When you are thus entreating, why will I not do your word;

I am not angry with you, beautiful one, do not fear, Pabhāvatī.

73.

"I acknowledge all to you, king's daughter, listen to me;

And I shall not do anything disagreeable to you again.

74.

"Yours indeed are sensual pleasures, O beautiful-waisted one, I am able to endure suffering;

Having destroyed much of the Madda clan, to lead you away, Pabhāvatī."

72-74. Therein, "why will I not do" means why will I not do your word. "I am not angry with you" means I am not angry, free from irritation towards you. "All to you" means both the state of not being angry and now the doing of what is disagreeable - both of these, all this I acknowledge to you. "By your wish" means by your wish, desiring that. "I shall endure" means I accept. "Having destroyed much of the Madda clan, to lead you away" means he is able, having destroyed the great Madda royal clan, to lead you away by force.

Then he, having seen her, his own female attendant, as if she were a female attendant of Sakka, the king of gods, having generated warrior-caste pride, thinking "While I am still living, others will take my wife and go away," rousing himself like a lion in the royal courtyard, thinking "Let all the inhabitants of the city know of my arrival," prancing, roaring, shouting, clapping his hands, thinking "Now I shall capture you alive; let my chariots and the rest be yoked" - immediately spoke the verse:

75.

"Let them harness the horses to the chariots, variously adorned and well-trained;

Then you shall see my force, as I scatter the enemies."

Therein, "variously adorned" means decorated with various ornaments. "Well-trained" is said with reference to horses; the meaning is well-trained and obedient. "Then you shall see my force" means then you shall see my exertion.

"The capturing of enemies is indeed my burden; go, having bathed and adorned yourself, ascend the mansion" - thus he dismissed her. The king of the Maddas also sent ministers for the purpose of attending to him. They, having enclosed a curtain right at the kitchen door, set up barbers to attend to him. He, having had his beard trimmed, having bathed his head, adorned with all ornaments, surrounded by ministers and others, thinking "I shall ascend the mansion," having looked at the directions, clapped his hands. Every place that was looked upon trembled. He said "Now you shall see my exertion." Making known that meaning, the Teacher spoke the next verse -

76.

And they looked at him there, in the inner palace of the king of Madda;

Rousing himself like a lion, cracking his twofold arms."

Its meaning is - him there, rousing himself, clapping his hands, in the king's inner palace, having opened the windows, the women looked at him.

Then the Madda king sent him a decorated excellent elephant that had been made imperturbable. He, having mounted the elephant's back with the raised white parasol, saying "Bring Pabhāvatī," having caused her too to sit behind, surrounded by a fourfold army, having gone out through the eastern gate, having surveyed the enemy army, having roared the lion's roar three times "I am King Kusa, let those who desire life lie down on their chests," he crushed the enemies. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

77.

"Having mounted the elephant's back, having placed Pabhāvatī upon it;

Having descended into the battle, Kusa roared the lion's roar.

78.

Having heard that roaring of his, like other animals before a lion;

The warriors fled, afflicted by fear of Kusa's sound.

79.

"Elephant riders, royal bodyguards, charioteers, and infantry soldiers;

They cut each other down, afflicted by fear of Kusa's sound.

80.

"In that forefront of battle, having seen, with joyful mind;

The lord of the gods gave to King Kusa the Verocana gem.

81.

"He, having pierced through that battle, having obtained the Verocana gem;

The king, seated on the elephant's back, entered the city, the town.

82.

"Having captured alive, having bound the seven warriors;

He offered them to his father-in-law, 'These are your beings, O lord.'

83.

"All of them have come under your control, your enemies have been destroyed;

Do as you please with them, release them or kill them."

77-83. Therein, "they fled" means being unable to establish mindfulness, with deranged minds, they broke apart. "Afflicted by fear of Kusa's sound" means troubled by the fear arisen in dependence on the sound of King Kusa, with confused minds. "They cut each other down" means they cut and trample one another. "Bhindiṃsū" is also a reading. "In that" means thus, when the battle was broken just by hearing the sound of the Bodhisatta, at that forefront of battle, having seen that exertion of the Great Being, Sakka, with a satisfied heart, gave him a tremendous jewel named Verocana. "The city, the town" means the town termed a city. "Having bound" means having bound those very same ones with their hands behind their backs with an upper garment. "Do as you please with them" means you do your own pleasure, wish, and preference; for these have indeed been made slaves by you.

The king said -

84.

"These enemies are yours alone, for they are not my enemies;

You yourself are our lord, great king, release them or kill them."

Therein, "you yourself are our lord" means great king, you yourself are our master.

When this was said, the Great Being, having thought "What is the use of these being killed? Let not their coming be in vain; Pabhāvatī has seven younger sisters, daughters of the Madda king; I shall have them given to them," spoke a verse -

85.

"These seven daughters of yours, beautiful like heavenly maidens;

Give one to each of them, let them become your sons-in-law."

Then the king said to him -

86.

"Of us and of them, you are the lord of us all;

You yourself, great king, give to them whatever you wish."

Therein, "you are the lord of us all" means: great king, lord of men Kusa, what do you say? You yourself are the lord of all of us - of these seven kings, and of me, and of these women. "Whatever you wish" means if you wish, to whomever you wish to give whichever one, give that one to him.

When this was said, he, having had them all adorned, gave one to each king. Making known that meaning, the Teacher spoke five verses -

87.

"To each one individually, Kusa, the lion-voiced, gave;

To those warriors then, the daughters of King Madda.

88.

"Gladdened by that gain, satisfied with the lion-voiced Kusa;

They set out to their own kingdoms, the seven warriors at that very moment.

89.

"Having taken Pabhāvatī, and the beautiful Verocana gem;

King Kusa of great power went to Kusāvatī.

90.

"Those two, travelling in one chariot, entering Kusāvatī;

Being equal in beauty and form, did not outshine one another.

91.

"The mother met with her son, and both husband and wife;

They were united then, dwelling in a prosperous land."

87-91. Therein, "delighted" means satisfied. "They went" means having been exhorted by Kusa, the lord of men, "Now you should be heedful," they went. "He went" means having dwelt for a few days, having asked permission of his father-in-law saying "We shall go to our country," he went. "Travelling in one chariot" means both, having ascended one chariot, going. "Equal in beauty and form" means having become equal in complexion and in form. "They did not outshine each other" means one did not surpass the other. By the power of the gem jewel, it is said, the Great Being was handsome, golden-coloured, endowed with beauty; he, it is said, formerly, by the result of giving almsfood to an Individually Enlightened One and by the result of making a Buddha image, was thus possessed of radiance. "Met" means then his mother, having heard of the Great Being's arrival, having had a drum circulated in the city, having taken many presents for the Great Being, having gone out to meet him, met together with him. He too, together with his mother, having circumambulated the city, having enjoyed the festival amusement for seven days, ascended the decorated upper floor of the mansion. Those two, husband and wife, were united; from then on, for the length of their lives, united, being joyful, they dwelt in a prosperous land.

The Teacher, having brought this teaching of the Teaching, having made known the truths, connected the Jātaka; at the conclusion of the truths, the dissatisfied monk became established in the fruition of stream-entry. At that time the mother and father were the great royal families, the youngest was Ānanda, the hunchback was Khujjuttarā, Pabhāvatī was Rāhula's mother, the assembly was the Buddha's assembly, but King Kusa was myself.

The commentary on the Kusa Jātaka is the first.

532.

The Commentary on the Soṇananda Jātaka

"Are you a deity, a gandhabba" - this the Teacher, while dwelling at Jeta's Grove, spoke referring to a monk who supported his mother. The story is similar to the story in the Sāma Jātaka. Then the Teacher, having said "Do not, monks, grumble at this monk; the wise ones of old, even though obtaining kingship over the whole of Jambudīpa, not taking that, nourished their mother and father indeed," brought up the past.

In the past, Bārāṇasī was a city named Brahmavaḍḍhana. There a king named Manoja exercised kingship. There a certain wealthy brahmin, possessing wealth of eighty million, was childless. His brahmin wife, told by him "Dear lady, aspire for a son," aspired. Then the Bodhisatta, having passed away from the Brahma world, took conception in her womb, and when he was born they gave him the name "Prince Soṇa." At the time of his walking on foot, another being too, having passed away from the Brahma world, took conception in her very womb; when he was born, they gave him the name "Prince Nanda." Having seen the accomplishment of beauty of those two who had learnt the Vedas, who had attained accomplishment in all crafts, and who had come of age, the brahmin, having addressed the brahmin wife, said "Dear lady, we shall bind our son Prince Soṇa with the bond of marriage." She, having accepted saying "Very well," told her son that matter. He said "Enough, mother, with the household life for me; I shall look after you for the length of my life, and after your passing, having entered the Himalayas, I shall go forth." She reported that matter to the brahmin.

They, even though speaking again and again, not having obtained his mind, having addressed Prince Nanda, having said "Dear son, if so, you take charge of the household," when it was said "I do not pick up with my head the spittle discarded by my brother; I too, after your passing, shall go forth together with my brother indeed," having heard their words, having thought "These two, being so young, give up sensual pleasures; how much more then we - let us all go forth," having said "Dear sons, what need is there for you to go forth after our passing? Let us all go forth right now," having reported to the king, having given up all the wealth through giving, having made the slave people free, having given to relatives what was fit to be given, all four persons, having departed from the city of Brahmavaḍḍhana, in dependence on a lake covered with five kinds of lotuses in a region of the Himalayas, having built a hermitage in a delightful jungle thicket, having gone forth, they dwelt there. Both brothers looked after the mother and father; having given them a wooden toothbrush and water for washing the face right early, having swept the hermitage and the residential cell, having set out drinking water and water for washing, having brought sweet various kinds of fruit from the forest, they make the mother and father eat; they bathe them with hot or cold water, they clean their matted hair, they perform the attending to the feet and so on for them.

When such a long stretch of time had passed, the wise Nanda, thinking "I shall make the mother and father eat only the various kinds of fruit brought by me first," having gone ahead, having brought right early whatever there was from the place where it had been gathered yesterday and the day before yesterday, made the mother and father eat. They, having eaten those, having rinsed their mouths, become observers of the Observance. But the wise Soṇa, having gone far, having brought very sweet, thoroughly ripe fruits, offered them. Then they say to him "Dear son, having eaten those brought by the younger brother right early, we have become observers of the Observance; now we have no need." Thus his various kinds of fruit do not obtain use and perish; on the following days too it was likewise. Thus he, by means of the five direct knowledges, having gone even far, brings them, but they do not eat.

Then the Great Being thought - "My mother and father are delicate, and Nanda, having brought whatever unripe and poorly ripened various kinds of fruit, makes them eat; this being so, these will not continue for long; I shall prevent him." Then he, having addressed him, said "Nanda, from now on, having brought various kinds of fruit, wait for my arrival; we shall make them both eat together." Even though this was said, hoping for his own merit, he did not do as he said. The Great Being, having thought "Nanda, not doing as I say, does what is inappropriate; I shall put him to flight, and then alone I shall look after the mother and father," snapped his fingers at him saying "Nanda, you are unreceptive to exhortation and do not do as the wise say; I am the eldest; the mother and father are my burden alone; I myself shall look after them; you shall not obtain to dwell here; go elsewhere."

He, put to flight by him, being unable to remain in his presence, having paid homage to him, having approached the mother and father, having reported that matter, having entered his own leaf-hut, having gazed at a circular meditation object, on that very day having produced the five direct knowledges and the eight attainments, thought - "I am able, having brought jewelled sand from the foot of Sineru, having strewn it over the grounds of my brother's hermitage, to ask my brother's forgiveness; but even thus it will not be fitting. I am able, having brought water from Anotatta, having sprinkled it over the grounds of my brother's hermitage, to ask my brother's forgiveness; but even thus it will not be fitting. If I were to ask my brother's forgiveness through the influence of deities, I am able, having brought the four great kings and Sakka, to ask my brother's forgiveness; but even thus it will not be fitting. Having made Manoja, the foremost king in the whole of Jambudīpa, the first, having brought the kings, I shall ask his forgiveness. This being so, my brother's virtue will spread over the whole of Jambudīpa and go forth; it will be known like the moon and the sun." He, at that very moment, having gone by supernormal power, having descended and stood at the door of that king's dwelling in the city of Brahmavaḍḍhana, had it announced to the king "A certain ascetic, it is said, wishes to see you." The king, thinking "What is the use of a one gone forth being seen by me? He must have come for the purpose of food," sent a meal; he did not wish for the meal. He sent rice-grain; he did not wish for the rice-grain. He sent cloths; he did not wish for the cloths. He sent betel-leaf; he did not wish for the betel-leaf. Then he sent a messenger to his presence, "For what purpose have you come?" He, asked by the messenger, said "I have come to attend upon the king." The king, having heard that, sent word "I have many attendants; let him practise the hermit's duty by himself." He, having heard that, said "I, by your own power, having taken the kingdom over the whole of Jambudīpa, will give it to you."

Having heard that, the king thought - "Those gone forth are wise by name; they will know some means" - having had him summoned, having caused him to sit on a seat, having paid homage, he asked "Venerable sir, you, it is said, will give me the kingdom over the whole of Jambudīpa, having taken it?" "Yes, great king." "How will you take it?" "Great king, without causing even so much blood as a small fly might drink to flow from anyone at all, without making any loss of your wealth, having taken it by my own supernormal power alone, I will give it. Moreover, without making any delay at all, it is fitting to set out this very day." He, having believed his word, surrounded by the divisions of the army, departed from the city. If there was heat for the army, the wise Nanda, by his own supernormal power, having made shade, made it cool; when the rain god was raining, he did not allow it to rain upon the army; he prevented cold or heat; on the road he caused all dangers such as stumps and thorns to disappear; having made the road level like a kasiṇa disc, himself, having spread out a piece of leather in space, seated cross-legged, surrounded by the army, he went.

Thus, having taken the army, having gone first to the Kosalan country, having had the camp set up not far from the city, he sent a messenger to the king of Kosala: "Let him either give us battle or the white parasol." He, being angry, saying "Am I not a king?" saying "I give battle," went out at the head of his army. The two armies began to fight. The wise Nanda, in between the two, having made his own sitting cloth, a cheetah-skin leather, large and having spread it out, received the arrows shot by both armies with the leather itself. In either army not a single person was pierced by an arrow, but through the exhaustion of the arrows in their hands, both armies stood without effort. The wise Nanda, having gone to the presence of King Manoja, having reassured him saying "Do not fear, great king," having gone to the presence of the Kosalan, said "Great king, do not fear; there is no danger for you; your kingdom will be yours alone; only be subject to the authority of King Manoja." He, having believed him, accepted saying "Very well." Then, having led him to the presence of Manoja, he said "Great king, the king of Kosala submits to your authority; let this one's kingdom be this one's own." He, having accepted saying "Very well," having brought him under his own authority, having taken the two armies, having gone to the country of Aṅga, having taken Aṅga, thence to the country of Magadha - by this method, having brought the kings in the whole of Jambudīpa under his own authority, thence, surrounded by them, he went to the city of Brahmavaḍḍhana itself. In taking the kingdom, however, he took it in seven months with seven extra days over seven years. He, having had various kinds of solid and soft food brought from each and every royal capital, having taken one hundred kings, together with them drank at a great drinking feast for a week.

Nanda the wise one, thinking "As long as the king experiences the happiness of sovereignty for seven days, so long I shall not show myself to him," having walked for almsfood in Uttarakuru, dwelt for seven days at the entrance of the golden cave in the Himalayas. Manoja too, on the seventh day, having looked at his own great glory and wealth, thinking "This fame was not given by my mother and father, nor by others; it arose in dependence on the ascetic Nanda; but today is the seventh day that I have not seen him; where indeed is my giver of fame?" remembered Nanda the wise one. He, having known the fact of his remembering, having come, stood in the sky before him. The king, having seen him, thought - "I do not know whether this hermit is of the nature of a deity or of the nature of a human being; if he were a human being, I shall give the kingdom over the whole of Jambudīpa to him alone. If he is a god, I shall make an honour for him." He, investigating him, spoke the first verse -

92.

"Are you a deity, a gandhabba, or Sakka, the first of givers?

One who has become a human being, possessing supernormal power - how may we know you?"

He, having heard his word, speaking of his intrinsic nature, spoke the second verse -

93.

"Not a god nor a gandhabba, nor Sakka, the first of givers;

One who has become a human being, possessing supernormal power - know thus, O Bhāradha."

Therein, "O burden-bearer" - he addresses him thus by virtue of his bearing the burden of the country.

Having heard that, the king, having thought "This one who has become a human being is indeed of great service to me thus; I shall satisfy him with great glory," said -

94.

"What manner of service is this, not trifling, of yours;

While the god was raining, you made it rainless.

95.

"Then in the terrible wind and heat, you made cool shade;

Then in the midst of enemies, you made an arrow-shelter.

96.

"Thereupon you made the countries prosperous, you made their inhabitants subject to you;

Thereupon you made one hundred warriors your followers.

97.

"We would be pleased with you, sir, tell what treasure you desire;

Elephant vehicles, horse-carriages, and adorned women;

Charming dwellings, we shall give to you, sir.

98.

"Or else Vaṅga or Magadha, we shall give to you, sir;

Or else Assaka or Avantī, glad, O tamed one, we give to you.

99.

"Even half of the kingdom, we shall give to you, sir;

If you have need of kingship, instruct whatever you wish."

94-99. Therein, "what manner is this" means what intrinsic nature. "Service" means bodily attendant's work. "Rainless" means without rain; the meaning is: made in such a way that the rain god does not rain. "Cool shade" means cool shade. "Their inhabitants subject to you" means those inhabitants of the country are under our control. "Khatye" means warriors; in the commentary, however, this itself is the reading. "We would be pleased" means we are satisfied. "Tell what treasure you desire" - "bhañja" is the name for a jewel; I give you a boon; whatever jewel you wish, tell that - this is the meaning. By "elephant carriage" and so on, he shows each respective jewel in its own form. "Assakāvantī" means either the country of Assaka or the country of Avanti. "With the kingdom" means even if your meaning is with the kingdom of the entire Indian subcontinent, having given even that to you, I, with shield and weapon in hand, shall go before your chariot - thus he explains. "Whatever you wish" means among these kinds stated by me, whatever you wish, instruct that, command it.

Having heard that, Nanda the wise one, making manifest his own intention, said -

100.

"I have no need of kingship, nor of a city or wealth;

And also of a country, no need exists for me."

Having said "If you have affection for me, do one bidding of mine," he spoke a pair of verses -

101.

"In the realm of your lordship's conquest, in the forest there is a hermitage;

My father and mother, both dwell in the hermitage.

102.

"Among those former teachers, I do not obtain merit to make;

Having made you a candidate, we request Soṇa for restraint."

101-102. Therein, "in the realm" means in the kingdom. "Conquest" means in the place where authority operates. "A hermitage" means there is one hermitage in the Himalayan forest. "Dwell" means they dwell in that hermitage. "Of them I" means among them, I. "To do" means I do not obtain the opportunity to do merit reckoned as the bringing of all kinds of duties and various kinds of fruit; my brother named the wise Soṇa drove me away saying "Do not dwell here" on account of a single offence of mine. "We entreat" means entreating you, we, having made you together with your retinue a candidate, request the wise Soṇa for restraint; the meaning is: we request restraint in the future. "I request this boon" is also a reading; the meaning is: we, together with you, would request Soṇa, would ask his forgiveness; I take this boon from your presence.

Then the king said to him -

103.

"I shall do that word of yours, which you speak to me, brahmin;

And tell us this, how many should the beggars be?"

Therein, "I shall do" - I, who am giving away the kingdom over the whole of Jambudīpa, why should I not do this much? I shall do it - he says. "How many" means how many.

The wise Nanda said -

104.

"More than a hundred country-folk, and wealthy brahmins;

And all these warriors, well-born and famous;

And your honour King Manoja, will be enough as beggars."

Therein, "country-folk" means householders. "And wealthy brahmins" means brahmins who have reached substance, and they too are more than a hundred. "Will be enough" means they will be adequate. "Beggars" means those who will ask forgiveness of Soṇa the Wise for my sake.

Then the king said to him -

105.

"Let them harness the elephants and horses, charioteer, having armed the chariot;

Take the bindings, raise the banners on the flagpoles;

I will go to that hermitage, where Kosiya is honoured."

Therein, "let them harness" means let the elephant riders harness the elephants, and the horse riders harness the horses. "Having armed the chariot, charioteer" means my dear charioteer, you too arm the chariot. "Bindings" means take the goods to be fastened onto the elephants, horses, and chariots. "Raise the banners on the flagpoles" means let them raise up and hoist the banners on the flagpole bases placed on the chariots. "Kosiya" means in whichever hermitage one of the Kosiya clan dwells.

106.

"Then the king set out, with his fourfold army;

He went to the charming hermitage, where Kosiya is honoured." This is the verse discovered by the Fully Enlightened One.

Therein, "and then" means, monks, having said thus, thereupon that king, having taken one hundred warriors, surrounded by a great army, having put Nanda the wise one in front, departed from the city. "With his fourfold army" means he went with a fourfold army; even though he was still on the way, it is said thus because of the inevitability of going. For him who had set out on the road together with the army reckoned as twenty-four akkhobhaṇīs, Nanda the wise one, by the power of supernormal power, having made the road eight usabhas wide level, having spread out a piece of leather in space, having sat down there cross-legged, surrounded by the army, having sat down on a decorated elephant's back, speaking a talk connected with the Teaching together with the king who was going, preventing dangers such as cold and heat, he went.

Then, on the day of reaching his hermitage, the wise Soṇa, having reflected "Seven years plus seven months and seven days extra have passed since my younger brother departed," looking with the divine eye thinking "Where indeed is he now?" having seen "He is coming together with a retinue of twenty-four akkhobhaṇīs, having taken one hundred kings, to ask forgiveness of me indeed," thought - "Many wonders of my younger brother have been seen by these kings and assemblies; not knowing my power, scoffing at me and saying 'This fraudulent ascetic does not know his own measure; he challenged our noble lord,' they might become ones heading for Avīci; I shall show them a wonder of supernormal power." He, having placed a carrying pole in space not touching his shoulder by a measure of four inches, set out through the sky not far from the king, to bring water from Anotatta. Nanda the wise one, having seen him coming, not daring to show himself, having disappeared right at the place where he had been sitting, having fled, entered the Himalayas. But King Manoja, having seen him coming thus in the delightful guise of a sage, spoke a verse -

107.

"Whose is this carrying pole of kadamba wood, four inches in the sky;

Coming without touching the shoulder, of one going to fetch water?"

Therein, "of kadamba wood" means made of kadamba tree wood. "Coming without touching the shoulder" means not touching the shoulder, it comes by itself. "To fetch water" means whose is this carrying pole that comes thus, of one going to bring water; who are you by name, or from where do you come?

When this was said, the Great Being spoke a pair of verses -

108.

"I am Soṇa, great king, an ascetic of enduring virtue;

I support my mother and father, unwearied day and night.

109.

"Having brought fruit and root from the forest, O king;

I nourish my mother and father, recollecting what was done before."

108-109. Therein, "of enduring virtue" means one who has endured - he says "I am one ascetic accomplished in morality and good conduct." "I support" means I nourish. "Unwearied" means having been not lazy. "Recollecting what was done before" means recollecting the virtue done for me by them before.

Having heard that, the king, wishing to establish trust with him, spoke the next verse -

110.

"We wish to go to the hermitage, where Kosiya is honoured;

Tell us the path, dog, by which we may go to the hermitage."

Therein, "hermitage" means your hermitage.

Then the Great Being, having created by his own power a path leading to the hermitage, spoke a verse -

111.

"This is a single path, O king, by which that cloud-like place;

Covered with kovilāra trees, there Kosiya is honoured."

Its meaning is - Great king, this is a single footpath; go by this, in whatever direction that cloud-coloured forest covered with fully blossoming kovilāra trees is seen, there my father of the Kosiya clan dwells; that is his hermitage.

112.

"Having said this, he departed, hurrying, the great sage;

In the sky, in the atmosphere, having instructed the warriors.

113.

"Having swept the hermitage, having prepared a seat;

Having entered the leaf-hut, he awakened his father.

114.

"These kings are coming, well-born and famous;

Having gone forth from the hermitage, sit down, O great sage.

115.

"Having heard that word of his, hurrying, the great sage;

Having gone forth from the hermitage, sat down at the door." These are the verses discovered by the Fully Enlightened One;

112-115. Therein, "departed" means he went to Anotatta. "Having swept the hermitage" means, monks, that sage, having gone with speed to Anotatta, having taken drinking water, while those kings had not yet arrived at the hermitage, having come back, having placed the water-pots in the drinking-water hall, having perfumed them with forest flowers thinking "the public will drink," having taken a broom, having swept the hermitage, having prepared a seat for his father at the door of the leaf-hut, having entered, he made his father aware - this is the meaning. "Sat down" means he sat on a high seat.

But the Bodhisatta's mother sat to one side behind him in a low place. The Great Being sat on a low seat. Nanda the wise one too, at the time when the Bodhisatta had taken drinking water from Anotatta and come to the hermitage, having come to the presence of the king, set up camp not far from the hermitage. Then the king, having bathed, adorned with all ornaments, surrounded by one hundred kings, having taken Nanda the wise one, entered the hermitage with great splendour and glory to ask forgiveness of the Bodhisatta. Then the Bodhisatta's father, having seen him coming thus, asked the Bodhisatta, and he told him. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

116.

"And having seen him coming, blazing as if with radiance;

Surrounded by a host of warriors, Kosiya said this.

117.

"Whose drums and small drums, conch shells, tabors and kettledrums;

Proceeding in front, gladdening the bull among charioteers.

118.

"Whose is the broad golden headband, lightning-coloured;

A youth girded with a quiver, who comes blazing with splendour?

119.

Like one heated at the mouth of a forge, resembling embers of acacia wood;

And his face shines beautifully, who comes blazing with splendour?

120.

"For whom is the umbrella held up, with ribs, delightful;

Shielding from the sun's rays, who comes blazing with splendour?

121.

"Having taken hold of whose body, with the finest tail-hair fan,

Do they move about for the one of excellent merit, extended upon the elephant's back.

122.

"Whose white umbrellas and armoured thoroughbreds

Surround him on all sides, who comes blazing with splendour?

123.

"Whose one hundred warriors, following the famous one;

Surround him on all sides, who comes blazing with splendour?

124.

"Elephants, horses, chariots, infantry, and a fourfold army;

Surround him on all sides, who comes blazing with splendour?

125.

"Whose is this great army, that follows behind;

Unshakeable, boundless, like the waves of the ocean.

126.

"The king of kings, Manoja, like Indra, lord of the victorious;

Goes as a candidate to Nanda, to the hermitage of the practitioners of the holy life.

127.

"This great army follows behind him;

Unshakeable, boundless, like the waves of the ocean."

116-127. Therein, "blazing as if" means as if blazing. "Proceeding" means these musical instruments come before whom - this is the meaning. "Gladdening" means pleasing. "With a golden cloth" - he asks: dear, whose forehead is encircled with a golden, lightning-coloured turban-cloth? "A youth" means a young man. "Equipped with a quiver" means one with a fastened arrow-quiver. "Or burnished in a forge" means like gold burnished in the fireplace of smiths. "Resembling acacia-wood embers" means having the colour of glowing acacia-wood embers. "Obstructing the sun's rays" means an obstruction of the sun's rays. "Having encompassed the limbs" means having taken hold of the limbs, having encircled the body - this is the meaning. "The finest yak-tail fan" means the best yak-tail fan. "Moving" means going about. "Parasols" means parasols held over those seated on the backs of thoroughbreds. "Surround" means they scatter about all around him in all directions. "Fourfold" means endowed with four divisions, namely elephants and so on. "Unshakeable" means it is not possible to shake. "Like the ocean's" means boundless like the waves of the ocean. "King of kings" means venerated by one hundred and one kings, or a king superior to them - thus king of kings. "Lord of the victorious" means the chief of the Thirty-three who have attained victory. "Entreats" means he comes, having approached Nanda's assembly, for the purpose of asking my forgiveness.

The Teacher said -

128.

"Anointed with sandalwood, wearing the finest Kāsi cloth;

All having become with joined palms, approached the sages."

Therein, "approached the sages" means, monks, all those kings too, anointed with fragrant sandalwood, wearing the finest Kāsi cloth, having placed joined palms upon their heads, approached into the presence of the sages.

Then King Manoja, having paid homage to him, seated to one side, exchanging friendly welcome, spoke a pair of verses -

129.

"Is it that you are well, is it that you are free from illness;

Do you sustain yourself by gleaning, are roots and fruits abundant?

130.

"Are gadflies and mosquitoes few, and reptiles as well;

In the forest teeming with beasts of prey, is there no harm found?"

Then beyond that, there are verses spoken by way of the words and replies of those two -

131.

"It is well with us, O king, and also, O king, free from illness;

And also we sustain ourselves by gleaning, and also roots and fruits are abundant.

132.

"And also gadflies and mosquitoes, and reptiles as well few;

In the forest teeming with beasts of prey, no harm exists for me.

133.

"For many years, authorized here in the hermitage;

I do not directly know as arisen, an illness that is unpleasant.

134.

"Welcome to you, great king, and also your coming is not unwelcome;

You have arrived as lord, declare whatever is here."

135.

Tinduka fruits, piyāla fruits, madhuka fruits and kasumāra fruits;

Small fruits, enjoy, O king, the choicest of the choicest.

136.

"This drinking water too is cool, brought from the mountain cave;

Drink from it, great king, if you so wish.

137.

"What was given has been accepted, an oblation has been made for all;

Listen also to Nanda, he will speak his word.

138.

"As candidates of Nanda, we have come into your presence, sir;

Let the venerable one hear the word, and of Nanda's assembly too."

129-138. These have for the most part an obvious connection; but whatever here is not obvious, that alone we shall explain. "Declare" means he says: whatever is agreeable to you in this place, tell that to us. "Small fruits" means these are various tree-fruits, sweet, comparable to honey made by small bees. "The choicest" means taking the highest of the highest from here, eat. "From a mountain cave" means from Anotatta. "An oblation for all" means that about which we were asked, that has been accepted by us, and has been given by you; to that extent an oblation for all these people has been made by you. "Of Nanda too" means everything has been done for us; but now the wise Nanda wishes to say something; hear his word too for the time being. "We are candidates" means he says: we have not come for any other purpose, but having become Nanda's assembly, we have come for the purpose of asking your forgiveness. "Venerable" means let the venerable wise Soṇa hear.

When this was said, the wise Nanda, rising from his seat, having paid homage to his mother and father and his brother, conversing with his own assembly, said -

139.

"More than a hundred country-folk, and wealthy brahmins;

And all these warriors, well-born and famous;

And your honour King Manoja, may they approve my word.

140.

"And whatever demons are peaceful ones here in this forest;

Whatever beings are in the forest, let them hear my word.

141.

"Having paid homage to the beings, I shall speak of the sage of good conduct;

I am that right arm of yours, esteemed by you, Kosiya.

142.

"My father and my mother, for me who wishes to support them, being mindful;

O hero, this is a meritorious state, do not hinder me, Kosiya.

143.

"For this is known by the virtuous, give this up to me;

By industriousness and service, for a long time done by you;

Merit towards mother and father, be the giver of the world to me.

144.

"Likewise there are men, who know the passage of the Teaching in the teachings;

The path to the heavenly world, just as you know, O sage.

145.

"By industriousness and service, bringing happiness to mother and father;

From that merit he prevents me, a man obstructing the noble path."

139-145. Therein, "may they approve" means may they understand; the meaning is: having heard well, may they make it evident. "Assembled" means come together. "Beings and those to come in the forest" means in this Himalayan forest, whatever beings that have reached the limit of maturity, and those to come, namely young deities - may all those too hear my word. This is the meaning. "Having paid homage" - this he said having given a signal to the assembly and having made homage to the deities arisen in that jungle thicket. Its meaning is - Today many deities must have come for the purpose of hearing the Teaching talk of my brother; I pay homage to you; may you too be my companions. He, having raised joined palms to the deities, having informed the assembly, said beginning with "I shall speak of the sage." Therein, "sage" - he speaks with reference to the wise Soṇa. "Esteemed" means brothers are equal in limbs; therefore he is esteemed as "I am your right arm." He explains that "therefore you should bear with me."

"Hero" means possessing energy, of great exertion. "This is a meritorious state" means this attendance upon mother and father is a meritorious cause leading to heaven; he says "do not hinder me who am doing it." "For by the virtuous" means for this attendance upon mother and father is known by the wise, having approached, it is both known and praised. "Give this up to me" means you should relinquish this, give it up, give it to me. "By industriousness and service" means by industriousness and by service. "Done" means for a long time wholesome deeds have been done by you. "Merit" means now I wish to do meritorious deeds towards mother and father. "Giver of the world to me" means you become the giver of the heavenly world to me; for I, having performed the duty of attendance upon them, shall obtain immeasurable fame in the heavenly world; he says "you be the donor of that to me."

"Likewise" means just as you know, likewise there are other men too in this assembly; they speak of various teachings, this portion of the Teaching reckoned as the state of reverence towards elders. How? "The path to the heavenly world." "Bringing happiness" means bringing happiness to mother and father through industriousness and service. "That me" means that me, even though thus rightly practising, the brother, the wise Soṇa, hinders from that merit. "Obstructor of the noble path" means he, thus hindering, this man, for the sake of seeing me whom he holds dear, becomes an obstruction to the path of the heavenly world reckoned as noble.

When the wise Nanda had thus spoken, the Great Being, announcing "You have heard the word of this one for now; now hear mine too," said -

146.

"Let the venerable sirs hear my word, those who have come for my brother's kingdom;

Great king, abandoning the ancient family lineage;

One who acts unrighteously towards elders, he is reborn in hell.

147.

"And those who are skilled in the ancient teaching, O king;

And accomplished in conduct, they do not go to an unfortunate realm.

148.

"Mother, father, and brother, sister, relatives and kinsmen;

All these are the burden of the eldest, know thus, O Bhāradha.

149.

"Having taken up a heavy burden, like a sailor I endeavour;

And I do not neglect the Teaching, and I am the eldest, O bull among charioteers."

146-149. Therein, "those who have come for my brother's kingdom" means let all the venerable kings who have come as my brother's assembly hear my word too for the time being. "Abandoning" means one who is abandoning. "Of the Teaching" means of the principle of respect to the elders, of the traditional principle. "Skilled" means clever. "And in conduct" means accomplished in the morality of good conduct. "Burdens" means all these are to be borne and looked after by the eldest - thus they are called his burdens. "Like a sailor" means just as a sailor, having taken up a heavy burden on a boat, endeavours and strives to lead the boat safely in the middle of the ocean, and together with the boat, all the goods and the people are his burden alone, so too all relatives are my burden alone; and I endeavour and am able to look after them, and I do not neglect the principle of respect to the elders; and not only of these alone, but I am the eldest of the entire world as well; therefore it is fitting that I myself, together with Nanda, should look after them.

Having heard that, all those kings, being delighted, thinking "Today it has been known by us that the remaining ones are indeed the burden of the eldest brother," having abandoned Nanda the wise one, having become dependent on the Great Being, offering praise for him, spoke two verses -

150.

"We have achieved knowledge from darkness, like a flame from fire;

Just so our lord Kosiya has revealed the Teaching to us.

151.

"Just as the rising sun, Vāsudeva, the light-bringer;

Reveals to living beings, forms good and evil;

Just so our lord Kosiya has revealed the Teaching to us."

150-151. Therein, "have achieved" means we, formerly before this, existing in the darkness that conceals the principle of respect for elders, did not know; today we have achieved knowledge like a flame from fire. "Just so to us" means just as a fire kindled on a mountain top, pervading light all around in great darkness, shows forms, so our lord of the Kosiya clan has revealed the Teaching to us - this is the meaning. "Vāsudeva" means Vasudeva, the illuminator of wealth, the revealer of riches - this is the meaning.

Thus the Great Being, having seen the wonders of the wise Nanda for so long a time, when their minds were confident in him, by the power of knowledge having broken their confidence in him and having made them accept his own talk, made them all look upon his own face. Then the wise Nanda, having thought "My brother, wise, experienced, a preacher of the Teaching, having broken all these kings, made them his own partisans; setting aside him, there is no other shelter for me; I shall request him alone," spoke a verse -

152.

"Thus as I am entreating, do not disregard my joined palms;

I shall be your devoted attendant, an arisen servant."

The meaning of that - If you do not disregard, do not accept, the joined palms raised for the purpose of asking forgiveness by me thus entreating, you yourselves attend upon the mother and father; but I shall be your devoted attendant, a steward, night and day arisen with an untiring disposition, a servant, I shall look after you.

The Great Being by nature has neither hatred nor enmity towards the wise Nanda; but having done so by way of refutation for the purpose of diminishing the conceit of one who was speaking obstinate words, now having heard his words, with a gladdened mind, having aroused confidence in him, making known his virtue saying "Now I forgive you, and you shall obtain to look after the mother and father," he said -

153.

"Surely, Nanda, you understand the Good Teaching taught by the virtuous;

Noble one of noble conduct, you please me very much.

154.

"I say to you, sir, and to you, madam, listen to my word;

This burden was never a burden to me at any time.

155.

"Me, who was attending, being one who brings happiness to mother and father;

Nanda, having made himself a candidate, requests for attendance.

156.

"Whoever indeed wishes with desire, among the peaceful practitioners of the holy life;

Choose Nanda, one of you, whom should Nanda attend upon?"

153-156. Therein, "noble" means beautiful. "Of noble conduct" means one who has become of beautiful conduct too. "Very much" means now you please me exceedingly. "Listen" means mother, father, you listen to my word. "This is not a burden" means this burden of looking after you was never a burden to me at any time. "That me" means without having considered that as a burden, you, me who was attending, being one - "Requests for attendance" means he requests me to attend upon you. "Whoever indeed wishes" means for it is not fitting for me to say to you "You attend upon my mother or father"; but among your children, the practitioners of the holy life, whoever one wishes, that I say - by your wish choose Nanda, approve of that Nanda, my younger brother; whom among you should he attend upon? For we both are indeed your sons.

Then his mother, having risen from her seat, making known this meaning - "Dear wise Soṇa, your younger brother has been away from home for a long time; even though he has come after such a long time, I do not dare to request him; for we are dependent on him; but now, permitted by you, may I embrace this practitioner of the holy life with my arms and sniff his head" - spoke a verse -

157.

"Permitted by you, dear father, Soṇa, we are dependent on you;

May I obtain the joy of kissing the head of the practitioner of the holy life."

Then the Great Being said "If so, mother, I allow it; you go, having embraced your son Nanda, having smelled his head and having kissed him, extinguish the sorrow in your heart." She, having gone to his presence, having embraced Nanda the wise one right in the midst of the assembly, having smelled his head and having kissed him, having extinguished the sorrow in her heart, conversing with the Great Being, said -

158.

"Like a young sprout of the holy fig tree, stirred by the wind;

Having seen Nanda at long last, my heart trembles.

159.

"When even asleep in a dream, I see Nanda having come;

I become elated and glad, 'This Nanda of ours has arrived.'

160.

"And when having awakened, I see Nanda not having come;

Sorrow enters me even more, and displeasure not trifling.

161.

"Today, after such a long time, I see Nanda having come;

Dear to my husband and to me, may Nanda enter our house.

162.

"Nanda is dear to his father too, Suppiya, therefore Nanda should not dwell away from home;

Let Nanda obtain that, dear son, let Nanda attend upon me."

158-162. Therein, "stirred by the wind" means just as a sprout of the holy fig tree struck by the wind trembles, so having seen Nanda at long last, today my heart trembles - she says. "Asleep" means dear son Soṇa, when even asleep in a dream I see Nanda having come, even then I become elated. "To my husband" means dear to my husband and to me. "May Nanda enter our house" means dear son, let our son Nanda enter the hermitage. "That" means because he is very dear to his father too, therefore he should not dwell away from this home again. "Nanda, that" means dear son, let Nanda obtain whatever he wishes. "Me, Nanda" means dear son Soṇa, you attend upon your father, let Nanda attend upon me.

The Great Being, having accepted his mother's word saying "May it be so," having exhorted him saying "Nanda, the chief portion has been obtained by you; a mother is indeed one who does exceedingly meritorious deeds; having been heedful, you should look after her," making known the virtues of the mother, spoke two verses -

163.

"Compassionate and a support, and formerly a giver of nourishment to us;

The path to the heavenly world, a mother chooses that, O sage.

164.

"Formerly a giver of nourishment, a protector, a mother endowed with merit;

The path to the heavenly world, a mother chooses that, O sage."

163-164. Therein, "compassionate" means of a tender heart. "Formerly a giver of nourishment" means at the very first, a giver of her own nourishment termed milk. "A mother, that" means my mother does not desire me, she desires that, she chooses that. "Clan" means protectress. "Endowed with merit" means dependent on merit, a giver of merit.

Thus the Great Being, having spoken of the mother's virtues with two verses, having come back again, at the time when she was seated on her seat, having said "Nanda, you have a mother who has performed austerities; both of us were nurtured by our mother with difficulty; now you should look after her diligently; do not cause her to eat unsweet fruits and non-fruits," right in the midst of the assembly, making known the mother's performance of austerities, said -

165.

"Desiring the fruit of a son, she pays homage to a deity;

And she asks about the constellations, and about the seasons and years.

166.

"When she has bathed during her season, there is the descent of the embryo;

By that she becomes a woman with longing, by that she is called 'one with a good heart'.

167.

"For a year or less, having carried, she gives birth;

By that she is 'one who brings forth', by that she is called 'mother'.

168.

"By breast-milk, by singing, and by covering with her limbs;

She pleases the crying child, by that she is called 'one who pleases'.

169.

"Then in the terrible wind and heat, having made 'mine', she looks at him;

The child not knowing, nourishing him, by that she is called.

170.

"Whatever is the mother's wealth, and whatever is the father's wealth;

Both of these she guards for him, even if there be no son.

171.

"Do this, son, do that, son," thus a mother suffers;

When heedless with others' wives, at night, having reached youth;

When her son does not come in the evening, thus a mother suffers.

172.

"Thus a man nurtured with difficulty, who does not attend to his mother;

Having acted wrongly towards his mother, he is reborn in hell.

173.

"Thus a man nurtured with difficulty, who does not attend to his father;

Having acted wrongly towards his father, he is reborn in hell.

174.

"Wealth also perishes for those who desire wealth, thus I have heard;

Not having looked after one's mother, he undergoes difficulty.

175.

"Wealth also perishes for those who desire wealth, thus I have heard;

Not having looked after one's father, he undergoes difficulty.

176.

"Joy and delight, always laughter and play;

Having attended to one's mother, this is obtainable for one who understands.

177.

"Joy and delight, always laughter and play;

Having attended to one's father, this is obtainable for one who understands.

178.

"Giving and pleasant speech, and beneficent conduct here;

And impartiality in all things, in each case as is fitting;

These ways of supporting others in the world are like the linchpin of a moving chariot.

179.

"And if these ways of supporting others did not exist, a mother on account of her child

Would not obtain respect or veneration, nor a father on account of his child.

180.

"Since the wise rightly regard these ways of supporting others,

Therefore they attain greatness, and they become praiseworthy.

181.

"Mother and father are called Brahmā, and first teachers;

Worthy of offerings from their children, compassionate towards their offspring.

182.

"Therefore the wise person should venerate them, and should honour them;

With food and also with drink, with cloth and with bedding;

With anointing and with bathing, and with washing of their feet.

183.

"By that service to mother and father, the wise;

They praise him right here, and after death he rejoices in heaven."

165-183. Therein, "the fruit of a son" means the fruit reckoned as a son. "Pays homage to a deity" means she makes homage to a deity, requesting "May a son be born to me." "She asks" means she asks about the constellations thus: "Under which constellation is a son born long-lived, under which short-lived?" "And about the seasons and years" means she asks about the seasons and years thus: "In which of the six seasons is one born long-lived, in which season short-lived, at how many years of the mother is a son born long-lived, at how many years short-lived?" "When she has bathed during her season" means when she has bathed during the season when the menses have appeared. "Descent" means from the coming together of three, there is conception in a womb; the embryo is established in the womb. "By that" means by that embryo she becomes a woman with longing. "By that" means then affection arises for the offspring born in her womb; by that reason she is called "one with a good heart." "By that" means by that reason she is called both "one who gives birth" and "mother."

"And by covering with her limbs" means having laid him down between her breasts, spreading bodily contact over him, with a covering reckoned as her limbs themselves. "Pleasing" means persuading, making laugh. "Having made 'mine', she looks at him" means having made mine-making thus: "The wind strikes upon my son, the sunshine pervades him," she looks at him with a tender heart. "Both of these for him" means both this wealth, without showing it to others, the mother guards in treasure chambers and so on for the sake of this son. "Do this, son, do that, son" means training him thus: "You blind fool of a son, be diligent thus in the royal court and so on, and do not do that deed" - thus a mother suffers and is wearied. "Having reached youth" means when the son has reached youth, knowing that son to be heedless with others' wives at night, not coming home in the evening, looking at the road with eyes full of tears, she suffers and is wearied.

"Nurtured with difficulty" means nourished with difficulty, looked after. "Having acted wrongly" means not having looked after one's mother. "Wealth also" means wealth too; or this itself is the reading. This is what is meant - even the wealth that has arisen for those who desire wealth perishes for those who do not look after their mother - thus I have heard. "Or difficulty, he" means thus either his wealth perishes, or the man undergoes suffering. "This is obtainable" means this happiness beginning with joy in this world and in the world beyond is obtainable for the wise person who understands, having attended to his mother; it can be obtained by one such as that - this is the meaning.

"And giving" means gifts should be given to mother and father, endearing speech should be spoken, and beneficial conduct should be practised by way of accomplishing duties that have arisen. "In principles" means in the principles of respect for elders, here and there, whether in the midst of an assembly or of those gone to a private place, impartiality should be practised by way of paying respect and so on; one should not pay respect and so on in private and then not do so in the assembly; everywhere one should behave with the same manner. "And if these ways of supporting others did not exist" means if these four ways of supporting others were not to exist. "Rightly regarding" means they regard rightly, by method, by reason. "Greatness" means the foremost state. "Brahmā" means equal to Brahmā for their children, the highest, the foremost. "First teachers" means the earliest teachers. "Worthy of offerings" means recipients of offerings, suitable for whatever honour from anyone. "With food, and also" means the need is for food and also for drink. "After death" means at the conclusion of death, having gone from here, he rejoices in heaven.

Thus the Great Being concluded the teaching of the Teaching as if rolling Sineru. Having heard that, all those kings and the armies were devoted. Then, having established them in the five precepts, having exhorted them "Be diligent in giving and so on," he dismissed them. All of them, having exercised kingship righteously, at the end of their life span filled the city of the gods. Soṇa the Wise and Nanda the Wise too, having attended to their mother and father as long as life lasted, were heading for the Brahma world.

The Teacher, having brought this teaching of the Teaching, having made known the truths, connected the Jātaka; at the conclusion of the truths, the monk who supported his mother became established in the fruition of stream-entry. At that time the mother and father were the great royal families, Nanda the Wise was Ānanda, King Manoja was Sāriputta, the one hundred and one kings were the eighty great elders and certain other elders, the assembly of twenty-four akkhobhaṇī was the Buddha's assembly, but Soṇa the Wise was myself.

The commentary on the Soṇananda Jātaka is the second.

The Jātaka summary -

Then in the excellent seventieth section, Intrinsic Nature and the noble King of Kusāvatī;

Then the noble Soṇa and Sunanda again, thus heard in the seventieth section.

The commentary on the Chapter of Seventies is concluded.

21.

The Book of the Eighties

533.

The Commentary on the Cūḷahaṃsa Jātaka

"Sumukha" - this the Teacher spoke while dwelling at the Bamboo Grove, referring to the relinquishment of life by the Venerable Ānanda. For when Devadatta employed archers to deprive the Tathāgata of life, the one sent first of all, having come, when it was said "I am not able, venerable sir, to deprive that Blessed One of life; that Blessed One is of great supernormal power, of great majesty," Devadatta, having said "Enough, friend, do not you deprive the ascetic Gotama of life; I myself shall deprive the ascetic Gotama of life," while the Tathāgata was walking up and down in the western shadow of Vulture's Peak mountain, himself having ascended Vulture's Peak mountain, hurled a great stone with the force of a machine, thinking "With this stone I shall deprive the ascetic Gotama of life." Then two mountain peaks, having come together, caught that stone. From there a splinter, having flown up, having struck the Blessed One's foot, drew blood; intense feelings arose. Jīvaka, having split the Tathāgata's foot with a knife, having discharged the bad blood, having removed the putrid flesh, having washed it, having applied medicine, made him healthy. The Teacher, just as before, surrounded by the Community of monks, went about with the great grace of a Buddha.

Then, having seen him, Devadatta thought - "Having seen the body of the ascetic Gotama endowed with the splendour of beauty, no one who has become a human being is able to approach him; but the king's elephant named Nāḷāgiri is fierce, harsh, a killer of humans, and does not know the virtues of the Buddha, the Teaching, and the Community; he will bring him to the destruction of life." He, having gone, reported that matter to the king. The king, having accepted saying "Very well," having had the elephant trainer summoned, said "My dear, tomorrow, having made Nāḷāgiri intoxicated, right early release him on the street along which the ascetic Gotama has proceeded." Devadatta too, having asked him "On other days, how much liquor does the elephant drink?" when it was said "Eight pots, venerable sir," said "If so, tomorrow you, having made him drink sixteen pots, should turn him to face the street along which the ascetic Gotama has proceeded." He accepted, saying "Very well." The king had a drum beaten in the city - "Tomorrow, having made Nāḷāgiri intoxicated, they will release him in the city; the citizens, right early, having done all their tasks, should not proceed along the middle of the street." Devadatta too, having descended from the king's dwelling, having gone to the elephant stable, having addressed the elephant keepers, said "We, my good men, are able to place one of high standing in a low position, or one of low standing in a high position. If you have need of fame, tomorrow right early, having made Nāḷāgiri drink sixteen pots of strong liquor, at the time of the ascetic Gotama's arrival, having pierced him with pikes and goads, having enraged him, having had the elephant stable broken open, having turned him to face the street along which the ascetic Gotama has proceeded, bring the ascetic Gotama to the destruction of life." They accepted, saying "Very well."

That news became widespread throughout the entire city. Lay followers devoted to the Buddha, the Teaching, and the Community, having heard that, having approached the Teacher, said "Venerable sir, Devadatta, having joined together with the king, will tomorrow have Nāḷāgiri released on the street along which you have proceeded. Tomorrow, without entering for almsfood, stay right here; we shall give almsfood to the Community of monks headed by the Buddha right in the monastery." The Teacher too, without even saying "Tomorrow I shall not enter for almsfood," for this reason consented to them: "Tomorrow I shall tame Nāḷāgiri, perform a wonder, crush the sectarians, walk for almsfood in Rājagaha itself, and surrounded by the Community of monks, having departed from the city, shall come to the Bamboo Grove itself; the inhabitants of Rājagaha too, having taken many dishes of food, will come to the Bamboo Grove itself; tomorrow there will be a refectory right in the monastery." They, having learned of the Tathāgata's acceptance, having brought dishes of food, departed saying "We shall give the gift right in the monastery."

The Teacher too, having taught the Teaching in the first watch, having answered the questions of the deities in the middle watch, in the first portion of the last watch having practised the lion's posture, in the second portion having spent time in fruition attainment, in the third portion having entered upon the great compassion attainment, having emerged, surveying kinsmen capable of being enlightened, having seen the full realisation of the teaching by eighty-four thousand living beings in the taming of Nāḷāgiri, when the night became light, having attended to his toilet, having addressed the Venerable Ānanda, said: "Ānanda, announce to all the monks in the eighteen great monasteries in the environs of Rājagaha to enter Rājagaha together with me today." The Elder did so. All the monks assembled at the Bamboo Grove. The Teacher, surrounded by the great community of monks, entered Rājagaha. Then the elephant keepers proceeded in accordance with the advice, and there was a great assembly. People accomplished in faith, thinking "Today, it seems, there will be a battle between the Buddha-elephant and the animal-elephant; we shall see the taming of Nāḷāgiri with the incomparable Buddha's grace," having ascended mansions, long buildings, house-roofs and so on, stood there. But the faithless ones holding wrong views, thinking "This Nāḷāgiri is fierce, harsh, a killer of humans; he does not know the virtues of the Buddha and so on; today he will destroy the golden-coloured body of the ascetic Gotama and bring about the destruction of his life; today we shall see the back of our adversary," stood on mansions and so on.

The elephant too, having seen the Blessed One coming, frightening people, destroying houses, crushing carts, having raised his trunk, with ears and tail erect, overwhelming like a mountain, charged towards where the Blessed One was. Having seen him coming, the monks said this to the Blessed One - "This Nāḷāgiri, venerable sir, is fierce, harsh, a killer of humans, and has proceeded along this street; he does not know the virtues of the Buddha and so on; let the Blessed One step back, venerable sir; let the Fortunate One step back." Do not, monks, be afraid; I am competent to tame Nāḷāgiri. Then the Venerable Sāriputta requested the Teacher - "Venerable sir, a matter arisen for a father is indeed the burden of the eldest son; I myself shall tame him." Then the Teacher warded him off saying "Sāriputta, the power of a Buddha is one thing, the power of a disciple is another; stay you." Thus for the most part the eighty great elders requested. The Teacher warded off all of them. Then the Venerable Ānanda, being unable to endure it due to strong affection for the Teacher, having given up his life for the sake of the Tathāgata thinking "Let this elephant kill me first," having gone, stood in front of the Teacher. Then the Teacher said to him "Step aside, Ānanda, do not stand in front of me." "Venerable sir, this elephant is fierce, harsh, a killer of humans, like the fire at the end of a cosmic cycle; let him kill me first and afterwards come to your presence" - thus the Elder said. Even though being told up to the third time, he stood just the same and did not step back. Then the Blessed One, having made him step back by supernormal power, placed him among the monks.

At that moment a certain woman, having seen Nāḷāgiri, frightened by the fear of death, fleeing, having dropped the child held on her hip between the elephant and the Tathāgata, fled. The elephant, having pursued her, having turned back, went to the presence of the child. Then the child cried out with a great roar. The Teacher, having pervaded Nāḷāgiri with specifically directed friendliness, having produced a very sweet divine voice, summoned him saying "Hey, Nāḷāgiri, having made you drink sixteen pitchers of liquor, those making you intoxicated did not do it thinking 'He will seize another,' but they did it thinking 'He will seize me'; do not go about wearying your legs without reason; come here." He, having heard the Teacher's words, having opened his eyes, having looked at the Blessed One's personal splendour, having gained a sense of urgency, his intoxication from liquor cut off by the power of the Buddha, lowering his trunk, flapping his ears, having come, fell at the feet of the Tathāgata. Then the Teacher, having said to him "Nāḷāgiri, you are an animal elephant, I am the Buddha-elephant; from now on do not be fierce, harsh, a killer of humans; obtain a mind of friendliness towards all beings," having stretched out his right hand, having touched his forehead -

"Do not, elephant, assail an elephant; for painful indeed, elephant, is the assailing of an elephant;

For indeed, elephant, for one who has killed an elephant, there is no fortunate destination hereafter.

"And do not be intoxicated, and do not be negligent, for indeed the negligent do not go to a fortunate destination;

You yourself should act in such a way, by which you will go to a fortunate destination." -

He taught the Teaching.

His entire body was continuously pervaded with joy. If indeed he had not been an animal, he would have attained the fruition of stream-entry. The humans, having seen that wonder, shouted and clapped their hands, and with pleasure arisen, threw various ornaments, and those covered the elephant's body. Thenceforth Nāḷāgiri became known by the name Dhanapālaka. Now at that assembly of Dhanapālaka, eighty-four thousand living beings drank the Deathless. The Teacher established Dhanapālaka in the five precepts. He, having taken dust from the Blessed One's feet with his trunk, having scattered it over the top of his head, having stepped backwards while still bowing, standing within the region of sight, having paid homage to the One of Ten Powers, having turned back, entered the elephant stable. Thenceforth, having become tamed and well-tamed, he did not harass anyone. The Teacher, his wish fulfilled, having determined "By whomever whatever wealth was thrown, let that be theirs alone," having crushed the sectarians, thinking "Today a great wonder has been performed by me; walking for almsfood in this city is not proper," surrounded by the Community of monks, like a warrior who has achieved victory, having departed from the city, went to the Bamboo Grove itself. The city-dwellers, having taken much food, drink, and solid food, having gone to the monastery, carried on a great gift.

On that day, in the afternoon period, the monks, having filled the Teaching hall and sat down together, raised up a discussion - "Friends, by the Venerable Ānanda, who gave up his own life for the sake of the Tathāgata, a difficult deed was done; having seen Nāḷāgiri, even though being held back three times by the Teacher, he did not depart. Oh, one who does what is difficult, friends, is the Venerable Ānanda." The Teacher, thinking "A talk of praise of Ānanda is going on; I should go there," having come out from the Perfumed Chamber and having come, having asked "What discussion were you having as you sat together here, monks?" when it was said "Such and such," having said "Not only now, monks; in the past too Ānanda, even though born in the animal realm, gave up his life for my sake indeed," being requested by them, brought up the past.

In the past, in the Mahiṃsaka country, in the city of Sāgala, a king named Sāgala exercised kingship righteously. At that time, not far from the city, in a certain hunter's hamlet, a certain hunter earned his livelihood by catching birds with snares and selling them in the city. And not far from the city, twelve yojanas in circumference, there was a lotus lake named Mānusiya, covered with lotuses of five colours. There various kinds of flocks of birds descended. That hunter laid snares there at random. At that time, Dhataraṭṭha, the king of swans, with a retinue of ninety-six thousand swans, dwelt in the Golden Cave on Cittakūṭa mountain; his general was named Sumukha. Then one day, from that flock of swans, several golden swans, having gone to the lake Mānusiya, having wandered about comfortably in that place of abundant food, well-satisfied, having come to Cittakūṭa, reported to Dhataraṭṭha - "Great king, on the path of humans there is a lotus lake named Mānusiya, with abundant food; let us go there to take our food." He, having rejected it saying "The path of humans is dangerous and perilous; let it not please you," yet being told again and again by them, saying "If it pleases you, let us go," went to that lake with his retinue. He, while descending from the sky, descended even while placing his foot in the snare. Then the snare, as if pulling with an iron plate, having bound his foot, seized it. Then, as he pulled thinking "I shall break it," on the first occasion the hide was cut, on the second occasion the flesh was cut, on the third occasion the sinew was cut, the snare, having struck against the bone, held fast, blood flowed forth, and intense feelings of pain arose.

He thought - "If I cry the cry of the trapped, my relatives, having become frightened, without taking food, fleeing while hungry, through weakness will fall into the great ocean." He, having endured the pain, having wandered as much as they wished for his relatives, at the time of the swans' play, cried the cry of the trapped with a loud voice. Having heard that, those swans, frightened by the fear of death, having formed into groups, departed facing towards Cittakūṭa. When they had departed, Sumukha, the general of the swans, thinking "Has this danger perhaps arisen for the great king? I shall find out," having sprung forward with speed, not seeing the Great Being among the flock of swans going in front, searched the middle flock of swans; not seeing him there either, searched the rear flock of swans; not seeing him there either, thinking "Without doubt this danger has arisen for him," having turned back and coming, having seen the Great Being bound in the snare, smeared with blood, afflicted with pain, lying on the surface of the mud, saying "Do not fear, great king; I, having given up my own life, shall free you from the snare," having descended, consoling the Great Being, sat down on the surface of the mud. Then the Great Being, investigating him, spoke the first verse -

1.

"Sumukha, not looking back, the birds depart;

Go, you too, do not doubt, there is no companionship with one who is bound."

Therein, "not looking back" means not looking back out of affection by way of attachment. "They depart" means these ninety-six thousand swans, kinsmen birds, having abandoned me, go away; you too go, do not wish for dwelling here, for indeed when I am bound by a snare there is no such thing as companionship; for indeed I shall not now be able to do any function of a companion for you; what use am I to you, being of no help? Without making delay, go indeed - thus he says.

From here onwards -

2.

"Whether I go or do not go, I would not thereby be immortal;

Having attended upon you when happy, how could I abandon you when in distress?

3.

"Either death together with you, or life without you;

That very death is better, than if I should live without you.

4.

"This is not the principle, great king, that I should abandon you who have come to such a state;

Whatever destination is yours, that is mine, it pleases me, O lord of birds.

5.

"What other destination is there for one bound by a snare, great one?

How does that please you, who are thinking, though you are free?

6.

"What benefit do you see, for me and for you, O winged one;

Or for the remaining relatives, at the destruction of life of both of us?

7.

"That which is like golden-winged, done in blind darkness;

In such a case giving up life, what purpose would it illuminate?

8.

"How is it, O foremost among birds, that you do not understand the meaning in the Teaching;

The Teaching, when esteemed, being peaceful, shows benefit to living beings.

9.

"I, looking to the Teaching, and the welfare arisen from the Teaching;

And seeing devotion in you, I do not wish for life.

10.

"Surely this is the principle of the good, whoever is a friend to a friend in misfortune;

One should not abandon even for life's sake, remembering the principle of causation.

11.

"This duty has been practised by you, and your devotion is known to me;

Do as you wish in this matter, go with my consent.

12.

"And even when time has thus passed, whatever portion of relatives by me;

By you, that one endowed with wisdom, may it be supremely restrained.

13.

"While thus they were conversing, the noble ones of noble conduct,

The hunter appeared to them, like Death to the afflicted.

14.

"Seeing the enemy approaching, the twice-born birds, long devoted to each other's welfare;

Both sat in silence, they did not stir from their seats.

15.

"And having seen the Dhataraṭṭhas, flying up from here and there;

The enemy of birds approached with speed towards the lords of birds.

16.

And he, having approached with speed, having come upon the supreme birds;

The hunter drew back, thinking "they are bound."

17.

"One bound and seated, and another unbound;

Having approached the one bound and seated, looking on without distress.

18.

Then he, being perplexed, addressed the white one;

The one with a grown body, seated, the lord of the flock of the bird community.

19.

"That which one bound by a great snare does not make for any direction;

Then why do you, unfettered, powerful bird, not go?

20.

"Why indeed is this one a bird to you, freed you attend upon the captive;

Having left it, the birds go - why do you alone lag behind?

21.

"That twice-born is my king, O enemy of birds, and he is my companion dear as life;

I will indeed not abandon him, until the end of time.

22.

"But how did this bird not see the snare that was laid?

For this is the mark of the great, that they are able to understand misfortune."

23.

"When ruin comes, a man at the end of life;

Then even having encountered the net and the snare, he does not understand.

24.

"But indeed, O greatly wise one, snares of many kinds are spread;

Approaching the hidden one, they are caught, and thus at the destruction of life."

The connection of these verses should be understood according to the method of the Pāḷi text itself.

2-24. Therein, "whether I go or" means he says: great king, whether I go from here or not, I would not by that going or not going be immortal; for whether I have gone from here or not gone, I am still not freed from death; but having attended upon you when happy before this, how could I now abandon you when in distress? "Or death" means either there would be death for me, not going, together with you, or life for me, going, without you. Of those two, that which is death together with you, that alone is better for me; that I should live without you, that is not better for me - this is the meaning. "It pleases" means whatever is your destination and accomplishment, that itself pleases me. "How does that" means my dear Sumukha, let that destination please me who am for the time being bound by a firm hair-snare and gone into another's hand; but how does it please you who are thinking, who are conscious, who are wise, who are free?

"Winged one" means one endowed with wings. "Of both of us" means when there is the destruction of life of us two, what benefit do you see for me or for you or for the remaining relatives? "That which, like" - here the syllable "na" is used in the sense of comparison. "Golden-winged" means golden-two-winged; or this itself is the reading; the meaning is having both wings similar to gold. "In darkness" means in the dark. "Gone" means done; or this itself is the reading. The connection of this with the former syllable "na" is: "not done" means as if done - this is the meaning. This is what is meant - Whether you give up life for me or do not give up life, due to the absence of my life, that giving up of your life is like some figure-work done in blind darkness, whose quality is unseen; in such a giving up of life whose quality is unseen, you giving up life, what purpose would you illuminate?

"The principle esteemed, being" means the principle being venerated and revered. "Shows benefit" means shows growth. "Looking to" means looking for. "And the welfare from the principle" means seeing the welfare arisen from the principle. "Devotion" means affection. "The principle of the good" means the intrinsic nature of the wise. "Whoever is a friend" means whoever is a friend who does not abandon a friend in misfortunes, of that friend who does not abandon, this is the intrinsic nature by name; surely it is the principle of the good. "Known" means having become obvious. "Do as you wish" means do this wish of mine, this desired by me, this word of mine. "And even when time has thus passed" means and even when time has thus passed, when I am bound by a snare in this place. "Supremely restrained" means supremely complete.

"Thus while they were conversing" means while they were speaking thus "Go!" "I shall not go!" "Noble ones" means noble ones by conduct. "Appeared" means having put on ochre robes, having adorned himself with a red garland, having taken a mallet, he was seen coming. "Of the afflicted" means like death to the sick. "Considered" means, monks, those two, having seen the enemy coming. "Benevolent" means for a long time benevolent to each other, tender-minded. "Did not stir from their seat" means they did not move from their seat; they remained just as they were seated. But Sumukha, having thought "Let this hunter, having come, striking, strike me first," having placed the Great Being behind him, sat down.

"Dhataraṭṭha" means the swan. "Rising up" means having seen them flying up here and there out of fear of death. "Having approached" means having approached the other two persons. "He stepped back" means thinking and considering "Are they bound or not bound?" he stepped back; having reduced his speed, he went slowly. "Having approached the bound one, seated" means having approached the bound Great Being, Sumukha who was seated. "Without dismay" means having seen him looking at the Great Being being without dismay itself. "Doubtful" means "Why indeed is this unbound one seated near the bound one? I shall ask the reason" - having become doubtful - this is the meaning. "White" means the swan; or else pure, without stain; the meaning is of the colour of refined gold. "Of grown body" means of a grown body, of a large frame. "What indeed" means that indeed this one is bound by a great snare. "Does not make for any direction" means he does not resort to any one direction for the purpose of fleeing; that is fitting - this is the intention. "Strong" means even though endowed with strength. "O bird" - he addresses him. "Having left behind" means having abandoned. "They go" means the remaining birds go. "You are left behind" means you stay behind.

"Enemy of birds" means an enemy of birds. "Until the end of time" means until the turn of death comes. "How then did you" means you say "He is my king," and kings are indeed wise; thus being wise, for what reason did he not see the laid snare. "For this is the mark" means for those who have attained greatness of fame or greatness of knowledge, understanding one's own misfortune is the mark, the reason; therefore they are able to understand misfortune. "Degeneration" means decline. "Even having approached" means even having approached, one does not understand. "Spread" means stretched out, laid as snares. "Approaching the hidden one" means among those snares, whichever snare is hidden and concealed, having approached that, they are caught. "And thus" means then thus at the destruction of life they are indeed caught - this is the meaning.

Thus, having made his heart tender through friendly conversation, entreating for the life of the Great Being, he spoke a verse -

25.

"Is this living together with you perhaps yielding happiness?

Will you perhaps approve of us, will you perhaps grant us life?"

Therein, "api nāyaṃ" means "is this perhaps." "Sukhudrayo" means yielding happiness as its fruit. "Api no anumaññāsī" means would you perhaps allow us to go to Cittakūṭa to see our relatives. "Api no jīvitaṃ dade" means perhaps, with trust arisen through this talk, you would not kill us.

He, being captivated by his sweet speech, spoke a verse -

26.

"You are not bound by me, nor do I wish for your murder;

Surely, having gone quickly from here, may you live long, free from trouble."

Then Sumukha spoke four verses -

27.

"I do not wish for this, apart from his life;

If you are satisfied with one, release this one and eat me.

28.

"In height and circumference, we are both equal in age;

Your life is not by gain, exchange yourself with this one.

29.

"Please consider that well, let there be greed for us in you;

First bind me with a snare, afterwards release the lord of birds.

30.

"And at that moment your gain, and my entreaty would be fulfilled;

And friendship with the Dhataraṭṭhas, would be yours for life."

27-30. Therein, "this" means that which is my life apart from this one's life, that I do not wish for at all. "We are equal" means we are the same. "Exchange yourself" means you exchange yourself. "In us for you" means let there be greed in you for us; what is this one to you? Produce desire for me - he says. "Just that much" means just that much only. "And by the entreaty" means whatever entreaty of mine there was, that itself would have been made - this is the meaning.

Thus he, by that teaching of the Teaching, his heart having become soft like cotton wool thrown into oil, making the Great Being a gift for him, giving, said -

31.

"Let the great assemblies see us, released by you, gone from here;

Friends and colleagues and dependants, children and wife and relatives.

32.

"And such friends as you are not found here for many;

As you are to Dhataraṭṭha, a companion sharing life.

33.

"I release that companion for you, let the king be your follower;

Surely, having gone quickly from here, may you shine among your relatives."

31-33. Therein, "no" is merely a particle. "Released by you" means for it is you yourself who releases this one; therefore let the great assemblies of kinsmen and these friends and so on see this one released by you, gone from here to Cittakūṭa mountain. And herein, "relatives" means those connected by one bloodline. "Vijjatī" means "vijjanti" (they are found). "One whose life is shared" means one whose life is common, whose livelihood is undivided; just as you are his friend, such friends of many others are indeed not found. "Your follower" means let this afflicted one be your follower, going before you having taken him.

Having said thus, however, the hunter's son, with a mind of friendliness, having approached the Great Being, having cut the bond, having embraced him, having brought him out from the lake, having caused him to sit down on the surface of young dabba grass on the lakeshore, with a tender mind, gently having released the binding snare from his feet, having thrown it far away, having aroused strong affection in the Great Being, with a mind of friendliness, having taken water, having washed the blood, rubbed him again and again. By the power of his mind of friendliness, in the Bodhisatta's feet, vein joined with vein, flesh with flesh, hide with hide; at that very moment the foot was healed, with skin arisen and hair arisen, showing no difference from the unbound foot. The Bodhisatta, happy, sat down in his natural state. Then Sumukha, having seen the Great Being's state of happiness in dependence on himself, with pleasure arisen, offered praise to the hunter. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

34.

"He, delighted by the freed one, respectful to his master;

The bent-necked one addressed him, speaking speech pleasant to the ear.

35.

"Thus, O hunter, may you rejoice, together with all your relatives;

Just as I rejoice today, having seen the lord of birds released."

34-35. Therein, "bent-necked" means one with a crooked neck.

Having thus offered praise to the huntsman, Sumukha said to the Bodhisatta - "Great king, a great service has been done for us by this one; for indeed, without heeding our word, without making us pet swans, giving us to lords, he could obtain much wealth; having killed us and selling the meat, he could obtain the price as well; but without regard for his own life, he heeded our word. Let us lead him to the king's presence and make a comfortable life for him." The Great Being accepted. Sumukha, having spoken with the Great Being in his own language, then having addressed the hunter's son in human speech, having asked "My dear, for what purpose did you lay snares?" when "For the purpose of wealth" was said, having said "This being so, having taken us, having entered the city, show us to the king; I shall have much wealth given to you," said -

36.

"Come, I will instruct you, so that you too will obtain;

This Dhataraṭṭha is a gain for you, he will not see anything bad.

37.

"Having led us quickly to the inner palace, show us both to the king;

Unbound, in our natural state, standing on both sides of the carrying pole.

38.

"These are Dhataraṭṭhas, great king, lords of the swans;

For this one is the king of the swans, the other is the general.

39.

"Without doubt, having seen this king of swans, the lord of men;

Delighted, glad at heart, pleased, he will give you much wealth."

36-39. Therein, "I will instruct" means I instruct. "Evil" means inferior. "Show us both to the king" means show us both to the king. He spoke thus for four reasons: for the purpose of displaying the Bodhisatta's power of wisdom, for the purpose of making manifest his own quality of friendship, for the purpose of the huntsman's gain of wealth, and for the purpose of establishing the king in the precepts. "Dhataraṭṭhas" means and having led them, you should tell the king thus: "Great king, these two are lords of the swans, born in the Dhataraṭṭha clan; among them, this one is the king, the other is the general." Thus he instructed him. "Delighted" and so on - all three are merely synonyms for the appearance of satisfaction.

When this was said, the huntsman, having said "Master, do not find delight in being seen by the king; kings indeed have fickle minds; they might either make you pet swans or have you killed," when it was said "My dear, do not fear; I, by a talk on the Teaching, having made soft such a hard, cruel, bloody-handed huntsman, caused him to fall at my feet; kings indeed are possessing merit and wise, and knowers of what is well spoken and ill spoken; quickly show us to the king," having said "If so, do not be angry with me; I shall inevitably comply with your wish," having placed both of them on the carrying pole, having gone to the royal palace, having shown them to the king, when asked by the king, he reported as it really was. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

40.

"Having heard that word of his, he accomplished it by action;

Having gone quickly to the inner palace, he showed the swans to the king;

Unbound, in our natural state, standing on both sides of the carrying pole.

41.

"These are Dhataraṭṭhas, great king, lords of the swans;

For this one is the king of the swans, the other is the general.

42.

"But how did these birds come into your hands;

How did a hunter attain lordship over the great ones here?

43.

"These snares have been arranged by me in the small lakes, O lord of people;

Whatever place I think is a life-obstruction for birds.

44.

"Having encountered such a snare, the king of swans was caught;

Him, unfettered, sitting nearby, this one addressed me.

45.

"Very difficult to do by the ignoble, he reveals his highest disposition;

Striving for the benefit of his supporter, the bird devoted to righteousness.

46.

"Having abandoned his own life, he who was worthy of life;

Not lamenting, while seated, he begged for his master's life.

47.

"Having heard that word of his, I attained confidence;

Then I freed him from the snare, and gave permission with happiness.

48.

"He, delighted by the freed one, respectful to his master;

The bent-necked one addressed him, speaking speech pleasant to the ear.

49.

"Thus, O hunter, may you rejoice, together with all your relatives;

Just as I rejoice today, having seen the lord of birds released.

50.

"Come, I will instruct you, so that you too will obtain;

This Dhataraṭṭha is a gain for you, he will not see anything bad.

51.

"Having led us quickly to the inner palace, show us both to the king;

Unbound, in our natural state, standing on both sides of the carrying pole.

52.

"These are Dhataraṭṭhas, great king, lords of the swans;

For this one is the king of the swans, the other is the general.

53.

"Without doubt, having seen this king of swans, the lord of men;

Delighted, glad at heart, pleased, he will give you much wealth.

54.

"Thus by his word, both were brought by me;

For here indeed these two were, both approved by me.

55.

"This bird, thus come into your hands, a twice-born one, supremely righteous;

Would indeed generate gentleness in a huntsman such as me.

56.

"And as a gift for you, O lord, I do not see another such as this;

In the whole village of fowlers, see that, O lord of men."

40-56. Therein, "he accomplished it by action" means what he said, that he accomplished by doing it through bodily action. "Having gone" means having made the end of the carrying pole where the king of swans sat higher, and the end of the carrying pole where the general sat slightly lower, having lifted both of them up, clearing the people aside saying "The king of swans and the general are going to see the king, make way, make way," while tender-hearted people were praising "Such splendour-attaining gold-coloured kings of swans have never been seen before," having gone quickly to the inner palace. "He showed" means having had it announced to the king "The kings of swans have come to see you," being summoned by him with a gladdened mind saying "Let them come," having brought them forward, he showed them. "Into the hands" means come into the hands; it is said "attained." "Of the great ones" means he asks how you, being a huntsman, attained lordship over the masters of the gold-coloured Dhataraṭṭha swans who had attained great fame. "Issaramidhamajjhagā" is also a reading; the meaning is: how did you attain supremacy over these?

"Arranged" means set up. "Whatever place I think" means, great king, whatever gathering place I consider to be a life-obstruction for birds, causing the destruction of life, in each and every such place snares have been arranged by me in the small lakes. "Such" means a snare arranged by me in the Mānusiya lake, such a life-obstruction for living beings. "That" means that, this one, bound there. "Sat beside" means not counting his own life, having approached, he sat down. "Addressed me" means this general addressed me, spoke together with me. "Very difficult to do" means at that moment this one did what is very difficult to do by ignoble ones such as ourselves. What is that? "He reveals his highest disposition" means he reveals, arranges, makes known his own highest intention. "His own" means this one of his own. "Lamenting" means praising the virtues of his master, he requested me saying "Release his life."

"Of him" means of him who was thus requesting. "And with ease" means and I gave permission saying "Go at your ease to Cittakūṭa and see the congregation of relatives." "Right here indeed" means but these two were approved by me right here at the Mānusiya lake itself for going to Cittakūṭa. "Thus gone" means thus the enemy came into the hands. "Would generate gentleness" means he generated a mind of friendliness towards himself. "A gift" means a present. "In the entire fowler village" means in the entire fowler village I do not see any other gift of such a kind previously brought by any fowler like you. "See that" means see that gift brought by me, O lord of men.

Thus he, while still standing, spoke of the virtues of Sumukha. Then the king, having had a very precious seat given to the king of swans, and a golden plaited chair to Sumukha, having had parched corn, honey, molasses and so on given to them seated there in golden vessels, when the function of drinking and eating was finished, having raised his joined palms, having requested the Great Being for a talk on the Teaching, sat down on a golden chair. He, being requested by him, first made a friendly welcome. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

57.

"Having seen the king seated, on a beautiful golden chair;

The bent-necked one addressed him, speaking speech pleasant to the ear.

58.

"Is it that you are well, is it that you are free from illness;

Is it that this country is prosperous, do you govern by the Teaching?"

59.

"Is it well with me, O swan, and also, O swan, free from illness;

And also is this country prosperous, do I govern by the Teaching?"

60.

"Is it that among your councillors, no fault is found in anyone;

And do they not wish for life in your affairs?

61.

"And also among my councillors, no fault is found in anyone;

And also in my affairs, they do not wish for life.

62.

"Is your wife equal to yourself, loyal, speaking pleasantly;

Endowed with sons, beauty and fame, following your wish and will?

63.

"And also my wife is equal to myself, loyal, speaking pleasantly;

Endowed with sons, beauty and fame, following my wish and will."

57-63. Therein, "the king" means the king of Sāgala. "The bent-necked one" means the king of swans. "Manusāsasī" means you instruct righteously. "Fault" means offence. "In your needs" means in your arisen needs such as war and so on. "They do not hesitate" means giving their breast, sacrificing, they do not at all desire their own life, and having given up their life, they act for your benefit alone. "Equal" means of the same birth. "Loyal" means one who accepts instructions. "Endowed with sons, beauty, and fame" means endowed with sons and with beauty and with fame. "Following your will and authority" means he asks whether she conforms to your disposition, to your authority, and does not act by the power of her own mind.

When the Bodhisatta had thus exchanged friendly welcome, the king again, speaking together with him, said -

64.

"Did you perhaps, having come into the hands of a great enemy;

Experience abundant suffering, in that first misfortune?

65.

"Did you perhaps, having rushed upon the machine, strike it with a stick?

Thus for these contemptible ones, this becomes customary at that very moment.

66.

"You are secure, great king, when such a calamity exists;

And this one did nothing to us, like an enemy he approached.

67.

"The hunter drew back, he spoke first;

Then this Sumukha himself, the wise one, replied.

68.

"Having heard that word of his, he attained confidence;

Then he freed me from the snare, and gave permission with happiness.

69.

"And this was thought out by Sumukha himself, for this one's purpose;

Your coming to his presence, by this one desiring wealth.

70.

"Welcome indeed is this coming of yours, and I am delighted at seeing you;

Let him also receive much wealth, as much as he desires."

64-70. Therein, "come into the hands of a great enemy" means gone into the hands of a great enemy. "Āpatitvānā" means having run up to. "Pātika" means customary; or this itself is the reading. This is what is meant - for these contemptible ones, this much is customary at that very moment: striking birds with a stick, bringing them to the destruction of life, he obtains wealth as wages. "Kiñci rasmāsu" means something among us. "Sattūvā" means like an enemy. "He turned back" means, great king, he, having seen us, with the perception "they are captives," retreated a little. "Previously" means this one first spoke. "Then" means at that time. "For this purpose" means thought out for the benefit of this hunter's son. "By one desiring wealth" means our coming to your presence was devised by this one desiring wealth. "Welcome indeed is this" means let the venerable ones not think thus; this coming of yours here is indeed welcome. "Labhata" means let him receive.

And having said thus, the king, having looked at a certain minister, when he said "What shall I do, Sire?" having said "Have this hunter's hair and beard trimmed, bathed and anointed, adorned with all ornaments, and bring him," when that one had done so and brought him, he gave him a village yielding a hundred thousand year after year, a great house standing having taken up two streets, an excellent chariot, and much other gold and silver. Making manifest that meaning, the Teacher said -

71.

Having satisfied the hunter with wealth, the lord of men;

Addressed the bent-necked one, speaking speech pleasant to the ear."

Then the Great Being taught the Teaching to the king. He, having heard his talk on the Teaching, with a satisfied heart, thinking "I shall make an offering to the preacher of the Teaching," having given the white parasol, entrusting the kingdom, said -

72.

"Whatever possession is dependent on the teaching, over which authority exists;

All supremacy is yours, govern if you wish.

73.

"For the purpose of giving or to enjoy, whatever else is suitable;

This wealth I give to you, I give up supremacy to you."

72-73. "Over which authority exists" means where my authority exists. "Possession" means even that trifling amount. "All supremacy" means let all supremacy be yours alone. "Whatever else is suitable" means out of desire for merit, either for the purpose of giving, or having raised the parasol to enjoy the kingship itself, or whatever else pleases you, that do; this wealth I give to you, together with the white parasol I give up my own supremacy to you.

Then the Great Being gave the white parasol given by the king back to him again. The king too thought - "I have heard the talk on the Teaching of the king of swans so far, but by the hunter's son this Sumukha has been praised very much as 'a sweet speaker'; I shall listen to his talk on the Teaching too." He, conversing with him, spoke the next verse -

74.

"And if this fair-faced wise one would address me,

Willingly, endowed with higher intelligence, that would be supremely dear to me."

Therein, "yathā" means if. This is what is meant - if this fair-faced wise one, endowed with higher intelligence, would willingly, of his own preference, address me, that would be supremely dear to me.

Then Sumukha said -

75.

"I indeed, great king, like a serpent king within an enemy's midst;

I am not able to speak against, that would not be my discipline.

76.

"He is the best of us, and you are of the highest nature;

Protector of the earth, lord of men, worthy of veneration for many reasons.

77.

"While those two were speaking, with the judgment going on;

Nothing in between should be spoken against, by a servant, O lord of men."

75-77. Therein, "like a serpent king within an enemy's midst" means like a serpent king that has entered inside a box. "To speak against" means I am not able to speak in between you two. "That would not be my" means if I were to speak, that would not be my discipline. "And of us" means of the ninety-six thousand swans. "Uttamasattavo" means one of the highest character. "Veneration" means you both are worthy of veneration and worthy of praise by me for many reasons. "By a servant" means by a steward, an attendant.

The king, having heard his word, with a satisfied heart, having said "The hunter's son praises him; there should be no other sweet teacher of the Teaching such as you," said -

78.

"Truly by nature the hunter, is wise, the egg-born one, thus;

Indeed not of one whose self is undeveloped, would there be such method.

79.

"Of such supreme nature, of such highest character;

Among all those seen by me, I do not see another such as this.

80.

"I am satisfied by your nature, and by your sweet speech;

This too is my desire, that I may see you both for a long time."

78-80. Therein, "by nature" means by intrinsic nature, by reason. "Of one whose self is undeveloped" means of one whose individuality is unaccomplished, a betrayer of friends. "Method" means wisdom. "Of the highest nature" means one of the highest intrinsic nature. "Uttamasattavo" means one of the highest character. "As far as there is" means as far as have been seen by me, there is. "Not another" means in that place seen by me, I do not see another of such form. "I am satisfied by your nature" means my dear king of swans, I am first of all satisfied by your nature, by seeing you. "By speech" means but now I am satisfied by your sweet words. "May I see you for a long time" means having made you dwell right here, not being separated even for a moment, may I see you for a long time - this is my desire, he says.

Then the Great Being, praising the king, said -

81.

"Whatever is the function towards a supreme friend, that has been done by you towards us;

We have attained you without doubt, whatever devotion you have towards us.

82.

"And surely very great is the gap in the congregation of kinsmen;

By not seeing us, suffering for many fortnights.

83.

"For the dispelling of their sorrow, approved by you, we;

Having circumambulated him, may we see our kinsman, O tamer of foes.

84.

"Surely I find abundant joy from seeing you;

This too would be a great benefit, the intimacy with kinsmen."

81-84. Therein, "done towards us" means done among us. "We have attained you without doubt" means we have indeed been attained by you without doubt. "Whatever devotion you have towards us" means whatever devotion you have towards us, by that devotion we have indeed been attained by you without doubt, and are not dissociated; it explains that even though living apart, we are indeed as if dwelling together. "And surely very great" means and this is definitively very great. "The gap in the congregation of kinsmen" means the gap, the breach, in my congregation of kinsmen deprived of us two persons. "Of us" means suffering has arisen among the many birds through not seeing us two. "We might see, O tamer of enemies" means we might see, O tamer of enemies. "Of you" means by seeing you. "This too is a great benefit" means whatever intimacy with kinsmen reckoned as the congregation of kinsmen there would be, this too is a great benefit.

When this was said, the king permitted their departure. The Great Being too, having spoken to the king of the danger in the fivefold immorality and the benefit in morality, having exhorted him saying "Guard this morality, exercise kingship righteously, support the people by the four ways of supporting others," went to Cittakūṭa. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

85.

"Having said this, Dhataraṭṭha, the king of swans, to the lord of men;

Following with the highest speed, they approached the congregation of kinsmen.

86.

"When they arrived healthy, having seen the supreme birds;

The swans made the cry 'Kekā', a great noise arose.

87.

"They, delighted by the freed one, respectful to their master;

Surrounded him all around, the egg-born ones having gained support."

85-87. Therein, "they approached" means at the very time of the break of dawn, having eaten parched corn, honey, molasses and so on, having been lifted up by the king and the queen with two golden palm-leaf fans, having received hospitality with scents, garlands and so on, having descended from the fans, having circumambulated the king keeping him on their right, having flown up into the sky, when the king, having raised his joined palms, said "Go, masters," having departed through the latticed window, having gone with the highest speed, they approached the group of kinsmen. "Parama" means the highest. "Kekā" means by their own intrinsic nature they made the sound "kekā." "Bhattugāravā" means respectful towards their husband. "Parikiriṃsu" means satisfied by the state of their husband being released, they surrounded that husband on all sides. "Having gained support" means having found support.

Having thus surrounded him, those swans asked "How were you released, great king?" The Great Being related the state of being released in dependence on Sumukha, and the deed done by the Sāgala king and the hunter's son. Having heard that, the satisfied group of swans offered praise saying "May the general Sumukha, and the king, and the hunter's son be happy, free from suffering, and live long!" Making known that meaning, the Teacher spoke the concluding verse -

88.

"Thus for those endowed with friends, all benefits become auspicious;

Just as the Dhataraṭṭha swans approached the congregation of kinsmen."

Therein, "for those endowed with friends" means for those accomplished with good friends. "Auspicious" means producing happiness, connected with growth. "Dhataraṭṭhas" means the king of swans and Sumukha, by the king and by the hunter's son - by these two, thus both those Dhataraṭṭhas, accomplished with good friends, just as they approached the congregation of kinsmen, their benefit reckoned as the approaching of the congregation of kinsmen became auspicious; thus for others too who are endowed with friends, benefits become auspicious.

The Teacher, having brought this teaching of the Teaching, having said "Not only now, monks; in the past too Ānanda gave up his life for my sake," connected the Jātaka: "At that time the hunter was Channa, the king was Sāriputta, Sumukha was Ānanda, the ninety-six thousand swans were the Buddha's assembly, but the king of swans was myself."

The commentary on the Cūḷahaṃsa Jātaka is the first.

534.

The Commentary on the Mahāhaṃsa Jātaka

"These swans depart" - this the Teacher spoke while dwelling at the Bamboo Grove, referring to the Venerable Ānanda's giving up of his life. The story is exactly the same as what was said below; but here the Teacher, bringing up the past, brought up this.

In the past, the queen-consort of the king of Bārāṇasī named Saṃyama was named Khemā. At that time the Bodhisatta, surrounded by ninety thousand swans, dwelt at Cittakūṭa. Then one day Queen Khemā, towards the break of dawn, saw a dream. Gold-coloured swans, having come, having sat down on the royal divan, spoke a talk on the Teaching with a sweet voice. While the queen was giving applause and listening to the Teaching, still unsatisfied with the hearing of the Teaching, the night became light. The swans, having spoken the Teaching, having gone out through the latticed window, departed. She, having risen up with force, having said "Seize the fleeing swans, seize them!" while stretching out her hand, awoke. Having heard her talk, the attendants laughed a little, saying "Where are the swans?" She, at that moment, having known the state of being a dream, thought - "I do not see what is not real; surely in this world there will be gold-coloured swans. If indeed I tell the king 'I wish to hear the Teaching of the golden swans,' having said 'Golden swans have never been seen by us before, and the talk of swans is indeed unreal,' he will become indifferent. But if it is said 'a longing,' he will search by whatever means; thus my wish will be fulfilled." She, having shown a pretence of illness, having given a signal to the attendants, lay down.

The king, seated on the royal throne, not seeing her at the time of seeing her, having asked "Where is Queen Khemā?" having heard "She is ill," having gone to her presence, having sat down in one part of the bed, stroking her back, asked "What is your illness?" "Sire, there is no other illness, but a longing has arisen in me." "If so, speak, queen; whatever you wish, that I shall quickly bring to you." "Great king, I wish to hear a talk on the Teaching from a single golden swan seated on the royal divan beneath the raised white parasol, having made offerings with scents, garlands and so on, while giving applause. If I obtain this, that is wholesome; if not, there is no life for me." Then the king, having consoled her saying "If it exists in the human world, you shall obtain it; do not worry," having come out from the royal bedchamber, consulted together with the ministers - "Hey, Queen Khemā says 'If I obtain the hearing of a talk on the Teaching of a golden swan, I shall live; if I do not obtain it, there is no life for me.' Are there indeed gold-coloured swans?" "Sire, they have never been seen nor heard of by us before." "But who would know?" "The brahmins, Sire." The king, having had the brahmins summoned, having shown them honour, asked - "Are there indeed, teachers, gold-coloured swans?" "Yes, great king, in our sacred texts it has come down that fish, crabs, turtles, deer, peacocks, and swans - these six animals are gold-coloured. Among them, the Dhataraṭṭha clan swans are wise, accomplished in knowledge. Thus together with humans, seven kinds are gold-coloured."

Having heard that, the king, delighted, having asked "Where indeed, teachers, do the Dhataraṭṭha swans dwell?" when it was said "We do not know, great king," having said "Then who would know?" when it was said "The hunters' sons," having assembled all the hunters in his own realm, asked - "Dear sirs, where do the gold-coloured Dhataraṭṭha clan swans dwell?" Then one hunter said "In the Himalayas, it is said, Sire, on Cittakūṭa mountain - so they say in our family lineage." "But do you know the means of catching them?" "I do not know, Sire." "Then who would know?" Brahmins. He, having had the wise brahmins summoned, having informed them of the existence of gold-coloured swans on Cittakūṭa mountain, asked "Do you indeed know the means of catching them?" "Great king, what is the use of going there and catching them? By a stratagem we shall bring them near the city and catch them." "But what is the stratagem?" "Great king, having had a lake named Khema, measuring three leagues, made not far from the city to the north, at a distance of about three leagues, having filled it with water, having planted various grains, having had it made covered with lotuses of five colours, having stationed one wise hunter, not allowing people to approach, have safety proclaimed by those stationed at the four corners. Having heard that, various birds will descend from the ten directions; those swans too, having heard by succession of the safe state of that lake, will come. Then, having had them bound with hair-snares, you should have them caught."

Having heard that, the king, having had a lake of the aforesaid kind made at the place indicated by them, having had a skilful hunter summoned, having had a thousand given to him, having consoled him saying "You, from now on, do not do your own work; I shall support your children and wife. You, being diligent, guarding the Khema lake, having made people withdraw, having had safety proclaimed at the four corners, should report to me whatever birds come and go. When the golden swans have come, you will receive great honour," entrusted the Khema lake to him. He, from then on, proceeded there in the very manner stated by the king, and because he guarded the Khema lake, the name "Khema the hunter" arose for him. And from then on, birds of various kinds descended, and by the successive proclamation "The lake is safe and fearless," various swans came. First the grass swans came; by their report the pale-yellow swans, by their report the swans the colour of red arsenic, by their report the white swans, by their report the pāka swans came. When they had come, Khemaka informed the king - "Sire, swans of five colours, having come, take their food at the lake. Because of the arrival of the pāka swans, the golden swans will come now in just a few days. Do not worry, Sire."

Having heard that, the king had the drum beaten in the city: "No one else should go there; whoever goes will suffer the cutting off of hands and feet and the plundering of his house." From then on no one went there. But not far from Cittakūṭa, in a golden cave, pāka swans dwelt; they too were of great power. The only distinction between them and the Dhataraṭṭha clan was their bodily colour. But the daughter of the pāka swan king was gold-coloured. He, considering her suitable for the Dhataraṭṭha great lord, having made her a wife for him, sent her. She was dear and agreeable to him, and for that very reason those two swan clans became intimate with each other.

Then one day the Bodhisatta's attendant swans asked the pāka swans - "Where do you take your food these days?" "We take our food at the Khema lake not far from Bārāṇasī. But where do you wander?" When it was said "At such and such a place," they praised the Khema lake: "Why do you not go to the Khema lake? For that lake is delightful, crowded with various birds, covered with lotuses of five colours, endowed with various grains and fruits, resounding with the humming of swarms of bees of various kinds, with a proclamation of safety constantly proclaimed at the four corners. No one is able to approach it, let alone cause any other danger. Such is that lake." They, having heard their words, told Sumukha: "Near Bārāṇasī, it is said, there is such a lake named Khema. The pāka swans, having gone there, take their food. You too inform the Dhataraṭṭha great lord; if he permits, we too, having gone there, might take our food." Sumukha informed the king. He thought - "People are full of deceit, of harsh counsel, clever in resources. There must be a reason for this. For so long a time this lake did not exist; now it must have been made for the purpose of catching us." He said to Sumukha - "Do not let going there please you. That lake was not made by them out of good nature; it was made for the very purpose of catching us. People are full of deceit, of harsh counsel, clever in resources. You should wander in your own feeding grounds."

The golden swans reported to Sumukha for the second time and for the third time "We wish to go to the Khema lake." He reported their wish to go there to the Great Being. Then the Great Being, thinking "Let not my relatives suffer on account of me; then let us go," surrounded by ninety thousand swans, having gone there, having taken food, having played the swan-sport, returned to Cittakūṭa itself. Khemaka, having gone at the time when they had roamed for food and departed, reported the fact of their arrival to the king. The king, with a gladdened mind, having said "My dear Khemaka, make an effort to catch one or two swans; I shall give you great fame," having given expenses, dismissed him. He, having gone there, having sat down in the jar-cage, investigated the feeding place of the swans. Bodhisattas are ones who move about without greed; therefore the Great Being, beginning from the place where he had descended, went along eating rice successively. The rest went about eating here and there.

Then the hunter's son, having thought "This swan moves about without greed; it is fitting to catch this one," on the following day, when the swans had not yet descended into the lake, having sat in the jar-cage, having gone to that place, having concealed himself in the cage not far away, looking through a hole, remained. At that moment the Great Being, attended by ninety thousand swans, having descended at the very place where he had descended yesterday, having sat down within the boundary, eating rice, set out. The hunter, looking through the hole in the cage, having seen his body endowed with the splendour of beauty, thought "This swan has a body the size of a cart-hub, golden-coloured, encircled on the neck by three red streaks, three streaks having descended from the throat and gone through the middle of the breast, three having pierced through the hind part and gone, he outshines like a mass of gold placed on a thread-frame of red woollen blanket; this one must be their king; I shall catch this one alone." The swan king too, having roamed for much food, having played the water-sport, surrounded by the flock of swans, went to Cittakūṭa itself. In this very manner he took food for five days. On the sixth day Khemaka, having twisted a strong great rope made of black horse-tail hair, having made a snare on a stick, having known as true "Tomorrow the swan king will descend in this spot," laid the stick-snare under the water.

On the following day the swan king, while descending, descended even while placing his foot in the snare. Then the snare, as if pulling with an iron plate, having bound his foot, seized it. He, thinking "I shall break it," having generated force, pulled and brought it down. On the first occasion the golden-coloured hide was cut, on the second occasion the blanket-coloured flesh was cut, on the third occasion the sinew was cut, but on the fourth occasion, thinking "The feet would be cut off, but for a king the state of having lost a limb is unsuitable," he made no effort, and intense feelings of pain arose. He thought - "If I cry the cry of the trapped, my relatives, having become frightened, without taking food, fleeing while hungry, through weakness will fall into the ocean." He, having endured the pain, having managed the power of the snare, as if eating rice, having wandered as much as they wished for them, at the time of playing the swan-sport, cried the cry of the trapped with a loud voice. Having heard that, the swans, frightened by the fear of death, in groups, facing towards Cittakūṭa, departed in the former manner itself.

Sumukha too, having thought and searched in the very manner stated above, not seeing the Great Being in all three sections, thinking "Surely this danger has arisen for him," having turned back and come, having seen the Great Being bound by the snare, smeared with blood, afflicted with pain, lying on the surface of the mud, saying "Do not fear, great king; I, having given up my own life, shall free you," having descended, consoling the Great Being, sat down on the surface of the mud. The Great Being, by way of investigation, thinking "When ninety thousand swans, having abandoned me, are fleeing, this Sumukha alone has come; will he, when the hunter's son has come, abandon me and flee, or not?" smeared with blood, while hanging on the snare-stick itself, spoke three verses -

89.

"These swans depart, crooked-limbed, driven by fear;

O golden-skinned one, golden-coloured one, surely, O fair-faced one, depart.

90.

"Having left me, the group of relatives, gone into the power of a single snare;

Without looking back they go, why do you alone lag behind?"

91.

"Fly away, O foremost among birds, there is no companionship with one who is bound;

Do not neglect your effort for freedom from trouble, surely, O fair-faced one, depart."

89-91. Therein, "driven by fear" means stirred by fear, afflicted by fear, shaken by fear. In the third term, both "harī" and "hema" are names for gold itself. And he is golden-coloured because of his golden skin; therefore he addresses him thus. "Fair-faced one" means one with a beautiful face. "Without looking back" means your relatives, not looking back at me, having become without attachment. "Depart" means fly up indeed. "Do not neglect your effort for freedom from trouble" means do not neglect your energy for the state of freedom from suffering to be attained having gone from here.

Having heard that, Sumukha, having thought "This king of swans does not know my disposition of a dear friend; he considers me a friend who speaks what is not pleasant; I shall show him my affection," spoke four verses -

92.

"Not even when afflicted by suffering, Dhataraṭṭha, would I give you up;

Whether life or death for me, will be together with you."

93.

"Not even when afflicted by suffering, Dhataraṭṭha, would I give you up;

You should not yoke me to a deed connected with what is ignoble.

94.

"I am your companion from youth, and I am established in your own mind;

I am known as your general, O most excellent of swans.

95.

"How shall I boast, having gone from here among my relatives;

Having abandoned you, O foremost among birds, what shall I say to them, having gone from here;

I shall give up life here, I will not endeavour to do what is ignoble."

92-95. Therein, "not I" means I, great king, even when touched by bodily and mental suffering, do not give him up. "Connected with the ignoble" means connected with the ignoble nature of what is to be done by shameless betrayers of friends. "In the deed" means in the deed of departing having abandoned him. "A fellow youngster" means an equal youngster; the meaning is a youngster who, having taken conception on the very same day, having broken through the egg shell on the same day, grew up together. "I am a friend" means I am your dear companion, equal to your right eye. "In your own mind" means I, established in your own mind, function under your control; when you live, I live; when you do not live, I do not live - this is the meaning. "Saṃcitte" is also a reading; the meaning is I am settled in your mind, well established. "Known" means recognised among all the swans. "Will boast" means when asked "Where is the king of swans?" what shall I say? "What shall I say to them" means what shall I say to the flock of swans asking about your news?

When Sumukha had thus roared the lion's roar with four verses, the Great Being, making known his virtues, said -

96.

"This indeed is the nature, Sumukha, that you, established in the noble path;

Who would not endeavour to abandon me, your master and friend.

97.

"For as I am looking upon you, fear does not arise at all;

You will obtain my life, being in such a state."

96-97. Therein, "this is the nature" means this is the intrinsic nature of the wise of old. "Master and friend, me" means master and companion and me. "Fear" means terror of the mind does not arise in me; I am as if standing amidst the flock of swans on Cittakūṭa mountain. "For me" means you will obtain my life.

While they were thus still speaking, the hunter's son, standing at the edge of the lake, having seen the swans fleeing in three groups, thinking "What indeed?" looking at the snare-place, having seen the Bodhisatta hanging on the snare-stick, with pleasure arisen, having firmly tied his loin-cloth, having taken his club, descending like a fire at the end of a cosmic cycle, treading on the mud with his heels, having gone head-first, approached with speed those falling before him. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

98.

"While thus they were conversing, the noble ones of noble conduct,

The hunter, having taken his stick, came hurrying exceedingly.

99.

"Having seen him falling down, Sumukha cried out loudly;

The swan stood in front of the king, reassuring the frightened one.

100.

"Do not fear, O foremost among birds, for such ones do not fear;

I shall apply exertion, proper and connected with the Teaching;

By that pure effort, you will quickly be freed from the snare."

98-100. Therein, "of noble conduct" means of those practising noble good conduct. "Exceedingly" means firmly, powerfully. "Greatly encouraged" means speaking the word "do not fear" that came in the following verse, he greatly encouraged, he uttered a great sound. "Stood" means having given up his life, thinking "If the hunter will strike the king, I shall receive the blow," he stood in front. "Reassuring" means giving trust, consoling. "Distressed" means reassuring the distressed, frightened king with this word "do not fear." "Such as you" means those like you, accomplished in knowledge and energy. "Exertion" means the exertion of knowledge and energy. "Proper" means befitting. "Connected with principle" means based upon reason. "By that endeavour" means by that pure exertion employed by me. "You will be freed" means you will be released.

Thus Sumukha, having consoled the Great Being, having gone to the presence of the hunter's son, uttering sweet human speech, having asked "My dear, what is your name?" when it was said "O golden-coloured swan king, I am named Khemaka," he said: "My dear Khemaka, do not think 'Some swan or other has been caught in the hair-snare laid by me.' The foremost of ninety thousand swans, Dhataraṭṭha the king of swans, has been caught in your snare - accomplished in knowledge, morality and good conduct, standing on the side of kindness. It is not proper to kill him. I shall do what is to be done by him for you. This one too is golden-coloured, and I am likewise. I shall give up my own life for his sake. If you wish to take his feathers, take my feathers. Or if you wish to take any one of skin, flesh, sinews or bones, take from my body alone. If you wish to make him a pet swan, make me instead. If you wish to produce wealth by selling him alive, sell me alive and produce wealth. Do not kill this king of swans endowed with virtues beginning with knowledge. For if you kill him, you will not be freed from hell and so on." Having thus threatened him with the fear of hell and so on, having caused him to accept his sweet talk, having gone again to the presence of the Bodhisatta, he stood there consoling him. The hunter, having heard his talk, thinking "This one, being an animal, performs such a duty of friendship impossible to be done even by humans; even humans are unable to stand firm in the duty of friendship thus. Oh, this one is accomplished in knowledge, a sweet speaker, righteous!" - having made his entire body filled with joy and pleasure, with hair bristling, having thrown down his stick, having placed joined palms upon his head, as if venerating the sun, praising the virtues of Sumukha, he stood there. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

101.

Having heard that word of his, the well-spoken word of Sumukha;

The hunter, with hair bristling, offered salutation with joined palms to him.

102.

"Neither heard nor seen by me, a bird speaking human speech;

The bent-necked one speaking noble words, uttering human speech.

103.

"Why indeed is this one a bird to you, freed you attend upon the captive;

Having left it, the birds go - why do you alone lag behind?"

101-103. Therein, "offered salutation with joined palms to him" means he offered the salutation with joined palms to him; by the verse beginning with "no" he offers praise to him. Therein, "human" means human speech. "Noble" means beautiful, faultless. "Uttering" means giving up. This is what is meant - My dear, you, being a bird, today speaking human speech together with me, saying what is faultless, uttering human speech, have been seen by me in person; but before this, this wonder has neither been heard nor seen by me. "Why indeed do you protect" means that which you attend upon, what indeed is this one to you.

Thus asked by the hunter with a gladdened mind, Sumukha, having thought "This one has become soft; now, for even greater softness, I shall show him my virtue," said -

104.

"That twice-born is my friend, the king, I had him made general;

I am not able to abandon the lord of birds in misfortune.

105.

"He is my husband for the great flock, may he not alone go to disaster;

So be it, my dear hunter, this is my husband, around him I delight."

104-105. Therein, "I am not able" means I am not capable. "For the great flock" means for the great flock of swans. "May he not alone" means when a servant like me exists, may he not alone go to disaster. "So be it" means just as I say, so it is. "Samma" means friend. "This is my husband, around him I delight" means this is my husband, I delight around him, I delight near him, I do not feel discontent.

The hunter, having heard that sweet talk of his based upon the Teaching, having attained pleasure, with hair bristling, having thought "If I kill this king of swans endowed with virtues beginning with morality, I shall not be freed from the four realms of misery; let the king do whatever he wishes with me; I shall make this one a gift for Sumukha and release him," spoke a verse -

106.

"You practise the noble conduct, O bent-necked one, you who honour the almsfood;

I release to you that husband, may you both go as you please."

Therein, "you practise the noble conduct" means you are endowed with the duty of those noble by conduct, which is reckoned as the protection of the principle of friendship. "You who honour the almsfood" means you venerate the almsfood obtained from your husband as the position of general. "May you both go" means may even the two people, gladdening the tearful-faced congregation of kinsmen, go as they please.

Having said thus, the hunter, with a tender mind, having approached the Great Being, having bent down his stick, having caused him to sit down on the surface of the mud, having released him from the snare-stick, having lifted him up, having brought him out from the lake, having caused him to sit down on the surface of young dabba grass, having gently released the snare bound to his foot, having aroused strong affection in the Great Being, with a mind of friendliness, having taken water, having washed the blood, rubbed him again and again; then, through the power of his friendliness, vein joined with vein, flesh with flesh, hide with hide, the foot became normal, showing no difference from the other. The Bodhisatta, having attained happiness, sat down in his natural state. Sumukha, having seen the king's state of happiness in dependence on himself, with pleasure arisen, thought - "A great service has been done for us by this one; no service whatsoever has been done by us for him. If he caught us for the sake of kings, royal ministers, and chief ministers, having led us to their presence, he will obtain much wealth. If he caught us for his own sake, having sold us, he will certainly obtain wealth. Let me ask him." Then, wishing to render him a service, questioning him, he said -

107.

"If by your own effort, the snare has been laid down for the swan birds;

We accept from you, my dear, this gift of safety.

108.

"If not by your own effort, the snare has been laid down for the swan birds;

Being without power, releasing us, you would commit theft, O hunter."

107-108. Therein, "if" means my dear hunter, if by you, by your own effort, for your own benefit, a snare has been laid down for swans and also for the remaining birds. "Being without power" means being without power, in releasing us, by whom you have been commanded, taking what belongs to him, you would commit theft.

Having heard that, the hunter, having said "I did not catch you for my own benefit, but I was caused to catch you by restraint of the king of Bārāṇasī," reported all the news, beginning from the time the queen saw the dream up to the king having heard of their arrival, having said "My dear Khemaka, make an effort to catch one or two swans; I shall give you great fame," having given expenses, and having been dismissed. Having heard that, Sumukha, having thought "A difficult deed has been done by this hunter who, not counting his own life, is releasing us. If we go from here to Cittakūṭa, neither will the power of wisdom of King Dhataraṭṭha, nor my disposition of a friend become well-known, nor will the hunter's son obtain great fame, nor will the king become established in the five precepts, nor will the queen's wish reach its summit," having said "My dear, that being so, you are not permitted to release us; show us to the king; he will do with us according to his pleasure" - making known this meaning, he spoke a verse -

109.

"To whichever king you are a hired servant, bring them to him as you wish;

There the self-controlled king will act according to his understanding."

Therein, "to that very one" means lead them to his very presence. "There" means in that king's residence. "According to his understanding" means according to his intention, according to his pleasure.

Having heard that, the hunter said "Do not let seeing the king be pleasing to you, venerable sirs; kings are indeed frightening; they might either make you pet swans or kill you." Then Sumukha said to him "My dear hunter, do not worry about us; I generated gentleness in such a hard one by a talk on the Teaching; shall I not generate it in a king? For kings are wise, knowers of what is well spoken and ill spoken. Quickly lead us to the king's presence; and when leading, do not lead us in bonds, but having caused us to sit in flower cages, lead us. When making the flower cages, make a large one covered with white lotuses for Dhataraṭṭha, and a small one covered with red lotuses for me; and having placed Dhataraṭṭha in front and me behind at a lower level, having taken us, quickly lead us and show us to the king." He, having heard his word, with pleasure arisen thinking "Sumukha, having seen the king, will wish to give me great fame," having made cages with soft creepers, having covered them with lotuses, having taken them in the very manner stated, departed. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

110.

"Thus addressed, the hunter, the golden-coloured ones with golden skin;

Having grasped with both hands, he placed them in the cage.

111.

"Those birds gone into the cage, both of resplendent colour;

Sumukha and Dhataraṭṭha, the hunter having taken, departed."

110-111. Therein, "placed" means put down, set in place. "Of radiant beauty" means of beauty accomplished with radiance.

Thus, at the time of the hunter's departing having taken them, Dhataraṭṭha, having remembered the daughter of the resultant swan king, his own wife, having addressed Sumukha, lamented under the power of defilements. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

112.

"Being carried away, Dhataraṭṭha said this to Sumukha:

'I fear greatly, Sumukha, for Sāmā with beautiful thighs;

Having learned of our murder, she will then kill herself.'

113.

"The daughter of the resultant swan, Sumukha, Suhemā with skin like golden thread;

Like a heron on the ocean shore, wretched, surely she will grieve."

112-113. Therein, "I fear" means I fear death. "For Sāmā" means for the golden-coloured one. "With beautiful thighs" means with thighs endowed with auspicious characteristics. "Having learned of the murder" means having known the murder, having become one with the perception "My dear husband has been killed." "Will kill herself" means she will die, thinking "What is the use of life for me when my dear husband is dead?" "Pākahaṃsā" means the daughter of the Pākahaṃsa king. "Suhemā" means one so named. "Hemasuttacā" means one whose skin is beautiful like gold. "Will grieve" means just as when a husband has died having descended into the ocean known as the salt-pan, a heron, a little bird, wretched, weeps, so surely she will weep.

Having heard that, Sumukha, having thought "This king of swans, who is fit to exhort others, laments under the power of defilements in dependence on a woman; it has become like the time of a fire for water, and like the time for eating the fields having risen over the fence; what if I, by my own power, having made known the fault in womankind, should convince him" - spoke a verse -

114.

"Thus great to the world, immeasurable, having many followers;

Should grieve over one woman, this is not like the wise.

115.

"Like the wind takes up odour, both the good and the bad;

A fool like unripe and ripe fruit, the greedy like a blind man material gains.

116.

"Not knowing judgment in matters, you appear to me like a fool;

You do not know what should and should not be done, having reached the course of time.

117.

"Half-mad you have spoken, you who think women are the best;

They are common to many, like a liquor house to drunkards.

118.

"They are deceit and mirage, sorrow, disease and misfortune;

They are harsh and bondage, snares of Death, dwelling in caves;

Whatever man trusts in them, he is the lowest of men among men."

114-118. Therein, "great" means being great. "Of the world" means of the world of swans. "Immeasurable" means unable to be measured by virtues. "Having many followers" means a leader of a group endowed with a great group. "Over one woman" means he spoke thus with the intention: that such a venerable one should bewail one woman, this bewailing is not like that of the wise; therefore today I consider you a fool.

"Takes up" means grasps. "The good and the bad" means the beautiful and the ugly. "Unripe and ripe" means both unripe and ripe. "Greedy" means greedy for flavour. This is what is meant - Great king, just as the wind, having struck lotus ponds and so on, takes up fragrance, and having struck rubbish heaps and so on, takes up bad odour - thus it takes up both good and bad odour; and just as a foolish boy, seated beneath mango and rose-apple trees, having stretched out his hand, having taken each fallen fruit, both unripe and ripe, eats them; and just as a blind man greedy for flavour, when food is brought, takes up whatever food, whether with flies or free from flies; so women, under the power of defilements, take and associate with the wealthy and the poor, the high-born and the low-born, the handsome and the ugly. For what reason do you lament over such women of bad character, great king?

"In matters" means in what is proper and improper. "Dull" means utterly foolish. "You appear to me" means you attend upon me. "The course of time" means having reached such a time of death, you do not know, Sire, "At this time this should be done, this should not be done, this should be said, this should not be said." "Half-mad" means having become, I think, half-mad. "You utter" means just as a man, having drunk liquor, not excessively intoxicated, talks whatever nonsense, so you talk nonsense - this is the meaning. "Better" means excellent, the highest.

In the passage beginning with "Deceit and," Sire, these women are deceit in the sense of deception, mirage in the sense of being ungraspable, sorrow because of being a condition for sorrow and so on, diseases, manifold misfortunes, harsh through the very state of obstinacy caused by wrath and so on. For in dependence on them, they are bondage because of binding with fetters and so on; women are indeed Death by way of dwelling in the cave of the body, Sire. The meaning here should be illustrated by the discourse: "With sensual pleasures as the cause, sensual pleasures as the source, sensual pleasures as the reason, the cause being simply sensual pleasures, kings, having seized a thief."

Then Dhataraṭṭha, through the state of having a mind bound to womankind, explaining "You do not know the virtues of womankind; only the wise know this; they should not be blamed," said -

119.

"That which is known by the wise, who is worthy to blame it;

Women of great fortune by name, arose in the world.

120.

"Play is directed towards them, delight is established in them;

Seeds grow in them, that is to say, beings are born;

Who among them would become disenchanted, a man having touched life with his hands?

121.

"You yourself and no other, Sumukha, engage in matters concerning women;

For you today, when fear has arisen, wisdom does not arise in one who is frightened.

122.

"For everyone who has reached doubt, the timid one endures fear;

And the wise, those in great positions, engage in matters difficult to engage in.

123.

"For this purpose kings desire a valiant counsellor;

The hero who wards off misfortune, and protection of oneself."

124.

"May the king's cooks not cut us up today in the kitchen;

For such is the beauty of our wings, may it not kill you like the fruit kills the bamboo.

125.

"Though released, he did not wish to fly away, he himself approached bondage;

He today has reached doubt, grasp the meaning, not the face."

119-125. Therein, "that" means that which is the subject matter reckoned as womankind, known by those wise in wisdom, obvious to them alone, not to the foolish. "Of great fortune" means of great virtue, of great benefit. "Arose" means the meaning is they were first born, because of the female characteristic having first become manifest at the time of the first cosmic cycle. "In them" means Sumukha, in those women bodily and verbal play is directed, laid down, placed, and delight in the types of sensual pleasure is established. "Seeds" means the seeds of Buddhas, Individually Enlightened Ones, noble disciples, universal monarchs and so on grow in them. "That is" means all those beings whatsoever. "Are born" explains that all are nurtured in their very wombs. "Would become disenchanted" means would become weary. "Having touched life with his hands" means having approached their lives even with one's own hands, even while giving up one's own life, having obtained them, who would become disenchanted - this is the meaning.

"No other" means no other, Sumukha; when I, seated on the plateau of Cittakūṭa in the midst of the flock of swans, not seeing you, said "Where indeed is Sumukha?" they say "He, having taken a woman, is experiencing the highest delight in the golden cave." Thus you yourself engage in matters concerning women, you are devoted and engaged, and no other - this is the meaning. "For you today" means for you today, when the fear of death has arisen, frightened by this fear of death, methinks, this subtle wisdom in seeing the faults of womankind arises - with this intention he spoke thus.

"Everyone indeed" means whoever indeed. "Having reached doubt" means having reached danger of life. "Timid one" means even being timid, one endures fear. "Those in great positions" means but those who are wise and stand in great positions, those great ones, they engage in, strive at, and endeavour in matters difficult to engage in; therefore, encouraging him saying "Do not fear, be wise," he spoke thus. "Misfortune" means this hero wards off the misfortune that has come to the master; for this purpose they desire a valiant counsellor. "Protection of oneself" means the intention is that he is also able to make protection of oneself.

"Cut up" means they cut. This is what is meant - My dear Sumukha, you were placed by me in the position next to myself; therefore, act in such a way that today the king's cooks did not cut us up for the sake of meat; for such is the beauty of our wings. "May it kill you" means this beauty, just as a fruit born in dependence on a bamboo kills the bamboo itself, so may it not kill you; he spoke thus with the intention: may it not kill both you and me.

"Though released" means although released and dismissed together with me by the hunter's son saying "Go comfortably to Cittakūṭa mountain," he did not wish to fly away. "By himself" means wishing to see the king, he himself approached bondage; thus this fear of ours has come in dependence on him. "He too today" means he too today has reached danger of life. "Grasp the meaning, not the face" means now grasp the reason for our release, strive so that we may be freed; saying "Like the wind takes up odour" and so on, do not stretch out your mouth for the purpose of censuring women.

Thus the Great Being, having praised womankind, having rendered Sumukha bewildered, having known his state of displeasure, now encouraging him, spoke a verse -

126.

"So apply that exertion, proper and connected with the Teaching;

By your pure effort, seek my life."

Therein, "so" means my dear Sumukha, so you. "That exertion" means that which you formerly said "I shall apply exertion, proper and connected with the Teaching," apply that now. "By your pure effort" means by that pure exertion of yours. "Pariyodātenā" is also a reading; the meaning is "by protection"; the intention is: by the protection belonging to you, because it was done by you, seek my life.

Then Sumukha, having thought "This one, exceedingly frightened by the fear of death, does not know the power of my knowledge; having seen the king, having obtained a little conversation, I shall know; let me not reassure him yet," spoke a verse -

127.

"Do not fear, O foremost among birds, for such ones do not fear;

I shall apply exertion, proper and connected with the Teaching;

By my pure effort, you will quickly be freed from the snare."

Therein, "from the snare" means from the snare of suffering.

Thus, while they were speaking in the language of birds, the hunter's son understood nothing, but merely taking them on a carrying pole, he entered Bārāṇasī. Being followed by the great multitude with joined palms arisen from wonder and amazement, he, having reached the king's gate, had the fact of his arrival announced to the king. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

128.

"That hunter, with the swan-pole, approached the king's gate;

Announce me to the king, Dhataraṭṭha has come."

Therein, "announce me" means announce me to the king thus: "Khemaka has come." "Dhataraṭṭha has come" means announce: "This Dhataraṭṭha has come."

The doorkeeper, having gone, announced. The king, with pleasure arisen, having said "Let him come quickly," surrounded by a company of ministers, seated on the royal divan beneath the raised white parasol, having seen Khemaka who had taken the swan-pole and ascended the great terrace, having looked at the golden-coloured swans, thinking "My wish is fulfilled," commanded the ministers regarding the duty to be done for him. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

129.

"Having seen them both, resembling merit, esteemed for their marks;

Indeed the self-controlled king addressed his ministers.

130.

"Give the huntsman garments, food, drink, and nourishment;

Let there be as much unwrought gold as he wishes."

129-130. Therein, "resembling merit" means similar to one's own merit. "Esteemed for their marks" means considered the best, well-known. "Khalu" is an indeclinable particle; its connection is with the preceding term as "having indeed seen them." "Give" and so on the king said, showing the sign of his confidence. Therein, "able to do as he wishes with unwrought gold" means let there be the doing of his wish with unwrought gold. "However much" means however much he wishes, that much unwrought gold give to him - this is the meaning.

Having thus shown the sign of his confidence, uplifted with joy and pleasure, he said "Go, having adorned him, bring him." Then the ministers, having brought him down from the king's abode, having had his hair and beard trimmed, bathed and anointed, adorned with all ornaments, showed him to the king. Then the king gave him great fame, namely twelve villages yielding a hundred thousand a year, a chariot yoked with thoroughbreds, and a decorated great house. He, having obtained great fame, in order to make known his own deed, said "Not just any swan has been brought by me for you, Sire; but this one is the king of ninety thousand swans, named Dhataraṭṭha, and this one is the general, named Sumukha." Then the king asked him "How, my dear, were these seized by you?" Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

131.

"Having seen the hunter's pleased state, the King of Kāsi then said;

If this, my dear Khemaka, remains full of swans.

132.

"How did the one with snare in hand approach him gone amidst the beautiful ones;

Strewn over by the congregation of kinsmen, how did he seize the foremost one?"

131-132. Therein, "pleased state" means the state of being pleased, the attainment of pleasure. "If this" means, my dear Khemaka, if this pond of ours remains full of ninety thousand swans. "How did he approach him gone amidst the beautiful ones" means this being so, you, gone amidst those beautiful, dear to behold swans, this one strewn over by the congregations of kinsmen. "The foremost one" means neither middling nor youngest, the highest king of swans - how did the one with snare in hand approach, how did he seize?

He, speaking to him, said -

133.

"Today is my seventh night, attending to the feeding places;

Searching for its track, diligent, relying on the pot-cage.

134.

"Then I saw his footprint, as he wandered in search of food;

There I set down a snare, thus I caught that bird."

133-134. Therein, "adanāni" means ādānāni; the meaning is "the places for obtaining food"; or this itself is the reading. "Upāsato" means of one who is approaching. "Pada" means a footprint stepped upon in the feeding ground. "Ghaṭassito" means having been dependent on the jar-cage. "Athassā" means then on the sixth day I saw the footprint of this one wandering in search of food. "Evaṃ tan" means "thus I caught that bird" - he related the entire method of capture.

Having heard that, the king, having thought "This one, even when standing at the door and reporting, reported only the arrival of the Dhataraṭṭha; now too he says 'I caught this one alone'; what indeed is the reason here?" spoke a verse -

135.

"Huntsman, these are two birds, yet you speak of one;

Is your mind confused, or what indeed do you seek?"

Therein, "confused" means deranged. "Or what indeed do you seek" means or what indeed do you think - he asks whether, having taken the one, you think of wishing to give it to another.

Thereupon the huntsman, making it evident, said "My mind is not deranged, Sire, nor do I wish to give the one to another; but however, in the snare laid by me, only one was caught" -

136.

"Whose red streaks, resembling refined gold, beautiful;

Stand pressing against the chest, he approached my bond.

137.

"And this resplendent bird, unfettered, to the bound and afflicted one;

Speaking noble words, stood still, uttering human speech."

136-137. Therein, "red" means of red colour. "Streaks" means stripes. "Pressing against the chest" means having struck against the chest. This is what is meant - Great king, he whose three red stripes, comparable to red gold, having encircled the neck, stand having struck against the chest, he alone approached my bond. "Resplendent" means pure, endowed with radiance. "Afflicted" means he stood by the sick and suffering one.

Then, having known the state of Dhataraṭṭha's being bound, having turned back, having consoled him, and at the time of my arrival having gone out to meet me, right there in the air having made a sweet friendly welcome together with me, speaking of the virtues of Dhataraṭṭha in human speech, he stood; having softened my heart, he again stood before this very one. Then I, Sire, having heard the well-spoken word of Sumukha, with a gladdened mind, released Dhataraṭṭha. Thus the release of Dhataraṭṭha from the snare, and the taking of these swans and my coming here, were done by Sumukha himself. Thus he spoke the praise of Sumukha's virtues. Having heard that, the king became desirous of hearing a religious talk from Sumukha. Even while he was showing honour to the hunter's son, the sun set, lamps were lit, many warriors and others assembled, and Queen Khemā too, surrounded by various dancers, sat down on the right side of the king. At that moment the king, wishing to have Sumukha speak, spoke a verse -

138.

"Then why now, Sumukha, do you stand with jaw clenched;

Or having reached my assembly, frightened by fear, do you not speak?"

Therein, "with jaw clenched" means you are indeed a sweet speaker, then why do you now stand having covered your face. "Adu" means "is it that." "Frightened by fear" means having been frightened by the fear of timidity before the assembly.

Having heard that, Sumukha, showing his fearless disposition, spoke a verse -

139.

"I am not frightened, lord of Kāsi, having plunged into your assembly;

I shall not fail to speak through fear, a word in such a matter."

Therein, "such" means but rather, when such a matter has arisen, "I shall speak a word" - I am seated looking for an opportunity to speak - this is the meaning.

Having heard that, the king, wishing to draw out his talk, making mockery, said -

140.

"I do not see your retinue, nor chariots nor foot-soldiers;

Nor your leather shield or armour, nor armoured archers.

141.

"Neither unwrought gold nor gold, nor a city well built;

With moat strewn around, a fortress, with firm watchtower and porch;

Where having entered, Sumukha, you do not fear what should be feared."

140-141. Therein, "retinue" means I do not see your assembly standing surrounding you with weapons in hand for the purpose of protection. In "nāssā," "assā" is merely a particle. "Leather" means a leather shield for protection against arrows. "Armour" means armour is said to be a pot-shard and so on. It explains that not even those with pot-shards in hand are near you. "Armoured" means clad in leather armour. "Nor gold" means that gold too, in dependence on which you do not fear, I do not see of yours.

When the king thus said "What is the reason for your fearlessness?" explaining that, he said -

142.

"I have no need of an escort, nor of a city or wealth;

By a pathless way we travel the path, we who move through the sky.

143.

"We have heard you are wise, subtle, a thinker of meaning;

We would speak meaningful speech, if you were established in truth.

144.

"What will it do for you, a false one, an ignoble one;

Even well-spoken words of a liar, a cruel one?"

142-144. Therein, "with an escort" means with a retinue of protection. "Need" means I have no function with this. Why? Because by a pathless way, by a road without a path for those like you, having made a path, we travel, we who move through the sky. "We are wise through you" means we have heard you called wise; for that very reason, desiring to hear the Teaching from our presence, it seems you had us seized. "And if in truth" means but if you were established in truth, we would speak meaningful speech based upon reason. "Of one who is false" means what will a well-spoken word do for you who are devoid of verbal truth, like a toothpick for a bald man?

Having heard that, the king said "Why do you call me a liar and ignoble? What has been done by me?" Then Sumukha, having said to him "If so, great king, listen," said -

145.

"You, by the word of the brahmins, made this security;

And safety was proclaimed by you, in these ten directions.

146.

"Having plunged into your pond, with very clear water, pure;

Abundant food there, and non-violence here towards birds.

147.

"Having heard this proclamation, we came into your presence;

We were bound by you with a snare, that was spoken falsely by you.

148.

"Having put lying in front, and evil desire and greed;

Having transgressed both connections, suffering arises."

145-148. Therein, "taṃ" means you. "Khema" means the pond of that name. "Proclaimed" means having stood at the four corners and caused to be announced. "In ten ways" means in these directions standing in ten ways, safety was proclaimed by you. "Having plunged" means from those who had come having plunged in. "Abundant food" means abundant food such as lotus flowers, rice, and so on. "Having heard this" means having heard this safety from those who had come having plunged into that pond, we have come to your presence, near you, to the pond made by you - this is the meaning. "Those we" means those we are bound by your snare. "Having put in front" means having placed in front. "Desire and greed" means evil greed reckoned as desire. "Both connections" means conception in both the heavenly world and the human world. A person walking about having placed these evil qualities in front, having transgressed conception in a fortunate world, is reborn in disagreeable hell.

Thus he put the king to shame right in the midst of the assembly. Then the king, making known "I, Sumukha, did not have you seized wishing to eat your meat after killing you, but having heard of your state of wisdom, I had you seized wishing to hear well-spoken words," said -

149.

"We do not offend, Sumukha, nor did I seize you out of greed;

We have heard you are wise, subtle, a thinker of meaning.

150.

"It is well if those who have come here would utter meaningful speech;

So be it, my dear hunter, spoken to, Sumukha, you have seized me."

149-150. Therein, "we do not offend" means one who kills offends; we do not kill. "Nor out of greed did I seize you" means having wished to eat meat, it was not out of greed that I seized you. "Wise, meaning" means "wise" is what has been heard, is the meaning. "A thinker of meaning" means a thinker of concealed meanings. "Meaningful" means based upon reason. "Thus" means for that reason. "Spoken" means having been spoken by me. "Sumukha, I seized you" - "Sumukha" is a form of address; the syllable "ma" serves as a word-connector. "Seized" means he took you to teach the Teaching.

Having heard that, Sumukha, having said "What you have done is inappropriate for one wishing to hear well-spoken words, great king," said -

151.

"I am not frightened, lord of Kāsi, when life is brought near to death;

We would speak meaningful speech, having reached the course of time.

152.

"He who kills a deer with a deer, or a bird with a bird;

Or would buy the learned with the learned, what is more ignoble than that?

153.

"Whoever speaks noble words, yet is devoted to ignoble conduct;

He falls from both worlds, both here and in the hereafter.

154.

"One who has attained fame should not be intoxicated, nor should one become weary when fallen into doubt through affliction;

One should indeed strive in duties, and restrain the openings.

155.

"Those seniors who have passed beyond, having reached the course of time;

Having practised the Teaching here, thus they went to the celestial abode.

156.

"Having heard this, O lord of Kāsi, protect the Teaching in yourself;

And release Dhataraṭṭha, the most excellent of swans."

151-156. Therein, "when brought near" means when brought near to the proximity of death. "The course of time" means having reached the turn of the time of death, we shall not speak. For people do not hear the Teaching by having bound a Teaching-preacher and threatened him with the fear of death; what you have done is inappropriate. "By the deer" means by a well-trained decoy deer. "Kills" means strikes. "By the bird" means by a decoy bird. "By the renowned" means by a lotus lake renowned as secure and fearless, similar to a decoy deer and bird. "The learned" means a Teaching-preacher heard of thus: "wise, a varied speaker." "Would buy" means whoever, thinking "I shall listen to the Teaching," would buy, would harm, would obstruct by binding with a snare. "Than that" means what else more ignoble is there beyond their action?

"Cries nobly" means he speaks noble speech, beautiful speech with his mouth. "Leaning on ignoble qualities" means leaning on ignoble qualities by his action. "Both" means from both the world of the gods and the human world. "Here indeed" means one of such a nature, whether arisen here or arisen in the hereafter, having fallen from the two fortunate worlds, is reborn in hell only. "Having reached danger" means even having reached suffering that brings danger to life, one should not become weary. "Should restrain the openings" means one should restrain and close one's own holes and doors. "The seniors" means the wise ones senior in virtue. "Have passed beyond" means have passed beyond this human world. "The course of time" means having reached the course of the time of death. "Thus they" means thus these. "This" means this word spoken by me, based upon meaning. "The Teaching" means both the traditional teaching and the teaching of good conduct.

Having heard that, the king said -

157.

"Let them bring water, foot-ointment, and a very precious seat;

I will release from the cage the glorious Dhataraṭṭha.

158.

"And that wise general, skilful, considerate of welfare;

Who is happy when the king is happy, and is afflicted when he is afflicted.

159.

"Such a one indeed deserves to eat almsfood from a husband;

Just as this fair-faced Sumukha is to the king, a companion sharing life."

157-159. Therein, "water" means washing of the feet. "Foot-ointment" means ointment for the feet. "Happy" means when there is happiness.

Having heard the king's word, having brought seats for them, having washed the feet of those seated there with scented water, they anointed them with oil medicated a hundred times. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

160.

"And a chair entirely made of gold, with eight legs, delightful;

Polished, spread with Kāsi cloth, Dhataraṭṭha sat down upon.

161.

"And a stool entirely made of gold, bordered with tiger skin;

Sumukha looked upon, right next to Dhataraṭṭha.

162.

"With golden bowls, many people of Kāsi, having taken them;

Brought offerings to the swans, sent by the chief king."

160-162. Therein, "polished" means completed in workmanship. "Spread with Kāsi cloth" means spread over with Kāsi cloth. "Stool" means contracted in the middle. "Bordered with tiger skin" means bordered with tiger hide; a chair sat upon by the queen-consort on a festive day. "With golden dishes" means with golden vessels. "Many" means many people. "Kāsi people" means inhabitants of the Kāsi country. "Brought offerings" means offered. "Sent by the chief king" means food of various excellent flavours, surrounded by golden bowls weighing eight hundred palas, sent by the King of Kāsi as a present for the king of swans.

When that was thus brought, the King of Kāsi himself, having taken a golden bowl, offered it to them for the purpose of hospitality. They ate honey-parched corn from it and drank honey-water. Then the Great Being, having seen the king's offering and confidence, exchanged friendly greetings. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

163.

"Having seen the excellent food brought, sent by the King of Kāsi;

Skilled in the duties of warriors, he then asked without delay.

164.

"Is it that you are well, is it that you are free from illness;

Is it that this country is prosperous, do you govern by the Teaching?"

165.

"Is it well with me, O swan, and also, O swan, free from illness;

And also is this country prosperous, do I govern by the Teaching?"

166.

"Is it that among your councillors, no fault is found in anyone;

And do they not wish for life in your affairs?

167.

"And also among my councillors, no fault is found in anyone;

And also in my affairs, they do not wish for life.

168.

"Is your wife equal to yourself, loyal, speaking pleasantly;

Endowed with sons, beauty and fame, following your wish and will?

169.

"And also my wife is equal to myself, loyal, speaking pleasantly;

Endowed with sons, beauty and fame, following my wish and will.

170.

"Is it that the country is without oppression, without misfortune from anywhere;

Without violence, by the rule, righteously do you govern?

171.

"And also is the country without oppression, without misfortune from anywhere;

Without violence, by the rule, righteously do I govern.

172.

"Are the good esteemed, the wicked avoided;

Do you not, having rejected the Teaching, conform to what is not the Teaching?

173.

"And the good are esteemed by me, the wicked avoided;

I conform only to the Teaching, what is not the Teaching is repudiated by me.

174.

"Do you not consider the future to be long, O warrior;

Are you not intoxicated by what is intoxicating, do you not fear the world beyond?

175.

"I do not consider the future as long, O winged one;

Established in the ten principles, I would not fear the world beyond.

176.

"Giving, morality, relinquishment, rectitude, gentleness, austere asceticism;

Non-wrath and non-violence, patience and non-opposition.

177.

"Thus these wholesome mental states, I see established in myself;

From that, joy arises in me, and pleasure not small.

178.

"And Sumukha, without thinking, uttered a harsh word;

Not knowing the fault in my mind, this bird towards us.

179.

"He, angered, uttered harsh speech unwisely;

Which faults do not exist in us, this is not like the wise."

163-179. Therein, "having seen" means having seen that abundant excellent beverage and food. "Sent" means having had it brought and offered. "Duties of warriors" means the duties of hospitality in primary matters. "He then asked without delay" means at that time he asked in succession "Is it that you are well, sir?" Now those six verses are of the meaning already stated below. "Without oppression" means he asks whether you do not oppress the inhabitants of the country like sugar-cane in a mill. "Without danger from any quarter" means free from danger from any quarter. "You instruct righteously and impartially" means do you instruct your country righteously and impartially? "The good" means good persons endowed with virtues beginning with morality. "Having rejected" means having thrown away. "Do you not consider the future to be long" means he asks whether you do not consider your own future continuance of life as "long," whether you know the limited nature of the life principle. "Intoxicating" means objects such as material form and so on that are worthy of intoxication. "Do you not fear" means you do not fear. This is what is meant - are you not intoxicated by the types of sensual pleasure such as material form and so on, and being diligent, because of having done wholesome deeds such as giving and so on, do you not fear the world beyond?

"In the ten" means in the ten duties of a king. Among giving and so on: volition with ten bases is giving, the five precepts and the ten precepts are morality, the relinquishment of things to be given is relinquishment, uprightness is rectitude, softness is gentleness, the Observance practice is austere asceticism, the preliminary part of friendliness is non-wrath, the preliminary part of compassion is non-violence, endurance is patience, non-opposition is non-obstruction. "Without thinking" means without considering this achievement of virtues of mine. "Fault of disposition" means fault of mind. "Without knowing" means not having known. For there is indeed no fault of mind in us; that which he should know, not having known that very thing, he uttered a harsh, hard word. "Unwisely" means by an improper method. "Which in us" means he speaks of faults which are not found in us. "Not this" means therefore this statement of his is not like that of the wise; therefore he does not appear to me as a wise person.

Having heard that, Sumukha, having thought "A king accomplished in virtues has been disparaged by me; he is angry with me; I shall ask his forgiveness," said -

180.

"There is that transgression of mine, in haste, O lord of men;

And when Dhataraṭṭha was bound, my suffering was extensive.

181.

"You are like a father to us, his sons, like the earth to beings;

Forgive us who have transgressed, O royal elephant."

180-181. Therein, "transgression" means stumbling. "In haste" means I, speaking this talk, spoke with speed, suddenly. "Suffering" means mental pain was extensive for me; therefore, what was said by me through the power of wrath, forgive me that, great king. "Of sons" means you are like a father to our sons. "Like the earth" means just as the earth is the support of living beings, so you are our support. "Of those afflicted" means forgive those overwhelmed by fault and offence - this he said having descended from his seat and having made a salutation with joined palms with his wings.

Then the king, having embraced him, having taken him, having caused him to sit on a golden chair, accepting the confession of transgression, said -

182.

"We give thanks to you for this, that you do not conceal your nature;

You break through barrenness, O bird, you are upright, O winged one."

Therein, "we give thanks" means we forgive this fault of yours. "That" means because you do not conceal your own nature of what is concealed in the mind. "Barrenness" means mental barrenness, a mental stump.

And having said this, the king, having become confident in the Great Being's talk on the Teaching and in Sumukha's uprightness, handing over his own sovereignty to both of them, thinking "One who is confident should indeed make an expression of confidence," said -

183.

"Whatever jewel there is, in the dwelling of the King of Kāsi;

Silver and gold, many pearls and lapis lazuli.

184.

"Jewels and conch-shell pearls, cloth and yellow sandalwood;

Antelope skin and ivory goods, copper and much iron;

This wealth I give to you, I give up lordship to you."

183-184. Therein, "pearls" means pearls both pierced and unpierced. "Jewels" means articles of gems. "And conch-shell pearls" means the jewel of a right-spiralling conch and the jewel of pearls round as myrobalan fruits. "Cloth" means fine Kāsi cloths. "Cheetah hide" means the skin of a cheetah. "Copper and iron" means copper and black iron. "Lordship" means the kingdom in the city of Bārāṇasī, which was twelve yojanas in extent, together with the golden garland and the white parasol.

And having said thus, he honoured them both with the white parasol and made them accept the kingdom. Then the Great Being, conversing with the king, said -

185.

"Surely we esteem you, and you are honoured, O bull among charioteers;

For those practising the teachings, be our teacher.

186.

"O teacher, delighted by you, approved by you, we;

Having circumambulated him, may we see our kinsman, O tamer of foes."

185-186. Therein, "in the teachings" means in the teachings of the ten courses of wholesome action. "Teacher" means you are more experienced than us, therefore you are our teacher; moreover, because of having spoken of the ten duties of a king, having shown the fault of Sumukha, and because of having accepted the transgression, you are indeed our teacher; therefore even now, by training us in good conduct, be our teacher - thus he said. "We might see, O tamer of enemies" means we might see, O tamer of enemies.

He permitted their departure, and while the Bodhisatta was still teaching the Teaching, dawn arose. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

187.

"Having considered the whole night, having discussed in what way;

The King of Kāsi gave permission to the most excellent of swans."

Therein, "in what way" means whatever matter should be considered and discussed together with them, having considered and discussed all that; this is the meaning. "Gave permission" means he gave permission saying "Go."

Thus permitted by him, the Bodhisatta, having exhorted the king "Being diligent, exercise kingship righteously," established him in the five precepts. The king, having offered them honey-parched corn and honey-water in golden vessels, when the meal was finished, having venerated them with scents, garlands, and so on, himself lifted up the Bodhisatta with a golden casket; Queen Khemā lifted up Sumukha. Then, having opened the lattice window, at the time of sunrise, they sent them off saying "Go, masters." Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

188.

"Then at the end of the night, towards the rising of the sun;

While the king of Kāsi looked on, from the dwelling they plunged into the sky."

Therein, "plunged into" means they sprang forward into the sky.

Among them, the Great Being, having flown up from the golden casket, having stood in the sky, having consoled the king saying "Do not worry, great king, be heedful and conduct yourself according to our exhortation," having taken Sumukha, went to Cittakūṭa itself. Those ninety thousand swans too, having come out from the golden cave, seated at the foot of the mountain, having seen them approaching, having gone out to meet them, surrounded them. They, surrounded by the group of relatives, entered the plateau of Cittakūṭa. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

189.

"When they arrived healthy, having seen the supreme birds;

The swans made the cry 'Kekā', a great noise arose.

190.

"They, delighted by the freed one, respectful to their master;

Surrounded him all around, the egg-born ones having gained support."

189-190. Having thus surrounded him, those swans asked "How were you released, great king?" The Great Being related the state of being released in dependence on Sumukha, and the deed done by the Saṃyama king and the hunter's son. Having heard that, the satisfied groups of swans said "May the general Sumukha, and the king, and the hunter's son be happy, free from suffering, and live long!" Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

191.

"Thus for those endowed with friends, all benefits become auspicious;

Just as the Dhataraṭṭha swans approached the congregation of kinsmen."

That is a matter already stated in the Cūḷahaṃsa Jātaka.

The Teacher, having brought this teaching of the Teaching, having said "Not only now, monks; in the past too Ānanda gave up his own life for my sake," connected the Jātaka: "At that time the hunter's son was Channa, Queen Khemā was the nun Khemā, the king was Sāriputta, Sumukha was Ānanda, the rest of the assembly was the Buddha's assembly, but the Dhataraṭṭha swan king was myself."

The commentary on the Mahāhaṃsa Jātaka is the second.

535.

Commentary on the Sudhābhojana Jātaka

"I neither buy nor sell" - this the Teacher spoke while dwelling at Jeta's Grove, referring to a certain monk with a disposition towards giving. He, it is said, having been a certain son of good family in Sāvatthī, having heard the Teacher's talk on the Teaching, with a gladdened mind, having gone forth, was one who fulfilled the moral precepts, endowed with the qualities of the ascetic practices, with a mind of friendliness occurring towards his fellows in the holy life, diligent three times a day in the attendance upon the Buddha, the Teaching, and the Community, accomplished in good conduct, and with a disposition towards giving. One who fulfilled the principles of cordiality, even when he had become without food while recipients were present, he gave what he himself had received; therefore his state of being disposed towards giving and delighting in giving became well-known in the community of monks. Then one day the monks raised up a discussion in the Teaching hall: "Friends, the monk named so-and-so, disposed towards giving, delighting in giving, having cut off greed, gives even a mere handful of drinking water that he himself has received to his fellows in the holy life; his disposition is just like that of a Bodhisatta." The Teacher, having heard that discussion with the divine ear element, having come out from the Perfumed Chamber and having come, having asked "What discussion were you having as you sat together here, monks?" when it was said "Such and such," having said "This monk, monks, was formerly habitually not giving, stingy; he would not give even a drop of oil on the tip of a blade of grass; then I, having tamed him, having rendered him free from agitation, having praised the fruit of giving, established him in giving; he accepted a boon in my presence saying 'Having received even a mere handful of water, I shall not drink without giving'; by the fruit of that he has become disposed towards giving and delighting in giving," being requested by them, brought up the past.

In the past, when Brahmadatta was exercising kingship in Bārāṇasī, a certain householder was rich, possessing wealth of eighty million. Then the king gave him the position of millionaire. He, being honoured by the king, honoured by the citizens and the country folk, one day, having surveyed his own success, thought: "This fame was obtained by me in past existences indeed not by one who was sleeping, not by one committing bodily misconduct and so on, but was obtained by fulfilling good conduct; in the future too it is fitting for me to make a support for myself." He, having gone to the king's presence, having said "Sire, in my house there is wealth of eighty million; take it," when it was said "I have no need of your wealth; I have much wealth; if you wish, take from here too," said "May I, Sire, be permitted to give away my wealth?" Then, when the king said "Do as you please," having had six alms-halls built at the four city gates, in the middle of the city, and at the door of his dwelling, making a daily expenditure of six hundred thousand, he carried on a great offering. He, having given gifts for as long as he lived, having instructed his sons "Do not break off this lineage of giving of mine," at the end of his life was reborn as Sakka. His son too, having given gifts in just the same way, was reborn as Canda; his son was reborn as Suriya; his son was reborn as Mātali; his son was reborn as Pañcasikha; but his son, the sixth, having obtained the position of millionaire, was named Macchariya-Kosiya, possessing wealth of eighty million just the same. He, having thought "My fathers and grandfathers were fools; they threw away wealth gathered with suffering; but I shall protect the wealth; I shall not give anything to anyone," having demolished the alms-halls, having burnt them with fire, became an obstinate miser.

Then beggars, having assembled at his house door, having raised their arms, lamented with a loud voice: "Great millionaire, do not destroy the lineage of giving of your fathers and grandfathers; give gifts!" Having heard that, the public reproached him saying "Macchariya-Kosiya has broken off his own lineage of giving." He, being ashamed, set up a guard at the door of his dwelling to prevent the beggars from coming to the place where they had been coming. They, having become without support, did not look at his house door again. He, from then on, merely collected wealth; he neither consumed it himself nor gave to his sons, wife, and so on; he ate rice-bran food with rice-gruel and vinegar as accompaniment; he wore coarse garments of root-fibre and fruit-fibre threads; holding a leaf-umbrella on his head, he travelled in a decrepit little chariot yoked with an old ox. Thus for that bad person, that much wealth was like a coconut obtained by a dog.

One day, while going to the royal audience, thinking "I shall take the vice-millionaire with me," he went to his house. At that moment the vice-millionaire, surrounded by sons, daughters, and so on, was sitting eating milk-rice prepared with fresh ghee, ripe honey, sugar, and bath powder. He, having seen Macchariya-Kosiya, having risen from his seat, said "Come, great millionaire, sit on this divan; let us eat milk-rice." Upon seeing the milk-rice, saliva arose in his mouth; he wished to eat; but he thought thus: "If I eat, when the vice-millionaire comes to my house, a return hospitality will have to be made; thus my wealth will perish; I shall not eat." Then, even though being entreated again and again, saying "I have already eaten now; I am satisfied," he did not wish it. But while looking at the vice-millionaire eating, having sat down with saliva arising in his mouth, at the conclusion of his meal, having gone together with him to the king's dwelling, having seen the king, having descended from the king's dwelling, having arrived at his own house, being oppressed by craving for milk-rice, he thought: "If I say 'I wish to eat milk-rice,' the public will wish to eat; many rice grains and so on will perish; I shall not tell anyone." He, thinking of nothing but milk-rice night and day, even though having spent time, out of fear of the destruction of wealth, without having told anyone, endured the craving; being unable to endure it gradually, he became quite pale. Even this being so, not telling out of fear of the destruction of wealth, afterwards, having become weak, having embraced his bed, he lay down.

Then his wife, having approached him, while stroking his back with her hand, asked "What is your illness, husband?" "Attend to the illness in your own body; there is no illness of mine." "Husband, you have become quite pale; is there perhaps some worry of yours, or is the king angry with you, or has contempt been shown by your sons, or else has some craving arisen?" "Yes, a craving has arisen in me." "Tell me, husband." "I shall tell you; will you be able to keep it secret?" "If it is fitting to be kept secret, I shall keep it secret." Even so, out of fear of the destruction of his wealth, he did not dare to tell. Being pressed by her again and again, he told - "Dear lady, one day, having seen the deputy millionaire eating milk-rice prepared with fresh ghee, honey, sugar, and bath powder, from then on I have become desirous of eating such milk-rice." "You bad person, are you destitute? I shall cook milk-rice sufficient for all the inhabitants of the whole of Bārāṇasī." Then it was as if the time had come for a blow on his head with a stick. He, having become angry with her, said "I know your state of great wealth; if you have something brought from your family home, cook milk-rice and give it to the townspeople." "Then I shall cook enough for the inhabitants of one street." "What use are they to you? Let them eat their own belongings." "Then I shall cook enough for the inhabitants of seven houses on each side from here." "What use are they to you?" "Then for the servants in this house." "What use is that to you?" "Then I shall cook enough only for the relatives." "What use is that to you?" "Then I shall cook for both you and me, husband." "What are you? It is not fitting for you." "Then I shall cook enough for you alone." "And do not cook for me either; but if one cooks in the house, many will expect a share. But give me a pattha measure of rice, a quarter measure of milk, a pinch of sugar, a casket of ghee, a casket of honey, and one cooking vessel; I shall enter the forest and cook there and eat." She did so. He, having had all that carried by a servant boy, having sent him ahead saying "Go and wait at such and such a place," alone, having covered his head, having gone there in the guise of an unknown person, having had an oven made at the foot of a certain shrub on the riverbank, having had firewood and water brought, having sent him off saying "You, having gone, standing on a certain road, having seen anyone at all, you should give me a signal; you should come only when summoned by me," having made a fire, he cooked the milk-rice.

At that moment, Sakka, the king of gods, having surveyed this splendour of his own - the adorned city of the gods measuring ten thousand yojanas, the golden avenue sixty yojanas in extent, the Vejayanta mansion a thousand yojanas in height, the Sudhamma assembly hall five hundred yojanas in size, the Paṇḍukambala stone seat sixty yojanas in extent, the golden garland and white parasol five yojanas in circumference, celestial nymphs numbering two and a half crores, and the adorned and prepared individual existence - having thought "What indeed was done by me by which this fame was obtained?" he saw the giving carried on by the one who had been a millionaire in Bārāṇasī. Then, looking to see "Where have my sons and so on been reborn?" having seen the rebirth of all of them - "My son was reborn as the young god Canda, his son as Suriya, his son as Mātali, his son as Pañcasikha" - looking to see "What is the son of Pañcasikha like?" he saw the state of his own lineage being cut off. Then this occurred to him - "This bad person, having become a miser, neither consumes anything himself nor gives to others; my lineage has been cut off by him; having died, he will be reborn in hell. Having given him exhortation, having re-established my lineage, I shall bring about the means for his rebirth in this city of the gods." He, having summoned Canda and the others, said "Come, let us go to the path of humans. By Macchariya-Kosiya our lineage has been cut off, the alms-halls have been burnt down; he neither consumes anything himself nor gives to others. But now, having become desirous of eating milk-rice, thinking 'If one cooks in the house, milk-rice will have to be given to others too,' having entered the forest, he cooks alone. Having tamed him and having made him know the fruit of giving, let us return. But however, if begged by all of us together, he might die right there. Having gone first to beg for milk-rice, when I am seated, you should come in succession in the appearance of brahmins and beg." Having said this, he himself first, in the appearance of a brahmin, having approached him, asked "Sir, which is the road going to Bārāṇasī?" Then Macchariya-Kosiya said to him "Are you mad? You do not even know the road to Bārāṇasī? Why do you come from here? Go that way."

Sakka, having heard his word, as if not hearing, approached him saying "What do you say?" He too shouted "I say, deaf brahmin, why do you come from here? Go in front!" Then Sakka, having said to him "My dear, why do you shout? Smoke can be seen, fire can be seen, milk-rice is being cooked; this must be a place of invitation for brahmins. I too shall receive a little at the mealtime of the brahmins. Why do you drive me away?" when it was said "There is no invitation for brahmins here; go in front!" he said "If so, why are you angry? I shall receive a little at your mealtime." Then he, having said to him "I will not give you even a single grain of boiled rice; this is a little, only enough for my sustenance; even this was obtained by me only by begging; you seek food elsewhere" - having said this with reference to the fact of having obtained it by begging his wife - spoke a verse -

192.

"I neither buy nor sell, nor do I have any accumulation;

This is indeed difficult to obtain and small, a bowl of rice is not enough for us, hard to obtain."

Having heard that, Sakka, having said "I too shall tell you one verse in a sweet voice; listen to it," even as he was refusing saying "I have no need of your verse," spoke a pair of verses -

193.

"From little one should give a little, from moderate a moderate amount;

From much one should give much, not giving is not fitting.

194.

"This I say to you, Kosiya, give gifts and enjoy;

Having ascended the noble path, one who eats alone does not obtain happiness."

193-194. Therein, "from moderate a moderate amount" means even a trifle, having cut it in the middle, having made two portions, having given one portion, from the remainder too, "from moderate," again having cut in the middle, one portion should indeed be given. "Not giving is not fitting" means whether little or much be given, there is no such thing as not giving; that too is giving itself, of great fruit itself.

He, having heard his word, said "What you have spoken is agreeable, brahmin; when the milk-rice is cooked, you shall receive a little; sit down." Sakka sat down to one side. When he was seated, Canda, having approached by that very same procedure, having carried on the conversation in the same way, even as he was refusing, spoke a pair of verses -

195.

"Vain is his oblation, and vain too is his endeavour;

He who, while a guest is seated, eats food alone.

196.

This I say to you, Kosiya, give gifts and enjoy;

Having ascended the noble path, one who eats alone does not obtain happiness."

195-196. Therein, "endeavour" means the energy of producing wealth.

He, having heard his word, with difficulty and trouble, said "If so, sit down; you will get a little." He, having gone, sat down near Sakka. Thereupon, Suriya, having approached by that very same method, having carried on the conversation in the same way, even as he was refusing, spoke a pair of verses -

197.

"True is his oblation, and true too is his endeavour;

He who, while a guest is seated, does not eat food alone.

198.

"This I say to you, Kosiya, give gifts and enjoy;

Having ascended the noble path, one who eats alone does not obtain happiness."

197-198. Having heard his word too, with difficulty and trouble, he said "If so, sit down; you will get a little." He, having gone, sat down near Canda. Then Mātali, having approached him by that very same method, having carried on the conversation in the same way, even as he was refusing, spoke these verses -

199.

"A man makes offerings at the lake, and at Gayā with its many bodies;

At Doṇa, at the Timbaru ford, in the swift-flowing, great torrent.

200.

"Here is his oblation, here is his endeavour;

He who, while a guest is seated, does not eat food alone.

201.

"This I say to you, Kosiya, give gifts and enjoy;

Having ascended the noble path, one who eats alone does not obtain happiness."

199-201. Their meaning is - Whatever man, thinking "I shall make an oblation to serpents, demons, and so on," having approached any lake whatsoever at ocean inlets, ponds, and so on, makes offerings, makes an oblation there, and likewise at the river with many bodies, at Gayā, at the pond, at the ford named Doṇa and at the ford named Timbaru, in the swift-flowing, great torrent. "Here is his" means if here too, at these lakes and so on, for that man there is both an oblation and an endeavour, it succeeds as fruitful and yielding happiness. "He who, while a guest is seated, does not eat food alone" - here there is nothing at all to be said; therefore I say to you - Kosiya, give gifts and enjoy yourself, ascend the path of the noble ones, those who delight in giving, the Buddhas and so on. For indeed, one who eats alone, consuming by oneself, does not obtain happiness.

He, having heard his word too, as if crushed by a mountain peak, with difficulty and trouble, said "If so, sit down; you will get a little." Mātali, having gone, sat down near Suriya. Thereupon, Pañcasikha, having approached by that very same method, having carried on the conversation in the same way, even as he was refusing, spoke a pair of verses -

202.

"For he swallows the hook, the long thread together with its binding;

He who, while a guest is seated, eats food alone.

203.

"This I say to you, Kosiya, give gifts and enjoy;

Having ascended the noble path, one who eats alone does not obtain happiness."

202-203. Macchariya-Kosiya, having heard that, with unpleasant feeling, groaning, said "If so, sit down; you will get a little." Pañcasikha, having gone, sat down near Mātali. Thus, just as those five brahmins had merely sat down, the milk-rice was cooked. Then Kosiya, having taken it down from the oven, said "Bring your bowls." They, without rising, just as they were seated, having stretched out their hands, brought māluva leaves from the Himalayas. Kosiya, having seen those, said "There is no milk-rice to be given to you in these leaves; bring leaves of acacia and so on." They brought those too. Each leaf was the size of a warrior's shield. He gave milk-rice to all of them with a ladle; even at the time of giving to the very last one, no deficiency was apparent in the pot; having given to all five, he himself took the pot and sat down. At that moment Pañcasikha, having risen, having abandoned his individual existence, having become a dog, went urinating in front of them. The brahmins covered their milk-rice with their leaves. A drop of urine fell on the back of Kosiya's hand. The brahmins, having taken water from their water-jugs, having sprinkled over the milk-rice, were as if eating. Kosiya said "Give me too some water; having washed my hand, I shall eat." "Bring your own water and wash your hand." "I gave you milk-rice; give me a little water." "We do not do what is called the act of returning gift for gift." "If so, look after this pot; having washed my hand, I shall come back." He descended into the river. At that moment the dog filled the pot with urine. He, having seen it urinating, having taken up a large stick, came threatening it. It, having become the size of a thoroughbred horse, pursuing him, was of various colours - it became black, white, golden-coloured, spotted, tall, and short; thus, having become of various colours, it pursued Macchariya-Kosiya. He, frightened by the fear of death, approached the brahmins. They too, having flown up, stood in the sky. He, having seen that supernormal power of theirs, spoke a verse -

204.

"These brahmins are indeed of noble beauty, and this dog of yours - for what reason;

It transforms into various colours and appearances; tell us, brahmins, who are you?"

Having heard that, Sakka, the king of gods -

205.

"Both the moon and the sun have come here, and this is Mātali, the charioteer of the gods;

I am Sakka, the lord of the thirty-three; And this one is called Pañcasikha."

Having spoken the verse, praising his fame, he spoke a verse -

206.

"Cymbals and small drums, tambourines and large drums;

They awaken him who is asleep, and having awakened, he rejoices."

He, having heard his word, asked "Sakka, having done what do you obtain such divine success?" Sakka, showing "Those habitually not giving, of bad character, stingy, do not go to the heavenly world; they are reborn in hell" -

207.

"Those who are stingy here, miserly, abusive to ascetics and brahmins;

Having laid down the bodily form right here, upon the body's collapse, they go to hell."

Having spoken this verse, to show the attainment of the heavenly world for those established in the Teaching, he spoke a verse -

208.

"Those who hope for a fortunate destination, established in the Teaching, in self-control and sharing;

Having laid down the bodily form right here, upon the body's collapse, they go to a fortunate destination."

Therein, "hoping" means wishing. Whoever wish for a fortunate destination, all of them, having been established in the principles of the ten precepts reckoned as self-control and in the principles of giving reckoned as sharing, having laid down here the body reckoned as the bodily form, upon the collapse of that body, they go to a fortunate destination - this is the meaning.

And having said thus, however, in order to make known to him "Kosiya, we have not come to your presence for the purpose of milk-rice, but rather out of compassion, having pity on you, we have come" - he said -

209.

"You were not a relative in previous births, he was stingy, an irritator, of bad character;

We have come here for your very purpose, may this one of bad character not go to hell."

Therein, "he" means he, you. "May this one of bad character not" means this relative of ours, of bad character, may he not go to hell - for this purpose we have come; this is the meaning.

Having heard that, Kosiya, with a gladdened mind, said "It seems they desire my welfare, they wish to pull me out from hell and establish me in heaven" -

210.

"Surely indeed you are desiring my welfare, in that you instruct me;

I shall act accordingly, all that is spoken by those who seek my benefit.

211.

"This very day I shall desist, and I would not do anything evil;

And there is nothing of mine that should not be given, and I do not drink water without having given.

212.

"And thus as I give at all times, these possessions, O Vāsava, will be exhausted;

Then I shall go forth, Sakka, having abandoned sensual pleasures, each according to its limit."

210-212. Therein, "maṃ" means my. "Vo" means you. "Yaṃ maṃ" means in that you instruct me, by that you are desiring my welfare. "Tathā" means just as you say, so indeed I shall do. "Uparamāmi" means I desist from the state of stinginess. "Adeyyamatthī" means from now on, even half of my morsel is not something that cannot be given, and "na cāpidatvā" means even a handful of water, having obtained it, I shall not drink without giving. "Khīyissanti" means they will be exhausted. "Yathodhikāni" means just the portions as they stand, by way of sensual pleasures as objects and sensual pleasures as defilements.

Sakka, having tamed Macchariya-Kosiya, having rendered him free from agitation, having informed him of the fruit of giving, having established him in the five precepts through the teaching of the Teaching, went together with them to the city of the gods itself. Macchariya-Kosiya too, having entered the city, having obtained permission from the king, having given wealth to the beggars saying "Let them fill the vessels taken up one after another and take them," when that was exhausted, having departed, on the southern side of the Himalayas, between the Ganges and a certain natural lake, having made a hermitage, having gone forth, feeding on forest roots and fruits, he dwelt there for a long time and reached old age. At that time, Sakka had four daughters named Āsā, Saddhā, Sirī, and Hirī. They, having taken abundant divine garlands and perfumes, having gone to Lake Anotatta for the purpose of water-sport, having played there, sat down on the red arsenic slab. At that moment, a brahmin ascetic named Nārada, having gone to the realm of the Thirty-three for the purpose of the day's abiding, having spent the day's abiding in the Nandana Grove and the Cittalatā Grove, carrying a coral tree flower like an umbrella for the purpose of shade, was going over the top of the red arsenic slab to the golden cave, his own dwelling place. Then they, having seen that flower in his hands, made a request. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

213.

"On the best of mountains, the excellent peak Gandhamādana, they rejoice, protected by the excellent god;

Then came the excellent sage, who goes to all worlds, having taken a fully blooming branch of the excellent tree.

214.

"Pure, fragrant, honoured by the deities, the best of flowers, frequented by the excellent immortals;

Not obtained by mortals or by titans, apart from the gods, for them indeed it is worthy.

215.

"Then four women with complexions like gold, having risen, the foremost among women, addressed the sage;

Āsā and Saddhā and Sirī, then Hirī, thus they spoke to the brahmin, the divine Nārada.

216.

"If this flower of the coral tree is not designated by you, O great sage, O Brahmin;

Give it to us, may all your wishes succeed, and may you too be for us just as Vāsava.

217.

"Seeing her begging for that, Nārada thus spoke, uttering a dispute-causing word;

'I have no need for these, whoever among you is the eldest, let her adorn herself with them.'"

213-217. Therein, "on the excellent peak" is a synonym of the former. "Protected by the excellent god" means protected by Sakka. "Who goes to all worlds" means capable of going everywhere, in the heavenly world and the human world. "Having taken a branch of the excellent tree" means having taken the flower that has obtained the name "branch of the excellent tree" because of being born on a branch. "Honoured" means one who has received honour. "By the excellent immortals" is said with reference to Sakka. "Apart from the gods" means setting aside the gods and those possessing supernormal power, not obtained by other human beings or by demons and so on. "For them indeed it is worthy" means for them alone indeed it is worthy, befitting. "With skin like gold" means skin like gold. "Having risen" means having risen up all at once, stretching out their hands, begging, thinking "The noble one, being abstained from garlands, scents, ointments, and so on, will not adorn himself with the flower; he will discard it in some place; come, having asked for it, let us adorn ourselves with the flower." "Chief of women" means the highest among women. "The sage" means the seer.

"Not designated" means not pointed out as "I shall give it to so-and-so by name." "May all your wishes succeed" means may all your mental wishes succeed; they speak a grand blessing to him, saying "May you be an obtainer of whatever is wished for." "Just as Vāsava" means just as our father Vāsava gives whatever is wished for, so may you too be for us. "That" means that flower. "Having observed" means having seen. "Uttered a dispute" means he uttered talk of diverse views that increases quarrelling. "With these" explains: I have no need whatsoever for these flowers; I am abstained from the wearing of garlands. "Whoever among you is the eldest" means whichever one among you is the senior. "Let her adorn herself" - the meaning is: let her adorn herself with this.

Those four too, having heard his word, spoke a verse -

218.

"You yourself consider this for us, Nārada, to whichever one you wish, give her to him;

For whichever one you show to us, Nārada, she indeed will be considered the best for us."

Therein, "you yourself for us" means: O highest great sage, you yourself consider for us. Nārada, having heard their words, addressing them, spoke a verse -

219.

"This word is improper, O beautiful one, what brahmin would arouse a dispute;

Having gone, ask the lord of beings himself, if you do not know here the highest and the lowest."

Its meaning is - Dear lady, O beautiful one, this word spoken by you is inappropriate to me, for in that case, by me making one among you the foremost and the rest inferior, a dispute will have been increased; what brahmin who has warded off evil would arouse and increase a dispute. For indeed, for one of such nature, increasing dispute is inappropriate; therefore, having gone from here, ask your own father, the lord of beings, Sakka himself, if you do not know your own highest and lowest.

Thereupon the Teacher spoke a verse -

220.

"They, extremely angered by Nārada, were urged on, intoxicated by vanity of beauty;

Having gone to the presence of the Thousand-Eyed One, they asked the lord of beings: 'Who indeed is the eldest?'"

Therein, "extremely angered" means exceedingly angered by the one not giving the flower, having become angry with him. "Urged on" means told "ask the lord of beings himself." "Of the Thousand-Eyed One" means having gone to the presence of Sakka. "Who indeed" means they asked "which among us is the highest?"

Having asked thus, standing -

221.

"Having seen them, with eager mind, the first of givers, thus spoke the excellent god with joined palms;

'All of you are equal to the beautiful one, who indeed, dear ladies, uttered this dispute?'"

Therein, "having seen them" means, monks, having seen all four who had come to his own presence. "With eager mind" means with zealous mind, with an engaged consciousness. "With joined palms" means with palms raised in salutation by the worshipping deities. "Equal" means all of you are equal. "Ko neva" means "who indeed" (ko nu eva). "Uttered this dispute" means spoke and increased this strife of diverse views.

Then those ladies, speaking to him, spoke a verse -

222.

"He who has wandered through all the world, the great sage, established in the Dhamma, Nārada, striving for truth;

He told us, 'Having gone to the excellent mountain Gandhamādana, ask the lord of beings himself;

If you do not know here the highest and the lowest.'"

Therein, "striving for truth" means exerting himself likewise.

Having heard that, Sakka, having thought "These four too are just my own daughters; if I say 'One among them is accomplished in virtue and is the highest,' the rest will be angry; it is not possible to decide this case; I shall send them to the hermit Kosiya in the Himalayas; he will decide their case," said "I shall not decide your case. In the Himalayas there is a hermit named Kosiya; I shall send him my own divine food; he does not eat without giving to another; and when giving, having discriminated, he gives to the virtuous; whichever among you receives food from his hand, she shall be the highest" - thus explaining, he spoke a verse -

223.

"That great sage who dwells in the great forest, without having eaten, consumes food in his excellent body;

Kosiya gives gifts with discrimination,

to whichever one he will give, she indeed is the eldest."

Therein, "dweller in the great forest" means one who lives in the great forest.

Thus he, having sent to the presence of the hermit, having had Mātali summoned, sending him to his presence, spoke the next verse -

224.

"He who is honoured in the southern direction, on the bank of the Ganges, on the side of the Himalayas;

That Kosiya, for whom food and drink are hard to obtain, bring ambrosia to him, O charioteer of the gods."

Therein, "sammati" means dwells. "The south" means in the southern direction of the Himalayas. "Passani" means on the side.

Thereupon the Teacher said -

225.

"He, Mātali, sent by the best of gods, having ascended the chariot yoked with a thousand;

Having approached the hermitage very quickly, not being visible, he gave ambrosia to the sage."

Therein, "not being visible" means, monks, that Mātali, having accepted the word of the king of gods, having gone to that hermitage, having become invisible in body, gave him ambrosia; and while giving, having devoted himself to striving during the night, towards the break of dawn having attended to the fire, when the night became light, he placed the bowl of ambrosia food in the hands of him who stood paying homage to the rising sun.

Kosiya, having taken that, while still standing, spoke a pair of verses -

226.

"For as I stood attending to the water-fire sacrifice, the light-bringer, the highest dispeller of the world's darkness;

Vāsava, having surpassed all beings;

Who indeed placed what ambrosia in my hands?

227.

"Like a conch shell, white, of incomparable appearance, pure, fragrant, of lovely form, wonderful;

Never before seen by my eyes, which deity placed what ambrosia in my hands?"

226-227. Therein, "water-fire sacrifice" means having attended to the water-fire sacrifice, having come out from the fire hall, having stood at the door of the hermitage, as I stood attending to the light-bringer, the dispeller of the world's darkness, the highest sun, Vāsava, having surpassed all beings, existing, what ambrosia indeed, what by name, did he thus place in my hands? By "like a conch" and so on, while still standing, he describes the ambrosia.

Then Mātali said -

228.

"I was sent by the great Indra, O great sage, I have brought ambrosia quickly, O great sage;

Know me as Mātali, the charioteer of the gods, partake of the best food, do not refuse.

229.

"And when eaten, it destroys twelve evils: hunger, thirst, discontent, anguish and weariness;

Wrath and hostility, contention and slander, cold, heat and drowsiness - this is the supreme flavour."

228-229. Therein, "I have brought ambrosia" means I brought this divine food to you. "Know me" means know me, you - I am named Mātali, the charioteer of the gods - this is the meaning. "Do not refuse" means without rejecting by saying "I will not eat," eat, do not make delay. "Evils" means for this ambrosia, when eaten, destroys twelve evil qualities. "Hunger" means first it destroys the state of being famished, second thirst for drinking water, third discontent, fourth bodily distress, fifth the state of weariness, sixth wrath, seventh hostility, eighth contention, ninth slander, tenth cold, eleventh heat, twelfth drowsiness and the state of laziness - this supreme flavour, this divine food of the highest flavour, destroys these twelve evil qualities.

Having heard that, Kosiya, making manifest his own undertaking of an ascetic vow -

230.

"It is not allowable for me, Mātali, to eat, without having given first - this is my highest vow;

Nor even a single seat venerated by the noble ones, and one who does not share does not find happiness."

Having spoken the verse, when asked by Mātali "Venerable sir, having seen what fault in eating without giving to another, have you taken upon yourself this vow?" he said -

231.

"Those who are slayers of women, those who are adulterers, those who betray friends and those who curse the virtuous;

All these, with the stingy as fifth, are base, therefore without having given, I would not eat even water.

232.

"Whether to a woman or to a man, I will give a gift praised by the wise;

Faithful, bountiful, here free from avarice, these become pure and esteemed for truth."

231-232. Therein, "before" means without having given first, or else it shows thus: "this is my highest vow from before" - "this vow was taken upon myself by me before." "Nor even a single seat venerated by the noble ones" means the eating of one alone is not venerated by the noble ones such as the Buddhas and so on. "Happiness" means one does not obtain divine and human happiness. "Slayers of women" means slayers of women. "Ye cime" means "ye ca ime" (those who are these). "Curse" means they revile. "The virtuous" means righteous ascetics and brahmins. "With the stingy as fifth" means the stingy one is the fifth of these - thus "with the stingy as fifth." "Base" means these five are called base. "Therefore" means because I, through fear of the state of being the fifth among the base, undertook this vow: "Without having given, I would not eat even water, I will not consume." "He, to a woman or" means he, I, to a woman or. "Praised by the wise" means praised by the wise, by the learned, by the Buddhas and so on. "Pure and esteemed for truth" means those persons endowed with trustworthy faith, bountiful, free from avarice, are both pure and esteemed as the highest - this is the meaning.

Having heard that, Mātali stood with a visible body. At that moment those four heavenly maidens stood in the four directions: Sirī stood in the eastern direction, Āsā in the southern direction, Saddhā in the western direction, Hirī in the northern direction. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

233.

"From there, approved by the best of gods, sent forth, four maidens with complexions like gold;

Āsā and Saddhā and Sirī, then Hirī, came to that hermitage where Kosiya was.

234.

"Having seen them, entirely supremely delighted, with beautiful beauty like mountain peaks;

Four maidens, four in the four directions, thus he spoke in the presence of Mātali.

235.

"Who are you that shines towards the eastern direction, O deity, adorned like the healing star, best of stars;

I ask you, O one with a body like a golden creeper, tell me, which deity are you?"

236.

"I am Sirī, a goddess venerated by humans, always associating with those free from evil foes;

I have come to your presence due to a dispute about ambrosia, so distribute ambrosia to me, O one of excellent wisdom.

237.

"The man for whom I wish ambrosia, O great sage, he rejoices with all sensual pleasures;

Know me as Sirī, O best of those who sacrifice, distribute ambrosia to me, O one of excellent wisdom."

233-237. Therein, "hence" means from there. "Approved" means consented to; then the meaning is both consented to by the best of gods and sent forth. "All supremely delighted" means having been without remainder, exceedingly delighted. "Sāma" is also a reading; the meaning is having seen those deities by oneself. "Cunning" means shrewd. Or this itself is the reading; the meaning is endowed with shrewdness. "Best of stars" means the excellent among the stars. "Of golden-creeper form" means with a body similar to a golden appearance. "Sirāha" means I am Sirī. "Come to your presence" means come to your vicinity. "Bestow" means as ambrosia attends upon me, so do; the meaning is give me ambrosia. "Know" means know. "Best of fire-offerers" means the highest among those who pour offerings into the fire.

Having heard that, Kosiya said -

238.

"By craft, by true knowledge and conduct, by higher intelligence, men endowed, well-practised through their own action;

Deprived by you, they obtain nothing, this is not good, that is to say, what was done by you.

239.

"I see a man who is lazy and gluttonous, even one of good family, an ugly person;

Protected by you, O Fortune, even one of noble birth, the wealthy one happily sends him about like a slave.

240.

"I know you as false, one who serves without discrimination, foolish, one who attacks the wise;

Such a one does not deserve a seat or water, whence ambrosia? Go, you do not please me."

238-240. Therein, "by craft" means by the craft of elephants, horses, chariots, archery, and so on. "By true knowledge and conduct" means by true knowledge reckoned as the three Vedas and by morality. "Well-practised through their own action" means endowed with the quality of striving through one's own manly effort. "Possession" means they do not obtain even anything trifling, whether fame or happiness. "That is to say" means that which is this deficiency made by you to those who, having learnt crafts for the sake of supremacy, go about - that is not good of you. "Deformed" means ugly. "Protected by you" means guarded by you. "Even one of good birth" means even one accomplished in birth, even one accomplished in craft, true knowledge, conduct, higher intelligence, and action. "Sends" means makes a servant. "This, that" means therefore, that. "False" means false, devoid of the highest state, because of not conforming to truth reckoned as intrinsic nature. "One who serves without discrimination" means one who, without discriminating, not knowing what is proper and improper, associates with both those accomplished in craft and so on and others alike. "One who attacks the wise" means one who attacks the wise, going about having felled, beaten, and vexed the wise. "Whence ambrosia" means for such a virtueless one, whence divine food? You do not please me; go, do not stand here.

She, rejected by him, disappeared right there. Then he, conversing with Hope, said -

241.

"Who are you with white fangs, with earrings fastened on, with variegated bracelets, wearing polished golden ornaments;

Having clothed yourself in garments of poured-water colour, you shine, having adorned your ear with a blossom red as the tip of kusa grass.

242.

"Like a hind wandering, missed by the arrow-and-bow bearer, you look up slowly;

Who is your companion here, O soft-eyed one, do you not fear, alone in the forest grove?"

241-242. Therein, "with variegated bracelets" means endowed with variegated bracelets. "Wearing polished golden ornaments" means wearing polished golden ornaments finished by craftsmanship. "Of poured-water colour" means divine fine cloth of the colour of a stream of poured water. "Having clothed" means having both dressed in a lower garment and having put on an upper robe. "Red as the tip of kusa grass" means of the colour of the tip-flame of kusa grass. "Having adorned with a blossom" means having adorned the ear with a sprouting asoka flower-bud - this is what is meant. "By one bearing arrows and bow" means by a hunter. "Missed" means one whose strike has missed. "Slowly, as it were" means just as that hind, frightened, having stood in the midst of the forest, looks at him slowly, slowly, so she looked.

Then Āsā spoke -

243.

"I have no companion here, Kosiya, I am a deity born from the realm of Masakkasāra;

With hope for ambrosia I have come to your presence, so distribute ambrosia to me, O one of excellent wisdom."

Therein, "born from the realm of Masakkasāra" means originating in the Tāvatiṃsa realm.

Having heard that, Kosiya, explaining "You, it seems, to whoever pleases you, you give hope by producing the fruit of hope, and to whoever does not please you, you do not give; there is none equal to you as a destroyer of wished-for purposes," said -

244.

"With hope the merchants go, seekers of wealth, having boarded a ship they venture upon the ocean;

They sink there and also at one time, deprived of wealth they come with their goods destroyed.

245.

"With hope farmers plough the fields, they sow seeds doing their work with effort;

By the onset of calamity or by lack of rain, they gain nothing of the coming of fruit from that.

246.

"Then men seeking happiness, having put hope in front, perform self-deeds for their masters;

They, for their master's benefit, being overly oppressed again, flee to the directions, not having obtained anything.

247.

"Having abandoned grain and wealth and relatives, with hope, intent on heaven, seekers of happiness;

They practise even rough austere asceticism for a long time, having mounted the wrong path they go to an unfortunate realm.

248.

"These hopes are deemed deceitful, O Hope, remove the ambrosia in yourself;

Such a one does not deserve a seat or water, whence ambrosia? Go, you do not please me."

244-248. "Venture upon" (tattha parenti) means they spring forward. "Deprived of wealth" (jīnādhanā) means those whose wealth is diminished. Thus, by your power some succeed and some fail; there is none of bad character equal to you - he says. "Doing by means" (karontupāyaso) means they do each and every task by means. "By the onset of calamity" (ītīnipātenā) means by the onset of any one of the calamities to crops such as unseasonable winds, rats, moths, parrots, insects, mildew, disease, and so on. "From that" (tato) means from that crop they gain no fruit whatsoever; you yourself do the act of cutting off their hope too - he says. "And then acts of manliness" (athattakārānī) means acts of manliness on the battlefields. "Having put hope in front" (āsaṃ purakkhatvā) means having placed the hope for supremacy in front. "For the master's benefit" (bhatturatthā) means for the sake of the master. "Exceedingly oppressed" (atigāḷitā) means exceedingly crushed by enemies, with their property plundered and their army and vehicles destroyed. "They perish" (panassantī) means they flee. "Not having gained anything" (aladdha kiñcanan) means not having obtained any supremacy whatsoever. Thus, you yourself bring about the gain of supremacy for these too - he says. "Desiring heaven" (saggādhimanā) means intending to attain heaven. "Coarse" (lūkhan) means sapless bodily mortification such as the practice of the five fires and the like. "For a long interval" (cirantaran) means for a long time. "These hopes are deemed deceitful" (āsā visaṃvādikasammatā ime) means thus these beings go to an unfortunate realm through hope for heaven; therefore you, O Hope, are deemed deceitful, having come to the designation of "deceitful." "O Hope" (āse) - he addresses her.

She too, rejected by him, disappeared. Then, conversing with Faith, he spoke a verse -

249.

"Shining brightly with fame, one of fame, towards the direction called by the lowly name;

I ask you, O one with a body like a golden creeper, tell me, which deity are you?"

Therein, "shining brightly" means blazing. "Called by the lowly name" means you stand shining brightly towards the direction called by the lowly, inferior name as "the hinder" and "the western."

Then she spoke a verse -

250.

"I am Faith, a goddess venerated by humans, always associating with those free from evil foes;

I have come to your presence due to a dispute about ambrosia, so distribute ambrosia to me, O one of excellent wisdom."

Therein, "faith" means the believing of anyone's word, which is both blameworthy and blameless. "Venerated" means venerated by virtue of the blameless portion. "Associating with those free from evil foes" - this is the name of the deity who, through blameless faith and the intrinsic nature of absolute trustworthiness, is also capable of establishing trustworthiness in others.

Then Kosiya, having said to her "These beings, having believed anyone's word, doing this and that, do more of what should not be done than what should be done, and all that is indeed caused by you," spoke thus -

251.

"Giving, self-control, generosity and also self-restraint, having taken up with faith, some do at one time;

Theft, falsehood, fraud and also slander, some do again, released by you.

252.

"A man with craving towards wives who are equal in birth and virtue, devoted wives too;

Having removed desire even for women of good family, he places faith again in a water-carrying slave girl.

253.

"You yourself, O Faith, are one who consorts with others' wives, you do evil and you abandon the wholesome;

Such a one does not deserve a seat or water, whence ambrosia? Go, you do not please me."

251-253. Therein, "giving" means meritorious volition based on the ten grounds. "Self-control" means restraint of the faculties. "Generosity" means the relinquishment of gifts. "Self-control" means morality. "Having taken up with faith" means having taken up with faith the word of those who say "these things beginning with giving, of great benefit, should be done," they do them at one time. "Fraud" means either false weighing and so on, or village fraud and so on as an action. "Some do" means certain people, having believed the word of some who say "at such times as these, theft and so on should be done for these purposes," they do these things too. "Released by you again" means again released by you, even without believing the word of those who say "these blameworthy things with painful results should not be done," they do them. Thus he says that by your power one would do both what is blameworthy and what is blameless.

"Towards those who are equal" means towards those who are equal in birth, clan, morality, and so on. "With craving" means "pekkha" is called craving; the meaning is "with craving." "Desire" means desire and lust. "Places faith" means he places faith even in the word of a water-carrying slave girl; having believed her when she says "I shall do such and such a favour for you," having abandoned even women of good family, he resorts to her alone; having placed faith in the word of even a water-carrying slave girl saying "such and such a woman has her mind bound to you," he consorts with another's wife. "You yourself, O Faith, are one who consorts with others' wives" means since, having believed this and that, by your power they consort with others' wives, they do evil, they give up the wholesome; therefore you yourself are one who consorts with others' wives, you do evil, you also abandon the wholesome; there is no one of bad character, a destroyer of the world, equal to you; go, you do not please me.

She disappeared right there. Kosiya too, conversing with Shame who was standing to the north, spoke a pair of verses -

254.

"At the expiration of night when the dawn has risen, she who appears with the highest form and beauty;

Such is the simile that occurs to me, O deity, tell me, which nymph are you?"

255.

"Dark like a creeper in summer, like a flame of fire, stirred by the wind, garlanded with red leaves;

Who are you standing there, gazing like a gentle deer, as if wishing to speak, yet you utter no word?"

254-255. Therein, "at the expiration of night" means the end of night; the meaning is the termination of night. "Has risen" means when dawn breaks. "She who" means she who appears in the eastern direction, bearing the form of a lotus by virtue of the redness of gold. "Dark like a creeper in summer" means like a dark creeper in the summer season. "Like a flame of fire" means like a flame of fire; she too is like a young dark creeper freshly sprung up in scorched fields - this is the meaning. "Garlanded with red leaves" means surrounded by leaves of red colour. "Who are you standing" means just as that young dark creeper, stirred by the wind, stands swaying gracefully and shining, so who indeed are you that stand thus? "As if wishing to speak" means you are as if wishing to speak together with me, yet you utter no word.

Then she spoke a verse -

256.

"I am Shame, venerated by goddesses and humans, always associating with those free from evil foes;

I have come to your presence due to a dispute about ambrosia, yet I am not able to beg even for ambrosia;

For a woman's begging is like exposing one's private parts."

Therein, "I am Shame" means shame am I. "Even for ambrosia" means I am not able even to beg for that divine food. Why? "For a woman's begging is like exposing one's private parts" means because a woman's begging is like exposing one's private parts, like the revealing of secret limbs; the meaning is: it is like being shameless.

Having heard that, the hermit spoke two verses -

257.

"By the Teaching, by the true method, O beautiful one, you will obtain, for this is the nature, not by begging is ambrosia.

Therefore that, without begging, I invite you, whatever ambrosia you wish, that too I give to you.

258.

"You are invited by me today at my own hermitage, O one with a body like a golden creeper;

For you are to be venerated by me with all flavours, and having venerated you, I too shall eat the ambrosia."

257-258. Therein, "by nature" means by intrinsic nature. "By the true method" means by reason. "Not by begging is ambrosia" means ambrosia is not obtained by begging; for that very reason the other three did not obtain it. "This, that" means therefore, that. "Whatever you wish" means not only do I invite you, but whatever ambrosia you wish, that too I give to you. "One whose form is a golden creeper" means one whose body is resplendent like a heap of gold. "Venerated" means not only with ambrosia, but with all other flavours too, you are indeed fitting to be venerated by me. "I shall eat" means having venerated her, if there will be a remainder of the ambrosia, I too shall eat.

Then the following is a verse discovered by the Fully Enlightened One -

259.

"She, approved by Kosiya, the brilliant one, Hiri surely entered the charming hermitage;

Abounding in water, with fruit, venerated by the noble ones, always frequented by those free from evil and enemies.

260.

"Many tree thickets here were in bloom, mango trees, piyāla trees, jack trees and kiṃsuka trees;

Sobhañjana trees, lodda trees and also paddhaka trees, keka trees and bhaṅga trees, tilaka trees fully in bloom.

261.

"Sal trees and musk-rose trees, many rose-apple trees here, holy fig trees and banyan trees and madhuka trees and rattan reeds;

Uddālaka trees and trumpet-flower trees and sinduvāraka trees, with delightful fragrance, mucalinda trees and ketaka trees.

262.

"Hareṇuka plants, bamboo shoots, keṇu beans, tinduka trees, millet, nīvāra grain, and also cīnaka;

Plantains, banana trees, many kinds of rice here, various paddy, bhujapatta leaves, and rice grains.

263.

"On its northern side, a safe pond arose;

Without roughness, without steep banks, good, without bad odour.

264.

"There the fish delighted, secure and with abundant food;

Singu fish, savaṅka fish, saṃkula fish, satavaṅka fish, and red fish;

Swarming with āḷi fish and gaggara fish, shad fish and crow-fish.

265.

"There the birds delighted, secure and with abundant food;

Swans, herons, and peacocks, ruddy geese and cocks;

Many cuckoos, variegated ones, crested peacocks and pheasants.

266.

"There for drinking they come, various herds of beasts, many;

Lions, tigers and boars, bears, wolves and hyenas.

267.

"Rhinoceroses and gayals, buffaloes, red deer and ruru deer;

Antelopes and boars, those with followings and wild pigs;

Many kadalimiga deer here, cats and hares.

268.

"The ground-level hills spread with variegated flowers, resounding with birds, frequented by flocks of birds."

259-268. Therein, "the brilliant one" means one accomplished in power. "Pāvisi yassaman" means entered the hermitage; the syllable "ya" serves as a consonant connector. "Abounding in water" means well-supplied with water in those various places. "With fruit" means accomplished with various kinds of fruit. "Venerated by the noble ones" means venerated and praised by noble ones who are free from the faults of the mental hindrances and who have attained meditative absorption. "Thickets of trees" means thickets of trees endowed with flowers and endowed with fruits. "Sobhañjana" means horse radish trees. "Lodda trees and also paddhaka" means lodda trees and lotus trees. "Keka and bhaṅga" means trees of those very names. "Karerī" means musk-rose trees. "Uddālaka" means the Cassia Fistula trees. "Mucalinda and ketaka" means mucalinda trees and five kinds of ketaka trees. "Hareṇuka" means a species of leguminous grain. "Veḷuka" means a variety of bamboo. "Keṇu" means forest beans. "Tinduka" means timbaru trees. "Cīnaka" means small royal beans. "Mocā" means plantains with seeds. "Rice" means various kinds of rice grown in dependence on a natural lake. "Paddy" means various kinds of paddy. "Ābhūjino" means bhujapatta trees. "Rice grains" means heads of self-grown rice grains free from powder and chaff.

"Of that very" means, monks, in the northern part of that very hermitage. "A pond" means a natural pond covered with five kinds of lotuses. "Not rough" means free from the roughness of fish, oysters, moss, and so on. "Without steep banks" means with unbroken banks and level landing places. "Without bad odour" means endowed with water without repulsive odour. "There" means of that pond. "Secure" means fearless. "Siṅgū" and so on are the names of those fish. "Kuṇālaka" means cuckoos. "Variegated" means with variegated wings. "Crested ones" means peacocks with raised crests, or also other birds with crests grown on their heads. "Pānāya māyanti" means they come for drinking. "Palāsāda" means rhinoceroses. "Gavajā" means gayals. "Gaṇino" means elk. "Kaṇṇikā" means kaṇṇika deer. "Ground-hills" means flat rocks spread level with the ground. "Strewn with variegated flowers" means strewn with variegated flowers. "Resounding with birds" means resounded with by birds of sweet voice. "Such were the grounds and mountains there" - thus the Blessed One describes the hermitage of Kosiya.

Now, in order to show the goddess Hiri's entering there and so on, he said -

269.

"She of fair skin, hanging from the blue trees, like lightning from a great cloud, approached;

For her, a stool with well-bound head, made of kusa grass, pure, fragrant, covered with antelope hide;

Having spread out the stool, Hiri said this, 'Sit down, beautiful one, this seat is comfortable.'

270.

"To her then, seated on the stool, Kosiya, the matted-hair wearer of antelope hide, to her who was wishing;

With fresh leaves, himself, together with water, brought ambrosia quickly, the great sage.

271.

She, having received it with both hands, thus spoke, delighted, to the matted-hair wearer;

'Come, I, now venerated by you, shall go, O Brahmin, to the celestial abode, victorious.'

272.

"She, approved by Kosiya, the brilliant one, urged on, intoxicated by vanity of beauty;

Having gone to the presence of the Thousand-Eyed One, 'This is Sudhā, O Vāsava, give me the victory.'"

273.

"Then Sakka too honoured her, together with Inda and the gods, the excellent celestial maiden;

She, with joined palms, honoured by gods and humans, when she sat down on the new stool."

269-273. Therein, "of fair skin" means having good skin. "Hanging from the blue trees" means having hung from the blue trees, touching this and that branch of the blue trees - this is the meaning. "Like a great cloud" means invited by him, like lightning from a great cloud, she entered that hermitage of his. "For her" means for her, Hiri. "With well-bound head" means with a well-connected top. "Made of kusa grass" means made of kusa grass mixed with usīra and other fragrant roots. "Fragrant" means fragrant because of being mixed with usīra and other fragrant grasses. "Covered with antelope hide" means furnished with an antelope hide spread on top. "Having spread out the stool" means having spread out such a stool-seat at the door of the hermitage. "This seat is comfortable" means sit down comfortably on this seat.

"Whatever" means as much as one likes. "For one desiring" means for one desiring ambrosia. "With fresh leaves" means with moist lotus leaves brought from the pond at that very moment. "Himself" means with his own hand. "Together with water" means together with the water of offering. "Brought ambrosia" means he offered ambrosia. "Speedy" means speedy through the force of pleasure. "Well then" is an indeclinable particle used in the sense of release. "Victorious" means having attained victory.

"Permitted" means allowed to go now according to her pleasure. "Uttered" means having gone to the city of the gods, in the presence of Sakka, she declared "This is Sudhā." "Celestial maiden" means a young goddess. "Highest" means excellent. "She, with joined palms, honoured by gods and humans" means with joined palms, venerated by gods and by humans. "When" means when she sat down on the new stool designated as a golden chair, provided by Sakka for the purpose of sitting, then Sakka and the remaining deities venerated her seated there with coral tree flowers and so on.

Thus Sakka, having venerated her, thought - "For what reason indeed did Kosiya, without giving to the rest, give ambrosia to this one alone?" He sent Mātali again for the purpose of knowing that reason. Making that meaning evident, the Teacher said -

274.

"That same Mātali he addressed again, the thousand-eyed lord of the thirty-three;

Having gone, tell my word to Kosiya, 'By hope, by faith, and by splendour, O Kosiya;

By what cause did shame obtain ambrosia?'"

Therein, "addressed" means he spoke. "My word" means tell my word to Kosiya. "By hope, by faith, and by splendour" means by what cause did shame itself obtain ambrosia, compared with hope, and with faith, and with splendour?

He, having accepted his word, having mounted the Vejayanta chariot, departed. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

275.

"That chariot he raised up well for travel, gleaming like a bastion;

With a pole of Jambu-river gold, resembling refined gold, adorned, resembling variegated gold.

276.

"Here many golden moons are set, elephants, cattle and horses, blue jays, tigers and panthers;

Antelopes, here birds made of crystal, here deer made of lapis lazuli, endowed with weapons.

277.

"There they yoked the king of horses, bay-coloured, ten thousand, resembling young elephants;

Adorned, with golden net breast-plates, with ear ornaments, going at a sound, unhindered.

278.

"Having ascended that excellent vehicle, Mātali made these directions resound;

The sky and the rocks and the forest trees, he shook the earth together with the ocean.

279.

"He, having approached the hermitage quickly, with mantle over one shoulder, with joined palms;

Thus spoke Mātali to the very learned, senior, disciplined brahmin equal to a god.

280.

"Listen to the word of Indra, Kosiya, I am a messenger, the first of givers asks you;

By hope, by faith, and by splendour, O Kosiya, by what cause did shame obtain ambrosia?"

275-280. Therein, "that well for travel" means that Vejayanta chariot for the purpose of travelling with ease. "Raised up" means he pulled it up, having lifted it, he made it ready for going. "Like a bastion" means similar to implements and articles; just as its implements blaze with the same colour as the tip of a flame, so too they blazed - this is the meaning. "With a Jambu-river pole" means a pole made of red gold known as Jambu-river gold. "Resembling variegated gold" means endowed with the eight auspicious signs, decorated with the seven jewels, made of gold. "Golden moons here" means golden discs here on the chariot. "Elephants" means elephants made of gold, silver, and gems. In "cattle and so on" too, the same method applies. "Here birds made of crystal" means here on the chariot, groups of birds made of crystal, made of various jewels, were also standing in succession. "Endowed with weapons" means having been shown as yoked together with their own respective weapons.

"Royal steeds of golden hue" means royal steeds of golden colour, mind-made. "Like young elephants" means similar to young elephants in the achievement of strength. "With golden net breast-plates" means endowed with breast-plate ornaments made of golden netting. "With ear-ornaments" means fitted with ear ornaments known as āveḷa. "Going by sound" means accustomed to going by mere sound alone, without the blow of a goad. "Unattached" means they yoked such royal steeds, unattached and of swift speed, there - this is the meaning.

"Made resound" means it made a single reverberation with the sound of the vehicle. "And the great trees" means the great trees and the jungle thickets - this is the meaning. "Caused to tremble" means it shook. There, the trembling of the sky should be understood through the trembling of the mansions situated in the sky. "With mantle over one shoulder" means a divine garment, a mantle arranged over one shoulder. "Senior" means senior in virtues. "Disciplined" means endowed with disciplined conduct and duty. "Thus spoke" means having stationed the chariot in the sky and having descended, he spoke thus. "God-brahmin" means a brahmin equal to a god.

He, having heard his word, spoke a verse -

281.

"Fortune appears to me as blind, Mātali, and faith as impermanent, O charioteer of the gods.

Hope is deemed deceitful by me, and shame is established in the noble quality."

Therein, "blind" means because it favours both those accomplished in craft and so on and those not accomplished, it appears to me as "blind." "Impermanent" means but faith, because of abandoning this and that subject matter and arising in one thing after another, by way of non-existence after having been, appears to me as "impermanent." "Deemed deceitful" means but hope, because those desiring wealth, having plunged into the ocean by boat, come with their goods destroyed, therefore it appears to me as "deceitful." "In the noble quality" means but shame is established in the pure noble quality, which is reckoned as having the intrinsic nature of shame and moral fear.

Now, praising its virtue, he said -

282.

"Maidens who request, protected by the clan, and those who are aged, and those who are women with husbands;

They restrain by shame the desire and lust arisen towards men, their own mind.

283.

"At the forefront of battle, armed with arrows and spears, among the defeated, the falling, the fleeing;

They turn back through shame, having abandoned life, those with shame receive them again.

284.

"Just as the shore restrains the force of the ocean's waters, shame indeed restrains evil people;

That shame, honoured by the noble ones in all the world, make that known to Indra, O charioteer of the gods."

282-284. Therein, "aged" means widows. "With husbands" means young women having husbands. "Their own" means all of them, having known the desire and lust arisen in themselves towards other men, thinking "this is inappropriate for us," restrain their own mind through shame, and do not commit evil deeds. "Of those who fall and those who flee" means in between those who are falling and those who are fleeing. "Having abandoned life" means those who have shame, they, having given up their own life, turn back through shame, and having thus turned back, those with shame again receive their own husband, having freed him from the hands of enemies, they take him back. "Restrainer of evil people" means one who restrains people from evil; or this itself is the reading. "That" means that shame. "Venerated by the noble ones" means venerated by the noble ones such as the Buddhas and so on. "Make that known to Indra" means because this is thus of great virtue and venerated by the noble ones, therefore tell Indra that this is thus the highest by name.

Having heard that, Mātali spoke a verse -

285.

"Who instilled this view in you, Kosiya, was it Brahmā, the great Indra, or else the Lord of Creation?

For Shame, considered the best among the gods, the daughter of the great Indra, became the queen."

Therein, "view" means the theory that "Shame is of great virtue, venerated by the noble ones." "Instilled" means introduced into the heart. "Considered the best" means from the time of obtaining ambrosia near you, having obtained a golden seat near Indra, being venerated by all deities, she became esteemed as the highest.

Thus, even as he was speaking, at that very moment the condition of passing away arose for Kosiya. Then Mātali, wishing to lead him there, saying "Kosiya, the life force has been relinquished by you, the condition of passing away has also arrived for you; what use is the human world to you? Let us go to the heavenly world," spoke a verse -

286.

"Come now, depart to the celestial abode, having ascended this cherished chariot;

And Inda awaits you, O kinsman of Inda, this very day go to companionship with Inda."

Therein, "cherished" means dear and agreeable. "Kinsman of Inda" means of the same clan as Inda in a former existence. "Awaits" means he awaits, wishing for your arrival.

Thus, while he was speaking with Kosiya, Kosiya, having passed away, having become a spontaneously born young god, ascended and stood upon a celestial chariot. Then Mātali led him to the presence of Sakka. Sakka, having seen him, with a satisfied mind, having made his own daughter, the goddess Hirī, his queen-consort, gave her to him; his authority was immeasurable. Having understood that matter, the Teacher spoke the concluding verse: "The action of superior beings indeed becomes pure thus" -

287.

"Thus those who do no evil become purified, and also the fruit of what is well practised does not perish;

Whoever saw the food of ambrosia, all of them have gone to companionship with Indra."

Therein, "those who do no evil" means beings who do no evil become purified thus. "Whoever saw" means whatever beings in that Himalayan region at that time saw the ambrosial food being given by Kosiya out of shame. "All of them" means all of them, having given thanks for that gift and having gladdened their minds, went to companionship with Indra.

The Teacher, having brought this teaching of the Teaching, having said "Not only now, monks; in the past too, this one being one who delighted in not giving, obstinately stingy, I tamed him indeed," connected the Jātaka: "At that time the deity Hirī was Uppalavaṇṇā, Kosiya was the monk master of giving, Pañcasikha was Anuruddha, Mātali was Ānanda, the sun was Kassapa, the moon was Moggallāna, Nārada was Sāriputta, Sakka was myself."

The commentary on the Sudhābhojana Jātaka is the third.

536.

The Commentary on the Kuṇāla Jātaka

"Thus it is declared" - this the Teacher spoke while dwelling at Kuṇāla Lake, referring to five hundred monks oppressed by discontent. Herein this is the progressive discourse - It is said that the Sākiyans and Koliyans, having had a single dam constructed across a river named Rohiṇī between the city of Kapilavatthu and the city of Koliya, cultivate their crops. Then, in the month of Jeṭṭhamūla, when the crops were withering, the labourers of the residents of both cities gathered together. There the residents of the city of Koliya said - "If this water is drawn off to both sides, it will not suffice for you nor for us. But our crop will be produced with just one watering. Give this water to us." The residents of Kapilavatthu said - "When you have filled your granaries and are standing by, we, having taken red gold, sapphires, and dark coins, with baskets and bags and so on in hand, will not be able to go about at your house doors. Our crop too will be produced with just one watering. Give this water to us." "We will not give it." "We too will not give it." Thus having escalated the dispute, one stood up and gave a blow to another, and he too to yet another - thus having struck one another and having insulted the birth of the royal families, they set the dispute in motion.

The Koliyan labourers say - "You roar having taken the Kapilavatthu-dwelling Sākiyan children with you, who like dogs and jackals and so on lived together with their own sisters. What will their elephants and horses and so on or shield-weapons do to us?" The Sākiyan labourers say - "You now roar having taken leprous children with you, who, helpless, without refuge, like animals, dwelt in jujube trees. What will their elephants and horses and so on or shield-weapons do to us?" They went and told the ministers appointed to that work; the ministers told the royal families. Thereupon the Sākiyans - "We shall show our strength and power to those who lived together with their sisters" - went forth prepared for battle. The Koliyans too - "We shall show our strength and power to those who dwelt in jujube trees" - went forth prepared for battle. But other teachers say: "Among the slave women of the Sākiyans and Koliyans, when they had gone to the river for the purpose of water, having laid down their head-pads on the ground, and were seated in pleasant conversation, one woman took another's head-pad with the perception that it was her own. In dependence on that, when a dispute arose saying 'My head-pad, your head-pad,' gradually the residents of both cities - slaves and labourers, and servants, village headmen, ministers, and viceroys - all went forth prepared for battle." But rather than this method, the former method alone has come in many commentaries, and being fitting, that itself should be accepted.

Now they would go forth prepared for battle in the evening time - at that time the Blessed One, dwelling at Sāvatthī, towards the break of dawn, surveying the world, saw these going forth thus prepared for battle, and having seen, reflecting "If I go, will this dispute be appeased or not?" - "Having gone there, I shall relate three birth stories for the purpose of appeasing the dispute; thereupon the dispute will be appeased. Then, having related two birth stories for the purpose of illustrating unity, I shall teach the Attadaṇḍa Sutta. Having heard the teaching, the residents of both cities will give two hundred and fifty princes each; I shall give them the going forth; there will be a great assembly" - having made this determination, right early, having attended to his toilet, having walked for almsfood in Sāvatthī, having returned from his alms round, in the evening time, having come out from the Perfumed Chamber, without informing anyone, by himself taking his bowl and robes, having folded his legs crosswise in the sky between the two armies, for the purpose of generating a sense of urgency in them, emitting rays from his hair to create darkness during the day, he sat down. Then, showing himself to those whose minds were filled with a sense of urgency, he emitted the six-coloured Buddha rays. The residents of Kapilavatthu too, having seen the Blessed One, having thought "The foremost of our kinsmen, the Teacher, has come; surely our state of being in dispute has been seen by him," having thought "But it is not possible for us to bring a weapon down upon another's body when the Teacher has come; let the residents of Koliya city strike us or bind us" - threw down their weapons. The residents of Koliya city too did likewise.

Then the Blessed One, having descended, sat down on the excellent Buddha-seat that had been prepared on a sandy bank in a delightful place, shining with incomparable Buddha's glory. Those kings too, having paid homage to the Blessed One, sat down. Then the Teacher, though knowing, asked them "Why have you come, great kings?" "Not indeed, venerable sir, for the purpose of seeing the river, nor for the purpose of sport, but rather having prepared for battle at this place, we have come." "In dependence on what is your dispute, great kings?" "In dependence on water, venerable sir." "What is water worth, great kings?" "Of little value, venerable sir." "What is earth worth, great kings?" "Priceless, venerable sir." "What are warriors worth, great kings?" "Warriors are priceless, venerable sir." "In dependence on water of little value, why would you destroy priceless warriors, great king? For there is no gratification in dispute; through dispute indeed, great kings, a certain tree deity, having formed a grudge against a black lion, has not reached even this entire cosmic cycle," having said this, he related the Phandana Jātaka. Then, having said "One should not be dependent on others, great kings. For having been dependent on others, through the tale of a single hare, the herds of quadrupeds in the Himalayas extending three thousand yojanas plunged into the great ocean; therefore one should not be dependent on others," he related the Daddara Jātaka. Then, having said "Sometimes, great kings, even the weak sees a weak spot of the strong; sometimes even the strong sees a weak spot of the weak; for even the Indian quail, a little bird, killed a noble elephant," he related the Laṭukikā Jātaka. Thus, having related three Jātakas for the purpose of appeasing the dispute, he related two Jātakas for the purpose of illustrating unity. Having said "For those who are united, great kings, no one is able to see an opening," he related the Rukkhadhamma Jātaka. Then, having said "No one was able to see a flaw of those who were united, great kings. But when they quarrelled with one another, then a single hunter's son, having brought about the destruction of their life, took them and went; there is no gratification in contention," he related the Vaṭṭaka Jātaka. Thus, having related these five Jātakas, at the conclusion he related the Attadaṇḍa Sutta.

Then the kings, being pleased, said "If the Teacher had not come, we would have killed each other and set flowing a river of blood; in dependence on the Teacher, our lives were obtained. If, however, the Teacher had dwelt in a household, the kingship over the four great continents with their surrounding two thousand islands would have come into his possession, and he would have had more than a thousand sons; from that he would have gone about with a retinue of warriors alone. But he, having abandoned that success and having gone forth, attained the highest enlightenment; let him now too go about with a retinue of warriors indeed" - the inhabitants of both cities gave two hundred and fifty young men each. The Blessed One, having given them the going forth, went to the Great Wood. From the following day onwards, surrounded by them, he walked for almsfood sometimes in the city of Kapilavatthu, sometimes in the city of Koliya, in the two cities. The inhabitants of both cities made great honour. For those who had gone forth not by their own preference but through the influence of respect and reverence, discontent arose. Their former wives too, having said this and that for the purpose of arousing discontent in them, sent messages. They became even more dissatisfied. The Blessed One, reflecting, having known their state of discontent, considering "These monks, while dwelling together with a Buddha such as myself, are dissatisfied; what kind of talk on the Teaching would be suitable for them?" saw the Kuṇāla teaching of the Teaching. Then this occurred to him - "I shall lead these monks to the Himalayas and, by means of the Kuṇāla discourse, having made known to them the fault of womankind, having removed their discontent, I shall show them the path of stream-entry."

He, having dressed in the earlier period of the day, taking his bowl and robe, having walked for almsfood in Kapilavatthu, in the afternoon, having returned from his alms round, at the very time of taking the meal, having addressed those five hundred monks, asked "Have you, monks, seen a delightful region of the Himalayas before?" "No indeed, venerable sir." "But would you go on a journey to the Himalayas?" "Venerable sir, we who are without supernormal power, how shall we go?" "But if someone were to take you and go, would you go?" "Yes, venerable sir." The Teacher, having taken all of them by his own supernormal power, having flown up into the sky, having gone to the Himalayas, while still standing in the sky, showed them in the delightful Himalayan region various kinds of mountains - the golden mountain, the silver mountain, the gem mountain, the vermilion mountain, the antimony mountain, the plateau mountain, and the crystal mountain - the five great rivers, and seven lakes - Kaṇṇamuṇḍaka, Rathakāra, Sīhapapāta, Chaddanta, Tiyaggaḷa, Anotatta, and Kuṇāla. The Himalayas is indeed great, five hundred yojanas in height and three thousand yojanas in extent; he showed this delightful portion of it by his own power. There he showed in part the quadrupeds that had made their abodes there - families of lions, tigers, elephants, and so on. There he showed pleasant groves and the like, trees bearing flowers and bearing fruits, various flocks of birds, water-born and land-born flowers, the golden plateau on the eastern side of the Himalayas, and the vermilion plateau on the western side. From the time of seeing these delightful things, desire and lust for their former wives was abandoned in those monks.

Then the Teacher, having taken those monks, having descended from the sky, on the western side of the Himalayas, on a red arsenic plateau of sixty yojanas, beneath a sāla tree of seven yojanas standing for an entire cosmic cycle, on a red arsenic slab of three yojanas, surrounded by those monks, emitting the six-coloured rays, like the sun shining having agitated the depths of the ocean, having sat down, uttering a sweet voice, addressed those monks - "Monks, whatever in this Himalaya you have not seen before, ask about it." At that moment, two variegated cuckoos, having gripped a stick at both ends with their beaks and having caused their own master to sit in the middle, eight variegated cuckoos in front, eight behind, eight to the left, eight to the right, eight below, eight above making shade, thus having surrounded the variegated cuckoo, come through the sky. Then those monks, having seen that flock of birds, asked the Teacher - "What are these birds called, venerable sir?" "Monks, this is my ancient lineage, a tradition established by me. Formerly they attended upon me thus; at that time this flock of birds was great - two and a half thousand bird maidens attended upon me. Having gradually declined, now it has become this much." "But how, venerable sir, in such a jungle thicket did these bird maidens attend upon you?" Then the Teacher said to them "If so, monks, listen," and having established mindfulness, having brought up the past, showing it, said -

"Thus it is told, thus it is handed down: in a region bearing all medicinal herbs, spread with many flower garlands, frequented by elephants, gayals, buffaloes, ruru deer, yaks, spotted deer, rhinoceroses, elks, lions, tigers, leopards, bears, wolves, hyenas, otters, plantain deer, cats, hares, and kaṇṇikā deer, scattered about, inhabited by herds of faultless great boars, serpents, elephant families, and she-elephants, resorted to by black antelopes, monkeys, sarabha deer, eṇī deer, swift deer, spotted deer, man-eating beings, kimpurisas, demons, and ogres, spread with many groups of trees bearing clusters of non-intoxicating blossoms, delighted, with flower-touched tops, constantly resounding with flocks of intoxicated birds - ospreys, partridges, elephants, peacocks, parrots, jīvañjīvaka birds, celāvaka birds, bhiṅkāra birds, and Indian cuckoos, in a region adorned and decorated with hundreds of various minerals bound together - antimony, red arsenic, yellow orpiment, vermilion, gold, silver, and gold - in such a charming jungle thicket, my dear, there dwells a bird named Kuṇāla, extremely beautiful, with extremely beautiful variegated wing-coverings."

"Indeed, my dear, that Kuṇāla bird has two and a half thousand female attendants, bird maidens. Then indeed, my dear, two bird maidens, having gripped a stick with their beaks and having caused that Kuṇāla bird to sit in the middle, fly up - let not weariness on the long journey's path carry away that Kuṇāla bird."

"Five hundred bird maidens fly below and below - 'If this Kuṇāla bird should fall from his seat, we shall receive him with our wings.'

"Five hundred bird maidens fly above and above - 'Let not the heat of the sun scorch that Kuṇāla bird.'

"Five hundred bird maidens fly on both sides - 'Let not cold or heat or grass or dust or wind or dew touch that Kuṇāla bird.'

"Five hundred bird maidens fly in front and in front - 'Let not cowherds or cattle herders or grass-carriers or wood-carriers or forest workers strike that Kuṇāla bird with a stick or a potsherd or a hand or a clod or a staff or a knife or pebbles. Let not this Kuṇāla bird collide with bushes or creepers or trees or branches or pillars or rocks or powerful birds.'

"Five hundred bird maidens fly behind and behind, addressing him with smooth, gentle, charming, sweet words - 'Let not this Kuṇāla bird become distressed on his seat.'

"Five hundred bird maidens fly in every direction, bringing various kinds of fruits from many trees - 'Let not this Kuṇāla bird become exhausted from hunger.'

"Then indeed, my dear, those bird maidens quickly convey that Kuṇāla bird from park to park, from pleasure grove to pleasure grove, from river ford to river ford, from mountain peak to mountain peak, from mango grove to mango grove, from rose-apple grove to rose-apple grove, from breadfruit grove to breadfruit grove, from coconut grove to coconut grove, for the purpose of delight.

"Then indeed, my dear, the Kuṇāla bird, surrounded by those bird maidens during the day, disparages them thus - 'Perish you outcasts, be destroyed you outcasts, thieves, cheats, unmindful ones, fickle-minded ones, ungrateful for what has been done, going wherever you wish like the wind.'"

Herein this is the explanation of the meaning - Monks, that jungle thicket is thus declared and thus celebrated. How? "Bearing the earth of all medicinal herbs" is the elaboration. Therein, "bearing the earth of all medicinal herbs" means endowed with earth that bears all medicinal herbs such as roots, bark, leaves, flowers, and so on - this is the meaning; or the mountain bearing the earth endowed with all medicinal herbs. For that region is thus declared and thus celebrated as "bearing the earth of all medicinal herbs"; what is meant is "in that jungle thicket." The same method applies also in the construction of the remaining terms. "Spread with many flowers and garlands" means spread with many flowers that have arisen for the purpose of fruiting and with garlands for adorning. "Ruru" means gold-coloured deer. "Uddāra" means otters. "Biḷāra" means great cats. "Nela-maṇḍala" is called a herd of young elephant calves. "Mahāvarāha" means great elephants; the meaning is inhabited by a tenfold elephant clan distinguished by pasturing and so on, consisting of herds strewn with young elephant calves and great elephants, together with herds of she-elephants. "Issa-deer" means black lions. "Vāta-deer" means great wind-deer. "Pasada-deer" means spotted deer. "Man-eating ogresses" means mare-faced demonesses. "Kimpurisas" means kinnaras of various kinds such as divine kinnaras, moon kinnaras, tree kinnaras, staff-youth kinnaras, konti-bird kinnaras, ear-cloak kinnaras, and so on. "Spread with many groups of trees bearing buds and flower-clusters, with delighted flowers and tips touched with blossoms" means spread with many groups of trees - those bearing buds, those bearing flower-clusters, those fully blossomed, and those blossomed only at the tips. "Vāraṇā" are birds with trunks like elephants. "Celāvaka" - these too are just birds. "Hema and kanaka" means two kinds of gold. In a region intertwined and adorned with these hundreds of mineral substances such as collyrium and so on, with many heaps of coloured minerals. "Friend" - this is merely a form of polite address in the Teaching. "Variegated" means variegated both on the beak and on the lower belly part.

"Aḍḍhuḍḍha" means three and a half; the meaning is three thousand five hundred. "On the road of the journey's course" means on the path of travel reckoned as a journey. "Ubbāhettha" means afflicted. "Upapphusī" means having approached, touched. "Struck a blow" - here the meaning of the term "mā na" should be understood in the sense of the possessive case. "Saṅgamesī" means encountered. "Saṇhāhi" means smooth. "Sakhilāhi" means dear. "Mañjūhi" means gentle. "Madhurāhi" means sweet-voiced. "Samudācarantiyo" means attending by way of performing music. "Fruits of various kinds from many trees" means various kinds of fruits from many trees. "From park to park" means they lead from one park among flower parks and so on to another park - this is the meaning. In "pleasure groves" and so on too, the same method applies. "From coconut grove" means from one coconut grove to another coconut grove. "Atisambhonti" means having thus led him there, they quickly reach him for the purpose of delight.

"Surrounded during the day" means surrounded for the whole day. "Disparages" means they, it is said, having thus attended upon him during the day, having brought him down to the roosting tree, having surrounded him, having sat on the branches of the tree, aspiring "Perhaps we might obtain a sweet word," dwell thinking "When dismissed by him, we shall go to our own dwelling place." But the Kuṇāla king, dismissing them, disparages them with words beginning with "Perish." Therein, "perish" means go away. "Be destroyed" means perish in every way. They are "thieves" because of the destruction of wealth, grain, and so on in the house; "cheats" because of much deceitfulness; "unmindful ones" because of lost mindfulness; "fickle-minded ones" because of unsettled minds; "ungrateful for what has been done" because of the destruction of what was done, through betrayal of friends.

And having said thus, "Thus indeed, monks, even when born as an animal, I know the ingratitude, the great deceitfulness, the misconduct, and the immorality of women; even then I, without turning to their control, wield them under my own control" - by this talk, having removed the discontent of those monks, the Teacher became silent. At that moment two dark cuckoos, having lifted up their master with a stick, being four and four in the lower parts and so on, came to that place. Those monks, having seen them too, asked the Teacher. The Teacher, having said "Formerly, monks, my companion was a phussa cuckoo named Puṇṇamukha; this is his lineage," being asked by those monks in the same manner as before, said -

"Indeed, my dear, in the eastern region of that Himalaya, the king of mountains, there flow very fine and very subtle rivers originating from the mountains, green, approaching."

Therein, "very fine and very subtle" is because of the very fine, smooth quality of the water; "originating from the mountains" because the mountain is their source, thus "mountain-born"; "green" because of the flood mixed with green grass flowing from the Himalayas; "approaching" because of approaching Lake Kuṇāla - thus "very fine and very subtle, mountain-born, green, approaching" means rivers of such a kind flow in which - this is the meaning.

Now, describing the flowers in that Lake Kuṇāla to which they approach, he said -

"In a region with blue water-lilies, lotuses, white water-lilies, white lotuses, hundred-petalled lotuses, fragrant white water-lilies, and mandālaka flowers, freshly grown, with pure fragrance, delightful, and māvaka plants."

Therein, "uppala" means blue water-lily. "Nalina" means white lotus. "Satapatta" means a fully hundred-petalled lotus. "Sampati" means endowed with a region of these freshly grown, newly arisen flowers, with pure fragrance and with delightfulness, and with māvaka plants capable of binding the heart - this is the meaning.

Now, describing the trees and so on in that lake, he said -

"In a forest abundant with kuravaka, mucalinda, ketaka, vedisa, vañjula, punnāga, bakula, tilaka, piyaka, hasana, sāla, saḷala, campaka, asoka, ironwood trees, tirīṭi, bhujapatta, lodda, and sandalwood; in a thicket of dark aloe wood, padmaka, piyaṅgu, devadāru, and coca trees; with kakudha, kuṭaja, aṅkola, kacci, kāra, kaṇikāra, kaṇṇikāra, kanavera, koraṇḍaka, koviḷāra, kiṃsuka, yodhika, forest jasmine, manaṅgaṇa, manavajja, bhaṇḍi, surucira, and bhaginī trees bearing garlands and wreaths; spread with jasmine, sumana, sweet-scented, dhanutakkāri, tālīsa, tagara, usīra, koṭṭha, and kaccha; in a region adorned and decorated with atimuttaka creepers in full bloom spread out; resounding with swans, divers, kādamba geese, and kāraṇḍava ducks; inhabited by groups of sorcerers, perfected ones, ascetics, and hermits; a region frequented by excellent gods, demons, ogres, titans, gandhabba musicians, kinnaras, and great serpents - in such a charming jungle thicket, my dear, there dwells a phussa cuckoo named Puṇṇamukha, with extremely sweet voice, with charming eyes, with intoxicated gaze.

"Indeed, my dear, that phussa cuckoo Puṇṇamukha has two and a half hundred female attendants, bird maidens. Then indeed, my dear, two bird maidens, having gripped a stick with their beaks and having caused that phussa cuckoo Puṇṇamukha to sit in the middle, fly up - 'Let not weariness on the long journey's path carry away that phussa cuckoo Puṇṇamukha.'

"Fifty bird maidens fly below and below - 'If this Puṇṇamukha the phussa cuckoo bird should fall from his seat, we will receive him with our wings.'

"Fifty bird maidens fly above and above - 'Let not the heat of the sun scorch this Puṇṇamukha the phussa cuckoo.'

"Fifty and fifty bird maidens fly on both sides - 'Let not cold or heat or grass or dust or wind or dew touch this Puṇṇamukha the phussa cuckoo.'

"Fifty bird maidens fly in front and in front - 'Let not cowherds or cattle herders or grass-carriers or wood-carriers or forest workers strike this Puṇṇamukha the phussa cuckoo with a stick or a potsherd or a hand or a clod or a staff or a knife or gravel. Let not this Puṇṇamukha the phussa cuckoo come into conflict with shrubs or creepers or trees or branches or pillars or rocks or powerful birds.'

"Fifty bird maidens fly behind and behind, addressing him with smooth, kind, charming, and sweet words - 'Let not this Puṇṇamukha the phussa cuckoo become weary on his seat.'

"Fifty bird maidens fly in every direction, bringing various kinds of fruits from many trees - 'Let not this Puṇṇamukha the phussa cuckoo become exhausted from hunger.'

"Then indeed, my dear, those bird maidens quickly conveyed that phussa cuckoo Puṇṇamukha from park to park, from pleasure grove to pleasure grove, from river ford to river ford, from mountain peak to mountain peak, from mango grove to mango grove, from rose-apple grove to rose-apple grove, from breadfruit grove to breadfruit grove, from coconut grove to coconut grove, for the purpose of delight.

Then indeed, my dear, Puṇṇamukha the phussa cuckoo, surrounded by those bird maidens throughout the day, praised them thus: "Good, good, sisters, this indeed, sisters, is proper for you as daughters of good family, that you should attend to your husband."

Then indeed, my dear, Puṇṇamukha the phussa cuckoo approached the bird Kuṇāla. The attendant bird maidens of the bird Kuṇāla saw that Puṇṇamukha the phussa cuckoo coming from afar; having seen him, they approached Puṇṇamukha the phussa cuckoo; having approached, they said this to that Puṇṇamukha the phussa cuckoo - "This, dear Puṇṇamukha, bird Kuṇāla is very harsh, very harsh in speech; perhaps having come to you, we might obtain pleasant speech." Having said "Perhaps so, sisters," he approached the bird Kuṇāla; having approached, having exchanged friendly greetings with the bird Kuṇāla, he sat down to one side. Seated to one side, Puṇṇamukha the phussa cuckoo said this to that bird Kuṇāla - "Why are you, dear Kuṇāla, wrongly practising towards women who are well-born, daughters of good family, rightly practising? Even towards women who speak disagreeably, dear Kuṇāla, one should speak agreeably, how much more so towards those who speak agreeably!"

When this was said, the bird Kuṇāla disparaged that Puṇṇamukha the phussa cuckoo thus - "Perish, you, my dear wretched outcast, be destroyed, you, my dear wretched outcast, who indeed is more accomplished than you, conquered by a wife!" And thus disparaged, Puṇṇamukha the phussa cuckoo turned back from that very place.

Then indeed, my dear, at a later time, before long, a severe illness arose in Puṇṇamukha the phussa cuckoo - bloody diarrhoea; painful feelings occurred, bordering on death. Then indeed, my dear, this occurred to the attendant bird maidens of Puṇṇamukha the phussa cuckoo - "This Puṇṇamukha the phussa cuckoo is sick; perhaps he might recover from this illness" - leaving him alone without a companion, they approached the bird Kuṇāla. The bird Kuṇāla saw those bird maidens coming from afar; having seen them, he said this to those bird maidens - "But where is your husband, you outcasts?" "Puṇṇamukha the phussa cuckoo is sick, dear Kuṇāla; perhaps he might recover from that illness." When this was said, the bird Kuṇāla disparaged those bird maidens thus - "Perish you outcasts, be destroyed you outcasts, thieves, cheats, unmindful ones, fickle-minded ones, ungrateful for what has been done, going wherever you wish like the wind" - having said this, he approached Puṇṇamukha the phussa cuckoo; having approached, he said this to that Puṇṇamukha the phussa cuckoo - "Alas, dear Puṇṇamukha." "Alas, dear Kuṇāla."

Then indeed, my dear, the bird Kuṇāla, having embraced that Puṇṇamukha the phussa cuckoo with his wings and beak, having raised him up, gave him various medicines to drink. Then indeed, my dear, that illness of Puṇṇamukha the phussa cuckoo was allayed.

Therein, "piyakā" means white-flowered trees. "Hasanā" means the syllable "ha" is a euphonic connector; it is just "asanā." "Tirīṭī" means a certain species of tree. "Candanā" means red fragrant sandalwood trees. "Oghavane" means in a forest endowed with an abundance of these. "Devadārukacocagahane" means in a thicket of devadāru trees and banana plants. "Kaccikārā" means a certain species of tree. "Kaṇikārā" means those with large flowers. "Kaṇṇikārā" means those with small flowers. "Kiṃsukā" means the Cassia Fistula trees. "Yodhikā" means jasmine. "Vanamallikamanaṅgaṇamanavajjabhaṇḍisurucirabhaginimālāmalyadhare" means bearing garlands and wreaths with the flowers of jasmine, those without blemish, those without fault, bhaṇḍī trees, those very beautiful, and bhaginī trees. "Dhanutakkārī" means the bow-shaped trumpet-flower tree. "Tālīsā" means tālīsa-leaf trees. "Kacchavitate" means spread with these jasmine and so on at river banks and mountain slopes. "Saṃkusumitalatā" means in a region adorned and decorated with well-blossomed atimuttaka creepers and various kinds of creepers spread out in those various places. "Gaṇādhivuṭṭhe" means inhabited by groups of these sorcerers and so on. "Puṇṇamukha" means Puṇṇamukha because of the fullness of his face. He is called "phussakokila" because of being touched by others. "Vilāsitanayana" means with charming eyes. "Mattakkha" means just as the eyes of intoxicated ones are red, so he has red eyes; or one with eyes of proper proportion.

"Sister" is an address by the noble convention. "You would attend upon" means you would take him for the whole day and go about. Thus he, having spoken an affectionate talk, dismisses them. Sometimes Kuṇāla together with his retinue goes to see Puṇṇamukha, sometimes Puṇṇamukha comes to the presence of Kuṇāla. Therefore he said "then indeed, my dear." "Samma" means friend. "Having come" means dependent on, in dependence on. "We might obtain" means we might obtain an endearing word from the presence of Kuṇāla. "Perhaps" means perhaps you might obtain; "I shall speak" means not. "Of the well-born" means of those of the same species.

"Perish" means flee. "Wretch" means inferior. "Accomplished" means who indeed is there another accomplished one similar to you. "Conquered by a wife" means conquered by a wife; or this itself is the reading. Thus he disparages him, saying "who indeed is there an accomplished one similar to you, thus conquered by women," for the purpose of his not speaking such a word again. "From that very place" means having thought "Kuṇāla is angry with me," he turned back from that very place; he, having turned back, together with his retinue went to his own dwelling place.

"Perhaps" is a reflection of doubt; having thought thus "he might or might not recover from this illness," they departed leaving him behind. "You" means of you. "Perhaps" means he might or might not recover from that illness; by the time of our arrival he will be dead. For we, having known "he will die right now," have come to become your wives. "He approached" means these women, having come at the time of their husband's death, thinking "we shall become repulsive," having abandoned him, have come; having thought "I, having gone, having collected flowers, fruits and so on, various medicines for my friend, shall make him healthy," the Great Being, strong as an elephant, having flown up into the sky, approached where he was. "Haṃ" is an indeclinable particle; asking "Are you alive, my dear?" he spoke thus. The other too, saying "I am alive," said "Yes, my dear." "He caused to drink" means he made him drink. "Was allayed" means was appeased.

Those bird maidens too came when he had become healthy. Kuṇāla too, having caused Puṇṇamukha to eat various kinds of fruit for a few days, when he had regained his strength, said "My dear, now you are healthy; dwell together with your own attendants; I too shall go to my own dwelling place." Then he said to him "These, my dear, having abandoned me when I was severely ill, run away; I have no need of these wanton women." Having heard that, the Great Being, saying "If so, my dear, I shall tell you of the evil nature of women," having taken Puṇṇamukha, having led him to the red arsenic plateau on the slopes of the Himalayas, sat down on a red arsenic seat at the foot of a sāla tree seven yojanas high. On one side Puṇṇamukha together with his retinue sat down. Throughout the entire Himalayas a divine proclamation went forth - "Today Kuṇāla, the king of birds, having sat down on a red arsenic seat in the Himalayas, will teach the Teaching with the grace of a Buddha; listen to that." Having heard by the successive spreading of the sound, the six sensual-sphere gods for the most part assembled there. The deities of the many serpents, supaṇṇas, kinnaras, sorcerers and so on too proclaimed that matter. At that time a vulture king named Ānanda, with a retinue of ten thousand vultures, was dwelling on Vulture Mountain. He too, having heard that uproar, thinking "I shall hear the Teaching," together with his retinue, having come, sat down to one side. Nārada too, a hermit possessing the five direct knowledges, surrounded by ten thousand hermits, dwelling in the Himalayan region, having heard that divine proclamation, thinking "It seems my friend Kuṇāla will speak of the faults of women; there will be a great assembly; it is fitting for me too to hear that teaching," having gone there by supernormal power together with ten thousand hermits, sat down to one side. There was a great assembly similar to the assemblies at the teachings of the Buddhas. Then the Great Being, by the knowledge of remembering past births, making Puṇṇamukha a bodily witness, spoke of incidents seen in past existences connected with the faults of women. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

Then indeed, my dear, the bird Kuṇāla said this to that cuckoo Puṇṇamukha, who had recovered from illness, who had recently recovered from sickness -
"Seen by me, my dear Puṇṇamukha, was a dark woman with two fathers, binding her mind to a sixth man while having five husbands, that is to say, to a headless trunk, a cripple." And further there is a saying here -

290.

"Then Ajjuna, Nakula, Bhīmasena, Yudhiṭṭhila, and King Sahadeva;

These five husbands having surpassed, the woman did evil with a humpbacked dwarf."

"Seen by me, my dear Puṇṇamukha, was a female ascetic named Saccatapāpī, dwelling in the midst of a cemetery, digesting her food every fourth meal, who did evil with a drunkard.
"Seen by me, my dear Puṇṇamukha, was a queen named Kākavatī, dwelling in the midst of the ocean, the wife of Venateyya, who did evil with the dancer Kuvera.
"Seen by me, my dear Puṇṇamukha, was Queen Kuruṅgadevī named Lomasuddarī, desiring Prince Eḷika, who did evil with the pupil Dhanantevāsī of Prince Chaḷaṅga.
"Thus indeed this was known by me, the mother of Brahmadatta;

Having left the King of Kosala, she did evil with Pañcālacaṇḍa.

291.

"These and others did evil, therefore I do not trust women, nor do I praise them;

Just as the earth in the world is equally disposed, the treasure-bearing earth is a support for all kinds;

All-enduring, unshaking, unshakable, so too are women - a man should not trust those."

292.

"Just as a lion, a feeder on blood and flesh, a beast of prey, armed with five weapons, very fierce;

A forceful devourer, delighting in harming others, so too are women - a man should not trust those.

"Indeed, dear Puṇṇamukha, prostitutes are not women to be approached, they are not called courtesans, they are called murderesses, that is to say, prostitutes, women to be approached."
"Like a thief with braided hair, like liquor mixed with poison, like a merchant with flattering speech, like the horn of an antelope ever-turning, like serpents double-tongued. Like a pit concealed, like an abyss hard to fill, like a demoness hard to satisfy, like Yama taking all away. Like fire all-consuming, like a river carrying all away, like the wind going wherever it wishes, like Neru making no distinction, like a poison tree ever bearing fruit." And further there is a saying here -

293.

"Like a thief, like one smeared with poison, like a merchant who is a boaster;

Like the horn of an antelope ever-turning, double-tongued like a serpent.

294.

"Like a pit concealed, like an abyss hard to fill;

Like a demoness hard to satisfy, like Yama taking all away.

295.

"Just as fire, a river, the wind, and a boat approaching Neru;

Like a poison tree ever bearing fruit, they destroy wealth in the home;

Women who are destroyers of treasures."

290-295. Therein, "recovered from illness" means first ill, afterwards recovered. "Seen by me" means in the past, it is said, Brahmadatta, the king of Kāsi, by the accomplishment of his soldiers and vehicles, having seized the kingdom of Kosala, having killed the king of Kosala, having taken his queen-consort who was pregnant, having gone to Bārāṇasī, made her his own queen-consort. She afterwards gave birth to a daughter. But the king by nature had neither daughter nor son; he, being pleased, said "Dear lady, take a boon." She, having accepted it, set it aside. But they gave that girl the name "Kaṇhā." Then, when she had come of age, her mother said to her - "Dear daughter, a boon was given by your father to you; I accepted it and set it aside; take a boon of your own choosing." She, having broken through shame and moral fear due to the abundance of defilements, said to her mother "Mother, there is nothing else that I lack; for the purpose of acceptance, arrange a self-choice ceremony for me." She informed the king. The king, having said "Let her take a husband according to her liking," had a self-choice ceremony proclaimed. In the royal courtyard, many men adorned with all ornaments assembled. Kaṇhā, having taken a flower casket, standing at the upper lion-window, looking about, was not pleased with even one.

At that time, from the clan of King Paṇḍu, Ajjuna, Nakula, Bhīmasena, Yudhiṭṭhila, and Sahadeva - these five sons of King Paṇḍu, having learnt the craft at Takkasilā in the presence of a world-renowned teacher, wandering about thinking "We shall learn the customs of the country," having reached Bārāṇasī, having heard the uproar within the city, having asked and having known that matter, thinking "We too shall go," with forms resembling golden figures, having gone there, stood in succession. Kaṇhā, having seen them, having become enamoured of all five of them, having thrown chaplets of flowers upon the heads of all five, said "Mother, I choose these five persons." She too informed the king. The king, because the boon had been given, without saying "She shall not obtain it," though displeased, having asked "Of what birth are they? Whose sons?" having known their state of being sons of King Paṇḍu, having shown them honour, gave her to them as a wife.

She, in a seven-storeyed mansion, won them over by the power of defilements. But she had one attendant, a humpbacked cripple. She, having won over the five princes by the power of defilements, at the time of their going out, having obtained the opportunity, burning with defilement, does evil together with the hunchback, and speaking together with him - "There is no one dear to me equal to you; having had the princes killed, I shall have your feet anointed with their throat-blood," she says. And even among the others, at the time of being intimate with the eldest brother - "Among these four, you alone are dearer to me; even my life is given up for your sake; after my father's passing, I shall have the kingdom given to you alone," she says. At the time of being intimate with the others too, the same method applies. They, thinking "She holds us dear, and our sovereignty has arisen in dependence on her," were exceedingly pleased with her.

She one day became ill. Then they, having surrounded her, one sat down massaging her head, and the rest each one a hand and a foot. But the hunchback sat down at the foot of the bed. She, to the eldest brother, Prince Ajjuna, who was massaging her head - "There is no one dearer to me than you; as long as I live, I shall live for you; after my father's passing, I shall have the kingdom given to you," giving a signal with her head, she won him over; and to the others too, she gave the same signal with her hands and feet. But to the hunchback - "You alone are my dear one; I shall live for your sake," she gave a signal with her tongue. They all, because of what had been told before, understood that meaning by that signal. Among them, the rest understood only the signal given to themselves. But Prince Ajjuna, having seen the movements of her hands, feet, and tongue - Having thought "Just as to me, so to the rest too signals must have been given by her, and there must be intimacy with the hunchback too," having taken his brothers, having gone out, he asked - "Was the woman with five husbands seen by you showing a movement of her head to me?" "Yes, she was seen." "Do you know the reason?" "We do not know." "This indeed is the reason here; but do you know the reason for the signal given to you with hands and feet?" "Yes, we know." "She gave it to us too for that very same reason. Do you know the reason for the giving of a signal to the hunchback by the movement of her tongue?" "We do not know." Then, having explained to them, having said "Evil deeds were done by her together with this one too," when they did not believe, having summoned the hunchback, he asked. He related the whole story.

They, having heard his word, having become free from desire and lust towards her - "Alas, a woman is indeed evil, immoral; having abandoned those of noble birth and endowed with beauty such as us, she commits evil deeds with such a loathsome and repulsive hunchback. What wise-born person would delight with such shameless women of evil character?" - having reproached womankind in many ways, saying "Enough of the household life for us," the five persons, having entered the Himalayas, having gone forth, having performed the preliminary work on a circular meditation object, at the end of their life span went according to their actions. Now Kuṇāla, the king of birds, was at that time Prince Ajjuna. Therefore, showing an incident seen by himself, he said beginning with "Seen by me."

Therein, "having two fathers" - this is said by way of the king of Kosala and the king of Kāsi. "Pañcapatikāyā" means one having five husbands; the syllable "ya" is merely an indeclinable particle. "Paṭibandhantiyā" means being bound to. "Kabandha" - his neck, it is said, having bent down, was stuck to his chest; therefore he appeared as if his head were cut off. "Having surpassed five" means having surpassed these five. "Khujjavāmanakena" means by a hunchbacked dwarf.

Having said this, showing other things previously seen as well, he again said beginning with "Seen." Therein, in the second story, for now, this is the explanation - In the past, it is said, in dependence on Bārāṇasī, a white-robed female ascetic named Saccatapāpī, having had a hermitage built in a cemetery, dwelling there, ate having let four meals pass; she was well known throughout the entire city like the moon and like the sun. The residents of Bārāṇasī, whether snapping their fingers or stumbling, say "Homage to Saccatapāpī." Then at a certain festival time, on the first day, the goldsmiths, as a group, having built a pavilion in a certain place, having brought fish, meat, liquor, scents, garlands and so on, began drinking liquor. Then one goldsmith, while throwing away the dregs of liquor - having said "Homage to Saccatapāpī," by a certain wise man - when it was said "Hey, you blind fool, you pay homage to a woman of fickle mind; alas, what a fool!" - he said "My dear, do not say so; do not commit an action conducive to hell." Then he said to him "You dullard, be silent; make a bet for a thousand. I, having had Saccatapāpī, adorned and prepared, make me hold the dregs of liquor, seated in this very place, shall drink liquor on the seventh day from now. There is no such thing as a woman of stable morality." He, having said "You will not be able to," made a bet with him for a thousand. He, having informed the other goldsmiths of that, on the following day, right early, having entered the cemetery in the guise of a hermit, stood not far from her dwelling place, paying homage to the sun.

She, while going for almsfood, having seen him - "He must be a hermit of great supernormal power; I dwell beside the cemetery, while this one dwells in the midst of the cemetery; there must be a peaceful state within him; let me pay homage to him" - having approached, she paid homage. He neither looked at her nor spoke to her. On the second day too she did likewise. But on the third day, at the time of paying homage, with face cast down, he said "Go away." On the fourth day, he exchanged friendly greetings saying "I hope you are not troubled about almsfood?" She, satisfied thinking "A friendly welcome has been obtained by me," departed. On the fifth day, having received more friendly welcome, having sat down for a short while, she went. But on the sixth day, when she had come, paid homage, and was seated - having said "Sister, what indeed is this great sound of singing and music today in Bārāṇasī?" - when it was said "Noble sir, you do not know; a festival has been proclaimed in the city; that is the sound of those celebrating there" - as if not knowing, saying "Is this sound here indeed?" - he asked "Sister, how many meals do you let pass?" "Four, noble sir; but how many do you let pass?" "Seven, sister." This he spoke falsely. For he eats daily at night. He, having asked her "How many years have you been gone forth, sister?" when she had said "Twelve years," when asked "How many years for you?" he said "This is my sixth year." Then, having asked her "But is there any attainment of a peaceful state for you, sister?" when it was said "There is not, noble sir; but is there for you?" having said "There is not for me either" - he said "Sister, we obtain neither sensual happiness nor the happiness of renunciation. Is hell hot only for us? We perform a service for the public. I shall become a layman. There is wealth belonging to my mother. I am not able to endure suffering." She, having heard his word, due to her own fickleness of mind, having become one with her mind bound to him - said "Noble sir, I too am dissatisfied; but if you will not abandon me, I too shall become a laywoman." Then he, saying "Come, I shall not abandon you; you shall be my wife," having led her into that city, having lived together, having gone to the liquor-drinking pavilion, having had her hold the dregs of liquor, drank liquor. The other one lost the thousand. She, dependent on him, prospered with sons and daughters. At that time Kuṇāla was the drunkard. Therefore, making known what was seen by himself, he said beginning with "Seen by me."

In the third story, the past account is expanded in the commentary on the Kākavatī Jātaka in the Book of Fours. At that time, however, Kuṇāla was a garuḷa. Therefore, making known what was seen by himself, he said beginning with "Seen by me."

In the fourth story, in the past, Brahmadatta, having killed the king of Kosala, having seized the kingdom, having taken his queen-consort who was pregnant, having returned to Bārāṇasī, even though knowing her state of being pregnant, made her his queen-consort. She, when the embryo was fully matured, having given birth to a son resembling a golden figurine - thinking "Even when he has come of age, the king of Bārāṇasī will have him killed, saying 'This is the son of my adversary, what use is he?' - let not my son die at the hands of others," said to the nurse - "Mother, having spread a rag over this child, having laid him down in the charnel grove, come back." The nurse, having done so, having bathed, returned. The king of Kosala too, having died, was reborn as a guardian deity of his son. By his power, one she-goat belonging to a certain goatherd who was pasturing goats in that region, having seen that boy, having produced affection, having given him milk to suckle, having grazed a little, having gone back again, gave him milk to suckle two, three, four times. The goatherd, having seen her behaviour, having gone to that place, having seen that child, having established affection as for a son, having led him away, gave him to his own wife. She, however, was childless; therefore she had no breast milk; then she gave him only goat's milk to drink. From then on, however, two or three she-goats die daily. The goatherd - thinking "If this one is looked after, all the she-goats will die; what use is he to us?" having laid him in a clay vessel, having covered it with another, having smeared the opening without any gap with bean flour, released it in the river. That, being carried along by the current, at the lower ford, at the king's residence, a certain outcast together with his wife, a repairer of old things, while washing bow-string hemp, having seen it, having gone quickly, having brought it, having placed it on the bank, having opened it wondering "What is in here?" and looking, saw a child. His wife too was childless; affection as for a son arose in her for him; then, having led him home, she looked after him. From the age of seven or eight years onwards, when his mother and father went to the royal family, they took him along. From the age of sixteen onwards, however, he himself frequently went and did the repair of old things.

The king's queen-consort had a daughter named Kuruṅgadevī, bearing the highest beauty. She, from the time of seeing him, having become enamoured of him, finding no delight elsewhere, would come to his very workplace. Through their frequent seeing of each other, for those who were enamoured of each other, transgression occurred in a concealed place within the royal family itself. As time went on, the female attendants, having found out, reported to the king. The king, having become angry, having convoked the ministers - said "Such and such a deed has been done by this outcast's son; do what is to be done to him." The ministers said "This is a great transgression; it is fitting to have various kinds of bodily punishment inflicted and afterwards to kill him." At that moment, the boy's father, the guardian deity, attached himself to the body of that very boy's mother. She, by the power of the deity, having approached the king, said - "Great king, this boy is not an outcast; this boy was born in my womb, the son of the king of Kosala. I spoke falsely to you, saying 'My son has died.' I, thinking 'He is the son of your adversary,' having given him to the nurse, had him abandoned in the charnel grove. Then one goatherd looked after him. He, when his own she-goats were dying, set him adrift in the river. Then, that outcast who was a repairer of old things in your household, having seen him floating, nourished him. If you do not believe, having summoned them all, ask them."

The king, having summoned all of them beginning with the nurse, having asked, having heard that very same account, pleased, thinking "This boy is of noble birth," having bathed him, having had him adorned, gave him his own daughter. But because of the she-goats having been killed on his account, they gave him the name "Prince Eḷika." Then the king, having given him an army and vehicles - dismissed him saying "Go, take the kingdom belonging to your father." He too, having taken Kuruṅgadevī, having gone, was established in the kingdom. Then the king of Bārāṇasī, thinking "This one has not learnt the crafts," sent a teacher named Prince Chaḷaṅga for the purpose of teaching him the crafts. He gave him the position of general, thinking "He is my teacher." Afterwards, Kuruṅgadevī committed misconduct with him. The general too has an attendant named Dhanantevāsī. He sent garments, ornaments, and so on for Kuruṅgadevī through his hands. She did evil with him too. Kuṇāla, bringing forth and showing that reason, said beginning with "Seen by me."

Therein, "Lomasuddarī" means one whose belly is adorned with a line of hair. "With the pupil Dhanantevāsī of Prince Chaḷaṅga" means even though desiring Prince Eḷika, she did evil together with General Prince Chaḷaṅga and with his very own attendant Dhanantevāsī. "Thus women of misconduct are immoral, of bad character, therefore I do not praise them" - this the Great Being showed, having brought up the past. For he was at that time Prince Chaḷaṅga, therefore he brought up an incident seen by himself.

In the fifth story too, in the past, the king of Kosala, having seized the kingdom of Bārāṇasī, having made the queen-consort of the king of Bārāṇasī, even though pregnant, his own queen-consort, went to his own city. She afterwards gave birth to a son. The king, because of being without a son, having nourished him with affection for a son, having had him trained in all the crafts, when he had come of age, sent him saying "Take the kingdom that is your own father's property." He, having gone there, exercised kingship. Then his mother, having asked permission of the king of Kosala saying "I wish to see my son," going to Bārāṇasī with a great retinue, took up residence in a certain market town between the two countries. Right there was a certain brahmin youth named Pañcālacaṇḍa, who was handsome. He offered her a present. She, having seen him, with her mind bound to him, having done evil deeds together with him, having spent a few days right there, having gone to Bārāṇasī, having seen her son, having quickly turned back, having taken up residence again in that very market town, having engaged in misconduct together with him for a few days, went to the city of Kosala. She, from that time onwards, before long, having given this and that reason, having asked permission of the king saying "I am going to the presence of my son," going and coming, engaged in misconduct together with him in that market town for about a fortnight. "My dear Puṇṇamukha, these women are indeed immoral, liars" - showing this past too, the Great Being said beginning with "Thus indeed this."

Therein, "the mother of Brahmadatta" means the mother of Prince Brahmadatta who was exercising kingship over the kingdom of Bārāṇasī. At that time, it is said, Kuṇāla was Pañcālacaṇḍa, therefore, showing an incident known by himself, he said thus.

"These and" means: my dear Puṇṇamukha, do not think "Only these five women did evil, not others"; rather, both these and many others are doers of evil deeds. Standing at this point, the stories of adulteresses in the world should be related. "The earth" means just as the earth, known as the ground, equally disposed, through the absence of aversion, having become equally disposed towards all, that treasure-bearing earth is a support for all kinds, a support for both the highest and the lowest; so too women, through the power of defilements, are a support for all, both the highest and the lowest. For women, gaining the opportunity, do evil with anyone whatsoever. "All-enduring" means just as she endures everything, does not tremble, is not shaken, does not waver, so too women endure all men through the power of worldly gratification. If any man is established in their minds, for the sake of protecting him they do not tremble, do not waver, do not make an uproar. And just as she is not shaken and does not waver, so too women are not shaken and do not waver by sexual intercourse; it is not possible to satisfy them by that.

"A fierce beast" means a wicked animal. "Five-weaponed" means this is said by way of the mouth and the four feet. "Suruddha" means very cruel, very harsh. "So too are women" means just as indeed the mouth and the four paws are the five weapons of a lion, so too for women, forms, sounds, odours, flavours, and tangible objects are the five weapons. Just as he, seizing his prey, seizes with those very five, so too they, seizing their prey of defilements, having struck with weapons beginning with form, seize. Just as he, being hard, devours by force, so too these are hard, forceful devourers. So too indeed these, even upon men of firm morality, having used force by their own power, bring about the destruction of morality. Just as he delights in harming others, so too these delight in harming others through the power of defilements. "Those" means a man should not trust those thus endowed with faults.

"Gamanīyo" means courtesans. This is what is meant - my dear Puṇṇamukha, these names of women such as "prostitutes" and so on, these are not their intrinsic names. They are not called prostitutes, nor are they called women to be approached, nor are they called courtesans; but by their intrinsic name they are called murderesses, those who are called prostitutes, women to be approached. "Vadhikāyo" means those who slay their husbands. This meaning should be illustrated by the Mahāhaṃsa Jātaka. For this was said:

"They are deceit and mirage, sorrow, disease and misfortune;

They are harsh and bondage, snares of Death, dwelling in caves;

Whatever man trusts in them, he is the lowest of men among men."

"Veṇikatā" means those with braided hair. Just as indeed a thief standing in the forest, having tied up his topknot, plunders wealth, so these too, having led one under the control of defilements, plunder wealth. "Like liquor mixed with poison" means like intoxicating liquor mixed with poison. Just as that shows disturbance, so these too, filled with lust for other men, not knowing what should and should not be done, doing one thing when another should be done, show disturbance. "With flattering speech" means just as a merchant speaks only the praise of his own goods, so these too, having concealed their own faults, proclaim only their virtues. "Ever-turning" means just as the horn of an antelope stands twisted, so through fickleness of mind they are ever-turning. "Like a serpent" means like a serpent, they are called double-tongued through falsehood. "Like a pit" means just as a cesspit covered with a board, so they go about concealed by clothes and ornaments. And just as a hole covered with rubbish, when stepped upon, produces pain in the feet, so these too when associated with through trust. "Like an abyss" means just as the abyss in the great ocean is hard to fill, so these too are hard to fill with three things - sexual intercourse, giving birth, and adornment. Therefore he said - "Unsatisfied with three things, monks, is a woman" and so on.

"Like a demoness" means just as a demoness, through greed for flesh, cannot be satisfied with wealth, rejecting even much wealth she desires only flesh, so these too, through greed for sexual intercourse, are not satisfied even with much wealth, not counting wealth they desire only sexual intercourse. "Like Yama" means just as Yama takes away absolutely and spares nothing, so these too spare no one among those accomplished in birth and so on, bringing all to the destruction of morality and so on through the power of defilements, at the second mind-moment they lead them to hell. "Like fire" means just as fire consumes everything, both what is pure and what is impure, so these too associate with all, both low and high. In the simile of the river too, the same method applies. "Wherever they wish they go" is an instrumental expression used in the locative sense; wherever their desire is, there they run. "Neru" means in the Himalayas there is one golden mountain; even crows that have approached it become gold-coloured. Just as that, so these too, making no distinction, regard whoever has approached them as one and the same.

"Visarukkho" means a kiṃpakka tree resembling a mango. It bears fruit constantly, and is endowed with beauty and so on; therefore, consuming it without suspicion, they die. Just so, these too, by way of beauty and so on, constantly bearing fruit, appear as if delightful. But when associated with, having given rise to negligence, they cause one to fall into the realms of misery. Therefore it was said -

"Not knowing the danger in the future, whoever indulges in sensual pleasures;

At the end of the result they strike him, like having eaten a poisonous fruit.

Or just as a poisonous tree, ever bearing fruit, is always bringing harm, so too are these by way of destroying morality and so on. Just as the root, the bark, the leaf, the flower, and the fruit of a poisonous tree are nothing but poison - thus it is ever bearing fruit - so too their form also etc. tangible object also is nothing but poison - thus like a poisonous tree ever bearing fruit.

He said thus "Panuttaretthā" in verse composition to make that meaning clear. Therein, "women who are destroyers of treasures" means women who create obstacles to the treasures painfully accumulated by their husbands, giving these to others and engaging in misconduct.

From here onwards, showing the grace of his Dhamma discourse in various ways, he said -

"There are these four things, dear Puṇṇamukha, which when a need arises work harm; these should not be lodged in another's family - a bull, a cow, a vehicle, and a wife. These four possessions a wise one should not keep away from home. And further there is a saying here -

296.

'A bull, a cow, a vehicle, and a wife - one should not let stay at the relatives' home;

Those who do not use it break the chariot, by overloading they kill the bull;

By milking they kill the calf, a wife at the relatives' home becomes corrupted.'

"There are these six things, dear Puṇṇamukha, which when a need arises work harm -

297.

'A bow without a string, and a wife at the relatives' home, a boat on the far shore, and a vehicle with a broken axle;

A friend who is far away, and an evil companion - when a need arises, these work harm.'

"Indeed, dear Puṇṇamukha, by eight reasons a woman despises her husband - by his poverty, by his sickness, by his old age, by his addiction to liquor, by his foolishness, by his heedlessness, by his compliance in all duties, by his not giving all wealth. Indeed, dear Puṇṇamukha, by these eight reasons a woman despises her husband. And further there is a saying here -

298.

'A poor man and a sick one too, an old person and a drunkard;

A heedless one and a fool, one who fails in all duties;

By giving all desires, she despises her husband.'

"Indeed, dear Puṇṇamukha, by nine reasons a woman brings corruption upon her husband - she is inclined to go to parks, she is inclined to go to pleasure groves, she is inclined to go to river fords, she is inclined to go to relatives' families, she is inclined to go to other families, she is inclined to be engaged in the pursuit of adorning herself with mirrors and cloth, she is a drinker of intoxicants, she is inclined to peeping out, she is one who stands at the door. Indeed, dear Puṇṇamukha, by these nine reasons a woman brings corruption upon her husband. And further there is a saying here -

299.

'She who is inclined to go to parks and pleasure groves, to rivers, to relatives, to other families;

Engaged in adorning herself with mirrors and cloth, whatever woman is a drinker of intoxicants.

300.

'And she who is inclined to peeping out, and she who stands at the door;

By these nine reasons, women bring about offence towards their husbands.'

"Indeed, dear Puṇṇamukha, by forty reasons a woman transgresses against a man - She stretches herself, she bends, she displays charm, she acts bashfully, she strikes nail with nail, she treads foot upon foot, she scratches the ground with a stick, she lifts up a child or causes him to be lifted up, she plays or causes him to play, she kisses or causes him to kiss, she eats or causes him to eat, she gives, she requests, she imitates what is done, she speaks loudly, she speaks softly, she speaks openly, she speaks privately, she laughs with dancing, singing, music, crying, coquetry, and adornment, she gazes, she sways her hips, she moves her private parts, she opens her thighs, she closes her thighs, she shows her breasts, she shows her armpits, she shows her navel, she buries her eyes, she raises her eyebrows, she scrapes her lips with her teeth, she puts out her tongue, she loosens her cloth, she ties her cloth, she loosens her hair, she ties her hair. Indeed, dear Puṇṇamukha, by these forty reasons a woman transgresses against a man.
"Indeed, dear Puṇṇamukha, by twenty-five reasons a woman should be known as corrupted - She praises her husband's going abroad, she does not remember him when he has gone, she does not welcome him when he has come, she speaks dispraise of him, she does not speak praise of him, she works for his harm, she does not work for his benefit, she does what is not his function, she does not do his function, she lies down wrapped up, she lies down with face turned away, she becomes restless and agitated, she breathes deeply, she experiences suffering, she frequently goes to defecate and urinate, she acts contrary, having heard another man's voice she opens her ear-holes and pays attention, she is a destroyer of wealth, she makes intimacy with neighbours, she is one with feet gone out, she is one who wanders in streets and is an adulteress, she is always disrespectful towards her husband with corrupted mental intentions, she frequently stands at the door, she shows her armpits, limbs and breasts, having gone in every direction she gazes. Indeed, dear Puṇṇamukha, by these twenty-five reasons a woman should be known as corrupted. And further there is a saying here -

301.

'She praises his going abroad, she does not grieve when he has gone;

Having seen him returned, she does not welcome him, she never speaks praise of her husband;

These are the characteristics of a corrupted woman.

302.

'Unrestrained, she works for his harm, and neglects his benefit, doing what is not his function;

She lies down wrapped up, with face turned away, these are the characteristics of a corrupted woman.

303.

'She becomes restless and agitated, and she breathes deeply, experiencing suffering;

She frequently goes to defecate and urinate, these are the characteristics of a corrupted woman.

304.

'She acts contrary, doing what is not his function, she listens to the sound of another speaking;

She is a destroyer of wealth and makes intimacy, these are the characteristics of a corrupted woman.

305.

'Wealth obtained with difficulty, brought with hardship, property gathered with suffering, she destroys;

And she makes intimacy with neighbours, these are the characteristics of a corrupted woman.

306.

'One with feet gone out, one who wanders in streets, and always with corrupted mind towards her husband;

She is an adulteress, devoid of respect, these are the characteristics of a corrupted woman.

307.

'She constantly stands at the doorway, showing her breasts and armpits;

With wandering mind she gazes in every direction, these are the characteristics of a corrupted woman.

308.

'All rivers go crookedly, all forests are made of wood;

All women would do evil, when finding a sheltered place.

309.

'If she should obtain a moment or a secret place, or should obtain such a sheltered place;

All women would indeed do evil, not having obtained another, even with a cripple.

310.

'Towards women who make pleasure for men, of many minds and unrestrained;

Even if one should not cause displeasure everywhere, one should not trust, for women are like fords.'

296-310. Therein, "a bull, a cow" is said with a change of gender. "Becomes corrupted at the relatives' home" means there she, having become fearless, from the time of youth onwards engages in misconduct together with intimate servants and so on; the relatives, even knowing, do not make a refutation, and avoiding their own ill repute, they are as if not knowing. "Working harm" means matters that should not be practised; the meaning is: doing what should not be done. "Without quality" means without a bowstring. "An evil companion" means a bad friend.

"By poverty" means by the state of poverty. The same method applies to the remaining terms as well. Therein, a poor man, because of the absence of ornaments and so on, is not able to win her over through defilement, so she despises him. A sick man is not able to win her over with sensual pleasures as objects and sensual pleasures as defilements. One worn out by old age is not capable of bodily and verbal play and delight. A drunkard takes even her hand ornaments and so on into the liquor house itself. A fool, a blind fool, is not skilled in the pleasures of love. A heedless one, having become addicted to slave women, cohabits with the household slave women, but reviles and abuses his wife; on account of that she despises him. One who conforms in all duties - "This one is powerless; he conforms only to me" - she reviles and abuses him. But whoever hands over all wealth and entrusts the household to her, his wife, having taken all the essence of wealth into her own hands, despises him like a slave, and when she wishes, saying "What use are you?" she throws him out even from the house. "Reached the head" means having reached the state of the head.

"Brings corruption" means she brings corruption upon her husband, she offends against him; the meaning is: she does evil action. "Of the habit of going to parks" means whether having asked permission of her husband or without asking permission, having frequently gone to one among flower parks and so on, having engaged in misconduct there, having said such things as "Today an oblation was made by me to the tree deity in the park," she convinces her foolish husband. But a wise one, thinking "Surely she engages in misconduct there," does not allow her to go again. Thus the meaning should be understood in all the terms as well. "Another's family" means the house of friends and companions and so on. She goes there having said such things as "I have interest invested at such and such a family; there is a temporary loan; I shall settle that." "Of the habit of peeping" means of the habit of looking through windows and so on. "Standing at the door with its panels open" means displaying her limbs and minor limbs, she stands at the open door.

"Transgresses" means she goes beyond bounds; the meaning is: while standing right in the presence of her husband, she shows a sign to another. "Stretches herself" means either having previously made an arrangement, "When I see him I shall stretch myself; by that signal you should know whether there is an opportunity or not," or even without having made an arrangement, thinking "Thus this one will become attached to me," while standing right behind her husband, she stretches herself and displays the stretching. "Bends" means having dropped something on the ground, as if picking it up, having bent down, she shows her back. "Displays charm" means she displays charm either through postures such as walking and so on, or through adornment. "Acts bashfully" means as if being bashful, she covers her body with a cloth, or clings to a door panel or a wall. "With a nail" means she strikes toenail against toenail, fingernail against fingernail. "With a stick" means with a small rod. "A child" means having taken either her own child or another's child, she lifts him up or has him lifted up. "Plays" means either she herself plays, or she has the child play. In "kissing" and so on too, the same method applies. "Gives" means she gives him some fruit or flower. "Requests" means she requests that very thing back from him. "Imitates" means whatever the child does, she imitates it. "Loudly" means loudly by way of a loud sound or by way of praise. "Softly" means softly by way of a gentle sound, or by disagreeable speech, or by contemptuous speech. "Openly" means not concealed, in the midst of many people. "Privately" means concealed, in a secret place. "By dancing" means by these, dancing and so on, she makes a sign. Therein, regarding making a sign by weeping, the story of the chaplain's wife who was carried off by a merchant's son, having mounted an elephant through a window at night while the rain god was raining, should be told. "Laughs" means she laughs a great laugh; thus too she makes a sign. "Armpit" means the armpit. "Scrapes with the teeth" means she scrapes with her teeth. "The head" means the hair-knot. Thus by loosening and binding the hair too, she makes a sign to other men; whether having targeted a specific person or without having targeted anyone, thinking "Someone will become attached" - she does it indeed.

"Should be known as corrupted" means she is corrupted towards me, angry; and having become angry, she engages in misconduct - thus she should be known by a wise person. "Going abroad" means having said such things as "The wealth invested in such and such a village is being lost, go and recover it, engage in trade," when he has gone, desiring to engage in misconduct, she praises his going abroad. "Harm" means decline. "What is not one's function" means what is not fitting to be done. "Having wrapped up" means having dressed tightly. "Become restless" means turning this way and that way. "Become agitated" means become uproarious; she rouses the attendant lying at her feet, has the lamp lit, creates various kinds of uproar, and destroys his delight in defilements. "Experiences suffering" means she says such things as "My head aches." "Acts contrary" means she acts in opposition, by way of giving hot food to one who wishes for cold food, and so on. "Destroyer of wealth" means one who destroys through addiction to liquor and so on the wealth painfully accumulated by the husband. "Makes intimacy" means she makes intimacy under the power of defilements. "One with feet gone out" means one with feet gone out for the purpose of looking out for a lover. "Towards her husband" means she is an adulteress through disrespect towards her husband and through a corrupted mind.

"All women" means except for those whose defilements have been made thin through insight, all the remaining women would do evil. "Finding" means being found, being available - this is the meaning. "A sheltered place" means a place for secret consultation, a place for breaking through. "A moment or a secret place" means an opportunity or a concealed place for the purpose of doing evil. "Would do indeed" - here "nu" is merely a particle. "Not having obtained" means not having got. Or this itself is the reading; not having obtained another accomplished man, they would do evil even with a cripple, even with one more repulsive than that. "Among those who make delight" means among those who create amusement. "Among those who cannot be restrained" means among those who cannot be disciplined by refutation. "Like a ford" means just as a ford does not prevent anyone bathing, whether of the highest or lowest rank, so too these, when there is a secret place or a moment or a sheltered place, do not reject anyone.

For thus in the past, in Bārāṇasī, there was a king named Kaṇḍarī, bearing the most excellent appearance. His ministers daily brought a thousand caskets of perfume for him. With those, having done the plastering in his dwelling, having split the perfume caskets, having made them into fragrant firewood, they cook food. His wife too was lovely, named Kinnarā by name. His religious adviser too was of the same age, named Pañcālacaṇḍa, endowed with higher intelligence. But near the king's mansion, within the inner wall, a rose-apple tree grew; its branch hung over the top of the wall. In its shade there dwelt a loathsome, ill-formed cripple. Then one day Queen Kinnarā, looking through the window, having seen him, having become enamoured, at night, having gratified the king with sensual delight, when he had fallen into sleep, having gently risen from her seat, having placed food of various excellent flavours in a golden dish, having placed it on her hip, having descended by a cloth rope through the window, having climbed the rose-apple tree, having descended by the branch, having fed the cripple, having done evil, having ascended the mansion by the very path by which she had come, having rubbed her body with perfumes, she lay down together with the king. By this method she constantly does evil together with him. But the king does not know.

One day, having circumambulated the city, while entering his dwelling, having seen the cripple lying in the shade of the rose-apple tree, who had reached the utmost pitifulness, he said to the chaplain - "Look at this human ghost." "Yes, I see him, Sire." "Could indeed, my dear, any woman approach such a repulsive one under the power of desire and lust?" The cripple, having heard that conversation, having generated conceit, thinking "What is this king saying? He does not know of his own queen's coming to my presence, methinks," having raised joined palms towards the rose-apple tree, said "Listen, master, O deity born in the rose-apple tree, apart from you no other knows this matter." The chaplain, having seen his action, thought - "Surely the king's queen-consort, having gone by the rose-apple tree, does evil together with this one." He asked the king - "Great king, what is the bodily contact of your queen like in the night-time?" "My dear, I see nothing else, but in the middle watch her body is cold." "If so, Sire, let other women be set aside; your queen-consort, Queen Kinnarā, does evil together with this one." "My dear, what are you saying? Would one such as she, endowed with supreme charm, take delight together with this supremely loathsome one?" "If so, Sire, investigate her."

He, saying "Very well," at night, having eaten supper, having lain down together with her, thinking "I shall investigate," at the usual time of falling asleep, he was as if fallen asleep. She too, having risen, did likewise. The king, having gone following right at her heels, stood leaning against the shade of the rose-apple tree. The cripple, having become angry with the queen, struck her on the ear-chain with his hand, saying "You have come today having delayed too long." Then, having said to him "Do not be angry with me, master; I was watching for the king's falling asleep," she was like a foot-attendant in his house. But by that blow of his, the lion-faced earring, having slipped from her ear, fell at the feet of the king. The king, thinking "This much will suffice," having taken it, went away. She too, having been unfaithful together with him, having gone in the former manner itself, began to lie down together with the king. The king, having rejected her, on the following day commanded "Let Queen Kinnarā, having adorned herself with all the ornaments given by me, come." She, having said "My lion-faced earring is at the goldsmith's," did not come; and when sent for again, she came with only one earring. The king asked - "Where is your earring?" "At the goldsmith's." Having had the goldsmith summoned, he said "For what reason did you not give this woman her earring?" "I do not have it, Sire." The king, having become angry with her, having said "You wicked caṇḍālī woman, one such as me should be your goldsmith," having thrown that earring before her, said to the chaplain - "My dear, what was said by you is true; go and have her head cut off." He, having placed her in a certain area right in the king's palace, having approached the king - "Sire, do not be angry with Queen Kinnarā; all women are of such a nature indeed. If you wish to know the immoral nature of women, I shall show you their wickedness and their abundant deceitfulness; come, let us wander through the countryside in the guise of unknown persons," he said.

The king, having said "Very well," having handed over the kingdom to his mother, set out on a journey together with him. When they had gone a yojana's distance along the road and were seated on the highway, a certain householder, having performed the marriage ceremony for his son's benefit, having seated a maiden in a covered vehicle, was going with a great retinue. Having seen that, the chaplain said to the king - "If you wish, it is possible to make this maiden do evil together with you, Sire." "What are you saying? She has a great retinue; it is not possible, my dear." The chaplain, having said "If so, watch, Sire," having gone ahead, having surrounded a place not far from the road with a curtain, having placed the king inside the curtain, himself sat down beside the road, weeping. Then that householder, having seen him, asked "Father, why are you weeping?" "My wife is heavy with burden; I have set out on the road to take her to the family house; right on the way her womb has stirred; she is suffering inside the curtain; there is no woman near her; I too cannot go there; I do not know 'What will come to be?' It is fitting to obtain a woman." "Do not weep; I have many women; one will go." "If so, let this very maiden go; it will be a blessing for her too." He thought - "He speaks the truth; it is indeed a blessing for my daughter-in-law too; for by this sign she will prosper with sons and daughters" - and he sent that very one. She, having entered there, having seen the king, having become enamoured, did evil. The king also gave her a signet ring. Then, when she had come out having accomplished her task, they asked her - "What has she given birth to?" "A golden-coloured son." The householder, having taken her, set out. The chaplain too, having gone to the king's presence, asked "You have seen, Sire, even a maiden is thus evil; how much more then others? But has anything been given by you to her?" "Yes, a signet ring was given." "I shall not let her have it" - and having gone quickly, having seized the small carriage, when it was asked "What is this?" he said "This one has taken the signet ring placed at the pillow of my brahmin wife and come; give it, dear girl, the signet ring." She, while giving it, having pierced the brahmin on the hand with her fingernail, gave it saying "Take it, you thief."

Thus the brahmin, having shown the king many other adulteresses too by various means, said "Let this much suffice here for now; we shall go elsewhere, Sire." The king, having returned to Bārāṇasī itself, saying "Even if we were to travel throughout the whole of Jambudīpa, all women will be of just such a nature; what use are they to us? Let us turn back" - Being entreated by the chaplain saying "Great king, women are indeed of such evil character; this is their nature; forgive, Sire, Queen Kinnarā," having forgiven, he had her driven out from the royal residence, but having removed her from her position, he made another queen-consort. And he had that cripple driven out and had the rose-apple branch cut down. At that time Kuṇāla was Pañcālacaṇḍa. Thus, bringing forth and showing a reason seen by himself, he spoke a verse -

311.

"Whom indeed, having seen, all women of Kaṇḍarī and Kinnarā do not delight at home;

Having abandoned such a man, the wife, having seen another man, a cripple."

Its meaning is - That which indeed was the cause of dispassion for King Kaṇḍarī and Queen Kinnarā - thus of these Kaṇḍarī and Kinnarā - having seen that, it should be known - all women do not delight at home with their own husbands. For indeed, having seen another man, a cripple, having abandoned that king, such a man skilled in delight, the wife did evil together with that human ghost.

Also in the past, in Bārāṇasī, a king named Baka exercised kingship righteously. At that time, a certain poor man dwelling at the eastern gate of Bārāṇasī had a daughter named Pañcapāpī. It is said that she, formerly too, as a poor man's daughter, having kneaded clay, was plastering the wall of the house. Then a certain Individually Enlightened One, for the purpose of plastering his own cave, having thought "Where shall I obtain clay?" and "It is possible to obtain it in Bārāṇasī," having put on his robe, with bowl in hand, having entered the city, stood not far from her. She, having become angry, looking up, with a corrupted mind said "He begs even for clay." The Individually Enlightened One remained quite motionless. Then she, having seen the Individually Enlightened One motionless, having again gladdened her mind, having said "Ascetic, can you not even get clay?" having brought a large lump of clay, placed it in his bowl. He, with that clay, made plastering in the cave. She, before long, having passed away from there, in that very city, in the village outside the gate, took conception in the womb of a woman of unfortunate destiny. She, after the elapse of ten months, emerged from her mother's womb. As a result of the lump of clay, her body was accomplished in touch, but because of having looked up angrily, her hands, feet, face, eyes, and nose were ugly and deformed. Therefore they recognised her as "Pañcapāpī."

Then one day, the king of Bārāṇasī, at night, in the guise of an unknown person, investigating the city, went to that region. She too, playing together with village girls, not knowing him to be the king, seized him by the hand. He, by the touch of her hand, was unable to remain in his own nature; he was as if touched by divine contact. He, infatuated with the lust of contact, having taken her by the hand even though so deformed, having asked "Whose daughter are you?" when it was said "Of one dwelling at the gate," having asked about her state of being without a husband, said "I shall be your husband; go and get permission from your mother and father." She, having approached her mother and father, having said "A certain man, mother, desires me," when it was said "He too will be a poor man; if he desires even such a one, very well," having gone, she reported the state of having been permitted by her mother and father. He, having dwelt together with her in that very house, right early entered the king's dwelling. From then on, in the guise of an unknown person, he constantly went there; he did not even wish to look at another woman.

Then one day, bloody diarrhoea arose in her father. Milk-rice prepared with unbroken milk, ghee, honey, and sugar was the medicine for this; they, due to poverty, were unable to produce it. Then Pañcapāpī's mother said to her daughter - "Well, dear, will your husband be able to produce milk-rice?" "Mother, my husband must be even poorer than us; even so, I shall ask him; do not worry," having said this, at the time of his arrival, having become unhappy, she sat down. Then the king, having come, asked her "Why are you unhappy?" She reported that matter. Having heard that, the king, having said "Dear lady, this is a very rich medicine; from where shall I obtain it?" thought - "It is not possible for me to continue thus constantly; on the road, danger too is to be expected. If indeed I shall take her to the inner palace, those not knowing the accomplishment of her touch will make sport saying 'Our king has come having taken a demoness.' Having made all the city inhabitants know the contact of her, I shall free myself from blame." Then the king said to her - "Dear lady, do not worry, I shall bring milk-rice for your father," having said this, having enjoyed himself together with her, having gone to the king's dwelling, on the following day, having had such milk-rice cooked, having had leaves brought, having made two containers, having put milk-rice in one, having placed the crest-jewel in one, having tied them up, having gone in the night-time, said "Dear lady, we are poor; it was obtained with difficulty. You should tell your father 'Today eat milk-rice from this container, tomorrow from this one.'" She did so. Then her father, because of the richness of the milk-rice, having eaten only a little, became satisfied. Having given the remainder to his wife, he himself too ate. All three too were satisfied. But the container with the crest-jewel they set aside for the following day's purpose.

The king, having gone to his dwelling, having washed his face, having said "Bring me my crest-jewel," when it was said "We do not see it, Sire," said "Search the whole city." They, even after searching, did not find it. "If so, search outside the city in the houses of the poor, taking up the food-leaf containers." Searching, having seen the crest-jewel in that pot, they bound her mother and father as "thieves" and led them away. Then her father, having said "Master, we are not thieves; this jewel was brought by another," when it was said "By whom?" having informed "By my son-in-law," when asked "Where is he?" said "My daughter knows." Then he spoke together with his daughter - "Dear daughter, do you know your husband?" "I do not know." "This being so, there is no life for us." "Dear father, he comes in the darkness and goes in the darkness itself; therefore I do not know his appearance, but I am able to know him by the touch of the hand." He informed the king's men. They too reported to the king. The king, as if not knowing, said "If so, having placed that woman in the royal courtyard inside a curtain, having made a hole in the curtain the size of a hand, having assembled the city-dwellers, seize the thief by the touch of the hand." The king's men, having gone to her presence to do so, having seen her appearance, having become remorseful - "Fie! Fie! A she-goblin!" having loathed her, they did not dare to touch her; but having brought her, having placed her in the royal courtyard inside a curtain, they assembled all the city-dwellers. She, having seized the outstretched hand of each one who came through the hole, says "This is not he." The men, being bound by her touch resembling divine contact, were unable to depart, and they thought "If this one is deserving of punishment, even having paid the fine, even having undergone the state of a slave and labourer, we shall keep her in our house." Then the king's men, having beaten them with sticks, put them to flight. Beginning with the viceroy, all were like mad men.

Then the king - "Perhaps it might be I," and stretched out his hand. She, having seized him by the hand, made a great sound "My thief has been caught!" The king asked them too - "When you were seized by the hand by her, what did you think?" They reported truthfully. Then the king said to them - "I had this done in order to bring her to my own house, having thought 'Not knowing her touch, they would despise me'; therefore all of you have been made to know by me. Speak now, sirs, in whose house is she fit to be?" "In yours, Sire." Then, having consecrated her, he made her his queen-consort. He had sovereignty given to her mother and father as well. And from then on, infatuated by her, he neither established judgment nor looked at another woman. Those women sought an opportunity against her. She, one day, having seen in a dream a sign of being the queen-consort of two kings, informed the king. The king, having had the dream-interpreters summoned, asked "When such a dream has been seen, what happens?" They, having taken a bribe from the other women - Having said "Great king, the queen's state of being seated on the back of an all-white elephant is an advanced sign of your death, and her touching the moon while on the elephant's back is an advanced sign of the bringing of an enemy king against you," when it was said "Now what should be done?" they said "Sire, it is not possible to kill her, but it is fitting to place her on a boat and release her into the river." The king, together with food, clothing, and ornaments, in the night-time, having placed her on a boat, released her into the river.

She, being carried along by the river, downstream reached the place facing King Bāvarika who was playing in the water by boat. His general, having seen the boat, said "This boat is mine." The king, having said "The goods on the boat are mine," having seen her on the boat that had arrived, asked "Who indeed are you, resembling a she-demon?" She, having smiled, having told of her position as queen-consort of King Baka, related to him all that incident. She, however, was well-known throughout the entire Indian subcontinent as Pañcapāpī. Then the king, having taken her by the hand, lifted her up; together with the very seizing, infatuated with lust for her touch, not having the perception of a woman towards other women, he established her in the position of queen-consort. She was dear as life to him. Baka, having heard that news, saying "I shall not allow him to make her queen-consort," having gathered his army, having made a dwelling on the opposite landing place, sent a letter - "Let him give me my wife or give battle." He, having said "I shall give battle, not the wife," was equipped for battle. The ministers of both, having consulted "There is no cause for death on account of a woman; because of being the former husband, she belongs to Baka; because of being obtained by boat, she belongs to Bāvarika; therefore let her be in each one's house for seven days each," convinced both kings. Both of them, being delighted, having built cities at the landing place and the opposite landing place, dwelt there. She performed the role of queen-consort for both of them. Both were infatuated by her. But she, having dwelt for a week in one's house, while going by boat to the other's house, commits evil in the middle of the river with a certain old humpbacked fisherman who drove and steered the boat. At that time Kuṇāla, the king of birds, was Baka; therefore, bringing forth and showing a reason seen by himself, he spoke a verse -

312.

"The wife of the crane and of King Bāvarika, who was devoted to perpetual sensual pleasure;

She transgressed against one subject to her control, what other woman would not commit adultery against such a one?"

Therein, "devoted to perpetual sensual pleasure" means one who was devoted to perpetual sensual pleasure. "She transgressed" means she engaged in misconduct. "Against one subject to her control" means against one who was subject to her own control, in the presence of her own servant - this is the meaning. Or the genitive case is used in the instrumental sense; thus it has been said that she did evil together with him. "What other" means which other man would she not commit adultery against - this is the meaning.

Furthermore, in the past, the wife of Brahmadatta, the queen-consort named Piṅgiyānī, having opened the latticed window and looking out, having seen the state horse groom, at the time of the king's falling asleep, having descended through the window, having been unfaithful together with him, having again ascended the mansion, having rubbed her body with perfumes, she lay down together with the king. Then one day the king, thinking "Why indeed is the queen's body always cold at the time of midnight? I shall investigate," one day, having been as if fallen asleep, having followed after her as she rose and went, having seen her committing adultery together with the horse groom, having turned back, he ascended the bed. She too, having been unfaithful, having come back, lay down on the small bed. On the following day the king, right in the midst of the assembly of ministers, having had her summoned, having made that matter known, saying "All women indeed are of bad character," having forgiven her offence deserving of execution, imprisonment, cutting, and breaking, having removed her from her position, he made another queen-consort. At that time King Kuṇāla was Brahmadatta; therefore, bringing forth and showing what was seen by himself, he spoke a verse -

313.

Piṅgiyānī, the beloved wife of King Brahmadatta, lord of all the world;

She transgressed against one subject to her control, yet even him she, the lustful woman, did not find satisfying.

Therein, "even him" means she, thus committing adultery, did not find either the groom or the position of queen-consort - she did not find either; she was fallen from both sides. "Lustful woman" means one desiring sensual pleasures.

"Thus women are of bad character" - having spoken of the faults of women by means of stories of the past, speaking of their faults by yet another method as well, he said -

314.

Of the greedy, the fickle-minded, the ungrateful, the treacherous;

A man not devoted to the gods does not deserve to trust women.

315.

They do not understand what is done nor what is to be done, nor mother, father, or brother;

Ignoble, having transgressed the Dhamma, they come under the control of their own mind.

316.

Even a husband long dwelt with, dear and agreeable, compassionate, dear as life itself;

They abandon him in household duties, therefore I do not trust women.

317.

For the mind of women is like that of a monkey, from branch to branch like the shadow of a tree;

Unstable is the heart of women, it turns round like the rim of a wheel.

318.

When they, looking carefully, see a man's wealth as acceptable;

They lead him with smooth words, like Kambojans lead a horse with a lotus.

319.

When they, looking carefully, do not see a man's wealth as acceptable;

They avoid him from all around, like a raft by one who has crossed to the far shore of a river.

320.

Like a riddle, all-consuming like fire, with sharp deceit, like a river with a swift current;

They serve both the dear and the unloved, just as a boat goes to the near shore and the far.

321.

They belong not to one nor to two, like a bazaar spread open;

Whoever would think "They are mine," would obstruct the wind with a net.

322.

"Just as a river and a road, a drinking booth, an assembly hall, and a wayside water-shed;

So are women of the world indeed, no limit is found for them.

323.

These are like fire-eaters, like the heads of black snakes;

Like cattle with grass outside, they fondle downwards the choicest of the choicest.

324.

Fire, an elephant, a black snake, a king anointed on the head, and all women;

These a man should associate with from a distance, their entire nature is indeed hard to know.

325.

A woman who is a dancer, not lovely to many, not an offering, should not be associated with;

Nor another's wife, nor for the sake of wealth, these five women should not be associated with.

314-325. Therein, "of the greedy" means of those who are greedy. This was said with reference to attachment even to a bound thief, as in the Kaṇavera Jātaka. "Of the fickle-minded" means of those whose minds change in just a moment. This should be illustrated by the Cūḷadhanuggaha Jātaka. The ingratitude of these, however, should be illustrated by the Takkāriya Jātaka in the Book of Ones. "Not devoted to the gods" means not one not devoted to the gods; a man not attached to a god, not seized by a demon, not possessed by a non-being, does not deserve to trust in the virtuousness of women; but one possessed by a being might believe it. "Done" means the help done for oneself. "Duty" means the duty that should be done by oneself. "Not even a mother" means having abandoned all relatives, to whomever their minds are bound, because of following after him alone, they do not know these mothers and so on, like the mother of Mahāpanthaka. "Ignoble" means shameless. "Of one's own" means of one's own husband. "In adversities" means in misfortunes. "In duties" means in those various tasks to be done.

"From branch to branch" means from one to another in succession. For just as in uneven terrain the shadow of a tree descends into hollows and also ascends onto high ground, so too the mind of these does not avoid anyone, whether of the highest or lowest rank. "Unstable" means not established in any one thing. "Like a rim" means like the rim of a wheel of a moving cart. "Of acceptable appearance" means of a nature to be taken. "Wealth" means riches. "They lead" means they lead into their own control. "With what is water-born" means with moss grown in water. It is said that when the inhabitants of the Kamboja country wish to catch horses from the forest, then in one place, having enclosed it with a fence, having fitted a door, having smeared moss with honey at the horses' watering place, beginning with the grasses on the bank connected with the moss, they smear them as far as the gate of the enclosure; the horses, having drunk the water, greedy for the flavour, eating those grasses smeared with honey, gradually enter that place. Thus, just as they, having enticed the horses with what is water-born, lead them into their control, so too these, having seen wealth, for the purpose of seizing it, lead a man into their control even with smooth words - this is the meaning. "A raft" means whatever is taken for the purpose of crossing over.

"Like an adhesive" means similar to an adhesive substance by way of binding the minds of men. "Of sharp deceit" means of keen deceit, of swift deceit. "Like a river" means just as a mountain river has a swift current, so too of swift deceit - this is the meaning. "Like a shop" means just as a shop with goods spread out is of service only to those who have capital, so too are they. "Whoever them" means whatever man, those women. "Would obstruct" means he would obstruct the wind with a net. "No limit is found for them" means just as for these rivers and so on there is no fixed time such as "One should go there only at such and such a time," they are to be approached by night or by day at whatever moment one wishes; nor is there a limit such as "Only by such and such a person," they are to be approached by whoever is in need; so too for them - this is the meaning.

"These are like fire-eaters" means just as fire is not satisfied by fuel, so too these are not satisfied by the delight of defilements. "Like the heads of black snakes" means they are similar to the head of a black snake by five reasons: being prone to wrath, bearing ill-will, having terrible venom, being double-tongued, and betraying friends. Therein, the terrible venom should be understood as abundant lust, the double-tonguedness as divisive speech, and the betrayal of friends as adultery. "Like cattle with grass outside" means just as cattle, having abandoned the place already eaten, fondle downwards and eat the choicest of the choicest grass outside, whether agreeable or disagreeable, so too these, having abandoned the poor man, associate with another who is wealthy - this is the meaning. "Anointed on the head" means a king. "And all women" means and all women. "These" means these five persons. "Ever restrained" means permanently restrained; "having established mindfulness" means having been just diligent - this is the meaning. "Difficult to know" means hard to understand. "Entire nature" means disposition. For even fire tended for a long time burns, even an elephant trusted for a long time kills, even a snake familiar for a long time bites, even a king trusted for a long time becomes a producer of harm; thus even women long associated with show disturbance.

"Not a dancer" means a beautiful woman. "Not lovely to many" means dear and agreeable to many, like a half-Kāsi courtesan. "Not an offering" means skilled in dancing and singing. For such women are desired by many and have many friends; therefore they should not be associated with. "Not for the sake of wealth" means she who associates only for the sake of wealth, she should not be associated with, even though she is not one's own wife. For she, not obtaining wealth, becomes angry.

When this was said, the public gave applause to the Great Being, saying "Oh, well spoken!" He too, having spoken of the faults of women by these many reasons, remained silent. Having heard that, Ānanda the vulture king, having said "Dear Kuṇāla, I too shall speak of the faults of women by the power of my own knowledge," began the discourse on faults. Showing that, the Teacher said -

"Then indeed, my dear, Ānanda the vulture king, having understood the beginning, middle and conclusion of the talk of Kuṇāla, at that time spoke these verses -

326.

"Even if a man should give this whole earth filled with wealth to an esteemed woman;

Having obtained a moment, she might despise even that, one should not come under the control of those faithless women.

327.

Even if he is industrious and of active conduct, a husband from youth, dear and agreeable;

They abandon him in household duties, therefore I do not trust women.

328.

"One should not trust when she says 'he desires me', one should not trust when she weeps in my presence;

They serve both the dear and the unloved, just as a boat goes to the near shore and the far.

329.

"One should not trust an old spread of branches, one should not trust a thief who was a former friend;

One should not trust a king thinking 'he is my friend', one should not trust a woman, even a mother of ten.

330.

"One should not trust women who make pleasure for fools, of extreme conduct and unrestrained;

Even the wife of one devoted to absolute love, one should not trust, for women are like fords.

331.

"They would strike, they would cut, they would cause to be cut, having cut the throat they would drink the blood;

Let one not make affection for those of base desires, unrestrained, like a ford on the Ganges.

332.

"Falsehood for them is like truth, truth for them is like falsehood;

Like cattle with grass outside, they fondle downwards the choicest of the choicest.

333.

"They entice with their gait, with a glance and with a smile;

And also with improper dress, and with charming speech.

334.

"They are thieves, hard-hearted, fierce and sweet in prattle;

There is nothing they do not know, whatever deception is among human beings.

335.

"Women of the world are indeed wretched, no limit is found for them;

Filled with lust and bold, just as fire consumes all.

336.

"There is no one dear to women by name, nor is one unloved found;

They serve both the dear and the unloved, just as a boat goes to the near shore and the far.

337.

"There is no one dear to women by name, nor is one unloved found;

For wealth they embrace, like creepers dependent on trees.

338.

"The elephant keeper, the groom, and the cowherd's circle;

The corpse burner, the rubbish remover - women pursue those with wealth.

339.

"They give up even a son of good family who owns nothing, even one similar to a corpse-eater;

They follow after, they pursue, for women are for the sake of wealth."

326-339. Therein, "the beginning, middle, and end of the talk" means the beginning, middle, and end of the talk. "Having obtained the opportunity" means having obtained the occasion. "She desires me" means a man should not trust a woman thinking "This one desires me." "An old branch-covering" means one should not trust an old branch-covering spread yesterday or the day before, one should not use it without shaking it out and without examining it. For therein a snake might have entered and be staying, or an adversary might have placed a weapon. "A thief who is a former friend" means one should not trust a thief standing at a place of waylaying thinking "He is my former friend." For thieves kill those very ones whom they recognise. "He is my friend" means because he indeed becomes angry very quickly, therefore one should not trust a king thinking "He is my friend." "A mother of ten" means one should not trust thinking "This old woman will not now commit adultery; she will guard herself." "Those who give pleasure" means among those who give delight to the foolish. "Of transgressed morality" means among those who have transgressed morality. "Of one devoted to perpetual affection" means even if she should be one of perpetually devoted affection, even so one should not trust her. Why? "For women are like fords" is the connection; the meaning is that they are common to all, like a ford.

"They would kill" means whether having become angry or having become filled with lust for another man, they would do all this killing and so on. "Among those of wretched desires" means among those of inferior disposition, of defiled disposition. "Intimacy" means one should not develop affection for those of such a nature. "Like fords of the Ganges" means among those similar to fords of the Ganges in the sense of being common to all. "Falsely" means their lying is just like truth. In "with their gait" and so on, regarding enticement with a glance, the Ummādantī Jātaka should be told; regarding improper dress, the Niḷinikā Jātaka; regarding charming speech, the story of the Elder Nanda should be told, with "Come back quickly, master's son." "Thieves" means they are thieves through the destruction of gathered wealth. "Hard" means hard-hearted. "Fierce" means wicked, of a nature to become angry over a trifle. "Sweet-talking" means sweet like sugar through meaningless prattle. "Wretched" means unmindful, inferior. "Filled with lust" means always filled with lust. "Bold" means bold through bodily impudence and so on. "Just as" means just as fire consumes all, so too these consume all. "They entwine" means they embrace, enfold, and wrap around. "Like creepers" means just as creepers depending on a tree wrap around the tree, so these embrace a man.

In "elephant keeper" and so on, "gopuriso" is called a cowherd. "Chavaḍāhaka" means one who burns corpses; what is meant is a cemetery keeper. "Pupphachaḍḍaka" means a toilet cleaner. "Sadhana" means they follow after even those who are wealthy. "Akiñcana" means poor. "Chavakasamasadisa" means equal and similar to an outcast who eats dog-meat; they go to and associate with even a man who is no different from him. Why? Because women pursue for the sake of wealth.

Thus Ānanda the vulture king, standing in his own knowledge, having spoken of the faults of women, remained silent. Having heard his words, Nārada too, standing in his own knowledge, spoke of their faults. Showing that, the Teacher said -

"Then indeed, my dear, Nārada the divine brahmin, having understood the beginning, middle and conclusion of the talk of Ānanda the vulture king, at that time spoke these verses -

340.

"These four are never filled, listen to me as I speak;

The ocean, the brahmin, the king, and also a woman, O lord of birds.

341.

"Rivers go to the ocean, whatever are dependent on the earth;

They do not fill the sea, for due to deficiency it is not filled.

342.

"And a brahmin studying, the Vedas with legends as the fifth;

Would desire even more learning, for due to deficiency it is not filled.

343.

"And a king, having conquered the whole earth, with its oceans, with its mountains,

Having dwelt there, collected with various treasures;

He aspires to the far shore of the ocean, for due to deficiency it is not filled.

344.

"For each and every woman, there would be eight husbands;

Brave and powerful, bringers of all sensual pleasures;

She would desire a ninth, for due to deficiency it is not filled.

345.

"All women are all-consuming like fire, all women carry all away like a river;

All women are like branches of thorns, all women go for the sake of wealth.

346.

"A man might grasp the wind with a net, might empty the ocean with one hand;

With his own hand he might make a sound, who would entrust all his heart to women.

347.

Of female thieves of much cunning, among whom truth is very difficult to find;

The nature of women is hard to know, like a fish's course in water.

348.

"Insatiable, soft-spoken, hard to fill, they are like rivers;

Knowing that they sink, one should avoid them from afar.

349.

"Enticing, a great illusion, corrupting the holy life;

Knowing that they sink, one should avoid them from afar.

350.

"Whoever these women associate with, whether through desire or through wealth;

Like fire, they quickly burn up his state."

340-350. Therein, "O lord of birds" - he addresses Kuṇāla, the foremost of birds. "Rivers" and so on was said for the purpose of analysing the matrix that was set forth. "Deficiency" means deficient indeed because of the greatness of the receptacle for water. "Having studied" means having recited. "With tradition as the fifth of the Vedas" means the four Vedas with tradition as the fifth. "Deficiency" means for he is not filled with what is to be learnt because of the greatness of his disposition. "Gathered with endless jewels" means gathered and complete with various jewels. "Deficiency" means for he is not filled because of the greatness of craving. "Siyā" means "siyuṃ" (they would be); or this itself is the reading. "Bearers of all sensual pleasures" means bearers of all sensual pleasures. "In a ninth" was said with eight for the purpose of showing the state of being unsatisfied. But she indeed desires even a tenth, even a twentieth, and even more than that. "Deficiency" means for she is not filled because of the greatness of sensual craving. "Like branches of thorns" means like thorn branches on a narrow path. For just as a branch, having caught hold, drags, so too these drag by means of forms and so on. Just as a branch, having pierced the hands and so on, produces suffering, so too these, merely being touched, having pierced through bodily contact, bring one to great destruction. "Go" means they go to another man.

"Would touch" means would grasp. "Would pour out" means one who has descended to bathe, with one hand, would pour out and throw away the entire water of the ocean. "With his own" means with one single hand of his own, he would take that very hand and produce a sound. "All his heart" means whatever man, being told "You alone are desirable, pleasant, dear, and agreeable," believing "So it is," would entrust all his own disposition to women, he would catch the wind with nets and so on. This is the meaning. "Gone" means going. "Insatiable" means devoid of the word "enough" with regard to three things. "Hard to fill are they" means just as a great river with water, so too they are hard to fill with the delight of defilements. In "knowing that they sink," here "naṃ" is merely a particle; having known that women, clinging, sink in the four realms of misery. "Enticing" means just as an enticing trick, having deluded the hearts of the public, keeps them under its own control, so too these. This is the meaning. "Corrupting" means one who disturbs the holy life in the sense of destruction and in the sense of reproach. "By desire or" means or by loving communion. "By wealth or" means or for the sake of wealth. "Like fire" means just as fire, from its own place, whatever region it clings to, that it burns, so too these, whatever man they cling to by the power of defilements, him they burn up and bring to great destruction.

Thus, when Nārada had made known the faults of women, again the Great Being, having distinguished further, makes known their faults. To show that, the Teacher said -

"Then indeed, my dear, the bird Kuṇāla, having understood the beginning, middle and conclusion of the talk of the divine brahmin Nārada, at that time addressed these verses -

351.

'One may converse with one with a sharp sword in hand, a wise one even with a goblin in the moonlight;

One may sit beside even a snake of fierce heat, but one alone should not converse with a woman alone.

352.

"For women are disturbers of the world's mind, armed with dancing, singing, speech and smiles;

They afflict one whose mindfulness is not established, like a group of ogresses on an island afflict merchants.

353.

"There is no discipline in them, no restraint, delighting in liquor and meat, unrestrained;

They swallow a man's property, like a timiṅgala swallows a makara in the ocean.

354.

"Roaming in the pleasure of the five types of sensual pleasure, agitated, undetermined, unrestrained;

Women flow towards the negligent, like rivers into the salt water.

355.

"Whatever man women entice, whether through desire or through delight or through wealth;

Even one such as fire itself, those who slay through lust and hate burn him.

356.

"Having known a man to be wealthy, of great riches, they approach with wealth, together with themselves;

They excessively entwine him whose mind is infatuated, like the māluva creeper a sal tree in the forest.

357.

"They approach with various desires, with painted doll-like faces, adorned;

Women laugh and chuckle, like Sambara skilled in a hundred tricks.

358.

"Adorned with gold, gems and pearls, honoured in their husbands' families, women;

Though guarded, commit adultery against their husbands, like a Titan dwelling within the heart.

359.

"Even a majestic man who is wise, honoured and venerated by many people;

Gone under the control of women, he does not shine, like the moon eclipsed by Rāhu.

360.

"Whatever an angry enemy might do to an enemy, with a malicious mind, to one come under his power;

More than that, one undergoes disaster, gone under the control of women, full of longing.

361.

"With hair pulled out, scratched by nails, threatened, struck by feet, hands, and stick;

Indeed, women resort to the low, they delight like flies on a corpse.

362.

"Those in families or in the streets, or again in royal cities and market towns;

The snare and net of Namuci laid out, the one with vision, longing for happiness, should avoid.

363.

"Having abandoned the wholesome austere ascetic practice, whoever practises ignoble conduct;

He will exchange the divine realm for hell, like a merchant for a gem leading to ruin.

364.

"He is blamed here and in the hereafter, the evil-minded one, injured by his own action;

He goes, undetermined, tumbling down, like a chariot drawn by a vicious donkey on a side road.

365.

"He goes to the scorching hell, and to the iron forest of sword-like thorns;

Having dwelt in the animal realm, he is not released from the domain of the king of ghosts.

366.

"Divine play and delight in Nandana, and the conduct of a universal monarch among humans;

Women destroy the negligent, and lead them to an unfortunate realm.

367.

"Divine play and delights are not hard to obtain, and the conduct of a universal monarch among humans;

And nymphs dwelling in golden mansions, for those who walk desiring not women.

368.

"The destination of transcending the sensual element, existence in the material element is not hard to obtain;

Rebirth in the domain free from lust, for those who walk desiring not women.

369.

"The transcendence of all suffering, safe, perpetually unshakeable, unconditioned;

Not hard to obtain by the quenched, by the pure, for those who walk desiring not women."

351-369. Therein, "converses" means one may converse with a goblin, even with one standing having taken up a sword, having said "If you converse with me, I shall strike off your head," and even with one standing in the moonlight, saying "The very moment you converse, I shall devour you and bring you to the destruction of life." One may sit beside even a snake of fierce heat, standing ready thinking "I shall bite and destroy whoever approaches." But having become alone, one should indeed not converse in a secret place with a woman alone. "Churners of the world's mind" means destroyers of the world's consciousness. "A group of ogresses on an island" means just as a group of ogresses on an island, having enticed merchants in human guise, having brought them under their own control, devours them, so these too, having brought beings under their own control by the five types of sensual pleasure, bring them to great destruction - this is the meaning. "Discipline" means good conduct. "Restraint" means boundary. "A man's property" means they swallow and destroy wealth gathered with suffering.

"Undetermined" means of undetermined mind. "Into the salt water" means into the ocean which has salt water - this is the meaning. "Āpakā" means rivers; or this itself is the reading. Just as rivers flow into the ocean, so do women towards the negligent - this is the meaning. "By desire" means by affection. "By delight" means by delight in the five types of sensual pleasure. "By wealth or" means or for the sake of wealth. "Like fire" means even one blazing like fire by the achievement of virtues. "Slayers through lust and hate" means slayers through sensual lust and hate. "Rāgadosagatiyoti" is also a reading. "They flow towards" means binding him with sweet words for the purpose of seizing wealth, they approach. "Sadhana" means wealthy. Or this itself is the reading; the meaning is they approach, even having given some of their own wealth for the purpose of garments and ornaments. "Together with oneself" means they are as if giving up even their own individual existence together with their individual existence to him alone. "They entwine" means for the purpose of seizing wealth, they excessively wrap around and oppress.

"With various desires" means in various ways. "With painted doll-like faces" means having become ones with variegated bodies and variegated faces by way of decoration. "They laugh aloud" means they laugh a great laugh. "They smile gently" means they laugh a gentle smile. "Like Sambara" means like a juggler and like the lord of titans. "Dwelling within the heart like a Titan" means just as in the Karaṇḍaka Jātaka, "From where do you come, sirs, you three persons?" - dwelling within the heart, even having gone inside the belly, she committed adultery against the Titan; so they commit adultery. "For they are unguarded" - this he explains. "Does not shine" means does not shine forth, like Haritaca, Lomasaka Kassapa, and King Kusa. "By that" means the disaster caused by that enemy is an even greater disaster - this is the meaning. "With expectation" means with craving.

"Whose hair is pulled out, whose body is scratched with nails, and who is threatened" means having been dragged, with hair pulled out, with body scratched by nails, threatened, and as if struck with feet and so on. Whoever, through the power of mental defilements, commits even these abuses, women resort to such a low one and delight in him; they do not avoid these abuses; for what reason would they not delight in one of sweet conduct? "Like flies on a corpse" means because, just as flies delight in a loathsome elephant carcass and so on, so they delight only in the low - this is the meaning. "Laid as a snare" means these are not women as such, but rather a man endowed with the eye of wisdom, considering them as snares and nets laid by hunters for the purpose of catching deer and birds for Namuci, the Māra of mental defilements, in these places, and desirous of divine and human happiness, should avoid them.

"Having given up" means having abandoned the austere ascetic practice that bestows great success among gods and humans. "Who" means whatever man practises conduct of amorous delight in the ignoble, impure types of sensual pleasure. "He will exchange the divine realm for hell" means he, having exchanged the heavenly world, will take hell. "Like a merchant for a gem leading to ruin" means just as a foolish merchant, having given goods worth a hundred thousand, takes a glass bangle leading to ruin, so this one is of such a nature - this is the meaning. "He" means he who has come under the control of women. "Undetermined" means undetermined as to for how long a time he will be cooked in the realms of misery. "Tumbling down" means having fallen from the heavenly world or the human world, he goes only to the realm of misery - this is the meaning. Like what? "Like a chariot drawn by a vicious donkey on a side road" means just as a chariot yoked to a deceitful donkey, having swerved from the road, goes only on a side road, so too. "The forest of sword-like thorns" means an iron silk-cotton tree forest endowed with thorns resembling spears. "The domain of the king of ghosts" means the domain of ghosts and the domain of the Kālakañcika titans.

"Of the heedless" means of those who are negligent. For they, being heedless regarding women, do not perform the wholesome deeds that are the root of those successes; thus women destroy all those for them. "They lead to" means they, having caused such a man to perform unwholesome deeds solely through the power of negligence, lead him to an unfortunate realm. "Dwelling in golden mansions" means those dwelling in mansions made of gold. "Those desiring not women" means whatever men, having become uninterested in women, live the holy life. "Transcending the sensual element" means the destination that is the transcendence of the sensual element. "Existence in the material element" means whatever existence in the material element that is reckoned as the destination of transcending the sensual element, that is not hard to obtain for them. "Rebirth in the domain free from lust" means whatever rebirth in the Pure Abode world, the domain free from lust, that too is not hard to obtain for them - this is the meaning. "Perpetual" means having gone beyond end, having the nature of non-destruction. "Unshaken" means not trembled by mental defilements. "By those with defilements quenched" means by those whose mental defilements are quenched. "By the pure" means by the pure, the completely purified, such Nibbāna is not hard to obtain.

Thus the Great Being, having reached the Deathless, the great Nibbāna, concluded the teaching. The kinnaras, great serpents and others in the Himalayas, and the deities standing in the sky, gave applause saying "Oh, it was spoken with the grace of a Buddha." Ānanda the vulture king, Nārada the divine brahmin, Puṇṇamukha the phussa cuckoo, each taking their own following, went to their respective places. The Great Being too went to his own place. The others, however, going from time to time, having taken exhortation in the presence of the Great Being, having stood firm in that exhortation, became destined for heaven.

The Teacher, having brought this teaching of the Teaching, connecting the Jātaka, spoke the concluding verses -

370.

"I was the kuṇāla bird then, Udāyī was the phussa cuckoo;

Ānanda was the king of vultures, and Sāriputta was Nārada;

The assembly was the Buddha's assembly, thus remember the Jātaka."

Those monks, however, at the time of going, went by the power of the Teacher, but at the time of returning, came by their own power. The Teacher taught them the meditation subject right there in the Great Wood. All of them too attained arahantship on that very day. There was a great assembly of deities. Then the Blessed One taught him the Mahāsamaya Sutta.

The commentary on the Kuṇāla Jātaka is the fourth.

537.

Commentary on the Mahāsutasoma Jātaka

"Why do you, cook, do such deeds" - this the Teacher, while dwelling at Jeta's Grove, spoke referring to the taming of the Elder Aṅgulimāla. His origin, going forth, and full ordination should be understood in detail by the method stated in the commentary on the Aṅgulimāla Sutta. He, however, having brought about safety for a woman with a difficult pregnancy by a declaration of truth, from then on, having become one for whom almsfood was easily obtained, cultivating seclusion, at a later time, having attained arahantship, as one well-known, was among the eighty great elders. At that time they raised up a discussion in the Teaching hall - "Friends, alas, indeed a difficult deed was done by the Blessed One in taming such a cruel, bloody-handed great bandit Aṅgulimāla without rod, without sword, rendering him free from agitation. Alas, Buddhas are indeed doers of what is difficult." The Teacher, while standing just in the perfumed chamber, having heard that discussion with the divine ear, having known "Today my going will be of great benefit; a great teaching of the Teaching will take place," with the incomparable Buddha's grace, having gone to the Teaching hall, having sat down on the excellently prepared seat, having asked "What discussion were you having as you sat together here, monks?" when it was said "Such and such," having said "It is not wonderful, monks, that this one has been tamed by me who has just now attained the supreme highest enlightenment; even when I was practising the former conduct, established in limited knowledge, I tamed this one," being requested by them, brought up the past.

In the past, in the Kuru country, in the city of Indapatta, a king named Korabya exercised kingship righteously. At that time the Bodhisatta was reborn in the womb of his queen-consort. When ten months had passed, she gave birth to a golden-coloured son, and because of his being learned and wealthy, they recognised him as "Sutasoma." The king, when he had come of age, having given a thousand gold coins, sent him to Takkasilā for the purpose of learning a craft in the presence of a world-renowned teacher. He, having taken the teacher's share, having departed from the city, set out on the road. At that time in Bārāṇasī, Prince Brahmadatta, the son of the king of Kāsi, having spoken in the same way, sent by his father, having departed from the city, set out on that very road. Then Sutasoma, having gone along the road, sat down on a plank in a hall at the city gate for the purpose of resting. Prince Brahmadatta too, having gone, sat down on the same plank together with him. Then Sutasoma, making a friendly welcome to him, having asked "My dear, you are wearied by the journey; from where are you coming?" when it was said "From Bārāṇasī," having said "Whose son are you?" when it was said "I am the son of the king of Kāsi," having said "What is your name?" when it was said "I am Prince Brahmadatta by name," asked "For what reason have you come here?" He, having said "For the purpose of learning a craft," asked the other in the very same manner, "You too are wearied by the journey; from where are you coming?" He too told him everything. Both of them, having made friendship with each other saying "We are warriors; let us go to the presence of one and the same teacher for the purpose of learning a craft," having entered the city, having gone to the teacher's household, having paid homage to the teacher, having told of their birth and so on, told of their having come for the purpose of learning a craft. He accepted, saying "Very well." They, having given the teacher's share, began the craft.

And not only those two alone, but at that time about one hundred other princes in Jambudīpa too were learning crafts in his presence. Sutasoma, having become the chief pupil among them, while pointing out the craft, attained accomplishment before long. He, without going to the presence of another, thinking "He is my companion," having gone to the presence of Prince Brahmadatta alone, having become his assistant teacher, taught him the craft. For the others too, the craft was completed in due course. They, having given a reply to the teacher, having paid homage to the teacher, having surrounded Sutasoma, departed. Then Sutasoma, having stood midway on the road, dismissing them, said: "You, having shown your craft to your respective fathers, shall be established in your kingdoms, and once established, you should follow my exhortation." "What is it, teacher?" "On the fortnight days, having become observers of the Observance, you should not commit slaughter." They accepted, saying "Very well." The Bodhisatta too, being a reciter of the science of bodily marks, having known "In the future, in dependence on Prince Brahmadatta, a great danger will arise in Bārāṇasī," having thus exhorted them, dismissed them. All of them too, having gone to their respective provinces, having shown their craft to their fathers, having become established in their kingdoms, sent letters together with presents to make known both their established state and their conduct according to the exhortation. The Great Being, having heard that news, sent back letters saying "Be diligent."

Among them, the king of Bārāṇasī did not eat a meal without meat. Even for the purpose of the Observance day, meat was taken and stored for him. Then one day, meat thus stored was eaten by pedigree dogs in the king's palace through the cook's negligence. The cook, not finding that meat, even though going about having taken a fistful of coins, being unable to procure meat, having thought "If I shall offer a meal without meat, there is no life for me; what shall I do?" and having thought "There is a means," having gone at the improper time to the charnel ground, having brought the thigh-flesh of a man recently dead, having cooked it thoroughly, he offered the meal. The moment the piece of meat was placed on the tip of the king's tongue, it pervaded seven thousand taste conductors, and having agitated his entire body, it remained. Why? Because of his previous consumption of it. It is said that he, in the immediately preceding individual existence, having been a demon, had previously eaten much human flesh; therefore that was dear to him. He, having thought "If I just eat silently, this one will not tell me about this meat," spat it out together with the spittle onto the ground. When it was said "It is faultless, Sire, eat it," having made the people withdraw, he asked "I know its faultless state; what meat is this called?" "It is just the meat for consumption on previous days, Sire." "Is not this flavour absent at other times?" "Today it is thoroughly cooked, Sire." "Do you not cook in just the same way before too?" Then, having known him to be silent, he said "Tell the truth; if you do not tell, your life is forfeit." He, having begged for safety, related it as it really was. The king said "Do not make a sound; you, having eaten the meat for ordinary cooking yourself, cook only human flesh for me." "Is it not difficult, Sire?" "Do not fear, it is not difficult." "From where shall I obtain it regularly, Sire?" "Are there not many people in the prison?" He, from then on, did so.

Afterwards, when the people in the prison were exhausted, he said "What shall I do now, Sire?" "Having thrown a bag of a thousand on the road, whoever takes it, seize him as 'a thief' and kill him," he said. He did so. Afterwards, not seeing even anyone looking at the bag of a thousand out of fear of the king, he said "What shall I do now?" "When the city is in confusion at the time of the drum, then you, standing at a gap between houses or in a street or at a crossroads, having killed people, take the meat." He, from then on, having done so, taking the fat meat, goes. In those various places corpses are seen. "My mother is not seen, my father is not seen, my brother and sister are not seen," the sound of people's lamentation is heard. The citizens, frightened and trembling, looking about thinking "Is it a lion indeed that eats these people, is it a tiger indeed that eats them, is it a demon indeed that eats them?" having seen the wound-openings, think "One man-eating thief eats these." The public, having assembled in the royal courtyard, complained. The king asked "What is it, dear?" "Sire, in this city there is a man-eating thief; have him seized," they said. "How shall I know him? Do I even go about guarding the city?"

The public, saying "The king has no concern for the city; we shall tell the general Kāḷahatthi," having gone and having told him that, said "It is fitting to search for the thief." He, having dismissed the public saying "Good, wait for a week; having searched, I shall show you the thief," commanded his men: "Dear sons, in the city, it is said, there is a man-eating thief; you, having hidden at those various places, seize him." They, having accepted saying "Good," from then on searched the city. The cook too, having concealed himself at a gap between houses, having killed one woman, having taken the thick meat, began to fill a basket. Then those men, having seized him, having beaten him, having bound his hands behind his back, made a great noise: "The man-eating thief has been caught!" The public surrounded him. Then, having bound him well, having tied the meat-basket to his neck, having taken him, they showed him to the general. The general, having seen him, having thought "Does this one eat this meat himself, or does he mix it with other meat and sell it, or does he kill at the command of another?" asking about that matter, spoke the first verse -

371.

"Why do you, cook, do such deeds, so cruel;

You kill women and men, deluded one, for the sake of meat or for the reason of wealth."

Therein, "cook" - he addresses the one responsible for food.

From here onwards, the words and replies, being clear in connection, should be understood according to the Pāḷi text itself -

372.

"Not for one's own sake, not for the reason of wealth, not for children and wife, friends and relatives;

My husband is the Blessed One, the protector of the earth, he eats meat, venerable sir, of such a kind.

373.

"If you, employed for the benefit of your master, do deeds so cruel;

Having reached the inner palace right early, you should tell that to me in the presence of the king.

374.

"I shall act accordingly, venerable sir, as you speak, Kāḷahatthi;

Having reached the inner palace right early, I shall tell that to you in the presence of the king."

372-374. Therein, "Blessed One" is a term of respect. "If you" - investigating "Does she speak the truth, or does she speak falsely out of fear of death?" he said thus. Therein, "most cruel deeds" means deeds of killing humans. "In your presence" means having stood in your presence, you should speak thus. He, accepting, spoke a verse.

Then the general, having made him lie down in tight binding itself, when the night became light, having consulted with the ministers and the citizens, when unanimous consent had arisen among all, having set up protection in all places, having brought the city into his possession, having tied the meat-basket to the cook's neck, having taken him, set out for the king's dwelling. The whole city cried out. The king, having eaten his morning meal yesterday, not having obtained even his evening meal, having spent that night just sitting thinking "The cook will come now, he will come now," thinking "Even today the cook does not come, and a great noise of the citizens is heard; what indeed is this?" looking through the window, having seen him being brought thus, having thought "This matter has become obvious," having established mindfulness, sat down just in the cross-legged posture. Kāḷahatthi too, having approached him, questioned him, and he told him. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

375.

"Then at the end of the night, towards the rising of the sun;

Kāḷa, having taken the cook, approached the king;

Having approached the king, spoke these words.

376.

"Is it true, great king, that a cook was sent by you.

He kills women and men, and you eat the meat.

377.

"Just so, Kāḷa, a cook was sent by me;

Why do you abuse him who is doing my benefit?"

375-377. Therein, "Kāḷā" means Kāḷahatthi. "Just so" means the king, being pressed by that majestic general, being unable to speak falsely, said thus. Therein, "thus" is a synonym of the former. "My welfare" means my progress. "Of one who is doing" means one who is doing. "Why this" means why this. "You rebuke" means alas, you do a difficult thing; Kāḷahatthi, you indeed, without seizing another thief, seize my servant - thus he spoke, generating fear in him.

Having heard that, the general, having thought "This one acknowledges with his own mouth; alas, the violent one! For so long a time these people have been eaten by him; I shall prevent him," said - "Great king, do not act thus, do not eat human flesh." "Kāḷahatthi, what are you saying? I am not able to abstain." "Great king, if you do not abstain, you will destroy both yourself and the country." "Even if they perish thus, I am indeed not able to abstain from that." Then the general, in order to convince him, brought forth and showed a story - For in the past, in the great ocean there were six great fish. Among them, the ānanda, the timinanda, and the ajjhāroha - these three fish were five hundred yojanas in size; the timiṅgala, the timirapiṅgala, and the mahātimirapiṅgala - these three fish were a thousand yojanas in size. All of them too were eaters of rock-moss. Among them, the Ānanda dwelt on one side of the great ocean. Many fish approached him for an audience. One day, having thought "Among all two-footed and four-footed beings a king is discerned, but we have no king; let us make this one our king," all, being of one desire, made Ānanda their king. Those fish, from then onwards, went to attend upon him evening and morning.

Then one day, Ānanda, while eating rock-moss on a certain mountain, not knowing, with the perception "It is moss," ate one fish. As he was eating that flesh, it stirred his entire body. He, having taken it out and looking, thinking "What indeed is this, exceedingly sweet?" having seen a piece of fish flesh, having thought "For so long a time I have not eaten it, not knowing," having thought "When the fish come in the evening and morning, at the time of their departure I shall eat one or two fish; if I eat openly, not even one will approach me, all will flee; having become concealed, afterwards, having struck those retreating one by one, I shall eat them," having done so, he ate. The fish, going towards utter elimination, thought. "From where indeed will danger arise for our relatives?" Then one wise fish, thinking "The conduct of Ānanda does not please me; I shall investigate," when the fish had gone to attend, stood concealed at Ānanda's ear-flap. Ānanda, having dismissed the fish, ate the fish going at the very rear of all. That wise fish, having seen his conduct, reported to the others. All of them too, frightened and trembling, fled.

Ānanda, from then onwards, through greed for fish flesh, did not take any other food. He, oppressed by hunger and weary, thinking "Where indeed have these gone?" searching for those fish, having seen a certain mountain, thinking "Out of fear of me they dwell in dependence on this mountain, I think; I shall encircle the mountain and investigate," having encircled both sides with his tail and head, he seized it. Then, thinking "If they dwell here, they will flee," having seen his own tail encircling the mountain, angry, thinking "This fish, having deceived me, dwells in dependence on the mountain," with the perception of another fish, having firmly seized his own tail-piece measuring fifty yojanas, biting it up with a cracking sound, he ate it; an unpleasant feeling arose. Fish, having assembled attracted by the smell of blood, having torn apart and eating, came as far as the head. Being unable to turn over because of the greatness of his body, he met with the destruction of life right there; the heap of bones was like a heap of mountains. Hermits and wandering ascetics travelling through the sky told the people. People throughout the entire Indian subcontinent came to know. Bringing forth and showing that story, Kāḷahatthi said -

378.

"Ānanda, greedy for the flavour of all the fish, having eaten them;

When the assembly was exhausted, died eating himself.

379.

"Thus heedless, attached to respect for flavour, if the fool does not understand the future;

Having destroyed sons and abandoned relatives, having wandered about, he eats only himself.

380.

"Having heard this, may your desire depart, do not eat human flesh, O king;

Do not you, like a fish, O lord of bipeds, make this entire country empty."

378-380. Therein, "Ānanda" means, great king, in the past, in the great ocean, a great fish named Ānanda, five hundred yojanas in size, the king of all fish, dwelt on one side of the great ocean. "Having eaten" means greedy for the flavour of fish of his own kind, having eaten the fish. "When exhausted" means when the assembly of fish had reached elimination. "Himself" means not having taken any other food, while encircling a mountain, with the perception of another fish, having eaten his own tail-piece measuring fifty yojanas, having died, having reached death, now in the great ocean there was a heap of bones the size of a mountain. "Thus heedless" means just as the great fish Ānanda, even so you too, having become greedy for the flavour of craving, are heedless, having reached the state of heedlessness.

"Attached to respect for flavour" means attached to respect for the flavour of human flesh, one whose mind is excessively infatuated. "Fool" means if a fool, unwise, does not understand, does not know the suffering that will arise in the future, in the time that has not yet come. "Having destroyed" means having scattered, having destroyed. "Sons" means sons and daughters. "And relatives" means the remaining relatives and friends; the meaning is: having destroyed and abandoned sons and relatives. "Having wandered about" means not having obtained other food, oppressed by hunger, having wandered about the entire city, not having obtained human flesh, eating himself, like the fish Ānanda, he eats only himself.

"Having heard this" means, great king, having heard this example brought by me for you, may the desire, the desire for eating human flesh, depart, disappear, cease. "Do not eat" means, O king, do not eat human flesh, do not consume it. "Do not you this entire" means just as the water-born fish Ānanda making the great ocean empty, O lord of bipeds, lord of bipedal human beings, great king, do not you in truth make this your Kāsi country and city entirely empty - this is the meaning.

Having heard that, the king, saying "My dear Kāḷahatthi, not only you know a simile, I too know one," bringing forth an ancient story through his greed for human flesh, and showing it, said -

381.

"Sujāta by name, his legitimate son;

Not having obtained the rose-apple slice, he died at its elimination.

382.

"Just so I, Kāḷa, having eaten food of the finest flavour;

Not having obtained human flesh, methinks I will give up life."

381-382. Therein, "Sujāta by name" means the householder Kāḷahatthi, named Sujāta by name; his son born from himself, his legitimate son, not having obtained the rose-apple slice, not having got it. "Died" means just as at the elimination of that rose-apple slice that householder's son died, just so I, having eaten, having consumed the finest flavour, the highest among other flavours, the flesh of human beings, not having obtained human flesh, I will give up life, methinks, I think.

In the past, it is said, in Bārāṇasī a householder named Sujāta, having made five hundred sages who had come from the Himalayas for the purpose of partaking of salt and sour things dwell in his own park, attended upon them. And in his house there was regularly almsfood for about five hundred. But those hermits sometimes went for almsfood even in the countryside, and sometimes brought great rose-apple slices and ate them. At the time when they brought rose-apple slices and ate them, Sujāta thought - "Today, the venerable ones not having come for three or four days, where indeed have they gone?" He, having made his little son hold his finger, went there at their mealtime. At that time, at the time of washing the faces of the elders, having given water, the most junior one eats the rose-apple slice. Sujāta, having paid homage to the hermits, sat down - "What, venerable sir, are you eating?" he asked. "A great rose-apple slice, friend." Having heard that, the boy produced a craving. Then the chief of the group, a hermit, had a little given to him. He, having eaten that, being captivated by the sweet flavour - "Give me a rose-apple slice" - he entreated again and again. The householder, while listening to the Teaching, having deceived him saying "Dear son, do not cry out; having gone home you will eat," reassuring him thinking "In dependence on this one the venerable ones might become dissatisfied," without asking permission of the group of sages, went home. From the time of his going, his son lamented "Give me a rose-apple slice." Sujāta, thinking "I shall tell the sages too," went to the park. Those sages too, thinking "We have dwelt here for a long time," had gone to the Himalayas itself. Not seeing the sages in the park, he gave him slices of rose-apple, mango, jackfruit, plantain and so on, mixed with honey and sugar powder. Those, as soon as they were placed on the tip of his tongue, were like deadly poison. He, having been without food for seven days, met with the destruction of life. The king, bringing forth and showing this reason, said thus.

Then Kāḷahatthi, having thought "This king is exceedingly greedy for flavours; I shall bring forth further examples for him too," said "Great king, let us abstain." "I am not able to abstain." Sire, if you do not abstain, you will decline from both your circle of relatives and from the splendour of kingship. For in the past, great king, right here in Bārāṇasī there was a brahmin family that observed the five precepts. That family had an only son. He was dear and agreeable to his mother and father, wise, experienced, one who had mastered the three Vedas. He went about together with young men of the same age in group association. The rest of the group companions, eating fish, meat and so on, drank liquor. The young man did not eat meat and so on, did not drink liquor. They consulted - "This one, because of not drinking liquor, does not give us money; by a means we shall make him drink liquor." They, having assembled, said "My dear, let us enjoy the festival amusement." "My dear, you drink liquor; I do not drink liquor; you yourselves go." "My dear, for the purpose of your drinking we shall have milk obtained." He accepted, saying "Very well." The cheats, having gone to the park, having had strong liquor wrapped in lotus leaves, placed them there. Then at their drinking time they brought milk for the young man. Then one cheat, having had it brought saying "Bring lotus-honey, my dear," having made a hole underneath the lotus-leaf container, having placed it at his mouth with his fingers, drew it out. Thus the others too, having had it brought, drank. The young man asked "What is this called?" "It is called lotus-honey." "I too shall get a little; give it, sirs." They had some given to him too. He, with the perception of lotus-honey, drank liquor. Then they gave him meat cooked on charcoal; he ate that too.

Thus, when he was drinking again and again, at the time of intoxication, they said "This is not lotus-honey, this is intoxicating liquor." He said "For so long a time I did not know such a sweet flavour; bring, my dear, intoxicating liquor." They, having brought it, gave it again. The thirst was great. Then, when he was requesting again, they said "It is finished." He said "Well then, my dear, have it brought" and gave his signet ring. He, having drunk the whole day together with them, intoxicated, with red eyes, trembling, lamenting, having gone home, lay down. Then his father, having known the state of having drunk intoxicating liquor, when the intoxication had passed, said "Dear son, what was done by you, born in a family of learned brahmins, drinking intoxicating liquor, is inappropriate; do not do thus again." "Father, what is my fault?" "The state of having drunk intoxicating liquor." "Father, what are you saying? Such a sweet flavour had never before been obtained by me for so long a time." The brahmin entreated again and again. He too said "I am not able to desist." Then the brahmin, having thought "This being so, our family lineage will be cut off and our wealth will be destroyed," spoke a verse -

383.

"Young man, you are handsome, you are born in a brahmin family;

You do not deserve, dear son, to eat what ought not to be eaten."

Therein, "young man" means young man, you are handsome, and you are born in a brahmin family too. "To eat what ought not to be eaten" means dear son, you do not deserve to eat what is not fit and proper to be eaten.

And having said thus, he said "Dear son, refrain; if you do not refrain, I shall expel you from this house, I shall perform the act of banishment from your country." The young man, having said "Even this being so, I am not able to give up liquor," spoke a pair of verses -

384.

"This is one of the finest flavours, why do you restrain me?

I will go there, where I shall obtain such as this.

385.

"So I shall depart, I shall not live near you;

Whose sight of me you do not delight in, brahmin."

384-385. Therein, "among flavours" means this intoxicant is one among the seven flavours reckoned as salty, sour, bitter, pungent, alkaline, sweet, and astringent, endowed with the finest flavour. "Sovāhan" means he, I myself. "Nippatissāmī" means I shall depart.

And having said thus, he said "I will not abstain from drinking liquor; do whatever pleases you." Then the brahmin, having said "When you abandon us, we too shall abandon you," spoke a verse -

386.

"Surely we shall obtain other heirs, sons, young man;

And you, wretch, perish, where you have gone may we not hear of that."

Therein, "where you have gone" means where he has gone, that we do not hear "he dwells at such and such a place"; go there - this is the meaning.

Then, having taken him to judgment, having made him sonless, he had him expelled. He afterwards, without support, miserable, having put on worn-out rags, with bowl in hand, going about for almsfood, leaning against a certain wall, died. Having brought forth this reason, Kāḷahatthi, having shown it to the king, having said "Great king, if you will not heed our word, they will perform the act of banishment on you," spoke a verse -

387.

"Just so you, O king, lord of bipeds, listen to me;

They will banish you from the kingdom, just as the young man addicted to drink."

Therein, "lord of bipeds" means lord of bipeds, O great king, listen you to my word, just so just as the young man addicted to drink, they will banish you from the kingdom.

Thus, even though the simile of Kāḷahatthi was brought, the king, being unable to desist from that, in order to show yet another example, said -

388.

"Sujāta by name, a disciple of those with developed selves;

While desiring a nymph, he neither ate nor drank.

389.

"Having taken water with the tip of a blade of kusa grass, one might measure the water in the ocean;

Thus are human sensual pleasures, in the presence of divine pleasures.

390.

"Just so I, Kāḷa, having eaten food of the finest flavour;

Not having obtained human flesh, methinks I will give up life."

The story is exactly the same as what was said below.

388-390. Therein, "of those with developed selves" means of those with developed minds, of those five hundred sages. "While desiring a nymph" means he, it is said, having known of their non-coming at the time of eating the great rose-apple slices of those sages, thinking "For what reason indeed do they not come? If they have gone somewhere, I shall find out; if not, then I shall hear the Teaching in their presence," having gone to the park, having paid homage to the group of sages, while seated listening to the Teaching in the presence of the chief of the group, even when the sun had set, even when being dismissed, having said "Today I shall stay right here," having paid homage to the group of sages, having entered the hermitage, he lay down. In the night-time, Sakka, the king of gods, surrounded by a host of celestial nymphs, together with his own attendants, came to pay homage to the group of sages; the entire park became one radiance. Sujāta, thinking "What is this indeed?", having risen, looking through a hole in the hermitage, having seen Sakka who had come to pay homage to the group of sages, surrounded by celestial nymphs, together with the sight of the nymphs, became infatuated with lust. Sakka, having sat down, having heard the talk on the Teaching, went to his own place. The householder too, on the following day, having paid homage to the group of sages, asked - "Venerable sir, who by name came in the night-time for the purpose of paying homage to you?" "Sakka, friend." "Who by name were those seated surrounding him?" "They are called celestial nymphs." He, having paid homage to the group of sages, having gone home, from the time of his going, lamented "Give me a nymph, give me a nymph." The relatives, having surrounded him, thinking "Is he perhaps possessed by a spirit?", snapped their fingers. He, having said "I am not speaking of that kind of snapping of fingers, I am speaking of a celestial nymph," looking at a wife brought having been adorned as "This is a nymph," and also at a courtesan, lamenting "This is not a nymph, she is a demoness, give me a celestial nymph," having become without food, met with the destruction of life right there. Therefore it was said -

"While desiring a nymph, he neither ate nor drank."

"Having taken water with the tip of a blade of kusa grass, one measures the water in the ocean" - my dear Kāḷahatthi, whoever, having taken water with just the tip of a blade of kusa grass, were to measure by comparison with that, thinking "This much would be the water in the great ocean," he would merely measure indeed, but the water on the tip of a blade of kusa grass is exceedingly small. Just as that, so are human sensual pleasures in the presence of divine pleasures; therefore that Sujāta did not look at another woman; aspiring only for a nymph, he died. "Just so" means just as he, not obtaining divine pleasures, gave up life, so too I, not obtaining the highest flavour, human flesh, shall give up life - thus he says.

Having heard that, Kāḷahatthi, thinking "This king is exceedingly greedy for flavours; shall I convince him?" - in order to show that even golden swans traversing the sky, having eaten the flesh of their own kind, were destroyed - spoke a pair of verses -

391.

"Just as those Dhataraṭṭhas, swans traversing the sky;

By eating their own kind, all went to destruction.

392.

"Just so you, O king, lord of bipeds, listen to me;

You ate what ought not to be eaten, O king, therefore they banish you."

391-392. Therein, "by eating their own kind" means by the eating of those of the same species as oneself. "All went to destruction" means all reached death itself. In the past, it is said, ninety thousand swans dwelt in a golden cave on Cittakūṭa. They do not go out during the four months of the rainy season; if they were to go out, being unable to fly up with their wings full of water, they would fall into the great ocean itself; therefore they do not go out. But when the rainy season was approaching, having brought wild-grown rice from a natural lake, having filled the cave, they dwell eating rice. But when they had entered the cave, at the cave entrance a spider named Uṇṇanābhi, the size of a chariot wheel, intertwines one web in each month. Each thread of his is the size of a cow's tether rope. The swans, thinking "He will break through that web," give two portions to one young swan. He, when the rain has departed, going in front, breaks through that web. The rest go by that path. Then at one time the rains rained for five months. The swans, their food supply exhausted, having consulted "What indeed should be done?" thinking "If we live, we shall obtain eggs," first ate the eggs, then the young ones, then the old swans. With the elapse of five months, the rains departed. The spider had intertwined five webs. The swans, having eaten the flesh of their own kind, became weak in strength. The young swan who received a double portion, having struck the web, broke through four, but was not able to cut through the fifth; he got stuck right there. Then, having pierced his head, the spider drank his blood. Another too, having come, struck the web; he too got stuck right there. Thus the spider drank the blood of all of them. At that time, they say, the Dhataraṭṭha clan was destroyed. Therefore it was said: "All went to destruction."

"Just so you" means just as these swans ate the flesh of their own kind, which ought not to be eaten, so too you eat it; the whole city has become stricken with fear; refrain, great king. "Therefore they banish you" means because you eat the flesh of your own kind, which ought not to be eaten, therefore these city-dwellers banish you from the kingdom.

The king wished to say yet another simile. But the citizens, having risen up, having said "Master general, what are you doing? Why do you go about having taken this human-flesh-eating thief? If he will not refrain, banish him from the country," did not allow him to speak to him. The king, having heard the talk of the many, frightened, was not able to speak again. Again the general, having said to him "What, great king, will you be able to refrain, or will you not be able?" when "I am not able" was said, having placed the entire harem company and sons and daughters, adorned with all ornaments, at his side, said "Great king, look upon this circle of relatives and the company of ministers and the sovereignty; do not perish; refrain from human flesh." The king, having said "These are not dearer to me than human flesh," when it was said "If so, great king, depart from this city and country," said "Kāḷahatthi, I have no need of a kingdom; I shall depart from the city; but give me a sword, a cook, and a vessel." Then, having had his sword, a vessel for cooking meat, and a basket lifted up, and having given him a cook, they performed the act of banishment from the country.

He, having taken the sword and the cook, having departed from the city, having entered the forest, having made a dwelling place at the foot of a certain banyan tree, dwelling there, standing on the forest path, having killed people, having brought them, he gives them to the cook. He too, having cooked the meat, offers it to him. Thus both of them live. At the time of seizing people, having said "I say! I am the man-thief, the man-eater," when he rushed forward, no one was able to remain in their own state; all fell to the ground. Among them, whichever one he wishes, that one he turns feet up and head down, and having brought him, gives him to the cook. One day, having not obtained any person in the forest, he came back, and when the cook said "What is it, Sire?" he said "Place the pot on the oven." "Where is the meat, Sire?" "I shall obtain meat." He, trembling, thinking "There is no life for me now," having made a fire in the oven, placed the pot upon it. Then the man-eater, having killed him with a sword, having cooked the meat, ate it. From then on, having become alone, he himself cooks and eats. "The man-eater kills travellers on the road" - he became well-known throughout the whole Indian subcontinent.

At that time a certain brahmin of accomplished wealth, engaging in trade with five hundred carts, travelled from the east to the west. He thought - "A thief named the man-eater, it is said, kills people on the way; having given wealth, I shall pass beyond that forest." He, having given a thousand to the people dwelling at the outskirts of the forest, saying "Take me across the forest," set out on the road together with them. And the brahmin, while going, having put the entire caravan in front, himself, having bathed and anointed himself, adorned with all ornaments, seated in a comfortable carriage yoked with white oxen, surrounded by those forest-dwelling men, went at the very rear of all. At that moment the man-eater, having climbed a tree, examining the men, having become without desire for the remaining people, thinking "Is there anything among these to be eaten by me?" from the time of seeing the brahmin, his saliva flowed forth out of desire to eat him. He, when that one had come near him, having descended from the tree, having proclaimed his name "I say! I am the man-eater!" three times, brandishing his sword, as if filling their eyes with sand, charged forward. Not even one was able to stand; all lay down on the ground on their chests. He, having seized the brahmin seated in the comfortable carriage by the feet, having hung him head downward on his back, striking his head with his ankles, having lifted him up, set out.

Then those men, having risen, having said "Good men, we received a thousand coins from the brahmin's hand; what indeed is our manliness? Whether able or unable, let us follow a little," followed after him. The man-eater too, having turned back and looking, not seeing anyone, set out slowly. At that moment one courageous man endowed with strength reached him with speed. He, having seen him, while jumping over a fence, stepped on an acacia stump; the stump came out through the back of his foot. With blood flowing forth, he went on jumping. Then he, having seen him, said "Good men, this one has been pierced by me; only come behind; I shall catch him, shall I not?" They, having known his weakened condition, followed after him. He, having known the state of being pursued by them, having released the brahmin, made himself safe. Then the forest-dwelling men, from the time of obtaining the brahmin, saying "What have we to do with the thief?" turned back from there.

The man-eater too, having gone to his own banyan tree root, having entered among the aerial roots, having lain down, made a request: "Noble tree-spirit, if within just seven days you are able to make my wound comfortable, I shall wash your trunk with the throat-blood of one hundred warriors in the whole of Jambudīpa, encircle it with entrails, and make an oblation with the flesh of five sweet meats." As he did not obtain food, drink, and meat, his body withered, and within just seven days the wound became comfortable. He perceived the comfortable state of that by the power of the deity. He, having eaten human flesh for a few days, having gathered strength, thought - "The deity is of much benefit to me; I shall free myself from the vow to her." He, having taken his sword, having departed from the tree root, set out thinking "I shall bring kings." Then a companion demon who had eaten human flesh together with him in a former existence during the time as a demon, having seen him wandering about, having known "This is my companion in a past existence," asked "My dear, do you recognise me?" "I do not recognise you." Then he related the matter done in a former existence. He, having recognised him, exchanged friendly greetings. When asked "Where were you reborn?" having reported everything - the place of rebirth, the reason for being banished from the country, the present dwelling place, the reason for being pierced by the stump, and the reason for going for the purpose of freeing himself from the vow to the deity - he said "By you too this task of mine should be carried through; let us both go, my dear." "My dear, I would not go, but I have one task; I indeed know a certain priceless spell called the foot-mark spell; it produces strength, speed, and a terrifying sound; take that spell." He accepted, saying "Very well." The demon too, having given that to him, departed.

The man-eater, having learnt the spell, from then on was as swift as the wind and exceedingly brave. He, within just seven days, having seen one hundred kings going to parks and so on, having sprung forward with the speed of the wind, having proclaimed his name "I say! I am the man-eater, the human thief," prancing and roaring, having struck them with fear, having seized their feet, having made them head downward, striking their heads with his heel, having carried them with the speed of the wind, having made holes in the palms of their hands, having strung them with a rope, he hung them on the banyan tree with the tips of their toes touching the ground. All those kings hung, turning about like garlands of withered amaranth flowers when the wind strikes. "But Sutasoma is my assistant teacher; if I seize him, the whole Indian subcontinent will be empty" - thus he did not take him. He, thinking "I shall make an oblation," having made a fire, sat down planing stakes. The tree deity, having seen that action, having thought "He is making an oblation for me, it is said, yet not even anything comfortable has been done by me for his wound; now he will bring about the great destruction of these; what indeed should be done?" having thought "I shall not be able to prevent this," having gone to the presence of the gods ruled by the four great kings, having spoken of that matter, said "Prevent him." When by them too it was said "We shall not be able to prevent the man-eater's deed," having asked "Who will be able?" having heard "Sakka, the king of gods," having approached Sakka, having spoken of that matter, said "Prevent him." He too, having said "I am not able to prevent him, but I shall point out one who is able," when it was said "What is his name?" said "In the world with its gods there is no other; but in the Kuru country, in the city of Indapatta, the son of the Korabya king, named Sutasoma, having rendered him free from agitation, will tame him, and will give life to the kings, and will make him desist from human flesh, and will consecrate the Teaching like the Deathless throughout the whole Indian subcontinent. If you wish to give life to the kings, tell him 'It is fitting to bring Sutasoma and make an oblation.'"

She, having accepted saying "Very well," having come quickly, in the guise of one gone forth, set out not far from him. He, at the sound of footsteps, looking around thinking "Some king must have escaped," having seen her, thinking "Those gone forth are just warriors; having taken this one, having completed one hundred, I shall make an oblation," having risen, with sword in hand, pursued; even having pursued for three yojanas, he was not able to catch up with her; sweat was released from his limbs. He thought - "Formerly I, having pursued, catch even an elephant, even a horse, even a chariot running; today I am not able to catch this one gone forth, going at his own pace, even running with all my strength - what indeed is the reason?" Thereupon he, having thought "Those gone forth are obedient to words; having said 'Stop' to him, I shall seize him when he has stopped," said "Stop, ascetic!" "I have been standing still all along; it is you, however, who made an effort to run." Then, having said to him "My dear, those gone forth do not speak falsehood even for the sake of their life; but you have spoken a lie," he spoke a verse -

393.

"'Stand!' was said by me, yet you go turning away;

Not standing, you prattle 'I am standing,' O practitioner of the holy life;

Is this befitting an ascetic, and do you think my sword is a heron's feather?"

Its meaning is - O ascetic, the word "stand" was said by me, yet you, having turned your face away, go; O practitioner of the holy life, not standing, you prattle "I am standing"; and do you think my sword is a heron's feather?

Thereupon the deity spoke a pair of verses -

394.

"I am established in my own principles, O king, I do not change my name and clan;

A thief in the world they call unestablished;

Bound for the realm of misery, doomed to Niraya Hell, having passed away from here.

395.

"If you believe, O king, take the learned one, O warrior;

Having sacrificed a sacrifice with him, thus you will go to heaven."

394-395. Therein, "in my own principles" means: great king, I am established in my own ten wholesome courses of action. "I do not change my name and clan" means: you, formerly in your youth, having been Brahmadatta, when your father had died, having obtained the kingdom of Bārāṇasī, having become the king of Bārāṇasī, having abandoned that name, having become a man-eater, now having become Kammāsapāda, though born in a family of the warrior caste, because you ate human flesh which ought not to be eaten, therefore just as you changed your own name and clan, so I do not change my own name and clan. "And a thief" means: in the world they call a thief one who is unestablished in the ten wholesome courses of action. "Having passed away from here" means: having passed away from here, established in the realm of misery, in Niraya Hell. O warrior, protector of the earth, great king, if you believe my word, take Sutasoma; having sacrificed a sacrifice with that Sutasoma, thus you will go to heaven. My dear, O man-eater, you are a liar; by you it was promised to me "Having brought kings in the whole of Jambudīpa, I shall make an external offering." Now you have brought whatever weak kings; if you will not bring King Sutasoma, the foremost on the surface of Jambudīpa, your word is called false; therefore take Sutasoma.

And having said thus, the deity, having made the appearance of one gone forth disappear, with her own beauty, stood in the sky, shining like a young sun. He, having heard her talk and having looked at her form, said "Who are you?" "A deity arisen in this tree." He, having been delighted thinking "My own deity has been seen by me," said "Master, king of gods, do not worry on account of Sutasoma; enter your own tree." The deity, while he was watching, entered the tree. At that moment the sun set, the moon rose. The man-eater was skilled in the Vedic sciences and knew the course of the constellations. He, having looked at the sky, having thought "Tomorrow will be the Phussa constellation; Sutasoma will go to the pleasure grove to bathe; there I shall seize him; but his protection will be great; all around for three yojanas the entire city's inhabitants will go about guarding; when the protection is not arranged, in the first watch of the night itself, having gone to the Migājina pleasure grove, having descended into the royal bathing pond, I shall stand," having gone there, having descended into the pond, having covered his head with a lotus petal, he stood. Through his power, the fish, turtles, and so on, having retreated, wandered about in groups at the water's edge.

But from where was this power obtained? Through the force of former connection. For he, in the time of the One of Ten Powers Kassapa, established a milk ticket meal; on account of that he was of great strength. And having had a fire hall built, for the purpose of dispelling the cold for the community of monks, he gave fire and firewood and a wood-cutting adze and a hatchet; on account of that he was powerful.

Thus, when he had entered the inner pleasure grove, at the time approaching the break of dawn, they took up protection for three yojanas all around. The king too, right early, having eaten his morning meal, mounted upon the back of the decorated excellent elephant, surrounded by a fourfold army, departed from the city. At that time a brahmin named Nanda from Takkasilā, having taken four verses worth a hundred, having traversed a road of two thousand yojanas, having reached that city, having stayed in a village outside the city-gates, when the sun had risen, while entering the city, having seen the king departing through the eastern gate, having stretched out his hand, made him victorious. The king, being one who surveys the directions, while going, having seen the outstretched hand of the brahmin standing on a raised ground, having approached him on the elephant, asked -

396.

"In what country is your native land, and for what purpose have you arrived here;

Tell me this matter, brahmin, what do you wish? I give you today what you desire."

Its meaning is - My dear brahmin, in what country is your native land, for what purpose, reason, or cause have you arrived here in this city? My dear brahmin, being asked by me, you tell me, declare to me this matter, this purpose; what you have desired, that thing I give to you today, now; what thing do you wish?

Then he spoke a verse to him -

397.

"Four verses, O great lord of the earth, of very profound meaning, like the excellent ocean;

I have come here for your very purpose, hear the verses connected with the ultimate reality."

Therein, "O great lord of the earth" means: O protector of the earth, the four verses are of what nature? Of very profound meaning, like the excellent ocean; for your very purpose I have arrived here at this place, I am. "Hear" means: hear these verses worth a hundred, taught by the One of Ten Powers Kassapa, connected with the ultimate reality - this is the meaning.

Having said thus, he said "Great king, having heard that you are 'learned and wealthy,' I have come to teach you these four verses worth a hundred, taught by the One of Ten Powers Kassapa." The king, having become satisfied in mind, having said "Teacher, well come by you, but it is not possible for me to turn back; today I have come to bathe my head under the conjunction of the Phussa constellation; I shall come on the following day and listen; do not be distressed," having commanded the ministers "Go and having prepared a bed for the brahmin at such and such a house, arrange food and clothing," entered the pleasure grove. That was encircled by a wall eighteen cubits high. They surrounded that on all sides with elephants pressing against one another, then horses, then chariots, then archers, then infantry - the army was resounding like a churned-up great ocean. Then the king, having taken off his gross ornaments, having had his beard-trimming done, with body shampooed, having bathed inside the pond with royal splendour, having come out, having put on a cloth for absorbing water, he stood. Then they brought him cloths, perfumes, garlands, and ornaments. The man-eater thought - "The king will be heavy when adorned; I shall seize him at the very time when he is lightly dressed." He, roaring, shouting, churning up fish in the water, whirling his sword above his head like a streak of lightning, having proclaimed his name "I say! I am the human thief, the man-eater," having placed his finger on his forehead, emerged from the water. Upon hearing his sound, the elephant riders fell from the elephants, the horse riders from the horses, the chariot riders from the chariots. The army, having thrown down the weapons just as they had been seized, lay down on the ground on their chests.

The man-eater, having lifted up Sutasoma, seized him; the remaining kings he went along seizing by the feet, making them head downward, striking their heads with his heel. But having approached the Bodhisatta, he bent down, lifted him up, and caused him to sit on his shoulder. He, thinking "Going through the gate will be a delay," right at the place facing him, having leapt over the wall eighteen cubits high, having stepped upon the frontal globes of the elephants in rut with ichor flowing in front, felling them like mountain peaks, having stepped upon the backs of the mules swift as the wind and felling them, having stepped upon the chariot poles and chariot fronts, like a spinning top whirling, like one crushing dark planks and banyan leaves, having gone a distance of three yojanas with a single burst of speed, having looked back thinking "Is there indeed anyone coming from behind for the sake of Sutasoma?" not seeing anyone, going slowly, having seen drops of water from Sutasoma's hair fallen upon his own chest, having thought "There is no one indeed who does not fear death; Sutasoma too weeps out of fear of death, methinks," he said -

398.

"Indeed the wise do not weep, those with wisdom, very learned, who are thinkers on many grounds;

For this is the supreme support for people, that the wise become dispellers of sorrow.

399.

"Is it for yourself, relatives, or children and wife, grain, wealth, silver, gold?

What indeed do you grieve for, Sutasoma? O foremost of the Korabyas, let me hear this word of yours."

398-399. Therein, my dear Sutasoma, great king, those who are wise - of what nature are they? The wise, endowed with the wisdom of knowing benefit and harm, what has a reason and what has no reason; those with wisdom, endowed with the wisdom of examining; very learned, retaining what has been learnt, thinkers on many grounds, habitually reflecting on many reasons - those wise ones, when the fear of death has arisen, even having become frightened, indeed certainly do not weep and do not lament. "For a support" means, my dear Sutasoma, great king, indeed why do I say this? Just as a great island that has become a support for merchant people whose boats have broken in the great ocean, even so likewise this wise person is the supreme for people without refuge. Because of whatever reason the wise become dispellers of sorrow for sorrowful people, my dear Sutasoma, great king, you lament out of fear of death, methinks, I think. "Oneself" means, my dear Sutasoma, great king, for one's own sake, or for the sake of relatives, for the sake of children and wife, or for the sake of grain, wealth, silver and gold - what indeed do you, what thing indeed do you regret, would you regret? O foremost of the Korabyas, foremost and highest among the inhabitants of the Kuru country, my dear great king, let me hear this word of yours.

Sutasoma said -

400.

"I do not lament for myself, nor for children and wife, nor for wealth, nor for country;

But the principle of the virtuous practised of old, that pledge to the brahmin I regret.

401.

"An agreement was made by me with the brahmin, while standing in sovereignty in my own realm;

Having given that agreement to the brahmin, guarding the truth, I shall return again."

400-401. Therein, "I do not lament for myself" means: I, for my part, neither weep nor grieve for my own sake, nor do I weep or grieve for the sake of these sons and so on either; but however, there is a principle practised of old by the virtuous and wise, namely, the regret that comes after having made a pledge - that pledge to the brahmin I bewail. This is the meaning. "Guarding the truth" means guarding the truth. For that brahmin had come from Takkasilā having taken four verses worth a hundred taught by the One of Ten Powers Kassapa. Having performed the duties of hospitality for him, having made a pledge "Having bathed and come back, I shall listen; wait until my return," I came away. You, without giving me the opportunity to hear those verses, seized me. If you release me, having heard that teaching, guarding the truth, I shall return again - he says.

Then the man-eater said to him -

402.

"I do not believe this at all, that a happy man freed from the mouth of death;

Would return again to the hand of an enemy, O foremost of the Korabyas, for he would not approach me.

403.

"You are released from the man-eater's hand, having gone to your own palace, one who desires sensual pleasures;

Having obtained sweet, dear life, O king, whence will you come to my presence?"

402-403. Therein, "happy" means having attained happiness. "Freed from the mouth of death" means having been freed from the mouth of death through being released from the hand of a thief such as me, would return again, would come back to the hand of an enemy - I do not believe this statement at all, O foremost of the Korabyas, you would not approach my presence. "Released" means Sutasoma, you are released from the hand of the man-eater. "To your own palace" means having gone to the dwelling in the royal city. "One who desires sensual pleasures" means one desiring sensual pleasures. "Having obtained" means having obtained exceedingly dear life, you - from where, for what reason indeed will you come to my presence?

Having heard that, the Great Being, unafraid like a lion, said -

404.

"One of pure morality would choose death, not life as one of bad character who is blamed;

For that does not protect a man from unfortunate realms, for whose sake one would speak falsehood.

405.

"Even if the wind were to carry away the mountain, and the moon and the sun were to fall to the ground;

And all the rivers were to flow against the stream, still I would not speak falsely, O king.

406.

"Though the sky should split, though the ocean should dry up, though the earth that bears beings should roll up;

Though the rock Meru should fly up with its roots, still I would not speak falsely, O king.

404-406. Therein, "one would choose death" means: O man-eater, whatever man is pure in morality does not do even the slightest evil for the sake of life; having been accomplished in morality, he would choose, he would wish for that death; blamed, of bad character - that life is not better; an immoral person, for whose sake, even for one's own sake, would speak a false word - that falsehood does not protect such a man from unfortunate realms. "Even if the wind were to carry away the mountain" means: my dear man-eater, having been trained together with you in the household of one teacher, having become such a companion, I do not speak falsely for the sake of life - why do you not believe? If a wind distinguished as eastern and so on, having arisen, were to carry away a great mountain through the sky like cotton-wool, and the moon and the sun together with their own respective mansions were to fall from above to the ground, and all the rivers were to flow against the stream - O dear man-eater, if one were to speak such a word, that should be believed; but the word spoken by your people that I would speak falsely - that indeed should not be believed.

Even when this was said, he did not believe. Then the Bodhisatta, having thought "This one does not believe me; I shall make him believe even by an oath," when it was said "My dear man-eater, first bring me down from the shoulder, having made an oath I shall make you believe," having been brought down by him and placed on the ground, making an oath, he said -

407.

"I touch the sword and the spear, and I make an oath to you, my dear;

Released by you, having become free of debt, guarding the truth, I shall return again."

Its meaning is - My dear man-eater, if you wish, let there not be rebirth for me in a family of the warrior caste guarded with protection arranged with such weapons - thus "I touch the sword and the spear." If what ought not to be done by other kings, or anything else that you wish, that oath too I make to you, my dear. So that I, released by you, having gone, having become free of debt to the brahmin, guarding the truth, shall come back again.

Thereupon the man-eater, having thought "This Sutasoma makes an oath that ought not to be made by warriors; what is the use of him to me? Let him come or not come; I too am a warrior king; having taken the blood of my own arm, I shall make an oblation to the deity; this one is exceedingly wearied" -

408.

"The agreement that was made by you with the brahmin, while standing in sovereignty in your own realm;

Having given that agreement to the brahmin, guarding the truth, return again."

Therein, "return again" means you should come back again.

Then the Great Being, having said to him "My dear, do not worry; having heard the four verses worth a hundred, having made an offering to the Dhamma preacher, I shall come back in the morning," spoke a verse -

409.

"The agreement that was made to me by the brahmin, while standing in sovereignty in his own realm;

Having given that agreement to the brahmin, guarding the truth, I shall return again."

Then the man-eater, having said to him "Great king, you have made an oath that ought not to be made by warriors; you should remember that," having been convinced by "My dear man-eater, you have known me from childhood; not even in jest has falsehood been spoken by me before; now that I am established in the kingdom, knowing what is the Teaching and what is not the Teaching, why would I speak falsely? Do you believe me? I shall arrive at your oblation tomorrow," saying "If so, go, great king; when you have not come, there will be no oblation; the deity too will not accept without you; do not create an obstacle for my oblation," he dismissed the Great Being. He, like the moon released from Rāhu's mouth, with the strength of an elephant, endowed with power, very quickly reached the city. His army, having thought "King Sutasoma is wise, a sweet preacher of the Teaching; obtaining the chance to speak one or two discourses, having tamed the man-eater, he will come like a bull elephant released from the mouth of a lion; the public will censure us saying 'These have come having given the king to the man-eater,'" had set up camp just outside the city; having seen him coming from afar, having gone forward to meet him, having paid homage, having made a friendly welcome saying "Are you well, great king? Were you wearied by the man-eater?" when he said "The man-eater has done what is difficult even for my mother and father to do; such a fierce and violent man-eater, having heard my talk on the Teaching, released me," having adorned the king, having placed him on the back of an elephant, having surrounded him, entered the city. Having seen that, all the citizens were delighted.

He too, out of reverence for the Teaching and fondness for the Teaching, without even seeing his mother and father, thinking "I shall see them later too," having entered the king's dwelling, having sat down on the royal seat, having had the brahmin summoned, having commanded beard-trimming and so on for him, having had him brought with trimmed hair and beard, bathed and anointed, adorned with garments and ornaments, at the time of showing him, himself having bathed afterwards, having had his own food given to him, when he had eaten, having eaten himself, having caused him to sit on a costly divan, out of reverence for the Teaching, having made an offering to him with scents, garlands and so on, himself having sat down on a low seat, requested "Let us hear the verses worth a hundred each brought by you for me, teacher." Making clear that meaning, the Teacher spoke a verse -

410.

And he, released from the man-eater's hand, having gone, said this to that brahmin;

"Let me hear the verses worthy of the good, which heard by me may be for my welfare, O Brahmin."

Therein, "said this" means he said this.

Then the brahmin, at the time of being requested by the Bodhisatta, having rubbed his hands with perfumes, having taken out a delightful book from a bag, having held it with both hands, having said "If so, great king, listen to the four verses worthy of the good, taught by the One of Ten Powers Kassapa, which quell the intoxication of lust and so on, and lead to the great deathless Nibbāna," looking at the book, he said -

411.

"Only once, Sutasoma, is there meeting with the virtuous;

That association protects one, not frequent meeting with the unvirtuous.

412.

"One should associate only with the virtuous, one should make intimacy with the virtuous;

Having understood the Good Teaching of the virtuous, one becomes better, not worse.

413.

"Royal chariots, beautifully decorated, indeed decay, and also the body approaches ageing;

But the teaching of the virtuous does not approach ageing, the virtuous indeed declare this among the virtuous."

414.

"The sky is far and the earth is far, the far shore of the ocean, that they say is far;

Farther than that, indeed, they say, is the principle of the good and the bad, O king."

411-414. Therein, "only once" means only one time. "With the virtuous" means with good persons. "That one" means that association, that meeting with the virtuous, with good persons, even occurring only once, protects and guards that person. "Not with the unvirtuous" means but association made with bad persons, even much and for a very long time, dwelling in one place, does not protect, is not long-lasting - this is the meaning. "Should associate" means one should sit together with; the meaning is that one should conduct all postures together with the wise only. "Santhava" means friendly intimacy. "The Good Teaching of the virtuous" means the Good Teaching of the wise ones, the Buddha and others, reckoned as the thirty-seven qualities conducive to enlightenment. "It is better" means having known this Teaching, there is only growth, there is no such thing as deterioration - this is the meaning. "Royal chariots" means the chariots suitable for mounting by kings. "Beautifully decorated" means well prepared and polished. "The virtuous declare" means the peaceful ones beginning with the Buddha declare and praise the beautiful, highest Nibbāna that has come to the designation "the virtuous"; that Teaching of the virtuous reckoned as Nibbāna does not approach ageing, does not decay. "The sky" means space. "Far" means for the earth has support and is graspable, while space is unsupported and without foundation; thus these two, even though bound together, are called far in the sense of separation and in the sense of being unstained. "The far shore" means the far shore from the near shore. "That they say" means that they have said.

Thus the brahmin, having taught the four verses worth a hundred according to the procedure taught by the One of Ten Powers Kassapa, remained silent. Having heard that, the Great Being, with a gladdened mind thinking "My coming has indeed been fruitful," having thought "These verses were not spoken by a disciple, not spoken by a sage, not spoken by anyone, but spoken by an Omniscient One alone; what indeed are they worth?" having thought "Even if one were to fill the entire world-circle up to the Brahma world with the seven precious things and give it, one would not be able to make a befitting offering for these; but I am able to give him the kingship in the Kuru country, which is three hundred yojanas in extent, in the city of Indapatta, which is seven yojanas in extent; does he indeed have the fortune to exercise kingship?" looking by the power of the science of bodily marks, did not see it. Then, looking for the positions of general and so on, not seeing the fortune even of a mere village headman, looking for the gain of wealth, having looked beginning from ten million in wealth, having seen the fortune of only four thousand coins, thinking "With this much I shall honour him," having had four bags containing a thousand pieces each given, he asks "Teacher, having taught these verses to other warriors, how much wealth do you receive?" "A hundred for each verse, great king; therefore they have become known as 'verses worth a hundred.'" Then the Great Being, having said "Teacher, you yourself, having taken the goods for sale, do not even know their value; henceforth let each verse be known as worth a thousand," spoke a verse -

415.

"These verses are worth a thousand, these verses are not worth a hundred;

Four thousand, quickly take them, brahmin."

Its meaning is - Brahmin, these verses are worth a thousand, worth a thousand each; let these verses not be worth a hundred; brahmin, quickly take four thousand.

Then, having given him one comfortable carriage, having commanded men "Convey the brahmin safely to his home," he sent him off. At that moment there arose a great sound of applause: "The verses worth a hundred have been made worth a thousand and venerated by King Sutasoma - well done! Well done!" His mother and father, having heard that sound, having asked "What is this sound?" and having heard the truth, were angry with the Great Being out of their own greed for wealth. He too, having seen the brahmin off, having gone to their presence, having paid homage, stood there. Then his father, without even making a mere friendly welcome, saying "How, dear son, were you freed from the hand of such a violent thief?" out of his own greed for wealth, having asked "Is it true, dear son, that having heard four verses you gave four thousand?" when "True" was said, spoke a verse -

416.

"Verses worth eighty and ninety, and verses worth a hundred too there may be;

Know for yourself, Sutasoma, what verse is there by name worth a thousand?"

Its meaning is - Verses by name, dear son, worth eighty and ninety and worth a hundred too there may be; know for yourself alone, what verse by name worth a thousand is there, in whose presence?

Then the Great Being, consoling him, "I do not wish for growth through wealth, but I wish for it through learning," said -

417.

"I wish for growth in learning for myself, that good persons may associate with me as peaceful;

I, like the great ocean with rivers, am not satisfied with well-spoken words, dear son.

418.

"Just as fire burning grass and wood is not satisfied, like the ocean with rivers;

Thus too the wise, O foremost king, having heard, are not satisfied with well-spoken words.

419.

"When I hear from my own slave, a verse that is meaningful, O lord of men;

That very thing I attentively listen to, for there is no satisfaction in me with teachings, dear son."

417-419. Therein, "vo" is merely an indeclinable particle. "Peaceful" means I wish that these may associate with me. "Savantīhi" means with rivers. "Sakassa" means let the brahmin stand aside, Nanda; when I hear even near my own slave, dear son, there is no satisfaction in me with teachings.

And having said thus, "Do not abuse me, dear son, for the sake of wealth; having heard the Teaching, I shall come back," having made an oath and having come, now I shall go to the man-eater's presence; take this kingdom of yours - thus, handing over the kingdom, he spoke a verse -

420.

"This country of yours, with wealth, with vehicles, with life, endowed with all sensual pleasures;

Why do you abuse me because of sensual pleasure? I go to the presence of the man-eater."

Therein, "ñatte" means in the presence of.

At that time, the heart of his father the king became hot. He, having said "Dear son Sutasoma, what indeed is this you are speaking of? We shall seize the thief with the fourfold army," spoke a verse -

421.

"For self-protection these exist: elephant riders, charioteers, and infantry soldiers;

Horse riders and those who are archers - let us deploy the army, let us slay the enemy."

Therein, "let us slay" means if the army thus deployed is unable to seize him, then having taken the inhabitants of the entire country, having gone, let us slay the enemy; the meaning is: let us kill that adversary of ours.

Then his mother and father, with faces full of tears, weeping and lamenting, requested him: "Dear son, do not go; it is not allowable to go." The sixteen thousand dancing women too and the remaining retinue too lamented: "Having made us destitute, where are you going, Sire?" Throughout the entire city, no one being able to remain in their own state, there was a single uproar throughout the whole city: "Sutasoma, it is said, having given his acknowledgment to the man-eater, has come back; now, having heard the four verses worth a hundred, having shown honour to the Dhamma preacher, having paid homage to his mother and father, he will again, it is said, go to the thief's presence." He too, having heard the word of his mother and father, spoke a verse -

422.

"The man-eater did what was very difficult to do, having taken me alive he released me;

Remembering such a former service, how could I betray him, O lord of men?"

Therein, "having taken alive" means having seized him alive. "Such" means that of such a form done by him. "Former service" means a previous favour. "Lord of men" - he addresses his father.

He, having consoled his mother and father, "Mother, father, do not worry about me; I have done good deeds; for me the sovereignty of the six heavens of sensual pleasure is not difficult to obtain" - having paid homage to his mother and father, having asked permission, having instructed the remaining people, he departed. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

423.

"Having paid homage to his father and mother, having instructed the townspeople and the army;

A speaker of truth, guarding the truth, he went to where the man-eater was."

Therein, "guarding the truth" means guarding the truth. "He went" means having dwelt that night at the dwelling itself, on the following day at the time of the break of dawn, having paid homage to his mother and father, having asked permission, having instructed the remaining people, followed by the great multitude of the women's quarters and so on with tearful faces lamenting in various ways, having gone out from the city, being unable to turn back those people, having drawn a line across the highway with a stick, he said "If you have affection for me, do not cross this." The great multitude, being unable to go beyond the command of the virtuous and majestic one, lamenting with a loud sound, having looked at him going with the stride of a lion, when he had passed beyond the region of sight, crying out with one cry, entered the city. He too went to his presence by the very road by which he had come. Therefore it was said "he went to where the man-eater was."

Thereupon the man-eater thought - "If my friend Sutasoma wishes to come, let him come; if he does not wish to come, let him not come; let the tree deity do whatever she wishes for me; having killed these kings, I shall make an oblation with the flesh of five sweet meats" - having made a funeral pyre, having lit the fire, thinking "Let there be a heap of embers for now," while he was seated planing stakes, Sutasoma arrived. Then the man-eater, having seen him, with a gladdened mind, asked "My dear, having gone, has the duty to be done been done by you?" The Great Being, in order to show "Yes, great king, the verses taught by the One of Ten Powers Kassapa have been heard by me, and honour has been done to the preacher of the Teaching; therefore, having gone, the duty to be done has indeed been done," spoke a verse -

424.

"An agreement was made by me with the brahmin, while standing in sovereignty in my own realm;

Having given that agreement to the brahmin, guarding the truth, I have returned again;

Perform the sacrifice, devour me, O man-eater."

Therein, "perform the sacrifice" means having killed me, either sacrifice the sacrifice to a deity, or eat my flesh - this is the meaning.

Having heard that, the man-eater, having thought "This king does not fear; having become free from the fear of death, he speaks; what indeed is the power of this one?" having thought "There is nothing else; this one says 'The verses taught by the One of Ten Powers Kassapa have been heard by me'; this must be due to the swift power of those verses; I too, having had him recite them, shall hear those verses; thus I too shall become fearless" - having made this conclusion, spoke a verse -

425.

"My eating does not diminish afterwards, this funeral pyre is still smoking;

When smokeless, cooked and well-done, let me hear the verses worthy of the good."

Therein, "eaten" means eating. That eating of mine does not decline whether afterwards or before, for afterwards too you are to be eaten by me. "When smokeless, cooked" means when the fire is smokeless and charred, the cooked meat is called well-done.

Having heard that, the Great Being, having thought "This man-eater is of bad character; having rebuked him a little and having shamed him, I shall speak," said -

426.

"You are not righteous, you became a man-eater, and fallen from the kingdom because of the belly;

And these verses assert the Teaching, where do the Teaching and what is not the Teaching meet?

427.

"For the unrighteous, the cruel one, always with bloody hands;

There is no truth, whence the Teaching? What will you do with learning?"

426-427. Therein, "and these the Teaching" means these verses assert the nine supramundane states. "Where do they meet" means where do they come together. For the Teaching causes one to reach a fortunate destination or Nibbāna, what is not the Teaching causes one to reach an unfortunate realm. "Whence the Teaching" means there is not even the mere truth of speech, whence the Teaching? "What with learning" means what will you do with this learning? For like an earthenware vessel is unsuitable for lion's fat, you are an unsuitable vessel for the Teaching.

He, even when spoken to thus, was indeed not angry. Why? Because of the greatness of the Great Being's development of friendliness. Then, having said to him "But, my dear Sutasoma, am I alone unrighteous?" he spoke a verse -

428.

"He who would go hunting for the sake of meat, or he who would kill for the sake of a person;

Both of them, after death, become equal, why do you call me unrighteous?"

Therein, "why" means those kings on the surface of Jambudīpa, adorned and prepared, with a retinue of great power, having gone in excellent chariots, going hunting, having shot deer with sharp arrows, kill them - without mentioning them, why does he say "you consider me alone unrighteous?" He explains that if they are faultless, then I too am faultless.

Having heard that, the Great Being, breaking his view, spoke a verse -

429.

"Five times five are not to be eaten, by a warrior who understands;

You ate what ought not to be eaten, O king, therefore you are not righteous."

Its meaning is - My dear man-eater, by a warrior who knows the duty of a warrior, five times five - that is, ten beings such as elephants and so on - are not to be eaten by way of their meat; they are indeed not fit to be eaten. Or the reading is "na kho" itself. Another method: by a warrior who knows the duty of a warrior, among five-clawed creatures, the hare, the porcupine, the iguana, the monkey, and the tortoise - these five beings only are fit to be eaten, not others; but you ate what ought not to be eaten - human flesh - therefore you are not righteous.

Thus he, having received the refutation, not seeing another escape, concealing his own evil, spoke a verse -

430.

"You are released from the man-eater's hand, having gone to your own palace, one who desires sensual pleasures;

You have come again to the hand of an enemy, you are not skilled in the principles of the warrior class, O king."

Therein, "not skilled in the principles of the warrior class" means you are not skilled in the science of statecraft termed the principles of the warrior class, you do not know what is beneficial and what is harmful for yourself, without reason your fame as a wise one has spread in the world, but I do not see, I do not know your state of wisdom, you are exceedingly foolish - thus he says.

Then the Great Being said to him, "My dear, one who is skilled in the principles of the warrior class should indeed be one like me alone. For I know that, but I do not proceed for that purpose," and having said this, spoke a verse -

431.

"Those who become skilled in the principles of the warrior class, for the most part they become doomed to Niraya Hell;

Therefore I, having abandoned the principles of the warrior class, guarding the truth, have returned again;

Perform the sacrifice, devour me, O man-eater."

Therein, "skilled" means skilled in practising for that purpose. "For the most part" means mostly doomed to Niraya Hell. But those who are not reborn there, they are reborn in the remaining realms of misery.

The man-eater said -

432.

"Mansion dwellings, lands, cattle and horses, women of pleasure and Kāsi sandalwood;

All this you obtain there as master, what benefit do you see in truth?"

Therein, "mansion dwellings" means, my dear Sutasoma, your three dwelling mansions, suitable for the three seasons, resembling divine celestial palaces. "Lands, cattle and horses" means lands and cattle and horses in abundance. "Women of pleasure" means women who have become objects of sensual pleasure. "And Kāsi sandalwood" means Kāsi cloth and red sandalwood. "All there" means this and other things for use and enjoyment, all this you obtain there in your own city as master; having become master, you are able to enjoy as you wish; you, having abandoned all this, guarding the truth, coming here, what benefit do you see in truth?

The Bodhisatta said -

433.

"Whatever flavours there are on earth, truth is sweeter among those flavours;

Ascetics and brahmins established in truth, cross to the far shore of birth and death."

Therein, "sweeter" - because all flavours too are sublime and sweet for beings only at the time of truth, therefore truth is sweeter among those flavours; or because those established in the truth of abstinence and the truth of speech cross over, attain, the far shore - the Deathless, the great Nibbāna - of the round of rebirths of the three planes, termed birth and death, therefore too it is "sweeter."

Thus the Great Being spoke of the benefit of truth. Thereupon the man-eater, having looked at his face which was resplendent like a blossomed lotus and a full moon, having thought "This Sutasoma sees the charcoal pyre, the bed, and the stake being pared, yet there is not even a measure of terror in his mind; is this the power of the verses worth a hundred, or of truth, or of something else?" having thought "Let me ask him," asking, spoke a verse -

434.

"You are released from the man-eater's hand, having gone to your own palace, one who desires sensual pleasures;

You have come again to the hand of an enemy, surely you have no fear of death, O lord of men;

You are of active mind, a speaker of truth."

The Great Being, explaining to him, said -

435.

"Good deeds of various kinds have been done by me, sacrifices have been offered which are extensive and praised;

The path to the world beyond has been purified, established in the Dhamma, who would fear death?

436.

"Good deeds of various kinds have been done by me, sacrifices have been offered which are extensive and praised;

Without remorse I shall go to the world beyond, perform the sacrifice, eat me, O man-eater.

437.

"My father and mother have been attended to by me, my sovereignty has been praised through righteousness;

The path to the world beyond has been purified, established in the Dhamma, who would fear death?

438.

"My father and mother have been attended to by me, my sovereignty has been praised through righteousness;

Without remorse I shall go to the world beyond, perform the sacrifice, eat me, O man-eater.

439.

"Services have been done by me to relatives and friends, my sovereignty has been praised through righteousness;

The path to the world beyond has been purified, established in the Dhamma, who would fear death?

440.

"Services have been done by me to relatives and friends, my sovereignty has been praised through righteousness;

Without remorse I shall go to the world beyond, perform the sacrifice, eat me, O man-eater.

441.

"Giving has been given by me in many ways to many, ascetics and brahmins have been satisfied;

The path to the world beyond has been purified, established in the Dhamma, who would fear death?

442.

"Giving has been given by me in many ways to many, ascetics and brahmins have been satisfied;

Without remorse I shall go to the world beyond, perform the sacrifice, eat me, O man-eater."

435-442. Therein, "good" means good deeds. "Of various kinds" means manifold by way of giving and so on. "Sacrifices" means sacrifices that are exceedingly extensive, praised by the wise, have also been offered and carried out by way of relinquishment of the tenfold bases of giving. "Established in the Teaching" means one like me, thus established in the Teaching, who indeed would fear death? "Without remorse" means not feeling remorse. "My sovereignty has been praised through righteousness" means without disturbing the tenfold duty of a king, the kingdom has been governed by me through righteousness alone. "Services" means the duties towards relatives among relatives, and the duties towards friends among friends. "Giving" means volition together with its material basis. "In many ways" means in many manners. "To many" means not to five, not to ten, but given indeed to a hundred, to a thousand, and even to a hundred thousand. "Satisfied" means well satisfied by filling the vessels taken up one after another.

Having heard that, the man-eater, having become frightened and trembling, thinking "This Great King Sutasoma is a good person, accomplished in knowledge, a sweet preacher of the Teaching; if I were to eat him, my head would split into seven pieces, or else the earth would open up for me," having said "My dear, you are not one fit to be eaten by me," spoke a verse -

443.

"A person knowing it to be poison would accept it, a venomous snake blazing with fierce heat;

His head would split into seven pieces, whoever would not accept such a speaker of truth."

Therein, "poison" means halāhala poison capable of killing right there. "Blazing" means blazing with the heat of its own poison, a venomous snake moving about like a mass of fire of fierce heat by that very power; or else he might grasp it by the neck.

Thus he, having said to the Great Being "You are like halāhala poison; who would consume you?" and being desirous of hearing the verses, having entreated him, even though rejected by him for the purpose of generating respect for the Teaching, saying "You are not a worthy vessel for such faultless verses," thinking "In the entire Indian subcontinent there is no wise man equal to this one; this one, having freed himself from my hand, having gone and having heard those verses, having shown honour to the Dhamma preacher, has returned seizing Death by the forehead; the verses must be exceedingly of good dispositions," having become even more greatly filled with arisen esteem for hearing the Teaching, entreating him, spoke a verse -

444.

"Having heard the Teaching, men understand what is good and evil;

Even having heard the verses, my mind delights in the Teaching."

Its meaning is - "My dear Sutasoma, men, having heard the Teaching, know both what is good and what is evil; it is well if, having heard those verses, my mind too might delight in the teachings of the wholesome course of action."

Then the Great Being, having thought "The man-eater is now desirous of hearing; I shall speak," having said "If so, my dear, listen well," having made him one with ears inclined, having offered praise of the verses in the very manner spoken by the brahmin Nanda, having created a single uproar among the six sensual-sphere gods, while the deities were giving applause, spoke the Teaching to the man-eater -

445.

"Only once, great king, is there meeting with the virtuous;

That association protects one, not frequent meeting with the unvirtuous.

446.

"One should associate only with the virtuous, one should make intimacy with the virtuous;

Having understood the Good Teaching of the virtuous, one becomes better, not worse.

447.

"Royal chariots, beautifully decorated, indeed decay, and also the body approaches ageing;

But the teaching of the virtuous does not approach ageing, the virtuous indeed declare this among the virtuous."

448.

"The sky is far and the earth is far, the far shore of the ocean, that they say is far;

Farther than that, indeed, they say, is the principle of the good and the bad, O king."

445-448. Because of that being well spoken by him and because of his own wisdom, as he was thinking "Those verses are as if spoken by the Omniscient Buddha," his entire body became filled with fivefold rapture, he became tender-hearted towards the Bodhisatta, and regarded him as a father who had given the white parasol. He, having thought "I do not see any gold and silver fit to be given to Sutasoma, but for each verse I shall give him one boon," spoke a verse -

449.

"These verses are full of meaning, with good phrasing, well-spoken, having heard them, O lord of men;

Joyful, pleased, glad at heart, delighted, I give you, my dear, four boons."

Therein, "joyful" means one in whom joy has arisen. The remaining terms are synonyms of that very same thing. All four of these are indeed just expressions of satisfaction.

Then the Great Being, reproving him saying "What boon indeed will you give?" spoke a verse -

450.

"You who do not understand your own death, what is beneficial and harmful, the nether world and heaven;

Greedy for flavour, devoted to misconduct, what boon will you give, O one of bad character?

451.

"And I would say to you 'give a boon', and you too, having given, would not refuse;

This quarrel and contention visible here and now, what wise person, knowing, would go forth to it?"

450-451. Therein, "you who" means you who do not understand, do not know even your own death, thinking "I am subject to death," and you do only evil deeds. "What is beneficial and harmful" means you do not know "this action of mine is beneficial, this is harmful, this will lead to the nether world, this to heaven." "Flavour" means in the flavour of human flesh. "I would say" means I would speak. "Would not grant" means having given by speech, when being told "give me a boon," you would not grant, you would not give. "Would undertake" means what wise person would undertake this dispute?

Thereupon the man-eater, thinking "This one does not believe me; shall I make him believe?" spoke a verse -

452.

"A being does not deserve to give that boon, which having given, one would refuse;

Choose, my dear, unshaken, even giving up life, I will indeed give."

Therein, "unshaken" means not holding back.

Then the Great Being, having thought "This one speaks being exceedingly bold, he will do my bidding, I shall take a boon, but if I shall prevent the boon at the very first saying 'human flesh should not be eaten,' he will become exceedingly weary; having first taken the other three boons, afterwards I shall take this one," said -

453.

"Friendship of a noble one agrees with a noble one, of a wise one agrees with one endowed with wisdom;

May he see him healthy for a hundred years, this is the first of boons I choose."

Therein, "of a noble one" means of one noble in conduct. "Friendship" means the quality of companionship, the disposition of a friend. "One endowed with wisdom" means one accomplished in knowledge. "Agrees" means runs together, as the water of the Ganges with the water of the Yamunā. For beings run together according to element. "May he see him" means, as if wishing for a long life for the man-eater, Sutasoma first requests the boon of his own life. For it would be inappropriate for a wise person to say "Give me my life," but rather he spoke thus thinking "He will be pleased, thinking 'This one wishes for my very health.'"

He too, upon hearing that, with a satisfied mind, thinking "This one, having fallen from sovereignty, now wishes for the very life of me, the great doer of harm who wishes to eat flesh, the great thief - ah, he desires my welfare!" - not knowing that the boon had been taken by deception, granting that boon, spoke a verse -

454.

"Friendship of a noble one agrees with a noble one, of a wise one agrees with one endowed with wisdom;

May you see me healthy for a hundred years, this is the first of boons I give."

Therein, "of boons" means the first of four boons.

Then the Bodhisatta said -

455.

"Those warriors here who are protectors of the earth, anointed on the head, having received their names;

Such lords of the earth he did not devour, this is the second of boons I choose."

Therein, "having received their names" means because of being consecrated on the head, they received the name "anointed on the head." "Such" means he did not devour such warriors, did not consume them.

Thus he, taking the second boon, took the boon of life for more than a hundred warriors. Porisāda too, granting it to him, said -

456.

"Those warriors here who are protectors of the earth, anointed on the head, having received their names;

I do not give such lords of the earth, this is the second of boons I grant."

But do they hear their sound, or do they not hear? They do not hear all. For Porisāda, having stepped back from the tree out of fear of the danger of smoke and flames, made a fire, and the Great Being, having sat down in between the fire and the tree, spoke with him; therefore, not having heard all, they heard half and half. They consoled one another saying "Now Sutasoma will tame the man-eater; do not be afraid." At that moment the Great Being spoke this verse -

457.

"More than a hundred warriors were seized by you, with hands bound, with tearful faces, weeping;

Restore them to their own realm, this is the third of boons I choose."

Therein, "more than a hundred" means exceeding a hundred. "Were seized by you" means seized by you. "With hands bound" means bound at the palms of the hands.

Thus the Great Being, taking the third boon, took the boon of restoring those warriors to their own country. Why? He, even without eating them, through fear of enmity, might make them all slaves and keep them dwelling only in the forest, or having killed them might cast them away, or having taken them to the borderland might sell them; therefore he took the boon of restoring them to their own country. The other too, while granting it, spoke this verse -

458.

"More than a hundred warriors were seized by me, with hands bound, with tearful faces, weeping;

I restore them to their own realm, this is the third of boons I grant."

But the Bodhisatta, taking the fourth boon, spoke this verse -

459.

"Your country is full of holes, people are shaken by fear, many men have entered into hiding places;

Refrain from human flesh, O king, this is the fourth of boons I choose."

Therein, "full of holes" means not densely inhabited, with gaps, because of villages and so on here and there having been abandoned. "Shaken by fear" means shaken by fear of you, thinking "The man-eater will come now." "Have entered into hiding places" means having taken children in their hands, they have entered places of concealment such as grass thickets and so on. "Human flesh" means abandon the foul-smelling, contemptible, repulsive human flesh. Or the accusative is used in the sense of separation; the meaning is "I abstain from human flesh."

When this was said, the man-eater, clapping his hand, laughing, having said "My dear Sutasoma, what indeed is this you are speaking of? How could I give you this boon? If you wish to take something, take something else," spoke a verse -

460.

"Certainly indeed that food is agreeable to me, because of this I have entered the forest;

How then could I desist from this? Choose another, a fourth of boons."

Therein, "forest" means having abandoned the kingdom, he entered this forest.

Then the Great Being said to him: "You say 'Because of the greater dearness of human flesh, I am not able to abstain from that.' Whoever indeed does evil in dependence on what is dear, this one is a fool" - having said this, he spoke a verse -

461.

"Indeed, such a one as you, lord of men, does not abandon self to pursue dear things, saying 'this is dear to me';

Self is better, and the supreme is better, dear things can be obtained later by one whose purpose has been gathered."

Therein, "such a one" means a lord of men, such a one, a youth, handsome, of great fame, through greed for a dear object thinking "this indeed is dear to me," having abandoned self therein, having fallen away from all fortunate worlds and from special pleasures, having cast himself down into hell, does not indeed pursue dear things. "And the supreme is better" means for a person indeed, the supreme - self alone is more excellent than a dear object. Why? "Dear things can be obtained" means dear things, by way of domain and by merit, by one whose purpose has been gathered, whose purpose has been cultivated, having attained the success of gods and humans both in the present life and in the hereafter, can indeed be obtained.

When this was said, the man-eater, having become overcome with fear, thinking "I am unable either to relinquish the boon taken by Sutasoma or to refrain from human flesh; what indeed shall I do?" spoke a verse with eyes full of tears -

462.

"Human flesh is dear to me, Sutasoma, understand;

I am not able to be prevented, choose another boon, my dear."

Therein, "understand" means you too should know.

Then the Bodhisatta said -

463.

"He who indeed, guarding what is dear, saying 'this is dear to me', abandons self to pursue dear things;

Like a drunkard having drunk a beverage mixed with poison, by that very deed he becomes afflicted in the hereafter.

464.

"Whoever here, having considered, abandons dear things, and even with difficulty practises the noble teaching;

Like one afflicted having drunk medicines, by that very deed he becomes happy in the hereafter."

463-464. Therein, "whoever indeed" means: my dear man-eater, whatever man, through evil doing, having abandoned self thinking "this is dear to me," pursues dear objects, he, like a drunkard having drunk liquor mixed with poison through love of liquor, by that evil deed becomes afflicted in the hereafter in hell and so on. "Having reckoned" means having known, having weighed. "Having abandoned dear things" means having cast away dear things connected with what is not the Teaching.

When this was said, the man-eater, lamenting wretchedly, spoke a verse -

465.

"Having left my father and mother, and the five agreeable types of sensual pleasure;

Because of this I have entered the forest, how then could I give you that boon?"

Therein, "of this" means of human flesh. "How then could I" means having done what, I give that boon.

Then the Great Being spoke this verse -

466.

"The wise do not speak a twofold word, the good are true to their acknowledgment;

'Choose, my dear,' thus you said to me, thus you spoke, but it does not agree with you."

Therein, "twofold" means: my dear man-eater, the wise indeed, having said one thing, deceiving that again, do not speak a second word. "Thus you said to me" means: "My dear Sutasoma, choose a boon" - thus you spoke to me. "Thus you spoke" means: therefore what you thus spoke, that does not agree with you now.

He, again weeping, spoke a verse -

467.

"Acquisition of demerit, disgrace, ill repute, much evil, misconduct, defilement;

Because of human flesh I have approached, how then could I give you that boon?"

Therein, "evil" means what has not reached the course of action. "Misconduct" means what has reached the course of action. "Affliction" means suffering. "Because of human flesh" means on account of human flesh. "I have approached" means I have come. "That to you" means that boon I give to you, how could I? Do not obstruct me, show compassion and pity towards me, take another boon - thus he said.

Then the Great Being said -

468.

"A being does not deserve to give that boon, which having given, one would refuse;

Choose, my dear, unshaken, even giving up life, I will indeed give."

Thus, having brought and shown the verse spoken by him previously, encouraging the granting of the boon, he spoke verses -

469.

"The good give up life but not the Teaching, the good are true to their acknowledgment;

Having given a boon, quickly fulfil it, by this be accomplished, O foremost king of gods.

470.

"One should abandon wealth for the sake of a limb, one should abandon a limb while protecting life;

Limb, wealth, and even all of life, a man should abandon, remembering the Teaching."

469-470. Therein, "life" (pāṇaṃ) means life (jīvitaṃ). The virtuous indeed give up even life, but not the Teaching. "Quickly fulfil it" (khippamavākarohi) means here the meaning is "quickly give to me." "By this" (etena) means by this Teaching and by this truth, be accomplished, be endowed, be possessed. "O foremost king of gods" (surājaseṭṭhā) - he addresses him encouragingly. "One should give up wealth" (caje dhanaṃ) means: my dear man-eater, a wise person, when a limb such as a hand or foot is being cut off, would give up even much wealth for the purpose of protecting it. "Remembering the Teaching" (dhammamanussaranto) means even while giving up limbs, wealth, and life, remembering the Teaching thus: "I shall not transgress the Teaching of the virtuous."

Thus the Great Being, having established him in truth by these reasons, now spoke a verse to show his own weighty nature -

471.

"From whom a person would learn the Teaching, and the peaceful ones who remove his uncertainty;

He is indeed his refuge and ultimate goal, a wise one should not let friendship towards him decay."

Therein, "from whom" means from whichever person. "The Teaching" means the reason that illuminates what is wholesome and unwholesome. "Would learn" means would cognize. "He is indeed his" means that teacher's household is a refuge for this person in the meaning of being a support, and an ultimate goal in the meaning of being a place to go to when danger has arisen. "Not friendship towards him" means that wise person should not let decay, should not destroy, friendship with that teacher by any reason whatsoever.

And having said thus, he said "My dear man-eater, it is not proper to break the word of a virtuous teacher. And I, even in your youth, having become your assistant teacher, trained you in much training. Even now, with the Buddha's grace, I have spoken to you verses worth a hundred. Therefore you ought to do my bidding." Having heard that, the man-eater, thinking "This Sutasoma is indeed my teacher and a wise person, and a boon was given to him by me; what can be done? In one individual existence, death is indeed certain; I shall not eat human flesh; I shall give him the boon" - with streams of tears flowing, having risen, having fallen at the feet of King Sutasoma, granting the boon, spoke this verse -

472.

"Certainly indeed that food is agreeable to me, because of this I have entered the forest;

And if you request me for this matter, this boon too I give to you, my dear."

Then the Great Being said to him thus - "My dear, for one established in morality, even death is better. I accept, great king, the boon given by you. From today onwards you are established in the noble path. Even this being so, I request you: if you have affection for me, take the five precepts, great king." "Good, my dear, give me the precepts." "Take them, great king." He, having paid homage to the Great Being with the fivefold prostration, sat down to one side. The Great Being too established him in the five precepts. At that moment, the terrestrial gods who had assembled there, having generated joy towards the Great Being, giving applause with a loud sound, making the forest resound, said "From Avīci up to the highest point of existence, there is no other able to prevent the man-eater from human flesh. Oh, a most difficult deed has been done by Sutasoma!" Having heard their sound, from the gods of the Four Great Kings, thus up to the Brahma world, there was a single uproar. The kings too who were stuck on the trees heard that sound of applause of the deities. The tree-spirit too, standing right in her own mansion, gave applause. Thus only the sound of the deities was heard; their form was not seen. Having heard the sound of applause of the deities, the kings thought - "In dependence on Sutasoma, our lives were obtained. A difficult deed was done by Sutasoma in taming the man-eater" - thus they offered praise to the Bodhisatta. The man-eater, having paid homage at the feet of the Great Being, stood to one side. Then the Bodhisatta said to him - "My dear, release the warriors." He thought "I am the adversary of these; if these are released by me, they would harm me saying 'Seize our adversary.' Even by me giving up my life, it is not possible to break the morality taken from Sutasoma's presence. Having gone together with this one, I shall release them; thus there will be no fear for me." Then, having paid homage to the Bodhisatta, having said "Sutasoma, let us both go and release the warriors," he spoke a verse -

473.

"You were a teacher to me and a friend to me, and I did your word, my dear;

You too, my dear, do my word, having gone, let us both set free."

Therein, "teacher" means a teacher because of having taught the path to heaven, and a friend from the time of youth onwards.

Then the Bodhisatta said to him -

474.

"I am a teacher to you and a friend to you, and you did my word, my dear;

I too, my dear, do your word, having gone, let us both set free."

Having said thus, having approached them, he said -

475.

"You were harassed by Kammāsapāda, with hands bound, with tearful faces, weeping;

Never be treacherous to this king, promise me a truthful acknowledgment."

Therein, "by Kammāsapāda" - this the Great Being, having accepted saying "having gone, let us both set free," having thought "Warriors are indeed stubborn in conceit; as soon as they are released, thinking 'We have been harassed by this one,' they might strike or even kill the man-eater; but he will not be treacherous to them; I shall go alone first and obtain their promise," having gone there, saw them strung through the palms of their hands, with the tips of their toes touching the ground, hung on the branches of the tree, rolling about like garlands of kuraṇḍaka flowers hung on ivory pegs at the time when the wind strikes. They too, having seen him, cried out with a great uproar all at once saying "Now we are well." Then the Great Being, having consoled them saying "Do not be afraid," having said "The man-eater has been tamed by me, safety has been obtained for you; but you do my word," spoke thus. Therein, "never" (na jātu) means definitively you should not be treacherous.

They said -

476.

"We have been harassed by Kammāsapāda, with hands bound, with tearful faces, weeping;

We will never be treacherous to this king, we promise you a truthful acknowledgment."

Therein, "we promise" means "Thus we consent to and accept the promise; but however, we are exhausted and are not able to speak; you are the refuge of all beings; you yourselves speak; we, having heard your word, shall give the promise."

Then the Bodhisatta, having said to them "If so, give the promise," spoke a verse -

477.

"Just as a father or also a mother, compassionate, desiring the welfare of their offspring,

Just so may this king be to you, and may you be to him just as sons."

Then they too, accepting him, spoke this verse -

478.

"Just as a father or also a mother, compassionate, desiring the welfare of their offspring;

Just so may this king be to us, and we too shall be to him just as sons."

Therein, "you and" (tumhe ca vo): the syllable "vo" is merely an indeclinable particle.

Thus the Great Being, having received their acknowledgment, having summoned the man-eater, said "Come, my dear, release the warriors." He, having taken a sword, cut the bond of one king. The king, having been without food for seven days, overcome by pain, together with the cutting of the bond, fainted and fell to the ground. Having seen that, the Great Being, showing compassion, said "My dear man-eater, do not cut thus," and having firmly grasped one king with both hands, having placed him on his chest, said "Now cut the bond." The man-eater cut with the sword. The Great Being, by virtue of his accomplishment in strength, having laid him on his chest, with a tender mind, like a legitimate son, having lowered him, laid him down on the ground. Thus having laid all of them down on the ground, having washed the wounds, having gently drawn out the ropes like a thread from the ears of children, having washed the pus and blood, having made the wounds faultless, having had one piece of tree bark brought, having had it rubbed on a stone, saying "My dear man-eater, bring one piece of tree bark, having rubbed it on a stone," having made a declaration of truth, he smeared their palms. At that very moment the wound became comfortable. The man-eater, having taken rice-grain, cooked gruel; the two persons made more than a hundred warriors drink. Thus all of them were satisfied, and the sun set. On the following day, in the morning and at midday and in the evening, having given them only gruel to drink, on the third day they gave them rice gruel with grains; by that much they became healthy.

Then the Great Being, having asked them "Will you be able to go?" when "We shall go" was said, said "Come, my dear man-eater, let us go to our own country." He, weeping, having fallen at his feet, said "You, my dear, take the kings and go; I shall stay right here eating forest roots and fruits." "My dear, what will you do here? Your country is delightful; exercise kingship in Bārāṇasī." "My dear, what are you saying? It is not possible for me to go there; for all the inhabitants of the city are my enemies. They will abuse me saying 'By this one my mother was eaten, my father, my brother'; saying 'Seize this thief,' with stick after stick or with clod after clod they will deprive me of life. And I, established in the precepts in your presence, am not able to kill another even for the sake of my life. Therefore I shall not go. Having abstained from human flesh, how long shall I live? Now there is no seeing of you for me." Having wept, he said "Go, you." Then the Great Being, having rubbed his back, having said "My dear man-eater, do not worry; I am named Sutasoma; by me such a hard and harsh one has been disciplined; what is there to say about the inhabitants of Bārāṇasī? I shall establish you there; being unable, having divided my own kingdom in two, I shall give it," when it was said "In your city too there are indeed my enemies," having thought "By this one, doing my word, a difficult deed has been done; by whatever means, this one must be established by me in his former fame," praising the splendour of the city for the purpose of enticing him, he said -

479.

"The meat of quadrupeds and also of birds, cooked by cooks, well made, well finished;

Having consumed it like ambrosia as Inda does, having left it, how can you alone delight in the forest?"

480.

"Those warrior women, with slender waists like creepers, adorned, having surrounded you;

They delighted you like Indra among the gods, having left them, how can you alone delight in the forest?"

481.

"On a copper-coloured pillow with many woollen carpets, on a beautiful sleeping place with all bedding, in a multi-storied mansion;

Having slept happily in the middle of the bed,

Having left it, how can you alone delight in the forest?

482.

"Hand-clapping, drums at night, and also indeed music composed entirely of women;

Much fine singing and fine music, having left it, how can you alone delight in the forest?"

483.

"Endowed with parks, abundant with garlands, the delightful city connected with the Migājina;

Equipped with horses, elephants, and chariots, having left it, how can you alone delight in the forest?"

479-483. Therein, "well made" means well done in various ways. "Well finished" means well completed by the combination of various ingredients. "How alone" means how can one alone. "Delight" means how will you delight eating roots, fruits and so on? "Come, great king, let us go." "With slender waist amidst heaps" - here "vellī" means a heap; "with slender waist" means with a waist that is attached. It shows that they have the radiance of heaps of molten, compact gold and slender, long waists. "Among the gods" means in the heavenly worlds, nymphs formerly delighted you in the delightful city of Bārāṇasī like Inda among the gods; having left them, what will you do here? "Come, my dear, let us go." "With copper-coloured pillows" means on red pillows. "On every bed" means on a bed spread with every kind of covering. "Attachment" means having shown a multi-storeyed bed fitted with midnight accessories, the meaning is: there you formerly slept. "Happily" means having slept happily in the middle of such a bed, how will you now delight in the forest? "Come, let us go, my dear." "At midnight" means in the night-time. "Having left" means having abandoned such success. "Endowed with parks, abundant with garlands" means, great king, your parks endowed with various kinds of flowers. "The delightful city connected with the Migājina" means that pleasure grove by name called Migājina; the city endowed with it is also thoroughly charming for you. "Having left" means having abandoned such a delightful city.

Thus the Great Being, thinking "Perhaps he, having remembered the flavour of enjoyments previously consumed, might wish to go," first enticed him with food, secondly with defilement, thirdly with bedding, fourthly with dancing, singing and music, and fifthly with the pleasure grove and the city. Having enticed him with these many things, he said: "Come, great king, I shall take you and go, having established you in Bārāṇasī, afterwards I shall go to my own country. If you do not obtain the kingdom of Bārāṇasī, I shall give you half the kingdom. What use is forest dwelling to you? Do my bidding." He, having heard his word, wishing to go, having thought "Sutasoma wishes my welfare and is compassionate; having first established me in what is good, he says 'Now I shall establish him in his former glory'; and he will be able to establish me; it is fitting to go together with this very one; what use is forest dwelling to me?" - with a gladdened mind, wishing to speak praise in dependence on his virtue, having said "My dear Sutasoma, there is nothing better than association with a good friend, or worse than association with an evil friend," he said -

484.

"Just as the moon in the dark fortnight, diminishes day after day;

Like the dark fortnight, O king, is the meeting with the bad.

485.

"Just as I, having come to a cook, a wretched, vile man;

I did an evil action, by which I go to an unfortunate realm.

486.

"Just as the moon in the bright fortnight, grows day after day;

Like the bright fortnight, O king, is the meeting of the good.

487.

"Just as I, having come to you, Sutasoma, understand;

I will do wholesome action, by which I go to a good destination.

488.

"Just as water rained upon dry ground, O lord of men, does not endure the journey, is not long-lasting;

Even so is the meeting of the bad, not enduring the journey, like water on dry ground.

489.

"Just as water rained upon a lake, O lord of men, is long-lasting, O foremost hero among men;

Thus indeed is the meeting of the good, long-lasting like water in a lake.

490.

"The meeting of the good is enduring, however long it may last, it remains just so;

But quickly indeed the meeting of the bad disappears, therefore the principle of the good is far from the unvirtuous."

484-490. Therein, "day after day" means day after day. "Not fit for the journey" means not enduring the long course. "Flows" means in the ocean. "O foremost hero among men" means foremost among men by energy. "Water flows" means like water rained into the ocean. "Enduring" means not departing. "However long it may last" means for however long a time life may last, for that long a time it remains just so; the disposition of friendship with good persons does not decay.

Thus the man-eater spoke the praise of the Great Being alone with seven verses. The Great Being too, having taken the man-eater and those kings, went to his own borderland village. The borderland villagers, having seen the Great Being, having gone to the city, informed the ministers. The ministers, having taken the army and gone, surrounded him. The Great Being went to the kingdom of Bārāṇasī with that retinue. On the way, the country-dwellers, having given presents to the Bodhisatta, followed him; there was a great retinue; together with them he arrived at Bārāṇasī. At that time the son of the man-eater was king, and the general was Kāḷahatthi himself. The citizens informed the king - "Great king, Sutasoma, it is said, having tamed the man-eater, is coming here having taken him; we shall not allow him to enter the city." Having quickly closed the city gates, they stood with weapons in hand. The Great Being, having known the state of the gates being closed, having left behind the man-eater and more than a hundred kings, having come together with a few ministers, said "I am King Sutasoma; open the gate." The men, having gone, reported to the king. He had them opened, saying "Open quickly." The Great Being entered the city. The king and Kāḷahatthi, having gone out to meet him, having taken him, escorted him up to the mansion.

He, having sat down on the royal divan, having had the man-eater's queen-consort and the remaining ministers summoned, said to Kāḷahatthi - "Kāḷahatthi, why do you not allow the king to enter the city?" "He, while exercising the kingdom, ate many human beings in this city, did what ought not to be done by warriors, brought disgrace upon the entire Indian subcontinent; he is of such bad character; for that reason." "Now do not think 'He will do such a thing'; I have tamed him and established him in the precepts; he will not vex anyone even for the sake of his life; there is no danger for you from him; do not act thus; parents should indeed be looked after by their sons; those who support their mother and father go to heaven, the others to hell." Thus he, having given exhortation to the prince-king seated on the low seat, having also instructed the general saying "Kāḷahatthi, you are both a friend and a servant of the king; you too have been established in great sovereignty by the king; it is fitting for you too to act for the king's welfare," having also given exhortation to the queen saying "Queen, you too, having come from a family home, having attained the position of queen-consort in his presence, having prospered with sons and daughters; it is fitting for you too to act for his welfare," teaching the Teaching in order to bring that very matter to its culmination, spoke verses -

491.

"He is not a king who conquers the unconquerable, he is not a friend who conquers a friend;

She is not a wife who does not fear her husband, they are not sons who do not support the aged.

492.

"That is no assembly where there are no peaceful ones, they are not peaceful ones who do not speak the Teaching;

Having abandoned lust and hate and delusion, those speaking the Teaching indeed become peaceful ones.

493.

"They do not know one not speaking, a wise one mixed among fools;

But they know one speaking, teaching the Deathless state.

494.

"One should speak, illuminate the Teaching, hold up the banner of the sages;

The sages have well-spoken words as their banner, for the Teaching is the banner of the sages."

491-494. Therein, "the unconquerable" means the unconquerable are indeed one's mother and father; one who conquers them is not called a king. If you too, having obtained the kingdom that is your father's property, become his opponent, you will be called one who acts improperly. "Conquers a friend" means he conquers by fraudulent litigation. If you, Kāḷahatthi, do not fulfil the duty of friendship with the king, having become one established in what is not the Teaching, you will be reborn in hell. "Does not fear" means does not fear. If you do not fear the king, you are not called one established in the duty of a wife, you will be called one who acts improperly. "The aged" means the old. For at that time, sons who do not support are not called sons.

"Peaceful" means the wise. "Those who do not speak the Teaching" means those who, when asked, do not speak the intrinsic nature of truth, they are not called the wise. "Those speaking the Teaching indeed" means these, having abandoned lust and so on, having become compassionate for the welfare of others, speaking the intrinsic nature indeed, are called the wise. "Not speaking" means one who is not speaking. "The Deathless state" means they know one teaching the Deathless, the great Nibbāna, as "a wise one." By that very means, the man-eater, having known me, with a gladdened mind, having given four boons, became established in the five precepts. "Should speak" means a wise person should speak the Teaching, should illuminate it. Since for the sages beginning with the Buddha, the Teaching is their banner, therefore those whose banner is well-spoken words indeed uphold well-spoken words; but there are no such foolish ones who uphold well-spoken words.

Having heard this talk on the Teaching, the king and the general and the queen, being satisfied, having said "Let us go, great king, let us bring him," having had a drum circulated in the city, having assembled the citizens, having said "Do not fear; the king, it is said, is established in the Teaching; come, let us bring him," having taken the public, having put the Great Being in front, having gone to the king's presence, having paid homage, having set up barbers to attend, having had his hair and beard trimmed, bathed, anointed, and adorned, having placed the king on a heap of jewels, having consecrated him, they ushered him into the city. The man-eater, having become king, made great honour to more than a hundred warriors and to the Great Being. "By King Sutasoma, the lord of men, it is said, the man-eater was tamed and established in the kingdom" - a great uproar arose throughout the whole of Jambudīpa. The inhabitants of the city of Indapattha too sent a messenger saying "Let our king come." He, having dwelt there for just one month, exhorted the man-eater thus: "My dear, I am going; you be diligent; have five alms-halls built at the city gates and in the middle; without disturbing the ten duties of a king, avoid going to bias." From more than a hundred royal cities the army gathered together for the most part. He, surrounded by that army, departed from Bārāṇasī. The man-eater too, having departed, turned back from halfway along the path. The Great Being, having given vehicles to the kings who had come by marriage arrangement, dismissed them. Those kings too, having exchanged friendly greetings with him, having performed paying homage and so on to the Great Being, went to their own respective provinces.

The Great Being too, having reached the city, having entered the city decorated like the city of the gods by the inhabitants of the city of Indapattha, having paid homage to his mother and father, having made a sweet friendly welcome, ascended the great terrace. He, exercising the kingdom righteously, thought - "The tree deity has been very helpful to me; I shall make her a recipient of oblations." He, having had a great lake built not far from that banyan tree, having sent many families, established a village. The village was great, adorned with about eighty thousand shops. He also had the tree-root made level from the space between the branches onwards, and made it fitted with an encircling railing, an arched gateway, and a door; the deity was greatly pleased. Because it was settled at the place where Kammāsapāda was tamed, that village became known as the market town of Kammāsadamma. All those kings too, standing firm in the Great Being's exhortation, having performed meritorious deeds such as giving and so on, at the end of their life span filled heaven.

The Teacher, having brought this teaching of the Teaching, having made known the truths, having said "Not only now, monks, do I tame Aṅgulimāla; in the past too he was indeed tamed by me," connected the Jātaka: "At that time the man-eater king was Aṅgulimāla, Kāḷahatthi was Sāriputta, the brahmin Nanda was Ānanda, the tree deity was Kassapa, Sakka was Anuruddha, the remaining kings were the Buddha's assembly, the mother and father were the great royal families, but King Sutasoma was myself."

The commentary on the Mahāsutasoma Jātaka is the fifth.

The Jātaka summary -

Sumukha and the Excellent Swan and the Great, Sudhābhojana and the Other Excellent One;

The one named Lord of Birds Kuṇāla, and the one named Sutasoma the Excellent and Supreme.

The commentary on the Chapter of Eighties is concluded.

The fifth part is concluded.

Homage to the Blessed One, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Self-awakened One

22.

The Great Book-1

538.

The Commentary on the Mūgapakkha Jātaka

"Do not display wisdom" - this the Teacher spoke while dwelling at Jeta's Grove, referring to the great renunciation. For one day the monks, seated together in the Teaching hall, sat praising the Blessed One's perfection of renunciation. The Teacher, having come, having asked "What discussion were you having as you sat together here, monks?" when it was said "Such and such," said "Monks, for me now, one whose perfections have been fulfilled, having abandoned kingship, the great renunciation is not wonderful. For formerly, even while fulfilling the perfections when knowledge was not yet fully matured, I, having abandoned kingship, went forth indeed," having said this, being requested by them, he brought up the past.

In the past, in the Kāsi country, in Bārāṇasī, a king named the King of Kāsi exercised kingship righteously. He had sixteen thousand women. Among them not even one obtained a son or a daughter. The citizens, having assembled in the royal courtyard, thinking "There is not even one son as a guardian of the lineage for our king," said to the king in the very manner that has come in the Kusa Jātaka: "Sire, aspire for a son." The king, having heard their words, commanded the sixteen thousand women: "You aspire for a son." They, having performed supplications, worship and so on of the moon and other deities, even though aspiring, did not obtain a son or a daughter. Now his queen-consort, a daughter of the King of Madda, named Queen Candā, was accomplished in morality. The king said: "Dear lady, you too aspire for a son." She, on the full moon day, having taken upon herself the Observance, while lying down on a small bed, having reviewed her own morality, made an act of truth: "If I am of unbroken morality, by this truth of mine may a son arise."

Through the power of her morality, Sakka's dwelling showed signs of heat. Sakka, reflecting, having known that reason, thinking "Queen Candā desires a son; come, let me give her a son," considering a son suitable for her, saw the Bodhisatta. The Bodhisatta too, at that time, having exercised kingship in Bārāṇasī for twenty years, having passed away from there, having been reborn in the Ussada hell, having been tormented there for eighty thousand years, having passed away from there, was reborn in the realm of the Thirty-three. There too, having remained as long as life lasted, having passed away from there, he wished to go to a higher heavenly world. Sakka, having gone to his presence, having said "Sir, when you are born in the human world, your perfections will be fulfilled, and there will be growth for the public. This queen-consort of the King of Kāsi named Queen Candā desires a son; arise in her womb," having obtained the acknowledgment of him and of five hundred other young gods who were subject to pass away, went to his own place. He, having accepted saying "Very well," together with five hundred young gods, having passed away from the heavenly world, himself took conception in the womb of Queen Candā. The other young gods, however, took conception in the wombs of the ministers' wives.

At that time Queen Candā's womb was as if filled with a diamond. She, having known the established state of the embryo, informed the king. Having heard that, the king had care given for the embryo. She, with her pregnancy full-term, after the elapse of ten months, gave birth to a son endowed with the marks of good fortune and merit. On that very day, five hundred boys were born in the houses of the ministers. At that moment the king, surrounded by a company of ministers, was seated on the great terrace. Then they informed him: "A son has been born to you, Sire." Having heard their words, love for the son arose in the king, having cut through the skin and so on, having reached the bone marrow, it remained; joy arose within; the heart became cool. He asked the ministers: "Are you pleased that my son has been born?" "What are you saying, Sire? We were formerly without a protector, but now we have become those with a protector; a master has been obtained by us," they said. The king, having had Mahāsenagutta summoned, commanded: "It is fitting for my son to obtain a retinue. Go, look at how many boys have been born today in the houses of the ministers." He, having accepted saying "Very well," having gone to the houses of the ministers, looking, having seen five hundred boys, having come back again, informed the king.

The king, having sent adornments for the princes to the five hundred boys, also had five hundred nurses given. But for the Great Being, he gave sixty-four nurses with hanging breasts and sweet mother's milk, free from the faults of being excessively tall and so on. For when a child sits at the side of an excessively tall woman and drinks mother's milk, the child's neck becomes long; when a child sits at the side of an excessively short woman and drinks mother's milk, the child becomes one with compressed shoulder bones; when a child sits at the side of an excessively thin woman and drinks mother's milk, the child's thighs are hurt; when a child sits at the side of an excessively fat woman and drinks mother's milk, the child becomes lame; when a woman is excessively dark, the milk is excessively cold; when a woman is excessively fair, the milk is excessively hot; when a child sits at the side of a woman with hanging breasts and drinks mother's milk, the child becomes one with a compressed nose. Moreover, the milk of women who have consumption is excessively sour, and the milk of women who have asthma is of the variety of being excessively pungent and so on; therefore, having avoided all those faults, having given sixty-four nurses with hanging breasts and sweet mother's milk, having made a great honour, he also gave a boon to Queen Candā. She too, having accepted it, set it aside.

The king, on the name-giving day of the prince, having had the brahmins who were experts in interpreting signs summoned, having made them great honour, asked about the absence of any obstacle for the prince. They, having seen the excellency of his marks, said "Great king, this prince is endowed with the marks of fortune and merit; let alone one island, he is capable of exercising kingship over the four great continents attended by two thousand islands; no obstacle whatsoever is discerned for him." The king, having heard their words, being pleased, giving the prince a name - because on the day of the prince's birth the rain god rained in the entire Kāsi country, and because the hearts of the king and the ministers became cool, and because he was born moistening - therefore gave him the name "Prince Temiya." Then the nurses, having adorned him at one month of age, brought him to the king's presence. The king, having embraced his dear son, having kissed him on the head, having caused him to sit on his lap, sat delighting in him.

At that moment four thieves were brought. The king, having seen them, commanded "For one of those thieves, give a thousand blows with thorny whips; for one, having bound him with a fetter, make entry into prison; for one, give spear-blows on the body; for one, carry out impalement." Then the Great Being, having heard his father's words, having become frightened and trembling, thought "Alas, my father, in dependence on kingship, performed excessively grave action leading to hell." On the following day, however, they made him lie down on a decorated royal couch beneath the white parasol. He, having slept a little, having awakened, having opened his eyes, looking at the white parasol, saw the great glory and wealth. Then for him, who was already by nature frightened and trembling, even more excessive fear arose. He, reflecting "From where indeed have I come to this thief's house?" having known by the knowledge of remembering past births the fact of having come from the heavenly world, looking further beyond, saw the state of having been cooked in the Ussada hell; looking further beyond, he understood the state of kingship in that very city.

Then for him, reflecting "I, having exercised kingship for twenty years in Bārāṇasī, was cooked in the Ussada hell for eighty thousand years; now again I have been reborn in this very thief's house; my father too, yesterday, when four thieves were brought, spoke such harsh talk conducive to hell; if I shall exercise kingship, again, having been reborn in hell, I shall experience great suffering" - great fear arose. The Bodhisatta's golden-coloured body, crushed by the hand, became withered and discoloured like a lotus. He, thinking "How indeed might I be freed from this thief's house?" lay down. Then a goddess who had formerly been his mother in one individual existence, dwelling in the parasol, having consoled him, said "Dear Temiya prince, do not fear, do not grieve, do not worry. If you wish to be freed from here, though not a cripple, be like a cripple; though not deaf, be like a deaf person; though not mute, be like a mute person; having determined these three factors, do not reveal your own state of wisdom" - having said this, she spoke the first verse -

1.

"Do not display wisdom, be known as a fool to all living beings;

Let all the people despise you, thus will your welfare come to be."

Therein, "paṇḍiccaya" means wisdom (paṇḍicca); or this itself is the reading. "Known as a fool" (bālamata) means regarded as a fool. "All the people" (sabbo jano) means the whole, both the people within and the people outside. "Let them despise" (ocināyatu) means let them look down upon, saying "Take out this wretch"; the meaning is: let them despise, let them scorn.

He, having received comfort by her words -

2.

"I shall do that word of yours, which you speak to me, O deity;

You are well-wishing to me, mother, you desire my welfare, O deity."

Having spoken this verse, he determined those three factors. And that goddess disappeared. The king, for the purpose of preventing the son's loneliness, placed those five hundred boys in his very presence. Those boys cry and lament for the sake of mother's milk. But the Great Being, frightened by the fear of hell, thinking "It is better for me to wither and die than to rule," does not cry and does not lament. Then his nurses, having known that incident, informed Queen Candā. She too informed the king. The king, having had the sign-reading brahmins summoned, asked them. Then the brahmins said: "Sire, it is fitting to give the boy mother's milk having passed beyond the normal time; thus he, crying, having firmly grasped the breast, will drink by himself." From then on, the nurses give the boy mother's milk having passed beyond the normal time. And while giving, sometimes they give having skipped one turn, sometimes they do not give milk for the whole day.

The Chapter on Investigation

He, frightened by the fear of hell, even though withering, does not cry for the sake of mother's milk, does not lament. Then, having seen him not crying, either his mother, thinking "My son is hungry," gives him mother's milk to drink, or sometimes the nurses give him to drink. The remaining boys cry and lament at the very time of not having received mother's milk. But the Great Being, frightened by the fear of hell, does not cry, does not lament, does not sleep, does not bend his hands and feet, does not make a sound. Then his nurses, having thought "The hands and feet of cripples are not of such a form, the jaw-end of mute persons is not of such a form, the ear-passages of deaf persons are not of such a form; there must be a reason for this; shall we investigate or not?" thinking "Let us first investigate him by means of milk," do not give milk for the whole day. He, even though withering, does not make a sound for the sake of milk. Then his mother, thinking "My son is hungry," herself gives him mother's milk to drink. Thus, not giving milk now and then, even though investigating for one year, they did not see a gap in him.

Thereupon the ministers and others reported to the king: "One-year-old boys are fond of cake sweet-meat; let us investigate him by means of that." Having caused the five hundred boys to sit in his very presence, having brought various cake sweet-meats and having placed them not far from the Bodhisatta, saying "Take those cake sweet-meats as you please," they stand in a concealed place. The remaining boys, quarrelling, striking one another, having taken this and that, eat them. But the Great Being, having exhorted himself, "Dear Temiya prince, wishing for the fear of hell, desire cake sweet-meat!" frightened by the fear of hell, did not look at the cake sweet-meat. Thus, even with cake sweet-meat, even though investigating now and then for one year, they indeed did not see a gap in him.

Thereupon, thinking "Two-year-old boys are fond of various kinds of fruit; let us investigate him by means of that," having brought various fruits and having placed them not far from the Bodhisatta, they investigated. The remaining boys, having quarrelled, fighting, having taken this and that, eat them. He, frightened by the fear of hell, did not look at that either. Thus, even with various kinds of fruit, even though investigating now and then for one year, they indeed did not see a gap in him.

Thereupon, thinking "Three-year-old children indeed are fond of playthings; we shall investigate him by means of that," having had various golden figures of elephants, horses, and so on made, they placed them not far from the Bodhisatta. The remaining children, snatching from one another, seized them. But the Great Being did not look at anything. Thus even with playthings too, investigating him now and then for one year, they indeed did not see a gap.

Thereupon, thinking "Four-year-old children indeed are fond of food; we shall investigate him by means of that," they offered various kinds of food. The remaining children, making it into lumps, eat it. But the Great Being, having exhorted himself, "Dear Temiya prince, there is simply no counting of your individual existences in which you did not obtain food," frightened by the fear of hell, did not look at that either. Then his mother herself, with a heart as if breaking, unable to bear it, fed him food with her own hand. Thus even with food too, investigating him now and then for one year, they indeed did not see a gap.

Thereupon, thinking "Five-year-old children indeed fear fire; we shall investigate him by means of that," having had a great house with many doors built in the royal courtyard, having covered it with palm leaves, having caused him, surrounded by the remaining children, to sit down in the middle of it, they set fire to it. The remaining children, having seen the fire, crying aloud, fled. But the Great Being thought, "Compared to the scorching of hell-fire, this very scorching by fire is a hundredfold, a thousandfold, a hundred-thousandfold more excellent," and remained quite motionless, like a great elder attained to cessation. Then, when the fire was approaching, they took him and removed him. Thus even with fire too, investigating him now and then for one year, they indeed did not see a gap.

Thereupon, thinking "Six-year-old children indeed fear rutted elephants; we shall investigate him by means of that," having had one elephant well-trained, having caused the Bodhisatta, surrounded by the remaining children, to sit down in the royal courtyard, they released that elephant. It comes trumpeting, striking the ground with its trunk, showing fearfulness. The remaining children, having seen it, frightened by the fear of death, fled in all directions. But the Great Being, having seen the rutted elephant approaching, thought, "Rather than being tormented in the fierce hell, death at the hands of a fierce elephant is better," and frightened by the fear of hell, sat down right there. The well-trained elephant, having lifted up the Great Being like a bunch of flowers, having moved him to and fro, goes away without becoming weary. Thus even with the elephant too, investigating him now and then for one year, they indeed did not see a gap.

Thereupon, thinking "Seven-year-old children indeed fear snakes; we shall investigate him by means of that," having caused the Bodhisatta to sit down together with the remaining children in the royal courtyard, they released snakes with their fangs extracted and their mouths bound. The remaining children, having seen them, crying aloud, fled. But the Great Being, having reflected upon the fear of hell, thinking "Destruction in the mouth of a fierce snake is indeed more excellent," remained quite motionless, like a great elder attained to cessation. Then a snake, having coiled around his entire body, having made a hood above his head, remained. Even then he remained quite motionless. Thus even with snakes too, investigating him now and then for one year, they indeed did not see a gap.

Thereupon, thinking "Eight-year-old children indeed are fond of theatrical displays; we shall investigate him by means of that," having caused him to sit down together with the five hundred children in the royal courtyard, they had a theatrical display performed. The remaining children, having seen that theatrical display, saying "Excellent! Excellent!" laugh a great laugh. But the Great Being, having reflected upon the fear of hell, thinking "At the time of being reborn in hell, there is not even a moment's laughter or pleasure for you," remained quite motionless and did not look at it. Thus even with the theatrical display too, investigating him now and then for one year, they indeed did not see a gap.

Thereupon, thinking "Nine-year-old children fear swords; by that we shall investigate him," having caused him to sit down in the royal courtyard together with the five hundred boys, at the time of the children's play, one man, having taken a sword of crystal colour, roaming about, roaring, shouting, frightening, leaping, clapping his hands, making a great noise, crying "The King of Kāsi, it is said, has one wretched son; where is he? I shall cut off his head!" charges forward. Having seen that man, the remaining children, being frightened and trembling, crying aloud, fled in all directions. But the Great Being, having reflected upon the fear of hell, sat as if not knowing. Then that man, having touched his head with the sword, even though frightening him, saying "I shall cut off your head," being unable to frighten him, departed. Thus even with the sword, for one year, investigating him now and then, they indeed did not see a gap.

Thereupon, at the time of his being ten years old, for the purpose of investigating his state of deafness, having caused him to sit on the royal bed, having had it surrounded with a curtain, having made holes on the four sides, without showing him, having caused conch-blowers to sit on a bed below, they had the conches blown all at once; there was a single reverberation. The ministers, having stood on the four sides, even though looking through the holes of the curtain, did not see in the Great Being even for one day any lapse of mindfulness or alteration of hands and feet or even so much as a trembling. Thus even with the conch sound, for one year, investigating him now and then, they indeed did not see a gap.

Thereupon, further, at the time of his being eleven years old, for one year, investigating him in the same way with the sound of a drum, they indeed did not see a gap.

Thereupon, at the time of his being twelve years old, thinking "We shall investigate him with a lamp," thinking "Does he move a hand or a foot in the darkness of the night-time, or not?" having lit lamps in pots, having extinguished the remaining lamps, having made him lie down for a short time in the darkness, having lifted up the lamps from the pots, having made light all at once, they observed his posture. Thus even with the lamp, for one year, investigating him now and then, they did not see even so much as a trembling.

Thereupon, at the time of his being thirteen years old, thinking "We shall investigate him with molasses," having smeared his entire body with molasses, they made him lie down in a place with many flies. Flies arose; they, having surrounded his entire body, ate at it as if piercing with needles. He remained quite motionless, like a great elder attained to cessation. Thus even with molasses, for one year, investigating him now and then, they did not see even so much as a trembling.

Then, at the time of his being fourteen years old, thinking "Now this one has become old, desiring purity, disgusted by impurity; we shall investigate him with impurity," from then on they neither bathed him nor had him rinse his mouth. He, having defecated and urinated, lay right there, sunk into it. Due to the bad smell, it was as if it were the time of the bowels coming out for him; flies ate at him because of the smell of impurity. He remained quite motionless. Then the nurses, having surrounded him and standing there, said "Dear Temiya prince, you have become old; who will look after you always? Are you not ashamed? Why are you lying down? Having risen, look after your body!" - they revile and abuse him. He, even though submerged in such a repulsive heap of excrement, having reflected upon the bad smell of the excrement hell, which is capable of causing the hearts of those standing even at the top of a hundred yojanas to burst due to its bad smell, remained quite motionless. Thus even with impurity, for one year, investigating him now and then, they indeed did not see a gap.

Thereupon, at the time of his being fifteen years old, thinking "We shall investigate him with embers," they placed fire-pans underneath his small bed, thinking "Perhaps, being oppressed by the heat, unable to bear the painful feeling, he might show a sign of writhing." Then blisters arose on his body. The Great Being, having endured it, thinking "The heat of the Avīci hell pervades to the top of a hundred yojanas; compared to that suffering, this suffering is a hundredfold, a thousandfold, a hundred-thousandfold more excellent," remained quite motionless. Then his mother and father, as if with breaking hearts, having made the people withdraw, having removed him from that burning by fire, said "Dear Temiya prince, we know your state of not being a cripple and so on. For those of such a kind do not have hands, feet, ears, and ear-passages of such a form; you are a son obtained by us through wishing; do not ruin us; free us from the censure of the kings dwelling in the whole of Jambudīpa" - thus they entreated. Thus he, even though entreated by them, having become as if not hearing, lay down quite motionless. Then his mother and father, weeping and lamenting, withdrew. At one time the mother alone, having approached, entreats; at one time the father alone, having approached, entreats. Thus for one year, investigating him now and then, they indeed did not see a gap.

Then at the time of his sixteenth year, the ministers, brahmins, and others thought: "Whether he be a cripple or whether he be dumb or deaf, when maturity has ripened, there is no such thing as one who does not find pleasure in what is enticing, there is no such thing as one who does not become corrupted towards what leads to hate; for when the time has arrived, this is the natural order, like the opening of flowers. Having arranged dancing women for him, we shall investigate him by means of them." Thereupon, having summoned dancing women bearing the highest beauty, accomplished in charm like heavenly maidens, having said "Whichever one is able to make the prince laugh or to bind him with mental defilements, she shall become his queen-consort," having bathed the prince with scented water, having adorned him like a young god, having placed him on a well-prepared royal couch in a royal bedchamber resembling a heavenly mansion, having made the inner chamber filled with a single fragrance by means of garlands of scent, garlands of flowers, incense, perfumed powder, and so on, they withdrew. Then those women, having surrounded him, strove to cause him to delight in various ways with dancing and singing and with sweet words and so on. He, through being endowed with higher intelligence, without looking at those women, having determined "May these women not perceive my bodily contact," restrained his in-breath and out-breath; then his body became rigid. They, not perceiving his bodily contact, having become frightened and trembling, thinking "This one has a rigid body; this is not a human being; he must be a demon," being unable to hold themselves, fled. Thus even by means of dancing women, investigating him now and then for one year, they did not see any gap in him.

Thus, even though investigating for sixteen years with sixteen great investigations and with many minor investigations, they were not able to ascertain his mind.

The Chapter on Investigation is concluded.

The Chapter on Requesting the Kingdom

Thereupon the king, having become remorseful, having had the brahmins who were experts in interpreting signs summoned, said: "You told me at the time of the prince's birth 'This prince is endowed with the marks of fortune and merit; no obstacle whatsoever is discerned for him.' But now he has become a cripple, dumb and deaf. Your words do not agree." The brahmins said: "Great king, there is nothing unseen by the teachers. But however, Sire, when it was to be said 'The son obtained by wishing from the royal family is a wretch,' thinking 'There would be displeasure for you,' we did not speak." Then the king said to them thus: "But now what is it fitting to do?" "Great king, while this prince dwells in this house, three obstacles will appear - either an obstacle to life, or an obstacle to the white parasol, or an obstacle to the queen-consort." "Therefore, Sire, without making delay, having yoked inauspicious horses to an inauspicious chariot, having laid him down therein, having taken him out through the western gate, having dug a four-walled pit in the charnel grove, it is fitting to bury him." The king, frightened by the fear of obstacles, accepted their word saying "Very well."

Then Queen Candā, having heard that news, very quickly, alone, having approached the king, having paid homage, entreated: "Sire, a boon was given by you to me, and it was accepted and set aside by me; now grant that to me." "Take it, queen." "Sire, give the kingdom to my son." "It is not possible, queen." "For what reason, Sire?" "Your son, queen, is a wretch." "If so, Sire, even if not giving it for life, give seven years." "It is not possible, queen." "If so, Sire, give six years." "It is not possible, queen." "If so, Sire, give five years." "It is not possible, queen." "If so, Sire, give four years." "It is not possible, queen." "If so, Sire, give three years." "It is not possible, queen." "If so, Sire, give two years." "It is not possible, queen." "If so, Sire, give one year of kingship." "It is not possible, queen." "If so, Sire, give seven months of kingship." "It is not possible, queen." "If so, Sire, give six months of kingship." "It is not possible, queen." "If so, Sire, give five months of kingship." "It is not possible, queen." "If so, Sire, give four months of kingship." "It is not possible, queen." "If so, Sire, give three months of kingship." "It is not possible, queen." "If so, Sire, give two months of kingship." "It is not possible, queen." "If so, Sire, give one month of kingship." "It is not possible, queen." "If so, Sire, give a fortnight of kingship." "It is not possible, queen." "If so, Sire, give seven days of kingship." The king said "Very well, queen, take it." She, at that moment, having had her son adorned, having had a drum circulated in the city proclaiming "This is the kingdom of Prince Temiya," having had the whole city decorated, having placed her son upon the back of an elephant, having had a white parasol held over his head, having circumambulated the city, having come back again, having entered the inner city, having had him lie down on a royal couch, entreated her dear son the whole night: "Dear Temiya prince, in dependence on you, for sixteen years, not obtaining sleep, my eyes have become swollen from weeping, my heart seemed to break with sorrow; I know your state of not being a cripple and so on; do not make me destitute." She, by this very method, on the following day and the following day too - for five days she entreated.

The chapter on the request for kingship is completed.

Then on the sixth day the king, having summoned a charioteer named Sunanda, commanded: "Dear son, charioteer Sunanda, tomorrow right early, having yoked inauspicious horses to an inauspicious chariot, having laid the prince down therein, having taken him out through the western gate, having dug a four-walled pit in the charnel grove, having thrown him in there, having split his head with the back of a spade, having brought about the destruction of life, having put earth on top, having performed the earth-increasing rite, having bathed, come back." He accepted saying "Very well, Sire." Then on the sixth night too the queen, having entreated the prince, said "Dear Temiya prince, your father the King of Kāsi has commanded to bury you tomorrow right early in the charnel grove; tomorrow right early you will meet death, my son." Having heard that, within the Great Being who was thinking "Dear Temiya prince, the effort made by you for sixteen years has now reached its summit," joy arose. But for his mother, it was as if her heart was breaking; yet even so, thinking "My wish will reach its summit," he did not speak with his mother.

Then, after the passing of that night, right early, the charioteer Sunanda, while yoking the chariot, by the power of the deities and by the power of the Great Being's perfections, having yoked auspicious horses to an auspicious chariot, having placed the chariot at the royal gate, having ascended the great terrace, having entered the royal bedchamber, having paid homage to the queen, said thus - "Queen, do not be angry with me; it is the king's command" - having said this, having pushed aside with the back of his hand the queen who lay embracing her son, having lifted up the prince like a bunch of flowers, he descended from the mansion. Then Queen Candā, having struck her chest, having lamented with a loud voice, remained on the great terrace. Then the Great Being, having looked at her, although wishing to speak thinking "If I do not speak, my mother will die with a broken heart," endured it thinking "If I speak, the effort made for sixteen years will become vain for me; but if I do not speak, I shall become a condition for the welfare of myself and of my mother and father and of the public."

Then the charioteer, having placed him on the chariot, having thought "I shall drive the chariot facing the western gate," drove the chariot. Then, by the power of the Great Being's perfections, having become possessed by a deity, having turned the chariot back, he drove the chariot facing the eastern gate; then the chariot wheel struck against the threshold. The Great Being too, having heard that sound, thinking "My wish has reached its summit," was even more gladdened in mind. The chariot, having departed from the city, went by the power of the deities to a place three yojanas distant. There a forest thicket appeared to the charioteer like a charnel grove. He, having observed "This place is convenient," having driven the chariot off the road, having placed it by the roadside, having descended from the chariot, having removed the Great Being's ornamental goods, having made a bundle and set it aside, having taken a spade, began to dig a four-walled pit at a place not far from the chariot.

Then the Bodhisatta thought "This is my time for effort; for I have not moved my hands and feet for sixteen years; do I indeed have strength, or not?" He, having risen, rubbing the right hand with the left hand and the left hand with the right hand, having massaged his feet with both hands, produced the thought to descend from the chariot. At that very moment, at the place where his feet would fall, the great earth, having risen up like a leather bellows filled with wind, struck against the rear end of the chariot and stood. The Great Being, having descended from the chariot, having walked up and down back and forth on several occasions, having known "By this very procedure I have the strength to go even a hundred yojanas in one day," reflecting "If the charioteer should oppose me, do I indeed have the power to oppose him?" having seized the rear end of the chariot, having lifted it up like a toy vehicle of boys, whirling the chariot around, he stood. Then, having observed "I have the power to oppose him," the thought arose for the purpose of adornment.

At that very moment Sakka's dwelling showed signs of heat. Sakka, reflecting, having known that reason, thinking "Prince Temiya's wish has reached its summit; now the thought has arisen for the purpose of adornment; what use is human adornment for him?" having had divine adornments brought, having summoned the young god Vissakamma, commanded "Dear son, young god Vissakamma, you go and adorn Prince Temiya, the son of the King of Kāsi." He, having accepted saying "Very well," having descended from the Tāvatiṃsa realm, having gone to his presence, having made a turban with ten thousand cloths, having adorned him with both divine and human ornaments like Sakka, went to his own place. He, with the grace of a king of gods, having gone to the place where the charioteer was digging, having stood at the edge of the pit, asking, spoke the third verse -

3.

"Why, as if in a hurry, do you dig a pit, charioteer?

Being asked by me, my dear, tell me, what will you do with the pit?"

Therein, "pit" means a hole.

Having heard that, the charioteer, digging the hole, without even looking up, spoke the fourth verse -

4.

"The king's son was born mute and crippled, mindless;

I have been commanded by the king to bury my son in the forest."

Therein, "crippled" means a cripple. By the very word "mute," his state of being deaf is also established, because indeed a deaf person is unable to give a reply. "Mindless" means born as if without consciousness. He spoke thus because of not having spoken for sixteen years. "Commanded" means ordered; the meaning is sent. "Bury in the forest" means you should bury him in the forest.

Then the Great Being said to him -

5.

"I am not deaf nor am I dumb, not crippled nor defective;

Charioteer, you would do what is not the Teaching, if you were to bury me in the forest."

6.

"See my thighs and arm, and listen to my words;

Charioteer, you would do what is not the Teaching, if you were to bury me in the forest."

5-6. Therein, "I am not deaf" - he said thus in order to explain that "My dear charioteer, if the king commanded to have such a son killed, I however am not of such a kind." "If you were to bury me in the forest" means if you were to bury in the forest such a one as me, who is devoid of deafness and so on, you would do an action that is not the Teaching - this is the meaning. "Thighs" - this he said having heard the previous verse yet having seen him not even looking at him, having thought "I shall show him my adorned body." Its meaning is - My dear charioteer, see these thighs resembling trunks of golden plantain trees, and see my golden-complexioned arm, and listen to my sweet words.

Then the charioteer thought thus: "Who now is this one? From the time of his arrival he has been praising only himself." He, having abandoned the digging of the pit, looking upward, having seen his beauty of form, not knowing "Who now is this person - a human being or a god?" spoke this verse -

7.

"Are you a deity, a gandhabba, or Sakka, the first of givers?

Who are you, or whose son are you? How may we know you?"

Then the Great Being, having made himself known, teaching the Teaching, said -

8.

"I am not a god nor a gandhabba, I am not Sakka, the first of givers;

I am the son of the King of Kāsi, whom you are burying in the pit.

9.

"I am the son of that king, on whom you rightly depend for your livelihood;

Charioteer, you would do what is not the Teaching, if you were to bury me in the forest."

10.

"In the shade of whatever tree one might sit or lie down,

One should not break a branch of that tree, for a betrayer of friends is evil.

11.

"Just as the tree, so is the king; just as the branch, so am I;

Just as a man who has gone to the shade, so are you, charioteer;

Charioteer, you would do what is not the Teaching, if you were to bury me in the forest."

8-11. Therein, "nihaññasi" means "you will destroy." He explains that "the one whom you dig a pit here with the perception 'I will destroy him' - that is I." He, even when it was said "I am a prince," did not believe at all, but being captivated by his sweet speech, stood listening to the teaching. "Betrayal of friends" means one who breaks a leaf or a branch or a sprout of a tree whose shade one has enjoyed is a destroyer of friends, an inferior person; how much more then one who destroys the son of one's master. "One who has gone to the shade" means he says "you are like a person who has gone to the shade for the purpose of use, living in dependence on the king."

He, even when the Bodhisatta spoke thus, did not believe at all. Then the Great Being, thinking "Shall I make him believe?" making the forest thicket resound with the applause of the deities and with his own voice, began the ten verses called the Verses on Honouring Friends -

12.

"One with abundant food becomes, though dwelling away from one's own home;

Many depend on him, who is not treacherous to friends.

13.

"Whatever country he goes to, to market towns and royal cities;

Everywhere he is venerated, whoever is not treacherous to friends.

14.

"Thieves do not overpower him, warriors do not despise him;

He overcomes all enemies, who is not treacherous to friends.

15.

"Free from anger, he goes to his own home, welcomed in the assembly;

He is the highest among relatives, whoever is not treacherous to friends.

16.

"Having honoured, one is honoured; one who is respectful becomes respected;

One bears praise and fame, whoever is not treacherous to friends.

17.

"One who venerates receives veneration, one who pays homage receives homage in return;

He attains fame and renown, who is not treacherous to friends.

18.

"Just as fire blazes up, he shines like a deity;

He is not forsaken by splendour, whoever is not treacherous to friends.

19.

"His cattle multiply, what is sown in the field grows;

He enjoys the fruit of what is sown, who is not treacherous to friends.

20.

"Whether fallen from a cleft or from a mountain, or from a tree;

Having passed away, he finds support, who is not treacherous to friends.

21.

"Like the wind against a banyan tree with grown roots and continuous spread,

Enemies cannot overcome one who is not treacherous to friends."

12-21. Therein, "sakaṃ gharā" means "sakagharā" (one's own home); or this itself is the reading. "Na dubbhati" means does not become corrupted. "Mittānaṃ" means he is not treacherous to good friends such as the Buddha and so on. "Everywhere he is venerated" - this should be described by the story of Sīvali. "Na pasāhanti" means they are unable to use force against him. This should be illustrated by the story of the novice Saṃkicca. "Warriors do not despise him" - this should be illustrated by the story of the millionaire Jotika. "Tarati" means surpasses. "Sagharan" means one's own house. One who is treacherous to friends, even when coming to his own house, comes with a disturbed mind, as if angry; but this one goes to his own home free from anger. "Paṭinandito" means at a place where many are assembled, they speak praise of the virtues of one who is not treacherous to friends; by that he is welcomed, with a delighted mind.

"Having honoured, one is honoured" means having honoured others, one is oneself honoured by others. "One who is respectful becomes respected" means one who is respectful towards others is oneself respected by others. "Vaṇṇakittibhato" means one who bears praise and renown; the meaning is that he is called one who goes about having raised up both virtue and the sound of fame. "Pūjako" means having become one who venerates friends, one oneself receives veneration. "Vandako" means having become one who pays homage to good friends such as the Buddha and so on, one obtains homage in return in a future existence. "Yasokittiñcā" means one attains both supremacy and retinue, and renown of virtues. By this verse, the story of the householder Citta should be told.

"Pajjalati" means he blazes with supremacy and retinue. "He is not forsaken by splendour" - here the story of Anāthapiṇḍika should be told. "Asnāti" means he consumes. "He obtains a support" - this should be illustrated by the Cūḷapaduma Jātaka. "Virūḷhamūlasantānan" means with grown roots and aerial roots. "Enemies do not overpower him" - here the story of the thief who entered the house of the mother of the Elder Soṇa of Kuraraghara should be told.

The charioteer Sunanda, even though he was teaching the Teaching with this many verses, not recognising him, thinking "Who indeed is this?" having abandoned the digging of the pit, having gone near the chariot, not seeing either him or the ornamental articles there - both - having come back again, looking, having recognised him, having fallen at his feet, having raised joined palms, entreating, spoke this verse -

22.

"Come, I will lead you back, prince, to your own house;

Exercise kingship, venerable sir, what will you do in the forest?"

Then the Great Being said to him -

23.

"Enough for me with that kingdom, with relatives or with wealth;

By which through unrighteous conduct, kingship would be obtained by me, charioteer."

Therein, "enough" (alaṃ) is a word of rejection.

The charioteer said -

24.

"Grant me a gift, prince, when you have gone from here;

My father and mother would give to me, prince, when you have gone."

25.

"Harem-ladies and princes, merchants and brahmins;

They too, delighted, would give, prince, when you have gone.

26.

"Elephant riders, royal bodyguards, charioteers, and infantry soldiers;

They too, delighted, would give, prince, when you have gone.

27.

"The country-folk rich in grain, and the townspeople assembled;

They would give gifts to me, prince, when you have gone."

24-27. Therein, "a gift" means a gift of pleasure. "Would give" means they would give a gift of pleasure fulfilling my disposition, as if raining a shower of the seven jewels. This he said having thought "Perhaps he might go out of compassion for me." "Vesiyānā ca" means and merchants. "Upāyanāni" means presents.

Then the Great Being said to him -

28.

"I have been given up by father and mother, by the country and the town;

And also by all the young men, there is no own house for me.

29.

"I was permitted by my mother, given up by my father at the great festival;

Gone forth alone in the forest, I would not long for sensual pleasures."

28-29. Therein, "by father and mother" means I have been given up by the father and by the mother. The same method applies to the others as well. "By mother" means my dear charioteer, I have been permitted by the mother who, having limited the kingship to a week, was taking a boon. "Sañchatto" means well given up. "Gone forth" means the meaning is having gone forth, departed for the purpose of dwelling in the forest.

Thus, as the Great Being was speaking of his own virtues, joy arose; then, uttering an inspired utterance with the force of rapture, he said -

30.

"Even for those who are unhurried, the hope for fruit succeeds;

I am one whose holy life has ripened, know this thus, charioteer.

31.

"Even for those who are unhurried, the right purpose ripens;

I am one whose holy life has ripened, departed, free from fear from any quarter."

30-31. Therein, "the hope for fruit" - he said thus to show the successful fruit of intention of me who, being unhurried, made effort for sixteen years. "I am one whose holy life has ripened" means one whose aspiration has reached its goal. "The right purpose ripens" means the duty to be done succeeds through the right means and reason.

The charioteer said -

32.

"Being thus a pleasant speaker, you were one of clear speech;

Why did you not speak then in the presence of father and mother?"

Therein, "pleasant speaker" means one who speaks kindly.

Then the Great Being said -

33.

"I am not crippled due to lack of joints, nor deaf due to lack of ears;

I am not mute due to lack of tongue, do not consider me as mute.

34.

"I remember a former birth, where I exercised kingship;

Having exercised kingship there, I fell into hell exceedingly.

35.

"For twenty years, I exercised kingship there;

For eighty thousand years, I was cooked in hell.

36.

"Frightened of that kingdom, lest they anoint me in kingship;

Therefore I did not speak then in the presence of father and mother.

37.

"Having seated me on his lap, my father instructs on matters;

'Kill one, bind one, make one slashed with alkali;

Impale one on a stake,' thus he instructs on matters.

38.

"Having heard those harsh words uttered;

Not dumb yet considered dumb in appearance, not crippled yet considered crippled;

I dwelt immersed in my own urine and excrement.

39.

"Difficult and small, and that is bound with suffering;

Having come to this life, who would make enmity with anyone?

40.

"Through the lack of wisdom and through not seeing the Teaching;

Having come to this life, who would make enmity with anyone?

41.

"Even for those who are unhurried, the hope for fruit succeeds;

I am one whose holy life has ripened, know this thus, charioteer.

42.

"Even for those who are unhurried, the right purpose ripens;

I am one whose holy life has ripened, departed, free from fear from any quarter."

33-42. Therein, "due to lack of joints" means due to the absence of joints. "Due to lack of ears" means due to the absence of ears. "Due to lack of tongue" means due to the absence of a tongue that can turn, I am not mute. "Where" means in which birth I exercised kingship in the city of Bārāṇasī. "Fell" means fallen. He says "I have fallen." "They consecrated in the kingdom" means they consecrated in the kingdom. "Having caused to sit" means having caused to sit down. "Instructs on matters" means he instructs on matters. "The lye-pickling torture" means having struck with spears, apply the lye-pickling treatment with alkali. "Impale" means fix upon. "Thus he instructs on matters" means thus he instructs him on matters. "Those, I" means those words, I. "Regarded as a cripple" means I was regarded as a cripple. "I remained" means I remained; the meaning is I dwelt. "Inundated" means surrounded, having been submerged - this is the meaning.

"Difficult" means suffering. "Small" means little. This is what is meant - My dear charioteer, even if the life of beings, though being painful, were to be long-lasting, it would be desirable; even if being small, if it were happy, it would be desirable; but this is both difficult and small, bound with the entire suffering of the round of rebirths, stored up, crushed. "Who this" means who this. "Enmity" means the fivefold enmity beginning with killing living beings. "By anything" means by any reason. "Of wisdom" means through the lack of insight wisdom. "Of the Teaching" means through not seeing the path of stream-entry. Again he spoke the inspired utterance verses for the purpose of showing his firmness, due to his unwillingness to go.

Having heard that, the charioteer Sunanda, having thought "This prince, having cast away such sovereignty like a corpse, having broken his own determination, has entered the forest thinking 'I shall go forth'; what use is this miserable life to me? I too shall go forth together with him," spoke this verse -

43.

"I too shall go forth, prince, in your presence;

Call me, venerable one, the going forth is pleasing to me."

Therein, "in your presence" means near you. "Call me" means summon me saying "Come, go forth."

Even though thus entreated by him, the Great Being, having thought "If I give him the going forth right now, his mother and father will not come here, and then there will be decline for them; these horses and chariot and ornamental articles will perish right here; the reproach 'He is a demon; surely the charioteer has been devoured by him' will arise for me" - and for the purpose of freeing himself from reproach and seeing the progress of his mother and father, showing the horses and chariot and ornamental articles as making them a debt to him, spoke this verse -

44.

"Having handed over the chariot, come free of debt, charioteer;

For the going forth is for one free of debt, this is praised by sages."

Therein, "this" means this act of going forth is praised, commended, and extolled by sages such as the Buddha and others.

Having heard that, the charioteer, thinking "If, when I have gone to the city, he should go elsewhere, and his father, having heard this news, having come again saying 'Show me my son,' should not see him, he would impose the royal punishment on me; therefore I, having spoken of my own virtue, shall obtain a promise for the purpose of not going elsewhere" - spoke a pair of verses -

45.

"Whatever word I did for you, may there be good fortune for you;

That very word of mine, being entreated, you are worthy to do.

46.

"Stay here for now, until I bring the king;

Perhaps your father, having seen you, would be delighted and glad at heart."

Then the Great Being said -

47.

"I shall do that word of yours, which you speak to me, charioteer;

I too wish to see my father who has come here.

48.

"Come, my dear, turn back, speak well-wishes to my relatives;

Having been instructed by me, pay homage to my mother and father."

45-48. Therein, "I do for you" means I do this word for you. "Come, my dear, turn back" means my dear charioteer, having gone there, come back, turn back quickly from right here. "Having been spoken, you should pay respect" means having been spoken by me, you should convey the homage "Your son Prince Temiya pays homage to you"; this is the meaning.

Having said thus, the Great Being, bending down like a golden plantain tree, having paid homage to his mother and father with the fivefold prostration facing towards the city of Bārāṇasī, gave the message to the charioteer. He, having received the message, having circumambulated the prince, having mounted the chariot, set out towards the city. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

49.

"Having taken hold of his feet, and having circumambulated him keeping him on my right;

The charioteer, having ascended the chariot, approached the king's gate."

Its meaning is - Monks, thus addressed, that charioteer, having taken hold of that prince's feet, having circumambulated him keeping him on his right, having ascended the chariot, approached the king's gate.

At that moment Queen Candā, having opened the latticed window, thinking "What indeed is the news of my son?" looking along the road of the charioteer's arrival, having seen him coming alone, having struck her breast, she lamented. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

50.

"Having seen the empty chariot, with only the charioteer arrived;

With eyes full of tears, weeping, she looks at him.

51.

"This charioteer comes, having slain my own son;

Surely my son is slain, the increaser of the earth on the ground.

52.

"Surely enemies rejoice, surely foes are elated;

Having seen the charioteer arrived, having slain my own son.

53.

"Having seen the empty chariot, with only the charioteer arrived;

With eyes full of tears, weeping, the mother questioned him.

54.

"Was he mute or was he crippled, did he lament then;

Being struck down on the ground, tell me this, charioteer.

55.

"How with hands and feet, did the mute cripple ward off;

Being struck down on the ground, tell me this when asked."

50-55. Therein, "mother" means the mother of Prince Temiya. "The increaser of the earth on the ground" means that son of mine, having been the increaser of the earth, is surely slain on the ground. "Weeping, she questioned him" means having set that chariot aside, having ascended the great terrace, having paid homage to Queen Candā, she questioned the charioteer standing to one side. "What indeed" means what indeed, is that son of mine truly mute, truly a cripple? "Then" means when you, having thrown him into the pit, struck him on the head with a spade, then. "Being struck down on the ground" means being struck down by you on the ground, what indeed did he lament? "That to me" means tell me all that without omitting anything. "Warded off" means how, flailing with hands and feet, saying "Go away, charioteer, do not kill me," did he push you away - tell me that: this is the meaning.

Thereupon the charioteer said -

56.

"I would tell you, lady, if you would grant me safety;

What I have heard or seen, in the presence of the prince."

Therein, "you would grant" means if you would grant safety. He, having thought "If I say 'Your son is neither mute nor crippled, but a sweet speaker, a preacher of the Teaching,' then the king, angry, might impose the royal punishment on me, saying 'Why did you not take him and come back?' - I shall first request safety," said this.

Then Queen Candā said to him -

57.

"I give you safety, my dear, speak fearlessly, charioteer;

What you have heard or seen, in the presence of the prince."

Thereupon the charioteer said -

58.

"He is not mute, he is not crippled, and he is one of clear speech;

Frightened of the kingdom, it seems, he made many attachments.

59.

"He remembers a former birth, where he exercised kingship;

Having exercised kingship there, he fell into hell exceedingly.

60.

"For twenty years, he exercised kingship there;

For eighty thousand years, he was cooked in hell.

61.

"Frightened of that kingdom, lest they anoint me in kingship;

Therefore I did not speak then in the presence of father and mother.

62.

"Endowed with major and minor limbs, with height and girth;

Of clear speech, wise, he stands on the path to heaven.

63.

"If you wish to see the prince, your own son;

Come, I will bring you there, where Temiya is honoured."

57-63. Therein, "of free speech" means one whose talk is unhindered. "He made many attachments" means he made many deceptions of yours. "Wise" means one possessing wisdom. "If you" - having made the king the leader, both of them spoke thus. "Where Temiya is honoured" means where your son, having become one who has given his acknowledgment to me, remains, I will bring you there; now without making delay, it is proper to go quickly - thus he said.

But the prince, having sent the charioteer, was desirous of going forth. Then Sakka, having known his mind, at that moment, having summoned the young god Vissakamma, sent him saying "Dear son, young god Vissakamma, Prince Temiya is desirous of going forth; you, having built a hermitage and the requisites for one gone forth for him, come back." He, having accepted saying "Very well," having gone swiftly, having built a delightful hermitage by his own supernormal power in a jungle thicket of three yojanas, having made night-quarters and day-quarters, a pond, a pit, and trees accomplished with fruits in all seasons, having built a walking path of twenty-four cubits' measure near the hermitage, having scattered beautiful sand of crystal colour inside the walking path, having created all the requisites for one gone forth, having inscribed the letters on the wall "Whoever wishes to go forth, let them take these and go forth," having driven away all the fierce and malicious ones, the disagreeable sounds, and all the beasts and birds, he went to his own place.

At that moment the Great Being, having seen that, having known it to be given by Sakka, having entered the hermitage, having removed his garments, having put on a red bark garment as a lower garment, having wrapped one as an upper garment, having placed a cheetah-skin leather on one shoulder, having tied the coil of matted hair, having placed the carrying pole on his shoulder, having taken a walking staff, having come out from the hermitage, bearing the splendour of one gone forth, having walked up and down back and forth, uttering the inspired utterance "Oh, what happiness! Oh, what happiness!" having entered the hermitage, seated on the wooden bed-spread, having produced the five direct knowledges and the eight meditative attainments, in the evening time, having come out from the hermitage, having taken leaves from a curry tree standing at the end of the walking path, having steeped them in water without salt, without buttermilk, without seasoning, in a vessel given by Sakka, having consumed it as if it were the Deathless, having developed the four divine abidings, he made his dwelling there.

The King of Kāsi too, having heard the words of the charioteer Sunanda, having summoned Mahāsenagutta, as if in a hurry, said to make preparations for the journey -

64.

"Let them harness the horses to the chariots, bind the girths on the elephants;

Let the conches and small drums sound forth, let the single-headed drums be played.

65.

"Let the fastened drums be played, let the lovely kettledrums be played;

And let the townspeople follow me, as I go to advise my son.

66.

"Harem-ladies and princes, merchants and brahmins;

Let them quickly harness the vehicles, I go as the adviser of my son.

67.

"Elephant riders, royal bodyguards, charioteers, and infantry soldiers;

Let them quickly harness the vehicles, I go as the adviser of my son.

68.

"The country-folk have assembled, and the townspeople have assembled;

Let them quickly harness the vehicles, I go as the adviser of my son."

64-68. Therein, "let them sound forth" means let them emit sound. "Let them be played" means let them be sounded. "Single-headed drums" means drums with one face. "Armoured" means well bound. "Pleasant" means with sweet voices. "I go" means I shall go. "One who instructs the son" means having become an announcer and exhorter of the son, I go. He spoke thus with the intention: having exhorted him, having caused him to accept my word, having placed him right there upon a heap of jewels, having consecrated him, I go to bring him. "Townspeople" means householder folk. "Assembled" means having gathered together.

Thus commanded by the king, the charioteers, having harnessed the horses, having placed the chariots at the royal gate, reported to the king. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

69.

"And the charioteers, having yoked the horses, Sindh horses, swift vehicles;

Approached the king's gate, 'These horses are yoked, O lord.'"

Therein, "horses" means having taken horses that are Sindh horses, of Sindh breed, swift vehicles, endowed with speed. "Charioteers" means the charioteers. "Yoked" means harnessed to chariots. "Approached" means they, having taken the horses yoked to chariots, came; and having come, they reported "These horses are yoked, O lord."

Then, having heard the word of the charioteers, the king spoke a half-verse -

70.

"The fat ones fall behind in speed, the lean ones fall behind in strength."

Having heard that, the charioteers too spoke a half verse -

"Having avoided the lean and the fat, horses in company are yoked."

Its meaning is - Sire, not taking such horses as the lean and the fat, horses similar in age, beauty, speed, and strength are yoked.

Then the king, going to his son's presence, had the four castes, the eighteen guilds, and the entire army assembled. While he was assembling them, three days passed. Then on the fourth day, the King of Kāsi, having departed from the city, having had what was suitable to be taken brought along, having gone to the hermitage, greeted by his son, exchanged friendly greetings. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

71.

"Then the king, hurrying, having mounted the yoked chariot;

Addressed the women's quarters, 'All of you follow me.'

72.

"The hair-fan, the turban, the sword, and the white umbrella;

The sandals, having ascended the chariot, adorned with gold.

73.

"Then that king set out, having put the charioteer in front;

He quickly approached, where Temiya is honoured.

74.

"And having seen him coming, blazing as if with radiance;

Surrounded by a company of nobles, Temiya said this.

75.

"Is it that you are well, dear son, is it that you are free from illness;

And all the princesses, are my mothers healthy?

76.

"Is it well with me, son, and also, son, free from illness?

And all the princesses, your mothers are healthy.

77.

"Are you one who abstains from intoxicants, dear son, is liquor unpleasant to you;

Does your mind delight in truth and in the teaching, and in giving?

78.

"I am one who abstains from intoxicants, son, and also liquor is unpleasant to me;

And also in truth and in the teaching, my mind delights in giving.

79.

"Are your draught animals healthy, does your vehicle carry well;

Are there no illnesses for you, that cause distress to the body?

80.

"And also my draught animals are healthy, and also my vehicle carries well;

And also there are no illnesses for me, that cause distress to the body.

81.

"Are your borders prosperous, and is your middle densely populated;

And your storehouse and treasury, are they well-stocked for you?

82.

"And also my borders are prosperous, and my middle is densely populated;

And my storehouse and treasury, all is well-stocked for me.

83.

"Welcome to you, great king, and also your coming is not unwelcome;

Let them set up a divan, where the king may sit down."

71-83. Therein, "the sandals, having ascended the chariot" means having placed the golden slippers onto the chariot - this is the meaning. The king said these three verses while commanding "Take the five regalia" for the purpose of performing the consecration of his son right there. "Adorned with gold" - this he said with reference to the slippers. "Approached" means he had approached. At what time? At the time when the Great Being was seated, having cooked Kāra leaves and cooling them. "As if blazing with radiance" means as if blazing with royal power. "Surrounded by a company of warriors" means surrounded by a company of ministers with whom conversation was pleasant, or surrounded by assemblies of warriors. "Said this" means having had the King of Kāsi set up camp outside, having come on foot to the leaf-hut, having paid homage to him, while making a friendly welcome to him who was seated, he said this utterance.

"Well and free from illness" - by both terms he asks about good health only. "One who does not drink intoxicants" - he asks whether you do not drink intoxicants. "Appamatto" is also a reading; the meaning is: you do not neglect wholesome mental states. "Finding liquor disagreeable" means the drinking of liquor is disagreeable. "Suramappiyā" is also a reading; the meaning is: intoxicating liquor is disagreeable. "In the principles" means in the tenfold duties of a king. "Draught animals" means your horses, oxen, and so on that are to be yoked to the yoke. "Does it carry well" means does it carry well, being healthy. "Vehicle" means all vehicles such as elephants, horses, and so on. "Causing distress to the body" means causing affliction to the body. "The borders" means the borderland provinces. "Flourishing" means prosperous, having plenty of food, or replete with garments and ornaments or with food and drink, with dense habitation. "And in the middle" means in the middle of the country. "Dense" means villages and market towns with compact habitation. "Spread" means covered, guarded, or complete. "Where the king may sit down" means on whichever divan the king will sit, he says "let them prepare that."

The king, out of respect for the Great Being, does not sit on the divan. Then the Great Being, having said "If he does not sit on the divan, prepare a mattress of leaves," inviting the king to sit on that which was prepared, spoke a verse -

84.

"Sit down right here, on the fixed mattress of leaves;

Having taken water from here, wash your feet."

Therein, "fixed" means well-spread. "From here" - he said, showing the water for use.

The king, out of respect for the Great Being, not sitting even on the mattress of leaves, sat down right on the ground. The Great Being too, having entered the hermitage, having brought out that cooked leaf-food, inviting the king with it, spoke a verse -

85.

"This leaf-food of mine too, cooked, O king, unsalted;

Consume it, great king, you have come here as my guest."

Then the king said to him -

86.

"I do not eat leaves, for this is not my food;

I would eat rice of fine grain, pure, with meat sauce."

85-86. Therein, "na cāha" is a word of rejection.

The king, having praised such royal food of his own, out of respect for that Great Being, having placed a little leaf-food on the palm of his hand, sat down speaking an affectionate talk together with his son, saying "Dear son, you eat such food." At that moment Queen Candā, surrounded by the harem ladies, having come by a single road, having reached the hermitage of the Bodhisatta, having seen her beloved son, fell down right there and became unconscious. Then, having regained her breath, having risen from the place where she had fallen, having come, having firmly grasped the feet of the Bodhisatta, having paid homage, having wept with eyes full of tears, having risen from the place of homage, she sat down to one side. Then the king, having said to her "Dear lady, see the food of your son," having placed a little leaf-food in her hand, gave a little each to the remaining women as well. They all, saying "Husband, you eat such food," having taken it, having placed it on their own respective heads, having said "You do what is exceedingly difficult, husband," paying homage, sat down. The king again, having said "Dear son, this appears to me as a wonder," spoke this verse -

87.

"A marvel appears to me, even one alone gone to a private place;

Of those eating such food, by what does their beauty become clear?"

Therein, "alone" means dear son, having seen you, even alone, gone to a private place, sustaining yourself with this food, it appears to me as a wonder. "Such" means he asked him: by what reason does the beauty become clear of those eating such unsalted, without buttermilk, unseasoned, cooked food received in the bowl?

Then he, describing it, said -

88.

"Alone, O king, I lie down, on a fixed mattress of leaves;

By that solitary sleeping place of mine, O king, my beauty becomes clear.

89.

"And no sword-bearers, no royal guards, attend upon me;

By that comfortable sleeping place of mine, O king, my beauty becomes clear.

90.

"I do not bewail the past, nor do I crave for the future;

I sustain myself with the present, therefore my beauty becomes clear.

91.

Through longing for the future, through sorrowing over the past,

By this fools wither away, like a green reed that is cut."

88-91. Therein, "bearing swords" means bearing swords. "King's guard" means one who protects the king. "I do not crave" means I do not aspire. "Green" means of green colour. "Cut" means like a reed that has been pulled out and thrown in the sun's heat.

Then the king, having thought "I shall consecrate him right here and take him away," inviting him with kingship, said -

92.

"Elephant units, chariot units, horses, and infantry wearing armour;

Charming dwellings, I give to you, son.

93.

"I give you also the women's quarters, adorned with all ornaments;

Proceed to them, son, you will be our king.

94.

"Skilled in dancing and singing, trained, clever women;

They will delight you in sensual pleasures, what will you do in the forest?

95.

"I will bring you maidens from rival kings, adorned;

Having begotten sons in them, then afterwards you will go forth.

96.

"You are a youth and young, a boy in the first bloom of youth;

Exercise kingship, venerable sir, what will you do in the forest?"

92-96. Therein, "elephant units" means starting from ten elephants it is called an elephant unit; likewise a chariot unit. "Wearing armour" means valiant warriors bound with armour. "Skilled" means clever. "Trained" means trained in other womanly duties as well. "Clever women" means cunning, charming women; or cunning, urbane women; or cunning women called dancing women. "Maidens from rival kings for you" means I will bring princesses from other kings for you. "Youthful" means one who has reached youth. "Young" means of tender age. "In the first bloom of youth" means arisen from the arising of the first stage of life. "A child" means very young.

From here onwards there is a discourse on the Teaching by the Bodhisatta -

97.

"A youth should practise the holy life, a practitioner of the holy life should be a youth;

For the going forth is for the young, this is praised by sages.

98.

"A youth should practise the holy life, a practitioner of the holy life should be a youth;

I shall practise the holy life, I am not desirous of kingship.

99.

"I see a young one, calling 'mother, father';

A dear son obtained with difficulty, dead without even reaching old age.

100.

"I see a young maiden, beautiful to behold;

Like a fresh bamboo shoot, crumbling, reaching the destruction of life.

101.

"For even the young die, men and also women;

There, what man would trust in life, thinking 'I am young'?

102.

"For one whose life span becomes less at the end of each night;

Like fish in little water, what use is youth there?

103.

"The world is constantly afflicted, and constantly surrounded;

As the nights pass by not in vain, why do you consecrate me to kingship?"

The King of Kāsi said -

104.

"By what is the world afflicted, and by what is it surrounded;

The days go not in vain, tell me this when asked."

The Bodhisatta said -

105.

"By death is the world afflicted, by ageing is it surrounded;

The nights go not in vain, know this thus, O warrior.

106.

"Just as when a loom is stretched out, whatever is woven upon it;

Little remains to be woven, so is the life of mortals.

107.

"Just as a full water-stream, going, does not turn back;

So is the life of human beings, going, it does not turn back.

108.

"Just as a full water-stream would carry away trees growing on the bank;

So by ageing and death, all living beings are carried away."

97-108. Therein, "a practitioner of the holy life should be a youth" means one practising the holy life should be a youth. "Praised by sages" means extolled and commended by sages such as the Buddha and others. "I am not desirous of kingship" means I am not desirous of kingship. "Calling 'mother, father'" means one calling "mother, father." "Falling apart" means seized by Death having pulled away. "For one whose life span at the end of each night" means, great king, for one whose life span becomes less by the passing of days and nights from the time of taking conception in the mother's womb. "What use is youth there" means what will the state of being young do at that stage of life?

"By what is afflicted" means by what is afflicted. This the king asks, not knowing the meaning of what was spoken briefly. "Ratyo" means nights. For they, consuming the life span and beauty and strength of these beings as they go, should be understood as "they go not in vain." "Whatever is woven" means whatever thread is woven. "To be woven" means just as when the thread has been woven, the remainder to be woven becomes little, so is the life of beings. "Does not turn back" means at each and every moment, what has gone is gone indeed; it does not turn back. "Would carry trees growing on the bank" means would carry away trees growing on the bank.

The king, having heard the talk on the Teaching of the Great Being, exceedingly dissatisfied, thinking "What use is the household life to me?" having become desirous of going forth, thinking "I shall not go back to the city for now; I shall go forth right here. But if my son were to go to the city, I would give him the white parasol," having thought thus, inviting him again with kingship in order to test him, he said -

109.

"Elephant units, chariot units, horses, and infantry wearing armour;

Charming dwellings, I give to you, son.

110.

"I give you also the women's quarters, adorned with all ornaments;

Proceed to them, son, you will be our king.

111.

"Skilled in dancing and singing, trained, clever women;

They will delight you in sensual pleasures, what will you do in the forest?

112.

"I will bring you maidens from rival kings, adorned;

Having begotten sons in them, then afterwards you will go forth.

113.

"You are a youth and young, a boy in the first bloom of youth;

Exercise kingship, venerable sir, what will you do in the forest?

114.

"Storehouse and treasury, vehicles and powers;

Charming dwellings, I give to you, son.

115.

"Surrounded by a circle of cattle, attended by a group of female slaves;

Exercise kingship, venerable sir, what will you do in the forest?"

109-115. Therein, "surrounded by a circle of cattle" means honoured by a circle of princesses with beautiful limbs.

Then the Great Being, making known his lack of desire for kingship, said -

116.

"What use is wealth which is exhausted, what use is a wife who will die;

What use is youth when one is old, which is overcome by ageing.

117.

"What delight is there, what amusement, what pleasure, what search for wealth;

What use are sons and wife to me, O king, I am freed from bondage.

118.

"Thus I understand, Death does not neglect me;

For one overcome by the Ender, what pleasure, what search for wealth?

119.

Just as for ripe fruits, there is always fear from falling;

So for mortals who are born, there is always fear from death.

120.

"In the evening some are not seen, who in the morning were seen as many people;

In the morning those are not seen, who in the evening were seen as many people.

121.

"Today itself the effort should be made with ardour, who knows death tomorrow;

For there is no bargaining with that one, Death with his great army.

122.

"Thieves desire wealth, O king, I am freed from bondage;

Come, O king, turn back, I am not desirous of kingship."

116-122. Therein, "which is exhausted" means: great king, why do you invite me with wealth which is exhausted, which would come to elimination? For either wealth abandons a man, or a man, having abandoned that wealth, departs - thus in every way it only leads to elimination; why do you invite me with that wealth? "What use is a wife" means: what shall I do with a wife, who will die even while I am still alive? "When one is old" means: one who is surrounded by ageing, one who has experienced it. "Is overcome" means: will be overcome. "There" means: in that world community which is thus subject to ageing and death. "What delight" means: what indeed is the pleasure? "Amusement" means: sport. "Delight" means delight in the five types of sensual pleasure. "From bondage" means: I am freed from the bondage of sensual pleasure, great king - he spoke thus because of the suppression by meditative absorption. "Death does not neglect me" means: my Death does not neglect me; it is always diligent for my murder. I who understand thus, for me who am afflicted by the Ender, who am slain, what indeed is delight, what is the search for wealth? "Always" means: from the time of birth onwards, fear of ageing and death always arises.

"Ardour" means: energy in wholesome action. "Duty" means: what should be done. "Who knows death tomorrow" means: who could know whether tomorrow or the day after tomorrow there will be death or life? "Agreement" means: rendezvous. "With his great army" means: by a manifold army by way of twenty-five fears, thirty-two modes of bodily punishment, ninety-six diseases as chief and so on. "Thieves desire wealth" means: thieves, giving up their lives for the sake of wealth, desire wealth indeed; but I am freed from the bondage reckoned as the longing for wealth; I have no need of wealth - this is the meaning. "Turn back" means: by my word, turn back rightly; having abandoned the kingdom, having made renunciation your refuge, go forth. But whatever you thought "I shall establish this one in the kingdom," do not think that; I am not desirous of kingship. Thus the Great Being's teaching of the Teaching reached its summit with a connected conclusion.

Having heard that, beginning with the king and Queen Candā, the sixteen thousand harem-ladies and the ministers and others all became desirous of going forth. The king too had a drum beaten in the city: "Those who wish to go forth in the presence of my son, let them go forth." And having had the doors of all the gold storehouses and so on opened, having had letters inscribed on a golden slab saying "At such and such a place there are great treasure pots; let those who are desirous take them," he had it tied to a great pillar. Those townspeople, leaving their shops just as they had been spread out and their houses with doors just as they had been opened, having departed from the city, came to the king's presence. The king together with the great multitude went forth in the presence of the Great Being. The hermitage of three yojanas given by Sakka became full. The Great Being arranged the hermitages; the hermitages situated in the middle he had given to the women. Why? Because they are timid by nature. But to the men he had the outer hermitages given. All those hermitages were built by the young god Vissakamma himself. And those fruit-bearing trees too were created by the young god Vissakamma himself by his own supernormal power. They all, on the Observance day, having taken the fruits that had fallen and fallen on the ground from the fruit-bearing trees created by Vissakamma, having consumed them, practised the duties of an ascetic. Among them, whoever reflected on sensual thought or thought of anger or thought of violence, having known his mind, the Great Being, having sat down in the sky, taught the sweet Teaching. Those people, having heard the sweet Teaching of the Bodhisatta, having become one-pointed in mind, very quickly produced the direct knowledges and the meditative attainments.

Then a certain neighbouring king, having heard "The King of Kāsi, it is said, having departed from the city of Bārāṇasī, having entered the forest, has gone forth," having departed from his city thinking "I shall seize Bārāṇasī," having reached Bārāṇasī, having entered the city, having seen the decorated city, having ascended to the king's dwelling, having looked at the sevenfold excellent jewels, thinking "In dependence on this wealth of the King of Kāsi, there must be some danger," having had the drunkards summoned, asked "Has any danger arisen here in the city for your king?" "There is not, Sire." "Why?" "Our king's son, Prince Temiya, thinking 'I shall not exercise kingship in Bārāṇasī,' though not mute, having become like a mute, having departed from this city, having entered the forest, went forth in the going forth of sages. For that reason our king, together with the great multitude, having departed from this city, having gone to the presence of Prince Temiya, has gone forth," they reported. The neighbouring king, having heard their words, being pleased, having thought "I too shall go forth," asked "Dear sirs, through which gate did your king depart?" When it was said "Through the eastern gate, Sire," having departed through that very eastern gate together with his own assembly, he set out along the riverbank.

The Great Being too, having known of his coming, having come into the forest, having sat in the sky, taught the sweet Teaching. He together with his assembly went forth in his very presence. Thus seven other kings too came thinking "I shall seize the city of Bārāṇasī." Those kings too, having abandoned seven kingdoms, went forth in the very presence of the Bodhisatta. The elephants too became forest elephants, the horses too became forest horses, the chariots too were destroyed right in the forest, and in the storehouses they scattered the coins, making sand in the hermitage. All of them too, having produced the direct knowledges and meditative attainments, at the end of life were heading for the Brahma world. The animals - elephants and horses too - having gladdened their minds towards the group of sages, were reborn in the six sensual-sphere heavenly worlds.

The Teacher, having brought this teaching of the Teaching, having made known the truths, having said "Not only now, monks; in the past too, having abandoned kingship, he went forth indeed," connected the Jātaka - "At that time the goddess dwelling in the parasol was Uppalavaṇṇā, the charioteer Sunanda was Sāriputta, the mother and father were the great royal families, the rest of the assembly was the Buddha's assembly, but the wise mute cripple was myself, the perfectly Self-awakened One."

The commentary on the Mūgapakkha Jātaka is the first.

539.

Commentary on the Mahājanaka Jātaka

"Who is this one in the middle of the ocean" - this the Teacher spoke while dwelling at Jeta's Grove, referring to the great renunciation. For one day the monks, seated together in the Teaching hall, sat praising the Tathāgata's great renunciation. The Teacher, having come, having asked "What discussion were you having as you sat together here, monks?" when it was said "Such and such," having said "Not only now, monks; in the past too the Tathāgata went forth in the great renunciation indeed," being requested by them, brought up the past.

In the past, in the Videha country, in Mithilā, a king named Mahājanaka exercised kingship. He had two sons, Ariṭṭhajanaka and Polajanaka. Among them, the king gave the viceroyalty to the eldest son, and gave the position of general to the younger. Afterwards Mahājanaka died. Having performed the funeral rites for him, after the king's passing, Ariṭṭhajanaka, having become king, gave the viceroyalty to the other. One attendant of his, having gone to the king's presence, said "Sire, the viceroy wishes to have you killed." The king, having heard his talk again and again, having broken his affection for the younger, having had Polajanaka bound with fetters, having had him dwell in a house not far from the king's dwelling, set up a guard. The prince made an act of truth: "If I am an enemy of my brother, may the fetters not be released from my hands and feet, may the door not be opened; if I am not an enemy, may the fetters be released from my hands and feet, may the door be opened." At that very moment the fetters too broke into fragments, and the door too was opened. He, having departed, having gone to a borderland village, took up residence there.

The borderland villagers, having recognised him, attended on him. The king too was not able to have him seized. He, gradually having brought the borderland province into his possession, having become one of great retinue, surrounded by a great multitude, saying "I was formerly not an enemy of my brother, but now I am an enemy," having gone to Mithilā, having set up camp outside the city, took up residence there. The warriors dwelling in the city, having heard "The prince has come, it is said," for the most part, having taken elephants, horses, vehicles, and so on, came to his very presence; other citizens too came. He sent a message to his brother: "I was not formerly your enemy, but now I am an enemy; either give me the umbrella or give battle." The king, having heard that, wishing to make war, having addressed the queen-consort, having said "Dear lady, in war, victory and defeat cannot be known; if an obstacle befalls me, you should protect the child in the womb," surrounded by a great army, departed from the city.

Then in battle, Polajanaka's warriors brought him to the destruction of life. Then there was a single uproar throughout the entire city: "The king is dead." The queen too, having known the state of his death, very quickly having taken gold essence and other valuables, having put them into a hand-basket, having spread a soiled rag on top, having scattered rice-grain over it, having dressed in a soiled rag, having made her body ugly, having placed the basket on her head, she departed in broad daylight; no one recognised her. She, having gone out through the northern gate, because of never having gone anywhere before, not knowing the road, being unable to determine the direction, only because of having heard "There is a city named Kālacampā," asking "Is there anyone travelling to the city of Kālacampā?" sat down alone in a hall. But the being conceived in her womb was not just anyone; the Great Being who had fulfilled the perfections was born.

Through his power, Sakka's dwelling trembled. Sakka, reflecting, having known that reason, having thought "The being conceived in her womb is of great merit; it is fitting for me to go," having created a covered vehicle, having prepared a bed therein, like an old man driving the vehicle, having stood at the door of the hall where she was seated, asked "Is there anyone travelling to the city of Kālacampā?" "I shall go, dear father." "If so, having ascended the vehicle, sit down, mother." "Dear father, I am with child full-term; it is not possible for me to climb up the vehicle; I shall walk behind, behind; but give room for this basket of mine." "Mother, what do you say? There is none equal to me who is capable of knowing how to drive a vehicle. Mother, do not fear; having ascended, sit down." She said "Dear father, very well." He, at the time of her climbing up, by his own power, having raised the earth like a leather bellows filled with wind, made it strike against the rear end of the vehicle. She, having ascended, having lain down on the bed, understood "This must be a deity." She, as soon as she had lain down on the divine bed, fell into sleep.

Then Sakka, having reached a certain river at a distance of thirty yojanas, having awakened her, said "Mother, having descended, having bathed in the river, at the pillow there is a suit of clothes; put that on; inside the vehicle there is a parcel of boiled rice; eat that." She, having done so, having lain down again, in the evening time, having reached the city of Kālacampā, having seen the gate-towers and walls, asked "Dear father, what is the name of this city?" "The city of Kālacampā, mother." "What do you say, dear father? Is not the city of Kālacampā at a distance of sixty yojanas from our city?" "Yes, mother, but I know the straight road." Then, having set her down near the southern gate, having said "Mother, our village is ahead; you, having gone, enter the city," as if having gone ahead, Sakka, having disappeared, went to his own place.

The queen too sat down alone in a hall. At that moment, a certain world-famed teacher, a resident of the city of Kālacampā, a brahmin who studied the sacred incantations, surrounded by five hundred young men, going for the purpose of bathing, having looked from afar, having seen her seated there, lovely and endowed with beauty, by the power of the Great Being in her womb, with the very seeing, having aroused the affection of a younger sister, having left the young men outside, having entered the hall alone, asked "Sister, of which village are you a resident?" "Dear father, I am the queen-consort of King Ariṭṭhajanaka in Mithilā." "Mother, why have you come here?" "Dear father, the king was killed by Polajanaka; then I, frightened, thinking 'I shall protect the embryo,' have come." "Mother, but in this city do you have any relative?" "There is not, dear father." If so, do not worry; I am a brahmin of the northern region, of great wealth, a world-famed teacher; I shall place you in the position of a sister and look after you. You, having said "Brother" to me, having taken hold of my feet, lament. She, having made a loud sound, having taken hold of his feet, lamented. They both lamented with each other.

Then his pupils, having heard the loud sound, having quickly run up, asked "Teacher, what has happened to you?" He said - "This is my younger sister, born at such and such a time without me." Then the young men said "From the time of seeing your sister, do not worry, teacher." He, having had the young men bring a covered vehicle, having caused her to sit there, having said "Dear sons, having gone, having told the brahmin woman of my younger sister status, tell her to do all the duties," sent them to the house. They, having gone, told the brahmin woman. Then the brahmin woman too, having bathed her with hot water, having prepared a bed, caused her to lie down. Then the brahmin too, having bathed and come, at mealtime, having had her summoned saying "Summon my sister," having eaten together with her, looked after her within the dwelling itself.

She, before long, gave birth to a golden-coloured son, and gave him the name "Mahājanaka" after his grandfather's property. He, while growing up, playing with boys, those who irritated him, because of being born in an unbroken warrior-caste family, with great strength and stubbornness of pride, having firmly seized them, he struck them. Then they, crying with a loud voice, when asked "By whom were you struck?" say "By the widow's son." Then the boy thought "These repeatedly call me 'widow's son'; let it be, I shall ask my mother." One day he asked his mother "Mother, who is my father?" Then his mother deceived him saying "Dear son, the brahmin is your father." On the following day too, while striking the boys, when it was said "Widow's son," having said "Is not the brahmin my father?" when it was said "What is the brahmin to you?" he thought "These repeatedly say to me 'What is the brahmin to you?'; my mother does not tell me this reason as it really is; she will not tell me of her own accord; let it be, I shall make her tell." He, while drinking mother's milk, having bitten the breast with his teeth, said "Mother, tell me about my father; if you will not tell, I shall cut off your breast." She, being unable to deceive her son, said "Dear son, you are the son of King Ariṭṭhajanaka in Mithilā; your father was killed by Polajanaka; I, protecting you, came to this city; this brahmin, having placed me in the position of a sister, looks after me." He, having heard that, from then on, even when called "Widow's son," was not angry.

He, within sixteen years itself, learnt the three Vedas and all the crafts, and at the age of sixteen was one bearing the most excellent appearance. Then he, having thought "I shall take the kingdom belonging to my father," asked his mother "Mother, is there any wealth in your hand, or not? I, having engaged in trade, having produced wealth, shall take the kingdom belonging to my father." Then his mother said to him - "Dear son, I did not come empty-handed; there are three treasure-essences in my hand - a pearl-essence, a gem-essence, and a diamond-essence; among those, each one is sufficient for the taking of a kingdom; having taken that, take the kingdom; do not engage in trade." "Mother, give me just half of this wealth itself; having taken that, having gone to Suvaṇṇabhūmi, having brought back much wealth, I shall take the kingdom." He, having had the half brought, having made a bundle, having loaded the goods onto a boat together with merchants travelling to Suvaṇṇabhūmi, having turned back again, having paid homage to his mother, said "Mother, I shall go to Suvaṇṇabhūmi." Then his mother said to him - "Dear son, the ocean is of little success and has many dangers; do not go; you have sufficient wealth for the taking of the kingdom." He, having said "I shall go indeed, mother," having paid homage to his mother, having departed from the house, boarded the boat.

On that very day a disease arose in Polajanaka's body; he lay on a bed of non-rising. Then seven hundred persons boarded the boat. The boat travelled seven hundred yojanas in seven days. Having gone with excessively fierce speed, it was unable to carry itself; the planks were broken; water rose up from here and there; the boat sank in the middle of the ocean. The people cry and lament, and pay homage to various deities. But the Great Being neither cries nor laments, nor pays homage to deities; but having known the state of the boat's sinking, having crushed sugar with ghee, having eaten a bellyful, having soaked two smooth cloths with oil, having firmly dressed himself, standing leaning against the mast, at the time of the boat's sinking, he climbed the mast. The people became food for fish and turtles; all around the water was blood for a distance of half an usabha. The Great Being, standing on the top of the mast, having determined the direction thinking "The city of Mithilā is in this direction," having flown up from the top of the mast, having passed beyond the fish and turtles, by great strength, he landed at the distance of an usabha. On that very day Polajanaka died. From then on the Great Being, rolling in the gem-coloured waves, like a mass of gold, crosses the ocean. Just as for one day, so for seven days he crosses; having looked at the time thinking "Now it is the full-moon day," having rinsed his mouth with salt water, he becomes an observer of the Observance.

At that time, a young goddess named Maṇimekhalā had been appointed by the four world-guardians as the guardian of the ocean, saying "Whatever beings who are endowed with virtues such as looking after one's mother and so on, who are unsuitable to die in the ocean, rescue them." She did not look at the ocean for seven days; it is said that her mindfulness had been forgotten while experiencing divine success. Some say "She had gone to the assembly of the gods." Then she, thinking "Today is my seventh day of not looking at the ocean; what indeed is the situation?" looking, having seen the Great Being, having thought "If Prince Mahājanaka perishes in the ocean, I shall not obtain entry to the assembly of the gods," having stood in the sky with an adorned body not far from the Great Being, investigating the Great Being, she spoke the first verse -

123.

"Who is this one in the middle of the ocean, not seeing the shore, yet striving;

Having known what reason, do you thus strive so exceedingly?"

Therein, "not seeing the shore, yet striving" means while not seeing the shore, he strives, he makes energy.

Then the Great Being, having heard her words, thinking "Today is my seventh day crossing the ocean; no second being has ever been seen by me; who indeed is speaking to me?" looking up at the sky, having seen her, spoke the second verse -

124.

"Having considered the way of the world, and of effort, O deity;

Therefore in the middle of the ocean, not seeing the shore, I strive."

Therein, "having considered the way of the world" means I dwell having seen and reflected upon the way of conduct of the world - this is the meaning. "And of effort" explains that he dwells having attended to the benefit of effort. "Therefore" means because I dwell having considered, I know that "manliness indeed does not perish, it establishes one in happiness," therefore even though not seeing the shore, I strive, I make energy, I do not feel discontent.

She, having heard his talk on the Teaching, having become desirous of hearing further, spoke a verse again -

125.

"In the deep, immeasurable, whose shore is not seen;

Your human effort is vain, you will die without even reaching it."

Therein, "without reaching" means without reaching the shore indeed.

Then the Great Being, having said "O deity, what indeed is this you are speaking of? Even if I die having made effort, I shall be freed from censure," spoke a verse -

126.

"He becomes free of debt to relatives, to gods and to father;

Doing a man's duties, he does not feel remorse afterwards."

Therein, "free of debt" means making effort, he becomes free of debt among relatives, deities, and Brahmā gods - unreproached and blameless. "Doing a man's duties" means just as that person, doing the actions that should be done by men, does not feel remorse afterwards, just as he does not bewail, so too I, making energy, do not feel remorse afterwards, do not bewail - this is the meaning.

Then the goddess spoke a verse to him -

127.

"Whatever action is unattainable, fruitless, yielding only weariness;

What use is effort there, for one upon whom death has fallen?"

Therein, "unattainable" means not able to be brought to completion by effort. "Upon whom death has fallen" means for one whose making of effort is an impossibility, death itself has been produced; what use is effort there?

When the young goddess had spoken thus, rendering her bewildered, the Great Being spoke further verses -

128.

"One who, having known it to be absolutely unattainable, O deity;

Would not protect one's own life, he would know if he should neglect it.

129.

"Some in this world, O deity, expecting the fruit of their intention;

Undertake actions, those succeed or not.

130.

"Do you not see the fruit of action visible here and now, O deity;

While others sank, I alone cross over, and I see that one near me.

131.

"So I shall strive, according to my ability, according to my strength;

Going to the far shore of the ocean, I shall do what a man must do."

128-131. Therein, "absolutely" means one who, having understood "this work cannot be accomplished by exerting energy, it is absolutely unattainable," not avoiding fierce elephants and so on, does not protect one's own life. "He would know if he should neglect it" means if he should neglect energy in such situations, he would know the result of that state of laziness. It explains that you are speaking whatever this or that which is useless. But in the Pāḷi text "jaññā so yadi hāpaya" is written; that is not found in the commentaries. "The fruit of intention" means some men, seeing the fruit of their own intention, undertake works such as farming, trading, and so on; those succeed or do not succeed. But it shows that for one who exerts bodily and mental energy thinking "I shall go here, I shall learn this," that indeed succeeds; therefore it is indeed fitting to do that. "While others sank, I alone cross over" means other people, having sunk in the great ocean, not exerting energy, became food for fish and turtles; but I alone cross over. "And I see that one near me" means see this fruit of my energy; by me in this individual existence, deities had never been seen before; yet I see that one standing near me in this divine form. "According to one's ability, according to one's strength" means in accordance with one's own ability and strength. "I shall do" means I shall do.

Thereupon the deity, having heard that firm word of his, offering praise, spoke a verse -

132.

"You who, when the flood had thus arisen, in the immeasurable great ocean;

Accomplished in righteous effort, did not sink through your action;

You should go right there, where your mind delights."

Therein, "thus arisen" means in such a deep and extended great ocean. "Accomplished in righteous effort" means endowed with righteous effort. "Through action" means through one's own manly action. "Did not sink" means did not sink down. "Where you" means in whatever place your mind delights, go right there.

And having said thus, she asked "O wise one of great exertion, where shall I lead you?" When "The city of Mithilā" was said, she, having lifted up the Great Being like a bunch of flowers, having embraced him with both hands, having laid him on her breast, as if going carrying a dear son, sprang into the sky. The Great Being, his body having been afflicted by salt water for seven days, touched by divine contact, fell into sleep. Then she, having led him to Mithilā, having laid him down on his right side on the auspicious stone slab in the mango grove park, having had the park deities take up his protection, went to her own place.

At that time Polajanaka had no son. But he had one daughter; she was named Queen Sīvalī, wise and experienced. The ministers asked him as he lay on his deathbed "Great king, when you have passed away, to whom shall we give the kingdom?" Then the king said to them "Dear sons, give the kingdom to one who is able to please my daughter Sīvalī, or whoever knows the head-side of the four-cornered divan, or whoever is able to string the bow of a thousand men's strength, or whoever is able to bring forth the sixteen great treasures, give the kingdom to him." The ministers said "Sire, tell us the summary of those treasures." Then the king -

"A treasure at the sunrise, and also a treasure at the setting;

An inner treasure, an outer treasure, a neither inner nor outer treasure.

"A great treasure at the mounting, and also a treasure at the dismounting;

In the four great sāla trees, a treasure all around at a yojana.

"A great treasure at the tusk-tips, and at the tail-tips and at the water;

A great treasure at the treetops, these are the sixteen great treasures.

"The divan of a thousand men's strength, and the pleasing of Sīvalī."

He told the summary of the others too together with the great treasures. The king, having said this talk, died.

The ministers, after the king's passing, having performed the funeral rites for him, having assembled on the seventh day, deliberated "Sirs, by the king it was said 'The kingdom should be given to one able to please his own daughter'; who will be able to please her?" They, having said "The general is a favourite," sent a message to him. He, having heard the message, having accepted saying "Very well," having gone to the king's gate for the purpose of the kingdom, had the fact of his arrival announced to the princess. She, having known the fact of his arrival, for the purpose of testing him, thinking "Does he indeed have the fortitude to bear the glory of the white parasol?" said "Let him come quickly." He, having heard her message, wishing to please her, having come with speed from the foot of the steps, stood in her presence. Then she, investigating him, said "Run with speed on the great terrace." He, thinking "I shall please the princess," charged forward with speed. Then she said to him "Come back again." He came back again with speed. She, having known his state of being devoid of fortitude, said "Come, my dear, massage my feet." He, having sat down for the purpose of pleasing her, massaged her feet. Then she, having struck him on the chest with her foot, having thrown him down on his back, gave a signal to the female slaves "Beat this blind foolish man devoid of fortitude, seize him by the neck and remove him." They did so. He, when asked by them "What happened, general?" said "Do not speak of it; she is indeed not a human woman, she is a demoness." Then the storekeeper went; she put him to shame in just the same way. Likewise the millionaire, the umbrella-bearer, and the sword-bearer - she put them all to shame as well.

Then the ministers, having assembled, said "There is no one able to please the princess; give the kingdom to one able to string the bow of a thousand men's strength," but no one was able to string it either. Thereupon they said "Give the kingdom to one who knows the head-side of the quadrangular divan," but no one knew that either. Thereupon they said "Give the kingdom to one able to take out the sixteen great treasures," but no one was able to take them out either. Thereupon they consulted "Hey, it is not possible to govern a country without a king; what indeed should be done?" Then the chaplain said to them - "My dears, do not worry; it is proper to send forth the state chariot, for indeed a king obtained by the state chariot is able to exercise kingship over the entire Indian subcontinent." They, having accepted saying "Good," having had the city decorated, having yoked four horses of the colour of white water lilies to the auspicious chariot, having spread the finest covering, having placed the five regalia upon it, surrounded it with a fourfold army. Having said "For a chariot with an owner, musical instruments are played in front; for one without an owner, they are played behind; therefore play all musical instruments behind," having consecrated the chariot shaft and the goad with a golden water-pot, saying "Let it go to the presence of one who has the merit to exercise kingship," they sent forth the chariot. Then the chariot, having circumambulated the king's palace, ascended the great highway with speed.

The general and others thought "Let the state chariot come to my presence." It, having passed by the houses of all, having circumambulated the city, having gone out through the eastern gate, set forth heading towards the park. Then, having seen it going with speed, they said "Turn it back." The chaplain said "Do not turn it back; if it wishes, let it go even a hundred yojanas; do not obstruct it." The chariot, having entered the park, having circumambulated the auspicious stone slab, having become ready for mounting, stood still. The chaplain, having seen the Great Being lying down, having addressed the ministers, said "Hey, one man is seen lying on the stone slab; whether he has steadfastness befitting the white parasol or not, we do not know. If he is one possessing merit, he will not look at us; if he is an unfortunate being, he will rise up frightened and trembling and look at us trembling. Therefore quickly play all the musical instruments." At that very moment they played many hundreds of musical instruments. Then the sound of the musical instruments was like the roar of the ocean.

The Great Being, having awoken by that sound, having uncovered his head, looking, having seen the great multitude, having thought "The white parasol must have come for me," having covered his head again, having turned over, lay down on his left side. The chaplain, having uncovered his feet, examining the marks, having said "Let this one island stand; he is able to exercise kingship over the four great continents as well," again had the musical instruments played. Then the Great Being, having uncovered his face, having turned over, having lain down on his right side, looked at the great multitude. Then the chaplain, having cleared the assembly, having raised joined palms, bending forward, said "Rise up, Sire, the kingdom comes to you." Then the Great Being, having asked him "Where is your king?" when it was said "He is deceased, Sire," having asked "Has he no son or brother?" when it was said "There is not, Sire," having said "If so, good, I shall exercise kingship," having risen, sat down cross-legged on the stone slab. Then they consecrated him right there. He was the king named Mahājanaka. He, having ascended the excellent chariot, having entered the city with great splendour and glory, ascending to the king's dwelling, having decided "Let the general and others have those very same positions," ascended the great terrace.

But the princess, by the very same former signal, for the purpose of testing him, commanded one man "Dear son, you go, having approached the king, say thus 'Sire, Queen Sīvalī summons you; please come quickly.'" He, having gone, reported thus. The king, being wise, even having heard his word, as if not hearing, praised the mansion itself saying "Oh, how beautiful indeed is this mansion!" He, being unable to make him hear, having gone, reported that matter to the princess "Lady, the king does not listen to your word; he praises the mansion itself; he does not count your word even as grass." She, having heard his word, having thought "He must be a man of great disposition," sent for the second time and for the third time as well. The king too, at his own preference, with his natural gait, rousing himself like a lion, ascended the mansion. As he approached, the princess, being unable to remain in her own state due to his power, having come, offered a hand-support.

He, having held on to her hand, having ascended the great terrace, having sat down on the royal divan beneath the raised white parasol, having addressed the ministers, having asked "Hey, was any exhortation given to you by the king when he was dying?" when it was said "Yes, Sire," said "If so, tell it." "Sire, 'Give the kingdom to one who is able to please Queen Sīvaḷī' - thus was said by him." Queen Sīvaḷī, having come, gave a hand-support; this one is thus pleased. Tell another. "Sire, 'Give the kingdom to one who is able to know the pillow of the quadrangular divan' - thus was said by him." The king, having thought "This is difficult to know; it is possible to know by a method," having taken out a golden needle from his head, placed it in Queen Sīvaḷī's hand saying "Place this." She, having taken it, placed it at the pillow of the divan. Some say "He gave her a sword." He, having known by that sign "This is the pillow," as if not hearing their talk, having said "What are you saying?" when they said the same again, having said "This is not difficult to know; that is the pillow," said "Tell another." "Sire, 'Give the kingdom to one who is able to string the bow of a thousand men's strength' - thus was said by him." "If so, bring it" - and having had it brought, he, just as he was seated on the divan, having strung the bow like a women's cotton-ginning bow, said "Tell another." "Sire, 'Give the kingdom to one who is able to bring out the sixteen great treasures' - thus was said by him." Having asked "Is there any summary of them?" when it was said "Yes, Sire," he said "If so, tell it." They recited the summary beginning with "At the sunrise, a treasure." Even as he was hearing it, that meaning became manifest to him like a full moon in the sky.

Then the king said to them - "Today, my good man, there is no time; tomorrow I shall take the treasures." He, on the following day, having convoked the ministers, asked "Did your king feed the Individually Enlightened Ones?" "Yes, Sire." He thought "By 'sun' this is not the sun; but because of being similar to the sun, the Individually Enlightened Ones are called 'suns'; there must be a treasure at the place of going out to meet them." Then the king, having asked "When those Individually Enlightened Ones were coming, going out to meet them, to which place did he go?" when it was said "To such and such a place, Sire," had the treasure taken out, saying "Dig up that place and take out the treasure." Having asked "At the time of their departure, following them, where did he stand and send them off?" when it was said "At such and such a place," had the treasure taken out, saying "Take out the treasure from there too." Then the public, raising thousands of acclamations, because it was said "At the sunrise, a treasure," went about digging in the direction of the sunrise. And because it was said "At the setting, a treasure," they went about digging in the direction of the sunset. "But this wealth is right here - oh, how marvellous!" - they gave rise to joy and pleasure. "The inner treasure" means he had the treasure taken out from inside the threshold of the great door of the king's palace. "The outer treasure" means he had the treasure taken out from outside the threshold. "Neither inner nor outer treasure" means he had the treasure taken out from beneath the threshold. "The treasure at the mounting" means he had the treasure taken out from the place where the golden ladder was spread at the time of mounting the state elephant. "And the treasure at the dismounting" means he had the treasure taken out from the place of dismounting from the elephant's back. "At the four great sal trees" means the four bed-legs of the royal bed at the place of attendance made on the ground were made of sal wood; he had four treasure-pots taken out from beneath them. "The treasure at a yojana all around" means a yojana is the measure of a chariot pole; he had the treasure taken out from the measure of a chariot pole all around the royal bed. "The great treasure at the tusk-tips" means he had the treasure taken out from the place facing the two tusks of the state elephant at its station. "At the tail-tips" means he had the treasure taken out from the place facing the tail of the state elephant at its station. "Kepuka" means kepuka is called water; having had the water removed from the royal bathing pond, he showed the treasure. "The great treasure at the treetops" means he had the treasure taken out from within the circular tree-shadow of a great sal tree at the root in the park at the time when the midday had stood still. Having thus had the sixteen great treasures taken out, he asked "Is there anything else?" "There is not, Sire," they said. The public was full of mirth.

Then the king, thinking "I shall scatter this wealth through giving," having had five alms-halls built at five places - in the middle of the city and at the four city gates - established a great giving, and having had his own mother and the brahmin summoned from the city of Kālacampā, made a great offering of honour. While his kingship was still young, the entire Videha country was stirred up for the purpose of seeing him, saying "The son of King Ariṭṭhajanaka, a king named Mahājanaka, it is said, exercises kingship; he is, it is said, wise and clever in means; shall we see him or not?" From here and there, having taken many presents, they came; the citizens too prepared a great festival. In the king's residence, having spread coverings and so on, having brought in garlands of scented strings and strings of flower garlands and so on, having made the appearance of strewn parched corn, flowers, perfumes, incense smoke and fragrance, they provided various kinds of drink and food. For the purpose of presents for the king, having taken manifold solid foods, soft foods, honey, molasses, fruits and so on in silver and golden vessels, having surrounded them here and there, they stood. On one side the circle of ministers sat, on one side the group of brahmins, on one side the millionaires and others sat, on one side dancing women bearing the highest beauty sat; the brahmins too recited auspicious blessings by way of benediction; those skilled in dancing, singing and so on performed dancing, singing and so on; many hundreds of musical instruments were played. Then the king's residence was a single reverberation, like the belly of the ocean struck by the force of the Yugandhara wind. Every place he looked at trembled.

Then the Great Being, while still seated on the royal throne beneath the white parasol, having looked at the great splendour of glory resembling the glory of Sakka, remembered the effort he had made in the great ocean. As he remembered that effort, thinking "Energy is indeed fit to be exerted; if I had not exerted energy in the great ocean, I would not have obtained this success," joy arose in him. He, uttering an inspired utterance with the force of rapture, said -

133.

"A person should indeed hope, a wise one should not become weary;

I see myself, as I wished, so it came to be.

134.

"A person should indeed hope, a wise one should not become weary;

I see myself lifted from the water to dry land.

135.

"A person should indeed strive, a wise one should not become weary;

I see myself, as I wished, so it came to be.

136.

"A person should indeed strive, a wise one should not become weary;

I see myself lifted from the water to dry land.

137.

Even a wise man brought to suffering should not cut off hope for the coming of happiness;

For many contacts, harmful and beneficial, come upon a mortal unthought of.

138.

"The unthought-of comes to be, the thought-out perishes;

For wealth is not made of thought, whether for woman or man."

133-138. Therein, "should indeed hope" means without performing the act of cutting off hope, one should indeed make one's own action a hope. "Should not become weary" means one making energy should not become weary, should not become lazy. "As I wished" means just as I wished for the state of kingship, so indeed I have become a king. "Withdrawn" means removed. "Brought to suffering" means the meaning is: even though touched by bodily and mental suffering. "Harmful and beneficial" means painful contacts are harmful, pleasant contacts are beneficial. "Unthought of" means those who have not reflected, those who have not considered. This is what is meant - Among those contacts, beings touched by harmful contact, without considering "There is also beneficial contact; those making energy attain it," do not make energy. They, not having reflected on this meaning, without obtaining beneficial contact, approach death, they reach death. Therefore energy should indeed be exerted.

"Even the unthought-of" means for these beings even the unthought-of comes to be, and even the thought-out perishes. For by me too, "I shall obtain the kingdom without even fighting" - this was unthought-of; but "Having brought wealth from Suvaṇṇabhūmi, having fought, I shall take the kingdom belonging to my father" - this was thought out. Now what was thought out by me has been lost, and the unthought-of has come to be. "For wealth is not made of thought" means for the wealth of these beings, since it is not produced by thought, is not called made of thought. Therefore energy alone should be exerted. For one possessed of energy, even the unthought-of comes to be.

He, from then on, without disturbing the ten duties of a king, exercised kingship righteously and impartially, and attended upon the Individually Enlightened Ones. Afterwards Queen Sīvalī gave birth to a son endowed with the marks of good fortune and merit; they gave him the name "Prince Dīghāvu." When he had come of age, the king, having given him the viceroyalty, exercised kingship for seven thousand years. One day, when various fruits and diverse flowers had been brought by the park keeper, having seen those, being pleased, having had honour shown to him, he said "My dear park keeper, I shall visit the park; you adorn it, will you not?" He, having accepted saying "Very well, Sire," having done so, announced to the king. He, mounted on the excellent back of an elephant, having departed from the city with a great retinue, reached the park gate. And there were two mango trees with blue radiance. One was fruitless, one was bearing fruit. That one was exceedingly sweet, but because the choicest fruit had not been consumed by the king, no one from there dared to take a fruit. The king, while still mounted on the excellent back of the elephant, having taken one fruit from there, consumed it. The moment it was placed on the tip of his tongue, it appeared to him like divine nutriment. He thought "At the time of returning I shall eat many." Having known "The choicest fruit has been consumed by the king," beginning with the viceroy, at least even the elephant keepers and horse keepers and so on, having taken fruit, consumed it. Others, not obtaining fruit, having broken the branches with sticks, laid them flat. The tree stood broken and shattered, but the other stood resplendent like the Jewel Mountain.

The king, having departed from the park, having seen that, asked the ministers "What is this?" They said "Because the choicest fruit was consumed by Your Majesty, it was plundered by the public, Sire." "But tell me, for this one neither the leaves nor the beauty are diminished?" "Because of its fruitlessness it is not diminished, Sire." Having heard that, the king, having gained a sense of urgency, thought: "This tree, because of its fruitlessness, stands with blue radiance; but this one, because of its fruitfulness, stands broken and shattered. This kingdom too is like a fruit-bearing tree, but the going forth is like a fruitless tree. Fear is only for one who has possessions, not for one who owns nothing. Therefore I, without being like a fruit-bearing tree, shall become like a fruitless tree; having given up this success, having gone forth, I shall go forth into homelessness." Having made a firm undertaking, having determined his mind, having entered the city, while standing right at the mansion door, having had the general summoned, having said "Great general, from today onwards, apart from one attendant who brings food and gives water for the face and a wooden toothbrush, let no others get to see me. Having taken the ministers of ancient judgment, instruct the kingdom. I, from now on, shall practise the ascetic duty on the upper storey of the mansion," having ascended the mansion, alone he practised the ascetic duty. When time had thus passed, the public, having assembled in the royal courtyard, not seeing the Great Being, having said "Our king is not as he was formerly," spoke a pair of verses -

139.

"Unprecedented indeed, dear sir, the king, lord of all the earth, ruler of the land;

Today he does not attend to dancing, nor does he set his mind on singing.

140.

"He does not look at the deer nor at the park, nor at the swans;

Sitting silent like a mute, he does not instruct on what is beneficial."

139-140. Therein, "deer" is an all-inclusive term; the meaning is: formerly he makes elephants fight, makes rams fight, but today he does not even look at them. "Park" means he does not even experience park amusement. "Swans" means he does not look at the flocks of swans in the park ponds covered with five kinds of lotuses. "Like a mute" means they asked the food-bearer and the attendant "Does the king discuss any matter together with you?" They said "He does not discuss." Therefore they spoke thus.

The king, with a mind not clinging to sensual pleasures, slanting towards seclusion, having recollected the Paccekabuddhas who were dependent on his family, uttered an inspired utterance with three verses: "Who indeed will tell me the dwelling place of those possessionless ones endowed with virtues beginning with morality?" -

141.

"Desiring happiness, of secluded conduct, abstaining from killing and imprisonment;

In whose park today do the young and the old dwell?

142.

"The wise ones who have gone beyond craving, homage to those great sages;

Who in this zealous world, dwell without zeal.

143.

"Having cut through Death's net, spread out firm by the deceitful one;

With attachment cut off, they go - who could lead them to any destination?"

141-143. Therein, "desiring happiness" means desiring the happiness of Nibbāna. "Of secluded conduct" means of concealed morality, not making known their own virtues. "The young and the old" means the young as well as the elderly. "Dwell" means they live.

As he thus recollected their virtues, great joy arose in him. Then the Great Being, having risen from the divan, having opened the northern lion-window, facing the northern direction, having placed joined palms upon his head, paying homage thus "The Individually Enlightened Ones are endowed with such virtues," said beginning with "who have gone beyond craving." Therein, "who have gone beyond craving" means those who have abandoned craving. "Great sages" means of those who stand having sought the great virtues such as the aggregate of morality and so on. "In the zealous" means in the world that has fallen into zealousness through lust and so on. "Death's net" means the net of craving spread out by Māra as mental defilement. "Spread out by the deceitful one" means by the exceedingly deceitful one. "Who could lead them to any destination" means who could bring me to the dwelling place of those Individually Enlightened Ones, who could take me and go - this is the meaning.

While he was practising the ascetic duty in the very mansion, four months passed. Then his mind inclined exceedingly towards the going forth, the house seemed like a world-interstice hell, the three existences appeared as if ablaze. He, with a mind directed towards the going forth, having thought "When indeed will the time come for me to abandon this Mithilā, adorned and prepared like Sakka's abode, and having entered the Himalayas, to take on the appearance of one gone forth?" began the description of Mithilā -

144.

"When shall I, having abandoned Mithilā, prosperous, divided into sections, measured;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

145.

"When shall I, having abandoned Mithilā, prosperous, extensive, radiant from all sides;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

146.

"When shall I, having abandoned Mithilā, prosperous, with many walls and gateways;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

147.

"When shall I, having abandoned Mithilā, prosperous, with firm watchtower and porch;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

148.

"When shall I, having abandoned Mithilā, prosperous, well arranged, with great highways;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

149.

"When shall I, having abandoned Mithilā, prosperous, with a well-arranged market place;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

150.

"When shall I, having abandoned Mithilā, prosperous, thronged with cattle, horses, and chariots;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

151.

"When shall I, having abandoned Mithilā, prosperous, garlanded with parks and forests,

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

152.

"When shall I, having abandoned Mithilā, prosperous, garlanded with pleasure groves and forests;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

153.

"When shall I, having abandoned Mithilā, prosperous, garlanded with mansions and groves;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

154.

"When shall I, having abandoned Mithilā, prosperous, with three walls, full of royal kinsmen;

Created by Somanassa, the famous Vedeha;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

155.

"When shall I, having abandoned Videha, prosperous, accumulated, protected by the Dhamma;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

156.

"When shall I, having abandoned Videha, prosperous, invincible, protected by the Dhamma;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

157.

"When shall I, having abandoned the charming inner palace, divided into sections, measured;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

158.

"When shall I, having abandoned the charming inner palace, plastered with lime and clay;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

159.

"When shall I, having abandoned the charming inner palace, fragrant and delightful;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

160.

"When shall I, having abandoned the pinnacle building, divided into sections, measured;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

161.

"When shall I, having abandoned the pinnacle building, plastered with lime and clay;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

162.

"When shall I, having abandoned the pinnacle building, sweet-smelling and delightful;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

163.

"When shall I, having abandoned the pinnacle building, smeared and sprinkled with sandalwood;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

164.

"When shall I, having abandoned the golden divan, the woollen carpet with variegated rug;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

165.

"When shall I, having abandoned the jewel divan, the woollen carpet with variegated rug;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

166.

"When shall I, having abandoned cotton and silk, linen and Koṭumbara cloth;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

167.

"When shall I, having abandoned delightful ponds, resounding with the singing of ruddy geese;

Covered with mandālaka flowers, and with lotuses and waterlilies;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

168.

"When shall I, the troops of elephants, adorned with all ornaments;

With golden trappings, the great elephants, clothed in golden caparisons.

169.

"Mounted by village headmen, with spears and goads in hand;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

170.

"When shall I, the troops of horses, adorned with all ornaments;

Of good breed by birth, Sindh horses, swift vehicles.

171.

"Mounted by elephant trainers, bearing short swords and bows;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

172.

"When shall I, the chariot troops, armoured with raised banners;

With leopard skins and also tiger skins, adorned with all ornaments.

173.

"Mounted by village headmen, with bows in hand, wearing armour;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

174.

"When shall I, in golden chariots, armoured with raised banners;

With leopard skins and also tiger skins, adorned with all ornaments.

175.

"Mounted by village headmen, with bows in hand, wearing armour;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

176.

"When shall I, in silver chariots, armoured with raised banners;

With leopard skins and also tiger skins, adorned with all ornaments.

177.

"Mounted by village headmen, with bows in hand, wearing armour;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

178.

"When shall I, in horse-chariots, armoured with raised banners;

With leopard skins and also tiger skins, adorned with all ornaments.

179.

"Mounted by village headmen, with bows in hand, wearing armour;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

180.

"When shall I, in camel chariots, armoured with raised banners;

With leopard skins and also tiger skins, adorned with all ornaments.

181.

"Mounted by village headmen, with bows in hand, wearing armour;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

182.

"When shall I, in ox-drawn chariots, armoured with raised banners;

With leopard skins and also tiger skins, adorned with all ornaments.

183.

"Mounted by village headmen, with bows in hand, wearing armour;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

184.

"When shall I, in goat-drawn chariots, armoured with raised banners;

With leopard skins and also tiger skins, adorned with all ornaments.

185.

"Mounted by village headmen, with bows in hand, wearing armour;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

186.

"When shall I, in ram chariots, armoured with raised banners;

With leopard skins and also tiger skins, adorned with all ornaments.

187.

"Mounted by village headmen, with bows in hand, wearing armour;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

188.

"When shall I, in deer-drawn chariots, armoured with raised banners;

With leopard skins and also tiger skins, adorned with all ornaments.

189.

"Mounted by village headmen, with bows in hand, wearing armour;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

190.

"When shall I, the elephant riders, adorned with all ornaments;

Wearing blue armour, valiant, holding spears and goads in hand;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

191.

"When shall I, the horse riders, adorned with all ornaments;

Wearing blue armour, valiant, bearing swords and bows;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

192.

"When shall I, the chariot warriors, adorned with all ornaments;

Wearing blue armour, valiant, holding bows in hand, bearing quivers;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

193.

"When shall I, the archers, adorned with all ornaments;

Wearing blue armour, valiant, holding bows in hand, bearing quivers;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

194.

"When shall I, the princes, adorned with all ornaments;

Wearing variegated armour, valiant, bearing golden garlands;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

195.

"When shall I, having abandoned the noble company, observant of religious duties, adorned;

With limbs anointed with golden sandalwood, wearing the finest Kāsi cloth;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

196.

"When shall I, the company of ministers, adorned with all ornaments;

Wearing yellow armour, valiant, going before me with garlands;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

197.

"When shall I, having abandoned seven hundred wives, adorned with all ornaments;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

198.

"When shall I, having abandoned seven hundred wives, with good perception, slender-waisted;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

199.

"When shall I, having abandoned seven hundred wives, loyal, speaking pleasantly;

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

200.

"When shall I, having abandoned the golden plate of a hundred palas, with a hundred streaks,

Go forth, when indeed will that be?

201.

"When indeed will troops of elephants, adorned with all ornaments;

Mātaṅgas with golden trappings, clothed in golden adornments.

202.

"Mounted by village headmen, with spears and goads in hand;

When they will not follow me, when indeed will that be?

203.

"When indeed will troops of horses, adorned with all ornaments;

Thoroughbreds by birth, Sindh horses with swift conveyance.

204.

"Mounted by village headmen, bearing short swords and bows;

When they will not follow me, when indeed will that be?

205.

"When indeed will the chariot army, armoured with raised banners;

With panther skins and also tiger skins, adorned with all ornaments.

206.

"Mounted by village headmen, with bows in hand, wearing armour;

When they will not follow me, when indeed will that be?

207.

"When indeed will golden chariots, armoured with raised banners;

With panther skins and also tiger skins, adorned with all ornaments.

208.

"Mounted by village headmen, with bows in hand, wearing armour;

When they will not follow me, when indeed will that be?

209.

"When indeed will silver chariots, armoured with raised banners;

With panther skins and also tiger skins, adorned with all ornaments.

210.

"Mounted by village headmen, with bows in hand, wearing armour;

When they will not follow me, when indeed will that be?

211.

"When indeed will horse-chariots, armoured with raised banners;

With panther skins and also tiger skins, adorned with all ornaments.

212.

"Mounted by village headmen, with bows in hand, wearing armour;

When they will not follow me, when indeed will that be?

213.

"When indeed will camel chariots, armoured with raised banners;

With panther skins and also tiger skins, adorned with all ornaments.

214.

"Mounted by village headmen, with bows in hand, wearing armour;

When they will not follow me, when indeed will that be?

215.

"When indeed will ox-drawn chariots, armoured with raised banners;

With panther skins and also tiger skins, adorned with all ornaments.

216.

"Mounted by village headmen, with bows in hand, wearing armour;

When they will not follow me, when indeed will that be?

217.

"When indeed will goat-chariots, armoured with raised banners;

With panther skins and also tiger skins, adorned with all ornaments.

218.

"Mounted by village headmen, with bows in hand, wearing armour;

When they will not follow me, when indeed will that be?

219.

"When indeed will ram-chariots, armoured with raised banners;

With panther skins and also tiger skins, adorned with all ornaments.

220.

"Mounted by village headmen, with bows in hand, wearing armour;

When they will not follow me, when indeed will that be?

221.

"When indeed will deer-chariots, armoured with raised banners;

With panther skins and also tiger skins, adorned with all ornaments.

222.

"Mounted by village headmen, with bows in hand, wearing armour;

When they will not follow me, when indeed will that be?

223.

"When indeed will elephant riders, adorned with all ornaments;

Brave, wearing blue armour, with spears and goads in hand;

When they will not follow me, when indeed will that be?

224.

"When indeed will horse riders, adorned with all ornaments;

Brave, wearing blue armour, bearing short swords and bows;

When they will not follow me, when indeed will that be?

225.

"When indeed will chariot warriors, adorned with all ornaments;

Brave, wearing blue armour, with bows in hand and quivers;

When they will not follow me, when indeed will that be?

226.

"When indeed will archers, adorned with all ornaments;

Brave, wearing blue armour, with bows in hand and quivers;

When they will not follow me, when indeed will that be?

227.

"When indeed will princes, adorned with all ornaments;

Wearing variegated armour, brave, bearing golden garlands;

When they will not follow me, when indeed will that be?

228.

"When indeed will the noble groups, observant of religious duties, adorned;

With limbs anointed with golden sandalwood, wearing the finest Kāsi cloth;

When they will not follow me, when indeed will that be?

229.

"When indeed will the groups of ministers, adorned with all ornaments;

Brave ones wearing yellow armour, going before me with garlands;

When they will not follow me, when indeed will that be?

230.

"When indeed will seven hundred wives, adorned with all ornaments;

When they will not follow me, when indeed will that be?

231.

"When indeed will seven hundred wives, with good perception, slender-waisted;

When they will not follow me, when indeed will that be?

232.

"When indeed will seven hundred wives, loyal, speaking pleasantly;

When they will not follow me, when indeed will that be?

233.

"When shall I, having taken the bowl, shaven-headed, wrapped in the double robe;

Walk for almsfood, when indeed will that be?

234.

"When shall I, of rag robes, cast away on the highway;

Wear the double robe, when indeed will that be?

235.

"When shall I, in a week-long rain, head bowed, with wet robe;

Walk for almsfood, when indeed will that be?

236.

"When shall I, having gone everywhere, from tree to tree, from forest to forest;

Without attachment I shall go, when indeed will that be?

237.

"When shall I, in the mountain fastnesses, fear and dread abandoned;

Without a companion I shall go, when indeed will that be?

238.

"When shall I, like a lute player, the seven-stringed, delightful;

Make the mind straight, when indeed will that be?

239.

"When shall I, like a chariot-maker, cutting leather for sandals;

Cut off the fetters of sensuality, both divine and human."

144-239. Therein, "when" is a reflection on time. "Prosperous" means fully adorned with garments, ornaments and so on. "Divided into sections, measured" means divided by skilful city planners according to the king's dwelling and so on, and measured by portions according to the gate-streets. "When indeed will that be" means when indeed will my going forth be, having abandoned such a city. "Radiant from all sides" means endowed with the splendour of decoration all around. "With many walls and gateways" means endowed with a thick and broad wall and with gate-arches. "With firm watchtowers and gate-houses" means endowed with firm watchtowers and gate-porches. "Crowded" means filled. "Three-citied" means endowed with three cities; the meaning is "with three walls." Or alternatively, "three-citied" means thrice full. "Of royal kinswomen" means full of those of royal lineage only. "By Somanassa" means by the Videha king of that name.

"Heaped up" means accomplished with accumulations of wealth, grain and so on. "Invincible" means not to be conquered by enemies. "Sprinkled with sandalwood" means sprinkled with red sandalwood. "Koṭumbara cloths" means cloths produced in the Koṭumbara country. "Elephant troops" means groups of elephants. "With golden caparison garments" means endowed with caparison made of gold, reckoned as a head ornament, and with a golden net. "Gāmaṇīyehi" means with elephant trainers. "Of good breed by birth" means of good breed indeed through the ability to know what should and should not be done by birth; troops of such horses. "Gāmaṇīyehi" means with horse trainers. "Illiyācāpadhāribhī" means with those bearing short swords and bows. "Chariot ranks" means groups of chariots. "Well-bound" means well tied. "With leopard skins and also tiger skins" means fenced with leopard and tiger skins. "Gāmaṇīyehi" means with chariot drivers. "Silver chariot" means a chariot made of silver. Goat-chariots, ram-chariots and deer-chariots are yoked for the purpose of beautification.

"Noble groups" means groups of brahmins. It is said that they at that time were of noble conduct; therefore he spoke of them thus. "With limbs anointed with golden sandalwood" means with bodies smeared with sandalwood of golden colour. "Seven hundred wives" is said with reference to the beloved wife only. "Well-trained" means well disciplined. "Loyal" means one who acts upon the husband's word. "Of a hundred palas" means made of gold weighing a hundred palas. "Kaṃsa" means a bowl. "With a hundred streaks" means endowed with a hundred streaks on the back. "When they me" means when indeed will they not follow me, going alone into a forest thicket free from the scent of women. "With a week-long rain cloud" means when a great rain cloud has arisen for seven days; the meaning is a week-long downpour. "Rained upon" means with bowed head. "Everywhere" means in every direction. "Rujjaka" means a lute player. "Sensual fetter" means the mental fetter of sensuality. "Divine" means divine. "Human" means human.

He, it is said, was born at the time when the life span was ten thousand years, and having exercised kingship for seven thousand years, went forth when three thousand years of his life span remained. When going forth, from the time of seeing the mango tree at the park gate, having dwelt in the house for four months, having thought "The appearance of one gone forth is more excellent than this royal appearance; I shall go forth," he commanded his attendant in secret "Dear son, without letting anyone know, having bought ochre robes and a clay bowl from the market place, bring them." He did so. The king, having summoned a barber, having had his hair and beard shaved off, having given the barber an excellent village, having dismissed the barber, having put on one ochre robe as a lower garment, having wrapped one as an upper garment, having placed one on his shoulder, having put the clay bowl too into a bag, hung it on his shoulder. Then, having taken a walking staff, he walked up and down back and forth on the great flat roof several times in the manner of an Individually Enlightened One. He, having dwelt right there that day, on the following day at the time of sunrise began to descend from the mansion.

Then Queen Sīvalī, having summoned those seven hundred beloved women, having said "For a long time we have not seen the king, four months have passed, today we shall see him; having adorned yourselves with all ornaments, according to your strength, having displayed the charms of feminine coquetry, laughter and grace, you should endeavour to bind him with the bondage of mental defilement," together with those adorned and prepared women, thinking "We shall see the king," while ascending the mansion, even having seen him descending, did not recognise him. With the perception "He must be an Individually Enlightened One who has come to give exhortation to the king," having paid homage, she stood to one side. The Great Being too descended from the mansion. She too, having ascended the mansion, having seen on the surface of the royal couch the bee-coloured hair and the ornamental articles, thinking "He is not an Individually Enlightened One; he must be our dear husband; come, having entreated him, I shall make him turn back," having descended from the great flat roof, reached the royal courtyard. And having reached there, together with all of them, having loosened her hair, having scattered it on her back, having beaten her breast with both hands, most piteously lamenting "Why do you do such a deed, great king?" she followed the king; the whole city was stirred up. They too, weeping "Our king, it seems, has gone forth; but where shall we obtain such a righteous king?" followed the king. Therein, making manifest both the lamentation of those women and the going of the king who, even though they were lamenting, abandoned them, the Teacher said -

240.

"Those seven hundred wives, adorned with all ornaments;

Having raised their arms, they cried out, 'Why will you abandon us?'

241.

"Those seven hundred wives, with good perception, slender-waisted;

Having raised their arms, they cried out, 'Why will you abandon us?'

242.

"Those seven hundred wives, loyal, speaking pleasantly;

Having raised their arms, they cried out, 'Why will you abandon us?'

243.

"Those seven hundred wives, adorned with all ornaments;

Having left them, the king went forth, intent on going forth.

244.

"Those seven hundred wives, with good perception, slender-waisted;

Having left them, the king went forth, intent on going forth.

245.

"Those seven hundred wives, loyal, speaking pleasantly;

Having left them, the king went forth, intent on going forth.

246.

"Having abandoned the golden plate of a hundred palas, with a hundred streaks,

He took up a clay bowl - that is his second consecration."

240-246. Therein, "having raised their arms" means having lifted up their arms. "Went forth" means, monks, that King Mahājanaka, having abandoned those seven hundred wives who were lamenting "Why do you go leaving us, Sire? What is our fault?" went forth; the meaning is that he went as if being urged "Go to the going forth," having gone forward with it placed before him. "That second consecration" means, monks, that king departed having made that taking up of the clay bowl his second consecration.

Queen Sīvalī too, lamenting, being unable to make the king turn back, having thought "There is this stratagem," having had Mahāsenagutta summoned, commanded "Dear son, set fire to dilapidated houses, dilapidated halls and so on in the direction of the king's path ahead, and having gathered grass and leaves, produce smoke at each and every place." He did so. She, having gone to the king's presence, having fallen at his feet, reporting the state of Mithilā being ablaze, spoke a pair of verses -

247.

"Fearsome flames like fire, treasuries are burning in parts;

Silver and gold, many pearls and lapis lazuli.

248.

"Jewels and conch-shell pearls, cloth and yellow sandalwood;

Antelope skin and ivory goods, copper and much iron;

Come, O king, turn back, let not this wealth of yours perish."

247-248. Therein, "fearsome" means frightful. "Flames like fire" means fire seized the houses of those various people; the meaning is that this is a great conflagration. "Treasuries" means storehouses of gold, silver, and so on. "In parts" means even though well divided by portions, these are being burnt by fire, Sire. "Metal" means copper and so on. "Let not this wealth of yours perish" means let not this wealth of yours be destroyed; come and extinguish it; you will go afterwards. "Mahājanaka departed without even looking at the city being burnt" - there will be reproach for you; because of that there will be shame and remorse for you. Come, having commanded the ministers, extinguish the fire, Sire.

Then the Great Being, explaining "Queen, what are you saying? For those who have possessions, those things are burnt; but we own nothing," spoke a verse -

249.

"Very happily indeed we live, we who have nothing;

When Mithilā was burning, nothing of mine was burnt."

Therein, "possession" means for us who have no possession reckoned as obstructing defilements, we, by that state of owning nothing, very happily indeed we live. For that very reason, when Mithilā was burning, nothing of mine was burnt; he says that he does not see even a trifle of his own goods being burnt.

And having said thus, the Great Being went out through the northern gate. His seven hundred wives too went out. Again, Queen Sīvalī, having devised a strategy, commanded the ministers "Show something resembling the appearance of village slaughter and country plundering." At that very moment, they showed the king men with weapons in hand, as if rushing here and there, running about, and plundering, having sprinkled lac-colouring on their bodies, as if having received blows, having caused them to lie down on planks, as if being carried away, and as if dead. The public reproached "Great king, while you are still living, they are plundering the country and slaying the people." Then the queen too, having paid homage to the king, spoke a verse for the purpose of his turning back -

250.

"Forest dwellers have arisen, they destroy that country;

Come, O king, turn back, do not destroy this country."

Therein, "forest dwellers" means great king, while you are still living, forest thieves have arisen and emerged; they destroy that country of yours protected by righteousness.

Having heard that, the king, having thought "While I am still living, there is no such thing as thieves having risen up and destroying the country; this must be the doing of Queen Sīvaḷī," rendering her bewildered, said -

251.

"Very happily indeed we live, we who have nothing;

When the realm was being plundered, nothing of mine was taken away.

252.

"Very happily indeed we live, we who have nothing;

We shall be feeders on rapture, like the radiant gods."

251-252. Therein, "vilumpamānamhī" means "when being plundered." "Like the radiant gods" means just as those brahmā gods, being feeders on rapture, spend their time with the happiness of attainment, so "we shall spend our time."

Even though this was said, the public followed the king closely indeed. Then this occurred to him: "This public does not wish to turn back; shall I turn them back?" He, when about half a league had been traversed, having turned back, standing right on the highway, having asked the ministers "Whose is this kingdom?" when it was said "Yours, Sire," saying "If so, impose the royal punishment on whoever crosses this line," drew a line across with his walking staff. No one was able to cross the line drawn by that majestic king. The public, having placed the line at their pillow, lamented with excessive lamentation. The queen too, being unable to cross that line, having seen the king going with his back turned, being unable to hold back the sorrow, having struck her chest, having fallen across the highway, went rolling about. The public, having said "The line has been broken by the owners of the line," went by the very path traversed by the queen. Then the Great Being too went facing the northern Himalayas. The queen too, having taken the entire army and vehicles, went together with him indeed. The king, being quite unable to turn back the public, went a distance of sixty yojanas.

At that time, a hermit named Nārada, having dwelt in a golden cave in the Himalayas, possessing the five direct knowledges, having spent time in the happiness of meditative absorption, having passed seven days, having emerged from the happiness of meditative absorption, uttered the inspired utterance "Oh, what happiness! Oh, what happiness!" He, looking with the divine eye thinking "Is there indeed anyone on the surface of Jambudīpa seeking this happiness?" having seen the Mahājanaka Buddha-sprout, having thought "The king, even though he has gone forth in the great renunciation, is not able to turn back the public headed by Queen Sīvalī; it might even create an obstacle for him; now, having gone, I shall give exhortation for the purpose of firm undertaking to an even greater degree," having gone by the power of supernormal power, standing right in the sky before the king, in order to generate enthusiasm in him, spoke this verse -

253.

"What is this great sound, what indeed is this play as in a village?

We ask you, ascetic, for what purpose has this crowd gathered?"

Having heard that, the king said -

254.

"Me, having left, going, here this crowd has gathered;

Going beyond the boundary, for the attainment of the sage's wisdom;

Going mixed with delights, knowing what do you ask?"

253-254. Therein, "what is this" means for what, by what reason, is this sound of a great multitude in the form of an elephant corps and so on. "What indeed is this play as in a village" means what indeed is this play as in a village of those coming together with you. "For what purpose has this crowd" means he asked for what purpose has this great multitude gathered together, assembled, and comes surrounding him. "Me" means the one whom I am, leaving behind these people, going - that me, leaving behind, going. "Here" means in this place this great multitude has gathered, following, and come. "Going beyond the boundary" means do you ask knowing or not knowing that me who, having gone beyond the boundary of defilements, is going for the attainment of wisdom termed the knowledge of the sage of homelessness, going mixed with delights arising moment by moment, not having abandoned the delight "I am indeed one gone forth." Has it not been heard by you that Mahājanaka, it is said, having abandoned the Videha country, has gone forth?

Then he, for the purpose of firm undertaking, spoke a verse again -

255.

"Do not think yourself one who has crossed over, while bearing this body;

This is not to be crossed over, for many are the obstacles."

Therein, "do not think yourself one who has crossed over" means while bearing this shaven-headed, ochre-robed body, do not think "by merely adopting the outward sign of one gone forth, I have crossed over, I have gone beyond the boundary of mental defilements." "This is not to be crossed over" means this mass of mental defilements is not to be finished off by this much. "For many are the obstacles" means having obstructed the path to heaven, many are your obstacles of mental defilements standing in the way.

Then the Great Being, having heard his words, questioning about the obstacles, said -

256.

"Who indeed could be an obstacle to me, dwelling thus as I do;

I who long not for sensual pleasures either in the seen or the unseen."

Therein, "who indeed not in the seen or the unseen" means: I who indeed not in the seen, the human world, nor in the unseen, the heavenly world, long for sensual pleasures - he says, who indeed could be an obstacle to me, thus dwelling alone?

Then he, showing the obstacle to him, spoke a verse -

257.

"Sleep, weariness, yawning, discontent, drowsiness after a meal;

Deposited in the body they dwell, for many indeed are the obstacles."

Therein, "sleep" means monkey-sleep. "Weariness" means laziness. "Discontent" means longing. "Drowsiness after a meal" means fever after eating. This is what is meant - When it is said "Ascetic, you are pleasing, golden-coloured, having abandoned the kingdom, you have gone forth," they will give you sublime, nourishing almsfood; you, having taken a bowlful, having eaten as much as you like, having entered the hermitage, having lain down on the wooden bed-spread, snoring, having fallen into sleep, having awakened in between, having turned over again and again, having stretched out your hands and feet, having risen, having taken the bamboo pole for robes, having put on the hanging robe, having become lazy, you will indeed not take a broom and sweep, you will not bring drinking water, having lain down again you will sleep, you will reflect on sensual thought, then you will be dissatisfied with the going forth, there will be fever after eating for you. "Deposited in the body they dwell" shows that these so many obstacles, having become deposited in your body, dwell therein; they arise in the very body itself.

Then the Great Being, offering praise to him, spoke a verse -

258.

"Indeed, good sir, you instruct me well, brahmin;

Brahmin, I ask you, who indeed are you, dear sir?"

Therein, "brahmin, you instruct" means: brahmin, indeed you instruct me well, good sir.

Thereupon the hermit said -

259.

"Nārada is my name, the wise know me as Kassapa;

I have come to your presence, good is the meeting with the virtuous.

260.

"May all joy and abiding arise for you;

Whatever is lacking, fulfil that, with patience and peace.

261.

"Stretch out what is bent, and stretch out what is raised;

Honouring action, true knowledge, and the Teaching, wander forth."

259-261. Therein, "the wise know" means they know me by clan as "Kassapa." "With the virtuous" means I have come thinking that meeting together with wise persons is indeed good. "Joy" means let there be joy, pleasure, and pleasure alone in this going forth of yours; do not be dissatisfied. "Abiding" means the fourfold divine abiding. "Let it arise" means let it be produced. "Whatever is lacking in you" means whatever is lacking in you regarding morality, kasiṇa preliminary work, and meditative absorption, fulfil that with these beginning with morality. "With patience and peace" means without generating conceit thinking "I am one gone forth from royalty," be endowed with the patience of endurance and with the peace of mental defilements. "Stretch out" means do not raise up, do not spread out; the meaning is: abandon. "What is bent and what is raised" means the inferiority complex occurring by the method beginning with "Who indeed am I?" and the arrogance occurring by the method beginning with "I am accomplished in birth." "Action" means the ten wholesome courses of action. "True knowledge" means the knowledge of the five direct knowledges and the eight meditative attainments. "The Teaching" means the ascetic practice reckoned as kasiṇa preliminary work. "Having honoured, wander forth" means having honoured these virtues, conduct yourself accordingly; or having honoured these virtues, having firmly accepted them, wander forth; protect the going forth; do not be dissatisfied - this is the meaning.

Thus he, having exhorted the Great Being, went through space to his own place. When he had gone, another ascetic too, named Migājina, having likewise emerged from his attainment and looking around, having seen the Bodhisatta, thinking "I shall give him exhortation for the purpose of turning back the public," having come to that very place, showing himself in the sky, said -

262.

"Many elephants and horses, cities and provinces;

Having left them, Janaka, gone forth, found delight in a bowl.

263.

"Did your country-folk, friends, colleagues and relatives perhaps;

Plot against you, Janaka, why did that not please you?"

262-263. Therein, "bowl" - he said with reference to a clay bowl. This is what is meant - Great king, you, having abandoned such sovereign lordship, gone forth, found delight in this bowl, attained it - asking the reason for going forth, he said thus. "Were treacherous" means did these commit some offence against you, why, having given up such happiness of sovereignty, did you find delight in just this bowl?

Then the Great Being said -

264.

"O Migājina, surely never, I anyone at any time;

Would conquer a relative by what is not the Teaching, nor would relatives conquer me."

Therein, "na migājina" means: hey Migājina, surely never, definitively I would not conquer any relative at any time, at whatever time, by what is not the Teaching. And those relatives too do not conquer me by what is not the Teaching; thus no one whatsoever plotted treachery against me - this is the meaning.

Having thus rejected his question, now showing the reason by which he went forth, he said -

265.

"Having seen the world's round of rebirth, being devoured and made muddy;

They are killed and bound here, where the worldling is attached;

Having made this simile for myself, I am a mendicant, O Migājina."

Therein, "having seen the world's round of rebirth" explains: I saw the practice, the tradition, the lineage of the foolish world following the round of rebirths; having seen that, I have gone forth. "Being devoured and made muddy" means having seen the world being devoured by mental defilements and made muddy by those very same defilements. "Where the worldling is attached" means in whatever basis of mental defilements the worldling is attached, stuck, there many beings who are stuck are killed and are bound with fetters and bonds and so on. "This" means: if I too were to be bound here, like these beings I would be killed and bound - thus, having made this very reason as a simile for oneself, having seen the world made muddy, one has become a mendicant - this is the meaning. "Migājina" - he addresses him by name. But how was his name known by him? Because it had been asked at the very first during the time of friendly welcome.

The hermit, wishing to hear that reason in detail, spoke a verse -

266.

"Who then is your Blessed One, your Teacher, whose word is this pure;

For not having rejected either a cosmic cycle or true knowledge, O bull among charioteers;

They say an ascetic practising, how there is the overcoming of suffering."

Therein, "whose is this" means this pure word spoken by you, whose word is it by name. "Cosmic cycle" means a hermit who believes in action, an obtainer of direct knowledge and meditative attainments that have been produced by contriving and contriving. "True knowledge" means an Individually Enlightened One endowed with the true knowledge of the knowledge of the elimination of mental corruptions. This is what is meant - O bull among charioteers, great king, indeed without having rejected either an ascetic of the cosmic cycle or an ascetic of true knowledge, without his exhortation, it is not possible to proceed thus. They say an ascetic practising how there is the overcoming of suffering. But having heard their word, it is possible to proceed thus; therefore tell, who then is your Blessed One, your Teacher.

The Great Being said -

267.

"O Migājina, surely never, I anyone at any time;

Ascetic or brahmin, having honoured, approached."

Therein, "having honoured" means having venerated for the purpose of asking about the virtues of the going forth. "Approached" means he says: I have never previously approached anyone, no other ascetic has ever been previously asked by me. For by this, even while listening to the Teaching in the presence of the Individually Enlightened Ones, never had the virtue of the going forth been previously asked about in a restricted manner; therefore he spoke thus.

And having said thus, explaining from the beginning the reason by which he went forth, he said -

268.

"And with great power, going blazing with splendour;

While songs were being sung, while pleasant instruments were being played.

269.

"In the garden resounding with musical instruments and cymbals, furnished with cymbals and palm trees;

I, Migājina, saw a fruiting mango tree, covering beyond the wall;

Being struck by people, by creatures desiring fruit.

270.

"So I, having abandoned that glory, having descended, O Migājina;

I approached the root of the mango tree, of the fruitful and the fruitless.

271.

"Having seen a fruiting mango tree destroyed, demolished, rendered useless;

Then another mango tree, with dark-blue lustre, delightful.

272.

"Just so surely for us too, being lords with many thorns;

Enemies will kill us, just as the mango tree bearing fruit was destroyed.

273.

"The leopard is killed for its hide, the elephant is killed for its tusks;

Wealth destroys the wealthy, but who can destroy one without abode, without intimacy?

The mango with fruit and the one without fruit - both of those are my teachers."

268-273. Therein, "while pleasant instruments" means while musical instruments of sweet sound were being played. "Resounding with the striking of musical instruments" means in the park resounding with the striking of musical instruments. "Furnished with cymbals and palm-leaf clappers" means endowed with cymbals and palm-leaf clappers. "He, Migājina" means O Migājina, he, I, saw. "A fruiting mango" means a mango tree bearing fruit - this is the meaning. "Covering beyond" means a mango tree standing inside the park, beyond the wall, grown in dependence on the outer wall. "Being killed" means being beaten. "Having descended" means having descended from the elephant's back. "Rendered useless" means made into a fallen reed.

"Just so" means just so. "Bearing fruit" means accomplished in fruit. "For its hide" means because of leather, by the leather-workers. "For its tusks" means by its own tusks; it is killed - the meaning is: it is killed on account of its tusks. "Kills" means is killed. "Without abode, without intimacy" means whoever, having abandoned his abode and gone forth, is thus called without abode, and due to the absence of the intimacy of craving based on the seven activities, is called without intimacy - who will kill that one who is without abode and without intimacy? This is the intention. "Those as teachers" - he says: those two trees were my teachers.

Having heard that, Migājina, having given exhortation to the king saying "Be heedful," went to his own place. When he had gone, Queen Sīvalī, having fallen at the king's feet, said -

274.

"All the people are distressed, 'The king has gone forth,' thus;

Elephant riders, royal bodyguards, charioteers, and infantry soldiers.

275.

"Having reassured the populace, having set aside the covering;

Having established your son in the kingdom, then afterwards you will go forth."

274-275. Therein, "distressed" means frightened, terrified. "The covering" means having set up an obstruction, a protection for the distressed public who think "Even when we are being burnt, even when we are being plundered, the king does not look at us," having established his son, Prince Dīghāvu, in the kingdom, having consecrated him, afterwards you will go forth - this is the meaning.

Then the Bodhisatta said -

276.

"The country-folk have been abandoned by me, friends, colleagues and relatives;

There are sons of the Videhas, Dīghāvu, the increaser of the realm;

They will rule the kingdom, in Mithilā, O wife."

Therein, "there are sons" means: O Sīvalī, ascetics have no sons; but the sons of the inhabitants of the Videha country, Dīghāvu, there is; they will rule the kingdom. "O wife" - he addresses the queen.

The queen said "Sire, when you have gone forth, what should I do?" Then he, having said to her "Dear lady, I will instruct you, do as I say," spoke a verse -

277.

"Come, I will instruct you, the word which is pleasing to me;

You exercise kingship, much evil misconduct;

By body, speech, and mind, by which you go to an unfortunate realm.

278.

"Sustain yourself with almsfood given by others, prepared by others - that is the principle of the wise."

277-278. Therein, "you" means you, having raised the parasol for your son, instructing in the kingship saying "the kingdom is for my son," will do much evil. "You go" means by which much evil done by body and so on, you will go to an unfortunate realm. "That is the principle of the wise" means one should sustain oneself on morsels of almsfood; this is the principle of the wise.

Thus the Great Being gave her exhortation. While they were conversing with each other and walking, the sun set. The queen had a camp set up in a suitable place. The Great Being too went to the root of a tree. He, having dwelt there at night, on the following day, having attended to his toilet, set out on the road. The queen too, having said "Let the army come from behind," was right behind him. They reached a city named Thūṇa at the time for the alms round. At that moment, inside the city, a certain man, having bought a large piece of meat from the butcher's block, having had it roasted on embers on a stake, having placed it on the edge of a plank for the purpose of cooling, stood there. While he was thinking about something else, a dog, having taken it, ran away. He, having known, pursuing it, having gone as far as the outer southern gate, being wearied, turned back. The king and the queen, going in front of the dog, separated in two directions. It, out of fear, having dropped the piece of meat, ran away.

The Great Being, having seen that, thought "This dog, having dropped it, has run away without attachment; no other owner of it is evident either; there is nothing called such a faultless rag-robe almsfood; shall I not consume it?" He, having taken out his clay bowl, having taken that piece of meat, having wiped it clean, having put it in the bowl, having gone to a place convenient for water, began to consume it. Thereupon the queen, having thought "If he were desirous of kingship, he would not eat such a loathsome thing, smeared with dust, the leavings of a dog. If he were to eat it, now he will not be our husband," having thought thus, said "Great king, you eat such a loathsome thing." Having said "Queen, you, through blind foolishness, do not know the distinction of this almsfood," having reviewed the very place where it had fallen, having consumed it as if it were the Deathless, having rinsed his mouth, he washes his hands. At that moment the queen, disparaging, said -

279.

"Even if one would not eat at the fourth mealtime, and would die from hunger like one dying without support;

Yet a son of good family, a good person, would not resort to almsfood that is stirred up and ignoble;

This is not good, this is not well, you eat the leavings of dogs, Janaka."

Therein, "like one dying without support" means a helpless death indeed. "Stirred up" means smeared with dust. "Ignoble" means ugly. "Would not resort to" - the syllable "na" is an indeclinable particle in the sense of interrogation. This is what is meant - if one would not eat even at the fourth mealtime, and would die from hunger, would not a son of good family, a good person, even this being so, indeed not resort to such almsfood? "This" means that this.

The Great Being said -

280.

"And nor is that inedible for me, Sīvali, what is discarded by a householder or by a dog;

Whatever wealth here is righteously obtained, all that is edible and complete, so it is said."

Therein, "inedible" means that almsfood is not inedible for me. "What is" means whatever is discarded by a householder or by a dog, that is called a rag-robe, and because it is ownerless, it is blameless only. "Whatever" means therefore also others, whatever wealth obtained righteously, all that is edible. "Complete" means not lacking; even when examined again and again, it is not lacking, of perfect qualities, faultless; but what is unrighteously obtained, even if worth a thousand, is disgusting only.

Thus, while they were conversing with each other, they reached the gate of the city of Thūṇa. There, while girls were playing, one young girl was patting sand with a small trowel. On one of her hands there was one bracelet, on the other two bracelets. Those clashed against each other; the other was silent. The king, having known that reason, thought: "Queen Sīvalī walks behind me; a woman is indeed a stain for one gone forth; they will censure me saying 'This one, even having gone forth, is not able to give up his wife.' If this young girl is wise, she will speak of the reason for Queen Sīvalī to turn back; having heard her talk, I shall dismiss Queen Sīvalī" - having thought thus, he said -

281.

"Young girl Upaseni, always adorned without a gap;

Why does one arm of yours make noise, while one arm of yours does not make noise?"

Therein, "Upaseni" means having approached her mother, in the guild. "Adorned without a gap" means one who has the habit of adorning with uninterrupted adornment, he says. "Makes noise" means produces a sound.

The young girl said -

282.

"On this hand of mine, ascetic, two bracelets are fastened;

From their knocking together a sound arises, that is the destination of one with a companion.

283.

"On this hand of mine, ascetic, one bracelet is fastened;

It, without a companion, does not make noise, it remains as if become a sage.

284.

"The second one has reached contention, with whom will one alone dispute?

For you who desire heaven, may solitude be pleasing."

282-284. Therein, "two bracelets" means two bangles. "From their knocking together" means from the joining together, from the striking against each other; this is the meaning. "Destination" means rebirth. For indeed such a rebirth occurs for one with a companion; this is the meaning. "He" means that bracelet. "Having become a sage" means he stands like a noble person who has abandoned all defilements. "Having reached contention" means an ascetic who has a companion engages in contention, makes dispute, takes up diverse views. "With whom will one alone" means but with whom will one alone dispute? "Let solitude please" means let the state of being alone be pleasing to you. Ascetics do not go about taking even a sister; why then do you go about taking such a wife bearing the most excellent form? She will create an obstacle for you; having removed her, practise the work of an ascetic alone - thus she exhorts him.

He, having heard the word of that maiden, having obtained a reason, speaking together with the queen, said -

285.

"Listen, Sīvali, to the talk declared by the maiden;

As a servant you have censured me, that is the destination of one with a companion.

286.

"This is a crossroad, dear lady, frequented by travellers;

Of these you take one, and I another once again.

287.

"Do not say to me 'you are my husband', nor shall I again say 'my wife'."

285-287. Therein, "declared by the maiden" means spoken by the girl. "As a servant" means if I were to exercise kingship, she would be my servant, one who acts upon my word; she would not even dare to look at me. But now she regards me as if her servant, and exhorts me saying "that is the destination of one with a companion." "Frequented" means traversed along. "By travellers" means by wayfarers. "One" means take one path of your choosing, and I shall take the other one remaining after what you have taken. "Do not say to me, you" means Sīvalī, from now on do not again say to me "you are my husband," nor shall I say to you "my wife."

She, having heard his word, having said "Sire, you are the highest, take the right path, I shall take the left path," having gone a little way, being unable to hold back the sorrow, having come back again, speaking with the king, entered the city together with him. Making known that meaning, the Teacher spoke a half-verse -

"While saying this very thing, they approached the city to the post."

Therein, "approached the city" means they entered the city.

And having entered, the Great Being, walking about for the purpose of almsfood, arrived at the door of the arrow-maker's house. Queen Sīvalī too stood to one side. At that time the arrow-maker, having heated an arrow on a charcoal pan, having moistened it with rice-gruel, having closed one eye, looking with one eye, makes it straight. Having seen that, the Great Being thought "If this one is wise, he will tell me one reason; shall I ask him?" He, having approached, asks. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

288.

"At the porch of the arrow-maker, when mealtime had arrived;

And there that arrow-maker, having made one stick straight;

And closing one eye, looks at the crooked one with the other."

Therein, "at the porch" means, monks, that king, when his own mealtime had arrived, stood at the porch of the arrow-maker. "And there" means and in that porch. "Closing" means having shut. "The crooked one with the other" means with one eye he looks at the crooked arrow.

Then the Great Being said to him -

289.

"Do you thus see well, arrow-maker, listen to me;

Why, closing one eye, do you look at the crooked one with the other?"

Its meaning is - My dear arrow-maker, do you thus see well, in that having closed one eye, with one eye you look at the crooked arrow?

Then he, explaining to him, said -

290.

"With two eyes, ascetic, it appears as if broad;

Not having reached the furthest mark, it is not allowable for straightness.

291.

"And closing one eye, looking at the crooked one with the other;

Having reached the furthest mark, it is allowable for straightness.

292.

"The second one has reached contention, with whom will one alone dispute?

For you who desire heaven, may solitude be pleasing."

290-292. Therein, "as if broad" means having been as if extended, it appears. "Not having reached the furthest mark" means not having reached the crooked place beyond. "Not for straightness" means not for straightness. This is what is meant - when it appears broad, one could not reach the straight place or the crooked place beyond; when that is not reached and not visible, the function for straightness is not allowable, does not succeed. "Having reached" means having reached with the eye, having seen - this is the meaning. "Having reached contention" means just as when the second eye is opened, the mark is not evident, even the crooked place appears straight, even the straight place appears crooked - thus there is contention; so too for an ascetic, one called a companion engages in contention, makes dispute, takes up diverse views. "With whom will one alone" means but with whom will one alone dispute? "Let solitude please" means let the state of being alone be pleasing to you. Ascetics do not go about taking even a sister; why then do you go about taking such a wife bearing the most excellent form? She will create an obstacle for you; having removed her, practise the ascetic duty alone - thus he exhorts him.

Thus he, having given him exhortation, remained silent. The Great Being too, having walked for almsfood, having collected mixed food, having departed from the city, having sat down in a place convenient for water, having finished the meal duty, having rinsed his mouth, having put the bowl into the bag, having addressed Queen Sīvalī, said -

293.

"Listen, Sīvali, to the talk made known by the arrow-maker;

As a servant you have censured me, that is the destination of one with a companion.

294.

"This is a crossroad, dear lady, frequented by travellers;

Of these you take one, and I another once again.

295.

"Do not say to me 'you are my husband', nor shall I again say 'my wife'."

293-295. Therein, "suṇāsī" means listen, you, to the talk. "Pesiyā ma" - but this he said with reference to the exhortation to the maiden.

It is said that she, even though told "Do not say to me 'you are my husband'," followed the Great Being closely indeed. The king was unable to make her turn back. The public too followed. But from there the forest was not far. The Great Being, having seen the dark line of forest, wishing to make her turn back, while going along, saw muñja grass near the road. He, having pulled out a reed from that, having said "Do you see, Sīvalī, this cannot be joined together here again; just so, living together with you again cannot be joined together," spoke this half-verse -

"The reed has been drawn out from the sheath, dwell alone, Sīvalī."

Therein, "dwell alone" means I shall dwell in solitude; you too dwell alone - thus he gave her exhortation.

Having heard that, Queen Sīvalī, thinking "From now on there is no living together for me with King Mahājanaka," being unable to hold back the sorrow, having struck her chest with both hands, fell on the highway. The Great Being, having known her state of unconsciousness, having diverted his step, entered the forest. The ministers, having come, having sprinkled her body with water, having rubbed her hands and feet, caused her to regain consciousness. She asked "Fathers, where is the king?" "Do you not yourselves know?" "Investigate, fathers." They, having run here and there, even searching, did not see the Great Being. The queen, having lamented with great lamentation, having had a shrine built at the place where the king had stood, having venerated it with scents, garlands, and so on, turned back. The Great Being too, having entered the Himalayas, within just seven days, having produced the five direct knowledges and the eight meditative attainments, did not come again to the path of humans. The queen too, having had shrines built at all places - at the place where he spoke with the arrow-maker, at the place where he spoke with the maiden, at the place of meat consumption, at the place where he spoke with Migājina, and at the place where he spoke with Nārada - having venerated them with scents, garlands, and so on, surrounded by the divisions of the army, having reached Mithilā, having had the consecration of her son performed in the mango grove park, having sent him surrounded by the divisions of the army to the city, herself having gone forth in the going forth of sages, dwelling right there in the park, having performed the preliminary work on a circular meditation object, having produced meditative absorption, was one heading for the Brahma world. The Great Being too, not having fallen away from his meditative absorption, was one heading for the Brahma world.

The Teacher, having brought this teaching of the Teaching, having said "Not only now, monks; in the past too the Tathāgata went forth in the great renunciation indeed," connected the Jātaka - "At that time the goddess guardian of the ocean was Uppalavaṇṇā, Nārada was Sāriputta, Migājina was Moggallāna, the maiden was the nun Khemā, the arrow-maker was Ānanda, Queen Sīvalī was Rāhula's mother, Prince Dīghāvu was Rāhula, the mother and father were the great royal families, but King Mahājanaka was myself, the perfectly Self-awakened One."

The commentary on the Mahājanaka Jātaka is the second.

540.

The Commentary on the Suvaṇṇasāma Jātaka

"Who indeed shot me with an arrow" - this the Teacher, while dwelling at Jeta's Grove, spoke referring to a certain monk who supported his mother. It is said that in Sāvatthī there was an only son of a certain millionaire's family with a fortune of eighteen crores, dear and agreeable to his mother and father. He, one day, having gone to the top of the excellent mansion, having opened the lattice window, looking at the street, having seen the great multitude going to Jeta's Grove for the purpose of hearing the Teaching with scents, garlands, and so on in their hands, thinking "I too shall hear the Teaching," having paid homage to his mother and father, having had scents, garlands, and so on taken up, having gone to the monastery, having had cloth, medicine, drinks, and so on given to the Community of monks, having venerated the Blessed One with scents, garlands, and so on, seated to one side, having heard the Teaching, having seen the danger in sensual pleasures, having observed the benefit in the going forth, when the assembly had risen, having requested the going forth from the Blessed One, having heard "Tathāgatas do not give the going forth to a son not permitted by his mother and father," having paid homage to the Blessed One, having gone home again, having paid homage to his mother and father respectfully, said thus - "Mother and father, I shall go forth in the presence of the Tathāgata." Then his mother and father, having heard his word, as if with hearts breaking into seven pieces because of his being an only son, trembling with affection for their son, said thus: "Dear beloved little son, dear sprout of the family, dear eye, dear heart, dear one like life itself, without you how shall we live? Our life is bound to you. For we indeed, dear son, are feeble and decrepit with age, old, elderly; today or tomorrow or the day after tomorrow we shall meet death; therefore do not go leaving us behind. Dear son, the going forth is extremely difficult to do; when there is need for warmth, one gets cold; when there is need for cold, one gets warmth; therefore, dear son, do not go forth."

Having heard that, the son of good family, afflicted, unhappy, with bowed head, sat brooding for seven days without food. Then his mother and father thought thus: "If our son is not permitted, he will certainly die; we shall not see him again. But if he is living through the going forth, we shall see him again." And having thought, they gave permission: "Dear beloved little son, we permit you for the going forth; go forth." Having heard that, the son of good family, having become satisfied in mind, having bowed down his entire body, having paid homage to his mother and father, having gone to the monastery, requested the going forth from the Blessed One. The Teacher, having had a certain monk summoned, commanded "Give this boy the going forth." He gave him the going forth. From the time of his going forth, great material gain and honour arose. He, having pleased his teachers and preceptors, having obtained full ordination, having learnt the Teaching thoroughly for five years, wishing to fulfil the charge of insight thinking "I dwell here crowded; this is not befitting for me," having taken a meditation subject in the presence of his preceptor, having paid homage to his preceptor, having departed from Jeta's Grove, dwelt in the forest in dependence on a borderland village. He, having developed insight there, even though striving and endeavouring for twelve years, was unable to produce a distinction. His mother and father too, as time went on and on, became destitute. For those who managed their fields or trade, thinking "In this family there is no son or brother to demand and collect debts," having taken whatever had come into their own hands, fled as they pleased. In the house, slaves, labourers and others too, having taken unwrought gold, gold and so on, fled.

Afterwards, the two, having become poor, not even obtaining water poured on their hands, having sold the house, having become homeless, having reached a state of wretchedness, having put on rags, with bowls in hand, wandered for almsfood. At that time a certain monk, having departed from Jeta's Grove, gradually went to his dwelling place. He, having performed the duties for visitors for him, when they were comfortably seated, having asked "Venerable sir, where have you come from?" when it was said "I have come from Jeta's Grove, friend," having asked about the health of the Teacher and the great disciples and others, he asked about the news of his mother and father: "What, venerable sir, is the health of such and such a millionaire's family in Sāvatthī?" "Friend, do not ask about the news of that family." "What, venerable sir?" "Friend, that family, it is said, has one son; he has gone forth in the Buddha's Dispensation. From the time of his going forth, that family has been exhausted. Now the two, having reached a state of utmost wretchedness, wander for almsfood." He, having heard his word, being unable to remain in his own state, began to weep with eyes full of tears. "Friend, why are you weeping?" "Venerable sir, they are my mother and father; I am their son." "Friend, your mother and father, in dependence on you, have met with destruction. Go, look after them."

He, having thought "I, even though striving and endeavouring for twelve years, was not able to produce either the path or the fruit. I must be incapable. What is the use of my going forth? Having become a layman, having supported my mother and father, having given gifts, I shall become one destined for heaven," having handed over the forest dwelling to that elder, on the following day, having departed from the forest, gradually going along, reached the monastery behind Jeta's Grove, not far from Sāvatthī. There were two roads there. Of those, one road goes to Jeta's Grove, one to Sāvatthī. He, standing right there, having thought "Shall I first see my mother and father, or the One of Ten Powers?" having thought "My mother and father have been seen by me a long time ago. But henceforth, seeing the Buddha will be rare for me. Therefore, having seen the Perfectly Self-awakened One this very day and having heard the Teaching, right early tomorrow I shall see my mother and father," having abandoned the road to Sāvatthī, entered Jeta's Grove in the evening. On that day, however, the Teacher, towards the break of dawn, surveying the world, saw the achievement of decisive support of this son of good family. He, at the time of his arrival, praised the virtues of mother and father by means of the Discourse on Supporting One's Mother. That monk, however, standing at the edge of the assembly, listening to the Teacher's talk on the Teaching, thought: "I thought 'Having become a layman, I am able to look after my mother and father,' but the Teacher says 'Even one gone forth, being one who has looked after them, is a helper to mother and father.' If I had gone without seeing the Teacher, I would have fallen away from such a going forth. But now, without becoming a layman, being one gone forth itself, I shall support my mother and father."

He, having gone to the ticket hall, having taken both ticket meal and ticket rice gruel, became like a monk who had lived twelve years in the forest and had incurred expulsion. He, having entered Sāvatthī right early, having thought "Shall I first take rice gruel, or shall I see my mother and father?" having thought "It is inappropriate to go empty-handed to the presence of my destitute mother and father," having taken rice gruel, went to the door of their former house. His mother and father too, having wandered for rice gruel and almsfood, were dwelling leaning against another's wall. He, having approached, having seen them seated, with sorrow arisen, stood not far from them with eyes full of tears. They, even having seen him, did not recognise him. Then the mother, with the perception "He must be standing for the purpose of almsfood," said "Venerable sir, there is nothing fit to be given to you; please pass by." He, having heard her words, having taken sorrow filling his heart, stood right there with eyes full of tears. Even though being told for the second time and the third time "Please pass by," he just stood there. Then his father said to the mother - "Go, dear lady, find out whether this is indeed our son." She, having risen, having approached, looking, having recognised him, having fallen at his feet, lamented; his father too did likewise; there was great grief.

He too, having seen his mother and father, being unable to remain in his own nature, shed tears. He, having endured the sorrow, having consoled his mother and father saying "Mother and father, do not worry, I shall support you," having given them rice gruel to drink, having caused them to sit to one side, having brought almsfood again, having fed them, having sought almsfood for his own use, having gone to their presence, having again asked permission regarding the meal, afterwards he himself ate. He, from then on, looked after his mother and father in this manner. Having given the fortnightly meals and so on obtained by himself to them alone, he himself went for almsfood; when obtaining, he ate; when not obtaining, he did not eat; even the rains-residence gift and whatever else he obtained, he gave to them alone. Having taken the worn-out rags used by them, having patched them, having dyed them, he himself used them. But the days on which he did not obtain almsfood were more numerous than the days on which he obtained almsfood. Then his inner robe and outer robe became exceedingly rough.

Thus he, while looking after his mother and father, afterwards became lean, become quite pale, with veins showing all over the body. Then monks who were his intimate friends asked him "Friend, formerly your bodily appearance was beautiful, but now you are lean, become quite pale, with veins showing all over the body; has an illness arisen in you?" He reported that matter saying "There is no illness in me, friends, but however there is an impediment for me." Then those monks said to him "Friend, the Blessed One does not allow offerings given in faith to be wasted, but you, having taken offerings given in faith, giving them to laypeople, are doing what is inappropriate." He, having heard their words, being ashamed, withdrew. They, not satisfied even by that much, having gone to the presence of the Blessed One, reported to the Teacher "Venerable sir, the monk named so-and-so, having wasted offerings given in faith, supports laypeople." The Teacher, having had that monk summoned, having asked "Is it true, monk, that you, having taken offerings given in faith, support laypeople?" when it was said "It is true, venerable sir," wishing to praise that action and wishing to make known his own former conduct, asked "Monk, supporting laypeople, whom do you support?" When it was said "My mother and father, venerable sir," the Teacher, in order to generate enthusiasm in him, having given applause three times saying "Good, good, monk," said "You are standing on the path I have gone; I too, while practising the former conduct, supported my mother and father." He obtained consolation. The Teacher, being requested by those monks for the purpose of making known that former conduct, brought up the past.

In the past, not far from the city of Bārāṇasī, on the near shore of a river there was a hunters' village, and on the far shore there was a hunters' village. In each village five hundred families lived. In both villages the two chief hunters were companions. They, while still young, made an agreement "If one of us has a daughter and the other has a son, we shall arrange their marriage." Then a son was born in the house of the village chief on the near shore; because he was received with fine cloth at the very moment of birth, they gave him the name "Dukūla." In the other's house a daughter was born; because she was born on the far shore, they gave her the name "Pārikā." They were both lovely, pleasing, and gold-coloured. They, even though born in a hunter's family, did not commit the killing of living beings.

Afterwards, when the boy Dukūla was at the age of sixteen years, his mother and father said to him "Son, we shall bring a young woman for you." But he, a pure being who had come from the Brahma world, having covered both ears, having said "I have no need of the household life, mother and father; do not say such a thing," even though being told up to the third time, simply did not wish it. Pārikā too, when told by her mother and father "Dear daughter, our friend has a son; he is handsome, golden-coloured; we shall give you to him," having said in the same way, covered both ears. She too, having come from the Brahma world, did not desire the household life. But the boy Dukūla sent a message to her in secret: "If Pārikā is desirous of sexual intercourse, let her go to another's house; I have no desire for sexual intercourse." She too sent a message to him in the same way.

Then the parents, even though those two were unwilling, arranged the marriage. Both of them, without descending into the ocean of mental defilements, dwelt together like two Great Brahmā gods. But the boy Dukūla did not kill fish or deer; he did not even sell meat that had been brought. Then his mother and father said to him "Dear son, even though you have been born in a hunter's family, you do not even desire the household life, you do not practise the destruction of life; what work indeed will you do?" "Mother and father, if you give permission, we shall go forth." Having heard that, the mother and father gave permission to the two persons saying "If so, go forth." They, satisfied and joyful, having paid homage to their mother and father, having departed from the village, gradually, along the bank of the Ganges, having entered the Himalayas, having gone to the place where the river named Migasammatā, having descended from the Himalayas, reached the Ganges, having left the Ganges, ascended facing towards the Migasammatā.

At that moment, Sakka's dwelling showed signs of heat. Sakka, looking, having known that reason, having addressed Vissakamma, said "Dear son Vissakamma, two great men, having departed from the village, have entered the Himalayas; it is fitting for them to obtain a dwelling place. Having built a hermitage and the requisites for those gone forth for them within half a kosa of the Migasammatā river, come back." He, having accepted saying "Very well," having arranged everything in the very manner stated in the Mūgapakkha Jātaka, having driven away the beasts and birds with disagreeable sounds, having built a single-track footpath, went to his own place. They too, having seen that path, having gone by that path, reached that hermitage. The wise Dukūla, having entered the hermitage, having seen the requisites for those gone forth, having known the state of being given by Sakka, thinking "These were given to me by Sakka," having taken off his cloth, having put on a red bark garment, having wrapped one as an upper garment, having placed a cheetah-skin leather on his shoulder, having tied the coil of matted hair, having assumed the guise of a sage, gave the going forth to Pārikā too. Both of them, having developed sensual-sphere friendliness, dwelt there. Through the power of their friendliness, all the beasts and birds too obtained minds of friendliness towards one another; no one troubled anyone. Pārikā, from then on, brought drinking water and water for washing, swept the hermitage, and performed all duties. Both of them, having brought various kinds of fruit, having eaten, having entered their own respective hermitages, practising the ascetic duty, made their dwelling there.

Sakka came to attend upon them. One day, looking ahead, having seen an obstacle, thinking "Their eyes will decline," having approached the wise Dukūla, having paid homage, having sat down to one side, he said thus - "Venerable sir, an obstacle to you is evident; it is fitting to obtain a son to look after you; practise the worldly way." Then the wise Dukūla said to him - "Sakka, what indeed is this you are speaking of? Even while dwelling in the midst of a house, we were disgusted with this worldly way as with a heap of dung full of worms; now, having entered the forest, having gone forth in the going forth of sages, how shall we do such a thing?" Then Sakka said to him - "Venerable sir, if you do not do thus, during the fertile period of the female ascetic Pārikā, you should touch her navel with your hand." The wise Dukūla accepted, saying "This is possible to do." Sakka, having paid homage to him, went to his own place.

The wise Dukūla too, having told that reason to Pārikā, during her fertile period touched her navel with his hand. Then the Bodhisatta, having passed away from the heavenly world, took conception in her womb. She, after the elapse of ten months, gave birth to a golden-coloured son; therefore they gave him the name "Suvaṇṇasāma." When Pārikā had gone to the forest for the purpose of gathering various kinds of fruit, kinnarī women in the mountain caves performed the nursing function. Both of them, having bathed the Bodhisatta and having caused him to lie down in the hermitage, go to the forest for the purpose of gathering various kinds of fruit. At that moment the kinnaras, having taken the boy, having bathed him in mountain grottoes and so on, having ascended to the mountain top, having adorned him with various flowers, having rubbed yellow orpiment, red arsenic and so on on a stone, having made a tilaka mark on his forehead, having brought him back again, caused him to lie down in the hermitage. Pārikā too, having come, gave her son breast milk to drink. Afterwards, when he had grown up, even though he was of the age of sixteen years, his mother and father, protecting him, having caused him to sit in the hermitage, themselves went to the forest for the purpose of forest roots and various kinds of fruit. The Great Being, having thought "Some obstacle might at some time befall my mother and father," observed the path they had gone by.

Then one day, as they were returning in the evening time having taken forest roots and various kinds of fruit, a great rain cloud arose not far from the hermitage grounds. They, having entered under the root of a tree, stood on the top of an ant-hill. And inside it there was a venomous snake. Water mixed with sweat and odour from their bodies, having descended, entered its nostrils. It, having become angry, struck with the breath from its nose. Both having become blind, they could not see each other. The wise Dukūla, having addressed Pārikā, said "Pārikā, my eyes have declined; I cannot see you." She too said likewise. They, thinking "There is no life for us now," not seeing the path, lamenting, stood there. "But what was their former deed?" It is said that they were formerly in a physician's family. Then that physician looked after the eye disease of a certain man of great wealth. He did not give him any wealth. Then the physician, having become angry, having gone to his own house, having informed his wife, said "Dear lady, I look after his eye disease; now he does not give me wealth; what shall we do?" She too, having become angry, said "We have no need of his possessions; having given him one preparation of medicine, make his eyes blind." He, having accepted saying "Very well," having gone to his presence, did just so. Before long he became blind. For both of them too, by this deed, their eyes became blind.

Then the Great Being, having thought "My mother and father come at this time on other days; now I do not know the news of them; I shall go along the return path," having gone along the path, made a sound. They, having recognised his sound, having made a response, out of affection for their son, said "Dear Suvaṇṇasāma, there is danger here; do not come." Then he gave them a long staff saying "Then take this end of the staff and come to my presence." They, having taken the end of the staff, came to his presence. Then he asked them "By what reason have your eyes been destroyed?" Then his mother and father said to him "Dear son, while the sky was raining, we stood here at the root of a tree on the top of an ant-hill; by that reason." He, having merely heard the words of his mother and father, understood "There must have been a venomous snake there; the breath from the nose must have been released by that angry one." He, having seen his mother and father, both cried and laughed. Then they asked him "Why, dear son, do you both cry and laugh?" Mother and father, I cried thinking "Your eyes have been destroyed thus even in your young age," and I laughed thinking "Now I shall be able to look after you." Mother and father, do not worry; I shall look after you.

He, having consoled his mother and father, having brought them to the hermitage, tied cords at all places - at their night-quarters and day-quarters, at the walking path, in the hermitage, at the toilet, at the urinal place and so on. From then on, having left them at the hermitage, having himself brought forest roots, various kinds of fruit and so on, having placed them in the hermitage, right early having swept their dwelling place, having paid homage to his mother and father, having taken a pot, having gone to the river honoured by the deer, having brought drinking water and water for washing, he sets them out, having given wooden toothbrushes, water for washing the face and so on, he gives sweet various kinds of fruit; when they had eaten and rinsed their mouths, having himself eaten, having paid homage to his mother and father, surrounded by a herd of deer, he entered the forest for the purpose of gathering various kinds of fruit. At the foot of the mountain, surrounded by kinnaras, having taken various kinds of fruit, having come in the evening time, having brought water with a pot, having done bathing or foot-washing for them with hot water according to their liking, having brought a charcoal pan, having warmed their hands and feet, having given various kinds of fruit to them as they sat and having caused them to eat, at the conclusion, having himself eaten, he set aside the remainder. In this very manner he looked after his mother and father.

At that time in Bārāṇasī a king named Pīḷiyakkha exercised kingship. He, out of greed for deer meat, having handed over the kingdom to his mother, armed with five weapons, having entered the Himalayas, having killed deer, eating meat, having reached the river honoured by the deer, gradually having arrived at Sāma's water-fetching ford, having seen the deer footprints, having made a porch with branches of crystal colour, having taken his bow, having fitted a poison-dipped arrow, he remained concealed. The Great Being too, in the evening time, having brought various kinds of fruit, having placed them at the hermitage, having paid homage to his mother and father, having taken a pot saying "I shall bring drinking water," surrounded by a herd of deer, having brought two deer together, having placed the water-pot on their backs, having taken it by hand, went to the river ford. The king, standing right at the porch, having seen him coming thus, thought "A human being has never been seen before by me wandering about in this manner for so long a time. Is this a god or a serpent? If I were to approach and ask him, if he is a god, he will fly up into space. If a serpent, he will enter the ground. But I shall not wander in the Himalayas for all time; I shall go to Bārāṇasī. There they will ask me 'Have you, great king, while dwelling in the Himalayas, ever seen anything wonderful?' There I shall say 'A being of such a form was seen by me before.' When it is said 'What is his name?' if I say 'I do not know,' then they will censure me; therefore, having shot him and having made him weak, I shall ask him" - thus he thought.

Then, when those deer, having first descended and drunk water, had come out, the Bodhisatta, like a great elder who has learnt the duties, slowly descended, and having come out with his disturbance calmed, having put on a red bark garment, having wrapped one as an upper garment, having placed a cheetah-skin leather on his shoulder, having lifted up the water-pot, having wiped the water, he placed it on his left shoulder. At that time, thinking "Now is the time to shoot," the king, having lifted up a poison-dipped arrow, shot the Great Being on the right side; the arrow came out through the left side. Having known his state of being shot, the herds of deer, frightened, fled. But the wise Suvaṇṇasāma, though shot, without letting the water-pot drop in any way whatsoever, having established mindfulness, having gently lowered it, having heaped up sand, having placed it, having determined the direction, having turned his head towards the direction of his parents' dwelling place, having lain down on the sand of the colour of a silver plate like a golden image, having established mindfulness, having spat out blood from his mouth saying "In this Himalayan region I have no enemy whatsoever, nor do my mother and father have any enemy whatsoever," without even having seen the king, spoke the first verse -

296.

"Who indeed shot me with an arrow, the heedless water-carrier;

A warrior, a brahmin, a merchant, who, having shot me, do you hide?"

Therein, "heedless" means one whose mindfulness was not established through the development of friendliness. For with reference to this, at that moment he called himself heedless. "Having shot" means having pierced.

And having said thus, again, in order to show that his own body's flesh was not considered fit to be eaten, he spoke the second verse -

297.

"My flesh is not to be eaten, no use is found for my hide;

Then for what reason did you think me one to be pierced?"

Having spoken the second verse, questioning that very one by way of name and so on, said -

298.

"Who are you, or whose son are you? How may we know you?

Being asked by me, my dear, tell me, why, having shot me, do you hide?"

Therein, "he did not think" means this person did not think "for what reason should I be shot" - this is the meaning.

And having said thus, he remained silent. Having heard that, the king, having thought "This one, though shot by me with a poison-dipped dart and felled, neither reviles me nor abuses me, but behaves towards me with endearing speech as if massaging my heart; I shall go to his presence," having gone and standing in his presence, spoke two verses -

299.

"I am the king of the Kāsis, they know me as Pīḷiyakkha;

Out of greed, having left the country, I wander seeking deer.

300.

"I am skilled in archery, and renowned as one with a strong bow;

Even an elephant would not escape me, having come within arrow range."

299-300. Therein, "I am a king" - thus indeed this thought arose in him: "Even gods and serpents speak in human speech; I do not know whether this one is a god or a serpent or a human being. If he should become angry, he might destroy me; but when 'king' is said, there is no one indeed who does not fear." Therefore, in order to make known his own kingship, he first said "I am a king." "Out of greed" means out of greed for deer meat. "Seeking deer" means seeking a deer. "I wander" means I wander. But wishing to show his own power, he spoke the second verse thus. Therein, "in archery" means in the art of the bow. "One with a strong bow" means one able to unstring and string a strong bow, a bow of a thousand men's strength.

Thus the king, having praised his own power, asking his name and clan, said -

301.

"Who are you, or whose son are you? How may we know you?

Declare the name and clan of your father and of yourself."

Therein, "declare" means tell.

Having heard that, the Great Being, having thought "If I were to say 'I am one among devas, nāgas, kinnaras, warriors, and so on,' he would indeed believe it, but it is fitting to tell him only the truth," spoke thus -

302.

"Son of a hunter, venerable one, my relatives called me Sāma;

They addressed me while living, but today I have gone to lie down.

303.

"I am pierced by a broad arrow, like a deer with poison;

See, O king, I lie submerged in my own blood.

304.

"The dart has gone through to the left side, see, I spit out blood;

Being sick, I ask you, why, having shot me, do you hide?

305.

"The leopard is killed for its hide, the elephant is killed for its tusks;

Then for what reason did you think me one to be pierced?"

302-305. Therein, "living" means relatives addressed me, who was living before this, saying "Come, Sāma, go, Sāma." "Today I have gone" means the meaning is: that I have today thus gone, arrived at the mouth of death, entered. "Saye" means I lie down. "Paripluta" means submerged. "Paṭivāmagata" means the meaning is: having entered through the right side and gone out through the left side. "Passa" means look at me. "Dhimhāmī" means I spit out; this he said having established mindfulness, without trembling at all, having spat out blood from his mouth. "Being sick, I ask you" means having become severely ill, I ask you. "Nilīyasī" means you remain hidden in this cluster of trees. "Viddheyya" means should be shot. "Amaññathā" means he thought.

The king, having heard his word, without telling the truth, speaking a falsehood, said -

306.

"A deer had arrived, having come within arrow range;

Having seen that, Sāma was frightened, therefore wrath entered me."

Therein, "entered" means overpowered. It explains that "for that reason wrath arose in me."

Then the Great Being, having said to him "What are you saying, great king, in this Himalaya there is no deer that flees having seen me," said -

307.

"Since I remember myself, since I have attained discretion;

Beasts do not fear me, nor even wild animals in the forest.

308.

"Since I have worn the bark garment, since I have attained youth;

Beasts do not fear me, nor even wild animals in the forest.

309.

"The timid kinnara people, O king, on Mount Gandhamādana;

Being joyful we go, through mountains and forests.

310.

"Beasts do not fear me, nor even wild animals in the forest;

Then for what reason are beasts frightened of me?"

307-310. Therein, "beasts do not fear me" means: my dear great king, from the time since I remember myself, from the time since I have attained the state of intelligence, from that time onwards, having seen me, beasts do not fear me. "Nor even wild animals" means even beasts of prey. "Since I have worn the bark garment" means from the time since I wore the bark garment. "The timid kinnara people" means: great king, let the deer stand aside for now; kinnara people are exceedingly timid. Those who dwell on this Mount Gandhamādana, even they, having seen me, are not frightened; rather, we go about exchanging friendly greetings with one another. "Are beasts frightened of me" explains: beasts would be frightened having seen me - by what reason will you make me believe this?

Having heard that, the king, having thought "By me, having shot this innocent one, lying has been spoken; I shall speak only the truth," said -

311.

"The deer did not tremble at that, Sāma, why should I speak falsehood to you;

Overcome by wrath and greed, I released that arrow at you."

Therein, "did not tremble at that" means the deer did not tremble having seen that; the meaning is: was not frightened. "Why should I to you" means why should I speak falsehood to you, one of such handsome appearance, in your presence. "Overcome by wrath and greed, I" means having been overpowered by wrath and by greed, I. For he, at first, with wrath arisen towards the deer, having strung the bow thinking "I shall shoot the deer," standing thus, afterwards having seen the Bodhisatta, not knowing his state as being one among deities and so on, gave rise to greed thinking "Shall I ask him?" Therefore he spoke thus.

And having said thus, having thought "This Suvaṇṇasāma will not dwell alone in this forest; there must be relatives of his too; shall I ask him?" he spoke the other verse -

312.

"Whence have you come, dear one, or by whom were you sent;

'Go to the river to fetch water' - you have come to the one honoured by the deer."

Therein, "sāma" - he addresses the Great Being. "Having come" means having come from what region to this forest, "go to the river to fetch water for us" - or by whom, by what person, having been sent, you have come to this one honoured by the deer; this is the meaning.

He, having heard his talk, having endured the great painful feeling, having spat out blood from his mouth, spoke a verse -

313.

"My mother and father are blind, I support them in the great forest;

I am their water-fetcher, I have come to the one honoured by the deer."

Therein, "I support" means having brought roots, fruits and so on, I nourish them.

And having said thus, the Great Being, lamenting referring to his mother and father, said -

314.

"They have just enough food, and also life for a thousand days;

Through the lack of water, methinks the blind ones will die.

315.

"This is not so much suffering to me, for this can be obtained by a man;

But that I do not see my mother, that is more painful to me than this.

316.

"This is not so much suffering to me, for this can be obtained by a man;

But that I do not see my father, that is more painful to me than this.

317.

"That wretched mother, surely, will grieve for a long time;

At midnight or in the night, like a river she will dry up.

318.

"That wretched father, surely, will grieve for a long time;

At midnight or in the night, like a river she will dry up.

319.

"By industriousness in attending to their feet, and by massaging their feet;

Lamenting 'Dear Sāma,' they will wander in the great forest.

320.

This too is a second dart, it causes my heart to tremble;

And that I do not see the blind ones, methinks I will give up life."

314-320. Therein, "just enough food" (usāmattaṃ) means just enough to eat. For "usā" is a name for food, and because of its existence. "Life for a thousand days" (sāhassa jīvitaṃ) means life for about six days - this is the meaning. He said this with reference to the various kinds of fruit that had been brought and stored. Or alternatively, "usā" means heat (usmā). Thereby this shows - there is just enough heat in their bodies, and also through the various kinds of fruit brought by me there is life for a thousand days. "Will die" (marissare) means I think they will die. "By a man" (pumunā) means by a man; for such suffering is indeed to be obtained by a man - this is the meaning. "Will grieve for a long time" (cirarattāya rucchatī) means she will weep for a long time. "At midnight or" (aḍḍharatte vā) means at the middle of the night or. "In the night or" (ratte vā) means at the end of night or. "Dries up" (avasucchatī) means will dry up like a rivulet - this is the meaning. "By rising up and attending on foot" (uṭṭhānapādacariyāyā) means great king, I, both by night and by day, rising up two or three times, by my own industriousness and energy, perform the service of attending to them on foot, I massage their hands and feet; now, not seeing me, for my sake, those who have lost their sight, lamenting "Dear Sāma," as if being pierced by thorns, will wander about and roam in this forest region - this is the meaning. "A second dart" (dutiyaṃ sallaṃ) means this second dart of sorrow from not seeing them is more painful by a hundredfold, a thousandfold, a hundred-thousandfold than the dart first struck and dipped in poison.

The king, having heard his lamentation, having thought "This one is an absolute practitioner of the holy life, established in the Teaching, he supports his mother and father; now even though afflicted with such suffering, he laments only for them; against one so accomplished in virtues, an offence has been committed by me; how indeed might I console him?" and having made the conclusion "When suffering in hell, what will the kingdom do? By the very same manner in which this one looked after them, I shall look after his mother and father; even the death of this one will be as if it were not death," he said -

321.

"Do not lament excessively, Sāma of lovely appearance;

Having become a labourer, I shall support you in the great forest.

322.

"I am skilled in archery, and renowned as one with a strong bow;

Having become a labourer, I shall support you in the great forest.

323.

"Seeking the scraps of beasts, and the roots and fruits of the forest;

Having become a labourer, I shall support you in the great forest.

324.

"Which is that forest, Sāma, where your mother and father are;

I shall support them just as you supported them."

321-324. Therein, "I shall support you" means I shall support your mother and father. "Of beasts" means seeking the scraps of food of beasts such as lions and so on. This he said having said "I am skilled in archery, so having killed large and massive beasts, I shall support your mother and father with sweet meat," and when it was said "Do not, great king, practise the destruction of life in dependence on us," he spoke thus. "As you" means just as you supported them, so too I shall support them.

Then the Great Being, having said to him "Good, great king, then indeed support my mother and father," pointing out the path, said -

325.

"This is a single path, O king, which is at my head;

Having gone from here half a league, there is their little house;

Where my mother and father are, support them, I have gone from here."

Therein, "a single path" means a single-foot path. "At my head" means which is this, at the place of my head. "Half a league" means within half a league.

Thus he, having pointed out the road to him, having endured such feeling through strong affection for his mother and father, having raised joined palms for the purpose of their maintenance, entreating, again spoke thus -

326.

"Homage to you, King of Kāsi, homage to you, increaser of Kāsi;

My mother and father are blind, support them in the great forest.

327.

"I raise my joined palms to you, King of Kāsi, homage to you;

Having been instructed by me, pay homage to my mother and father."

326-327. Therein, "having been spoken, you should pay respect" means "Your son Suvaṇṇasāma, pierced by a dart dipped in poison on the riverbank, lying on his right side on the sandy bank resembling a silver plate, having raised joined palms, pays homage at your feet" - thus, great king, having been spoken by me, you should convey my homage to my mother and father; this is the meaning.

The king received it saying "Good!" The Great Being too, having sent the homage to his mother and father, became unconscious. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

328.

Having said this, that Sāma, a youth handsome to behold;

Fainted from the force of the poison, he became unconscious.

Therein, "became unconscious" means he became unconscious.

For he, while speaking that much below, was as if without breath. But now, crushed by the force of the poison, the continuity of the unconscious mind-consciousness operated in dependence on the material phenomenon of the heart, his speech was cut short, his mouth was closed, his eyes were shut, his hands and feet reached a state of rigidity, and his entire body was smeared with blood. The king, thinking "This one was just now speaking together with me, what could this be?" examined his in-breath and out-breath. But those had ceased, and his body had become rigid. He, having seen that, being unable to hold back the sorrow thinking "Sāma has now ceased," having placed both hands on his head, lamented with a loud voice. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

329.

That king lamented, much filled with compassion;

"I was free from ageing and death, today I know this, not before;

Having seen Sāma deceased, there is no non-coming of death."

330.

"He who, pierced by a poisoned arrow, addresses me;

He today, when time has thus passed, says nothing to me.

331.

"Surely I go to hell, here there is no doubt for me;

For evil was done then, wrong-doing for a long time.

332.

"There are those who speak of him, the wrongdoer in the village;

In the forest devoid of humans, who is worthy to speak to me?"

333.

"Deeds indeed remind one, when young men gather in the village;

In the forest devoid of humans, who indeed will remind me?"

329-333. Therein, "I was" means I was one with the perception "For so long a time I am free from ageing and death." "Today I know this" means he laments thus: today, having seen this Sāma deceased, that there is no non-coming of death for me and for others - that coming of death I know today; before this I did not know. "He today, when time has thus passed" means he who, pierced by a poisoned arrow, was just now addressing me, he today, when time has thus passed, when the time of death has arrived, does not speak even anything trifling. "For then" means at that moment evil was done by me while shooting Sāma. "Wrong-doing for a long time" means that, however, is cruel and harsh, capable of ripening for a long time.

"His" means of him who goes about having done such an evil deed. "Those who speak" means there are those who blame him, saying "Where in the village, what sort of wrongdoer?" But in this forest devoid of humans, who is worthy to speak to me? For if there were someone, he would speak - thus he laments. "They remind" means in villages or in market towns and so on, when young men gather, here and there many men, having assembled, saying "Hey, you killer of men, a cruel deed was done by you; you have indeed incurred such and such a punishment" - thus they remind of deeds, they accuse. But in this uninhabited forest, who will remind me - thus accusing himself, he laments.

At that time there was a young goddess named Bahusundarī, dwelling on Mount Gandhamādana, who had formerly been the mother of the Great Being in his seventh individual existence. She, through affection for her son, constantly attended to the Bodhisatta, but on that day, experiencing heavenly success, she did not attend to him. Some say "She had gone to the assembly of the gods." She, at the time when he had become unconscious, reflecting "What indeed is the news of my son?" saw "This king named Pīḷiyakkha, having shot my son with a poison-dipped arrow, having struck him down on the sandy bank on the shore of the river honoured by the deer, laments with a loud voice. If I do not go, my son Suvaṇṇasāma will die right here, the king's heart too will burst, and Sāma's mother and father too, without food, not obtaining even drinking water, having withered, will die. But when I have gone, the king, having taken the water pot, will go to the presence of his mother and father, and having gone, will say 'Your son was killed by me.' And having said thus, having heard their words, he will bring them to the presence of their son. Then they and I will make a declaration of truth; by the power of truth, Sāma's poison will be destroyed. Thus my son will obtain life, and his mother and father will obtain their eyes, and the king, having heard Sāma's teaching of the Teaching, having gone to the city, having given a great gift, will become one destined for heaven; therefore I shall go there." She, having gone, on the shore of the river honoured by the deer, with an invisible body, having stood in the sky, spoke with the king. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

334.

"That deity, having vanished, on Mount Gandhamādana;

Out of compassion for the king, spoke these verses.

335.

"It seems, great king, you committed an offence, a deed of wrong-doing;

Innocent father and sons, three were destroyed by a single arrow.

336.

"Come, I will instruct you, so that there may be a good destination for you;

Support the blind ones in the forest righteously, I imagine there will be a good destination for you through that."

334-336. Therein, "raññovā" means for the king only. "Āguṃ kirā" means great king, you committed a great offence, a great evil. "Dukkaṭan" means whatever is done that is wrong-doing, that inferior action he did. "Adūsakā" means faultless. "Pitāputtā" means the mother, the father, and the son - these three persons were destroyed by a single arrow. For when he was destroyed, those dependent on him, his mother and father too, are as if destroyed. "Anusikkhāmī" means I train, I instruct. "Posā" means having stood in the place of Sāma, having set up affection, support those two blind ones just as Sāma did. "Maññehaṃ sugatī tayā" means thus I think that a good destination is indeed to be reached by you.

He, having heard the words of the deity, having believed "I, it seems, having supported his mother and father, shall go to heaven," having firmly determined "What use is kingship to me? I shall support those very ones," lamenting with intense lamentation, having made his sorrow thin, thinking "Suvaṇṇasāma must be dead," having venerated his body with various flowers, having sprinkled it with water, having circumambulated three times, having paid homage at four places, having taken the water pot filled by him, overcome with displeasure, he went facing the southern direction. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

337.

"That king, having lamented, much filled with compassion;

Having taken a water-pot, departed facing south."

The king, by nature of great strength, having taken the water-pot, going along, having entered as if pounding the hermitage ground, reached the door of the leaf-hut of the wise Dukūla. The wise Dukūla, while seated just inside, having heard the sound of his footsteps, asking "This is not the sound of Sāma's footsteps, whose indeed is it?" spoke a pair of verses -

338.

"Whose is this sound of footsteps, come as if of a human being;

This is not the sound of Sāma, who indeed are you, sir?

339.

"For Sāma goes peacefully, he guides his feet peacefully;

This is not the sound of Sāma, who indeed are you, sir?"

338-339. Therein, "as if of a human being" means this is not of lions, tigers, panthers, demons, serpents or kinnaras, but this sound of footsteps is indeed of a human being approaching, "this is not of Sāma." "Peaceful indeed" means endowed with peace only. "Goes" means walks up and down. "Leads" means establishes.

Having heard that, the king thought: "If I, without having spoken of my own kingship, say 'Your son has been killed by me,' these, having become angry, will speak harshly with me. Thus wrath will arise in me towards them, then I shall vex them, that will be unwholesome for me. But when it is said 'a king,' there are none who are not afraid; therefore I shall first speak of my kingship" - having thus considered, having placed the water-pot in the drinking-water hall, having stood at the door of the leaf-hut, he said -

340.

"I am the king of the Kāsis, they know me as Pīḷiyakkha;

Out of greed, having left the country, I wander seeking deer.

341.

"I am skilled in archery, and renowned as one with a strong bow;

Even an elephant would not escape me, having come within arrow range."

The wise Dukūla too, making friendly welcome together with him, said -

342.

"Welcome to you, great king, and also your coming is not unwelcome;

You have arrived as lord, declare whatever is here."

343.

Tinduka fruits, piyāla fruits, madhuka fruits and kasumāra fruits;

Small fruits, enjoy, O king, the choicest of the choicest.

344.

"This drinking water too is cool, brought from the mountain cave;

Drink from it, great king, if you so wish."

340-344. Its meaning has been related in the Sattigumba Jātaka. But here "girigabbharā" is said with reference to the one honoured by the deer. For that river, because of having come out from a mountain cave, came to be called "Girigabbharā."

Thus, when the friendly welcome had been exchanged by him, the king, having thought "It would be inappropriate to say first 'Your son was killed by me'; as if not knowing, having raised a discussion, I shall speak," said -

345.

"The blind are not able to see in the forest, who indeed brought you fruit?

This fodder appears to me rightly as if of one who is not blind."

Therein, "nāla" means you, being blind, are not able to see anything in this forest. "Who indeed brought you fruit" means who indeed brought these various kinds of fruit for you. "Fodder" means this accumulation of pure various kinds of fruit, fit to be eaten, rightly made by method, by means, by reason, appears, is evident, presents itself to me as if of one who is not blind.

Having heard that, the wise Dukūla, showing "Great king, we do not bring various kinds of fruit, but our son brings them," spoke a pair of verses -

346.

"A young youth, not too tall, dark-skinned, handsome to behold;

His long hair was black, and also curled at the tips.

347.

"He indeed, having brought fruit, having taken the water-pitcher from here;

Has gone to the river to fetch water, methinks he has not come far."

346-347. Therein, "not too tall" means not too long, not too short. "Curled at the tips like a butcher's block" means bent like the tip of a meat-pounding block, which is called a butcher's block. "Water-pitcher" means a pot. "Has not come from far" means he has not come far now; the meaning is: I think he will have come to a nearby place.

Having heard that, the king said -

348.

"I myself killed him, who was your attendant;

The boy whom you would speak of, Sāma, the handsome one.

349.

"His long hair was black, and also curled at the tips;

Smeared with blood on those, Sāma lies slain, great one."

348-349. Therein, "I killed" means I killed by shooting with a poison-dipped arrow. "You would speak of" means you would tell. "Lies" means he lies on the sandy bank on the shore of the river honoured by the deer.

Now not far from the wise Dukūla was the hermitage of Pārikā. She, while seated right there, having heard the king's word, wishing to hear that news, having come out from her own hermitage, having gone to the presence of the wise Dukūla with the perception of a rope, said -

350.

"By whom, Dukūla, were you told, by one saying 'Sāma has been killed';

Having heard 'Sāma has been killed', my heart trembles.

351.

"Like a young sprout of the holy fig tree, stirred by the wind;

Having heard 'Sāma has been killed', my heart trembles."

350-351. Therein, "by one saying" means by one saying "Sāma was killed by me." "Coral" means a sprout. "Stirred by the wind" means struck by the wind.

The wise Dukūla, exhorting, said -

352.

"O Pārikā, this king of Kāsi, he himself at the deer-frequented place;

Shot with an arrow through wrath, may we not wish evil upon him."

Therein, "deer-frequented" means on the shore of the river Migasammatā. "Through wrath" means with wrath arisen towards the deer. "May we not wish evil" means may we both not wish evil upon him.

Again Pārikā said -

353.

"A dear son obtained with difficulty, who supported me in the blind forest;

That only son I slew, how could the mind not be agitated?"

Therein, "I slew" means the slayer.

The wise Dukūla said -

354.

"A dear son obtained with difficulty, who supported me in the blind forest;

That only son I slew, non-wrath the wise have said."

Therein, "non-wrath" means wrath is conducive to hell, therefore not having produced that wrath towards the slayer of one's son, non-wrath alone should be practised - thus the wise have said, they speak.

And having said thus, they, having struck their chests with both hands, having praised the virtues of the Great Being, lamented exceedingly. Then the king, reassuring them, said -

355.

"Do not lament excessively, by one saying 'Sāma has been killed';

Having become a labourer, I shall support you in the great forest.

356.

"I am skilled in archery, and renowned as one with a strong bow;

Having become a labourer, I shall support you in the great forest.

357.

"Seeking the scraps of beasts, and the roots and fruits of the forest;

Having become a labourer, I shall support you in the great forest."

355-357. Therein, "by one saying" means having said such things as "By you our son accomplished in virtues has been killed; now who will support us?" together with me who am saying "Sāma has been killed," do not lament excessively; I, having become a labourer, shall support you just as Sāma did.

Thus the king consoled them saying "Do not worry; I have no need of a kingdom; I shall support you for the length of my life." They, conversing with him, said -

358.

"This is not the principle, great king, this is not allowable for us;

You are our king, we pay homage at your feet."

Therein, "principle" means intrinsic nature or reason. "This is not allowable for us" means this service of yours is not allowable for us, is not fitting. "We pay homage at your feet" - but this they said even though standing in the mark of those gone forth, being both afflicted by sorrow for their son and having their conceit put down. Some say "They said thus in order to produce trust in the king."

Having heard that, the king, being exceedingly pleased, having thought "Oh, how wonderful! In me who have done them wrong, there is not even so much as a harsh word; they only encourage me" - spoke a verse -

359.

"Speak the Teaching, O hunter, esteem has been shown by you;

You are a father to us, you are a mother, O Pārikā."

Therein, "by you" - addressing each one individually, he spoke thus. "Father" means O wise Dukūla, from today onwards stand in the place of a father to me; mother Pārikā, you too stand in the place of a mother to me; I, however, having stood in the place of a son, of Sāma, to you, shall perform all duties such as washing of feet and so on; do not regard me as a king, but regard me as Sāma.

They, having raised joined palms, having paid homage, said "Great king, there is no task of doing work for us by you; but rather, having taken us by the tip of a staff, having brought us, show us Sāma" - thus requesting, they spoke two verses -

360.

"Homage to you, King of Kāsi, homage to you, increaser of Kāsi;

We raise our joined palms to you, lead us to where Sāma is.

361.

"Stroking his feet, and his face of beautiful appearance;

Beating ourselves, we shall await the time of death."

360-361. Therein, "lead us to where Sāma is" means lead us to where Sāma is, to that place. "Of lovely appearance" means handsome, beautiful. "Beating themselves" means striking. "We shall await death" means we shall await death.

While they were thus still speaking, the sun set. Then the king, having thought "If I lead them there right now, upon seeing that their hearts will burst; thus at the time of death of all three of them I would indeed be one arising in hell; therefore I shall not allow them to go," spoke four verses -

362.

"Lofty, strewn with beasts of prey, it appears like the interior of the sky;

Where Sāma lies slain, like the moon fallen to the ground.

363.

"Lofty, strewn with beasts of prey, it appears like the interior of the sky;

Where Sāma lies slain, like the sun fallen to the ground.

364.

"Lofty, strewn with beasts of prey, it appears like the interior of the sky;

Where Sāma lies slain, covered with dust.

365.

"Lofty, strewn with beasts of prey, it appears like the interior of the sky;

Where Sāma lies slain, right here dwell in our hermitage."

362-365. Therein, "lofty" means very high. "Like the interior of the sky" means this forest appears as if being the interior of the sky. Or alternatively, "ākāsantaṃ" means shining forth; the meaning is illuminating. "Chamā" means on the ground; the meaning is on the earth. "Chama" is also a reading; the meaning is as if fallen to the earth. "Patikunthita" means surrounded; the meaning is enveloped.

Then, in order to show the absence of fear of beasts of prey towards themselves, they spoke a verse -

366.

"If there be thousands, hundreds, and tens of thousands;

Indeed no fear for us exists anywhere, among the wild beasts in the forest."

Therein, "anywhere" (kocī) means in this forest, even in any single place, there is no fear whatsoever for us among the wild beasts.

The king, being unable to refuse them, having taken them by the hands, led them there. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

367.

"Then having taken the blind ones, the King of Kāsi in the great forest;

Having taken them by the hands, departed to where Sāma was slain."

Therein, "tato" means then. "Andhānan" means the blind ones. "Ahū" means was. "Where" means in whatever place he lay fallen, he led them there - this is the meaning.

He, having brought them and having placed them near Sāma, informed them "This is your son." Then his father, having lifted up his head, and his mother, having taken his feet and having placed them on her thighs, having sat down, they lamented. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

368.

"Having seen Sāma fallen, the little son covered with dust;

Thrown aside in the great forest, like the moon fallen to the ground.

369.

"Having seen Sāma fallen, the little son covered with dust;

Thrown aside in the great forest, like the sun fallen to the ground.

370.

"Having seen Sāma fallen, the little son covered with dust;

Thrown aside in the great forest, the wretched ones lamented.

371.

"Having seen Sāma fallen, the little son covered with dust;

Having raised their arms, they cried out, 'Not the Teaching indeed, friend!'

372.

"You are indeed very heedless, Sāma of lovely appearance;

You who, now when time has thus passed, say nothing to me.

373.

"You are indeed very arrogant, Sāma of lovely appearance;

You who, now when time has thus passed, say nothing to me.

374.

"You are indeed very angry, Sāma of lovely appearance;

You who, now when time has thus passed, say nothing to me.

375.

"You are indeed very deeply asleep, Sāma of lovely appearance;

You who, now when time has thus passed, say nothing to me.

376.

"You are indeed very displeased, Sāma of lovely appearance;

You who, now when time has thus passed, say nothing to me.

377.

"The matted hair, wrinkled, gone to dust, who now will arrange it;

This Sāma has deceased, the attendant of the blind.

378.

"Who, taking the broom for me, will sweep the hermitage;

This Sāma has deceased, the attendant of the blind.

379.

"Who now will bathe us, with cold and hot water;

This Sāma has deceased, the attendant of the blind.

380.

"Who now will feed us, with the roots and fruits of the forest;

This Sāma has deceased, the attendant of the blind."

368-380. Therein, "thrown aside" means thrown away by the king as useless. "Not the Teaching indeed, friend" means inappropriate indeed, friend, prevails today in this world. "Heedless" means intoxicated as if having drunk sharp liquor, heedless, fallen into negligence. "Blazing" means arrogant. "You are angry, you are displeased" - they speak all this by way of lamentation. "Matted hair" means dear son, our coil of matted hair. "Wrinkled, gone to dust" means when it will become entangled and seized by stain. "Who now" means now who will arrange it, having cleaned it, will make it straight.

Then his mother, having lamented much, having placed her hand on his chest, considering the torment, having thought "The torment of my son continues indeed; he must have become unconscious from the force of the poison; I shall make a declaration of truth for the purpose of rendering the poison harmless," made a declaration of truth. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

381.

"Having seen Sāma fallen, the little son covered with dust;

Distressed by sorrow for her son, the mother spoke the truth.

382.

"By which truth this Sāma, was a practiser of the Teaching before;

By this speaking of truth, may the poison of Sāma be destroyed.

383.

"By which truth this Sāma, was a practitioner of the holy life before;

By this speaking of truth, may the poison of Sāma be destroyed.

384.

"By which truth this Sāma, was a speaker of truth before;

By this speaking of truth, may the poison of Sāma be destroyed.

385.

"By which truth this Sāma, was a supporter of his mother and father;

By this speaking of truth, may the poison of Sāma be destroyed.

386.

"By which truth this Sāma, was one who respected elders in the family;

By this speaking of truth, may the poison of Sāma be destroyed.

387.

"By which truth this Sāma, is more dear to me than life;

By this speaking of truth, may the poison of Sāma be destroyed.

388.

"Whatever merit has been made, by me and by your father;

By all that wholesome deed, may the poison of Sāma be destroyed."

381-388. Therein, "by which truth" means by which factual intrinsic nature. "A practiser of the Teaching" means one who practises the Teaching of the ten wholesome courses of action. "A speaker of truth" means he does not speak lying even by way of jest. "A supporter of his mother and father" means having been not lazy, he supported his mother and father night and day. "One who respected elders in the family" means he is one who makes honour to his elder mother and father.

Thus, when the declaration of truth had been made by the mother with seven verses, Sāma turned over and lay down. Then his father, thinking "My son lives, I too shall make a declaration of truth for him," made a declaration of truth in the same way. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

389.

"Having seen Sāma fallen, the little son covered with dust;

Distressed by sorrow for his son, the father spoke the truth.

390.

"By which truth this Sāma, was a practiser of the Teaching before;

By this speaking of truth, may the poison of Sāma be destroyed.

391.

"By which truth this Sāma, was a practitioner of the holy life before;

By this speaking of truth, may the poison of Sāma be destroyed.

392.

"By which truth this Sāma, was a speaker of truth before;

By this speaking of truth, may the poison of Sāma be destroyed.

393.

"By which truth this Sāma, was a supporter of his mother and father;

By this speaking of truth, may the poison of Sāma be destroyed.

394.

"By which truth this Sāma, was one who respected elders in the family;

By this speaking of truth, may the poison of Sāma be destroyed.

395.

"By which truth this Sāma, is more dear to me than life;

By this speaking of truth, may the poison of Sāma be destroyed.

396.

"Whatever merit has been made, by me and by your mother;

By all that wholesome deed, may the poison of Sāma be destroyed."

389-396. Thus, while the father was making a declaration of truth, the Great Being, having turned round, lay down on the other side. Then a deity made a third declaration of truth for him. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

397.

"That deity, having vanished, on Mount Gandhamādana;

Out of compassion for Sāma, spoke this truth.

398.

"I, on Mount Gandhamādana, dwelling for a long time;

No one more dear to me than Sāma is found;

By this speaking of truth, may the poison of Sāma be destroyed.

399.

"All the forests, fragrant, on Mount Gandhamādana;

By this speaking of truth, may the poison of Sāma be destroyed.

400.

While they were lamenting, much filled with compassion;

Quickly Sāma arose, a youth handsome to behold."

397-400. Therein, "on the mountain, I" means on the mountain, I. "All the forests, fragrant" means all the trees are fragrant. For there is no tree there whatsoever that is without fragrance. "Of them" means monks, while those two were still lamenting, at the conclusion of the deity's declaration of truth, quickly Sāma arose; like water from a lotus petal, having rolled off, the poison departed, the illness was gone; "Was he pierced here? Was he pierced there?" - even the place where he was pierced could not be discerned.

Thus the Great Being's state of being free from illness, and the mother and father's regaining of sight, and the break of dawn, and the becoming manifest of those four at the very hermitage by the power of the deity - all occurred at the very same moment. The mother and father were exceedingly delighted, saying "Our eyes have been regained, and Suvaṇṇasāma has become healthy." Then the wise Sāma spoke a verse to them -

401.

"I am Sāma, may you be blessed, I have arisen in safety;

Do not lament excessively, address me with sweet words."

Therein, "I have arisen in safety" means I have got up in safety, in happiness; I am. "With sweet" means address me with a sweet voice.

Then he, having seen the king, making friendly welcome, said -

402.

"Welcome to you, great king, and also your coming is not unwelcome;

You have arrived as lord, declare whatever is here."

403.

Tinduka fruits, piyāla fruits, madhuka fruits and kasumāra fruits;

Small fruits, enjoy, O king, the choicest of the choicest.

404.

"There is my drinking water, cool, brought from the mountain cave;

Drink from it, great king, if you so wish."

The king too, having seen that marvel, said -

405.

"I am bewildered, I am confused, all directions are confusing to me;

I myself saw you as a ghost, how then do you, Sāma, live?"

402-405. Therein, "departed" means I myself saw him dead. "Who are you" - he asked "how do you obtain life?"

The Great Being, having thought "This king has considered me as 'dead'; I shall make known to him the state of not being dead," said -

406.

"Even a living person, great king, with severe feeling;

Whose mental thought has been brought to cessation, though living, one imagines him dead.

407.

"Even a living person, great king, with severe feeling;

Him, gone to cessation, being peaceful, though living, one imagines dead."

406-407. Therein, "even living" means even a living one. "Whose mental thought has been brought to cessation" means whose conduct of consciousness has descended into the life-continuum. "Though living" means one imagines the very one who is living as "he is dead." "Gone to cessation" means the world thus imagines me, who has attained the cessation of in-breath and out-breath, who is peaceful, who is existing, as if dead, though actually living.

And having said thus, the Great Being, wishing to connect the king with the meaning, teaching the Teaching, spoke two verses again -

408.

"Whoever supports mother or father, a mortal, righteously;

Even the gods treat him medically, the man who supports his mother and father.

409.

"Whoever supports mother or father, a mortal, righteously;

They praise him right here, and after death he rejoices in heaven."

408-409. Having heard that, the king, raising joined palms and entreating, said "Wonderful indeed, friend, even the deities treat medically the arisen illness of a being who supports his mother and father; exceedingly does this Sāma shine" -

410.

"I am exceedingly confused, all directions are confusing to me;

I myself go to you for refuge, and may you be my refuge."

Therein, "exceedingly" means because I offended against you who are such, accomplished in pure morality and virtue, therefore I am excessively bewildered. "And may you be my refuge" means for me who goes for refuge, be my refuge, be my support, make the path leading to the heavenly world.

Then the Great Being, teaching the Teaching to him, saying "If, great king, you wish to go to the heavenly world, if you wish to enjoy great heavenly success, conduct yourself in these ten duties of a king," spoke the ten verses on the practice of the duties of a king -

411.

"Practise the Teaching, great king, towards mother and father, O warrior;

Having practised the Teaching here, O king, you will go to heaven.

412.

"Practise the Teaching, great king, towards children and wife, O warrior;

Having practised the Teaching here, O king, you will go to heaven.

413.

"Practise the Teaching, great king, towards friends and colleagues, O warrior;

Having practised the Teaching here, O king, you will go to heaven.

414.

"Practise the Teaching, great king, towards vehicles and forces;

Having practised the Teaching here, O king, you will go to heaven.

415.

"Practise the Teaching, great king, in villages and towns;

Having practised the Teaching here, O king, you will go to heaven.

416.

"Practise the Teaching, great king, in countries and provinces;

Having practised the Teaching here, O king, you will go to heaven.

417.

"Practise the Teaching, great king, towards ascetics and brahmins;

Having practised the Teaching here, O king, you will go to heaven.

418.

"Practise the Teaching, great king, towards beasts and birds, O warrior;

Having practised the Teaching here, O king, you will go to heaven.

419.

"Practise the Teaching, great king, the Teaching practised brings happiness;

Having practised the Teaching here, O king, you will go to heaven.

420.

"Practise the Teaching, great king, the gods with Indra, including the Brahmā realm;

By well-practised deeds they attained heaven, do not be negligent in the Teaching, O king."

411-420. The meaning of those has been explained in detail in the Tesakuṇa Jātaka. Thus the Great Being, having taught him the ten duties of a king and having exhorted him further, gave the five precepts. He, having accepted his exhortation upon his head, having paid homage to the Great Being, having asked his forgiveness, having gone to Bārāṇasī, having performed meritorious deeds such as giving and so on, became one destined for heaven. The Bodhisatta too, having attended to his mother and father for the length of his life, together with his mother and father, having produced the five direct knowledges and the eight meditative attainments, was reborn in the Brahma world.

The Teacher, having brought this teaching of the Teaching, having said "Monks, the nourishing of mother and father is the lineage of the wise," having made known the truths, connected the Jātaka; at the conclusion of the truths, the monk who supported his mother attained the fruition of stream-entry.

At that time the king was Ānanda, the goddess was Uppalavaṇṇā, Sakka was Anuruddha, the wise Dukūla was Mahākassapa, Pārikā was the nun Bhaddā Kāpilānī, but the wise Suvaṇṇasāma was myself, the perfectly Self-awakened One.

The commentary on the Suvaṇṇasāma Jātaka is the third.

541.

Commentary on the Nimi Jātaka

"Wonderful indeed in the world" - this the Teacher spoke while dwelling in dependence on Mithilā in the Maghadeva mango grove, referring to the manifestation of a smile. For one day the Teacher, in the afternoon, while walking on a journey together with several monks in that mango grove, having seen a certain delightful piece of land, wishing to speak of his former conduct, having manifested a smile, being asked by the Venerable Elder Ānanda the reason for the manifestation of the smile, having said "Ānanda, this piece of land was formerly inhabited by me at the time of King Maghadeva, while sporting in the play of meditative absorption," being requested by him, having sat down on the prepared seat, brought up the past.

In the past, in the Videha country, in the city of Mithilā, a king named Maghadeva exercised kingship. He played the amusements of a boy for eighty-four thousand years, exercised viceroyalty for eighty-four thousand years, and while exercising kingship for eighty-four thousand years, said "When you, my dear barber, should see grey hairs on my head, then you should inform me." Afterwards the barber, having seen grey hairs, informed the king. The king, having had the grey hair pulled out with golden tweezers, having had it placed on the palm of his hand, having looked at the grey hair, seeing death as if it had come with the King of Death and stuck on his forehead, thinking "Now it is the time for me to go forth," having given an excellent village to the barber, having had his eldest son summoned, having said "Dear son, accept the kingdom; I shall go forth," when it was said "Why, Sire?" -

"The hairs on my head, these have arisen as snatchers of life;

Divine messengers have appeared, it is time for my going forth."

Having said this, having consecrated his son in the kingdom, having exhorted him "Dear son, you too, having seen such grey hair, should go forth," having departed from the city, having gone forth in the going forth of sages in the mango grove, having developed the four divine abidings for eighty-four thousand years, he was reborn in the Brahma world. His son too, having gone forth by this very same means, was one heading for the Brahma world. Likewise his son, likewise his son - thus eighty-four thousand warriors of the warrior caste, less two, having seen grey hair on their heads, having gone forth in this mango grove, having developed the four divine abidings, were reborn in the Brahma world.

King Maghadeva, who was reborn the very first among them, while standing right there in the Brahma world, looking at his own lineage, having seen eighty-four thousand warriors of the warrior caste, less two, who had gone forth, having become satisfied in mind, looking to see "Will it continue beyond this or will it not continue?" having known the state of non-continuation, having thought "I myself shall unite my lineage," having passed away from there, having taken conception in the womb of the queen-consort of the king in the city of Mithilā, after the elapse of ten months, he emerged from his mother's womb. The king, on the name-giving day, having had the sign-reading brahmins summoned, asked them. They, having examined his marks, said "Great king, this prince has arisen uniting your lineage. For your lineage is a lineage of those gone forth; after this one it will not continue." Having heard that, the king, having thought "This prince, like the rim of a chariot wheel, has been born uniting my lineage; therefore I shall give him the name 'Prince Nimi,'" gave him the name "Prince Nimi."

He, from childhood onwards, was delighting in giving, morality, and the Observance practice. Then his father, having seen grey hair by the former method itself, having given an excellent village to the barber, having handed over the kingdom to his son, having gone forth in the mango grove, was one heading for the Brahma world. King Nimi, however, because of his disposition towards giving, having had five alms-halls built at five places - at the four city gates and in the middle of the city - carried on a great giving. Having allocated a hundred thousand for each alms-hall, he gave away five hundred thousand coins daily, constantly observed the five precepts, took upon himself the Observance on the fortnight days, encouraged the public too in meritorious deeds such as giving and so on, and having pointed out the path to heaven, having threatened with the fear of hell, taught the Teaching. People who stood firm in his exhortation, having performed meritorious deeds such as giving and so on, having passed away from there, were reborn in the heavenly world; the heavenly world became full, and hell was as if hollow. At that time the hosts of gods in the Tāvatiṃsa realm, having assembled in the Sudhammā assembly hall of the gods, having said "Alas, indeed King Nimi is our teacher; in dependence on him we experience this divine success that cannot be delimited even by the Buddha's knowledge," praised the virtues of the Great Being. In the human world too, the talk of the Great Being's virtues spread like oil poured on the surface of the great ocean. The Teacher, having made that matter manifest, speaking to the community of monks, said -

421.

"Marvellous indeed in the world, the discerning arise;

When there was King Nimi, wise, seeking what is wholesome.

422.

"The king of all the Videhas, the tamer of enemies, gave a gift;

As he was giving that gift, a thought arose in him;

Giving or the holy life, which is of great fruit?"

421-422. Therein, "when there was" means monks, when the wise one, seeking what is wholesome for himself and others, King Nimi, was, then gods and humans spoke his praise thus: "Marvellous indeed, friend, such ones by name, when Buddha-knowledge has not arisen, accomplishing the function of a Buddha for the public, the discerning arise in the world." This is the meaning. "Yathā ahū" is also a reading. Its meaning is - Just as King Nimi was wise, seeking only what is wholesome, so such ones, accomplishing the function of a Buddha for the public, the discerning arise. That they have arisen, that is marvellous indeed in the world. Thus the Teacher himself, having become astonished, spoke thus. "Of all the Videhans" means of all the inhabitants of the Videha country. "Which" means of these two, which indeed is of great fruit - this is the meaning.

He, it is said, on the fifteenth-day Observance day, having become an observer of the Observance, having taken off all his ornaments, having lain down on the surface of the royal couch, having fallen into sleep for two watches, having awakened in the last watch, folding his legs crosswise, having thought "I give immeasurable giving to the public, and I observe morality too; is giving indeed of great fruit, or the holy life?" he was not able to cut off his own uncertainty. At that moment, Sakka's dwelling showed signs of heat. Sakka, reflecting, having seen him thus considering, having come quickly alone, thinking "I shall cut off his uncertainty," having made the entire dwelling a single radiance, having entered the royal bedchamber, having pervaded with light, having stood in the sky, when asked by him, answered. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

423.

"Having understood his thought, Maghavā, elephant among gods;

The thousand-eyed one appeared, dispelling darkness with his beauty.

424.

"With hair standing on end, the lord of men, Nimi, said to Vāsava:

Are you a deity, a gandhabba, or Sakka, the first of givers?

425.

"Yet such beauty has not been seen or heard by me;

Tell me, venerable one, how may we know you?

426.

"Having known him to be with hair standing on end, Vāsava said to Nimi:

I am Sakka, the lord of gods, I have come into your presence;

Without hair standing on end, lord of men, ask whatever question you wish.

427.

"And he, having been given permission, Nimi said to Vāsava:

I ask you, great king, lord of all beings;

'Giving or the holy life, which is of great fruit?'

428.

"He, when asked by the king, Vāsava said to Nimi:

The result of the holy life, knowing, he declared to the unknowing.

429.

"By the inferior holy life, one is reborn in a warrior family;

By the middling, to divinity, and by the highest, one becomes pure.

430.

"These classes of beings are not easily obtained by anyone through begging;

Those who are reborn in such classes are homeless austere ascetics."

423-430. Therein, "with hair standing on end" means, monks, that King Nimi, having seen the radiance, looking up at the sky, having seen him adorned with divine ornaments, having become one with hair standing on end through fear, asked by the method beginning with "Are you a deity or a gandhabba?" "Without hair standing on end" means having become fearless, with hair not bristling, ask, great king. "Said to Vāsava" means having become satisfied in mind, he said to Sakka. "Knowing, he declared to the unknowing" means, monks, that Sakka, knowing the result of the holy life which he had previously seen for himself directly in the past, declared it to him who did not know.

In the passage beginning with "by the inferior" and so on, in the various sectarian doctrines, mere abstinence from sexual intercourse as morality is called inferior; by that one is reborn in a warrior-caste family. The mere access of meditative absorption is called the middling; by that one is reborn in divinity. But the production of the eight attainments is called the highest; by that one is reborn in the Brahma world; outsiders call that Nibbāna. Therefore he said "becomes pure." But in this Buddha's Dispensation, for a monk of pure morality who aspires to a certain order of gods, the volition of the holy life is called inferior because of its inferiority; by that one is reborn in the heavenly world as aspired to. For a monk of pure morality, the production of the eight attainments is called the middling; by that one is reborn in the Brahma world. For one of pure morality, having developed insight, the attainment of arahantship is called the highest; by that one becomes pure. Thus Sakka praises: "Great king, the abiding by the holy life alone, compared to giving, is of great fruit a hundredfold, a thousandfold, a hundred-thousandfold." "Body" means a group of Brahmā gods. "Accessible to begging" means by one connected with begging, or by one connected with sacrifice - in both meanings this is the name of the donor alone. "Austere ascetics" means those dependent on austere asceticism.

Having explained by this verse the state of being of great fruit of the abiding by the holy life alone, now showing those kings who, having given a great gift in the past, were unable to transcend the sensual sphere of existence, he said -

431.

"Dudīpa, Sāgara, Sela, Mujakinda, Bhagīrasa;

Usindara and Kassapa, and Asaka the worldling.

432.

"These and other kings, many nobles and brahmins;

Having performed various sacrifices, did not transcend the state of ghosts."

431-432. Its meaning is - Great king, formerly in Bārāṇasī, a king named Dudīpa, having given gifts, cut down by the wheel of death, was reborn only in the sensual-sphere of existence. "Likewise Sāgara and the others, eight" means these and other numerous kings, nobles, and brahmins, having performed various sacrifices, having given manifold gifts, did not transcend the state of ghosts, which is reckoned as the sensual-sphere plane - this is the meaning. For the sensual-sphere deities, because of the basis of mental defilements such as material form and so on, because of expecting something further, are called "ghosts" on account of their wretchedness. And this too was said -

"Those who without a companion do not delight alone, those who do not obtain the joy born of seclusion;

Even though their enjoyments are equal to Indra's, they are indeed wretched ones whose happiness depends on others."

Having thus shown the greatness of the fruit of the holy life compared to the fruit of giving, now showing the ascetics who, by living the holy life, having transcended the realm of ghosts, were reborn in the Brahma world, he said -

433.

"Then these went beyond, homeless austere ascetics;

Sattisaya, Yāmahanu, Somayāma, swift as thought.

434.

"Samudda, Māgha, and Bharata, the sage Kāla honoured;

Aṅgīrasa and Kassapa, Kisavaccha and Akatti."

433-434. Therein, "went beyond" means they transcended the sensual sphere of existence. "Austere ascetics" means those based upon both the austere asceticism of morality and the austere asceticism of meditative attainment. "Sattisaya" - he said this with reference to the seven brothers, namely Yāmahanu and so on. Together with the four beginning with Aṅgīrasa, these eleven went beyond, transcended - this is the meaning.

Having thus far, by the power of learning alone, praised the greatness of fruit of the abiding by the holy life alone compared to the fruit of giving, now bringing forth what was previously seen by himself, he said -

435.

"To the north is the river Sīdā, deep and difficult to cross;

With the colour of reed-fire they shine, the golden mountains always.

436.

"Marshlands overgrown with fragrant shrubs, marshlands overgrown with forests and mountains;

There were ten thousand ancient sages before.

437.

"I am foremost in giving, in self-control and in taming;

Having undertaken the unsurpassed religious duty, I wandered alone among the concentrated.

438.

"One of good birth or low birth, I, an upright man;

For a protracted time I venerated, for beings are bound to their actions, young men.

439.

"All castes established in unrighteousness fall down to hell below;

All castes become purified, having practised the highest Teaching."

435-439. Therein, "to the north" means: great king, in the past, in the northern Himalayas, between two golden mountains, there flowed a river named Sīdā, deep and difficult to cross even by boats. Why? For it had exceedingly fine water; because of the fineness of the water, even something as small as a peacock feather fallen there does not remain, but having sunk, goes right to the bottom. For that very reason it was named Sīdā. But on its banks those golden mountains, always having the colour of reed-fire, shine and illuminate. "Marshlands overgrown with fragrant shrubs" means on the banks of that river the marshlands were overgrown with fragrant shrubs, fragrant with the scent of tagara. "Marshlands overgrown with forests and mountains" means whatever other mountains were there too, in between them the marshlands were overgrown with forests; the meaning is covered with trees bearing flowers and fruits. "There were" means in that thus delightful piece of ground there were ten thousand sages. All of them were attainers of direct knowledge and meditative attainments. Among them, at the time for the alms round, some went to Uttarakuru, some brought rose-apple fruits from the great Indian subcontinent, some brought and ate various kinds of sweet fruit right in the Himalayas, some went to this or that city on the surface of the Indian subcontinent. Not even one was overcome by craving for flavour; they spent their time in the happiness of meditative absorption alone. Then one hermit, having gone through the sky to Bārāṇasī, well dressed and well adorned, walking for almsfood, arrived at the house door of the chaplain. He, having been pleased with his peacefulness, having brought him inside the dwelling, having fed him, tending to him for a few days, when trust had arisen, asked "Venerable sir, where do you dwell?" "At such and such a place, friend." "But do you dwell there alone, or are there others as well?" "What are you saying, friend? In that region ten thousand sages dwell, all attainers of direct knowledge and meditative attainments." Having heard of their virtues, his mind inclined towards the going forth. Then he said to him - "Venerable sir, having led me too there, give me the going forth." "Friend, you are a king's man; it is not possible to give you the going forth." "If so, venerable sir, today I shall ask permission of the king; you should come again tomorrow." He consented.

The other too, having eaten his morning meal, having approached the king, said "I wish, Sire, to go forth." "Why will you go forth?" "Having seen the danger in sensual pleasures and the benefit in renunciation." "If so, go forth; but even when gone forth, you should come to see me." He, having accepted saying "Very well," having gone to his own house, having instructed his children and wife, having shown all his property, having taken his own requisites for one gone forth, sat looking at the road of the hermit's arrival. The hermit too, likewise having come through the sky, having entered the inner city, entered his house. He, having served him carefully with food, said "Venerable sir, what should be done by me?" He, having led him outside the city, having taken him by the hand, having led him there by his own power, having given him the going forth, on the following day, having left him right there, having brought food and given it, taught him the preliminary work on the circular meditation object. He, within just a few days, having produced the direct knowledges and meditative attainments, went for almsfood by himself.

He afterwards, having thought "I gave a promise to show myself to the king; I shall show him myself," having paid homage to the hermits, having gone through space to Bārāṇasī, walking for almsfood, reached the king's gate. The king, having seen him, having recognised him, having ushered him inside the dwelling, having shown him honour, asked "Venerable sir, where do you dwell?" "On the bank of the river Sīdā that flows in the northern Himalayan region, in between the golden mountains, great king." "But, venerable sir, do you dwell there alone, or are there others as well?" "What are you saying, great king? There ten thousand sages dwell, all attainers of direct knowledge and meditative attainments." The king, having heard of their virtues, wished to give almsfood to all of them. Then the king said to him - "Venerable sir, I wish to give almsfood to those sages; what should I do?" "Great king, those sages are without greed for flavours cognizable by the tongue; it is not possible to bring them here." "Venerable sir, in dependence on you I shall feed them; tell me the means." "If so, great king, if you wish to give a gift to them, having departed from here, dwelling on the bank of the river Sīdā, give a gift to them."

He, having accepted saying "Very well," having had all provisions brought, having departed together with the fourfold army, reached the boundary of his own kingdom. Then the hermit, by his own power, having led him together with the army to the bank of the river Sīdā, having had a camp set up on the riverbank, having gone through space to his own dwelling place, returned on the following day. Then the king, having fed him carefully, said "Tomorrow, venerable sir, having taken the ten thousand sages, come right here." He, having accepted saying "Very well," having gone, on the following day at the time for the alms round, informed those sages "Sirs, the king of Bārāṇasī, having come saying 'I shall give you almsfood,' seated on the bank of the river Sīdā, invites you for tomorrow; out of compassion for him, having gone to the camp, accept almsfood." They, having accepted saying "Very well," having gone through space, descended not far from the camp. The king, having seen them, having gone out to meet them, having ushered them into the camp, having caused them to sit on the prepared seats, having satisfied the group of sages with superior food, being confident in their deportment, invited them for the morrow as well. By this method he gave gifts to ten thousand hermits for ten thousand years. And while giving, having built a city in that very region, he had agriculture carried out. Now, great king, that king at that time was none other; rather, I am the foremost in giving. For I indeed at that time, having been the foremost in giving, having given that great gift, having transcended this realm of ghosts, was not able to be reborn in the Brahma world. But having consumed the gift given by me, all those hermits, having transcended the sensual sphere of existence, were reborn in the Brahma world. By this too it should be known: "The abiding by the holy life alone is of great fruit."

Having thus made known his own state of being foremost by giving, he makes known the virtues of those sages by the other three terms. Therein, "by self-control" means by morality. "By taming" means by sense-faculty control. "Unsurpassed" means having continuously practised the undertaking of the highest religious duty with these virtues. "One who wanders apart" means having scattered, rejected, and abandoned the group, one who wanders alone; the meaning is one who has gone to solitude. "Concentrated" means with minds concentrated through access and absorption concentration. He shows: "I attended upon austere ascetics of such kind." "I, the upright one" means: I, great king, among those ten thousand sages, even a single man who is upright through the absence of crookedness of body and so on, whether he be of low birth or accomplished in birth, without investigating his birth, having become one with a gladdened mind in their virtues, I shall venerate all of them for a protracted time; I shall venerate them constantly - thus he says. Why? "For beings are bound to their actions, young men" means: beings indeed are by name bound to their actions, having their actions as their refuge; for that very reason all classes should be known.

And having said thus: "Although, great king, the holy life alone is of greater fruit than giving, yet both of these are indeed reflections of a great man; therefore, having been diligent in both, give gifts and guard morality" - having exhorted him thus, he went to his own place. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

440.

"Having said this, Maghavā, the king of gods, husband of Sujā;

Having instructed the Videhan, departed to the heavenly assembly."

Therein, "departed" means he went away; he showed himself already seated in the Sudhammā assembly hall of the gods - this is the meaning.

Then the company of gods said to him "Great king, were you not noticed? Where have you been?" Having said "Sirs, in Mithilā an uncertainty arose in King Nimi; having answered his question and having made that king free from doubt, I have come," in order to tell that reason again in verse, he said -

441.

"Listen to this, sirs, as many as are assembled here;

The praise of righteous human beings, much high and low.

442.

"Just as this King Nimi, wise, seeking what is wholesome;

The king of all the Videhas, the tamer of enemies, gave a gift.

443.

As he was giving that gift, a thought arose in him;

Giving or the holy life, which is of great fruit?"

441-443. Therein, "this" means: listen to, hear, this much praise of righteous human beings of good character, being spoken by me, high by way of morality and low by way of giving - this is the meaning. "Just as this" means this King Nimi, "just as" means exceedingly wise.

Thus he, without omitting anything, spoke the praise of the king. Having heard that, the hosts of gods, wishing to see the king, said "King Nimi is our teacher; standing firm in his exhortation, in dependence on him, this divine success was obtained by us; we wish to see him; have him summoned, great king." Sakka, having accepted saying "Very well," having had Mātali summoned, said "My dear Mātali, having yoked the Vejayanta chariot, having gone to Mithilā, having placed King Nimi upon the divine vehicle, bring him here." He, having accepted saying "Very well," having yoked the chariot, set out. But while Sakka was speaking together with the gods, and commanding Mātali, and yoking the chariot, a month by human reckoning had passed. Thus, for King Nimi, who was observing the uposatha on the full-moon day, having opened the eastern lattice window, having sat down on the great terrace, surrounded by a company of ministers, reviewing his morality, that chariot appeared together with the disc of the moon rising from the eastern world system. The people, having eaten their supper, having sat down at the house-doors, speaking pleasant talk, said "Today two moons have risen." Then, while they were still conversing, the chariot became clearly visible. The great multitude, having said "This is not the moon; it is a chariot," when gradually the Vejayanta chariot yoked with a thousand Sindh horses and driven by Mātali the charioteer became clearly visible, having thought "For whom indeed does this divine vehicle come?" having thought "Not for anyone else; our king is righteous; the Vejayanta chariot must have been sent by Sakka; it is suitable for our king alone" - satisfied and delighted, spoke a verse -

444.

"Wonderful indeed in the world, terror arose;

A divine chariot appeared, for the famous Videhan."

Therein, "wonderful" means not become before. "Marvellous" - they spoke thus by way of astonishment.

But while that great multitude was speaking thus, Mātali, having come with the force of the wind, having turned the chariot around, having placed it from behind at the threshold of the latticed window, having made it ready for mounting, invited the king for the purpose of mounting. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

445.

"The young god of great supernormal power, Mātali, the charioteer of the gods;

Invited the king, the Videhan, dwelling in Mithilā.

446.

"Come, having ascended this chariot, O foremost king, lord of the land;

The gods of the Thirty-three with Inda wish to see you;

For those gods, remembering you, are gathered in Sudhammā."

445-446. Therein, "dwelling in Mithilā" means one whose house is established in Mithilā, or one who supports Mithilā by the four ways of supporting others. "Samacchare" means they were sitting speaking praise of his virtues.

Having heard that, the king, having thought "I shall see the world of the gods never seen before, and hospitality will have been shown to Mātali by me; I shall go," having addressed the inner palace and the public, having said "I shall return before long; you, being diligent, perform meritorious deeds such as giving and so on," mounted the chariot. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

447.

"Then the king, hurrying, the Videhan, lord of Mithilā;

Having risen from his seat, the chief one mounted the chariot.

448.

"When he had ascended the divine chariot, Mātali said this:

'By which path shall I drive you, O foremost king, lord of the land;

By which those of evil actions, and those men of meritorious actions?'"

447-448. Therein, "the chief one" means the highest, or facing forward; the meaning is: having given his back to the public, he mounted. "By which" means having gone by which path where those of evil actions dwell, it is possible to see that place, or having gone by which way where those men of meritorious actions dwell, it is possible to see their place - by which of these two paths shall I drive you. This he said, even without being commanded by Sakka, for the purpose of showing the distinction of his messenger role.

Then the king, having thought "Two places not previously seen by me - I shall see both," said -

449.

"Take me by both ways, Mātali, charioteer of the gods;

By which those of evil actions, and those men of meritorious actions?'"

Then Mātali, thinking "Both cannot be shown all at once; shall I ask him?" asking, spoke a verse again -

450.

"By which shall I drive you first, O foremost king, lord of the land;

By which those of evil actions, and those men of meritorious actions?'"

The chapter on hell.

Then the king, having thought "I shall inevitably go to the heavenly world, let me first see hell," spoke the next verse -

451.

"First I see in hell, the abodes of evil-doers;

The states of those of cruel deeds, and whatever is the destination of the immoral."

Therein, "whatever is the destination" means whatever is the rebirth of these, and that too I see.

Then he first showed him the Vetaraṇī river. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

452.

"Mātali showed the king the difficult Vetaraṇī river;

Boiling, mixed with lye, red-hot, like a flame of fire."

Therein, "Vetaraṇī" means monks, Mātali, having heard the king's words, having sent the chariot towards hell, first showed him the Vetaraṇī river arisen through temperature on account of kamma. There the guardians of hell, having taken blazing weapons such as swords, spears, lances, javelins, and clubs, strike, pierce, and harass the beings doomed to hell. They, unable to bear that suffering, fall into the Vetaraṇī. It is covered above with thorny cane creepers the size of javelins. They were tormented there for many thousands of years. On those blazing thorns, sharp as razor blades, they are cut into fragments. Beneath them, blazing iron stakes the size of palm tree trunks arise. The beings doomed to hell, having spent a long stretch of time, having trickled down from the cane creepers, having fallen upon the stakes, with pierced bodies, like fish strung on stakes, are tormented for a long time. Those stakes too blaze, and the beings doomed to hell too blaze. Beneath the stakes, on the surface of the water, there are blazing, sharp iron lotus leaves resembling razor blades. They, having trickled down from the stakes, having fallen upon the iron lotus leaves, experience unpleasant feeling for a long time. From there they fall into the caustic water, the water blazes, the beings doomed to hell too blaze, and smoke too arises. But beneath the water, the river bed is covered with razor blades. They, having dived into the water thinking "What is it like below?" are cut into fragments on the razor blades. They, being unable to endure that great suffering, crying out a great terrifying cry, wander about. Sometimes they are carried downstream, sometimes upstream. Then the guardians of hell standing on the bank, having raised up arrows, spears, lances, and so on, pierce them like fish. They, overcome by unpleasant feeling, cry out with a great uproar. Then, having pulled them out with blazing iron hooks, having dragged them, having made them lie down on the blazing iron ground, they throw red-hot iron balls into their mouths.

Thus King Nimi, having seen the beings doomed to hell afflicted by great suffering in the Vetaraṇī, having become frightened, trembling, with a shaking heart, asked Mātali "What evil deed did these beings do?" And he explained to him. Making known that meaning, he said -

453.

"Nimi indeed spoke to Mātali, having seen the people falling into the difficult passage;

For fear finds me, charioteer, having seen, I ask you, Mātali, charioteer of the gods;

What evil did these mortals do, that these people fall into the Vetaraṇī?

454.

Asked, he explained, Mātali, the charioteer of the gods;

The result of evil deeds, knowing, he declared to the unknowing.

455.

"Those powerful ones who harm the weak in the world of the living, who irritate them, being of very bad character;

Those of cruel deeds, having produced evil, these people fall into the Vetaraṇī."

453-455. Therein, "finds me" means I have become as if without power over myself, as if belonging to fear. "Having seen" means having seen those falling. "Knowing" means, monks, that Mātali, himself knowing, declared to him who did not know. "The weak" means those devoid of bodily power, power of wealth, and power of command. "The powerful" means those endowed with those powers. "They harm" means they torment with blows of the hand and so on. "They irritate" means they revile and strive against them with the grounds for reviling in various ways. "Having produced" means having generated, having done - this is the meaning.

Thus Mātali, having answered his question, when the Vetaraṇī hell had been seen by the king, having made that region disappear, having sent the chariot forward, having shown the place of being devoured by dogs and so on, when asked a question by the king who was frightened having seen that, he answered. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

456.

"Brown dogs and spotted vultures, flocks of ravens eat, frightful;

For fear finds me, charioteer, having seen, I ask you, Mātali, charioteer of the gods;

What evil did these mortals do, that these people flocks of ravens eat.

457.

Asked, he explained, Mātali, the charioteer of the gods;

The result of evil deeds, knowing, he declared to the unknowing.

458.

"Those who are stingy here, miserly, abusive to ascetics and brahmins;

They harm and irritate, being of very bad character, those of cruel deeds, having produced evil;

These people flocks of ravens eat."

456-458. In the remaining questions and answers beyond this, the same method applies. Therein, "brown" means of red colour. "Dogs" means hounds. "And spotted" means of variegated colour, and of white, black, yellow, and red colour - thus he shows dogs of five colours. They, it is said, the size of great elephants, having pursued the beings doomed to hell on the blazing iron ground like deer, having bitten into their buttocks, having cast their bodies measuring three leagues down onto the blazing iron ground, having trampled the chests of those crying out with a great roar with their two front feet, having left only the bones, having torn off the flesh, they eat. "Vultures" means vultures with iron beaks, the size of great merchandise carts. These, having broken their bones with beaks resembling spears, eat the bone marrow. "Flocks of ravens" means groups of crows with iron beaks. They, exceedingly frightful, eat at each and every sight. "These people" means he asked: "Those beings doomed to hell whom flocks of ravens eat, what evil indeed did these mortals do?" "Stingy" means non-givers to others. "Miserly" means those who prevent even others from giving, obstinately stingy. "Of ascetics and brahmins" means of those who have calmed and warded off evil.

459.

"Ablaze they tread upon the earth, and they are beaten with heated masses;

For fear finds me, charioteer, having seen, I ask you, Mātali, charioteer of the gods;

What evil did these mortals do, that these people lie struck by masses.

460.

Asked, he explained, Mātali, the charioteer of the gods;

The result of evil deeds, knowing, he declared to the unknowing.

461.

"Those in the world of the living who are of very evil character, who harm men and women of blameless character;

They harm and irritate, being of very bad character, those of cruel deeds, having produced evil;

These people lie struck by masses."

459-461. Therein, "ablaze" means with blazing bodies. "The earth" means the blazing iron ground, nine yojanas thick. "They tread" means they step upon. "And they are beaten with masses" means the guardians of hell, having pursued them, having struck them on the calves and so on with blazing iron masses the size of palm trees, having knocked them down, beat them with those very masses, crushing them to bits. "Of very evil nature" means having themselves become thoroughly of evil character. "Of non-evil character" means one accomplished in morality, good conduct and so on, or one who is innocent.

462.

"Others scatter the charcoal pit, men weeping with bodies completely burnt;

For fear finds me, charioteer, having seen, I ask you, Mātali, charioteer of the gods;

What evil did these mortals do, that these people scatter the charcoal pit?"

463.

Asked, he explained, Mātali, the charioteer of the gods;

The result of evil deeds, knowing, he declared to the unknowing.

464.

"Whoever for the sake of a guild's wealth, having made false witness, cause debts to be lost;

Having ruined the populace, O lord of men, those of cruel deeds, having produced evil;

These people scatter the charcoal pit."

462-464. "Therein, the charcoal pit" means my dear Mātali, who indeed are these others who, like cattle entering a cattle pen, having been surrounded by the guardians of hell and being beaten with blazing iron balls, fall into the charcoal pit. And there, having taken up with great iron baskets, they pour embers upon those who are submerged up to the measure of the hip; then they, being unable to receive the embers, weeping, with burnt bodies, scatter and shake them off; or by the power of action they scatter and pour embers upon their own heads - this is the meaning. "Of a guild's wealth" means on account of wealth belonging to a guild that had been collected and deposited thinking "When there is an opportunity, we will give a gift, or we will carry on an offering, or we will build a monastery." "Cause to be lost" means having consumed that wealth as they pleased, having given a bribe to the guild elders, having made false witness saying "At such and such a place so much went to expenditure, at such and such a place so much was given by us," they cause that debt to be lost, they destroy it.

465.

"Ablaze, burning, flaming forth, a great copper cauldron is seen;

For fear finds me, charioteer, having seen, I ask you, Mātali, charioteer of the gods;

What evil did these mortals do, that these people fall headlong into the copper cauldron.

466.

Asked, he explained, Mātali, the charioteer of the gods;

The result of evil deeds, knowing, he declared to the unknowing.

467.

"Those who harm and irritate a virtuous ascetic or brahmin, being of very bad character;

Those of cruel deeds, having produced evil, these people fall headlong into the copper cauldron."

465-467. Therein, "flamed forth" means blazing. "Great" means the size of a mountain, filled with molten copper liquid established for a cosmic cycle. "Headlong" means being thrown by frightful guardians of hell, having made their feet upward and heads downward, they fall into that copper cauldron. "Virtuous" means accomplished in the qualities of morality and good conduct.

468.

"They pull out the neck and then having wrapped it, having soaked it in hot water;

For fear finds me, charioteer, having seen, I ask you, Mātali, charioteer of the gods;

What evil did these mortals do, that these people lie with severed heads?

469.

Asked, he explained, Mātali, the charioteer of the gods;

The result of evil deeds, knowing, he declared to the unknowing.

470.

"Those in the world of the living who are of very evil character, having seized birds, they torment them;

Having tormented the bird, O lord of men, those of cruel deeds, having produced evil;

These people lie with severed heads."

468-470. Therein, "they pull out" means they tear off. "Then having wrapped" means having wrapped face down with blazing copper strings. "In hot water" means in copper water established for a cosmic cycle. "Having soaked" means having moistened and thrown in. This is what is meant - My dear Mātali, those whose necks these guardians of hell, having wrapped with blazing copper strings, having bent down the body measuring three leagues, having twisted that neck round and pulled it out, having taken it up with blazing iron rods, having thrown it into a single blazing copper liquid, are satisfied and joyful; and when that neck has been pulled out, the neck arises again together with the head. What deed did these do? For having seen these, fear arises in me. "Having seized birds, they torment them" means, great king, those who in the world of the living, having caught birds, having pulled out their wings, having twisted their necks, having brought about the destruction of life, either eat or sell them - these lie with severed heads.

471.

"With abundant water and banks not deep, this river flows with good fords;

Men scorched by heat drink, and what they have drunk becomes chaff for them.

472.

"For fear finds me, charioteer, having seen, I ask you, Mātali, charioteer of the gods;

What evil did these mortals do, that what they have drunk becomes chaff for them?

473.

Asked, he explained, Mātali, the charioteer of the gods;

The result of evil deeds, knowing, he declared to the unknowing.

474.

"Those of impure deeds who give to buyers pure grain mixed with chaff;

For those scorched by heat and thirsty, what they have drunk becomes chaff for them."

471-474. Therein, "with banks not deep" means with shores that are not deep. "With good fords" means endowed with beautiful fords. "Becomes chaff" means it becomes rice chaff. "Drink" means drinking water. In that place, it is said, a delightful river with abundant water flows; the beings doomed to hell, scorched by the heat of fire, being unable to endure the thirst, having raised their arms, trampling the blazing copper earth, descend into that river; at that very moment the banks blaze up, and the drinking water, having assumed the state of chaff and leaves, blazes up. They, being unable to endure the thirst, eat that blazing chaff and leaves. That, having burnt their entire body, comes out from the lower part. They, being unable to endure that suffering, having raised their arms, cry out. "Pure grain" means pure grain of seven kinds beginning with paddy. "Mixed with chaff" means having made it mixed with leaves or chaff or sand, clay, and so on. "Of impure deeds" means those of defiled bodily, verbal, and mental actions. "To buyers" means saying "I shall give pure grain," having taken payment from the buyer's hand, they give such impure grain.

475.

"With arrows and spears and lances, they pierce both sides of those crying;

For fear finds me, charioteer, having seen, I ask you, Mātali, charioteer of the gods;

What evil did these mortals do, that these people lie slain by spears?

476.

Asked, he explained, Mātali, the charioteer of the gods;

The result of evil deeds, knowing, he declared to the unknowing.

477.

"Those in the world of the living who are of unwholesome deeds, who make their livelihood by taking what is not given;

Grain, wealth, silver, gold, and also goats, sheep, cattle, and buffaloes;

Those of cruel deeds, having produced evil, these people lie slain by spears."

475-477. Therein, "dubhayāni" means both. "Tudanti" means they pierce. "Kandataṃ" means of those crying. The harsh guardians of hell, having surrounded them like hunters surround a deer in the forest, pierce both sides with various weapons such as arrows and so on; the body, full of holes large and small, appears like an old leaf. "Adinnamādāya" means having taken what belongs to others, both animate and inanimate, by housebreaking and so on and by deception, they earn their livelihood.

478.

"Bound by the neck, why are these some, others cut open lie in portions;

For fear finds me, charioteer, having seen, I ask you, Mātali, charioteer of the gods;

What evil did these mortals do, that these people lie in portions.

479.

Asked, he explained, Mātali, the charioteer of the gods;

The result of evil deeds, knowing, he declared to the unknowing.

480.

"Sheep-butchers, pig-butchers, and fishermen, cattle, buffaloes, and goats and sheep;

Having killed, they displayed in butcher shops, those of cruel deeds, having produced evil;

These people lie in portions."

478-480. Therein, "bound by the neck" means having bound them by the neck with great blazing copper strings, having dragged them, having cast them down upon the iron ground, having seen them being beaten with various weapons, he asked. "Others cut open" means others, however, were cut into fragments. "In portions" means having placed them on blazing iron plates, having beaten them like meat with a mallet, having become heaped up, they lie. "Fishermen" means fish-killers. "Beast" means a cow. "They displayed in butcher shops" means having sold meat, they placed it in butcher-shop stalls for the purpose of making a livelihood.

481.

"This lake is full of urine and excrement, foul-smelling in appearance, impure, it blows a putrid odour;

Overcome by hunger, men eat, for fear finds me, charioteer, having seen;

I ask you, Mātali, charioteer of the gods, what evil did these mortals do,

That these people feed on urine and excrement?"

482.

Asked, he explained, Mātali, the charioteer of the gods;

The result of evil deeds, knowing, he declared to the unknowing.

483.

"Those who are torturers here, causing anger, always devoted to the injury of others;

Those of cruel deeds, having produced evil, betrayers of friends, these fools eat excrement."

481-483. Therein, "overcome by hunger, men eat" means those beings doomed to hell, touched by famine, being unable to endure hunger, making old excrement - boiling, smoking, blazing, established for a cosmic cycle - into lumps, eat and consume it. "Torturers" means those who inflict torture. "Hostile ones" means those who harass even friends and companions. "Betrayers of friends" means those who, having eaten and consumed in the very houses of those same friends, having sat down on prepared seats, having slept, again cause them to bring coins and money, take bribes - those foolish betrayers of friends eat such excrement, great king.

484.

"This lake is full of blood and pus, foul-smelling in appearance, impure, it blows a putrid odour;

Men scorched by heat drink, for fear finds me, charioteer, having seen;

I ask you, Mātali, charioteer of the gods, what evil did these mortals do,

That these people feed on blood and pus.

485.

Asked, he explained, Mātali, the charioteer of the gods;

The result of evil deeds, knowing, he declared to the unknowing.

486.

"Those who in the world of the living kill mother or father, expelled ones, kill Worthy Ones;

Those of cruel deeds, having produced evil, these people feed on blood and pus."

484-486. Therein, "scorched by heat" means oppressed by torment. "Expelled" means defeated; having killed their mother and father who were feeble and decrepit with age, they incurred expulsion while still in the lay state. "Worthy Ones" means those befitting special veneration. "They kill" means they slay their mother and father who were difficult to care for. Moreover, by the term "Worthy Ones" he also includes the disciples of the Buddha.

In yet another subsidiary hell too, the guardians of hell, having pierced the tongues of the beings doomed to hell with a blazing iron hook the size of a palm tree and having dragged them out, having cast those beings onto the blazing iron ground, having spread them out like a bull's hide, they strike them with a hundred stakes. They tremble like fish thrown on dry land, and being unable to endure that suffering, crying and lamenting, they emit spittle from their mouths. When that was shown by Mātali, the king said -

487.

"And see the tongue pierced by a hook, beaten like hide with a hundred stakes;

They tremble like fish thrown on dry land, they emit spittle, weeping - why are these?

488.

"For fear finds me, charioteer, having seen, I ask you, Mātali, charioteer of the gods;

What evil did these mortals do, that these people lie having swallowed the hook?"

489.

Asked, he explained, Mātali, the charioteer of the gods;

The result of evil deeds, knowing, he declared to the unknowing.

490.

"Whatever humans have come to the marketplace, they reduce the price by the price of the purchase;

Fraud by fraud, because of greed for wealth, concealed, like killing a water-creature.

491.

"For there are no shelters for the fraudulent one, put forward by his own actions;

Those of cruel deeds, having produced evil, these people lie having swallowed the hook."

487-491. Therein, "why are these" means for what reason are these. "Having swallowed the hook" means having swallowed the fish-hook. "Gone to the marketplace" means gone to the boundary, the limit; the meaning is standing at the place of valuation. "They reduce the price by the price" means having taken this or that price as a bribe, they reduce the price of this or that animate or inanimate thing, whether of elephants, horses and so on, or of gold, silver and so on. "The purchase" means reducing that, they reduce the purchase of the buyers; when a hundred is to be given, they cause fifty to be given, and take the remainder having divided it with them. "Fraud by fraud" means this or that fraud among false weighing and so on. "Because of greed for wealth" means through greed for wealth they do this fraudulent action. "Concealed, like killing a water-creature" means even while doing that action, having concealed the fact of it having been done thus with sweet speech, just as those approaching to kill a water-creature, a fish, having concealed the hook with bait, kill it, so having concealed it, they do that action. "For there are no shelters for the fraudulent one" means for the fraudulent one who thinks "My action is concealed, no one knows it," there are indeed no shelters. He, put forward by those actions, does not obtain a support.

492.

"These women with bodies completely broken, having raised their arms, cry out, ill-born;

Smeared, stained with blood and pus, like cattle cut open at the slaughter house;

They are always buried in a piece of ground, ablaze, masses pass over them.

493.

"For fear finds me, charioteer, having seen, I ask you, Mātali, charioteer of the gods;

What evil did these women do, who are always buried in a piece of ground;

Ablaze, masses pass over them.

494.

Asked, he explained, Mātali, the charioteer of the gods;

The result of evil deeds, knowing, he declared to the unknowing.

495.

"Women of good families here in the world of the living, of impure deeds, practised what was bad and unpleasant;

They, of deceitful appearance, having abandoned their husbands, went to another for the sake of sensual delight and amusement;

They, having delighted in the world of the living, ablaze, masses pass over them."

492-495. Therein, "women" means females. "With bodies completely broken" means with bodies well broken all around. "Ill-born" means of bad birth, deformed, loathsome. "At the slaughter house" means at the place of cattle slaughter. "Cut open" means having become smeared with pus and blood, like cattle with severed heads. "Always buried" means standing as if constantly placed and buried up to the waist, having been made to enter the blazing iron ground. "Masses pass over them" means my dear Mātali, these mountain masses pass over those women. It is said that when they are standing thus, having entered up to the measure of the waist, from the eastern direction a blazing iron mountain, having arisen, crying out like a thunderbolt, having come, goes crushing the body as if with a grinding stone. When that has passed over and stands on the western side, again their body appears. They, being unable to endure the suffering, having raised their arms, cry out. The same method applies also to the blazing mountains arisen in the remaining directions. Two mountains, having arisen, crush them like a sugar-cane press, and boiling blood flows. Sometimes three mountains, having arisen, crush them. Sometimes four mountains, having arisen, crush their bodies. Therefore he said "masses pass over them."

"Women of the family" means daughters of the family established in a family. "Practised what is bad and unbecoming" means they performed unrestrained actions. "Of blazing appearance" means having become of fraudulent appearance, of a wanton nature. "Having abandoned the husband" means having forsaken one's own husband. "Practised" means they went. "For the sake of delight and play" means for the sake of sensual delight and for the sake of amusement. "Having delighted" means having delighted one's own mind together with other men, they were reborn here. Then these masses pass over their bodies, ablaze.

496.

"Having seized by the feet, why do these some, headlong into hell they throw;

For fear finds me, charioteer, having seen, I ask you, Mātali, charioteer of the gods;

What evil did these mortals do, that these people headlong into hell they throw.

497.

Asked, he explained, Mātali, the charioteer of the gods;

The result of evil deeds, knowing, he declared to the unknowing.

498.

"Those in the world of the living who are of unwholesome deeds, who transgress with another's wife;

Such ones are thieves of the highest treasure, these people headlong into hell they throw.

499.

"They for many years there, in the hells experience painful feeling;

For there are no shelters for the evil-doer, put forward by his own actions;

Those of cruel deeds, having produced evil, these people headlong into hell they throw."

496-499. Therein, "hell" means in a great pit filled with blazing embers. They, it is said, like cattle entering a cattle pen, being shot at and beaten by the guardians of hell who have seized various weapons, when they approach that hell, then those guardians of hell, having made their feet upward, throw and cast them there. Having seen them being thus thrown, asking, he said thus. "Thieves of the finest goods" means thieves of excellent goods held dear by human beings.

And having said thus, the charioteer Mātali, having caused that hell to disappear, having sent the chariot forward, showed the hell which is the place of suffering for those of wrong view. Asked by him, he explained.

500.

"These various high and low afflictions are seen in the hells, of very terrible form;

For fear finds me, charioteer, having seen, I ask you, Mātali, charioteer of the gods;

What evil did these mortals do, that these people experience exceeding suffering, sharp,

Severe, bitter feelings.

501.

Asked, he explained, Mātali, the charioteer of the gods;

The result of evil deeds, knowing, he declared to the unknowing.

502.

"Those in the world of the living who hold very evil views, through delusion do deeds on trust;

And they instigate others in views, having produced evil through evil view;

These people experience exceeding suffering, sharp, severe, bitter feelings."

500-502. Therein, "uccāvacāme" means "these high and low," the meaning is both small and great. "Upakkamā" means applications of causes. "Supāpadiṭṭhino" means those of thoroughly evil view through the wrong view of ten bases beginning with "there is not what is given." "Vissāsakammāni" means through trust in that view, having become dependent upon it, they perform various kinds of evil deeds. "Teme" means these people experience such suffering.

Thus he told the king the hell of suffering for those of wrong view. In the heavenly world too, the company of gods, looking at the road of the king's arrival, sat down just so in the Sudhammā assembly hall of the gods. Sakka too, reflecting "Why indeed, Mātali, is he tarrying?" having known that reason, thinking "Mātali, in order to display the distinction of his mission, goes about showing the hells, saying 'Great king, having done such and such a deed, they are tormented in such and such a hell'; but King Nimi's life span would be exhausted in just a little while, and the showing of hells would not reach its end," sent a young god of great speed, saying "You tell Mātali 'Take the king quickly and come.'" He, having accepted saying "Very well," having gone with speed, reported. Mātali, having heard his words, thinking "It is not possible to tarry," having shown the king many hells in the four directions all at once, spoke a verse -

503.

"Known to you, great king, are the abodes of evil-doers;

The states of those of cruel deeds, and whatever is the destination of the immoral;

Drive on now, royal sage, near the king of gods."

Its meaning is - Great king, having seen this residence of evil-doing beings, the states of those of cruel deeds are known by you. And whatever is the destination, the rebirth, of the immoral, that too is known to you. Now, for the purpose of seeing the divine success near the king of gods, drive on, go, great king.

The chapter on hell is completed.

The chapter on heaven.

And having said thus, Mātali drove the chariot in the direction of the heavenly world. The king, while going to the heavenly world, having seen the mansion standing in the sky of the young goddess Bīraṇī - twelve yojanas in extent, made of jewels, with five spires, adorned with all ornaments, endowed with pleasure gardens and ponds, surrounded by wish-fulfilling trees - and having seen that young goddess seated on the back of the bed inside the pinnacle building, surrounded by a thousand nymphs, having opened the jewelled lion-lattice window and looking out, asking Mātali, spoke a verse. The other also explained to him.

504.

"This mansion appears with five spires, adorned with garlands in the midst of the bed;

There dwells a woman of great majesty, displaying supernormal powers high and low.

505.

"For joy finds me, charioteer, having seen, I ask you, Mātali, charioteer of the gods;

What good did this woman do, she who rejoices in the mansion, having attained heaven?

506.

Asked, he explained, Mātali, the charioteer of the gods;

The result of meritorious deeds, knowing, he declared to the unknowing.

507.

"If you have heard of Bīraṇī in the world of the living, she was a slave born in the house of a brahmin;

She, having known a guest at the proper time, rejoiced in him once like a mother in her son;

Through self-control and sharing, she rejoices in this mansion."

504-507. Therein, "with five spires" means endowed with five pinnacle buildings. "Adorned with garlands" means adorned with all ornaments such as garlands and so on - this is the meaning. "There dwells" means she dwells in that mansion. "Displaying supernormal powers high and low" means displaying divine power of various kinds. "Having seen" means having seen this, joy finds me standing there, obtains me; the meaning is: I become as if possessed of joy, because of being overcome by contentment. "A slave born of a slave woman" means a slave born in the womb of a household slave. "She was of a brahmin" means she, it is said, was a female slave of a certain brahmin in the time of Kassapa, the One of Ten Powers. "She at the proper time" means eight ticket meals had been relinquished by that brahmin to the Community. He, having gone home, said to the brahmin wife: "From tomorrow onwards, making each one worth one kahāpaṇa for each monk, you should prepare eight ticket meals." She refused, saying "Master, monks are cheats; I shall not be able to." His daughters too refused. He said to the female slave: "Will you be able, mother?" She, having accepted saying "I shall be able, sir," having carefully prepared rice gruel, sweet-meats, food and so on, having obtained the ticket, having known a guest who had come at the proper time, having caused him to sit down on a well-prepared seat in a place smeared with fresh cow-dung and with flower offerings arranged, just as a mother rejoices once in a son who has come from being away, so she constantly rejoices, carefully serves food, and gives something of her own property too. "Through self-control and sharing" means she was virtuous and generous; therefore through that morality and that generosity she rejoices in this mansion. Or alternatively, "through self-control" means through the subjugation of the faculties.

And having said thus, Mātali, having sent the chariot forward, showed the seven golden mansions of the young god Soṇadinna. He, having seen those and his splendid achievement, asked about the deed done by him. The other also explained to him.

508.

"Shining brightly they illuminate, seven mansions created;

There a demon of great supernormal power, adorned with all ornaments;

Goes round about on all sides, attended by a group of women.

509.

"For joy finds me, charioteer, having seen, I ask you, Mātali, charioteer of the gods;

What good did this mortal do, he who rejoices in the mansion, having attained heaven?

510.

Asked, he explained, Mātali, the charioteer of the gods;

The result of meritorious deeds, knowing, he declared to the unknowing.

511.

"Soṇadinna the householder, he was a master in liberality;

He, for the sake of those gone forth, had seven dwelling-places made.

512.

"He attended upon them attentively, the monks dwelling there;

Clothing and food, lodging and lamps;

He gave to the upright, with a clear mind.

513.

"The fourteenth, the fifteenth, and the eighth of the fortnight;

And the extra holiday, well endowed with the eight factors.

514.

"He observed the Observance, always restrained in morality;

Through self-control and sharing, he rejoices in this mansion."

508-514. Therein, "shining brightly" means blazing. "They illuminate" means they shine like a young sun. "There" means in those seven mansions standing in succession. "Demon" means one young god. "Soṇadinna" means: great king, this one formerly, in the time of Kassapa, the One of Ten Powers, in a certain market town in the Kāsi country, was a householder named Soṇadinna, a master in liberality. He, having had seven monastery huts built for those gone forth, attended carefully upon the monks dwelling there with the four requisites, and he observed the Observance, and was always restrained in morality. He, having passed away from there, was reborn here and rejoices - this is the meaning. And herein, "the extra holiday" means this was said with reference to the seventh and ninth days by way of going out to meet and following on from the eighth-day Observance, and the thirteenth and the first day of the fortnight by way of going out to meet and following on from the fourteenth and fifteenth.

Thus, having spoken of the deed done by Soṇadinna, having sent the chariot forward, he showed the crystal mansion. That was twenty-five yojanas in height, endowed with many hundreds of pillars made of the seven precious things, adorned with many hundreds of pinnacle buildings, surrounded by nets of tinkling bells, with raised banners made of gold and silver, decorated with pleasure groves and forests variegated with various flowers, endowed with delightful ponds, and surrounded by nymphs skilled in dancing, singing, music, and the like. Having seen that, the king asked about the deed done by those nymphs, and the other answered for him too.

515.

"This divine mansion shines, well-fashioned with crystal walls;

Crowded with groups of excellent women, adorned with excellent pinnacle buildings;

Endowed with food and drink, and with both dancing and singing.

516.

"For joy finds me, charioteer, having seen, I ask you, Mātali, charioteer of the gods;

What good did these mortals do, they who rejoice in the mansion, having attained heaven?

517.

Asked, he explained, Mātali, the charioteer of the gods;

The result of meritorious deeds, knowing, he declared to the unknowing.

518.

"Whatever women here in the world of the living, virtuous female lay followers;

Delighting in giving, always with confident minds, established in truth, diligent on the Observance day;

Through self-control and sharing, they rejoice in this mansion."

515-518. Therein, "divine mansion" (byamhaṃ) means a mansion; "palace" is what is said. "With crystal walls" (phalikāsu) means on crystal walls. "Crowded with groups of excellent women" (nārīvaragaṇākiṇṇaṃ) means crowded with groups of excellent women. "Adorned with excellent pinnacle buildings" (kūṭāgāravarocitaṃ) means gathered and collected with excellent pinnacle buildings; the meaning is "increased." "Both" (ubhayaṃ) means with both. "Whatever women" - although this was said without specifying anyone in particular, they should be understood as having been female lay followers in Bārāṇasī in the Dispensation of the Buddha Kassapa, and having performed meritorious deeds of the aforesaid kinds through co-operation, they attained that divine success.

Then he, having sent the chariot forward, showed him one delightful jewel mansion. That stands established on a level piece of ground, accomplished in height, shining like a jewel mountain, resounding with divine singing and music, surrounded by many young gods. Having seen that, the king asked about the deed done by those young gods, and the other answered for him too.

519.

"This divine mansion shines, fashioned with lapis lazuli walls;

Endowed with pieces of land, divided into sections, measured.

520.

"Large drums and small drums, dancing, singing, and well-played music;

Divine sounds emanate, pleasant to hear, delightful.

521.

"Never before have I known such a sound, so gone, so very beautiful;

Whether seen or whether heard.

522.

"For joy finds me, charioteer, having seen, I ask you, Mātali, charioteer of the gods;

What good did these mortals do, they who rejoice in the mansion, having attained heaven?

523.

Asked, he explained, Mātali, the charioteer of the gods;

The result of meritorious deeds, knowing, he declared to the unknowing.

524.

"Whatever mortals here in the world of the living, virtuous lay followers;

Parks and wells, wayside water-sheds and bridges;

To Worthy Ones who are calmed, they attentively provided.

525.

"Robes and almsfood, requisites and lodgings;

They gave to the upright, with a clear mind.

526.

"The fourteenth, the fifteenth, and the eighth of the fortnight;

And the extra holiday, well endowed with the eight factors.

527.

"They observed the Observance, always restrained in morality;

Through self-control and sharing, they rejoice in this mansion."

519-527. Therein, "with lapis lazuli walls" means on the lapis lazuli walls. "With pieces of land" means endowed with delightful pieces of land. "Large drums and small drums" means these two are played here. "Dancing, singing, and well-played music" means various kinds of dances and songs, and the well-played music of other musical instruments too take place here. "Gone thus" means gone to such a delightful state. "Whatever" - although this too was said without specifying anyone in particular, they should be understood as having been lay followers residing in Bārāṇasī in the time of the Buddha Kassapa, and having performed these meritorious deeds through co-operation, they attained that success. Therein, "they provided" means they provided, they gave to them - this is the meaning. "Requisite" means requisite for the sick. "They gave" means thus they gave gifts of many kinds.

Thus he, having told of the deed done by them, having sent the chariot forward, showed yet another crystal mansion. That was adorned with numerous pinnacle buildings, encircled by a river of pure water whose banks were adorned with divine young groves covered with various flowers, resounding with various birds - the abode of one meritorious being surrounded by a group of nymphs. Having seen that, the king asked about the deed done by him, and the other answered for him too.

528.

"This divine mansion shines, well-fashioned with crystal walls;

Crowded with groups of excellent women, adorned with excellent pinnacle buildings.

529.

"Endowed with food and drink, and with both dancing and singing;

And a river flows around it, adorned with trees of various flowers.

530.

"For joy finds me, charioteer, having seen, I ask you, Mātali, charioteer of the gods;

What good did this mortal do, he who rejoices in the mansion, having attained heaven?

531.

Asked, he explained, Mātali, the charioteer of the gods;

The result of meritorious deeds, knowing, he declared to the unknowing.

532.

"In Mithilā a householder, he was a master in liberality;

Parks and wells, wayside water-sheds and bridges;

To Worthy Ones who are calmed, he attentively provided.

533.

"Robes and almsfood, requisites and lodgings;

He gave to the upright, with a clear mind.

534.

"The fourteenth, the fifteenth, and the eighth of the fortnight;

And the extra holiday, well endowed with the eight factors.

535.

"He observed the Observance, always restrained in morality;

Through self-control and sharing, he rejoices in this mansion."

528-535. Therein, "a river" is an inversion of expression; the meaning is that one river, having encircled that mansion, flowed. "Adorned with trees of various flowers" means that river was adorned with trees of various flowers. "In Mithilā" means: this one, great king, in the time of the Buddha Kassapa, in the city of Mithilā, was a certain householder, a master in liberality. He, having performed these meritorious deeds such as planting parks and so on, attained this success.

Thus, having told of the deed done by him, having sent the chariot forward, he showed yet another crystal mansion. That was endowed with a cluster of young woodland, surpassing the former mansion, covered with various flowers and fruits. Having seen that, the king asked about the deed done by the young god endowed with that success, and the other answered for him too.

536.

"This divine mansion shines, well-fashioned with crystal walls;

Crowded with groups of excellent women, adorned with excellent pinnacle buildings.

537.

"Endowed with food and drink, and with both dancing and singing;

And a river flows around it, adorned with trees of various flowers.

538.

"Rājāyatana trees and wood-apple trees, mango trees and sal trees and rose-apple trees;

Tinduka trees and piyāla trees, many trees with perpetual fruit.

539.

"For joy finds me, charioteer, having seen, I ask you, Mātali, charioteer of the gods;

What good did this mortal do, he who rejoices in the mansion, having attained heaven?"

540.

Asked, he explained, Mātali, the charioteer of the gods;

The result of meritorious deeds, knowing, he declared to the unknowing.

541.

"In Mithilā a householder, he was a master in liberality;

Parks and wells, wayside water-sheds and bridges;

To Worthy Ones who are calmed, he attentively provided.

542.

"Robes and almsfood, requisites and lodgings;

He gave to the upright, with a clear mind.

543.

"The fourteenth, the fifteenth, and the eighth of the fortnight;

And the extra holiday, well endowed with the eight factors.

544.

"He observed the Observance, always restrained in morality;

Through self-control and sharing, he rejoices in this mansion."

536-544. "In Mithilā" means: this one, great king, in the time of the Buddha Kassapa, in the Videha country, in the city of Mithilā, was a certain householder, a master in liberality. He, having performed these meritorious deeds, attained this success.

Thus, having told of the deed done by him, having sent the chariot forward, having shown yet another lapis lazuli mansion just as the former one, when asked about the deed done by the young god experiencing success there, he told.

545.

"This divine mansion shines, fashioned with lapis lazuli walls;

Endowed with pieces of land, divided into sections, measured.

546.

"Large drums and small drums, dancing, singing, and well-played music;

Divine sounds emanate, pleasant to hear, delightful.

547.

"Never before have I known such a sound, so gone, so very beautiful;

Whether seen or whether heard.

548.

"For joy finds me, charioteer, having seen, I ask you, Mātali, charioteer of the gods;

What good did this mortal do, he who rejoices in the mansion, having attained heaven?"

549.

Asked, he explained, Mātali, the charioteer of the gods;

The result of meritorious deeds, knowing, he declared to the unknowing.

550.

"In Bārāṇasī a householder, he was a master in liberality;

Parks and wells, wayside water-sheds and bridges;

To Worthy Ones who are calmed, he attentively provided.

551.

"Robes and almsfood, requisites and lodgings;

He gave to the upright, with a clear mind.

552.

"The fourteenth, the fifteenth, and the eighth of the fortnight;

And the extra holiday, well endowed with the eight factors.

553.

"He observed the Observance, always restrained in morality;

Through self-control and sharing, he rejoices in this mansion."

Then, having sent the chariot forward before him, having shown a golden mansion resembling the young sun, when asked about the success of the young god dwelling there, he told.

554.

"Just as the rising sun, is red and great;

So too this divine mansion, fashioned of gold.

555.

"For joy finds me, charioteer, having seen, I ask you, Mātali, charioteer of the gods;

What good did this mortal do, he who rejoices in the mansion, having attained heaven?"

556.

Asked, he explained, Mātali, the charioteer of the gods;

The result of meritorious deeds, knowing, he declared to the unknowing.

557.

"In Sāvatthī a householder, he was a master in liberality;

Parks and wells, wayside water-sheds and bridges;

To Worthy Ones who are calmed, he attentively provided.

558.

"Robes and almsfood, requisites and lodgings;

He gave to the upright, with a clear mind.

559.

"The fourteenth, the fifteenth, and the eighth of the fortnight;

And the extra holiday, well endowed with the eight factors.

560.

"He observed the Observance, always restrained in morality;

Through self-control and sharing, he rejoices in this mansion."

545-560. Therein, "the rising sun" means the sun rising up. "At Sāvatthī" means in the time of the Buddha Kassapa, in the city of Sāvatthī, there was a certain householder, a master in liberality. He, having performed these meritorious deeds, attained this success.

Thus, when he had spoken about these eight mansions, Sakka, the king of gods, thinking "Mātali is tarrying exceedingly long," sent yet another young god of great speed. He, having gone quickly, informed him. He, having heard his words, thinking "It is not possible to tarry now," showed many mansions in the four directions all at once. And when asked by the king about the deed done by the young gods experiencing success there, he told.

561.

"Many are my sky-palaces, fashioned of gold;

Shining brightly they illuminate, like lightning amidst a mass of clouds.

562.

"For joy finds me, charioteer, having seen, I ask you, Mātali, charioteer of the gods;

What good did these mortals do, they who rejoice in the mansion, having attained heaven?

563.

Asked, he explained, Mātali, the charioteer of the gods;

The result of meritorious deeds, knowing, he declared to the unknowing.

564.

"Through faith well established, when the Good Teaching is well proclaimed;

They did the Teacher's word, in the teaching of the perfectly Self-awakened One;

These are their states, which you, O king, see."

561-564. Therein, "my sky-palaces" means these sky-palaces are established just in the air. He says "these are mansions situated in the sky." "Like lightning amidst a mass of clouds" means like lightning blazing amidst dense rain clouds. "Of one well established" means of one firmly established because of having come by the path. This is what is meant - Great king, these, having formerly gone forth in the Dispensation of the Buddha Kassapa which leads to liberation, of pure morality, practising the ascetic duty, having realised the fruition of stream-entry, being unable to produce arahantship, having passed away from there, were reborn in these golden mansions. Those are the states of these disciples of the Buddha Kassapa, which you, great king, see.

Thus, having shown him the mansions situated in the sky, making an effort for the purpose of going to the presence of Sakka, he said -

565.

"Known to you, great king, are the abodes of evil-doers;

And also the states of those of good deeds are known to you;

Drive on now, royal sage, near the king of gods."

Therein, "abodes" means: great king, having first seen the residence of those doomed to hell, the states of evil-doers are known by you; but now, by one seeing the mansions situated in the sky, the states of those of good deeds are also known; now, drive on, go, to see the success near the king of gods.

And having said thus, having sent the chariot forward, he showed the seven surrounding mountains standing encircling Sineru. Making manifest the fact of having been asked by the king about those, having seen them, the Teacher said -

566.

"Having mounted a divine vehicle drawn by horses, yoked with a thousand;

The great king, travelling, saw mountains in the midst of the Sīda ocean;

Having seen, he addressed the charioteer, 'What are these mountains called?'"

Therein, "drawn by horses" means being drawn by horses. "Having mounted a divine vehicle" means having stood upon the divine vehicle. "Addā" means he saw. "In the midst of the Sīda" means in the midst of the Sīda great ocean. In that great ocean, it is said, the water is subtle; even a peacock's tail-feather thrown in is not able to find a footing but just sinks; therefore it is called "the Sīda great ocean." In the midst of that. "Nage" means mountains. "What are they called" means what indeed by name are these mountains.

Thus asked by King Nimi, Mātali the young god said -

568.

"Sudassana, Karavīka, Īsadhara, Yugandhara;

Nemindhara, Vinataka, Assakaṇṇa - lofty mountains.

569.

"These mountains in the midst of the Sīda ocean, gradually risen;

The residences of the great kings, which you, O king, see."

568-569. Therein, "Sudassana" means this, great king, is the outermost of all these, a mountain named Sudassana; next to it is one named Karavīka, which is higher than Sudassana. But in between both of them there is also one intervening great ocean. Next to Karavīka is one named Īsadhara, which is higher than Karavīka. In between them too there is one intervening great ocean. Next to Īsadhara is one named Yugandhara, which is higher than Īsadhara. In between them too there is one intervening great ocean. Next to Yugandhara is one named Nemindhara, which is higher than Yugandhara. In between them too there is one intervening great ocean. Next to Nemindhara is one named Vinataka, which is higher than Nemindhara. In between them too there is one intervening great ocean. Next to Vinataka is one named Assakaṇṇa, which is higher than Vinataka. In between them too there is one intervening great ocean. "Progressively risen" means these seven mountains, with the intervening great oceans, having risen in succession, stood like steps. "Which" means those mountains which you, great king, see, these are the residences of the four great kings.

Having thus shown him the world of the gods ruled by the four great kings, having sent the chariot forward, he showed the images of Inda standing surrounding the Cittakūṭa gateway of the realm of the Tāvatiṃsa. Having seen that, the king asked, and the other answered for him too.

570.

"Of many forms, beautiful, variegated in diverse ways, it shines forth;

Crowded with those resembling Indra, well-guarded as if by tigers.

571.

"For joy finds me, charioteer, having seen, I ask you, Mātali, charioteer of the gods;

This door, what name do they call it, delightful it appears even from afar.

572.

Asked, he explained, Mātali, the charioteer of the gods;

The result of meritorious deeds, knowing, he declared to the unknowing.

573.

"'Citrakūṭa' is what they call it, the entrance of the king of gods;

This shines forth as the door of the mountain Sudassana.

574.

"Of many forms, beautiful, variegated in diverse ways, it shines forth;

Crowded with those resembling Indra, well-guarded as if by tigers;

Enter by this way, royal sage, tread upon the dustless ground."

570-574. Therein, "of many forms" means of many kinds. "Variegated in diverse ways" means variegated with diverse jewels. "Shines forth" means what indeed is this that appears. "Crowded" means completely filled. "Well-guarded as if by tigers" means just as a great forest by tigers or lions, so well-guarded by those resembling Indra. But the fact that those images of Indra were placed for the purpose of protection should be understood according to the method stated in the Kulāvaka Jātaka in the Book of Ones. "What name do they call it" means what name do they say. "Entrance" means fashioned for the purpose of going out and entering. "Of Sudassana" means of the mountain Sineru, beautiful to behold. "This is indeed the door" means this shines forth as the door of the city of the gods, ten thousand yojanas in extent, established on the summit of Sineru; the meaning is that the gateway is evident. "Enter by this way" means enter the city of the gods by this door. "Tread upon the dustless ground" means tread upon the dustless divine ground, made of gold, silver, and gems, strewn with various flowers, by means of the divine vehicle, O great king.

And having said thus, Mātali ushered the king into the city of the gods. Therefore it was said -

575.

"Having mounted a divine vehicle drawn by horses, yoked with a thousand;

The great king, travelling, saw this assembly hall of the gods."

He, while standing on the divine vehicle and going along, having seen the Sudhammā assembly hall of the gods, asked Mātali, and he told him.

576.

"Just as in the autumn sky, a blue radiance is seen;

So too this divine mansion, fashioned of lapis lazuli.

577.

"For joy finds me, charioteer, having seen, I ask you, Mātali, charioteer of the gods;

This divine mansion, what name do they call it, delightful it appears even from afar.

578.

Asked, he explained, Mātali, the charioteer of the gods;

The result of meritorious deeds, knowing, he declared to the unknowing.

579.

"'Sudhammā' is what they call it, behold this assembly hall appears;

Resplendent with lapis lazuli, variegated, well-fashioned pillars support it.

580.

"The pillars are octagonal, well-made, all made of lapis lazuli;

Where the gods of the Thirty-three, all attend upon Inda.

581.

"Thinking of the welfare of gods and humans, they gathered together;

Enter by this way, royal sage, for the thanksgiving of the gods."

575-581. Therein, "idaṃ" is merely an indeclinable particle; the meaning is: he saw the assembly hall of the gods. "Passesā" means "look, this one." "Lapis lazuli, beautiful" means beautiful lapis lazuli. "Variegated" means adorned with various kinds of jewels. "They support" means these well-made pillars of octagonal and other shapes support this assembly hall. "Attending upon Inda" means having made Inda, the chaplain, the forerunner, having surrounded him and standing there, they dwell thinking of the welfare of gods and humans. "Enter by this way" means by this path, enter that place, the thanksgiving of the gods, where the gods dwell rejoicing with one another.

The gods too sat just looking along the path of his coming. They, having heard "The king has come," with divine scents, perfumes, and flowers in their hands, having gone out to meet him as far as the Cittakūṭa gateway, venerating the Great Being with divine scents, garlands, and so on, brought him to the Sudhammā assembly hall of the gods. The king, having descended from the chariot, entered the assembly hall of the gods. The gods invited him with a seat. Sakka too invited him with a seat and with sensual pleasures. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

582.

The gods welcomed him, having seen the king arrived;

"Welcome to you, great king, and also your coming is not unwelcome;

Sit down now, royal sage, near the king of gods."

583.

"Sakka too welcomed the Videhan, dwelling in Mithilā;

Vāsava invited him with sensual pleasures and with a seat.

584.

"Good! You have arrived, at the abode of those who wield power;

Dwell among the gods, royal sage, endowed with all sensual pleasures;

Among the Tāvatiṃsa gods, enjoy non-human sensual pleasures."

582-584. Therein, "welcomed" means they were devoted to him; having been full of mirth, they received him. "Endowed with all sensual pleasures" means in those endowed with the prosperity of all sensual pleasures.

Thus invited by Sakka with divine sensual pleasures and with a seat, the king, rejecting, said -

585.

"Just as a borrowed vehicle, just as borrowed wealth;

Such is this accomplishment, which is due to another's giving.

586.

"And I do not desire this, which is due to another's giving;

Meritorious deeds done by oneself, that is my own wealth.

587.

"Having gone among human beings, I will do much wholesome;

By giving, by righteous conduct, by self-control and by taming;

Which having done one is happy, and does not feel remorse afterwards."

585-587. Therein, "which is due to another's giving" means whatever is obtained because of that other's giving, because it was given by him, that is like a borrowed thing; therefore I do not desire this. "Done by oneself" means but whatever meritorious deeds were done by me myself, that alone, because of not being shared with others, is my own wealth, wealth that follows one. "By righteous conduct" means by righteous conduct through the three doors. "By self-control" means by the protection of morality. "By taming" means by sense-faculty control.

Thus the Great Being taught the Teaching to the gods in a sweet voice. While teaching the Teaching itself, having stayed for seven days by human reckoning, having assembled the troop of gods, while still standing in the midst of the troop of gods, speaking of the virtues of Mātali, he said -

588.

"Your lordship has been very helpful to us, Mātali, charioteer of the gods;

You who showed me the states of those of good deeds and of evil deeds."

Therein, "you who showed me the states of those of good deeds and of evil deeds" means he who showed me the states of the gods of those of good deeds and the evil states of those doomed to hell of those of evil deeds - this is the meaning.

The chapter on heaven is completed.

Then the king, having addressed Sakka, said "I wish, great king, to go to the human world." Sakka said "If so, my dear Mātali, take King Nimi back to Mithilā right there." He, having accepted saying "Very well," prepared the chariot. The king, having exchanged friendly greetings with the hosts of gods, having turned the gods back, mounted the chariot. Mātali, driving the chariot, reached Mithilā by way of the eastern direction. The public, having seen the divine chariot, was greatly delighted, saying "Our king has come." Mātali, having circumambulated Mithilā, having brought the Great Being down at that very window, having asked permission saying "I am going, great king," went to his own place. The public too, having surrounded the king, asked "What is the heavenly world like, Sire?" The king, having described the success of the deities and of Sakka, the king of the gods, taught the Teaching to the public: "You too should perform meritorious deeds such as giving and so on; thus you will be reborn in that heavenly world."

He afterwards, when the barber reported the arising of grey hair, having had the grey hair pulled out with golden tweezers, having placed it on his hand, having given the barber an excellent village, having become desirous of going forth, handed over the kingdom to his son. And when he said "Why, Sire, will you go forth?" -

"The hairs on my head, these have arisen as snatchers of life;

Divine messengers have appeared, it is time for my going forth."

Having spoken this verse, having gone forth like the former kings, dwelling in that very mango grove, having developed the four divine abidings, he was reborn in the Brahma world. Making manifest his state of having thus gone forth, the Teacher spoke the concluding verse -

589.

"Having said this, King Nimi, the Videhan, lord of Mithilā;

Having performed various sacrifices, undertook self-control."

Therein, "having said this" means having said this verse "The hairs on my head." "Having performed various sacrifices" means having given a great gift. "He undertook self-control" means he undertook the self-control of morality.

But his son named Kāḷārajanaka cut off that lineage.

The Teacher, having brought this teaching of the Teaching, having said "Not only now, monks; in the past too the Tathāgata went forth in the great renunciation indeed," connected the Jātaka: "At that time Sakka was Anuruddha, Mātali was Ānanda, the eighty-four thousand warriors were the Buddha's assembly, but King Nimi was myself, the perfectly Self-awakened One."

The commentary on the Nimi Jātaka is the fourth.

542.

Commentary on the Umaṅga Jātaka

"Pañcāla with his entire army" - this the Teacher spoke while dwelling at Jeta's Grove, referring to the perfection of wisdom. For one day the monks, seated together in the Teaching hall, sat praising the Tathāgata's perfection of wisdom: "Of great wisdom, friends, is the Tathāgata, of broad wisdom, of profound wisdom, of joyful wisdom, of swift wisdom, of sharp wisdom, of penetrative wisdom, a crusher of others' doctrines; by the power of his own wisdom, having tamed brahmins such as Kūṭadanta, wandering ascetics such as Sabhiya, thieves such as Aṅgulimāla, demons such as Āḷavaka, gods such as Sakka, and Brahmā gods such as Baka, he rendered them free from agitation; having given the going forth to a great multitude of people, he established them in the paths and fruits. Thus of great wisdom, friends, is the Teacher." The Teacher, having come, having asked "What discussion were you having as you sat together here, monks?" when it was said "Such and such," having said "Not only now, monks, is the Tathāgata wise; in the past too, when knowledge was not yet fully matured, even while practising the conduct for the purpose of the knowledge of enlightenment, he was wise indeed," being requested by them, brought up the past.

In the past, in the Videha country, in Mithilā, a king named Vedeha exercised kingship. He had four wise ones as advisers on matters of welfare and the Teaching: Senaka, Pukkusa, Kāminda, and Devinda. Then the king, towards the break of dawn on the day of the Bodhisatta's taking of conception, saw such a dream - In the royal courtyard, at the four corners, four masses of fire the size of the great rampart arose and blazed. In their midst, a mass of fire the size of a firefly, having arisen, at that very moment, having surpassed the four masses of fire, having risen up as far as the Brahma world, having illuminated the entire world-circle, stood there; fallen on the ground, even as much as a mustard seed is visible. The worlds with their gods, with their Māras, with their Brahmās venerate it with scents, garlands, and so on; the great multitude walks right amidst the flames, and does not receive even a pore's worth of heat. The king, having seen this dream, frightened and trembling, having risen, thinking "What will become of me?" while remaining seated let the dawn rise.

The four wise ones too, having come early in the morning, asked about sleeping happily: "Did you, Sire, sleep happily?" He, having said "How could I have obtained a happy sleep?" told everything: "Such a dream was seen by me." Then the wise Senaka, having said "Do not fear, great king; this is an auspicious dream; there will be growth for you," when it was said "For what reason, teacher?" having said "Great king, surpassing us four wise ones, another, a fifth wise one, will arise for you; for we four wise ones are like four masses of fire; like a mass of fire arisen in their midst, another, a fifth wise one, will arise; he will be incomparable in the world including the gods," when it was said "But where is he now?" declared as if seen by the divine eye through the power of his own craft: "Great king, today there must be either his taking of conception or his emergence from the mother's womb." The king too, from then on, remembered those words.

Now in Mithilā, at the four gates, there were four villages: Pācīnayavamajjhaka, Dakkhiṇayavamajjhaka, Pacchimayavamajjhaka, and Uttarayavamajjhaka. Among them, in Pācīnayavamajjhaka, a millionaire named Sirivaḍḍhana dwelt; his wife was named Sumanadevī. The Great Being, on that day, at the time the dream was seen by the king, having passed away from the Tāvatiṃsa realm, took conception in her womb. At that very time, a thousand other young gods too, having passed away from the Tāvatiṃsa realm, took conception in the families of the foremost and next foremost millionaires in that very village. Sumanadevī too, after the elapse of ten months, gave birth to a golden-coloured son. At that moment, Sakka, looking at the human world, having known the state of the Great Being's emergence from the mother's womb, thinking "It is fitting to make this Buddha-sprout well known in the world including the gods," at the moment of the Great Being's emergence from the mother's womb, having gone with an invisible body, having placed one medicinal ball in his hand, went to his own place. The Great Being, having made a fist, seized it. But when he emerged from the mother's womb, not even a trifle of pain arose for the mother; he emerged with ease, like water from a water-pot.

She, having seen the small bowl of medicine in his hand, said "Dear son, what has been obtained by you?" "Medicine, mother" - he placed the divine medicine in his mother's hand. And having placed it, he said "Mother, give this medicine to those afflicted with whatever illness." She, satisfied and delighted, informed the millionaire Sirivaḍḍhana. Now he had a seven-year headache. He, being satisfied and delighted, having thought "This one, being born from his mother's womb, came having taken medicine; at the very moment of birth he spoke together with his mother; medicine given by one so meritorious will be of great power," having taken that medicine, having rubbed it on a grindstone, smeared a little on his forehead. At that moment his seven-year headache, like water from a lotus petal, having rolled off, departed. He, thinking "The medicine is of great power," was filled with pleasure. The fact of the Great Being having come having taken medicine became well-known everywhere. Whoever were sick, all went to the millionaire's house and requested medicine. For all of them, having rubbed it on a grindstone, having taken a little, having mixed it with water, he gave it. Merely by the divine medicine being smeared on the body, all illnesses were appeased. The happy people, praising "Great is the power of the medicine in the house of the millionaire Sirivaḍḍhana," departed. Now on the name-giving day of the Great Being, the great millionaire, having said "There is no need for my son to have a name of grandfathers and so on; because he came having taken medicine while being born, let him be named after medicine," gave him the name "Prince Mahosadha."

And this occurred to him: "My son is of great merit; he will not have been reborn alone; there must be boys born together with him." He, having had inquiries made, having heard of the birth of a thousand boys, having given ornaments to all the young boys, had nurses given to them, thinking "They will be attendants of my son." Together with the Bodhisatta himself, he had the blessing ceremony performed for them at the place of blessing. Having adorned the boys, they bring them to attend upon the Great Being. The Bodhisatta, playing together with them, having grown up, at the age of seven was handsome like a golden image. Then, while he was playing together with them in the middle of the village, when elephants, horses and so on came, the playground was broken up. At the time of wind and sun's heat striking, the boys became weary. And one day, while they were still playing, an unseasonable storm cloud arose. Having seen that, the Bodhisatta, strong as an elephant, having run, entered a certain hall. The other boys, running behind, having struck each other's feet, having stumbled and fallen, suffered broken knees and so on. The Bodhisatta too, having thought "It is fitting to build a play-hall in this place; thus when wind or rain or sun's heat comes, we shall not become weary," said to those boys - "My dears, in this place we shall build a hall suitable for standing, sitting and lying down when wind or rain or sun's heat comes; bring one coin each." They did so.

The Great Being, having had a master carpenter summoned, gave a thousand saying "Build a hall in this place." He, having accepted saying "Very well," having taken the thousand, having beaten down the stumps and thorns, having had the ground made level, stretched out the string. The Great Being, not being pleased with his method of stretching the string, said "Teacher, having removed it thus, stretch it properly." "Master, I stretched it according to my own craft; I do not know anything other than this." "Not knowing even this much, having taken our money, how will you build the hall? Bring it; having stretched the string, I shall show you" - having had it brought, he himself stretched the string. It was as if stretched by the divine son Vissakamma. Then he said to the carpenter "Will you be able to stretch it thus?" "I shall not be able." "But will you be able to build it according to my planning?" "I shall be able, master." The Great Being planned the hall so that in one section of that hall there would be a dwelling place for the destitute, in one a birthing place for destitute women, in one a dwelling place for visiting ascetics and brahmins, in one a dwelling place for visiting people, in one a place for visiting merchants to store their goods, thus having made all the sections facing outward. Right there he had a playground made, right there a court of judgment, right there a hall of the Teaching. In just a few days, when the hall was completed, having had painters summoned, having himself planned it, he had delightful decorative work done. The hall was comparable to the Sudhammā assembly hall of the gods.

Then, thinking "The hall is not beautiful by this much alone; it is fitting to have a pond made," having had a pond dug, having summoned a brick-layer, having planned it himself, he had a pond made with a thousand bends and a hundred landing places. It was like the Nandā pond covered with five kinds of lotuses. On its banks, having had various trees bearing flowers and fruit planted, he had a park made resembling the Nandana grove. And in dependence on that very hall, he established the practice of constant giving to righteous ascetics and brahmins as well as to visitors, travellers, and so on. That deed of his became well known everywhere. Many people came together. The Great Being, having sat down in the hall, spoke to those who had arrived and arrived about what has a reason and what has no reason, what is proper and improper, established judgment; it was as if it were the time for a Buddha's arising.

King Vedeha too, after the lapse of seven years, having remembered "The four wise ones told me 'A fifth wise one will arise surpassing us'; where is he now?" sent four ministers through the four gates, saying "Find out his dwelling place." The ministers who went out through the remaining gates did not see the Great Being. But the minister who went out through the eastern gate, having seen the hall and so on, having thought "This must have been made or caused to be made by a wise person," asked the people "By which carpenter was this hall built?" The people said "This was not built by a carpenter; it was planned by the power of his own wisdom and built by Mahosadha the wise one, the son of the millionaire Sirivaḍḍhana." "But how many years old is the wise one?" "A full seven years old." The minister, having counted the years from the day the dream was seen by the king, thinking "It agrees with the dream seen by the king; this is indeed that wise one," sent a messenger to the king: "Sire, in the village of Pācīnayavamajjhaka, the son of the millionaire Sirivaḍḍhana, the wise one named Mahosadha, while being only seven years old, has planned such a hall, and has had a pond and a park made. I shall take this wise one and bring him." The king, having merely heard that talk, with a gladdened mind, having had Senaka summoned, having reported that matter, asked "What, teacher, shall we bring the wise one?" He, being stingy about his material gain, said "Great king, one is not called wise merely by having had halls and so on built; anyone has these built; this is a trifle." He, having heard his talk, having remained silent thinking "There must be a reason for this," sent back a message to the minister: "Let him, dwelling right there, investigate the wise one." Having heard that, the minister, dwelling right there, investigated the wise one.

The question of the seven boys.

Here is the summary of the investigation:

"Meat, bull, knot, thread, son, ox, and by chariot;

Stick, head, snake too, cock, gem, giving birth;

Cooked rice and sand too, lake, park, donkey, gem."

Therein, "meat" means: one day, while the Bodhisatta was going to the playground, a hawk, having seized a slice of flesh from a butcher's block, plunged into the sky. Having seen that, the boys, saying "We shall make him drop the slice of flesh," chased after the hawk. The hawk runs here and there. They, having looked up, going behind and behind him, stumbling on stones and so on, became wearied. Then the wise one said to them "Shall I make him drop it?" "Make him drop it, master." "Then watch" - he, without even looking up, having run with the speed of the wind, having stepped on the hawk's shadow, having clapped his hands, cried out with a great roar. By his power, that sound was as if it had pierced through the hawk's belly and been emitted. He, frightened, dropped the meat. The Great Being, having known the state of its being dropped, while looking at the shadow, without allowing it to fall to the ground, caught it right in the air. Having seen that marvel, the public, roaring, shouting, and clapping, made a great noise. The minister, having known that event, sent a messenger to the king: "The wise one, by this means, made him drop the slice of flesh; let the king know this." Having heard that, the king asked Senaka "What, Senaka, shall we bring the wise one?" He thought "From the time of his coming here, we shall become without lustre; the king will not even know of our existence; it is not fitting to bring him." He, out of strong stinginess regarding material gain, said "Great king, one is not called wise by this much; this is some trifle." The king, being just neutral, sent again saying "Let him investigate him right there."

"The bull" means a certain man dwelling in the village of Pācīnayavamajjhaka, thinking "When the rains have fallen, I shall plough," having bought oxen from between the villages, having brought them and caused them to dwell at home, on the following day, having brought them to the grass ground for the purpose of grazing, seated on the back of a bull, being of a wearied appearance, having descended, having lain down at the foot of a tree, he fell into sleep. At that moment, a certain thief, having taken the oxen, fled. He, having awoken, not seeing the oxen, having looked here and there, having seen the thief who had taken the oxen and was fleeing, having sprung forward with speed, said "Where are you taking my oxen?" "I am taking my oxen to my own desired place." Having heard their contention, the public gathered together. The wise one, having heard the sound of them going past the hall doorway, having had both summoned, having seen their conduct, knew "This one is the thief, this one is the owner of the oxen." Even though knowing, he asked "Why do you quarrel?" The owner of the oxen said - "Master, these I bought from the hand of so-and-so by name from such and such a village, having brought them and caused them to dwell at home, I led them to the grass ground for the purpose of grazing. There, having seen my negligence, this one, having taken the oxen, fled. I, looking here and there, having seen this one, having pursued, seized him. The inhabitants of such and such a village know that these were bought and taken by me." But the thief said "These are mine, born in my house; this one speaks falsely."

Then the wise one, having asked them "I shall judge your case righteously; will you abide by my judgment?" when it was said "Yes, master, we shall abide," thinking "It is fitting to win the minds of the public," first asked the thief "What were these oxen fed by you and what were they given to drink?" "They were given rice gruel to drink and fed sesame flour and beans." Then he asked the owner of the oxen. He said - "Master, where would a poor man like me obtain rice gruel and so on? They were fed only grass." The wise one, having made the assembly witness to their talk, having had piyaṅgu leaves brought, having had them pounded and mixed with water, gave it to the oxen to drink. The oxen vomited up only grass. The wise one, having shown the public "Look at this," asked the thief "Are you a thief or not?" He said "I am a thief." He exhorted him "Then from now on do not do such a thing." But the Bodhisatta's assembly beat him with hands and feet and made him weak. Then the wise one, having said to him "In this very present life you receive this suffering; but in the future life you will experience great suffering in hell and so on. My dear, from now on abandon this deed," gave him the five precepts. The minister had the news reported to the king as it really was. The king asked Senaka "What, Senaka, shall we bring the wise one?" When it was said "A case about oxen, great king - anyone at all can judge that; wait for now," the king, being neutral, again sent a message in the same way. In all the cases too, it should be understood thus. From here onwards, however, we shall show only the summary divided up.

"The knot" means a certain destitute woman, having removed from her neck a thread-knotted ornament made by tying knots with threads of various colours, having placed it on top of her cloth, descended into the pond made by the wise one in order to bathe. Another young woman, having seen it, having aroused greed, having picked it up, having said "Mother, this is exceedingly beautiful; for how much was it made by you? I too shall make such a one for myself; let me just try it on by adorning my neck to check the size," when the other, out of her straightforward nature, said "Try it on," having adorned her neck, departed. The other, having seen that, having quickly come out, having put on her cloth, having run after her, seized her cloth saying "Where will you flee having taken my ornament?" The other said "I am not taking your property; the ornament is on my own neck." The public, having heard that, gathered together. The wise one, playing with the boys, having heard the sound of them quarrelling and going past the hall doorway, having asked "What is this sound?" having heard the cause of the quarrel of both, having had them summoned, even though knowing by their appearance alone who was the thief and who was not, having asked about that matter, having said "I shall judge your case righteously; will you abide by my judgment?" when it was said "Yes, we shall abide, master," first asked the female thief "When you wear this ornament, what perfume do you anoint yourself with?" "I always anoint myself with sabbasaṃhāraka." Sabbasaṃhāraka is a perfume made by combining all fragrances. Then he asked the other. She said "Where, master, would a poor woman like me obtain sabbasaṃhāraka? I always anoint myself only with the fragrance of piyaṅgu flowers." The wise one, having had a water bowl brought, having had that ornament placed therein, having had a perfumer summoned, said "Having sniffed this fragrance, determine what kind of fragrance it is." He, while sniffing, having known it to be of piyaṅgu flowers, spoke this verse in the Book of Ones -

"There is no all-compiler, pure millet diffuses its fragrance;

This cheat speaks falsehood, the old woman spoke truth."

Therein, "cheat" means a female cheat. "They have said" means she said; or this itself is the reading.

Thus the Great Being, having made the public know that reason, having asked "Are you a thief or not a thief?" caused her to acknowledge her thief-nature. From that time onwards, the wise nature of the Great Being became well-known.

"Thread" means a certain woman who guarded a cotton field, while guarding the cotton field, right there having taken pure cotton, having spun fine thread, having made it into a ball, having placed it on her hip, while coming to the village, thinking "I shall bathe in the wise one's pond," having gone to the bank, having removed her cloth, having placed the ball of thread on top of the cloth, having descended, she bathes in the pond. Another, having seen it, through greediness of mind, having taken it, saying "Oh, what agreeable thread, mother, made by you," as if snapping her fingers and looking at it, having placed it on her hip, departed. The remainder should be expanded by the former method. The wise one first asked the thief "When you were making the ball, what did you put inside?" "Only cotton-fruit seeds, master." Then he asked the other. She said "Timbaru seeds, master." He, having made the assembly witness to the words of both, having had the ball of thread unwound, having seen the timbaru seeds, caused her to acknowledge her thief-nature. The public, full of mirth, saying "The case has been well judged," uttered thousands of acclamations.

"Son" means one day a certain woman, having taken her son, having gone to the wise one's pond for the purpose of washing her face, having bathed her son, having caused him to sit on her own cloth, descended to wash her own face. At that moment a certain demoness, having seen that child, wishing to eat him, having assumed the guise of a woman, having asked "Dear companion, this child indeed shines, is he your son?" when "Yes" was said, having said "Shall I suckle him?" when "Suckle him" was said, having taken him, having played with him a little, having taken him up, fled. The other, having seen that, having run, seized her saying "Where are you taking my son?" The demoness said "From where was a son obtained by you? This is my son." They, quarrelling, go through the hall doorway. The wise one, having heard that sound of quarrelling, having summoned them, asked "What is this?" They reported that matter to him. Having heard that, the Great Being, even though knowing "This is a demoness" by the unwinking nature of the eyes, by the redness, by the fearlessness, and by the absence of a shadow, having said "Will you abide by my judgment?" when "Yes, we shall abide" was said, having drawn a line on the ground, having caused the child to lie down in the middle of the line, having caused the demoness to hold the hands and the mother to hold the feet, said "Both of you pull and take him; the son belongs to the one who is able to pull him."

Both of them pulled. The child, being pulled, having become afflicted with pain, cried aloud. The mother, as if with a broken heart, having released her son, stood weeping. The wise one asked the public "Hey, regarding the child, is a mother's heart soft, or a non-mother's?" "A mother's heart is soft." "Now then, is the one who has taken the child and stands the mother, or the one who has let go and stands?" "The one who has let go and stands, O wise one." "But do you know this child-thief?" "We do not know, O wise one." Then the wise one said to them - "She is a demoness; she seized him to eat him." "How do you know, O wise one?" "By the unwinking nature of the eyes, by the redness, by the fearlessness, by the absence of a shadow, and by the mercilessness." Then he asked her "Who are you?" "I am a demoness, master." "Why did you seize this child?" "I seize him to eat him, master." Having said "You blind fool, formerly too, having done evil deeds, you were born as a demoness; now again you do evil; alas, you are a blind fool," having established her in the five precepts, having said "From now on, do not do such evil deeds," he dismissed her. The mother of the child too, having obtained her child, having praised the wise one saying "Long may you live, master," having taken her son, departed.

"The ox" means it is said that a certain man, being a dwarf, was called "Goto," and being of dark complexion, was called "Kāḷa" - thus a man named Gotakāḷa, having worked for seven years, obtained a wife. She was named Dīghatālā. He, one day, having addressed her, having said "Dear lady, cook cakes and solid food; we shall go to see my mother and father," even though rejected by her saying "What have you to do with your mother and father?" having said it up to the third time, having had cakes and solid food cooked, having taken provisions and a present, having set out on the road together with her, on the way he saw a certain river flowing shallowly. But both of them were of a nature fearful of water, therefore, being unable to cross it, they stood on the bank. At that time a certain poor man named Dīghapiṭṭhi, wandering about, reached that place. Then they, having seen him, asked "My dear, is this river deep or shallow?" He, having heard their talk, having known their state of being fearful of water, said "My dear, this river is deep and teeming with many fierce fish." "My dear, how will you cross?" He said - "We have acquaintance with crocodiles and sea-monsters; therefore they do not trouble us." "If so, my dear, take us across too." He accepted, saying "Very well." Then they gave him solid food and soft food. He, having finished his meal, asked "My dear, whom shall I take across first?" He said - "Take your companion across first; take me across afterwards." He, having accepted saying "Very well," having placed her on his shoulders, having taken the provisions and the present, having descended into the river, having gone a little way, having squatted down, departed.

Gotakāḷa, standing right there on the bank, thought "This river is indeed deep; even for one as tall as him it is of such a kind; for me, however, it will be quite insurmountable." The other too, having taken her to the middle of the river, said "Dear lady, I shall support you; adorned with fine clothes and ornaments, surrounded by male and female slaves, you shall go about. What will this dwarfish little man do for you? Do my bidding." She, upon hearing his word, having broken her affection for her own husband, at that very moment having become one with her mind bound to him, accepted saying "Husband, if you will not abandon me, I shall do your bidding." "Dear lady, what do you say? I shall support you." They, having gone to the far bank, both united, being joyful, having said "Abandon Gotakāḷa and stay here," while he was watching, eating the solid food, departed. He, having seen, thinking "These two, having joined together, having abandoned me, are running away, I imagine," running back and forth, having descended a little, having turned back out of fear, again, out of anger towards them, thinking "Whether I live or die," having leapt in, having fallen into the river, having known its shallow state, having crossed the river, having reached him with speed, said "Hey, you wicked thief, where are you taking my wife?" The other too, having said to him "I say, you wicked dwarf, where is your wife? This is my wife," having seized him by the neck, threw him. He, having seized Dīghatālā by the hand, having said "Stop! Where are you going? She is my wife obtained by working for seven years," quarrelling with him, reached the vicinity of the hall. The great multitude gathered together.

The wise one, having asked "What is this sound?" having had both of them summoned, having heard the statements and counter-statements, having said "Will you abide by my judgment?" when it was said "Yes, we shall abide," first having had Dīghapiṭṭhi summoned, asked "What is your name?" "Dīghapiṭṭhika by name, master." "What is the name of your wife?" He, not knowing her name, said something else. "What are the names of your mother and father?" "Such and such by name." "But what are the names of your wife's mother and father?" He, not knowing, said something else. Having made the assembly witness to his talk, having removed him, having had the other summoned, he asked the names of all in the very same manner as before. He, knowing the truth, spoke without error. Having removed him too, having had Dīghatālā summoned, he asked "What is your name?" "Dīghatālā by name, master." "What is the name of your husband?" She, not knowing, said something else. "What are the names of your mother and father?" "Such and such by name, master." "But what are the names of your husband's mother and father?" She too, babbling, said something else. Having had the other two summoned, he asked the great multitude "Does her account agree with the words of Dīghapiṭṭhi, or with those of Gotakāḷa?" "With those of Gotakāḷa, wise one." "This one is her husband; the other is a thief." Then he asked him "Are you a thief, or are you not a thief?" "Yes, master, I am a thief" - he accepted his state of being a thief. By the judgment of the wise one, Gotakāḷa, having obtained his own wife, having praised the Great Being, having taken her, departed. The wise one said to Dīghapiṭṭhi "Do not do thus again."

"And by a chariot" means one day a certain man, having sat down in a chariot, went out for the purpose of washing his face. At that moment Sakka, reflecting, having seen the wise one, having thought "I shall make manifest the power of wisdom of Mahosadha, the sprout of a Buddha," having come in the guise of a human being, having taken hold of the rear part of the chariot, he drove off. The man seated in the chariot, having asked "Dear son, for what purpose have you come?" when it was said "To attend upon you," having accepted saying "Very well," having descended from the vehicle, he went for the purpose of bodily functions. At that moment Sakka, having mounted the chariot, drove it away with speed. But the owner of the chariot, having attended to his bodily functions, having come out, having seen Sakka taking the chariot and fleeing, having gone with speed, having said "Stop, stop! Where are you taking my chariot?" when it was said "Your chariot must be another one; this one is my chariot," quarrelling with him, he arrived at the door of the hall. The wise one, having asked "What is this about?" having had them summoned, having seen them coming, by his fearlessness and by the unwinking nature of his eyes, he understood "This is Sakka, this is the owner of the chariot." Even so, having asked the cause of the dispute, having said "Will you abide by my judgment?" when it was said "Yes, we shall abide," having said "I shall drive the chariot; you two, both of you, hold the chariot from behind and go along; the owner of the chariot will not let go, the other will let go," he commanded a man "Drive the chariot." He did so.

The other two also held on from behind and went along. The owner of the chariot, having gone a little way, let go and stood still; but Sakka went along together with the chariot and turned back together with the chariot itself. The wise one informed the people: "This man, having gone a little way, let go of the chariot and stood still; but this one, having run together with the chariot, turned back together with the chariot itself. There is not even so much as a drop of sweat on his body, nor is there any in-breathing and out-breathing; he is fearless, with unwinking eyes - this is Sakka, the king of gods." Then, having asked him "Are you Sakka, the king of gods?" when it was said "Yes, wise one," having said "Why have you come?" when it was said "For the purpose of making manifest your wisdom, wise one," he exhorts him "If so, do not do thus again." Sakka too, displaying the power of Sakka, standing in the sky, having offered praise to the wise one saying "The case has been well judged by the wise one," went to his own place. Then that minister, having gone himself to the presence of the king, said "Great king, the chariot case has been thus well judged by the wise one; even Sakka was defeated by him. Why do you not recognise this distinguished man, Sire?" The king asked Senaka "What, Senaka, shall we bring the wise one?" He, out of selfishness regarding gain, said "Great king, by this much one is not called a wise one; wait, having investigated, we shall know."

The question of the seven boys is concluded.

The donkey question.

"The stick" means then one day the king, thinking "We shall investigate the wise one," having had a stick of acacia wood brought, having taken a span from it, having summoned turners, having had it well planed, sent it to the village of Pācīnayavamajjhaka: "The inhabitants of the village of Pācīnayavamajjhaka are wise, it is said; let them know 'this is the top of this acacia stick, this is the base'; for those who do not know, a fine of a thousand." The villagers, having assembled, being unable to know, told the millionaire: "Perhaps the wise one Mahosadha might know; having summoned him, ask him." The millionaire, having summoned the wise one from the playground, having reported that matter, asked "Dear son, we are unable to know; will you be able?" Having heard that, the wise one thought: "The king has no use for the top or the base of this; it must have been sent for the purpose of testing me." And having thought, having said "Bring it, dear son, I shall know," having had it brought, having taken it in his hand, even though he knew "This is the top, this is the base," for the purpose of winning the hearts of the public, having had a water bowl brought, having tied a thread around the middle of the acacia stick, having taken hold of the end of the thread, he placed the acacia stick on the surface of the water. The base, being heavier, sank first in the water. Then he asked the public: "Is the base of a tree heavier, or the top?" "The base, wise one." "If so, see which end of this sank first; that is the base." By this sign he pointed out both the top and the base. The villagers sent word to the king: "This is the top, this is the base." The king, having asked "Who knows this?" having heard "The son of the millionaire Sirivaḍḍhana, the wise one Mahosadha," asked "What, Senaka, shall we bring the wise one?" "Be patient, Sire; we shall investigate him by yet another means."

"The heads" means then one day, having had two heads brought, one of a woman and one of a man, they sent them: "Let them know 'this is a woman's head, this is a man's head'; for those who do not know, a fine of a thousand." The villagers, not knowing, asked the wise one. He, having merely seen them, understood. How does he know? In a man's head, it is said, the suture is straight; in a woman's head, the suture is crooked, it turns and goes. He, by this distinguishing mark, pointed out: "This is the head of a woman, this is the head of a man." The villagers too sent word to the king. The remainder is just as before.

"Snake" means: then one day, having had a male snake and a female snake brought, having said "Let them know 'this is the male snake, this is the female snake'; for those not knowing, a fine of a thousand," they sent them to the villagers. The villagers, not knowing, asked the wise one. He knew just by seeing them. For a male snake's tail is thick, a female snake's is thin; a male snake's head is broad, a female snake's is thin; a male snake's eyes are large, a female snake's are small; a male snake's svastika mark is continuous, a female snake's is broken. He, by these distinguishing marks, declared "This is the male snake, this is the female snake." The remainder is according to the method already stated.

"Cock" means: then one day they sent word "Let the inhabitants of the Eastern Barley-Middle village send us an all-white bull with horns on its feet, a hump on its head, bellowing without exceeding the three times; if they do not send it, a fine of a thousand." They, not knowing, asked the wise one. He said - "The king has had you bring an all-white cock; for because of the sharpness of its foot-claws it is called 'horned-footed,' because of the crest on its head it is called 'head-humped,' because it crows three times without exceeding the three times it is called 'bellowing without exceeding the three times'; therefore send such a cock," he said. They sent it.

"Gem" means: the tremendous jewel given by Sakka to King Kusa was crooked in eight places. Its old thread was broken, and no one was able to take out the old thread and insert a new thread; therefore one day they sent word "Let them take out the old thread from this tremendous jewel and insert a new thread." The villagers, being unable to take out the old thread and insert a new thread, informed the wise one. He, having said "Do not worry, bring honey," having had it brought, having smeared the hole on both sides of the gem with honey, having twisted a woollen thread, having smeared the tip with honey, having inserted a little into the hole, placed it at the place where the ants come out. The ants, having come out attracted by the scent of honey, eating the old thread in the gem, having gone and bitten the tip of the woollen thread, dragging it, took it out through one side. The wise one, having known that it had been threaded, gave it to the villagers saying "Give it to the king." They sent it to the king. He, having heard the method by which it had been threaded, was pleased.

"Giving birth" means: then one day, having fed the king's auspicious bull many months of beans, having made it big-bellied, having washed its horns, having anointed them with oil, having bathed it with turmeric, they sent it to the villagers saying "You are said to be wise, and this is the king's auspicious bull with an established pregnancy; having made it give birth, send it together with its calf; for those who do not send, a fine of a thousand." The villagers, saying "This cannot be done; what indeed shall we do?" asked the wise one. He, having thought "This must be met with a counter-question," asked "Will you be able to find one man who is capable of speaking with the king and is confident?" "That is not difficult, wise one." "Then summon him." They summoned him. Then the Great Being said to him "Come, good man, you, having scattered your hair on your back, lamenting with various kinds of intense lamentation, go to the king's gate; even when asked by others, without saying anything, just lament; but when summoned by the king and asked the reason for your lamentation, having said 'My father, Sire, is unable to give birth; today is the seventh day; be my refuge; devise a means for his giving birth,' when the king says 'What are you babbling? This is impossible; there are no men who give birth,' you should say 'If, Sire, it is thus that there are not, then why will the inhabitants of the Eastern Barley-Middle village make the auspicious bull give birth?'" He, having accepted saying "Very well," did so. The king, having asked "By whom was this counter-question devised?" having heard "By Mahosadha the wise one," was pleased.

"Cooked rice" means: on another day, thinking "We shall test the wise one," they said "Let the inhabitants of the Eastern Barley-Middle village cook and send us sour rice endowed with eight factors. Here are these eight factors - not with rice grains, not with water, not with a pot, not with an oven, not with fire, not with firewood, not by a woman, not by a man, not by a road." For those who do not send, a fine of a thousand" - they sent word. The villagers, not knowing that matter, asked the wise one. He, having said "Do not worry," said "'Not with rice grains' means having had broken rice taken; 'not with water' means having had ice taken; 'not with a pot' means having had another new earthenware vessel taken; 'not with an oven' means having had stakes pounded in; 'not with fire' means having abandoned ordinary fire, having had fire from fire-sticks taken; 'not with firewood' means having had leaves taken; having had sour rice cooked, having put it in a new vessel, having sealed it; 'not by a woman, not by a man' means having had a eunuch carry it; 'not by a road' means having abandoned the main road, send it to the king by a footpath." They did so. The king, having asked "By whom then was this question understood?" having heard "By Mahosadha the wise one," was pleased.

"Sand rope" means on another day, for the purpose of testing the wise one, they sent word to the villagers: "The king wishes to play on a swing; in the royal family the old rope has been cut; let them twist one sand rope and send it; for those who do not send, a fine of a thousand." They asked the wise one. The wise one, having consoled the villagers saying "This too must be dealt with by a counter-question," having summoned two or three men skilled in speech, said: "Go, you, and say to the king: 'Sire, the villagers do not know the measure of that rope, whether thin or thick; send a piece of a span's length or four finger-breadths' length from the old sand rope; having examined that, they will twist one of that measure.' If the king says to you 'A sand rope has never been heard of in our house,' then you should say to him 'If, great king, such a thing cannot be done by you, how will the villagers of Pācīnayavamajjhaka do it?'" - thus he sent them. They did so. The king, having asked "By whom was the counter-question devised?" and having heard "By the wise Mahosadha," was pleased.

"Lake" means on another day, for the purpose of testing the wise one, they sent word to the villagers: "The king wishes to play water-sport; let them send a pond covered with five kinds of lotuses; for those who do not send, a fine of a thousand." They informed the wise one. He, having thought "This too must be dealt with by a counter-question," having summoned several men skilled in speech, said: "Come, you, having played water-sport, having made your eyes red, with wet hair, wet clothes, bodies smeared with mud, with ropes, sticks and clods of earth in hand, having gone to the king's gate, having had your standing at the gate announced to the king, having been given leave, having entered, say: 'Great king, we were sent by you saying that the villagers of Pācīnayavamajjhaka should send a pond; we have come having brought a great pond befitting you. But she, being a forest-dweller, having seen the city, having looked at the gates, walls, moats, watchtowers and so on, frightened and trembling, having broken the ropes, having fled, entered the forest itself; we, even though striking with clods of earth, sticks and so on, were not able to turn her back. Send your old pond brought from the forest; having yoked her together with that, we shall carry her.' And when the king says 'Never has there been a pond brought from the forest for me, nor has a pond ever been sent by me to anyone for the purpose of yoking and bringing,' you should say 'If, Sire, such a thing cannot be done by you, how will the villagers of Pācīnayavamajjhaka send a pond?'" - having said this, he sent them. They did so. The king, having heard that it had been understood by the wise one, was pleased.

"Park" means on yet another day, they sent word: "We wish to play park-sport, and our old park has become worn out and broken down; let the villagers of Pācīnayavamajjhaka send a new park covered with fully blossoming young trees." The villagers informed the wise one. The wise one, having consoled them saying "This too must be dealt with by a counter-question," having sent men, had them speak in the same manner as before.

On that occasion too, the king, having been pleased, asked Senaka: "Well, Senaka, shall we bring the wise one?" He, through stinginess regarding gain, said: "By this much one is not called wise; wait, Sire." Having heard that word of his, the king thought: "The wise Mahosadha won my heart with the seven boy-questions; in such secret question-answerings and counter-questions too, his explanation is like that of a Buddha; Senaka does not allow such a wise one to be brought; what use is Senaka to me? I shall bring him." He set out for that village with a great retinue. As he was going, having mounted the state horse, the horse's foot entered a crack in the ground and broke. The king turned back from that very place and entered the city. Then Senaka approached him and asked: "Great king, did you go to the Pācīnayavamajjhaka village to bring the wise one?" "Yes, wise one." "Great king, you regard me as one who wishes you harm; even though I said 'Wait for now,' you departed too hastily; on the very first going, the state horse's foot was broken."

He, having heard his word, remained silent, and on another day consulted with him: "Well, Senaka, shall we bring the wise one?" "Sire, without going yourself, send a messenger: 'Wise one, when we were coming to your presence, the horse's foot was broken; let him send either a mule or something more excellent.'" "If he sends a mule, he will come himself. If he sends something more excellent, he will send his father; this will be one question for us." The king, having accepted saying "Very well," having done so, sent a messenger. The wise one, having heard the messenger's word, having thought "The king wishes to see both me and my father," having gone to his father's presence and having paid homage, said: "Father, the king wishes to see both you and me. You go first, surrounded by a thousand merchants, and when going, do not go empty-handed but go taking a sandalwood casket filled with fresh ghee. The king, having exchanged friendly welcome with you, will say 'Householder, having ascertained a suitable seat, sit down.' Then you should sit down, having ascertained such a seat. While you are seated, I shall come. The king, having exchanged friendly welcome with me too, will say 'Wise one, having ascertained a seat befitting you, sit down.' Then I shall look at you; you, by that signal, having risen from the seat, should say 'Dear Mahosadha, sit down on this seat.' Today one question of ours will reach its conclusion." He, having accepted saying "Very well," having gone in the manner already stated, having had his standing at the gate announced to the king, when told "Let him enter," having entered, having paid homage to the king, stood to one side.

The king, having exchanged friendly welcome with him, asked "Householder, where is your son, the wise Mahosadha?" "He is coming from behind, Sire." The king, having heard "He is coming from behind," having become satisfied in mind, said "Great millionaire, having known your suitable seat, sit down." He, having known his suitable seat, sat down to one side. The Great Being too, decorated and prepared, surrounded by a thousand boys, having sat down upon a decorated chariot, while entering the city, having seen a donkey roaming on the back of the moat, sent young men accomplished in strength: "Hey, having followed that donkey, so that it does not make a sound, having thus bound its mouth, having wrapped it with a mat, having covered it therein with a single covering, having taken it on your shoulders, come." They did so. The Bodhisatta too entered the city with a great retinue. The public, praising the Great Being saying "This, it is said, is the son of the millionaire Sirivaḍḍhana, the wise Mahosadha by name; this one, it is said, was born having taken a medicine-pot in his hand while being born; by this one, it is said, the counter-answers to so many test-questions were known," even while looking did not reach satisfaction. He, having gone to the king's gate, announced. The king, having merely heard, full of mirth, said "Let my son, the wise Mahosadha, come quickly." He, surrounded by a thousand boys, having ascended the mansion, having paid homage to the king, stood to one side. The king, having seen him, having become filled with pleasure, having made a sweet friendly welcome, said "Wise one, having known a suitable seat, sit down." Then he looked at his father. Then his father too, by the sign of being looked at, having risen, said "Wise one, sit down on this seat." He sat down on that seat.

Having seen him seated there, Senaka, Pukkusa, Kāminda, and Devinda, and other blind fools, having struck their hands together, having laughed a great laugh, made mockery saying "They called this blind fool 'wise one'; he, having made his father rise from the seat, sits down himself; it is inappropriate to call this one 'wise one.'" The king too was sad-faced and displeased. Then the Great Being asked him "What, great king, is the reason for your sad face?" "Yes, wise one, I am sad-faced; merely hearing about you is agreeable, but seeing you has become disagreeable." "Why, great king?" "Because of having made your father rise from the seat and having sat down." "But do you, great king, think that 'in all cases fathers are the highest compared to sons'?" "Yes, wise one." Then the Great Being, having said "Was it not, great king, that a message was sent by you to us saying 'Let him send either a mule or something more excellent'?" having risen from the seat, having looked at those young men, having commanded "Bring the donkey taken by you," having had it laid down at the feet of the king, asked "Great king, what is this donkey worth?" "Wise one, if it is useful, it is worth eight coins." "What is a mule born dependent on this one, arisen in the womb of a thoroughbred mare, worth?" "Priceless, wise one." "Sire, why do you speak thus? Was it not just now said by you 'in all cases fathers are the highest compared to sons'? If that is true, according to your doctrine, the donkey alone is higher than the mule. But, great king, your wise ones, being unable to know even this much, strike their hands together and laugh. Oh, the achievement in wisdom of your wise ones! Where were these obtained by you?" - having thus ridiculed the four wise ones, he addressed the king with this verse in the Book of Ones -

"If you think thus, O foremost king, that a father is better than a son;

Well then, here is your mule, for the father of a mule is a donkey.

Its meaning is - If you, O foremost king, think thus that in all cases a father is better than a son, then let this donkey be better than your mule. Why? Because the father of a mule is indeed a donkey.

And having said thus, the Great Being said - "Great king, if a father is better than a son, take my father. If a son is better than a father, take me for your benefit." The king was filled with pleasure. The entire royal assembly too, shouting "Well explained is the question by the wise one," gave thousands of acclamations, and snapping of fingers and waving of garments took place. The four wise men too were dejected and sat brooding. Is there not none equal to the Bodhisatta in knowing the virtues of mother and father? Then why did he do thus? It was not for the purpose of disrespecting his father, but the king had sent the message "Let him send either a mule or something more excellent." Therefore, for the purpose of making manifest that very question, and for the purpose of making known his own state of being wise, and for the purpose of rendering the four wise men without inspiration, he did thus.

The donkey question is concluded.

The nineteenth question.

The king, being pleased, having taken a golden pitcher full of scented water, having poured water onto the millionaire's hands saying "Let him enjoy the village of Pācīnayavamajjhaka by royal revenue," having said "Let the remaining millionaires be attendants of this one alone," having sent all ornaments to the Bodhisatta's mother too, being pleased with the donkey question, wishing to take the Bodhisatta by making him his son, said to the millionaire - "Householder, having made Mahosadha the wise one my son, give him to me." "Sire, this one is too young; even now the smell of milk wafts from his mouth; when he is older, he will be in your presence." "Householder, you, from now on, be free from attachment to him; from this day forth he is my son; I shall be able to support my son. Go" - thus he dismissed him. He, having paid homage to the king, having embraced the wise one, having laid him on his breast, having kissed him on the head, gave him the exhortation "Dear son, be heedful." He too, having paid homage to his father, having consoled him saying "Dear father, do not worry," dismissed his father. The king asked the wise one "Dear son, will you be one who eats inside, or one who eats outside?" He, having thought "My retinue is large; therefore it is fitting for me to be one who eats outside," said "I shall be one who eats outside, Sire." Then the king, having had a suitable house given to him, beginning with the thousand boys, having had expenses given, had all provisions given. Thenceforth he attended upon the king.

The king too wished to test him. At that time, not far from the southern gate of the city, on the shore of a pond, in a certain palmyra tree, in a crow's nest, there was a jewel gem. Its reflection appeared in the pond. The public informed the king "There is a gem in the pond." He, having addressed Senaka, having asked "It is said that a jewel gem appears in the pond; how shall we have it taken?" when it was said "Great king, it is fitting to have the water removed and take it," saying "If so, teacher, do thus," he placed the burden on him alone. He, having assembled many people, having had the water and mud removed, even having broken up the ground, did not see the gem. When the pond was full again, the reflection of the gem appeared. He, having done likewise again, did not see it. Then the king, having addressed the wise one, asked "Dear son, a gem appears in the pond; Senaka, having had the water and mud removed, even having broken up the ground, did not see it; when the pond is full again, it appears. Will you be able to have that gem taken?" He said "This is not difficult, great king; come, I shall show you." The king, being pleased with his words, thinking "Today I shall see the power of the wise one's knowledge," surrounded by the public, went to the shore of the pond.

The Great Being, standing on the shore, looking at the gem, having known "This gem is not in the pond; it must be a gem in a crow's nest in a palmyra tree," having said "There is not, Sire, a gem in the pond," when it was said "Is it not apparent in the water?" having had a water bowl brought saying "Then bring a water bowl," having said "See, Sire, this gem is not apparent only in the pond; it is apparent in the bowl too," when it was said "Wise one, where then must the gem be?" he said "Sire, in both the pond and the bowl only a shadow appears, not a gem; but the gem is in a crow's nest in a palmyra tree; command a man and have it brought." The king, having done so, had the gem brought. He, having brought it, gave it to the wise one. The wise one, having taken it, placed it in the king's hand. Having seen that, the public, having given applause to the wise one, rebuking Senaka, saying "The jewel gem is in a crow's nest in a palmyra tree; the fool Senaka had many people dig up the pond itself; one should be a wise one like Mahosadha," offered praise to the Great Being. The king too, being satisfied with him, having given the pearl necklace that was an ornament on his own neck, had strings of pearls given to the thousand boys as well. He allows attendance upon the Bodhisatta and his retinue with this privilege.

The nineteenth question is concluded.

The chameleon question.

On another day the king went to the park together with the wise one. At that time a certain chameleon was dwelling on the top of the gateway. He, having seen the king coming, descended and lay down on the ground. The king, having looked at that action of his, asked "Wise one, what is this chameleon doing?" The Great Being said "Great king, he is paying homage to you." "If he thus pays homage to us, let it not be fruitless for him; have wealth given to him." "Sire, he has no need of wealth; just enough food is sufficient for him." "But what does he eat?" "Meat, Sire." "How much is it fitting to obtain?" "To the value of a farthing, Sire." The king commanded one man "A royal gift of merely a farthing is not fitting; regularly bring and give him meat to the value of half a māsaka." He, having accepted saying "Very well," from then on did so. One day, on the Observance day, during the non-killing order, not having obtained meat, he pierced that very half māsaka coin, strung it on a thread, and adorned it on his neck. Then conceit arose in him on account of that. On that very day the king again went to the park together with Mahosadha. He, even having seen the king coming, through the power of conceit arisen in dependence on wealth, comparing himself with the king thinking "Vedeha, are you indeed of great riches, or am I indeed?" without descending, right on the top of the gateway, shaking his head, lay down. The king, having looked at that action of his, asking "Wise one, this one does not descend today as before; what indeed is the reason?" spoke this verse -

"This chameleon did not rise up before, on the top of the gateway;

Mahosadha, understand, by what is the chameleon obstinate."

Therein, "rises up" means just as today, without descending, right on the top of the gateway, shaking his head, he rises up; thus before he did not rise up. "By what obstinate" means by what reason has he reached a state of obstinacy.

The wise one, having heard his word, having known "Great king, it must be on account of his conceit in dependence on the half māsaka coin bound on his neck by the king's man who did not obtain meat on the Observance day during the non-killing order," spoke this verse -

"Having obtained what was not obtained before, a half-māsa coin, the chameleon;

Despises the king, the Videhan, lord of Mithilā."

The king, having heard his word, having had that man summoned, asked. He reported to the king as it really was. The king, having heard that account, having become exceedingly confident thinking "Without asking anyone at all, the disposition of the chameleon was known by the wise one as if by an omniscient Buddha," had the toll at the four gates given to the wise one. But having become angry with the chameleon, he began to withdraw its duty. But the wise one restrained him saying "Do not withdraw it, great king."

The chameleon question is concluded.

The question of Sirī and Kāḷakaṇṇī.

Then a certain resident of Mithilā, a young man named Piṅguttara, having gone to Takkasilā, while learning the craft in the presence of a world-famed teacher, learnt it very quickly. He, having given a reply, asked permission from the teacher saying "I shall go." Now in that family there was the practice that "If there is a daughter who has come of age, she should be given to the chief pupil." Therefore that teacher had one daughter who had come of age; she was lovely, comparable to a celestial nymph. Then the teacher said to him "I shall give you my daughter, dear son; you shall take her and go." But that young man was unfortunate, a wretch, while the maiden was of great merit. Having seen her, his mind did not cling to her. He, even while reporting this, accepted thinking "I shall not break the teacher's word." The teacher gave his daughter to him. He, at night-time, lying on the decorated royal bed, when she came and had merely ascended the bed, being troubled, being ashamed, being disgusted, trembling, descended and lay down on the ground. She too, having descended, having gone to his presence, lay down; he, having risen, ascended the bed. She too again ascended the bed; he again, having descended from the bed, lay down on the ground. A wretch indeed does not accord with fortune. The maiden lay down right on the bed; he slept on the ground.

Thus, having spent seven days, having taken her, having paid homage to the teacher, he departed; on the way there was not even the slightest conversation. Unwilling, both arrived at Mithilā. Then Piṅguttara, having seen a fig tree accomplished with fruit not far from the city, oppressed by hunger, having climbed it, ate the fruits. She too, internally hungry, having gone to the foot of the tree, said "Husband, drop down some fruits for me too." "Do you not have hands and feet? Climb up yourself and eat." She climbed up and ate. He, having known that she had climbed up, having quickly descended, having surrounded the tree with thorns, having said "I am freed from the wretched woman," ran away. She too, being unable to descend, sat right there. Then the king, having sported in the park, seated on the elephant's back, entering the city in the evening time, having seen her, with his mind bound in love, had it asked "Is she with a husband or without a husband?" She too said "I have, husband, a husband given by the family; but he, having made me sit here, having abandoned me, has fled." The minister reported that reason to the king. The king, saying "Ownerless property indeed comes to the king," having brought her down, having placed her on the elephant's back, having led her to the dwelling, having consecrated her, placed her in the position of queen-consort. She was dear and agreeable to him. Because she was obtained on a fig tree, they recognised her by the name "Udumbaradevī."

Then one day they had the road maintained by the villagers living at the gate for the purpose of the king's going to the park. Piṅguttara too, doing wage-labour, having tied his loin-cloth, planed the road with a spade. While the road was not yet finished, the king, having sat down in a chariot together with Queen Udumbarā, went out. Queen Udumbarā, having seen the wretch planing the road, looking at him, laughed, thinking "This wretch was not able to bear such fortune." The king, having seen her laughing, having become angry, asked "Why do you laugh?" Sire, this man planing the road is my former husband; he, having made me climb an udumbara tree and having surrounded it with thorns, went away. I, having looked at this one, having thought "This wretch was not able to bear such fortune," laughed. The king, saying "You speak a lie; having seen some other man, you must have laughed; I shall kill him," seized a sword. She, overcome with fear, said "Sire, ask the wise one first." The king asked Senaka "Senaka, do you believe this woman's word?" "I do not believe it, Sire; who indeed would go away abandoning such a woman treasure?" She, having heard his talk, became even more frightened. Then the king, having thought "What does Senaka know? I shall ask the wise one," asking him, spoke this verse -

"A woman might be beautiful, and she might be virtuous;

A man might not desire her - do you believe this, Mahosadha?"

Therein, "virtuous" means accomplished in the quality of good conduct.

Having heard that, the wise one spoke a verse -

"I believe, great king, a man might be unfortunate;

Fortune and misfortune never come together."

Therein, "they do not come together" means they do not meet, like the near shore and the far shore of the ocean, and like the surface of the sky and the surface of the earth.

The king, having heard that reason by his word, was not angry with her; his heart was cooled. He, being pleased with him, had an offering made with a hundred thousand, thinking "If the wise one had not been there, today I would have been deprived of such a woman treasure through the talk of the foolish Senaka; in dependence on him, she was obtained by me." The queen too, having paid homage to the king, said "Sire, in dependence on the wise one, life was obtained by me; I ask a boon to place him in the position of a younger brother." "Good, queen, take it; I give you a boon." "Sire, from today onwards I shall not eat any sweet delicacy without my younger brother; from now on I take the boon of being able to have the door opened, whether at the proper time or at an improper time, and to send sweet delicacies to him." "Good, dear lady, take this boon too."

The question of Sirī and Kāḷakaṇṇī is concluded.

The Dilemmas

On the following day, the king, having finished his morning meal, while walking up and down in the long corridor of the mansion, looking through the window, saw a goat and a dog making a friendly association. That goat, it is said, having gone to the elephant stable, ate the untouched grass thrown down before the elephant. Then the elephant keepers, having beaten it, drove it out. It, having cried aloud, ran away. Then one man, having come quickly, struck it across the back with a stick. It, having bent its back, overcome by pain, having gone, lay down with its back against the great wall of the king's palace. On that very day, a dog that had been reared in the king's kitchen by eating bones, hides, and so on, when the cooks, having prepared the meal, were standing outside cooling the sweat on their bodies, having smelled the scent of fish and meat, being unable to endure the craving, having entered the kitchen, having knocked off the lid of a vessel, ate the meat. Then the cook, having entered because of the sound of the vessel, having seen it, having shut the door, beat it with clods of earth, sticks, and so on. It, having spat out the eaten meat from its very mouth, having cried aloud, came out. The cook too, having known its state of having come out, having pursued it, struck it across the back with a stick. It, overcome by pain, having bent its back, having lifted up one foot, entered the very place where the goat was lying. Then the goat asked it "My dear, why do you come with your back bent? Is wind piercing you?" The dog too asked "You too are lying down with your back bent; is wind piercing you?" They reported their own experiences to each other.

Then the goat asked him "But will you be able to go to the food-house again, my dear?" "I shall not be able, my dear; if I go, there is no life for me." "But will you be able to go to the elephant stable again?" "It is not possible for me either to go there; if I go, there is no life for me." They thought of a means, "How indeed shall we live now?" Then the goat said to him - "If we are able to live in harmonious living, there is one stratagem." "Then speak." "My dear, you go henceforth to the elephant stable; thinking 'This one does not eat grass,' the elephant keepers will not make any suspicion towards you; you should bring grass for me. I too shall enter the food-house; thinking 'This one is not a meat-eater,' the cook will not make any suspicion towards me; I shall bring meat for you." They both accepted, saying "An excellent stratagem." The dog, having gone to the elephant stable, having gripped a bundle of grass with his teeth, having come back, placed it at the back of the great wall. The other too, having gone to the food-house, having gripped a piece of meat, a mouthful, with his teeth, having brought it, placed it right there. The dog ate the meat; the goat ate the grass. They, by this means, being united, being joyful, dwelt at the back of the great wall. The king, having seen their friendly association, thought "Indeed a thing never seen before has been seen by me; these, though being enemies, live in harmonious living. Having taken this matter, having made it into a question, I shall ask the five wise ones; the one not knowing this question I shall banish from the country; to the one knowing it, I shall make great honour, saying 'There is no wise one of such a kind.' Today is an improper time; tomorrow when they have come to the audience, I shall ask." He, on the following day, when the wise ones had come and were seated, asking a question, spoke this verse -

"Those who never once in the past had friendship of even seven steps in this world;

Born as enemies, the two companions, having reconciled, they wander - for what reason?"

Therein, "having reconciled" means having trusted and having become united.

And having said this, he again spoke thus -

"If today at breakfast time, you are not able to answer this question;

I will banish you all from the country, for I have no use for those born of poor wisdom."

At that time, however, Senaka was seated on the best seat, while the wise one was seated at the end. He, reflecting on that question, not seeing that meaning, thought "This king is of slow temperament, unable to think up and compose this question; something indeed must have been seen by him. If I obtain one day's leave, I shall resolve this question; let Senaka by some means cause him to be patient for just one day." The other four wise ones too, as if having entered a dark chamber, saw nothing at all. Senaka looked at the Bodhisatta, thinking "What indeed is Mahosadha's situation?" He too looked at him. Senaka, knowing his intention by the very manner of the Bodhisatta's looking, having thought "It does not occur even to the wise one; therefore he wishes one day's leave; I shall fulfil his wish," having laughed a great laugh with the king through familiarity, said "What, great king, will you banish us all from the country as those unable to answer the question? You consider even this as 'a single knotty question'; it is not that we are unable to answer it; but please be patient for a little. This is a knotty question; we are not able to answer it amidst the public. Having considered it in private, we shall tell you afterwards; give us leave" - and having looked at the Great Being, spoke this pair of verses -

"In the terrible assembly of the great multitude, when the tumultuous gathering of people has arisen;

With distracted minds, with various thoughts, we are not able to answer this question.

"With fully focused minds, each one, having gone to a secret place, having reflected on the meaning;

Having meditated in solitude, the wise, then they will speak, O lord of men, this matter."

Therein, "having meditated" means these wise ones, established in seclusion of body and mind, having meditated on this question, then they will speak to you this matter.

The king, having heard his talk, although displeased, merely threatened them saying "Very well, having thought it over, speak; but if you do not speak, I shall banish you." The four wise ones descended from the mansion. Senaka said to the others - "My dears, the king has asked a subtle question; if it is not answered, there will be great danger. Having eaten suitable food, reflect upon it properly." They went to their own respective houses. The wise one too, having risen, having gone to the presence of Queen Udumbarā, asked "Queen, today or yesterday, where did the king stand for a long time?" "Father, he walks up and down looking through the window in the long gallery." Then the wise one thought "Something must have been seen by the king from this side." He, having gone there, looking outside, having seen the behaviour of the goat and the dog, having made the conclusion "Having seen these, the question was devised by the king," went home. The other three too, having thought, not seeing anything, went to the presence of Senaka. He asked them "Has the question been seen by you?" "It has not been seen, teacher." "If so, the king will banish you; what will you do?" "But has it been seen by you?" "I too do not see it." "When you do not see it, what can we see? But in the king's presence, having roared the lion's roar 'We shall think it over and speak,' we have come; if we do not speak, the king will be angry with us. What shall we do? This question cannot be seen by us; but by the wise one it will have been thought out a hundredfold, a thousandfold, a hundred-thousandfold. Come, let us go to his presence." Those four wise ones, having announced their arrival at the Bodhisatta's house door, when it was said "Let the wise ones enter," having entered the house, having exchanged friendly greetings, standing to one side, asked the Great Being "But, wise one, has the question been thought out?" "Yes, it has been thought out. If I do not think it out, who else will think it out?" "Then, wise one, tell us too."

The wise one, having thought "If I do not tell these, the king will banish them from the country, but will honour me with seven treasures. Let these blind fools not perish; I shall tell them," having caused all four to sit on low seats, having caused them to raise their joined palms, having made known to them what had been seen by the king, saying "When asked by the king, you should answer thus," having composed four verses for the four of them, having taught them the text itself, dismissed them. They, on the second day, having gone to the royal audience, sat down on the prepared seats. The king asked Senaka "Is the question known to you, Senaka?" "Great king, when I do not know, who else will know?" "Then speak." "Listen, Sire" - he spoke a verse in just the manner he had learnt -

"For the sons of the princes and the daughters of kings, the meat of a ram is dear and agreeable;

They do not give meat to the dog, then there would be friendship between the ram and the dog.

Therein, "of the sons of nobles and princes" means of the sons of eminent ministers and of princes.

Even having spoken the verse, Senaka does not know the meaning. But the king understands because of having seen it himself; therefore, thinking "It is known by Senaka for now," he asked Pukkusa. He too, having said "Am I too not a wise person?" spoke a verse in just the manner learnt -

"They flay the hide of a goat, for the sake of the comfort of a horse-back rug;

And they do not spread one for the dog, then there would be friendship between the ram and the dog."

The meaning of that too was just as unclear. But the king, because it was obvious to himself, thinking "It is known by this Pukkusa too," asked Kāminda. He too spoke a verse in just the manner learnt -

"For the ram has curved horns, but the dog has no horns;

One feeds on grass, the other eats meat, then there would be friendship between the ram and the dog."

The king, thinking "It is known by this one too," asked Devinda. He too spoke a verse in just the manner learnt -

"The ram eats grass and eats foliage, but the dog does not eat grass nor foliage;

The dog would catch a hare or a cat, then there would be friendship between the ram and the dog."

Therein, "eats grass and eats foliage" means one who eats grass and one who eats leaves. "Nor foliage" means it does not eat even leaves.

Then the king asked the wise one - "Dear son, do you too know this question?" "Great king, from Avīci up to the highest point of existence, apart from me, who else will know this?" "Then speak." "Listen, great king" - thus, making known that the question was obvious to himself, he spoke a pair of verses -

"The eight-and-a-half-footed one of the quadruped, the ram with eight claws, not being visible;

This one brings the hide for this one, this one brings the meat for that one.

"The chief of Videha, having gone to the excellent mansion, the exchange of mutual foods;

The lord of men, it is said, saw with his own eyes this, of the one who barks and the one with a full face."

Therein, "eight-and-a-half-footed" - he said this with reference to the four feet of the goat, through skill in phrasing. "Ram" means a goat. "Eight-clawed" - this is said by way of two hooves on each foot. "Not being visible" means not being apparent at the time of bringing the meat. "Roofing" means the covering of a house. The meaning is grass. "This one for this one" means the dog for the goat. "Exchange" means the carrying across. "Of mutual foods" means of the foods of each other. For the ram carries the food of the dog, he exchanges for that one; the dog too carries for that one, the other exchanges. "He saw" means he saw that exchange of mutual foods as a witness, having made it evident to himself. "Of the one who barks" means of the dog that makes the sound "bhubhū." "Of the one with a full face" means of the ram. The king himself saw this friendly association of these two.

The king, not knowing that the others had known the answer in dependence on the Bodhisatta, imagining "The five wise ones knew by the power of their own knowledge," having become filled with pleasure, spoke this verse -

"It is indeed a great gain for me, that such wise ones are in my family;

The wise penetrate the profound and subtle meaning of the question with well-spoken words."

Therein, "penetrate" means having understood through well-spoken words, they speak.

Then, doing what should be done by one who is pleased, namely showing a pleased demeanour, he spoke this verse -

"And a mule-drawn chariot to each one, and a prosperous excellent village to each one;

I give to all of you wise ones, supremely pleased in mind by the well-spoken words."

Having said thus, he had all that given to them.

The dilemmas in the Book of Twelves is concluded.

The Sirimanta question.

But Queen Udumbarā, having known that the others had known the answer in dependence on the wise one, having thought "Just as one making green peas and beans equal without distinction, the king has made equal honour to all five; is it not fitting to make a special honour for my younger brother?" having gone to the king's presence, asked "Sire, by whom was the question answered?" "By the five wise ones, dear lady." "Sire, in dependence on whom did the four persons know that question?" "I do not know, dear lady." "Great king, what do they know? The wise one, thinking 'Let not these fools perish,' taught them the question. You make equal honour to all; this is inappropriate. It is fitting to make a special honour for the wise one." The king, being pleased with the wise one thinking "He did not speak of the state of being known in dependence on himself," wishing to make an even greater honour, thought "Let it be; having asked my son one question, at the time it is answered, I shall make a great honour." He, thinking about a question, having thought of the question on glory, one day, having come to the attendance of the five wise ones, when they were comfortably seated, said to Senaka - "Senaka, I shall ask a question." "Ask, Sire." The king, regarding the question on glory, spoke the first verse -

"One endowed with wisdom but lacking in glory, or one famous but devoid of wisdom;

I ask you, Senaka, about this matter, which here do the skilled say is better?"

Therein, "which here is better" means which of these two do the wise say is better.

And this question, it is said, was handed down in Senaka's lineage; therefore he answered it quickly -

"The wise and the foolish indeed, O lord of men, those possessed of craft and those without craft;

Even those of good birth become weavers for one of no birth who is famous;

Having seen this too, I declare: one who is wise though low is better than one who is merely glorious."

Therein, "the wise one though low" means the wise one is low; the lord alone is the highest - this is the meaning.

The king, having heard his word, without asking the other three, said to the wise Mahosadha who was seated as the most junior in the assembly -

"I ask you too, of superior wisdom, Mahosadha, consummate one who sees the Teaching;

A fool with fame, a wise one with little wealth, which here do the skilled say is better?"

Therein, "consummate one who sees the Teaching" means one who sees all things.

Then the Great Being, having said "Listen, great king," spoke -

"The fool does evil deeds, imagining 'this alone is better';

Seeing this world, not seeing the world beyond, the fool in both places sought the path of misfortune;

Having seen this too, I declare: one who is wise is better, not the fool though glorious."

Therein, "this alone is better" means imagining "sovereignty alone in this world is the best for me." "Sought the path of misfortune" means the fool, having done evil deeds through the conceit of sovereignty, being reborn in hell and so on in the world beyond, and again having come from there, having reached the state of suffering in a low family, being reborn in this world too - thus in both places he takes only defeat. Having seen this reason too, I declare that one accomplished in wisdom alone is the highest, but the sovereign who is a fool is not the highest.

When this was said, the king, having looked at Senaka, said "Does not Mahosadha declare that the wise one alone is the highest?" Senaka, having said "Great king, Mahosadha is young; even today the smell of milk wafts from his mouth; what does this one know?" spoke this verse -

"Neither craft nor this arranges wealth, nor kinsmen, nor whoever has bodily beauty;

See the drooling idiot thriving in happiness, for fortune attends him, the lord of cattle;

Having seen this too, I declare: one who is wise though low is better than one who is merely glorious."

Therein, "drooling idiot" means one whose mouth drips with saliva. "Goravinda" means he was, it is said, a millionaire in that very city, possessing wealth of eighty ten millions, who was ugly. He had no son and no daughter, and did not know any craft. Even while he was speaking, streams of saliva flowed from both sides of his jaw. Two women, adorned with all ornaments like celestial nymphs, having taken fully blooming blue water-lilies, standing on both sides, having caught that saliva with the blue water-lilies, threw the blue water-lilies out through the window. Even drunkards, when entering the tavern, when they had need of blue water-lilies, having gone to his house door, would say "Master Goravinda, millionaire." He, having heard their call, standing at the window, would say "What is it, dear ones?" Then streams of saliva flowed from him. Those women, having caught it with the blue water-lilies, threw the blue water-lilies into the middle of the street. The drunkards, having taken those, having washed them with water, having adorned themselves, entered the tavern. Thus he was endowed with fortune. Senaka, having made that example, showing it, said thus.

Having heard that, the king said "What is it like, dear son, Mahosadha the wise one?" The wise one, having said "Sire, what does Senaka know? Like a crow at a place where rice grains are discarded, like a dog that has begun to drink curds, he sees only fame but does not see the great club falling on his head; listen, Sire," spoke this verse -

"Having obtained happiness, the one lacking wisdom becomes intoxicated, and even when touched by suffering, he becomes deluded;

Touched by adventitious suffering and happiness, he trembles like a water creature in the heat;

Having seen this too, I declare: one who is wise is better, not the fool though glorious."

Therein, "happiness" means having obtained the happiness of sovereignty, the fool becomes negligent; being negligent, he does evil. "By suffering" means by bodily and mental suffering. "By adventitious" means not by internal. For the happiness and suffering of beings is merely adventitious, not permanently occurring. "In the heat" means like a fish pulled out of the water and thrown in the sun's heat.

Having heard that, the king said "What is it like, teacher?" Senaka, having said "Sire, what does this one know? Let alone human beings, even among trees grown in the forest, many birds resort only to one rich in fruit," spoke this verse -

"Just as birds flock together from all around to a tree with sweet fruit in the forest;

Thus too many people associate with one who is wealthy, with riches, with possessions, for the sake of benefit;

Having seen this too, I declare: one who is wise though low is better than one who is merely glorious."

Therein, "many people" means the public.

Having heard that, the king said "What is it like, dear son?" The wise one, having said "What does this big-bellied one know? Listen, Sire," spoke this verse -

"A powerful fool is not good, by force he finds wealth;

They drag this weeping fool to hell exceedingly;

Having seen this too, I declare: one who is wise is better, not the fool though glorious."

Therein, "by force" means by violence, having done a violent deed, having oppressed the people, he finds wealth. Then the guardians of hell drag that weeping fool to hell of intense suffering.

Again, when the king said "What say you, Senaka?" Senaka spoke this verse -

"Whatever rivers flow into the Ganges, all of them give up their name and clan;

The Ganges proceeding to the ocean, even one who is wise does not appear with supernormal power in the world;

Having seen this too, I declare: one who is wise though low is better than one who is merely glorious."

Therein, "rivers" means flowing downward, even rivulets at the very least flow into the Ganges. "Give up" means they come to be reckoned simply as the Ganges; they give up their own name and clan. "Does not appear" means that Ganges too, proceeding to the ocean, is not discernible; it obtains the name simply as the ocean. Just so, even one of great wisdom, having reached the presence of a lord, does not appear, is not discernible; he is like the Ganges that has entered the ocean.

Again the king said "What say you, wise one?" He, having said "Listen, great king," spoke this pair of verses -

"Into which great ocean the rivers flow at all times innumerable;

That sea, the great ocean, with constantly lofty force, does not transgress its boundary.

"Thus too are the prattlings of a fool, glory never surpasses wisdom;

Having seen this too, I declare: one who is wise is better, not the fool though glorious."

Therein, "into which you have declared" means which this you have declared, you have said. "Innumerable" means incalculable. "Does not transgress its boundary" means even though having lofty force, even though raising up a thousand waves, it is not able to transgress its boundary; having reached the boundary, inevitably all waves are broken. "Thus too are the prattlings of a fool" means the words of a fool likewise are not able to surpass one who is wise; having reached him, they are broken. "Does not surpass wisdom" means one who is glorious does not surpass one who is wise. For no human being, having a doubt arisen regarding what is beneficial and what is harmful, for the purpose of resolving it, passes by one who is wise and goes to the feet of a foolish lord; but at the very feet of one who is wise, judgment is obtained.

Having heard that, the king said "What about it, Senaka?" He, having said "Listen, Sire," spoke this verse -

"Even if an unrestrained famous one, having come to an agreement, speaks for the benefit of others;

That very thing grows for him among relatives, for fortune causes him to act, not wisdom;

Having seen this too, I declare: one who is wise though low is better than one who is merely glorious."

Therein, "even if unrestrained" means a lord, even if unrestrained in body and so on, immoral. "Having come to an agreement" means having stood in judgment, he speaks for the benefit of others; in that judgment hall, even though one surrounded by a great retinue speaks falsehood, making an owner into one having no sponsor, that very word of his is valid. For fortune causes him to act thus, not wisdom; therefore one who is wise though low is better than one who is merely glorious - thus I declare.

Again, when the king said "What about it, dear?" the wise one, having said "Listen, Sire, what does the foolish Senaka know?" spoke this verse -

"For the sake of another or even for oneself, the fool speaks falsely, lacking wisdom;

He is blamed in the midst of the assembly, and afterwards too he goes to an unfortunate realm;

Having seen this too, I declare: one who is wise is better, not the fool though glorious."

Then Senaka spoke this verse -

"Even if one of extensive wisdom speaks what is beneficial, being without wealth, with little property, poor;

That does not grow for him among relatives, and fortune does not belong to the one endowed with wisdom;

Having seen this too, I declare: one who is wise though low is better than one who is merely glorious."

Therein, "even what is beneficial" means even if he speaks what is reasonable. "Among relatives" means in the midst of the assembly. "Of the one endowed with wisdom" means great king, having gone to the presence of one endowed with wisdom who has attained the splendour of fortune, even fortune that exists by nature does not exist in name. For he, in the presence of that one, appears like a firefly at sunrise - thus he shows.

Again, when the king said "What is it like, dear?" the wise one, having said "What does Senaka know? He looks only at this world, not at the world beyond," spoke this verse -

"For the sake of another or even for oneself, the one of extensive wisdom does not speak falsehood;

He is venerated in the midst of the assembly, and afterwards too he goes to a fortunate realm;

Having seen this too, I declare: one who is wise is better, not the fool though glorious."

Then Senaka spoke a verse -

"Elephants, cattle and horses, jewelled earrings, and women born in prosperous families;

All of these become enjoyments for the prosperous man, while those without prosperity have none;

Having seen this too, I declare: one who is wise though low is better than one who is merely glorious."

Therein, "of the prosperous one" means of the lord. "Those without prosperity" means not only those women alone, but indeed all beings without prosperity become enjoyments for him.

Then the wise one, having said "What does this one know?" bringing forth and showing one reason, spoke this verse -

"One whose activities are not arranged, a fool, an imprudent counsellor;

Fortune gives up the imprudent, as a snake its worn-out skin;

Having seen this too, I declare:

One who is wise is better, not the fool though glorious."

Therein, the meaning of the term "fortune gives up" should be described by the Cetiya Jātaka.

Then when the king said "What like?" Senaka, having said "Sire, what does this young boy know? Listen!" having thought "I shall render the wise one bewildered," spoke this verse -

"We five wise ones, venerable sir, all stand with joined palms;

You, having overcome us, are lord, like Sakka, the lord of beings, the king of gods;

Having seen this too, I declare: one who is wise though low is better than one who is merely glorious."

Having heard this, it is said, the king, having thought "A fitting reason has been brought by Senaka; will my son be able to break his argument and bring another reason?" said "What like, wise one?" When this reason had been brought by Senaka, it is said, apart from the Bodhisatta there was no other able to break that argument; therefore the Great Being, breaking his argument by the power of his own knowledge, having said "Great king, what does this fool know? He looks only at glory, he does not know the distinction of wisdom. Listen!" spoke this verse -

"A fool though glorious is but a slave to the wise, when such needs arise;

What the wise one skilfully arranges, therein the fool falls into confusion;

Having seen this too, I declare: one who is wise is better, not the fool though glorious."

Therein, "in needs" means when duties have arisen. "Arranges" means prepares.

Thus the Great Being showed the method and reason as if pulling up golden sand from the foot of Sineru, as if raising up a full moon in the sky. When the Great Being had thus shown the power of wisdom and spoken, the king said to Senaka - "What like, Senaka? If you are able, speak further." He, having exhausted what he had learnt like grain stored in a granary, sat bewildered, downcast, brooding, without response. For if he had brought another reason, this Jātaka would not have been concluded even with a thousand verses. But while he stood without response, the Great Being, as if bringing a deep flood, praising wisdom even further, spoke this verse -

"Surely indeed wisdom alone is praised by the good; lovely is fortune, humans are delighted in wealth;

And the knowledge of the Buddhas is of incomparable form; glory never surpasses wisdom."

Therein, "of the good" means of good persons such as the Buddhas and others. "Delighted in wealth" means, great king, since blindly foolish people are merely delighted in wealth, therefore for them fortune is lovely. That glory is censured by the wise and lovely to fools - this meaning should be described by the Bhisa Jātaka. "Of the Buddhas" means and the knowledge of the Omniscient Buddhas. "At any time" means at no time whatsoever does fortune surpass one possessed of knowledge, Sire.

Having heard that, the king, satisfied by the Great Being's answering of the question, as if raining a heavy downpour, honouring the Great Being with wealth, spoke this verse -

"What we asked you, you declared to us, Mahosadha, seer of the consummate teaching;

A thousand cattle and a leading bull, an elephant, and these ten chariots yoked with thoroughbreds;

Satisfied by the explanation of the question, I give you sixteen excellent villages."

Therein, "and a leading bull, an elephant" means: making a leading bull for that thousand cattle, I give a decorated and prepared riding elephant.

The Sirimanta question in the Book of Twenties is concluded.

The concealed path question.

From then on the Bodhisatta's fame was great. All that was managed by Queen Udumbarā herself. She, when he was sixteen years old, thought "My younger brother has become old, and his fame too is great; it is fitting to arrange a marriage for him." She reported that matter to the king. The king said "Good, inform him, will you not?" She, having informed him, when he had accepted, said "If so, dear son, I shall bring a young woman for you." Then the Great Being, having thought "Perhaps one brought by these might not please me; let me first look for one myself," spoke thus - "Queen, for a few days do not say anything to the king; I shall search for a young woman myself and tell you of one agreeable to my mind." "Do thus, father." He, having paid homage to the queen, having gone to his own house, having given a signal to his friends, in the guise of an unknown person, having taken a tailor's implements, alone, having gone out through the northern gate, set out for Uttarayavamajjhaka. Now at that time there was a certain ancient merchant family there that was exhausted. The daughter of that family, named Amarādevī, was lovely, beautiful, pleasing, endowed with all auspicious marks, and possessed of merit. She, on that day, right early, having cooked rice gruel and having taken it, having gone out thinking "I shall go to my father's ploughing place," set out on that very road. The Great Being, having seen her coming, thought "This woman is endowed with all auspicious marks; if she is without a husband, it is fitting for her to become my wife."

She too, having seen him, thought "If I were in the house of such a man, I could establish the household."

Then the Great Being - "I do not know whether she has a husband or not; I shall ask her by means of a closed fist. If she is wise, she will know. If not, she will not know; I shall abandon her right here and go" - having thought thus, while standing at a distance, he made a closed fist. She too, having known "This one is asking whether I have a husband or not," stretched out her hand. He, having known her state of being without a husband, having gone near, asked "Dear lady, what is your name?" "Master, I am named after that which does not exist in the past, or in the future, or at present." "Dear lady, in the world there is nothing called immortal; you must be named Amarā." "Yes, master." "Dear lady, for whom will you carry the rice gruel?" "For the former deity, master." "Dear lady, former deities means mother and father; you will carry the rice gruel to your father, I imagine." "Yes, master." "Dear lady, what does your father do?" "Master, he makes one into two." "Making one into two is called ploughing; your father ploughs." "Yes, master." "But in which place does your father plough?" "In the place where those who have gone once do not come back, master." "The place of no return for those who have gone once is called a cemetery; he ploughs near the cemetery, dear lady." "Yes, master." "Dear lady, will you come back today itself?" "If it comes, I shall not come back. If it does not come, I shall come back, master." "Dear lady, your father, I imagine, ploughs on the other side of the river; when the water comes you will not come back; when it does not come, you will come back." "Yes, master." Such was the conversation that the Great Being had.

Then Amarādevī invited him saying "Will you drink rice gruel, husband?" The Great Being, having thought "To refuse at the very first is indeed inauspicious," said "Yes, I shall drink." She then brought down the rice gruel pot. The Great Being thought "If she will give it without washing the bowl and without giving water for washing hands, I shall abandon her right here and go." She, however, having washed the bowl, having brought water in the bowl, having given water for washing hands, having placed the empty bowl on his hand, having placed it on the ground, having stirred the pot, filled it with rice gruel; therein, however, the grains of rice were large. Then the Great Being said to her "Why, dear lady, is the rice gruel so very thick?" "Water was not obtained, husband." "Water must not have been obtained in the paddy field, I think." "Yes, master." She, having set aside the rice gruel for her father, gave it to the Bodhisatta. He, having drunk the rice gruel, having rinsed his mouth, said "Dear lady, I shall go to your mother's house; tell me the way." She, having said "Very well," explaining the way, spoke this verse in the Book of Ones -

"By which there is flour and vinegar, and the double-leaved tree in bloom;

By which I give, by that I speak; by which I do not give, by that I do not speak;

This is the path of the barley-middler, know this as the concealed way."

Its meaning is - "Husband, having entered the inner village, you will see a flour shop, then a rice-gruel shop; in front of them a double-leaved coral tree fully in bloom; therefore you, by which there is flour and vinegar and the coral tree in bloom, having gone by that, having stood at the foot of the coral tree, take the right and leave the left; this is the path of the barley-middler, of our house situated in the barley-middler village; this, thus concealed, was spoken by me as the hidden way, the concealed way, or the hidden way, know this as the concealed reason." Herein, "by which I give" means by which hand I give; this was said with reference to the right hand; the other is the left hand. Thus she, having told him the way, having taken the rice gruel for her father, departed.

The concealed path question is concluded.

The search for Queen Amarā.

He too went to that house by the very way told by her. Then Amarādevī's mother, having seen him, having given a seat, said "Will you drink rice gruel, husband?" "Mother, a little rice gruel was given to me by my younger sister Amarādevī." Having heard that, she understood "He must have come for the sake of my daughter." The Great Being, even though knowing their state of poverty, asked "Mother, I am a tailor; is there anything suitable to be sewn?" "There is, husband, but there is no payment." "Mother, there is no need for payment; bring them, I shall sew them." She, having brought old garments, gave them. The Bodhisatta completed each one as it was brought. For indeed the work of one with merit succeeds. Then he said to her "Mother, you should announce it along the street." She announced it to the entire village. The Great Being, having done tailoring work, earned a thousand coins in a single day. The old woman too, having cooked and given him the morning meal, said "Dear son, how much shall I cook for the evening meal?" "Mother, in the measure of however many eat in this house." She cooked food with many curries and vegetables in abundance. Amarādevī too, in the evening, having taken a bundle of firewood on her head and leaves in her lap, having come from the forest, having put down the bundle of firewood at the front door of the house, entered the house through the back door. Her father too came somewhat later. The Great Being ate food of various excellent flavours. The other one, having fed her mother and father, having afterwards eaten herself, having washed the feet of her mother and father, washed the feet of the Great Being.

He, discerning her, dwelt right there for a few days. Then, investigating her, one day he said - "Dear lady, having taken half a nāḷika of rice-grain, from that cook rice gruel, cake, and a meal for me." She, having accepted saying "Very well," having pounded the rice-grain, cooked a meal with the coarse grains, rice gruel with the middle grains, and cake with the fine powder, and having prepared lentil curry and vegetables conforming with that, gave the Great Being rice gruel with vegetables. That rice gruel, merely placed in the mouth, having pervaded seven thousand taste conductors, remained. He, for the very purpose of testing her, as if angry, saying "Dear lady, not knowing how to cook rice gruel, for what purpose have you ruined my rice-grain?" spat it out together with the spittle and threw it on the ground. She, without becoming angry at all, saying "Husband, if the rice gruel is not good, eat the cake," gave him the cake. He did the same with that too. "If, husband, the cake is not good, eat the meal" - she gave him the meal. Having done the same with the meal too, as if angry, saying "Dear lady, not knowing how to cook, for what purpose have you ruined my property?" he crushed all three together, smeared it over her entire body beginning from the head, and said "Go, sit down at the door." She, without becoming angry at all, saying "Very well, husband," having gone, did so. He, having known her state of humbled pride, said "Dear lady, come." She, without becoming angry, came at just a single word. But the Great Being, when coming, had come having placed a pair of cloths together with a thousand coins in a betel-purse. Then he, having taken out that cloth and having placed it in her hands, said "Dear lady, having bathed together with your female companions, having put on this cloth, come." She did so.

The wise one, having given both the earned wealth and the brought wealth, all of it, to her mother and father, having consoled them, having asked permission of his father-in-law, taking her, set out facing the city. On the way, for the purpose of testing her, having given her an umbrella and sandals, he said thus - "Dear lady, having taken this umbrella, shelter yourself; having put on the sandals, go." She, having taken them, not doing so, without holding the umbrella in the open air in the sun's heat, held it at the forest's edge and went; having taken off the sandals on dry ground, when she reached a watery place, having put them on, she went. The Bodhisatta, having seen that reason, asked "Why, dear lady, having taken off the sandals on dry ground, do you put them on and go at a watery place, and not holding the umbrella in the sun's heat, holding it at the forest's edge?" She said - "Husband, on dry ground I can see thorns and so on; at a watery place I cannot see the thorns of fish, turtles, and so on; if my feet were to enter those, there would be unpleasant feeling. In the open air there are no dry tree thorns and so on; but for those who have entered the interior of the forest, if dry tree branches and so on were to fall on the head, there would be unpleasant feeling. Therefore, for the purpose of warding those off, I do thus."

The Bodhisatta, having heard her talk on these two reasons, being pleased, while going, having seen at a certain place a single jujube tree accomplished with fruit, sat down at the foot of the jujube tree. She, having seen the Great Being seated at the foot of the jujube tree, said "Husband, having climbed up and having taken jujube fruits, eat them; give some to me too." "Dear lady, I am weary; I am not able to climb up; you yourself climb up." She, having heard his word, having climbed the jujube tree, having sat down among the branches, picked the fruit. The Bodhisatta said to her - "Dear lady, give me the fruit." She, having thought "I shall test whether this man is wise or unwise," said to him "Husband, will you eat hot fruit, or cool fruit?" He, as if not knowing that reason, said thus - "Dear lady, I have need of hot fruit." She, having thrown the fruits on the ground, said "Husband, eat." The Bodhisatta, having taken them, ate them while blowing. Again, investigating her, he said thus - "Dear lady, give me cool ones." Then she threw the jujube fruits onto the grassy ground. He, having taken and eaten them, having thought "This girl is exceedingly wise," was pleased. Then the Great Being said to her - "Dear lady, come down from the jujube tree." She, having heard the Great Being's word, having descended from the tree, having taken a pot, having gone to the river, having brought water, gave it to the Great Being. The Great Being, having drunk, having rinsed his mouth, having risen from there, while going, arrived at the city itself.

Then he, for the purpose of testing her, having placed her at the doorkeeper's house, having informed the doorkeeper's wife, having gone to his own dwelling, having addressed his men, having given a thousand saying "Having placed a woman at such and such a house, I have come; taking this thousand, go and test her," sent them forth. They did so. She said - "This is not worth even the dust of my husband's feet." They, having come, reported to the wise man. Again, having sent up to the third time, on the fourth occasion the Great Being said to those very ones "Then take her by the hand and bring her dragging." They did so. She did not recognise the Great Being established in great prosperity, but having looked at him, she both laughed and cried. He asked the reason for both. Then she said to her - "Master, I, while laughing, having looked at your prosperity, laughed thinking 'This was not obtained without reason; it was obtained by doing wholesome deeds in a former existence. Oh, the fruit of merits indeed!' But while crying, I cried out of compassion for you, thinking 'Now, having offended against another's guarded and protected property, he will go to hell.'"

He, having tested her, having known her pure nature, having said "Go, take her back to that very place," having sent them, again having taken the guise of a tailor, having gone, having slept together with her, on the following day, right early, having entered the king's palace, informed Queen Udumbarā. She, having informed the king, having adorned Amarādevī with all ornaments, having seated her in a great carriage, having led her to the Great Being's house with great honour, performed the marriage ceremony. The king sent a present worth a thousand to the Bodhisatta. Beginning with the doorkeeper, all the inhabitants of the entire city sent presents. Amarādevī too, having divided the present sent by the king into two parts, sent one portion to the king. By this method, having sent presents to all the inhabitants of the entire city too, she won over the city. From that time onwards the Great Being, dwelling in harmonious living together with her, instructed the king in what is beneficial and what is right.

The search for Queen Amarā is concluded.

The commentary on the thief of all jewels.

Then one day Senaka addressed the other three who had come to his presence: "Hey, we are no match for the householder's son Mahosadha alone, and now an even more experienced wife has been brought by him; how might we cause a rift between him and the king?" "Teacher, what do we know? You yourself should know." "Let it be, do not worry; there is one stratagem. I shall steal the king's crest-jewel and bring it; Pukkusa, you bring the golden garland; Kāminda, you the woollen blanket; Devinda, you the golden slippers. Thus we four too shall bring those by a stratagem, then having placed them in our houses, we shall send them to the householder's son's house." Then indeed those four too did so. Among them, Senaka first, having put the crest-jewel into a pot of buttermilk, having placed it in the hand of a female slave, sent her saying "Without giving this pot of buttermilk to others who would buy it, if someone at Mahosadha's house buys it, give it together with the pot." She, having gone to the wise man's house door, went back and forth calling "Buy buttermilk, buy buttermilk."

Amarādevī, standing at the door, having seen her behaviour, by the sign of her gesture, thinking "This one does not go elsewhere; there must be a reason for this," having made the female slaves withdraw, having herself summoned her saying "Mother, come, I shall buy the buttermilk," at the time of her arrival, having given a signal to the female slaves, when they did not come, having sent that very one saying "Go, mother, summon the female slaves," having lowered her hand into the pot of buttermilk, having seen the jewel, she asked that female slave "Mother, whose property are you?" "Lady, I am a female slave of the wise man Senaka." Thereupon, having asked her name and her mother's name too, when it was said "She is named so-and-so," she asked "Mother, how much is this buttermilk?" "Lady, four nāḷikas." Having said "Then, mother, give me this buttermilk," when it was said "Lady, when you are buying, what need have I of the price? Take it together with the pot," having dismissed her saying "Then go," she, having written on a document "In such and such a month, on such and such a day, the teacher Senaka sent the king's crest-jewel for the purpose of a present, through the hand of the daughter of a female slave named so-and-so, named so-and-so," took the buttermilk. Pukkusa too, having placed the golden garland in a jasmine flower casket, having covered it with jasmine flowers, sent it in the same way. Kāminda too, having placed the woollen blanket in a leaf-basket, having covered it with leaves, sent it. Devinda too, having tied the golden slippers inside a bundle of barley, sent them. She, having taken all of those, having inscribed the letters on documents, having informed the Great Being, stored them away.

Those four wise ones too, having gone to the king's palace, said "What, Sire, do you not wear the crest-jewel?" The king said to his men "I shall wear it; bring it." They did not find the jewel, and they did not find the other ornaments either. Then those four wise ones turned him against the householder's son, saying "Sire, your ornaments are in Mahosadha's house; he uses them himself. The householder's son is your enemy, great king." Then his well-wishers quickly went and informed him. He, thinking "I shall know by seeing the king," went to the royal audience. The king, having become angry, thinking "Who will know, what will happen, what will he do?" did not allow him to see him. The wise one, having known the king's angry state, went to his own dwelling. The king commanded "Seize him." The wise one, having heard the words of the well-wishers, thinking "It is fitting for me to depart," having given a signal to Amarādevī, having departed from the city in the guise of an unknown person, having gone to the Dakkhiṇayavamajjhaka village, did the potter's craft there. In the city a single uproar arose: "The wise one has fled."

Senaka and the other four persons too, having known the state of his having fled, having reassured one another saying "Do not worry, are we not wise?" sent presents to Amarādevī. She, having taken the presents sent by those four, having said "Let him come at such and such a time," having had a pit dug, having filled it there with heaps of excrement together with water, having covered the upper surface of the excrement pit with mechanical planks, having concealed it with mats, completed everything. Then Senaka, in the evening time, having bathed, having adorned himself, having eaten food of various excellent flavours, went to the Bodhisatta's house. He, having stood at the house door, made known the fact of his arrival. She said "Come, teacher." He, having gone, stood near her. She spoke thus - "Husband, now I have come under your control; it is inappropriate to lie down without having bathed one's body." He, having heard her words, accepted saying "Very well." She, having gone out, having taken a pot full of water, as if pouring it, having said "Come, teacher, ascend the planks for the purpose of bathing," when he had ascended the planks and was standing, having entered the house, having stepped on the edge of the planks, she felled him into the excrement pit.

Pukkusa too, in the evening time, having bathed, having adorned himself, having eaten food of various excellent flavours, having gone to the Bodhisatta's house, having stood at the house door, made known the fact of his arrival. One attendant woman informed Amarādevī. She, having heard her words, said "Come, teacher, it is inappropriate to lie down without having bathed one's body." He accepted, saying "Very well." She, having gone out, having taken a pot full of water, as if pouring it, said "Come, teacher, ascend the planks for the purpose of bathing." When he had ascended the planks and was standing, she, having entered the house, having pulled away the planks, felled him into the excrement pit. Senaka asked Pukkusa "Who is this?" "I am Pukkusa." "And who are you, pray?" "I am Senaka" - having asked each other, they stood there. Likewise she felled the other two also right there. All of them stood in the loathsome excrement pit. She, when the night became light, having had them pulled out from there, having had all four persons shaved bald, having had rice grains taken, having moistened them with water, having had them pounded, having had a thick gruel of the powder cooked, having kneaded it, having had their entire bodies smeared from the head downwards, having had cotton tufts taken, having had them scattered likewise from the head downwards, having brought them to great suffering, having had them laid down in the bellies of mats, having wrapped them, wishing to inform the king, having had the four jewels taken together with them, having gone to the king's presence, having paid homage to the king, having sat down to one side - having said "Sire, please accept a great present called white monkeys," she had four mats placed at the king's feet. Then the king, having had them unwrapped, saw all four persons resembling white monkeys. Then all the people, having said "Oh, never seen before! Oh, great white monkeys!" laughed a great laugh. All four of them were greatly ashamed.

Then Amarādevī, speaking of her own husband's faultless state, said to the king - "Sire, the wise Mahosadha is not a thief; these four alone are thieves. Among them, Senaka is the gem-thief, Pukkusa the golden garland-thief, Kāminda the woollen blanket-thief, Devinda the golden slipper-thief. These thieves send these jewels in such and such a month, on such and such a day, through the hands of such and such daughters of such and such slave women. Look at this document, take back your own property, and, Sire, deal with the thieves." She, having brought those four persons to great humiliation, having paid homage to the king, went to her own home. The king, because of the Bodhisatta's having fled, through suspicion of him, and because of the absence of other wise counsellors, without saying anything to them, sent word "Wise ones, having bathed, go to your own homes." The four persons, having undergone great humiliation, having paid homage to the king, went to their own homes.

The thief of all jewels is concluded.

The firefly question.

Then the deity dwelling in his parasol, not hearing the Bodhisatta's teaching of the Teaching, reflecting "What indeed is the reason?" having known that reason, having thought "I shall create a cause for bringing the wise one back," in the night-time, having opened the knob of the parasol, asked the king four questions beginning with "He strikes with hands and feet" as found among the questions asked by a deity in the Book of Fours. The king, not knowing, having requested one day's leave saying "I do not know; I shall ask the other wise men," on the following day sent a message to the four wise men saying "Let them come." When they said "We are shaven-headed and are ashamed to go down into the street," the king sent four tube-shaped headbands saying "Let them put these on their heads and come." At that time, it is said, those tube-shaped headbands originated. They, having come, sat down on the prepared seats. Then the king, having said "Senaka, today in the night-time the deity dwelling in the parasol asked me four questions; but I, not knowing, said 'I shall ask the wise men'; tell me those questions," spoke this verse -

"He strikes with hands and feet, and wipes the mouth;

He indeed, O king, is dear; what do you see by that?"

Senaka, not knowing, having rambled on about "What does he strike? How does he strike?" saw neither end nor limit. The rest too were bewildered. Then the king, having become remorseful, when asked again in the night-time by the deity "Is the question known to you?" said "Four wise men were asked by me; they too did not know." The deity said "What will they know? Setting aside the wise Mahosadha, there is no one else whatsoever able to answer these questions. If, having summoned him, you do not have these questions answered, I shall split your head with this blazing iron hammer." Having threatened the king, having said "Great king, when fire is needed, it is not fitting to blow on a firefly; when milk is needed, it is not fitting to milk a horn," she recited this firefly question in the Book of Fives -

"Who now, when a lamp exists, wandering in search of fire;

Saw a firefly at night, and thought it to be fire.

"He had cow-dung powder and grass for churning;

With wrong perception, he was not able to kindle a fire.

"Thus too, by wrong means, the fool does not obtain his purpose;

Milking a cow from the horn, where one does not find milk.

"By various means, young men attain their purpose;

By refutation of enemies, and by support of friends.

"By obtaining the fruit of the army commanders, and by the method of favourites;

The protectors of the world, the kings, dwell on the earth, the ground.

Therein, "when a lamp exists" means when fire exists. "Wandering" means while walking. "He saw" means he perceived; and having seen, due to the similarity of colour, he thought the firefly "This must be fire." "For him" means on top of that firefly of his, fine cow-dung powder and grass. "Churning" means rubbing with his hands, scattering, establishing himself on the ground on his knees, blowing with his mouth, thinking "I shall kindle it," even though striving with wrong perception, he was not able to kindle it. "A deer" means a blind fool resembling a deer, thus seeking the goal by wrong means, does not obtain it. "Where" means in whatever horn there is simply no milk, milking a cow from that, as it were, he does not find the goal. "By obtaining the fruit of freedom through the army" means by obtaining the army commanders, the ministers. "Of favourites" means and by the method of dear, agreeable, trustworthy ministers. "The earth" means the kings, the protectors of the world, dwell on the earth which has obtained the name "vasundharā" because of bearing wealth, that is to say, treasures.

They are not like you; even when fire exists, they blow on a firefly. Great king, but you, like one blowing on a firefly when fire exists, like one weighing by hand having abandoned the scales, and like one milking from the horn when the need for milk has arisen, you ask Senaka and the others; what do they know? These are like fireflies. Mahosadha, like a mass of fire, blazes with wisdom; having had him summoned, ask him. Having threatened the king, saying "For one not knowing these questions, there is no life," she disappeared.

The firefly question is concluded.

The Bhūri question.

Then the king, frightened by the fear of death, on the following day, having had four ministers summoned, commanded "Dear ones, you four, standing in four chariots, having departed through the four city gates, wherever you see my son, the wise Mahosadha, having shown him honour right there, bring him quickly." Those four too departed, each through a separate gate. Among them, three persons did not see the wise one. But the one who departed through the southern gate saw the Great Being in the village of Dakkhiṇayavamajjhaka, having brought clay, having turned his teacher's wheel, with a clay-smeared body, seated on a straw mat, eating barley food with little curry, making it into fistful after fistful. But why did he do this work? The king, it seems, suspected "Without doubt the wise one will seize the kingdom." Having thought "He, having heard 'He lives by the potter's craft,' will be free from suspicion," he did thus. He, having seen the minister, having known the fact of his having come to his presence, having thought "Today my fame will become normal again; I shall eat only the food of various excellent flavours prepared by Amarādevī," having thrown away the lump of barley food he had taken, having risen, having rinsed his mouth, sat down. At that moment, that minister approached him. But he was a partisan of Senaka; therefore, pressing him, having said "Wise one, the word of teacher Senaka is leading to liberation; when your fame has declined, such wisdom was not able to be a support; now, smeared with clay, seated on a straw mat, you eat such food," he spoke the first verse in the Bhūripañha of the Book of Tens -

"Is it true, you of extensive wisdom, that with such glory, steadfastness and wisdom;

You do not protect what is brought under the power of non-existence, you who eat barley with little curry?"

Therein, "is it true" means what teacher Senaka said, that indeed is true. "Glory" means supremacy. "Steadfastness" means uninterrupted energy. "Does not protect what is brought under the power of non-existence" means what is brought under the power of non-existence, of decline, it does not protect, does not guard; it is not able to be a support. "Barley" means barley food.

Then the Great Being, having said to him "You blind fool, I, desirous of making that fame of mine normal again by the power of my own wisdom, am doing thus," spoke this pair of verses -

"Ripening happiness through suffering, selecting from time to time, covered by desire;

Opening the doors of meaning, by that I am satisfied with barley rice.

"And having known the time for exertion, having developed the purpose through stratagems;

I shall display lion-like displays, by that supernormal power you will see me again."

Therein, "with suffering" means ripening and increasing one's own former happiness by the restoration to its original state through this bodily and mental suffering. "From time to time" means this is the time for acting concealed, this is the time for acting unconcealed - thus, discriminating between the proper time and the improper time, having known that when the king is angry one should act in a concealed manner, by desire, by one's own preference, being covered, concealed, living by the potter's craft, I dwell opening the doors reckoned as the means of one's own purpose; for that reason I am satisfied with barley rice - this is the meaning. "For exertion" means for the making of energy. "Having developed the purpose through stratagems" means having increased my fame by the power of my own knowledge, I shall display like a lion rousing himself on a slab of red arsenic; by that supernormal power you will see me again.

Then the minister said to him - "Wise one, a deity dwelling in the umbrella asked the king a question. The king asked the four wise ones. Among them not even one was able to answer that question; therefore the king sent me to your presence." "This being so, why do you not see the power of wisdom? For at such a time, sovereignty is not a support; only one accomplished in wisdom is a support" - thus the Great Being praised the power of wisdom. The minister placed in the Great Being's hands the thousand coins given by the king saying "Having shown honour to the wise one at the very place where he is seen, bring him." The potter became afraid, thinking "The wise Mahosadha, it is said, was made to do weaver's work by me." Then the Great Being, having consoled him saying "Do not fear, teacher, you have been of great help to us," having given a thousand, having sat in the chariot with his body still smeared with clay, entered the city. The minister, having informed the king, when it was said "Dear son, where was the wise one seen?" said "Sire, he lives doing the potter's craft in the village of Dakkhiṇayavamajjhaka; having heard that you summon him, without even bathing, he has come with his body still smeared with clay." The king, having thought "If he were my enemy, he would conduct himself by the method of sovereignty; this one is not my enemy," said "Tell my son 'Having gone to your own house, having bathed, having adorned yourself, come by the procedure given by me.'" Having heard that, the wise one, having done so, having come, when told "Let him enter," having entered, having paid homage to the king, stood to one side. The king, having exchanged friendly welcome, investigating the wise one, spoke this verse -

"Some who are happy do not do evil, others again through fear of association with blame;

Being able, thinking of great benefit, why do you not cause me suffering?"

Therein, "happy" means: wise one, some, thinking "We are happy, accomplished in sovereignty, enough for us with this much," do not do evil for the further reason of sovereignty; some, thinking "For those offending against such a master who is a giver of fame, there will be disrepute," do not do evil through fear of association with blame. One is not capable, one is of dull wisdom; but you are both capable and one who thinks of great benefit, and if wishing, you could even exercise kingship over the whole Indian subcontinent. Why do you not seize my kingdom and cause me suffering?

Then the Bodhisatta said to him -

"The wise do not practise evil actions for the sake of their own happiness;

Touched by suffering, even when stumbling, they do not give up the Teaching through desire or hate."

Therein, "even when stumbling" means even having stumbled from success and being of the nature of standing in misfortune. "Do not give up the Teaching" means they do not give up either the traditional teaching or the teaching of good conduct.

Again the king, for the purpose of investigating him, speaking about the special knowledge of the warriors, spoke this verse -

"By whatever reason, whether soft or harsh;

One should lift up one's wretched self, afterwards one should practise the Teaching."

Therein, "wretched" means having lifted up one's destitute self, one should establish it in success.

Then the Great Being, showing him the simile of the tree, spoke this verse -

"In the shade of whatever tree one might sit or lie down,

One should not break a branch of that tree, for a betrayer of friends is evil."

And having said thus - "Great king, if even one who breaks a branch of a tree one has used is a betrayer of friends, when by you my father was established in lofty sovereignty, and I was helped with great help, offending against you, how indeed would I not be a betrayer of friends?" - having thus in every way spoken of his own state of not being a betrayer of friends, and urging the king regarding the conduct of his mind, he spoke this verse -

"From whom a person would learn the Teaching, and the peaceful ones who remove his uncertainty;

He is indeed his refuge and ultimate goal, a wise one should not let friendliness towards him decay."

Its meaning is - Great king, from whatever teacher a person would learn even a trifle of the Teaching, the reason, and the peaceful ones who remove his arisen uncertainty, that one is indeed his refuge and ultimate goal in the meaning of being a support; with such a teacher a wise one should not let the state of friendship decay or be destroyed.

Now, exhorting him, he spoke this pair of verses -

"A lazy householder enjoying sensual pleasures is not good, an unrestrained one gone forth is not good;

A king not acting considerately is not good, whoever is a wise one prone to wrath, that is not good.

"A warrior should act considerately, a lord of the land not inconsiderately;

For a king who acts considerately, fame and renown increase."

Therein, "not good" means not excellent. "Not acting considerately" means one who, having heard something, without reflecting upon it, without making it evident to oneself, acts. "Fame and renown" means the retinue of sovereignty and the reputation of virtues certainly increase.

The Bhūri question is concluded.

The deity question.

When this was said, the king, having caused the Great Being to sit on the royal divan beneath the raised white parasol, himself having sat down on a low seat, said - "O wise one, a deity dwelling in the white parasol asked me four questions; those I do not know. The four wise ones too did not know them; tell me, dear, those questions." Great king, whether it be a deity dwelling in the parasol, or whether they be the Cātumahārājika gods and so on, whatever question asked by anyone, I am able to answer. Speak, great king, the question asked by the deity. Then the king, speaking in the very manner in which it was asked by the deity, spoke the first verse -

"He strikes with hands and feet, and wipes the mouth;

He indeed, O king, is dear; what do you see by that?"

Therein, "strikes" means hits. "Wipes" means hits indeed. "He indeed" means he, doing thus, is dear. "What do you see by that" means by that reason of striking, which person as dear do you, O king, see?

Upon hearing that talk of the Great Being, the meaning became obvious like a full moon in the sky. Then the Great Being said "Listen, great king, when indeed a young boy lying in his mother's lap, full of mirth, playing, strikes his mother with hands and feet, pulls her hair, strikes her face with his fist, then his mother, having said such things as 'You little thief, how dare you strike us thus' and so on, merely by the force of love and affection, being unable to hold back her love, having embraced him, having laid him down between her breasts, covers his face with kisses. Thus he is more dear to her at such a time, and likewise to his father too" - thus, as if raising up the sun in the midst of the sky, having made it manifest, he answered the question. Having heard that, the deity, having opened the knob of the parasol, having come out, having shown half her body, having given applause with a sweet voice saying "Well answered is the question by the wise one," having filled a jewelled casket, having venerated the Bodhisatta with divine flowers, scents, and perfumes, she disappeared. The king too, having venerated the wise one with flowers and so on, having requested the other question, when it was said "Speak, great king," spoke the second verse -

"He reviles as he wishes, and desires his coming;

He indeed, O king, is dear; what do you see by that?"

Then the Great Being said to him - "Great king, a mother, having said such things as 'Dear son, go to the field, go to the market place' and so on to a seven or eight year old son capable of carrying out an errand, when he says 'Mother, if you will give me such and such solid food and soft food, I shall go,' having said 'Very well, son, take it,' she gives. That boy, having eaten that, having gone outside, having played with the boys, does not go on his mother's errand. When his mother says 'Dear son, go now,' he says to his mother 'Mother, you sit in the cool shade of the house; why then should I do your outside errand work? I am deceiving you,' and having made hand gestures and facial gestures, he goes. She, having seen him going, having become angry, having taken a stick, threatening 'You have eaten my property and do not wish to do the work in the field,' having pursued the one running away with speed, being unable to catch up, having said such things as 'May thieves cut you to pieces' and so on, she reviles and abuses as she wishes. But whatever she says with her mouth, she does not wish even a trifle of that in her heart, and she desires his coming; he, having played for the daytime, in the evening, not daring to enter the house, goes to the presence of his relatives. His mother too, looking along the road of his arrival, having seen him not coming, thinking 'He does not dare to enter, I suppose,' having filled her heart with sorrow, with eyes full of tears, searching at the relatives' house, having seen her son, having embraced him, having kissed him on the head, having firmly grasped him with both hands, saying 'Dear beloved little son, you have placed my word in your heart,' she produced even greater love. Thus, great king, at the time when the mother is angry, the son is indeed more dear" - thus he answered the second question. The deity venerated in the same way.

The king too, having venerated, having requested the third question, when it was said "Speak, great king," spoke the third verse -

"He slanders with what is untrue, he would accuse with falsehood;

He indeed, O king, is dear; what do you see by that?"

Then the Great Being said to him "O king, when both husband and wife, having gone to a private place, playing the sport of worldly delight, thus accuse each other with what is untrue, saying 'Dear lady, you have no love for me, your heart has gone outside,' they remind and accuse with falsehood, then they hold each other even more dear. Thus you should know the meaning of this question," he said. The deity venerated in the same way.

The king too, having venerated, having requested the other question, when it was said "Speak, great king," spoke the fourth verse -

"Carrying food and drink, cloth and lodgings;

Being peaceful ones who carry away for other purposes, they indeed are dear to the king;

Whom do you see by that?"

Then the Great Being said to him "Great king, this question is spoken with reference to righteous ascetics and brahmins. For faithful families, having believed in this world and the world beyond, give and are desirous of giving; those, having seen such ascetics and brahmins even requesting, even carrying away what is received, even consuming, thinking 'They request from us alone, they consume our own food, drink, and so on,' they show even greater love towards them. Thus indeed, great king, being ones who carry away for other purposes, absolutely requesting and carrying away what is received, being such, they are dear," he said. But when this question was answered, the deity, having venerated in the same way, having given applause, having filled a jewelled casket with the seven kinds of precious things, threw it at the feet of the Great Being saying "Take it, O great wise one." The king too, making even greater veneration for him, having become exceedingly confident, gave him the position of general. From then on the Great Being's fame was great.

The deity question is concluded.

The five wise men question.

Again those four wise ones consulted: "Hey, the householder's son has now become greater; what shall we do?" Then Senaka said to them - "Let it be, I have seen a stratagem. We shall approach the householder's son and ask 'To whom is it proper to tell a secret?' He will say 'It should not be told to anyone.' Then we shall cause a rift between them, saying 'The householder's son has become your enemy, Sire.'" All four wise ones, having gone to his house, having exchanged friendly welcome, having said "Wise one, we wish to ask a question," when it was said "Ask," Senaka asked "Wise one, wherein should a man be established?" "He should be established in truth." "Having been established in truth, what should be produced?" "Wealth should be produced." "Having produced wealth, what should be done?" "Counsel should be taken." "Having taken counsel, what should be done?" "One's own secret should not be told to another." They, having said "Good, wise one," having become satisfied in mind, thinking "Now we shall see the back of the householder's son," having gone to the king's presence, said "Great king, the householder's son has become your enemy." "I do not believe your words; he will not become my enemy." "It is true, great king, believe it; but if you do not believe, then ask him himself 'Wise one, to whom should one's own secret be told?' If he will not be an enemy, he will say 'It should be told to so-and-so by name.' If he will be an enemy, he will say 'It should not be told to anyone; it should be told when one's wish is fulfilled.' Then, having believed our words, you should become free from doubt." He, having accepted saying "Very well," one day when all had come together and were seated, spoke the first verse in the question of the five wise ones in the Twentieth Nipāta -

"Five wise ones have assembled here, a question occurs to me, listen to that;

Whether a blameworthy matter or a praiseworthy one, to whom would one reveal a secret matter?"

When this was said, Senaka, having thought "I shall put even the king within our fold," spoke this verse -

"You make it known, O protector of the earth, you are the husband, the burden-bearer, you speak that;

Having considered your desires and preferences, then the five wise ones will speak, O lord of men."

Therein, "husband" means you are our master and the bearer of the burden that has arisen; first, you yourself speak this. "Your desires and preferences" means afterwards, having considered your desire and the reasons for your liking, these five wise ones will speak.

Then the king, because of being subject to his own defilements, spoke this verse -

"She who is virtuous, not to be stolen by another, obedient to her husband's desire and will, dear and agreeable;

Whether a blameworthy matter or a praiseworthy one, to a wife one would reveal a secret matter."

Therein, "not to be stolen by another" means not to be stolen by another through the power of defilements.

Thereupon Senaka, being pleased thinking "Now we have placed the king within our fold," explaining the very reason done by himself, spoke this verse -

"Whoever becomes a refuge, a destination and an ultimate goal for one who has fallen into distress, for one who is afflicted;

Whether a blameworthy matter or a praiseworthy one, would reveal to a friend alone a secret matter."

Then the king asked Pukkusa "How, Pukkusa, do you see it? Whether blameworthy or praiseworthy, to whom should a secret be told?" He, speaking, spoke this verse -

"Whether the eldest, the middle, or the youngest, whoever is concentrated in morality, of established self;

Whether a blameworthy matter or a praiseworthy one, would reveal to a brother a secret matter."

Therein, "of established self" means of stable intrinsic nature, one who has ceased associating with defilements.

Then the king asked Kāminda "How, Kāminda, do you see it? To whom should a secret be told?" He, speaking, spoke this verse -

"He who indeed is a follower of his father's heart, born after his father, of superior wisdom;

Whether a blameworthy matter or a praiseworthy one, would reveal to his son a secret matter."

Therein, "follower" means a servant, one who performs his father's errands, who comes under the control of his father's mind, who is patient of exhortation - this is the meaning. "Born after" means there are three sons: one who surpasses, one who follows, and one who is lowborn. One who produces unarisen fame is one who surpasses; a burden to the family is one who is lowborn; but a guardian of the family tradition is one who follows. With reference to that he said thus.

Then the king asked Devinda - "How, Devinda, do you see it? To whom should a secret be told?" He, speaking of the very reason done by himself, spoke this verse -

"A mother, O best lord of the two-footed people, who nourishes him with desire and love;

Whether a blameworthy matter or a praiseworthy one, would reveal to his mother a secret matter."

Therein, "O best lord of the two-footed people" means O foremost of the two-footed, O lord of men. "With desire and love" means with desire and with affection.

Having thus asked them, the king asked the wise one "How do you see it, wise one? To whom should a secret be told?" "Great king, as long as one's wish is not accomplished, so long a wise person should endure and should not tell anyone" - thus he spoke this verse -

"For a secret, secrecy alone is good, for a secret, disclosure is not praised;

While unaccomplished, the wise one should endure, only when accomplished should he speak as he pleases."

Therein, "while unaccomplished" means great king, as long as one's wish is not accomplished, so long a wise person should endure and should not tell anyone.

But when the wise one had spoken thus, the king was displeased. Senaka looked at the king, and the king too looked at Senaka's face. The Bodhisatta, having seen their conduct, knew "These four persons have already turned the king against me beforehand; the question must have been asked by way of testing." But while they were still speaking, the sun set and the lamps were lit. The wise one, thinking "Royal affairs are indeed weighty; it is not clear what will happen; it is fitting to depart quickly," having risen from his seat, having paid homage to the king, having departed, thought "Among these, one said 'It is fitting to tell a friend,' one said 'a brother,' one 'a son,' one said 'It is fitting to tell one's mother.' This must have been done by them; I think they have spoken of what they have seen. Let it be; this very day I shall find out." Now those four, on other days, having departed from the royal palace, would sit on the back of a food-bench at the door of the king's dwelling, and having discussed their duties and tasks, would go to their homes. Therefore the wise one, having thought "I could find out the secrets of these four by lying down beneath the bench," having had that bench lifted up, having had a covering spread, having entered beneath the bench, gave a signal to his men "When the four wise ones have finished consulting and gone, come and take me away." They, having accepted saying "Good," departed. Senaka too said to the king - "Great king, you do not believe our word; now what will you do?" He, having accepted his word, without even considering, being frightened and trembling, asked "Now what shall we do, Senaka, wise one?" "Great king, without delay, without letting anyone know, it is fitting to kill the householder's son." The king said "Senaka, apart from you there is no other who wishes my welfare; you, having taken your own trusted friends, having stood in the doorway, cut off the head with a sword of the householder's son as he comes right early for attendance" - and gave his own sword-jewel. They, having said "Very well, Sire, do not fear; we shall kill him," having departed, having sat on the back of the food-bench thinking "The back of our adversary has been seen." Then Senaka said "Hey, who will kill the householder's son?" The others said "You yourselves, teacher, kill him" - and placed the burden upon him alone.

Then Senaka asked them "You say 'A secret should be told to such and such a person'; was this done by you, or was it seen or heard?" "This was done by us, teacher." You say "A secret should be told to a friend"; was this done by you, or was it seen or heard? "This was done by me." "Tell us, teacher." "If this secret were known by the king, there is no life for me." "Do not fear, teacher; here there is no one to break your secret; tell us." He tapped the bench with his fingernail and said "Is the householder's son underneath this?" "Teacher, the householder's son, by his own sovereignty, would not enter such a place; now he will be intoxicated by his fame; you tell us." Senaka, for his part, telling his own secret, said - "Do you know a certain prostitute by name in this city?" "Yes, teacher." "Is she seen now?" "She is not seen, teacher." "I, having done a man's deed with her in the Sāla grove park, out of greed for her ornaments, having killed her, having made a bundle with her very own cloth, having brought it, hung it on an ivory peg in a certain room on a certain floor in our house. I do not dare to use them; I look at their old state. Having done such a criminal deed, it was told by me to one friend; it was never previously told by him to anyone. For this reason, 'A secret should be told to a friend' was said by me." The wise one, having thoroughly determined and considered his secret, took note of it.

Pukkusa too, telling his own secret, said - "There is leprosy on my thigh; my younger brother, right early, without letting anyone know, having washed it, having anointed it with medicine, having placed a rag on top, binds it. The king, being of tender heart towards me, having summoned me saying 'Come, Pukkusa,' for the most part lies down on my very thigh. But if the king were to know this, he would kill me. Apart from that younger brother of mine, there is no one else who knows. For that reason, 'A secret should be told to a brother' was said by me." Kāminda too, telling his own secret, said - "On the Observance day of the dark fortnight, a demon named Naradeva seizes me; I cry aloud like a mad dog. I told that matter to my son. He, having known my state of being seized by the demon, having laid me down in an inner room of the house, having shut the door, having gone out, arranged a festive performance at the door for the purpose of concealing my sound. For this reason, 'A secret should be told to a son' was said by me." Then the three also asked Devinda. He, telling his own secret, said - "While I was doing the work of polishing gems, the auspicious jewel treasure belonging to the king, given by Sakka to King Kusa, the jewel for invoking fortune, having been stolen by me, was given to my mother. She, without letting anyone know, at the time of my entering the royal palace, gives it to me; I, having invoked fortune with that jewel, go to the king's dwelling. The king, without speaking together with you, speaks together with me first. Daily he gives eight, sixteen, thirty-two, or sixty-four coins for my expenses. If the king were to know the concealed state of that jewel treasure, there is no life for me. For this reason, 'A secret should be told to one's mother' was said by me."

The Great Being made the secrets of all of them evident to himself. But they, as if splitting open their own bellies and bringing the intestines outside, having told their secrets to one another, saying "You, being diligent, come right early; we shall kill the householder's son," having risen, departed. At the time when they had gone, the wise one's men, having come, having lifted up the bench, having taken the Great Being, departed. He, having gone home, having bathed, having adorned himself, having eaten excellent food, having known "Today my sister Udumbaradevī will send a message from the royal palace," stationed a trustworthy man at the door saying "Having quickly ushered in anyone who has come from the royal palace, you should show them to me." And having said thus, he lay down on the back of the bed. At that moment the king too, while lying down on the back of the bed, having remembered the virtues of the wise one, thought "The wise Mahosadha, from the time of being seven years old, attending upon me, has not done any harm to me; even regarding the questions asked by the deity, had the wise one not been present, my life would not have been obtained. Having taken the words of hostile enemies, by giving the sword saying 'Kill the incomparable wise one,' an inappropriate thing was done by me; tomorrow now I shall not be able to see him" - he gave rise to sorrow. Sweat was released from his body. He, given over to sorrow, did not find mental delight. Udumbaradevī too, having gone to the same bed together with him, having seen that demeanour, thinking "Is there perhaps some offence of mine, or has some cause of sorrow arisen for the king? Let me ask him," spoke this verse -

"Why are you displeased, O foremost king, O lord of two-footed people, let me hear this word;

Thinking of what are you unhappy, surely, O king, there is an offence of mine."

Then the king, explaining, spoke a verse -

"Mahosadha is to be executed for the questions, the one of extensive wisdom has been commanded by me for murder;

Thinking of that I am unhappy, for indeed, O queen, there is no offence of yours."

Therein, "being commanded" means: dear lady, the four wise ones said "Mahosadha is my enemy." Without having investigated the truth by me, the one of extensive wisdom was commanded for murder, saying "Kill him." Thinking of that reason, I am unhappy.

Upon merely hearing his words, sorrow the size of a mountain arose in her out of affection for the Great Being. Then she thought "Having consoled the king by some means, at the time when the king falls into sleep, I shall send a message to my younger brother." Then she consoled the king saying "Great king, this was done by you yourself, by establishing the householder's son in great sovereignty; he was placed by you in the position of general; now, it is said, he has become your very own enemy; but there is no such thing as a small enemy; he should indeed be killed; do not worry." He, with sorrow diminished, fell into sleep. The queen, having risen, having entered the inner room, having written a letter saying "Dear Mahosadha, the four wise ones have turned the king against you; the king, being angry, has commanded your murder tomorrow in the doorway; tomorrow do not come to the royal palace; but if coming, having brought the city into your possession, having become capable, you should come" - having placed it inside a sweet-meat, having wrapped the sweet-meat with thread, having put it in a new vessel, having covered and sealed it, she gave it to a maidservant who attended to her needs, saying "Having taken this sweet-meat, give it to my younger brother." She did so. One should not think "How did she go out at night?" The king had already previously granted a boon to the queen; therefore no one prevented her. The Bodhisatta, having taken the present, dismissed her. She, having come back again, reported the fact of its having been given. At that moment the queen, having come, lay down together with the king. The Great Being too, having broken open the sweet-meat, having read the letter, having known that matter, having considered the duty to be done, lay down on the bed.

The other four persons too, right early, having taken the sword, having stood in the doorway, not seeing the wise one, having become unhappy, having gone to the king's presence, when it was said "Well, wise ones, has the householder's son been killed by you?" they said "We do not see him, Sire." The Great Being too, at the very break of dawn, having brought the city into his own possession, having set up protection here and there, surrounded by the public, having mounted a chariot, went to the king's gate with a great retinue. The king, having opened the lattice window, stood looking outside. Then the Great Being, having descended from the chariot, having paid homage to the king, stood there. The king, having seen him, thought "If this one were my enemy, he would not pay homage to me." Then, having had him summoned, the king sat down on a seat. The Great Being too sat down to one side. The four wise ones too sat down right there. Then the king, as if not knowing anything, having said "Dear son, you went yesterday and come now; are you abandoning me?" spoke this verse -

"Having gone last evening, now you come, having heard what, about what is your mind uncertain?

Who said what to you, O one of extensive wisdom, come, let us hear the word, tell me this."

Therein, "having gone last evening" means having gone yesterday in the first watch, now having come. "About what is uncertain" means about what does he suspect. "Who said what" means did someone say to him "Do not go to the king's presence."

Then the Great Being, accusing him "Great king, having taken the word of the four wise ones, my murder has been commanded by you; therefore I did not come," spoke this verse -

"Mahosadha is to be executed for the questions, if that is your counsel, O lord of men, a fault;

Gone to a private place with his wife, he told her, this secret of mine heard has been made manifest."

Therein, "if you" means because by you. "Counselled" means spoken. "Fault" means last evening; the meaning is the night-time. To whom was it spoken? To the wife. For you yesterday, having gone to a private place with her, told her this matter. "The secret made manifest" means such a secret of one's own made manifest to her. "Heard by me this" means but this was heard by me at that very moment.

The king, having heard that, thinking "By her a message must have been sent at that very moment," angry, looked at the queen. Having known that, the Great Being said "Why, Sire, are you angry with the queen? I know everything past, future, and present. Sire, let your secret have been told to the queen; but the secret of the teacher Senaka and Pukkusa and the others, by whom was it told to me? I know the secret of even these indeed" - and speaking first of Senaka's secret, he spoke this verse -

"That which Senaka did in the sal grove, an evil deed, an improper act;

Gone to a private place with a friend, he told him, this secret of mine heard has been made manifest."

Therein, "unseemly" means he committed an unwholesome action of an ignoble kind, inferior. For in this very city, having done a man's deed with a certain prostitute in the Sal grove park, having killed her, having taken her ornaments, having made a bundle with her very own cloth, having hung it on an ivory peg at a certain place in his own house, he placed it there. "To a friend" means then, great king, having gone to a private place with a certain companion, he told him; that too was heard by me. I am not Your Majesty's enemy; it is Senaka himself. If you have business with an enemy, have Senaka seized.

The king, having looked at Senaka, having asked "Is it true, Senaka?" when it was said "True, Sire," commanded his entry into prison. The wise one, telling Pukkusa's secret, spoke this verse -

"In your man Pukkusa, O lord of men, a disease has arisen, not befitting a king;

And gone to a private place with his brother, he told him; this secret of mine heard has been made manifest."

Therein, "not befitting a king" means great king, leprosy has arisen in this one; he is not fit to reach the king; touching him is not befitting. And you, thinking "Pukkusa's thigh is soft," mostly lie upon his thigh. But this one is in contact with the wound-binding rag, Sire.

The king, having looked at him too, having asked "Is it true, Pukkusa?" when it was said "True, Sire," had him too entered into prison. The wise one, telling Kāminda's secret too, spoke this verse -

"This illness is unseemly; Kāminda is afflicted by a demon king;

Gone to a private place with his son, he told him; this secret of mine heard has been made manifest."

Therein, "unseemly" means the illness by which he is afflicted, by which he howls like a mad dog, that demon-king affliction is of an ignoble kind, inferior, not fit to enter the royal palace, great king - thus he says.

The king, having looked at him too, having asked "Is it true, Kāminda?" when it was said "True, Sire," had him too entered into prison. The wise one, telling Devinda's secret too, spoke this verse -

"The lofty jewel gem with eight bends, Sakka gave to your grandfather;

That has today come into the hand of Devinda, and gone to a private place with his mother, he told her;

This secret of mine heard has been made manifest."

Therein, "grandfather" means your grandfather, King Kusa. "That today into the hand" means that jewel gem deemed auspicious has today come into the possession of Devinda, great king.

The king, having looked at him too, having asked "Is it true, Devinda?" when it was said "True, Sire," had him too entered into prison. Thus, having thought "We shall slay the Bodhisatta," all of them entered prison. The Bodhisatta, having said "Great king, for this reason I say 'One's own secret should not be told to another'; but those who told have reached great destruction," teaching the Teaching further, spoke these verses -

"For a secret, secrecy alone is good; for a secret, disclosure is not praised;

While unaccomplished, the wise one should endure, only when accomplished should he speak as he pleases.

"One should not reveal a secret matter, one should guard it like a treasure;

For a secret matter made manifest is not good for one who understands.

"A wise person should not share secrets with a woman, nor with an enemy;

Whoever is won over by material gains, and whoever is a man who is a thief of the heart.

"Whatever man enlightens one who has not understood a secret matter;

Out of fear of betrayal of counsel, he endures as one who has become a slave.

"As many as know a man's secret, the counsellor's hidden matter;

So many are his fears, therefore one should not divulge a secret.

"One should speak in secret during the day in private, at night one should not utter a word excessively;

For eavesdroppers hear the counsel, therefore the counsel quickly comes to ruin."

Therein, "and with an enemy" means one should not tell it to a woman and to an adversary. "Won over" means whoever is won over, cajoled, brought under influence by whatever material gains, to him too one should not share secrets. "A thief of the heart" means whoever is an enemy disguised as a friend, who says one thing with his mouth and thinks another in his heart, to him too one should not share secrets. "Not understood" means unknown by others. "Asambodha" is also a reading; the meaning is not proper to make others understand. "Endures" means he endures his reviling, his censure, and his blows, having become like a slave. "Of the counsellor" means what has been counselled; or the meaning is as many as know among the counsellors. "So many" means dependent on those who know the secret, that many fears and terrors arise for him. "Should not divulge" means should not give up, should not let another know. "In private" means if one wishes to discuss a secret during the day, having made a secluded place, one should discuss it in a well-concealed location. "Not excessively" means however, when speaking a secret at night, one should not utter a word excessively, making a great noise that transgresses the limit. "For eavesdroppers" means those who listen, having approached the place of discussion and having stood behind walls and so on. "Therefore" means, great king, for that reason that counsel quickly comes to ruin.

The king, having heard the words of the Great Being, having become angry thinking "These themselves, having become enemies of the king, are making the wise one my enemy," commanded "Go, having led them out from the city, either impale them on stakes or cut off their heads." As they were being led away with their hands bound behind their backs, having been given a thousand blows with whips at each and every crossroad, the wise one asked the king's forgiveness saying "Sire, these are your former ministers; forgive their offence." The king, having heard his word, having summoned them saying "Very well," made them his very slaves and gave them to him. He however made them freemen right there. The king commanded the act of banishment saying "Then let them not dwell in my realm." The wise one, having asked forgiveness saying "Forgive, Sire, the faults of these blind fools," restored their positions again to their original state. The king, thinking "If he has such friendliness even towards adversaries, how would it not be towards other people?" became exceedingly devoted to the wise one. From then on the four wise men, like snakes with their fangs drawn, having become poisonless, were unable to say anything.

The five wise men question is concluded.

And the discourse on division is completed.

The chapter on defeat in battle.

From then on, the wise one alone instructs the king in what is beneficial and what is right. He thought: "The king has only the white parasol; but I myself administer the kingdom. It is fitting for me to be diligent." He had built in the city a great rampart, and likewise a secondary rampart, gate-towers, intermediate towers, a water moat, a mud moat, and a dry moat - three moats he had built. Within the city he had dilapidated houses restored. Having had great ponds built, he had water stored in them. He had all the granaries in the city filled with grain. He had hermits who frequented families bring kudrūsaka and white water lily seeds from the Himalayan region. Having had the water drains cleaned, he had them planted there. Outside the city too he had the work of restoring dilapidated halls carried out. Why? For the purpose of warding off future dangers. He also asked merchants who had come from here and there "My dears, where have you come from?" and when it was said "From such and such a place," he asked "What is dear to your king?" and when it was said "Such and such by name," having had them honoured and having dismissed them, having summoned his own one hundred warriors, he said "My dears, having taken the presents given by me, having gone to the one hundred royal capitals, having given these presents to those kings out of your own desire for their affection, while attending upon those very ones, having known their actions or their counsels, sending me messages, dwell right there; I shall support your children and wives." Having engraved letters on some earrings, on some slippers, on some swords, on some golden garlands, having determined "When I have need, let them be recognised," having given them into their hands, he sent them. They, having gone here and there, having given presents to those various kings, when it was said "For what purpose have you come?" having said "We have come to attend upon you yourselves," when asked "Where have you come from?" without mentioning the place from which they had come, having pointed out other places, when it was accepted "If so, very well," attending upon them, they became their confidants.

At that time, in the Kapila country, a king named Saṅkhabalaka had weapons prepared and gathered an army. The man placed near him sent a message to the wise one: "Master, we do not know the news here, what he will do; he is having weapons prepared and is gathering an army. Having sent distinguished men, know this news as it truly is." Then the Great Being, having addressed the young parrot, said "My dear, in the Kapila country a king named Saṅkhabalaka has had weapons prepared. You, having gone there, having known as it truly is what he is doing, having wandered throughout the whole of Jambudīpa, bring me the news." Having had him eat honey-parched corn, having given him honey-water to drink, having anointed the spaces between his wings with oils medicated a hundred times and a thousand times, having stood at the eastern lattice window, he released him. He too, having gone there, having known as it truly is the news of that king from that man, while surveying the whole of Jambudīpa, arrived at the city of Uttarapañcāla in the Kapila country. At that time, a king named Cūḷanī Brahmadatta exercised kingship there. A brahmin named Kevaṭṭa instructs him in what is beneficial and what is right - wise and experienced. He, having awoken towards the break of dawn, looking at the royal bedchamber adorned and prepared by the light of lamps, having seen his own great fame, having thought "This fame of mine, to whom does it belong?" having thought "It belongs to none other than Cūḷanī Brahmadatta. It is fitting to make such a fame-giving king the foremost king in the whole of Jambudīpa, and I shall become the chief priest," right early, having bathed, having eaten, having adorned himself, having gone to the king's presence, having asked about his comfortable sleep "Great king, did you sleep well?" when it was said "Yes, wise one," he said to the king "Sire, there is a matter to be discussed." "Speak, teacher." "Sire, within the city a secret place cannot be obtained; let us go to the park." "Very well, teacher." The king, having gone together with him to the park, having stationed the army outside, having had a guard set up, having entered the park together with the brahmin, sat down on the auspicious stone slab.

At that time, the young parrot too, having seen that action, thinking "There must be a reason for this; today I shall hear something fitting to be reported to the wise one," having entered the park, having hidden among the leaves of the auspicious sāla tree, sat down. The king said "Speak, teacher." "Great king, turn your ear this way; the counsel will be just between four ears. If, great king, you would do as I say, I shall make you the foremost king in the whole of Jambudīpa." He, through great greediness, having heard his word, having become filled with pleasure, said "Speak, teacher; I shall do your bidding." "Sire, having gathered our army, we shall first besiege and seize a small city. For I, having entered the city through a small gate, shall say to the king - 'Great king, you have no need for battle; simply become subject to our king. Your kingdom will remain yours alone; but if you fight, because of the greatness of our forces and vehicles, you will certainly be defeated.' If he will do my bidding, we shall treat him kindly. If not, having fought, having brought about the destruction of his life, having taken the two armies, we shall seize another city, then another - by this method, having taken the kingdom over the whole of Jambudīpa, having said 'Let us drink the victory drink,' having brought the one hundred kings to our city, having had a drinking pavilion built in the park, having made those seated there drink liquor mixed with poison, having brought about the destruction of the lives of all those kings too, the kingdom in the one hundred royal capitals will come into our hands. Thus you will become the foremost king in the whole of Jambudīpa." He too says "Very well, teacher, I shall do so." "Great king, this is a counsel between four ears; for this counsel cannot be known by another. Therefore, without making delay, depart quickly." The king, being pleased, accepted saying "Very well."

The young parrot, having heard that, at the conclusion of their counsel, as if lowering a pendulum on the branch, having dropped a lump of dung on Kevaṭṭa's head, when he opened his mouth saying "What is this?" and looked upward, having dropped another in his mouth too, crying aloud making the sound "kiri kirī," having flown up from the branch, having said "Kevaṭṭa, you think it is a four-eared counsel; now it has already become six-eared, and again having become eight-eared, it will become many-hundred-eared too," even while they were saying "Seize it, seize it!" having gone to Mithilā with the speed of the wind, he entered the dwelling of the wise one. Now this was his practice - if a message brought from somewhere was to be told to the wise one alone, then he descended on his shoulder; if it was fitting for Queen Amarā too to hear, he descended on her lap; if it was to be heard by the public, he descended on the ground. On that occasion he descended on the shoulder of the wise one. By that signal, the public withdrew, thinking "There must be a secret matter." The wise one, having taken him, having ascended to the upper floor of the mansion, asked "What have you seen or heard, dear son?" Then he said to him "I, Sire, wandering about the whole of Jambudīpa, do not see any secret in the presence of any other king; but in the city of Uttarapañcāla, the chaplain of Cūḷanī Brahmadatta, a brahmin named Kevaṭṭa, having led the king to the park, took a four-eared counsel. Then I, having sat down among the branches, having heard their counsel, at the conclusion of the counsel, having dropped a lump of dung on his head and in his mouth, I have come" - having said this, he related everything. When asked "Was it accepted by the king?" he said "He accepted, Sire."

Then the wise one, having shown him fitting honour, having made him lie down well on a soft bed-sheet in a golden cage, having thought "Kevaṭṭa does not know the wisdom of my Mahosadha, methinks; I shall now not let him reach the summit of his counsel," having had the destitute families removed from the city, he made them dwell outside; having brought prosperous and powerful families from the gate-villages of the country and provinces, he made them dwell inside the city, and had much wealth and grain produced. Cūḷanī Brahmadatta too, having taken Kevaṭṭa's word, surrounded by the divisions of the army, having gone, besieged one small city. Kevaṭṭa too, having entered there in the manner already stated, having convinced that king, made him his own subject. Having combined the two armies together, from there he besieges another city. By this method, in succession, he took all those cities. Thus Cūḷanī Brahmadatta, standing firm in Kevaṭṭa's exhortation, except for King Vedeha, made the remaining kings in the whole of Jambudīpa his own subjects. But the Bodhisatta's planted agents constantly sent the message "So many cities have been taken by Cūḷanī Brahmadatta; be heedful." He too sent back to them "I dwell here heedful; you too, without being anxious, having become heedful, dwell there."

Cūḷanī Brahmadatta, in seven years plus seven days and seven months, except for the Videha kingdom, having taken the kingdom over the rest of the whole of Jambudīpa, said to Kevaṭṭa - "Teacher, let us take the Videha kingdom in Mithilā." "Great king, we shall not be able to take the kingdom in the city where the wise Mahosadha dwells. For he is thus accomplished in knowledge, thus clever in means" - thus he, having elaborated, as if raising up the disc of the moon, spoke of the virtues of Mahosadha. For he himself too was clever in means; therefore, by means of a stratagem itself, he made the king perceive thus: "The city of Mithilā, Sire, is a trifle; the kingdom over the whole of Jambudīpa suffices for us; what use is that to us?" The remaining kings too say "We shall drink the victory drink only after having taken the Mithilā kingdom." Kevaṭṭa, having restrained them too, awakened them by a stratagem itself: "Having taken the Videha kingdom, what shall we do? That king too is our own subject; therefore turn back." They, having heard his word, turned back. The Great Being's planted agents sent the message "Brahmadatta, surrounded by one hundred kings, having turned back even while coming to Mithilā, has gone to his own city." He too sent back to them "Henceforth let them know his actions." Brahmadatta too, having consulted with Kevaṭṭa "What shall we do now?" when it was said "Let us drink the victory drink," commanded his servants "Having adorned the park, store liquor in hundreds of jars and thousands of jars, and bring various kinds of fish, meat and so on." The planted agents reported that news to the wise one. But they did not know "He wishes to kill the kings by mixing poison with the liquor." But the Great Being, because of having heard from the young parrot, having known it as true, sent a counter-message "Having ascertained as true the day of their liquor-drinking, send word to me." They did so.

The wise one, having thought "While one like me is still living, the death of so many kings is inappropriate; I shall be a support for them," having had the thousand warriors born at the same time summoned, said "My dears, Cūḷanī Brahmadatta, it is said, having had the park decorated, surrounded by one hundred kings, is desirous of drinking liquor. You, having gone there, when the seats for the kings have been prepared, before even sitting down on any of them, saying 'Give us a very precious seat next to Cūḷanī Brahmadatta for our king alone,' having taken it, when their men say 'Whose men are you?' you should say 'Of the Videha king.' They, together with you, saying 'We, seizing the kingdom for seven years plus seven months and seven days, have not seen the Videha king even for one day; what kind of king is he? Go, take a seat at the far end,' will make a dispute. Then you, having escalated the dispute saying 'Apart from Brahmadatta, there is no one here more superior than our king,' not obtaining even a seat for our king, roaring, shouting, making a great uproar, generating terror in them, saying 'We shall not now allow you to drink liquor or eat fish and meat,' having broken all the jars with great clods and sticks, having scattered the fish and meat, having made it unfit for use, having entered swiftly into the midst of the army, having raised a commotion like titans who have entered the city of the gods, having made known your arrival saying 'We are the men of the wise Mahosadha in the city of Mithilā; if you are able, seize us,' come back" - thus he sent them. They, having accepted his word saying "Good," having paid homage, having armed themselves with the five weapons, having departed, having gone there, having entered the park decorated like the Nandana grove, having seen the splendour and glory adorned and prepared, beginning with the one hundred royal divans beneath the raised white parasols, having done everything in the very manner stated by the Great Being, having thrown the public into commotion, they departed towards Mithilā. The king's men too reported that news to those kings. Cūḷanī Brahmadatta too was angry, thinking "An obstacle has been made to such a scheme of mine." The kings too were angry, saying "He did not allow us to drink the victory drink." The army too was angry, saying "We did not get to drink free liquor."

Cūḷanī Brahmadatta, having addressed those kings, having said "Come, friends, having gone to Mithilā, having cut off the head of the Videha king with a sword, having trampled him with our feet, seated, we shall drink the victory drink; prepare the army for the march," again, having gone to a private place, having told this matter to Kevaṭṭa too, said "We shall seize the enemy who has caused an obstacle to such a plan of ours; surrounded by the army numbering eighteen akkhobhaṇīs of one hundred kings, let us go; come, teacher." The brahmin, by his own wisdom, thought "It is not possible to defeat the wise Mahosadha; it will only be a cause of shame for us; shall I make him turn back or not?" Then he said to him thus - "Great king, this is not the strength of the Videha king; this is the arrangement of the wise Mahosadha; and he is of great might; Mithilā protected by him, like a cave guarded by a lion, cannot be taken by anyone; it will only be a cause of shame for us; enough with going there." But the king, intoxicated by warrior-caste pride and the vanity of sovereignty, having said "What will he do?" surrounded by one hundred kings, departed together with the army numbering eighteen akkhobhaṇīs. Kevaṭṭa too, being unable to make him accept his counsel, thinking "Acting in opposition to the king is indeed inappropriate," departed together with him. Those warriors too, having reached Mithilā in just one night, told the wise one of the task accomplished by them. First, his planted agents too had sent a message. "Cūḷanī Brahmadatta, surrounded by one hundred kings, is coming, saying 'I shall seize the Videha king'; let the wise one be heedful; today he has reached such and such a place, today such and such a place, today he will reach the city" - thus they kept sending constantly to the wise one. Having heard that, the Great Being was heedful. But the Videha king heard by the successive spreading of the report that "Brahmadatta, it is said, is coming to seize this city."

Then Brahmadatta, at the very first watch of the night, having come with a hundred thousand torches being held aloft, surrounded the entire city. Then, having had it encircled with elephant ramparts, chariot ramparts and so on, he stationed troops of soldiers at those various places. Men, shouting, clapping, cheering, dancing, roaring, threatening, making a great uproar, stood. By the light of the lamps and by the radiance of the decorations, the entire Mithilā of seven yojanas was of one radiance. With the sound of elephants, horses, chariots and musical instruments, it was as if it were the time for the earth to split. The four wise men, having heard the sound of the commotion, not knowing, having gone to the king's presence, said "Great king, a sound of commotion has arisen; but we do not know what this is; it is fitting to investigate." Having heard that, the king, thinking "Could Cūḷanī Brahmadatta have come?" having opened the latticed window and looking out, having known of his arrival, frightened and trembling, saying "There is no life for us; he will bring us all to the destruction of life," sat down conversing with them. But the Great Being, having known of his arrival, undaunted like a lion, having arranged protection throughout the entire city, thinking "I shall reassure the king," having ascended to the king's dwelling, stood to one side. The king, having seen him, having regained his composure, having thought "Apart from my son, the wise Mahosadha, there is no other able to release me from this suffering," conversing with him, said -

590.

"Pañcāla with his entire army, this Brahmadatta has come;

This evening the Pañcāla army, immeasurable, O Mahosadha.

591.

"Possessing streets, possessing infantry, skilled in all battles;

Carrying downstream, possessing sounds, awakened by drums and conches.

592.

"With metal crafts and ornaments, an army mounting from the left;

Well accomplished with craftsmen, well established with heroes.

593.

"Ten wise ones are here, they say, of extensive wisdom, going to secret places;

The mother is the eleventh of the king, she governs the Pañcāla army.

594.

"Here then one hundred warriors, following the famous one;

Their kingdom seized, shaken, they have come under the control of the Pañcāla.

595.

"Those who speak what he says, doers thereof for the king, unwillingly speaking pleasantly;

They follow Pañcāla, unwillingly gone under his control.

596.

"By that army Mithilā, surrounded by three connections;

The royal city of the Videhas, is being dug up all around.

597.

"Like a cluster of stars above, surrounded on all sides;

Mahosadha, understand, how will there be release?"

590-597. Therein, "with his entire army" - he says: he has come, it is said, together with the entire army numbering eighteen akkhobhaṇīs, led by one hundred kings, dear one. "Pañcāla" means belonging to the king of Pañcāla. "Possessing streets" means endowed with a company of carpenters going about having taken building materials brought along the street. "Possessing infantry" means endowed with an army of foot soldiers. "Skilled in all battles" means skilled in all battles. "Carrying downstream" means able to enter into the midst of the enemy army and, without being noticed, to carry off the heads of the enemy. "Possessing sounds" means never free from ten sounds. "Awakened by drums and conches" means such commands as "come, go, fight" and so on cannot there be made known by verbal expression; but such duties there are made known by the sounds of drums and conches alone - thus "awakened by drums and conches." "Shining with metal crafts and ornaments" - here "metal crafts" means metal arts. This is the name for armour, leather chain-mail, helmets, elephant frontlets and so on, adorned with the seven kinds of precious things. "Ornaments" means the ornaments of the king, the prime minister and so on. Therefore, it shines with metal crafts and with ornaments - thus "shining with metal crafts and ornaments" - this is the meaning here. "An army with banners" means endowed with banners raised upon chariots and so on, adorned with gold and so on, resplendent with various cloths. "Mounting from the left" means those mounting elephants and horses mount from the left side; therefore they are called "mounting from the left"; endowed with those - the meaning is crowded with unlimited elephants and horses. "With craftsmen" means well endowed with, well crowded with, those who have attained accomplishment in the eighteen crafts such as the art of elephant training, the art of horse training and so on. "With heroes" means, dear one, this army, it is said, is firmly established with heroic warriors whose valour is equal to that of lions.

"They have said" means they say there are, it is said, ten wise men here in the army. "Of extensive wisdom" means endowed with wisdom extensive like the earth. "Going to secret places" means habitually going to secret places, habitually sitting in private and deliberating. They, it is said, if given a day or two to think, are able to turn the earth over and to seize the sky. "The eleventh" means, it is said, the mother of the king of Pañcāla, whose wisdom exceeds that of those wise men. She, being the eleventh of them, governs and instructs the Pañcāla army.

One day, it is said, a certain man, having taken one measure of rice-grain, food in a container, and a thousand coins, having descended thinking "I shall cross the river," having reached the middle of the river, being unable to cross, spoke thus to the people standing on the bank - "Hey, in my hands there is one measure of rice-grain, food in a container, and a thousand coins; from these, whichever pleases me, that I shall give. Whoever is able, let him rescue me." Then one man endowed with strength, having dressed himself tightly, having plunged into the river, having taken him by the hand, having brought him across to the far bank, said "Give me what is to be given." "Take either the measure of rice-grain or the food in the container." "My dear, I rescued you without counting my own life; I have no need of those; give me the coins." I said "From these, whichever pleases me, that I shall give"; now whichever pleases me, that I give; if you wish, take it. He told one person standing nearby. He too said to him "This one gives you what is pleasing to himself; take it." He, saying "I shall not take it," having taken him, having gone to the judgment, reported to the ministers of judgment. They too, having heard everything, said likewise. He, dissatisfied with their judgment, having gone to the king's presence, reported that matter. The king too, having had the ministers of judgment summoned, having heard the words of both in their presence, not knowing how to judge, ruled in favour of the one who had entered the river having given up his own life.

At that moment the king's mother, a queen named Calākā, was seated nearby. She, having known the king's state of having judged poorly, said "Dear son, having understood this case, judge it well." "Mother, I know this much. If you know further, you yourselves should judge." She, having said "I shall do so," having had that man summoned, having had him place all three things that were in his hands on the ground in order, saying "Come, dear son, place on the ground the three things that came into your hands," having asked "Dear son, what did you say to this man while you were floating in the water?" when it was said "It is such and such, my lady," said "If so, take what is pleasing to you." He took the bag containing a thousand pieces of gold coins. Then she, having had him summoned when he had gone a short distance, having asked "Dear son, does the thousand please you?" when it was said "Yes, it pleases me," having asked "Dear son, was it said by you to this man 'From these, whatever pleases me, that I shall give,' or not said?" when it was said "It was said, O queen," having said "If so, give this thousand to him," she had him give it. He gave it while crying and lamenting. At that moment the king and the ministers, being pleased, uttered applause. From that time onwards, her wise nature became well-known everywhere. With reference to that, the Videha king said "The mother is the eleventh of the king."

"Khatyā" means of the warrior caste. "Acchinnaraṭṭhā" means those whose kingdom was seized, having been taken by force by Cūḷanī Brahmadatta. "Byathitā" means frightened by the fear of death, not seeing anything acceptable to seize. "Pañcāliyaṃ vasaṃ gatā" means the meaning is they have come under the control of this Pañcāla king. For this is an accusative expression used in the sense of the genitive case. "Yaṃvadā takkarā" means those who are able to do for the king whatever they say with their mouths. "Vasino gatā" means the meaning is formerly self-governing, but now they have come under his control. "Tisandhī" means first fenced by a wall of elephants, then by a wall of chariots, then by a wall of horses, then by a wall of foot-soldiers and warriors - thus surrounded by three connections in these four divisions. For the interval between elephants and chariots is one connection, the interval between chariots and horses is one connection, the interval between horses and foot-soldiers is one connection. "Parikhaññatī" means is being dug. For now they dig all around as if wishing to uproot and seize this. "Uddhaṃ tārakajātāvā" means dear son, the army by which we are surrounded on all sides, that with its many hundreds of thousands of torches on poles, appears like a cluster of stars above. "Vijānāhī" means dear son, wise Mahosadha, from Avīci up to the highest point of existence there is no other wise one clever in means equal to you; the nature of being wise becomes evident in such situations; therefore you yourself should know how there will be deliverance from suffering for us from here.

Having heard this talk of the king, the Great Being thought "This king is exceedingly frightened by the fear of death; for one who is sick, a physician is the shelter; for one who is hungry, food; for one who is thirsty, drinking water; for this one too, apart from me, there is no other shelter; I shall console him." Then the Great Being, like a lion roaring on the red arsenic slab, said "Do not fear, great king, enjoy the happiness of kingship; I, a clod of earth

having taken, like a crow, having taken a bow, like a monkey, this army numbering eighteen akkhobhaṇīs, having made even the loin-cloths on their bellies ownerless, shall put them to flight" - having said this, he spoke the ninth verse -

598.

"Stretch out your feet, O lord, enjoy sensual pleasures and delight;

Having abandoned the Pañcāla army, Brahmadatta flees."

Its meaning is - "O lord, you stretch out your feet, which are termed the happiness of your own kingdom, comfortably; and while stretching them out, without directing your mind to the battle, enjoy, and delight in sensual pleasures; this Brahmadatta, having abandoned this army, will flee."

Thus the wise one, having consoled the king, having paid homage, having departed from the king's abode, having had the festival drum circulated in the city, said to the citizens - "Hey, do not worry; for seven days, having prepared garlands, perfumes, ointments, beverages, food and so on, begin the festival amusement. Here and there let people drink whatever great beverages they wish, let them make music, let them play instruments, let them prance, let them shout, let them roar, let them dance, let them sing, let them clap their hands; but let the expenditure be from my own property; I am the wise Mahosadha by name; you shall see my power." They did so. Then those standing outside the city hear the sounds of singing, music and so on; people enter the city through the small gate. Except for the enemy, they do not seize anyone seen; therefore movement is not cut off; people who have entered the city see the populace engaged in festival amusement.

Cūḷanī Brahmadatta too, having heard the uproar in the city, said thus to his ministers - "Hey, while we stand having surrounded the city with an army of eighteen unshakeable divisions, there is neither fear nor timidity among the city-dwellers; delighted, filled with pleasure, they clap their hands, roar, shout, dance, and sing - what is the meaning of this?" Then the planted agents, having committed lying, said thus to him: "Sire, we, on one errand, having entered the city through the small gate, having seen the great multitude engaged in the festival, asked 'Hey, the kings of the entire Jambudīpa, having come, stand having encircled your city, yet you are exceedingly heedless - what is the meaning of this?' They said thus: 'Hey, our king, in his youth, had one wish - "When the city is surrounded by the kings of the entire Jambudīpa, I shall hold a festival" - today his wish has reached its summit; therefore, having had the festival drum circulated, he himself drinks at a great drinking feast on the great flat roof.'"

The king, having heard their account, having become angry, commanded the army - "Sirs, go, quickly having overwhelmed the city from here and there, having broken the moat, trampling the wall, breaking the gate-towers, having entered the city, take the heads of the great multitude like pumpkins on carts; bring the head of the king of Videha." Having heard that, the valiant warriors, with various weapons in hand, having gone near the gate, troubled by the wise one's men with the showering of gravel, sand, and mud, and the falling of stones and so on, retreat. Even those who descended into the moat thinking "We shall break the wall," those standing in the intermediate towers, shooting with arrows, spears, lances and so on, bring them to great destruction. The wise one's warriors, having shown hand gestures and so on to Cūḷanī Brahmadatta's warriors, revile, abuse, and threaten them in various ways. "You, becoming weary, not obtaining food, will drink and eat but little" - having displayed liquor and rice-cakes and skewers of fish and meat, they themselves drink and eat, and walk about on the secondary rampart. The others, being unable to do anything, having gone to Cūḷanī Brahmadatta's presence, said "Sire, except for those possessing supernormal power, it is not possible to overcome them by others."

The king, having stayed for four or five days, not seeing any prospect of taking it, asked Kevaṭṭa: "Teacher, we are not able to take the city; not even one person is able to approach; what should be done?" Kevaṭṭa said: "Let it be, great king; a city by its nature depends on water from outside; we shall take it by cutting off the water; people, becoming weary from lack of water, will open the gates." He accepted, thinking "There is this stratagem." From then on they do not allow water to enter. The wise one's planted agents, having written a letter, having tied it to an arrow, sent that news. By him too it had been commanded from the very first: "Whoever sees a letter on an arrow, let him bring it to me." Then one man, having seen it, showed it to the wise one. He, having known that news, thinking "They do not know my state of wisdom," having split a bamboo sixty cubits long in two, having had it thoroughly cleaned, having joined it together again, having bound it with leather, having smeared it above with mud, having had kudrūsaka and white water lily seeds brought by hermits possessing supernormal power from the Himalayas planted in the mud on the shore of the pond, having placed the bamboo on top, he had it filled with water. Having grown in just one night, the flower, having risen above the top of the bamboo, stood the height of one cubit.

Then, having uprooted it, he had it given to his own men, saying "Give this to Cūḷanī Brahmadatta." They, having made its stalk into a loop, having said "Hey, servants of Brahmadatta, do not die of famine; take this waterlily, having adorned yourselves, eat the stalk to fill your bellies," threw it. One of the wise one's planted men, having risen, took it; then, having brought it to the king's presence, having said "See, Sire, the stalk of this; such a long-stalked one has never been seen by us before," when it was said "Measure it," the wise one's men measured the sixty-cubit stalk, having made it eighty cubits. Again, when the king said "Where was this grown?" one, having committed lying, said thus - "Sire, one day, having become thirsty, thinking 'I shall drink liquor,' I entered the city through the small gate; I saw a great pond made for the purpose of water-sport for the townspeople; the public, having sat in boats, gathers flowers. This one grew in the shore region; but the stalk of one grown in a deep place would be a hundred cubits."

Having heard that, the king said to Kevaṭṭa - "Teacher, it is not possible to take this by exhaustion of water; bring another stratagem." "Then, Sire, we shall take it by exhaustion of grain; a city, by its nature, depends on grain from outside." "Let it be so, teacher." The wise one, having known that news by the former method itself, thinking "The Kevaṭṭa brahmin does not know my state of wisdom," having made mud on the top of the secondary wall, had paddy planted there. The intention of Bodhisattas indeed succeeds - the paddy, having sprouted in just one night, appeared green on the top of the rampart. Having seen that, Cūḷanī Brahmadatta asked "Hey, what is this that appears green on the top of the rampart?" The wise one's planted man, as if snatching the king's word from his mouth by the tongue, said "Sire, the householder's son, the wise Mahosadha, having seen the future danger, had grain brought from the country beforehand, having filled the granaries and so on, had the remaining grain deposited beside the rampart. Those paddy grains, it is said, drying in the heat and being moistened by the rain, produced a crop right there. One day, on an errand, having entered through the small gate, I saw them taking paddy by hand from the heap of paddy on the top of the rampart and throwing it into the street. Then they, mocking me, said 'You are hungry, I think; tie the paddy in the hem of your cloth, carry it to your house, pound it, have it cooked, and eat it'" - thus he reported.

Having heard that, the king said to Kevaṭṭa "Teacher, it is not possible to take it by exhaustion of grain either; this too is a failed stratagem." "Then, Sire, we shall take it by exhaustion of firewood; a city, by its nature, depends on firewood from outside." "Let it be so, teacher." The wise one, having known that news by the former method itself, had a heap of firewood made that was visible beyond the paddy on the top of the rampart. The wise one's men, making mockery with Cūḷanī Brahmadatta's men, threw exceedingly great pieces of firewood, saying "If you are hungry, cook rice gruel and food and eat." The king, having asked "Firewood is visible on the top of the rampart; what is this?" having heard the word from the planted men themselves - "Sire, the householder's son, the wise Mahosadha, it is said, having seen the future danger, having had firewood brought, having had it stored in the back quarters of the families' houses, had the surplus deposited leaning against the rampart" - said to Kevaṭṭa - "Teacher, it is not possible for us to take it by exhaustion of firewood either; bring another stratagem." "Do not worry, great king, there is another stratagem." "Teacher, what kind of stratagem is this? I do not see the end of your stratagems. It is not possible for us to take Videha; we shall go to our own city." "Sire, 'Cūḷanī Brahmadatta together with a hundred and one warriors was not able to take Videha' - this will be a cause of shame for us. Is only Mahosadha a wise one? I too am a wise one indeed; I shall devise a trick." "What trick, teacher?" "We shall wage a righteous battle, Sire." "What is this righteous battle?" "Great king, the armies will not fight; but the two wise ones of the two kings will be in one place. Among them, whoever pays homage, his will be the defeat. Mahosadha, however, does not know this plan; I am old, he is young; having seen me, he will pay homage; then Videha will be defeated; then, having defeated Videha, we shall go to our own city; thus there will be no cause of shame for us. This is what is called a righteous battle."

The wise one, having known that secret too by the former method itself, thought "If I am defeated by Kevaṭṭa, I am not a wise one." Cūḷanī Brahmadatta too, having said "That is a beautiful stratagem, teacher," said "Tomorrow there will be a righteous battle, and for both wise ones there will be victory and defeat by righteousness. Whoever will not engage in the righteous battle, he too will be named defeated" - having had a letter written, he sent it through the small gate to Vedeha. Having heard that, Vedeha, having had the wise one summoned, informed him of that matter. Having heard that news, the wise one said "Very well, Sire, tomorrow right early they will prepare the righteous battle arena at the western gate; send word 'Let them come to the righteous battle arena.'" Having heard that, the king gave the letter into the hand of the very messenger who had come. On the following day, the wise one, thinking "Let there be defeat for Kevaṭṭa himself," had the righteous battle arena prepared at the western gate. Those one hundred and one men too, thinking "Who knows what will happen?" surrounded Kevaṭṭa for the purpose of protecting the wise one. Those one hundred and one kings too, having gone to the righteous battle arena, stood looking towards the eastern direction, and likewise the brahmin Kevaṭṭa too.

The Bodhisatta, however, right early, having bathed with scented water, having put on a Kāsi cloth worth a hundred thousand, adorned with all ornaments, having eaten food of various excellent flavours, having gone to the king's gate with a great retinue, when it was said "Let my son enter," having entered, having paid homage to the king, having stood to one side, when it was said "Where will you go, dear son?" he said "I shall go to the righteous battle arena." "What is needed to fetch it?" "Sire, I wish to deceive the brahmin Kevaṭṭa with a jewel gem; it is fitting to obtain the jewel gem with eight bends." "Take it, dear son." He, having taken it, having paid homage to the king, having descended from the king's abode, surrounded by a thousand warriors born at the same time, having mounted an excellent chariot yoked with white Sindh horses worth ninety thousand kahāpaṇas, at the time of the morning meal he reached near the gate. Kevaṭṭa, however, stood looking out for his arrival, thinking "Now he will come, now he will come"; by looking he was as if he had attained a long neck; sweat poured forth from the heat of the sun. The Great Being too, overwhelming like the great ocean with his great retinue, undaunted like a maned lion, with hairs not standing on end, having had the gate opened, having come out from the city, having descended from the chariot, rousing himself like a lion, he set forth. The one hundred and one kings too, having seen his personal splendour, raised thousands of acclamations: "This, it is said, is the son of the millionaire Sirivaḍḍhana, the wise Mahosadha, without a second in wisdom in the whole of Jambudīpa."

He too, like Sakka surrounded by a company of deities, with incomparable splendour and glory, having taken that jewel gem in his hand, went facing towards Kevaṭṭa. Kevaṭṭa too, having seen him, being unable to remain in his own composure, having gone out to meet him, said thus - "Wise Mahosadha, we are two wise ones; while we have been dwelling in dependence on you for so long a time, not even a mere present has been sent by you before; why did you act thus?" Then the Great Being said to him "Wise one, while looking for a present befitting you, today we have obtained this jewel gem; come, take this jewel gem; there is no other jewel gem of such a kind." He, having seen the jewel gem shining in his hand, having thought "He will wish to give it to me," stretched out his hand saying "If so, wise one, give it." The Great Being, having tossed it saying "Take it, teacher," dropped it onto the fingers of his outstretched hand. The brahmin was not able to hold the heavy jewel gem with his fingers. The jewel gem, having slipped away, fell at the feet of the Great Being. The brahmin, out of greed, thinking "I shall take it," was bent down at his feet. Then the Great Being, not allowing him to rise, having seized with one hand the shoulder-bone and with the other the armpit of his back, saying "Rise, teacher, rise, teacher, I am very young, merely the age of your grandson; do not pay homage to me," having turned him to and fro, having rubbed his face on the ground, having made it smeared with blood, having seized him by the neck, saying "You blind fool, you expected homage from my presence," he threw him. He, having fallen at a place the distance of one usabha, having risen, fled. But the jewel gem was taken by the Great Being's men themselves.

But the Bodhisatta's vocal utterance "Rise, teacher, rise, teacher, do not pay homage to me," having pervaded the entire assembly, remained. "The brahmin Kevaṭṭa pays homage at the feet of Mahosadha" - his men too, all at once, raised shouts and so on. Beginning with Brahmadatta, all those kings too indeed saw Kevaṭṭa bent down at the feet of the Great Being. They, thinking "Mahosadha has been paid homage to by our wise one; now we are defeated; he will not spare our lives," having mounted their own respective horses, began to flee facing towards Uttarapañcāla. Having seen them fleeing, the Bodhisatta's men again raised an outcry: "Cūḷanī Brahmadatta, having taken the one hundred and one warriors, is fleeing." Having heard that, those kings, frightened by the fear of death, fleeing even more, broke the divisions of the army. The Bodhisatta's men too, roaring and shouting, made an even greater uproar. The Great Being, surrounded by the divisions of the army, entered the city itself. Cūḷanī Brahmadatta's army too charged forward a distance of three yojanas.

Kevaṭṭa, having mounted a horse, wiping the blood on his forehead, having reached the army, while still seated on the horse's back, said "Sirs, do not flee, sirs, do not flee; I do not pay homage to the householder's son; stand, stand." The army, not believing, having stood still, reviling and abusing Kevaṭṭa as he approached, saying "One of bad character, wicked brahmin, having said 'I shall make a righteous battle,' he pays homage even to one not worth being a grandson; there is nothing to be done by you," as if not hearing the talk, went on indeed. He, having gone with speed, having reached the army, having made all those kings understand by various reasons, saying "Sirs, believe my word; I do not pay homage to him; he deceived me with the jewel gem," having caused them to accept his own talk, he made the army that had thus broken apart turn back. But that great army, if each one had taken a single fistful of dust or a single clod of earth and thrown it towards the city, having filled the moat, it would have become a heap the size of the wall. But the intention of Bodhisattas indeed succeeds; therefore there was not even one who threw a fistful of dust or a clod of earth towards the city. All of them, having turned back, returned to their own respective camp sites.

The king asked Kevaṭṭa "What shall we do, teacher?" "Sire, without allowing anyone to go out through the small gate, we shall cut off movement; the people, being unable to go out, having become dissatisfied, will open the gates; then we shall seize the adversary." The wise one, having known that news by the former method itself, thought "While these dwell right here for a long time, there is no comfort whatsoever. It is fitting to put them to flight by a stratagem only." He, thinking "I shall put them to flight by a stratagem," looking out for one skilled in stratagems, having seen a brahmin named Anukevaṭṭa, having had him summoned, said "Teacher, it is fitting to accomplish one task for us." "What shall we do, wise one? Tell me." "Teacher, you, having stood on the rampart, having watched for the negligence of our people, now and then having thrown cakes, fish, meat, and so on to Brahmadatta's people, should say 'Hey, eat this and that, do not be dissatisfied, strive to dwell for another few days; the city-dwellers, dissatisfied like cocks bound in a cage, before long will open the gates for you. Then you will seize both Vedeha and the wicked householder's son,' you should say. Our people, having heard that talk, having reviled and threatened you, while Brahmadatta's people are watching, having seized you by the hands and feet, as if striking with bamboo splints and so on, having shaved off your hair, having had five top knots made, having had you sprinkled with brick powder, having put an oleander garland on your ears, having given several blows, having shown streaks on your back, having hoisted you onto the wall, having put you into a pingo-basket, having lowered you with a rope, saying 'Go, counsel-breaker, thief,' they will show you to Cūḷanī Brahmadatta's people. They will bring you to the king's presence. The king, having seen you, will ask 'What is your offence?' Then you should say to him thus: 'Great king, formerly my fame was great; the householder's son, being angry with me saying "He is a counsel-breaker," having reported to the king, confiscated all my wealth. Saying "I shall have the head of the householder's son, the destroyer of my fame, taken," by way of relieving the dissatisfaction of your people stationed here, I give them solid food or soft food. For this much, having placed an ancient enmity in his heart against me, he brought me to this disaster. Your people know all that, great king.' Having made him believe by various ways, when trust has arisen, you should say 'Great king, from the time of obtaining me, do not worry. Now there is no life for Vedeha and the householder's son. I know the strong places and the weak places of the wall in this city, and the places where crocodiles and so on are and are not in the moat. Before long, having taken the city, I shall give it to you.' Then that king, having believed, will show honour to you, and will have the army brought down. Then you should bring his army down at the very places where the fierce crocodiles are. His army will not descend out of fear of the crocodiles. Then you, having approached the king, should say 'A bribe has been given by the householder's son to your army, Sire; beginning with all the kings and the teacher Kevaṭṭa, there is no one by whom a bribe has not been taken. They merely surround you and go about; but all are the property of the householder's son alone. I alone am your man. If you do not believe me, send word that all the kings, having adorned themselves, should come for an audience with me.' Then you should say 'Having seen the letters on the garments, ornaments, swords, and so on given by the householder's son, having inscribed his own name and appearance, you should come to a conclusion.' He, having done so, having seen those, having come to a conclusion, frightened and trembling, having dismissed those kings, will ask you 'Now what shall we do, wise one?' You should say to him thus: 'Great king, the householder's son is full of deceit. If you dwell for another few days, having brought your entire army into his own possession, he will seize you. Therefore, without making delay, this very day, immediately after the middle watch of the night, having sat on horseback, let us flee; let not death come to us at the hands of others.' He, having heard your word, will do accordingly. You, at the time of his flight, having turned back, should inform our people."

Having heard that, the Anukevaṭṭa brahmin said "Excellent, wise one, I shall do your bidding." "If so, it is fitting to endure several blows." "Wise one, setting aside my life and hands and feet, do the rest according to your own preference." He, having had honour shown to the people in his house, having brought Anukevaṭṭa to a state of alteration by the method stated, having lowered him by a rope, had him given to Brahmadatta's men. Then they, having taken him, showed him to him. The king, having investigated him, having believed him, having shown him honour, entrusted the army to him. He too led them down at the very places of fierce crocodiles. The men, being devoured by crocodiles, being shot at with arrows, spears, and lances by the men standing on the watchtowers, reached great destruction. From then on, no one was able to approach out of fear. Anukevaṭṭa, having approached the king, said "There are none who fight for your benefit; a bribe has been taken by all. If you do not believe, having had them summoned, look at the letters on their worn garments and so on." The king, having done so, having seen letters on the garments and so on of all, having come to the conclusion "Certainly a bribe has been taken by these," having asked "Teacher, now what should be done?" "Sire, there is nothing else to be done. If you delay, the householder's son will seize you. Even the teacher Kevaṭṭa merely goes about having made a wound on his forehead; but a bribe has been taken by him too. For this one, having taken the jewel gem, caused you to flee three yojanas, then having made you believe again, made you turn back; this one too is nothing but a saboteur. Even a single night's stay does not please me; it is fitting to flee immediately after the middle watch. Apart from me, there is no other friend of yours." When this was said, he said "If so, teacher, you yourselves harness a horse for me and prepare the vehicle."

The brahmin, having known by his determination his intention to flee, having reassured him saying "Do not fear, great king," having gone outside, having given the instruction to the planted agents "Today the king will flee; do not sleep," having harnessed the king's horse in such a way that when pulled it would flee even more effectively, immediately after the middle watch, said "The horse is harnessed, Sire; know the time." The king, having mounted the horse, fled. Anukevaṭṭa too, having mounted a horse, as if going together with him, having gone a little way, turned back. The horse harnessed by the contrivance, even though being pulled back, took the king and fled. Anukevaṭṭa, having entered into the midst of the army, raised the shout "Cūḷanī Brahmadatta has fled!" The planted agents too cried out together with their own men. The remaining kings, having heard that, thinking "The wise Mahosadha, having opened the gate, must have come out; he will not spare our lives now," frightened and trembling, without even looking at their goods for use and consumption, fled here and there. The men cried out even more loudly "The kings are fleeing!" Having heard that, even those standing on the gate-towers and so on raised a clamour and clapped their hands. Thus at that moment, as if the earth were breaking apart, as if the ocean were agitated, the whole city, both inside and outside, became one single reverberation. The men numbering eighteen akkhobhaṇīs, thinking "By the wise Mahosadha, it is said, Brahmadatta and the one hundred kings have been seized," frightened by the fear of death, having thrown away even the cloths tied around their bellies, fled. The camp became empty. Cūḷanī Brahmadatta, having taken the one hundred warriors, went to his own city. On the following day, however, right early, having opened the city gates, the army, having gone out from the city, having seen the great plunder, informed the Great Being "What shall we do, wise one?" He said - "The wealth abandoned by them comes to us. The property of all the kings belongs to our king; give it. And bring to us the property of the millionaires and of the Kevaṭṭa brahmin. But let the city-dwellers take the remainder." A fortnight passed while they were bringing just the very costly jewels and goods. But the remainder they brought in four months. The Great Being showed great honour to Anukevaṭṭa. And from then on, it is said, the inhabitants of Mithilā became rich in gold and unwrought gold. For Brahmadatta too, dwelling together with those kings in the city of Uttarapañcāla, one year passed.

The chapter on Brahmadatta's defeat in battle is completed.

The parrot chapter.

Then one day Kevaṭṭa, looking at his face in a mirror, having seen the wound on his forehead, having thought "This is the work of the householder's son; by him I have been put to shame among so many kings," having become one with arisen wrath, thinking "When indeed shall I be able to see his back?" thinking "There is a means; our king's daughter named Pañcālacandī is one bearing the highest beauty, comparable to a celestial nymph; let us give her to the Videha king," having said "Having enticed the Videhan with sensual desire, like a fish that has swallowed a hook, having brought him together with Mahosadha, having killed them both, we shall drink the victory drink," having made this conclusion, having approached the king, said - "Sire, there is one counsel." "Teacher, in dependence on your counsel we have become owners not even of a cloth tied around the belly; now what will you do? Be silent." "Great king, there is no other equal to this stratagem." "If so, speak." "Great king, it is fitting for us two alone to be together." "Let it be so." Then the brahmin, having taken him up to the upper floor of the mansion, said - "Great king, having enticed the Videha king with defilement and having brought him here, together with the householder's son we shall kill them." "Excellent, teacher, is the stratagem; but how shall we entice and bring him?" "Great king, your daughter Pañcālacandī is one bearing the highest beauty; having had poets compose songs with skilful charm about her beauty of form, having had those poems sung in Mithilā, having known his state of being enamoured merely through the association of hearing 'What use is the kingdom to the Videha lord of men who does not obtain such a woman treasure?' I, having gone there, shall fix the day. He, when I have fixed the day and come, like a fish that has swallowed a hook, having taken the householder's son, will come; then we shall kill them."

The king, having heard his word, being pleased, accepted saying "Excellent is the stratagem, teacher; we shall do so." But that counsel, Cūḷanī Brahmadatta's myna-bird, the guardian of the bedchamber, having heard, made it evident. The king, having had skilled verse-makers summoned, having given much wealth, having shown his daughter to them, said "Dear ones, compose a poem based on her beauty of form." They, having composed exceedingly captivating songs, had the king hear them. The king, being pleased, gave them much wealth. Actors, having learnt from the poets, sang at the festive arena. Thus those became widely spread. When those had become widely spread among the people, the king, having had the singers summoned, said - "Dear ones, having taken large birds, in the night-time, having climbed a tree, having sat there and sung, towards the break of dawn, having tied bronze cymbals on their necks, having released them, come down." He, it is said, had it done so for the purpose of making it well-known that "Even the deities sing of the bodily beauty of the Pañcāla king's daughter." Again the king, having had the poets summoned, said "Dear ones, now you, having praised both the king's sovereignty and her beauty, saying 'Such a maiden on the surface of Jambudīpa is not suitable for any other king; she is suitable for the Videha king in Mithilā,' compose songs." They, having done so, reported to the king.

The king, having given them wealth, again having had the singers summoned, sent them saying "Dear ones, having gone to Mithilā, sing there by this very same method." They, singing those, gradually having gone to Mithilā, sang at the festive arena. Having heard those, the public, having raised thousands of acclamations, gave them much wealth. They, having sung even in the trees at night-time, towards the break of dawn, having tied bronze cymbals on the necks of the birds, come down. Having heard the sound of bronze cymbals in the sky, there was a single uproar throughout the entire city: "Even the deities sing of the bodily beauty of the Pañcāla king's daughter." The king, having heard, having had the singers summoned, having arranged a festive performance within the inner dwelling, being pleased that "It is said that King Cūḷanī wishes to give me his daughter bearing the highest beauty of such a form," gave them much wealth. They, having come, reported to Brahmadatta. Then Kevaṭṭa said to him - "Now, great king, I shall go for the purpose of fixing the day." "Very well, teacher; what is needed to fetch?" "A small present." "If so, take it" - he had it given. He, having taken it, with a great retinue, reached the Videha country. Having heard of his coming, a single uproar arose in the city: "It is said that King Cūḷanī and the Videhan will establish a friendly association; King Cūḷanī will give his own daughter to our king; Kevaṭṭa comes to fix the day." King Vedeha too heard, and the Great Being too; and having heard, this occurred to him: "His coming does not please me; I shall ascertain it as true." He sent a message to the men placed in Cūḷanī's presence: "Having ascertained this matter as true, let them send word." Then they sent back word: "We do not know this as true; the king and Kevaṭṭa, having sat down in the bedchamber, take counsel; but the king's myna-bird, the guardian of the bedchamber, a little bird, might know this matter."

Having heard that, the Great Being thought: "So that there is no opportunity for the enemies, having made the well-arranged and well-adorned city, I shall not allow Kevaṭṭa to see it." He, from the city gate as far as the royal palace, and from the royal palace as far as his own house, having had the pathway enclosed on both sides with mats of rushes, having had it covered on top also with mats of rushes, having had decorative work done, having scattered flowers on the ground, having had full pitchers placed, having had plantain trees tied, had banners raised. Kevaṭṭa, having entered the city, not seeing the well-arranged city, having thought "The king has had the road decorated for me," did not know the fact of it having been done for the purpose of concealing the city. He, having gone, having seen the king, having had the present accepted, having exchanged friendly greetings, having sat down to one side, honoured by the king with hospitality, reporting the reason for his coming, spoke two verses -

599.

"The king, desiring intimacy with you, offers jewels;

Let messengers come from here, charming ones speaking pleasantly.

600.

"Let soft words be spoken, speech that is welcomed;

Pañcāla and Videha, may both become one for you."

599-600. Therein, "desiring intimacy" means: great king, our king is desirous of making a friendly association with you. "Jewels" means: beginning with the woman treasure, his own daughter, he will give you all jewels. "Let them come" means: henceforth, it is said, let messengers, having taken presents from the city of Uttarapañcāla, sweet-spoken ones speaking pleasantly, come here, and from here let them go there. "Let them become one" means: flowing together like the water of the Ganges with the water of the Yamunā, let them become exactly alike.

And having said thus, he said: "Great king, our king, although wishing to send another chief minister, sent me thinking 'Another will not be able to make it agreeable and report the message,' saying 'Teacher, having thoroughly awakened the king, having taken him, come back.' Go, O foremost king, and you shall obtain a lovely maiden, and the disposition of a friend with our king will be established." He, having heard his word, with a satisfied mind, being captivated through the association of hearing, thinking "I shall truly obtain a maiden bearing the most excellent form," said: "Teacher, it is said that between you and the wise Mahosadha there was a contention in a battle of wits; go, see my son, and let both wise ones, having asked each other's forgiveness and having consulted, come back." Having heard that, Kevaṭṭa, saying "I shall see the wise one," went to see him. The Great Being too, on that day, thinking "Let there be no conversation with that one of bad character," right early drank a little ghee, had his house plastered with thick wet cow-dung, smeared the pillars with oil, and except for his own bed for lying down, had the remaining beds, chairs, and so on removed.

He gave the signal to the people: "Dear ones, when the brahmin has begun to speak, you should say thus: 'Brahmin, do not speak with the wise one; today he has drunk pungent ghee.' And even when I am making the appearance of conversation with him, you should restrain me saying 'Sire, you have drunk pungent ghee; do not speak.'" Having thus planned, the Great Being, having put on a red cloth, having stationed people at the seven gateways, lay down on a cloth-covered bed at the seventh gateway. Kevaṭṭa too, having stood at the first gateway of his house, asked "Where is the wise one?" Then those people said to him: "Brahmin, do not make a sound; even if you wish to come, having been silent, come; today the wise one has drunk pungent ghee; it is not possible to make a great sound." At the remaining gateways too they said to him in just the same way. He, having passed beyond the seventh gateway, went to the wise one's presence. The wise one showed the appearance of conversation. Then the people, having said "Sire, do not speak; you have drunk pungent ghee; what use is speaking with this wicked brahmin?" restrained him. Thus he, having gone to his presence, was unable either to sit down or to obtain a standing place by relying on a seat; having stepped on the wet cow-dung, he stood.

Then, having looked at him, one closed his eyes, one raised his eyebrow, one scratched his elbow. He, having looked at their action, being downcast, having said "I am going, wise ones," when another said "I say, you wicked brahmin, told 'Do not make a sound,' you make a sound indeed; I shall break your bones," being frightened and trembling, having turned back, he looked. Then another struck him on the back with a bamboo stick, another having seized him by the neck threw him, another struck him on the back with the palm of his hand. He, frightened and trembling like a deer released from the jaws of a leopard, having gone out, went to the king's palace. The king thought: "Today my son, having heard this news, will be pleased; there should be a great discussion of the Teaching between the two wise ones; today both will ask each other's forgiveness; it is indeed a gain for me." He, having seen Kevaṭṭa, asking about the manner of meeting with the wise one, spoke a verse -

601.

"How then, Kevaṭṭa, was the meeting with Mahosadha? Please tell us that;

Was he satisfied with you, was Mahosadha pleased?"

Therein, "was he satisfied" means: for the purpose of appeasing the strife that had arisen on the battlefield of righteous contest, were you by him, and he by you, satisfied and asked for forgiveness. "Was he pleased" means: was he pleased having heard the news sent by your king.

Having heard that, Kevaṭṭa said "Great king, you go about taking him as 'a wise one,' there is no one worse than that bad person" - he spoke the verse -

602.

"A man of ignoble form, O lord of men, unfriendly, obstinate, of unseemly character;

As if mute and deaf, he spoke nothing at all."

Therein, "of unseemly character" means of unwise birth. "He spoke nothing at all" means he did not speak any matter together with me; for that very reason I consider him unwise - thus he spoke of the Bodhisatta's faults.

The king, neither delighting in nor protesting against his words, having had expenses and a dwelling house given to him and to those who had come together with him, having dismissed him saying "Go, teacher, rest," having himself raised up a discussion: "My son is wise and skilled in hospitality; yet it is said that with this one he neither offered hospitality nor declared his pleasure. Something must have been seen by him as a future danger" -

603.

"Certainly this spell passage is very difficult to see, the pure meaning was seen through human energy;

For thus my body trembles violently, having abandoned oneself, who will go into another's hand?"

Therein, "idaṃ" means that which was seen by my son; certainly this spell passage is very difficult to see by another, an ordinary person. "Through human energy" means the pure meaning will have been seen by the energetic wise Mahosadha. "Sayaṃ" means having abandoned one's own country, who will go into another's hand?

"The fault in the brahmin's coming will have been seen by my son. For this one coming will not come for the purpose of friendly intimacy, but it must be that he has come for the purpose of enticing me with sensual pleasure, leading me to the city, and seizing me. That future danger will have been seen by the wise one" - having reflected on that meaning, while he was sitting frightened and trembling, the four wise ones arrived. The king asked Senaka "Senaka, does it please you to go to the city of Uttarapañcāla and bring the daughter of King Cūḷanī?" What are you saying, great king? Indeed it is not fitting to strike fortune coming to one with a stick and put it to flight. If you, having gone there, take her, apart from Cūḷanī Brahmadatta, no other on the surface of Jambudīpa will be equal to you. Why? Because of having taken the eldest king's daughter. For he, thinking "The remaining kings are my subjects; the Videhan alone is equal to me," has become desirous of giving you his daughter bearing the highest beauty in the whole of Jambudīpa; do his bidding. We too, in dependence on you, shall obtain garments and ornaments. The king asked the rest too. They too spoke in the same way. While he was speaking with them, the Kevaṭṭa brahmin, having come out from his own dwelling house, having come thinking "Having addressed the king, I shall go," said "Great king, we are not able to make delay; we shall go, lord of men." The king, having shown him honour, dismissed him. The Great Being, having known his intention to depart, having bathed, having adorned himself, having come to the royal audience, having paid homage to the king, sat down to one side. The king thought "My son, the wise Mahosadha, is a great counsellor, one who has reached the far shore of counsel; he knows matters past, future, and present. The wise one will know whether it is appropriate or inappropriate for us to go there." He, without saying what he had first thought himself, having become infatuated with lust and deluded by delusion, asking him, spoke a verse -

604.

"For the wise ones who have attained the highest wisdom, their understanding agrees as one;

Whether to go or not to go, or also to stay, Mahosadha, you too should form an opinion."

Therein, "of the six" means O wise one, of the Kevaṭṭa brahmin and of myself and of these four - of the six of us, the understanding is one only, the disposition is one only; like the water of the Ganges with the water of the Yamunā, it runs together, it agrees. We who are six persons, wise ones who have attained the highest wisdom, for all six of us, the bringing of the daughter of King Cūḷanī is pleasing. "To stay" means dwelling right here. "You should form an opinion" means our liking is indeed immeasurable; you too should consider whether there should be going there for the purpose of our marriage, or not going, or whether dwelling right here is pleasing.

Having heard that, the wise one, having thought "This king is exceedingly greedy for sensual pleasure; through the state of blind foolishness he takes the word of these four; having spoken of the fault in going, shall I turn him back?" spoke four verses -

605.

"You know indeed, O king, of great might, of great power is Cūḷanī Brahmadatta;

And the king desires you for the purpose of killing, like a hunter a deer with a decoy.

606.

"Just as a fish, greedy for bait, does not know the hook, the bent thing covered with meat;

The fish does not know its own death.

607.

"Just so you, O king, the daughter of Cūḷaneyya;

Greedy for sensual pleasure, you do not know, like a fish, your own death.

608.

"If you go to Pañcāla, you will quickly abandon yourself;

Like a deer followed on the path, great fear will come."

605-608. Therein, "O king" - he addresses Videha. "Of great might" means of great fame. "Of great power" means endowed with power reckoned as eighteen akkhobhaṇīs. "For the purpose of killing" means for the purpose of killing. "With a decoy" means with a tethered doe. For a hunter, having trained one doe, having tied her with a rope, having led her to the forest, placed her at the feeding ground of the deer. She, wishing to bring the foolish deer to her own presence, generating lust by the perception of her as one's own, cries aloud. Having heard her sound, the foolish deer, surrounded by a herd of deer, lying in a cluster of trees, without making any perception of the other does, bound by the association of hearing her sound, having risen, having gone out, having lifted up his neck, under the power of mental defilements, having approached that doe, having given his flank to the hunter, stands. He, having pierced him with a sharp spear, brings about the destruction of his life. Therein, King Cūḷanī is like the hunter, his daughter is like the tethered doe, the Kevaṭṭa brahmin is like the weapon in the hunter's hand. Thus, just as a hunter desires a deer for the purpose of killing with a decoy, so too that king desires you - this is the meaning.

"Greedy for bait" means even though dwelling in water a hundred fathoms deep, being greedy for the bait - that is, the material gains placed there concealing the crooked part of the hook - he swallows the hook; he does not know his own death. "The daughter" is like the bait, placed there concealing the word-hook of the Kevaṭṭa brahmin, the fisherman of Cūḷanī. Being greedy for sensual pleasure for that king's daughter, you do not know, like a fish, the bait that is reckoned as your own death. "Pañcāla" means the city of Uttarapañcāla. "Atta" means oneself. "Followed on the path" means just as a deer following the road to the village entrance will encounter great fear - for when people come out having taken weapons for the purpose of killing that deer, whoever sees it, they kill it - so too, even while going to the city of Uttarapañcāla, that great fear of death will come upon you, will approach you.

Thus the Great Being, having rebuked the king with four verses, spoke. That king, being exceedingly rebuked by him, having become angry, thinking "This one regards me as his own slave, does not even pay heed to me as a king; knowing that I was sent to his presence by the chief king saying 'I shall give my daughter,' without speaking even a single word connected with a blessing, he says to me 'Like a foolish deer, like a fish that has swallowed a hook, like a deer followed on the path, you will meet death,'" spoke the next verse -

609.

"We ourselves are foolish idiots, we who spoke of the highest goods to you;

How can you, raised at the plough's tip, know the meanings just as others do?"

Therein, "we are foolish" (bālamhase) means "we are fools" (bālāmha). "Idiots" (eḷamūgā) means "saliva-mouthed" (lālamukhā) - we ourselves. "The highest goods" (uttamatthāni) means the causes for obtaining the highest jewel of a woman. "Spoke to you" (tayī lavimhā) means we spoke in your presence. "How" (kimeva) is an indeclinable particle in the sense of reproach. "Raised at the plough's tip" (naṅgalakoṭivaḍḍho) means a householder's son grows up from childhood carrying the plough's tip; with reference to that meaning, he spoke thus with the intention: "You know only the work of a householder, not the blessing ceremony of warriors." "Others" (aññe) means just as Kevaṭṭa or Senaka and the others or other wise ones know these matters of blessings of warriors, do you likewise know those? Only the knowledge of householder's work is befitting for you.

Thus, having reviled and abused him, in order to have him removed, saying "The householder's son creates an obstacle to my blessing, take him away," he spoke a verse -

610.

"Having seized this one by the throat, remove him from my kingdom;

He who speaks as an obstacle to my obtaining the jewel."

He, having known the king's angry state, thought "If indeed anyone, having taken the king's word, should fondle me by the hand or by the neck, that would be enough for me to be ashamed for the length of my life; therefore I shall depart by myself," and having paid homage to the king, went to his own house. The king too spoke only under the power of wrath, but out of respect for the Bodhisatta he did not command anyone to do so. Then the Great Being thought "This king is a fool; he does not know what is beneficial and harmful for himself. Being greedy for sensual pleasure, thinking 'I shall indeed obtain his daughter,' not knowing the future danger, going thus he will reach great destruction. It is not fitting to take his talk to heart; he is of great service to me, a giver of great fame; it is fitting for me to be a support to him. But first, having sent the young parrot and having known the truth, afterwards I shall go myself." Having thought thus, he sent the young parrot. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

611.

"Then he, having departed, from the presence of the Videhan;

Then he addressed the messenger, Mādhara, the wise parrot.

612.

"Come, my dear green-winged one, perform service for me;

There is a myna-bird, guardian of the bedchamber, belonging to the king of Pañcāla.

613.

"Ask her through bondage, for she is skilled in everything;

She knows all of theirs, both of the king and of Kosiya.

614.

"Yes!" he, having replied, the wise parrot Mādhara;

The green-winged one went to the presence of the myna-bird.

615.

"Then having gone from there, the wise parrot Mādhara;

Addressed the myna-bird, the sweet-voiced one in her fine dwelling.

616.

"Is it bearable for you in the fine house, is it that you are free from illness, merchant;

Is parched corn with honey obtained for you in the fine house, you?

617.

"It is well with me, my dear, and also, my dear, free from illness;

And also parched corn with honey is obtained for me, O wise parrot."

618.

"Whence have you come, my dear, or by whom were you sent;

Never before have you been seen or heard by me."

611-618. Therein, "green-winged" means having wings similar to green leaves. "Service" means when he said "Come, my dear," having come and seated on his lap, he said "My dear, do one service for me that cannot be done by any other human being."

When he said "What shall I do, Sire?" he said "My dear, apart from the reason for which the Kevaṭṭa brahmin came on a messenger's errand, others do not know about the king and Kevaṭṭa; both of them alone, seated in the king's bedchamber, consulted. But he, the king of Pañcāla, has a myna-bird, a guardian of the bedchamber. It is said that she knows that secret; you, having gone there, having established intimacy connected with sexual intercourse with her, ask her that secret of theirs through bondage. Ask that myna-bird in a concealed place in such a way that no one knows of it. For if anyone hears your sound, your life is forfeit; therefore ask softly in a concealed place." "She of theirs, all" means she knows all the secrets of both persons - of the king and of the fisherman of the Kosiya clan.

"Yes" means, monks, that young parrot, having been shown honour by the wise one in the same manner as before and sent, having replied "Yes" to him, having paid homage to the Great Being, having circumambulated him, having departed through the open latticed window, having gone with the speed of the wind to a city named Ariṭṭhapura in the Sivi country, having observed the situation there, went to the presence of the myna-bird. How? For he, having sat down on the golden pinnacle of the king's dwelling, cried a sweet cry based on passion. Why? Having heard this sound, the myna-bird will call back; by that sign I shall go to her presence. She too, having heard his sound, seated in a golden cage near the king's bedchamber, having become one whose mind was infatuated with lust, called back three times. He, having gone a little way, having made sounds again and again, following the sounds made by her, gradually having stood at the threshold of the latticed window, having looked to see the absence of danger, went to her presence. Then she said to him "Come, my dear, sit down in the golden cage." He, having gone, sat down. "Addressed" means thus he, having gone, wishing to establish intimacy connected with sexual intercourse, addressed her. "Fine house" means a beautiful house because of dwelling in a golden cage. "Merchant" means of the merchant class, of merchant birth. It is said that the myna-bird is called one of merchant birth among birds; therefore he addresses her thus. "You" means in the fine house I ask you "Is parched corn with honey obtained for you?" "Having come" means she asks "My dear, having come from where have you entered here?" "Or whose" means "Or by whom sent have you come here?"

He, having heard her words, thought "If I say 'I have come from Mithilā,' she, even if facing death, will not establish trust with me. But I have come having observed Ariṭṭhapura in the Sivi country; therefore, having committed lying, having been sent by the Sivi king, I shall tell of the fact of having come from there" - having thought thus, he said -

619.

"I was the bed-keeper in the mansion of King Sivi;

Then that righteous king freed the captives from bondage."

Therein, "the captives" means through his own righteousness he freed all captives from bondage. While thus freeing them, having believed me too, he had me released saying "Release him." I, having gone out from the opened golden cage, even outside the mansion, wherever I wish, having taken food there, I dwell in the golden cage itself. Unlike you, I do not remain constantly in the cage alone.

Then she, having given him honey-parched corn and honey-water placed on golden trays for his own use, asked "My dear, you have come from afar; for what purpose have you come here?" He, having heard her words, wishing to hear the secret, having committed lying, said -

620.

"She was my one companion, a myna-bird, sweet-voiced;

A hawk killed her there, while I looked on in my fine house."

Therein, "my one" means one of mine. "Was a companion" means she was a former wife.

Then she asked him: "How then did a hawk kill your wife?" He, telling her, said: "Listen, dear lady, one day our king, going for water-sport, summoned me too. Then I, having taken my wife, having gone together with him, having played, in the evening having returned together with him, having ascended the mansion together with the king, for the purpose of drying our bodies, having taken my wife, having gone out through the latticed window, I sat down in the interior of the pinnacle chamber. At that moment a hawk, having come out from the pinnacle chamber, charged forward to seize us. I, frightened by the fear of death, fled with haste. She, however, was then pregnant, therefore she was not able to flee with haste. Then he, while I was watching, having killed her, took her and went. Then our king, having seen me weeping with sorrow for her, having asked 'My dear, why do you weep?' and having heard that matter, having said 'Do not weep excessively, my dear, seek another wife,' when it was said 'What, Sire, is the use of another wife being brought, one of misconduct, immoral? Rather than that, it is better to live alone,' he said 'My dear, I have heard of a certain she-bird accomplished in morality and good conduct, similar indeed to your wife. For King Cūḷanī's myna-bird, the guardian of the bedchamber, is of such a kind. You, having gone there, having asked her mind, having asked for permission, if it pleases you, having come, tell us. Then I, having arranged the marriage for you, shall bring her with a great retinue,' having said this, he sent me here; for that reason I have come," having said this, he spoke a verse -

621.

"Intoxicated by sensual pleasures for her, I have come into your presence;

If you would give permission, both of us shall dwell together."

She, having heard his word, was filled with pleasure. Even this being so, without letting him know of her own state of dearness, as if unwilling, she said -

622.

"A parrot would desire a parrot, and a myna-bird a myna-bird;

What kind of communion would there be between a parrot and a myna-bird?"

Therein, "parrot" means my dear wise parrot, a parrot would desire a parrot. "What kind" means what kind of communion is there for those of unequal birth. For a parrot, having seen a female parrot of equal birth, will abandon even a myna-bird of long-standing intimacy; that separation from the beloved will be for great suffering; communion for those of unequal birth does not agree.

The other, having heard that, having thought "This one does not reject me, but only makes avoidance; surely she will desire me; I shall make her believe by means of various similes," said -

623.

"Whoever desires sensual pleasures, even a caṇḍāla woman;

For everyone is similar, there is no one incomparable in sensual pleasures."

Therein, "even a caṇḍāla woman" means a caṇḍāla woman even. "Similar" means by the similarity of mind, all communion is indeed similar. For in sensual pleasure, mind alone is the measure, not birth.

And having said thus, now for the purpose of showing the equality of those of different births among human beings, having brought up the past, showing it, he spoke the next verse -

624.

"There is one named Jampāvatī, mother of King Sivi;

She is the wife of Vāsudeva, the dear chief queen of Kaṇha."

Therein, "Jampāvatī" - the mother of King Sivi was a caṇḍāla woman named Jampāvatī. She was the dear chief queen of Vāsudeva, the eldest of the ten brothers of the Kaṇhāyana clan. It is said that he, one day, having departed from Dvāravatī, while going to the park, having seen a certain beautiful caṇḍāla woman entering the city, standing to one side, with his mind bound in love, having had it asked "Of what birth is she?" even having heard "Of caṇḍāla birth," due to the state of having a bound mind, having had it asked whether she was without a husband, having heard "She is without a husband," having taken her, having turned back from there, having led her to his dwelling, made her his queen-consort. She gave birth to a son named Sivi. He, upon the passing of his father, exercised kingship in Dvāravatī. With reference to that, this was said.

Thus he, having brought forth this example, having said "Even such a warrior indeed lived together with a caṇḍāla woman; what is there to say about us who are animals? Mutual delight in living together alone is the measure," bringing forth yet another example, said -

625.

"Raṭṭhavatī the kimpurī woman, she too desired a calf;

A human being together with a hind - there is no one incomparable in sensual pleasures."

Therein, "Vaccha" means the hermit so named. But how did she desire him? For in the past, one brahmin, having seen the danger in sensual pleasures, having abandoned great fame, having gone forth in the going forth of sages, having built a hermitage in the Himalayas, dwelt there. Not far from his hermitage, in a certain cave, many kinnaras dwelt. Right there, one spider dwelt at the entrance. It, having spread its web, having split their heads, drank their blood. Kinnaras are by nature weak and fearful. That spider too was exceedingly large. They, being unable to do anything to it, having approached that hermit, having exchanged friendly greetings, when asked the reason for their coming, said: "Sire, one spider is destroying our lives; apart from you, we see no other refuge for us; having killed it, bring about safety for us." Having heard that, the hermit rebuked them: "Go away, those like me do not commit the killing of living beings." Among them, there was a kinnara woman named Raṭṭhavatī, lovely, pleasing, and without a husband. They, having adorned her, having led her to the presence of the hermit, said: "Sire, let this one be your wife; kill our enemy." The hermit, having seen her, with his mind bound in love, having lived together with her, having stood at the cave entrance, having struck the spider that had come out for the purpose of foraging with a mallet, brought it to the destruction of life. He, dwelling in harmonious living together with her, having prospered with sons and daughters, died right there. Thus she desired him. The young parrot, having brought forth this example, "The hermit Vaccha, being a human being, lived together with a kinnara woman who was an animal; how much more then for us? For we are both just birds, animals" - thus explaining, he said "a human being together with a hind." Thus human beings dwell in harmonious living together with animals; there is no one called incomparable in sensual pleasures; the mind alone is the measure - thus he spoke.

She, having heard his word, said: "Master, the mind is not the same at all times; I fear separation from the beloved." That young parrot too was skilled in women's wiles; therefore, testing her, he spoke a verse again -

626.

"Well then, I shall go, O sweet-speaking myna-bird;

Having rejected the gift, surely you despise me."

Therein, "having rejected the gift" means what you say, all this is a step towards rejection, a reason for rejection, and this is a portion of rejection. "Surely you despise me" means "surely this one desires me" - thus you think, having passed beyond me; you do not know my substance. For I am honoured by the king; a wife is not difficult to obtain for me; I shall seek another wife.

She, upon hearing his word, although as if with a breaking heart, as if being consumed by the amorous delight that had arisen with the very seeing of him, yet through her own woman's deceit, as if unwilling, spoke a verse and a half -

627.

"Fortune is not for one who hurries, O mother, O wise parrot;

Stay here for now, until you see the king;

You will hear the sound of drums, and the splendour of the king."

Therein, "fortune is not" means my dear wise parrot, for one who hurries there is no such thing as fortune; a deed done by one who hurries does not shine; "the household life is exceedingly burdensome" - having thought and having weighed this, it should be undertaken. Stay here for now, until you see our king who is endowed with great fame. "You will hear" means in the evening time you will hear the sound of drums being played by women bearing the highest beauty, with graces resembling those of kinnarī maidens, and the sound of other songs and music, and you will see the great splendour of glory, the power of the king. "My dear, why are you in a hurry? Do you not know even a trifle? Stay for now; we shall find out afterwards."

Then, immediately after the evening, they engaged in sexual intercourse; united, being joyful, they dwelt in dear companionship. Then the young parrot, having thought "Now she will not conceal my secret; now it is fitting to ask her and go," said "O myna-bird." "What is it, master?" "I wish to say something to you." "Speak, master." "Let it be; today is our auspicious day; I shall find out on some other day." "If it will be a talk connected with a blessing, speak. If not, do not speak, master." "This is indeed a talk about a blessing, dear lady." "Then speak." Then, having said to her "Dear lady, if you will be willing to hear, I shall tell you," asking that secret, he spoke a verse and a half -

628.

"This piercing sound indeed, heard beyond the countryside;

The daughter of the king of Pañcāla, beautiful like the healing star;

He will give her to the Videhas, that will be the marriage arrangement."

Its meaning is - whatever this sound, piercing and dense, heard beyond the countryside, renowned, recognised, well-known, and widely spread in foreign countries and provinces. How? The daughter of the king of Pañcāla, shining like the healing star, of equal beauty to it, exists; he will give her to the Videhas, that will be the marriage arrangement. Whatever that widely spread sound was, having heard it, I thought: "This maiden bears the highest beauty, and the king of Videha was an enemy of King Cūḷanī. Many other kings are under the control of Cūḷanī Brahmadatta; without giving to them, why will he give his daughter to the Videha?"

She, having heard his word, spoke thus - "Master, why do you speak of ill omen on a festive day?" "I, dear lady, speak of 'a blessing'; you speak of 'ill omen'; what indeed is this?" "Master, may such an auspicious ceremony not occur even for their enemies!" "Tell me then, dear lady." "Master, it is not possible to tell." "Dear lady, from the time the secret known by you is not told to me, there is no harmonious living together for us." She, being pressured by him, having said "If so, master, listen," spoke this verse -

629.

"May such a marriage arrangement not be for enemies, O mother;

As will be between the king of Pañcāla and the Vedeha."

Having spoken this verse, when he again said "Dear lady, why do you speak such talk?" having said "If so, listen, I shall tell you the fault in this," he spoke this verse -

630.

"Having brought the Videhan, the bull among charioteers of the Pañcālas;

Then he will have him killed, he will not be his friend."

Therein, "then he will have him killed" means when he will have come to this city, then he will not establish friendship with him, the duty of friendship, and he will not even give his daughter to be seen by him. There is, it is said, one adviser on beneficial principles named the wise Mahosadha; together with him he will have him killed. "Having killed those two persons, we shall drink the victory drink" - thus Kevaṭṭa, having consulted with the king, went to take him and bring him.

Thus she, having made the secret counsel entirely without remainder, told the wise parrot. Having heard that, the wise parrot, having praised Kevaṭṭa saying "The teacher Kevaṭṭa is clever in means; wonderful is the killing of that king by such a method," having said "What use is such an ill omen to us? Let us remain silent and lie down," having known the accomplishment of the task of coming, having dwelt together with her that night, in order to have her grant permission for his departure, saying "Dear lady, having gone to the Sivi country, I shall report to the King of Sivi and the queen the fact of having obtained an agreeable wife," said -

631.

"Well then, permit me, for about seven nights;

While I inform King Sivi, the great sage;

And a public rest-house has been obtained by me, near the myna-bird."

Therein, "the great sage" means and of his queen-consort. "Public rest-house" means a dwelling place. "Near" means then, having said to them "Come, let us go to her presence," on the eighth day, having brought them here, I shall take her with a great retinue and go; until my arrival, do not be dissatisfied.

Having heard that, the myna-bird, although not wishing separation from him, being unable to reject his word, spoke the next verse -

632.

"Well then, I allow you, for about seven nights;

If you do not come near me within seven nights;

Methinks you will come to me, fallen into attachment, when I am dead."

Therein, "methinks, fallen into attachment, me" means this being so, I consider me as one whose life has departed. So you, not coming on the eighth day, will come when I am dead; therefore do not make delay.

The other too, having said by speech "Dear lady, what do you say? For me too, not seeing you on the eighth day, whence is there life?" but having thought in his heart "Whether you live or whether you die, what are you to me?" having risen, having gone a little way facing towards the Sivi kingdom, having turned back, having gone to Mithilā, having descended on the wise one's shoulder, but having been led up to the upper mansion by the Great Being with that perception, when asked, he reported all that incident to the wise one. And he too showed him all honour in the same manner as before. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

633.

"Then having gone from there, the wise parrot Mādhara;

Declared to Mahosadha this word of the myna-bird."

Therein, "this word of the myna-bird" means "this word of the myna-bird" - he related everything in detail.

The parrot section is completed.

The great tunnel chapter.

Having heard that, the Great Being thought: "The king will go even against my wishes, and having gone, he will reach great destruction. Then reproach will arise for me thus: 'Having placed in his heart the word of such a king, a giver of fame, he did not show favour to him.' When a wise one like me exists, for what reason should he perish? I, having gone before the king, having seen Cūḷanī, having made a well-arranged plan, having built a city for the purpose of dwelling for the king of Videha, having constructed a foot-tunnel of a league in extent and a great tunnel of half a yojana, having consecrated the daughter of King Cūḷanī and made her a wife for our king, having surrounded him with forces numbering eighteen akkhobhaṇī while the one hundred and one kings stood there, having freed our king like the moon from the mouth of Rāhu, bringing him back - this indeed is my burden." As he was thinking thus, joy arose in his body. He, uttering an inspired utterance with the force of rapture, spoke this half-verse -

634.

"In whose house one would consume wealth, for that very one's benefit a person should act."

Its meaning is - In whose king's presence a person, having obtained great authority, would consume wealth, even if he reviles, even if he strikes, even if he seizes by the throat and throws out, for that very one's benefit, welfare and growth, a wise person should act through the three doors beginning with the body door. For the deed of betraying a friend should not be done by the wise.

Having thought thus, he, having bathed, having adorned himself, having gone to the royal family with great glory, having paid homage to the king, standing to one side, said - "What, Sire, will you go to the city of Uttarapañcāla?" "Yes, dear, what is the use of kingship to me who does not obtain Pañcālacandī? Do not abandon me; come together with me. There, by reason of our going, two purposes will be accomplished: I shall obtain the jewel of a woman, and friendliness with the king will be established for me." Then the wise one, saying to him "If so, Sire, I shall go ahead and build dwellings for you; you should come when a message is sent by me," spoke two verses -

"Come, I shall go to the city, O lord of men, to the delightful city of the Pañcāla king;

To build dwellings, for the famous Videhan.

635.

"Having built the dwellings, for the famous Videhan;

When I send for you, then you should come, O warrior."

Therein, "for the Videhan" means for your Videha king. "You should come" means you should arrive.

Having heard that, the king, being full of mirth thinking "The wise one does not indeed abandon me," said - "Dear son, what is needed to fetch for you who are going ahead?" "The soldiers and vehicles, Sire." "However much you wish, that much take, dear son." "Having had the four prisons opened and having had the chain-bonds of the thieves broken, send them too together with me, Sire." "Do as you please, dear son." The Great Being, having had the prison doors opened, having brought out the valiant great warriors who were capable of accomplishing work in the place where they had gone, having said "Attend upon me," having shown them honour, having taken the eighteen guilds skilled in various crafts - carpenters, smiths, tanners, brick-makers, stone-workers, painters, and so on - having had them take many implements such as adzes, hatchets, spades, pick-axes, and so on, surrounded by a great army, departed from the city. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

636.

"Then Mahosadha set out to the city, to the delightful city of the Pañcāla king;

To build dwellings, for the famous Videhan."

The Great Being too, while going, having established one village at every yojana interval, having stationed one minister at each, having said "You, having taken the king's Pañcālacandī, at the time of returning, having harnessed elephants, horses, and chariots, having taken the king, warding off the enemies, should quickly bring him to Mithilā," stationed them. But having reached the bank of the Ganges, having had Prince Ānanda summoned, he sent him saying "Ānanda, you, having taken three hundred carpenters, having gone up the Ganges, having had heartwood timbers obtained, having built about three hundred boats, having had them planed right there for the purpose of the city, having filled the boats with light timbers, you should come back quickly." But he himself, having crossed the Ganges by boat, beginning from the place where he had disembarked, having counted by footsteps alone, having determined "This is the half-yojana place; here the great tunnel will be; in this place the king's dwelling city will be; from here as far as a league's distance from the royal palace, the foot-tunnel will be," he entered the city. King Cūḷanī, having heard of the Bodhisatta's arrival, reached the highest satisfaction, thinking "Now my wish will reach its summit; I shall see the backs of my enemies; when this one has arrived, Vedeha too will come before long; then, having killed them both, I shall exercise sovereign power over the entire surface of Jambudīpa." The whole city was stirred: "This, it is said, is the wise Mahosadha; by this one, it is said, one hundred kings were put to flight like crows with a clod of earth."

The Great Being, while the citizens were looking at his own beauty of form, having gone to the king's gate, having reported to the king, when told "Let him enter," having entered, having paid homage to the king, sat down to one side. Then the king, having exchanged friendly welcome with him, asked "Dear son, when will the king come?" "At the time I send for him, Sire." "But for what purpose have you come?" "To build a dwelling for our king, Sire." "Good, dear son." Then, having had expenses given for his army, having had great honour done to the Great Being, having had a dwelling house given, he said "Dear son, as long as your king does not come, so long, without being discontented, dwelling here, do what is fit to be done for us too." He, it is said, while ascending the king's dwelling itself, having stood at the foot of the great staircase, observed "Here the foot-tunnel door will be." Then this occurred to him: "The king says 'Do what is fit to be done for us too'; while the tunnel is being dug, it is fitting to do it in such a way that this staircase does not shift." Then he said thus to the king - "Sire, I, while entering, having stood at the foot of the staircase, while inspecting the new construction work, saw a defect in the great staircase. If it pleases you, I, obtaining timbers, having made it agreeable, would relay it." "Good, wise one, relay it." He, having observed "Here the tunnel door will be," having removed that old staircase, where the tunnel door would be, there having had a plank covering made for the purpose of preventing the falling of soil, having made it motionless so that the staircase does not shift, he relaid the staircase. The king, not knowing that reason, thought "He does it out of affection for me."

Thus, having spent that day with that very new construction work, on the following day he said to the king - "Sire, if we could know the dwelling place of our king, we would look after it, having made it agreeable." Good, wise one, apart from my own dwelling, in the whole city whatever dwelling you wish, take that. Great king, we are visitors; you have many dear warriors; when their own houses are being taken, they will make a quarrel with us. "Then, Sire, what shall we do with them?" "Do not heed their words. Whatever place you wish, have that very place taken." "Sire, they, coming again and again, will tell you; thereby you will not obtain happiness of mind. But if you would wish, as long as we are taking the dwellings, so long let our own men alone be the doorkeepers. Then they, not obtaining the door, will not come. This being so, you too will obtain happiness of mind." The king received it saying "Good!"

The Great Being, having placed his own men only everywhere - at the foot of the steps, at the top of the steps, and at the great gate - having said "Do not allow anyone to enter," then having gone to the dwelling of the king's mother, commanded the men "Show the appearance of demolishing." They began to remove bricks and clay starting from the veranda of the gateway. The king's mother, having heard that news, having come, said "Why, dear sons, are you demolishing my house?" "The wise Mahosadha, having had it demolished, wishes to build a dwelling for his own king." "If so, dwell right here." "Our king has a great army with vehicles; this is not sufficient; we shall build another great house." "You do not know me; I am the king's mother; now, having gone to the presence of my son, I shall find out." "We are demolishing by the king's word; if you are able, prevent it." She, having become angry, thinking "Now I shall find out what is to be done about you," went to the king's gate. Then the doorkeepers prevented her, saying "Do not enter." "I am the king's mother." "We do not know you; we have been commanded by the king 'Do not allow anyone to enter.' Go you." She, not seeing anything acceptable to seize, having turned back, stood looking at her own dwelling. Then one man, having seized her by the neck, saying "What are you doing here? Are you going or not going?" felled her to the ground.

She thought "Surely these must have been commanded by the king; otherwise they would not be able to do thus; I shall go to the presence of the wise one himself." She, having gone, said "Dear Mahosadha, why have you had my dwelling demolished?" He did not speak with her, but a man standing nearby said to her "Queen, what do you say?" "Dear, why does the wise Mahosadha have my house demolished?" "To build a dwelling place for the Videha king." "What, dear, does he think that in such a great city a dwelling place cannot be obtained elsewhere?" "Take this hundred thousand as a bribe and have the house built elsewhere." "Very well, queen, I shall have your house released; do not tell anyone about the fact that the bribe has been taken. Let not others too, having given a bribe, wish to have their houses released." Very well, dear, "The king's mother gave a bribe" - that is indeed shameful even for me; therefore I shall not tell anyone. He, saying "Very well," having taken a hundred thousand from her, having had the house released, went to the house of the fisherman. He too, having gone to the door, having received a tearing of the skin of his back with bamboo scrapers, not seeing anything acceptable to seize, having gone back to the house, gave a hundred thousand. By this method, by the one taking house sites throughout the entire city, having taken bribes, apart from the coins obtained, nine crores arose.

The Great Being, having wandered throughout the entire city, went to the royal palace. Then the king asked him "What, wise one, have you obtained a dwelling place?" "Great king, there is no one who does not give; but however, when their houses are being seized, they become distressed. To cause them separation from what is dear is inappropriate for us. Outside the city, at a place about a league away, between the Ganges and the city, at such and such a place, I shall build a dwelling city for our king." Having heard that, the king thought "It is difficult to fight even inside the city; neither one's own army nor the enemy army can be distinguished. But outside the city it is easy to make war; therefore we shall beat and kill them just outside the city" - having been pleased, he said "Excellent, wise one, have it built at the very place observed by you." "Great king, I shall have it built; but your people should not come to our construction site for the purpose of timber, leaves, and so on. For those coming will make disputes; because of that very thing, there will be no happiness of mind for either you or us." "Excellent, wise one, have a prohibition of passage made on that side." "Sire, our elephants are fond of water and will play in the water itself. When the water has become muddy, if the citizens become angry saying 'From the time of Mahosadha's arrival we cannot get clear water to drink,' that too must be endured." The king, having said "Let your elephants play without worry," had a drum beaten in the city - "Whoever, having gone out from here, goes to the place where Mahosadha is building the city, for him a fine of a thousand."

The Great Being, having paid homage to the king, taking his own following, having gone out, began to build a city at the place marked out. Having established a village named Vagguli on the far side of the Ganges, having placed elephants, horses, chariots, vehicles, cattle, and oxen there, planning the building of the city, having divided all the tasks saying "Let this many do this," he started the tunnel work. The entrance to the great tunnel was at the landing place on the Ganges. About sixty hundred warriors dig the great tunnel. Having carried the sandy soil in large leather bags, they throw it into the Ganges. The elephants trample each load of soil as it is thrown down; the Ganges flows muddy. The city-dwellers say "From the time of Mahosadha's arrival we have not been able to drink clear water; the Ganges flows muddy; what indeed is this?" Then the wise one's planted agents inform them "Mahosadha's elephants, it is said, playing in the water, make mud in the Ganges; therefore the Ganges flows muddy."

The intention of Bodhisattas indeed succeeds; therefore in the tunnel, roots or stumps or pebbles or stones - all sank into the ground. The entrance to the foot-tunnel was in that very city. Three hundred men dig the foot-tunnel, having carried the soil in leather bags, they throw it down in that city. Having had each load trampled with water, they pile up the wall, or do other tasks. The entrance to the great tunnel was in the city, endowed with a machine-connected door of eighteen cubits in height. For that, when one peg is stepped upon, it closes; when one peg is stepped upon, it opens. On both sides of the great tunnel, having piled up with bricks, he had plastering work done; having had the top covered with planks, having had the ceiling smeared with clay, having had whitewashing done, he had decorative painting done. Now therein there were altogether eighty great doors and sixty-four small doors, all connected with machines. When one peg is stepped upon, all close; when one peg is stepped upon, all open. On both sides there were many hundreds of lamp-holders; they too were connected with machines. When one is opened, all open; when one is closed, all close. On both sides there were one hundred bedchambers for one hundred warriors. In each chamber there was one great bed spread with coverings of various colours, with a raised white parasol; beside each great bed one female figure bearing the most excellent form was placed. Without touching it with the hand, it was not possible to know "It is a human figure." Moreover, on both sides of the tunnel, skilled painters did decorative painting of various kinds. They displayed in the tunnel itself all the splendour of Sakka, the beauty of Sineru, the seven surrounding mountains, the world-circle, the ocean, the seven great lakes, the four great continents, the Himalayas, Lake Anotatta, the red arsenic plateau, the moon and sun, and the prosperity of the six sensual-sphere heavens beginning with the Cātumahārājika. On the ground they scattered sand of the colour of silver plate; above they displayed ceiling lotuses. On both sides they displayed various kinds of shops as well. In those various places, having hung garlands of scent, garlands of flowers, and so on, they adorned the tunnel like the Sudhammā assembly hall of the gods.

Those three hundred carpenters too, having built three hundred boats, having filled them with building materials whose preparation was completed, having brought them along the Ganges, reported to the wise one. He, having put those to use in the city, having said "You should bring them on the very day commanded by me," had the boats placed in a concealed place. In the city he had three moats built: a water moat, a mud moat, and a dry moat. The wall of eighteen cubits, the gateway towers, the royal dwellings, the elephant stables and so on, and the ponds - all this came to completion. Thus the great tunnel, the foot-tunnel, and the city - all this was completed in four months. Then the Great Being, after the elapse of four months, sent a messenger for the purpose of the king's coming. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

637.

"Having built the dwellings, for the famous Videhan;

Then he sent a messenger to him, to the Videhan, dwelling in Mithilā;

Come now, great king, your dwelling has been built."

Therein, "sent" means he dispatched.

The king, having heard the messenger's word, with a gladdened mind, departed from the city with a great retinue. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

638.

"Then the king set out, with his fourfold army;

To see the flourishing city of Kapiliya, with its infinite vehicles."

Therein, "with infinite vehicles" means with unlimited vehicles such as elephants, horses, and so on. "The city of Kapiliya" means the city built in the Kapila country.

He, gradually having gone, reached the bank of the Ganges. Then the Great Being, having gone out to meet him, ushered him into the city built by himself. He there, having gone to the excellent mansion, having eaten food of various excellent flavours, having rested a little, in the evening time, sent a messenger to King Cūḷanī to make known the fact of his arrival. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

639.

"Then having gone from there, he sent word to Brahmadatta;

'I have come, great king, to pay homage at your feet.

640.

"Give me now my wife, the woman beautiful in every limb;

Covered with gold, attended by a group of female slaves."

639-640. Therein, "to pay homage" - Vedeha is old; King Cūḷanī is not even equal to his son or grandson, but having become infatuated through the power of defilements, having thought "A father-in-law should indeed be venerated by a son-in-law," not knowing his mind, he sent a message of homage. "Give now" means I was summoned by you saying "I shall give my daughter"; he sent word saying "Give her to me now." "Covered with gold" means adorned with golden ornaments.

King Cūḷanī, having heard the messenger's word, having attained pleasure, having thought "Now where will my adversary go? Having cut off the heads of both of them, we shall drink the victory drink," showing nothing but pleasure, having shown honour to the messenger, spoke the next verse -

641.

"Welcome to you, O Vedeha, and also your coming is not unwelcome;

Just inquire about the auspicious day, I give you the maiden;

Covered with gold, attended by a group of female slaves."

Therein, "O Vedeha" - having heard the message of the Videhan, he addresses him as if standing before him. Or alternatively, commanding the messenger "Tell the Videhan 'Thus was said by Brahmadatta,'" he said thus.

Having heard that, the messenger, having gone to the presence of the Videhan, said "Sire, ascertain an auspicious day befitting the wedding ceremony, it is said; the king gives you his daughter." He sent the messenger back again saying "This very day the constellation is auspicious." Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

642.

"Then the king, the Videhan, inquired about the constellation;

Having inquired about the constellation, he sent word to Brahmadatta.

643.

"Give me now my wife, the woman beautiful in every limb;

Covered with gold, attended by a group of female slaves."

Cūḷanī the king too -

644.

"I give you now a wife, a woman beautiful in every limb;

Covered with gold, attended by a group of female slaves." -

642-644. Having spoken this verse, having committed lying saying "Now I shall send, now I shall send," he gave a signal to the one hundred kings: "Together with the army numbering eighteen akkhobhaṇīs, let all go forth prepared for battle; today, having cut off the heads of both enemies, tomorrow we shall drink the victory drink." They all went forth. But he himself, having departed, having caused his mother Queen Calākā, the queen-consort, Queen Nandā, his son Pañcālacanda, and his daughter Pañcālacandiṃ - these four persons together with the harem ladies - to dwell in the mansion, departed. The Bodhisatta too showed great honour to the Videha king and to the army that had come with him. Some people drank liquor, some ate fish, meat, and so on, some, being weary from having come a long distance, slept. But the Videha king, having taken the four wise ones headed by Senaka, surrounded by a company of ministers, sat down on the decorated great terrace.

King Cūḷanī too, with the army numbering eighteen akkhobhaṇīs, having encircled the entire city with three cordons and four abridgements, while many hundreds of thousands of torches were being held, just as dawn was rising, having become ready for seizure, stood there. Having known that, the Great Being sent three hundred of his own warriors: "You, having gone through the foot-tunnel, having brought the king's mother and queen-consort and son and daughter through the foot-tunnel, having led them through the great tunnel, without taking them outside from the tunnel entrance, having placed them right inside the tunnel, standing there guarding them until our arrival, at the time of our arrival, having brought them out from the tunnel, place them in the great spacious pavilion at the tunnel entrance." They, having accepted his word, having gone through the foot-tunnel, having removed the plank covering at the foot of the staircase, at the foot of the staircase, at the top of the staircase, and on the great terrace - in that many places, having bound the guard men and the hunchbacked and other female attendants by the hands and feet, and having gagged their mouths, having placed them here and there in concealed places, having eaten some of the solid and soft food prepared for the king, having broken some, having crushed it to bits, having made it unfit for use, having thrown it away, they ascended to the upper mansion. At that time Queen Calākā, having taken Queen Nandā and the prince and the princess, thinking "Who knows what will happen?" made them sleep together with herself on one and the same bed. Those warriors, having stood at the door of the inner room, called out. She, having come out, said "What is it, dear ones?" "Queen, our king, having brought about the destruction of the lives of both Vedeha and Mahosadha, having established sovereign power over the whole of Jambudīpa, surrounded by one hundred kings, with great glory, today drinking the great victory drink, has sent us saying 'Take those four persons and bring them.'"

They too, having believed their words, having descended from the mansion, went to the foot of the staircase. Then, having taken them, they entered the foot-tunnel. They said "We, having dwelt here for so long a time, have never before descended by this passage." "Queen, they do not descend by this passage always; this is called the auspicious passage; today, it being an auspicious day, the king commanded that you be brought by this route." They believed their words. Then some, having taken those four, went on. Some, having turned back, having opened the jewel chamber in the king's residence, having taken the essence of jewels as they wished, came back. The other four nobles too, having reached the great tunnel ahead, having seen the tunnel like a decorated assembly hall of the gods, held the perception "It has been prepared for the king's sake." Then, having led them to a place not far from the Ganges, having caused them to sit down in a decorated chamber right inside the tunnel, some, having taken up protection, remained there. Some, having gone to make known the fact of their having been brought, reported to the Bodhisatta. He, having heard their report, filled with joy thinking "Now my wish will reach its summit," having gone to the king's presence, stood to one side. The king too, through affliction by mental defilements, thinking "Now he will send my daughter, now he will send my daughter," having risen from the divan, looking through the window, having seen the city become one radiance with many hundreds of thousands of torches, surrounded by a great army, suspicious and apprehensive, consulting together with the wise ones thinking "What indeed is this?" spoke a verse -

645.

"Elephants, horses, chariots, infantry, the army stands armoured;

Torches blazing forth burn - what indeed do the wise think?"

Therein, "what indeed do the wise think" means: is King Cūḷanī pleased with us, or angry? What indeed do the wise think? - thus he asked.

Having heard that, Senaka said - "Do not worry, great king, exceedingly many torches are visible; the king is coming having taken his daughter to give to you, methinks." Pukkusa too said "He must be standing having taken up protection in order to make an honour for you as a visitor." Thus whatever pleased each of them, that they said. But the king, having heard the sound of those saying "Let the army stand at such and such a place, take up protection at such and such a place, be diligent," looking, having seen the army armed with the five weapons, having become frightened by the fear of death, hoping for the words of the Great Being, spoke the other verse -

646.

"Elephants, horses, chariots, infantry, the army stands armoured;

Torches blazing forth burn - what indeed will the wise do?"

Therein, "what indeed will the wise do" means: O wise one, what indeed did you think, what will these armies do to us?

Having heard that, the Great Being, having thought "Having frightened this blind fool a little, afterwards having shown my power of wisdom, I shall reassure him," said -

647.

"He protects you, great king, Cūḷaneyya of great power;

Corrupted by Brahmadatta, in the morning he will have you killed."

Having heard that, all became frightened by the fear of death. The king's throat withered, the spittle in his mouth dried up, a burning arose in his body. He, frightened by the fear of death, lamenting, spoke two verses -

648.

"My heart swells up, and my mouth dries up;

I do not attain peace, like one burnt by fire in the sun's heat.

649.

"Just as a smith's forge, the inside burns, not outside;

So too my heart burns within, not outside."

648-649. Therein, "swells up" means dear son, wise Mahosadha, my heart trembles like a sprout struck by a great wind. "Burns within" means he laments thus: "Like a torch, the flesh of my heart burns within, but outwardly it does not burn."

The Great Being, having heard the sound of his lamentation, having thought "This blind fool on other days did not heed my word; I shall rebuke him further," said -

650.

"Heedless, having gone beyond counsel, your counsel is broken, O warrior;

Now let the wise, the counsellors, the people protect you.

651.

"Not heeding the word of the councillor, who seeks welfare and benefit;

The king, delighting in self-gratification, is laid down like a deer in a trap.

652.

"Just as a fish, greedy for bait, does not know the hook, the bent thing covered with meat;

The fish does not know its own death.

653.

"Just so you, O king, the daughter of Cūḷaneyya;

Greedy for sensual pleasure, you do not know, like a fish, your own death.

654.

"If you go to Pañcāla, you will quickly abandon yourself;

Like a deer followed on the path, he will encounter great fear."

655.

"A man of ignoble form, O lord of men, like a snake gone into the lap, would bite;

A wise one should not make friendship with him, painful indeed is association with a contemptible person.

656.

"Whatever person one should know, O lord of men, this one is moral and very learned;

With that very one the wise should make friendship, happy indeed is association with a good person."

650-656. Therein, "heedless" means great king, you are heedless through sensual pleasure. "Having gone beyond counsel" means going beyond the counsel that was counselled, having seen the future danger and having determined it with wisdom by me. "Your counsel is broken" means your counsel is broken precisely because of having gone beyond counsel; or whatever counsel was taken by you together with Senaka and the others, that is broken - thus too you have become one whose counsel is broken. "The wise" means let these four persons headed by Senaka now protect you; he explains "I see their power." "Not heeding the minister" means not heeding the word of me, the highest minister. "Delighting in self-gratification" means having been indulging in the joy of one's own mental defilements. "Laid down like a deer in a trap" means just as a deer that has come lured by the greed for bait is caught in a hidden snare, so not heeding my word, having come through the greed of mental defilements thinking "I shall obtain Pañcālacandī," you have now become like a deer bound in a hidden snare.

The pair of verses beginning with "Just as a mortal" was spoken to show "At that time this simile was brought by me." The verse beginning with "If you go" was also spoken to show "Not only this much, I brought this too." "Of ignoble form" means a shameless person of bad character, similar to the fisherman-brahmin. "Not friendship with him" means one should not make the bond of friendship with such a one; but you, having made the bond of friendship with the fisherman, heeded his word. "Suffering" means association with one of such form, even done once, is called suffering because it brings great suffering both in this world and in the world beyond. "Yadeva" means yaṃ eva; or this itself is the reading. "Happiness" means happiness indeed both in this world and in the world beyond.

Then, rebuking him more thoroughly thinking "He will do such a thing again," bringing forth and showing the conversation previously spoken by the king -

657.

"You are a foolish idiot, O king, who spoke of the highest goods to me;

How can I, raised at the plough's tip, know the meanings just as others do?

658.

"Having seized this one by the throat, remove him from my kingdom;

He who speaks as an obstacle to my obtaining the jewel."

657-658. Having spoken these two verses, "Great king, I am a householder's son; just as your other wise ones such as Senaka know the meanings, how could I likewise know? This is outside my own resort; I know only the householder's craft. This matter is well-known to the wise ones such as Senaka. Today let Senaka and the others be the support for you who are surrounded by an army numbering eighteen akkhobhaṇīs. But you commanded to seize me by the neck and throw me out; why do you now ask me?" - thus he thoroughly rebuked him.

Having heard that, the king thought: "The wise one speaks only of the fault spoken by me. For he knew this future danger beforehand; therefore he rebukes me exceedingly. But surely this one will not have remained inactive for so long a time; inevitably by him my safety will have been secured." Then, discerning him, he spoke two verses -

659.

"Mahosadha, with the past, the wise do not pierce;

Why do you pierce me like a bound horse, with a goad?

660.

"If you see release, or else if you see security;

Instruct me by that very means, why do you pierce me with the past?"

659-660. Therein, "do not pierce" means having taken up a past fault, they do not pierce with verbal daggers. "Like a bound horse" means because of being surrounded by the enemy's army, why do you pierce me like a horse that has been well bound and placed? "By that very means, me" means "thus there will be release for you, thus security" - by that very means of safety, instruct me, console me; for apart from that, there is no other shelter for me.

Then the Great Being, having thought "This king is exceedingly blind and foolish, he does not recognise a distinguished man; having wearied him a little, afterwards I shall become his support," said -

661.

"The human deed is past, difficult to do, difficult to endure;

Even Sakka is not able to release you from that, you should understand, O warrior.

662.

"There are sky-going elephants, possessing supernormal power, famous;

They too, having taken, would go, for one who has such ones.

663.

"There are sky-going horses, possessing supernormal power, famous;

They too, having taken, would go, for one who has such ones.

664.

"There are sky-going birds, possessing supernormal power, famous;

They too, having taken, would go, for one who has such ones.

665.

"There are sky-going demons, possessing supernormal power, famous;

They too, having taken, would go, for one who has such ones.

666.

"The human deed is past, difficult to do, difficult to endure;

I am not able to release you from that through the sky, O warrior."

661-666. Therein, "the deed" means great king, this so-called releasing of you from here is past; the work to be done by human beings is past. "Difficult to do, difficult to endure" means it is possible neither to do nor to bring about. "I am not able to release you from that" means I am not able to release you from here. "You should understand, O warrior" means great king, you yourself should know what is to be done here. "Aerial" means able to travel through space. "Serpents" means elephants. "For whom" means for whichever king. "Of such a kind" means elephants born in the Chaddanta clan or the Uposatha clan; they would take that king and go. "Horses" means horses born in the Valāhaka horse-king clan. "Birds" - he said this with reference to the garuḷa. "Demons" means demons such as Sātāgira and others. "Through the sky" means I am not able to release through the sky; the meaning is I am not able to take you and lead you through space to Mithilā.

The king, having heard that, sat bewildered. Then Senaka thought "Now, apart from the wise one, there is no other shelter for the king and for us; but the king, having heard his talk, frightened by the fear of death, is not able to say anything; I shall request the wise one." He, requesting, spoke two verses -

667.

"A man not seeing the shore, in the great ocean;

Where he finds a footing, there he finds happiness.

668.

"Thus for us and for the king, you are the support, O Mahosadha;

You are indeed the foremost of counsellors, release us from suffering."

667-668. Therein, "not seeing the shore" means one whose ship has broken up in the ocean, not seeing the shore. "Where" means wandering about, struck by the force of the waves, in whatever place he finds a footing. "Release" means he requested: "In the past too, when they stood having surrounded Mithilā, we were released by you alone; now too, you yourself release us from suffering."

Then the Great Being, rebuking him, addressed him in verse -

669.

"The human deed is past, difficult to do, difficult to endure;

I am not able to release you from that, you should understand, Senaka."

Therein, "you should understand, Senaka" means: Senaka, I am not able; but you take this king through space to Mithilā.

The king, not seeing anything acceptable to seize, frightened by the fear of death, being unable to converse with the Great Being, thinking "Perhaps Senaka too might know some stratagem; let me ask him," asking, spoke a verse -

670.

"Hear this word of mine, see the army of great fear;

Now I ask Senaka, what task do you think should be done here?"

Therein, "what task" means what do you think is fitting to be done here; I have been abandoned by Mahosadha; if you know, tell me.

Having heard that, Senaka, having thought "The king asks me for a stratagem; whether it be good or not, I shall tell one stratagem," spoke a verse -

671.

"Either we give fire from the door, or we take up a knife;

Having killed each other, we shall quickly abandon life;

May King Brahmadatta not kill us with suffering for a long time."

Therein, "from the door" means having shut the door, we give fire there. "A knife" means we take up a knife for cutting each other. "We shall abandon" means we shall quickly give up life; the decorated mansion itself will be our funeral pyre of wood.

Having heard that, the king, displeased, having said "Make such a funeral pyre for your own children and wife," asked Pukkusa and the others. They too spoke only foolish talk befitting themselves. Therefore it was said -

672.

"Hear this word of mine, see the army of great fear;

Now I ask Pukkusa, what task do you think should be done here?

673.

"Having eaten poison, let us die, quickly we shall abandon life;

May King Brahmadatta not kill us with suffering for a long time.

674.

"Hear this word of mine, see the army of great fear;

Now I ask the Lord of Sensual Pleasures, what task do you think should be done here?

675.

"Having bound with a rope let us die, from the precipice let us fall;

May King Brahmadatta not kill us with suffering for a long time.

676.

"Hear this word of mine, see the army of great fear;

Now I ask the lord of gods, what task do you think should be done here?

677.

"Either we give fire from the door, or we take up a knife;

Having killed each other, we shall quickly abandon life;

Mahosadha is not able to release us easily."

672-677. Moreover, among those, the lord of the gods, having thought "What is this king doing? When fire exists, he blows on a firefly. Apart from Mahosadha, there is no one else here able to bring about safety. He, without having asked him, asks us - what do we know?" and not seeing any other means, having spoken just what was spoken by Senaka, praising the Great Being, spoke two verses. Therein this is the intention - "Great king, we all request the wise one only. But if, even when being requested, Mahosadha is not able to release us easily, then we shall do as Senaka says."

Having heard that, the king, having remembered the fault previously spoken against the Bodhisatta, being unable to converse with him, lamenting even as he was listening, said -

678.

"Just as one searching does not find substance in a plantain tree;

Thus we, searching for it, did not find the question.

679.

"Just as one searching does not find substance in a silk-cotton tree;

Thus we, searching for it, did not find the question.

680.

"Indeed we have dwelt in an unsuitable place, like elephants in a forest without water;

In the presence of wicked people, of the foolish who do not understand.

681.

"My heart swells up, and my mouth dries up;

I do not attain peace, like one burnt by fire in the sun's heat.

682.

"Just as a smith's forge burns within, not outside;

So too my heart burns within, not outside."

678-682. Therein, "of a plantain tree" means just as, because of the unsubstantiality of the trunk of a plantain tree, a man seeking substance, even searching, does not find substance from it, thus we, having asked five wise ones the question of the means of release from this suffering, even searching, did not find the question. They became as if not knowing, not hearing the means asked by us; we did not find that question. In the second verse too, the same method applies. "Of elephants in a forest without water" means just as for elephants, dwelling in a waterless place is called dwelling in an unsuitable place, for indeed they, dwelling in such a waterless jungle thicket region, quickly come under the control of enemies, thus by us too, dwelling near these wicked people, these fools, it is dwelling in an unsuitable place. Indeed, among this many wise ones, not even one is now a shelter for me - thus he laments in various ways.

Having heard that, the wise one thought: "This king is wearied very much. If I do not console him, he will die with a broken heart" - having thought thus, he consoled him. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

683.

"Then that wise one, the prudent, intent upon the good, Mahosadha;

Having seen Vedeha suffering, spoke these words.

684.

"Do not fear, great king, do not fear, O bull among charioteers;

I will release you, like the moon from Rāhu's grip.

685.

"Do not fear, great king, do not fear, O bull among charioteers;

I will release you, like the sun from Rāhu's grip.

686.

"Do not fear, great king, do not fear, O bull among charioteers;

I will release you, like an elephant stuck in the mud.

687.

"Do not fear, great king, do not fear, O bull among charioteers;

I will release you, like a serpent bound in a box.

688.

"Do not fear, great king, do not fear, O bull among charioteers;

I will release you, like a bird bound in a cage.

689.

"Do not fear, great king, do not fear, O bull among charioteers;

I will release you, like fish caught in a net.

690.

"Do not fear, great king, do not fear, O bull among charioteers;

I will release you, together with your yokes, forces and vehicles.

691.

"Do not fear, great king, do not fear, O bull among charioteers;

I will drive away Pañcāla, like a crow-army with a clod.

692.

"What is the purpose of wisdom, or even such a minister;

Who would not release from suffering one who has leapt into confinement?"

683-692. Therein, "idaṃ" means as if causing a heavy downpour to rain upon a forest burnt by a forest fire, consoling him, he spoke this utterance beginning with "Do not fear, great king." Therein, "sanna" means stuck. "Bound in a box" means a snake that has gone inside a box. "Pañcāla" means this army of the king of Pañcāla, even though so great. "I shall drive away" means I shall put to flight. "Adu" is an indeclinable particle in the sense of a noun; the meaning is: what is the purpose of wisdom? "Or even such a minister" means what is the purpose of even such a minister accomplished in wisdom, who would not release from suffering one who has thus reached the confinement of death. Great king, for what purpose do you think I, coming first of all, have come? Do not fear; I shall release you from this suffering - thus he consoled him.

He too, having heard his word, obtained consolation thinking "Now my life has been obtained." When the Bodhisatta made the lion's roar, all were delighted. Then Senaka asked him: "Wise one, taking all of us and going, by what means will you go?" Having said "I shall lead you through the decorated tunnel; be prepared for the journey," commanding the warriors for the purpose of opening the tunnel door, he spoke a verse -

693.

"Come, young men, arise, clean the entrance of the tunnel;

The Videhan together with his ministers, will go through the tunnel."

Therein, "young men" is a designation for the young. "Clean the entrance" means open the tunnel door. "Of the tunnel" means clean the door of the house connections, open the doors of the one hundred bedchambers, open the doors of the many hundreds of lamp chambers.

They, having risen, opened the tunnel door. The entire tunnel, being one radiance, shone like a decorated assembly hall of the gods. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

694.

"Having heard that word of his, the followers of the wise one;

They opened the tunnel door, and the machine-connected bolts."

Therein, "followers" means stewards. "Machine-connected bolts" means doors and shutters equipped with needle-latches.

They, having opened the tunnel door, informed the Great Being. He gave the signal to the king: "It is time, Sire, descend from the mansion." Having heard that, the king descended. Then Senaka, having removed the turban-cloth from his head, having taken off his cloak, firmly tied his loin-cloth. Then the Great Being, having seen him, asked "Senaka, what are you doing?" "Wise one, those going through a tunnel should release their wrapping, firmly tie their loin-cloth, and then go." "Senaka, do not form the notion 'Entering the tunnel, having stooped down, establishing myself on my knees, I shall enter.' If you wish to go by elephant, mount an elephant and go. If you wish to go by horse, mount a horse and go. The tunnel is high, eighteen cubits in height, with a broad door; you, adorned and prepared according to your preference, go ahead of the king," he said. The Bodhisatta, it is said, having arranged Senaka's going in front, having placed the king in the middle, himself remained behind. Why? Lest the king, looking at the decorated tunnel, should go slowly. In the tunnel there were immeasurable quantities of rice gruel, meals, solid food, and so on for the public. Those people, eating and drinking, looking at the tunnel, went along. The Great Being, urging "Go on, great king, go on, great king," went behind. The king, looking at the tunnel as if at a decorated assembly hall of the gods, went along. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

695.

"Senaka goes in front, and Mahosadha behind;

And in the middle the king, the Videhan, surrounded by ministers."

Having known of the king's arrival, those young men, having brought out the king's mother and the queen and the son and the daughter from the tunnel, placed them in the great spacious pavilion. The king too went forth from the tunnel together with the Bodhisatta. They, having seen the king and the wise one, frightened by the fear of death, cried out with a great uproar: "Without doubt we have fallen into the enemy's hands; these must be the wise one's men who have come and seized us." King Cūḷanī too, it is said, out of fear of the Videha king's fleeing, stood at a place about a league from the Ganges. He, when the night had become quiet, having heard their cry, even though wishing to say "It sounds like Queen Nandā," out of fear of mockery thinking "Where will you see Queen Nandā?" said nothing. But the Great Being, at that place, having placed the maiden Pañcālacandī on a heap of jewels, having consecrated her, said "Great king, you have come for the sake of this one; let her be your queen-consort." They provided three hundred boats; the king, having descended from the spacious pavilion, boarded the decorated boat. Those four warriors too boarded the boat. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

696.

"Having gone forth from the tunnel, the Videhan mounted the boat;

And having known him as mounted, Mahosadha instructed him.

697.

"This is your father-in-law, O lord, this is your mother-in-law, O king of people;

As is the practice towards a mother, so let it be for you towards your mother-in-law.

698.

"Just as one's own brother, born of the same womb, of one mother;

So Pañcālacanda should be cherished by you, O bull among charioteers.

699.

"This Pañcālacandī is for you, the king's daughter desired;

Do as you please with her, she is your wife, O bull among charioteers."

696-699. Therein, "instructed" means thus indeed it occurred to him: "Perhaps this one, having become angry, might kill the mother of King Cūḷanī, might live together with the beautiful Queen Nandā, or might kill the prince; I shall obtain his acknowledgment." Therefore, saying "This is your" and so on, he instructed him. Therein, "this is your father-in-law" means this is the son of your father-in-law King Cūḷanī, the youngest brother of Pañcālacandī; this is now your father-in-law. "This is your mother-in-law" means this one's mother, named Queen Nandā, is your mother-in-law. "As towards a mother" means just as sons perform all kinds of duties towards a mother, so let it be for you towards her; having set up a strong perception of her as a mother, do not ever look at her with a mind of greed. "One's own" means an internal one, born of the same father. "Of one mother" means born of the same mother. "To be cherished" means to be held dear. "Wife" means this is your wife; do not show contempt towards her - thus he obtained the acknowledgment from the king.

The king too accepted saying "Very well." But regarding the king's mother, he did not say anything. Why? Because of her being old, indeed. But all this the Bodhisatta spoke while standing right there on the bank. Then the king, wishing to go because of being freed from great suffering, having said "Dear son, you speak while standing right there on the bank," spoke a verse -

700.

"Having mounted the boat, crossing over, why indeed do you stand on the shore;

With difficulty we are freed from suffering, let us go now, Mahosadha."

The Great Being, having said "Sire, going together with you is indeed inappropriate for me," said -

701.

"This is not the principle, great king, that I, being the leader of the army,

Having neglected a part of the army, should release myself.

702.

"In your dwelling, O lord, a part of the army has been neglected;

That was given by Brahmadatta, I will bring it, O bull among charioteers."

701-702. Therein, "custom" means intrinsic nature. "In the dwelling" - he said this with reference to that city. "Should release" means should release. "Having neglected" means having abandoned. For among those people, because of having come a long road, some were exhausted and had fallen asleep, some were eating and drinking and did not even know of our departure, some were ill. Many people here who have done work for four months together with me are my helpers; it is not possible for me to go having abandoned even a single person. But I, having turned back, shall bring back all that army of yours, given by Brahmadatta, unharmed. You, great king, without lingering anywhere, go quickly. Elephants, vehicles and so on have been stationed by me on the road; having left behind the exhausted ones, enter Mithilā itself quickly with the able ones.

Thereupon the king spoke a verse -

703.

"With a small army against a great army, how will you stand having quarrelled?

Weak against the powerful, you will suffer hardship, wise one."

Therein, "having quarrelled" means having surrounded. "You will suffer hardship" means you will be destroyed.

Then the Bodhisatta said -

704.

"Even if a counsellor with a small army, against a great army without a counsellor;

A king conquers kings, like the sun at its rising dispels darkness."

Therein, "a counsellor" means one endowed with wisdom, wise, clever in means. "Without a counsellor" means he conquers one not clever in means; the wise one conquers the unwise. "A king conquers kings" means even a single king of such a kind conquers even many unwise kings. In what way? "Like the sun at its rising dispels darkness" means just as the sun, rising, having destroyed the darkness, shows light, so he conquers and shines like the sun.

Having said this, the Great Being, having paid homage to the king saying "Go, you," dismissed him. He, having reflected on the virtues of the Bodhisatta, thinking "I am indeed freed from the hands of enemies, and because of having obtained her, my wish too has reached its summit," with joy and gladness having arisen, explaining the virtues of the wise one to Senaka, spoke a verse -

705.

"Very happy indeed is communion with the wise," said Senaka;

"Like birds bound in a cage, like fish caught in a net;

Gone into the hands of enemies, Mahosadha released us."

Therein, "very happy indeed" means very exceedingly happy indeed is this, whatever communion with the wise. "Thus" is an indeclinable particle in the sense of cause. This is what is meant - Because Mahosadha released us who had gone into the hands of enemies, therefore, Senaka, I say: "Very happy indeed is this, whatever this communion with the wise."

Having heard that, Senaka too, speaking of the virtues of the wise one, said -

706.

"So it is, great king, for the wise bring happiness;

"Like birds bound in a cage, like fish caught in a net;

Gone into the hands of enemies, Mahosadha released us."

Then the king of Videha, having crossed the river, at every yojana interval arrived at a village constructed by the Great Being. There the people stationed by the Bodhisatta gave him elephants, vehicles and so on, as well as food and drink and so on. He, having left behind the exhausted elephants, horses, chariots and so on, having taken the others, together with them reached another village. By this method, having traversed the road of a hundred yojanas, on the following day, right early, he entered Mithilā. The Great Being too, having gone to the tunnel entrance, having unfastened the sword armed upon himself, having cleared away the sand at the tunnel entrance, placed it there. And having placed it, he entered the tunnel, having gone through the tunnel, having entered the city, having ascended the mansion, having bathed with scented water, having eaten food of various excellent flavours, having gone to an excellent bed, reflecting "My wish has reached its summit," he lay down. Then, after the passing of that night, King Cūḷanī, inspecting the divisions of the army, approached that city. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

707.

"Having guarded the entire night, Cūḷaneyya of great power;

At the break of dawn, approached the bastion.

708.

"Having mounted the excellent elephant, powerful, sixty years old;

The king Pañcāla spoke, Cūḷaneyya of great power.

709.

"Armoured with a jewelled coat of mail, having taken an arrow in hand;

He addressed the servant, when the various troops had assembled."

707-709. Therein, "the entire" means whole, without remainder. "Rising" means at the rising. "The bastion" means he approached that city which had received the name "Upakārī" because it was built by the Great Being with reference to the city of Pañcāla. "He said" means he said to his own army. "The servant" means his own messengers. "Addressed" means spoke over, spoke beforehand; "skilled in many fields" means established in many crafts, one who knows numerous crafts.

Now, in order to show them in their own nature, he said -

710.

"Elephant riders, royal guards, charioteers, infantry builders;

Trained in archery, skilled in piercing a hair, assembled."

Therein, "in archery" means in the art of the bow. "Skilled" means accomplished in hands through the ability of piercing without missing.

Now the king, commanding to capture the Videhan alive, said -

711.

"Send forth the tusked elephants, powerful, sixty years old;

Let the elephants trample the city, well built by the Vedeha.

712.

"White, with tips like calf's teeth, sharp-pointed, bone-piercing;

Propelled by the force of the bow, let them fly one after another.

713.

"Young men wearing armour, brave, with weapons fitted with colourful shafts;

Charging warriors, great warriors, let them be face to face with the elephants.

714.

"Spears washed with oil, flaming and luminous;

Let them stand shining, like the sun among the stars.

715.

"Of those possessing weapon-strength, wearing armour and bracelets;

Of such warriors, who do not flee in battle;

Whence will the Videhan escape, even if he acts like a bird?

716.

"Thirty thousand and ninety men are mine, all selected one by one;

Whose equal I do not see, wandering the entire earth.

717.

"And elephants prepared, tusked, powerful, sixty years old;

On whose backs shine princes, lovely to behold.

718.

"With yellow ornaments, yellow garments, yellow upper and inner robes;

They shine on elephant backs, like sons of gods in Nandana.

719.

"Swords the colour of shad fish, washed with oil, luminous;

Finished by wise men, with even edges, well sharpened.

720.

"Gleaming, stainless, made firm with vulture-feather bindings;

Held by powerful ones, by those who strike sure blows.

721.

"Furnished with golden hilts, covered with red sheaths;

Turning about they shine, like lightning amidst a mass of clouds.

722.

"Bearing banners, wearing armour, brave, skilled in sword and shield;

Archers well-trained, striking upon the shoulders of elephants.

723.

"Fenced in by such as these, there is no release for you from here;

I do not see your power, by which you would go to Mithilā."

711-723. Therein, "tusked" means having accomplished tusks. "With mouths like calves' teeth" means with mouths like chisels. "Sent forth" means released. "Let them fall one upon another" means let such arrows fall one upon another, let them come together. He commanded "Rain a shower of arrows like a dense cloud rain." "Young men" means young warriors. "Wearing armour" means having armour in hand. "With weapons fitted with variegated shafts" means endowed with weapons fitted with variegated shafts. "Charging warriors" means those who charge into battle. "Great warriors" means warriors able to stand motionless even when great elephants come trumpeting, and able to seize their tusks and pull them out. "Like the sun among the stars" means like the sun, like the morning star. "Of those mighty in weapons" means of those endowed with, possessed of the power of weapons. "Wearing armour and arm-bracelets" means guṇi is called armour; of those wearing armour and arm-bracelet ornaments; or of those wearing arm-bracelets reckoned as armour. "Even if he acts like a bird" means even if he leaps into the sky like a bird, even so how will he be freed - thus he says.

"Thirty thousand and ninety men are mine" means thirty thousands and ninety hundreds of men are called thirty thousand and ninety. "All selected one by one" shows that so many are my warriors, having taken weapons from the hands of others, able to strike off the heads of enemies, selected one by one, taken as warriors who do not turn back. "Wandering the entire earth" shows that even wandering this entire earth, I do not see their equal or like, how much less what surpasses them; those very ones are my warriors, so many. "Lovely to behold" means cāru is called gold; the meaning is gold-coloured. "With yellow ornaments" means with ornaments of yellow-coloured gold. "With yellow garments" means with garments of yellow-coloured gold. "With yellow upper and lower robes" means with yellow upper robes and lower garments. "Of the colour of the pāṭhīna fish" means similar to the stone-fish. "Nettiṃsa" means swords. "By wise men" means by wise persons. "Well-whetted" means well-sharpened, exceedingly sharp.

"Shining brightly" means shining like the sun standing at midday. "Made with trained iron" means made with trained iron obtained by having heron birds eat it seven times. "By warriors of strong blows" means by warriors of firm blows. "Upheld with red silk" means endowed with a sheath of red colour. "Banners" means able to turn about in the sky. "Brave" means brave by birth. "Skilled in sword and shield" means skilled in the handling of these. "Archers" means bow-bearers. "Well-trained" means exceedingly trained in this bow-handling. "Striking upon the shoulders of elephants" means able to cut down and fell upon the backs of elephants with a sword. "There is no escape" means he says: hey, Vedeha, you were first freed by the power of the householder's son, but now there is no escape for you. "Your power" means now I do not see your royal power, by which you would go to Mithilā quickly; you have become like a fish entered into a net.

King Cūḷanī, threatening the Vedeha, "Now I shall seize him," urging the elephant with a diamond goad, commanding the army "Seize them, break them, pierce them," approached as if overwhelming the bastion city. Then the Great Being's planted agents, thinking "Who knows what will happen?" having taken their own attendants, surrounded him. At that moment, the Bodhisatta, having risen from the royal bed, having attended to his toilet, having eaten his morning meal, adorned and prepared, having put on a Kāsi cloth worth a hundred thousand, having arranged a red woollen blanket on one shoulder, having taken a walking stick decorated with the seven jewels, having mounted golden slippers, being fanned with a yak-tail fan by a woman adorned like a celestial nymph, having opened the latticed window in the adorned mansion, showing himself to King Cūḷanī, walked up and down back and forth with the grace of Sakka, the king of gods. King Cūḷanī too, having looked at his personal splendour, was not able to gladden his mind, and thinking "Now I shall seize him," sent the elephant very quickly. The wise one thought "This one, with the perception 'The Vedeha has been obtained by me,' comes very quickly; he does not know the fact that our king has gone, having taken his children and wife; having shown my face like a golden mirror, I shall speak with him." He, standing right at the window, having uttered a sweet voice, speaking together with him, said -

724.

"Why, as if in a hurry, did you send the elephant, the tusker?

You rush in with a delighted appearance, do you think 'I have accomplished my purpose'?

725.

"Take off that bow and bow, withdraw the hoof-tipped arrow;

Take off that beautiful armour, spread with lapis lazuli and gems."

724-725. Therein, "tusker" means the foremost. "With a delighted appearance" means with a joyful and delighted mind, filled with joy. "You rush in" means you come. "I have accomplished my purpose" means my purpose has been fulfilled, you think "my wish has reached its summit." "Put down" means put down this bow, that is to say the bow called a cāpa, take it away, throw it away; what use is it to you? "Withdraw" means having removed it, either give it to another, or place it in a concealed place; what will you do with a hoof-tipped arrow? "Armour" means remove this armour too. This will have been fastened on by you yesterday; throw it away; let not your body become pallid; without wearying yourself, right early enter the city - thus he made sport with the king.

He, having heard his word, threatening him thinking "The householder's son makes sport with me; today I shall find out what is to be done to you," spoke a verse -

726.

"Your facial complexion is serene, and you speak with a smile first;

Such accomplishment in beauty occurs indeed at the time of death."

Therein, "with a smile first" means having first smiled and then speaking, you speak with a smile first; you do not regard me as anything at all. "Occurs indeed" means at the time of death, accomplishment in beauty indeed occurs; therefore you shine; today, having cut off your head, I shall drink the victory drink.

Thus, while he was conversing with him, the great army, having seen the personal splendour of the Great Being, saying "Hey, our king is consulting with the wise Mahosadha; what indeed is he saying? Let us hear their discussion," went to the very presence of the king. The wise one too, having heard his talk, said "You do not know me as 'the wise Mahosadha.' I shall not give myself up to be killed. Your counsel, Sire, is broken. What was thought in the heart by Kevaṭṭa and by you has not come about; only what was spoken by mouth has come about" - thus making known, he said:

727.

"Your thundering is vain, O king, your counsel is broken, O warrior;

You are hard to manage, O king, like a Sindh horse by an inferior horse.

728.

"Yesterday the king crossed the Ganges, together with his ministers and retinue;

Like a crow after the king of swans, you will fall back without speed."

727-728. Therein, "your counsel is broken" means the counsel that was taken by you together with Kevaṭṭa in the bedchamber - do not perceive that he does not know that counsel; even before, that was known by me; you have become one whose counsel is broken. "You are hard to manage by you" means great king, by you our king is hard to manage, like a Sindh horse by an inferior horse; the meaning is that it is not possible to catch him, like one mounted on an inferior horse going after having mounted a thoroughbred endowed with speed. For Kevaṭṭa is like the inferior horse, you are like the man mounted on it, I am like the Sindh horse endowed with speed, and our king is like the man mounted on it - thus he shows. "Crossed over yesterday" means he crossed over yesterday itself. And he, the minister, together with his retinue; he did not go having fled alone. "If you pursue" means but if you will pursue him, will follow after him, then just as a crow pursuing the golden king of swans will fall along the way, so you will fall; you will meet with destruction along the way - thus he says.

Now he, like an unshaken maned lion, bringing forth an example, said -

729.

"Jackals during the night-time, having seen the kiṃsuka tree in full bloom;

Thinking it was a slice of flesh, the lowest of beasts surrounded it.

730.

"When the nights had passed, when the sun had risen;

Having seen the kiṃsuka tree in full bloom, the lowest of beasts with hopes cut off.

731.

"Just so you, O king, having surrounded the Videhan;

With hope cut off you will go, like jackals with the kiṃsuka tree."

729-731. Therein, "having seen" means having looked at by the light of the moon. "Surrounded" means they surrounded it and stood, thinking "Right early we shall eat the slice of flesh and go." "When had passed" means when those nights had passed, during whichever nights they stood thus. "Having seen" means having seen the kiṃsuka tree by the light of the sun, having known "This is not meat," being without hope, they fled. "Jackals" explains: just as the jackals, having surrounded the kiṃsuka tree, departed with hopes cut off, so you too, having known the absence of the Videha king here, with hope cut off, will go; you will flee, taking your army.

The king, having heard his fearless words, thought "This householder's son, having become exceedingly brave, spoke; without doubt the Videhan must have escaped." He, having become very much angry, thinking "Formerly, in dependence on the householder's son, we became without an owner even of a belly-cloth; now by him our adversary who had come into our possession has been put to flight; he is indeed the doer of much harm to us; the punishment to be done to both I shall do to this one alone" - commanding to carry out the punishment upon him, said -

732.

"Cut off his hands and feet, and his ears and nose;

He who freed the Videhan, my enemy who had come into my possession."

733.

"Let them cook this one on a stake, like meat to be cooked;

He who freed the Videhan, my enemy who had come into my possession."

734.

"Just as a bull's hide is stretched out on the earth;

Of a lion and also of a tiger, it is struck with stakes.

735.

"Having thus stretched him out, I will pierce him with a spear;

He who freed the Videhan, my enemy who had come into my possession."

732-735. Therein, "to be cooked" means ought to be cooked, suitable to be cooked; like the meat of deer and so on, let them cook this householder's son having fixed him on a stake. "Of a lion and also of a tiger" means and just as their hide is struck with stakes, so let it be. "I will pierce" means I will cause to be pierced.

Having heard that, the Great Being, having laughed, having thought "This king does not know the fact that his queen and relatives have been sent by me to Mithilā; therefore he plans this torture for me. But through the power of anger he might either shoot me with an arrow or do something else pleasing to himself. In order to make this one stricken with sorrow, having brought him to a state of pain, to cause him to lie down unconscious right on the elephant's back, I shall tell him that reason," said -

736.

"If you cut off my hands and feet, and my ears and nose;

Thus the Videhan will cut off Pañcālacanda's.

737.

"If you cut off my hands and feet, and my ears and nose;

Thus the Videhan will cut off Pañcālacandī's.

738.

"If you cut off my hands and feet, and my ears and nose;

Thus the Videhan will cut off Queen Nandā's.

739.

"If you cut off my hands and feet, and my ears and nose;

Thus the Videhan will cut off your children and wife's.

740.

"If like meat to be cooked, having put on a stake you will cook;

Thus the Videhan will cause Pañcālacanda to be cooked.

741.

"If like meat to be cooked, having put on a stake you will cook;

Thus the Videhan will cause Pañcālacandī to be cooked.

742.

"If like meat to be cooked, having put on a stake you will cook;

Thus the Videhan will cause Queen Nandā to be cooked.

743.

"If like meat to be cooked, having put on a stake you will cook;

Thus the Videhan will cause your children and wife to be cooked.

744.

"If, having stretched me out, you will pierce me with a spear;

Thus the Videhan will pierce Pañcālacanda's.

745.

"If, having stretched me out, you will pierce me with a spear;

Thus the Videhan will pierce Pañcālacandī's.

746.

"If, having stretched me out, you will pierce me with a spear;

Thus the Videhan will pierce Queen Nandā.

747.

"If, having stretched me out, you will pierce me with a spear;

Thus the Videhan will pierce your children and wife;

Thus it was discussed in secret by us, by the Videhan together with me.

748.

"Just as a hide of a hundred palas, well-finished with a lance-head,

Approaches for thin protection, to ward off arrows.

749.

"Bringer of happiness, dispeller of suffering, of the famous Videhan;

I shall strike down your intention, with an arrow or a hundred palas."

736-749. "Will cut off there" means having merely heard "It is said that the wise one's hands and feet have been cut off by Cūḷanī," he will cut off. "Of children and wife" means on account of cutting off me alone, our king will cut off your two sons and the queen-consort as well - thus three persons. "Thus it was discussed in secret by us" means, great king, by me and by the Videhan king it was thus discussed in secret: "Whatever King Cūḷanī does to me here, that same thing should be done there to his children and wife." "A hundred palas" means leather of a hundred palas in measure, brought to a state of softness by having it treated with much alkaline substance. "Well finished with a kontimantā" means kontimantā is called a tanner's knife; because of being made by means of cutting and scraping with it, it is well finished. "For thin protection" means just as that leather serves as bodily shelter for warding off arrows in battle, having warded off arrows, it protects the body. "Bringing happiness" means, great king, I too, for the purpose of warding off our king's enemies, am one who brings happiness, like that leather shield for protection against arrows. "Dispelling suffering" means I bring both bodily happiness and mental happiness, and I dispel suffering. "Wisdom" means therefore I shall ward off your wisdom, your intelligence, your arrow, with my own wisdom, as with that leather of a hundred palas.

Having heard that, the king thought: "What is the householder's son saying? It seems that just as I shall do to him, so the Videhan king will inflict bodily punishment on my children and wife. He does not know the well-arranged state of the protection of my children and wife. Thinking 'He will kill me now,' he laments out of fear of death. I do not believe his word." The Great Being, having thought "This one imagines that I speak out of fear of death; I shall make him know," said -

750.

"Come now, see, great king, your inner palace is empty;

Harem-ladies and princes, and your mother, O warrior;

Having taken them out through the tunnel, they have been offered to the Videhan."

Therein, "through the tunnel" means: great king, having sent my own young men, having had them descend from the mansion, having had them brought through the foot-tunnel, having taken them out through the great tunnel, your relatives have been offered to the Videhan.

Having heard that, the king thought: "The wise one speaks exceedingly firmly; and in the night-time, by the side of the Ganges, a sound like that of Queen Nandā was heard by me; the wise one of great wisdom might perhaps be speaking the truth." He, though powerful grief had arisen, having established mindfulness, as if not grieving, having had a certain minister summoned, sending him for the purpose of knowing, spoke this verse -

751.

"Come now, having gone to my inner palace, investigate it;

Whether this one's word is true or false."

He, together with his retinue, having gone to the king's dwelling, having opened the door, having entered inside, having bound the hands and feet and having gagged the mouths of the inner palace guards hung on ivory pegs, and the hunchbacks, dwarfs, and others, and having seen the vessels broken, the solid and soft food scattered here and there, the doors of the jewel houses opened, the plundering of jewels done, the royal bed chamber with its door open, and a flock of crows having entered through the windows just as they had been left open, roaming about, and the king's dwelling resembling an abandoned village and miserable like a cemetery ground, having come back again, reporting to the king, said -

752.

"So it is, great king, as Mahosadha has said;

The entire inner palace is empty, like a crow's port."

Therein, "like a crow's port" means like an abandoned village on the ocean shore, crowded with flocks of crows that have come attracted by the smell of fish.

Having heard that, the king, trembling with sorrow arising from separation from the four dear persons, thinking "This suffering of mine has arisen in dependence on the householder's son," was exceedingly angry with the Bodhisatta, like a venomous snake struck with a stick. The Great Being, having seen his demeanour, thought "This king of great fame might sometimes, through the power of anger, with warrior-caste pride thinking 'What use are they to me?' vex me. What if I, making Queen Nandā appear as if never seen before by him, were to praise the beauty of her body. Then he, having recollected that, will think 'If I kill Mahosadha, I shall not obtain such a woman treasure; not killing him, I shall obtain her again' - out of affection for his own wife, he will do nothing to me" - having thought thus, for the purpose of his own protection, while still standing on the mansion, having stretched out his golden-coloured arm from between the red blankets, praising her by way of indicating the path by which she had gone, he said -

753.

"From here she has gone, great king, a woman beautiful in all her limbs;

With hips like a golden plank of Kosamba, speaking with the sweet voice of swans.

754.

"From here she was led away, great king, a woman beautiful in all her limbs;

Dressed in silk, dark-complexioned, with a beautiful girdle of gold.

755.

"With well-reddened feet, beautiful, with a girdle of gold and jewels;

With pigeon-like eyes, slender-bodied, with bimba-fruit lips, slender-waisted.

756.

Well-born, like a tender creeper, like a platform, slender-waisted;

Her long hair was black, slightly curled at the tips.

757.

"Well-born, like a young deer, like a flame of fire in winter;

Like a river in mountain fastnesses, covered with small bamboos.

758.

"With a nose like an elephant's, beautiful, supreme like a timbaru tree;

Not too long, not too short, not hairless, not too hairy."

753-758. Therein, "from here" shows the tunnel. "With hips like a Kosamba plank" means with beautiful hips like a broad golden plank. "Speaking with the sweet voice of swans" means endowed with a sweet, melodious voice like that of young swans wandering about for the purpose of foraging. "Wearing silk" means wearing silk garments inlaid with gold. "Sāmā" means gold-complexioned. "With pigeon eyes" means with eyes like those of a pigeon bird in the red parts of the five sense faculties. "With slender body" means with a beautiful body. "With bimba lips" means ending with well-reddened, smooth lips like a bimba fruit. "Slender-waisted" means with a measured, slender waist. "Well born, like an arm-creeper" means she shines like a well-born arm-creeper, beautiful with red sprouts stirred by the wind, at the time of stretching. "Like a railing" means slender-waisted like a golden railing. "Slightly curled at the tips" means slightly bent at the tips. Or "slightly curled at the tips" means bent like the tip of a sword.

"Like a deer-fawn" means endowed with graceful coquetry like a one-year-old tigress cub well born on a mountain plateau. "Like a flame of fire in winter" means she shines like a flame of fire in winter by reason of being accomplished in radiance. "With small water-reeds" means just as a river covered with small water-bamboos looks beautiful, so she looks beautiful with a line of fine, delicate hair. "Beautiful" means endowed with fivefold beauty by way of skin, flesh, hair, sinews, and bones. "Supreme, with timbaru-like breasts" means "with timbaru-like breasts" is supreme, the highest; her pair of breasts, well-formed, close together, is like a pair of gold-coloured timbaru fruits placed on a golden plank.

Thus, while the Great Being was describing her splendour of beauty, she became as if never seen before by him, and it aroused strong affection in him. Then, having known the state of the arising of his affection, the Great Being spoke the next verse -

759.

"Surely you rejoice at Nandā's death, Sirivāhana;

Surely both I and Nandā will go to the same destination."

Therein, "Sirivāhana" means: O great king whose vehicle is accomplished in glory, surely you thus rejoice at the death of Nandā who bears the highest beauty - he says. "We will go" means: if indeed you will kill me, most certainly our king will kill Nandā. Thus both Nandā and I will go to the presence of Yama; Yama, having seen us both, will give Nandā to me alone; for you, having killed me and not obtaining such a woman treasure, what use is the kingdom? I do not see any loss in my own death, Sire.

Thus the Great Being in this many passages praised only Nandā, not the other three persons. Why? For beings do not make attachment to the rest as they do to their beloved wives; one remembering the mother will also remember the sons and daughters - therefore he praised her alone; but the king's mother he did not praise because of her being an old woman. While the Great Being, accomplished in knowledge, was praising with a sweet voice, Queen Nandā appeared as if she had come and was standing before the king. Thereupon the king thought: "Apart from Mahosadha, there is no other able to bring my wife." Then, as he was remembering her, sorrow arose in him. Then the Great Being consoled the king saying: "Do not worry, great king, your queen and son and mother - all three will come; my going alone is the measure here; therefore take comfort, lord of men." Then the king thought: "I, having had my own city well-protected and well-guarded, stood having surrounded this bastion city with this much of a force of soldiers and vehicles. But this wise one, even from my city thus well-guarded, having brought my queen and my son and my mother, gave them to the Videhan. And while we stood thus surrounding, without even one knowing, he caused the Videhan to flee together with his army and vehicles. Does he know divine magic, or eye-deluding illusion?" Then, asking him, he said -

760.

"You have studied divine magic, you made an eye-deluding illusion;

He who freed the Videhan, my enemy who had come into my possession."

Having heard that, the Great Being, having said "I know divine magic, for the wise indeed, having learnt divine magic, when danger has arrived, free both themselves and others from suffering," said -

761.

"The wise here study divine magic, great king;

They free themselves, the wise, the counsellors, the people.

762.

"I have young men, skilled housebreakers;

By whose made path, the Videhan went to Mithilā."

761-762. Therein, "dibbamāyidhā" means divine magic here. "Māṇavaputtā" means attendant young warriors. "Yesaṃ katena" means by whom done. "Maggena" means by the decorated tunnel.

Having heard that, the king, thinking "He went, it is said, through the decorated tunnel; what kind indeed is the tunnel?" wished to see the tunnel. Then, having known his wish, the Great Being, showing "The king wishes to see the tunnel; I shall show him the tunnel," said -

763.

"Come now, see, great king, the tunnel well created;

For elephants and also for horses, for chariots and also for infantry;

Standing as a source of light, the tunnel well created."

Therein, "for elephants" means see, Sire, the tunnel adorned with rows of these elephants and so on made by means of brickwork and painting, resembling a decorated assembly hall of the gods, having become one radiance, standing.

And having said thus, "Great king, see the eighty great gates, the sixty-four minor gates, the one hundred bedchambers, and the many hundreds of lamp chambers in the decorated tunnel created by my wisdom, well known like the place where the moon and the sun have risen; having been united and joyful together with me, enter the bastion city together with your army, Sire" - he had the city gate opened. The king, attended by one hundred and one kings, entered the city. The Great Being, having descended from the mansion, having paid homage to the king, having taken him together with his retinue, entered the tunnel. The king, having seen the tunnel as if a decorated assembly hall of the gods, praising the virtues of the Bodhisatta, said -

764.

"It is indeed a gain for the Videhas, for whom such wise ones as these;

Dwell in the home in the realm, as you are, Mahosadha."

Therein, "for the Videhas" means it is indeed a gain for the country of the Videhas, which has become the place of rising, the source of such wise ones. "For whom such as these" means for whoever has such wise ones, clever in resources, dwelling near or in the same house or in the same country or in the same realm, for him too it is indeed a gain. "As you are" means as you are; they obtain to live in the same realm or in the same country or in the same city or in the same house together with such a wise one. He says it is indeed a gain for those inhabitants of the Videha country and those inhabitants of the city of Mithilā who obtain to live together with you.

Then the Great Being shows him the one hundred bedchambers. When one door is opened, all are opened. When one door is closed, all are closed. The king goes in front looking at the tunnel, but the wise one goes behind. The entire army entered the tunnel itself. The king came out from the tunnel. The wise one, having known his state of having departed, having come out himself, without allowing the others to come out, closing the tunnel door, stepped on the peg. At that very moment the eighty great gates, the sixty-four minor gates, the one hundred bedchamber gates, and the many hundreds of lamp chamber gates all closed at a single stroke. The entire tunnel became dark like the inter-world hell. The great multitude was frightened and trembling. The Great Being, having taken the sword which he had placed in the sand yesterday while entering the tunnel, having leapt up eighteen cubits in height from the ground into the sky, having descended, having seized the king by the hand, having brandished the sword, having frightened him, asked "Great king, in the whole of Jambudīpa, whose is the kingdom?" He, frightened, having said "It is yours alone, wise one," said "Give me safety." "Do not be afraid, great king; I did not grasp the sword with the desire to kill you; I grasped it to show the power of my wisdom" - and he gave the sword to the king. Then, to him standing having taken the sword, "Great king, if you wish to kill me, kill me right now with this sword. If you wish to give safety, give me safety," he said. "Wise one, safety has already been given by me to you too; do not worry" - having put aside the sword, both of them took an oath of non-treachery towards each other.

Then the king said to the Bodhisatta - "Wise one, being thus accomplished in the power of knowledge, why do you not seize the kingdom?" "Great king, if I wished, today itself, having killed the kings in the whole of Jambudīpa, I could seize the kingdom; but the seizing of fame by killing others is not praised by the wise." "Wise one, the great multitude, not finding the door, laments; having opened the tunnel door, give the gift of life to the great multitude." He opened the door; the entire tunnel became one radiance. The great multitude obtained consolation. All the kings, having come out together with their own armies, came to the wise one's presence. He stood with the king in the spacious pavilion. Then those kings said to him "Wise one, in dependence on you life was obtained; if for a moment the tunnel door had not been opened, there would have been death for all of us right there." "Not only now, great kings, has life been obtained in dependence on me alone by you; in the past too it was obtained indeed." "When, wise one?" "Except for our city, having taken the kingdom in the whole of Jambudīpa, having gone to the city of Uttarapañcāla, do you remember the time when liquor was prepared to drink the victory drink in the park?" "Yes, wise one." At that time this king, together with Kevaṭṭa, by an evil counsel, undertook the task of killing you with liquor mixed with poison and with fish and meat. Then I, thinking "While a wise one like me is still living, let these not die a helpless death," having sent my own warriors, having had all the vessels broken, having broken their plot, gave you the gift of life.

They all, having become agitated in mind, asked King Cūḷani: "Is it true, great king?" "Yes, having taken up the fisherman's talk, it was done by me; the wise one speaks only the truth." They all, having embraced the Great Being, saying "Wise one, you have become the support of us all; in dependence on you we obtained our lives," made an offering to the Great Being with all ornaments. The wise one said to the king - "Great king, do not worry; this is the fault of association with an evil friend alone; ask forgiveness of these kings." The king asked forgiveness: "In dependence on a wicked person, such a thing was done by me to you; this is my fault; forgive my fault; I shall not do such a thing again." They, having confessed their transgressions to one another, were united, being joyful. Then the king, having had abundant solid food, soft food, perfumes, garlands, and so on brought, having sported in the tunnel itself together with all of them for seven days, having entered the city, having made great honour for the Great Being, surrounded by one hundred kings, having sat down on the great terrace, wishing to make the wise one dwell in his presence, said -

765.

"Both livelihood and protection, double food and wages;

I give extensive wealth, enjoy sensual pleasures and delight;

Do not return to Videha, what will Videha do?"

Therein, "livelihood" means livelihood dependent on fame. "Protection" means the gift of villages and market towns. "Food" means fodder. "Wages" means expenses. "Wealth" means I give you other extensive wealth also.

The wise one, rejecting that, said -

766.

"Whoever would abandon, great king, a husband for the sake of wealth;

One becomes blameworthy to both, to oneself and to the other;

As long as the Videhan would live, one should not be another's man.

767.

"Whoever would abandon, great king, a husband for the sake of wealth;

One becomes blameworthy to both, to oneself and to the other;

As long as the Videhan would remain, one should not dwell in another's realm."

766-767. Therein, "to oneself and to the other" means for such a one indeed, even oneself censures oneself thus: "Evil was done by me in abandoning my own husband for the sake of wealth." Others too censure thus: "By this one, his own husband was abandoned for the sake of wealth; this one is of bad character." Therefore, while he is still living, it is not possible for me to dwell in the realm of another.

Then the king said to him - "If so, wise one, give a promise to come here at the time of your king's passing away." He said "Very well, Sire, while living I shall come." Then the king, having made great honour for him for a week, at the time of taking leave again after the elapse of the week, saying "I, wise one, will give you this and that," spoke a verse -

768.

"I give you a thousand gold coins, and eighty villages in Kāsi;

Four hundred female slaves, and I give you a hundred wives;

Taking all the army divisions, go safely, Mahosadha."

Therein, "a thousand gold coins" means a thousand gold coins, each gold coin being worth five gold pieces. "Villages" means those villages which yield a thousand thousands year after year - those villages I give you. "In Kāsi" means in the Kāsi country. That was near the Videha country, therefore he gave him eighty villages there.

He too said to the king - "Great king, do not worry about your relatives. At the very time of my king's departure, having said 'Great king, you should place Queen Nandā in the position of mother, and Pañcālacanda in the position of younger brother,' having had the consecration of your daughter performed, I dismissed the king. I shall send the mother and the queen and the son very quickly." He, saying "Good, wise one," having entrusted to the Great Being the female slaves, male slaves, cloth, ornaments, gold, silver, decorated elephants, horses, chariots, and so on that were to be given to his own daughter, saying "You should give these to her," planning the duties to be done for the army and vehicles, said -

769.

"Let them give double portions to the elephants, and to the horses;

Let them satisfy with food and drink the charioteers and infantry builders."

Therein, "as far as" means not merely double only; as far as is sufficient, that much of barley, wheat and other kinds give to the elephants and horses - thus he says. "Let them satisfy" means giving them as much as they need so that they go on the road unwearied, let them satisfy them with that much.

And having said thus, sending off the wise one, he said -

770.

"With elephants, horses, chariots, and infantry, go taking the wise one;

May the great king see him, the Videhan, gone to Mithilā."

Therein, "gone to Mithilā" means may he see him who has safely arrived at that city of Mithilā.

Thus he, having made a great honour to the wise one, sent him off. Those one hundred and one kings too, having shown honour to the Great Being, gave many presents. The planted agents near them too surrounded the wise one only. He, surrounded by a great retinue, having set out on the road, right on the way, having sent men to bring income from the villages given by King Cūḷanī, reached the Videha country. Senaka too stationed his own man on the road at a certain point, saying "Having found out whether King Cūḷanī is coming again or not coming, and the coming of anyone whatsoever, you should inform me." He, having seen the Great Being at a distance of just three yojanas, having come, informed Senaka saying "The wise one is coming with a great retinue." He, having heard that, went to the royal palace. The king too, standing on the upper floor of the mansion, looking through the window, having seen a great army, frightened and trembling, asking about that matter, saying "The army of the wise Mahosadha is small; this army appears exceedingly great; could it be that King Cūḷanī has come?" said -

771.

"Elephants, horses, chariots, infantry, a great army appears;

Fourfold, of fearsome form - what do you think, wise one?"

Then Senaka, reporting that matter to him, said -

772.

"Joy appears to you, great king, as the highest;

Having taken all the army divisions, Mahosadha has arrived safely."

Having heard that, the king said - "Senaka, the wise one's army is small, but this one is great." "Great king, King Cūḷanī will have been inspired to confidence by him, and having been pleased, it will have been given by him." The king had a drum beaten in the city: "Having decorated the city, let them go out to meet the wise one." The citizens did so. The wise one, having entered the city, having gone to the royal family, having paid homage to the king, sat down to one side. Then the king, having risen, having embraced him, having gone to the excellent divan, making friendly welcome, said -

773.

"Just as four people, having abandoned a ghost in the cemetery;

So we, having abandoned Kapila, have come here.

774.

"Then by what beauty, or else by what reason;

Or by what benefit arising, did you free yourself?"

773-774. Therein, "four people" - O wise one, just as four people, having carried a dead person on a small bed to the cemetery and having abandoned it there, go away without concern, so having abandoned him in the country of Kapila, we have come here - this is the meaning. "By what beauty" means by what reason. "By cause" means by condition. "By a purpose arisen" means by purpose. "Delivered oneself" - having fallen into the hands of an enemy, by what reason, by what condition, for what purpose did you deliver yourself? - he asks.

Then the Great Being said -

775.

"Purpose with purpose, O Vedeha, counsel with counsel, O warrior;

I surrounded the king, as the ocean surrounds the Indian subcontinent."

Its meaning is - I, great king, surrounded the purpose thought out by him with a purpose thought out by myself, and the counsel counselled by him with counsel counselled by myself. And not only this much alone, but with a retinue of one hundred kings they will surround that king, as the ocean surrounds the Indian subcontinent. He spoke having elaborated all the deeds done by himself.

Having heard that, the king was exceedingly pleased. Then the wise one, explaining to him the present given to himself by King Cūḷanī, said -

776.

"A thousand gold coins were given to me, and eighty villages in Kāsi;

Four hundred female slaves, and a hundred wives were given to me;

Taking all the army divisions, I have come here in safety."

Then the king, exceedingly satisfied and delighted, praising the virtues of the Great Being, uttered that very inspired utterance -

777.

"Very happy indeed is communion with the wise," said Senaka;

"Like birds bound in a cage, like fish caught in a net;

Gone into the hands of enemies, Mahosadha released us."

Senaka too, accepting his word, spoke that very verse -

778.

"So it is, great king, for the wise bring happiness;

"Like birds bound in a cage, like fish caught in a net;

Gone into the hands of enemies, Mahosadha released us."

Then the king, having had the festival drum circulated in the city, commanding "Let them celebrate a great festival for a week; all those who have affection for me, let them show honour and respect to the wise one," said -

779.

"Let all the lutes be struck, the drums and kettledrums too;

Let the Magadhan conch shells be blown, let the lovely kettledrums resound."

Therein, "let them be struck" means let them be played. "Magadhan conch shells" means conch shells produced in the country of Magadha. "Kettledrums" means great drums.

Then those citizens and country-folk, who were even by nature desirous of showing honour to the wise one, having heard the sound of the drum, did so even more excessively. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

780.

"Harem-ladies and princes, merchants and brahmins;

They brought much food and drink to the wise one.

781.

"Elephant riders, royal bodyguards, charioteers, and infantry soldiers;

They brought much food and drink to the wise one.

782.

"The country-folk have assembled, and the townspeople have assembled;

They brought much food and drink to the wise one.

783.

"Many people were pleased, having seen the wise one arrived;

When the wise one had not yet arrived, the waving of garments did not occur."

780-783. Therein, "harem-ladies" means the ladies of the inner palace, beginning with Queen Udumbarā. "They brought" means they had offerings brought, the meaning is they sent them. "Many people" means, monks, the city-dwellers, the dwellers of the four-gated villages, and the country-dwellers - thus many people were pleased. "Having seen the wise one arrived" means having seen the wise one arrived at Mithilā. "Occurred" means when the wise one had not yet arrived at Mithilā, the waving of garments occurred, set in motion by the people with gladdened minds, thinking "This one, having first freed the king who had fallen into the power of the enemy and having sent him back, afterwards having made the one hundred kings ask forgiveness of one another, having united them, having gladdened Cūḷanī, having taken the great fame given by him, has come."

Then the Great Being, at the conclusion of the festival, having come to the royal palace, said "Great king, it is fitting to send King Cūḷanī's mother, queen, and son quickly." "Good, dear son, send them." He, having made a great honour for those three persons, having had honour and respect shown also to the army that had come with him, sent those three persons together with his own men with a great retinue. He sent the hundred wives given by the king to himself and the four hundred female slaves together with Queen Nandā; the army that had come with him too he sent together with them. They arrived at the city of Uttarapañcāla with a great retinue. Then the king asked his mother "Was hospitality shown to you by the Videha king, mother?" "What are you saying, dear son? Having placed me in the position of a deity, he showed me honour; he placed Queen Nandā too in the position of a mother; he placed Pañcālacanda in the position of a younger brother." Having heard that, the king, being exceedingly pleased, sent many presents. Thenceforth the two of them lived together in unity, being joyful.

The great tunnel section is completed.

The water-sprite question.

Pañcālacandī was dear and agreeable to the Videha king. She gave birth to a son in the second year. In his tenth year, the Videha king died. The Bodhisatta, having raised the parasol over him, asked permission saying "Sire, I shall go to the presence of your grandfather, King Cūḷanī." "Wise one, do not abandon me, a young one, and go; I shall place you in the position of a father and show you honour." Pañcālacandī too entreated him "Wise one, at the time when you have gone, there is no other refuge for us; do not go." He too, saying "A promise has been given by me to the king; it is not possible not to go," having taken his own attendants, while the great multitude was lamenting piteously, departed from the city and went to the city of Uttarapañcāla. The king, having heard of his coming, having gone out to meet him, having ushered him into the city with great honour, having given him a great house and established him, apart from the eighty villages given previously, did not give any other wealth. He attended upon that king.

At that time a female wandering ascetic named Bherī ate in the king's palace; she was wise and experienced. By her the Great Being had not been seen before; he only heard the report "The wise Mahosadha, it is said, attends upon the king." By him too she had not been seen before; he only heard the report "A female wandering ascetic named Bherī eats in the king's palace." But Queen Nandā was displeased with the Bodhisatta, thinking "Having caused separation from the beloved, he made us suffer." She commanded five hundred beloved women "Having noted a single fault of Mahosadha, strive to cause a rift between him and the king." They went about looking for an opportunity against him.

Then one day that female wandering ascetic, having eaten, while departing from the royal palace, saw the Bodhisatta coming to attend upon the king in the royal courtyard. He, having paid homage to her, stood there. She, thinking "This one is, it is said, a wise person; I shall first find out whether he is wise or unwise," asking a question by hand-gesture, having looked at the Bodhisatta, stretched out her hand. She, it is said, asked the question with her mind alone: "In what manner, wise one, does the king, having brought you from a foreign country, now look after you or not look after you?" The Bodhisatta, having known "This one is asking me a question by hand-gesture," answering the question, made a fist. He, it is said, answered the question with his mind alone: "Lady, the king, having taken my promise and summoned me, has now become as if tight-fisted; he does not give me anything new." She, having known that reason, having raised her hand, touched her own head. By that she shows this: "Wise one, if you are wearied, why do you not go forth as we have?" Having known that, the Great Being touched his own belly. By that he shows this: "Lady, my children and wife to be supported are many; therefore I do not go forth." Thus she, having asked the question by hand-gesture, went to her own residence. The Great Being too, having paid homage to her, went to attend upon the king.

The beloved women, employed by Queen Nandā, standing at the latticed window, having seen that action, having gone to the presence of King Cūḷanī, turned him against the wise one saying "Sire, Mahosadha, having joined together with the female wandering ascetic Bherī, wishes to seize your kingdom; he is your enemy." The king said - "What has been seen or heard by you?" Great king, the female wandering ascetic, having eaten, while descending, having seen Mahosadha, making the king level like the palm of the hand and like a threshing floor, stretched out her hand saying "You are able to bring the kingdom into your own possession." Mahosadha too, showing the appearance of grasping a sword, made a fist saying "After the lapse of a few days, having cut off his head, I shall bring the kingdom into my own possession." She, saying "Just cut off the head," having raised her own hand, touched her head. Mahosadha, saying "I shall cut him right in the middle," touched his belly. Be diligent, great king; it is fitting to have Mahosadha killed. He, having heard their talk, thought "It is not possible for the wise one to offend against me; I shall ask the female wandering ascetic."

He, on the following day, at the time when the female wandering ascetic had eaten, having approached her, asked "Lady, has the wise Mahosadha been seen by you?" "Yes, great king, yesterday he was seen by me while departing from here after eating." "But was there any friendly conversation between you?" "Great king, there was no conversation; but having heard 'He is a wise person,' thinking 'If he is wise, he will know this,' asking him a question by hand-gesture, I stretched out my hand saying 'Wise one, is the king open-handed towards you, not tight-fisted? Does he treat you kindly?' The wise one - 'The king, having taken my promise and summoned me, now gives nothing' - made a fist. Then I - 'If you are wearied, why do you not go forth as we have?' - touched my head. He 'My children and wife to be supported are many; therefore I do not go forth' - touched his own belly." "Is Mahosadha wise, lady?" "Yes, great king, on the surface of the earth there is none equal to him in wisdom." The king, having heard her talk, having paid homage to her, dismissed her. When she had gone, the wise one entered to attend upon the king. Then he asked him "Have you, wise one, seen the female wandering ascetic named Bherī?" "Yes, great king, yesterday I saw her departing from here; she asked me a question by hand-gesture in this manner, and I answered her in just the same way" - he related it in the very same manner as told by her. The king, having gained confidence on that day, gave the wise one the position of general, and entrusted all duties to him alone. His fame was great.

Immediately after the fame given by the king, he thought: "The king has given me very great sovereignty all at once. But kings, even when wishing to kill, do just thus. What if I were to investigate the king, whether he is my friend or not? No one else will be able to know. The female wandering ascetic Bherī is accomplished in knowledge; she will know by some means." He, having taken many perfumes, garlands, and so on, having gone to the residence of the female wandering ascetic, having venerated and paid homage to her, said: "Lady, from the day on which you spoke to the king in praise of my virtues, the king, having overwhelmed me, gives me very great fame. But whether he gives it by his intrinsic nature or not, I do not know. It would indeed be good if by some means you could know the king's state of affection towards me." She, having assented "Very well," on the following day, while going to the king's palace, thought of what is called the water-sprite question. Thus, it is said, this occurred to her: "Having become like a spy, having asked the king a question by a stratagem, I shall know whether he is a friend of the wise one or not." She, having gone, having completed her meal duty, sat down. The king too, having paid homage to her, sat down to one side. This occurred to her: "If the king is ill-disposed towards the wise one, when asked a question, he will speak of his own ill-disposed state right in the midst of the public. That would be inappropriate. I shall ask him the question in private." She said: "I wish to speak in private, great king." The king had the people withdraw. Then she said to her - "Great king, I ask you a question." "Ask, lady; knowing, I shall speak." Then she, in the water-sprite question, spoke the first verse -

"If, while you seven were floating on the ocean,

A demon seeking human sacrifice should seize the boat;

Having given them up one by one, how would you release yourself from the water-sprite?"

Therein, "of the seven" means of these seven: your mother, Queen Nandā, Prince Tikhiṇamantī, the companion Dhanusekha, the chaplain, Mahosadha, and you. "On the ocean" means in deep and wide water. "Seeking human sacrifice" means seeking a human offering. "Should seize" means a water-sprite endowed with strength, having parted the water in two, having come out, should seize that boat, and having seized it, should say: "Great king, give me these six persons in my order of succession; I shall release it." Then you, having given them up one by one, how would you release yourself from the water-sprite? Having given whom first - etc. having given whom as sixth, would you release yourself from the water-sprite?

Having heard that, the king, speaking according to his own disposition, spoke this verse -

"I would give my mother first, having given my wife, then my brother;

Then having given my companion, I would give a brahmin as fifth;

Sixth I would give myself, but I would never give Mahosadha."

Therein, "sixth I" means: lady, when the fifth has been devoured, then I, having said "Ho, water-sprite, open your mouth," when he has opened his mouth, having firmly tied my loin-cloth, not counting this sovereignty of kingship, saying "Now devour me," I would fall into his mouth, but while living I would never give the wise Mahosadha. By this much this question is concluded.

Thus the king's friendship towards the Great Being was known by the female wandering ascetic. But by just this much the virtue of the wise one does not become manifest like the moon. Therefore this occurred to her: "I shall speak of their virtues amidst the public. The king, having spoken of their faults, will speak of the wise one's virtues. Thus the virtue of the wise one will become manifest like a full moon in the sky." She, having assembled all the people of the inner palace, from the beginning again having asked the king that very same question, when he spoke in just the same way, said: "Great king, you say 'I shall give my mother first.' A mother is indeed of great virtue, and your mother is not like the mothers of others. She has been very helpful to you." Speaking of her virtues, she spoke a pair of verses -

"Your mother who nurtured you, compassionate for a long time;

The wise one, seeing the benefit, wrongs you with six;

Having made another likeness, she freed him from murder.

"Such a one who gives life, your own mother who bore you in her womb;

For what fault would you give your mother to the water demon?"

Therein, "nurtured" means in childhood, having bathed, given drink, and fed you two or three times, she nourished you. "Compassionate for a long time" means compassionate for a long period with a soft and welfare-minded heart. "When Chambhī wronged you" means when the brahmin named Chambhī wronged you, then she, the wise one seeing the benefit, having made another likeness of you, freed you from murder.

Cūḷani's father, it is said, was named Mahācūḷanī. She, during his childhood, having engaged in sexual intercourse with the chaplain, having had the king killed with poison, having raised the parasol for the brahmin, having become his queen-consort, one day, when the son said "Mother, I am hungry," she had a cake sweet-meat with molasses given to him. Then flies surrounded him. He, thinking "Having made this free from flies, I shall eat it," having stepped back a little, having dropped drops of molasses on the ground, having swatted and chased away the flies near him. They, having gone, surrounded the other molasses. He, having made it free from flies, having eaten the sweet-meat, having washed his hand, having rinsed his mouth, departed. The brahmin, having seen that action of his, thought "This boy even now eats molasses free from flies; when he comes of age, he will not give me the kingdom; I shall kill him right now." He reported that matter to the queen.

She, having deceived the brahmin saying "Very well, Sire, out of affection for you I killed even my own husband; what use is this one to me? Great king, without letting anyone know, I shall kill him in secret," thinking "There is a means," having had a wise cook skilled in means summoned, having said "My dear, my son Prince Cūḷani and your son Prince Dhanusekha were born on the same day, raised together with the care of princes, and are dear friends; the brahmin Chambhī wishes to kill my son; you give him the gift of life," when it was said "Very well, queen, what should I do?" "Let my son frequently be in your house, and you and they should sleep for a few days in the kitchen itself, for the purpose of creating a state of unsuspiciousness. Then, having known the state of unsuspiciousness, having placed goat bones at your sleeping place, having set fire to the kitchen at the sleeping time of people, without letting anyone know, having taken my son and your son, having departed through the main gate itself, having gone to a foreign country, without revealing my son's status as a prince, protect his life," she said.

He accepted, saying "Very well." Then she gave him the essence of jewels. He, having done so, having taken the prince and his son, having gone to the city of Sāgala in the Madda country, attended upon the king. He, having removed the former cook, gave him that position. Both princes went to the king's dwelling together with him indeed. The king asked "Whose sons are these princes?" The cook said "They are my sons." "Are the two not dissimilar?" "They are the sons of two women, Sire." They, as time went on, having become intimate, played together with the Madda king's daughter in the king's dwelling itself. Then Prince Cūḷani and the king's daughter, through frequent seeing, became enamoured of each other. At the playing place, the prince made the king's daughter bring both a ball and a die. When she did not bring them, he struck her on the head; she wept. Then, having heard her cry, the king said "By whom has my daughter been struck?" The nurses, having come, asked. The maiden, thinking "If I say 'I was struck by this one,' my father will impose the royal punishment on him," out of affection did not tell, and said "I was not struck by anyone."

Then one day the Madda king saw him striking her. Having seen this, this occurred to him: "This boy is not similar to the cook; he is handsome, pleasing, and exceedingly fearless; he cannot be a son of this one." From then on he kept watch over him. The nurses, having brought solid food to the playing place, give it to the princess; she gives it to the other children too. They, having knelt down on their knees, stooping, take it. But Prince Cūḷanī, while still standing, having snatched it from her hand, takes it. The king too saw that action. Then one day Prince Cūḷanī's ball went under the king's small bed. The prince, while taking it, out of his lordly pride, thinking "I shall not go under the bed of this borderland king," having drawn it out with a stick, took it. The king, having seen that action too, thinking "Certainly this one is not the cook's son," having had him summoned, asked "Whose son is this one?" "My son, Sire." "I know both your son and your non-son; tell me the truth; if you do not tell, your life is forfeit" - he brandished his sword. He, frightened by the fear of death, having said "I shall tell, Sire, but I wish for a private audience," when the opportunity was given by the king, having begged for safety, reported it as it really was. The king, having known it as true, having adorned his own daughter, having made her a wife for him, gave her.

But on the day of their flight, there was a single uproar throughout the entire city: "The cook and Prince Cūḷanī and the cook's son have been burnt right in the kitchen while it was ablaze." Queen Calākā too, having heard that news, informed the brahmin: "Sire, your wish has reached its summit; those three, it is said, have been burnt right in the food-house." He was satisfied and joyful. Queen Calākā too, having had the bones of a goat brought, saying "These are Prince Cūḷanī's bones," having shown them to the brahmin, had them thrown away. With reference to this meaning, the female wandering ascetic said "Having made another likeness, she freed him from murder." For she, having shown the bones of a goat as "human bones," freed him from murder. "Own" means she by whom you were reared, having placed you on her breast; that own one, dear and agreeable. "Bearer of the embryo" means she by whom you were borne in the womb; for what fault would you give such a mother to the water-sprite?

Having heard that, the king, saying "Lady, many are my mother's virtues, and I know her beneficial nature towards me, but my own virtues are even more numerous than hers," speaking of his mother's faults, spoke this pair of verses -

"Like a young girl she wears ornaments, without adornment;

At the doorkeeper and the royal guard, she laughs loudly for too long a time.

"And also to hostile kings, she herself sends messengers;

For that fault, I would give my mother to the water demons."

Therein, "like a young girl" means even though being old, like a young woman. "Wears without adornment" means she wears ornaments that are inappropriate to put on. It is said that she, having put on a golden girdle filled with diamonds, at the time when the king's ministers were seated together on the great flat roof, walks up and down back and forth; by the sound of the girdle, the king's dwelling resounds with a single reverberation. "Laughs loudly" means she, having addressed the doorkeepers and the royal guards such as elephant trainers and so on - those who are not even of a form suitable to eat her leftovers - even them having addressed, together with them laughs a great laugh for too long a time. "Of hostile kings" means of other kings. "She herself sends messengers" means in my name, having herself written a letter, she sends even messengers, saying "My mother is still at the age of enjoying sensual pleasures; let such and such a king come and take her." They send reply letters, saying "We are the king's attendants; why do you speak to us thus?" When those are being read in the midst of the assembly, it is as if it were the time for cutting off my head. For that fault I would give my mother to the water-sprite.

Then the female wandering ascetic, speaking of her virtues, said "Great king, give your mother for now for this fault, but your wife is very helpful to you" and spoke two verses -

"The excellent one among the group of women, speaking pleasantly exceedingly;

Virtuous, following along, like a shadow that does not depart.

"Not prone to wrath, possessing merit, wise, seeing the benefit;

For what fault would you give Ubbarī to the water demons?"

Therein, "of the group of women" means of the company of women. "Following along" means having followed from childhood. With "not prone to wrath" and so on, however, he speaks of her virtues. When dwelling in the city of Sāgala in the Madda country, even though struck, out of affection for you, through fear of your punishment, she did not tell her mother and father; thus she is not prone to wrath, possessing merit, wise, seeing the benefit. This was said with reference to the state of being without wrath and so on in childhood. "Ubbarī" means the harem-lady. She says: for what fault would you give Queen Nandā, thus accomplished in virtues, to the water-sprite?

He, speaking of her faults, said -

"Engrossed in playful delight, come under the sway of harm;

She requests wealth from me, who does not request, for her own sons.

"I, filled with lust, give much wealth, high and low;

Having given up what is very difficult to give up, afterwards I grieve, unhappy;

For that fault, I would give Ubbarī to the water demons."

Therein, "come under the sway of harm" means having known me as one who has come under the control of defilements that cause harm through that playful delight, through sensual play. "She me" means that Queen Nandā me. "For her own sons" means whatever ornaments have been given by me to my own sons and daughters and wives, those which ought not to be requested, she requests saying "Give them to me." "Afterwards I grieve" means she, on the second day, saying "These ornaments were given to me by the king, bring them," takes them off from them while they are weeping. Then I, having seen them weeping and having come to my presence, afterwards grieve. Thus she is a maker of faults. For this fault I would give her to the water-sprite.

Then the female wandering ascetic, asking "Give this one for now for this fault, but your younger brother Prince Tikhiṇamanti is helpful; for what fault would you give him?" said -

"By which the countries were gathered, and brought as a receptacle;

Conveyed from foreign kingdoms, having amassed much wealth.

The excellent among archers, the hero with sharp counsel;

For what fault would you give your brother to the water demons?"

Therein, "gathered" (ocitā) means reared. "To the receptacle" (paṭiggahaṃ) means by which you, dwelling in a foreign country, were brought back home. "Having amassed" (abhiṭṭhāya) means having overpowered. "Of sharp counsel" (tikhiṇamantī) means of sharp wisdom.

He, it is said, was born during the time his mother was living together with the brahmin. Then, when he had come of age, the brahmin, having given a sword into his hand, said "Take this and attend upon me." He attended upon the brahmin with the perception "He is my father." Then one minister said to him "Prince, you are not his son. When you were in the womb, Queen Calākā, having killed the king, raised the umbrella for this one. You are the son of King Mahācūḷanī." He, being angry, thinking "I shall kill him by a stratagem," while entering the royal palace, having given that sword to a certain servant, having said to another "You should make a dispute with this one at the king's gate, saying 'This is my sword,'" entered. They made a quarrel. He sent one man, saying "What is this quarrel?" He, having come, said "On account of a sword." The brahmin, having heard that, asked "What is this?" It is said, the sword given by you to me is another's property. He said "What are you saying, dear? If so, have it brought; I shall recognise it, shall I not?" He, having had it brought, having drawn it out from the sheath, as if approaching to have him identify it, saying "Look," with a single stroke cut off his head and felled it at his own feet. Thereupon, having taken charge of the royal palace, having decorated the city, when his consecration was being arranged, the mother revealed the fact of Prince Cūḷanī's dwelling in the Madda country. Having heard that, the prince, surrounded by the divisions of the army, having gone there, having brought his brother, made him accept the kingdom. Thenceforth they recognised him as "Tikhiṇamantī" (the sharp-witted one). The female wandering ascetic asked him "For what fault would you give such a brother to the water-sprite?"

The king, speaking of his fault, said -

"By which the countries were gathered, and brought as a receptacle;

Conveyed from foreign kingdoms, having amassed much wealth.

"The foremost of archers, a hero with sharp counsel;

This king, made happy by me, the boy despises.

"Even my attendance, lady, he does not come as before;

For that fault, I would give my brother to the water demons."

Therein, "from foreign kingdoms" (pararajjebhi) means much wealth was conveyed from his foreign kingdom, and this one, while dwelling in a foreign kingdom, having been brought back to this house, says "This one was established by me in great fame." "As before" (yathā pure) means formerly he used to come right early, but now he does not come thus. For this fault I would give her to the water-sprite.

Then the female wandering ascetic, speaking of his virtues, said: "Let whatever fault of the brother be; but the archery student prince is endowed with the virtue of affection for you and very helpful" -

"In one night both, you and the archery student;

Both born here as Pañcālas, friends well united.

"By conduct he has been devoted to you, sharing one suffering and happiness with you;

Zealous for you day and night, appointed in all duties;

For what fault would you give your companion to the water demons?"

Therein, "and the archery student" means the archery student, and the archery student prince - this is the meaning. "Here" means in this very city. "Pañcālas" means they are so called because of being born in the city of Uttarapañcāla. "Well united" means well combined together. "By conduct he has been devoted to you" means in his youth, when you had departed on a journey through the country, he followed you and did not forsake you like a shadow. "Zealous" means zealous in your duties day and night, with desire arisen, constantly appointed. For what fault would you give him to the water-sprite?

Then the king, speaking of his fault, said -

"By conduct this one, lady, laughed loud together with me;

Even today with that beauty, she laughs loudly for too long a time.

"Even with Ubbarī, lady, I consult gone to a private place;

Without being invited he enters, not having been announced before.

"Having gained access, having been given permission, the shameless, disrespectful one;

For that fault, I would give that companion to the water demons."

Therein, "even today in that same manner" means just as formerly, while following me by conduct, eating and sleeping together with me who was destitute, he struck his hands together and laughed a great laugh; even today he laughs in just the same way and regards me as if in times of hardship. "Without being invited" means even when I am consulting in private together with Queen Nandā, without informing me, he enters suddenly. For this fault I would give that shameless, disrespectful one to the water-sprite.

Then the female wandering ascetic, speaking of his virtues, said: "Great king, let that be the fault of your companion; but the chaplain is very helpful to you" -

"Skilled in all signs, knowing sounds, one who has learnt the collections;

Engaged in omens and dreams, in departures and in entrances.

"Versed in the earth and sky, skilled in the constellations and their courses;

For what fault would you give the brahmin to the water demons?"

Therein, "of all signs" means skilled in all signs thus: "By this sign this will happen, by this sign this." "Knowing sounds" means he knows all cries. "In omens" means in omens such as lunar eclipses, solar eclipses, falling of meteors, burning of the quarters, and so on. "Engaged in dreams" means engaged in dreams by way of knowing their results. "In departures and in entrances" means he knows "by this constellation one should depart, by this one should enter." "Versed" means clever, competent, able to know the faults and virtues of the earth and the sky. "Skilled in the constellations and their courses" means clever in the twenty-eight divisions of the constellations. For what fault would you give him to the water-sprite?

The king, speaking of his fault, said -

"Even in the assembly, lady, having opened his eyes, he looks at me;

Therefore I would give the cruel one who has gone beyond the eyebrow to the water demons."

Its meaning is - Lady, this one, even while looking at me in the midst of the assembly, having opened his eyes, looks at me as if angry; therefore I shall give that one, who has thus gone beyond the eyebrow, with a disagreeable raised eyebrow, as it were, cruel and frightening, to the water-sprite.

Then the female wandering ascetic, asking "Great king, you say 'Beginning with my mother, I give these five to the water-sprite,' and you say 'Not counting such glory and wealth, I give even my own life to Mahosadha' - what virtue of his do you see?" spoke these verses -

"The earth with its surrounding ocean, girdled by the sea;

He dwells on the earth, surrounded by ministers.

"A great kingdom bounded by four quarters, victorious, of great power;

You were the sole king on earth, your fame has spread far and wide.

"Sixteen thousand women, adorned with jewelled earrings;

Ladies from various countries, beautiful like heavenly maidens.

"Thus accomplished in all qualities, endowed with all sensual pleasures;

Dear to the happy is long life, they say, O warrior.

"Then by what beauty, or else by what reason;

Guarding the wise one, do you give up life, hard to give up?"

Therein, "with its surrounding ocean" means endowed with the encirclement of the ocean reckoned as the ocean's boundary. "Girdled by the sea" means having become an earring of the ocean standing having encircled it. "Victorious" means victorious in battle. "The sole king" means he alone is king because of the absence of another king equal to himself. "Endowed with all sensual pleasures" means of those endowed with the prosperity of all sensual pleasures both as objects of desire and as defilements of desire. "Of the happy" means the wise say that for such happy beings, life thus accomplished in all qualities is dear only when long; they do not wish for a short life. "Life" means why do you give up such a life of your own while guarding the wise one?

The king, having heard her talk, speaking of the virtues of the wise one, spoke these verses -

"From when the great medicine came into my hand, lady;

I do not directly know of even the slightest wrong-doing by the wise one.

"And if at any time, death should come to me before;

He, Mahosadha, would bring happiness to my sons and grandsons.

"He sees the future and the present, and every purpose too;

One whose actions are faultless should not be given to the water demons."

Therein, "kismici" means at whatever time. "Sukhāpeyya" means he would establish in happiness only. "Sabbamatthan" means he sees all matters - future, present, and past - like an Omniscient Buddha. "Anāparādhakammanta" means free from offence in bodily action and so on. "Na dajja" means: lady, such an incomparable wise one I would not give to the water-sprite. Thus he spoke, raising up the virtues of the Great Being as if lifting up the disc of the moon.

Thus this Jātaka as it has reached its connection. Then the female wandering ascetic thought "Even by this much the virtues of the wise one do not become well-known; I shall make his virtues well-known in the midst of all the city's inhabitants, like spreading oil on the surface of the ocean." Having taken the king, having descended from the mansion, having prepared a seat in the royal courtyard, having caused him to sit there, having assembled the citizens, having again asked the king the question about the water-sprite from the beginning, when he had spoken in the very same manner as told below, having addressed the citizens, she said -

"Hear this, Pañcālas, the saying of Cūḷaneyya;

Guarding the wise one, he gives up life, hard to give up.

"For mother, wife, and brother, for friend and brahmin;

And also for himself, Pañcāla abandons the life of six.

"Thus wisdom is of great benefit, subtle, thinking of what is good;

For the welfare and benefit in this present life, and for happiness in the future."

Therein, "of great benefit" means having taken hold of a great meaning and standing. "For the welfare and benefit in this present life" means it is for the purpose of welfare in this very individual existence and for the purpose of happiness in the world beyond.

Thus she, like taking the pinnacle of a jewel house with a mass of gems, took the pinnacle of the teaching with the virtues of the Great Being.

The water-sprite question is concluded.

The Teacher, having brought this teaching of the Teaching, connecting the Jātaka saying "Not only now, monks, is the Tathāgata wise; in the past too he was wise indeed," spoke the concluding verses -

"Bherī was Uppalavaṇṇā, the father was Suddhodana;

The mother was Mahāmāyā, Amarā was Bimbasundarī.

"The parrot was Ānanda, and Sāriputta was Cūḷanī;

Devadatta was Kevaṭṭa, and Calākā was Thullanandī.

"Pañcālacandī was Sundarī, the myna-bird was Mallikā;

Ambaṭṭha was Kāminda, and Poṭṭhapāda was Pukkusa.

"Pilotika was Devinda, and Senaka was Kassapa;

Udumbarā was Maṅgalikā, Vedeha was Kāḷudāyaka;

Mahosadha was the Lord of the World, thus remember the Jātaka."

The commentary on the Ummagga Jātaka, the fifth.

Homage to the Blessed One, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Self-awakened One

22.

The Great Book-2

543.

Commentary on the Bhūridatta Jātaka

The City Chapter

"Whatever jewel there is" - this the Teacher spoke while dwelling at Jeta's Grove in dependence on Sāvatthī, referring to lay followers who were observers of the Observance. It is said that they, on the Observance day, right early, having determined the Observance, having given a gift, after the meal, with scents, garlands, and so on in their hands, having gone to Jeta's Grove, at the time for hearing the Teaching, sat down to one side. The Teacher, having come to the Teaching hall, having sat down on the decorated Buddha-seat, having surveyed the Community of monks, having known that the Tathāgatas converse with those concerning whom a talk on the Teaching arises among monks and so on, and therefore today a talk on the Teaching connected with former conduct will arise concerning the lay followers, conversing with the lay followers, having asked the lay followers "Are you observers of the Observance, lay followers?" when it was said "Yes, venerable sir," "Well done, lay followers, a good thing has been done by you. However, it is not wonderful that you, obtaining a Buddha such as me, a teacher who gives exhortation, should observe the Observance. But the wise ones of old, even without a teacher, having abandoned great fame, observed the Observance indeed." Having said this, being requested by them, he brought up the past.

In the past, in Bārāṇasī, a king named Brahmadatta, while exercising kingship, having given the viceroyalty to his son, having seen his great fame, with suspicion arisen that "He might seize my kingdom too," said "Dear son, having departed from here, having dwelt wherever pleases you, after my passing, take the kingdom belonging to the family." He, having accepted saying "Very well," having paid homage to his father, having departed, having gone gradually to the Yamunā, having built a hermitage in between the Yamunā, the ocean, and the mountain, subsisting on forest roots and fruits, he dwelt there. At that time, in the lower nāga realm beneath the ocean, a certain Nāga maiden whose husband had died, having looked at the fame of other Nāga maidens who had husbands, in dependence on defilement, having departed from the nāga realm, wandering on the ocean shore, having seen the footprint of the prince, having gone following the footprints, she saw that hermitage. At that time the prince had gone for the purpose of gathering fruits. She, having entered the hermitage, having seen the wooden bed-spread and the remaining requisites, thought "This is the dwelling place of one gone forth; I shall investigate him as to whether 'He has gone forth through faith or not.' If indeed he will be one gone forth through faith, intent upon renunciation, he will not consent to my adorned bed. If he will be one delighting in sensual pleasures, not one gone forth through faith, he will lie down on my bed itself. Then, having taken him, having made him my husband, I shall dwell right here." She, having gone to the nāga realm, having brought divine flowers and divine scents, having prepared a divine flower-bed, having made a flower offering in the hermitage, having scattered scented powder, having adorned the hermitage, went to the nāga realm itself.

The prince, having come in the evening, having entered the hermitage, having seen that occurrence, having eaten various kinds of fruit, thinking "By whom indeed was this bed prepared?" and "Oh, fragrant flowers! Indeed a bed has been laid down making it agreeable!" - not being one gone forth through faith, filled with joy, having rolled about on the flower-bed, having lain down, having fallen into sleep, on the following day, having risen at sunrise, without sweeping the hermitage, he went for the purpose of gathering fruits. The Nāga maiden, having come at that moment, having seen the withered flowers, having known "This one is intent upon sensual pleasures, not one gone forth through faith; it is possible to take him," having removed the old flowers, having brought other flowers, having prepared a new flower-bed in the same way, having adorned the hermitage, having scattered flowers on the walking path, went to the nāga realm itself. He, having slept on the flower-bed on that day too, on the following day thought "Who indeed adorns this hermitage?" He, without going for the purpose of gathering fruits, stood concealed not far from the hermitage. The other one too, having taken many scents and flowers, went to the hermitage. The prince, having seen the Nāga maiden bearing the most excellent form, with his mind bound in love, without showing himself, having entered her hermitage, having entered at the time of preparing the bed, asked "Who are you?" "I am a Nāga maiden, master." "Do you have a husband or are you without a husband?" "Master, I formerly had a husband, but now I am without a husband, a widow." "But where are you a resident of?" "I am the son of the king of Bārāṇasī, named Prince Brahmadatta." "Why have you abandoned the nāga realm and wander about here?" "Master, I, having looked at the fame of Nāga maidens who had husbands there, in dependence on defilement, having become dissatisfied, having departed from there, seeking a husband, I wander about." "If so, dear lady, good; I too have not gone forth through faith, but because I was banished by my father I dwell here. Do not worry; I shall be your husband; we shall both dwell here in harmonious living." She accepted, saying "Very well." From then on, they both dwelt right there in harmonious living. She, by her own power, having built a very precious house, having brought a very precious divan, prepared a bed. From then on, he did not eat roots and various kinds of fruit, but having eaten only divine food and drink, he earned his living.

Afterwards, the Nāga maiden, having conceived an embryo, gave birth to a son; because of being born on the ocean shore, they gave him the name "Sāgarabrahmadatta." At the time of his walking on foot, the Nāga maiden gave birth to a daughter; because of her being born on the ocean shore, they gave her the name "Samuddajā." Then a certain resident of Bārāṇasī, a forester, having reached that place, having exchanged friendly welcome, having recognised the prince, having dwelt there for a few days, having said "Sire, I shall report to the royal family the fact of your dwelling here," having paid homage to him, having departed, went to the city. At that time the king died. The ministers, having performed the funeral rites for him, having assembled on the seventh day, deliberated "A kingdom without a king does not endure; we do not know the dwelling place or the existence of the prince; let us send forth the state chariot and find a king." At that moment the forester, having reached the city, having heard that discussion, having gone to the presence of the ministers, reported that news saying "I have come having dwelt for three or four days in the presence of the prince." The ministers, having shown him honour, having gone there together with him as guide of the way, having exchanged friendly welcome, having reported the state of the king's death, said "Sire, take charge of the kingdom."

He, thinking "I shall ascertain the mind of the Nāga maiden," approached her and said "Dear lady, my father is deceased, the ministers have come to raise the umbrella for me; let us go, dear lady, we shall both exercise kingship over Bārāṇasī extending twelve yojanas; you will be the foremost of sixteen thousand women." "Master, it is not possible for me to go." "For what reason?" "We are of deadly venom and quick to anger; we become angry even by a trifle, and the anger of a co-wife is indeed weighty. If I, having seen or heard something, were to look with anger, it would scatter like a handful of ashes. For this reason it is not possible for me to go." The prince entreated her on the following day too. Then she said to him thus - "I shall not go by any method whatsoever, but these sons of mine are Nāga princes; because of being born through your lineage, they are of human birth. If you have affection for me, be heedful regarding them. These indeed are water-born and delicate; going along the road, they might become exhausted by wind and heat and die. Therefore, having had a boat dug out and having had it filled with water, having the two little sons play water-sports in it, and even in the city, right within the premises, you should have a pond made; thus they will not become exhausted."

And having said thus, having paid homage to the prince, having circumambulated him, having embraced the little sons, having laid them down between her breasts, having kissed them on the head, having handed them over to the prince, having wept and lamented, right there having disappeared, she went to the Nāga realm. The prince too, overcome with displeasure, having gone out from the dwelling with eyes full of tears, having wiped his eyes, approached the ministers. They, having consecrated him right there, said "Sire, let us go to our city." "If so, quickly dig a boat, load it onto a cart, fill it with water, and scatter various flowers endowed with beauty and fragrance on the surface of the water; my sons are water-born, and playing there, they will travel comfortably." The ministers did so. The king, having reached Bārāṇasī, having entered the decorated city, surrounded by sixteen thousand dancing women and ministers and others, having sat down on the great terrace, having drunk at a great drinking feast for a week, had a pond made for the sake of his sons. They regularly played there.

Then one day, when water was being let into the pond, a certain tortoise entered and, not seeing a place to get out, lay down on the bottom of the pond; at the time of the children's play, having risen from the water, having put out its head, having looked at them, it plunged into the water again. They, having seen it, frightened, having gone to their father's presence, said "Father, a demon in the pond is frightening us." The king commanded his men "Go and seize it." They, having cast a net, having taken the tortoise, showed it to the king. The princes, having seen it, cried out "This, father, is a goblin." The king, out of affection for his sons, having become angry with the tortoise, commanded "Go and inflict bodily punishment upon it." Thereupon some said "This is an enemy of the king; it is fitting to crush it to bits with pestles in a mortar." Some said "To cook it in three types of cooking and eat it." Some said "To roast it on embers." Some said "It is fitting to cook it right inside a cauldron." But one minister who was afraid of water said "It is fitting to throw this one into the whirlpools of the Yamunā; he will meet with great destruction there. There is no bodily punishment of such a kind for him." The tortoise, having heard his talk, having put out its head, said thus - "Hey, what offence has been committed by me against you? Why do you plan such bodily punishment for me? I am indeed able to endure the other bodily punishments, but this one is exceedingly harsh; do not speak thus." Having heard that, the king, thinking "It is fitting to do this very thing to it," had it thrown into the whirlpools of the Yamunā. The man did so. It, having reached a water-current leading to the Nāga realm, went to the Nāga realm.

Then the young serpent men, the sons of the serpent king Dhataraṭṭha, playing in that water-channel, having seen him, said "Seize him, slaves." He thought "I, having been freed from the hand of the king of Bārāṇasī, have fallen into the hand of such harsh serpents; by what means indeed might I be freed?" He, thinking "There is this stratagem," having committed lying, said "Being the subjects of the serpent king Dhataraṭṭha, why do you speak thus? I am a tortoise named Cittacūḷa, a messenger of the king of Bārāṇasī, come to the presence of Dhataraṭṭha. Our king, wishing to give his daughter to Dhataraṭṭha, sent me. Present me to him." They, being joyful, taking him, having gone to the presence of the king, reported that matter. The king, having had him summoned saying "Bring him," having seen him, being displeased, said "One with such an inferior body is not able to perform the work of a messenger." Having heard that, the tortoise said "But, great king, must messengers be the size of palm trees? For the body, whether small or great, is immeasurable; the accomplishment of the task wherever one has gone is the measure. Great king, our king has many messengers. On land, humans perform the work; in the sky, birds; in the water, I alone. For I am a tortoise named Cittacūḷa, one who has attained a position of rank, a king's favourite; do not abuse me" - thus he praised his own virtues. Then Dhataraṭṭha asked him "For what purpose were you sent by the king?" "Great king, the king said to me thus: 'By me the duty of friendship has been established with kings throughout the whole of Jambudīpa; now, to establish the duty of friendship with the serpent king Dhataraṭṭha, I give my daughter Samuddajā' - having said this, he sent me. Without making delay, send a man together with me, fix the day, and take the maiden." He, being pleased, having shown him honour, sent four young serpent men together with him, saying "Go, having heard the king's word, having fixed the day, come back." They, having said "Very well," having taken the tortoise, departed from the serpent realm.

The tortoise, having seen a lotus pond in between the Yamunā and Bārāṇasī, wishing to escape by some means, spoke thus - "My dear young serpent men, our king's children and wife, having seen me come to the king's dwelling from foraging in the water, request 'Give us lotuses, give us lotus roots.' I shall take those for their sake. Having released me here, even without seeing me, go ahead to the presence of the king; I shall see you right there." They, having believed him, released him. He hid there to one side. The others too, not seeing him, thinking "He must have gone to the presence of the king," in the appearance of young men, approached the king. The king, having extended a friendly welcome, asked "Where have you come from?" "From the presence of Dhataraṭṭha, great king." "For what reason have you come here?" "Great king, we are his messengers; Dhataraṭṭha enquires about your health. If there is anything you wish, tell us. Give, it is said, your daughter Samuddajā, having made her a wife for our king" - making known this matter, they spoke the first verse -

784.

"Whatever jewel there is, in the dwelling of Dhataraṭṭha;

Let all of them come to you, give your daughter to the king."

Therein, "let all of them come to you" means let all the jewels in his dwelling come to your dwelling.

Having heard that, the king spoke the second verse -

785.

"A marriage arrangement with serpents has never been done by us before;

That marriage arrangement being unconnected, how should we make it?"

Therein, "unconnected" means inappropriate, an unsuitable bonding together with animals. "We" means how can we, being of human birth, make a connection with animals?

Having heard that, the young serpent men said: "If a connection with Dhataraṭṭha is unsuitable for you, then why did you send to our king your own attendant, the tortoise named Cittacūḷa, saying 'I give my daughter named Samuddajā to you'? Having sent thus, now we shall know what is fit to be done to you who show contempt to our king. For we are young serpent men" - having said this, threatening the king, they spoke two verses:

786.

"Surely your life has been given up, or your country, O lord of men;

For when the serpent is angered, such ones do not live long.

787.

"You who are without supernormal power, whether you are a god or a human being, despise one possessing supernormal power;

Varuṇa's own son, the Yāmuna."

786-787. Therein, "or your country" means definitely by you either life or country has been given up. "Such ones" means those like you are unable to live long when serpents of such great majesty are angered; they disappear along the way. "You who are a human being, Sire" means Sire, you who are a human being. "Of Varuṇa" means of Varuṇa, the king of serpents. "Own son" means one's personal son. "Yāmuna" means born beneath the Yamunā.

Then the king spoke two verses -

788.

"I do not look down upon the king, the glorious Dhataraṭṭha;

For Dhataraṭṭha is the lord of many serpents.

789.

"Even a snake of great majesty is not worthy of my daughter;

And a warrior of the Videhas, well-born, born of the sea."

788-789. Therein, "of many even" - he said thus with reference to the state of lordship over the serpent realm of five hundred yojanas. "Is not worthy of my daughter" - thus, even though he is of great majesty, yet because of being of snake birth, he is not worthy of my daughter. "And a warrior of the Videhas" - this he said showing the relatives on the mother's side. "Born of the sea" - he, the son of the Videha king, and my daughter Samuddajā - both are well-born. They are worthy of communion with each other. For she is not suitable for a frog-eating snake - thus he said.

The young serpent men, although wishing to kill him right there with the breath from their noses, thinking "We were sent for the purpose of determining a day; it is not proper to kill this one and go; having gone and having informed the king, we shall know," vanished right there. When asked by the king "Well, dear sons, have you obtained the king's daughter?" having become angry, "Why, Sire, do you send us without reason here and there? Even if you wish to kill us, kill us right here. He reviles you and abuses you, and raises up his own daughter with pride of birth" - thus, having said both what was said and what was not said by him, they aroused the king's wrath. He, commanding to convene his own assembly, said -

790.

"Let Kambala and Assatara rise up, announce to all the serpents;

Let them proceed to Bārāṇasī, and let them not vex anyone."

Therein, "let Kambala and Assatara rise up" means Kambala and Assatara are the serpents on his mother's side dwelling at the foot of Sineru; let them rise up. And whatever others in the four directions and intermediate directions are obedient to my word, announce to all those serpents, go and inform them, commanding "Assemble quickly indeed," he said thus. Thereupon, when all had assembled quickly and it was said "What shall we do, Sire?" he said "Let all those serpents too proceed to Bārāṇasī." And when it was said "Having gone there, what is to be done, Sire? Shall we reduce it to ashes with a blast of our nostrils' breath?" being unwilling for her destruction due to the state of having an enamoured mind towards the king's daughter, he said "Let them not vex anyone"; the meaning is: let none among you vex anyone. Or this itself is the reading.

Then the serpents said to him "If no human being is to be vexed, having gone there, what shall we do?" Then, telling them "Do this and that, and I too shall do this," he spoke a pair of verses -

791.

"In dwellings and in pools, in roads and in courtyards;

And on treetops let them hang, spread out on archways too.

792.

"I too, with an all-white, great, very great city;

I shall encircle with coils, causing fear to the Kāsis."

791-792. Therein, "in pools" means in ponds. "In roads" means on the road. "Spread out" means having become ones with spread-out bodies, with great bodies, let them hang in these dwellings and so on and on door-archways; let the serpents do this much; and while doing so, in the dwellings first, beneath and above the beds and chairs, in the inner rooms and outer rooms and so on, in the pond, on the surface of the water, on the sides and on the dry ground of the roads and so on, having created great bodies, having made great hoods, blowing like a blacksmith's bellows, making the sound "susū," hang and lie down. But do not show yourselves to these four: young children, those decrepit with age, pregnant women, and the one born from the ocean. I too, having gone with an all-white, great body, shall encircle the very great city of Kāsi seven times with my coils; having covered it with my great hood, having made complete darkness, generating fear in the Kāsis, I shall emit the sound "susū."

Then all the serpents did so. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

793.

"Having heard that word of his, the serpents of many colours;

Proceeded to Bārāṇasī, and did not vex anyone.

794.

"In dwellings and in pools, in roads and in courtyards;

And on treetops they hung, spread out on archways too.

795.

"Having seen them hanging there, many women cried out;

Having seen the serpent coiled, breathing out moment by moment.

796.

"Bārāṇasī was afflicted, the distressed ones approached;

Having raised their arms, they cried out, 'Give your daughter to the king.'"

793-796. Therein, "of many colours" means of many colours by way of blue and so on. For indeed they created such forms. "Proceeded" means they entered at the time of midnight. "Hung" means they, in the very manner stated by Dhataraṭṭha, having cut off the movement of people in all places, hung down. But the four young serpent men who had come as messengers, having encircled the four feet of the king's bed, having made great hoods above his head, as if striking his head with their beaks, having opened their fangs, breathing out, stood. Dhataraṭṭha too concealed the city in the manner stated by himself. The men, awakening, wherever they stretched out a hand or a foot, there touching snakes, cried out "A snake, a snake!" "Many cried out" means in whichever houses lamps were burning, in those the women, having awoken, having looked at the door-archways and roof-beams, having seen the serpents hanging, many cried out all at once. Thus the whole city was in one uproar. "With hoods raised" means with hoods made.

"Rushed forth" means when the night became light, the people, frightened as if the whole city and the king's residence were being shaken by the breath-wind of the serpents, having said "O kings of serpents, why do you vex us?" - your king, having sent a messenger to Dhataraṭṭha saying "I shall give my daughter," but then his messengers, having come again, when told "Give her," reviles and abuses our king. When it was said "If he does not give the daughter to our king, there is no life for the whole city," having said "If so, master, give us permission; we, having gone, shall request the king," requesting, having obtained permission, having gone to the king's gate, they rushed forth with a great cry. His wives too, while still lying down in their own respective chambers, cried out all at once "Sire, give the daughter to King Dhataraṭṭha!" Those four young serpent men too, as if striking his head with their beaks saying "Give her," having opened their fangs, breathing out, stood.

He, while still lying down, having heard the sound of lamentation of both the city-dwellers and his own wives, and because of being threatened by the four young serpent men, frightened by the fear of death, said three times "I give my daughter Samuddajā to Dhataraṭṭha." Having heard that, all the kings of serpents too, having stepped back a distance of three leagues, having built a city like the city of the gods, standing there, sent a present saying "Let him send the daughter to us, it seems." The king, having taken the present brought by them, having dismissed them saying "You go; I shall send the daughter into the hands of the ministers," having had the daughter summoned, having taken her up to the upper mansion, having opened the latticed window, having convinced her saying "Dear, look at this decorated city; you will be the queen-consort of this king here; that city is not far from here; even at a time of longing it is possible to come here; you should go there," having bathed her head, having adorned her with all ornaments, having caused her to sit in a covered carriage, having given her into the hands of the ministers, he sent her. The kings of serpents, having gone out to meet them, showed great honour. The ministers, having entered the city, having given her to him, having taken much wealth, returned. They, having taken the princess up to the mansion, caused her to lie down on a decorated divine bed. At that very moment the Nāga maidens, having assumed the guise of hunchbacks and so on, surrounded her like human female attendants. She, as soon as she had lain down on the divine bed, having experienced divine contact, fell into sleep.

Dhataraṭṭha, having taken her, together with the assembly of serpents, vanished from there and appeared in the serpent realm itself. The princess, having awoken, having seen the decorated divine bed and other golden mansions, jewelled mansions and so on, parks, ponds, the serpent realm like a decorated city of the gods, asked the hunchbacked and other female attendants "This city is exceedingly decorated, not like our city; whose is this?" "It belongs to your husband, queen; those of little merit do not obtain such success; through your great merit this has been obtained." Dhataraṭṭha too had the drum beaten in the serpent realm measuring five hundred yojanas: "Whoever shows the appearance of a snake to the one born from the ocean, there will be royal punishment for him." Therefore not even one was able to show her the appearance of a snake. She, with the very perception of the human world, dwelling there together with him, being joyful, lived in dear companionship.

The city chapter is completed.

The Observances Chapter

She, afterwards, dependent on Dhataraṭṭha, having conceived an embryo, gave birth to a son; because of his being pleasant to behold, they gave him the name "Sudassana." Again she gave birth to another son; they gave him the name "Datta." He was the Bodhisatta. Again she gave birth to one more son; they gave him the name "Subhoga." She gave birth to yet another son; they gave him the name "Ariṭṭha." Thus she, even having given birth to four sons, did not know the nature of the serpent realm. Then one day young serpents told Ariṭṭha "Your mother is a human woman, not a she-serpent." Ariṭṭha, thinking "I shall investigate," one day, while still suckling at the breast, having created a serpent body, struck his mother's back of the feet with the tip of his tail. She, having seen his serpent body, frightened and trembling, having cried out with a great roar, while throwing him to the ground, broke his eye with her fingernail. From that, blood flowed forth. The king, having heard her cry, having asked "Why is she crying out?" having heard the deed done by Ariṭṭha, came threatening "Seize him; having taken that slave, bring him to the destruction of life." The princess, having known his angry state, through affection for her son, said "Sire, my son's eye has been broken; forgive his offence." The king, when she spoke thus, saying "What can be done?" forgave. On that day she understood "This is the serpent realm." And from then on Ariṭṭha became known as Kāṇāriṭṭha (One-eyed Ariṭṭha). All four sons too attained discretion.

Then their father, having made portions of a hundred yojanas each, gave them the kingdom; there was great fame. Sixteen thousand nāga maidens each surrounded them. For the father, the kingdom was only one hundred yojanas. The three sons came month by month to see their mother and father, but the Bodhisatta came fortnightly. The Bodhisatta alone answered questions that arose in the nāga realm. He went together with his father to attend upon the great king Virūpakkha also, and he alone answered questions that arose in his presence too. Then one day, when Virūpakkha together with the assembly of nāgas had gone to the city of the gods and was seated surrounding Sakka, a question arose among the gods. No one was able to answer it, but having gone to the excellent divan, the Great Being himself answered it. Then the king of gods, having venerated him with divine scented flowers, said "Datta, you are endowed with wisdom extensive like the earth; from now on you shall be named Bhūridatta," and gave him the name "Bhūridatta." He, from then on, while going to attend upon Sakka, having seen the decorated Vejayanta mansion crowded with divine nymphs, the exceedingly captivating success of Sakka, having developed fondness for the heavenly world, having thought "What use is this frog-eating individual existence to me? Having gone to the nāga realm, having observed the Observance residence, I shall create the cause for rebirth in this heavenly world," having gone to the nāga realm, asked his mother and father "Mothers and fathers, I will perform the Observance." "Good, dear son, do it, but without going outside, do it right here in the nāga realm in an empty mansion, for there is great danger for nāgas who have gone outside."

He, having assented "Very well," observed the Observance residence right there in an empty mansion in the royal garden. Then nāga maidens with various musical instruments in hand surrounded him. He, having thought "The Observance practice will not reach its summit for me dwelling here; I shall go to the path of humans and perform it," without informing his mother and father out of fear of being prevented, having addressed his own wives, "Dear ladies, I, having gone to the human world - on the bank of the Yamunā there is a banyan tree - not far from that, on the top of an ant-hill, having coiled my coils, having determined the Observance endowed with four factors, having lain down, I will perform the Observance. When the Observance practice has been performed by me, having lain down the whole night, at the very time of the break of dawn, you, taking ten women each, by turns, with musical instruments in hand, having come to my presence, having venerated me with scents and flowers, having sung and danced, having taken me, come back to the nāga realm itself." Having said this, having gone there, having coiled his coils on the top of the ant-hill, having determined the Observance endowed with four factors, saying "Whoever desires my hide or sinews or bones or blood, let him take them," having created a body the size of a ploughshare, lying down, he performed the Observance. At the very rising of dawn, the nāga maidens, having come, having proceeded in accordance with the advice, brought him to the nāga realm. As he was performing the Observance in this manner, a long period of time passed.

The Observance section is completed.

The Chapter on Garuḷas

At that time a certain brahmin dwelling in a village at the gate of Bārāṇasī, together with his son named Somadatta, having gone to the forest, having set out stakes, traps, snares, nets and so on, having killed deer, having brought the meat on a carrying pole, earned his livelihood by selling it. One day, not having obtained even so much as an iguana, having said "Dear Somadatta, if we go empty-handed, your mother will be angry; let us take something and go," having gone towards the place where the Bodhisatta lay on the ant-hill, having seen the footprints of deer descending into the Yamunā to drink water, having said "Dear son, a deer track is evident; you step back and stand; I shall shoot a deer that has come for the purpose of water," having taken his bow, looking for deer, he stood at the root of a certain tree. Then one deer came in the evening time to drink water. He shot it. The deer, not falling there, frightened by the force of the arrow, with blood flowing, fled. The father and son, having pursued it, having taken the meat at the place where it had fallen, having come out from the forest, at the time of sunset, having reached that banyan tree, saying "Now it is not the right time; it is not possible to go; let us stay right here," having placed the meat to one side, having climbed the tree, they lay down among the branches. The brahmin, having awoken towards the break of dawn, applied his ear to listen for the sound of deer.

At that moment the nāga maidens, having come, prepared a flower seat for the Bodhisatta. He, having made the serpent body disappear, having created a divine body adorned with all ornaments, with divine grace sat down on the flower seat. The nāga maidens too, having venerated him with scents, garlands and so on, having played divine musical instruments, began dancing and singing. The brahmin, having heard that sound, having thought "Who indeed is this? I shall find out," even having called "Son, son!" being unable to awaken his son, saying "Let him sleep; he must be weary; I myself shall go," having descended from the tree, went to his presence. The nāga maidens, having seen him, together with the musical instruments, having dived into the earth, went to their own nāga realm itself. The Bodhisatta was all alone. The brahmin, having gone to his presence, asking, spoke a pair of verses -

797.

"In the midst of the forest of flower offerings, who is this red-eyed one with space between shoulders exposed?

Who are these ten women wearing conch-shell bracelets and armlets, well-clothed, standing and paying homage?

798.

"Who are you with mighty arms in the midst of the forest, you shine like fire sprinkled with ghee;

Are you an influential demon, or are you a serpent of great might?"

797-798. Therein, "of the flower offering" means endowed with the divine flower offering brought for the purpose of venerating the Bodhisatta. "Who" means who indeed are you by name. "Red-eyed" means with red eyes. "With space between shoulders exposed" means with broad space between the shoulders. "Wearing conch-shell bracelets and armlets" means wearing golden ornaments. "With mighty arms" means great-armed.

Having heard that, the Great Being, having thought "Even if I were to say 'I am one among Sakka and the others,' this brahmin would indeed believe it, but today it is fitting for me to speak only the truth," telling of his own state as king of the nāgas, said -

799.

"I am a serpent, possessing supernormal power, radiant, difficult to surpass;

Angered, I could burn with my heat even a prosperous country.

800.

"For my mother was born of the sea, and Dhataraṭṭha is my father;

I am the youngest brother of Sudassana, they know me as Bhūridatta."

799-800. Therein, "radiant" means possessing the power of poison. "Difficult to surpass" means unable to be surpassed by another. "I could burn" means he says: if I, angered, were to burn even a prosperous country, with merely the falling of my fang upon the earth, together with the earth, by my power that entire country would become ashes. "I am the younger brother of Sudassana" means I am the younger brother of my brother Sudassana. "The wise" means thus they know me in the serpent realm measuring five hundred yojanas.

And having said this, the Great Being thought: "This brahmin is fierce and harsh; having informed a snake-charmer, he might even cause an obstacle to my Observance practice. What if I were to lead him to the serpent realm and, having given him great glory, make my Observance practice last long." Then he said to him: "Brahmin, I will show you great glory, the delightful serpent realm; come, let us go there." "Master, I have a son; when he comes, I will come." Then the Great Being, having said "Go, brahmin, bring him," pointing out his own residence, said -

801.

"That deep lake with constant whirlpools, fearsome, which you see;

This is my divine abode, of the height of many hundreds of men.

802.

"Resounding with peacocks and herons, with blue waters from the midst of the forest;

Enter the Yamunā, do not be frightened, secure for those who keep their duties, safe."

801-802. Therein, "sadāvaṭṭaṃ" means a whirlpool that is always occurring. "Bhesmaṃ" means frightful. "Pekkhasī" means which such lake you see. "Mayūrakoñcābhirudaṃ" means resounded with, sung to by, peacocks and herons dwelling in the forest thickets on both banks. "Nīlodaṃ" means with blue water. "Vanamajjhato" means flowing through the middle of the forest. "Pavisa mā bhīto" means enter such a Yamunā having become fearless. "Vattavataṃ" means enter the dwelling ground of those who are dutiful, who are possessed of good conduct; go, brahmin, bring your son.

The brahmin, having gone, having reported that matter to his son, brought his son. The Great Being, having taken both of them, having gone to the bank of the Yamunā, standing on the bank, said -

803.

"Having arrived there with your attendant, together with your son, brahmin;

Venerated by me with sensual pleasures, you shall live happily, brahmin."

Therein, "having arrived there" means you, having arrived at our nāga realm. "By me" means venerated with my own sensual pleasures. "You shall live" means he will live happily there in the nāga realm.

Having said thus, the Great Being brought both those father and son to the nāga realm by his own power. A divine individual existence appeared for them there. Then the Great Being, having given them divine success, gave four hundred nāga maidens to each. They experienced great success. The Bodhisatta too, heedful, performed the Observance practice. Fortnightly, having gone to attend upon his mother and father, having spoken a talk on the Teaching, and from there having gone to the brahmin's presence, having asked about his health, having said "Whatever you have need of, you should say it; be content and delight," having exchanged friendly welcome with Somadatta too, he went to his own dwelling. The brahmin, having dwelt for one year in the nāga realm, became dissatisfied due to his meagre merit and wished to go to the human world. The nāga realm appeared to him like a world-interstice hell, the decorated mansion like a prison, the decorated nāga maidens attended upon him like demonesses. He, thinking "I am dissatisfied for the time being; I shall find out Somadatta's mind too," having gone to his presence, said "What, dear son, are you dissatisfied?" "Why should I be dissatisfied? I am not dissatisfied. But are you dissatisfied, father?" "Yes, father." "For what reason?" "I am dissatisfied through not seeing your mother and brothers and sisters. Come, dear son Somadatta, let us go." He, even though having said "I shall not go," being entreated by his father again and again, accepted saying "Very well."

The brahmin thought "My son's consent has been obtained for the time being. But if I tell Bhūridatta 'I am dissatisfied,' he will give me even more fame, and thus my departure will not happen. But by one means, having praised his success, having asked 'Having abandoned such success, why do you go to the human world to perform the Observance practice?' when it is said 'For the sake of heaven,' I shall convince him saying 'You, having abandoned such success, perform the Observance practice for the sake of heaven; far less then should we ourselves earn our livelihood on another's wealth. I too, having gone to the human world, having seen my relatives, having gone forth, shall practise the ascetic duty.' Then he will permit my departure." Having thought thus, one day, when he came and was asked "What, brahmin, are you dissatisfied?" having said "Nothing is lacking for us from your presence," without saying anything connected with departure, to begin with, praising his success, he said -

804.

"Level all around, the earth abounds with fragrant shrubs;

Covered with red insects, it shines with the finest green vegetation.

805.

"Charming are the sacred forests, charming are those resounding with the song of swans;

Covered with blossoming lotuses they stand, well-fashioned lotus ponds.

806.

"The pillars are octagonal, well-made, all made of lapis lazuli;

The mansions have a thousand pillars, full of maidens, they shine.

807.

"You have been reborn in a mansion, divine, through your own merits;

Unconfined, safe, charming, endowed with perpetual happiness.

808.

"Methinks you do not long for the mansion of the thousand-eyed one;

For this supernormal power of yours is extensive, like that of Sakka the radiant."

804-808. Therein, "level all around" means all around in all directions, this earth in your nāga realm is strewn with gold, silver, gems, pearls and sand, and is level. "The earth abounds with fragrant shrubs" means endowed with many fragrant shrub plants. "Covered with red insects" means covered with golden red insects. "It shines with the finest green vegetation" means covered with green-coloured dabba grass, it shines - this is the meaning. "Sacred forests" means forest groves. "Covered with blossomed flowers" means the water surfaces covered with lotus petals that have blossomed and fallen. "Well-fashioned" means well created by the achievement of your merit. "Octagonal" means in your dwelling mansions there are octagonal, well-made pillars made of lapis lazuli. With those pillars, your mansions of a thousand pillars, full of nāga maidens, shine. "You have arisen" means you have been reborn in such a mansion - this is the meaning. "The mansion of the thousand-eyed one" means the Vejayanta mansion of Sakka. "For this supernormal power of yours is extensive" means because this supernormal power of yours is extensive, therefore I think that by that Observance practice you do not aspire even for the mansion of Sakka, but aspire for another position greater than that.

Having heard that, the Great Being, having said "Do not speak thus, brahmin; compared with the fame of Sakka, our fame is like a mustard seed beside Sineru; we are not even worth being his attendants," spoke a verse -

809.

"The power of the radiant one cannot be attained even by mind;

Of those who wield power, including Indra, while indulging themselves."

Its meaning is - Brahmin, the fame of Sakka cannot be attained even by one thinking in mind for one, two, three, or four days "It would be this much." Even those four great kings who attend upon him - compared with the fame of those four guardians of the world, those kings of gods, who while attending, conduct themselves having made Indra their leader, including Indra, wielding power - the fame of us who are born as animals is not worth a sixteenth fraction.

And having said thus, having heard the words "This, methinks, is the mansion of the thousand-eyed one," I recollected that. Explaining his own aspiration, saying "For I, aspiring for Vejayanta, perform the Observance practice," he said -

810.

"Longing for that mansion of the deathless ones, seeking happiness;

Observing the Observance, I lie on the top of the ant-hill."

Therein, "longing for" means having aspired. "Of the deathless ones" means of the long-lived gods. "Seeking happiness" means of those whose happiness has been sought, of those established in happiness.

Having heard that, the brahmin, having attained pleasure thinking "Now an opportunity has been obtained by me," asking permission to go, spoke a pair of verses -

811.

"And I, seeking deer, together with my son, entered the forest;

Whether I am dead or alive, my relatives do not inform about me.

812.

"I would address Bhūridatta, the son of Kāsi, the famous one;

Approved by you, may we see our relatives."

811-812. Therein, "do not inform" means they do not know; there is no one even speaking about them. "I address" means I address. "Son of Kāsi" means the son of the daughter of the king of Kāsi.

Then the Bodhisatta said -

813.

"This indeed is my desire, that you dwell near me;

For such sensual pleasures are not easily obtained among humans.

814.

"If you wish for a site, venerated by me with sensual pleasures;

You are approved by me, may you see your relatives in safety."

813-814. The Great Being, having said the pair of verses, thought - "This one, living happily in dependence on the gem, will not tell anyone; I shall give him the gem that grants all desires." Then, giving it to him, he said -

815.

"Wearing this divine gem, one gains cattle and sons;

One becomes healthy and happy, go taking it, brahmin."

Therein, "one gains cattle and sons" means one wearing this gem, by its power, gains cattle and sons and whatever else one wishes, one obtains all that.

Then the brahmin spoke a verse -

816.

"I gladly accept your wholesome word, Bhūridatta;

I shall go forth, I am old, I would not long for sensual pleasures."

Its meaning is - Bhūridatta, your word is wholesome and blameless; that I gladly accept, I do not reject. But I am old, therefore I shall go forth, I do not long for sensual pleasures - what use is the jewel to me?

The Bodhisatta said -

817.

"If there is dissolution of the holy life, there is business to be done with wealth;

Come unshaken, I will give you much wealth."

Therein, "if there is dissolution" means abiding by the holy life is indeed difficult to do; if for one not taking delight in it there is dissolution of the holy life, then for one who has become a householder there is business to be done with wealth; at such a time you, having become free from suspicion, should come to my presence; I will give you much wealth.

The brahmin said -

818.

"I gladly accept your wholesome word, Bhūridatta;

Again I will come, if there should be need."

Therein, "punapi" means "puna api"; or this itself is the reading.

Then, having known his wish to remain there, the Great Being, having commanded the young nāga men, brought the brahmin to the human world. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

819.

"Having said this, Bhūridatta sent four people;

Come, go, arise, quickly bring the brahmin.

820.

"Having heard that word of his, four people having risen;

Sent by Bhūridatta, quickly brought the brahmin."

819-820. Therein, "brought" means having brought them across from the Yamunā, they caused them to reach the road to Bārāṇasī, and having caused them to reach it, having said "You go," they returned to the nāga realm itself.

The brahmin too, telling his son "Dear Somadatta, in this place we shot a deer, in this one a boar," having seen a pond on the way, having said "Dear Somadatta, let us bathe," when it was said "Very well, father," both of them, having taken off the divine ornaments and divine garments, having made a bundle, having placed it on the bank of the pond, having descended, bathed. At that moment those disappeared and went to the nāga realm itself. The ochre rags that had been formerly worn fastened themselves upon their bodies, and the bows, arrows, and spears too became just as before. Somadatta lamented "We have been ruined by you, father." Then his father consoled him "Do not worry; as long as there are deer in the forest, having killed deer, we shall earn our livelihood." Somadatta's mother, having heard of their coming, having gone out to meet them, having led them to the house, satisfied them with food and drink. The brahmin, having eaten, fell into sleep. The other woman asked her son "Dear son, for so long a time where have you been?" "Mother, we were taken to the nāga realm by Bhūridatta the king of serpents; having become dissatisfied there, we have now come back." "But has any jewel been brought by you?" "Nothing was brought, mother." "Was nothing given to you by him?" "Mother, a gem that grants all desires was given by Bhūridatta to my father, but it was not taken by this one." "For what reason?" "He will go forth, it seems." She, having become angry thinking "For so long a time, making the children my burden, having dwelt in the nāga realm, now it seems he will go forth," striking his back with a rice-husking ladle, threatened him "I say, you wicked brahmin, it seems you do not take the jewel gem because you will go forth; then why have you come here without going forth? Get out of my house quickly!" Then, having said to her "Dear lady, do not be angry; as long as there are deer in the forest, I shall support you," having gone to the forest together with his son, he earned his livelihood in the former manner itself.

At that time, in the region of the southern great ocean, a certain garuḷa dwelling in the silk-cotton tree, having scattered the water in the ocean with the winds of his wings, seized a king of serpents by the head. For at that time the supaṇṇas did not know how to seize a serpent; afterwards they learnt in the Paṇḍara Jātaka. But he, even having seized him by the head, without submerging in the water, having lifted him up, having taken him hanging down, flew over the summit of the Himalayas. At that time a certain brahmin, an inhabitant of the Kāsi country, having gone forth in the going forth of sages, having built a hermitage in the Himalayan region, was dwelling there. At the end of his walking path there is a great banyan tree. He spends the day residence at its root. The supaṇṇa carries the serpent over the top of the banyan tree. The serpent, hanging down, for the purpose of release, wrapped a branch of the banyan tree with his tail. The supaṇṇa, not knowing that, by his great strength, sprang forward into the sky itself. The banyan tree was uprooted together with its root. The supaṇṇa, having led the serpent to the silk-cotton tree forest, having struck with his beak, having split open the belly, having eaten the serpent fat, threw the body into the depths of the ocean. The banyan tree, falling, made a great sound. The supaṇṇa, looking down thinking "What is this sound?" having seen the banyan tree, having thought "From where was this uprooted by me?" having known as true "This is the banyan tree at the end of the hermit's walking path," thinking "This was of great help to him; 'Has unwholesomeness been produced by me, or not?' - having asked him that very question, I shall find out," went to his presence in the guise of a young man.

At that moment the hermit was levelling that place. The king of the supaṇṇas, having paid homage to the hermit, seated to one side, as if not knowing, asked "What is this place for, venerable sir?" "Lay follower, a certain supaṇṇa, carrying away a serpent for the purpose of food, even though the serpent had wrapped a banyan branch with its tail for the purpose of release, having sprung forward by its own great strength, went; then the banyan tree was uprooted; this is the place where it was uprooted." "But, venerable sir, does unwholesome action accrue to that supaṇṇa, or not?" "If he does not know, an action without volition is not unwholesome." "But what about the serpent, venerable sir?" "He did not seize this one to destroy it; he seized it for the purpose of release; therefore for him too there is none indeed." The supaṇṇa, being pleased with the hermit, said "Venerable sir, I am that king of the supaṇṇas; I am satisfied by your answering of questions. You dwell in the forest; I know a certain Ālampāyana spell; the spell is priceless. That I give to you, making it the teacher's share; accept it, will you not?" "I have no need of a spell; go, you." He, having entreated him again and again, having caused him to accept, having given the spell, having explained the medicines, departed.

The garuḷa chapter is completed.

The Chapter on Play

At that time in Bārāṇasī a certain poor brahmin, having taken on much debt, being accused by the creditors, thinking "What use is my dwelling here? Having entered the forest, it is better to die," having departed, having entered the forest, gradually having reached that hermitage, pleased the hermit through the accomplishment of duties. The hermit, having thought "This brahmin is exceedingly helpful to me; I shall give him the divine spell given by the king of the supaṇṇas," having said "Brahmin, I know the Ālampāyana spell; that I give to you; take it, will you not?" even when it was said "Enough, venerable sir, I have no need of a spell," having spoken again and again, having pressed, having caused him to accept, gave it indeed. And he told him everything - the medicines suitable for that spell and the spell procedures. The brahmin, thinking "A means of livelihood has been obtained by me," having dwelt for a few days, having made the pretext "A wind illness afflicts me, venerable sir," being dismissed by the hermit, having paid homage to him, having asked his forgiveness, having departed from the forest, gradually having reached the bank of the Yamunā, reciting that spell, goes along the highway.

At that time about a thousand attendant nāga maidens of Bhūridatta, having taken that jewel gem that grants all desires, having departed from the nāga realm, having placed it on a heap of sand on the bank of the Yamunā, having played water-sport the whole night by its radiance, at the break of dawn, having adorned themselves with every ornament, having surrounded the jewel gem, invoking fortune, sat down. The brahmin too, reciting the spell, reached that place. They, upon hearing the sound of the spell, thinking "This must be a supaṇṇa," frightened by the fear of death, not having taken the jewel gem, having dived into the earth, went to the nāga realm. The brahmin too, having seen the jewel gem, with a satisfied mind thinking "Just now my spell has succeeded," having taken the jewel gem, set out. At that moment the hunter-brahmin, entering the forest together with Somadatta for the killing of deer, having seen that jewel gem in his hands, said to his son "Dear son, is this not the gem given to us by Bhūridatta?" "Yes, father, that is the gem." "Then let us speak of its faults and, having deceived this brahmin, take this jewel gem." "Father, formerly when it was being given by Bhūridatta you did not take it; now this brahmin will deceive you in the same way; be silent." The brahmin said "Let it be, dear son; you will see the deceptive nature of either this one or of me" - and conversing with the Ālampāyana spell-reciter, he said -

821.

"Having held up a jewel, auspicious, of good wealth, delightful;

A rock endowed with characteristics, who obtained this jewel?"

Therein, "auspicious" means deemed auspicious, granting all desires. "Who this" means where did you obtain this jewel.

Then Alampāyana spoke a verse -

822.

"Surrounded all around by thousands of red-eyed ones;

Today, going along the path at the proper time, I obtained this gem."

Its meaning is - I, today, right early, going along the path, the road, obtained this gem surrounded all around by red-eyed nāga maidens numbering about a thousand. For having seen me, all of them, frightened by fear, having abandoned this, fled.

The hunter-brahmin, wishing to deceive him, making known the faults of the jewel gem, wishing to take it himself, spoke three verses -

823.

"This rock, well attended to, honoured and revered always;

Well maintained and well deposited, it would accomplish every purpose.

824.

"For one who has failed in conduct, in discarding or in bearing in mind;

This rock has been attended to unwisely, for destruction.

825.

"An unwholesome one is not worthy to wear this divine gem;

Proceed with a hundred gold coins, give me this jewel of mine."

823-825. Therein, "every purpose" means whoever knows how to well attend to this rock, to honour it, to cherish it as one's own life, to well maintain it, and to well deposit it, for him alone this rock, well attended to, honoured, revered, well maintained, and well deposited, accomplishes every purpose - this is the meaning. "For one who has failed in attendance" means but whoever has failed in attendance, for him this, attended to by wrong means, brings about destruction itself - so he says. "Worthy to hold" means worthy of holding. "Proceed with a hundred gold coins" means there are many gems in our house, we know how to take this one. I shall give you a hundred gold coins; proceed with that; give this jewel gem to me. For in his house there was not even one gold coin. But he knew the nature of that gem as a giver of all desires. Therefore this occurred to him: "I, having bathed up to the head, having sprinkled the gem with water, shall say 'Give me a hundred gold coins'; then he will give to me; that I shall give to this one." Therefore, being bold, he spoke thus.

Then Alampāyana spoke a verse -

826.

"And this gem of mine is not to be bought, with cattle or with jewels;

This rock endowed with characteristics, indeed this gem of mine is not to be bought."

Therein, "na ca myāya" means this gem, being my own, is not to be sold by anyone. "Neva keyyo" means and this gem of mine is endowed with auspicious signs, therefore it is indeed not to be bought, not to be sold by anyone for any thing whatsoever.

The hunter-brahmin said -

827.

"If this gem of yours is not to be bought, with cattle or with jewels;

Then by what can the gem be bought? Tell me this when asked."

Alampāyana said -

828.

"He who would point out to me the great elephant, powerful, difficult to pass over;

To him I would give this rock, blazing as if with radiance."

Therein, "blazing as if with radiance" means as if blazing with light.

The hunter-brahmin said -

829.

"Who indeed, with the appearance of a brahmin, a supaṇṇa, the excellent among birds;

Seeking to devour a serpent, searching for his own prey."

Therein, "who indeed" - this the hunter-brahmin, having thought "it must be a garuḷa searching for its own prey," spoke thus.

Alampāyana spoke thus -

830.

"I am not the lord of the twice-born, nor has a Garuḷa been seen by me;

By a venomous snake my wealth was obtained, so they know me as a physician, brahmin."

Therein, "they know me" means they know me as "this is the physician named Alampāyana whose wealth was obtained by a venomous snake."

The hunter-brahmin said -

831.

"What fruit do you have, what craft is found in you;

Or in what are you so obstinate, that you do not respect the snake?"

Therein, "or in what are you so obstinate" means: having been supported by what, having made what as a support, you do not respect the snake, the venomous serpent, not treating it as foremost, you despise it - thus he asks.

He, explaining his own power, said -

832.

"To the forest-dwelling sage, the long-practising ascetic;

The supaṇṇa declared to the Kosiya, the unsurpassed knowledge of poison.

833.

"That one among those with developed selves, meditating in the mountain caves;

I attended on him attentively, unwearied day and night.

834.

"He was then attended upon by me, dutiful and living the holy life;

He manifested the divine hymn, willingly the Blessed One for me.

835.

"I am obstinate in the charms, I do not fear the snake;

Teacher of poison-destroyers, they knew me as 'Sufficient-drink'."

832-835. Therein, "declared to the Kosiya" means the supaṇṇa told the sage of the Kosiya clan. The reason declared by him, however, should be told having expanded it all in detail. "A certain one with a developed self" means a certain one among the sages with developed selves. "Sammanta" means dwelling. "Of his own wish" means by one's own desire. "To me" means he made known that charm to me. "I in the charms, obstinate" means I am supported by and dependent on your charms. "Of the hooded ones" means of the serpents. "Of the poison-destroyers" means of the physicians who destroy poison.

Having heard that, the hunter-brahmin thought "This Alampāyana, whoever shows him a serpent, he will give that one a jewel gem; having shown him Bhūridatta, I shall take the gem." Then, consulting together with his son, he spoke a verse -

836.

"Let us take the gem, dear son, Somadatta, understand;

Let us not willingly abandon the glory obtained, through punishment."

Therein, "let us take" means let us take. "Willingly" means by one's own preference, having struck with a stick, let us not give up.

Somadatta said -

837.

"One who has come to his own dwelling, who honoured you, brahmin;

Why through delusion do you wish to betray such a doer of good?

838.

"If you desire wealth, Bhūridatta will give;

Having gone to him, request, he will give you much wealth."

837-838. Therein, "honoured" means he honoured with divine sensual pleasures. "Do you wish to betray" means: why do you wish to do an act of betrayal against such a friend, dear son?

The brahmin said -

839.

"What has come into the hand, what has come into the bowl, scattered about, is better to eat;

May the benefit visible here and now not pass us by, Somadatta."

Therein, "come into the hand" means dear son Somadatta, you are young and do not know the way of the world. For whatever has come into the hand or has come into the bowl or has been scattered and placed in front, that alone is better for me to eat, not what stands far away.

Somadatta said -

840.

"He suffers in the terrible hell, and even opens up for the buffalo;

The betrayer of friends, the abandoner of welfare, withers away even while alive.

841.

"If you desire wealth, Bhūridatta will give;

Methinks the enmity self-made, before long you will experience."

840-841. Therein, "even opens up for the buffalo" means, dear, the earth splits and gives an opening for the betrayer of friends while he is still alive. "The abandoner of welfare" means one who abandons one's own welfare. "Withers away even while alive" means he withers while still living, he becomes a human ghost. "Self-made enmity" means evil done by oneself. "Before long" means I think you will experience it before long indeed.

The brahmin said -

842.

"Having performed the great sacrifice, thus brahmins are purified;

We shall perform the great sacrifice, thus we shall be freed from evil."

Therein, "are purified" means dear son Somadatta, you are young and do not know anything; showing that brahmins, having done whatever evil, are purified through sacrifice, he said thus.

Somadatta said -

843.

"Well then, now I shall depart, I shall not today with you;

Go even a single step, with such a wrongdoer."

Therein, "I shall depart" means I go away; the meaning is I run away.

And having said thus, the wise young man, being unable to make his father accept his own word, having made the deities look down upon him with a loud voice, saying "I shall not go together with such an evildoer," while his father was watching, having run away, having entered the Himalayas, having gone forth, having produced the direct knowledges and the meditative attainments, with his meditative absorption not fallen away, was reborn in the Brahma world. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

844.

Having said this to his father, Somadatta, the very learned one;

Having made the beings look down upon him, from that place he departed."

The hunter-brahmin, thinking "Where will Somadatta go, setting aside his own house?" having seen Alampāyana slightly displeased, having said "Alampāyana, do not worry, I shall show you Bhūridatta," having taken him, having gone to the place where the king of serpents performed the Observance, having seen the king of serpents lying on the top of the ant-hill having coiled his coils, standing not far away, having stretched out his hand, spoke two verses -

845.

"Seize this great serpent, bring me that gem;

He has the colour of a red insect, whose head is red.

846.

"Like a heap of cotton fluff, this body is seen;

Gone to the top of an ant-hill he lies, take that, brahmin."

845-846. Therein, "having the colour of a red insect" means he shines like the colour of a red insect. "Like a heap of cotton" means like a heap of well-prepared cotton.

Then the Great Being, having opened his eyes, having seen the hunter-brahmin, thinking "This one would create an obstacle to my Observance," led him to the nāga realm and established him in great prosperity. He did not wish to take the jewel being given by me. But now he comes having taken a snake-catcher. If I were to become angry with this betrayer of friends, my morality will be broken. But the Observance endowed with four factors was determined by me from the very first; let it remain just as determined. Whether Alampāyana cuts me or roasts me or pierces me with a stake, I will indeed not be angry with him" - having thus reflected, "If indeed I were to look at these, they would become ashes. Even though he beats me, I will not be angry, I will not look" - having closed his eyes, having made the perfection of determination the forerunner, having placed his head between his coils, having become quite motionless, he lay down. The hunter-brahmin too said "Dear Alampāyana, take this serpent, give me the jewel." Alampāyana, having seen the serpent, satisfied, not counting the jewel as anything, threw it into his hands saying "Take it, brahmin." It, having slipped from his hand, fell upon the earth. As soon as it had fallen, it entered the earth and went to the nāga realm itself.

The brahmin fell away from three things: the jewel gem, the friendship with Bhūridatta, and the sonship. He, lamenting "I have become without support; my son's word was not heeded," went home. Alampāyana too, having smeared his own body with divine medicines, having chewed a little, having sprinkled his own body, muttering a divine spell, having approached the Bodhisatta, having seized him by the tail, having dragged him, grasping firmly on the head, having opened his mouth, having chewed the medicine, he applied spittle into his mouth. The king of serpents, of a clean nature, not being angry out of fear of breach of morality, did not even open his eyes. Then, having performed the medicine-spell on him, having seized him by the tail, having made him head-downwards, having shaken him, having caused him to disgorge the food he had taken, having made him lie down at full length on the ground, having trampled him with his feet as if crushing lentils, the bones were as if being ground to powder. Again, having seized him by the tail, he beat him as if beating a cloth. The Great Being, even though experiencing such suffering, was indeed not angry. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

847.

"Then with divine medicines, muttering and spell-verses;

Thus she was able to heal him, having made protection for herself."

Therein, "asakkhi" means was able. "Satthuṃ" means to take.

Thus he, having made the Great Being weak, having prepared a box with creepers, put the Great Being in there, but due to the largeness of his body, he does not fit in there. Then, having pushed him in by striking with his heel, having taken the box, having gone to a village, having set it down in the middle of the village, he called out "Let those wishing to see the dancing of the serpent come!" The entire village inhabitants assembled. At that moment Ālampāyana said "Come out, great serpent!" The Great Being thought "Today it is fitting for me to perform, pleasing the assembly. Thus Ālampāyana, having obtained much wealth, satisfied, will release me. Whatever he makes me do, that I shall do." Then he, having taken him out of the box, said "Be large!" He became large. "Be small, round, armoured, one-hooded, two-hooded, three-hooded, four-hooded, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty-hooded, a hundred-hooded, tall, short, with visible body, with invisible body, with half body visible, blue, yellow, red, white, crimson, emit a flame of fire, emit water, emit smoke!" The Great Being, having created the individual existences in each and every form as it was spoken, displayed a dance. Having seen that, no one was able to hold back tears.

People gave abundant gold, silver, cloths, ornaments and so on. Thus in that village he obtained about a thousand. Although he, when seizing the Great Being, had said "Having obtained a thousand, I shall release him," but having obtained that wealth, out of greed for wealth he did not release him, thinking "Even in a small village so much wealth has been obtained by me; in a city, it is said, I shall obtain much." He, having established a household in that village, having had a box made of jewels constructed, having put the Great Being in there, having mounted a comfortable carriage, having departed with a great retinue, making him perform in villages, market towns and so on, gradually arrived at Bārāṇasī. He gives the serpent king honey-parched corn, and having killed frogs, gives them; he does not take food out of fear of not being released. Even though he was not taking food, again, beginning with the four gate-villages, he made him perform here and there for about a month at each place. On the fifteenth-day Observance day, however, he had it announced to the king "Today I shall make him perform in your presence." The king, having had a drum circulated in the city, had the public assembled. In the royal courtyard they tied beds upon beds.

The sport section is completed.

The Chapter on Entering the City

On the very day the Bodhisatta was seized by Ālampāyana, the Great Being's mother saw in a dream him being led away by a dark man with red eyes, having cut off his right arm with a sword, with blood flowing forth. She, frightened and trembling, having risen, having touched her right arm, knew the state of being a dream. Then this occurred to her: "A harsh evil dream has been seen by me; there must be danger either for my four sons, or for King Dhataraṭṭha, or for me." But however, she thought excessively about the Great Being in particular. Why? The rest dwell in their own serpent realm, but the other, due to his disposition towards morality, having gone to the human world, performs the Observance practice. Therefore she thought excessively about him alone: "Could it be that a snake-catcher or a supaṇṇa has seized my son?" Then, when a fortnight had passed, she became overcome by displeasure, thinking "My son cannot carry on without me beyond a fortnight; surely some danger must have arisen for him." With the passing of a month, however, on account of her sorrow, there was no time whatsoever when tears were not flowing; her heart withered, her eyes became swollen. She sat looking at the very path of his coming, thinking "Now he will come, now he will come." Then her eldest son Sudassana, after the lapse of a month, came together with a great assembly for the purpose of seeing his mother and father, having left the assembly outside, having ascended the mansion, having paid homage to his mother, stood to one side. She, bewailing Bhūridatta, did not converse anything with him. He thought "My mother, when I came before, is pleased, makes a friendly welcome; but today she is overcome by displeasure; what indeed is the reason?" Then, asking him, he said -

848.

"Having seen me coming, endowed with all sensual pleasures;

Your faculties are not joyful, your face has become tearful.

849.

"Just as a lotus held in the hand, crushed by the palm;

Your face has become tearful, having seen me in such a state."

848-849. Therein, "not joyful" means not very clear. "Tearful" means your face, which was of the colour of a golden mirror, has become yellowish-dark. "Held in the hand" means cut by the hand. "Such" means of such a form, having seen me who has come with great splendour and glory for the purpose of seeing you.

Even though this was said, she did not speak at all. Sudassana thought: "Could she be angry with someone or troubled by someone?" Then, asking her, he spoke the other verse -

850.

"Are you perhaps not breathing well, is there perhaps pain for you;

That your face is tearful, having seen me come?"

Therein, "are you perhaps not breathing well" - he asks whether anyone perhaps harms you by reviling or by abuse. "Your" means formerly, having seen me come, your face was not like this. But by whatever reason today your face has become tearful, tell me that - he asks.

Then she, explaining to him, said -

851.

"Dear son, I saw a dream, a month ago from now;

'As if my right arm, having been cut off, smeared with blood;

A man, having taken it, departed, while I was crying.'

852.

"Since I saw the dream, Sudassana, understand;

From then, neither by day nor by night, is happiness found by me."

851-852. Therein, "a month ago from now" means a month having passed below from now. It shows that "today it is a month since my dream was seen." "A man" means one black, red-eyed man. "While I was crying" means while she was weeping. "Happiness is not found by me" means my happiness indeed does not exist.

And having said thus, lamenting, she said "Dear son, my beloved little son, your younger brother, is not seen; there must be fear arisen for him" -

853.

"Whom formerly surrounded, maidens of beautiful form;

Covered with a golden net, Bhūridatta is not seen.

854.

"Whom formerly surrounded, bearers of excellent swords;

Like fully-bloomed kaṇikāra flowers, Bhūridatta is not seen.

855.

"Well then, now we shall go, to Bhūridatta's dwelling;

Let us see your brother, who is righteous, accomplished in morality."

853-855. Therein, "full-blown" means like full-blown kaṇikāra trees, because of wearing golden garments and ornaments. "Well then" is an indeclinable particle used in the sense of release; she says "Come, dear son, let us go to Bhūridatta's dwelling."

And having said thus, she went there together with both his and her own assembly. But Bhūridatta's wives, not seeing him on the top of the ant-hill, were not occupied, thinking "He will be staying at his mother's dwelling." They, having heard "Our mother-in-law, it seems, not seeing her son, is coming," having gone out to meet her, lamenting with great lamentation "Lady, today a month has passed since your son has not been seen," fell at her feet. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

856.

"And having seen her coming, the mother of Bhūridatta;

Having raised their arms, they cried out, the women of Bhūridatta.

857.

"Dear lady, we do not know your son, who went below a month ago from now;

Whether dead or alive, the famous Bhūridatta."

856-857. Therein, "Dear lady, your son" - this is their talk of lamentation.

Bhūridatta's mother, having lamented together with her daughters-in-law in the middle of the street, having taken them, having ascended his mansion, having looked at her son's bed and seat, lamenting, said -

858.

"Like a she-bird whose young have been killed, having seen the empty nest;

For a long time I shall grieve with suffering, not seeing Bhūridatta.

859.

"Like an osprey whose young have been killed, having seen the empty nest;

For a long time I shall grieve with suffering, not seeing Bhūridatta.

860.

"She, surely, like a cakkavākī bird, in a small lake without water;

For a long time I shall grieve with suffering, not seeing Bhūridatta.

861.

"Just as a smith's forge burns within, not outside;

Thus I burn with sorrow, not seeing Bhūridatta."

858-861. Therein, "apassatī" means "not seeing." "Hatachāpāvā" means "like one whose young have been killed."

Thus, as Bhūridatta's mother was lamenting, Bhūridatta's dwelling was like the belly of the ocean, a single mass of sound. Not even one was able to remain in his own nature. The entire dwelling was like a Sāla grove struck by the wind of Yugandhara. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

862.

"Like sal trees crushed down, trampled by the wind;

Sons and wife lie in Bhūridatta's dwelling."

Ariṭṭha and Subhoga, both brothers, going to attend upon their mother and father, having heard that sound, having entered Bhūridatta's dwelling, consoled their mother. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

863.

"Having heard this proclamation, in Bhūridatta's dwelling;

Ariṭṭha and Subhoga ran forth without delay.

864.

"Mother, be confident, do not grieve, for such is the nature of living beings;

They pass away and are reborn, this is their transformation."

863-864. Therein, "this is their transformation" means this death and rebirth is the transformation of this world, for thus indeed that world transforms. They say there is no one who is free from these two factors.

Samuddajā said -

865.

"I too know, dear son, for such is the nature of living beings;

And being overcome by sorrow, not seeing Bhūridatta.

866.

"If today this night for me, Sudassana, understand;

Not seeing Bhūridatta, methinks I will give up life."

865-866. Therein, "if today for me" - dear Sudassana, if today this night Bhūridatta will not come to see me, then I, not seeing him, think I shall give up life.

The sons said -

867.

"Mother, be confident, do not grieve, we will bring back our brother;

We shall go in every direction, wandering in search of our brother.

868.

"On mountains, in mountain fastnesses, in villages and towns;

Within seven nights, see your brother has come."

867-868. Therein, "wandering" - "Mother, we three persons, wandering in search of our brother, shall go in every direction" - thus they consoled her.

Then Sudassana thought: "If all three of us go in one direction, there will be delay; it is proper for the three to go to three places - one to the heavenly world, one to the Himalayas, one to the human world. But if Kāṇāriṭṭha goes to the human world, wherever he sees Bhūridatta, he will burn that village or market town and come back; he is hard and harsh; it is not possible to send him there." And having thought, he sent Ariṭṭha to the heavenly world saying "Dear Ariṭṭha, you go to the heavenly world; if Bhūridatta has been taken to the heavenly world by deities wishing to hear the Teaching, bring him back from there." But he sent Subhoga to the Himalayas saying "Dear son, you, having gone to the Himalayas, having searched for Bhūridatta in the five great rivers, come back." But he himself, wishing to go to the human world, thought - "If I go in the appearance of a young man, people will not hold me dear; it is proper for me to go in the guise of a hermit, for those gone forth are dear and agreeable to people." He, having assumed the guise of a hermit, having paid homage to his mother, departed.

Now the Bodhisatta had a half-sister named Ajamukhī. She had exceeding affection for the Bodhisatta. She, having seen Sudassana going, said - "Brother, I am exceedingly wearied; I too shall go together with you." "Dear sister, it is not possible for you to go; I am going in the manner of one gone forth." "But I, having become a small she-frog, having lain down among your matted hair, shall go." "If so, come." She, having become a young she-frog, lay down among his matted hair. Sudassana, thinking "I shall go searching from the very beginning," having asked the Bodhisatta's wives about his place of Observance practice, having first gone there, having seen the blood at the place where the Great Being was seized by Ālampāyana and the place of the box made of creepers, having known "Bhūridatta has been seized by a snake-catcher," with sorrow arisen, with eyes full of tears, having gone by the very path traversed by Ālampāyana to the first village where he had caused the serpent to perform, he asked the people "Was a serpent of such a form caused to perform here by some snake-catcher?" "Yes, it was caused to perform by Ālampāyana, a month ago from now." "Was any wealth obtained by him?" "Yes, right here about a thousand was obtained by him." "Where has he gone now?" "To such and such a village." He, from then on, asking, gradually went to the king's gate.

At that moment Ālampāyana, well-bathed, well-anointed, having put on a smooth polished cloth, having had the jewel box carried, had gone to the king's gate itself. The public gathered together; a seat was prepared for the king. He, while still standing inside the dwelling, sent word "I am coming; let the king of serpents be made to perform." Ālampāyana, having placed the jewel box on the patterned covering, having opened it, gave the signal "Come, great serpent!" At that time Sudassana too was standing in the midst of the assembly. Then the Great Being, having put out his head, looked at the entire assembly. For serpents look at the assembly for two reasons - to see whether there is a supaṇṇa as an obstacle or relatives. Having seen a supaṇṇa, frightened, they do not dance; or having seen relatives, being ashamed, they do not dance. But the Great Being, while looking, saw his brother in the midst of the assembly. He, having taken tears filling his eyes, having come out from the box, set forth facing towards his brother. The public, having seen him coming, frightened, drew back; only Sudassana stood firm. He, having gone, having placed his head on the top of his feet, wept; Sudassana too lamented. The Great Being, having wept, having turned back, entered the box itself. Ālampāyana too, thinking "The hermit must have been bitten by this serpent; I shall console him," having approached, said -

869.

"The snake released from your hand fell upon your foot exceedingly;

Did it perhaps bite you, dear son? Do not fear, be happy."

Therein, "do not fear" means dear son, hermit, I am named Alampāyana, do not fear, your care is indeed my burden.

Sudassana, from the wish to speak with him, spoke a verse -

870.

"This serpent is indeed not mine, it is able to cause suffering to anyone;

As far as there is a snake-catcher, none greater than me is found."

Therein, "to anyone" means this one is unable to cause even the slightest suffering to me. For there is no snake-catcher equal to me.

Alampāyana, not knowing "this is so-and-so by name," being angry, said -

871.

"Who indeed, with the appearance of a brahmin, bloated, has come to the assembly;

Let them challenge with a good fight, let the assembly hear me."

Therein, "bloated" means arrogant, a fool, blind in knowledge. "Avhāyantu" means challenging; or this itself is the reading. This is what is meant - this one, what fool, like a mad man, challenging me with a good fight, making himself equal with me, has come to the assembly; let the assembly hear my word, there is no fault of mine, do not be angry with me.

Then Sudassana addressed him in verse -

872.

"You challenged me with a serpent, I with a frog's young;

Let there be a bet between us there, for five thousand."

Therein, "with a serpent" means you fight with me with a serpent, I will fight with you with a frog's young. "For five thousand" means in that battle of ours, let there be a bet for up to five thousand.

Alampāyana said -

873.

"For I am wealthy and rich, you are poor, young man;

Who then is your surety, and what could be your stake?"

874.

"And let there be a stake for me, and such a surety;

Let there be a bet between us there, for five thousand."

873-874. Therein, "who then is your" means who indeed is your surety, you who have gone forth. "And what could be your stake" means in this gambling, what wealth of yours indeed could there be as a deposit - he says "show me." "And let there be a stake for me" means but there is such deposit-wealth to be given by me, or such a surety to be kept; therefore let there be a bet between us for up to five thousand.

Sudassana, having heard his talk "let there be a bet between us for five thousand," fearless, having ascended to the king's dwelling, standing near his maternal uncle the king, spoke a verse -

875.

"Listen to me, great king, may there be good fortune for you;

For my five thousand, I am indeed the famous surety."

Therein, "famous" means accomplished in the fame of virtues, accomplished in the fame of various virtuous conduct.

The king, having thought "This hermit requests too much wealth from me, what indeed?" spoke a verse -

876.

"Whether the debt is paternal, or whether it is self-made;

Why do you thus request so much wealth from me, brahmin?"

Therein, "whether paternal" means a debt is either taken and consumed by the father, or made by oneself; is there anything taken by my father from your hand, or by me? For what reason do you request so much wealth from me thus?

When this was said, Sudassana spoke two verses -

877.

"The snake-charmer indeed with a serpent, seeks to defeat me;

I with a frog's young, shall cause the brahmin to be bitten.

878.

"To see that, great king, today, O growth of the realm;

Surrounded by a company of warriors, go out to see the serpent."

877-878. Therein, "seeks to defeat" means he wishes to conquer in battle. Therein, if he is defeated, he will give me five thousand. If I am defeated, I will give him; therefore I request that much wealth. "That" means therefore you, great king, go out today to see the serpent show.

The king, saying "Then let us go," departed together with the hermit. Having seen him, Alampāyana, frightened, thinking "This hermit, having gone, has come having taken the king; he will become an attendant of the royal family," conforming to him, spoke a verse -

879.

"I do not despise you, young man, by talk of craft;

You are too much with craft, you do not respect the snake."

Therein, "by talk of craft" means: young man, I do not despise you by my own craft, but you, being too much with craft, do not venerate this snake, you do not show esteem to the serpent.

Then Sudassana spoke two verses -

880.

"I too do not despise you, brahmin, by talk of craft;

But with a poisonless serpent, you greatly deceive the people.

881.

"If people knew it thus, as I know it;

You do not obtain, O torch, even a handful of chaff, whence wealth?"

880-881. Then his Alampāyana, being angry, said -

882.

"Wearer of rough hide, matted-hair ascetic, unkempt one, bloated, come to the assembly;

You who thus despise a serpent gone to such a state, as 'poisonless.'

883.

"Having approached him, you would know the full power of the fierce one;

Methinks he will quickly make you like a heap of ashes."

882-883. Therein, "unkempt one" means one whose eyes are unadorned. "Without poison, you despise" means without venom, you look down upon. "Having approached" means having gone up to. "You would know" means you should know.

Then Sudassana, engaging in sport with him, spoke a verse -

884.

"There may be poison in the rat-snake, in the water-snake that feeds on stones;

But indeed no poison is found in the red-headed serpent."

Therein, "of the rat-snake" means of the house-snake. "Of the water-snake" means of the water-snake. "That feeds on stones" means of the blue-coloured snake. Thus, having shown the poisonless snakes, he said: there may be poison in these, but indeed not in the red-headed snake.

Then Alampāyana addressed him with two verses -

885.

"This has been heard from the Worthy Ones, from the restrained austere ascetics;

Having given gifts here, donors go to heaven;

While living, give gifts, if you have something to give.

886.

"This serpent is of great supernormal power, radiant, difficult to surpass;

With it I shall cause you to be bitten, it will reduce you to ashes."

885-886. Therein, "something to give" means if you have anything that should be given, give that.

887.

"I too have heard this, my dear, from the restrained austere ascetics;

Having given gifts here, donors go to heaven;

You yourself give while living, if you have something to give.

888.

"This one named Goat-face, full of fierce power;

With her I shall cause you to be bitten, she will reduce you to ashes.

889.

"She who is the daughter of Dhataraṭṭha, my half-sister;

She, Goat-face, will bite you, full of fierce power."

887-889. These verses are the words of Sudassana. Therein, "full of fierce power" means full of fierce poison.

And having said thus, having called his sister in the very midst of the public saying "Mother Goat-face, having come out from among my matted hair, stand on my palm," he stretched out his hand. She, having heard his voice, while seated among the matted hair, having uttered the frog's cry thrice, having come out, having sat on his shoulder, having flown up, having dropped three drops of poison on the palm of his hand, entered again into his matted hair itself. Sudassana, having taken the poison, while just standing, uttered a great sound thrice: "This country will perish, this country will perish." That sound of his, having pervaded the twelve-yojana Bārāṇasī, remained. Then the king, having heard that sound, asked: "For what purpose will the country perish?" "Great king, I do not see a place to pour out this poison." "Dear son, this earth is great; pour it out on the earth." Then, rejecting him saying "It is not possible to pour it on the earth, great king," he spoke a verse -

890.

"If I were to pour it on the ground, Brahmadatta, understand;

Grasses, creepers, and medicinal plants would dry up without doubt."

Therein, "grasses and creepers" means grasses dependent on the earth, and creepers, and all medicinal plants would dry up; therefore it is not possible to pour it on the earth.

"Then, dear son, throw it upwards into the sky." Showing that there too it is not possible, he spoke a verse -

891.

"If I were to cast it upward, Brahmadatta, understand;

For seven years the sky would not rain and snow would not fall."

Therein, "snow would not fall" means for seven years not even a drop of snow would fall.

"Then, dear son, sprinkle it with water." To show that there too it is not possible, he spoke a verse -

892.

"If I were to pour it in the water, Brahmadatta, understand;

Whatever living beings are water-born, fish and turtles would die."

Then the king said to him - "Dear son, we know nothing; you yourself know the means by which our country does not perish." "If so, great king, have three pits dug in succession in this place." The king had them dug. Sudassana had the first pit filled with various medicines, the second with cow-dung, the third with divine medicines only. Then he dropped the poison drops into the first pit. At that very moment, having smouldered, a flame arose. It, having gone, seized the pit of cow-dung. From there too, a flame having arisen, having taken hold of the other one full of divine medicines, having burnt up the medicines, was extinguished. Alampāyana stood not far from that pit. Then the heat of the poison struck him, having stripped off his bodily skin, departed; he became a white leper. He, frightened by fear, uttered the words "I release the king of serpents" thrice. Having heard that, the Bodhisatta, having come out from the jewel box, having created a body adorned with all ornaments, stood with the grace of a king of gods. Sudassana too and Ajamukhī too stood there likewise. Then Sudassana said to the king - "Do you know, great king, whose sons these are?" "I do not know." "You do not know so far, but do you know that the daughter of the King of Kāsi, Samuddajā, was given to Dhataraṭṭha?" "Yes, I know; she is my younger sister." "We are her sons; you are our maternal uncle."

Having heard that, the king, trembling, having embraced them, having kissed them on the head, having wept, having led them up to the mansion, having shown great honour, making friendly conversation with Bhūridatta, asked "Dear son, how did Alampāyana seize you who are of such risen potency?" He, having related everything in detail, exhorting the king, taught the Teaching to his maternal uncle saying "Great king, it is fitting for a king to exercise kingship in this manner." Then Sudassana said to him - "Maternal uncle, my mother, not seeing Bhūridatta, is wearied; it is not possible for us to make delay." "Good, dear sons, you go for now. But I wish to see my sister; how shall I see her?" "Maternal uncle, but where is our grandfather, the King of Kāsi?" "Dear son, being unable to live without my sister, having abandoned the kingdom, having gone forth, he dwells in a certain jungle thicket." "Maternal uncle, my mother wishes to see both you and our grandfather. You go on such and such a day to the presence of our grandfather; we, having taken our mother, shall come to our grandfather's hermitage. There you too shall see her." Thus they, having fixed the day for their maternal uncle, descended from the king's abode. The king, having sent off his nephews, having wept, turned back. They too, having dived into the earth, went to the nāga realm.

The city-entrance section is completed.

he Chapter on the Quest of the Great Being

When the Great Being arrived, the entire nāga realm was filled with one sound of lamentation. He too, being weary from having dwelt in the box for a month, lay down on a sick-bed. There was no measure of the nāgas coming to his presence. He is wearied speaking together with them. Kāṇāriṭṭha, having gone to the world of the gods and not seeing the Great Being, came back first. Then they made him the doorkeeper at the place where the Great Being was seated, thinking "This one is fierce and harsh; he will be able to keep back the assembly of nāgas." Subhoga too, having wandered through the whole of the Himalayas, and from there having searched the great ocean and the remaining rivers, comes approaching while searching the Yamunā. The hunter-brahmin too, having seen Alampāyana as a leper, thought "This one, having tormented Bhūridatta, has become a leper; but I showed him, who was so very helpful to me, to Alampāyana out of greed for the jewel; that evil will come upon me. Before that comes, I shall go at once to the Yamunā and perform the washing away of evil at the landing place of Payāga." He, having gone there, having said "By me the deed of betraying a friend was done towards Bhūridatta; I shall wash away that evil," performs the practice of immersion in water. At that moment Subhoga arrived at that place. Having heard that word of his, thinking "By this wicked one indeed my brother, the giver of so great fame, was shown to Alampāyana for the sake of the jewel treasure; I shall not give him his life," having wrapped around his feet with his tail, having dragged him, having caused him to sink in the water, at the time when he was without breath, he loosened a little. He raised his head. Then having dragged him again, he caused him to sink. Thus, being made weary many times by him, the hunter-brahmin, having raised his head, spoke a verse -

893.

"The water embracing the world, established at Payāga;

Who, the spirit, swallowed me, having plunged into the Yamunā river."

Therein, "embracing the world" means acknowledged by the world as being capable of washing away evil thus. "Embracing" means sprinkling over with such water. "At Payāga" means at the landing place of Payāga.

Then Subhoga addressed him in verse -

894.

"He who is the famous lord of the world, having surrounded Bārāṇasī on all sides;

I am the son of that bull among serpents, they call me Subhoga, brahmin."

Therein, "he who is this" means he who is this one. "Having surrounded on all sides" means having scattered all around from all sides, by the ability to be difficult to strike by enemies, having encircled everything, he covered it above with his hood.

Then the brahmin, having thought "This is Bhūridatta's brother; he will not give me my life; what if I, having made him tender-hearted by praising the virtues of both this one and his parents, were to request my own life" - spoke a verse -

895.

"For if you are the son of the bull among serpents, the king of Kāsi, the lord of the immortals;

Your father is a certain influential one, and your mother is unequalled among mortals;

Such a one of great might does not deserve to remove even a slave from a brahmin."

Therein, "of Kāsi" means of one so named by another name. Some read "of the king of Kāsika" as well. Because he had taken the daughter of the king of Kāsi, he describes even the kingdom of Kāsi as being his own property. "Lord of the immortals" means the lord of the serpents reckoned as immortals by reason of their longevity. "Influential" means of great might. "A certain one" means a certain one among the influential. "Even a slave" means such a one of great might does not deserve to remove even a slave of a brahmin devoid of power into the water, how much less a brahmin of great might.

Then Subhoga, making known the deed done by him, said "I say, you wicked brahmin, having deceived me, you think 'I shall be released'; I will not give you your life" -

896.

"Having shot while depending on a tree, at an antelope that had come to drink;

That one, pierced, ran far away, swiftly by the arrow's force.

897.

"You saw that fallen one, in the forest in a great wood;

He, taking a carrying pole of meat, in the evening approached the banyan tree.

898.

"Resounding with parrots and myna-birds, tawny, spread with rugs;

Charming, cried out by cuckoos, constantly with green grass.

899.

"There he appeared to you, blazing with supernormal power and fame;

My brother of great might, surrounded by maidens.

900.

"You were attended upon by him, satisfied with all sensual pleasures;

You betrayed one who was not hateful, that enmity of yours has come here.

901.

"Quickly stretch out your neck, I will not give you your life;

For the enmity surrounding my brother, I will cut off your head."

896-901. Therein, "in the evening you approached the banyan tree" means you went to the banyan tree at the improper time. "Tawny" means tawny by the colour of its ripe fruits. "Spread with rugs" means surrounded by aerial roots. "Cried out by cuckoos" means resounded with by cuckoos. "Constantly with green grass" means a piece of land constantly with green grass because of being grown on watery ground. "Appeared" means when you were standing at that banyan tree, that brother of mine became manifest. "By supernormal power" means by the fire of merit. "He by that" means he, you, having been led by that one to his own nāga realm, were attended upon. "Surrounding" means surrounding, recollecting the enmity, the evil deed done by you against my brother. "I will cut off your head" means I shall cut off your head.

Then the brahmin, having thought "He will not give me my life, but it is fitting to strive for the purpose of release by saying something," spoke a verse -

902.

"A reciter, one devoted to sacrifice, and a brahmin who tends the sacred fire;

By these three grounds, a brahmin is not to be killed."

Therein, "by these" means by these three reasons beginning with being a reciter, a brahmin is not to be killed; it is not possible to kill a brahmin. What are you saying? For whoever kills a brahmin, he is reborn in hell.

Having heard that, Subhoga, having plunged into doubt, having thought "Having led this one to the nāga realm and having asked my brothers in return, I shall know," spoke two verses -

903.

"That which is the city of Dhataraṭṭha, having plunged into the Yamunā river;

It shines entirely made of gold, having reached the Yāmuna mountain.

904.

"There those tigers among men, my brothers born of the same mother;

As they will speak there, so you will be, brahmin."

903-904. Therein, "city" means the serpent city. "Plunged into" means entered into. "Having reached the Yāmuna mountain" means it shines having reached the Himalayas standing not far from the Yamunā. "There they" means in that city those brothers of mine dwell; when you are taken there, as they will speak, so you will be. For if indeed you spoke the truth, your life exists. If not, right there I shall cut off your head.

Having said thus to him, Subhoga, having seized him by the neck, throwing, reviling, and abusing, went to the door of the Great Being's mansion.

The chapter on the quest for the Great Being is completed.

The Chapter on Wrong Views

Then Kāṇāriṭṭha, who was sitting as the doorkeeper, having seen him being brought thus wearied, having gone out to meet him, said "Subhoga, do not vex him; brahmins are indeed sons of the Great Brahmā. For if the Great Brahmā finds out, having become angry thinking 'They are vexing my son,' he will destroy our entire serpent realm. For in the world brahmins are indeed the foremost, of great majesty; you do not know their power, but I indeed know it." Kāṇāriṭṭha, it is said, in the immediately preceding past existence was a brahmin who performed sacrifices; therefore he spoke thus. And having said this, however, by the force of what he had previously experienced, being one disposed to sacrificing, having addressed Subhoga and the serpent assembly, having said "Come, friends, I shall describe to you the virtues of those who perform sacrifices," beginning the description of sacrifice, he said -

905.

"Not higher, associated with the transient, sacrifices and Vedas, Subhoga, in the world;

For disparaging what is worthy of the highest, he gives up wealth and the principle of the good."

Therein, "not higher" means: Subhoga, in this world, sacrifices and Vedas are not higher, not inferior, of great majesty; they are associated with transient brahmins, therefore the brahmins too have become not higher. "What is worthy of the highest" means: therefore, disparaging a blameless brahmin, he gives up wealth and the principle of the wise. This, it is said, he spoke so that the nāga assembly might not be able to say "By this one the deed of betraying a friend was done towards Bhūridatta."

Then Kāṇāriṭṭha, having said to him "Subhoga, but do you know by whom this world was created?" when he said "I do not know," in order to show that it was created by the Great Brahmā, the grandfather of the brahmins, spoke the other verse -

906.

"The nobles studied the earth, the lords of men, the merchants ploughing and the workers service;

They approached each according to their designated place, these were made by a master, they say."

Therein, "approached" means reached. Brahmā, it is said, having created the four castes beginning with the brahmins, first said to the nobles, the brahmins - "You should approach only Vedic recitation, do not do anything else," to the lords of men he said "You should conquer only the earth," to the merchants he said - "You should approach only ploughing," to the workers he said "You should approach only the service of the three castes." From then on, they say that the nobles approached Vedic recitation, the lords of men the earth, the merchants ploughing, and the workers service. "Each according to their designated place" means and approaching, they individually approached in accordance with their own family designation, in the very manner stated by Brahmā. "These were made by a master, they say" means thus indeed they relate that these were made by the master, the Great Brahmā.

Thus these brahmins are of great virtue by name. Having said "Whoever indeed, having gladdened his mind towards them, gives a gift, for him there is no conception elsewhere; he goes only to the heavenly world," he said -

907.

"Dhātā, Vidhātā, Varuṇa, Kuvera, Soma, Yama, the moon, the wind, the sun;

These too, having sacrificed sacrifices diversely, to the teachers and also all sensual pleasures.

908.

"Five hundred bows were drawn, he who was Ajjuna, powerful, with a dreadful army;

The thousand-armed, matchless on earth, he too then kindled the fire."

907-908. Therein, "these too" means these kings of gods beginning with Dhātā and so on. "Diversely" means having sacrificed sacrifices of many kinds. "And also all sensual pleasures" shows that having given all sensual pleasures to the brahmins who were teachers, they attained these states. "Drawn" means pulled. "Five hundred bows" means not five hundred bows, but he himself pulls a great bow measuring five hundred bows. "Bhīmasena" means one with a dreadful army. "Thousand-armed" means not that he had a thousand arms, but it was said thus because of his pulling a bow that required pulling by a thousand arms of five hundred archers. "Kindled the fire" means that king too, at that time, having satisfied the brahmins with all desirable things, kindled the fire, having established it, and tended it; by that very reason he was reborn in the heavenly world. Therefore he said: "Brahmins are indeed the foremost in this world."

He, praising brahmins further, spoke a verse -

909.

"He who fed brahmins for a long time, with food and drink according to his ability;

With a gladdened mind, rejoicing, he became an inferior deity of great wealth."

Therein, "he who" shows that he was that ancient king of Bārāṇasī. "According to his ability" means according to his strength; whatever he had, having given up all of that, he fed them. "An inferior deity" means he was a certain influential king of gods. Thus he shows that brahmins are indeed the foremost worthy of offerings.

Then, bringing forth and showing yet another reason, he spoke a verse -

910.

"The great seat, divine, of mind-made beauty, he who was able to feed the fire with ghee;

He, having sacrificed the sacrificial rites excellently, attained the divine destination of Mucalinda."

Therein, "great seat" means great food. "To feed" means to satisfy. "Sacrificial rites" means the arrangement of sacrifice. "Excellently" means having sacrificed to the excellent fire god. "Attained Mucalinda" means Mucalinda attained.

It is said that formerly in Bārāṇasī a king named Mucalinda, having had the brahmins summoned, asked about the path to heaven. Then they, having said "Show honour to the brahmins and to the brahmin deity," when it was said "What is the brahmin deity?" they said "The fire god - satisfy him with fresh butter and ghee." He did so. Making known that meaning, he spoke this verse.

Showing yet another reason, he spoke a verse -

911.

"Of great might, living for a thousand years, he who went forth, fair to behold, eminent;

Having left his boundless kingdom with its army, the king of two islands went to heaven."

Therein, "went forth" means while exercising kingship for five hundred years, having shown honour to the brahmins, having left his boundless kingdom with its army, he went forth. "Of two islands" means it says that the king named Dudīpa, having venerated the brahmins, went to heaven. "Dujīpa" is also a reading.

Showing further examples for him too, he said -

912.

"He who, having conquered the ocean up to the ocean's end, raised a beautiful sacrificial post, made of gold, lofty;

Kindling the fire to Vessānara, Subhoga became an inferior deity.

913.

"By whose power, O Subhoga, the Ganges flowed to the ocean settled with curds;

He, Lomapāda, having served the fire, the Aṅga king reached the city of the Thousand-eyed One."

912-913. Therein, "up to the ocean's end" means the earth bounded by the ocean. "Raised" means having asked the brahmins about the way to heaven, being told "raise a golden sacrificial post," he raised it for the purpose of slaughtering animals. "Kindling the fire to Vessānara" means kindling the Vessānara fire. "Vesānari" is also a reading. "An inferior deity" means Subhoga; for it says that king, having made an offering to the fire, became a certain influential god. "By whose power" means: my dear Subhoga, do you know by whom the Ganges and the great ocean were made? "I do not know." What would you know? You only know how to beat brahmins. For in the past, a king of Bārāṇasī named Aṅga Lomapāda, having asked the brahmins about the way to heaven, when they said "My dear great king, having entered the Himalayas, having shown honour to the brahmins, tend the fire," having taken immeasurable cows and buffaloes, having entered the Himalayas, he did so. And when it was said "What should be done with the milk and curds left over after the brahmins have eaten?" he said "Throw them away." There, in the place where a small amount of milk was thrown away, rivulets arose; in the place where a large amount was thrown away, the Ganges flowed. But that milk, wherever it settled and remained having become curds, that became known as the ocean. Thus he, having made such honour, having tended the fire according to the procedure prescribed by the brahmins, reached the city of the Thousand-eyed One.

Thus, having brought up this past, he spoke this verse -

914.

"Of great supernormal power, the excellent god, famous, the general in the celestial abode of Vāsava;

He, having removed the stain by the soma sacrifice, became Subhoga, an inferior deity."

Therein, "he, having removed the stain by the soma sacrifice" means: my dear Subhoga, he who is now Sakka's general, the young god of great fame, he too formerly was a king of Bārāṇasī who, having asked the brahmins about the way to heaven, when they said "Having washed away one's own stain by the soma sacrifice, go to the heavenly world," having made a great honour to the brahmins, having performed the soma sacrifice according to the procedure prescribed by them, having removed his own stain by that, became an inferior deity - making known this meaning, he spoke thus.

Showing further examples for him too, he said -

915.

"He who made this world and the next, the Bhāgīrathī and the Himalayas and the vulture;

He who is possessing supernormal power, the excellent god, famous, he too then kindled the fire.

916.

"Mālāgiri, Himavā, and Gijjha, Sudassana, Nisabha, Kuvera;

These and other great mountains, were made into cairns by the sacrificers, they say."

915-916. Therein, "he too then kindled the fire" means: brother Subhoga, the Great Brahmā by whom this world and the next world and the Bhāgīrathī Ganges and the Himalaya mountain and the Vulture mountain were made, he too, when formerly before his rebirth as Brahmā he was a young man, then he kindled fire itself; having made an offering to the fire, having become the Great Brahmā, he made all this. It shows that brahmins are of such great supernormal power.

"Made into cairns" means: formerly, it is said, a certain king of Bārāṇasī, having asked the brahmins about the way to heaven, when it was said "Show honour to the brahmins," having established a great gift for them, having asked "What is lacking in my gift?" when it was said "Everything is there, Sire, but the seats for the brahmins are not sufficient," he had seats constructed by piling up with bricks. Then the seat-benches made into cairns, having grown through the power of the brahmins, became the mountains such as Mālāgiri and others. Thus they relate that these were made by the brahmins who performed sacrifices.

Then he said to him again: "Brother, but do you know by what reason the ocean has become undrinkable, with salty water?" "I do not know, Ariṭṭha." Then, having said to him "You only know how to harm brahmins; listen!" he spoke a verse -

917.

"A teacher endowed with the virtues of Vedic charms, an austere ascetic, 'accessible to begging' they say here;

Embracing the water on the shore of the sea, the ocean swallowed him, therefore it is undrinkable."

Therein, "accessible to begging they say here" means they say here in this world that that brahmin was accessible to begging. "Embracing the water" means it is said that he, one day, performing the act of washing away evil, standing on the shore, having taken water from the sea, sprinkles it over himself, embracing it upon his own head above. Then, having risen, the ocean swallowed him while he was doing thus. The Great Brahmā, having known that reason, having become angry thinking "By this one indeed my son has been destroyed," having said "Let the ocean become undrinkable, with salty water," cursed it; for that reason it became undrinkable. Such as these are brahmins of great might by name.

He said again -

918.

"Sacrificial sites are found far and wide on earth, brahmins of Vāsava;

In the eastern direction, the western, the southern and northern, being found, they produce the Vedas."

Therein, "of Vāsava" means of Vāsava who formerly, having given gifts to brahmins, attained the state of Vāsava. "Sacrificial sites" means brahmins who are fields of merit, foremost worthy of offerings, are found far and wide on earth. "In the eastern direction" means they, being found even now in the four directions, produce great inspiration for that Vāsava, and bring joy and pleasure.

Thus Ariṭṭha praised brahmins and sacrifices and the Vedas with fourteen verses.

The discourse on wrong views is completed.

Having heard that talk of his, many serpents who had come to attend upon the Great Being in his illness came to the point of taking up a wrong grasp, thinking "This one speaks only what is factual." The Great Being, while still lying down on his sick bed, heard all that. The serpents also reported it to him. Then the Great Being thought: "Ariṭṭha praises the wrong path; having broken his doctrine, I shall make the assembly one of right view." He, having risen, having bathed, adorned with all ornaments, having sat down on the Teaching seat, having assembled the entire serpent assembly, having summoned Ariṭṭha, having said "Ariṭṭha, you, having spoken what is not factual, praise the Vedas and sacrifices and brahmins; for the brahmins' performing of sacrifice according to the Vedic procedure is considered ignoble and does not lead to heaven; see what is not factual in your doctrine," beginning what is called the discourse on the refutation of sacrifice, said -

919.

"For the wise, the Vedas attained are misfortune, for fools they are victory, O Ariṭṭha;

Being of mirage-like nature, through lack of consideration, the qualities of illusion do not deceive the wise.

920.

"The Vedas are not for shelter for one who betrays friends, for a man who is a destroyer of growth;

Nor does fire, though attended upon, protect a mortal whose ignoble deed has hate within.

921.

"And if all mortals set ablaze wood mixed with grass, together with wealth and possessions;

Burning, it would not satisfy one of unequalled heat, who could make that one with two tongues well-fed?

922.

"Just as milk is subject to change, having become curds, it also becomes butter;

Thus too fire is subject to change, heat arises through exertion.

923.

"Fire is not seen having entered into dry sticks or new ones either;

Nor being rubbed by a man with a fire-stick, nor without action is fire born.

924.

"For if fire were to dwell within, in dry sticks and new ones too;

All the forests in the world would wither, and the dry wood would blaze forth.

925.

"If a man makes merit with wood and grass, feeding the smoke-crested, majestic fire;

Charcoal-burners and salt-makers and cooks, and even cremators of bodies would make merit.

926.

"But if indeed these do not make merit, having satisfied the fire here on the non-path;

No one in the world makes merit, a man feeding the smoke-crested, majestic fire.

927.

"For how, being esteemed by the world, could one with two tongues consume what has an unpleasant odour, unpleasant to many,

That which mortals avoid, that unpraised thing?"

928.

"Some say fire is among the gods, but the barbarians declare water to be a god;

All these speak what is false, fire is not an inferior deity, nor is water.

929.

"Not bound by the senses, with an unconscious body, knowing the fire to be a worker performing tasks;

Having served it, how would one go to a fortunate destination, while doing evil deeds?

930.

"The all-conquering one, they say here for the sake of livelihood, Brahmā is the attendant of fire;

And if he is all-powerful and a master, for what purpose would the uncreated one venerate the created?

931.

"Laughter, not worthy of pondering, false, for the sake of honour they scattered before;

When material gain and honour did not appear, they were reconciled with creatures regarding the teaching of peace.

932.

"The nobles studied the earth, the lords of men, the merchants ploughing and the workers service;

They approached each according to their designated place, these masters were made, they say."

933.

"And if this word were true, as this was spoken by the brahmins;

A non-warrior would never obtain kingship, a non-brahmin would not learn the spell-verses;

None apart from merchants would do ploughing, a worker would not be freed from service to others.

934.

"Because this statement is not factual, these belly-seekers speak falsely;

Those of little wisdom believe that, but the wise see it for themselves.

935.

"For warriors take tribute from merchants, brahmins go about having taken knives;

Why does Brahmā not make straight such a world, so stirred up and broken apart?

936.

"If indeed he is the lord of all the world, Brahmā, the lord of many beings, of creatures;

Why did he arrange misfortune for all the world, why did he not make all the world happy?

937.

"If indeed he is the lord of all the world, Brahmā, the lord of many beings, of creatures;

Why did he make the world with deceit, falsehood, fault and vanity, by what is not the Teaching, for what purpose?

938.

"If indeed he is the lord of all the world, Brahmā, the lord of many beings, of creatures;

The lord of beings is not righteous, Ariṭṭha, who, when the Teaching exists, arranged what is not the Teaching.

939.

"Insects, grasshoppers, snakes and frogs, having gone to worms, one becomes pure, and flies too;

These too are practices of ignoble form, false teachings of many Kambojans."

919-939. Therein, "the Vedas attained, O Ariṭṭha" means: Ariṭṭha, these attainments of the Vedas are indeed a losing throw reckoned as defeat for the wise, and a winning throw reckoned as victory for quadrupeds, for the foolish. "Of mirage-like nature" means: for this triad of Vedas is of mirage-like nature. Through lack of consideration, not knowing what is proper and improper, the foolish, like quadrupeds approaching a mirage with the perception of water, with the perception of what is factual, with the perception of what is blameless, undergo their own destruction. "The wise" means: but such portions of illusion do not deceive, do not cheat a wise person endowed with knowledge. "They are for one who shows" means: the letter "da" is merely a consonant connector; the meaning is that for this man who is a destroyer of growth, a slayer of elders, a betrayer of friends, the Vedas are not for the purpose of shelter, they are not able to be a support. "And fire attended upon" means: fire too, though attended upon, does not protect, does not guard a person of evil deeds with a mind with hate, through the threefold fault of misconduct.

"And all mortals" means: even if mortals were to set ablaze whatever wood there is in the world, all of it together with wealth and possessions, mixed with grass together with their own wealth and possessions. Thus, burning all that set ablaze by them, this fire of yours, of unequalled heat, of incomparable heat, would not be satisfied. Thus insatiable, brother, the one with two tongues, able to discern flavour with two tongues - who could make it well-fed, satisfied with ghee and so on? Who would be able to do so? Thus, having satisfied this unsatisfied, gluttonous one, who indeed will go to the heavenly world? See how far this is badly spoken. "Yoked by exertion" means: having been yoked by the exertion of rubbing the fire-sticks, having obtained that condition, fire arises, is produced. Thus you call "a god" that which is senseless, arising through the effort of another. This too you have spoken is indeed not factual.

"Fire entered into man" means: fire has entered in succession. "Not being rubbed" means: nor is it produced when not being rubbed by a man with a fire-stick in hand. "Nor without action is fire born" means: without the action of one, it is not born by its very own nature alone. "Would dry up" means: the forests being dried within by fire would dry up, they would not remain moist. "Feeding" means: while feeding. "The smoke-crested, majestic" means: endowed with a crest of smoke, majestic. "Charcoal-workers" means: those who do the work of making charcoal. "Salt-makers" means: those who make salt by boiling salt water. "Chefs" means food preparers. "Body-burners" means: those who cremate dead bodies. "Merit" means: all these too would be making merit indeed.

"The fire of recitation" means: the fire of recitation. "No one" means: let there even be brahmins who recite sacred hymns; no man, feeding the smoke-crested, majestic fire, having satisfied it, makes merit indeed. "Being esteemed by the world" means: being esteemed, venerated by your heavenly world. "Whatever" means: that which is repulsive, loathsome, beginning with snake carcasses, mortals avoid from afar. "That unpraised" means: that unpraised thing, my dear, how, for what reason, would one with two tongues consume it? "Among the gods" means: some people say that fire too is a certain god among the gods. "But the barbarians" means: but the unknowing barbarians say water is "a god." "With an unconscious body" means: being not bound by the senses and having an unconscious body, knowing this to be senseless, a worker performing tasks such as cooking - having attended upon this Vessānara fire and doing evil deeds, how will the world go to a fortunate destination? This of yours is exceedingly badly spoken.

"The all-conquering one, they say here for the sake of livelihood" means these brahmins, for the sake of their own livelihood, declared "The Great Brahmā is the overlord," and say "The whole world was created by him alone." Furthermore, they say "Brahmā is the attendant of fire." He too, it is said, pours offerings into fire. "All-powerful and a master" means but if he is all-powerful and a master, then for what purpose, being himself uncreated, would he become a worshipper of what was created by himself? This too is poorly stated by you. "Laughter" means O Ariṭṭha, the word of the brahmins is indeed fit to be laughed at, not worthy of pondering by the wise. "They scattered" means these brahmins formerly spread such false speech for the sake of their own honour. "Reconciled with creatures regarding the teaching of peace" means when material gain and honour did not appear by this much, they, having united together with creatures, were reconciled regarding the teaching of peace, which is reckoned as their own doctrine connected with the killing of living beings; the meaning is that they composed what is called the sacrificial thread.

"And if this were true" means if that which was said by you beginning with "the nobles studied" and so on, and if this were true. "Not a warrior" means this being so, a non-warrior would not obtain kingship, and a non-brahmin too would not learn the spell-verses. "Speakers of falsehood" means these are speakers of falsehood. "Belly-seekers" means those whose livelihood depends on the belly, or for the sake of filling the belly. "That is of little wisdom" means that word of theirs is of little wisdom. "By oneself" means but the wise see their word as "faulty" by themselves. "Such" means of that kind. "Disturbed" means having stirred up and having broken the boundary established by Brahmā, the world standing disturbed and breaking apart - why does your Brahmā not make it straight? "Misfortune" means for what reason did he arrange suffering in all the world? "Happy" means why did he not make all the world exclusively happy? Your Brahmā is, I think, a thief who destroys the world. "By deceit" means by deceit. "For what purpose did he act by unrighteousness" means for what reason did he bind the world to harmful action by this unrighteousness beginning with deceit and so on - this is the meaning. "O Ariṭṭha" means O Ariṭṭha, your lord of beings is unrighteous, who, when the tenfold wholesome qualities exist, without having arranged the Teaching itself, arranged what is not the Teaching. "Insects" and so on is a nominative case used in the accusative sense. "By killing these insects and other living beings a mortal becomes pure" - these too are the practices of many ignoble inhabitants of the Kamboja country; but they are false, what is not the Teaching was declared as the Teaching. They too must have been created by your Brahmā alone.

Now, showing their falseness, he said -

940.

"If indeed he who kills becomes pure, and the one killed goes to the heavenly state;

The bho-sayers should kill the bho-sayers, and also those who believe in them.

941.

"Neither deer nor beasts nor cattle, do any request their own slaughter;

While they struggle here for the sake of life, in sacrifices they kill living beings and cattle.

942.

"At the raising of the sacrificial post and the binding of animals, fools lead people's faces with various praises;

This sacrificial post of yours will be wish-fulfilling in the hereafter, eternal in the future state.

943.

"And if at the sacrificial post there were gems, conch shells, and pearls, grain, wealth, silver, and gold;

In dry sticks and new ones too, if it would yield all sensual pleasures in the celestial abode;

The communities of those with threefold knowledge would widely sacrifice, they would not cause any non-brahmin to sacrifice.

944.

"And whence at the sacrificial post gems, conch shells, and pearls, grain, wealth, silver, and gold;

In dry sticks and new ones too, whence would it yield all sensual pleasures in the celestial abode?

945.

"Fraudulent and cruel, having enticed fools, they lead people's faces with various praises;

Having taken fire, give me wealth, then you will be happy in all sensual pleasures.

946.

"Having entered that fire-sacrifice as refuge, they lead people's faces with various praises;

Having shaved off hair, beard and nails, they excessively seize wealth through the Vedas.

947.

"Like crows having found an owl in a secret place, though being one, many having come together;

Having eaten foods, the deceitful ones having deceived, having made him shaven, they abandon him on the path of sacrifice.

948.

"For thus he was deceived by the brahmins, though being one, many having come together;

They, plundering by various means, carry away visible wealth by the unseen.

949.

"Like tax collectors instructed by kings, having taken, they carry away his wealth;

Such ones, like thieves, wicked, fit to be killed, are not killed, Ariṭṭha, in the world.

950.

"The arm is Indra's right-hand offering," in sacrifices they cut the palāsa staff;

If that is true, Maghavā with severed arm, by what does Indra conquer the titans?

951.

"And that is hollow, Maghavā is endowed, a slayer, not to be killed, that supreme god;

These spells of the brahmins are of hollow nature, this is deception visible here and now in the world.

952.

"Mālāgiri, Himavā, and Gijjha, Sudassana, Nisabha, Kuvera;

These and other great mountains, were made into cairns by the sacrificers, they say.

953.

"For just as bricks of such a kind, were made into cairns by the sacrificers, they say;

Mountains are not of such a kind, in other directions immovable, standing rocks.

954.

"Bricks do not become stones after a long time, iron is not produced there, nor copper;

And praising this sacrifice, they were made into cairns by the sacrificers, they say.

955.

"A teacher endowed with the virtues of Vedic charms, an austere ascetic, 'accessible to begging' they say here;

Embracing the water on the shore of the sea, the ocean swallowed him, therefore it is undrinkable.

956.

"Even more than a thousand rivers flow into those accomplished in the Vedas, endowed with mantras;

Are they not thereby of corrupted flavour and water? Why then is the ocean, immeasurable, undrinkable?

957.

"Whatever wells here in the world of the living, with salty water, dug by well-diggers;

Not by the swallowing of brahmins in them, does the water become undrinkable, they say it has two flavours.

958.

"Formerly, in the past, who was whose wife? Mind generated the human being before;

By that principle too no one is inferior, thus too they speak of the analysis of release.

959.

"Even an outcast's son, having learnt the Vedas, might recite the spells, skilled and wise;

His head would not split into seven pieces, these spells are made for self-destruction.

960.

"Made by speech, made by greed, seized, difficult to release, following the path of poets;

The mind of fools is settled in unrighteousness, those of little wisdom believe that.

961.

"Of the lion, the tiger and the panther, none is found with human strength;

And the state of being human is to be seen like that of cattle, for their birth is unequal though being the same.

962.

"And if a king, having conquered the earth, with living companions, with a loyal retinue;

He himself would conquer the host of enemies, his subjects would be ever happy.

963.

"The warrior's spells and the three Vedas, by purpose these become equal;

And not having investigated their meaning, one does not understand, like a path covered by a flood.

964.

"The warrior's spells and the three Vedas, by purpose these become equal;

Material gain and loss, disgrace and fame, all these are phenomena of the four castes.

965.

"Just as menials for the sake of wealth and grain, perform various works on earth;

So too the communities of those with threefold knowledge today, perform various works on earth.

966.

"Those who become equal to menials, constantly zealous, engaged in the types of sensual pleasure;

They perform various works on earth, those of little wisdom, knowing only two flavours."

940-966. Therein, "bho-sayers" means brahmins. "Should kill the bho-sayers" means they should kill brahmins themselves. "And also" means even those who would believe that word of the brahmins, they should kill their own attendants and the brahmins too. But brahmins, without killing brahmins and attendants, kill only animals of various kinds. Thus their word is wrong. "Some" means there are none who request "Kill us in sacrifices, we shall go to heaven." "They kill living beings and cattle" means they kill deer and so on, living beings and cattle, while they are struggling, for the sake of livelihood. "They lead people's faces" means at these sacrificial post erections, at these animal-tying posts, saying "In this sacrificial post of yours all gems, conch shells, and pearls, grain, wealth, silver, and gold are deposited; this sacrificial post of yours will be wish-fulfilling in the hereafter, in the world beyond, it will bring eternal existence" - by various reasons they gladden their faces; the meaning is that having said this and that, they cause them to take up a wrong grasp.

"And if" means if at the sacrificial post or at the remaining pieces of wood there were these gems and so on, or if it were a granter of all desires in the celestial abode, the communities of those with threefold knowledge alone, having become many, would sacrifice the sacrifice because of having much wealth and because of desiring heaven, and would not cause any non-brahmin to sacrifice. But since, expecting wealth for themselves, they cause others too to sacrifice, therefore they should be known as speakers of what is not factual. "From where" means in this sacrificial post or in the remaining pieces of wood, from where are these gems and so on which are simply non-existent, from where will it yield all sensual pleasures in the celestial abode? In every way their word is indeed not factual.

"Fraudulent and cruel, having enticed fools" means Ariṭṭha, these brahmins are indeed both deceitful and merciless; they, having enticed and lured the foolish world, gladden their faces by various reasons. "All sensual pleasures" means having taken fire, you sacrifice, and give us wealth; then, having obtained all sensual pleasures, you will be happy.

"Having entered that fire-sacrifice as refuge" means having taken that king or chief minister and having entered the house which is the place of fire-sacrifice. "Having laid aside" means while stating various reasons, having shaved off hair, beard, and nails. "They excessively seize" means because of what has been said, in dependence on the three Vedas, saying "This should be given, this should be done," through the Vedas they excessively seize, destroy, and demolish his own wealth.

"Having eaten foods, the deceitful ones having deceived" means those deceitful ones, having performed various kinds of deceitful action, having come together, having assembled, having praised the sacrifice, having deceived, having eaten his own food of various excellent flavours, then having made him shaven-headed, they abandon him on the path of sacrifice; the meaning is that having taken him, they go to the outer sacrificial pit.

"By various means" means those brahmins, many of them having come together upon that one person, plundering by this and that means, by this and that reasoning, they carry away his visible, evident wealth, having praised the unseen heavenly world by the unseen heavenly world, having made it a ground for taking. "Like tax collectors instructed by kings" means like king's men known as tax collectors, instructed by kings saying "Take this and that tribute." "His" means having taken that wealth of his, they carry it away. "Like thieves" means bad persons, seizers of illegitimate tribute, similar to housebreaking thieves. "Fit to be killed" means such ones of bad character, deserving of execution, are not killed in the world nowadays.

"The arm is a sword" means the arm is a sword. This is what is meant - This too, Ariṭṭha, see the lying of the brahmins. They, it is said, in sacrifices, having said "The arm is Indra's right-hand offering," cut a great palāsa staff. If that word of theirs is true, then being one with a severed arm, by what strength of arm does Indra conquer the titans? "Endowed" means endowed with arms, with uncut arms, healthy indeed. "Slayer" means the slayer of the titans. "Supreme" means the highest, endowed with the supernormal power of merit, not to be killed by others. "Of the brahmins" means of the brahmins. "Of hollow nature" means of hollow intrinsic nature, fruitless. "Deception" means whatever are called the spells of the brahmins, this is deception visible here and now in the world.

"Of such a kind" means they say that bricks of whatever kind were taken and made into cairns by the sacrificers. "Standing rocks" means mountains are indeed immovable, standing, not built up, solid, and made of stone. Bricks are unsteady, not solid, and not made of stone. "Praising" means brahmins praising that sacrifice.

"Accomplished in the Vedas" means brahmins accomplished in the complete Vedas. "They carry" means they carry those fallen into streams and whirlpools, and having submerged them, bring them to the destruction of life. "Are they not thereby of corrupted flavour and water?" - here one syllable "na" has the sense of a question. "Are they not thereby rivers of corrupted flavour and water?" - asking him thus, he said this. "Why" means for what reason then was only the great ocean made undrinkable? Is the Great Brahmā not able to make the water in the rivers such as the Yamunā and others undrinkable, but is able to do so only in the ocean? "One with two tongues was" means one with two tongues was, became - this is the meaning.

"Formerly, in the past" means before now, formerly, in the past, at the time of the first cosmic cycle. "Who was whose wife" means who was whose wife indeed. For at that time there was no female characteristic at all; afterwards, through the practice of sexual intercourse, those called mother and father came into being. "Mind generated the human being" means for at that time mind itself generated the human being; beings arose as mind-made only - this is the meaning. "By that principle too" means by that reason too, by that intrinsic nature, no one is inferior by birth. For at that time there was no distinction of warriors and so on; therefore what the brahmins say - "Only brahmins are foremost by birth, the others are inferior" - that is wrong. "Thus too" means while the world was thus proceeding, having abandoned the ancient custom, afterwards, by the power of what was agreed upon and done by themselves, four portions arose beginning with the warriors; thus too they speak of the analysis of release - by the release of actions done by themselves, some of those beings became warriors, some became brahmins and so on - they speak of this division; therefore the statement "Only brahmins are foremost" is wrong.

"Into seven pieces" means if the three Vedas were given by the Great Brahmā to brahmins only and not to others, the head of an outcast reciting the sacred verses should split into seven pieces; but it does not split. Therefore the sacred verses were made by these brahmins for their own destruction; manifesting their own falsehood, they bring about the destruction of their virtues. "Made by speech" means these so-called sacred verses were devised and made through lying. "Made by greed, seized" means seized by brahmins through the state of being made by greed for gain. "Difficult to release" means difficult to release, like a fish-hook swallowed by a fish. "Following the path of poets" means following, gone along the way of speech of brahmins who are makers of poetry. For as they wish, so they bind by speaking falsely. "Of fools" means for the mind of those fools is settled in unrighteousness; others of little wisdom believe that.

"By manly power" means by the power reckoned as manly power. This is what is meant - That manly power reckoned as the strength of a man which belongs to these lions and so on - there is no brahmin endowed with that power; all are indeed inferior even to these animals. "And the state of being human is to be seen like that of cattle" means moreover, whatever is the state of being human of these, that is to be seen like that of cattle. Why? For their birth is unequal though being the same. For those brahmins, through their lack of wisdom, are of the same birth as cattle yet unequal. For the form of cattle is one thing, and theirs is another. By this, without making brahmins equal even to lions and so on among animals, he makes them merely equal in form to cattle.

"And if a king" means Ariṭṭha, if a warrior alone, by virtue of being given by the Great Brahmā, having conquered the earth. "With living companions" means endowed with ministers who are companions living together. "With a loyal retinue" means he would be one whose assembly is within the scope of carrying out his exhortation; then there would be no need for him to fight with his assembly to exercise kingship. He himself alone would conquer the host of enemies; this being so, through the absence of suffering in war, his subjects would be ever happy; but this is not the case. Therefore their word is wrong.

"The warrior's spells" means the royal science and the three Vedas, because they proceed by one's own command and personal preference as "only this should be done," by purpose these become equal. "Without having investigated" means without having investigated the meaning of those warrior's spells, whether warriors or brahmins of the Vedas, learning merely by the force of command, one does not understand that meaning, like a path covered by a flood of water.

"By purpose these" means by the purpose of deception these become equal. Why? They say that brahmins alone are superior, other castes are inferior. And whatever worldly adversities such as gain and so on, all these are phenomena of all four castes. There is not even a single being who is free from these. Thus brahmins, being themselves not released from worldly adversities, falsely declare "We are superior."

"Menials" means householders. "And the communities of those with threefold knowledge" means brahmins too likewise perform various works such as farming, cattle-keeping and so on. "Always zealous" means constantly possessed of zeal, possessed of desire. "Those of little wisdom, knowing only two flavours" means therefore, brother, brahmins who know only two flavours and are without wisdom are far from the Teaching. For the ancient brahmin practices are now seen among dogs.

Thus the Great Being, having broken his doctrine, established his own doctrine. Having heard his talk on the Teaching, the entire nāga assembly became joyful. The Great Being had the hunter-brahmin removed from the nāga realm; he did not even give him so much as a rebuke. Sāgarabrahmadatta too, not exceeding the appointed day, went together with the fourfold army to his father's dwelling place. The Great Being too, thinking "I shall see my maternal uncle and grandfather," having had the drum circulated, having crossed over from the Yamunā with great splendour and glory, set out heading for that very hermitage. The remaining brothers and his mother and father set out from behind. At that moment Sāgarabrahmadatta, not recognising the Great Being coming with a great assembly, questioning his father, said -

967.

"Whose drums and small drums, conch shells, tabors and kettledrums;

Proceeding in front, gladdening the bull among charioteers.

968.

"Whose is the broad golden headband, lightning-coloured;

A youth girded with a quiver, who comes blazing with splendour?

969.

Like one heated at the mouth of a forge, resembling embers of acacia wood;

And his face shines beautifully, who comes blazing with splendour?

970.

"Whose is the umbrella of Jambu river gold, with ribs, delightful;

Shielding from the sun's rays, who comes blazing with splendour?

971.

"Having taken hold of whose body, with the finest tail-hair fan,

On both sides of the one of excellent merit, above and above the head.

972.

"Whose peacock-feather fans, variegated and soft;

With handles of gold and gems, move on both sides of the face.

973.

"With the radiance of acacia embers, polished at the forge's mouth;

Whose are these lovely earrings, that shine on both sides of the face.

974.

"Whose soft dark locks, touched by the wind, blown about,

Adorn the end of the forehead, like lightning risen from the sky?"

975.

"Whose are these eyes, long and broad;

Who shines with wide eyes, whose is this face with the mark between the eyebrows.

976.

"Whose are these teeth, pure, like the finest conch shell;

They shine when he speaks, teeth like jasmine buds.

977.

"Whose hands and feet are like lac-colouring, delicately nurtured;

Who is that one endowed with bimba-fruit lips, shining like the sun by day?

978.

"At the passing of winter on the Himalayas, like a great sal tree in bloom;

Who is that one with a white mantle, shining like Indra victorious?

979.

"Strewn with golden ornaments, variegated with a jewelled hilt;

Who is that one who, having entered the assembly, lets loose a sword a little?

980.

"Variegated with gold, beautiful, well-made, with beautiful stitching;

Who is that one who takes off from the feet, having paid homage to the great sage?"

967-980. Therein, "proceeding" means whose musical instruments proceeded in front. "Gladdening" means gladdening this king. "With a golden cloth of whose" - he asks: whose face illuminates like lightning the face of a cloud, with a turban-cloth bound at the end of the forehead. "A youth girded with a quiver" means a young one with a quiver fastened on. "Like refined in the mouth of a forge" means like gold refined in a smith's furnace. "Resembling acacia embers" means resembling blazing acacia embers. "Jambu river gold" means made of red gold. "Having encompassed the limbs" means having been taken hold of by a limb that holds a yak-tail fan. "The finest yak-tail fan" means the best yak-tail fan. "With peacock-feather handles" means with handles of peacock tail-feathers. "Variegated" means variegated with the seven kinds of precious things. "With handles of gold and gems" means handles inlaid with refined gold and with gems. "On both sides of the face" means they move on both sides of the face.

"Touched by the wind" means struck by the wind. "Blown smooth" means with smooth ends. "The end of the forehead" means whose such hairs adorn the end of the forehead. "Like lightning risen from the sky" means like lightning risen from the sky. "Projecting" means full like a golden mirror. "Of the mouth by nature" means of the mouth by nature. "Resembling kuppila flowers" means resembling the buds of the mandālaka flower. "Delicately nurtured" means nourished in happiness. "Like Indra victorious" means like Indra who has attained victory. "Strewn with golden studs" means strewn with golden studs. "Variegated with gem-studded handle" means variegated with gems on the handle. "Wrought with gold" means inlaid with gold. "Variegated" means variegated with the seven kinds of precious things. "Well made" means well finished. "With variegated stitching" means with variegated seamstresses. "Who is that one who takes off from the feet" means who is this one who takes off such slippers from the feet.

Thus asked by his son Sāgarabrahmadatta, the ascetic possessing supernormal power, an obtainer of direct knowledge, explaining "Dear son, these are the sons of King Dhataraṭṭha, your nephews the nāgas," spoke a verse -

981.

"For those serpents are Dhataraṭṭhas, possessing supernormal power, famous;

Born from the ocean, these serpents are of great supernormal power."

While they were thus still speaking, the assembly of serpents, having arrived, having paid homage at the feet of the hermit, sat down to one side. Samuddajā too, having paid homage to her father, having wept, together with the assembly of serpents went to the serpent realm itself. Sāgarabrahmadatta too, having dwelt right there for a few days, went to Bārāṇasī itself. Samuddajā died in the serpent realm itself. The Bodhisatta, having guarded morality for as long as life, having performed the Observance practice, at the end of his life span, together with his retinue, filled the city of heaven.

The Teacher, having brought this teaching of the Teaching, having said "Thus, lay followers, the wise ones of old, even when a Buddha had not arisen, having abandoned such success, performed the Observance practice indeed," connected the Jātaka. At the conclusion of the teaching, the lay followers became established in the fruition of stream-entry. At that time the mother and father were the great royal families, the hunter-brahmin was Devadatta, Somadatta was Ānanda, Ajamukhī was Uppalavaṇṇā, Sudassana was Sāriputta, Subhoga was Moggallāna, Kāṇāriṭṭha was Sunakkhatta, but Bhūridatta was myself, the perfectly Self-awakened One.

The commentary on the Bhūridatta Jātaka, the sixth, is completed.

544.
The commentary on the Candakumāra Jātaka

"You were a king of cruel deeds" - this the Teacher spoke while dwelling at Vulture's Peak, referring to Devadatta. The story of that has come in the Chapter on Schism in the Community itself. That should be understood from the time of his going forth up to the death of King Bimbisāra by the method that has come there. But having had him killed, Devadatta, having approached Ajātasattu, said "Great king, your wish has reached its summit, but my wish has not yet been attained." "But what, venerable sir, is your wish?" "Surely, having killed the One of Ten Powers, I shall become the Buddha." "What should be done by us here?" "Great king, it is fitting to have the archers assembled." "Excellent, venerable sir," the king, having assembled five hundred archers who could shoot in an instant, having selected thirty-one persons from among them, sent them to the elder's presence. He, having addressed their chief, said "Friend, the ascetic Gotama dwells at Vulture's Peak; he walks up and down at such and such a day-quarters. You, having gone there, having shot him with a poison-dipped arrow, having brought about the destruction of life, come back by such and such a road." Having said this and having sent him, on that road he placed two archers: "By the road where you are stationed one man will come; you, having deprived him of life, come by such and such a road." On that road he placed four men: "By the road where you are stationed two men will come; you, having deprived them of life, come by such and such a road." On that road he placed eight persons: "By the road where you are stationed four men will come; you, having deprived them of life, come by such and such a road." On that road he placed sixteen men: "By the road where you are stationed eight men will come; you, having deprived them of life, come by such and such a road."

But why did he do thus? For the purpose of concealing his own deed. Then that chief archer, having hung a sword on his left, having tied a quiver on his back, having taken a great ram's-horn bow, having gone to the presence of the Tathāgata, with the intention "Shall I shoot or not?" having strung the bow, having fitted an arrow, having drawn it back, was not able to release it. He, being unable even to lower the arrow, as if his ribs were breaking, with spittle flowing from his mouth, became one of an exhausted appearance; his entire body became rigid; it was as if it had reached the state of being crushed by a machine. He, frightened by the fear of death, stood still. Then the Teacher, having seen him, having uttered a sweet voice, said this: "Do not fear, good man, come here." He, at that moment, having thrown down his weapons, having fallen with his head at the feet of the Blessed One, having asked forgiveness saying "A transgression overcame me, venerable sir, as one who was foolish, as one who was confused, as one who was unwholesome; I, not knowing your virtues, have come to deprive you of life at the word of the blind fool Devadatta; forgive me, venerable sir," sat down to one side. Then the Teacher, teaching him the Teaching, having made known the truths, having established him in the fruition of stream-entry, dismissed him saying "Friend, without proceeding along the road pointed out by Devadatta, go by another road." And having dismissed him, having descended from the walking path, he sat down at the foot of a certain tree.

Then, when that archer did not come, the other two men, thinking "Why indeed is he tarrying?" going along the confronting road, having seen the One of Ten Powers, having approached, having paid homage, sat down to one side. The Teacher, having taught the Teaching to them too, having made known the truths, having established them in the fruition of stream-entry, dismissed them saying "Friends, without proceeding along the road indicated by Devadatta, go by this road." By this means, when the others too had come and were seated, having established them in the fruition of stream-entry, he dismissed them by another road. Then that chief archer who had come first, having approached Devadatta, reported "Venerable sir, Devadatta, I was not able to deprive the perfectly Self-awakened One of life; that Blessed One is of great supernormal power, of great majesty." All of them too, thinking "In dependence on the perfectly Self-awakened One, life has been obtained by us," having gone forth in the presence of the Teacher, attained arahantship. This incident became well-known in the community of monks. The monks raised up a discussion in the Teaching hall: "Friends, Devadatta, it is said, with a mind of enmity towards the Tathāgata alone, made an effort to deprive many people of life; all of them too, in dependence on the Teacher, obtained their lives." The Teacher, having come, having asked "What discussion were you having as you sat together here, monks?" when it was said "Such and such," having said "Not only now, monks; in the past too Devadatta, in dependence on me alone, with a mind of enmity towards me, made an effort to deprive many people of life indeed," being requested by them, brought up the past.

In the past, this Bārāṇasī was named Pupphavatī. There, a son of King Vasavattī named Ekarāja exercised kingship; his son named Prince Canda exercised viceroyalty. A brahmin named Khaṇḍahāla was the chaplain. He instructed the king in what is beneficial and what is right. The king, it is said, regarding him as "A wise one," caused him to sit in judgment. He, having become one who lives on bribes, having taken bribes, made non-owners into owners and owners into non-owners. Then one day, a certain man defeated in a case, while reproaching at the place of judgment, having come out, having seen Prince Canda coming to attend upon the king, having run, having fallen at his feet, wept. He said "Why, my dear man, are you weeping?" "Master, Khaṇḍahāla devours plunder in the judgment; I have been brought to defeat by him having taken a bribe." Prince Canda, having consoled him saying "Do not fear," having taken the case to judgment, made the owner to be the owner indeed, and the non-owner to be the non-owner indeed. The great multitude gave applause with a loud voice. The king, having heard that, asked "What is this sound?" "A case, it is said, has been well judged by Prince Canda; that is the sound of applause." Having heard that, the king was pleased. The prince, having come, having paid homage to him, sat down to one side. Then the king said to him "Dear son, a case, it is said, has been judged by you." "Yes, Sire." "If so, dear son, from now on you yourself establish the judgment" - he gave the judgment to the prince.

From then on, Khaṇḍahāla's income was cut off. He, from then on, having bound resentment towards the prince, seeking an opportunity, watching for an opening, went about. That king, however, was of dull wisdom. One day, having slept in the night-time, towards the break of dawn, in a dream, having seen the realm of the Thirty-three with decorated gateways, with walls made of the seven jewels, with a great avenue of golden sand sixty yojanas long, adorned with the Vejayanta Palace a thousand yojanas in height, endowed with the delightful Nandana Grove and other delightful groves and the delightful Nandā Pond and other delightful ponds, thronged with hosts of gods, having awoken, wishing to go there, he thought - "Tomorrow, at the time of the arrival of teacher Khaṇḍahāla, having asked the path leading to the heavenly world, by the path indicated by him I shall go to the heavenly world." Khaṇḍahāla too, right early, having bathed, having eaten, having come to the royal audience, having entered the king's dwelling, asked the king about his comfortable sleep. Then the king, having had a seat given to him, asked a question. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

982.

"You were a king of cruel deeds, the sole king of Pupphavatī;

He asked the brahmin kinsman, Khaṇḍahāla the chaplain, the fool.

983.

'Tell the path to heaven, you are a brahmin skilled in the Teaching and discipline;

How from here men go to a fortunate world, having made merits.'

982-983. Therein, "you were a king" means he was a king. "Of cruel deeds" means of hard and harsh deeds. "The path to heaven" means the path leading to heaven. "Skilled in the Teaching and discipline" means skilled in the qualities of good conduct and in the discipline of proper conduct. "How" means he asked: "Just as men, having made merits, go from here to a fortunate world, tell me that path to a fortunate destination."

But it is fitting to ask this question to an omniscient Buddha, or to his disciples, or in their absence, to a Bodhisatta. But the king, just as a man who has been lost on the road for a week might ask another man who has been lost on the road for a month about the road, thus he asked Khaṇḍahāla. He thought: "This is the time to see the back of my adversary; now, having brought Prince Canda to the destruction of life, I shall fulfil my wish." Then, having addressed the king, he spoke the third verse -

984.

"Having given excessive gifts, having killed the innocent, O god;

Thus men go to a fortunate world, having made merits."

Its meaning is - Great king, those who go to heaven give excessive gifts, and kill the innocent. If you too wish to go to heaven, you too should do likewise.

Then the king asked him the meaning of the question -

985.

"But what is that excessive gift, and who are the innocent in this world;

And tell us this, I shall sacrifice, I give gifts."

And he explained to him -

986.

"With sons, O lord, sacrifice should be made, with queens and townspeople;

With bulls, with four thoroughbreds, with all four groups, O lord, sacrifice should be made."

While answering the king's question, though asked about the path to the heavenly world, he declared the path to hell.

Therein, "with sons" means with dear sons and dear daughters born of oneself. "With queens" means with dear wives. "With townspeople" means with millionaires. "With bulls" means with all-white bull kings. "With thoroughbreds" means with state horses. "With four" means with all these and with others such as elephants and so on, in groups of four each - thus "with all four groups, O lord, sacrifice should be made." For having cut off their heads with a sword, having collected the throat-blood in a golden bowl, having thrown it into a pit, the kings who perform the sacrifice go to the heavenly world together with their bodies. Great king, for ascetics, brahmins, the poor, travellers, paupers, and beggars, only the giving of food, clothing, and so on takes place. But having killed these sons, daughters, and so on, the sacrificing of a sacrifice with their throat-blood is called excessive giving - thus he convinced the king.

Thus he, thinking "If I take only Prince Canda alone, they will think it is done with a mind of enmity," put him in amongst the public. But having heard the talk of those who were speaking this, all the people of the inner palace, frightened and trembling, with hearts stirred with agitation, cried out with a great roar all at once. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

987.

"Having heard that, in the inner palace, 'Let the princes and the queens be killed';

There was one shout, a fearful, very loud sound."

Therein, "taṃ" means having heard that sound "Let the princes and the queens be killed," "one" means in the entire king's abode there was just one shout. "Fearful" means frightful. "Very loud" means it was exceedingly loud; the entire royal family was like a Sāla grove struck by the wind at the end of an age.

The brahmin said to the king - "But, great king, are you able to perform the sacrifice, or are you not able?" "What are you saying, teacher? Having performed the sacrifice, I shall go to the heavenly world." "Great king, the timid and those of weak disposition are not able to perform a sacrifice; you all assemble here, I shall do the work at the sacrificial pit" - having taken his own sufficient army, having departed from the city, having had the sacrificial pit made level, he surrounded it with a fence. Why? Because a righteous ascetic or brahmin, having come, might prevent it - thus the enclosing of the sacrificial pit with a fence was established as a custom by the ancient brahmins. The king too, having had men summoned, said for the purpose of bringing the sons first: "Dear sons, I, having killed my own sons and daughters and wives, having performed the sacrifice, shall go to the heavenly world; go, having informed them, bring all of them here."

988.

"Go, speak to the princes, Canda and Sūriya and Bhaddasena;

And Sūra and Vāmagotta, truly be abundant for the sacrifice."

Therein, "go, speak to the princes" means Prince Canda and Prince Sūriya - these two were sons of Queen Gotamī, the queen-consort; and Bhaddasena and Sūra and Vāmagotta were their half-brothers from a different mother. "Truly be abundant" means be a heap in one place - tell them thus; this is the meaning.

They, having first gone to the presence of Prince Canda, said "Prince, your father, wishing to go to the heavenly world by having you killed, has sent us for the purpose of seizing you." "By whose word did he have me seized?" "By Khaṇḍahāla's, Sire." "Does he have only me seized, or others also?" "Prince, he has others also seized; he wishes, it is said, to sacrifice a sacrifice with the complete fourfold." He thought "He has no enmity with the others; but because 'I cannot commit plunder in the judgment,' with a mind of enmity towards me alone he has many killed. If I can get to see my father, the deliverance of all of them is indeed my burden." Then he said to the king's men "Then indeed do my father's word." They, having led him and placed him to one side in the royal courtyard, having summoned the other three also and brought them into his very presence, reported to the king "Your sons have been brought, Sire." He, having heard their words, spoke the other verse in order to have four daughters brought, saying "Dear ones, now having brought my daughters, place them in the presence of those very brothers" -

989.

"Speak also to the maidens, Upasena and Kokila and Mudita;

And also the maiden Nanda, truly be abundant for the sacrifice."

They, having said "We shall do so," having gone to their presence, having brought them weeping and lamenting, placed them near their brothers. Thereupon the king, for the purpose of seizing his own wives, spoke the other verse -

990.

"And Vijayā my queen, Erāvatī, Kesinī and Sunandā;

Endowed with excellent characteristics, truly be abundant for the sacrifice."

Therein, "endowed with excellent characteristics" means endowed with the highest sixty-four feminine characteristics; the meaning is: tell these too.

They, having brought them too lamenting, placed them near the princes. Then the king, commanding the four millionaires for the purpose of seizing, spoke the other verse -

991.

"And speak to the householders, Puṇṇamukha, Bhaddiya and Siṅgāla;

And also the householder Vaḍḍha, truly be abundant for the sacrifice."

The king's men, having gone, brought them too. When the king's children and wife were being seized, the whole city said nothing. But the millionaires' families had great connections, therefore at the time of their seizure, having stirred up the whole city, saying "We shall not allow the king to kill the millionaires and perform the sacrifice," having surrounded the millionaires, together with their group of relatives, went to the royal palace. Then those millionaires, surrounded by the group of relatives, having paid homage to the king, begged for their lives. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

992.

"Those householders there, assembled together, surrounded by children and wives, said:

'Make them all into crested ones, O lord, or else announce them as our slaves.'"

Therein, "make them all into crested ones" means: having tied a topknot on the heads of all of us, make us your servants; we shall perform the servant's function for you. "Or else announce them as our slaves" means: or else, if not believing us, having convoked all the troops, announce us as slaves in the midst of the assembly; we shall accept slavery to you.

Even though they pleaded thus, they were not able to obtain their lives. The king's men, having made the rest step back, having taken them, had them seated near the princes themselves. Then the king, commanding for the purpose of seizing the elephants and so on, said -

993.

"Bring me my elephant Abhayaṅkara, Nāḷāgiri, very high, with tusks like Varuṇa;

Bring them quickly indeed, they will be for the sacrifice.

994.

"And the horse treasure Kesi, Surāmukha, Puṇṇaka and Vinataka;

Bring them quickly indeed, they will be for the sacrifice.

995.

"Bring me also the bull, the leader of the herd, the anoja flower, the leading ox, the lord of cattle;

Let them make a multitude of all, I shall sacrifice, I give gifts.

996.

"Prepare everything, but the sacrifice when the sun has risen;

And command the princes, let them enjoy this night.

997.

"Prepare everything, but the sacrifice when the sun has risen;

Speak now to the princes, today indeed is the last night."

993-997. Therein, "let them make a multitude of all" means not only this much; let them make a heap of the remaining group of quadrupeds and group of birds too, all making a set of four. I shall sacrifice a sacrifice with the complete fourfold, and I shall give a gift to the beggar brahmins. "Prepare everything" means provide completely without remainder what was thus said by me. "When risen" means but I shall sacrifice the sacrifice tomorrow right early when the sun has risen. "Set up everything" means set up the remaining sacrificial requisites too, all of them.

Now the king's mother and father were still living. Then his ministers, having gone, informed his mother "Lady, your son wishes to sacrifice a sacrifice having killed his children and wife." She, having struck her heart with her hand, weeping, having come, asked "Is it true that such a sacrifice of yours will take place?" Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

998.

"This the mother said, weeping, having come from the mansion;

'A sacrifice indeed, son, will be made with your four sons.'"

Therein, "this" means that, this king. "From the mansion" means from her own dwelling place.

The king said -

999.

"All my sons have been sacrificed, while the moon is being slain;

Having performed a sacrifice with my sons, I shall go to a fortunate destination, to heaven."

Therein, "have been sacrificed" means: while Prince Canda was being slain, all have been given up by me for the purpose of sacrifice.

Then his mother said to him -

1000.

"Do not believe that, son, a fortunate destination comes through the sacrifice of a son;

This is the path to hell, this is not the path to the heavens.

1001.

"Give gifts, Koṇḍañña, non-violence towards all beings that can become;

This is the path to a fortunate destination, but not the path through the sacrifice of sons."

1000-1001. Therein, "the path to hell" means in the sense of being without gratification, this is the path to the hells, the four realms of misery. "Koṇḍañña" - he addresses the king by his clan name. "Of those that are and are to be" means of those that have come to be and of beings that are yet to be. "Through the sacrifice of a son" means by such a sacrifice having killed sons and daughters, there is no path to heaven.

The king said -

1002.

"By the word of the teachers, I shall slay Canda and Sūriya;

Having performed a sacrifice with my sons, difficult to give up, I shall go to a fortunate destination, to heaven."

Therein, "by the word of the teachers" means: Mother, this is not my own idea; but this is the word of my teacher Khaṇḍahāla, the instructor of good conduct; this is the advice. Therefore I shall slay them; having performed a sacrifice with my sons, difficult to give up, I shall go to heaven.

Then his mother, being unable to make him accept her own word, departed. The father asked about that news. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1003.

"This the father also said, the one wielding power, to his own legitimate son;

'A sacrifice indeed, son, will be made with your four sons.'"

Therein, "wielding power" (vasavattī) - this is his name.

The king said -

1004.

"All my sons have been sacrificed, while the moon is being slain;

Having performed a sacrifice with my sons, I shall go to a fortunate destination, to heaven."

Then his father said to him -

1005.

"Do not believe that, son, a fortunate destination comes through the sacrifice of a son;

This is the path to hell, this is not the path to the heavens.

1006.

"Give gifts, Koṇḍañña, non-violence towards all beings that can become;

This is the path to a fortunate destination, but not the path through the sacrifice of sons."

The king said -

1007.

"By the word of the teachers, I shall slay Canda and Sūriya;

Having performed a sacrifice with my sons, difficult to give up, I shall go to a fortunate destination, to heaven."

Then his father said to him -

1008.

"Give gifts, Koṇḍañña, non-violence towards all beings that can become;

Surrounded by your sons, protect the country and the province."

1004-1008. Therein, "surrounded by sons" means surrounded by sons. "The country and the province" means the entire country of Kāsi and the province that constituted its various portions.

He too was not able to make him accept his own word. Then Prince Canda thought "The suffering of this many people has arisen in dependence on me alone; having entreated my father, I shall release this many people from the suffering of death." He, conversing with his father, said -

1009.

"Do not kill us, O king, give us as slaves to Khaṇḍahāla;

Even as those bound in chains, we shall tend the elephants and horses.

1010.

"Do not kill us, O king, give us as slaves to Khaṇḍahāla;

Even as those bound in chains, we shall remove elephant dung.

1011.

"Do not kill us, O king, give us as slaves to Khaṇḍahāla;

Even as those bound in chains, we shall remove horse dung.

1012.

"Do not kill us, O king, give us as slaves to Khaṇḍahāla;

Whose are your sensual pleasures, even banished from the kingdom;

We shall practise going about for alms."

1009-1012. Therein, "even as those bound in chains" means even if we were to become those bound with great chains. "Whose are your sensual pleasures" means even if you wish to give us to Khaṇḍahāla, having made us slaves to him, give us; he says "we shall do slave's work for him." "Even from the kingdom" means if there is any fault of ours, banish us from the kingdom. Perhaps even banished from the kingdom, like beggars, having taken a bowl, we shall practise going about for alms; do not kill us, give us our lives - thus he lamented.

Having heard that manifold lamentation of his, the king, as if his heart had split open, weeping with eyes full of tears, in order to release them all, said "No one shall be permitted to kill my sons, I have no need for the world of the gods" -

1013.

"You cause me suffering indeed, lamenting out of desire for life;

Release the princes now, let there be enough for me with the sacrifice of sons."

Having heard that word of the king, beginning with the princes, they released all that group of living beings ending with the birds. Khaṇḍahāla too arranges the work at the sacrificial pit. Then one man said to him: "I say, you wicked Khaṇḍahāla, the sons have been released by the king; you, having killed your own sons, sacrifice a sacrifice with their throat-blood." He, thinking "What indeed has been done by the king?" overpowering like a fire at the end of a cosmic cycle, having risen and having run in haste, said -

1014.

"You were told by me before, this is difficult to do and difficult to endure;

Then why do you cause disturbance to our sacrifice that has been set aside?

1015.

"All go to a fortunate world, those who sacrifice and those who cause to sacrifice;

And also those who give thanks for such a great sacrifice of those who sacrifice."

1014-1015. Therein, "previously" means you were told by me before "It is not possible for one of your kind, being of a timid nature, to perform a sacrifice; the performing of a sacrifice is indeed difficult to do and difficult to endure," then why do you now cause disturbance to our sacrifice that has been set aside and prepared? "Vikkhambha" is also a reading; the meaning is prohibition. Great king, why do you act thus? It shows that however many sacrifice or cause to sacrifice or give thanks, all go only to a fortunate destination.

That blind fool of a king, having taken up the talk of that one who was subject to wrath, perceiving it as the Teaching, again caused the sons to be seized. Then Prince Canda, trying to awaken his father, said -

1016.

"Then why did the people before recite blessings to the brahmins;

Then why, O lord, do you slay us without reason for the sacrifice?

1017.

"Before, when we were young, you did not kill, you did not slay;

Having attained youth from childhood, innocent ones, dear father, we are being killed.

1018.

"See us, great king, mounted on elephants, mounted on horses, armoured;

Whether in battle or when fighting, those like me, brave ones, are not for the purpose of sacrifice.

1019.

"Even when the borderland is agitated, or in forests, they employ ones like me;

Then why, dear father, are we being killed without reason, in an improper place?

1020.

"Even those birds, having made grass nests, dwell there;

Their sons too are dear to them, yet you, O lord, slay us.

1021.

"Do not believe him, Khaṇḍahāla would not kill me;

For having killed me, immediately after he would kill you too, O lord.

1022.

"They give an excellent village, an excellent market town, and wealth to him, great king;

And also the foremost alms-receivers, they consume from family to family.

1023.

"Even to such as those, they wish to be treacherous, great king;

For the most part these brahmins are ungrateful, O lord.

1024.

"Do not kill us, O king, give us as slaves to Khaṇḍahāla;

Even as those bound in chains, we shall tend the elephants and horses.

1025.

"Do not kill us, O king, give us as slaves to Khaṇḍahāla;

Even as those bound in chains, we shall remove elephant dung.

1026.

"Do not kill us, O king, give us as slaves to Khaṇḍahāla;

Even as those bound in chains, we shall remove horse dung.

1027.

"Do not kill us, O king, give us as slaves to Khaṇḍahāla;

Whose are your sensual pleasures, even banished from the kingdom;

We shall practise going about for alms."

1016-1027. Therein, "before" means dear father, if I am to be killed, then why did our relatives before, at the time of my birth, recite blessings to the brahmins? At that time, it is said, Khaṇḍahāla himself, having reflected upon my characteristics, said "There will be no obstacle whatsoever for this prince; after your passing he will exercise kingship." Thus his latter does not agree with his former; he is a liar. Then, having taken his word, without reason, without cause indeed, for the sake of the sacrifice, O lord, you slay us. Do not slay us. For this one, through enmity towards me alone, wishes to kill the great multitude; consider this well, O lord of men. "Before indeed us" means great king, even if wishing to kill us, why before did you not kill us yourself or have us killed by others? But now we have grown from childhood, young, established in the first stage of life, we are growing with sons and daughters; being such, innocent towards you, for what reason should we be killed?

"See us" means see us, the four brothers, ourselves. "Fighting" means see sons like us fighting together with them at the time when they have surrounded the city of the enemies. For kings without sons are indeed called helpless. "Those like me" means those like us, courageous and powerful, should not be killed for the sake of the sacrifice. "They employ" means they employ them for the purpose of seizing those enemies. "Then us" means the meaning is: then why, dear father, are we being killed without reason, without cause, in an improper place, without occasion? "Do not believe him" means great king, let not Khaṇḍahāla kill me; do not believe him. "Wealth too for him" means kings give wealth too to this brahmin. "And recipients of the best almsfood too" means then they, receiving the best water and the best almsfood, become recipients of the best almsfood too. "Even to them" means they wish to be treacherous even to those such givers of almsfood in whose families they eat.

The king, having heard the prince's lamentation -

1028.

"You cause me suffering indeed, lamenting out of desire for life;

Release the princes now, let there be enough for me with the sacrifice of sons."

Having spoken this verse, he again set them free. Khaṇḍahāla, having come, again -

1029.

"You were told by me before, this is difficult to do and difficult to endure;

Then why do you cause disturbance to our sacrifice that has been set aside?

1030.

"All go to a fortunate world, those who sacrifice and those who cause to sacrifice;

And also those who give thanks for such a great sacrifice of those who sacrifice."

Having spoken thus, he again caused them to be seized. Then, for the purpose of persuading him, the prince said -

1031.

"If truly by sacrificing with sons, those who have passed away from here go to the heavenly world;

Let the brahmin sacrifice first, afterwards you too will sacrifice, O king.

1032.

"If truly by sacrificing with sons, those who have passed away from here go to the heavenly world;

Let this very Khaṇḍahāla sacrifice with his own sons.

1033.

"Thus knowing, Khaṇḍahāla, why did you not slay your little sons;

And all your kinsmen, and yourself did you not slay.

1034.

"All go to hell, those who sacrifice and those who cause to sacrifice;

And also those who give thanks for such a great sacrifice of those who sacrifice."

1035.

"If indeed he who kills becomes pure, and the one killed goes to the heavenly state;

The bho-sayers should kill the bho-sayers, and also those who believe in them."

1028-1035. Therein, "let the brahmin first" means first let Khaṇḍahāla sacrifice with his own sons, then when he, having thus sacrificed, has gone to heaven, afterwards you will sacrifice. Explaining "O Sire, even food of pleasant flavour you eat having had others investigate it; why then do you do the killing of sons and wife without investigating?" he spoke thus. "Thus knowing" means knowing thus "by killing sons and daughters one goes to heaven," for what reason did he not slay his own sons and relatives and himself? For if by killing others they go to heaven, by killing oneself one would have to go to the Brahma world. By one thus knowing the virtue of sacrifice, without killing others, oneself alone should be killed. But this one, not doing so, causes me to be killed. Know by this reason too, great king, "that this one, not being able to commit plunder in the judgment, acts thus." "Such" means such a sacrifice of slaying sons.

The prince, even though speaking this much, being unable to make his father accept his own word, referring to the assembly that stood surrounding the king, said -

1036.

"And how is it that those desiring sons, householders and housewives;

In the city do not cry out to the king, 'Do not slay your own son.'"

1037.

"And how is it that those desiring sons, householders and housewives;

In the city do not cry out to the king, 'Do not slay your own son.'"

1038.

"I am well-wishing to the king, and beneficial to the whole country;

No one has aversion towards him, the country-folk do not make known to me."

1036-1038. Therein, "those desiring sons" was said with reference to housewives. Householders, however, are those called desiring sons. "Do not cry out" means they do not reproach, they do not speak. "Atraja" means born from oneself. Even when this was said, no one was able to speak together with the king. "No one has aversion towards him, by me" means by this, neither has a bribe been taken by us, nor through the pride of supremacy has such suffering been caused - not even a single person was one who would have aversion together with me. "The country-folk do not make known" means thus, this country-folk do not make known, do not inform my father, who wishes the welfare of both the king and the country, saying "Your son is accomplished in virtues" - this is the meaning.

Even when this was said, no one spoke anything. Then Prince Canda, sending off his own wives for the purpose of entreating, said -

1039.

"Go, you housewives, and speak to father and Khaṇḍahāla;

Do not slay the princes, the innocent ones, lion-like.

1040.

"Go, you housewives, and speak to father and Khaṇḍahāla;

Do not slay the princes, who are looked upon by all the world."

They, having gone, entreated. But the king did not even look at them. Then the prince, having become helpless, lamenting -

1041.

"Would that I had been born in chariot-maker families,

Or born in refuse-remover families or among merchants,

Then today the king would not have me killed at the sacrifice."

Having said this, again sending off those wives, he said -

1042.

"All you women, go to the noble Khaṇḍahāla;

Fall at his feet, I do not see any offence.

1043.

"All you women, go to the noble Khaṇḍahāla;

Fall at his feet, 'In what way, venerable sir, have we wronged you?'"

1039-1043. Therein, "I do not see any offence" means I do not see any offence of my own towards the teacher Khaṇḍahāla. "In what way, venerable sir" means noble Khaṇḍahāla, in what way have we wronged you? If there is a fault of Prince Canda, forgive that - tell him thus.

Then Prince Canda's younger sister, named Princess Selā, being unable to hold back the sorrow, having fallen at her father's feet, lamented. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1044.

"Wretched Selā laments, having seen her brothers brought to their fate;

'My sacrifice indeed has been suspended, by my father desiring heaven.'"

Therein, "brought to their fate" (upanītatte) means brought to their own nature. "Suspended" (ukkhipito) means suspended. "Desiring heaven" (saggakāmena) means by one who, having killed my brothers, wishes for heaven. She laments: "Father, having killed these, what will you do with heaven?"

The king did not accept her talk either. Then Prince Canda's son, named Vasula, having seen his father suffering, lamented at the feet of the king, saying "I shall entreat my grandfather and have my father's life given." Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1045.

"He turned back and rolled about, the vassal in front of the king;

Do not kill our father, we have attained youth from childhood."

Therein, "we have attained youth from childhood" means O lord, we are young boys, not yet having attained youth; out of compassion for us too, do not kill our father.

The king, having heard his lamentation, having become as if with a breaking heart, having embraced the prince with eyes full of tears, having said "Dear son, take comfort, I release your father," spoke a verse -

1046.

"This is your father, O Vasula, be reconciled with your father;

You cause me suffering indeed, lamenting in the inner palace;

Release the princes now, let there be enough for me with the sacrifice of sons."

Therein, "in the inner palace" means in between the king's dwelling.

Again Khaṇḍahāla, having come, said -

1047.

"You were told by me before, this is difficult to do and difficult to endure;

Then why do you cause disturbance to our sacrifice that has been set aside?

1048.

"All go to a fortunate world, those who sacrifice and those who cause to sacrifice;

And also those who give thanks for such a great sacrifice of those who sacrifice."

1047-1048. But the king, being a blind fool, again by his word caused the sons to be seized. Then Khaṇḍahāla thought - "This king is of a tender heart; at one time he causes them to be seized, at another time he releases them. He might again release the sons by the word of the children. I shall lead him to the sacrificial pit itself." Then, for the purpose of his going there, he spoke a verse -

1049.

"The sacrifice with all jewels has been set aside, sole king, prepared for you;

Go forth, O lord, having gone to heaven you will rejoice."

Its meaning is - Great king, your sacrifice has been set aside and prepared with all jewels; now is the time for your going forth, therefore go forth; having performed the sacrifice, having gone to heaven, you will rejoice.

Thereupon, at the time of going to the sacrificial pit, having taken the Bodhisatta, his harem-ladies came out all together. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1050.

"These seven hundred young wives of Prince Canda;

Having scattered their hair, weeping, they followed along the road.

1051.

"But others, with sorrow, departed like gods from the Nandana grove;

Having scattered their hair, weeping, they followed along the road."

1050-1051. Therein, "like gods from the Nandana grove" means they went like the deities who departed having surrounded the young god who was passing away from the Nandana grove.

From here onwards are their verses of lamentation -

1052.

"Wearing pure Kāsi cloth, with earrings, anointed with aloe and sandalwood;

Canda and Sūriya are led out, for the sacrifice of King Ekarāja.

1053.

"Wearing pure Kāsi cloth, with earrings, anointed with aloe and sandalwood;

Canda and Sūriya are led out, having caused sorrow in their mother's heart.

1054.

"Wearing pure Kāsi cloth, with earrings, anointed with aloe and sandalwood;

Canda and Sūriya are led out, having caused sorrow in the people's hearts.

1055.

"Fed with meat and flavours, bathed by attendants, with earrings, anointed with aloe and sandalwood;

Canda and Sūriya are led out, for the sacrifice of King Ekarāja.

1056.

"Fed with meat and flavours, bathed by attendants, with earrings, anointed with aloe and sandalwood;

Canda and Sūriya are led out, having caused sorrow in their mother's heart.

1057.

"Fed with meat and flavours, bathed by attendants, with earrings, anointed with aloe and sandalwood;

Canda and Sūriya are led out, having caused sorrow in the people's hearts.

1058.

"Those who before went on the backs of excellent elephants, followed by elephants;

They today, the moon and sun princes, both go on foot.

1059.

"Those who before went on the backs of excellent horses, followed by horses;

They today, the moon and sun princes, both go on foot.

1060.

"Those who before went in the midst of excellent chariots, followed by chariots;

They today, the moon and sun princes, both go on foot.

1061.

"Those by whom they were formerly led forth, with horses harnessed in golden trappings;

They today, Canda and Sūriya, both go on foot."

1052-1061. Therein, "wearing pure Kāsi cloth" means wearing pure garments of Kāsi. "Canda and Sūriya" means Prince Canda and Prince Sūriya. "Bathed by the bath attendants" means having been rubbed with sandalwood powder, bathed through the preliminary work done by the bath attendants. "Yassū" means "ye assu" (those who were). "Assū" is merely a particle; the meaning is "ye kumāre" (those princes). "Before" means before this. "Gone to the fore of excellent elephants" means gone to the fore of excellent elephants; the meaning is gone upon the backs of decorated excellent elephants. "Gone to the fore of excellent horses" means gone upon the backs of excellent horses. "Gone to the fore of excellent chariots" means gone in the middle of excellent chariots. "They went out" means they departed.

Thus, while those women were lamenting, they led the Bodhisatta out from the city. Having stirred up the whole city, it began to go out. When the great multitude went out, the gates were not sufficient. The brahmin, having seen the exceedingly great number of people, thinking "Who knows what will happen?" had the city gates shut. The great multitude, being unable to go out - there is a park in a place near the city gate - near it made a great uproar. By that uproar, the flock of birds, being agitated, plunged into the sky. The great multitude, having addressed this and that bird, lamenting, said -

1062.

"If you desire meat, bird, fly to the east of Pupphavatī;

There a sole king sacrifices, deluded, with his four sons.

1063.

"If you desire meat, bird, fly to the east of Pupphavatī;

There a sole king sacrifices, deluded, with his four maidens.

1064.

"If you desire meat, bird, fly to the east of Pupphavatī;

There a sole king sacrifices, deluded, with his four queens.

1065.

"If you desire meat, bird, fly to the east of Pupphavatī;

There a sole king sacrifices, deluded, with four householders.

1066.

"If you desire meat, bird, fly to the east of Pupphavatī;

There a sole king sacrifices, deluded, with four elephants.

1067.

"If you desire meat, bird, fly to the east of Pupphavatī;

There a sole king sacrifices, deluded, with his four horses.

1068.

"If you desire meat, bird, fly to the east of Pupphavatī;

There a sole king sacrifices, deluded, with four bulls.

1069.

"If you desire meat, bird, fly to the east of Pupphavatī;

There a sole king sacrifices, deluded, with all four sets."

1062-1069. Therein, "if you desire meat" means hey bird, if you desire meat, to the east of Pupphavatī, in the eastern direction, there is a sacrificial pit, go there. "Sacrifices there" means here, having taken the word of Khaṇḍahāla, the deluded sole king sacrifices a sacrifice with his four sons. The same method applies in the remaining verses too.

Thus the great multitude, having lamented at that place, having gone to the Bodhisatta's dwelling place, circumambulating the mansion, seeing the pinnacle chambers, pleasure groves and so on in the inner palace, lamented with verses -

1070.

"This is his mansion, this inner palace so delightful;

Now those sons of masters, four are led away for slaughter.

1071.

"This is his pinnacle chamber, golden, strewn with flowers and garlands;

Now those sons of masters, four are led away for slaughter.

1072.

"This is his pleasure grove, fully in bloom, charming at all times;

Now those sons of masters, four are led away for slaughter.

1073.

"This is his Asoka grove, fully in bloom, charming at all times;

Now those sons of masters, four are led away for slaughter.

1074.

"This is his kaṇikāra grove, fully in bloom, charming at all times;

Now those sons of masters, four are led away for slaughter.

1075.

"This is his trumpet-flower grove, fully in bloom, charming at all times;

Now those sons of masters, four are led away for slaughter.

1076.

"This is his mango grove, fully in bloom, charming at all times;

Now those sons of masters, four are led away for slaughter.

1077.

"This is his pond, covered with lotuses and white lotuses;

And a boat variegated with gold, adorned with flower creepers, beautiful, very delightful;

Now those sons of masters, four are led away for slaughter."

1070-1077. Therein, "tedāni" means now those sons of masters, headed by Prince Canda, having abandoned such a mansion, are led away for slaughter. "Sovaṇṇavikatā" means inlaid with gold.

Lamenting at these places, again having approached the elephant stables and so on, they said -

1078.

"This is his elephant treasure, Erāvaṇa, a powerful tusked elephant;

Now those sons of masters, four are led away for slaughter.

1079.

"This is his horse treasure, a horse with uncloven hooves;

Now those sons of masters, four are led away for slaughter.

1080.

"This is his horse-carriage, with the sound of mynas, beautiful, decorated with jewels;

Where the sons of masters shone like gods in the Nandana grove;

Now those sons of masters, four are led away for slaughter.

1081.

"How indeed, with those golden-complexioned, equally beautiful, with bodies soft as sandalwood;

Will the king sacrifice a sacrifice, deluded, with his four sons.

1082.

"How indeed, with those golden-complexioned, equally beautiful, with bodies soft as sandalwood;

Will the king sacrifice a sacrifice, deluded, with his four maidens.

1083.

"How indeed, with those golden-complexioned, equally beautiful, with bodies soft as sandalwood;

Will the king sacrifice a sacrifice, deluded, with his four queens.

1084.

"How indeed, with those golden-complexioned, equally beautiful, with bodies soft as sandalwood;

Will the king sacrifice a sacrifice, deluded, with four householders.

1085.

"Just as villages and market towns become empty, uninhabited, great forests;

So it will be for Pupphavatī, when Canda and Sūriya are sacrificed."

1078-1085. Therein, "Erāvaṇa" is the name of that elephant. "Single-hoofed" means with undivided hoof. "With the sound of myna-birds" means endowed with a sweet sound like that of myna-birds at the time of going. "How indeed" means for what reason indeed. "With golden-hued, equal and beautiful ones" means with those of golden complexion, and equal to one another by birth, and beautiful through faultlessness. "With sandal-soft bodies" means with bodies anointed with red sandalwood. "Great forests" means just as those villages and market towns become empty, uninhabited, great forests, so too Pupphavatī, when the princes are sacrificed at the sacrifice, will become empty, like a forest.

Then the great multitude, being unable to go outside, wandering right within the city, lamented. The Bodhisatta too was led to the sacrificial pit. Then his mother, a queen named Gotamī, having rolled at the feet of the king, lamenting, said "Give my sons their lives, Sire" -

1086.

"I shall become a mad woman, with prosperity destroyed and covered with dust;

If he kills Canda the noble, my life is being obstructed, O lord.

1087.

"I shall become a mad woman, with prosperity destroyed and covered with dust;

If he kills Sūriya the noble, my life is being obstructed, O lord."

1086-1087. Therein, "with prosperity destroyed" means with growth destroyed. "And covered with dust" means having become a mad woman with a body covered with dust, I shall wander about.

She, even though lamenting thus, not obtaining any talk from the king's presence, having embraced the four wives of the prince, lamenting, said "My son will have gone having become angry with you; why do you not make him turn back?" -

1088.

"Why did they not delight me, speaking kindly to one another;

Ghaṭṭikā and Uparikkhī, and Pokkharaṇī and Bhārikā;

Dancing before Canda and Sūriya, no equal to them is found."

Therein, "why did they not delight me" means for what reason did these four, beginning with Ghaṭṭikā and so on, speaking kindly to one another, dancing in the presence of the princes Canda and Sūriya, not delight my sons, but caused them distress. For in the entire Indian subcontinent, in dancing or in singing, no other equal to them is found - this is the meaning.

Thus she, having lamented together with her daughters-in-law, not seeing any other recourse to be taken, reviling Khaṇḍahāla, spoke eight verses -

1089.

"May your mother, Khaṇḍahāla, receive this sorrow of my heart;

Which is the sorrow of my heart, when Canda is led out for murder.

1090.

"May your mother, Khaṇḍahāla, receive this sorrow of my heart;

Which is the sorrow of my heart, when Suriya is led out for murder.

1091.

"May your wife, Khaṇḍahāla, receive this sorrow of my heart;

Which is the sorrow of my heart, when Canda is led out for murder.

1092.

"May your wife, Khaṇḍahāla, receive this sorrow of my heart;

Which is the sorrow of my heart, when Suriya is led out for murder.

1093.

"May your mother, Khaṇḍahāla, not see her sons nor her husband;

You who slew the princes, the innocent ones, lion-like.

1094.

"May your mother, Khaṇḍahāla, not see her sons nor her husband;

You who slew the princes, who are looked upon by all the world.

1095.

"May your wife, Khaṇḍahāla, not see her sons nor her husband;

You who slew the princes, the innocent ones, lion-like.

1096.

"May your wife, Khaṇḍahāla, not see her sons nor her husband;

You who slew the princes, who are looked upon by all the world."

1089-1096. Therein, "this of mine" means my this heart-sorrow, suffering. "May she receive" means may it enter, may it reach. "Who you slay" means you who slay. "Looked upon" means you kill while being looked at by all the world, while being visible - this is the meaning.

The Bodhisatta, even at the sacrificial pit, entreating his father, said -

1097.

"Do not kill us, O king, give us as slaves to Khaṇḍahāla;

Even as those bound in chains, we shall tend the elephants and horses.

1098.

"Do not kill us, O king, give us as slaves to Khaṇḍahāla;

Even as those bound in chains, we shall remove elephant dung.

1099.

"Do not kill us, O king, give us as slaves to Khaṇḍahāla;

Even as those bound in chains, we shall remove horse dung.

1100.

"Do not kill us, O king, give us as slaves to Khaṇḍahāla;

Whose are your sensual pleasures, even banished from the kingdom;

We shall practise the going for alms."

1101.

"The poor, desiring sons, entreat the gods for divine blessings;

Some, even having given up their cravings, do not obtain sons.

1102.

"They make wishes, 'May sons be born to us, and from them grandsons';

Then why, O lord, do you slay us without reason for the sacrifice?

1103.

"They obtain a son through entreaty, do not kill us, dear father;

Do not sacrifice this sacrifice with sons obtained with difficulty.

1104.

"They obtain a son through entreaty, do not kill us, dear father;

Do not separate us from our mother with sons obtained like beggars."

1097-1104. Therein, "they sport" means O king, even childless and poor women, having become desirous of sons, having made many presents, entreat the gods saying "May we obtain a son or a daughter." "Even having given up their cravings" means even having abandoned their pregnancy longings, even not having obtained them - this is the meaning. This is what is meant - Great king, for women indeed, not having obtained the arisen pregnancy longing, the embryo withers and perishes. Therein, some, even though requesting, not obtaining sons; some, even having obtained the pregnancy longing, having abandoned it, not having consumed it, do not obtain them; some, not obtaining the pregnancy longing, do not obtain them. But my mother, having obtained the arisen pregnancy longing, having consumed it, without destroying the arisen embryo, obtained sons. Thus obtained, he requests "Do not kill us."

"Wishes" means great king, these beings make wishes. How? "May sons be born to us." "And from them grandsons" means may sons of our sons too be born to us. "Then us without reason" means then you slay us without reason for the sake of the sacrifice. "By those entreated" means by the entreaty to the deities. "By those obtained like beggars" means by those obtained having become like beggars. "With sons" means he says: do not separate us from our mother, do not cause separation between us and our mother.

He, even though speaking thus, not obtaining any talk from his father's presence, having fallen at his mother's feet, lamenting, said -

1105.

"Having nourished Canda with much suffering, mother, you are losing your son;

I pay homage to your feet, may father obtain the world beyond.

1106.

"Come now, having embraced me, allow me to pay homage at your feet, mother;

I go now abroad, for the sacrifice of King Ekarāja.

1107.

"Come now, having embraced me, allow me to pay homage at your feet, mother;

I go now abroad, having caused sorrow in my mother's heart.

1108.

"Come now, having embraced me, allow me to pay homage at your feet, mother;

I go now abroad, having caused sorrow in the people's hearts."

1105-1108. Therein, "having nourished with much suffering" means having nourished with many sufferings. "Canda" means having thus nourished me, Prince Canda, now, mother, you are losing your son. "May father obtain the world beyond" means may my father obtain the world beyond endowed with wealth. "Embrace" means clasp and enfold. "Going abroad" means I go to a perpetual separation for the purpose of not returning again.

Then his mother, lamenting, spoke four verses -

1109.

"Come now, bind a topknot with lotus petals, son of Gotamī;

Mixed with champaka petals, this is your ancient nature.

1110.

"Come now, anoint yourself with your cosmetic, the finest sandalwood;

And well-anointed with which, you shine in the royal assembly.

1111.

"Come now, dress in soft garments, the finest Kāsika cloth;

And well-dressed in which, you shine in the royal assembly.

1112.

"Take the bracelets decorated with pearls, gems and gold;

And with which bracelets you shine in the royal assembly."

1109-1112. Therein, "with lotus petals" means there is an ornament called a lotus-petal wrapping; with reference to that, he said thus. Having lifted up your dishevelled topknot and having arranged it with a lotus-petal wrapping, bind it - this is the meaning. "Son of Gotamī" - he addresses Prince Canda. "Mixed with champaka petals" means adorn yourself with garlands of various flowers, endowed with beauty and fragrance, mixed with inner champaka petals. "This is your" means this is your ancient nature; take that very thing, son - thus she laments. "And with which" means the meaning is: anoint yourself with those red sandalwood ointments, anointed with which you shine in the royal assembly. "Kāsi cloth" means Kāsi cloth worth a hundred thousand. "Take" means adorn yourself.

Now his queen-consort named Candā, having fallen at his feet, lamenting, said -

1113.

"Surely this Raṭṭhapāla is not the heir of the lord of the earth, of the country;

The great lord of the world generates affection for his sons."

Having heard that, the king spoke a verse -

1114.

"My sons too are dear, and self is dear, and you wives;

And desiring heaven, therefore I will have them slain."

Its meaning is - For what reason do I not produce affection for my sons? Not only for Gotamī alone, but my sons too are dear to me, likewise self and you daughters-in-law and wives too are dear indeed. Even this being so, desiring heaven, I aspiring for heaven, for that reason I will have them slain; do not think thus, all these together with me will go to the heavenly world together.

Candā said -

1115.

"Kill me first, do not split my heart with suffering;

Adorned, beautiful, your son, O king, is delicate.

1116.

"Well then, sir, kill me, in the world beyond I shall be with Candaka;

Make abundant merit, we shall both wander in the world beyond."

1115-1116. Therein, "first" means O king, kill me first before my husband. "Suffering" means do not split my heart with the suffering of Canda's death. "Adorned" means this one of mine alone is sufficient, he suffices - thus "adorned." It explains: do not slay a son of such a kind, O great king. "Well then, sir" means "well then, sir" - addressing the king, she spoke thus. "In the world beyond with Candaka" means I shall be with Canda in the world beyond. "We shall both wander in the world beyond" means slain together by you, we shall both wander experiencing happiness in the world beyond; do not create an obstacle to our heaven.

The king said -

1117.

"Do not, Candā, find delight in death, many are your brothers-in-law, O large-eyed one;

They will delight you, when the son of Gotamī has been sacrificed."

Therein, "do not, Candā, find delight" means do not find delight in your own death. "Mā ruddī" is also a reading; the meaning is "do not weep." "Brothers-in-law" means husband's brothers.

Beyond that, the Teacher -

1118.

"When this was said, Candā struck herself, with the palms of her hands." He spoke the half-verse;

Beyond that, there is her very own lamentation -

"Enough here with life, I shall drink poison, I shall die.

1119.

Surely this king does not have friends, colleagues and good-hearted companions;

Who do not say to the king, 'Do not slay your own sons.'

1120.

Surely this king does not have relatives, friends and good-hearted companions;

Who do not say to the king, 'Do not slay your self-begotten sons.'

1121.

"These too are my sons, O king, virtuous ones wearing bracelets on their upper arms;

With them too perform the sacrifice, then release the sons of Gotamī.

1122.

"Having made me into a hundred portions, sacrifice in seven places, great king;

Do not kill the eldest son, the blameless one, similar to a lion.

1123.

"Having made me into a hundred portions, sacrifice in seven places, great king;

Do not kill the eldest son, looked upon by all the world."

1118-1123. Therein, "thus" means when this was said thus by the foolish King Ekarāja. "Strikes" means having said "What indeed is this you speak of?" she strikes herself with the palms of her hands. "I shall drink" means I shall drink. "These too" means having made Prince Vasula the first, having taken the remaining children by the hand, standing at the feet of the king, she spoke thus. "Possessed of garlands" means endowed with strings of flowers and ornaments. "Wearing bracelets" means wearing bracelet ornaments. "A hundred portions" means great king, having killed me, having made a hundred portions, sacrifice the sacrifice sevenfold in seven places.

Thus she, having lamented in the presence of the king with these verses, not receiving consolation, having gone to the presence of the Bodhisatta himself, stood lamenting. Then he said to him - "Candā, while I was living, whenever you spoke well and said well on this and that subject, many ornaments of various kinds such as gems, pearls and so on were given to you; but today this is your last gift - I give you the ornaments mounted on my body; take them." Making known this meaning, the Teacher said -

1124.

"Many are the ornaments given by you, various, to one well-spoken;

Pearls, gems and lapis lazuli, this is your last gift."

Queen Candā too, having heard that, thereupon lamented with the following nine verses -

1125.

"Those on whose backs before, strings of flowers in full bloom were placed;

On their backs today also, a well-sharpened sword will fall.

1126.

"Those on whose backs before, variegated strings of flowers were placed;

On their backs today also, a well-sharpened sword will fall.

1127.

"Before long indeed, a sword will fall on the backs of the princes;

Yet my heart does not split, so firm was my binding.

1128.

"Wearing pure Kāsi cloth, with earrings, anointed with aloe and sandalwood;

Go forth, Canda and Sūriya, for the sacrifice of King Ekarāja.

1129.

"Wearing pure Kāsi cloth, with earrings, anointed with aloe and sandalwood;

Go forth, Canda and Sūriya, having caused sorrow in your mother's heart.

1130.

"Wearing pure Kāsi cloth, with earrings, anointed with aloe and sandalwood;

Go forth, Canda and Sūriya, having caused sorrow in the people's hearts.

1131.

"Fed with meat and flavours, bathed by attendants, with earrings, anointed with aloe and sandalwood;

Go forth, Canda and Sūriya, for the sacrifice of King Ekarāja.

1132.

"Fed with meat and flavours, bathed by attendants, with earrings, anointed with aloe and sandalwood;

Go forth, Canda and Sūriya, having caused sorrow in your mother's heart.

1133.

"Fed with meat and flavours, bathed by attendants, with earrings, anointed with aloe and sandalwood;

Go forth, Canda and Sūriya, having caused sorrow in the people's hearts."

1124-1133. Therein, "mālāguṇā" means flower garlands. "Tesajjā" means "of them today." "Nettiṃsa" means a sword. "Vivattissatī" means it will fall. "Aciraṃ vatā" means before long indeed. "Na phalatī" means does not split. "Tāva daḷhabandhañca me āsī" means the meaning is: my heart will be exceedingly firmly bound. "Niyyāthā" means go.

Thus, even while she was lamenting, all the work at the sacrificial pit was finished. Having led the prince, having bent his neck, they made him sit down. Khaṇḍahāla, having brought near a golden bowl, having taken a sword, stood saying "I shall cut his neck." Having seen that, Queen Candā, thinking "There is no other shelter for me; by the power of my own truth I shall bring about the safety of my husband," having raised joined palms, wandering in the midst of the assembly, made a declaration of truth. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1134.

"When all was set aside, while the moon sat down for the purpose of sacrifice;

The daughter of the Pañcāla king, with joined palms, went round about the whole assembly.

1135.

"By which truth Khaṇḍahāla, the imprudent one, commits evil deeds;

By this speaking of truth, may I be united with my husband.

1136.

"Whatever non-human spirits are here, and whatever demons, spirits and beings;

Let them render me service, may I be united with my husband.

1137.

"Whatever deities have come here, and whatever demons, spirits and beings;

Protect me, the helpless one seeking refuge, I request, may I not lose my husband."

1134-1137. Therein, "set aside" (upakkhaṭasmiṃ) means when all the sacrifice materials were prepared and arranged. "United" (samaṅginī) means associated, sharing one communal life. "Whatever are here" (ye idhatthī) means whatever there are here. "Demons, beings, and those to come" (yakkhabhūtabhabyānī) means demons reckoned as gods, and beings reckoned as creatures that have grown and are established, and those to come reckoned as creatures that are now growing. "Attendants" (veyyāvaṭikan) means let them render service to me. "Protect me" (tāyatha man) means guard me. "I request" (yācāmahan) means I request you. "May I not lose my husband" (pati māhan) means may I not lose my husband.

Then Sakka, the king of gods, having heard the sound of her lamentation, having known that incident, having taken a blazing iron hammer, having gone, having frightened the king, had all released. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1138.

"Having heard that, the non-human spirit, having swung the iron hammer;

Generating fear in him, said this to the king.

1139.

"Awaken, O wretched king, lest I strike your head;

Do not kill the eldest son, the blameless one, similar to a lion.

1140.

"Where have you seen, O wretched king, sons and wives being slain;

And millionaires and householders, innocent ones who desire heaven?

1141.

"Having heard that, Khaṇḍahāla, and the king having seen this marvel;

They released the bonds of all, as was fitting for non-violence.

1142.

"When all were freed, those who had assembled there then;

All gave one clod of earth each, this was the murder of Khaṇḍahāla."

1138-1142. Therein, "non-human spirit" means Sakka, the king of gods. "Awaken" means know, consider well. "Wretched king" means royal wretch, royal inferior one. "Lest I to you" means evil king, awaken, lest I strike your head. "Where have you seen" means where has it been seen by you before. "Those who desire heaven, indeed" - here "hi" is merely a particle; "those who desire heaven" means those aspiring for heaven - this is the meaning. "Having heard that" means monks, Khaṇḍahāla having heard that word of Sakka. "This is a marvel" means the king too, having seen this sight of Sakka which had not occurred before. "As was fitting" means just as they release living beings without injury, just so they released them. "They gave one clod of earth each" means monks, however many had assembled in that sacrificial pit, all having raised a single uproar, gave Khaṇḍahāla a blow with a clod of earth each. "This was the murder" means this itself was the murder of Khaṇḍahāla; the meaning is that right there they brought him to the destruction of life.

But having killed him, the public began to kill the king. The Bodhisatta, having embraced his father, did not allow them to kill him. The public, having said "We grant the life of this evil king, but we shall not give him the umbrella nor habitation in the city; having made him an outcast, we shall make him dwell outside the city," having removed his royal attire, having made him wear an orange robe, having wrapped his head with a turmeric-coloured rag, having made him an outcast, sent him to the outcast dwelling place. But those who sacrificed that animal-slaughter sacrifice, and those who had it sacrificed, and those who gave thanks, all of them were heading for hell. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1143.

"All entered hell, as was expected, having done evil;

For having done evil action, it is not possible to go from here to a fortunate world."

That same public too, having removed the two wretches, having brought the materials for consecration right there, consecrated Prince Canda. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1144.

"When all were freed, those who had assembled there then;

They consecrated Canda, the assembled royal retinue.

1145.

"When all were freed, those who had assembled there then;

They consecrated Canda, the assembled princesses too.

1146.

"When all were freed, those who had assembled there then;

They consecrated Canda, the assembled assembly of gods.

1147.

"When all were freed, those who had assembled there then;

They consecrated Canda, the assembled heavenly maidens too.

1148.

"When all were freed, those who had assembled there then;

They waved their garments, the assembled royal retinue.

1149.

"When all were freed, those who had assembled there then;

They waved their garments, the assembled princesses too.

1150.

"When all were freed, those who had assembled there then;

They waved their garments, the assembled assembly of gods.

1151.

"When all were freed, those who had assembled there then;

They waved their garments, the assembled heavenly maidens too.

1152.

"When all were freed, many were delighted;

Delight entered the city, release from bondage was proclaimed."

1143-1152. Therein, "and the royal retinue" means the royal retinue too consecrated him with three conch shells. "And the princesses" means the daughters of the warrior caste too consecrated him. "And the assembly of gods" means Sakka, the king of gods, having taken the conch named Vijayuttara, consecrated him together with the assembly of gods. "And the heavenly maidens" means Sujā too consecrated him together with the young nymphs. "They waved garments" means having raised banners with cloths of various colours, throwing upper garments into the sky, they waved garments. "The royal retinue and the other three portions" means the four portions of those performing the consecration all performed their parts indeed. "Were delighted" means they were rejoicing. "Delight entered the city" means at the time when the parasol was raised over Prince Canda and he entered the city, a drum of joy went around the city. "Saying what?" As follows: "Just as our Prince Canda is freed from bondage, just so may all be freed from bondage." Therefore it was said "Release from bondage was proclaimed."

The Bodhisatta established the duty towards his father. But he was not allowed to enter the inner city. When the expenses were exhausted, the Bodhisatta, going for the purpose of park amusements and so on, having approached him, does not pay homage saying "I am your son," but having made a salutation with joined palms, says "Long may you live, my lord." When it was said "What do you need?" he informed him. Then he had the expenses given to him. He, having exercised the kingdom righteously, at the end of his life span, filling the heavenly world, departed.

The Teacher, having brought this teaching of the Teaching, having said "Not only now, monks; in the past too Devadatta made an effort to kill many in dependence on me alone," connected the Jātaka. At that time Khaṇḍahāla was Devadatta, Queen Gotamī was Mahāmāyā, Queen Candā was Rāhula's mother, Vasula was Rāhula, Selā was Uppalavaṇṇā, Sūra was Kassapa of the Vāmagotta clan, Bhaddasena was Moggallāna, Prince Sūriya was Sāriputta, but King Canda was myself, the perfectly Self-awakened One.

The commentary on the Candakumāra Jātaka, the seventh.

545.
The Commentary on the Mahānāradakassapa Jātaka

"There was a king of the Videhas" - this the Teacher spoke while dwelling at the Laṭṭhivana Park, referring to the taming of Uruvelakassapa. For when the Teacher, having set in motion the excellent wheel of the Teaching, having tamed the matted-hair ascetics headed by Uruvelakassapa, surrounded by a thousand former matted-hair ascetics, went to the Laṭṭhivana Park to fulfil the promise to the king of Magadha. At that time, having come together with an assembly of twelve myriads, having paid homage to the One of Ten Powers, among the brahmins and householders in the midst of the assembly of the seated king of Magadha, the thought arose: "Does Uruvelakassapa live the holy life under the Great Ascetic, or does the Great Ascetic under Uruvelakassapa?" Then the Blessed One, having known with his mind the reflection in the minds of those twelve myriads, thinking "I shall make known Kassapa's state of having gone forth in my presence," spoke this verse -

"Having seen what, dweller at Uruvelā, have you abandoned the fire, you instructor of the emaciated ones?

I ask you, Kassapa, about this matter - for what reason has your fire sacrifice been abandoned?"

The Elder too, having known the Blessed One's intention -

"Forms and sounds and also flavours, women of pleasure - sacrifices assert these;

Having known this as a stain among the clingings, therefore I did not delight in what is sacrificed or offered."

Having spoken this verse, for the purpose of making known his state of being a disciple, having placed his head on the upper surface of the Tathāgata's feet, having said "The Blessed One is my Teacher, venerable sir; I am his disciple," having risen up into the sky seven times to the height of one palm tree, two palm trees, three palm trees, up to the measure of seven palm trees, having descended, having paid homage to the Tathāgata, he sat down to one side. Having seen that wonder, the great multitude spoke only of the Teacher's praise of virtues, saying "Oh, of great majesty is the Buddha! For even Uruvelakassapa, who was one of firmly-held views, thinking himself to be a Worthy One, having broken through the net of wrong views, has been tamed by the Tathāgata." Having heard that, the Teacher, having said "It is not wonderful that this one has been tamed by me who has now attained omniscience; formerly too, even in the time of being with lust, having become a Brahmā named Nārada, having broken through the net of wrong views of this one, I made him free from attachment," being requested by that assembly, brought up the past.

In the past, in the Videha country, in Mithilā, a king named Aṅgati exercised kingship, a righteous king of righteousness. He had a daughter named Rucā, lovely, beautiful, pleasing, whose aspiration had been aspired to for a hundred thousand cosmic cycles, of great merit, born in the womb of the chief queen. But his remaining sixteen thousand women were barren. That daughter of his was dear and agreeable. He daily sent her twenty-five flower caskets filled with various flowers, and priceless fine garments, saying "Let her adorn herself with these." But of solid and soft food there was no measure. Every half-month he sent a thousand and a thousand, saying "Let her give gifts." Now he had three ministers, namely Vijaya, Sunāma, and Alāta. He, when the festival of the Komudī of the fourth month was taking place, with the city and the inner palace decorated like the city of the gods, well-bathed, well-anointed, adorned with all ornaments, having eaten supper, on the great terrace at the opened lattice window, surrounded by a company of ministers, having seen the disc of the moon ascending the pure expanse of the sky, asked the ministers: "How delightful indeed, friends, is this moonlit night; with what delight shall we enjoy ourselves tonight?" Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1153.

There was a king of the Videhas, a warrior named Aṅgati;

Abundant in vehicles, wealthy, a man of infinite power.

1154.

And he, on the fifteenth night, before the first watch had ended;

On the Komudī of the fourth month, convoked his ministers.

1155.

The wise, accomplished in learning, those who smile first, the skilful;

And Vijaya and Sunāma, and the general Alātaka.

1156.

The Videhan asked them, "Each of you tell your own preference;

On the Komudī of the fourth month, the bright moon has dispelled the darkness;

With what delight shall we dwell this night, this season today?"

1153-1156. Therein, "abundant in vehicles" means endowed with abundant elephant vehicles and so on. "A man of infinite power" means one of infinite bodily strength. "Not yet ended" means not having reached the conclusion; the meaning is "not yet passed." "Of the fourth month" means on the night that was the last day of the four rainy months. "Of the Komudī" means when the white water lilies were in full bloom. "Having first smiled" means one whose habit is to first smile and then speak afterwards. "He asked them" means he asked each one of those ministers individually. "Each of you tell your own preference" means all of you, tell me individually your preference in accordance with your own respective dispositions. "Komudajja" means the Komudī is today. "The bright moon" means the disc of the moon, which is the support of the moonlit night, rises up. "The darkness is dispelled" means by that all the gloom has been destroyed. "The season" means we should dwell tonight in bodily delight in such a season as this.

Thus the king asked the ministers. Being asked by him, they spoke in accordance with their own respective dispositions. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1157.

Then the king's general, Alāta, said this:

"Let us arm the joyful, the vehicles, all the forces, the army.

1158.

"Let us march forth to battle, O lord, with infinite power and manpower;

Those who do not come under your control, we shall bring under your control;

This is my own view, we shall conquer the unconquered."

1159.

Having heard Alāta's word, Sunāma said this:

"All your enemies, great king, have come under your control.

1160.

"With weapons laid down, the enemies conform to peace;

Today is the highest festival, battle is not pleasing to me.

1161.

"Let them quickly bring food and drink and sweets for you;

Delight, O lord, in sensual pleasures, in dancing, singing, and well-played music."

1162.

Having heard Sunāma's word, Vijaya said this:

"All sensual pleasures, great king, are always available to you.

1163.

"These are not hard to obtain, O king, to rejoice in your sensual pleasures;

Sensual pleasures are always easily obtained, this is not my mind's view.

1164.

Let us attend upon an ascetic or brahmin, one very learned;

Who today would remove uncertainty, one who knows the meaning and the teaching, O sage.

1165.

Having heard Vijaya's word, the king said to Aṅgati:

Just as Vijaya speaks, this pleases me too.

1166.

Let us attend upon an ascetic or brahmin, one very learned;

Who today would remove uncertainty in the monastic discipline, one who knows the meaning and the teaching, O sage."

1167.

All being present, form an opinion, which wise one shall we attend upon;

Who today would remove uncertainty, one who knows the meaning and the teaching, O sage.

1168.

Having heard the Videhan's word, Alāta said this:

There is here in the deer-park, a naked one esteemed by the wise.

1169.

Guṇa of the Kassapa clan, learned, a varied speaker, one with a following;

Let us attend on him, O lord, he will remove our uncertainty.

1170.

Having heard Alāta's word, the king commanded the charioteer;

We shall go to the deer-park, bring the harnessed vehicle here.

1157-1170. Therein, "joyful" means pleased and delighted. "We shall conquer" means that which is unconquered by us, that we shall conquer. "This is my disposition." The king neither protested against his talk nor delighted in it. "Said this" means having seen the king neither delighting in nor protesting against Alāta's word, having thought "This one is not disposed to war; I, capturing his mind, shall praise delight in the types of sensual pleasure," he spoke this utterance beginning with "all for you."

"Vijaya said this" means the king neither delighted in Sunāma's word either, nor protested against it. Then Vijaya, having thought "This king, having heard the words of both these two, just stood silently; the wise are indeed addicted to hearing the Teaching; I shall praise the hearing of the Teaching to him," spoke this utterance beginning with "all sensual pleasures." Therein, "tava mupaṭṭhitā" means available to you. "To rejoice" means when there is the wish to rejoice in and delight in your sensual pleasures, for these sensual pleasures are not hard to obtain. "This is not my mind's view" means this delighting in your sensual pleasures is not my mind's view; my mind does not spring forward towards this. "Yo najja" means "who for us today." "One who knows the meaning and the Teaching" means one who knows both the meaning of the text and the Teaching of the text. "Seer" means a sage, one whose qualities are sought.

"Aṅgati said" means Aṅgati spoke. "This pleases me too" means this very thing pleases me too. "All who are present" means all of you who are present here, form an opinion, reflect. "Alāta said this" means having heard the king's talk, Alāta, having thought "This one named Guṇa, a naked ascetic dependent on my family, dwells in the royal garden; having praised him, I shall make him dependent on the royal family," spoke this utterance beginning with "for the purpose of." Therein, "esteemed as wise" means esteemed as a wise person. "Of the Kassapa clan" means this one is of the Kassapa clan. "Learned" means very learned. "One with a following" means a teacher of a group. "He commanded" means he ordered.

Having heard the king's talk, the charioteers did so. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1171.

"They yoked his vehicle, made of ivory with silver fittings;

With a pure polished retinue, white, with a moonlit face.

1172.

"There were yoked white-lily-coloured, four Sindh horses;

Swift as the wind in flight, well-tamed, with golden garlands.

1173.

"A white parasol, a white chariot, white horses, a white fan;

The Videhan together with his ministers, going forth, shines like the moon.

1174.

"Many followed him, powerful ones bearing Indra's swords;

Heroes mounted on horseback, men following the lord of noble men.

1175.

"Having gone for just a moment, having descended from the vehicle, the warrior;

The Videhan together with his ministers, on foot approached Guṇa.

1176.

"And those who were there then, brahmins and householders assembled;

The king did not send them away, though they had come to the ground without invitation."

1171-1176. Therein, "his vehicle" means they yoked that king's chariot. "Ivory" means made of ivory. "With silver fittings" means with fittings made of silver. "With a pure polished retinue" means with a retinue that was pure and smooth. "With a moonlit face" means like the face of a night free from blemish; the meaning is like the moon. "There were" means there they were. "Kumuda" means of the colour of white water lilies. "Sindh horses" means of the Sindh breed. "With speed like the wind" means with velocity similar to the wind. "White umbrella" means the umbrella raised on that chariot was also white. "White chariot" means that chariot too was white indeed. "White horses" means the horses too were white. "White fan" means the fan too was white. "Going forth" means going forth in that chariot, surrounded by a company of ministers, the king of Videha shines like the moon.

"Lord of excellent men" means the chief of excellent men, the king of kings. "Having gone for just a moment" means that king, having gone to the park in just a moment. "On foot approached Guṇa" means on foot he approached Guṇa the naked ascetic. "And those who were there then" means those who, having gone earlier to that park, were seated attending upon that naked ascetic. "He did not send them away" means the fault is ours alone, we who came afterwards; do not worry - thus those brahmins and householders who had assembled on the ground without invitation, without having been given leave, for the king's sake alone, he did not have them driven away.

But surrounded by that mixed assembly, having sat down to one side, he exchanged friendly greetings. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1177.

"Then he, on a soft mattress, on a soft patterned rug,

On a soft spread, the king sat down to one side.

1178.

"Having sat down, the king exchanged friendly greetings, then the memorable talk;

"Is it bearable, venerable sir, is there no disturbance of the bodily humours?

1179.

"Is your livelihood without difficulty, do you obtain almsfood for sustenance?

Are you free from illness, does your vision not decline?"

1180.

Guṇa greeted him friendly, the Videhan delighted in the monastic discipline;

"It is endurable, great king, all this is so, both of those.

1181.

"Are your borderlands not overpowering you, O Vedeha;

Are your draught animals healthy, does your vehicle carry well;

Are there no illnesses for you, that cause distress to the body?"

1182.

The king, having exchanged friendly greetings, then asked without delay;

About the meaning, the Teaching and the true method, the lover of the Teaching, the bull among charioteers.

1183.

"How should a mortal practise the Teaching towards mother and father, Kassapa;

How should one practise towards teachers, how should one practise towards children and wife.

1184.

"How should one behave towards elders, how towards ascetics and brahmins;

And how towards the army, how should one behave in the country?

1185.

"How, having practised the Teaching, do mortals go to a good destination;

And how do some established in unrighteousness fall to hell?"

1177-1185. Therein, "on a soft mattress" means on a soft mattress of pleasant contact. "On a soft patterned rug" means on a patterned covering of pleasant contact. "On a soft spread" means on a spread with a soft covering. "Exchanged friendly greetings" means he spoke pleasant talk together with the naked ascetic. "Then" means immediately after that sitting down, he spoke memorable talk; this is the meaning. Therein, "is it bearable" means is it possible, venerable sir, to sustain your body with requisites? "No disturbance of the bodily humours" means are the elements in your body functioning evenly, there is no disturbance of the bodily humours, the meaning is that the winds, having become scattered in various groups here and there, do not cause affliction.

"Without difficulty" means free from suffering. "Livelihood" means means of living. "Free from illness" means devoid of illness that disrupts the bodily postures. "Vision" means he asks whether your faculties beginning with the eye are not declining. "Exchanged friendly greetings in return" means he replied with pleasant talk. Therein, "all this" means whatever was said by you beginning with "no disturbance of the bodily humours," all that is just so. "That both" means whatever was said by you "are you free from illness, does your vision not decline," that both too is likewise.

"Do not prevail" means they do not overcome, they do not become agitated. "Without delay" means immediately after the friendly welcome, he asked a question. Therein, "the meaning, the Teaching and the true method" means the meaning of the canonical text, the canonical text itself, and the logical reasoning. For he, asking "how should one practise the Teaching," asks this meaning, Teaching and true method, meaning "tell me the canonical text illuminating the practice regarding mother, father and so on, the meaning of the canonical text, and the logical reasoning." Therein, "how do some established in unrighteousness" means how do some established in unrighteousness fall to hell and also to the remaining realms of misery - this influential question, which should be asked of an Omniscient Buddha, or in the absence of the former, of each successive one among Individually Enlightened Buddhas, disciples of the Buddha, and great Bodhisattas - the king asked of a naked ascetic who knew nothing, a naked wretch, miserable, blindly foolish.

He too, being thus asked, not finding an answer befitting the question, like one striking a walking bull with a stick, like one throwing rubbish into a food dish, having asked for permission saying "Listen, great king," established his own wrong doctrine. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1186.

Having heard the Videhan's word, Kassapa said this:

'Listen to me, great king, the true, unerring statement.

1187.

'There is no fruit for one who practises righteousness, whether good or evil;

There is not, O lord, another world, for who has come here from there?

1188.

'There is not, O lord, ancestors or, whence a mother, whence a father;

There is no such thing as a teacher, who will tame the untamed?

1189.

'Beings are all equal, there is no respect for elders;

There is no power or energy, whence is industrious effort?

For beings are fixed in destiny, just like a rudder.

1190.

"'What is to be obtained a mortal obtains, whence there the fruit of giving?

There is no fruit of giving, O lord, powerless is the divine energy.

1191.

"'Giving was laid down by the foolish, received by the wise;

Without control they give to the wise, fools thinking themselves wise."

1186-1191. Therein, "come here" means there is no one called "come here from there, from the world beyond." "There is not, O lord, ancestors or" means O lord, grandfathers, great-grandfathers, and so on do not exist; when they are non-existing, whence a mother, whence a father? "Just like a rudder" means a rudder is called a stern-binding; just as the stern-binding of a boat follows the boat itself, so he says these beings certainly follow a fixed course. "Powerless is the divine energy" means thus, when there is no fruit of giving, whatever fool gives a gift, he is powerless, without energy, does not give by his own control and power, but explains that he gives having believed the blindly foolish others with the perception that there is fruit of giving. "Giving was laid down by the foolish" means "giving should be given" was laid down, sanctioned by the blindly foolish; that giving only the foolish give, the wise receive.

Having thus described the fruitlessness of giving, now to describe the fruitless nature of evil, he said -

1192.

"These seven classes are eternal, unbreakable, immutable;

Fire, earth, and water, air, happiness, and suffering, these;

And the soul, these seven classes, for which no cutter is found.

1193.

"There is no slayer or cutter, nor anyone who would kill him;

Between the classes, knives pass through.

1194.

"And whoever, having taken the head of others with a sharpened sword;

He does not cut those bodies, whence is there evil fruit in that?

1195.

"In eighty-four great cosmic cycles, all are purified wandering in the round of rebirths;

In the future, at that time, even one who is restrained is not purified.

1196.

"Even having practised much good, they are not purified in the future;

Even having done much evil, they do not surpass that moment.

1197.

"Gradually there is purity for us, in eighty-four cosmic cycles;

We do not transgress destiny, like the ocean its shore."

1192-1197. Therein, "classes" means aggregations. "Immutable" means it is not possible to destroy. "Jīve" means the soul. "Jīvo" is also a reading; the meaning is the same. "These seven classes" means these seven classes. "Nor anyone who would kill him" means whoever would kill, he too does not exist at all. "Pass through" means they move right between these seven classes; they are unable to cut. "Having taken the head" means having taken the head of others. "With a sharpened sword" means he cuts with a sharpened sword; "he does not cut" means he too does not cut those classes; it shows that earth goes to earth itself, water and so on to their respective elements, and the soul of happiness and suffering springs forth into space.

"They transmigrate, great king, these beings" means even having made this earth into one heap of flesh, wandering in the round of rebirths for so many cosmic cycles, they become pure. For apart from the round of rebirths, there is no one able to purify beings; all become pure through the round of rebirths itself. "In the future, at that time" means but when this time as aforesaid has not yet arrived, has not been reached, in the meantime even one who is restrained, even one of pure morality, is not purified. "That moment" means that time of the aforesaid manner. "Gradually there is purity for us" means in our doctrine there is purity gradually; the meaning is there will be purity gradually for all of us. Thus that annihilationist, by his own strength, spoke his own doctrine without leaving a portion aside.

1198.

Having heard Kassapa's word, Alāta said this:

"Just as the venerable one speaks, this pleases me too.

1199.

"I too remember a former birth, my own transmigration;

My name was Piṅgala, a fierce butcher before.

1200.

"In prosperous Bārāṇasī, much evil was done by me;

Many living beings were destroyed by me, buffaloes, pigs, and goats.

1201.

"Having passed away from there, I was born here, in a prosperous general's family;

Surely there is no fruit of evil, since I have not gone to hell."

1198-1201. Therein, "Alāta said this" means he, it is said, having made an offering with a garland of anoja flowers at the shrine of Kassapa, the One of Ten Powers, at the time of death, thrown by another action according to its power, while wandering in the round of rebirths, as an outcome of one evil deed, having been born in a butcher's family, did much evil. Then at the time of his death, like fire concealed by ashes, that meritorious deed which had remained for so long a time gave permission. He, through its power, having been born here and having attained that splendour, but remembering his birth, being unable to recollect beyond the immediately preceding past life, with the perception "Having done the work of cattle-slaughter, I have been reborn here," supporting his theory, spoke this utterance beginning with "Just as the venerable one speaks." Therein, "remembering my own transmigration" means I remember my own transmigration. "In the general's family" means I am in the general's family.

1202.

Then here there was a slave named Bījaka, a pauper;

Observing the Observance, he approached the presence of Guṇa.

1203.

Having heard Kassapa's word and Alāta's saying,

Breathing out hot breath moment by moment, weeping, he shed tears.

1202-1203. Therein, "then here" means then here, in this Mithilā. "A pauper" means he was poor and wretched. "Approached the presence of Guṇa" should be understood as he approached the presence of Guṇa thinking "I shall listen to some reason."

1204.

The Videhan asked him, "For what purpose, my dear, do you cry?

What have you heard or seen, what feeling do you make me know?"

Therein, "what feeling do you make me know" means what bodily or mental feeling have you experienced, that thus crying you make me know, inform me? Having made it clear, tell me.

1205.

Having heard the Videhan's word, Bījaka said this:

"There is no painful feeling for me, great king, listen to me.

1206.

"I too remember a former birth, my own happiness;

Formerly I was in the city of Sāketa, a millionaire named Bhāva, delighting in virtue.

1207.

"Esteemed among the brahmins, delighting in sharing, pure;

And I do not remember any evil action done by myself.

1208.

"Having passed away from there, O Vedeha, I was born here of a wretched woman;

In the womb of a water-carrying slave girl, since birth I have been very unfortunate.

1209.

"Thus even being ill-fated, living in spiritual calm, determined;

Half a portion of my food, I give to whoever wishes from me.

1210.

"On the fourteenth and fifteenth, I always observe the fast;

And I do not harm beings, and I avoided theft.

1211.

"Surely indeed all this, well practised, becomes fruitless;

I think this morality is useless, just as Alāta speaks.

1212.

"Surely I take only defeat, like an unskilled scoundrel;

Alāta takes victory, like one trained as a cheat.

1213.

"I do not see a door, by which I go to a good destination;

Therefore, O king, I cry out, having heard what Kassapa said."

1205-1213. Therein, "Bhāvaseṭṭhi" means a millionaire named thus, possessing wealth of eighty ten millions. "Delighting in virtue" means delighted in virtue. "Esteemed" means honoured, praised. "Pure" means one whose actions are pure. "Born here of ill fortune" means I was born in the womb of a poor, wretched water-carrying slave girl in this city of Mithilā. It is said that he, formerly, in the time of the Buddha Kassapa, while searching for a lost ox in the forest, being asked the way by a certain monk who had lost his way, having remained silent, being asked again by him, having become angry, said "Ascetic, slaves are indeed garrulous; you must be a slave, you are very garrulous." That action, not having given its result at that time, remained like fire covered with ashes. At the time of death, another action presented itself. He, wandering in the round of rebirths according to his actions, by the power of one wholesome action, having become a millionaire of the kind described at Sāketa, performed meritorious deeds such as giving and so on. But that action of his, remaining like a treasure deposited in the earth, having obtained the opportunity, will give its result. But whatever evil deed was done by him while reviling that monk, that gave its result to him in that individual existence. He, not knowing, with the perception "By the power of the other good action I have been born in the womb of a water-carrying slave girl," spoke thus. "Since birth very unfortunate" explains that I, from the time of birth onwards, have been extremely unfortunate.

"Resolved upon righteous conduct" means I am established in righteous conduct alone. "Surely" means this is definite. "I think this morality" means O lord, this thing called morality is useless, methinks. "Alāta" means just as this general Alāta speaks "By me, having done much action of killing living beings in a former existence, the position of general was obtained," for that reason I think morality is useless. "Only defeat" means just as an unskilled, untrained gambler takes the losing throw, so surely I take it; having destroyed my own property in a former existence, I now experience suffering. "Spoken by Kassapa" means he says: having heard the saying of the naked ascetic of the Kassapa clan.

1214.

"Having heard Bījaka's word, the king said to Aṅgati:

'There is no door to a fortunate destination, look to destiny, Bījaka.

1215.

'Whether happiness or suffering, it seems is obtained by fate;

Purification in saṃsāra for all, do not be hasty regarding the future.

1216.

'I too was formerly good, engaged among brahmins and householders;

Instructing in business affairs, deprived of delight in the meantime.'"

1214-1216. Therein, "Aṅgati said" means having heard the words of the other two first, and afterwards of Bījaka - thus the words of the three - having firmly taken up wrong view, he spoke this utterance beginning with "there is no door." "Look to destiny" means my dear Bījaka, look only to destiny. He spoke thus with the intention: "Time itself, measuring eighty-four great cosmic cycles, purifies beings; you are too hasty." "In the future" means do not be hasty, thinking "I shall go to the heavenly world in between, before that time has arrived." "Occupied" means I was occupied among brahmins and householders by the carrying out of duties such as bodily service and giving for those very ones. "Business affairs" means having sat down at the law-court, just instructing in business affairs as a royal duty. "Deprived of delight in the meantime" means for so long a time, fallen away from delight in the types of sensual pleasure.

And having said thus, asking permission, saying "Venerable Kassapa, we have been negligent for so long a time, but now a teacher has been obtained by us; from now on we shall experience only sensual delight; any further hearing of the Teaching in your presence will be a delay for us; stay here, you; we shall go" - he said -

1217.

"Again, venerable sir, we shall see you, if there will be association."

Therein, "if there will be association" means if there will be a meeting of us in one place, if not, when there is no fruit of merit, what use is seeing you?

"Having said this, the Videhan returned to his dwelling."

Therein, "to his dwelling" means monks, having said this word, the king of Videha, having ascended a chariot, returned to his own dwelling, to the very floor of the Candaka mansion.

The king, at first, having gone to the presence of Guṇa, having paid homage to him, asked a question. But when coming back, he came without paying homage. Guṇa, through his own lack of virtue, did not even obtain homage; how indeed will he obtain honour such as almsfood and so on? The king too, having spent that night, on the following day, having convoked the ministers, having said "Provide types of sensual pleasure for me; from now on I shall experience only the happiness of sensual pleasures; other duties are not to be reported to me; let such and such and such and such attend to the duty of judgment," he became one devoted solely to sensual delight. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1218.

"Then at the end of the night, he went to the state room;

Having convoked the ministers, he spoke these words.

1219.

'In my Candaka mansion, let them always provide sensual pleasures for me;

Let none approach me in matters, whether secret or public.

1220.

'Vijaya and Sunāma, and the general Alāta;

Let these three, skilled in business, sit down in matters.'

1221.

"Having said this, the Videhan highly esteemed sensual pleasures;

And he was not engaged in any matter among brahmins and householders."

1218-1221. Therein, "in the state room" means in one's own state room. "In my Candaka" means in the Candaka mansion belonging to me. "Let them provide for me" means let them always arrange and make available sensual pleasures for me. "In secret and public" means in matters whether secret or public that have arisen, let none approach me. "In matters" means at the law-court, the place of judgment. "Let them sit" means let them sit together with the remaining ministers for the purpose of carrying out the duty to be done by me.

1222.

"Then after a fortnight, the beloved daughter born there of Vedeha;

The princess named Rucā, spoke to her foster-mother.

1223.

'Adorn me quickly, and let my friends adorn me;

Tomorrow is the divine fifteenth, I am going to the presence of the lord.'

1224.

They brought garlands to her, and very precious sandalwood;

Gems, conch shells, pearls, jewels, and cloths of various colours.

1225.

And her, seated on a golden chair, many women;

Having surrounded, they made radiant, Rucā of beautiful complexion."

1222-1225. Therein, "then" means from the day the king became stuck in the mire of sensual pleasures onwards. "After a fortnight" means on the fourteenth day. "Spoke to her foster-mother" means having become desirous of going to her father's presence, she said to her foster-mother. It is said that she, every fourteenth day, surrounded by five hundred young girls, taking the group of nurses, with great splendour and grace, having descended from her own seven-storeyed mansion named Rativaḍḍhana, goes to the Candaka mansion for the purpose of seeing her father. Then her father, having seen her, having become satisfied in mind, having made great honour, while sending her off, saying "Dear daughter, give gifts," having given a thousand, sends her off. She, having come to her own dwelling, on the following day, having become an observer of the Observance, gives a great gift to the poor, the wayfarers, the paupers, and the beggars. It is said that by the king one province too was given to her. From that income she accomplishes all duties. At that time, however, there was a single uproar throughout the entire city: "It is said that the king, in dependence on Guṇa the naked ascetic, has taken up wrong view." Rucā's nurses, having heard that news, reported to the princess: "Lady, it is said that by your father, having heard the talk of the naked ascetic, wrong view has been taken up. He, it is said, having had the alms-halls at the four city gates demolished, commands to seize by force women and young girls belonging to others, does not administer the kingdom; it is said he has become one devoted solely to sensual pleasures." She, having heard that talk, having become displeased, thought: "How indeed can my father, having approached one devoid of wholesome qualities, shameless, a naked wretch, ask a question? Should he not, having approached righteous ascetics and brahmins who are believers in action, ask? But setting me aside, there is no other able to remove my father from wrong view and establish him in right vision. For I recollect fourteen births - seven past and seven future - therefore, having spoken of evil deeds done by me formerly, showing the fruit of evil deeds, I shall free my father from wrong view. But if I go this very day, then my father will say 'Dear daughter, you formerly come every half-month; today why have you come so quickly?' In that case, if I say 'Having heard that wrong view has been taken up by you, I have come,' he will not take my word seriously. Therefore, not going today, on the fourteenth day from now, in the dark fortnight itself, as if not knowing anything, going just as in the manner of going before, at the time of arrival I shall request a thousand for the purpose of the constant giving of alms; then my father will tell me of the state of having taken up the view. Then I shall cause him to abandon wrong view by my own power." Thus she thought. Therefore, having become desirous of going to her father's presence on the fourteenth day, she spoke thus.

Therein, "and friends" means let my five hundred young girl companions too, having made each one incomparable to the other, adorn themselves with various ornaments, various colours, and ointments of flower-scents. "Divine" means resembling the divine; also "divine" means adorned as if for an assembly of deities. "Goes" means I shall go to the presence of my father, the lord of Videha, to have my constant giving of alms brought. "They brought" means having bathed her with sixteen pots of scented water, they brought things for the purpose of adornment. "Having surrounded" means having encircled. "They shone" means having surrounded Sujā and standing like heavenly maidens, on that day they shone exceedingly.

1226.

"And she, gone amidst her friends, adorned with all ornaments;

With a hundred spokes, like a cloud, Rucā entered the Candaka palace with radiance.

1227.

"Having approached the Videhan, having paid homage to him delighted in the monastic discipline;

On a chair inlaid with gold, she sat down to one side."

1226-1227. Therein, "sat down" means she entered the Candaka mansion, her father's dwelling place. "Inlaid with gold" means on a golden chair inlaid with seven kinds of precious things.

1228.

"And having seen that, the Videhan, like a gathering of nymphs;

Rucā amidst her friends, the Videhan spoke these words.

1229.

'Do you delight in the mansion, towards the inner pond;

Do they always bring you manifold sweets?

1230.

Do you maidens, having plucked manifold garlands,

Make little houses each, delighting in play and enjoyment moment by moment?

1231.

Or what is lacking for you, what should they quickly bring for you?

Make up your mind, O wall-faced one, even for something equal to the moon.'"

1228-1231. Therein, "gathering" means having seen the assembly like a gathering of nymphs. "Mansion" means dear daughter, by me a mansion for increasing your delight, similar to Vejayanta, has been built for you; do you delight there? "Towards the inner pond" means right within your own grounds a pond comparable to the Nandā pond has been built for you by me; do you delight playing water-sports dependent on that pond? "Garlands" means dear daughter, I send you daily twenty-five flower caskets; do all you maidens, having plucked and strung those garlands, repeatedly delighting in play and enjoyment, make little houses each, saying "this is beautiful, this is more beautiful," separately with rivalry - do you make wind-flower houses and flower chambers and flower-seats and flower-beds? - thus he asks.

"Defective" means deficiency. "Make up your mind" means generate a thought. "Wall-faced one" means he addressed her thus because of her face being beautified with mustard paste. For women, when beautifying the complexion of the face, first smear the face with mustard paste for the purpose of removing blemishes caused by corrupted blood on the face, then with clay paste for the purpose of evening out the blood, then with sesame paste for the purpose of beautifying the skin. "Even equal to the moon" means there is nothing harder to obtain than the moon; having made your preference even for such a thing, tell me, I shall accomplish it for you.

1232.

"Having heard the Videhan's word, Rucā spoke to her father;

'All this, great king, can be obtained near the Lord.

1233.

'Tomorrow is the divine fifteenth, let them bring me a thousand;

And I will give a gift as given, I to all the merchants.'"

1232-1233. Therein, "I to all the merchants" means I will give to all the paupers.

1234.

"Having heard Rucā's word, the king said to Aṅgati:

'Much wealth has been destroyed by you, useless and fruitless.

1235.

'Always dwelling on the Observance day, you do not consume food and drink;

This is certainly not to be eaten, there is no merit for one who does not eat.'"

1234-1235. Therein, "said to Aṅgati" means monks, that King Aṅgati, formerly, even unasked, saying "Dear daughter, give gifts," having given a thousand, on that day, even when asked, because of having grasped wrong view, not having given, spoke this utterance beginning with "much has been destroyed." "This is certainly not to be eaten" means this, by the force of destiny, will not be enjoyed by you; for those who enjoy and for those who do not enjoy, there is no merit. For all become pure only after passing beyond eighty-four great cosmic cycles.

1236.

"And Bījaka too, having heard then what Kassapa said;

Breathing out hot breath moment by moment, weeping, he shed tears.

1237.

'As long as you delight in living, do not refuse food;

There is not, dear lady, another world, why do you vex yourself in vain?'"

1236-1237. Therein, "Bījaka too" means Bījaka too, having formerly done good deeds, was born in the womb of a female slave as an outcome of that; she brought up the story of Bījaka too for the purpose of illustration. "There is not, dear lady" means dear lady, the teacher of virtues spoke thus: "There is not this world, there is not the other world, there is not mother, there is not father, there are no spontaneously reborn beings, there are not in the world ascetics and brahmins who have gone the right way, who have rightly practised." For if there were the other world, then this world too would exist, but that very thing does not exist. When there are mother and father, there would be sons and daughters, but those very things do not exist. When the Teaching exists, there would be righteous ascetics and brahmins, but those very things do not exist. Why do you vex yourself in vain, giving gifts and keeping morality?

1238.

"Having heard the Videhan's word, Rucā of beautiful complexion,

Knowing the former and latter Teaching, said this to her father.

1239.

'Previously it was only heard, this has been seen by me face to face;

Whoever associates with fools, becomes like a fool himself.

1240.

'For one who is deluded, having approached one who is deluded, undergoes even more delusion;

It is fitting to be deluded by a firebrand and by a slave.'"

1238-1240. Therein, "the former and latter Teaching" means monks, having heard her father's word, Rucā the princess, knowing the former Teaching by way of seven past births and the future Teaching by way of seven future births, wishing to release her father from wrong view, said this beginning with "it was only heard." Therein, "it came about" means whatever person associates with fools, he becomes like a fool himself - this was only heard by me before, but today it has been seen face to face. "Deluded" means just as one who has lost the way, having approached one who has lost the way, becomes even more lost, so too one deluded in view, having approached one deluded in view, undergoes further delusion, becomes more deluded. "By a firebrand" means O lord, having approached the general Alāta - who is inferior in birth, clan, family, region, sovereignty, merit and wisdom - utterly inferior, lacking wisdom, a slave by birth, and the shameless, foolish Guṇa the naked ascetic, similar to a village boy, it is fitting and befitting to be deluded. Why would they not be deluded?

Having thus reproached both of them, praising her father out of the desire to release him from wrong view, she said -

1241.

"And you, O god, are wise, a sage skilled in meaning;

How did you, like fools, come to hold an inferior view?

1242.

"Even if one is purified by the path of wandering in the round of rebirths, the going forth of Guṇa is without purpose;

Like an insect falling into a blazing fire, the one deluded by delusion is reborn into the state of nakedness.

1243.

"Established before in 'purification through saṃsāra', many not knowing spoil action;

Before, misfortune was misapprehended as benefit, hard to release from the hook like a fish."

1241-1243. Therein, "wise" means wise by wisdom obtained through fame, passing away, merit, belief, residence, wise attention, and discussion; by that very reason a sage; by being a sage, skilled in what is beneficial and unbeneficial, in what is a cause and what is not a cause. "Like fools" means just as those fools have reached that, so how did you come to hold an inferior view? "Apāpataṃ" means also falling upon; the meaning is "falling." This is what is meant - Dear son, when there is the theory "purification is through wandering in the round of rebirths," just as a moth in the night-time, having seen a blazing fire, not knowing the suffering conditioned by it, falling there through delusion, commits great suffering, so too Guṇa, having abandoned the five types of sensual pleasure, deluded by delusion, is reborn into the tasteless state of nakedness.

"Established before" means dear son, there is no one who was established from the very first without having heard anyone's word that "purification is through wandering in the round of rebirths"; because of having grasped that "the actions of good and bad deeds bear fruit," many people, not knowing, spoiling action, spoil the fruit of action as well; thus the misfortune grasped by them before, the losing throw, is indeed a misapprehension - this is the meaning. "Hard to release from the hook like a fish" means but those, thus not knowing, having taken up harm through wrong view, standing as fools - just as a fish, having swallowed a hook, standing there, is hard to release from the hook - so they are hard to release from that harm.

Bringing a further example, she said -

1244.

"I will make a simile for you, great king, for your benefit;

By means of a simile some wise ones here understand the meaning.

1245.

"Just as a merchants' boat, heavy with an immeasurable load;

Having taken on too heavy a burden, sinks in the ocean.

1246.

"Just so a man, accumulating evil little by little;

Having taken on too heavy a burden, sinks in hell.

1247.

"The burden is not yet full, of Alāta, O lord of the earth;

And he accumulates that evil, by which he goes to an unfortunate realm.

1248.

"Merit was made by him in the past, by Alāta, O lord of the earth;

This is indeed its outcome, O lord, the happiness that he obtains.

1249.

"And his merit is exhausted, for thus he delights in what is without virtue;

Having abandoned the straight path, he runs after the wrong path.

1250.

"Just as a balance held up, when the pan of the scales is laid down;

It raises up the head of the balance, when the weight is lowered.

1251.

"Just so a man, accumulating merit little by little;

With pride in heaven, though a slave, Bījaka delights in pleasant things."

1244-1251. Therein, "hell" means in the eight kinds of great hell, the sixteen kinds of adjunct hell, and the inter-world hell. "Burden" means dear son, the unwholesome burden of Alāta is not yet filled. "Of that very one" means the outcome of that very merit done before, that the general Alāta obtains happiness today. For indeed, dear son, this is not the fruit of the action of cattle-slaughter. That the result of evil action should be desirable and pleasant - this is an impossibility. "Delighting in what is without virtue" means thus indeed he is now devoted to unwholesome action. "Straight path" means the path of the ten wholesome courses of action. "Wrong path" means the unwholesome path leading to hell.

"When the pan of the scales is laid down" means when the pan of the scales is attached and placed for the purpose of receiving goods. "Rises up" means lifts upward. "Accumulating" means accumulating merit little by little, having lowered the burden of evil, a man, having raised the head of good action, goes to the heavenly world. "With pride in heaven" means pride in heaven, delighting in good action which has pleasant fruit and leads to the attainment of heaven. "Saggādhimāno" is also a reading; the meaning is one whose mind is established having made heaven the aspiration. "Delighting in pleasant things" means this slave Bījaka delights indeed in wholesome mental states which have sweet results. He, when the time of this evil action is exhausted, will be reborn in the heavenly world through the fruit of good action.

And that he has now reached the condition of a slave, that is not through the fruit of good action. The conclusion to be reached here is that there must have been evil done by him in the past which is conducive to slavery - making known this meaning, she said:

1252.

"That which today the slave Bījaka sees as suffering in himself;

Evil done by him in the past, that he now experiences.

1253.

"And his evil is exhausted, for thus he delights in the monastic discipline;

And having approached Kassapa, do not go on the wrong path."

1252-1253. Therein, "do not go on a side road" means dear father, having approached this naked Kassapa ascetic, do not go on a side road leading to hell, do not do evil - thus she exhorts her father.

Now, showing the fault of association with the evil and the virtue of association with good friends, she said -

1254.

"For whatever a king associates with, whether a virtuous man or not;

Whether moral or immoral, he comes under that one's control.

1255.

"Whatever kind of friend one makes, whatever kind one associates with;

One too becomes such, for such is living together.

1256.

"One associating with one who associates, touched by one touching another;

Like a poisoned arrow in a quiver, it taints the untainted;

Fearing defilement, the wise one should never be a friend of the evil.

1257.

"Whatever man wraps a rotten fish with the tip of kusa grass;

Even the kusa grass smells rotten, thus is association with fools.

1258.

"Whatever man wraps tagara incense with a leaf;

Even the leaves smell fragrant, thus is association with the wise.

1259.

"Therefore, like a leaf-container, knowing one's own outcome;

One should not associate with the bad, the wise one should associate with the good;

The bad lead to hell, the good bring one to a good destination."

1254-1259. Therein, "a virtuous man or" means a good person or. "Or if not" means a bad person or. "Like a poisoned arrow in a quiver" means great king, just as an arrow smeared with halāhala poison, thrown into a quiver of arrows, taints all that quiver of arrows even though untainted with poison, makes it poison-smeared indeed, just so an evil friend, associating with evil, one associating with oneself, another, touched by that one, touching that one, taints the person untainted by evil, making him of one disposition with oneself. "They smell rotten" means even those kusa grasses of his smell foul. "And tagara" means tagara and other kinds of perfume endowed with fragrance. "Thus" means such is association with the wise. For the wise one indeed makes one who associates with oneself wise as well.

"Therefore like a leaf-container" means since leaves wrapping tagara and so on also become fragrant, therefore just like a leaf-container of palāsa leaves, through association with the wise, "I too shall become wise" - thus. "Knowing one's own outcome" means having known one's own maturity, the state of being wise, the measure, having abandoned the bad, one should associate with the wise, the good. "They lead to hell" - here examples should be cited of those led to hell by Devadatta and others; "they bring to a good destination" - here examples should be cited of those led to a good destination by the Elder Sāriputta and others.

Thus the king's daughter, having taught the Teaching to her father with six verses, now showing the suffering experienced by herself in the past, said -

1260.

"I too remember seven births, my own transmigration;

And seven future ones too, to which I shall go, having passed away from here.

1261.

"That seventh birth of mine, was formerly, O lord of people;

I was a smith's son in Magadha, in the city of Rājagaha.

1262.

"Having associated with an evil companion, much evil was done by me;

Harassing another's wife, we lived as if immortal.

1263.

"That action stood deposited, like fire covered with ashes;

Then by other actions, I was born in the Vaṃsa land.

1264.

"In Kosambī, in a millionaire's family, prosperous, opulent, of great riches;

An only son, great king, always honoured and worshipped.

1265.

"There I associated with a friend, a companion delighted in pleasant things;

A wise one accomplished in learning, he established me in what is beneficial.

1266.

"On the fourteenth and fifteenth, many a night I observed;

That action stood deposited, like a treasure near the water.

1267.

"Then of evil actions, that which was done in Magadha;

The fruit came upon me afterwards, like one having eaten deadly poison.

1268.

"Having passed away from there, O Vedeha, in the Roruva hell for a long time;

I was cooked by my own action, remembering that I find no happiness.

1269.

"There for many groups of years, having spent much suffering;

In Bhinnāgata I was, O king, a goat with testicles removed."

1260-1269. Therein, "beings" means great king, this world and the world beyond exist, and there is indeed the fruit of good and bad deeds. For the round of rebirths is not able to purify beings; beings become pure only through their own action. The general Alāta and the slave Bījaka remember only one birth each. Not only do they remember births, I too remember seven births in the past, my own transmigration, and I know seven future ones too, to which I must go from here. "That which was my" means that which was my seventh birth in the past. "A smith's son" means in that birth I was a goldsmith's son in the city of Rājagaha in Magadha.

"Harassing another's wife" means harassing another's wife, offending against the excellent goods protected and guarded by others. "Stood" means that evil deed done by me at that time, not obtaining an opportunity, when there was an opportunity, having become result-giving, stood deposited like fire concealed by ashes. "In the Vaṃsa land" means in the Vaṃsa country. "An only son" means I was just an only little son in a millionaire's family with wealth of eighty ten millions. "Delighting in pleasant things" means delighting in good action. "He me" means that friend established me in what is beneficial, in wholesome action.

"That action" means that good action done by me too, not obtaining an opportunity at that time, when there was an opportunity, having become result-giving, stood deposited like a treasure near the water. "That which" means then, among my own evil deeds, that which was this adultery done by me in Magadha, the fruit of that afterwards came upon me - this is the meaning. Like what? "Like one having eaten deadly poison" means just as for one who, having eaten poisoned food, stands there, that corrupt, hard, deadly poison becomes agitated, so it came upon me - this is the meaning. "From there" means from there, from the millionaire's family in Kosambī. "Remembering that" means remembering the suffering experienced in that hell, I do not obtain any such thing as happiness of mind; only fear arises in me. "In Bhinnāgata" means in a country named Bhinnāgata. "With testicles removed" means with seeds removed.

That he-goat, however, was endowed with strength. Having mounted on his back too, they drove him; they yoked him to a small carriage too. Making known this meaning, she said -

1270.

"Sons of ministers were carried by me, on my back and by chariot;

This is the outcome of that action, of my going to another's wife."

Therein, "sons of ministers" means sons of privy councillors. "Of that action" means O lord, the boiling in the Roruva great hell and the tearing out of seeds in the goat-period and the back-carrying-vehicle-yokings - all of this is the outcome of my going to another's wife.

Then, having passed away from there, he took conception in the monkey realm of generation in the forest. Then on the day of his birth, they showed him to the leader of the herd. He, saying "Bring him to me, son," having firmly seized him, tore out the testicles of that crying one with his teeth. Making known that meaning, she said -

1271.

"Having passed away from there, O Vedeha, I was a monkey in the great forest;

With testicles pulled out indeed, by the bold leader of the herd;

This is the outcome of that action, of my going to another's wife."

Therein, "with testicles pulled out indeed" means therein I, by the bold leader of the herd, having pulled out, had testicles torn out indeed. This is the meaning.

Then, showing further births too, she said -

1272.

"Having passed away from there, O Vedeha, I became a beast in the Dassana countries;

Castrated, swift, a good one, I drew a vehicle for a long time;

This is the outcome of that action, of my going to another's wife.

1273.

"Having passed away from there, O Vedeha, I came to a family among the Vajjis;

I was neither woman nor man, in human existence so hard to obtain;

This is the outcome of that action, of my going to another's wife.

1274.

"Having passed away from there, O Vedeha, I was born in the Nandana grove;

In the dwelling of the Tāvatiṃsa, I, a nymph of sensual appearance.

1275.

"With variegated clothes and ornaments, adorned with jewelled earrings;

Skilled in dancing and singing, attendants of Sakka.

1276.

"Standing there, O Vedeha, I remember these births;

And seven future ones too, to which I shall go, having passed away from here.

1277.

"That wholesome deed has come round to me, which was done by me in Kosambī;

Among gods and human beings, I will transmigrate, having passed away from here.

1278.

"Seven births, great king, always honoured and revered;

From womanhood I shall not be freed, these are the sixth destinations.

1279.

"And the seventh destination, O lord, a young god of great supernormal power;

I shall become a male god, the highest in the company of gods.

1280.

"Even today they weave a garland made of santāna flowers in Nandana;

The young god named Java, who receives my garland.

1281.

"That divine moment is like sixteen years here;

And that divine day and night is a hundred autumns for humans.

1282.

"Thus actions follow, through incalculable births;

Whether good or evil, for action does not perish."

1272-1282. Therein, "in the Dassana countries" means in the Dassana countries. "A beast" means I was an ox. "Castrated" means while still a calf they made me seedless, thinking "thus he will be agreeable." I, thus castrated, with seeds removed, was swift and good. "I came to a family among the Vajjis" shows that, having passed away from the cow realm of generation, she was reborn in a certain family of great wealth in the Vajji country. "Neither woman nor man" - he said with reference to the state of being a eunuch. "In the dwelling of the Tāvatiṃsa, I" means in the Tāvatiṃsa dwelling, I.

"Standing there, O Vedeha, I remember these births" - it is said that she, standing in that heavenly world, looking thus "I, coming to such a heavenly world, from where indeed have I come?" saw the fact of having been reborn there, having passed away from the state of being a eunuch in a family of great wealth in the Vajji country. Then, looking thus "By what action indeed was I reborn in such a delightful place?" having seen the wholesome deeds beginning with giving done after being reborn in a millionaire's family in Kosambī, having known "I was reborn through the fruit of that," looking thus "Being reborn in the state of being a eunuch in the immediately preceding past, from where did I come?" she understood the fact of having experienced great suffering in the cow realm of generation in the Dassana countries. Then, recollecting the immediately preceding birth, she saw the state of having had testicles removed in the monkey realm of generation. Then, recollecting the one immediately before that, she recollected the state of having had seeds removed in the goat realm of generation in Bhinnāgata. Then, recollecting further back, she recollected the fact of having been reborn in the Roruva hell.

Then, as she recollected the suffering experienced in hell and in the animal realm, fear arose in her. Then, looking thus "By what action indeed was such suffering experienced by me?" looking at the sixth birth, having seen the good action done in the city of Kosambī in that birth, looking at the seventh, having seen the act of adultery done in dependence on an evil companion in the Magadha country, she understood "Through the fruit of that, that great suffering was experienced by me." Then, looking thus "Having passed away from here, where shall I be reborn in the future?" she understood "Having remained as long as life lasts, I shall again be reborn as an attendant of Sakka himself." Thus, looking again and again, having known "In the third individual existence too I shall be reborn as an attendant of Sakka himself, likewise in the fourth, but in the fifth I shall be reborn in that very heavenly world as the queen-consort of the young god Javana," then looking at what comes next, having known "In the sixth individual existence, having passed away from here, from the Tāvatiṃsa realm, I shall be reborn in the womb of the queen-consort of King Aṅgati, and my name will be 'Rucā,'" looking thus "From there, where shall I be reborn next?" she understood "In the seventh birth, having passed away from there, I shall be reborn in the Tāvatiṃsa realm as a young god of great supernormal power; I shall be freed from the state of womanhood." Therefore -

"Standing there, O Vedeha, I remember seven births;

And seven future ones too, to which I shall go, having passed away from here." He said beginning with;

Therein, "come round" means come by turn, in one's own turn. "Seven births" means together with the eunuch birth in the Vajji country, five in the heavenly world, and this is the sixth - thus they are called seven births. It shows that in these seven births she was always honoured and revered. "The sixth destinations" - but five in the heavenly world, and this is one - she says that these six destinations will not be freed from the state of womanhood. "And the seventh" means having passed away from here, immediately after. "Made of santāna flowers" means a garland made by way of single-stalked flowers and so on. "They weave" means just as they are made of santāna flowers, so even today my attendants are weaving a garland in the Nandana grove. "Who receives my garland" means great king, in the immediately following birth, my husband, the young god named Java, who receives the garland as it falls and falls from the tree.

"Sixteen" means great king, since my birth these are sixteen years; but that much time is one moment for the gods; therefore they, not knowing even the fact of my passing away, are weaving a garland for my sake. "Of humans" means reckoned by the counting of human years, this amounts to a hundred autumns, a hundred years; thus long-lived are the gods. But by this reason, know the existence of the world beyond and of wholesome and evil actions, O lord.

"Follow" means just as they pursued me, so they pursue. "For action does not perish" means that which is to be experienced in the present life gives its result in that very individual existence, that which is to be experienced in the next life gives its result in the immediately following existence, and that which is to be experienced from one life to another does not perish without giving its result. With reference to that, having said "for action does not perish," "O lord, as an outcome of the action of adultery, I experienced great suffering in hell and in the animal realm. But if you too now, having taken up the talk of virtue, act thus, you will experience suffering similar to that experienced by me; therefore do not act thus," she said.

Then, teaching him the Teaching further, she said -

1283.

"Whoever wishes to be a man, birth after birth, again and again;

Should avoid another's wife, as one with washed feet avoids mud.

1284.

"Whoever wishes to be a man, birth after birth, again and again;

Should honour her husband, like an attendant honours Indra.

1285.

"Whoever wishes for divine wealth, divine life, fame and happiness;

Having avoided evil deeds, should practise the threefold teaching.

1286.

"By body, speech, and mind, diligent and discerning;

One is for one's own benefit, whether woman or man.

1287.

"Whatever humans in the world of the living, famous, with all-around possessions;

Without doubt, by them formerly well practised, all beings separately are owners of their actions.

1288.

"Come, reflect yourself too, O lord, from what source are these for you, O lord of men;

These who are like nymphs for you, adorned, covered with a net of gold."

1283-1288. Therein, "to be" means to become. "With all-round wealth" means with complete and entire wealth. "Well practised" means well conducted, good deeds done. "Owners of their actions" means owners of their actions, experiencers of the result of the very deeds done by oneself. For action done by mother and father does not give result to sons and daughters, nor does action done by those sons and daughters give result to mother and father. What indeed will action done by others give to others? "Iṅgha" is an indeclinable particle used in the sense of urging. "Reflect" means you should think again and again. "These of yours" means these sixteen thousand women who attend upon you - from what source are these of yours? Were they obtained by one who lay down sleeping, or by committing evil deeds such as highway robbery and housebreaking, or were they obtained in dependence on good deeds? - this much at least you should consider yourself too, O lord.

Thus she instructed her father. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1289.

"Thus the maiden Rucā pleased her father Aṅgati;

She pointed out the path to one who was lost, the virtuous one declared the Teaching."

Therein, "thus" means monks, thus with these such sweet words the maiden Rucā pleased her father, as if pointing out the path to one who was lost, she pointed out to him the path to a fortunate world, and by various methods she declared the teaching of good conduct. While speaking the Teaching itself, she, the virtuous one of beautiful practice, also spoke of her own past births.

Thus, having taught the Teaching to her father from the forenoon throughout the whole night, she said: "Do not, O lord, accept the word of the naked one of wrong view; accept the word of a good friend like me who says 'there is this world, there is the world beyond, there is the fruit of well-done and badly-done actions'; do not rush in by an unsuitable way." Even this being so, she was unable to free her father from wrong view. For he was merely pleased having heard her sweet words. For parents hold dear the words of beloved children, but he did not give up that wrong view. In the city too there was a single uproar: "Rucā the king's daughter, it is said, having taught the Teaching to her father, has caused him to give up wrong view." The great multitude was pleased: "The wise king's daughter will today, having freed her father from wrong view, bring about the safety of the city-dwellers." She, being unable to awaken her father, without giving up energy, having placed joined palms on her head, having paid homage to the ten directions, having made the determination and paid homage thus: "In this world there exist those called righteous ascetics and brahmins who sustain the world, those called guardian deities of the world, those called Great Brahmās; let them come here and by their own power cause my father to give up wrong view; even if there be no virtue in him, by my virtue, by my morality, by my truth, let them come here and having caused this wrong view to be given up, bring about the safety of the entire world."

At that time the Bodhisatta was a Great Brahmā named Nārada. Bodhisattas indeed, through their own development of friendliness, through compassion, through their greatness, survey the world from time to time for the purpose of seeing beings who are well-practising and badly-practising. He, on that day, surveying the world, having seen that king's daughter paying homage to the world-sustaining deities for the purpose of freeing her father from wrong view, having thought "Setting me aside, there is no other able to cause this king to give up wrong view; today it is fitting for me to give assistance to the king's daughter and having brought about the safety of the king together with his retinue, to come back; in what guise indeed shall I go?" having made the conclusion "For human beings, those gone forth are dear and venerable and of acceptable speech; therefore I shall go in the guise of one gone forth," having created a pleasing, golden-coloured human existence, having tied a delightful coil of matted hair, having inserted a golden pin among the matted locks, having dressed in a red cloth underneath and put on a red bark garment over it, having placed on one shoulder a silver cheetah-skin leather inlaid with golden stars, having taken a golden alms vessel placed in a pearl basket, having put on his shoulder a golden carrying-pole bent at three places, having taken a coral water-pitcher by a pearl cord, shining like the moon in the expanse of the sky in this guise of a sage, having come through space, having entered the great terrace of the decorated Candaka mansion, he stood in the sky before the king. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1290.

"Then Nārada came from the Brahma world to the human generation;

Looking upon Jambudīpa, he saw King Aṅgati.

1291.

"Then he stood in the mansion, to the east of the Videhan;

And having seen him arrived, Rucā paid homage to the sage."

1290-1291. Therein, "saw" means while standing right there in the Brahma world, looking upon Jambudīpa, he saw King Aṅgati who had taken up wrong view in the presence of the naked ascetic Guṇa; therefore the meaning is "he came." "Then stood" means then that Brahmā, showing a footprint where there was no footprint, in that mansion, before that king who was seated surrounded by a company of ministers, stood firmly in the sky. "Arrived" means come. "Sage" means because he had come in the guise of a sage, the Teacher said "sage." "Paid homage" means joyful and elated, like a golden plantain tree shaken by the wind, having bent down, she paid homage to Nārada Brahmā, thinking "By my entreaty, having shown compassion to my father, one king of gods must have come."

The king too, having seen him, frightened by the Brahmā's radiance, being unable to remain on his own seat, having descended from the seat and having stood on the ground, asked about the place from which he had come and his name and clan. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1292.

Then having descended from his seat, the king, with troubled mind,

Questioning Nārada, spoke these words.

1293.

'From where do you come, one of divine appearance, illuminating all directions like the moon;

Tell me, being asked, your name and clan, how do they know you in the human world?'"

1292-1293. Therein, "with troubled mind" means with a frightened mind. "From where" means thinking "could he perhaps be a knower of charms?" he asked thus without even paying homage.

Then he, having thought "This king imagines 'there is no world beyond'; I shall tell him first about the world beyond," spoke a verse -

1294.

"For I now go from the realm of the gods, illuminating all directions like the moon;

I declare to you, being asked, my name and clan, they know me as Nārada Kassapa."

Therein, "from the realm of the gods" means from the world of gods. "Nārada Kassapa" means they know me as Nārada by name, as Kassapa by clan.

Then the king, having thought "I shall ask him about the world beyond afterwards too, but first I shall ask about the reason for obtaining supernormal power," spoke a verse -

1295.

"Marvellous is your form and such as it is, you go through the air and you stand;

I ask you, Nārada, about this matter, then by what means is this supernormal power of yours?"

Therein, "and such as" means whatever your form is, and that you go through the sky and stand, this is a marvellous thing.

Nārada said -

1296.

"Truth and the Teaching and self-control and generosity, these virtues of mine were practised of old;

Through those very qualities well cultivated, swift as thought, I have gone wherever I wished."

Therein, "truth" means verbal truth free from lying. "The Teaching" means the quality of threefold good conduct and the quality of meditative absorption through kasiṇa preliminary work. "Taming" means restraint of the faculties. "Generosity" means the relinquishment of defilements and the relinquishment of gifts. "These virtues of mine" means these are associated with virtue, accompanied by virtue. "Practised of old" shows that they were done by me in former existences. "Through those very qualities well cultivated" shows all those virtues well cultivated and practised. "Swift as thought" means obtained by means of supernormal power. "I have gone wherever I wished" means wherever wishing to go, to the abode of gods and to the abode of humans, there I have gone - this is the meaning.

The king, even when he was speaking thus, because of having grasped wrong view, not believing in the world beyond, having said "Is there indeed a result of merit?" spoke a verse -

1297.

"You speak of a marvel, the accomplishment of merit, for if by these, as you say;

I ask you, Nārada, about this matter, and when asked, please explain it well to me."

Therein, "the accomplishment of merit" means in telling of the accomplishment of merits, their fruit-giving nature, you tell of a marvel.

Nārada said -

1298.

"Ask me, O king, this is your purpose, whatever doubt you have, O protector of the earth;

I will lead you to freedom from doubt, by methods, by true knowledge, and by reasons."

Therein, "this is your purpose" means this is indeed your purpose, namely to ask questions. "Whatever doubt" means whatever doubt you have regarding any matter whatsoever, ask me that. "To freedom from doubt" means I will lead you to the state of freedom from doubt. "By methods" means by reasoned statements. "By true knowledge" means by knowledges. "By reasons" means by conditions; the meaning is: not speaking merely by assertion, but having discerned with knowledge, and by reasoned statements, and by the originating conditions of those phenomena, I will make you free from doubt.

The king said -

1299.

"I ask you, Nārada, about this matter, and when asked, Nārada, do not speak falsely to me;

Are there indeed gods, are there indeed ancestors, is there another world, which people speak of?"

Therein, "which people speak of" means that which people thus say - "there are gods, there are ancestors, there is another world," he asks whether all that indeed is so.

Nārada said -

1300.

"There are indeed gods and there are ancestors, there is another world, which people speak of;

But men greedy for sensual pleasures and bewildered, yoked to delusion, do not know the other world."

Therein, "there are indeed gods" means great king, there are gods and there are ancestors, and whatever the people speak of as the world beyond, that too indeed exists. "Do not know" means but those greedy for sensual pleasures, deluded by delusion, people do not know, do not understand the world beyond.

Having heard that, the king, making mockery, spoke thus -

1301.

"If you believe, Nārada, that there is a dwelling in the world beyond for the dead;

Give me five hundred right here, I will give you a thousand in the world beyond."

Therein, "dwelling" means a place of abode. "Five hundred" means five hundred coins.

Then the Great Being, censuring him right in the midst of the assembly, said -

1302.

"We would give five hundred to you, sir, if we knew you to be virtuous and bountiful;

Who would accuse you, sir, cruel one dwelling in hell, for a thousand in the world beyond?

1303.

"Whoever here is of immoral conduct, of evil behaviour, lazy, of cruel deeds;

The wise do not give a loan to him, for there is no return from such a one.

1304.

"Having known a man to be clever, industrious, virtuous, and bountiful;

People themselves invite him with wealth, 'Having done work, bring again to us.'"

1302-1304. Therein, "if we knew" means if we were to know you, sir, thus: "This one is virtuous, bountiful, having known 'at this time, for this purpose' regarding righteous ascetics and brahmins, he is a doer of each respective function, bountiful." Then we would give you five hundred with interest; but you are fierce, violent, having taken up wrong view, having demolished the alms-hall, you offend against others' wives; passed away from here, you will arise in hell. Who, having gone there, will accuse you, sir, such a cruel one dwelling in hell, saying "Give me a thousand"? "From such a one" means from such men there is no such thing as a return of a given loan. "Skilled" means skilled in producing wealth. "Bring again to us" means having done one's own work, having produced wealth, you would again bring what belongs to us; "do not dwell idle" - they themselves invite him with wealth.

Thus the king, being rebuked by him, was bewildered. The great multitude, being full of mirth, saying "Today even the god of great supernormal power will cause the king to give up wrong view" - there was a single uproar throughout the whole city. By the power of the Great Being, at that time in Mithilā, which extended seven leagues, there was no one who did not hear his teaching of the Teaching. Then the Great Being, having thought "This king has taken up wrong view exceedingly firmly; having threatened him with the fear of hell, having caused him to give up wrong view, I shall then console him with the heavenly world," having said "Great king, if you do not give up your view, you will go thus to hell of endless suffering," began the talk on hell -

1305.

"Passed away from here, you will see there, O king, being dragged by flocks of ravens;

You, sir, being devoured, dwelling in hell, by crows and vultures and hawks;

With limbs torn apart, blood flowing, who would accuse for a thousand in the world beyond?"

Therein, "by flocks of ravens" means by flocks of crows with metal beaks. "Being dragged" means you will see yourself being dragged there in hell. "You" means you, sir.

But having described that raven-hell, having said "Even if you are not reborn here, you will be reborn in the inter-world hell," to show that hell he spoke a verse -

1306.

"Deep darkness there, no moon or sun, hell always tumultuous, of terrible form;

Neither night nor day is evident there, in such a place who would wander desiring wealth."

Therein, "deep darkness" means great king, in whichever inter-world hell those holding wrong views are reborn, there the deep darkness is the obstruction to the arising of eye-consciousness. "Always tumultuous" means that hell is perpetually of dense darkness. "Of terrible form" means of a dreadful nature. "Neither night" means whatever night and day exist here, that is indeed not evident there. "Who would wander" means who would wander about making a withdrawal and cleaning it.

Having described that inter-world hell in detail, showing "great king, not relinquishing wrong view, you will experience not only this alone, but other suffering too," he spoke a verse -

1307.

"Sabala and Sāma, two dogs, with grown bodies, powerful and great;

They eat with iron teeth, one driven from here, arrived at the world beyond."

Therein, "driven from here" means passed away from this human world. In the hells beyond too, the same method applies. Therefore, all those places of hell together with the attacks of the hell guardians should be expanded by the method already stated above, and the obscure terms of each and every verse should be explained.

1308.

"You, being devoured, dwelling in hell, by fierce, malicious, and misery-bringing beasts;

With limbs torn apart, blood flowing, who would accuse for a thousand in the world beyond?"

Therein, "by fierce" means by cruel ones. "By malicious" means by wicked ones. "By misery-bringing beasts" means by beasts bringing misery, the meaning is by dogs bringing suffering.

1309.

"With arrows and spears well sharpened, enemies strike and pierce;

Kāḷa and Upakāḷa, in the terrible hell, the man who formerly did wrong deeds."

Therein, "strike and pierce" means having cast them down upon the blazing iron ground, making the entire body full of holes large and small, they both beat and pierce. "Kāḷa and Upakāḷa" means guardians of hell of that name. "In hell" means in that hell designated as Kāḷa and Upakāḷa by the influence of those very same beings. "The doer of wrong deeds" means the doer of wrong deeds through the power of wrong view.

1310.

"That one being struck, going in hell, with belly torn open in the stomach and side;

With limbs torn apart, blood flowing, who would accuse for a thousand in the world beyond?"

Therein, "taṃ" means that person being thus struck there in hell. "Vajantaṃ" means running here and there. "Kucchismiṃ" means being struck and pierced in the belly and in the side; this is the meaning.

1311.

"Spears, arrows, lances and clubs, various weapons the gods rain down there;

They fall like embers with flames, a stone thunderbolt rains upon those of cruel deeds."

Therein, "like embers with flames" means special weapons having flames like blazing embers fall down. "Stone thunderbolt" means a blazing stone thunderbolt. "Rains upon those of cruel deeds" means just as when the sky is raining a thunderbolt falls, just so, having arisen in the sky, a blazing stone rain crackling falls upon those of cruel deeds.

1312.

"Hot wind in hell is difficult to bear, not even a little happiness is obtained there;

Who would accuse that one running about here and there, afflicted, for a thousand in the world beyond?"

Therein, "even a little" means even a small amount. "Running about" means running in various ways.

1313.

"Even one running through, yoked to chariots, aglow, treading upon the earth;

Goading well with driving sticks, who would accuse for a thousand in the world beyond?"

Therein, "yoked to chariots" means yoked turn by turn to those blazing iron chariots. "Treading upon" means stepping upon. "Goading well" means goading thoroughly.

1314.

"Ascending that mountain heaped with razors, terrifying, blazing, frightening;

With limbs torn apart, blood flowing, who would accuse for a thousand in the world beyond?"

Therein, "ascending that" means that person, being unable to endure the blows of blazing weapons, ascending the blazing iron mountain heaped with blazing razors.

1315.

"Ascending that heap of embers resembling a mountain, blazing, frightening;

With body thoroughly burnt, miserable, weeping, who would accuse for a thousand in the world beyond?"

Therein, "with body thoroughly burnt" means with body well burnt.

1316.

"High as the peaks of storm-clouds, trees covered with thorns;

With sharp iron ones, drinkers of human blood."

Therein, "covered with thorns" means lined with blazing thorns. "With iron ones" - this was said to show those thorns with which they are heaped.

1317.

"Women climb that, and men who go to others' wives;

Driven by those with spears in hand, who carry out Yama's orders."

Therein, "climb that" means they climb that such silk-cotton tree. "Who carry out Yama's orders" means by those obedient to Yama's word, by the guardians of hell, is the meaning.

1318.

"Ascending that hell, the silk-cotton tree smeared with blood;

With body scorched, skinless, afflicted, with severe feeling.

1319.

"Breathing out hot breath moment by moment, guilty of former deeds;

With skinless body on the tree-top, who would request wealth from him?"

Therein, "with scorched body" means with injured body. "Skinless" means because of the skin and flesh being cut with holes large and small, like a koviḷāra flower and like a kiṃsuka flower.

1320.

"High as the peaks of storm-clouds, trees covered with sword-leaves;

With sharp iron ones, drinkers of human blood."

Therein, "covered with sword-leaves" means lined with leaves made of swords.

1321.

"Ascending that tree with sword-leaves, being cut by sharp swords;

With limbs torn apart, blood flowing, who would accuse for a thousand in the world beyond?"

Therein, "ascending that" means that person, being unable to endure the blows of weapons of the hell guardians, ascending.

1322.

"Just emerged from there, trees covered with sword-leaves;

Fallen into the Vetaraṇī, who would request wealth from him?"

Therein, "fallen" means fallen down.

1323.

"Rough, with caustic water, hot, difficult to cross is the Vetaraṇī river;

Covered with iron lotuses, sharp with leaves it flows."

Therein, "rough" means harsh. "Covered with iron lotuses" means covered with lotus leaves made of iron with sharp edges. "With leaves" means with those leaves that river, being sharp, flows.

1324.

"There, with limbs torn apart, being carried along, smeared with blood;

In the Vetaraṇī without support, who would request wealth from him?"

Therein, "vetaraññe" means in the water of the Vetaraṇī.

But having heard this talk on hell by the Great Being, the king, with an agitated heart, having become one seeking shelter in the Great Being himself, said -

1325.

"I tremble like a tree being cut down, I do not know the direction, bewildered in perception;

I am tormented by fear and great is my fear, having heard the talk spoken by you, O sage.

1326.

"Like water in the midst when ablaze, like an island in the flood of the great ocean;

Like a lamp in darkness, you are our refuge, O sage.

1327.

"Instruct me in the meaning and the teaching, O sage, in the past period I have done wrong;

Tell me, Nārada, the path of purity, so that I might not fall into hell."

1325-1327. Therein, "I am tormented by fear" means I am tormented by fear of the evil done by oneself. "And great is my fear" means and great fear of hell has arisen in me. "Dipaṃvoghe" means like an island in the flood. This is what is meant - Like water in the midst at a time of conflagration, like an island for those whose boats have broken in the flood of the ocean and who cannot find support, like a lamp for those gone into darkness, you, O sage, be our refuge. "In the past period I have done wrong" means definitively the past action has been done wrong by me, has been failed, having passed beyond the wholesome, only the unwholesome has been done.

Then the Great Being, in order to declare the path of purification, showing by way of example the ancient kings who rightly practised, said -

1328.

"Just as there were Dhataraṭṭha, Vessāmitta, Aṭṭhaka, Yamadaggi;

And also Usindara and King Sivi, attendants of ascetics and brahmins.

1329.

"These and other kings, who have gone to the heavenly domain;

Having avoided what is not the Teaching, practise the Teaching, O lord of the earth.

1330.

"And let those with food in hand proclaim in your divine mansion, O Brahmin;

'Who is hungry and who is thirsty, who wants a garland, who cosmetics;

Garments of various colours, who being naked will put on?"

1331.

'Who takes an umbrella on the road, and soft, beautiful sandals';

Thus evening and morning, let them proclaim in your city.

1332.

"Do not harness the aged man and cattle and horses as before;

And you should give protection, O powerful one, to those who have rendered service."

1328-1332. Therein, "and these" means just as these six kings - Dhataraṭṭha, Vessāmitta, Aṭṭhaka, Yāmataggi, Usindara, and Sivi - and others, having practised the Teaching, went to the heavenly domain, so you too, having avoided what is not the Teaching, practise the Teaching. "Who is hungry" means great king, in your divine mansion, in the king's residence and in the city, let men with food in hand proclaim "who is hungry, who is thirsty" out of the wish to give to them. "Who wants a garland" means let them proclaim: who wishes for a garland, who wishes for cosmetics, of garments of various colours, whatever one wishes, that one - who being naked will put on. "Who takes an umbrella on the road" means who will hold an umbrella on the road. "And sandals" means and who wishes for soft, beautiful sandals.

"They support the aged" means whoever among your attendants, whether a minister or another, who formerly rendered service, in the time of old age and decrepitude is unable to do work as in former times, and also those cattle, horses, and so on of yours who through decrepitude are unable to do work - do not harness even one of them in work as before. For in the time of old age they are unable to do those tasks. "And protection" means here retinue is called "protection." This is what is meant - Whoever, having been powerful, formerly rendered service through his office, to him in the time of old age and decrepitude you should give retinue as in former times. For bad persons show honour to those who have helped them only at the time when they are able to render help, but at the time when they are unable, they do not even look at them. But good persons show them honour in the same way even at the time when they are unable, therefore you too should act thus.

Thus the Great Being, having spoken to the king a talk on giving and a talk on morality, now because this king will be pleased when his own individual existence is being described by comparing it with a chariot, therefore teaching the Teaching by means of the simile of the chariot that fulfils all wishes, he said -

1333.

"Your body is known as a chariot, with mind as charioteer, light;

With non-violence as the well-made axle, with sharing as the covering.

1334.

"With foot-restraint as its rim, with hand-restraint as its spoke;

With belly-restraint as its lubricant, with speech-restraint as its non-creaking.

1335.

"With complete factors of truthful speech, well-restrained without divisive speech;

With faultless factors of kindly utterance, well-connected with measured speech.

1336.

"With faith and non-greed as excellent adornment, with humility and salutation as the pole;

With gentleness as the slightly bent axle-pin, with morality and restraint as the binding rope.

1337.

"Non-wrath as the non-jolting, the teaching as the white umbrella;

Great learning as the hanging strap, steadfast mind as the cushion.

1338.

"With knowledge of proper time as the core of consciousness, with self-confidence as the tripod;

With humble conduct as the yoke-strap, with non-arrogance as the yoke, light.

1339.

"With an active mind as covering, pursuing growth, dust destroyed;

Mindfulness is the goad of the wise, steadfastness and exertion are the reins.

1340.

"The mind leads the tamed one on the path, with steeds evenly trained;

Desire and greed are the wrong path, and the straight path is self-control.

1341.

"In forms, sounds, flavours, odours, as the vehicle runs forth;

Wisdom is the goad, O king, there oneself is the charioteer.

1342.

"If by this vehicle, with righteous conduct, firm steadfastness;

O king, granting all desires, he would never go to hell."

1333-1342. Therein, "known as a chariot" means great king, let your body be known as a chariot. "With mind as charioteer" means endowed with a charioteer reckoned as mind, that is, wholesome consciousness. "Light" means light through the disappearance of sloth and torpor. "With non-violence as the well-made axle" means endowed with an axle made of non-violence, well-turned, well finished. "With sharing as the covering" means endowed with a covering made of the sharing of gifts. "With foot-restraint as the rim" means endowed with a rim made of restraint of the feet. "With hand-restraint as the fender" means endowed with a fender made of restraint of the hands. "With belly-restraint as the lubrication" means lubricated with oil made of moderate eating, reckoned as restraint of the belly. "Let the nave be anointed" is also a reading. "With speech-restraint as non-creaking" means non-creaking through restraint of speech.

"With truthful words as complete parts" means with parts made complete by truthful words, with unbroken chariot parts. "Well restrained by non-divisive speech" means well restrained, elevated by non-divisive speech. "With gentle speech as faultless parts" means with faultless parts through gentle, smooth speech, with polished chariot parts. "Joined by moderate speech" means well connected by the adhesive reckoned as moderate speech. "With faith and non-greed as beautiful adornment" means endowed with a beautiful ornament made of faith in believing in the fruit of action and made of non-greed. "With humility and salutation as the pole" means endowed with a pole made of humility towards the virtuous and of the act of salutation with joined palms. "With non-obstinacy as the slightly bent pole-tip" means with the pole-tip slightly bent through non-obstinacy reckoned as the state of gentle friendliness; the meaning is slightly bent pole-tip. "With morality-restraint as the binding-rope" means endowed with a binding rope reckoned as the restraint of the unbroken five precepts, the eye-faculty and other sense-faculties.

"With non-wrath as the non-jolting" means endowed with non-jolting reckoned as the state of non-wrath. "With the Teaching as the white umbrella" means endowed with a white umbrella reckoned as the ten wholesome states. "With great learning as the leaning board" means endowed with a leaning board made of the state of being very learned, based upon meaning. "With steady mind as the furnishing" means endowed with the furnishing - or the upper covering or the royal seat - reckoned as consciousness that has well attained the state of stability and one-pointedness through the state of being unshaken by worldly adversities. "With knowledge of the proper time as the essence of mind" means endowed with the wholesome essence of mind that acts having known the time, reckoned as knowledge of the proper time thus: "This is the time for giving gifts, this is the time for observing morality." This is what is meant - Just as, great king, beginning with the linch-pin, the collection of building materials of a chariot should be desired to be pure and made of heartwood, for indeed that chariot becomes capable of enduring journeys, so too let your body-chariot be endowed with the pure wholesome essence of giving and so on, through the mind that acts having known the proper time. "With self-confidence as the tripod" means endowed with a tripod reckoned as the state of being self-possessed even when speaking in the midst of an assembly. "With humble conduct as the yoke-strap" means endowed with a soft shaft-string reckoned as proceeding in accordance with exhortation. For with a soft shaft-string, Sindh horses draw a bound chariot comfortably; so too let your body-chariot, bound by the proceeding of the wise ones' exhortation, go comfortably. This is the meaning. "With non-arrogance as the yoke, light" means endowed with a light yoke reckoned as non-arrogance.

"With an active mind as covering" means just as a chariot looks beautiful with a lofty covering made of ivory, so too let your body-chariot have a covering of an active, unshrunk mind through giving and so on. "Pursuing growth, dust destroyed" means just as a chariot going along an uneven road where dust rises up does not look beautiful being covered with dust, but going along a level, stainless road looks beautiful, so too let your body-chariot, through the pursuit of the growth of wisdom, having entered upon a level, straight path, have its dust destroyed. "Mindfulness is the goad of the wise one" means let there be a well-established goad of mindfulness for you, the wise one, in that body-chariot. "Steadfastness and exertion are the reins" means steadfastness, which is termed uninterrupted energy, and exertion, which is termed the state of engaging in the practice of welfare - let these be the firm, lasting reins turned in that body-chariot of yours. "The mind leads the tamed one on the path, with steeds evenly trained" means just as a chariot with unevenly trained Sindh horses goes on a side road, but yoked with evenly trained, equally disciplined ones, it follows only the straight path, so too the mind, having abandoned the tamed, free from agitation, wrong path, takes the straight path. Therefore let the well-tamed mind, accomplished in good conduct, accomplish the function of Sindh horses for your body-chariot. "Desire and greed" means desire for things not attained, greed for things attained - this desire and greed is called the wrong path. The crooked, not-straight path leads only to the realm of misery. But self-control in morality proceeding by way of the ten wholesome courses of action or by way of the eightfold path is called the straight path. Let that be the path for your body-chariot.

"In forms" means having grasped the sign in these agreeable types of sensual pleasure such as forms and so on, let wisdom be the goad for your body-chariot that is running, that has entered upon a side road - like a restraining goad-stick that beats the Sindh horses of a royal chariot. For she, having prevented it from going on a side road, will set it upon the straight path of good conduct. "There oneself is the charioteer" means but in that body-chariot of yours there is no other charioteer; let your own self be the charioteer. "If by this vehicle" means great king, for whomever there is such a vehicle, if there is, by this vehicle. "With righteous conduct, firm steadfastness" means for whomever righteous conduct and steadfastness are firm and lasting, he, by this vehicle - since this chariot grants all desires, O king, it gives all desires as wished for - therefore he would never go to hell; remember this definitely; the meaning is: by such a vehicle you do not go to hell. "Thus indeed, great king, that which you said to me 'Tell me, Nārada, the path of purity, so that I might not fall into hell' - that has been declared to you by me in many ways."

Having thus taught him the Teaching, having made him abandon wrong view, having established him in morality, having given the exhortation "From now on, having abandoned evil friends, approach good friends; always be heedful," having praised the virtues of the king's daughter, having given exhortation to the royal assembly and to the royal harem, by great majesty, while they were watching indeed, he went to the Brahma world.

The Teacher, having brought this teaching of the Teaching, having said "Not only now, monks; in the past too, having broken through the net of wrong views, Uruvelakassapa was indeed tamed by me," connecting the Jātaka, spoke these verses -

1343.

"Alāta was Devadatta, Sunāma was Bhaddaji;

Vijaya was Sāriputta, Moggallāna was Bījaka.

1344.

"Sunakkhatta, the Licchavi's son, Guṇa was a naked ascetic;

Ānanda was that Rucā, who inspired confidence in the king.

1345.

"Uruvelakassapa was the king, holding wrong view then;

The Great Brahmā was the Bodhisatta, thus remember the Jātaka."

The commentary on the Mahānāradakassapa Jātaka, the eighth.

546.
The Commentary on the Vidhura Jātaka

The four Observances chapter.

"Pale, you are emaciated and weak" - the Teacher, while dwelling at Jeta's Grove, spoke this referring to his own perfection of wisdom. For one day the monks raised up a discussion in the Teaching hall: "Friends, the Teacher is of great wisdom, of broad wisdom, of profound wisdom, of swift wisdom, of joyful wisdom, of sharp wisdom, of penetrative wisdom, a crusher of others' doctrines; by the power of his own wisdom, having broken through the subtle questions prepared by wise warriors and others, having tamed them, having rendered them free from agitation, having established them in the three refuges and in the precepts, he guided them along the path leading to the Deathless." The Teacher, having come, having asked "What discussion were you having as you sat together here, monks?" when it was said "Such and such," said "It is not wonderful, monks, that the Tathāgata, having attained the supreme perfect enlightenment, having broken through the doctrines of others, should tame warriors and others. For even while seeking the knowledge of enlightenment in former existences, the Tathāgata was wise, a crusher of others' doctrines indeed. For thus, in the time of Vidhura, on the summit of the Black Mountain, sixty yojanas in height, having tamed the demon general named Puṇṇaka by the power of his own knowledge alone, having rendered him free from agitation, while establishing him in the five precepts, he had his own life given up," having said this, being requested by them, he brought up the past.

In the past, in the Kuru country, in the city of Indapatta, a king named Dhanañcaya the Korabya exercised kingship. A minister named Vidhura the Wise was his adviser on beneficial principles. He, a sweet speaker, a great teacher of the Teaching, having enticed the kings of the entire Indian subcontinent by his own sweet teaching of the Teaching, like elephants enticed by the sound of a lute pleasing to elephants, not allowing them to go to their own respective kingdoms, teaching the Teaching to the public with the grace of a Buddha, dwelt in that city with great fame.

At that time, four wealthy brahmins who were lay companions in Bārāṇasī, having seen the danger in sensual pleasures in old age, having entered the Himalayas, having gone forth in the going forth of sages, having produced the direct knowledges and the meditative attainments, subsisting on forest roots and fruits, having dwelt there for a long time, wandering on a journey for the purpose of partaking of salt and sour things, having reached the city of Kālacampā in the country of Aṅga, having dwelt in the royal garden, on the following day entered the city for almsfood. There, four companion householders, having gained confidence in their deportment, having paid homage, having taken the alms vessels, having caused each one to sit down in their own dwelling, having served them with superior food, having obtained their acknowledgment, made them dwell in the pleasure grove itself. Those four hermits, having eaten regularly at the houses of the four householders, for the purpose of the day's abiding, one hermit goes to the realm of the Thirty-three, one to the realm of the nāgas, one to the realm of the supaṇṇas, one goes to the Migājina pleasure grove of the Korabya king. Among them, whoever, having gone to the heavenly world, takes the day residence, he, having looked at the fame of Sakka, praises that very thing to his own attendant. Whoever, having gone to the realm of the nāgas, takes the day residence, he, having looked at the success of the king of the nāgas, praises that very thing to his own attendant. Whoever, having gone to the realm of the supaṇṇas, takes the day residence, he, having looked at the splendour of the supaṇṇa king, praises that very thing to his own attendant. Whoever, having gone to the pleasure grove of King Dhanañcaya the Korabya, takes the day residence, he, having looked at the glory and beauty of King Dhanañcaya the Korabya, praises that very thing to his own attendant.

All four of those persons, having aspired to that very same state, having performed meritorious deeds such as giving and so on, at the end of their life span, one was reborn as Sakka, one together with sons and wife was reborn as a king of the nāgas in the realm of the nāgas, one was reborn as a supaṇṇa king in the Simbali mansion in the realm of the supaṇṇas. One was reborn in the womb of the queen-consort of King Dhanañcaya the Korabya. Those hermits too, not having fallen away from their meditative absorption, having died, were reborn in the Brahma world. The Korabya prince, following the course of growth, by the elapse of his father, having been established in the kingdom, exercised kingship righteously and impartially. He, however, was fond of gambling. He, standing firm in the exhortation of Vidhura the Wise, gives gifts, observes morality, observes the Observance.

He, one day, having undertaken the Observance, having gone to the pleasure grove thinking "I shall cultivate seclusion," having sat down in a delightful place, practised the ascetic duty. Sakka too, having undertaken the Observance, thinking "In the heavenly world there is an impediment," having come to the human world to that very pleasure grove, having sat down in one delightful place, practised the ascetic duty. Varuṇa the king of the nāgas too, having undertaken the Observance, thinking "In the realm of the nāgas there is an impediment," having come to that very place, having sat down in one delightful place, practised the ascetic duty. The supaṇṇa king too, having undertaken the Observance, thinking "In the realm of the supaṇṇas there is an impediment," having come to that very place, having sat down in one delightful place, practised the ascetic duty. Those four persons too, in the evening time, having gone out from their own respective places, having met together on the bank of the auspicious pond, having looked at one another, through the force of former affection, having become united and joyful, having established a mind of friendliness towards one another, exchanged a sweet friendly welcome. Among them, Sakka sat down on the auspicious stone slab, and the others too, having known their own respective suitable seats, sat down. Then Sakka said to them: "We are all four kings indeed; but among us, whose morality is greater?" Then Varuṇa the king of the nāgas said to him: "Compared with the morality of you three persons, my morality is greater." "What is the reason here?" "This supaṇṇa king is an enemy of ours, both of those born and those unborn; I, even having seen such an enemy who causes the destruction of our lives, do not make wrath; by this reason my morality is greater," having said this, he spoke the first verse in the Catuposatha Jātaka in the Book of Tens -

"Whoever does not make irritation towards what provokes irritation, a good person never becomes angry;

Even when angered, he does not manifest irritation, him indeed they call an ascetic in the world."

Therein, "whoever" means anyone whatsoever among warriors and so on. "By what provokes irritation" means he does not make irritation towards persons who are fit to be angered at, like the hermit Khantivādī. "Never" means whoever at any time does not become angry at all. "Even when angered" means but if that good person becomes angry, then even when angered he does not manifest that irritation, like the hermit Cūḷabodhi. "Him indeed" means great kings, the wise in the world call that very person an "ascetic" because of having calmed evil. But these virtues are in me, therefore my morality alone is great.

Having heard that, the supaṇṇa king, having said "This serpent is my chief prey; since, even having seen such chief prey, I endure hunger and do not do evil for the sake of food, therefore my morality alone is great," spoke this verse -

"With belly unfilled, whoever endures hunger, tamed, an austere ascetic, measured in drink and food;

Does not do evil for the sake of food, him indeed they call an ascetic in the world."

Therein, "tamed" means endowed with the restraint of the faculties. "Austere ascetic" means one dependent on austere asceticism. "For the sake of food" means whoever, even though oppressed by extreme hunger, does not do evil, inferior action, like the Elder Sāriputta, the General of the Teaching. But today I do not do evil for the sake of food, therefore my morality alone is great.

Then Sakka, the king of gods, having said "I, having abandoned the success of the heavenly world which is the proximate cause of manifold happiness, have come to the human world for the purpose of guarding morality, therefore my morality alone is great," spoke this verse -

"Having abandoned all play and delight, he speaks nothing false in the world;

Abstaining from adornment and from sexual intercourse, him indeed they call an ascetic in the world."

Therein, "play" means bodily and verbal play. "Delight" means delight in the divine types of sensual pleasure. "Anything" means even a trifle. "From adornment" means there are two kinds of adornment: flesh-adornment and skin-adornment. Therein, food to be swallowed is called flesh-adornment; garlands, scents and so on are called skin-adornment; the unwholesome consciousness by which it is worn, that is its basis; whoever is abstaining from that and is refraining from the practice of sexual intercourse. "Him indeed they call an ascetic in the world" means today I, having abandoned the celestial nymphs, having come here, practise the ascetic practice, therefore my morality alone is great. Thus Sakka too praises his own morality only.

Having heard that, King Dhanañcaya, having said "Today I, having given up great possessions and the inner palace full of sixteen thousand dancing women, practise the ascetic practice in the park, therefore my morality alone is great," spoke this verse -

"He who indeed, having fully understood, abandons all possession and the state of greed;

Tamed, inwardly firm, unselfish, desireless, him indeed they call an ascetic in the world."

Therein, "possession" means manifold objective sensual pleasure. "The state of greed" means the craving that arises in regard to that. "Having fully understood" means having fully understood with these three full understandings: full understanding as the known, full understanding as judgement, and full understanding as abandoning. Therein, the knowing of the intrinsic nature of suffering and so on of the aggregates and so on is full understanding as the known; having reflected upon the disadvantage in them, the judgement is full understanding as judgement; having seen the fault in them, the drawing away of desire and lust is full understanding as abandoning. Whoever, having known with these three full understandings, abandons objective sensual pleasures and defilement sensual pleasures, having cast them off, goes. "Tamed" (dantaṃ) means rendered free from agitation. "Inwardly firm" means having a nature that is stable through the absence of wrong thoughts. "Unselfish" means free from the craving of selfishness that thinks "I" and "mine." "Desireless" means without desire and lust towards sons, wife and so on. "Him indeed" means they call such a person an "ascetic."

Thus, all of them having praised their own respective morality as great, Sakka and the others asked Dhanañcaya: "But is there, great king, any wise person near you who could dispel this uncertainty of ours?" "Yes, great kings, there is my adviser on beneficial principles, very wise, matchless in burden, named Vidhura the Wise; he will dispel this uncertainty of ours; let us go to his presence." Then they all accepted saying "Good!" Then all of them, having departed from the park, having gone to the Teaching hall, having had a divan decorated, having caused the Bodhisatta to sit in the middle of the excellent divan, having exchanged friendly greetings, seated to one side, having said "Wise one, uncertainty has arisen in us; dispel that for us," they spoke this verse -

"We ask the maker of superior wisdom, among us in discussions strife has arisen;

Cut off today the uncertainty and doubts, that uncertainty today may we all remove."

Therein, "the maker" means the doer of what is fit to be done. "Strife has arisen" means one strife concerning morality, a contention about morality, has arisen. "Cut off today" means cut off today our uncertainty and those doubts, as if striking Sineru with a thunderbolt. "May we remove" means may we remove.

The wise one, having heard their talk, having said "Great kings, I shall know whether the discussion of contention that has arisen in dependence on your morality is well-spoken or ill-spoken," spoke this verse -

"Those who are wise, seers of meaning, they speak wisely there at the proper time;

How then could skilful lords of men convey the meaning of discussions not spoken?"

Therein, "seers of meaning" means those able to see the meaning. Therein, "at the time" means at the proper and appropriate time when that strife has been announced, those wise ones, explaining that meaning, speak wisely. "The skilful could convey the meaning" means even being skilful and clever, how indeed could they convey the meaning of discussions not spoken, how could they examine it with knowledge? "Lords of men" - he addresses the kings. Therefore, tell me this first.

"How indeed does the king of serpents speak, and what did the Garuḷa, son of Vinatā, say;

And what does the king of gandhabbas say, and how the foremost king of the Kurus?"

Therein, "king of gandhabbas" - he said this with reference to Sakka.

Then they spoke this verse to him -

"The king of serpents indeed speaks of patience, the Garuḷa, son of Vinatā, of eating little;

The king of gandhabbas of the abandoning of delight, the foremost king of the Kurus of owning nothing."

Its meaning is - Wise one, the king of serpents first praises the patience of endurance reckoned as not being agitated even towards persons apt to arouse anger; the Garuḷa praises the non-performance of evil for the sake of food, reckoned as eating little; Sakka praises the abandoning of delight in the five types of sensual pleasure; the Kuru king praises the state of being without impediment.

Then, having heard their talk, the Great Being spoke this verse -

"All these are well-spoken, there is nothing here that is ill-spoken;

And in whom these are established, well-fitted together like spokes in a nave;

Endowed with four qualities, him indeed they call an ascetic in the world."

Therein, "these" means these four kinds of virtues, in whatever person they are established like spokes well fitted in the nave of a cart, the wise call that person endowed with these four qualities an "ascetic" in the world.

Thus the Great Being made the morality of all four exactly equal. Having heard that, all four kings, satisfied with him, offering praise, spoke this verse -

"For you are the best, you are unsurpassed, you are one who has reached the Teaching, one who understands the Teaching, the wise one;

Having fully grasped the question with wisdom, the wise one cut off the doubts;

He cut off uncertainty and doubts, just as Cunda cuts an ivory peg with a file."

Therein, "you are unsurpassed" means you are unsurpassed; there is none who surpasses you. "One who has reached the Teaching" means a guardian of the Teaching and also one who knows the Teaching. "One who understands the Teaching" means one well-known in the Teaching. "The wise one" means one of beautiful wisdom. "With wisdom" means having well grasped our question with his own wisdom, having known as it really is "this is the reason here." "He cut off" means you, the wise one, cut off our doubts; and thus cutting, fulfilling this our entreaty "cut off today the uncertainty and doubts," he cut off uncertainty and doubts. "Just as Cunda cuts an ivory peg with a file" means just as an ivory-worker would cut an elephant's tusk with a saw, thus he cut - this is the meaning.

Thus all four kings were of satisfied minds by his answering of the question. Then Sakka honoured him with a divine fine cloth, the Garuḷa with a golden garland, Varuṇa the king of serpents with a jewel, and King Dhanañcaya honoured him with a thousand cattle and so on. Therefore he said -

"This cloth, with the radiance of a blue water-lily, spotless, priceless, smoke-coloured;

Satisfied by the explanation of the question, I give it to you, O wise one, as an offering to the Dhamma.

"A golden garland fully blossomed with a hundred petals, with filaments, adorned with a thousand gems;

Satisfied by the explanation of the question, I give it to you, O wise one, as an offering to the Dhamma.

"This jewel, priceless, beautiful and luminous, hanging from my neck, adorned with gems;

Satisfied by the explanation of the question, I give it to you, O wise one, as an offering to the Dhamma.

"A thousand cattle and a leading bull, an elephant, and these ten chariots yoked with thoroughbreds;

Satisfied by the explanation of the question, I give you sixteen excellent villages."

Thus Sakka and the others, having honoured the Great Being, went to their own places.

The four Observances chapter is completed.

The Longing Chapter

Among them, the wife of the king of serpents was named Queen Vimalā. She, not seeing the ornament jewel on his neck, asked "Sire, where then is your jewel?" "Dear lady, having heard the talk on the Teaching of Vidhura the wise one, the son of the brahmin Canda, with a confident mind I honoured him with that jewel. And not only I alone; Sakka too honoured him with a divine fine cloth, the supaṇṇa king with a golden garland, and King Dhanañcaya honoured him with a thousand cattle and horses and so on." "Is he a preacher of the Teaching, Sire?" "Dear lady, what do you say? It proceeds like the arising of a Buddha on the surface of Jambudīpa. One hundred kings in the whole of Jambudīpa, being captivated by his sweet talk on the Teaching, like intoxicated elephants enticed by the sound of a lute pleasing to elephants, do not wish to go to their own respective kingdoms - such is he, a sweet preacher of the Teaching." Thus he praised his virtues. She, having heard the talk of praise of Vidhura the wise one, having become desirous of hearing his talk on the Teaching, thought "If I say 'Sire, I wish to hear his talk on the Teaching; bring him here,' he will not bring him for me. What if I were to make a pretence of illness, saying 'A longing has arisen in my heart?'" She, having done so, having entered the inner chamber, having given a signal to her own attendants, lay down on the royal couch. The king of serpents, not seeing her at the time of attendance, having asked the attendants "Where is Vimalā?" when it was said "She is ill, Sire," having risen from his seat, having gone to her presence, having sat down beside the bed, while stroking her body, spoke the first verse -

1346.

"Pale, you are emaciated and weak, your beauty was not such before;

Vimalā, tell me when asked, what kind is your bodily feeling?"

Therein, "pale" means of the colour of a withered leaf. "Emaciated" means lean. "Weak" means without strength. "Your beauty was not such before" means your form reckoned as beauty was not formerly such, it was faultless and blameless; that has now, having changed, become of an unpleasant nature. "Vimalā" - he addresses her.

Then she, explaining to him, spoke the second verse -

1347.

"The nature among humans of mothers, is called longing, O lord of men;

Brought by righteousness, O elephant lord, I desire the heart of Vidhura."

Therein, "custom" means intrinsic nature. "Of mothers" means of women. "Lord of men" means lord of the nāga people. "Brought by righteousness, O elephant lord, I desire the heart of Vidhura" means O best of nāgas, I desire the heart of Vidhura brought by righteousness, by impartial and non-violent action; if I obtain that, there is life for me; if I do not obtain it, there is death right here - with reference to his wisdom, she said thus -

Having heard that, the king of the nāgas spoke the third verse -

1348.

"You long for the moon, or the sun, or also the wind;

For hard to obtain indeed is the sight of Vidhura, who here will bring Vidhura?"

Therein, "for hard to obtain indeed is the sight of Vidhura" means the sight of the matchless Vidhura is indeed hard to obtain. For kings in the whole Indian subcontinent, having established righteous protection, shelter and safeguarding for him, go about; no one is able even to see him, who here will bring him - he says.

She, having heard his word, saying "If I do not obtain it, death for me is right here," having turned around, having given her back, having covered her face with the edge of her shawl, lay down. The king of serpents, displeased, having entered the royal bedchamber, seated on the back of the bed, having become one with the perception "Vimalā is having the flesh of the heart of Vidhura the wise one brought," thought "For Vimalā who does not obtain the heart of the wise one, there is no life; how indeed shall I obtain the flesh of his heart?" Then his daughter, a serpent maiden named Irandhatī, adorned with all ornaments, having come to her father's presence with great splendour and grace, having paid homage to her father, standing to one side, she, having seen the alteration of his faculties, asking "Dear father, you are exceedingly overcome with displeasure; what indeed is the reason?" spoke this verse -

1349.

"Why indeed, dear son, do you ponder, your face is like a lotus held in the hand;

Why indeed are you of unhappy appearance, O lord, do not grieve, O tormentor of enemies."

Therein, "you ponder" means you thought again and again. "Held in the hand" means your face has become like a lotus crushed by the hand. "Lord" means the master of the nāga palace of five hundred yojanas.

Having heard his daughter's words, the king of the nāgas, reporting that matter, said -

1350.

"For your mother is distressed, her heart longs for Vidhura;

For hard to obtain indeed is the sight of Vidhura, who here will bring Vidhura?"

Therein, "longs for" means aspires, desires.

Then the king of the nāgas, dismissing her, saying "Mother, there is no one able to bring Vidhura to my presence; you give your mother her life, seek a husband able to bring Vidhura," spoke a half-verse -

1351.

"Go in search of a husband for her, who will honour Vidhura here."

Therein, "go" means wander about.

Thus he, through his state of delighting in defilements, spoke an unsuitable talk to his daughter. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

"And she, having heard her father's word, having gone out at night, wandered about filled with desire."

Therein, "filled with desire" means monks, that Nāga maiden, having heard her father's word, having consoled her father, having gone to her mother's presence, having consoled her too, having gone to her own royal bedchamber, having adorned herself with all ornaments, having dressed in one safflower-dyed garment, having placed one on one shoulder, that very night, having parted the water in two, having gone out from the serpent realm, having gone to the Collyrium Mountain named Kāḷapabbata, situated on the ocean shore in the Himalayan region, sixty yojanas in height, one solid mass, she wandered about filled with desire - she wandered about filled with the desire of defilements, in search of a husband - this is the meaning.

And while wandering, having brought whatever flowers endowed with beauty and fragrance were in the Himalayas, having adorned the entire mountain like a jewel offering, having made a covering of flowers on the upper surface, having danced in a delightful manner, singing a sweet song, she spoke the seventh verse -

1352.

"Which gandhabba, which rakkhasa and which serpent, which kimpurisa and also which human;

Which wise one, giver of all desires, will be my husband for a long time?"

Therein, "which gandhabba, which rakkhasa and which serpent" means which gandhabba or which rakkhasa or which serpent. "Which wise one, giver of all desires" means which among these gandhabbas and so on is a wise one able to give all desires, who, having brought the wish of my mother who craves the flesh of Vidhura's heart to its summit, will be my husband for a long time.

At that moment, the nephew of the Great King Vessavaṇa, the demon general named Puṇṇaka, having ascended a mind-made Sindh horse measuring three leagues, going by way of the top of the Black Mountain to an assembly of demons, heard that sound of her singing. The sound of singing of a woman who had been experienced in the immediately preceding individual existence, having cut through his skin and so on, having reached the bone marrow, remained. He, having become enamoured of her, having turned back, while seated on the back of the Sindh horse, consoling her saying "Dear lady, I am able to bring the heart of Vidhura by my wisdom, by righteousness, by impartiality; do not worry," spoke the eighth verse -

1353.

"I shall be a comfort to you, husband, I shall be a supporter to you, O blameless-eyed one;

For my wisdom is of such a kind, you shall be a comfort as my wife."

Therein, "blameless-eyed one" means one whose eyes are not to be blamed. "Of such a kind" means able to bring the flesh of the heart of Vidhura.

Then Irandhatī brought him, saying "If so, come, let us go to my father's presence." Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1354.

"Irandhatī said to Puṇṇaka, with a mind following the former path;

Come, let us go to my father's presence, he himself will tell you this matter."

Therein, "following the former path" means followed by that very former path towards the one who had been her husband in the immediately preceding individual existence. "Come, let us go" means monks, that demon general, having said thus, thinking "I shall place her on this horse's back and take her," having descended from the mountain top, stretched out his hand for the purpose of seizing her. She, not giving her own hand for him to take, herself having taken the hand stretched out by him, said "Husband, I am not helpless; my father is a king of serpents named Varuṇa, my mother is a queen named Vimalā. Come, let us go to my father's presence; he himself will tell you this matter, as to how our wedding ceremony should be performed."

Having said thus, she, having taken the demon, went to her father's presence. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1355.

"Adorned, well-dressed, garlanded, full of sandalwood;

Having taken the demon by the hand, she approached her father's presence."

Therein, "approached her father's presence" means she approached the presence of her own father, the serpent king.

Puṇṇaka the demon too, having performed a miracle, having gone to the presence of the king of serpents, requesting Irandhati, said -

1356.

"O excellent serpent, listen to my word, proceed with a suitable bride-price;

I desire Irandhati, make me united with her, you.

1357.

"A hundred elephants, a hundred horses, a hundred mule-drawn chariots;

A hundred wagons full, entirely of various gems;

Proceed to them, O serpent, give your daughter Irandhati."

1356-1357. Therein, "bride-price" means proceed with and take the toll-wealth for the daughter suitable to one's own family and region. "Make me united" means make me become united together with her. "Wagons" means goods-carts. "Entirely of various gems" means wholly complete with various precious things.

Then the king of the nāgas said to him -

1358.

"Until one would address relatives, friends and well-wishers;

Action done without consulting, that one regrets afterwards."

Therein, "until one would address relatives" means friend, demon general, I give your daughter, I do not not give her, but wait a little, until I inform the relatives as well. "That one regrets afterwards" means for women, whether they find delight or do not find delight in whatever place they have gone to, at the time of discontent, the relatives and others do not make an effort, thinking "action done without consulting with us is of such a nature"; thus that action brings remorse afterwards.

Having said thus, he went to his wife's dwelling place and conversed with her. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1359.

"Then that serpent Varuṇa, having entered the dwelling;

Having addressed his wife, spoke these words.

1360.

'This demon Puṇṇaka requests Irandhati from me;

With much acquisition of wealth, let us give my dear one to him.'"

1359-1360. "Having entered there" means Varuṇa, having left Puṇṇaka right there, having risen up himself, having entered that dwelling where his wife was lying down. "My dear one" means he asks "Shall we give my dear daughter to him with much acquisition of wealth?"

Vimalā said -

1361.

"Not by wealth, not by riches, can our Irandhatī be obtained;

But if indeed the heart of a wise one, righteously obtained, you would bring here;

By this wealth the maiden can be obtained, we do not wish for any other riches further."

Therein, "our Irandhatī" means our daughter Irandhatī. "By this wealth" means by this cause of satisfaction.

He, having consulted with her, consulted again with Puṇṇaka. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1362.

"Then that serpent Varuṇa, having gone forth from the dwelling;

Having addressed Puṇṇaka, spoke these words.

1363.

'Not by wealth, not by riches, can our Irandhatī be obtained;

If you the heart of a wise one, righteously obtained, would bring here;

By this wealth the maiden can be obtained, we do not wish for any other riches further.'"

1362-1363. Therein, "having addressed Puṇṇaka" means having addressed Puṇṇaka.

Puṇṇaka said -

1364.

"Whom some call wise in the world, that very one others again say is a fool;

Tell me, they disagree here, whom do you call wise, O serpent?"

Therein, "whom some call wise" means he, it is said, having heard "the heart of the wise one," thought "Whom some call wise, that very one others say is a fool. Although it has been declared to me by Irandhati as 'Vidhura,' nevertheless I shall ask in order to know truly." Therefore he spoke thus.

The king of the nāgas said -

1365.

"If you have heard of Vidhura by name, the doer, son of King Korabya Dhanañcaya;

Bring that wise one, righteously obtained, let Irandhatī be your handmaid."

Therein, "righteously obtained" means having obtained by righteousness. "Handmaid" means a foot-attendant wife.

Having heard that, Puṇṇaka, filled with pleasure, commanded an attendant for the purpose of bringing the Sindh horse. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1366.

"And having heard this word of Varuṇa, the demon, having risen, supremely delighted;

Right there being peaceful, he said to the man, 'Bring a thoroughbred harnessed right here.'

Therein, "said to the man" means he commanded his own attendant. "Thoroughbred" means a Sindh horse that knows what should and should not be done. "Harnessed" means prepared.

1367.

"Its ears were made of gold, its hooves were made of crystal;

A breastplate of refined rose-apple gold, of golden hue."

Therein, "its ears were made of gold" - describing that very Sindh horse, he said. For that mind-made Sindh horse had ears made of gold, hooves made of crystal; its hooves were made of rubies - this is the meaning. "Of refined rose-apple gold" means a breastplate of rose-apple gold, of ripened red gold.

That man instantly brought that Sindh horse. Puṇṇaka, having mounted it, having gone through space to the presence of Vessavaṇa, having described the serpent realm, reported that incident. For the purpose of making known the meaning of that, this was said -

1368.

"Having mounted the horse, the vehicle carrying the divine carrier, Puṇṇaka;

Adorned, with hair and beard trimmed, departed through the sky in the atmosphere.

1369.

"That Puṇṇaka, greedy with sensual lust, desiring the nāga maiden Irandhati;

Having gone to that famous lord of beings, thus spoke to Vessavaṇa Kuvera.

1370.

"In the mansion named Bhogavatī, the dwelling is called Hiraññavatī;

In the city built of gold, it was completed for the coiled serpent.

1371.

"Watchtowers with camel-necks, of rubies and emeralds;

Here are mansions made of stone, covered with golden jewels.

1372.

"Mango trees and tilaka trees and rose-apple trees, sattapaṇṇa trees and mucalinda trees and ketaka trees;

Piyaṅgu plants and uddālaka trees and sahakāra trees, uparibhaddaka trees and sinduvāraka trees.

1373.

"Campaka trees and nāga trees and jasmine, bhaginīmālā trees and also here koliya trees;

These trees intertwined, adorn the serpent's palace.

1374.

"Here are date palms made of stone, many ever-blossoming with golden flowers;

Where dwells the spontaneously arisen serpent king Varuṇa of great supernormal power.

1375.

"His wife was a maiden, spotless, with a body like a golden creeper;

Dark like a young shoot risen up, with breasts like margosa fruits, lovely to behold.

1376.

"With beautiful skin dyed with lac-colouring, like a kaṇikāra tree blooming in a sheltered place;

Like a nymph dwelling in the celestial abode, like lightning released from a mass of clouds.

1377.

"She, the woman with longing, much astonished, her heart longs for Vidhura;

I give that to them, O lord, therefore they give Irandhati to me."

1368-1377. Therein, "the vehicle carrying the divine carrier" means "carrier" is what is to be carried; "carrying the divine carrier" means it carries the carrier reckoned as a god. "Vehicle" (yāna) means that by which one goes. "With trimmed hair and beard" means with hair and beard well arranged by way of adornment. But for gods there is no such thing as the work of trimming hair and beard; however, it was spoken by a brilliant speaker. "Desiring" means aspiring. "Vessavaṇa" means the sovereign king of the royal city of Visāṇā. "Kuvera" means one so named. "Named Bhogavatī" means it received this name because of being endowed with wealth. "Mandire" means a mansion; the meaning is a dwelling. "The dwelling Hiraññavatī" means it is called "dwelling" (vāsā) because it is the dwelling place of the king of serpents, and "Hiraññavatī" because Kañcanavatī is enclosed by a golden wall. "In the city created" means a city created. "Made of gold" means made of gold. "Of the circle" means of one endowed with a circle of wealth. "Finished" means completely finished in making. "With camel-necks" means watchtowers made in the shape of a camel's neck, made of rubies and emeralds. "Mansions here" means mansions here in the nāga realm. "Made of stone" means made of gems. "With golden jewels" means with jewels reckoned as gold; the meaning is covered with golden bricks. "Sahā" means sahakāra trees. "Uparibhaddaka" means trees of the uddālaka species only. "Campaka trees, nāga trees and jasmine" means campaka trees and nāga trees and jasmine. "Bhaginīmālā trees and also here koliya trees" means bhaginīmālā trees indeed and also here in the nāga realm trees called koliya. "These trees intertwined" means these trees producing flowers and trees producing fruit, intertwined through the intermingling of branches with one another, entangled and confused. "Date-palms here" means date-palm trees here. "Made of stone" means made of sapphire. "Always blooming with golden flowers" means they are perpetually in bloom with golden flowers. "Where the spontaneously born one dwells" means where the spontaneously born king of serpents dwells in the nāga realm. "With bodies like golden creepers" means with resplendent bodies like heaps of gold. "Dark, risen up like young shoots" means risen up like dark creeper sprouts stirred by a gentle breeze, through being endowed with grace. "With breasts like margosa fruits" means with nipples shaped like margosa fruits. "With beautiful skin dyed with lac-colouring" was said with reference to the skin of the palms of the hands and soles of the feet. "Dwelling in the celestial abode" means frequenting the abode of the Thirty-three gods. "Like lightning from dense clouds" means like a streak of lightning emerged from within dense rain clouds. "I give that to them" means that heart of his, I give to them; know it thus. "Lord" - he addresses his maternal uncle.

Thus he, not permitted by Vessavaṇa, being unable to go, spoke these so many verses in order to have him grant permission. But Vessavaṇa does not hear his talk. Why? Because he was deciding a mansion case of two sons of gods. Puṇṇaka, having known the unheard state of his own words, stood near the son of a god named Jinaka. Vessavaṇa, having decided the case, having made the defeated one rise, said to the other: "Go, you dwell in your mansion." Puṇṇaka, at the very moment "off you go" was said, having made several sons of gods witnesses saying "Know that I have been sent by my maternal uncle," having had the Sindh horse brought by the very method stated above, having mounted, departed. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1378.

"That Puṇṇaka addressed the famous lord of beings, Vessavaṇa Kuvera;

Right there being peaceful, he said to the man, 'Bring a thoroughbred harnessed right here.'

1379.

"Its ears were made of gold, its hooves were made of crystal;

A breastplate of refined rose-apple gold, of golden hue."

1380.

"Having mounted the horse, the vehicle carrying the divine carrier, Puṇṇaka;

Adorned, with hair and beard trimmed, departed through the sky in the atmosphere."

1378-1380. Therein, "addressed" means having addressed.

He, while going through space itself, thought: "Vidhura the Wise has a great retinue; it is not possible to seize him. But Dhanañcaya the Korabya is fond of gambling; having defeated him at gambling, I shall take Vidhura. But in his house there are many jewels; he will not play dice for a stake of little value. It is proper to bring a very costly jewel. The king will not accept any other jewel. In the vicinity of Rājagaha, inside Vepulla mountain, there is a jewel gem of great majesty for the use of a wheel-turning monarch. Having taken that, having enticed the king with it, I shall defeat him." He did so. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1381.

"He went to Rājagaha, the delightful, the city of the king of Aṅga, hard to assail;

With abundant food, with plentiful food and drink, like the Masakkasāra of Vāsava.

1382.

"Resounding with flocks of peacocks and herons, resounding with birds, frequented by flocks of birds;

Echoing with various birds, with beautiful grounds, strewn with flowers, like the Himalayan mountain.

1383.

"That Puṇṇaka ascended Vepulla, the rocky mountain frequented by kimpurisas;

Seeking the lofty jewel gem, he saw it in the midst of the mountain peak."

1381-1383. Therein, "of the king of Aṅga" means at that time the kingdom of Magadha belonged to the king of Aṅga. Therefore it was said - "the city of the king of Aṅga." "Hard to assail" means hard to be attacked by enemies. "Like the Masakkasāra of Vāsava" means like the dwelling of Vāsava which received the name "Masakkasāra" because it was created on the summit of Mount Sineru, which is termed "Masakkasāra." "Resounding with birds" means resounded with and made to echo by other birds as well. "Echoing with various birds" means sung to by various kinds of birds as if singing with sweet voices; the meaning is "sung about." "With beautiful grounds" means a beautiful courtyard, a delightful surface. "Like the Himalayan mountain" means like the Himalayan mountain. "Ascended Vepulla" means monks, that Puṇṇaka ascended such a Vepulla mountain. "In the midst of the mountain peak" means in between the mountain peaks he saw that gem.

1384.

"Having seen the luminous gem of good birth, the captivating jewel gem, lofty;

Gleaming with glory, the glorious one, it shines like lightning in the sky.

1385.

"He seized that very costly lapis lazuli, captivating by name, of great majesty;

Having mounted the thoroughbred, of mind-made beauty, he departed through the sky in the atmosphere."

1384-1385. Therein, "captivating" means able to bring wealth wished for by the mind. "Gleaming" means blazing. "With glory" means with the group of surrounding gems. "It shines" means that jewel gem shines in the sky like lightning. "He seized it" means he seized that jewel gem. Now, a demon named Kumbhīra, with a retinue of a thousand kumbhaṇḍas, guards that jewel gem. But he, having become angry with him, by the mere act of looking, frightened and trembling, having fled, having reached the encircling world-mountain, stood trembling and looking back. Thus, having put him to flight, Puṇṇaka seized the jewel gem. "Named Captivating" means it received this name because it is able to bring wealth thought of by the mind.

Thus he, having taken it, going through space, reached that city. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1386.

"He went to the city named Indapatta, having descended he approached the assembly hall of the Kurus;

When one hundred had assembled together in unity, the demon challenged them, unshaken.

1387.

"Who here among the kings conquers the excellent, whom would we conquer with excellent wealth;

Which unsurpassed excellent jewel do we win, or who conquers us with excellent wealth?"

1386-1387. Therein, "having descended he approached the assembly hall of the Kurus" means monks, that Puṇṇaka, having descended from the horse's back, having placed the horse in an invisible form, approached the assembly hall of the Kurus in the appearance of a young man. "One hundred" means having become unafraid of the one hundred kings, saying "Who is here" and so on, he challenged them at gambling. "Who is here" means who indeed in this assembly of kings. "Among kings" means among the kings. "Conquers the excellent" means he conquers our own foremost jewel, he endeavours to say "I win." "Whom would we conquer" means whom indeed would we conquer. "With excellent wealth" means with the highest wealth. "Which unsurpassed" means and conquering, which king's unsurpassed excellent jewel do we win. "Or who conquers us" means or what king named conquers us with excellent wealth. Thus he, with four terms, provoked the Korabya himself.

Then the king, having thought "Never before has one so courageous been seen by me speaking thus, who indeed is this?" asking, spoke a verse -

1388.

"In what country is your native land, this speech of yours is not like that of a Korabyan;

You are fearless, all of us by your appearance resembling, tell me your name and relatives."

Therein, "not like that of a Korabyan" means your speech is not that of an inhabitant of the Kuru country.

Having heard that, the other thought "This king asks my name, and Puṇṇaka is the name of a slave. If I say 'I am Puṇṇaka,' he will despise me thinking 'This is a slave, therefore he speaks to me thus out of boldness'; I shall tell him the name from the immediately preceding past individual existence," and having thought thus, spoke a verse -

1389.

"I am a young man named Kaccāyana, O king, they call me Anūna by name;

My relatives and kinsmen are in Aṅga, I have arrived here for dice, O lord."

Therein, "Anūna by name" means not deficient in name. By this he speaks having concealed his own name Puṇṇaka. "Thus they call me" means thus they call me, they summon me. "In Aṅga" means they dwell in the city of Kālacampā in the country of Aṅga. "For dice, O lord" means O lord, I have arrived here for the purpose of gambling.

Then the king, asking "Young man, having been defeated at gambling, what will you give, what do you have?" spoke a verse -

1390.

"What jewels does the young man have, which the gambler conquering you would take away?

The king has many jewels, how do you, a poor man, challenge them?"

Its meaning is - how many jewels does your good young man have, which the gambler, conquering you, having said "bring them," would take away. But in the king's dwelling there are many jewels; how do you, a poor man, being such, challenge those kings with so many riches by gambling?

Then Puṇṇaka spoke a verse -

1391.

"A gem named Manohara is mine, the captivating jewel gem, lofty;

And this thoroughbred, tormentor of enemies, this the gambler conquering me would take away."

However, in the Pāḷi manuscripts "a gem of mine exists, a ruby" is written. That gem, however, is a lapis lazuli, therefore only this agrees.

Therein, "thoroughbred" means this thoroughbred horse and the gem - this both of mine the gambler would take away; having shown the horse, he spoke thus.

Having heard that, the king spoke a verse -

1392.

"What will one gem do, young man, and what will one thoroughbred do?

The king has many jewel gems, thoroughbreds swift as the wind are not few."

The Longing Chapter is finished.

The Jewel Chapter

He, having heard the king's words, said "Great king, what indeed is this you say? One horse is worth a hundred thousand horses, one gem is worth a hundred thousand gems. For not all horses are alike; just see the speed of this one," and having said this, having mounted the horse, he sent it along the top of the rampart. The city of seven yojanas appeared as if encircled by horses striking neck against neck. Then gradually neither the horse could be seen, nor the demon could be seen; only what appeared like a red cloth bound around the belly could be seen. He, having descended from the horse, having said "Great king, the speed of the horse has been seen," when it was said "Yes, it has been seen," having said "Now see again, great king," he sent the horse over the surface of the water of the pond in the park inside the city; it plunged in without even wetting the tips of its hooves. Then, having made it walk about on the lotus petals, he struck his palm and stretched out his hand; the horse, having come, stood on the palm of his hand. Then, having said "Is such a horse treasure fitting, lord of men?" when it was said "It is fitting," having said "Great king, let the horse treasure stand aside for now; see the great majesty of the jewel gem," making known its majesty, he said -

1393.

"And this jewel gem of mine, see, O best of bipeds;

Here are forms of women, and forms of men.

1394.

"Here are forms of beasts, and forms of birds;

Serpent kings and supaṇṇas too, see what is fashioned in the gem."

1393-1394. Therein, "of women" means in this gem-jewel, many adorned and prepared forms of women, forms of men, various groups of beasts and birds, and army divisions and so on appear; showing those, he said thus. "Fashioned" means see this such wonderful thing fashioned in the gem.

Having said "See yet more," he spoke these verses -

1395.

"Elephant units, chariot units, horses, and infantry wearing armour;

This fourfold army, see what is fashioned in the gem.

1396.

"Elephant riders, royal guards, charioteers, infantry builders;

Troops in array, see what is fashioned in the gem."

1395-1396. Therein, "troops in array" means just troops. "Arrayed" means standing in battle formation.

1397.

"A city endowed with ramparts, with many walls and gateways;

Crossroads and fine grounds, see what is fashioned in the gem.

1398.

"Pillars and moats, and bolts and door-bars;

And watchtowers and gates, see what is fashioned in the gem."

1397-1398. Therein, "city" means a town. "Endowed with ramparts" means accomplished with a wall structure. "With many walls and gateways" means accomplished with high wall, gateway and city gate. "Crossroads" means junctions of four streets. "With good grounds" means variegated and delightful grounds in the precincts of the city. "Pillars" means the strong posts raised at the city gates. "Palikha" means a cross-bar, or this itself is the reading. "Bolts" means the door panels of the city gates. "And gates" means and gate towers.

1399.

"See at the arched gateways, many groups of various birds;

Swans, herons, and peacocks, ruddy geese and cocks.

1400.

"Many cuckoos, variegated ones, crested peacocks and pheasants;

Scattered with flocks of various birds, see what is fashioned in the gem."

1399-1400. Therein, "at the arched gateways" means at the tops of the arched gateways in this city. "Kuṇālaka" means dark cuckoos. "Variegated" means cuckoos with variegated feathers.

1401.

"See the city with excellent walls, wonderful, hair-raising;

With raised banners, charming, spread with golden sand.

1402.

"See here the leaf-huts, divided into sections, measured;

In dwelling sites and dwellings, in cul-de-sacs and pathways."

1401-1402. Therein, "with excellent walls" means surrounded by a golden wall. "In the leaf-huts" means in the bazaars filled with various goods. "In dwelling sites and dwellings" means houses and also house-sites. "In cul-de-sacs" means house-junctions and non-pierced streets. "Pathways" means pierced-through streets.

1403.

"In drinking booths and drunkards too, slaughterhouses and rice-cooking houses;

Prostitutes and courtesans too, see what is fashioned in the gem.

1404.

"Garland-makers and washermen, perfumers and also cloth-dealers;

Goldsmiths and gem-cutters, see what is fashioned in the gem.

1405.

"Pastry-cooks and cooks, dancers, actors, and singers;

Hand-clappers and pot-drummers, see what is fashioned in the gem."

1403-1405. Therein, "and drunkards" means drunkards addicted to liquor who, having prepared a banqueting hall, sat down adorned with ornaments for the neck and ears suitable to themselves. "Cooks" means those who prepare cakes. "Chef" means a food preparer. "Hand-musicians" means those who sing with the striking of hands. "Pot-drummers" means players of pot-drums.

1406.

"See drums and small drums, conch shells, tabors and kettledrums;

And all the musical instruments, see what is fashioned in the gem.

1407.

"Cymbals and lutes, dancing and singing, well-played music;

Resounding with the striking of instruments, see what is fashioned in the gem.

1408.

"Jumpers and boxers here, and jugglers and beautiful ones;

And court musicians and barbers too, see what is fashioned in the gem."

1406-1408. Therein, "cymbals and" means cymbals made of acacia wood and so on, and bronze cymbals. "Resounding with the striking of musical instruments" means resounding with the striking of various musical instruments. "Boxers" means boxing wrestlers. "Beauties" means women who are the adornment of the city and men of accomplished appearance. "Court musicians" means those who raise up the dead (performers of the vetāla art). "Barbers" means barbers who trim beards.

1409.

"And festive gatherings take place here, strewn with men and women;

Beds upon beds the grounds, see what is fashioned in the gem."

Therein, "beds upon beds" means beds bound upon beds. "Grounds" means delightful festive gathering grounds.

1410.

"See the wrestlers at the festive gathering, cracking their twofold arms;

The defeated and the prideless too, see what is fashioned in the gem."

Therein, "at the festive gathering" means at the wrestling arena. "The defeated" means those standing having struck down and conquered. "The prideless" means the vanquished.

1411.

"See at the mountain foots, many groups of various beasts;

Lions, tigers and boars, bears, wolves and hyenas.

1412.

"Rhinoceroses and gayals, buffaloes, red deer and ruru deer;

Antelopes and boars, those with followings and wild pigs.

1413.

"Many kadalimiga deer, variegated, cats, hares and porcupines;

Filled with various groups of beasts, see what is fashioned in the gem."

1411-1413. Therein, "palāsādā" means rhinoceroses. "Palatā" is also a reading. "Gavajā" means gayals. "Varāhā" means a certain species of beast. Likewise, those with followings and wild pigs. "Many variegated" means variegated beasts of many kinds. "Biḷārā" means wild cats. "Sasakaṇṭakā" means hares and porcupines.

1414.

"Rivers with good fords, spread with golden sand;

Clear waters flow, frequented by shoals of fish.

1415.

Crocodiles and sea-monsters here, and crocodiles and turtles;

Shad fish, rainy-season fish, balaja fish, muñca fish, red fish."

1414-1415. Therein, "najjāyo" means rivers. "Spread with golden sand" means with surfaces spread with golden sand. "Crocodiles" means these such aquatic creatures wander within the river; see them too in the gem.

1416.

Crowded with various flocks of birds, endowed with various groups of trees;

With lapis lazuli shores, see what is fashioned in the gem."

Therein, "with lapis lazuli shores" means rivers of such a kind that make a sound having struck against lapis lazuli stones.

1417.

"See here the lotus ponds, well-arranged in the four directions;

Crowded with various flocks of birds, frequented by fish.

1418.

"The earth endowed with water all around, girdled by the sea;

Endowed with forest kings, see what is fashioned in the gem."

1417-1418. Therein, "frequented by fish" means frequented by large fish. "Vanarājehi" means by rows of trees, or this itself is the reading.

1419.

"See Videha in front, and Goyāniya behind;

The Kurus and Jambudīpa too, see what is fashioned in the gem.

1420.

"See the moon and the sun, illuminating the four directions;

Going around Sineru, see what is fashioned in the gem.

1421.

"Sineru and the Himalayas, and the ocean and the surface of the earth;

And the four great kings, see what is fashioned in the gem.

1422.

"In parks and clusters of trees, on flat rocks and rocky mountains;

Charming, filled with kimpurisas, see what is fashioned in the gem.

1423.

"The Phārusaka grove, the Cittalatā grove, the Missaka grove, the Nandana grove;

And the Vejayanta mansion, see what is fashioned in the gem.

1424.

"Sudhamma and the Tāvatiṃsa, and the flowering Pārichatta;

Erāvaṇa the king of serpents, see what is fashioned in the gem.

1425.

"See here the heavenly maidens, risen from the sky like lightning;

Wandering in Nandana, see what is fashioned in the gem.

1426.

"See here the heavenly maidens, enticers of the young gods;

The young gods delighting, see what is fashioned in the gem."

1419-1426. Therein, "Videha" means the eastern continent of Pubbavideha. "Goyāniya" means the western continent of Aparagoyāna. "Kuruyo" means Uttarakuru and to the south Jambudīpa as well. "Anupariyante" means these moon and sun go round about Sineru. "Pāṭiya" means flat rocks as if spread out and placed.

1427.

"More than a thousand mansions, spread with lapis lazuli tiles;

And blazing with beauty, see what is fashioned in the gem.

1428.

"The Thirty-three and the Yāma, the Tusita and also the gods who create;

The gods who wield power over others' creations, see what is fashioned in the gem.

1429.

"See here the lotus ponds, with clear water, pure;

Covered with mandālaka flowers, and with lotuses and waterlilies."

1427-1429. Therein, "more than a thousand" means exceeding a thousand mansions in the Tāvatiṃsa realm.

1430.

"Ten white streaks are here, ten blue ones, delightful;

Six tawny, fifteen, and fourteen turmeric-coloured.

1431.

"Twenty there are of gold, twenty made of silver;

With the radiance of the colour of red insects, so many as thirty are seen.

1432.

"Ten black ones here and six, twenty-five crimson;

Mixed with bandhuka flowers, variegated with blue water-lilies.

1433.

"Thus accomplished in all qualities, brilliant, luminous;

This is the stake, great king, see, O best of bipeds."

1430-1433. "Ten white streaks are here" means in this great jewel there are ten white streaks. "Six tawny, fifteen" means six and fifteen, thus twenty-one tawny streaks. "Turmeric-coloured" means turmeric-coloured, fourteen. "Thirty" means thirty streaks with the radiance of the colour of red insects. "Ten and six" means ten and six, thus sixteen black streaks. "Twenty-five" means twenty-five crimson-coloured, luminous. "Mixed with bandhuka flowers" means the black and crimson-coloured streaks mixed with these, variegated - see. For here the black streaks are mixed with China-rose flowers, and the crimson streaks are variegated with blue water-lilies. "Toll-stake" means the toll-portion. He says: whoever defeats me at gambling, see this toll-portion for him. In the commentary, however, "let it be the toll, great king" is also a reading. Its meaning is - O best of bipeds, see this great jewel of such a kind; let this itself, great king, be the toll. Whoever defeats me at gambling, this shall be his.

The Jewel Chapter is finished.

The Dice Chapter

Having spoken thus, Puṇṇaka said "Great king, if I am defeated at gambling, I shall give this jewel gem; but what will you give?" "Dear son, setting aside my person, the queen, and the white parasol, let the remainder of my possessions be the toll." "If so, Sire, do not delay; I have come from afar; have the gambling circle prepared quickly." The king commanded the ministers. They quickly prepared the gambling circle, spread out the excellent woollen carpet for the king, prepared seats for the remaining kings as well, prepared a suitable seat for Puṇṇaka too, and announced the time to the king. Then Puṇṇaka addressed the king in verse -

1434.

"The matter has arrived, O king, approach the stake, such a jewel gem is not yours;

By rule we shall conquer, without violence, and if defeated, quickly fulfil it for us."

Its meaning is - Great king, the work at the gambling hall has arrived, is finished; such a jewel gem you do not have; do not make delay; approach the stake, go to the place of playing with dice. And while playing, we shall conquer by rule; let our victory be by rule alone, without violence. But if you are defeated, then quickly fulfil it for us; without making any delay, the defeated one should give the wealth - this is what is meant.

Then the king said to him: "Young man, do not fear me thinking 'he is a king'; by rule alone, without violence, shall our victory and defeat be." Having heard that, Puṇṇaka, making those kings too witnesses, saying "Know that our victory and defeat shall be by rule alone," spoke a verse -

1435.

"Pañcāla, the distinguished Sūrasena, the Maccha and Madda together with the Kekaka;

Let them see our honest battle, they do not do anything for us in the assembly."

Therein, "distinguished" means because of being risen, because of being well-known, because of being renowned, he addresses the Pañcāla king himself. "And the Maccha" means and you, my dear Maccha king. "Madda" means the Madda king. "Together with the Kekaka" means the Kekaka king who is existing together with the country named Kekaka, and you. Or, having placed the word "together" after the term "Kekaka," and having made the word "distinguished" a qualifier of Sūrasena, the meaning here should be understood thus: Pañcāla, the distinguished Sūrasena, and the Maccha, and the Madda, together with the Kekaka, and the remaining kings. "Let them see us" means let these kings see the honest dice-battle of us two. "They do not do anything for us in the assembly" means here "no" is merely an indeclinable particle; they do not not act as witnesses for anything in the assembly; they do act as witnesses, both nobles and brahmins; therefore if any groundless matter arises, you will not be able to say "we have not heard, we have not seen"; be heedful.

Thus the demon general made the kings witnesses. The king too, surrounded by one hundred kings, having taken Puṇṇaka, entered the gambling hall. All of them too sat down on suitable seats, and placed golden dice on a silver board. Puṇṇaka said very quickly "Great king, among the dice there are throws named mālika, sāvaṭṭa, bahula, santibhadra and so on, twenty-four in all; among those, take whichever throw is pleasing to you." The king said "Good!" and took bahula. Puṇṇaka took sāvaṭṭa. Then the king said to him "If so then, young man, throw the dice." When it was said "Great king, the first turn does not come to me; you throw," the king accepted saying "Good!" Now, his guardian deity who had formerly been his mother in his third individual existence - by her power the king wins at gambling. She was standing not far from him. The king, having recollected the young goddess, singing a gambling song, spoke these verses -

"All rivers go crookedly, all forests are made of wood;

All women would do evil, when finding a sheltered place.

"Then let her look upon me, mother, may my victory be seen;

Have compassion on me, mother, there shall be a great victory.

"O deity, protect me today, O goddess, see that no one should destroy me;

Compassionate and a support, see to it to guard what is auspicious.

"The die made of Jambu river gold, four-cornered, eight finger-breadths polished;

It shines in the midst of the assembly, be the granter of all desires.

"O deity, give me victory, see me of little fortune;

A man compassionate towards his mother always sees good fortune.

"The group of eight is called mālika, and sāvaṭṭa is known as the group of six;

The group of four should be known as bahula, and dvibindusantibhadraka;

Twenty-four are the winning throws, proclaimed by the great sage."

The king, having thus sung the dice-song, having turned the dice with his hand, threw them into the air. By the power of Puṇṇaka, the dice fell for the defeat of the king. The king, through his exceeding skilfulness in the craft of gambling, having known that the dice were falling for his own defeat, having collected them while still in the air, having taken them, threw them again into the air. For the second time too, having known that they were falling for his own defeat, he seized them in just the same way. Then Puṇṇaka thought: "This king, while playing dice together with a demon such as me, collects and seizes the dice as they are falling; what indeed is the reason?" He, looking about, having known the power of his guardian deity, having opened his eyes, looked at her as if angry. She, frightened and trembling, having fled, having reached the summit of the encircling world-mountain, stood trembling and looking back. The king, having thrown the dice for the third time too, even though having known that they were falling for his own defeat, by the power of Puṇṇaka, having stretched out his hand, was unable to seize them. They fell for the defeat of the king. Then, having known his state of defeat, Puṇṇaka, having clapped his hands, with a loud voice roared the lion's roar thrice: "I have won!" That sound pervaded the entire Indian subcontinent. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1436.

"They entered, intoxicated by the excitement of dice, the king of the Kurus and also the demon Puṇṇaka;

The king, selecting, seized defeat, the demon named Puṇṇaka seized victory.

1437.

"When those two had come together there for gambling, in the presence of kings and in the midst of friends;

The demon conquered the foremost hero among men, and there arose a tumultuous uproar."

1436-1437. "They entered" means they entered the gambling hall. "Selecting" means the king, selecting among the twenty-four throws, seized defeat, the losing throw. "Seized victory" means the demon named Puṇṇaka took the winning throw. "When those two had come together there for gambling" means the meaning is that those two, having come together there for gambling, both played at dice. "Of kings" means then, in the presence of those one hundred and one kings and in the midst of the remaining friends, that demon defeated the king, the foremost hero among men. "And there arose a tumultuous uproar" means in that gambling arena there was a great sound: "Know the state of defeat of the king! I have won! I have won!"

The king, defeated, was displeased. Then, reassuring him, Puṇṇaka spoke a verse -

1438.

"Victory and defeat, great king, for those who strive, one or the other occurs;

O lord of men, you are defeated by excellent wealth, and if defeated, quickly fulfil it for me."

Therein, "for those who strive" means it occurs for one or the other of two who are striving, therefore do not think "I have been defeated." "You are defeated" means you have declined. "By excellent wealth" means by supreme wealth. "Quickly fulfil it" means quickly give me the victory wealth.

Then the king, saying "Take it, dear son," spoke a verse -

1439.

"Elephants, cattle and horses, jewelled earrings, and whatever jewel on earth is mine;

Take the excellent wealth, Kaccāna, having taken it, go wherever you wish."

Puṇṇaka said -

1440.

"Elephants, cattle and horses, jewelled earrings, and whatever jewel on earth is yours;

The excellent doer of these is named Vidhura, he has been won by me, fulfil that for me."

Therein, "he has been won by me, that for me" means for by me the highest jewel in your kingdom has been won, and he, Vidhura, is the excellent one among all jewels, therefore, O king, he is indeed won by me, give him to me.

The king said -

1441.

"He is my self and my refuge and my destination, my island and my rock cell and my ultimate goal;

He cannot be weighed against my wealth, this doer is equal to my life."

Therein, "he is my self" means he is my self, and by me it was said "setting aside myself, I will give the rest," therefore do not take him. And not only my self alone, but indeed he is my refuge and destination and island and rock cell and ultimate goal. "He cannot be weighed against my wealth" means he should not be weighed together with the sevenfold treasure.

Puṇṇaka said -

1442.

"Long has been the dispute between me and you, and surely having gone we shall ask him;

Let him himself make clear this matter to us, whatever he will say, let that be the discussion for both."

Therein, "let him make clear this matter" means let him himself make known this matter: "whether he is your self or not." "Let that be the discussion for both" means whatever he will say, let that itself be the discussion for both of us; let that be the measure - this is the meaning.

The king said -

1443.

"Surely indeed you speak the truth, and not rashly, young man;

Having gone to him, we shall ask, by that both of us shall be satisfied."

Therein, "and not rashly, young man" means and you do not speak to me a violent word by force.

Having said thus, the king, having taken the one hundred kings and Puṇṇaka, with a satisfied mind, went with speed to the Teaching hall. The wise one too, having descended from the seat, having paid homage to the king, stood to one side. Then Puṇṇaka, having addressed the Great Being, having said "Wise one, 'you, established in the Teaching, do not speak falsehood even for the sake of your life' - this reputation of yours has spread throughout the whole world; but I shall know today your state of being established in the Teaching," spoke a verse -

1444.

"Is it true that the gods declare of the Kurus, a councillor named Vidhura established in the Teaching;

Are you a slave of the king or were you a relative, which is the term 'Vidhura' in the world?"

Therein, "is it true that the gods declare of the Kurus, a councillor named Vidhura established in the Teaching" means "In the realm of the Kurus, a councillor named Vidhura is established in the Teaching and does not speak falsehood even for the sake of his life" - thus the gods declared, they declare, they speak, they make known; do those gods, declaring thus, declare the truth, or is it merely for the sake of speaking what is not true? "Which is the term 'Vidhura' in the world" means whatever this term, this description of yours as "Vidhura" in the world, which was it? You make it known. Whether a slave of the king, of lower birth, or an equal or more superior relative - tell me this first: are you a slave of the king, or were you a relative?

Then the Great Being, having thought "This one asks me thus, but I am able to convince him that 'I am a relative of the king,' or that 'I am more superior than the king,' or that 'I am nothing to the king'; even this being so, in this world there is no support equal to truth; it is fitting to speak only truth," in order to show "Young man, I am neither a relative of the king, nor more superior, but one among four kinds of slaves," spoke a pair of verses -

1445.

"Some become slaves born in the household, some become slaves bought with wealth;

Some themselves approach as slaves, some become slaves driven out by fear.

1446.

"These are the four kinds of slaves among men, certainly I too was born from such an origin;

Whether there be prosperity or adversity for the king, I am the slave of His Majesty even having gone far away;

By right, young man, he would give me to you."

1445-1446. Therein, "slaves born in the household" means slaves born in the womb of a slave woman. "Some themselves approach as slaves" means whoever are of the attendant class, all of them, having themselves entered into the state of slavery, are called slaves. "Driven out by fear" means driven out from one's own dwelling place by fear of the king or by fear of thieves, having become wanderers, even those who have gone to a foreign realm are called slaves indeed. "Certainly I too was born from such an origin" means young man, definitively I too, from among the four origins of slavery, from one of them, am a slave arisen by myself from the origin of slavery. "Whether there be prosperity or adversity for the king" means whether there be growth or decline for the king, it is not possible for me to speak falsely. "Even having gone far away" means even having gone far, I am indeed the slave of His Majesty. "Would give" means the king, having deducted from the victory-wealth, giving me to you, would give by rule, by intrinsic nature.

Having heard that, Puṇṇaka, full of mirth, having again clapped his hands, spoke a verse -

1447.

"This is my second victory today, for when asked, the doer should explain the question;

Not according to the Teaching indeed, O foremost king, you do not allow my well-spoken words."

Therein, "foremost king" means this foremost king is indeed not according to the Teaching. "Well spoken" means well said, well determined by Vidhura the Wise. "You do not allow my" means he says: why do you not now allow this Vidhura the Wise to me, for what purpose do you not give him?

Having heard that, the king, being displeased, having become angry with the Great Being thinking "The wise one, without looking at one like me, a giver of fame, now looks at a young man just seen," having said "Young man, if he were my slave, take him and go," spoke a verse -

1448.

"If he should thus explain the question to us, 'I am a slave and indeed I am not a relative';

Take the excellent wealth, Kaccāna, having taken it, go wherever you wish."

Therein, "if he should thus explain the question to us" means if he made clear our question thus 'I am a slave, and indeed I am not a relative' here in this assembly circle, then why do you wait? Take this, the excellent wealth in the whole world, and having taken it, go wherever you wish.

The Dice Chapter is finished.

The Household Life Questions

And having said thus, the king thought: "Having taken the wise one, the young man will go as he pleases; from the time of his going, sweet talk on the Teaching will be difficult to obtain for me. What if I were to establish him in my own place, cause him to sit on the decorated Teaching-seat, and ask him a question on the household life?" Then the king said to him thus: "Wise one, at the time when you have gone, sweet talk on the Teaching will be difficult to obtain for me. Having caused you to sit on the decorated Teaching-seat, standing in your own place, speak to me on the question of the household life." He, having accepted saying "Very well," having sat down on the decorated Teaching-seat, answered the question asked by the king. Therein this is the question -

1449.

"Vidhura, for one dwelling as a householder in his own house;

How might there be a secure livelihood, how might there be inclusion?

1450.

"How might there be non-affliction, and a young man be a speaker of truth;

From this world to the world beyond, how does one not grieve after death?"

1449-1450. Therein, "how might there be a secure livelihood" means how might there be a secure, fearless livelihood for a householder living the household life. "How might there be inclusion" means how might there be for him the fourfold inclusion reckoned as the ways of supporting others. "Non-affliction" means freedom from suffering. "And a speaker of truth" means how might a young man be called a speaker of truth. "After death" means having gone to the world beyond.

Having heard that, the wise one spoke the question of the king. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1451.

"To him there, of perfect behaviour, resolute, wise, intent upon the good;

Reckoner of all phenomena, Vidhura said this.

1452.

"One should not share another's wife, one should not eat delicacies alone;

One should not resort to sophistry, this is not the growth of wisdom.

1453.

"Virtuous, dutiful, diligent, discerning;

Humble in conduct, not obstinate, devoted, kindly in speech, gentle.

1454.

"One who supports friends, generous, resourceful;

He should satisfy with food and drink, always, ascetics and brahmins.

1455.

"A lover of the Teaching, a repository of learning, one should be an investigator;

One should attend attentively upon the virtuous and very learned.

1456.

"For one dwelling as a householder in his own house;

How might there be a secure livelihood, how might there be inclusion?

1457.

"There would be non-affliction thus, and the young man would be a speaker of truth;

From this world to the world beyond, thus after death one does not grieve."

1451-1457. "To him there" means monks, to that king, there in the Teaching hall, of perfect behaviour by the course of knowledge, resolute by uninterrupted energy, wise by extensive and abundant wisdom, intent upon the good by knowledge that sees smooth and subtle meaning, a reckoner of all phenomena by wisdom reckoned as the knowledge of knowing through discernment - Vidhura the wise one spoke this utterance beginning with "one should not share another's wife." Therein, whoever offends against others' wives, he is called one who shares another's wife; such a one he should not be. "One should not eat delicacies alone" means he should not eat food of pleasant flavour, sumptuous food, alone without giving to others. "Sophistry" means he should not resort to the sophistic doctrine, which is based upon harm, which does not give the path to heaven, which is not leading to liberation, which is disputatious talk. "This is not the growth of wisdom" means for indeed this sophistry is not the growth of wisdom. "Moral" means endowed with the five unbroken precepts. "Dutiful" means endowed with either the duty of the household life or the duty of a king. "Diligent" means diligent in wholesome mental states. "Humble in conduct" means not making arrogance, of lowly conduct, one who accepts exhortation and instruction. "Not obstinate" means free from obstinate stinginess. "Gentle" means endowed with meekness. "Kindly" means one whose speech is affectionate. "Soft" means not harsh in body, speech, and mind.

"One who supports friends" means one who performs acts of support for good friends. Among giving and so on, whoever wishes for support by whatever means, he is one who supports that person by that very means. "Generous" means one who shares with righteous ascetics and brahmins as well as with the poor, travellers, paupers, beggars, and so on. "Resourceful" means accomplished in arrangement in all duties, thus: "at this time it is proper to plough, at this time it is proper to sow." "He should satisfy" means he should satisfy by filling the vessels taken up one after another and giving. "Lover of the Teaching" means one who desires and aspires to both the traditional teaching and the teaching of good conduct. "Remembering what has been learnt" means one who is the support of learning. "One who inquires" means one whose habit is to approach righteous ascetics and brahmins and inquire with such words as "What, venerable sir, is wholesome?" and so on. "Attentively" means with respect. "Thus there would be inclusion" means the inclusion for him would be thus done indeed. "A speaker of truth" means one who has thus practised would indeed be called a speaker of what is real.

Thus the Great Being, having spoken the question on the household life to the king, having descended from the divan, paid homage to the king. The king too, having made great honour for him, surrounded by one hundred and one kings, went to his own dwelling.

The Household Life Questions are finished.

The Characteristic Chapter

But the Great Being turned back. Then Puṇṇaka said to him -

1458.

"Come now, we shall go, I have been given to you by the lord;

Proceed for my benefit only, this is an eternal principle."

Therein, "dinno no" means here "no" is merely an indeclinable particle; the meaning is: you have been given to me by the lord. "Sanantano" means for indeed by you who are proceeding for my benefit, the benefit of one's own husband is practised. And that which is called doing the benefit of one's husband, this is an eternal principle, the intrinsic nature of the wise of old.

Vidhura the Wise said -

1459.

"I know, young man, I am yours, I have been given to you by the lord;

And for three days let us lodge you in our house, during which time let us instruct our children."

Therein, "I am yours" means I know "I have been obtained by you," and by one obtaining, not obtained otherwise. "I have been given to you by the lord" means I have been given to you by my lord, the king. "And for three days" means young man, I am very helpful to you; without looking at the king, I spoke only the truth; therefore I was obtained by you. Know the greatness of my virtue; let us dwell even three days in our own house. Therefore, for whatever period of time we instruct our children and wives, consent to that time.

Having heard that, Puṇṇaka, having thought "The wise one speaks the truth, this one is very helpful to me; even if it were said 'sit down for a week or even a fortnight,' it must indeed be consented to," spoke a verse -

1460.

"Let that be so for me, let us dwell for three days, may you do the function in the houses from today;

May you instruct the children and wife from today, so that after you have gone they might be happy."

Therein, "that for me" means whatever you say, let all that be so for me. "From today" means let the venerable one instruct from today onwards for three days. "After you have gone" means let him instruct so that when you have gone, afterwards your children and wife might be happy.

Having spoken thus, Puṇṇaka entered his dwelling together with the Great Being. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1461.

Having said "Good!", the one of abundant wealth, the demon departed together with Vidhura;

That inner palace frequented by elephants and thoroughbred horses, the noble foremost one entered.

Therein, "the one of abundant wealth" means having great wealth. "Frequented by elephants and thoroughbred horses" means frequented by elephants and thoroughbred horses, filled to perfection. "The noble foremost one" means the highest among those noble in conduct, the demon Puṇṇaka entered the inner palace of the wise one.

Now the Great Being had three mansions for the purpose of the three seasons. Among them, one was named Koñca, one was named Mayūra, and one was named Piyaketa. With reference to them, this verse was spoken -

1462.

"With herons and peacocks and dear banners, he approached there the divinely charming form;

With abundant food, with plentiful food and drink, like the Masakkasāra of Vāsava."

Therein, "there" means in whichever of those three mansions he himself dwells at that time, he approached that divinely charming mansion, having taken Puṇṇaka.

He, having approached, having had the bedchamber and the great terrace on the seventh storey of the decorated mansion prepared, having had the royal bed arranged, having had all the provisions of food and drink and so on set up, having handed over to him five hundred women like heavenly maidens, saying "Let these be your foot-attendants; without longing, dwell here," he went to his own dwelling place. At the time of his departure, those women, having taken various musical instruments, commenced dancing and so on for the service of Puṇṇaka. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1463.

"There they dance and sing, calling out to the excellent and more excellent;

Like nymphs among the gods, women fully adorned."

Therein, "they call out to the excellent and more excellent" means performing dancing and singing, they summon one more excellent than the excellent.

1464.

"Having united the demon with women, with food and drink, Dhammapāla;

Reflecting on benefit after benefit, he then entered into his wife's presence."

Therein, "with women" means having united with women and also with food and drink. "Dhammapāla" means a guardian and protector of the Teaching. "Benefit after benefit" means benefit that is indeed actual benefit. "Of the wife" means of the chief wife of all.

1465.

"Her, anointed with the fragrance and essence of sandalwood, like a gold coin from the Jambu river;

He said to his wife: 'Come, listen, dear lady, call the children, O brown-eyed one.'

Therein, "said to his wife" means he said to his chief wife. "Call" means summon.

1466.

"Having heard the word of her husband, Anujjā said to her daughter-in-law, the brown-nailed, lovely-eyed one:

'Call those armour-bearing children, like blue water-lily flowers.'"

Therein, "Anujjā" means one so named. "Said to her daughter-in-law, the brown-nailed, lovely-eyed one" means she, having heard his word, with tearful face, weeping, thinking "It is inappropriate to go oneself to summon the children; I shall send the daughter-in-law," having gone to her dwelling place, said to the brown-nailed, lovely-eyed daughter-in-law. "Armour-bearing" means those who bear armour, valiant; the meaning is capable. Or else here "armour" is intended as ornamental articles; therefore the meaning is also "wearing ornaments." "Cete" - she addresses her by name. "Children" means my sons and daughters. "Like blue water-lily flowers" - she addresses her.

She, having accepted saying "Very well," having descended from the mansion, having gone about, assembled all his friends and sons and daughters, saying "Your father, wishing to give an exhortation, summons you; this indeed is your last seeing of him." But the young prince Dhammapāla, having heard that word, weeping, surrounded by a company of younger brothers, went to his father's presence. The wise one, having seen them, being unable to remain in his own nature, having embraced them with eyes full of tears, having kissed them on the head, having laid his eldest son on his heart for a moment, having lowered him from his heart, having come out from the royal bedchamber, having sat down in the middle of the divan on the great terrace, gave an exhortation to the thousand sons. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1467.

"When they had come, Dhammapāla, kissing his sons on the head, unshaken;

Having addressed them, he spoke this word: 'I have been given by the king here to the young man.'

1468.

"From today I am happy in myself, obedient to him; having taken me, wherever he wishes, there he goes;

And I have come to instruct you, how should I go without giving protection?

1469.

"If the king, the dweller in the Kuru country, Janasandha of abundant wealth, should ask you;

What do you directly know from before, what did your father instruct you in the past?

1470.

"Be seated together with me, all of you, who here is a person more devoted to the king than I;

Making a salutation with joined palms to him, speak thus, 'Do not say so, O lord, for this is not the custom;

How could one of low birth, O lord, be seated together with the tiger-king?'"

1467-1470. Therein, "Dhammapāla" means the Great Being. "I have been given" means I have been given by the king, having been deducted from the victory-wealth. "From today I am happy in myself, obedient to him" means from today onwards for a mere three days I am happy in myself by this happiness of my own; but beyond that I become obedient to that young man. For he, on the fourth day from now, will definitely take me and go wherever he wishes. "Without protection" means I have come to instruct thus: "How could I go without making provision for your protection?" "Uniter of people" means one who makes the uniting of friendly people through the bond of friendship. "Before, of old" means before this, what old reason do you directly know? "Instructs" means instructed. Thus, when asked by the king, you should say "Our father gave us such and such an exhortation." "Be seated together" means if the king, at the time of speaking of the exhortation given by me, should cause you to sit on his own seat, saying "Come, today be seated together with me; who else here in the royal family is a person more devoted to the king than you?" - then you, having made a salutation with joined palms, should say thus to that king: "Sire, do not speak thus. For this is not our traditional custom. How could an old jackal of low birth, Sire, be seated together with the maned lion, the tiger-king? Just as a jackal is not seated together with a lion, so are we in relation to you."

But having heard this talk of his, the sons and daughters, the relatives and friends and others, and the slaves, workmen and servants - all of them, being unable to remain in their own composure, cried out with a great uproar. The Great Being convinced them.

The Characteristic Chapter is finished.

The Royal Residence Chapter

Then the wise one, having approached the sons and daughters and relatives and having seen them silent, established what is called "the royal residence" with the grace of a Buddha, saying "Dear ones, do not worry; all activities are impermanent; fame indeed has failure as its end; moreover, I shall tell you the cause for the attainment of fame called 'the royal residence'; listen to that with fully focused minds." Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1471.

"And he, to his sons and ministers, to relatives and well-wishers;

With unwavering mental resolve, Vidhura said this.

1472.

"Come, sirs, to the royal residence, having sat down, listen to me;

How a man who has reached the royal family attains fame."

1471-1472. Therein, "suhadajjane" means well-wishers. "Ethayyo" means come, sirs. He addresses his sons with affectionate address. "Rājavasatiṃ" means listen to the service of the king being spoken by me. "Yathā" means for whatever reason a man, having reached the royal family, approaching, conducting himself in the presence of the king, undergoes and obtains fame - listen to that reason; this is the meaning.

1473.

"For one who has reached the royal family, if unknown, does not obtain fame;

Nor does a coward, nor an imprudent one, nor a heedless one at any time.

1474.

"When he attains his morality and wisdom, and purity;

Then he trusts in him, and does not guard his secret from him."

1473-1474. Therein, "unknown" means one whose virtues are not well-known, whose record of deeds is not known. "Nor a coward" means not a coward, one who is fearful by nature. "When his morality" means when the king attains the morality and wisdom and purity of his servant, and knows his achievement of good conduct and power of knowledge and state of purity. "Then he trusts in him" means then the king trusts in him, places trust in him, and does not guard or conceal his own secret from him.

1475.

"Just as a balance held up, with an even beam, well adjusted;

When requested, he should not waver, he should dwell in the royal residence.

1476.

"Just as a balance held up, with an even beam, well adjusted;

Enduring all things, he should dwell in the royal residence."

1475-1476. Therein, "just as a balance" means just as this aforementioned balance does not bend down nor bend up, just so a royal servant, when requested and commanded by the king regarding any task whatsoever, "Do such and such a thing," should not waver through the influence of bias such as desire and so on, and should be even in all duties, like a balance held up. "He should dwell in the royal residence" means that servant of such a kind should dwell in the royal family, should attend upon the king, and while thus attending, he would obtain fame - this is the meaning. "Enduring all things" means performing all royal duties.

1477.

"By day or by night, wise in royal duties;

When requested, he should not waver, he should dwell in the royal residence.

1478.

"By day or by night, wise in royal duties;

Enduring all things, he should dwell in the royal residence.

1479.

"And whatever path is well made for the king, well prepared;

He should not go by that when told, he should dwell in the royal residence."

1477-1479. Therein, "he should not waver" means he should perform those duties without wavering. "And whatever" means whatever path for the king's going is well made, well prepared, well adorned, even when told "Go by this path," he should not go by that.

1480.

"He should not consume sensual pleasures equal to the king's, at any time;

He should go behind in all respects, he should dwell in the royal residence.

1481.

"He should not wear clothing equal to the king's, nor garlands nor cosmetics;

Deportment or manner of speech, he should not behave equal to the king's;

He should adopt a different deportment, he should dwell in the royal residence."

1480-1481. Therein, "not the king's" means he should not consume sensual pleasures equal to the king's enjoyment of sensual pleasures. For the king becomes angry with such a person. "In all respects" means in all types of sensual pleasure such as forms and so on, he should go right behind the king, he should resort to only what is inferior - this is the meaning. "Should make different" means he should make a deportment quite different from the king's deportment and manner of speech.

1482.

"The king should play with his ministers, surrounded by his wives;

A wise minister should not develop intimacy with the king's wives.

1483.

"Unagitated, steadfast, prudent, with controlled faculties;

Accomplished in mental aspiration, he should dwell in the royal residence."

1482-1483. Therein, "intimacy" means intention through trust. "Steadfast" means one whose habit is not to adorn himself. "Prudent" means one with mature knowledge. "With faculties restrained" means one whose six faculties are closed; he should not look at the king's limbs and minor limbs or at those of the harem. "Accomplished in mental aspiration" means endowed with a steadfast, well-established mind.

1484.

"He should not play with his wives, nor should he consult having gone to a private place;

He should not take wealth from his treasury, he should dwell in the royal residence.

1485.

"One should not think much of sleep, nor drink liquor for intoxication;

One should not kill deer in his grove, he should dwell in the royal residence.

1486.

"Not his chair, not his divan, not his stool, not his boat, not his chariot;

Thinking 'I am authorized' he should not mount, he should dwell in the royal residence.

1487.

"The wise one should not associate too far from the king, nor too near;

And he should stand in his presence, being seen together with his master.

1488.

"Indeed a king is not a friend, nor is a king a sexual partner;

Kings quickly become angry, like an eye struck by a grain husk.

1489.

"Not imagining himself venerated, the intelligent, wise man;

Should not speak harshly to a king who has come to the assembly."

1484-1489. Therein, "nor should he consult" means he should indeed not play together with that king's wives, nor should he consult in a secret place. "Wealth from his treasury" means he should not take wealth by stealing from the king's treasury. "Not for intoxication" means dear son, a royal servant should not drink liquor for the purpose of intoxication. "Deer in his grove" means he should not kill deer to which that king has granted safety. "A stool" means a plaited chair. "I am authorized" means he should not mount up thinking "I, having been authorized, act thus." "And he should stand in his presence" means he should stand before that king in the place for hearing discussions both small and great. "Being seen together with his master" means whatever royal servant should stand in the place of sight of that master. "By a grain husk" means just as an eye struck by a paddy husk and such things that has fallen into the eye becomes angry, as it were, abandoning its natural state, so they become angry; trust should not be placed in them. "Imagining himself venerated" means imagining "I am one venerated by the king." "Should not speak harshly" means he should not speak in such a manner as would make him angry.

1490.

"Having gained access, one should gain access, one should never trust in kings;

Like fire, one should remain restrained, he should dwell in the royal residence.

1491.

"When a warrior favours his own son or brother;

With villages or market towns, with countries or provinces;

One should remain silent and indifferent, one should not speak of the good or the bad."

1490-1491. Therein, "having gained access, one should gain access" means "I am without a doorkeeper, having gained access" - one should not enter without having the door attended to; one should again gain access to the door; one should enter only after having the door attended to - this is the meaning. "Restrained" means having been heedful. "Or brother" means one's own brother. "Favours" means when he speaks together with attendants saying "Let us give him such and such a village or such and such a market town." "One should not speak of the good or the bad" means at that time one should not speak of either virtues or faults.

1492.

"Elephant riders, royal guards, charioteers, infantry builders;

According to their deeds and service, the king increases their wages;

He should not interfere with their gains, he should dwell in the royal residence.

1493.

"The wise one, with belly like a bow, should tremble like a bamboo;

He should not speak contrary, he should dwell in the royal residence.

1494.

"With belly like a bow, like a fish without a tongue;

Of little food, prudent, valiant, he should dwell in the royal residence."

1492-1494. Therein, "he should not interfere with their gains" means he should not interfere with their material gain, he should not create an obstacle. "Like a bamboo" means just as a bamboo that has grown up from a bamboo thicket trembles when struck by the wind, so he should tremble when spoken to by the king. "With belly like a bow" means just as a bow does not have a big belly, so one should not be big-bellied. "Without a tongue" means just as a fish, due to being tongueless, does not speak, so a servant, through speaking little, should be as one without a tongue. "Of little eating" means one who knows the measure of food.

1495.

"One should not excessively go to a woman, seeing the elimination of vigour;

Coughing, wheezing, anguish, and weakness - one of diminished wisdom undergoes.

1496.

"One should not speak excessively, nor should one always be silent;

Measured, restrained speech one should utter at the proper time.

1497.

"Without wrath, not clashing with others, truthful, smooth, not slanderous;

One should not speak frivolous words, he should dwell in the royal residence.

1498.

"One who supports his mother and father, who respects elders in the family;

Smooth and kindly in speech, he should dwell in the royal residence."

1495-1498. Therein, "not excessively" means one should not go again and again under the influence of defilements. "The elimination of vigour" means for a man going thus reaches, attains the elimination of vigour; seeing that, one should not go excessively. "Anguish" means bodily distress. "Weakness" means the state of feebleness. "One of diminished wisdom" means a man whose wisdom is diminished through the influence of delight in defilements again and again undergoes these coughing and so on. "Not excessively" means dear sons, one should not speak exceeding the proper measure in the presence of kings. "At the proper time" means when the time for one's own speech has arrived. "Without clashing" means not clashing with others. "Frivolous" means useless. "Gira" means a word.

1499.

"Disciplined, skilled in craft, tamed, self-developed, fixed in destiny, gentle;

Diligent, pure, clever, he should dwell in the royal residence.

1500.

"Humble in conduct towards elders, deferential, respectful;

Devoted, pleasant to live with, he should dwell in the royal residence.

1501.

"One should avoid from afar a person sent to endure;

One should look only to one's own master, and not to another king."

1499-1501. Therein, "disciplined" means accomplished in good conduct. "Skilled in craft" means endowed with the craft to be learnt in one's own family. "Tamed" means one who has ceased associating with defilements at the six doors. "Self-developed" means one who has accomplished oneself. "Fixed in destiny" means of unshakeable intrinsic nature in dependence on fame and so on. "Gentle" means not arrogant. "Diligent" means free from heedlessness in duties to be done. "Clever" means skilful in attendance. "Humble in conduct" means of lowly conduct. "Pleasant to live with" means one whose habit is to live with respect. "A person sent to endure" means one sent by rival kings to the presence of one's own king by way of guarding secrets or by way of making the concealed unconcealed. For even when speaking with such a person, one should speak only in the presence of the king. "One should look only to one's own master" means one should look only to one's own husband. "And not to another king" means one should not become the property of another king.

1502.

"Towards ascetics and brahmins too, virtuous and very learned;

One should attend on them attentively, he should dwell in the royal residence.

1503.

"Towards ascetics and brahmins too, virtuous and very learned;

He should attentively attend upon them, he should dwell in the royal residence.

1504.

"Towards ascetics and brahmins too, virtuous and very learned;

He should satisfy them with food and drink, he should dwell in the royal residence.

1505.

"Towards ascetics and brahmins too, virtuous and very learned;

Having approached the wise, one should attend upon them, desiring one's own growth."

1502-1505. Therein, "one should attend on them attentively" means one should approach again and again with respect. "Should observe" means while observing the Observance day, one should conform to it. "Should satisfy" means one should satisfy with giving as much as one likes. "Having approached" means having gone up to. "The wise" means the wise person, or "āsajjapaññe" means one whose wisdom is not clinging - this is the meaning.

1506.

"One should not neglect what was given before, giving to ascetics and brahmins;

And one should not refuse anything to paupers at the time of giving.

1507.

"Wise, endowed with higher intelligence, skilled in arrangements and methods;

One who knows the proper time and knows the right occasion, he should dwell in the royal residence.

1508.

"One who is energetic in his work, diligent, discerning;

With well-arranged activities, he should dwell in the royal residence."

1506-1508. Therein, "what was given before" means the constant giving of alms that is ordinarily prepared. "Ascetics and brahmins" means ascetics or brahmins. "Paupers" means having seen paupers who have come at the time of giving, one should not refuse anything. "Wise" means endowed with the wisdom of examination. "Accomplished in higher intelligence" means accomplished in unimpaired higher intelligence. "Skilled in the method of arrangement" means skilful in the various portions of arranging slaves, labourers, servants, and so on. "One who knows the proper time" means one should know "this is the time to give a gift, this is the time to guard morality, this is the time to perform the Observance practice." "One who knows the right time" means one should know "this is the time for tilling, this is the time for sowing, this is the time for business, this is the time for attendance." "In duties" means in one's own work that should be done.

1509.

"The threshing floor, the hall, the cattle, the field, and one should go there constantly;

Measured grain one should store away, and measured only should one have cooked at home.

1510.

"One's own son or brother, unconcentrated in morality;

For those fools are without limbs, just like ghosts, so are they;

He should give them cloth and almsfood, to those who are seated.

1511.

"Slaves, labourers, servants, well grounded in morality;

Skilled and accomplished in industriousness, one should place in positions of authority."

1509-1511. Therein, "cattle, the field" means the cow-shed and the place of crops. "One who goes" means one whose habit is to go. "Measured" means having measured and having known "this much," one should store away in storerooms. "At home" means even at home, having counted the retinue, one should have only a measured amount cooked. "Unconcentrated in morality" means one should not place such an immoral one of misconduct in any position of authority - this is the meaning. "For those fools are without limbs" means although "This is a limb of human beings, a brother is called in the world," even though elder and younger brothers are called "limb" because of being equal to a limb, these however are immoral, therefore they are not equal to a limb. But just as ghosts, the dead, thrown away in the cemetery, so indeed are they. Therefore such ones should not be placed in a position of authority. For they destroy the family, and for one whose family is destroyed and who is poor, what is called royal service does not succeed. "Of those seated" means to sons and brothers who have come and sat down, like one giving funeral food for dead beings, one should have given merely food and clothing only. "Accomplished in industriousness" means endowed with industriousness and energy.

1512.

"Virtuous and not covetous, and a protector of the king;

Beneficial to him openly and in secret, he should dwell in the royal residence.

1513.

"He should know the king's desire, he should be intent on the king's mind;

His conduct should be without crookedness, he should dwell in the royal residence.

1514.

"He should rub and bathe him, wash his feet with head bowed down;

Even when struck, he should not be angered, he should dwell in the royal residence."

1512-1514. Therein, "not covetous" means not greedy. "Established in mind" means established in the mind, the meaning is subject to the king's mind. "Of non-contrary conduct" means his conduct would be non-opposing. "With head bowed down" means even when washing the feet, having bowed the head down, he should wash with face downward only, the meaning is he should not look up at the king's face.

1515.

"One might make a salutation with joined palms to a water-pot, and circumambulate a bird;

How much more so to the giver of all desires, the wise and excellent one.

1516.

"He who gives a bed, cloth, a vehicle, a public rest-house, a house;

Like Pajjunna upon beings, he rains down with wealth.

1517.

"This, sir, is the conduct for royal service, by which a man conducting himself;

Pleases the king, and obtains veneration among masters."

1515-1517. Therein, "one might make a salutation with joined palms to a water-pot, and circumambulate a bird" means a person hoping for growth, having seen a water-pot filled with water, would make a salutation with joined palms to it, and would circumambulate a cāṭa bird. They are unable to give anything to one making a salutation with joined palms or a circumambulation. "How much more so" means but he who is the giver of all desires and is wise, why should one not pay homage to that king? For the king indeed should be venerated and pleased. "Like Pajjunna" means like a rain-cloud. "This, sir, is the conduct for royal service" means sir, that which has been spoken by me, this is called the conduct for royal service, the instruction for royal servants. "By which" means that conduct for royal service by which a man, conducting himself, pleases the king and obtains veneration from kings, that is this.

Thus Vidhura the Wise, matchless in burden, spoke on the conduct for royal service with the grace of a Buddha.

The Royal Residence Chapter is finished.

Consecutive Repetitions

Thus, while he was instructing sons, wife, relatives, friends, companions and so on, three days passed. He, having known the fulfilment of the days, right early, having bathed, having eaten food of various excellent flavours, thinking "Having asked permission from the king, I shall go together with the young man," surrounded by a company of relatives, having gone to the king's dwelling, having paid homage to the king, standing to one side, he spoke the fitting utterance. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1518.

"Having thus instructed the congregation of kinsmen, the wise one;

Surrounded by friends, approached the king.

1519.

"Having paid homage with his head at his feet, and having circumambulated him keeping him on his right;

Vidhura said to the king, having raised his joined palms.

1520.

"This young man leads me away, wishing to do according to his wish;

I shall tell you the welfare of relatives, hear it, O tamer of enemies.

1521.

"And look after my sons, and whatever other wealth is in the house;

So that after my passing the congregation of kinsmen would not decline when I am gone.

1522.

"Just as one stumbles on the ground, one finds support on the ground itself;

Even so is this stumbling of mine, I see this transgression."

1518-1522. Therein, "by friends" means by friends, relatives, companions, and so on. "And whatever they think" means whatever other immeasurable wealth given by you and by other kings is in my house, you yourself should look after all that. "After death" means at a later time. "Stumbles" means staggers. "Just so" means thus this. For I, like a person who, having stumbled on the ground, stands firm right there, having stumbled with regard to you, stand firm with regard to you alone. "I see this" means that transgression of mine who, when asked by the young man "Who is your king?" without looking at you, looking to the truth, said "I am a slave" - I see this transgression; but there is no other fault of mine; forgive that transgression of mine; having placed this in your heart, afterwards do not offend against my sons and wife.

Having heard that, the king, explaining "Wise one, your going does not please me; having summoned the young man by a stratagem, having killed him, to conceal him with a mat pleases me," spoke a verse -

1523.

"It is not possible to go, thus it occurs to me, having cut and having slain the Kāṭiyānas here;

Right here you shall be, thus it pleases me, do not go, O one of highest extensive wisdom."

Therein, "having cut" means right here in the king's palace, having beaten and killed him, I shall conceal it.

Having heard that, the Great Being, having said "Sire, your disposition is of such a kind, that is inappropriate for you," said -

1524.

"Do not direct your mind to unrighteous things, be engaged in meaning and in the teaching;

Shame on unwholesome, ignoble action, which having done one would afterwards go to hell.

1525.

"This is indeed not the principle, nor again is this the function, for the master is lord of the slave, O lord of men;

To execute, to burn, and also to kill, yet there is no wrath in me, and I go," he said.

1524-1525. Therein, "do not direct your mind to unrighteous things" means do not direct your mind to things not according to the Teaching, to harmful things, to inappropriate things - this is the meaning. "Afterwards" means having done whatever action, one does not become free from ageing and death, but rather afterwards one would be reborn in hell itself. "Shame on the action" means that action should be, would be, blameworthy. "Nevesā" means indeed not this. "Ayiro" means master. "To execute" means the master is lord of the slave to do these acts of execution and so on; he is allowed to do all of these. There is not even a trifle of anger in me towards the young man; from the time of giving, it is fitting for you to hold your mind steady; I go, O lord of men - thus he said.

Having said thus, the Great Being, having paid homage to the king, having exhorted the king's harem, children and wife, and the royal assembly, being unable to remain in his own nature amongst them, departed from the king's dwelling even while they were crying out with a great uproar. All the city-dwellers too, having discussed "The wise one, it is said, will go together with the young man; come, shall we see him or not?" saw him right in the royal courtyard. Then the Great Being, having consoled them, having given them exhortation saying "Do not worry; all activities are impermanent; the body is unstable; fame indeed has failure as its end; moreover, be diligent in meritorious deeds such as giving and so on," having turned them back, set out towards his own house. At that moment, the young prince Dhammapāla, surrounded by a company of brothers, having gone out thinking "I shall go out to meet my father," was face to face with his father right at the door of the dwelling. The Great Being, having seen him, being unable to remain in his own nature, having embraced him, having laid him on his breast, entered the dwelling. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1526.

"Having embraced his eldest son, having removed anguish from the heart;

With eyes full of tears, he entered the great house."

Now in his house there were a thousand sons, a thousand daughters, a thousand wives, and seven hundred courtesans, and with them and with the remaining female slaves, male slaves, labourers, relatives, friends, companions, and so on, the entire dwelling was continuous, like a sal grove with sal trees fallen by the impact of the wind at the end of an age. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1527.

"Like sal trees fallen down, trampled by the wind;

Sons and wife lie in Vidhura's dwelling.

1528.

"A thousand women, wives, and seven hundred female slaves;

Having raised their arms, they cried out, in Vidhura's dwelling.

1529.

"Harem-ladies and princes, merchants and brahmins;

Having raised their arms, they cried out, in Vidhura's dwelling.

1530.

"Elephant riders, royal bodyguards, charioteers, and infantry soldiers;

Having raised their arms, they cried out, in Vidhura's dwelling.

1531.

"The country-folk have assembled, and the townspeople have assembled;

Having raised their arms, they cried out, in Vidhura's dwelling.

1532.

"A thousand women, wives, and seven hundred female slaves;

Having raised their arms, they cried out, 'Why will you abandon us?'

1533.

"Harem-ladies and princes, merchants and brahmins;

Having raised their arms, they cried out, 'Why will you abandon us?'

1534.

"Elephant riders, royal bodyguards, charioteers, and infantry soldiers;

Having raised their arms, they cried out, 'Why will you abandon us?'

1535.

"The country-folk have assembled, and the townspeople have assembled;

Having raised their arms, they cried out, 'Why will you abandon us?'"

1527-1535. Therein, "they lie" means having fallen as if with feet cut off on the great flat roof, turning back and rolling about, they lie. "A thousand women, wives" means a thousand of women who are wives indeed. "Why will you abandon us" means they lamented, "For what reason will you abandon us?"

The Great Being, having consoled all that great multitude, having done the remaining duties in the house, having exhorted both the inner people and the outer people, having explained everything that was fitting to be explained, having gone to the presence of Puṇṇaka, reported that his duties were completed. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1536.

"Having done the duties in the houses, having instructed one's own people;

Friends and colleagues and servants, children and wife and relatives.

1537.

"Having arranged the work, having pointed out the wealth in the house;

And the treasure and the giving of loans, he said this to Puṇṇaka.

1538.

"You dwelt in my house for three days, duties have been done in my houses;

Children and wife have been advised by me, we shall do, Kaccāna, according to your wish."

1536-1538. Therein, "having arranged the work" means having arranged the work fit to be done in the house, thinking "it is fitting to do thus." "Treasure" means wealth deposited and stored away. "Giving of debt" means wealth bound by way of debt. "According to your wish" means he says "now we shall do in accordance with your disposition."

Puṇṇaka said -

1539.

"For if, O doer of good, your sons and wife and dependents have been advised by you;

Come now, being in a hurry, for long indeed is this journey ahead.

1540.

"Without trembling, grasp the tail of the thoroughbred;

This is your last seeing of the world of the living."

1539-1540. Therein, "O doer of good" - the demon, filled with pleasure, addresses the Great Being. "For long indeed is this journey" means the path to be travelled is also long. "Or unafraid" - this he said, without descending to the lower part of the mansion, wishing to go from that very place.

Then the Great Being said to him -

1541.

"Why indeed should I fear, I who have no wrong-doing;

By body, speech, or mind, by which one would go to an unfortunate realm."

Therein, "why indeed should I fear" - this the Great Being said thus because it was said "without trembling, grasp."

Thus the Great Being, having roared a lion's roar, fearless like a maned lion, having become without fear, having made the perfection of determination the forerunner, thinking "let not this cloth slip off against my wish," having firmly dressed, having cleared aside the tail of the horse, having firmly grasped the tail with both hands, having wrapped his two feet around the thighs of the horse, said "Young man, the tail has been grasped by me; go as you please." At that moment, Puṇṇaka gave a signal to the mind-made Sindh horse. It, having taken the wise one, plunged into the sky. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1542.

"That king of horses, bearing Vidhura, departed through the sky in the atmosphere;

Not clinging to branches or rocks, he quickly approached the Black Mountain."

Therein, "not clinging to branches or rocks" means Puṇṇaka, it is said, thought "Without going far, right here in the Himalayan region, having beaten him against trees and mountains and killed him, having taken the flesh of his heart and having abandoned the corpse among the mountains, I shall go to the nāga realm itself." He, without avoiding the trees and mountains, drove the horse right through the midst of them. By the power of the Great Being, both the trees and the mountains drew back the distance of a cubit on both sides from his body. He, having turned around to see "whether he is dead or not," looking at the Great Being's face, having seen it bright like a golden mirror, thinking "This one does not die in this way," again drove through the entire Himalayan region, beating against trees and mountains three times. Even though beating thus, the trees and mountains likewise drew back far away just the same. But the Great Being's body was wearied. Then Puṇṇaka, overcome by wrath, thinking "This one indeed does not die; now I shall crush him to bits in the mass of wind," plunged into the seventh mass of wind. By the power of the Bodhisatta, the mass of wind, having become twofold, made room for the Bodhisatta. Then he had him struck by the winds blowing in high altitudes; the winds blowing in high altitudes too, having become like the sound of a hundred thousand thunderbolts, gave room to the Bodhisatta. That Puṇṇaka, seeing the absence of any obstacle to him, having taken him, went to the Black Mountain. Therefore it was said -

"That king of horses, bearing Vidhura, departed through the sky in the atmosphere;

Not clinging to branches or rocks, he quickly approached the Black Mountain."

Therein, "not clinging" means not being stuck, not being struck against, bearing Vidhura the Wise, he approached the summit of the Black Mountain.

Thus, at the time when Puṇṇaka had taken the Great Being and gone, the wise one's sons, wives and others, having gone to Puṇṇaka's dwelling place, not seeing the Great Being there, having fallen as if with feet cut off, rolling about again and again, lamented with a loud voice. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1543.

"A thousand women, wives, and seven hundred female slaves;

Having raised their arms, they cried out, 'A demon with the appearance of a brahmin;

Is taking Vidhura away.'

"Harem-ladies and princes, merchants and brahmins;

Having raised their arms, they cried out, 'A demon with the appearance of a brahmin;

Is taking Vidhura away.'

"Elephant riders, royal bodyguards, charioteers, and infantry soldiers;

Having raised their arms, they cried out, 'A demon with the appearance of a brahmin;

Is taking Vidhura away.'

1544.

"The country-folk have assembled, and the townspeople have assembled;

Having raised their arms, they cried out, 'A demon with the appearance of a brahmin;

Is taking Vidhura away.'

1545.

"A thousand women, wives, and seven hundred female slaves;

Having raised their arms, they cried out, 'Where has that wise one gone?'

"Harem-ladies and princes, merchants and brahmins;

Having raised their arms, they cried out, 'Where has that wise one gone?'

"Elephant riders, royal bodyguards, charioteers, and infantry soldiers;

Having raised their arms, they cried out, 'Where has that wise one gone?'

1546.

The country-folk have assembled, and the townspeople have assembled;

Having raised their arms, they cried out, 'Where has that wise one gone?'"

1543-1546. Having thus cried out, they all, together with the inhabitants of the entire city, having wept, went to the king's gate. The king, having heard the great sound of lamentation, having opened the lattice window, asked "Why do you lament?" Then they said to him "O lord, that young man, it is said, is not a brahmin; but a demon, having come in the appearance of a brahmin, having taken the wise one, has gone; without him there is no life for us. If he does not come back on the seventh day from now, having dragged together firewood by hundreds of carts and thousands of carts, all of us, having kindled a fire, shall enter it" - announcing this meaning, they spoke this verse -

1547.

"If within seven nights, the wise one does not come;

We shall all enter the fire, there is no use in life for us."

Even at the time of the Perfectly Self-awakened One's final quenching, there were no such persons who said "We shall enter the fire and die." Oh, how well spoken regarding the Great Being by the citizens! The king, having heard their talk, consoling them saying "Do not worry, do not grieve, do not lament; the wise one, a sweet speaker, having enticed the young man with a talk on the Teaching, having made him fall at his own feet, gladdening the tear-faced inhabitants of the entire city, will come before long," spoke a verse -

1548.

"Wise and learned, intelligent and discerning;

Having quickly freed himself, do not fear, he will come."

Therein, "learned" means possessed of lucidity, the wisdom of examination. "Intelligent" means able to make clear, show, and speak about benefit and harm, what has a reason and what has no reason. "Discerning" means endowed with the wisdom of thinking about reasons arising on the spot at that very moment. "Do not fear" means do not be afraid; he consoles them thus: "Having freed himself, he will come quickly."

The citizens too, having received comfort thus: "The wise one, it is said, having spoken to the king, must have gone," departed to their own houses.

The Consecutive Repetitions are finished.

The Good Man's Principles Chapter

Puṇṇaka too, having placed the Great Being on the summit of the Black Mountain, thought: "While this one is living there is indeed no growth for me; having killed him, having taken the flesh of his heart, having gone to the serpent realm, having given it to Vimalā, having taken Irandhati, I shall go to the heavenly world." Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1549.

"He, having gone there, thinking over, various volitions arise;

There is nothing of mine with this one's life, having killed this one, I shall bring the heart."

Therein, "he" means he, Puṇṇaka. "Having gone there" means having gone, standing there on the summit of the Black Mountain. "Various volitions arise" means the volitions arising moment by moment arise both high and low. Now there is this possibility, that the volition to grant him his life might arise in me. But with this one's life there is not even a trifle of any function for me there in the serpent realm; having killed this one right here, I shall bring his heart - he made this conclusion. This is the meaning.

Then he again thought: "What if I, without killing this one with my own hand, were to bring him to the destruction of life by showing him a frightful form?" He, having created a frightful demon form, having come threatening the Great Being, having cast him down, having placed him between his fangs, was as if wishing to devour him; there was not even a hair's breadth of horripilation for the Great Being. Then, having come in the form of a lion and in the form of a maddened great elephant, he was as if wishing to pierce him with fangs and tusks. Even so, for the one who was not afraid, having created a great snake of the colour of a serpent, the size of a single-hulled boat, breathing in and breathing out, making the sound "susū," having come, having coiled around the entire body of the Great Being, having made a hood above his head, he stood; there was not even a trace of timidity in him. Then, thinking "I shall place him on the mountain top, cast him down, and crush him to bits," he raised a great wind. That was unable to stir him even as much as a hair-tip. Then, having placed him right there on the mountain top, like an elephant shaking a date-palm tree, he shook the mountain back and forth; even so, he was unable to move him from the place where he stood even as much as a hair-tip.

Then, thinking "I shall kill him by splitting his heart through terror caused by sound," having entered inside the mountain, making a single reverberation of the earth and the sky, he uttered a great roar; even so there was not even a trace of timidity in him. For the Great Being knew: "Whether coming in the guises of a demon, a lion, an elephant, or a king of serpents, or raising a great wind and rain, or causing the mountain to shake, or having entered inside the mountain and emitting a roar - it is just the young man, no other." Then Puṇṇaka thought: "I am not able to kill this one by external means; I shall kill him with my own hand." Then the demon, having placed the Great Being on the mountain summit, having gone to the foot of the mountain, like one threading a pale yellow thread through a great jewel, having entered the mountain, frightening and shouting, having risen up through the inside of the mountain, having firmly seized the Great Being by the feet, having turned him over, having made him head downward, released him in the unsupported sky. Therefore it was said -

1550.

"He, having gone there into the mountain interior, having entered within with a corrupted mind;

In an unprotected spot on the earth, he held Kātiyāna head down."

Therein, "he, having gone there" means he, Puṇṇaka, having gone from the mountain top to the foot of the mountain, having stood there in the mountain interior, having entered within it, appearing below the one standing on the mountain top, held him in an unprotected piece of ground. He did not hold him from the very beginning; but there, having thrown him, when he had fallen about fifteen yojanas, standing right on the mountain summit, having extended his hand, having seized him by the feet as he was falling head downward, having lifted him up still head downward, looking at his face, having known "he does not die," having thrown him a second time too, when he had fallen about thirty yojanas, having lifted him up in just the same way, again looking at his face, having seen him still alive, he thought "If now, having fallen about sixty yojanas, he will not die, I shall seize him by the feet, beat him on the mountain summit, and kill him." Then, having thrown him a third time too, when he had fallen about sixty yojanas, having extended his hand, having seized him by the feet, he lifted him up. Then the Great Being thought: "This one threw me first to a distance of fifteen yojanas, the second time too thirty yojanas, the third time too sixty yojanas; now he will not throw me again, but while lifting me up will strike me on the mountain summit and kill me. So long as he has not lifted me up and beaten me on the mountain summit, I shall, while hanging head downward, ask him the reason for killing me." Having thus thought, he, unafraid and not trembling, did so. Therefore it was said "he held Kātiyāna," the meaning is: having thrown him thrice, he held him.

1551.

"He, hanging over the precipice of hell, in great peril, in terror, in the difficult passage;

Not trembling, the foremost doer of the Kurus, thus spoke to the demon named Puṇṇaka.

1552.

"You have the appearance of a noble one but are of ignoble form, unrestrained with the semblance of the restrained;

You do a cruel, harmful deed, and there is nothing wholesome in your mind.

1553.

"Since you wish to cast me down from the precipice, what indeed is your purpose with my death?

Your beauty today is like that of a non-human, tell me, which deity are you?"

1551-1553. Therein, "he, hanging" means he, the foremost doer of the Kurus, hanging in the third section. "In the noble open space" means having become of divine complexion, similar to a noble one in form, you roam about. "Unrestrained" means unrestrained in body and so on, immoral. "Harmful" means gone beyond welfare, or extremely harmful. "And in your mind" means there is not even a trifle of wholesome in your mind. "Your beauty today is like that of a non-human" means today this reason of yours is indeed of a non-human. "Which deity are you" means among the demons, which demon by name are you?

Puṇṇaka said -

1554.

"If you have heard of the demon named Puṇṇaka, he is indeed a minister of King Kuvera;

The earth-bearing serpent named Varuṇa, lofty, pure, endowed with beauty and strength.

1555.

"I desire his younger sister as daughter, Irandhatī is the name of that serpent maiden;

For the sake of that slender-waisted beloved, I resolved upon your murder, O wise one."

1554-1555. Therein, "sajibbo" means a living minister. "Brahā" means endowed with height and girth, resembling a raised golden image. "Endowed with beauty and strength" means possessed of bodily complexion and bodily strength. "His follower" means his daughter born after him. "I resolved" means I set my mind in motion; the meaning is I made a conclusion.

Having heard that, the Great Being, having thought "This world perishes through misapprehension; what is the purpose of my death for one who desires a nāga maiden? I shall know the reason truly," spoke a verse -

1556.

"May you not, demon, have been deluded, many have perished through wrong grasping in the world;

What is your function with the slender-waisted beloved, come now, through my death I shall hear all."

Having heard that, Puṇṇaka, explaining to him, said -

1557.

"Desiring the daughter of the great serpent of great majesty, I am a kinsman's servant;

To me making that request, the father-in-law said, as they knew me to be well led by desire.

1558.

"We would give to you one with a beautiful body, with lovely eyes, with a sweet smile, with limbs anointed with sandalwood;

But if you the heart of a wise one, righteously obtained, would bring here;

By this wealth the maiden can be obtained, we do not wish for any other riches further.

1559.

"Thus I am not confused, listen, doer of good, nor is there any misapprehension on my part;

By your heart righteously acquired, the nāgas give the nāga maiden Irandhati.

1560.

"Therefore I am engaged in your murder, thus my purpose is by your death;

Right here having thrown you into hell, having killed you, I shall bring the heart."

1556-1560. Therein, "desiring a daughter" means I desire, I wish for a daughter; I wander about for the sake of a daughter. "I am a kinsman's servant" means therefore I am indeed his kinsman's hired servant. "That" means that nāga maiden. "Requesting" means me who was requesting. "As me" means because me. "Knew" means they understood. "Well led by desire" means this one is well led by desire, thus he is one well led by desire; that one well led by desire. Therefore the father-in-law said beginning with "We would give to you." Therein, "we would give" means we would give. "Sutanuṃ" means with a beautiful body. "You would bring here" means here in the nāga realm, having righteously obtained, you would bring.

Having heard that talk of his, the Great Being thought: "Vimalā has no function with my heart. By the king of the nāgas Varuṇa, having heard my talk on the Teaching and having honoured me with a jewel, my status as a teacher of the Teaching will have been praised by the one who went there. Thereupon a longing for my talk on the Teaching will have arisen in Vimalā. Puṇṇaka will have been commanded by Varuṇa, having taken up a misapprehension. That one, through his own misapprehension, has brought me to such suffering in order to kill me. My being a wise one, the ability to think about the cause of the arising of a situation - what will it do while this one is killing me? Come, let me convince him." And having thought, having said "Young man, I know what is called the duty of a good man; so long as I do not die, having caused me to sit on the mountain summit, listen to what is called the duty of a good man; afterwards, whatever you wish, that you may do," having praised the duty of a good man, while having his own life brought back, he, while hanging head downward, spoke a verse -

1561.

"Quickly pull me up, Kātiyāna, if you have a function with my heart;

Whatever qualities there are of a good man, all of them I will manifest today."

Having heard that, Puṇṇaka, having thought "This will be a teaching never before spoken by the wise one to gods and humans; having quickly pulled him up, I shall listen to the duty of a good man," having lifted up the Great Being, caused him to sit down on the mountain summit. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1562.

"That Puṇṇaka, having quickly placed the foremost maker of the Kurus on the mountain summit;

Having looked upon him seated at ease, questioned the maker of superior wisdom.

1563.

"You have been lifted up by me from the precipice, with your heart today there is a function for me;

Whatever qualities there are of a good man, all of them manifest to me today."

1562-1563. Therein, "seated at ease" means having obtained comfort, seated. "Having looked upon" means having seen. "Qualities of a good man" means the good qualities of a man, the meaning is beautiful qualities.

Having heard that, the Great Being said -

1564.

"I have been lifted up by you from the precipice, if you have a function with my heart;

Whatever qualities there are of a good man, all of them I will manifest today."

Therein, "tyasmī" means "by you I am."

Then the Great Being said to him "My body is soiled; let me bathe first." The demon too, saying "Very well," having brought bathing water, at the time of bathing having given the Great Being divine garments, perfumes, garlands and so on, when he was adorned and prepared, gave him divine food. Then the Great Being, having eaten his meal, having had the summit of Kāḷāgiri Mountain decorated, having had a seat prepared, having sat down on the decorated Teaching-seat, teaching the duty of a good man with the grace of a Buddha, spoke a verse -

1565.

"Be a follower of what has gone before, young man, and avoid the moist hand;

And never be treacherous to friends, and do not come under the control of faithless women."

Therein, "avoid the moist hand" means do not burn, do not cremate a moist, wet hand.

The demon, being unable to comprehend the four qualities of a good man when spoken in brief, asking in detail, spoke a verse -

1566.

"How does one become a follower of what has gone before, and how does one burn the moist hand?

And who is the faithless woman, and who is the betrayer of friends? Tell me, being asked, this matter."

The Great Being also spoke to him -

1567.

"One unacquainted and not even seen before, whoever would invite even with a seat;

For that very one's benefit a person should act - him they call a follower of the foregoer, the wise say.

1568.

"In whose house one might stay even for a single night, where a person might obtain food and drink;

One should not think evil of him even in mind, the one with harmless hands burns the betrayer of friends.

1569.

"In the shade of whatever tree one might sit or lie down,

One should not break a branch of that tree, for a betrayer of friends is evil.

1570.

"Even if a man should give this whole earth filled with wealth to an esteemed woman;

Having obtained a moment, she might despise even that, one should not come under the control of those faithless women.

1571.

"Thus indeed one becomes a follower of what has gone before,

And one burns the moist hand again thus;

And she is the faithless woman, and he is the betrayer of friends,

Be righteous - abandon what is not the Teaching."

1567-1571. Therein, "unacquainted" means one with whom one has not previously dwelt together even for one or two days. "Whoever even with a seat" means whoever would invite such a person even with a mere seat, how much more so with food, drink, and so on. "For that very one" means a person indeed acts for the benefit of that one who acted first. "A follower of the foregoer" means a follower of the person who has gone before by having acted first. For one who acts first is called a goer, one who acts afterwards is called a follower - thus the wise speak. This, king of gods, is the first quality of a good man. "One who does not betray the hand" means for one who places even a non-treacherous person's hand merely for eating is indeed called a betrayer of friends. Thus, the transgression against one with a moist hand is the second quality of a good man. "Not of that" means one should not break a branch or a leaf of that tree. Why? For a betrayer of friends is evil. Thus, one who does evil even to a tree without consciousness whose shade has been enjoyed is called a betrayer of friends; how much more so towards one who is a human being. Thus, non-treachery towards friends is the third quality of a good man. "Would give to a woman" means he would give to a woman. "Of one esteemed" means of one well regarded thus: "I alone am her beloved, no other; she desires me alone." "Having obtained the opportunity" means having obtained the occasion for transgression. "Of faithless women" means of women endowed with misconduct. Thus, the non-performance of evil in dependence on a woman is the fourth quality of a good man. "He would be righteous" means king of gods, you should be endowed with these four qualities of a good man.

Thus the Great Being taught the four qualities of a good man to the demon with the grace of a Buddha.

The Good Man's Principles Chapter is finished.

The Kāḷāgiri Chapter

Even while listening to those qualities, Puṇṇaka considered: "In all four cases the wise one requests only his own life. This one indeed showed honour to me who was previously unacquainted with him. I dwelt in his dwelling for three days experiencing great glory. And I, doing this evil deed, do it in dependence on a woman. In every way I myself am indeed a betrayer of friends. If I offend against the wise one, I shall indeed not be practising the qualities of a good man; therefore what use is the serpent maiden to me? Making the tearful faces of the residents of Indapatthanagara smile, having led him there with speed, I shall bring him down into the Teaching hall" - having thought thus, he spoke a verse -

1572.

"I dwelt in your house for three days, served with food and drink;

You were my friend, I release you, go to your home as you please, O one of highest wisdom.

1573.

Even if the benefit from the serpent family be lost, let there be enough for me with the serpent maiden;

You, by your own well-spoken words, are released from murder by me today, wise one."

1572-1573. Therein, "served" means served by you. "I release you" means I release you. "Surely" means definitively. "From murder" means from killing. "Wisdom" means one endowed with wisdom.

Then the Great Being, saying to him "Young man, do not send me to your own house; take me to the nāga realm itself," spoke a verse -

1574.

"Well then, take me too, demon, practise your father-in-law's welfare towards me;

And we shall see the mansion of the serpent lord, never before seen by the serpent."

Therein, "come" (handa) is an indeclinable particle used in the sense of release. "Practise your father-in-law's welfare towards me" means practise towards me the welfare belonging to your father-in-law; do not destroy it. "The serpent lord's mansion" means I too would see the serpent lord and his mansion, never before seen.

Having heard that, Puṇṇaka said -

1575.

"Whatever indeed would be for a man's harm, a wise one does not deserve to see that;

Then for what reason do you wish to go to the enemy's village, O one of highest wisdom?"

Therein, "enemy's village" means the enemy's dwelling place, the meaning is meeting with the enemy.

Then the Great Being said to him -

1576.

"Surely I too understand this, a wise one does not deserve to see that;

And no evil has been done by me anywhere, therefore I do not fear the coming of death."

Therein, "the coming of death" means for the coming of death.

Moreover, king of gods, such a hard demon has been softened by me through a talk on the Teaching, and now you say to me "Enough for me with the nāga maiden, go to your own house"; the softening of the king of serpents is my burden, just take me there. Having heard that word of his, Puṇṇaka, having accepted saying "Very well," with a gladdened mind said -

1577.

"Come now, you shall see the state of incomparable splendour together with me, come, doer of good;

Where the serpent delights with dancing and singing, like King Vessavaṇa at Naḷinī.

1578.

"That dwelling frequented by a company of serpent maidens, where they sport constantly by day and by night;

Abundant with garlands, covered with many flowers, it shines like lightning in the sky.

1579.

"Endowed with food and drink, with dancing, singing, and music;

Full of maidens adorned, it appears beautiful with garments and ornaments."

1577-1579. Therein, "come now" is merely an indeclinable particle. "State" means the dwelling place of the serpent king. "At Naḷinī" means in the royal capital named Naḷinī. "Frequented by a company" means frequented by that company of serpent maidens. "Where they sport" means constantly, by day and by night, played and played about by the serpent maidens.

And having said thus, Puṇṇaka, having placed the Great Being on the horse's back, led him there. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1580.

"That Puṇṇaka, the foremost maker of the Kurus, seated him behind on a seat;

Having taken the maker of superior wisdom, he brought him to the dwelling of the serpent king.

1581.

"Having reached the state of incomparable splendour, the doer stood behind Puṇṇaka;

The serpent king, looking for concord, spoke first to his son-in-law."

1580-1581. Therein, "that Puṇṇaka" means monks, he, having thus described the serpent realm, having placed the wise one upon his own thoroughbred horse, led him to the serpent realm. "State" means the dwelling place of the serpent king. "Behind Puṇṇaka" means it is said that this occurred to Puṇṇaka: "If the serpent king, having seen the wise one, will become soft-minded, that is wholesome. If not, I shall place him upon the Sindh horse and take him away while the other is not seeing him." Then he placed him behind. Therefore it was said "behind Puṇṇaka." "Looking for unity" means looking for concord. "Sāmaṃ apekkhī" is also a reading; the meaning is having seen his own son-in-law, he himself first of all addressed him.

The king of the nāgas said -

1582.

"Did you go to the world of men, seeking the heart of a wise one;

Have you arrived here with success, having taken the maker of superior wisdom?"

Therein, "have you with success" means he asks whether you have come here with your wish having succeeded, having been accomplished.

Puṇṇaka said -

1583.

"For this one has come, whom you desire, righteously acquired is my Dhammapāla;

See him speaking face to face, happy indeed is the meeting with good persons."

Therein, "whom you desire" means whom you wish. "Yantu micchasī" is also a reading. "Speaking face to face" means see now that Dhammapāla, honoured by the world, speaking the Teaching with a sweet voice, face to face; for a meeting with good persons in one place is indeed happy.

The Kāḷāgiri Chapter is finished.

Thereupon the king of serpents, having seen the Great Being, spoke a verse -

1584.

"Having seen what was never seen before, a mortal afflicted by fear of death;

Frightened, did not pay respect, this is not like the wise."

Therein, "frightened" means afraid. This is what is meant - Wise one, you, having seen the serpent realm never seen before, afflicted by fear of death, being frightened, that you did not pay respect to me, this reason does not exist for the wise.

To the serpent king who was thus expecting homage, the Great Being, without even saying "You are not to be venerated by me," through his own endowment with knowledge and skilfulness in means, saying "I pay homage to him because of having reached the state of one condemned to death," spoke a pair of verses -

1585.

"I am not frightened, O noble one, nor am I afflicted by fear of death;

One fit to be killed should not pay respect, nor should one have one fit to be killed pay respect.

1586.

"How then should one pay respect, or have one pay respect indeed;

To one whom a man wishes to kill, that action is not fitting."

1585-1586. Its meaning is - I am indeed not frightened having seen the serpent realm never seen before, O king of the nāgas, nor am I afflicted by fear of death. For one such as me there is indeed no fear of death, but one fit to be killed is not able to pay respect, nor is even one not fit to be killed able to have one fit to be killed pay respect. For whomever a man would wish to kill, how then should he pay respect to him, or how should he have him pay respect to oneself indeed? For that action is not fitting for him. And you, it is said, commanded this one to have me killed; how then should I pay homage to you?

Having heard that, the king of the nāgas, offering praise to the Great Being, spoke two verses -

1587.

"So it is as you speak, you speak the truth, wise one;

One fit to be killed should not pay respect, nor should one have one fit to be killed pay respect.

1588.

How then should one pay respect, or have one pay respect indeed;

To one whom a man wishes to kill, that action is not fitting."

Now the Great Being, making friendly conversation together with the king of the nāgas, said -

1589.

"Is this of yours non-eternal or eternal, supernormal power, effulgence, strength, energy, and rebirth;

I ask you, king of serpents, about this matter, how was this mansion obtained by you?

1590.

"Was it obtained by chance, born of transformation, made by yourself, or given by the gods?

Tell me, king of serpents, this matter, just as this mansion was obtained by you."

1587-1590. Therein, "this of yours" means this is born of your fame, or the mansion is non-eternal yet resembling the eternal; by this term "do not do evil in dependence on fame," he requests his own life. "Supernormal power" means the supernormal power of the nāga, the effulgence of the nāga, bodily strength, mental energy, rebirth in the realm of the nāgas, and this mansion of yours - I ask you, king of the nāgas, about this matter, how was all this obtained by you. "Obtained by chance" means was this mansion thus accomplished obtained by you by chance, without reason, or is this of yours born from the transformation of seasons, or was it made by yourself with your own hand, or was it given to you by the gods; just as this was obtained by you, tell me this matter.

Having heard that, the king of the nāgas said -

1591.

"Not obtained by chance, not born of transformation for me, not made by myself, nor given by the gods;

Through my own actions, non-evil, through merit, this mansion was obtained by me."

Therein, "non-evil" means not inferior.

Then the Great Being said -

1592.

"What was your religious duty, what then was your holy life, of what well-practised deed is this the result;

Supernormal power, effulgence, strength, energy, and rebirth, and this great mansion of yours, O serpent?"

Therein, "what was your religious duty" means O king of the nāgas, what was your religious duty in a former existence, what then was your abiding by the holy life, of which good conduct is this result beginning with supernormal power?

Having heard that, the king of the nāgas said -

1593.

"My wife and I in the human world, both faithful, were masters in liberality;

My house was like a well, and ascetics and brahmins were satisfied.

1594.

"Garlands and odour and cosmetics, lamps and sleeping place and dwelling;

Clothing, tasting, food and drink, attentively we gave gifts there.

1595.

"That was my religious duty, that then was my holy life, of that well-practised deed this is the result;

Supernormal power, effulgence, strength, energy, and rebirth, and this great mansion of mine, O wise one."

1593-1595. Therein, "in the human world" means in the city of Kālacampā in the country of Aṅga. "That was my religious duty" means that carefully given gift itself was my observance and holy life, and this result beginning with supernormal power is of that very good conduct.

The Great Being said -

1596.

"If thus this mansion was obtained by you, you know the rebirth as the fruit of merits;

Therefore practise the Teaching diligently, so that you may dwell in the mansion again."

Therein, "you know" means if that was obtained by you through the power of giving, this being so, you indeed know both the fruit of merits and the rebirth produced by the fruit of merit. "Therefore indeed" means because this was obtained by you through merits, therefore. "May dwell again" means just as you again inhabit this nāga realm, so practise the Teaching.

Having heard that, the king of the nāgas said -

1597.

"Here there are no ascetics and brahmins, to whom we might give food and drink, doer of good;

Tell me, being asked, this matter, how we may dwell in the mansion again."

The Great Being said -

1598.

"For you have wealthy ones reborn here, sons and wife and dependents;

Towards them, by speech and by action, be always uncorrupted.

1599.

"Thus you, O serpent, without wickedness, protect by speech and by action;

Having stayed here in the mansion as long as life lasts, from here you go upward to the heavenly world."

1598-1599. Therein, "wealthy ones" means wealthy ones, the meaning is serpents. "Towards them" means towards those wealthy ones such as sons, wife and so on, by speech and by action, be always uncorrupted. "Protect" means thus, towards sons and so on and also towards the remaining beings, guard the absence of wickedness reckoned as a mind of friendliness. "Upward from here" means having passed away from here, from the serpent realm, he will go to a higher heavenly world. For a mind of friendliness is merit exceeding more than giving.

Thereupon the king of serpents, having heard the talk on the Teaching of the Great Being, having thought "It is not possible for the wise one to make delay outside; having shown him to Vimalā, having made her hear the well-spoken words, having allayed her pregnancy longing, gladdening King Dhanañcaya, it is fitting to send the wise one," spoke a verse -

1600.

"Surely indeed that foremost king grieves, without you, whose minister you are;

Even a man brought to suffering, having met with you, would find happiness, even if sick."

Therein, "sajibbo" means a living minister. "Samecca" means having come together with you. "Āturo pi" means even being severely ill.

Having heard that, the Great Being, offering praise to the king of the nāgas, spoke the other verse -

1601.

"Surely you speak the teaching of the good, O noble one, the unsurpassed passage of benefit, well practised;

For in such misfortunes, the distinction of ones like me becomes evident."

Therein, "surely the good" means you definitively speak the teaching of the virtuous, the wise. "Passage of benefit" means a portion of welfare. "In such" means in such misfortunes, when such fear has arisen, the distinction of ones like me who are wise becomes evident.

Having heard that, the king of the nāgas, exceedingly more satisfied, asking him that very thing, spoke a verse -

1602.

"Tell us, was this one obtained for nothing, tell us, did this one win at gambling;

Righteously acquired, thus this one says, how did you come into this one's hand?"

Therein, "tell us" means tell to us. "This one" means that one, this person. "Obtained for nothing" means was it indeed obtained for nothing, without any price, or did he win at gambling. "Thus this one says" means this Puṇṇaka says "the wise one was righteously acquired by me." "How did you come into this one's hand" means how did you come into this one's hand.

The Great Being said -

1603.

"He who was the lord and king there, this one defeated him by dice in gambling;

That defeated king gave me to this one, I was obtained by rule, without violence."

Therein, "who was the lord" means who was my lord. "Gave to this one" means gave to this Puṇṇaka.

Having heard that, the king of the nāgas was pleased. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1604.

"The great serpent, delighted and elated, having heard the well-spoken words of the wise one;

Having taken the one of superior wisdom by the hand, he then entered into his wife's presence.

1605.

"Because of whom you are pale, Vimalā, because of whom food is not pleasing;

Yet such beauty is not mine, this one is the dispeller of darkness.

1606.

"He whose benefit is in your heart, the light-bringer has come;

Listen to his word, rare is the seeing of him again."

1604-1606. Therein, "entered" means he entered. "Because of whom" means dear lady Vimalā, for whatever reason you are pale and food is not pleasing to you. "Yet such beauty is not mine" means whether on the surface of the earth or in the heavenly world, there is not such beauty of anyone else, such as the praise of this one's virtues has spread. "This one is the dispeller of darkness" means the one in dependence on whom your longing has arisen, this one is indeed the dispeller of darkness for all the world. "Again" means she says that seeing this one again is indeed rare.

Vimalā too, having seen him, extended friendly welcome. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1607.

Having seen him, the one of extensive wisdom, Vimalā, having raised joined palms with ten fingers;

With a joyful disposition, delighted in appearance, thus spoke to the foremost maker of the Kurus.

Therein, "with a joyful disposition" means with a delighted mind. "Delighted in appearance" means joyful.

From here onwards are the verses of speech and reply of Vimalā and the Great Being -

1608.

"Having seen what was never seen before, a mortal afflicted by fear of death;

Frightened, did not pay respect, this is not like the wise.

1609.

"I am not frightened, O serpent maiden, nor am I afflicted by fear of death;

One fit to be killed should not pay respect, nor should one have one fit to be killed pay respect.

1610.

"How then should one pay respect, or have one pay respect indeed;

To one whom a man wishes to kill, that action is not fitting.

1611.

"So it is as you speak, you speak the truth, wise one;

One fit to be killed should not pay respect, nor should one have one fit to be killed pay respect.

1612.

"How then should one pay respect, or have one pay respect indeed;

To one whom a man wishes to kill, that action is not fitting.

1613.

"Is this of yours non-eternal or eternal, supernormal power, effulgence, strength, energy, and rebirth;

I ask you, serpent maiden, this matter, how was this mansion obtained by you?"

1614.

"Was it obtained by chance, born of transformation, made by yourself, or given by the gods?

Tell me, serpent maiden, this matter, just as this mansion was obtained by you.

1615.

"Not obtained by chance, not born of transformation for me, not made by myself, nor given by the gods;

Through my own actions, non-evil, through merit, this mansion was obtained by me.

1616.

"What was your religious duty, what then was your holy life, of what well-practised deed is this the result;

Supernormal power, effulgence, strength, energy, and rebirth, and this great mansion of yours, O serpent maiden?

1617.

"Both I and my husband, faithful, were masters in liberality;

My house was like a well, and ascetics and brahmins were satisfied.

1618.

"Garlands and odour and cosmetics, lamps and sleeping place and dwelling;

Clothing, tasting, food and drink, attentively we gave gifts there.

1619.

"That was my religious duty, that then was my holy life, of that well-practised deed this is the result;

Supernormal power, effulgence, strength, energy, and rebirth, and this great mansion of mine, O wise one.

1620.

"If thus this mansion was obtained by you, you know the rebirth as the fruit of merits;

Therefore practise the Teaching diligently, so that you may dwell in the mansion again.

1621.

"Here there are no ascetics and brahmins, to whom we might give food and drink, doer of good;

Tell me, being asked, this matter, how we may dwell in the mansion again.

1622.

"For you have wealthy ones reborn here, sons and wife and dependents;

Towards them, by speech and by action, be always uncorrupted.

1623.

"Thus you, O serpent maiden, without wickedness, protect by speech and by action;

Having stayed here in the mansion as long as life lasts, from here you go upward to the heavenly world.

1624.

"Surely indeed that foremost king grieves, without you, whose minister you are;

Even a man brought to suffering, having met with you, would find happiness, even if sick.

1625.

"Surely you speak the teaching of the good, O serpent maiden, the unsurpassed passage of benefit, well practised;

For in such misfortunes, the distinction of ones like me becomes evident.

1626.

"Tell us, was this one obtained for nothing, tell us, did this one win at gambling;

Righteously acquired, thus this one says, how did you come into this one's hand?

1627.

"He who was the lord and king there, this one defeated him by dice in gambling;

That defeated king gave me to this one, I was obtained by rule, without violence."

1608-1627. The meaning of these verses should be understood by the method already stated above.

Having heard the Great Being's words, exceedingly satisfied, Vimalā, having taken the Great Being, having bathed him with a thousand pots of scented water, at the time of bathing having given the Great Being divine garments, divine perfumes, garlands and so on, when he was adorned and prepared, fed him divine food. The Great Being, having eaten his meal, having had a decorated seat prepared, having sat down on the decorated Teaching-seat, taught the Teaching with the grace of a Buddha. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1628.

"Just as the serpent Varuṇa asked a question of the wise one;

Likewise the serpent maiden too asked a question of the wise one.

1629.

"Just as the wise one, when asked, pleased the serpent Varuṇa;

Likewise the wise one, when asked, pleased the serpent maiden too.

1630.

"Having known both of them to be delighted, the great serpent and the serpent maiden, the wise one;

Unafraid, fearless, without hair standing on end, thus spoke to Varuṇa, the king of serpents.

1631.

"Do not be afraid, O noble one, I am iron, by which this body is for your purpose;

Do your duty with the heart and meat, I myself will do according to your wish."

1628-1631. Therein, "unafraid" means unshaken. "Without hair standing on end" means one whose hair is not bristling through fear. "Thus spoke" means he spoke thus by way of investigation. "Do not obstruct" means do not fear thinking "I am doing the deed of betraying a friend," or do not think "How indeed shall I kill him now?" "Nāga" - he addresses Varuṇa. "Āyāhamasmī" means "I am iron," or this itself is the reading. "I shall do it myself" means if you do not dare to kill me thinking "The Teaching has been heard by me in his presence now," then I myself, according to your disposition, shall do it myself.

The king of the nāgas said -

1632.

"Wisdom indeed is the heart of the wise, we are well satisfied with your wisdom;

Let Anūnanāma obtain a wife today, let him convey him to the Kurus this very day."

Therein, "we are well satisfied with your wisdom" means we are well satisfied with your wisdom. "Anūnanāma" means the one whose name is complete, the demon general Puṇṇaka. "Let him obtain a wife today" means let him obtain a wife today; I give him my daughter Irandhati. "Let him convey" means this very day let Puṇṇaka convey him to the Kuru country.

And having said thus, Varuṇa the king of serpents gave Irandhati to Puṇṇaka. He, having obtained her, with a gladdened mind conversed with the Great Being. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1633.

"That Puṇṇaka, delighted and elated, having obtained the nāga maiden Irandhati;

With a joyful disposition, delighted in appearance, thus spoke to the foremost maker of the Kurus.

1634.

"You made me endowed with a wife, and I, Vidhura, perform your function;

And I give you this jewel gem, this very day I will convey him to the Kurus."

1633-1634. Therein, "jewel gem" means wise one, I am pleased with your virtues and am worthy to perform a function befitting you; therefore I give you this jewel gem used by a universal monarch, and this very day I shall convey you to Indapatta.

Then the Great Being, offering praise to him, spoke the other verse -

1635.

"May this friendliness be invincible for you, together with your dear wife, Kaccāna;

Joyful, pleased, glad at heart, delighted, having given the gem and the bed, lead her to Indapatta."

Therein, "invincible this" means may this friendliness of dear communal life together with your wife be invincible. With "joyful, pleased" and so on, he speaks of his state of being endowed with joy. "Lead to Indapatta" means lead her to Indapatta.

Having heard that, Puṇṇaka did so. Therefore it was said -

1636.

"That Puṇṇaka, the foremost maker of the Kurus, seated him in front on a seat;

Having taken the maker of superior wisdom, he brought him to the city of Indapatta.

1637.

"Just as the mind of a human being might go, even faster than that was his;

That Puṇṇaka brought the foremost maker of the Kurus to the city of Indapatta.

1638.

"This city of Indapatta is seen, and charming mango groves in parts;

And I am endowed with my wife, and you have reached your own abode."

1636-1638. Therein, "just as the mind might go" means although the mind does not actually go, yet because it takes an object that is far away, it is called "gone"; therefore the meaning here should be understood thus: the going of that mind-made Sindh horse was even faster than the mind's taking of an object. "To Indapatta" - showing that he was still seated on the horse's back, he said thus. "To his own abode" - he said: and you have arrived at your own dwelling.

But on that day, towards the break of dawn, the king saw a dream. The dream was of such a form - At the gate of the king's dwelling stood a great tree having the aggregate of wisdom as its trunk, branches made of morality, fruits of the five dairy products, covered with decorated elephants, cattle, and horses. The great multitude, having made an offering to it, raising joined palms, paying homage, stood. Then a certain dark man, harsh, clothed in a red cloak, wearing red flowers at his ears, with a weapon in hand, having come, while the great multitude was lamenting, having cut that tree with its root, dragging it, having taken it and gone, again having brought it back, having placed it in its original place, departed. The king, examining that dream, thought: "Like the great tree is none other than Vidhura the Wise. Like the man who, while the great multitude was lamenting, having cut it with its root, having taken it and gone, is none other than the young man who, having taken the wise one, went. Just as he brought it back and having placed it in its original place, went, so that young man, having brought back that wise one, having placed him at the door of the Dhamma hall, will depart. Surely today we shall see the wise one" - having made this conclusion, filled with joy, having had the whole city adorned, having had the Dhamma hall prepared, having had a Dhamma seat prepared in the decorated jewelled pavilion, surrounded by the company of one hundred kings, ministers, city-dwellers, and country-folk, having consoled the great multitude saying "Today you will see the wise one; do not grieve," looking out for the arrival of the wise one, he sat down in the Dhamma hall. The ministers and others also sat down. At that moment, Puṇṇaka too, having brought down the wise one, having placed him right in the midst of the assembly at the door of the Dhamma hall, having taken Irandhati, went to the city of the gods itself. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1639.

"That Puṇṇaka, having laid aside the foremost maker of the Kurus, in the middle of the Dhamma hall;

Having mounted the thoroughbred, of superior beauty, departed through the sky in the atmosphere.

1640.

"Having seen him, the king, supremely delighted, having risen, having embraced him with his arms;

Without wavering, in the middle of the Dhamma hall, he seated him on the chief seat."

1639-1640. Therein, "of superior beauty" means of not inferior beauty, of the highest beauty. "Without wavering" means monks, that king, having embraced the wise one, without wavering amidst the great multitude, without shrinking back, having taken him by the hand, having turned him towards himself, caused him to sit on the decorated Teaching-seat.

Then the king, having exchanged friendly greetings with him, making a sweet friendly welcome, spoke a verse -

1641.

"You are our trainer, like one who drives a harnessed chariot, the Kurus rejoice at seeing you;

Tell me, being asked, this matter, how was the release of the young man?"

Therein, "harnessed" means just as a charioteer drives a harnessed chariot, so you are our trainer in actions for our welfare by means of reason and method. "They rejoice in you" means having seen you, these inhabitants of the Kuru country rejoice at seeing you. "Of the young man" means how was your release from the young man? Or whatever was the release of the young man who was releasing you, by what reason did that come about - this is the meaning.

The Great Being said -

1642.

"He whom you address as 'young man', O lord of men, he is not a human being, O foremost hero among men;

If you have heard of the demon named Puṇṇaka, he is indeed a minister of King Kuvera.

1643.

"The earth-bearing serpent named Varuṇa, lofty, pure, endowed with beauty and strength;

Desiring his younger daughter, Irandhatī is the name of that serpent maiden.

1644.

"For the sake of that slender-waisted beloved, he resolved upon my murder;

And he is endowed with his wife, and I am permitted, and the gem is obtained."

1642-1644. Therein, "he whom you address as 'young man'" means O lord of men, he whom you address as "young man." "Bhūmindhara" means one dwelling in the serpent realm of Bhūmindhara. "That serpent maiden" means the serpent maiden whom he, desiring, resolved upon my murder and set his mind in motion - that serpent maiden is named Irandhatī. "For the sake of the beloved" means great king, that king of serpents indeed, being pleased at the answering of questions on the four observance days, having honoured me with a jewel, went to the serpent realm; when the queen named Vimalā, not seeing that jewel, asked "Sire, where is the jewel?" he praised my status as a preacher of the Teaching. She, having become desirous of hearing my talk on the Teaching, aroused a longing in my heart. But the king of serpents, through misapprehension, said to his daughter Irandhatī - "Mother, your longing is for the flesh of the heart of Vidhura; seek a husband able to bring the flesh of his heart." She, while seeking, having seen a demon named Puṇṇaka, the nephew of Vessavaṇa, having known that his mind was bound to her, led him to her father's presence. Then he said to him "If you are able to bring the flesh of the heart of Vidhura the wise one, you shall obtain Irandhatī." Puṇṇaka, having brought a jewel gem for the use of a universal monarch from Mount Vepulla, having played dice together with you, having defeated me, obtained me. And I, having made him dwell in my dwelling for three days, showed him great honour. He too, having made me grasp the horse's tail, having beaten me against trees and mountains in the Himalayas, being unable to kill me, having plunged into the seventh mass of wind and the mouth of the high-altitude wind, gradually having placed me on the summit of the Black Mountain, sixty yojanas in height, having assumed this and that form by way of the guise of a lion and so on, yet being unable to kill me, when asked by me the reason for killing, he told it. Then I spoke to him on the qualities of a good man. Having heard that, with a gladdened mind, he wished to bring me here.

Then I, having taken him, having gone to the serpent realm, taught the Teaching to the king of serpents and to Vimalā. Thereupon the king of serpents and Vimalā and the entire assembly of serpents were pleased. The king of serpents, when I had dwelt there for six days, gave Irandhatī to Puṇṇaka. He, having obtained her, having become of gladdened mind, having honoured me with the jewel gem, being commanded by the king of serpents, having mounted the mind-made Sindh horse, himself having sat on the middle seat, having caused Irandhatī to sit on the rear seat, having caused me to sit on the front seat, having come here, having brought me down in the midst of the assembly, having taken Irandhatī, went to his own city. Thus, great king, that Puṇṇaka, for the sake of that slender-waisted beloved, resolved upon my murder. And thus, in dependence on me, he himself became endowed with a wife, and I was permitted by the king of serpents who was pleased having heard my talk on the Teaching, and from that Puṇṇaka this all-desire-granting jewel for the use of a universal monarch was obtained. Accept, Sire, this jewel - and he gave the precious thing to the king.

Thereupon the king, towards the break of dawn, wishing to tell the city-dwellers the dream seen by himself, having said "Sirs, city-dwellers, hear today the dream seen by me," said -

1645.

"A tree indeed for me at the gateway has grown well, the aggregate of wisdom, with branches made of morality;

Established in meaning and in the Teaching, prudent, with cow-fruit, covered with elephants, cattle and horses.

1646.

"When resounded with dancing, singing, and music, a man, having cut off the army, carried it away;

He, our one, has come to his abode, pay homage to this tree.

1647.

"Whoever are delighted because of me, let them all manifest today;

Having made abundant gifts, pay homage to this tree.

1648.

"Whoever are bound in my realm, let them all be released from bondage;

Just as he was freed from bondage, so let these be released from bondage.

1649.

"Let them put aside their ploughs and celebrate this month, let the brahmins eat rice with meat;

Let those who abstain from intoxicants and those fond of liquor drink, from full dishes overflowing.

1650.

"Let them constantly call out along the high road, and let them arrange strong protection in the realm;

So that they would not harass one another, pay homage to this tree."

1645-1650. Therein, "the branch of one made of morality" means the branch made of morality of this tree. "In meaning and in the Teaching" means in growth and in intrinsic nature. "Established, prudent" means that tree made of wisdom is established. "With cow-fruit" means having the fruit of the five kinds of dairy products. "Covered with elephants, cattle and horses" means covered with decorated elephants, cattle and horses. "Resounded with dancing, singing, and music" means then, when the great multitude making an offering to that tree resounded at that tree with dancing and so on. "A man, having cut off the army, carried it away" means one dark man, having come, having cut off that tree, having put to flight the army that stood surrounding it, carried it away, having taken it and gone. Again that tree, having come, stood right at the door of our dwelling. He, our one, this wise one resembling a tree, has come to his abode. Now all of you pay esteem to this tree, set in motion great honour.

"Because of me" means hey, ministers, whoever are delighted with gladdened minds through fame obtained in dependence on me, let them all manifest their wealth. "Abundant" means thick, great. "Gifts" means presents. "Whatever" means including at least beasts and birds bound for the purpose of sport. "Let them release" means let them release. "Let them put aside their ploughs and celebrate this month" means having lifted up the ploughing ploughs and set them aside to one side, having had a drum beaten in the city, let all the people celebrate a great festival. "Let them eat" means let them consume. "Those who abstain from intoxicants" means here the prefix "a" is merely a particle; the meaning is let men who drink intoxicants, those fond of liquor, seated in their own respective drinking places, drink. "From full dishes" means with full plates. "Overflowing" means overflowing due to being overly full. "Let them constantly call out along the high road" means the meaning is let prostitutes standing along the decorated high road, the royal road, inside the city, constantly call out to people desirous of defilements under the influence of defilements. "Strong" means firmly. "So that" means the meaning is let them arrange protection so that, because of the protection being well arranged, having put aside their ploughs, while paying esteem to this tree, they would not harass one another.

When this was said thus by the king -

1651.

"Harem-ladies and princes, merchants and brahmins;

They brought much food and drink to the wise one.

1652.

"Elephant riders, royal bodyguards, charioteers, and infantry soldiers;

They brought much food and drink to the wise one.

1653.

"The country-folk have assembled, and the townspeople have assembled;

They brought much food and drink to the wise one.

1654.

"Many people were pleased, having seen the wise one arrived;

When the wise one had arrived, the waving of garments took place."

1651-1654. Therein, "they brought" means thus commanded by the king, having prepared a great festival, having released all beings from bondage, all these harem-ladies and others, having prepared presents of various kinds, together with that sent food and drink to the wise one. "The wise one arrived" means when the wise one had arrived, having seen that wise one, the multitude of people were pleased.

The festival came to an end in a month. Then the Great Being, as if accomplishing the duty of a Buddha, teaching the Teaching to the public and instructing the king, having performed meritorious deeds such as giving and so on, having remained as long as life lasted, at the end of his life span was destined for heaven. Beginning with the king, all the city-dwellers too, standing firm in the wise one's exhortation, having performed meritorious deeds such as giving and so on, at the end of their life span filled the city of heaven.

The Teacher, having brought this teaching of the Teaching, having said "Not only now, monks; in the past too the Tathāgata was accomplished in wisdom and skilled in means indeed," connected the Jātaka - "At that time the wise one's mother and father were the great royal families, the chief wife was Rāhula's mother, the eldest son was Rāhula, Vimalā was Uppalavaṇṇā, Varuṇa the king of serpents was Sāriputta, the supaṇṇa king was Moggallāna, Sakka was Anuruddha, King Dhanañcaya the Korabyan was Ānanda, Puṇṇaka was Channa, the assembly was the Buddha's assembly, but Vidhura the Wise was myself, the perfectly Self-awakened One."

The Commentary on the Vidhura Jātaka is the ninth.

547.
The commentary on the Vessantara Jātaka

The Commentary on the Ten Boons Discourse

"Phussatī of excellent radiant beauty" - this the Teacher spoke while dwelling near Kapilavatthu at the Nigrodha Monastery, referring to the shower of lotus petals. For when the Teacher, having set in motion the excellent wheel of the Teaching, having gone gradually to Rājagaha, having spent the winter there, with the Elder Udāyī as the one who pointed out the way, attended by twenty thousand who had eliminated the mental corruptions, went to Kapilavatthu on his first visit, then the Sakyan kings, having assembled saying "We shall see our foremost relative," investigating the Blessed One's dwelling place, having observed "The park of the Sākiyan Nigrodha is delightful," having made all the arrangements for care there, with scents, flowers and so on in their hands, going out to meet him, first sent the younger boys and city boys and city girls adorned with all decorations, then the princes and princesses. Immediately after them, themselves, having venerated the Teacher with scents, flowers, bath powders and so on, having taken the Blessed One, went to the Nigrodha Monastery itself. There the Blessed One, attended by twenty thousand who had eliminated the mental corruptions, sat down on the excellent Buddha-seat that had been prepared. For at that time the Sākiyans were by nature conceited, stubborn in conceit. They, having thought "This Prince Siddhattha is younger than us, our youngest, our nephew, our son, our grandson," said to the younger boys and princes and princesses "You pay homage to the Blessed One; we shall sit behind you."

When they had thus sat down without paying homage, the Blessed One, having observed their disposition, thinking "My relatives do not pay homage to me; come now, I shall make them pay homage," having attained the fourth meditative absorption which is the foundation for direct knowledge, having emerged from it, having risen up into the sky, as if scattering the dust of his feet upon their heads, performed a wonder similar to the Twin Miracle at the foot of the Kaṇḍamba tree. King Suddhodana, having seen that marvel, said "Venerable sir, on the day of your birth, when you were brought for the purpose of paying homage to Kāḷadevala, having seen your feet turn over and become established on the head of the brahmin, I paid homage at your feet. This was my first homage. And again on the day of the ploughing festival, having seen that the shadow of the rose-apple tree did not turn away while you were seated on the royal couch in the shade of the rose-apple tree, I paid homage at your feet. This was my second homage. Now, having seen this wonder never seen before, I pay homage at your feet. This is my third homage." But when the king had paid homage, there was not even a single Sākiyan who was able to stand without paying homage; all paid homage indeed.

Thus the Blessed One, having made his relatives pay homage, having descended from the sky, sat down on the excellent Buddha-seat that had been prepared. And when the Blessed One was seated, the gathering of relatives reached its peak; all, having become one-pointed in mind, sat down. Then a great cloud, having arisen, rained down a shower of lotus petals; copper-coloured water flowed below with a rushing sound. Those who wished to be wetted were wetted. On the body of one who did not wish to be wetted, not even a single drop fell. Having seen that, all became filled with wonder and amazement. "Oh, how wonderful! Oh, how marvellous! Oh, the great majesty of the Buddhas, at whose gathering of relatives such a shower of lotus petals rained down!" - the monks raised up a discussion. Having heard that, the Teacher, having said "Not only now, monks; in the past too at my gathering of relatives a great cloud rained down a shower of lotus petals indeed," being requested by them, brought up the past.

In the past, in the Sivi country, in the city of Jetuttara, a great king named Sivi, while exercising kingship, obtained a son named Sañjaya. He, when that one had come of age, having brought from the Madda king's family a princess named Phussatī, having handed over the kingdom, made Phussatī the queen-consort. Her former connection was this - Ninety-one cosmic cycles from now, a Teacher named Vipassī arose in the world. While he was dwelling in dependence on the city of Bandhumatī in the deer-park called Khema, a certain king sent to King Bandhumā a golden garland worth a hundred thousand together with priceless sandalwood essence. But the king had two daughters. He, wishing to give that present to them, gave the sandalwood essence to the elder and gave the golden garland to the younger. Both of them, having thought "We shall not adorn our own bodies with this; we shall venerate the Teacher himself," said to the king "Father, let us venerate the One of Ten Powers with the sandalwood essence and the golden garland." Having heard that, the king accepted saying "Good!" The elder had fine sandalwood powder made, filled a golden casket, and had it taken up. The younger sister, however, had the golden garland made into a breast-plate garland and had it taken up in a golden casket. Both of them, having gone to the deer-park monastery, the elder, having venerated the golden-coloured body of the One of Ten Powers with sandalwood powder, having sprinkled the remaining powder in the perfumed chamber, made the aspiration "Venerable sir, may I become the mother of a Buddha such as you in the future." The younger sister too, having venerated the golden-coloured body of the Tathāgata with a breast-plate made from the golden garland, made the aspiration "Venerable sir, until the attainment of arahantship, may this ornament not be absent from my body." The Teacher too gave thanksgiving to them.

Both of them, having remained as long as life lasted, were reborn in the heavenly world. Among them, the elder sister, wandering in the round of rebirths from the heavenly world to the human world and from the human world to the heavenly world, at the end of ninety-one cosmic cycles, at the time of the arising of our Buddha, became the Buddha's mother, Queen Mahāmāyā by name. The younger sister too, wandering in the round of rebirths in just the same way, in the time of Kassapa, the One of Ten Powers, was reborn as the daughter of King Kikī. She, because of being born with a chest adorned with a breast-plate garland as if made by the art of painting, having become a maiden named Uracchadā, at the age of sixteen, having heard the Teacher's thanksgiving after the meal, having become established in the fruition of stream-entry, afterwards, on the very day her father attained the fruition of stream-entry while listening to the thanksgiving after the meal, having attained arahantship, having gone forth, she attained final Nibbāna. King Kikī also obtained seven other daughters. Their names were -

"Samaṇī and Samaṇaguttā, Bhikkhunī and Bhikkhadāyikā;

Dhammā and Sudhammā, and the seventh Saṅghadāsī."

They, in this arising of a Buddha -

"Khemā and Uppalavaṇṇā, and Paṭācārā and Gotamī;

Dhammadinnā and Mahāmāyā, and Visākhā the seventh."

Among them, Phussatī, having been named Sudhammā, having performed meritorious deeds such as giving and so on, as the fruit of the sandalwood powder offering made to Vipassī, the Perfectly Self-awakened One, because of being born with a body as if anointed with red sandalwood essence, having become a maiden named Phussatī, wandering in the round of rebirths among gods and humans, afterwards was reborn as the queen-consort of Sakka, the king of gods. Then, when she had remained as long as life lasted and the five advanced signs had arisen, Sakka, the king of gods, having known that her life was exhausted, having taken her with great glory, having gone to the Nandana pleasure garden, there, having seated her on a decorated couch, himself having sat down beside the couch, said this: "Dear lady Phussatī, I give you ten boons; take them" - thus saying, he spoke the first verse in this Great Vessantara Jātaka adorned with a thousand verses -

1655.

"Phussatī, O one of excellent radiant beauty, choose ten boons;

O one with beautiful limbs on earth, whatever is dear to your mind."

Thus this great Vessantara teaching of the Teaching was established in the heavenly world.

Therein, "Phussatī" - he addresses her by name. "Of excellent radiant beauty" means endowed with excellent radiance of beauty. "Tenfold" means of ten kinds. "On earth" means having made it as to be taken on earth, "choose" - he says "take." "One with beautiful limbs" means endowed with the beautiful foremost characteristic, the excellent mark. "Whatever is dear to your mind" means whatever is dear to your mind, that take in ten portions - he says.

She, not knowing her own nature of being subject to pass away, being heedless, spoke the second verse -

1656.

"Homage to you, king of gods, what evil was done by me?

You dislodge me from this delightful place, like the wind a tree growing on the earth."

Therein, "homage to you" means homage to you be. "What evil" means she asks: "What evil was done by me in your presence?" "Growing on the earth" means a tree.

Then, having known her state of heedlessness, Sakka spoke two verses -

1657.

"Neither have you done any evil, nor are you disagreeable to me;

But your merit is exhausted, therefore I speak thus to you.

1658.

"Death is near to you, separation will come to be;

Accept these ten boons from me who is giving."

1657-1658. Therein, "therefore I speak thus to you" means therefore I say thus to you. "Separation from you" means there will be separation of you from us. "To one giving" means to one who is giving.

She, having heard the word of Sakka, having known with certainty her own death, accepting a boon, said -

1659.

"If you have given me a boon, Sakka, lord of all beings;

Venerable one, may I be there in the dwelling of King Sivi.

1660.

"With blue eyes and blue eyebrows, and blue-eyed like a hind;

Phussatī by name, may I be seen there, O first of givers.

1661.

"May I obtain a son, a giver of boons, accessible to begging, not stingy;

Venerated by rival kings, famous, glorious.

1662.

"While I am bearing the embryo, may my middle limb be not raised;

May my belly be not raised, like a bow evenly carved.

1663.

"May my breasts not fall, may there be no grey hairs, O Vāsava;

May no dust cling to my body, and may I be able to release even one condemned to death.

1664.

"Resounding with the cries of peacocks and herons, attended by groups of excellent women;

Crowded with hunchbacks, cloth-workers and servants, praised by bards and Magadhan panegyrists.

1665.

"Where variegated door-bolts resound, where people are awakened with liquor and meat;

Venerable one, may I be there as the dear chief queen of King Sivi."

1659-1665. "There, of King Sivi" means she, surveying the entire surface of Jambudīpa, having seen the dwelling of King Sivi as befitting herself, aspiring to the state of queen-consort there, spoke thus. "Like a hind" means for a one-year-old young doe has blue eyes; hence she spoke thus. "May I be seen there" means there too may I be by this very name. "May I obtain" means may I obtain. "Giver of boons" means a donor of excellent gifts, whether asked or unasked, among adorned heads, pairs of eyes, hearts, flesh, blood, white parasols, sons, and wives. "Belly" shows in its own nature what was said as "the middle limb." "Carved" means just as a bow properly carved by a skilful bow-maker has a non-protruding middle, is balanced like a scale-beam, and is even, so may my belly be of such form.

"May they not fall" means having fallen they should not become pendulous. "May there be no grey hairs, O Vāsava" means O Vāsava, best of gods, may there be no grey hairs on my head; may they not appear. "Grey hairs on the head" is also a reading. "And even one condemned to death" means may I be able to release by my own power a wrongdoer, a criminal against the king, a thief who has reached the state of being condemned to death. By this she indicates her own state of sovereignty. "Praised by bards and Magadhans" means praised by bards and Magadhans who announce the time by way of praise at mealtimes and so on. "Resounding with variegated door-bolt hinges" means proclaimed by door shutters variegated with the seven jewels, making a delightful sound similar to the sound of the five-part musical ensemble. "Awakened with liquor and meat" means in such a dwelling of King Sivi, where people are being roused with liquor and meat saying "drink, eat," may I be his queen-consort - thus she took these ten boons.

Therein, the state of being King Sivi's queen-consort is the first boon, having blue eyes is the second, having blue eyebrows is the third, the name "Phussatī" is the fourth, the acquisition of a son is the fifth, having a non-protruding belly is the sixth, having non-pendulous breasts is the seventh, the state of having no grey hair is the eighth, the state of having subtle skin is the ninth, and the ability to release those condemned to death is the tenth boon.

Sakka said -

1666.

"Those ten boons given by me, O you beautiful in all limbs;

In the realm of King Sivi, all those boons you will obtain."

Then Sakka, the king of gods, gave ten boons to Phussatī, and having given them, gave thanks, having said "Dear lady Phussatī, may all those succeed for you." Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1667.

"Having said this, Maghavā, the king of gods, husband of Sujā;

Having given a boon to Phussatī, Vāsava gave thanks."

Therein, "gave thanks" means having given the boons thus "You will obtain all those boons," he was delighted and satisfied in mind - this is the meaning.

The Ten Boons Discourse is finished.

The Commentary on the Himavanta

Thus she, having taken the boons, passed away from there and was reborn in the womb of the queen-consort of the Madda king. And being born, she was born with a body as if scattered with sandalwood powder. Therefore, on her name-giving day, they gave her the name "Phussatī." She, having grown up with a great retinue, at the age of sixteen was one bearing the highest beauty. Then the great king Sivi, having brought her for the sake of his son Prince Sañjaya, having raised the parasol over him, having made her the foremost of the sixteen thousand women, established her in the position of queen-consort. Therefore it was said -

"Passed away from there, she Phussatī, was reborn in the warrior caste;

In the city of Jetuttara, she came together with Sañjaya."

She was dear and agreeable to Sañjaya. Then Sakka, reflecting upon her, having seen "Of the boons granted by me to Phussatī, nine boons have been fulfilled," thought "But the boon of a son has not yet succeeded; I shall make that too succeed for her." At that time the Great Being was dwelling in the Tāvatiṃsa god realm, and his life span was exhausted. Having known that, Sakka, having gone to his presence, having said "Sir, it is fitting for you to go to the human world; it is fitting there to take conception in the womb of the queen-consort of King Sivi," having obtained the acknowledgment of him and of sixty thousand other young gods who were subject to pass away, went to his own place. The Great Being too, having passed away from there, arose there, and the remaining young gods too were reborn in the houses of sixty thousand councillors. When the Great Being had entered the womb, Phussatī, having become a woman with longing, having had six alms-halls built at six places - at the four city gates, in the middle of the city, and at the door of the king's dwelling - distributing six hundred thousand daily, wished to give a great gift.

The king, having heard her longing, having summoned the sign-reading brahmins, asked them. The interpreters of signs - "Great king, a being delighting in giving has arisen in the queen's womb; he will not reach satisfaction through giving," they said. Having heard that, the king, with a satisfied mind, having had six alms-halls built, established the aforesaid kind of giving. From the time of the Bodhisatta's taking of conception, there was no measure to the king's income. By the power of his merit, the kings of the entire Jambudīpa sent presents. The queen, bearing the embryo with a great retinue, when ten months were complete, wishing to see the city, informed the king. The king, having had the city decorated like the city of the gods, having placed the queen upon an excellent chariot, had her circumambulate the city. When she had reached the middle of the merchants' street, the kamma-born winds stirred. Then the ministers reported to the king. Having heard that, having had a lying-in-chamber built for her right in the merchants' street, he had her take up residence there. She gave birth to a son there. Therefore it was said -

"Having carried for ten months, while circumambulating the city;

In the middle of the merchants' street, Phussatī gave birth to me."

The Great Being, having come forth from his mother's womb, being pure, having opened his eyes, came forth. As soon as he had come forth, stretching out his hand to his mother, he said "Mother, I will give a gift; is there anything of wealth for you?" Then his mother, having placed a bag containing a thousand pieces of gold coins in his outstretched hands, said "Dear son, give a gift according to your disposition." For the Great Being spoke together with his mother just upon being born in three instances: in the Umaṅga Jātaka, in this Jātaka, and in his final individual existence. Then on his name-giving day, because of being born in the merchants' street, they gave him the name "Vessantara."

Therefore it was said -

"My name is not from my mother, nor of paternal origin;

I was born in the merchants' street, therefore he was Vessantara."

But on the very day of his birth, a she-elephant traversing the sky, having brought an all-white elephant calf deemed supremely auspicious, having placed it in the station of the state elephant, departed. Because it had arisen by making the Great Being the condition, they gave it the name "Paccaya." On that very day, sixty thousand boys were born in the houses of the ministers. The king, having avoided the faults of being excessively tall and so on, appointed sixty-four nurses with pendulous breasts and sweet milk for the Great Being. He also appointed one nurse each for the sixty thousand boys born together with him. He grew up together with the sixty thousand boys, with a great retinue. Then the king had a prince's ornament worth a hundred thousand made for him. He, at the age of four or five, having taken it off and given it to the nurses, when it was being given back by them, did not accept it. They reported to the king. The king, having heard that, saying "Let what was given by my son be a royal gift indeed," had another one made. The prince gave that one too. Thus during his childhood alone, he gave ornaments to the nurses on nine occasions.

But at the age of eight, having gone to the excellent mansion, seated on the surface of the royal couch, he thought "I give only external gifts; that does not satisfy me. I wish to give internal gifts. If anyone were to request my head, having cut off the head, I would give it to him. If indeed anyone were to request my heart, having split open the chest, having extracted the heart, I would give it. If one were to request my eyes, having plucked out the eyes, I would give them. If one were to request the flesh of the body, having cut the flesh from the entire body, I would give it. If indeed anyone were to request my blood, having taken the blood, I would give it. And furthermore, if anyone were to say 'Be my slave,' having declared myself to him, having made myself a slave, I would give myself." As he was thus reflecting on his intrinsic nature, this great earth, two hundred thousand yojanas thick plus forty thousand, trembled, roaring like a majestic noble elephant. Sineru, the king of mountains, having bent down like a well-steamed bamboo shoot, stood facing the city of Jetuttara. With the sound of the earth, the rain god, thundering, rained a momentary shower, untimely lightning flashes went forth, the ocean was stirred. Sakka, the king of gods, clapped his hands; the Great Brahmā gave applause. From the surface of the earth up to the Brahmā world, there was a single uproar.

And this too was said -

"When I was a boy, eight years old by birth;

Then, having sat down in the mansion, I considered giving a gift.

"I would give my heart, my eye, and also my flesh and blood;

I would give my body, having declared it, if anyone were to request of me.

"As I was reflecting on my intrinsic nature, without trembling, without shrinking;

The earth trembled there, with Sineru and its forest-wreath."

The Bodhisatta, at the very time of sixteen years, attained accomplishment in all crafts. Then his father, wishing to give him the kingdom, having consulted together with his mother, having brought from the royal family of the Madda kings a princess named Maddī, a maternal uncle's daughter, having made her the foremost of sixteen thousand women as queen-consort, consecrated the Great Being in the kingdom. The Great Being, from the time he was established in the kingdom, distributing six hundred thousand daily, carried on the great giving. Afterwards Queen Maddī gave birth to a son. They received him with a golden net; therefore they gave him the name "Prince Jāli." At the time of his walking on foot, she gave birth to a daughter. They received her with a black antelope skin; therefore they gave her the name "Kaṇhājinā." The Great Being, six times a month, mounted upon the back of the decorated excellent elephant, inspected the six alms-halls. At that time, in the Kāliṅga country there was a drought, the crops did not succeed, and a great fear of famine arose among the people. The people, being unable to live, resorted to thievery. The country-folk, oppressed by famine, having assembled in the royal courtyard, complained to the king. Having heard that, when the king said "What is it, dear ones?" they reported that matter to him. The king, having dismissed them saying "Good, dear ones, I shall cause the rain god to rain," even though having undertaken the precepts and observing the Observance day, was unable to cause the rain god to rain. He, having assembled the citizens, asked "I, having undertaken the precepts, even while observing the Observance day for a week, was unable to cause the rain god to rain; what indeed should be done?" If, Sire, you are unable to cause the rain god to rain, there is in the city of Jetuttara a son of King Sañjaya named Vessantara, who delights in giving. He has, it is said, an all-white state elephant; wherever it went, the rain god rained. It is fitting to send brahmins and have that elephant requested; command it.

He, having accepted saying "Very well," having assembled the brahmins, having selected from among them eight persons accomplished in virtue and beauty, having given them expenses, sent them saying "Go, having requested the elephant from Vessantara, bring it." The brahmins, having gone gradually to the city of Jetuttara, having eaten a meal at the place of giving, having made their own bodies scattered with dust and smeared with dirt, on the full moon day, wishing to request the elephant from the king, at the time of the king's coming to the place of giving, went to the eastern gate. The king too, thinking "I shall inspect the place of giving," right early, having bathed, having eaten food of various excellent flavours, having adorned himself, mounted upon the back of the decorated excellent elephant, went to the eastern gate. The brahmins, not obtaining an opportunity there, having gone to the southern gate, having stood at an elevated place, having looked at the place of giving at the king's eastern gate, at the time of his coming to the southern gate, having stretched out their hands, said three times "Victory to the venerable Vessantara!" The Great Being, having seen those brahmins, having sent the elephant to the place where they stood, seated on the elephant's back, spoke the first verse -

1668.

"With overgrown armpit hair, nails, and body hair, with stained teeth, with dusty heads;

Having raised their right arms, what do the brahmins request of me?"

The brahmins said -

1669.

"We request a jewel, O king, the increaser of the Sivi realm;

Give the excellent elephant, with tusks like plough-poles, capable of carrying loads."

Therein, "capable of carrying loads" means capable of lifting.

Having heard that, the Great Being, having thought "I wish to give internal gifts beginning with my head, but these request of me only external gifts; I shall fulfil their wishes," seated upon the excellent back of the elephant, spoke the third verse -

1670.

"I give, I do not waver, whatever the brahmins request of me;

The tusked elephant in rut, fit for riding, the best of elephants."

And having promised -

1671.

"Having descended from the elephant's back, the king, whose mind was devoted to generosity,

Gave a gift to the brahmins, the increaser of the Sivi realm."

1668-1671. Therein, "fit for riding" means the royal vehicle. "With a mind exceeding in generosity" means the king whose mind was exceeding in generosity. "Gave a gift to the brahmins" means he, for the purpose of looking for an unadorned place on the elephant, having circumambulated three times, not seeing an unadorned place, having taken a golden water-vessel filled with water scented with a mixture of flowers, having said "Come from here," having taken the elephant's trunk resembling a decorated silver chain, having placed it in their hands, having poured water, he gave the adorned elephant to the brahmins.

The ornament on its four feet was worth four hundred thousand, the ornament on both sides two hundred thousand, the woollen blanket underneath the belly a hundred thousand, on the back the pearl net, the jewel net, and the golden net - three nets worth three hundred thousand, the ornament on both ears two hundred thousand, the covering blanket on the back a hundred thousand, the frontal globe ornament a hundred thousand, the three head-wreaths three hundred thousand, the ear-crest ornament two hundred thousand, the ornament of the two tusks two hundred thousand, the svastika ornament on the trunk a hundred thousand, the tail ornament a hundred thousand, the mounting ladder a hundred thousand, the feeding trough a hundred thousand - setting aside the priceless articles, the ornaments mounted on the body were twenty-two hundred thousand. Thus, for now, this much wealth is worth twenty-four hundred thousand. Now the jewel on the umbrella knob, the crest-jewel, the jewel on the pearl necklace, the jewel on the goad, the jewel on the pearl necklace wrapping the elephant's neck, the jewel on the elephant's frontal globe - these six were priceless, and the elephant too was priceless - thus together with the elephant there were seven priceless things; he gave all of those to the brahmins. Likewise he gave five hundred families of attendants of the elephant together with the elephant keepers and elephant guardians. Together with the giving itself, there were earthquakes and so on for him by the very method stated above. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1672.

"Then there was what was terrifying, then there was what was hair-raising;

When the noble elephant was given away, the ground trembled.

1673.

"Then there was what was terrifying, then there was what was hair-raising;

When the noble elephant was given away, the city was agitated then.

1674.

"The city was in turmoil, and the sound was extensive and great;

When the noble elephant was given away, the increaser of the Sivi realm."

1672-1674. Therein, "then there was" means then it was. "Noble elephant" means the elephant known as a noble elephant. "The city was agitated then" means then the city of Jetuttara was stirred up.

The brahmins, it is said, having obtained the elephant at the southern gate, having sat down on the elephant's back, surrounded by a great multitude, drove through the middle of the city. The great multitude, having seen them, said "Hey, brahmins, you have mounted our elephant; from where was the elephant obtained by you?" The brahmins, pushing aside the great multitude with hand gestures and so on, saying "The elephant was given to us by the Great King Vessantara; who are you?" having gone through the middle of the city, departed through the northern gate. The citizens, angry with the Bodhisatta on account of the turning away of the deity, having assembled at the king's gate, made a great reproach. Therefore it was said -

"The city was in turmoil, and the sound was extensive and great;

When the noble elephant was given away, the increaser of the Sivi realm.

"Then here a sound arose, tumultuous, frightful, great;

When the noble elephant was given away, the city was agitated then.

"Then here a sound arose, tumultuous, frightful, great;

When the noble elephant was given away, the increaser of the Sivi realm."

Therein, "sound" means the sound of reproach; "extensive" because of being spread out; "great" because of having risen upward. "The increaser of the Sivi realm" means the one who causes the growth of the Sivi country.

Then, having become agitated in mind by his gift, the city-dwellers reported to the king. Therefore it was said -

1675.

"Fierce warriors and princes, merchants and brahmins;

Elephant riders, royal bodyguards, charioteers, and infantry soldiers.

1676.

"The entire market town, and the Sivi people assembled;

Having seen the elephant being led away, they reported to the king.

1677.

"Your son Vessantara is destroying your country, O lord;

How could he give away our elephant, the serpent venerated by the country?

1678.

"How then would he give us the elephant, with tusks like plough-poles, with large thighs;

Knowing the terrain of all battles, all white, the best of elephants.

1679.

"Covered with a pale-yellow blanket, in rut, an enemy-crusher;

Tusked, with a tail-hair fan, white, resembling Mount Kelāsa.

1680.

"With white umbrella, with trappings, with elephant doctor, with elephant keepers;

The foremost vehicle, the royal mount, he gave the elephant to the brahmins."

1675-1680. Therein, "uggā" means risen up, well-known. "Nigamo" means the townspeople who are householders. "Vidhamaṃ deva te raṭṭhan" means O lord, your country is being destroyed. "Kathaṃ no hatthinaṃ dajjā" means for what reason would he give our elephant, deemed supremely auspicious, to the brahmins dwelling in the Kāliṅga country. "Khettaññuṃ sabbayuddhānan" means able to know the terrain, ground and frontlines of all battles. "Dantin" means fitted with delightful tusks. "Savālabījanin" means together with a tail-hair fan. "Saupādheyyan" means with trappings. "Sāthabbanan" means with an elephant physician. "Sahatthipan" means with elephant keepers, by way of five hundred families of elephant attendants, elephant trainers and elephant guardians.

And having said thus, again too they said -

1681.

"Whoever would give food and drink, cloth and lodgings;

This indeed is a proper gift, this indeed is worthy of a brahmin.

1682.

"This is your hereditary king, the increaser of the Sivi realm;

How does your son Vessantara distribute the elephant, Sañjaya?

1683.

"If you will not do this word of the Sivis;

Methinks the Sivis will take you into their hands together with your son."

1681-1683. Therein, "hereditary king" means a great king who has come down by tradition. "Distributes" means gives. "The Sivis will take into their hands" means the inhabitants of the Sivi country together with his son will take him into their own hands.

Having heard that, the king, with the perception that "these wish to have Vessantara killed," said -

1684.

"Let the country be lost, and let the kingdom also perish;

I would not, by the word of the Sivis, banish the prince, who is blameless,

From his own kingdom, for he is indeed my legitimate son.

1685.

"Let the country be lost, and let the kingdom also perish;

I would not, by the word of the Sivis, banish the prince, who is blameless,

From his own kingdom, for he is indeed my own offspring.

1686.

"And I would not be treacherous to him, for he is of noble virtue;

There would be ill-repute for me, and I would generate much evil;

How could we have Vessantara, our son, killed with a knife?"

1684-1686. Therein, "let it be lost" means let it not be, the meaning is let it not exist. "Endowed with noble morality" means endowed with noble moral practice and with noble accomplishment of good conduct. "We shall slay" means we shall slay.

Having heard that, the Sivis said -

1687.

"Do not harm him with stick or knife, for he is not worthy of imprisonment;

Banish him from the kingdom, let him dwell on the Vaṅka mountain."

Therein, "do not harm him with stick or knife" means O lord, do not have him killed with stick or knife. "For he is not worthy of imprisonment" means he is not even worthy of imprisonment.

The king said -

1688.

"If this is the desire of the Sivis, we shall not reject the desire;

Let him stay this night, and let him enjoy sensual pleasures.

1689.

"Then at the end of the night, towards the rising of the sun;

The Sivi people, having become united, let them banish him from the kingdom."

1688-1689. Therein, "let him stay" means while giving exhortation to his children and wife, let him stay, and he says "give him permission for one night."

They accepted the king's word saying "let him stay for just one night." Then the king, having dismissed them, sending a message to his son, having addressed the doer, sent him to his presence. He, having accepted saying "Very well," having gone to Vessantara's dwelling, reported that incident. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1690.

"Rise up, doer of good, hurrying, having gone, speak to Vessantara;

'The Sivi people are angry with you, O lord, and the townspeople have assembled.

1691.

"Fierce warriors and princes, merchants and brahmins;

Elephant riders, royal bodyguards, charioteers, and infantry soldiers;

The entire market town, and the Sivi people assembled.

1692.

"At the end of this night, towards the rising of the sun;

The Sivi people, having become united, banish him from the kingdom.'

1693.

"He, the doer, hastening, sent by the Sivi king;

Adorned with bracelets on his hands, well-clothed, decorated with sandalwood.

1694.

"Having bathed his head in the water, adorned with jewelled earrings;

He approached the charming city, the dwelling of Vessantara.

1695.

"There he saw the prince, delighting in his own city;

Surrounded by ministers, like Vāsava among the deities.

1696.

"He, having gone there, hurrying, the doer said to Vessantara;

'I will tell you of suffering, do not be angry with me, O bull among charioteers.'

1697.

"Having paid homage, crying, the doer said to the king;

You are my husband, great king, a bringer of all sensual pleasures.

1698.

"I will tell you of suffering, in this matter may they reassure me;

The Sivi people are angry with you, O lord, and the townspeople have assembled.

1699.

"Fierce warriors and princes, merchants and brahmins;

Elephant riders, royal bodyguards, charioteers, and infantry soldiers;

The entire market town, and the Sivi people assembled.

1700.

"At the end of this night, towards the rising of the sun;

The Sivi people, having become united, banish him from the kingdom."

1690-1700. Therein, "prince" means the king who had come to be known by the term "prince" because of the existence of his mother and father. "Delighting" means seated having attained pleasure while speaking praise of the gift given by himself. "Surrounded by ministers" means surrounded by sixty thousand ministers who were conascent with himself, seated on the royal throne beneath a raised white parasol. "I will tell" means I shall explain. Therein, "may they reassure me" means he spoke thus with the intention: "O lord, may your feet reassure me who am weary through inability to bear telling the announcement of the consolation of suffering; say to me 'speak confidently.'"

The Great Being said -

1701.

"For what reason are the Sivi people angry with me, I do not see any wrong-doing;

Explain that to me, O doer of good, why do they banish me?"

Therein, "in what" means in which reason. "Explain" means speak in detail.

The doer said -

1702.

"Fierce warriors and princes, merchants and brahmins;

Elephant riders, royal bodyguards, charioteers, and infantry soldiers;

They criticise the giving of elephants, therefore they banish him."

Therein, "criticise" means they become angry.

Having heard that, the Great Being, having become filled with pleasure, said -

1703.

"I would give my heart and eye, what use is external wealth to me;

Unwrought gold or gold, pearls, lapis lazuli, and gems.

1704.

"Even my right arm, having seen beggars who have come;

I would give, I would not waver, my mind delights in giving.

1705.

"Let all the Sivis banish me or kill me;

I will never refrain from giving, let them cut me into seven pieces."

1703-1705. Therein, "when beggars have come" means when beggars had come, having seen those beggars. They will never refrain from giving; I will never refrain from giving.

Having heard that, the doer, it being neither given by the king nor given by the citizens, speaking a further message by his own idea alone, said -

1706.

"Thus the Sivi people said, and the townspeople assembled;

By the bank of the Kontimārā river, towards Mount Arañjara;

By which way the banished ones go, let one of good conduct go by that."

Therein, "Kontimārāya" means by the bank of the river named Kontimārā. "Girimārañjaraṃ pati" means having turned to face the mountain named Ārañjara. "Yena" means by which road kings banished from the kingdom go, by that let one of good conduct, Vessantara too, go - thus the Sivi people spoke, he said. This, it is said, he spoke having been possessed by a deity.

Having heard that, the Bodhisatta said: "Good, I shall go by the road gone by those who cause offence. But the citizens do not banish me for any other fault; they banish me because the elephant was given by me. Even this being so, I shall give a great gift of seven hundreds. Let the citizens give me the opportunity to give a gift for one day; having given a gift tomorrow, I shall go on the third day." Having said this, he said -

1707.

"I shall go by that way, by which the corrupters go;

Bear with me for a night and day, until I give a gift."

Having heard that, the doer, having said "Very well, Sire, I shall tell the townspeople," departed. The Great Being, having dismissed him, having summoned Mahāsenagutta, having arranged the great gift of seven hundreds, saying 'Dear son, I shall give tomorrow a great gift called the gift of seven hundreds; prepare seven hundred elephants, seven hundred horses, seven hundred chariots, seven hundred women, seven hundred cows, seven hundred male slaves, and seven hundred female slaves, and provide food and drink and so on of various kinds, at least including liquor, everything fit to be given,' having dismissed the ministers, alone having gone to Maddī's dwelling place, having sat down on the surface of the royal couch, he carried on a conversation together with her. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1708.

"He addressed the king, Maddī, beautiful in all her limbs;

Whatever wealth and grain was given to you by me exists.

1709.

"Unwrought gold or gold, many pearls and lapis lazuli;

All that you should deposit, and whatever paternal wealth is yours."

1708-1709. Therein, "you should deposit" means you should store away as treasure. "Paternal" means come from the father.

1710.

"The king's daughter spoke to him, Maddī, beautiful in all her limbs;

Where, O lord, shall I deposit it? Tell me this when asked."

Therein, "spoke to him" means having thought "For so long a time my husband Vessantara has never before said 'deposit the wealth'; only now does he say it; where indeed should it be deposited? I shall ask him," she spoke to him.

Vessantara said -

1711.

"You should give to the virtuous, Maddī, a gift as is proper;

For there is nothing beyond giving, the support of all living beings."

Therein, "you should give" means dear Maddī, without depositing in granaries and so on, depositing a treasure that follows one, you should give to the virtuous. "For nothing beyond giving" means there is indeed nothing called a support that surpasses giving.

She accepted his word saying "Good!" Then, exhorting her even further, he said -

1712.

"Towards the children, Maddī, you should show kindness, and towards your mother-in-law and father-in-law;

And whoever would consider himself your husband, you should attend on him attentively.

1713.

"If no husband would consider you, by separation from me;

Seek another husband, do not become emaciated without me."

1712-1713. Therein, "you should show kindness" means you should show compassion, friendliness. "And whoever would consider himself your husband" means dear lady, whoever, when I have gone, will consider you thinking "I shall be your husband," him too you should attend on attentively. "By separation from me" means by your separation together with me, if anyone should not consider you thinking "I shall be your husband," then seek another husband by yourself. "Do not become emaciated without me" means having been without me, do not become emaciated, do not become weary - this is the meaning.

Then Maddī, having thought "Why indeed does this one speak such an utterance to me?" asked "Why, Sire, do you speak this inappropriate talk?" The Great Being, having said "Dear lady, because the elephant was given by me, the Sivi people, angered, are banishing me from the kingdom; tomorrow, having given the great gift of seven hundreds, on the third day I shall depart from the city," said -

1714.

"For I go to the forest, terrible, filled with beasts of prey;

My life is in doubt, alone in the great forest."

Therein, "in doubt" means amidst many enemies, for me, a delicate one, alone, dwelling in the forest, whence is life? He said thus with the intention "I shall certainly die."

1715.

"The king's daughter spoke to him, Maddī, beautiful in all her limbs;

"Alas, why do you speak thus, you speak evil indeed.

1716.

"This is not the principle, great king, that you should go alone;

I too go by that way, by which you go, O warrior.

1717.

"Either death together with you, or life without you;

That very death is better, than if I should live without you.

1718.

"Having kindled a fire, concentrated into a single flame;

There death is better for me, than if I should live without you.

1719.

"Just as a she-elephant follows a forest elephant, a tusker;

Roaming in mountain fastnesses, on even and uneven ground.

1720.

"Thus I will follow you, taking the sons behind;

I will be easy to support for you, I will not be difficult to support for you."

1715-1720. Therein, "abhumme" means you would indeed speak to me what is not factual. "This is not the principle" means this is not the intrinsic nature, this is not the reason. "That very" means whatever death there is together with you, that very death is better. "There" means in that funeral pyre which had become a single mass of flames. "Jessantaṃ" means wandering.

And having said thus, she, again describing a region of the Himalayas as if previously seen, said -

1721.

"Seeing these princes, charming and speaking pleasantly;

Seated in a cluster of trees, you will not remember the kingdom.

1722.

"Seeing these princes, charming and speaking pleasantly;

Playing in a cluster of trees, you will not remember the kingdom.

1723.

"Seeing these princes, charming and speaking pleasantly;

In the delightful hermitage, you will not remember the kingdom.

1724.

"Seeing these princes, charming and speaking pleasantly;

Playing in the charming hermitage, you will not remember the kingdom.

1725.

"Seeing these princes, wearing garlands, adorned;

In the delightful hermitage, you will not remember the kingdom.

1726.

"Seeing these princes, wearing garlands, adorned;

Playing in the charming hermitage, you will not remember the kingdom.

1727.

"When you see the boys dancing, wearing garlands;

In the delightful hermitage, you will not remember the kingdom.

1728.

"When you see the boys dancing, wearing garlands;

Playing in the charming hermitage, you will not remember the kingdom.

1729.

"When you see an elephant, a tusker sixty years old;

Roaming alone in the forest, you will not remember the kingdom.

1730.

"When you see an elephant, a tusker sixty years old;

Wandering in the evening and morning, you will not remember the kingdom.

1731.

"When the bull elephant, sixty years old, going before the herd to the cattle pen of the she-elephant group;

Will make a heron's cry;

Having heard that roaring of his, you will not remember the kingdom.

1732.

"In the forest clearings on both sides, when you see, O giver of desires;

In the forest teeming with beasts of prey, you will not remember the kingdom.

1733.

"Having seen the deer in the evening, come wearing five garlands;

And the kimpurisas dancing, you will not remember the kingdom.

1734.

"When you will hear the shouting, of the flowing river;

And the singing of the kimpurisas, you will not remember the kingdom.

1735.

"When you will hear the shouting, of the one dwelling in mountain caves;

Of the howling owl, you will not remember the kingdom.

1736.

"When of the lion and the tiger, of the rhinoceros and the gayal;

In the forest you will hear the fierce beasts, you will not remember the kingdom.

1737.

"When you see a peacock dancing, surrounded by peahens, covered with tail feathers, seated on the mountain top;

You will not remember the kingdom.

1738.

"When you see a peacock dancing, surrounded by peahens, egg-born, with colourful wings;

You will not remember the kingdom.

1739.

"When you see a peacock dancing, surrounded by peahens, blue-necked and crested;

You will not remember the kingdom.

1740.

"When you see in winter, the earth-grown plants in bloom;

Emitting fragrance, you will not remember the kingdom.

1741.

"When in the winter month, you see the green earth;

Covered with red insects, you will not remember the kingdom.

1742.

"When you see in winter, the earth-grown plants in bloom;

The kuṭaja and the bimbajāla, the flowering lodda and paddhaka;

Emitting delight, you will not remember the kingdom.

1743.

"When in the winter month, you see the forest in bloom;

And the paths with hanging flowers, you will not remember the kingdom."

1721-1743. Therein, "charming" means speaking sweetly. "Of the herd of she-elephants" means of the group of female elephants. "Of the herd" means going, proceeding in front of the elephant herd. "From both sides" means on both sides. "Forest expanses" means clusters of forest. "Granting desires" means granting all my desires. "Of the Sindhu" means of the river. "Of the howling owl" means of the owl bird that is howling. "Of wild beasts" means of beasts of prey. For in the evening time that sound will be like the sound of a five-part musical ensemble; therefore, having heard their sound, you will not remember the kingdom, she says. "With tail-feathers" means covered with plumage. "Seated on the summit" means always seated on the mountain top. "Mattakāsina" is also a reading; the meaning is seated having become intoxicated with the vanity of sensual pleasure. "A net of bimba" means a tree with red shoots. "Fallen flowers" means hanging flowers, fallen flowers.

Thus Maddī, as if a dweller in the Himalayas, praised the Himalayas with this many verses.

The Commentary on the Himavanta is finished.

The Commentary on the Giving Chapter

Queen Phussatī too, thinking "A harsh message has gone to my son; what indeed is he doing? Having gone, I shall find out," having gone by a concealed vehicle, standing at the door of the royal bedchamber, having heard their conversation, lamented piteously. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1744.

"Having heard their lamentation, of the son and daughter-in-law;

She lamented piteously, the king's daughter, glorious.

1745.

"Better for me to have eaten poison, from a precipice I would fall;

Having bound with a rope I would die, why Vessantara, my son,

Do they banish, who is blameless?

1746.

"A teacher, a master of giving, accessible to begging, not stingy;

Venerated by rival kings, famous, glorious;

Why do they banish Vessantara, my son, who is blameless?

1747.

"A being who supports his mother and father, who honours the elders in the family;

Why do they banish Vessantara, my son, who is blameless?

1748.

"Beneficial to the king, beneficial to the queen, beneficial to relatives and friends;

Beneficial to the whole country, why Vessantara, my son,

They banish him who is blameless."

1744-1748. Therein, "the king's daughter" means Phussatī, the daughter of the King of Madda. "I would fall" means I would fall. "Having bound with a rope I would die" means having bound my neck with a rope, I would die. "Why" means thus, while I am still not dead, for what reason do they banish my blameless son from the kingdom? "A reciter" means one who has gone beyond the three Vedas, and who has attained accomplishment in various crafts.

Thus she, having lamented piteously, having consoled her son and daughter-in-law, having gone to the presence of the king, said -

1749.

"Like honey swarmed by flies, like mangoes fallen to the ground;

Thus will your country become, when they banish the blameless one.

1750.

"Like a swan with worn-out feathers, in a small lake without water;

Abandoned by your ministers, you alone, O king, will be exhausted.

1751.

"Therefore I say to you, great king, may the benefit not pass you by;

Do not, by the word of the Sivis, banish him who is blameless."

1749-1751. Therein, "swarmed by flies" means like honey swarmed by flies. "Like mangoes fallen to the ground" means like ripe mangoes fallen on the ground. It explains: thus, when my son has been banished, your country will become common to all. "Like one whose bowl has been emptied" means like one whose bowl has trickled away. "Abandoned by ministers" means having been discarded by the sixty thousand ministers who were conascent with my son. "You will be exhausted" means you will become weary. "By the word of the Sivis" means by the word of the Sivis, do not banish him, my blameless son.

Having heard that, the king said -

1752.

"I show esteem for the Teaching, banishing the banner of the Sivis;

I banish my own son, for he is more dear to me than life."

Its meaning is - Dear lady, I, banishing the banner of the Sivis, the prince Vessantara, exiling him, show esteem for the traditional principle of the ancient kings of the Sivi kingdom; therefore even if he is more dear to me than life, even so I banish him.

Having heard that, she, lamenting, said -

1753.

"Whose banner-tops before, like blooming kaṇikāra flowers;

Follow him as he goes, today he alone will go.

1754.

"Whose banner-tops before, like kaṇikāra forests;

Follow him as he goes, today he alone will go.

1755.

"Whose military units before, like blooming kaṇikāra flowers;

Follow him as he goes, today he alone will go.

1756.

"Whose military units before, like kaṇikāra forests;

Follow him as he goes, today he alone will go.

1757.

With the radiance of the colour of red insects, the pale-yellow woollen blankets of Gandhāra;

Follow him as he goes, today he alone will go.

1758.

"He who before goes by elephant, by palanquin and by chariot;

Today that King Vessantara, how does he go on foot?

1759.

"How will he, whose limbs are anointed with sandalwood, awakened by dancing and singing,

Carry the razor, the hide, the hatchet, and the carrying pole with basket?"

1760.

"Why will they not bring orange robes and antelope skins;

For one entering the great forest, why do they not bind bark garments?"

1761.

"How do people who have gone forth as royalty wear bark garments;

How will Maddī put on a bark garment of kusa grass?

1762.

"Having worn Kāsi cloths, and linen and Koṭumbara cloth;

Wearing garments of kusa-grass, how will Maddī manage?

1763.

"Having travelled about by litter, by palanquin and by chariot;

How does she today, with unblemished limbs, go on foot along the path?

1764.

"She whose hands are soft-palmed, and whose feet are delicately nurtured;

How does she today, with unblemished limbs, go on foot along the path?

1765.

"She whose feet are soft-palmed, and whose feet are delicately nurtured;

Even wearing golden slippers, she goes as if being crushed;

How does she today, with unblemished limbs, go on foot along the path?

1766.

"She who, garlanded, goes in front of thousands of women;

How does she today, with unblemished limbs, go alone to the forest?

1767.

"She who, having heard a jackal, would tremble in a moment before;

How does she today, with unblemished limbs, go to the forest, the timid one?

1768.

"She who, when the owl of Indra's clan cries out;

Having heard it roaring, frightened, trembles like a spirit-possessed woman;

How does she today, with unblemished limbs, go to the forest, the timid one?

1769.

"Like a she-bird whose young have been killed, having seen the empty nest;

For a long time I shall grieve with suffering, having come to this empty city.

1770.

"Like a she-bird whose young have been killed, having seen the empty nest;

Emaciated and pale I shall become, not seeing my dear sons.

1771.

"Like a she-bird whose young have been killed, having seen the empty nest;

I shall run here and there, not seeing my dear sons.

1772.

"Like an osprey whose young have been killed, having seen the empty nest;

For a long time I shall grieve with suffering, having come to this empty city.

1773.

"Like an osprey whose young have been killed, having seen the empty nest;

Emaciated and pale I shall become, not seeing my dear sons.

1774.

"Like an osprey whose young have been killed, having seen the empty nest;

I shall run here and there, not seeing my dear sons.

1775.

"She, surely, like a cakkavākī bird, in a small lake without water;

For a long time I shall grieve with suffering, having come to this empty city.

1776.

"She, surely, like a cakkavākī bird, in a small lake without water;

Emaciated and pale I shall become, not seeing my dear sons.

1777.

"She, surely, like a cakkavākī bird, in a small lake without water;

I shall run here and there, not seeing my dear sons.

1778.

"Thus as I was wailing, the king my blameless son;

Banished from the kingdom to the forest, methinks I will give up life."

1753-1778. Therein, "like kaṇikāra trees" means like kaṇikāra trees fully in bloom, because of being adorned with golden ornaments and golden garments. "Follow him as he goes" means they follow Vessantara going for the purpose of pleasure grove, forest, sport and so on. "Today he alone" means he, today, having become alone, will go. "Military units" means elephant units and so on. "Pale-yellow woollen blankets of Gandhāra" means red woollen blankets arisen in the Gandhāra country, worth a hundred thousand each, wrapped around by the army. "Will carry" means having placed on the shoulder, will carry. "Entering" means of one entering. "Why do they not bind bark garments" means why do those who know how to bind not bind bark garments? "Royal renouncers" means those who, having been kings, went forth. "Khoma and Koṭumbara cloths" means cloths arisen in the Khoma country and the Koṭumbara country.

"She how today" means she, how today? "Of unblemished limbs" means one whose limbs are unreproached. "She goes as if being crushed" means she goes as if standing trembling and trembling. In "She who, of thousands of women" and so on, "assu" is a particle; the meaning is "yā" (she who). "Yā sā" is also a reading. "Sivā" means a female jackal. "Pure" means formerly dwelling in the city. "Of the Inda clan" means of the Kosiya clan. "Like a Vāruṇī" means like a female slave possessed by a deity, a demoness. "With suffering" means with the suffering of sorrow from separation from sons. "Come to my city" means having come to this dwelling of my sons, when my sons have gone. "Dear sons" - he said this with reference to both Vessantara and Maddī. "Whose young are destroyed" means whose offspring are destroyed. "Banished from the kingdom to the forest" means if he banishes him from the kingdom.

Having heard the sound of the queen's lamentation, all the Sivi maidens of Sañjaya assembled and cried out. Having heard the sound of their crying, in the dwelling of the Great Being too they cried out in the same way. Thus in the two royal families, some, being unable to remain in their own composure, having fallen like sal trees crushed by the force of the wind, rolling about, lamented. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1779.

"Having heard her lamentation, all the many women in the inner palace;

Having raised their arms, they cried out, the Sivi maidens assembled.

1780.

"Like sal trees crushed down, trampled by the wind;

Sons and wife lie in Vessantara's dwelling.

1781.

"Harem-ladies and princes, merchants and brahmins;

Having raised their arms, they cried out, in Vessantara's dwelling.

1782.

"Elephant riders, royal bodyguards, charioteers, and infantry soldiers;

Having raised their arms, they cried out, in Vessantara's dwelling.

1783.

"Then at the end of the night, towards the rising of the sun;

Then King Vessantara approached to give a gift.

1784.

"Give garments to those desiring garments, give spirits to the drunkards;

Give food to those needing food, bestow it properly.

1785.

"And do not harass any paupers who have come here;

Satisfy them with food and drink, let them go honoured.

1786.

"Then here a sound arose, tumultuous, frightful, great;

Because of giving they banish him, yet again you gave a gift.

1787.

"Intoxicated by those, even exhausted, paupers rush together;

When the great king departs, the increaser of the Sivi realm.

1788.

"They have cut down indeed, dear sir, a tree, a tree bearing various fruits;

Just as they banish Vessantara from the kingdom, who is blameless.

1789.

"They have cut down indeed, dear sir, a tree, a tree granting all desires;

Just as they banish Vessantara from the kingdom, who is blameless.

1790.

"They have cut down indeed, dear sir, a tree, bearing the flavour of all desires;

Just as they banish Vessantara from the kingdom, who is blameless.

1791.

"Those who are old and those who are young, and those of middle stature;

Having raised their arms, they cried out, when the great king was departing;

The increaser of the Sivi realm.

1792.

"The demons, the excellent rains, and the women's quarters of the king;

Having raised their arms, they cried out, when the great king was departing;

The increaser of the Sivi realm.

1793.

"The women also there cried out, those who were in that city;

When the great king departs, the increaser of the Sivi realm.

1794.

"Those brahmins and those ascetics, and other paupers too;

Having raised their arms, they cried out, 'Not the Teaching indeed, friend!'

1795.

"Just as King Vessantara, while sacrificing in his own city;

By the word of the Sivis, is banished from his kingdom.

1796.

"Having given seven hundred elephants, adorned with all ornaments;

With golden trappings, the great elephants, clothed in golden caparisons;

1797.

"Mounted by village headmen, with spears and goads in hand;

This King Vessantara, is banished from his kingdom.

1798.

"Having given seven hundred horses, adorned with all ornaments;

Of good breed by birth, Sindh horses, swift vehicles.

1799.

"Mounted by elephant trainers, bearing short swords and bows;

This King Vessantara, is banished from his kingdom.

1800.

"Having given seven hundred chariots, armoured with raised banners;

With leopard skins and also tiger skins, adorned with all ornaments.

1801.

"Mounted by village headmen, with bows in hand, wearing armour;

This King Vessantara, is banished from his kingdom.

1802.

"Having given seven hundred women, each one standing in a chariot;

Armoured with strings of gold coins, adorned with gold.

1803.

"With yellow ornaments, yellow garments, decorated with yellow adornments;

With long eyelashes, cheerful, with good perception, slender-waisted;

This King Vessantara, is banished from his kingdom.

1804.

"Having given seven hundred cows, all with milk-pails;

This King Vessantara, is banished from his kingdom.

1805.

"Having given seven hundred female slaves, and seven hundred male slaves;

This King Vessantara, is banished from his kingdom.

1806.

"Having given elephants, horse-carriages, and adorned women;

This King Vessantara, is banished from his kingdom.

1807.

"Then there was what was terrifying, then there was what was hair-raising;

When the great giving was given away, the ground trembled.

1808.

"Then there was what was terrifying, then there was what was hair-raising;

When the king with joined palms, is banished from his kingdom."

1779-1808. Therein, "the Sivi maidens" means monks, having heard the sound of Phussatī's lamentation, all the women of Sañjaya, the Sivi king, having assembled together, cried out and lamented. "In Vessantara's dwelling" means there, having heard the sound of the women's crying, in Vessantara's dwelling too, having cried out in the same way, in the two royal families some, being unable to remain in their own composure, having fallen like sal trees crushed by the force of the wind, rolling about, lamented. "Then at the end of the night" means monks, thereupon, after the passing of that night, when the sun had risen, the attendants of the giving announced to the king "The gift has been prepared." Then King Vessantara, having bathed right early, adorned with all ornaments, having eaten food of pleasant flavour, surrounded by the public, approached the place of giving to give the great gift of seven hundreds.

"Give" means having gone there, commanding the sixty thousand ministers, he spoke thus. "Spirituous liquor" means he knows "the gift of intoxicants is indeed fruitless"; even this being so, he had it given, thinking "Let not drunkards, having reached the place of giving, be able to say 'At Vessantara's place of giving we did not obtain liquor.'" "Paupers" means do not harass even a single one among the pauper folk. "Honoured" means he says: having been venerated by me, just as they go praising me, so you should do likewise.

Thus he gave the great gift of seven hundreds: seven hundreds of elephants with golden ornaments, with golden banners, covered with golden nettings; and seven hundreds of horses of the same kind; seven hundreds of chariots fenced with lion hides and so on, variegated with various jewels, with golden banners; seven hundreds of women, warrior maidens and others, adorned with all ornaments, bearing the highest beauty; seven hundreds of well-disciplined, well-trained male slaves; likewise seven hundreds of female slaves; seven hundreds of cows with excellent bull leaders, milch cows with rounded udders; and immeasurable drinks and foods - thus the great gift of seven hundreds. While he was thus giving the gift, the inhabitants of the city of Jetuttara - warriors, brahmins, merchants, workers, and others - lamented: "Lord, Vessantara, the inhabitants of the Sivi country banish you saying 'He gives gifts,' yet you still give gifts." Therefore it was said -

1809.

"Then here a sound arose, tumultuous, frightful, great;

Because of giving they banish him, yet again you gave a gift."

But the recipients of the gift, having received the gift, having fallen as if with feet cut off, turning back and rolling about, lamented with a loud voice: "Now, it is said, King Vessantara, having made us destitute, will enter the forest; from now on, to whose presence shall we go?" Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1810.

"Intoxicated by those, even exhausted, paupers rush together;

When the great king departs, the increaser of the Sivi realm."

Therein, "te su mattā": the syllable "su" is merely a particle; the meaning is "those paupers." "Mattā kilantāvā" means having become as if intoxicated and as if exhausted. "Sampatanti" means having rolled over, they fall to the ground. "Acchecchuṃ vatā" means they cut down; "vatā" is merely a particle. "In such a way" means for whatever reason. "Atiyakkhā" means exorcists and fortune-tellers too. "Vassavarā" means eunuchs and harem-guardians. "Vacanatthenā" means by reason of the word. "Samhā raṭṭhā nirajjatī" means he departs from his own country. "Gāmaṇīyehi" means with elephant trainers. "Ājānīyevā" means of noble birth. "Gāmaṇīyehi" means with horse trainers. "Illiyācāpadhāribhī" means with those bearing short swords and bows. "Dīpe athopi veyyagghe" means fenced with leopard skins and tiger skins. "Ekamekā rathe ṭhitā" means he, it is said, having placed each woman-jewel in a chariot and having surrounded her with eight slave-women of eight complexions, gave them.

"Nikkharajjūhī" means with waist-bands made of golden threads. "Āḷārapamhā" means having large eyes and cheeks. "Hasulā" means whose talk is preceded by a smile. "Susaññā" means having beautiful hips. "Tanumajjhimā" means having a slender middle part like the palm of the hand. At that time, however, the deities announced to the kings on the surface of Jambudīpa: "King Vessantara is giving a great gift." Therefore those warriors, having come by the power of the deities, having taken those women, departed. "Kaṃsupadhāraṇā" means here "kaṃsa" is the name for silver; the meaning is that he gave them together with a milk-pail made of silver. "Padinnamhī" means when being given away. "Sampakampathā" means it trembled by the power of the giving. "Yaṃ pañjalikato" means when that King Vessantara, having given the great gift, having raised joined palms, paying homage to his own giving, saying "May this be a condition for my omniscient knowledge," stood with joined palms - even then it was terrifying; at that moment the earth trembled. This is the meaning. "Nirajjatī" means having done thus, he just departs; no one prevents him. This is the meaning.

Moreover, while he was still giving the gift, evening came. He, having gone to his own dwelling, having thought "Having paid homage to my mother and father, I shall go tomorrow," went by a decorated chariot to the dwelling place of his mother and father. Queen Maddī too, thinking "Having gone together with my husband, I shall have my mother and father give their permission," went together with him. The Great Being, having paid homage to his father, spoke of his intention to depart. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1811.

"He addressed the king, Sañjaya, the best among the righteous;

You have banished me, O lord, I go to the Vaṅka mountain.

1812.

"Whatever beings, great king, those who have been and those who will be;

Unsatisfied indeed with sensual pleasures, they go to Yama's realm.

1813.

"I myself oppressed my own people, while sacrificing in my own city;

By the word of the Sivis, from my own kingdom I was banished.

1814.

"That misery I will endure, in the forest teeming with beasts of prey;

Frequented by sword-bearing panthers, I make merit;

You sink in the mire."

1811-1814. Therein, "the best among the righteous" means the highest among righteous kings. "You have banished" means you drive out from the country. "Those that have been" means those of the past. "Those that will be" means those who will exist in the future, and those born in the present. "Yama's domain" means the place where King Yama's command holds sway. "I myself oppressed my own people" means I oppressed the very citizens of my own city. Doing what? While sacrificing in my own city. However, in the Pāḷi "so aha" is written. "I was banished" means I departed. "That misery" means whatever suffering is to be endured by one dwelling in the forest, that I will endure. "In the mire" means he says: but you sink in the mire of sensual pleasure.

Thus the Great Being, having spoken with his father in these four verses, having gone to his mother's presence, having paid homage, seeking permission for the going forth, spoke thus -

1815.

"Permit me, mother, the going forth is pleasing to me;

I myself oppressed my own people, while sacrificing in my own city;

By the word of the Sivis, from my own kingdom I was banished.

1816.

"That misery I will endure, in the forest teeming with beasts of prey;

Frequented by sword-bearing panthers, I make merit;

You sink in the mire."

Having heard that, Phussatī said -

1817.

"I allow you, son, may your going forth succeed;

And this beautiful Maddī, with good perception, slender-waisted;

Let her remain here with the children, what will she do in the forest?"

1815-1817. Therein, "may it succeed" means may she be prosperous through meditative absorption. "Let her stay" means let her stay, he says let her be right here.

Vessantara said -

1818.

"I would not endeavour to lead even a slave girl to the forest unwillingly;

If she wishes, let her follow; if she does not wish, let her stay."

Therein, "unwillingly" means mother, what indeed is this you say? I would not endeavour to lead even a slave girl unwillingly.

Then, having heard the son's talk, the king proceeded to beg his daughter-in-law. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1819.

"Thereupon the great king proceeded to beg his daughter-in-law;

'Do not let one of sandal-wood conduct bear dust and dirt.'

1820.

"Do not, having worn Kāsi cloths, wear a garment of kusa-grass;

Painful is dwelling in the wilderness, do not go to one endowed with the marks."

1819-1820. Therein, "proceeded" means monks, having heard the son's talk, the king proceeded to beg his daughter-in-law. "Of sandal-wood conduct" means one whose body is covered with red sandalwood. "Do not go to one endowed with the marks" means do not go to the forest, you who are endowed with beautiful marks.

1821.

"The king's daughter spoke to him, Maddī, beautiful in all her limbs;

I would not wish for that happiness, which would be mine without Vessantara."

Therein, "spoke to him" means she spoke to her father-in-law.

1822.

"The great king spoke to her, the increaser of the Sivi realm;

Come now, Maddī, listen to what things are difficult to bear in the forest.

1823.

"Many insects and grasshoppers, mosquitoes and honey-bees;

They too would harm you there, that would be more painful for you.

1824.

"See other terrors too, dwelling near the rivers;

Snakes called boa constrictors, non-venomous but of great power.

1825.

"They, whether human or deer, even one who has come near;

Having encircled with wealth, they bring under their own control.

1826.

"There are also other black-maned ones, bears by name, misery-bringing beasts;

A man seen by them, climbing a tree, is not freed.

1827.

"Clashing their horns, with sharp-tipped, piercing blows;

Buffaloes wander here, towards the river Sotumbara.

1828.

"Having seen herds of deer, cattle wandering in the forest;

Like a cow longing for her calf, what will you do, Maddī?

1829.

"Having seen the terrible monkeys fallen on the tree-tops;

Through unfamiliarity with the terrain, Maddī, there will be great fear for you.

1830.

"You who, having heard a jackal, would tremble in a moment before;

You, having arrived at the crooked path, what will you do, Maddī?

1831.

"When the midday time stands still, when the birds have settled down;

The great forest seems to resound, why do you wish to go there?"

1822-1831. Therein, "spoke to her" means he spoke to his daughter-in-law. "See other terrors too" means look at other terrors that are fear-producing as well. "Dwelling near the rivers" means in a place frequented by rivers, in a nearby place; the meaning is dwelling on the river bank. "Without poison" means without wages. "Even come near me" means the meaning is that they have come near, into bodily contact with oneself. "Misery-bringing beasts" means beasts that cause misery, beasts that bring suffering - this is the meaning. "Towards the river Sotumbara" means on the bank of the river named Sotumbarā. "Herds" means herds; or this itself is the reading. "Like a cow longing for her calf" means not seeing your children, like a cow longing for her calf, what will you do? The syllable "va" here is merely an indeclinable particle. "Fallen" means falling. "Terrible" means dreadful and ugly. "Leaping ones" means monkeys. "Through unfamiliarity with the terrain" means through unskilfulness in the forest ground. "Will be" means will be. "Having heard a jackal" means having heard the sound of a female jackal. "In a moment" means again and again. "You tremble" means you are frightened. "Seems to resound" means it will be as if roaring, as if resounding.

1832.

"The king's daughter spoke to him, Maddī, beautiful in all her limbs;

Whatever terrors in the forest you have declared to me;

All of them I shall endure, I shall just go, O bull among charioteers.

1833.

"Kāsa grass, kusa grass, thorny shrubs, usīra root, and muñja reed -

I shall push aside with my chest, I shall not be one of wrong conduct for him.

1834.

"By many practices indeed, a maiden finds a husband;

By restraint of the belly, and by binding of the jaw.

1835.

"By service to the fire, and by immersion in water;

Widowhood is painful in the world, I shall just go, O bull among charioteers.

1836.

"Even to eat leftovers is not fitting for her;

Whoever, having taken her by the hand, drags her against her will;

Widowhood is painful in the world, I shall just go, O bull among charioteers.

1837.

"Seizing by the hair and throwing, and dragging on the ground;

Having given and departing, much suffering, not trifling;

Widowhood is painful in the world, I shall just go, O bull among charioteers.

1838.

"Fair-skinned, hostile to widows, having given, thinking themselves fortunate;

They drag her against her will, as crows do an owl;

Widowhood is painful in the world, I shall just go, O bull among charioteers.

1839.

"Even living in a prosperous relatives' home, with bronze vessels shining;

I would indeed not receive harsh words, from brothers or female friends;

Widowhood is painful in the world, I shall just go, O bull among charioteers.

1840.

"A river without water is naked, a country without a king is naked;

A widow too is naked, even if she has ten brothers;

Widowhood is painful in the world, I shall just go, O bull among charioteers.

1841.

"A flag is the mark of a chariot, smoke is the mark of fire;

A king is the mark of a country, a husband is the mark of a woman;

Widowhood is painful in the world, I shall just go, O bull among charioteers.

1842.

"She who is poor when he is poor, wealthy when he is wealthy, is renowned;

Her indeed the gods praise, for she does what is difficult to do.

1843.

"I shall follow my husband, always wearing ochre robes;

Even if the earth were not to break for her, widowhood is painful for a woman.

1844.

"Even the earth bounded by the ocean, bearing much wealth;

Filled with various jewels, I would not wish for without Vessantara.

1845.

"How indeed is the heart of those, very harsh indeed are women;

Who, when their husband is afflicted, seek happiness for themselves.

1846.

"When the great king departs, the increaser of the Sivi realm;

Him I shall follow, for he is the giver of all my desires."

1832-1846. Therein, "spoke to him" means monks, Maddī, having heard the king's word, spoke to that king. "I shall endure" means I shall bear, I shall accept. "Poṭakila" means poṭakila grass. "I shall push aside" means having divided in two, I shall go before Vessantara. "By restraint of the belly" means by fasting, by enduring hunger. "And by binding of the jaw" means since women with broad hips and stooping sides obtain a husband, having beaten the hip-board with the jaw and having bent the sides with a binding, a maiden obtains a husband. "Bitter" means disagreeable. "I shall just go" means I shall indeed go.

"Even to eat is not fitting for her" means even to eat leftovers is indeed unsuitable for that widow. "Whoever" means whoever is of low birth seizes that widow by the hand and drags her even against her will. "Seizing by the hair and throwing, and dragging on the ground" means having done these acts of contempt - seizing a husbandless woman by the hair with hands and feet, throwing, and casting on the ground - they transgress. "Having given" means a stranger, having given such much, not trifling suffering to a husbandless woman, does not depart but stands looking on without suspicion.

"Fair-skinned" means having a skin complexion produced by bathing powder. "Hostile to widows" means men who desire widowed women. "Having given" means having given just some trifling wealth. "Thinking themselves fortunate" means thinking "we are fortunate." "Against her will" means that widow, husbandless, unwilling. "As crows do an owl" means they drag her about like crows do an owl. "With bronze vessels shining" means shining with the radiance of golden vessels. "Living" means even while living in such a relatives' home. "She would indeed not receive harsh words" means from brothers and female friends who say such words as "This woman is without a husband, she has become a burden on us alone for as long as she lives" and so on, she indeed does not receive harsh words, words of reproach. "A distinguishing mark" means the cause of being well-known.

"She who is poor when he is poor" means O lord, a woman endowed with fame who, at the time of suffering of her own poor husband, herself also being poor, is only in suffering, and at the time of his wealth, together with him becomes wealthy and attains happiness - her indeed the gods praise. "Abhijjantyā" means of one who is splitting. Even if the entire earth does not split for a woman, and she becomes the lord of that entire earth, even so widowhood is indeed painful - this is the meaning. "Very harsh indeed are women" means well harsh indeed are women.

1847.

"The great king spoke to her, Maddī, beautiful in all her limbs;

These are your young sons, Jālī and Kaṇhājinā, both;

Having put them down, go to one endowed with the marks, we shall nourish you."

Therein, "Jālī and Kaṇhājinā, both" means Jālī and Kaṇhājinā - both. "Having put down" means having put these down, go.

1848.

"The king's daughter spoke to him, Maddī, beautiful in all her limbs;

Dear to me are my little children, O lord, Jālī and Kaṇhājinā, both;

They will delight us there, in the forest, while we live in sorrow."

Therein, "they will delight us" means those children will delight us there in the forest. "While we live in sorrow" means they will delight the hearts of those whose sorrow has not departed. This is the meaning.

1849.

"The great king spoke to her, the increaser of the Sivi realm;

Having eaten rice of fine grain, pure, with meat sauce;

Eating tree fruits, how will the children fare?"

1850.

"Having eaten from a plate weighing a hundred palas, golden with a hundred lines;

Eating from tree leaves, how will the children fare?"

1851.

"Having worn Kāsi cloths, and linen and Koṭumbara cloth;

Wearing garments of kusa-grass, how will the children fare?"

1852.

"Having travelled about by litter, by palanquin and by chariot;

Running about on foot, how will the children fare?"

1853.

"Having slept in a pinnacle building, sheltered with bolted doors;

Sleeping at the root of a tree, how will the children fare?"

1854.

"Having slept on divans, on woollen carpets with variegated rugs;

Sleeping on grass mats, how will the children fare?"

1855.

"Having been anointed with perfume, and with aloe and sandalwood;

Wearing muddy dirt, how will the children fare?"

1856.

"Their limbs fanned with chowries and peacock-feather fans, delicately nurtured;

Touched by gadflies and mosquitoes, how will the children fare?"

1849-1856. Therein, "on a plate of a hundred palas" means on a golden bowl made of a hundred palas. "On woollen carpets with variegated rugs" means on large-backed black woollen carpets and variegated rugs. "With chowries and peacock-feather fans" means their limbs fanned with chowries and peacock-feather fans.

Thus, while they were still conversing, the night became light, the sun rose. Having brought a decorated chariot yoked with four Sindh horses for the Great Being, they placed it at the king's gate. Maddī too, having paid homage to her mother-in-law and father-in-law, having asked permission from the remaining women, having taken the two sons, having gone ahead of Vessantara, stood in the chariot. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1857.

"The king's daughter spoke to him, Maddī, beautiful in all her limbs;

Do not lament, O lord, and do not be displeased;

As we shall be, so will the children be.

1858.

"Having said this, she departed, Maddī, beautiful in all her limbs;

By the Sivi road she followed, taking the sons, the auspicious one."

1857-1858. Therein, "by the Sivi road" means by the road to be travelled by the Sivi king. "Followed" means she went to him, having descended from the palace and mounted the chariot - this is the meaning.

1859.

"Then King Vessantara, the warrior, having given a gift;

Having paid homage to father and mother, and having circumambulated them keeping them on his right.

1860.

Having quickly mounted the chariot yoked with four horses, the carriage;

Taking children and wife, he set out to the Vaṅka mountain."

1859-1860. Therein, "then" means monks, at the time when that Maddī had mounted the chariot and was standing. "Having given" means having given a gift yesterday. "And having circumambulated him keeping him on his right" means and having circumambulated him. "Naṃ" is merely a particle.

1861.

"Then King Vessantara, where many people were;

Having informed you, we go, may the relatives be healthy."

Its meaning is - Monks, thereupon King Vessantara, where many people had stood thinking "We shall see King Vessantara," having sent the chariot there, taking leave of the public, said "Having informed you, we go, may the relatives be healthy." Therein, "taṃ" is merely a particle. Monks, thereupon King Vessantara said to the relatives - "Having informed you, we go; may you be happy and free from suffering."

Thus the Great Being, having addressed the public, having exhorted them saying "Be diligent, perform meritorious deeds such as giving and so on," departed. But as the Bodhisatta was departing, his mother, thinking "Let my son who delights in giving give gifts," sent carts filled with the seven precious things together with ornaments on both sides. He too, having taken off the ornamental goods that were upon his own body, having given to the beggars who had arrived on eighteen occasions, gave away all the rest. He, having departed from the city, wished to turn back and look. Then, dependent on his mind, at the place the size of the chariot, the great earth split open and, having turned around like a potter's wheel, made the chariot face towards the city. He looked at the dwelling place of his mother and father. For that reason there was an earthquake. Therefore it was said -

Having gone out from the city, when he turned back and looked;

Then too the earth trembled, with Sineru and its forest-wreath."

But having looked himself, in order to make Maddī also look, he spoke a verse -

1862.

"Come now, Maddī, observe, it appears like a charming sight;

The residence of the Sivi chief, my paternal dwelling."

Therein, "observe" means look at.

Then the Great Being, having turned back the sixty thousand councillors born at the same time and the remaining people, driving the chariot, said to Maddī - "Dear lady, if beggars come from behind, look out for them." She too sat looking back. Then four brahmins, unable to reach his great gift of seven hundreds, having come to the city, having asked "Where is King Vessantara?" when it was said "Having given the gift, he has gone," having asked "Having taken something, he has gone?" having heard "He has gone by chariot," followed after, thinking "We shall request the horses from him." Then Maddī, having seen them approaching, informed: "Beggars are coming, my lord." The Great Being stopped the chariot. They, having come, requested the horses. The Great Being gave the horses. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1863.

"The brahmins followed him, they entreated him for horses;

Being entreated, he supplied four horses to the four."

But when the horses had been given, the chariot shaft stood just in the air. Then, just as the brahmins had barely gone, four young gods, having come in the appearance of rohicca deer, having received the chariot shaft, went on. The Great Being, having known their state as young gods, spoke this verse -

1864.

"Come now, Maddī, observe, it appears like a painted picture;

With the colour of the rohicca deer, the well-trained horses carry me."

Therein, "well-trained horses" means they carry me like well-trained horses.

Then another brahmin, having come to him going thus, requested the chariot. The Great Being, having brought down his children and wife, gave the chariot to him. But when the chariot had been given, the young gods disappeared. Making known the fact of the chariot having been given, the Teacher said -

1865.

"Then here a fifth one came, he requested that chariot from him;

To him he gave that which was requested, and his mind was not distressed.

1866.

"Then King Vessantara, having taken down his own people;

Gave comfort with the horse-carriage, to the brahmin seeking wealth."

1865-1866. Therein, "then here" means then, in that forest. "And his mind was not distressed" means and his mind was not sluggish. "He consoled" means pleasing him, he handed over.

From that point onwards, however, all of them were just on foot. Then the Great Being said to Maddī -

1867.

"You, Maddī, take Kaṇhā, she is light, the younger sister;

I will take Jāli, for he is heavy, the brother."

And having said thus, both the warriors, having taken the two children on their hips, departed. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1868.

"The king having taken the boy, and the king's daughter the girl;

Being joyful they departed, speaking kindly to one another."

The Commentary on the Giving Chapter is finished.

The Commentary on the Entering the Forest Chapter

They, having seen people coming along the opposite way, ask "Where is Vaṅka mountain?" The people say "It is far." Therefore it was said -

1869.

"If any men come along the byways and side paths;

We ask them about the road, 'Where is Vaṅkata mountain?'

1870.

"Having seen us there, they lamented piteously;

They experience suffering, far is Vaṅkata mountain."

1869-1870. Having seen trees bearing various fruits on both sides of the road, the children cry. By the power of the Great Being, the fruit-bearing trees, having bent down, come within reach of the hand. Thereupon, having picked out the thoroughly ripe fruits and unripe fruits, he gives them to them. Having seen that, Maddī declared a marvel. Therefore it was said -

1871.

"If children see in the forest wilds, trees bearing fruit;

Because of those fruits, the children cry out.

1872.

"Having seen the children crying, the tall, extensive trees;

Bending down of their own accord, approach the children.

1873.

"Having seen this wonderful marvel, amazing, hair-raising;

Maddī, beautiful in all her limbs, uttered an exclamation of approval.

1874.

"Marvellous indeed in the world, wonderful, hair-raising;

Through Vessantara's power, the trees bent down of their own accord."

1871-1874. From Jetuttara city to the mountain named Suvaṇṇagiritāla is five yojanas, from there to the river named Kontimārā is five yojanas, from there to the mountain named Añcaragiri is five yojanas, from there to the village named Dunniviṭṭhabrāhmaṇagāma is five yojanas, from there to Mātula city is ten yojanas. Thus that road from Jetuttara city is thirty yojanas. The deities shortened that road. They reached Mātula city in a single day. Therefore it was said -

1875.

"The demons shortened the path, out of compassion for the children;

On the very day of departure, they approached the Ceta kingdom."

And approaching, having departed from Jetuttara city at the time of the morning meal, they reached Mātula city in the Ceta kingdom in the evening time. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1876.

"They, having gone a long course, approached the Ceta kingdom;

A prosperous, flourishing country, with abundant meat, liquor and rice."

At that time sixty thousand warriors of the warrior caste dwelt in Mātula city. The Great Being, without entering the inner city, sat down in a hall right at the city gate. Then Maddī, having wiped the dust from the Bodhisatta's feet and having massaged his feet, thinking "I shall make known the arrival of Vessantara," having gone out from the hall, stood at the door of the hall in his range of vision. Women entering and leaving the city, having seen her, surrounded her. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1877.

"The Cetiya people surrounded her, having seen the one endowed with auspicious marks who had come;

Delicate indeed is the lady, she runs about on foot.

1878.

"Having travelled about by litter, by palanquin and by chariot;

Today Maddī in the forest, runs about on foot."

1877-1878. Therein, "endowed with marks who had come" means Maddī, endowed with auspicious signs, who had come. "Runs about" means being thus delicate, she goes about just on foot. "Having gone round" means having wandered about in the city of Jetuttara. "By palanquin" means by a golden palanquin.

The great multitude, having seen Maddī and Vessantara and his two sons having arrived in a helpless manner, having gone, informed the kings. Sixty thousand kings, weeping and lamenting, came to his presence. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1879.

"Having seen him, the Ceta chiefs, weeping, approached;

'Is it that you are well, O lord, is it that you are free from illness, O lord;

Is your father healthy, and are the Sivis free from illness?'

1880.

"Where is your power, great king, where then is your chariot circle;

Without horses, without chariot, having come a long journey;

Were you overcome by enemies, having arrived at this direction?"

1879-1880. Therein, "having seen" means having seen from afar. "The Ceta chiefs" means the Ceta kings. "They approached" means they drew near. "Well" means health. "Free from illness" means the state of being free from suffering. "Where is your army" means where is your army. "Chariot-circle" means they ask where is the chariot by which you came. "Without horses" means devoid of horses. "Without chariot" means without a vehicle. "Having come a long course" means having come a long road. "Overcome" means overpowered.

Then the Great Being, telling them the reason for his coming, said -

1881.

"It is well with me indeed, and also indeed free from illness;

And also my father is healthy, and the Sivis are free from illness.

1882.

"For I would give an elephant, with tusks like plough-poles, with large thighs;

Knowing the terrain of all battles, all white, the best of elephants.

1883.

"Covered with a pale-yellow blanket, in rut, an enemy-crusher;

Tusked, with a tail-hair fan, white, resembling Mount Kelāsa.

1884.

"With white umbrella, with trappings, with elephant doctor, with elephant keepers;

The foremost vehicle, the royal mount, I gave to the brahmins.

1885.

"Because of that the Sivi people were angry with me, and my father with injured mind;

You have banished me, O king, I go to the Vaṅka mountain;

Know rightly the place, where we may dwell in the forest."

1881-1885. Therein, "in that, me" means for that reason the Sivi people were angry with me. "With injured mind" means with injured mind, being angry, he banished me from the kingdom. "Where" means in whatever forest we might dwell, know the place for dwelling there.

Those kings said -

1886.

"Welcome to you, great king, and also your coming is not unwelcome;

You have arrived as lord, declare whatever is here."

1887.

"Vegetables, lotus roots, honey, meat, pure rice cooked with fine rice;

Consume it, great king, you have come as a guest."

1886-1887. Therein, "declare" means tell; we will give having prepared everything. "Lotus roots" means the root of the lotus plant, or whatever tuber that has grown.

Vessantara said -

1888.

"What was given has been accepted, an oblation has been made for all;

You have banished me, O king, I go to the Vaṅka mountain;

Know rightly the place, where we may dwell in the forest."

Therein, "accepted" means let all this given by you be indeed accepted by me, an oblation, an offering, has been made by you for all to me. But the king has banished me, has exiled me from the country, therefore I shall go to Vaṅka itself; know my dwelling place in that forest.

Those kings said -

1889.

"Stay here for now, O bull among charioteers of the Ceta country;

Until the Cetas will go to the king's presence to request.

1890.

"To make the great king examine, the increaser of the Sivi realm;

Having put each and every hunter in front, elated, having gained support;

Having surrounded him, they go, know this thus, O warrior."

1889-1890. Therein, "to the king's presence to request" means they will go to the king's presence for the purpose of entreating. "To make examine" means to make known your faultless state. "Having gained support" means having found support. "They go" means they will go.

The Great Being said -

1891.

"Let not going to the king's presence to request be pleasing to you;

To make the great king examine, even the king is powerless in that matter.

1892.

"For the Sivi people are very angry, the troops in array and the townspeople;

They wish to overthrow the king, because of me."

1891-1892. "In that matter" means in that matter of making known my faultless state, even the king is powerless. "Too lofty" means excessively angered. "Troops in array" means military forces. "To destroy" means to remove from the kingship. "The king" means even the king.

Those kings said -

1893.

"If this is the way here, in the realm, O increaser of the realm;

Right here exercise kingship, surrounded by the Cetas.

1894.

"This country is prosperous and flourishing, the great province is prosperous;

Form an intention, O king, to govern the kingdom."

1893-1894. Therein, "if this is the way here" means if in this country this is the way. "To rule the kingdom" means to govern the kingdom, or this itself is the reading.

Vessantara said -

1895.

"I have no desire or intention to rule the kingdom;

Having been banished from the realm, O sons of the Cetas, listen to me.

1896.

"The Sivi people were dissatisfied, the troops in array and the townspeople;

When he was banished from the realm, the Cetas consecrated him in kingship.

1897.

"Even if there were discord among you, entirely because of me;

And quarrel with the Sivīs, strife does not please me.

1898.

"Then there would be terrible quarrel for him, strife not trifling;

For the sake of one, of me, many people would harm.

1899.

"What was given has been accepted, an oblation has been made for all;

You have banished me, O king, I go to the Vaṅka mountain;

Know rightly the place, where we may dwell in the forest."

1895-1899. Therein, "the Cetas consecrated him in the kingdom" means the inhabitants of the Ceta country, it is said, consecrated Vessantara in the kingdom - they too were dissatisfied with you. "Discord" means disunity. "Would" means might be. "Then of this" means then on account of me alone there will be quarrel among you.

Thus the Great Being, though entreated in many ways, did not desire the kingdom. Then those Ceta kings made great honour for him. He did not wish to enter the city. Then, having decorated a hall itself, having made an enclosure with a curtain, having prepared a great bed, they all kept guard. He, having slept one night in the hall, protected by them who had taken up his protection, on the following day, right early, having bathed, having eaten food of various excellent flavours, departed surrounded by them. Sixty thousand warriors, having gone with him the fifteen-yojana road, having stood at the entrance to the forest, explaining the fifteen-yojana road ahead, said -

1900.

"Truly we shall declare to you, just as the skilled ones do;

Where royal seers dwell, the oblation fires concentrated.

1901.

"This rock, great king, is the mountain Gandhamādana;

Where you together with your sons, together with your wife, will dwell.

1902.

"The hunters instructed him, with tearful eyes, with weeping faces;

'Go from here, great king, straight, facing northward.'

1903.

"Then you will see, venerable one, the mountain named Vepulla;

Covered with various groups of trees, with cool shade, delightful.

1904.

"Having passed beyond that, venerable one, then you will see a river;

The river named Ketumatī, deep, flowing from the mountain caves.

1905.

"Filled with fish, with good fords, with great water;

Having bathed and drunk there, having refreshed the little sons.

1906.

"Then you will see, venerable one, a banyan tree with sweet fruit;

Grown on a delightful peak, with cool shade, delightful.

1907.

"Then you will see, venerable one, the mountain named Nāḷika;

Scattered with flocks of various birds, a rock filled with kimpurisas.

1908.

"To the north-east of that, there is a lake named Mucalinda;

Covered with white lotuses and white water-lilies.

1909.

"He, into the forest resembling a cloud, constantly with green grass;

Like a lion looking for food, plunge into the jungle thicket;

Covered with flowering trees, and with fruit trees - both.

1910.

"There, with melodious voices, lovely, of different colours, many twice-born birds;

They chirp back at the one chirping, in the trees in full bloom with the season.

1911.

"Having gone to the mountain fastnesses, and the sources of rivers;

He will see a pond, surrounded by karañja and kakudha trees.

1912.

"Filled with fish, with good fords, with great water;

Level and four-sided, sweet, without foul odour.

1913.

"To the north-east of that, build a hermitage;

Having built a hermitage, strive by wandering for gleanings."

1900-1913. Therein, "royal seers" means those who, having been kings, went forth. "Concentrated" means with fully focused minds. "This way" - raising the right hand, they speak indicating "Go by this foot of the mountain." "You will dwell" means you will live. "River" means a whirlpool of a water-carrying river. "Mountain cave" means issuing from the interior of the mountains. "Honey-fruit" means sweet fruit. "Rammake" means delightful. "Abounding with kimpurisas" means combined with, surrounded by kimpurisas. "And with white fragrant water-lilies" means covered with white water-lilies and fragrant water-lilies of various kinds. "Like a lion looking at food" means like a lion looking at food.

"With melodious voices" means with compact voices. "Pleasant" means with sweet voices. "They chirp back at the one chirping" means they chirp back afterwards at the bird that chirps first. "In the trees in full bloom with the season" means having hidden in the trees in bloom at the seasonal time, they chirp back at the one chirping. "He will see" means the meaning is: you will see. "Abounding with karañja and kakudha trees" means surrounded by karañja trees and kakudha trees. "Without offensive odour" means devoid of disagreeable odour, surrounded by sweet water, covered with lotuses, water-lilies and so on of various kinds. "Build a hermitage" means you should build a hermitage. "Having built" means having constructed. "Strive by wandering for gleanings" means the meaning is: then you, Sire, sustaining yourselves by wandering for gleanings, strive diligently; having put forth strenuous energy, you should dwell.

Thus those kings, having indicated to him the fifteen-yojana road, having sent him off, for the purpose of dispelling the danger of obstacles to Vessantara, having thought "Let no adversary whatsoever obtain an opportunity," having addressed one experienced, well-trained huntsman's son, having stationed him at the entrance to the forest for the purpose of protection, saying "You should watch over those going and coming," they went to their own city. Vessantara too, together with his sons and wife, having reached Mount Gandhamādana, having dwelt there that day, from there facing northward, having gone by the foot of Mount Vepulla, having sat down on the bank of a river named Ketumatī, having eaten honey and meat given by a forester, having given him a golden needle, having bathed and drunk there, with his disturbance allayed, having crossed the river, having sat for a short while at the root of a banyan tree standing on the peak of a mountain with a plateau, having eaten banyan fruits, having risen and going, having reached a mountain named Nāḷika, skirting it, having gone to the Mucalinda lake, having reached the north-eastern corner by the bank of the lake, having entered the forest thicket by a footpath, having passed beyond that, he arrived at a quadrangular pond in front of the mountain fastnesses and the sources of rivers.

At that moment Sakka, reflecting, having known "The Great Being has entered the Himalayas," having thought "It is fitting for him to obtain a dwelling place," having summoned Vissakamma, sent him saying "Go, dear son, having built a hermitage in a delightful place in the interior of Vaṅka Mountain, come back." He, saying "Very well, Sire," having descended from the world of gods, having built there two leaf-huts, two walking paths, and night-quarters and day-quarters, having displayed at the end of the walking path, at those various places, trees bearing diverse fruits and plantain groves, having prepared all the requisites for those gone forth, having inscribed the letters "Whoever wishes to go forth, let them take these," having made the non-human spirits, the frightful sounds, and the beasts and birds retreat, went to his own place.

The Great Being, having seen a footpath, having thought "This will be a dwelling place for those gone forth," having left Maddī and the children at the entrance to the hermitage, having entered the hermitage, having looked at the letters, having known "I have been seen by Sakka," having entered the leaf-hut, having removed the sword and the bow, having taken off the cloths, having put on a red bark garment, having placed a cheetah-skin leather on his shoulder, having tied the coil of matted hair, having assumed the guise of a sage, having taken a walking staff, having gone out from the leaf-hut, bearing the splendour of one gone forth, having uttered an inspired utterance "Oh, what happiness! Oh, what happiness! The going forth has been attained by me!" having ascended the walking path, having walked up and down back and forth, with peace like that of an Individually Enlightened One, he went to the presence of his children and wife. Maddī too, having fallen at the feet of the Great Being, having wept, having entered the hermitage together with him, having gone to her own leaf-hut, assumed the guise of a sage. Afterwards they made the children too into hermit boys. The four nobles dwelt in the interior of Vaṅka Mountain. Then Maddī requested a boon from the Great Being: "Sire, without going to the forest for the purpose of gathering fruits, stay right here having taken the children; I shall bring various kinds of fruit." From that time onwards she, having brought various kinds of fruit from the forest, looked after the three people.

The Bodhisatta too requested a boon from her: "Dear Maddī, we are henceforth those gone forth by name; a woman is indeed a stain upon the holy life; henceforth do not come to my presence at an improper time." She accepted, saying "Very well." Through the power of the Great Being's friendliness, all around for three yojanas, even all the animals mutually obtained minds of friendliness. Queen Maddī too, having risen right early, having set out drinking water and water for washing, having brought water for washing the face, having given a wooden toothbrush, having swept the hermitage, having left the two sons in their father's presence, with a basket, a pick-axe and a hook in hand, having entered the forest, having gathered forest roots and various kinds of fruit, having filled the basket, having come from the forest in the evening time, having placed the various kinds of fruit in the hermitage, having bathed, she bathed the sons. Then all four persons, having sat down at the door of the hermitage, ate various kinds of fruit. Thereupon Maddī, having taken the sons, entered her own hermitage. In this manner they dwelt in the mountain hollow for seven months.

The Commentary on the Entering the Forest Chapter is finished.

The Commentary on the Jūjaka

At that time, in the Kāliṅga country, a brahmin named Jūjaka, a dweller in the ill-settled brahmin village, having obtained a hundred coins by going about for alms, having deposited them in a certain brahmin family, went again for the purpose of seeking wealth. When he was long in coming, the brahmin family, having spent the hundred coins, afterwards, when the other came and accused them, being unable to give the coins, gave him their daughter named Amittatāpanā. He, having taken her, having gone to the ill-settled brahmin village in the Kāliṅga country, dwelt there. Amittatāpanā properly attended to the brahmin. Then other young brahmins, having seen her accomplishment in good conduct, threatened their own respective wives, saying "This one properly looks after the elderly brahmin, but why are you negligent towards us?" They, having assembled at the river fords and so on, abused her, saying "We shall drive this Amittatāpanā away from this village." Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1914.

"There was a dweller in the Kaliṅgas, a brahmin named Jūjaka;

His wife was young, named Amittatāpanā.

1915.

"Those women who had gone there to the river to fetch water spoke to him;

The women abused him, having assembled with curiosity.

1916.

"Surely your mother was an enemy, surely your father was an enemy;

Who gave you to an old man, being thus a young woman."

1917.

"Harmful indeed were your relatives, who consulted in a private place;

Who gave you to an old man, being thus a young woman."

1918.

"Enemies indeed were your relatives, who consulted in a private place;

Who gave you to an old man, being thus a young woman."

1919.

"Wrong-doing indeed were your relatives, who consulted in a private place;

Who gave you to an old man, being thus a young woman."

1920.

"Evil indeed were your relatives, who consulted in a private place;

Who gave you to an old man, being thus a young woman."

1921.

"Disagreeable indeed were your relatives, who consulted in a private place;

Who gave you to an old man, being thus a young woman."

1922.

"You lived in a disagreeable home, together with an old husband;

You who live with an old man, death is better for you than life.

1923.

"Surely your father and mother, beautiful one, lovely one,

Did not find another husband for you, who gave you to an old man,

Being thus a young woman."

1924.

"Your sacrifice on the ninth day will be ill-offered, the fire-sacrifice not performed;

Who gave you to an old man, being thus a young woman."

1925.

"Surely towards ascetics and brahmins, those devoted to the holy life;

You cursed in the world, the virtuous and very learned;

You who live with an old man, being thus a young woman.

1926.

"Not painful is being bitten by a snake, not painful is being struck by a spear;

But that is painful and acute, when one sees an old person as husband.

1927.

"There is no play, there is no delight, together with an old husband;

There is no conversation, even laughing does not look beautiful.

1928.

"And when a young man and a young woman, consult gone to a private place;

All sorrows perish, whatever are connected with the heart.

1929.

"You are young and beautiful, desired by men;

Go and stay at your relatives' home, what will an old man delight you with?"

1914-1929. Therein, "ahū" means was. "A dweller in the Kaliṅgas" means a dweller in the ill-settled brahmin village in the Kāliṅga country. "Those women who had gone there spoke to him" means those women in that village, having become water carriers at the river ford, having gone there, spoke to him. "The women abused him" means the women did not say anything else, but rather they abused him. "With curiosity" means having become as if filled with curiosity. "Having assembled" means having surrounded him all around. "Being a young woman" means being young, a maiden, endowed with beauty. "Of an old man" means in the house of one worn out by ageing. "Your sacrifice on the ninth day will be ill-offered" means your sacrifice on the ninth day will be ill-offered; that sacrificial offering of yours will first have been seized by an old crow. "Duyiṭṭhā te navamiyā" is also a reading; the meaning is that the ninth day sacrifice will be ill-offered by you. "The fire-sacrifice not performed" means even the fire-offering will not have been performed by you. "Cursed" means she reviled ascetics and brahmins, those in whom evil has been calmed or those in whom evil has been warded off. "This is the fruit of that evil of yours" - they said this with that very intention. "Even laughing does not look beautiful" means even the laughter of an old man laughing with broken teeth exposed does not look beautiful. "All sorrows perish" means all their sorrows are destroyed. "What will an old man" means how will this old man delight you with the five types of sensual pleasure?

She, having received abuse from them, having taken the water pot, weeping, having gone to the house, when asked by the brahmin "Why do you weep, dear lady?" - reporting to him, she spoke this verse -

1930.

"I will not go for you, brahmin, to the river to fetch water;

The women abuse me, because of you, old brahmin."

Its meaning is - Brahmin, because of you, an old man, the women abuse me; therefore, from now on, having been your water carrier, I will not go to the river.

Jūjaka said -

1931.

"Do not do work for me, do not fetch water for me;

I will fetch water, dear lady, do not be angry."

Therein, "I will fetch water" means dear lady, I will bring water.

The brahmin woman said -

1932.

"I was not born in that family, from which you would bring water;

Thus know, brahmin, I will not live in your home.

1933.

"If you will not bring me a male slave or a female slave, brahmin;

Thus know, brahmin, I shall not live near you."

1932-1933. Therein, "I was not" means brahmin, in whatever family the husband does work, I was not born there. "That which you" means therefore whatever water you will bring, I have no need of that.

Jūjaka said -

1934.

"I have no craft or trade, nor wealth and grain, brahmin woman;

From where shall I bring a male slave or female slave for you, dear lady;

I will attend upon you, dear lady, do not be angry."

The brahmin woman said -

1935.

"Come, I shall declare to you, as my word has been heard;

This King Vessantara, dwells on the Vaṅka mountain.

1936.

"Having gone to him, request a male slave and a female slave, brahmin;

When entreated, that warrior will give you a male slave and a female slave."

1935-1936. Therein, "come, I shall declare to you" means I shall explain to you. This she said having been possessed by the deity.

Jūjaka said -

1937.

"I am old and weak, the journey is long and very difficult to traverse;

Do not lament, dear lady, and do not be displeased;

I will attend upon you, dear lady, do not be angry."

Therein, "I am old" means dear lady, I am old, how shall I go?

The brahmin woman said -

1938.

"Just as one not having gone to battle, without fighting is defeated;

Just so you, Brahmin, without having gone, are defeated.

1939.

"If you will not bring me a male slave or a female slave, brahmin;

Thus know, brahmin, I will not live in your home;

I will do something disagreeable to you, that will be suffering for you.

1940.

"At the constellation festivals and seasonal celebrations, when you see me adorned with virtue;

Delighting together with others, that will be suffering for you.

1941.

"By not seeing me, lamenting for one who is old;

More bent and grey hairs, there will be many, brahmin."

1938-1941. Therein, "disagreeable to you" means I shall do a deed displeasing to you who, having gone to the presence of Vessantara, does not bring back a male slave or a female slave. "At the constellation festivals and seasonal celebrations" means at festivals occurring by way of the conjunction of the constellations or by way of the beginning of each of the six seasons.

Having heard that, the brahmin was frightened. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1942.

"Then that brahmin, frightened, obedient to the brahmin woman;

Distressed by sensual lust, said this to the brahmin woman.

1943.

"Prepare provisions for me, pastries and sugar-cakes;

And well-made honey-balls, and flour-meal, brahmin woman.

1944.

"I will bring a pair, both young slave boys;

They will attend upon you, unwearied night and day."

1942-1944. Therein, "distressed" means annoyed, oppressed. "And sugar-cakes" means and sugar-cakes. "Flour-food" means both bound flour and unbound flour as well as parcels of boiled rice. "A mate" means one equal in birth, clan, family, and district. "Slave boys" means boys for the purpose of being your slaves.

She, having quickly prepared provisions, informed the brahmin. He, having made firm the weak places in the house, having repaired the door, having brought firewood from the forest, having brought water with a pot, having filled all the vessels in the house, having assumed the guise of a hermit right there, having exhorted "Dear lady, from now on do not go out at the improper time; until my return be heedful," having put on his sandals, having hung the provision-bag on his shoulder, having circumambulated Amittatāpanā keeping her on his right, having wept with eyes full of tears, he departed. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1945.

"Having said this, the kinsman of Brahma put on his sandals;

Then he, having consulted, circumambulated his wife keeping her on his right.

1946.

"He departed with tearful face, the brahmin of enduring virtue;

To the prosperous city of the Sivis, wandering in search of slaves."

1945-1946. Therein, "with tearful face" means with a weeping face. "Of one who must endure" means of one who has taken upon himself, the meaning is one who has assumed the appearance of a hermit. "Wandering" means wandering in search of slaves, he departed heading for the city of the Sivis.

He, having gone to that city, asks the assembled people "Where is Vessantara?" Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1947.

"He, having gone there, said to those who were assembled there:

'Where is King Vessantara, where may we see the noble?'

1948.

"Those people said to him, who were assembled there:

'By you, Brahmin, the warrior has been overcome through excessive giving;

Banished from his own kingdom, he dwells on the Vaṅka mountain.'

1949.

'By you, Brahmin, the warrior has been overcome through excessive giving;

Taking children and wife, he dwells on the Vaṅka mountain.'

1947-1949. Therein, "well-known" means annoyed, oppressed, not being able to live in his own city, he now dwells on the Vaṅka mountain.

Thus, saying "You, having ruined our king, have come again and stand here," they, with clods of earth, sticks and so on in their hands, pursued the brahmin. He, having been possessed by a deity, took the very path to the Vaṅka mountain. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1950.

"He, urged by the brahmin woman, the brahmin greedy for sensual pleasures;

That misery he endured, in the forest teeming with beasts of prey;

Frequented by sword-bearing panthers.

1951.

"Having taken a bilva-wood staff, a fire-sacrifice ladle and a water-pitcher;

He entered the great forest, where he heard of the wish-granter.

1952.

"When he had entered the great forest, wolves surrounded him;

He cried out loudly, having lost his way, he departed far from the path.

1953.

"Then that brahmin, having gone, greedy for wealth, unrestrained;

When the descent to Vaṅka was lost, spoke these verses."

1950-1953. Therein, "that misery" means that suffering of being followed by the great multitude and the suffering of plunging into the forest. "Fire-sacrifice" means the ladle for making fire-offerings. "Wolves surrounded him" means for he, having entered the forest, not knowing the road leading to Vaṅka Mountain, having become lost on the road, wandered in the forest. Then the dogs of the huntsman's son who was seated for the purpose of protection surrounded him - this is the meaning. "He cried out loudly" means he, having climbed one tree, cried with a great roar. "Having lost his way" means one whose road was lost. "Far from the path" means he departed far from the path leading to Vaṅka Mountain. "Greedy for wealth" means delighting in wealth. "Unrestrained" means immoral. "When the descent to Vaṅka was lost" means when the road of passage to Vaṅka Mountain was lost.

He, surrounded by dogs, while seated in the tree, spoke these verses -

1954.

"Who knows the prince, the leading ox, conquering, unconquered;

The giver of security in fear, who knows Vessantara for me?

1955.

"He who was a support to those who ask, like the earth to beings;

The great king like the earth, who knows Vessantara for me?

1956.

"He who was a destination for those who ask, like the ocean for rivers;

The great king like the ocean, who knows Vessantara for me?

1957.

"With a good landing place, pure, with cool water, delightful;

Covered with white lotuses, endowed with lotus pollen;

The great king like a lake, who knows Vessantara for me?

1958.

"Like a sacred fig tree grown on the path, with cool shade, delightful;

A crossing over difficulties for the weary, a receptacle for the exhausted;

The great king like that, who knows Vessantara for me?

1959.

"Like a banyan tree grown on the path, with cool shade, delightful;

A crossing over difficulties for the weary, a receptacle for the exhausted;

The great king like that, who knows Vessantara for me?

1960.

"Like a mango tree grown on the path, with cool shade, delightful;

A crossing over difficulties for the weary, a receptacle for the exhausted;

The great king like that, who knows Vessantara for me?

1961.

"Like a sal tree grown on the path, with cool shade, delightful;

A crossing over difficulties for the weary, a receptacle for the exhausted;

The great king like that, who knows Vessantara for me?

1962.

"Like a tree grown on the path, with cool shade, delightful;

A crossing over difficulties for the weary, a receptacle for the exhausted;

The great king like that, who knows Vessantara for me?

1963.

"And thus as I was lamenting, having entered the great forest;

Whoever would say 'I know,' he would bring delight to me.

1964.

"And thus as I was lamenting, having entered the great forest;

Whoever would say 'I know,' by that single word he

Would generate merit not trifling."

1954-1964. Therein, "conquering" means conquering the mind of stinginess. "Who knows Vessantara for me" means he says: who would point out Vessantara to me. "Was a support" means was a support. "Of the weary" means of those who are exhausted. "Of the fatigued" means of those wearied by the road. "Receptacle" means a recipient, one who has become a support. "Whoever would say 'I know'" means the meaning is: whoever would say "I know the dwelling place of Vessantara."

Having heard that sound of his lamentation, the Ceta prince who had been stationed for the purpose of protection, having become a deer-hunter, while wandering in the forest, thinking "This brahmin laments for the purpose of finding the dwelling place of Vessantara; but this one has not come with righteous intent; he will request either Maddī or the children; I shall kill him right here," having gone to his presence, saying "Brahmin, I shall not give you your life," having strung and drawn the bow, he threatened him. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

1965.

"His mind assented, the hunter roaming in the forest;

'By you, Brahmin, the warrior has been overcome through excessive giving;

Banished from his own kingdom, he dwells on the Vaṅka mountain.'

1966.

'By you, Brahmin, the warrior has been overcome through excessive giving;

Taking children and wife, he dwells on the Vaṅka mountain."

1967.

"Not doing your duty, imprudent one, having come from the kingdom to the wilds;

Seeking the prince, like a heron for fish in water.

1968.

"To him I will not give life here, brahmin;

For this arrow released by me will drink your blood.

1969.

"Having killed you, cutting off your head, and severing your heart with its binding;

I shall sacrifice to the road-bird with your meat, brahmin.

1970.

"With your meat and fat, and with your head, brahmin;

I shall make an oblation, having cut off your heart.

1971.

"That is well-sacrificed, well-offered by me, with your meat, brahmin;

And you shall not lead away the wife and sons of the prince."

1965-1971. Therein, "one who does what should not be done" means you are one who does what should not be done. "Imprudent" means devoid of wisdom. "Come from the country to the wilds" means come from the country to the great forest. "The arrow will drink" means this arrow will drink your blood. "Having killed" means having killed you, having plucked off your head fallen from the tree like a palmyra fruit, having cut the flesh of the heart together with its binding, I shall sacrifice to the road-deity a road-bird by name. "And not you" means this being so, you shall not lead away the wife or the sons of the prince.

He, having heard his word, frightened by the fear of death, speaking a falsehood, said -

1972.

"A brahmin messenger is not to be killed, son of Ceta, listen to me;

Therefore one does not kill a messenger, this is an eternal principle.

1973.

"All the Sivis have been persuaded, the father wishes to see him;

And his mother is weak, before long her eyes will decay.

1974.

"I am sent as a messenger by them, son of Ceta, listen to me;

I will lead the prince, if you know, tell me."

1972-1974. Therein, "convinced" means persuaded. "Before long her eyes will decay" means through constant weeping, before long indeed her eyes will decay.

Then the Ceta prince, having become filled with pleasure thinking "He has come, it is said, to bring Vessantara back," having tied up and kept aside the dogs, having brought down the brahmin, having caused him to sit on a spread of branches, having given him food, spoke this verse -

1975.

"A dear messenger of one dear to me, I give you a gift;

And this vessel of honey, and the deer's thigh, brahmin;

And I will point out to you the place, where the giver of desires is honoured."

Therein, "dear to me" means you are a dear messenger of my dear Vessantara. "A gift" means I give you a gift that fulfils your disposition.

The Commentary on the Jūjaka Section is finished.

The Description of the Small Forest

Thus the Ceta prince, having fed the brahmin, having given him a vessel of honey and a cooked deer's thigh for the purpose of provisions, having stood on the road, having raised his right hand, pointing out the dwelling place of the Great Being, said -

1976.

"This rock, Great Brahmā, is the mountain Gandhamādana;

Where King Vessantara, together with his children, is honoured.

1977.

"Assuming the appearance of a brahmin, with hook and ladle and matted hair;

Clad in leather, he sleeps on the ground, and pays homage to the fire.

1978.

"These blue trees appear, bearing various fruits;

Risen like cloud peaks, the blue collyrium mountains.

1979.

"Dhava trees and assakaṇṇa trees and acacia trees, sal trees and phandana creepers;

They tremble in the wind, like young men who have drunk once.

1980.

"Above in the tree branches, like a concert it is heard;

Najjuhā birds and flocks of cuckoos, fly from tree to tree.

1981.

"As if calling to one departing, stirred by branches and leaves;

As if delighting one arriving, they gladden the dweller;

Where King Vessantara, together with his children, is honoured.

1982.

"Assuming the appearance of a brahmin, with hook and ladle and matted hair;

Clad in leather, he sleeps on the ground, and pays homage to the fire."

1976-1982. Therein, "Gandhamādana" means this is the Gandhamādana mountain; going northward by its foot, where King Vessantara dwells together with his children and wife in the hermitage given by Sakka, you will see that - this is the meaning. "The appearance of a brahmin" means the guise of a foremost one gone forth. "Hook and ladle and matted hair" means bearing a hook for the purpose of pulling down and gathering fruits, and a ladle for fire-offering, and a coil of matted hair. "Clad in hide" means one wearing a cheetah-skin leather. "Lies on the ground" means he sleeps on the earth on a mattress of leaves. "Dhava, assakaṇṇa, khadira" means dhava trees and assakaṇṇa trees and acacia trees. "Once drunk like young men" means drunk just once, like drunkards. "Above in the tree branches" means on the branches of the trees. "Like a concert it is heard" means the sounds of various birds calling are heard like divine concerts. "Najjuha" means najjuha birds. "Fly about" means they go about warbling. "Stirred by branches and leaves" means birds that, having been struck by the leaves of the branches, warble; or the leaves and branches themselves blown by the wind. "The one coming" means the person who is coming. "Where" means having gone to the hermitage where Vessantara dwells, you will see this splendour of the hermitage.

Describing the hermitage even further beyond that, he said -

1983.

"Mango trees, wood-apple trees, jack trees, sal trees, rose-apple trees, beleric myrobalans;

Yellow myrobalans, emblic myrobalans, holy fig trees and jujube fruits.

1984.

"Beautiful timbaru trees are here, and banyan trees and wood-apple trees;

Sweet madhuka trees drip, and low-hanging ripe glamorous figs.

1985.

"There would be pigeon-foot trees, grape-vines and honey-dripping plants;

Pure honey there, taking their own, they would consume.

1986.

"Some mango trees here are in bloom, others stand with fallen flowers;

Others are unripe and ripe, frog-coloured are both of those.

1987.

"Then here below a man gathers ripe mangoes;

Both unripe and ripe, the best in colour, fragrance and flavour.

1988.

"So very marvellous to me, an exclamation of wonder occurs to me;

Like a dwelling of the gods, it shines, comparable to Nandana.

1989.

"Palmyra palms and coconut trees, date-palms in the great forest;

They stand bound like garlands, appearing like the tops of banners;

With flowers of various colours, like the sky adorned with stars.

1990.

"Kuṭaja trees and kuṭṭha and tagara shrubs, and trumpet-flower trees in bloom;

Punnāga trees and mountain punnāga trees, and koviḷāra trees in bloom.

1991.

"Uddālaka trees and soma trees, aloe trees and phalliya trees in abundance;

Puttajīva trees and kakudha trees, and asana trees here in bloom.

1992.

"Kuṭaja trees, salala trees, nīpa trees, kosamba trees, breadfruit trees, dhava trees;

And sal trees in bloom there, resembling a threshing floor of straw.

1993.

"Not far from there is a pond, on a delightful piece of ground;

Covered with lotuses and water lilies, like the Nandana grove of the gods.

1994.

"Then here, intoxicated by the nectar of flowers, cuckoos, sweet-voiced;

Fill the forest wilds with song, in trees fully bloomed in season.

1995.

"The honey drops down with nectar, on each lotus leaf;

Then here the winds blow, from the south and also from the west;

With the pollen of lotus filaments, the hermitage is strewn over.

1996.

"And here are large crossroads, with self-grown rice fallen to the ground;

Teeming with fish and turtles, and here are many crabs;

Honey flows from the lotus roots, milk and ghee from the tubers.

1997.

"Fragrant that forest blows, rejoicing with various odours;

It intoxicates with fragrance, that forest with flowering branches;

Wasps, with the fragrance of flowers, resounded all around.

1998.

"And here there are birds, of different colours, many twice-born;

They rejoice together with their wives, calling to one another.

1999.

"Nandikā and Jīvaputtā, and Jīvaputtā and Piyā are ours;

Piyā and Puttā and Piyā and Nandā, twice-born birds dwelling in the pond.

2000.

"They stand bound like garlands, appearing like the tops of banners;

With flowers of various colours, well-bound as if by the skilful;

Where King Vessantara, together with his children, is honoured.

2001.

"Assuming the appearance of a brahmin, with hook and ladle and matted hair;

Clad in leather, he sleeps on the ground, and pays homage to the fire."

1983-2001. Therein, "beautiful timbaru trees" means golden timbaru trees. "Sweet madhuka trees" means sweet-flavoured madhuka trees. "Shining" means they are brilliant. "Pārevata trees" means trees resembling pigeon feet. "Bhaveyya" means plantain trees with long fruits. "Madhutthikā" means those dripping with drops of honey, or resembling drops of honey in their sweetness. "Having taken by oneself" means having taken that by oneself, they consume it. "Dovilā" means those whose flowers and leaves have fallen and whose fruits are developing. "Frog-coloured are both of those" means both of those, whether unripe or ripe, are just the colour of a frog's back. "Then here below a man" means then here in the hermitage, a man standing just below those mango trees gathers mango fruits; there is no task of climbing up. "Excellent in colour, fragrance and flavour" means excellent in colour and so on.

"So very marvellous to me" means exceedingly marvellous to me. "Hiṅkāra" means the making of the sound "hiṃ." "Vibhedikā" means palmyra trees. "Bound like garlands" means the flowers stand like garlands bound above the trees in full bloom. "Appearing like the tops of banners" means those trees appear like decorated banner-tops. "Kuṭaja trees and kuṭṭha and tagara" means kuṭaja is a certain species of tree, and kuṭṭha shrubs and tagara shrubs. "Mountain punnāga trees" means great punnāga trees. "Koviḷāra trees" means trees called koviḷāra. "Uddālaka trees" means uddāla trees. "Soma trees" means royal trees with yellow-coloured flowers. "Phalliya trees" means trees called phalliya. "Puttajīva trees" means great banyan trees. "Labuja trees" means trees called labuja. "Resembling a straw threshing floor" means it says that the heaps of flowers that have trickled down beneath them resemble a straw threshing floor.

"Pond" means a quadrangular pond. "Nandana" means like the Nandā pond in the Nandana grove. "Intoxicated with flower nectar" means intoxicated, swaying with the nectar of flowers. "With nectar" means with filaments. "On each lotus leaf" means on each lotus plant leaf. For in those, pollen having fallen from the filaments, what is called lotus-honey comes to be. "From the south and also from the west" means by this much, all directions and intermediate directions of winds have been shown. "Large crossroads" means great crossroads. "Saṃsādiya" means self-grown rice; they are also called parrot-rice. "Pasādiya" means those very ones fallen to the ground. "Spread out" means spread out in clear water, they appear going in succession. "Mupayānaka" means crabs. "Honey" means when the tip of the lotus root is broken, the oozing sap is similar to honey. "Milk and ghee from the tubers" means the oozing sap from the lotus tubers is like ghee of fresh butter mixed with milk.

"Intoxicates" means it is as if it intoxicates the people who have arrived. "Resounding all around" means they wander about resounding all around. "Nandikā" and so on are their names. For among those, the first ones say "Lord Vessantara, dwelling in this forest, rejoice." The second ones say "And may you live happily, and your children." The third ones say "And may you live, and dear are your children." The fourth ones say "And may you rejoice, and dear are your children." Therefore these very ones became their names. "Pond-dwellers" means those dwelling in the pond.

Thus, when the dwelling place of Vessantara had been declared by the Ceta prince, Jūjaka, being pleased, making friendly conversation, spoke this verse -

2002.

"And this flour-meal of mine, mixed with honey;

And well-made honey-balls, I give flour-meal to you."

Therein, "flour-meal" means food reckoned as flour resembling ripe honey. This is what is meant - this I have, that I give to you, take it.

Having heard that, the Ceta prince said -

2003.

"Let the provision be yours alone, I do not wish for provision;

Take from here too, Brahmin, go, Brahmin, as you please.

2004.

"This single path goes, straight it leads to the hermitage;

There too is the sage Accuta, with muddy teeth, with dusty head;

Assuming the appearance of a brahmin, with hook and ladle and matted hair.

2005.

"Clad in leather, he sleeps on the ground, and pays homage to the fire;

Having gone, ask him, he will tell you the path."

2003-2005. Therein, "provision" means provisions for a journey. "Goes" means the single footpath that goes towards us, that leads straight to the hermitage. "Accuta" means a sage named thus dwells there.

2006.

"Having heard this, the kinsman of Brahma, having circumambulated the shrine;

Elated in mind he departed, to where the sage Accuta was."

Therein, "to where he was" means he went to the place where the sage Accuta was.

The Commentary on the Lesser Forest is finished.

The Description of the Great Forest

2007.

"Going, that Bhāradvāja saw the sage Accuta;

Having seen him, Bhāradvāja exchanged friendly greetings with the sage.

2008.

"Is it that you are well, is it that you are free from illness;

Do you sustain yourself by gleaning, are roots and fruits abundant?

2009.

"Are gadflies and mosquitoes few, and reptiles as well;

In the forest teeming with beasts of prey, is there no harm found?"

2007-2009. Therein, "Bhāradvāja" means Jūjaka. "Few" means few indeed. "Harm" means injury to you by virtue of them.

The hermit said -

2010.

"It is well with me, Brahmin, and also, Brahmin, free from illness;

And also I sustain myself by gleaning, and also roots and fruits are abundant.

2011.

"And also gadflies and mosquitoes, and reptiles as well few;

In the forest teeming with beasts of prey, no harm exists for me.

2012.

"For many years, while I dwelt in the hermitage;

I do not directly know as arisen, an illness that is unpleasant.

2013.

"Welcome to you, Great Brahmā, and also your coming is not unwelcome;

Enter inside, venerable one, wash your feet.

2014.

Tinduka fruits, piyāla fruits, madhuka fruits and kasumāra fruits;

Small fruits, enjoy, O Brahmin, the choicest of the choicest.

2015.

"This drinking water too is cool, brought from the mountain cave;

Drink from it, Great Brahmā, if you so wish."

Jūjaka said -

2016.

"What was given has been accepted, an oblation has been made for all;

Sañjaya's own son, banished by the Sivīs;

Him I have come to see, if you know, tell me."

2010-2016. Therein, "I have come to see him" means I have come for the purpose of seeing him. The hermit said -

2017.

"You do not come for the purpose of merit, to see the King of Sivi;

Methinks you desire the king's wife, devoted to her husband;

Methinks you wish for Kaṇhājinā as a female slave, and Jāli as a male slave.

2018.

"Or else he has come to lead away the three, mother and sons, from the forest;

There are no possessions for him, neither wealth nor grain, brahmin."

2017-2018. Therein, "there are no possessions for him" means my dear brahmin, for that Vessantara dwelling in the forest there are indeed no possessions, neither wealth nor grain is found, having become destitute he dwells; having gone to his presence, what will you do?

Having heard that, Jūjaka said -

2019.

"I am not of angry disposition, sir, I have not come to beg;

Good is the seeing of the noble ones, association is always pleasant.

2020.

"The King of Sivi, not seen before, banished from the Sivīs;

Him I have come to see, if you know, tell me."

2019-2020. Its meaning is - I, dear hermit, am not of angry disposition, enough of that, I have not come to beg anything from Vessantara, but good is the seeing of noble ones, and association together with them is pleasant. I am his teacher brahmin, and since he was banished from the Sivīs by me, from that time onwards he has not been seen before; therefore I have come for the purpose of seeing him. If you know his dwelling place, tell me.

He, having heard his word, having believed, having satisfied him with various kinds of fruit saying "Let it be, tomorrow I shall tell you; for today just dwell right here," on the following day, showing the path, having stretched out his right hand, said -

2021.

"This rock, Great Brahmā, is the mountain Gandhamādana;

Where King Vessantara, together with his children, is honoured.

2022.

"Assuming the appearance of a brahmin, with hook and ladle and matted hair;

Clad in leather, he sleeps on the ground, and pays homage to the fire.

2023.

"These blue trees appear, bearing various fruits;

Risen like cloud peaks, the blue collyrium mountains.

2024.

"Dhava trees and assakaṇṇa trees and acacia trees, sal trees and phandana creepers;

They tremble in the wind, like young men who have drunk once.

2025.

"Above in the tree branches, like a concert it is heard;

Najjuhā birds and flocks of cuckoos, fly from tree to tree.

2026.

"As if calling to one departing, stirred by branches and leaves;

As if delighting one arriving, they gladden the dweller;

Where King Vessantara, together with his children, is honoured.

2027.

"Assuming the appearance of a brahmin, with hook and ladle and matted hair;

Clad in leather, he sleeps on the ground, and pays homage to the fire.

2028.

"Garlands of musk-rose spread out, on a delightful piece of ground;

The ground green with fresh grass, no dust rises up there.

2029.

"Similar to a peacock's neck, comparable to the touch of cotton;

The grasses do not exceed, four inches all around.

2030.

"Mango trees and rose-apple trees and wood-apple trees, low-hanging ripe glamorous figs;

With trees for enjoyment, that forest increases delight.

2031.

"Resembling the colour of lapis lazuli, frequented by shoals of fish;

Pure, fragrant water, liquid flows there too.

2032.

"Not far from there is a pond, on a delightful piece of ground;

Covered with lotuses and water lilies, like the Nandana grove of the gods.

2033.

"Three kinds of waterlilies, in that lake, brahmin;

Variegated, many blue, white, and red."

2021-2033. Its meaning is similar to what was stated above. "Garlands of musk-rose spread out" means spread out with musk-rose flowers. "Green with fresh grass" means green with everlasting fresh grass. "No dust rises up there" means in that forest not even a trifle of dust rises up. "Comparable to the touch of cotton" means similar to the touch of cotton due to the softness of contact. "The grasses do not exceed" means those grasses of the colour of a peacock's neck on that ground exist all around measuring only four inches, but they do not grow further beyond that. "Mango trees and rose-apple trees and wood-apple trees" means mango trees and rose-apple trees and wood-apple trees. "With enjoyable trees" means with various kinds of enjoyable trees producing flowers and producing fruits. "Flows" means in that jungle thicket, water descending from the Vaṅka mountain by rivulets flows, proceeds - this is the meaning. "Variegated, some blue, white, and red" means some blue, some white, some red - by these three kinds of waterlilies that lake is variegated. It shows that it looks beautiful like a well-arranged flower casket.

Having thus described the quadrangular pond, again describing the Mucalinda lake, he said -

2034.

"Like linen there are lotuses, with white water-lilies and;

Covered with kalambaka plants, that lake is named Mucalinda.

2035.

"Then here lotuses are in bloom, appearing as if without limit;

Blooming in summer and winter, knee-deep, spread out like carpets.

2036.

"They emit fragrance, spread with variegated flowers;

Wasps, with the fragrance of flowers, resounded all around."

2034-2036. Therein, "like linen" means white as if made of linen. "And with white water-lilies" means that lake is covered with white water-lilies and fragrant water-lilies and kalambaka plants. "Appearing as if without limit" means they appear as if immeasurable. "In summer and winter" means lotuses in bloom in summer and in winter. "Knee-deep, spread out like carpets" means in knee-deep water they are fully opened, spread out, appearing as if carpeted. "Spread with variegated flowers" means having become variegated, spread with flowers, they always emit fragrance.

2037.

"Then here at the water's edge, trees stand, brahmin;

Kadamba trees and trumpet-flower trees in bloom, and koviḷāra trees in flower.

2038.

"Aṅkola trees and kacchikāra trees, and pārijañña trees in bloom;

Vāraṇa trees and vayana trees, on both sides of the Mucalinda lake.

2039.

"Sirīsa trees and white pārisa trees, paddhaka trees blow forth sweetly;

Nigguṇḍī and sirīnigguṇḍī, and asana trees here in bloom.

2040.

"Paṅgura trees abundant on the rocks, and sobhañjana trees in bloom;

Ketaka trees and kaṇikāra trees, and kaṇavera trees in bloom.

2041.

"Arjuna trees and ajjukaṇṇā trees, and mahānāma trees in bloom;

They stand with tops fully in flower, like blazing kiṃsuka trees.

2042.

"Setapaṇṇī trees and sattapaṇṇa trees, plantain trees and safflower plants;

Dhanu trees and takkārī trees with flowers, and sīsapa trees and varaṇa trees.

2043.

"Acchi trees and salla trees, and sallaki trees in bloom;

Setageru trees and fragrant shrubs, maṃsikuṭṭha trees and kulāvara trees.

2044.

"Young trees and old, straight and here in bloom;

They stand on both sides of the hermitage, all around the fire room."

2037-2044. "Stand there" means they stand having encircled the lake. "Kadamba" means kadamba trees. "And kacchikāra" means trees of that name. "Pārijañña" means red garlands. "Vāraṇa and vayana" means vāraṇa trees and vayana trees. "On both sides of the Mucalinda lake" means on both sides of the Mucalinda lake. "Setapārisa" means white shrub trees. It is said that they have white trunks, large leaves, and flowers similar to kaṇikāra flowers. "Nigguṇḍī and sirīnigguṇḍī" means the ordinary nigguṇḍī and the dark nigguṇḍī. "Paṅgura" means paṅgura trees. "Kusumbhara" means single shrubs. "Dhanu and takkārī trees with flowers" means adorned with the flowers of dhanu trees and takkārī trees. "And sīsapa and varaṇa trees" means adorned with sīsapa trees and varaṇa trees. "Acchivā" and so on are also trees only. "Setageru and tagara" means setageru trees and fragrant shrubs. "Maṃsikuṭṭha and kulāvara" means maṃsi shrubs and kuṭṭha shrubs and kulāvara trees. "Not crooked" means straight. "All around the fire room" means the meaning is standing having encircled the fire room.

2045.

"Then here at the water's edge, many bhūtanaka plants have grown;

Mugga beans, karatiya plants, and many sevāla with their heads.

2046.

"The water at the bastion stirred up, flies on the asafoetida shrubs;

Dāsimaka and añjaka trees here, many low-hanging kadamba trees.

2047.

"Covered with elaphuraka creepers, the trees stand, brahmin;

For seven days while being held, their odour is not cut off.

2048.

"On both sides of the lake the mucalinda trees, beautiful flowers stand;

Covered with blue water-lilies, that forest appears beautiful.

2049.

"For a fortnight while being held, their odour is not cut off;

Blue-flowered ones, white water lilies, in bloom are the girikaṇṇikā plants;

Covered with kali trees, that forest, and with basil plants.

2050.

"It intoxicates with fragrance, that forest with flowering branches;

Wasps, with the fragrance of flowers, resounded all around.

2051.

"Three kinds of gourds, in that lake, brahmin;

Some the size of water-pots, those two the size of drums."

2045-2051. Therein, "phaṇijjaka" means bhūtanaka plant. "Muggatiya" means a certain species of mugga bean. "Karatiya" means rājamāsa bean. "Sevālasīsakā" means these too are shrubs indeed; furthermore, "sīsakā" was said to mean red sandalwood. "Uddāpavattaṃ ulluḷitaṃ" means that water, confined within the boundary of the shore, struck by the wind, remains stirred up. "Makkhikā hiṅgujālikā" means the meaning is that five-coloured honey-bees, crying out with a sweet voice, wander about on the flowering shrubs known as asafoetida bushes. "Dāsimakañjako cettha" means these two species of trees are here. "Nīcekalambakā" means nīcakalambakā (low-hanging kadamba trees). "Elamphurakasañchannā" means covered with a creeper named thus. "Tesaṃ" means the odour of the flowers of that creeper, or of all these flowers of the dāsimaka, añjaka and so on, is not cut off for a week. Thus the flowers are accomplished in fragrance, and the tracts of land are filled with sand resembling silver plates. "Gandho tesaṃ" means the odour of those blue water-lily flowers and so on is not cut off for a fortnight. "Nīlapupphī" and so on are flowering creepers. "Tulasīhi ca" means and with basil plants. "Kakkārujātāni" means creeper-fruits. Therein, the fruits of one creeper are the size of large water-pots, and of two are the size of small drums. Therefore it was said "those two the size of drums."

2052.

"Then here there is much mustard, and green vegetation in abundance;

Sword-trees stand like palms, many blue water-lilies to be cut.

2053.

"Apphoṭā creepers and sun creepers, kāḷīyā and honey-scented ones;

Asoka trees and mudayantī, pumpkins and small-flowered plants.

2054.

"Koraṇḍaka trees and anoja plants, and nāga trees and jasmine in bloom;

Climbing trees they stand, kiṃsuka creepers in full blossom.

2055.

"Kaṭeruhā and vāsantī, jasmine and honey-scented ones;

Niliyā, sumanā, bhaṇḍī, the padumuttara tree shines.

2056.

"Trumpet-flower trees and sea cotton plants, and kaṇikāra trees in bloom;

They appear like golden nets, resembling beautiful flames of fire.

2057.

"Whatever flowers there are, both land-born and water-born;

All are seen there, thus charming is the great ocean."

2052-2057. Therein, "mustard" (sāsapa) means mustard seed (siddhatthaka). "Much" (bahuko) means abundant. "Green vegetation in abundance" (nādiyo haritāyuto) means vegetation (nādiyo) endowed with (āyuto) green (haritena). These two also are species of garlic; that garlic too is abundant there - this is the meaning. "Sword-trees stand like palms" (asī tālāva tiṭṭhanti) means "sword-trees" (asī) are trees of that name, standing on smooth ground, they stand like palmyra trees. "Many blue water-lilies to be cut" (chejjā indīvarā bahū) means many golden water-lilies at the water's edge, standing ready to be cut by the fist. "Apphoṭā" means apphoṭa creepers. "Pumpkins and small-flowered plants" (vallibho khuddapupphiyo) means pumpkins and small-flowered plants. "Nāga-jasmine" (nāgamallikā) means nāga creepers and jasmine. "Kiṃsuka creepers" (kiṃsukavalli) means a species of creeper with fragrant leaves. "Kaṭeruhā and vāsantī" (kaṭeruhā ca vāsantī) means these are two flowering shrubs. "Honey-scented" (madhugandhiyā) means having an odour similar to honey. "Niliyā, sumanā, bhaṇḍī" means blue-creeper jasmine and ordinary jasmine and bhaṇḍī. "Padumuttara" means a tree of that name. "Kaṇikāra" means creeper kaṇikāra and tree kaṇikāra. "Like golden nets" (hemajālāva) means they appear like spread-out golden nets. "Great ocean" (mahodadhi) means the Mucalinda lake, which is the receptacle of a great mass of water.

2058.

"And in that pond, many water-dwellers;

Red fish, naḷapī fish, siṅgū fish, crocodiles, sea-monsters, and dolphins.

2059.

"Honey and liquorice, tālisā and piyaṅgu plants;

Kuṭandajā, bhaddamuttā, white-flowered and lolupā plants.

2060.

"And fragrant trees, tagara shrubs, abundant tuṅgavaṇṭaka plants;

Paddhaka trees, narada plants, kuṭṭha plants, jhāmaka plants and hareṇuka plants.

2061.

"Turmeric and fragrant arsite, hiriverā and bdellium;

Vibhedikā, corakā, kuṭṭha plants, camphor and kaliṅguka plants."

2058-2061. Therein, "and in that pond" - here, because of its resemblance to a pond, he calls the lake itself a pond. "Red fish" and so on are the names of those water-dwellers. "And honey" means honey free from larvae. "And liquorice" means the liquorice plant. "Tālisā" and so on beginning with these are all types of fragrant plants.

2062.

"Then here are lions and tigers, man-eating ogresses and elephants;

Antelopes and spotted deer too, rohicca deer and sarabha deer.

2063.

"Jackals and dogs, flying foxes resembling reeds;

Yaks, shaking deer and leaping deer, burnt monkeys and cotton monkeys.

2064.

"Crabs and large deer, bears and many wild oxen;

Rhinoceroses, boars and mongooses, black deer here in abundance.

2065.

"Buffaloes, dogs and jackals, and lorises all around;

Monitor lizards and swaying ones, and spotted deer and also panthers.

2066.

"Hares and leftovers eaters, lions and cattle-herd devourers;

Eight-footed ones and peacocks, and bright ones and kukutthaka birds.

2067.

"Caṅkorā birds, jungle fowl, elephants, calling to one another;

Herons, cranes, najjuhā birds, lapwings, and kuñjavājitā birds.

2068.

"Tiger-nosed birds and copper-backed birds, pampaka birds and jīvajīvaka birds;

Francolin partridges and grey partridges, kula birds and paṭikutthaka birds.

2069.

"Mandālakas and celakeṭus, bhaṇḍus, partridges and nāmakas;

Celāvakas and piṅgalas, goṭakas and aṅgahetukas.

2070.

"Karaviya birds and cuckoos, owls and cocks;

Scattered with flocks of various birds, warbling with various sounds."

2062-2070. Therein, "man-eating ogresses" means mare-faced demonesses. "Rohicca deer and sarabha deer" means red deer and sarabha deer. "Koṭṭhasukā" means jackal-dogs. "Kotthusuṇā" is also a reading. "And dogs too" - this is a reference to a species of small deer. "Tuliyā" means flying foxes. "Resembling reeds" means tree-dogs of the colour of reed flowers. "Yaks, shaking deer and leaping deer" means yak deer and shaking deer and leaping deer. "Burnt monkeys" means just two species of monkeys. "Cotton monkeys" means a monkey that seizes food at the edge of a lake. "Crabs and large deer" means two large beasts. "Ikkā" means bears. "Goṇasirā" means wild oxen. "Black deer here in abundance" means deer called black are here in abundance. "Dogs and jackals" means tree-dogs and jackals. "Pampakā" means great bamboo lorises standing having encircled the hermitage grounds. "Ākucchā" means iguanas. "And swaying ones" means elephant-fronted deer. "Spotted deer and also panthers" means spotted deer and panther deer.

"And hares" means hares. "Leftovers eaters" means those are vulture birds. "Lions" means maned lions. "Cattle-herd devourers" means fierce beasts accustomed to seizing and devouring herds of cattle. "Eight-footed" means sarabha deer. "Bhassarā" means white swans. "Kukutthakā" means kukutthaka birds. "Caṅkorā" means caṅkora birds. "Fowl" means jungle fowl. "Lapwings and kuñjavājitā" - these three too are just birds. "Tiger-nosed" means hawks. "Copper-backed" means red-coloured birds. "Pampakā" means pampaṭaka birds. "Francolin partridges and grey partridges" means francolin partridges and grey partridges. "Kula birds and paṭikutthaka birds" - these too are two birds. "Mandālakas and celakeṭus" means mandālakas and celakeṭus. "Bhaṇḍu-partridge-nāmaka" means bhaṇḍus and partridges and nāmakas. "Celāvakas and piṅgalas" means two species of birds, and likewise goṭakas and aṅgahetukas. "Saggā" means cātaka birds. "Uhuṅkārā" means owls.

2071.

"And here there are birds, blue ones, sweet-voiced;

They rejoice together with their wives, calling to one another.

2072.

"And here there are birds, twice-born, sweet voiced, white;

With white eye-ridges, fair-eyed, egg-born, with variegated tail-feathers.

2073.

"And here there are birds, twice-born, sweet voiced, white;

Crested peacocks with blue necks, calling to one another.

2074.

"Kukutthaka birds, crabs, koṭṭha birds, pokkharasātaka birds;

Kālāmeyya birds, balīyakkha birds, kadamba birds, parrots and myna-birds.

2075.

"Turmeric-coloured, red, and white, and here many reed-birds;

Vāraṇa birds and bhiṅgarāja birds, kadamba birds and parrots with cuckoos.

2076.

"Ospreys, ospreys, swans, āṭā birds and parivadentikā birds;

Resultant swans, exceedingly powerful, najjuhā birds and pheasants.

2077.

"Pigeons, sun-geese, ruddy geese, river-dwellers;

Charming elephants resounding, both cooing at dawn and dusk.

2078.

"And here there are birds, of different colours, many twice-born;

They rejoice together with their wives, calling to one another.

2079.

"And here there are birds, of different colours, many twice-born;

All chirp sweetly, on both sides of the Mucalinda lake.

2080.

"And here there are birds, called karaviya, those twice-born;

They rejoice together with their wives, calling to one another.

2081.

"And here there are birds, called karaviya, those twice-born;

All chirp sweetly, on both sides of the Mucalinda lake.

2082.

"Strewn with antelopes and pasada deer, a forest frequented by elephants;

Covered with various creepers, frequented by plantain deer.

2083.

"Then here there is much mustard, grain and varaka in abundance;

Rice ripening without cultivation, and sugar-cane there not trifling.

2084.

"This single path goes, straight it leads to the hermitage;

Hunger, thirst, discontent, one who has arrived there does not find;

Where King Vessantara, together with his children, is honoured.

2085.

"Assuming the appearance of a brahmin, with hook and ladle and matted hair;

Clad in leather, he sleeps on the ground, and pays homage to the fire."

2071-2085. Therein, "blue ones" means having variegated striped feathers. "Sweet-voiced, white" means constantly having a sweet voice. "With white eye-ridges, fair-eyed" means endowed with white eye-ridges on both sides, beautiful-eyed. "With variegated tail-feathers" means having multi-coloured feathers. "Kuḷīraka" means crabs. "Koṭṭha" and so on are just birds. "Vāraṇa" means birds with a bill like an elephant's trunk. "Kadamba" means the great kadamba birds are intended. "Parrots and cuckoos" means parrots that roam together with cuckoos, and cuckoos. "Ukkusa" means black ospreys. "Kurara" means white ospreys. "Haṃsa" means bird-swans. "Āṭa" means birds with beaks shaped like a ladle. "Parivadentikā" means a certain species of bird. "Charming, resounding with vāraṇa birds" means vāraṇa birds resounding charmingly. "Both cooing at dawn and dusk" means they warble in the evening and morning, making a single reverberation at the foot of the mountain. "Crowded with eṇeyya and pasada deer" means crowded with eṇeyya deer and pasada deer. "One who has arrived there does not find" means, brahmin, a person who has reached the hermitage of Vessantara does not experience there in the hermitage hunger or thirst for drinking water or discontent.

2086.

"Having heard this, the kinsman of Brahma, having circumambulated the sage;

Elated in mind he departed, to where Vessantara was."

Therein, "to where Vessantara was" means he went to the place where Vessantara was.

The Commentary on the Great Forest is finished.

The Commentary on the Section on the Children

Jūjaka too, going by the path indicated by the hermit Accuta, having reached the quadrangular pond, thought "Today it is too late in the evening; now Maddī will come from the forest. A woman indeed is one who creates an obstacle to giving; tomorrow, at the time when she has gone to the forest, having gone to the hermitage, having approached Vessantara, having requested the children, while she has not yet returned, having taken them, I shall depart." Then, having climbed a mountain with a plateau not far from there, he lay down in a comfortable place. But that night, towards the break of dawn, Maddī saw a dream. The dream was of such a form - A certain dark man, having put on two ochre robes, having adorned himself with a red garland on both ears, with a weapon in hand, threatening, having come, having entered the hermitage, having seized Maddī by the matted hair, having dragged her, having thrown her down on her back on the ground, while she was crying out, having plucked out her two eyes, having cut off her arms, having split open her chest, having taken the flesh of her heart with drops of blood trickling forth, he departed. She, having awoken, frightened and trembling, having thought "An evil dream has been seen by me; but there is no dream-interpreter equal to Vessantara; I shall ask him," having gone to the hermitage, she knocked at the door of the Great Being's hermitage. The Great Being said "Who is this?" "It is I, Sire, Maddī." "Dear lady, having broken our agreement, why have you come at an improper time?" "Sire, I do not come under the influence of defilements; but rather an evil dream has been seen by me." "If so, tell me, Maddī." She related it in the very order in which she had seen it.

The Great Being too, having assessed the dream, having thought "My perfection of giving will be fulfilled; tomorrow a beggar, having come, will request the children from me; having consoled Maddī, I shall dismiss her," having deceived and consoled her saying "Maddī, your mind will have been agitated by poor sleeping and poor food; do not fear," he dismissed her. She, when the night became light, having done all the duties to be done, having embraced the two sons, having kissed them on the head, having exhorted them "Dear sons, today an evil dream has been seen by me; you should be heedful," having said "Sire, be heedful regarding the two princes," having entrusted the children to the Great Being, having taken a basket, a pick-axe and so on, wiping away her tears, she entered the forest for the purpose of roots, fruits and other fruits. Then Jūjaka too, thinking "Now Maddī will have gone to the forest," having descended from the mountain with a plateau, set out by a footpath facing towards the hermitage. The Great Being too, having come out from the hermitage, seated on a stone-slab at the door of the hermitage like a golden image, sat just looking out along the path of his coming, thinking "Now a beggar will come," like a drunkard who is thirsty. His sons too were playing at his feet. He, looking along the road, having seen the brahmin coming, as if taking up the burden of giving that had been laid down for seven months, filled with joy, addressing the prince Jāli, spoke this verse saying 'Come, you, friend brahmin' -

2087.

"Rise up, Jāli, my support, it appears like the old times;

I seem to see a brahmin, let not joys scatter over me."

Therein, "it appears like the old times" means the arrival of beggars today appears like the arrival of beggars from various directions formerly in the city of Jetuttara. "Let not joys scatter over me" means from the time of seeing this brahmin, pleasures scatter over me, as if a time of sprinkling with a thousand pots of cool water on the head of a man overpowered by heat has arisen.

Having heard that, the prince said -

2088.

"I too see, dear son, he who appears like Brahmā;

He comes like a traveller, he will be our guest."

Having said this, however, the prince, showing esteem to the Great Being, having risen from his seat and having gone forward to meet the brahmin, asked permission regarding taking his requisites. The brahmin, looking at him, having thought "This must be Vessantara's son, the prince named Jāli; I shall speak harsh speech from the very beginning," snapped his fingers saying "Go away! Go away!" The prince, having gone away, thinking "This brahmin is exceedingly harsh, what could this be?" looking at his body, saw the eighteen faults of a person. The brahmin too, having approached the Bodhisatta, making a friendly welcome, said -

2089.

"Is it that you are well, is it that you are free from illness;

Do you sustain yourself by gleaning, are roots and fruits abundant?

2090.

"Are gadflies and mosquitoes few, and reptiles as well;

In the forest teeming with beasts of prey, is there no harm found?"

2089-2090. The Bodhisatta too, making friendly conversation together with him, said -

2091.

"It is well with us, Brahmin, and also, Brahmin, free from illness;

And also we sustain ourselves by gleaning, and also roots and fruits are abundant.

2092.

"And also gadflies and mosquitoes, and reptiles as well few;

In the forest teeming with beasts of prey, no harm exists for us.

2093.

"For seven months we have dwelt, in the forest, living in sorrow;

This is the first time we see a brahmin of divine appearance;

Having taken a bamboo staff, a fire-sacrifice ladle and a water-pitcher.

2094.

"Welcome to you, Great Brahmā, and also your coming is not unwelcome;

Enter inside, venerable one, wash your feet.

2095.

Tinduka fruits, piyāla fruits, madhuka fruits and kāsumārī fruits;

Small fruits, enjoy, O Brahmin, the choicest of the choicest.

2096.

"This drinking water too is cool, brought from the mountain cave;

Drink from it, Great Brahmā, if you so wish."

2091-2096. And having said thus, the Great Being, having thought "This brahmin has not come to this great forest without reason; without making delay, I shall ask him the reason for his coming," spoke this verse -

2097.

"Then by what beauty, or else by what reason;

Have you arrived at the great forest? Tell me this when asked."

Therein, "in reason" means by reason. "By cause" means by condition.

Jūjaka said -

2098.

"Just as a full water-stream, at all times is not exhausted;

Thus I came to entreat you, give me your sons, I entreat you."

Therein, "water-stream" means the flow of water in the five great rivers. "Is not exhausted" means when those who are thirsty come and draw up water with their hands or with vessels and drink, it is not exhausted. "Thus I came to entreat you" means thinking "you too, being filled with faith, are just of such a nature," I came to entreat you. "Give me your sons, I entreat you" means entreated by me, give your sons to me for the purpose of slavery.

Having heard that, the Great Being, filled with joy, as if placing a bag containing a thousand pieces of gold coins into outstretched hands, resounding throughout the foot of the mountain, spoke these verses -

2099.

"I give, I do not waver, take them as lord, brahmin;

The king's daughter went in the morning, she will come from gleaning in the evening.

2100.

"Having stayed one night, you go in the morning, brahmin;

When she has bathed them, anointed them, then them wearing garlands.

2101.

"Having stayed one night, you go in the morning, brahmin;

Covered with various flowers, adorned with various fragrances;

Strewn with various roots and fruits, go for your own benefit, brahmins."

2099-2101. Therein, "as lord" means you, having become the lord and master of my sons, take them. But there is one further reason. Their mother, the king's daughter, went in the morning for the purpose of gathering various kinds of fruit and will come from the forest in the evening. Having eaten the sweet various kinds of fruit brought by her, having stayed right here in this place for just one night today, right early you shall take the children and go. "When she has bathed them" means when they have been bathed by her. "Anointed them" means when their heads have been sniffed at. "Then them wearing garlands" means then them adorned with variegated garlands, bearing those garlands. However, in the Pāḷi manuscripts "then them wearing garlands" is written, its meaning has not been examined. "Strewn with various roots and fruits" means strewn with various roots and fruits given for the purpose of provisions for the road.

Jūjaka said -

2102.

"I do not delight in staying, going pleases me;

Even if there were an obstacle for me, I shall just go, O bull among charioteers.

2103.

"These are not fit for begging, they cause obstruction;

Women know charms, they take everything wrongly.

2104.

"For one giving a gift with faith, may she not see her mother for a month;

She would even cause an obstacle, I shall just go, O bull among charioteers.

2105.

"Summon your sons, may they not see their mother for a month;

For one giving a gift with faith, thus merit increases.

2106.

"Summon your sons, may they not see their mother for a month;

Having given wealth to one like me, O king, you will go to heaven."

2102-2106. Therein, in "these are not fit for begging" (na hetā yācayogī naṃ), here "naṃ" is merely a particle. This is what is meant - Great king, these women indeed are not fit for begging, they are not suitable for entreaty, they only cause obstruction; they create an obstacle to the merit of donors and an obstacle to the material gain of beggars. "Women know charms" means women indeed know deceit. "Wrongly" means they take everything wrongly, not rightly. "For one giving a gift with faith" means for one who gives a gift having believed in action and its fruit. "For a month" means may she not see their mother. "Might make" means one should make. "Inform her" means make her know; he says "send her together with me." "For one who gives" means to one who is giving.

Vessantara said -

2107.

"If you wish to see my wife, devoted to her husband;

Show both Jālī and Kaṇhājinā to their grandfather also.

2108.

"Having seen these princes, charming and speaking pleasantly;

Delighted, glad at heart, pleased, he will give you much wealth."

2107-2108. Therein, "to the grandfather" means to the grandfather of the two princes, my father the Great King Sañjaya. "He will give you wealth" means that king will give you much wealth.

Jūjaka said -

2109.

"I fear being seized, prince, listen to me;

He might hand me over for royal punishment, or sell me or kill me;

Having lost wealth and slaves, a blameworthy relative of Brahma."

Therein, "being seized" means I fear being taken by force and seized. "He might hand me over for royal punishment" means saying "This brahmin is a child-thief, give him punishment" - thus for the purpose of punishment he might hand me over to the councillors. "A blameworthy relative of Brahma" means I shall be one to be censured merely in brahminhood alone.

Vessantara said -

2110.

"Having seen these princes, charming and speaking pleasantly;

The great king, established in the Teaching, the increaser of the Sivi realm;

Having obtained joy and pleasure, he will give you much wealth."

Jūjaka said -

2111.

"I will not do even that, which you instruct me;

I will take away the children themselves, as attendants for the brahmin woman."

Therein, "the children themselves" means enough for me with other wealth; I will take away these children themselves as attendants for my own brahmin woman.

Having heard that harsh speech of his, the children, frightened, having fled, having gone behind the leaf-hut, having fled from there too, having hidden in a thicket of bushes, there too seeing themselves as if seized by Jūjaka having come, trembling, unable to stand anywhere, having run here and there, having gone to the bank of the quadrangular pond, having firmly dressed in bark garments, having descended into the water, having placed lotus leaves on their heads, having become concealed by the water, they stood. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2112.

"Then the boys, shaken, having heard the huntsman's saying;

Ran here and there, Jālī and Kaṇhājinā, both."

Jūjaka too, not seeing the boys, disparaged the Bodhisatta: "My dear Vessantara, just now you, having given my children to me, when I said 'I shall not go to the city of Jetuttara, I will take the children as attendants for my brahmin woman,' having given a signal by gesture, having caused your sons to flee, you sit as if not knowing. There is not, methinks, in the world a liar equal to you." Having heard that, the Great Being, having become shaken in mind, having thought "The children will have fled," having said "My dear brahmin, do not worry, I shall bring the boys for you," having risen, having gone behind the hermitage, having known that they had entered the jungle thicket, having gone to the bank of the pond following the footprints, having seen the footprints descending into the water, having known "The boys will be standing having descended into the water," calling out "Dear son, Jālī," spoke this pair of verses -

2113.

"Come, dear son, beloved child, fulfil my perfection;

Sprinkle my heart, do my bidding.

2114.

"Be vehicles and boats for me, unshakeable in the ocean of existence;

I shall cross to the far shore of birth, I shall help the world with its gods to cross over."

2113-2114. The boy, having heard his father's word, thinking "Let the brahmin do with me as he pleases; I shall not speak two words with my father," having put out his head, having pushed aside the lotus leaves, having come out of the water, having fallen at the Great Being's right foot, having firmly grasped the ankle joint, wailed. Then the Great Being said to him "Dear son, where is your sister?" "Father, these beings, when fear has arisen, protect only themselves." Then the Great Being, having known "An agreement will have been made by my children," calling out "Come, mother, Kaṇhā," spoke a pair of verses -

2115.

"Come, mother, dear daughter, fulfil my perfection;

Sprinkle my heart, do my bidding.

2116.

"Be vehicles and boats for me, unshakeable in the ocean of existence;

I shall cross to the far shore of birth, I shall lift up the world with its gods."

2115-2116. She too, thinking "I shall not speak two words with my father," likewise having come out of the water, having fallen at the Great Being's left foot, having firmly grasped the ankle joint, wailed. Their tears fall on the Great Being's upper surface of the feet, which were the colour of fully opened lotuses. His tears fall on their backs, which were like golden planks. Then the Great Being, having raised the children up and consoled them, having said "Dear son, Jālī, do you not know my nature as one delighting in giving? Bring my disposition to its summit, dear son," standing right there as if valuing oxen, valued the children. He, it is said, having addressed his son, said "Dear son, Jālī, you, wishing to become a freeman, having given a thousand gold coins to the brahmin, may become a freeman. But your sister is one bearing the highest beauty; some person of low birth, having given just some trifling wealth to the brahmin, having made your sister a freewoman, might cause the mixing of birth. Apart from a king, there is no one called a giver of a hundred of each. Therefore, your sister, wishing to become a freewoman, having given a hundred of each to the brahmin - a hundred male slaves, a hundred female slaves, a hundred elephants, a hundred horses, a hundred bulls, a hundred gold coins - let her become a freewoman." Having thus valued the children and consoled them, having gone to the hermitage, having taken water with the water-pitcher, having addressed him saying "Come indeed, friend brahmin," having made the aspiration "May this be a condition for omniscient knowledge," having poured the water, resounding throughout the earth saying "Hey, brahmin, more dear to me than my sons by a hundredfold, a thousandfold, a hundred-thousandfold is the knowledge of omniscience itself," he gave the gift of his beloved sons to the brahmin. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2117.

"Then having taken the boys, both Jālī and Kaṇhājinā;

He gave a gift to the brahmin, the increaser of the Sivi realm.

2118.

"Then having taken the boys, both Jālī and Kaṇhājinā;

Delighted, he gave to the brahmin his little children, the highest gift.

2119.

"Then there was what was terrifying, then there was what was hair-raising;

When the boys were given away, the ground trembled.

2120.

"Then there was what was terrifying, then there was what was hair-raising;

When the king with joined palms, the boys raised in comfort;

He gave a gift to the brahmin, the increaser of the Sivi realm."

2117-2120. Therein, "delighted" means having become filled with joy and pleasure. "Then there was what was terrifying" means at that time, the great earth, two hundred thousand yojanas thick plus forty thousand, resounding by the power of the giving, roaring like a majestic elephant, trembled; the ocean was stirred. Sineru, the king of mountains, having bent down like a well-steamed bamboo shoot, stood facing Vaṅka Mountain. Sakka, the king of gods, clapped his hands; the Great Brahmā gave applause. As far as the Brahmā world there was a single uproar. With the sound of the earth, the rain god, thundering, rained a momentary shower; untimely lightning flashes went forth. The lions and other creatures dwelling in the Himalayas made a single reverberation throughout the whole of the Himalayas - such was the terrifying event that occurred. But in the Pāḷi, only this much was said: "The ground trembled." "Ya" means when. "Raised in happiness" means reared in happiness, nurtured in happiness. "Gave a gift" means hey, brahmin, more dear to me than my sons by a hundredfold, a thousandfold, a hundred-thousandfold is the knowledge of omniscience itself - for that purpose he gave.

The Great Being, having given the gift, having aroused joy thinking "Well given indeed is my gift," just stood looking at the children. Jūjaka too, having entered a forest thicket, having cut a creeper with his teeth, having taken it, having bound the right hand of the boy together with the left hand of the girl, having taken that very end of the creeper, beating them, set forth. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2121.

"Then that cruel brahmin, having cut a creeper with his teeth;

Having bound their hands with the creeper, he stroked them with the creeper.

2122.

"Then that brahmin, having taken a rope and having taken a stick,

Beating them, leads them away, while King Sivi looked on."

2121-2122. Therein, "of King Sivi" means of Vessantara.

At the places where they were struck again and again, their skin was cut and blood flowed forth. At the time of striking, they gave their backs to each other. Then at one uneven place the brahmin stumbled and fell. The creeper bound on the children's soft hands slipped off and came away. They, weeping, having fled, came to the presence of the Great Being. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2123.

"Then the boys departed, having been released by the brahmin;

With eyes full of tears, he looks at his father.

2124.

Trembling, as if having attained his goal, he pays homage at his father's feet;

Having paid homage at his father's feet, he spoke these words.

2125.

"Mother has departed, dear father, and you will give us away, dear father;

Wait until we see mother, then you may give us away, dear father.

2126.

"Mother has departed, dear father, and you will give us away, dear father;

Do not give us away, dear father, until mother also comes to us;

Then let this brahmin, if he wishes, sell or kill us.

2127.

"With spread feet and rotten nails, and also with a drooping belly;

With a long upper lip, fickle, with protruding teeth and a broken nose.

2128.

"Pot-bellied, broken-backed, and also squint-eyed;

Copper-bearded, green-haired, covered with moles and wrinkles.

2129.

"Tawny-eyed and bent, misshapen and tall, rough;

And clad in antelope skins, a non-human spirit, frightful.

2130.

"A human being or a demon, feeding on flesh and blood;

Having come from the village to the forest, he requests that wealth from you, dear father.

2131.

"While being led away by the goblin, why, dear father, do you look on;

Surely your heart is of stone, made of iron with firm binding.

2132.

"You who do not know us bound, by the brahmin seeking wealth;

By the fierce cruel one, who beats us like cattle.

2133.

"Let Kaṇhā remain right here, she does not know anything;

Like a hind intoxicated with milk, separated from the herd, she cries."

2123-2133. Therein, "looks at" means he, having gone to his father's presence, trembling, looks at him. "Trembling" means trembling. "And you, dear father, will give us away" means and you give us to the brahmin while she has not yet returned; do not do so, endure for now. Wait until we see mother, then at the time when she has been seen, you may give us away again. "Let him sell or kill us" means dear father, when mother has returned, let him sell us or kill us. Whatever he wishes, let him do. "But moreover this one is hard and harsh, endowed with eighteen faults of a person" means he spoke of the eighteen faults of a person.

Therein, "couch-footed" means flat-footed. "Blind-nailed" means with rotten nails. "Half-buttocked" means with the flesh of the buttocks sagging below. "Long upper-lipped" means endowed with a long upper lip that, remaining in place, covers the mouth. "Fickle" means with drooling saliva. "Tusked" means endowed with protruding teeth like the tusks of a boar. "Broken-nosed" means endowed with a broken, uneven nose. "Copper-bearded" means with a beard the colour of red copper. "Green-haired" means with hair grown of golden colour. "Wrinkled" means the skin of his body is seized by wrinkles. "Mole-marked" means covered with dark moles. "Tawny-eyed" means piercingly tawny, endowed with eyes resembling those of a cat. "Bent" means crooked at three places - at the hips, at the back, and at the shoulders. "Deformed" means with deformed feet. "Loose-jointed" is also said; endowed with bone-joints that make a "kaṭakaṭā" sound. "Lofty" means tall. "Non-human" means not a human being; even though going about in human guise, this one is a demon. "Frightful" means exceedingly terrifying.

"A human being or a demon" means dear father, if anyone, having seen this brahmin, were to ask thus "Is this brahmin a human being or a demon?" It would be proper to say "Not a human being, but rather a demon who feeds on flesh and blood." "He requests that wealth from you, dear father" means dear father, this one, wishing to devour our flesh, requests you for the wealth of children. "You look on" means you look on with indifference. "Surely your heart is of stone" means dear father, the heart of parents is soft towards their children; it does not endure the suffering of children; you remain as if not knowing; but your heart, methinks, is like a stone, or else made of iron with firm binding. Therefore, when such suffering has arisen for us, it does not ache.

"You do not know" means you remain as if not knowing. "By the fierce cruel one" means by one exceedingly cruel, exceeding the proper measure. "Who us" means you who do not know that us, the younger brothers, have been bound and tied by the brahmin. "Beats" means strikes. "Let her stay right here" means dear father, this Kaṇhājinā does not know any suffering. Just as a young doe intoxicated with milk, separated from the herd, not seeing her mother, cries for the sake of milk, so too, not seeing her mother, having cried and withered, she will die; therefore give me alone to the brahmin, I shall go, let this Kaṇhājinā remain right here.

Even when this was said, the Great Being did not speak anything. Then the boy, lamenting referring to his mother and father, said -

2134.

"This is not so much suffering to me, for this can be obtained by a man;

But that I do not see my mother, that is more painful to me than this.

2135.

"This is not so much suffering to me, for this can be obtained by a man;

But that I do not see my father, that is more painful to me than this.

2136.

"That wretched mother, surely, will grieve for a long time;

Not seeing Kaṇhājinā, the maiden beautiful to behold.

2137.

"That wretched father, surely, will grieve for a long time;

Not seeing Kaṇhājinā, the maiden beautiful to behold.

2138.

"That wretched mother, surely, will grieve for a long time in the hermitage;

Not seeing Kaṇhājinā, the maiden beautiful to behold.

2139.

"That wretched father, surely, will grieve for a long time in the hermitage;

Not seeing Kaṇhājinā, the maiden beautiful to behold.

2140.

"That wretched mother, surely, will grieve for a long time;

At midnight or in the night, like a river she will dry up.

2141.

"That wretched father, surely, will grieve for a long time;

At midnight or in the night, like a river she will dry up.

2142.

"These are your rose-apple trees, the vedisa trees and sinduvāraka trees;

Various kinds of trees, those today we leave behind.

2143.

"These holy fig trees and jack trees, and banyan trees and wood-apple trees;

Various kinds of fruits, those today we leave behind.

2144.

"These parks stand here, this river with cool water;

Where we used to play before, those today we leave behind.

2145.

"Various kinds of flowers, on this upper mountain;

Those which we formerly held, those today we leave behind.

2146.

"Various kinds of fruits, on this upper mountain;

Those which we formerly consumed, those today we leave behind.

2147.

"These are our toy elephants and horses, and these are our oxen;

Those with which we used to play before, those today we leave behind."

2134-2147. Therein, "by a man" means by a man wandering in existence. "Can be obtained" means can be got. "That is more painful to me than this" means the suffering of my not being able to see my mother, that is more painful than this suffering of being beaten by a hundredfold, a thousandfold, a hundred-thousandfold. "Rucchatī" means she will weep. "At midnight or in the night" means at midnight or throughout the whole night, having remembered us, she will weep for a long time. "Dries up" means a rivulet with little water dries up. Just as that dries up quickly, so she will wither and die just as the dawn is rising - he spoke thus with this intention. "Vedisā" means hanging branches. "Those" means those whose roots, flowers, and fruits we played with for a long time while gathering them, those today we both leave behind. "Toy elephants" means toy elephants made by our father for the purpose of our play.

Jūjaka, having come, beating him even as he was thus lamenting together with his sister, having seized them, departed. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2148.

"Being led away, those boys said this to their father;

Tell mother of good health, and may you, dear father, be happy.

2149.

"These are our toy elephants and horses, and these are our oxen;

Give those to mother, she will remove her sorrow by them.

2150.

"These are our toy elephants and horses, and these are our oxen;

Looking at those, mother will dispel her sorrow."

2148-2150. At that time, powerful grief arose in the Bodhisatta referring to his children, the flesh of his heart became hot. He, like an elephant just seized by a maned lion, like the moon that has entered the mouth of Rāhu, trembling, unable to remain in his own nature, with eyes full of tears, having entered the leaf-hut, lamented piteously. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2151.

"Then King Vessantara, the warrior, having given a gift;

Having entered the leaf-hut, lamented piteously."

From here onwards are the Great Being's verses of lamentation -

2152.

"Whom today, hungry and thirsty, will the children cry out to;

In the evening at the time of serving food, who will give them nourishment?

2153.

"Whom today, hungry and thirsty, will the children cry out to;

In the evening at the time of serving food, 'Mother, we are hungry, give to us.'

2154.

"How will they go on the path, on foot, without sandals;

Being with swollen feet, who will take them by the hand?

2155.

"How could he not be ashamed, striking in front of me;

Of innocent sons, shameless indeed is the brahmin.

2156.

"Even one who is a slave of my female slave, or else another servant;

Who with shame would strike even him, so utterly lowly.

2157.

"For me who is mindful, like a fish bound in the mouth of a trap;

He reviles and strikes, while I am not seeing my dear sons."

2152-2157. Therein, "kaṃ nvajja" means whom today. "Uparucchanti" means having gone the sixty-yojana path, they will cry out. "Saṃvesanākāle" means at the time of serving food to the public. "Ko ne dassati" means who will give them food. "Kathaṃ nu pathaṃ gacchanti" means how will they travel the sixty-yojana path. "Pattikā" means without elephant carriages and so on. "Anupāhanā" means separated even from mere sandals, with delicate feet. "Gahessati" means who will take them for the purpose of dispelling fatigue. "Dāsidāsassa" means he may be a slave of a female slave. "Añño vā pana pesiyo" means his slave too, his slave too - thus through the succession of slave upon slave, having known "Whoever may be my fourth servant, one who performs errands, even of one so utterly inferior, this one is a slave of a slave of Vessantara." "Ko lajjī" means who, endowed with shame, would strike? Is it proper for that shameless one to strike my sons? "Vārijasseva" means like a fish bound in the mouth of a trap, for me who is mindful. "Apassato" - the prefix "a" is merely an indeclinable particle; while I am seeing, he reviles and strikes my dear sons - alas, how cruel!

Then, out of affection for the children, this reflection arose in him: "This brahmin vexes my sons exceedingly; I am unable to hold back the sorrow; having pursued the brahmin, having brought about the destruction of his life, I shall bring back those boys." Then he thought: "This is an impossibility - the oppression of the children is exceedingly painful - but having given a gift, afterwards feeling remorse is indeed not the principle of the virtuous." For the illumination of that meaning, these are called the two verses of reflection -

2158.

"Having taken up that bow, having tied the sword on the left;

I will bring back my own sons, for the murder of sons is painful.

2159.

"This is impossible, a painful thing, that the children should suffer hardship;

And having understood the principle of the good, who having given feels remorse?"

2158-2159. Therein, "mindful" means the tradition of the former Bodhisattas.

He, it is said, at that moment remembered the tradition of the Bodhisattas. Then, "There is no one called having formerly become a Buddha without having relinquished these five great relinquishments of all Bodhisattas - the relinquishment of wealth, the relinquishment of limbs, the relinquishment of sons, the relinquishment of wife, and the relinquishment of life. I too am among them; by me too, without giving dear sons and daughters, it is not possible to become a Buddha," having thought thus, having reproached himself thus: "Why, Vessantara, do you not know the state of suffering of sons given for the purpose of slavery to others, that you aroused the perception 'I shall pursue the brahmin and bring about the destruction of his life'? Having given a gift, subsequent remorse is indeed not suitable for you," having determined a firm undertaking: "Even if he kills the boys, from the time of giving they are nothing of mine," having come out from the hermitage, he sat on a stone-slab at the door of the hermitage like a golden image. Jūjaka too, having beaten the boys in the presence of the Bodhisatta, leads them away. Then the prince, lamenting, said -

2160.

"Truly indeed thus they said, some men here;

For whom there is no own mother, just as there is not, so is he likewise.

2161.

"Come, Kaṇha, let us die, there is no use in life for us;

We have been given," by the lord of men, to the brahmin seeking wealth;

To the fierce cruel one, who beats us like cattle.

2162.

"These are your rose-apple trees, the vedisa trees and sinduvāraka trees;

Various kinds of trees, those, Kaṇha, we leave behind.

2163.

"These holy fig trees and jack trees, and banyan trees and wood-apple trees;

Various kinds of fruits, those, Kaṇha, we leave behind.

2164.

"These parks stand here, this river with cool water;

Where we used to play before, those, Kaṇha, we leave behind.

2165.

"Various kinds of flowers, on this upper mountain;

Those which we formerly held, those, Kaṇha, we leave behind.

2166.

"Various kinds of fruits, on this upper mountain;

Those which we formerly consumed, those, Kaṇha, we leave behind.

2167.

"These are our toy elephants and horses, and these are our oxen;

Those with which we used to play before, those, Kaṇha, we leave behind."

2160-2167. Therein, "of whom" means for whom there is no own mother near. There is a father, just as there is not at all.

Again the brahmin stumbled and fell at one uneven place. The binding creeper slipped from their hands and was gone. They, trembling like beaten cocks, having fled, came to their father's presence with a single burst of speed. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2168.

"Being led away, those boys, having been released by the brahmin;

Ran here and there, Jālī and Kaṇhājinā, both."

Therein, "here and there" means at that moment of being released, in whatever direction their father was, they ran forth, and having run forth, they came to the very presence of their father - this is the meaning.

Jūjaka, having risen up with force, with a creeper-stick in hand, coming overpowering like a fire at the end of a cosmic cycle, having said "You are very much skilled at fleeing," having bound their hands, led them away again. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2169.

"Then that brahmin, having taken a rope and having taken a stick,

Beating them, leads them away, while King Sivi looked on."

As they were being led away thus, Kaṇhājinā, having turned back and looking, conversed with her father. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2170.

"That, that Kaṇhājinā said, 'This brahmin, dear father, me;

Beats with a stick, like a slave girl born in the house.'"

2171.

"This is not a brahmin, dear father, brahmins are righteous;

A demon with the appearance of a brahmin, to devour us, dear father, leads us away;

While being led away by the goblin, why, dear father, do you look on?"

2170-2171. Therein, "taṃ" means that father, King Sivi, who was sitting and watching. "Dāsiyaṃ" means a slave girl. "Khādituṃ" means for the purpose of eating; she lamented: "This one leads us away, even before reaching the mountain pass, with both eyes streaming red drops of blood, saying 'I shall devour you'; and you, while we are being led away to be devoured or cooked, why do you look on at us? May you always be happy!"

As the young girl went along, wailing and trembling, powerful grief arose in the Great Being; his heart-base became hot. His nose not being sufficient, he released hot in-breaths and out-breaths through his mouth. His tears, becoming drops of blood, came out from his eyes. He thought: "This such suffering has arisen through the fault of affection, not through any other cause. Without showing affection, one should maintain equanimity only." Having dispelled such sorrow by the power of his own knowledge, he sat in his natural seated posture. Even before reaching the mountain pass, the girl went along lamenting.

2172.

"These little feet of ours are pained, the journey is long and very difficult to traverse;

The sun hangs low, and the brahmin holds us.

2173.

"We cry out to the beings, to the mountains and forests;

We pay homage with our heads to the lake, and to the waters at the good landing place.

2174.

"Grasses, creepers, and medicinal plants, mountains and forests;

Tell mother of good health, this brahmin is leading us away."

2175.

"Let the venerable sirs salute our mother, Maddī our mother;

If you wish to follow, quickly follow us.

2176.

"This single path goes, straight it leads to the hermitage;

You should follow that very path, perhaps you will see them quickly.

2177.

"Oh indeed, O matted-haired one, gatherer of forest roots and fruits;

Having seen the hermitage empty, that will be suffering for you.

2178.

"For a protracted time indeed, mother, gleaning obtained is not trifling;

You who do not know us bound, by the brahmin seeking wealth.

2179.

"By the fierce cruel one, who beats us like cattle;

Today may we see mother, come from gleaning in the evening.

2180.

"May mother give to the brahmin, fruit mixed with honey;

Then this one, having eaten, satisfied, would not lead us away too forcefully.

2181.

"Our feet are indeed swollen, the brahmin bears us strongly;

Thus there they lamented, the princes longing for their mother."

2172-2181. Therein, "little feet" means small feet. "We cry out" means we cry out; showing esteem and humble conduct, we make known. "Of the lake" means we pay homage with our heads to the families of serpents who are the guardians of this lotus lake. "And to the waters at the good landing place" means we pay homage also to the deities inhabiting the river with the good landing place. "Grasses and creepers" means grasses and hanging creepers. "Medicinal plants" means medicinal plants. He said thus with reference to the deities inhabiting everywhere. "Wishing to follow" means even if she wishes to come step by step after us. "Perhaps you will see them quickly" means you should say to her thus: "Perhaps, following along this single path, you might see your little sons quickly." "O matted-haired woman" means with reference to the matted hair, addressing her mother indirectly, she said. "Excessively" means having exceeded the proper measure. "Gleanings" means by wandering for gleanings. "Fruit" means forest roots, fruits and berries. "Mixed with honey" means mixed with small-bee honey. "Having eaten" means one whose food has been eaten, who has consumed fruit. "Satisfied" means well-satisfied. "Would not lead us away too forcefully" means would not lead us away with excessive speed. "Longing for mother" means endowed with longing for their mother, with strong affection, thus they lamented.

The commentary on the Section on the Children is concluded.

The Commentary on the Section on Maddī

But when the king, having made the earth resound, gave the beloved children to the brahmin, and as far as the Brahmā world a single uproar arose, the gods dwelling in the Himalayas, as if with breaking hearts by that too, having heard that lamentation of those being led away by the brahmin, consulted: "If Maddī comes to the hermitage early in the morning, not seeing the little ones there, having asked Vessantara, having heard that they had been given to the brahmin, she might run step by step with strong affection and experience great suffering." Then they commanded three young gods: "Having created yourselves in the guise of a lion, a tiger, and a panther, having blocked the path of the queen's coming, even though being entreated, not giving way until sunset, so that she will enter the hermitage by moonlight, thus you should arrange protection well for her, for the purpose of non-harassment by lions and so on as well." Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2182.

"Having heard their lamentation, three fierce beasts in the forest;

The lion, the tiger, and the panther, spoke these words.

2183.

"May the king's daughter not come from gleaning in the evening;

May the beasts in the forest not harass her in our deserted domain.

2184.

"If a lion should vex her, a tiger or a panther, the one with auspicious marks;

There would indeed be no Prince Jālī, whence would there be Kaṇhājinā;

She with auspicious marks would lose both, her husband and her sons."

2182-2184. Therein, "spoke these words" means "you three persons - the lion, the tiger, and the panther - thus be three fierce beasts in the forest" - these words those deities spoke to the three young gods. "May she not indeed" means they say: let the king's daughter Maddī not come from gleaning in the evening; let her come in the evening by moonlight. "May not indeed in our deserted domain" means let no beast of prey in the forest vex her in our deserted realm, in this forest thicket. They say: so that none vexes her, thus take up protection for her. "If a lion" means if indeed, while she is unprotected, any one among lions and so on should vex her, then, when she has reached the destruction of life, there would indeed be no Prince Jāli, whence would there be Kaṇhājinā? Thus she, endowed with auspicious marks, would lose both - her husband and her sons - she would indeed lose in two portions; therefore arrange protection for her well.

Then those three young gods, having promised "Good!" to that word of those deities, having become a lion, a tiger, and a panther, having come, lay down in succession on the path of her coming. Maddī too, trembling, thinking "Today an evil dream has been seen by me; right early, having gathered roots and various fruits, I shall go to the hermitage," gathered roots and various fruits. Then the pick-axe fell from her hand, likewise the neck-rest fell from her shoulder, and her right eye trembled; fruit-bearing trees appeared as if fruitless and fruitless ones appeared as if bearing fruit; the ten directions were not discernible. She, having thought "What indeed is this? What has not come to be before is happening to me today; what will happen? Will there be an obstacle for me, or for my sons, or for Vessantara?" said -

2185.

"My pick-axe has fallen, and my right eye trembles;

Fruit-bearing trees are fruitless, all directions are confusing to me."

Thus she, lamenting, departed.

2186.

"In the evening time, as she was coming towards the hermitage;

When the sun had set, fierce beasts stood on the path.

2187.

"The sun hangs low, and the hermitage is indeed far;

And whatever I would bring them from here, that food they would eat.

2188.

"Surely that warrior alone, sits in the hermitage;

Pleasing the hungry children, having seen me not coming.

2189.

"Those little children of mine, of a poor wretched woman;

In the evening at the time of lying down, they lie as if having drunk milk.

2190.

"Those little children of mine, of a poor wretched woman;

In the evening at bedtime, they lie as if having drunk water.

2191.

"Those little children of mine, of a poor wretched woman;

They stand having come forward to meet me, like young calves their mother.

2192.

"Those little children of mine, of a poor wretched woman;

They stand having come forward to meet me, like swans upon a lake.

2193.

"Those little children of mine, of a poor wretched woman;

They stand having come forward to meet me, not far from the hermitage.

2194.

"One-way is the single path, with lakes and pools in sight;

I do not see another path, by which one might go to the hermitage.

2195.

"Homage to you, deer kings, of great power in the forest;

Be brothers to me by right, give me the path, I ask you.

2196.

"I am the wife of one who is banished, of the glorious prince;

Him I do not look down upon, devoted to Rāma like Sītā.

2197.

"And may you see your children, towards evening at bedtime;

And may I see my children, both Jālī and Kaṇhājinā.

2198.

"There is much root-fruit here, and this food is not trifling;

From that I will give half, give me the path, I ask you.

2199.

"And our mother is a king's daughter, and our father is a prince;

Be brothers to me by right, give me the path, I ask you."

2185-2199. Therein, "of her" means of her, my. "Coming towards the hermitage" means of her coming with reference to, dependent on the hermitage. "Attend" means having risen, they stood. It is said that they, having first lain down in succession, at the time of her coming, having risen and stretched themselves, blocking the path, stood across in succession. "And whatever for them" means and whatever roots and various kinds of fruit I would bring from here for them, that very thing Vessantara and both little children - those three persons too would eat; there is no other food for them. "Not coming" means having known me as not coming, alone surely he is seated pleasing the children. "At the time of lying down" means on other days, at the time of their own feeding and giving drink. "Like those who have drunk milk" means just as young deer who have drunk milk, having cried for the sake of milk, not having obtained it, while still crying fall into sleep, so my little children, having cried for the sake of various kinds of fruit, not having obtained them, while still crying will have fallen into sleep - thus she says.

"Like those who have drunk water" means just as thirsty young deer, having cried for the sake of drinking water, not having obtained it, while still crying fall into sleep - the meaning should be understood by this very method. "Acchare" means they remain. "They stand having come forward to meet me" means having come forward to meet me, they stand. "Paccuggantunā" is also a reading; the meaning is having gone forward to meet. "One-way" means a path for one only, a single footpath. "Single path" means and that is only one; there is no second; it is not possible to enter and go. Why? Because there are lakes and pools in sight. "Homage to the beasts" means she, not seeing another path, thinking "Having entreated these, I shall make them move back," having lowered the fruit-basket from her head, having raised joined palms, paying homage, spoke thus. "Brothers" means I too am a daughter of a human king, you too are sons of a king of beasts; thus by right you are brothers to me.

"Of one who is confined" means of one who has been banished from the country. "Sītā was devoted to Rāma" means just as Sītā Devī, the younger sister of Prince Rāma, son of King Dasaratha, having become his own queen-consort, devoted to him, having become one who regards her husband as a god, diligently attended upon him, so I too attend upon Vessantara; I do not look down upon him - thus she says. "And you" means and you, having given me the path, in the evening at the time of taking food may you see your children, and I too may see my own children; give me the path - thus she requests.

Then those three young gods, having looked at the time, having known "Now is the time to give her the path," having risen, went away. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2200.

"As she was lamenting, much filled with compassion;

Having heard her faultless speech, the fierce beasts departed from the path."

Therein, "faultless" means not faulty, free from fault, clear, sweet speech.

She too, when the fierce beasts had departed, went to the hermitage. And at that time it was the full-moon Observance day. She, having reached the end of the walking path, not seeing her children at those various places where she had previously seen them, said -

2201.

"In this very spot, my little children, covered with dust;

They stand having come forward to meet me, like young calves their mother.

2202.

"In this very spot, my little children, covered with dust;

They stand having come forward to meet me, like swans upon a lake.

2203.

"In this very spot, my little children, covered with dust;

They stand having come forward to meet me, not far from the hermitage.

2204.

"Like two deer with ears erect, running towards me from all around;

Joyful and greatly delighted, as if calling out they would make my heart tremble;

Today I do not see my children, both Jālī and Kaṇhājinā.

2205.

"Like a she-goat or a hind leaving her young, like a bird released from a cage;

Having left my children, I went forth, like a lioness greedy for food;

Today I do not see my children, both Jālī and Kaṇhājinā.

2206.

"This is their trampled ground, like elephants' on a mountain;

Funeral pyres scattered about, not far from the hermitage;

Today I do not see my children, both Jālī and Kaṇhājinā.

2207.

"Strewn with sand, my little children, covered with dust;

They run towards me from all around, those children I do not see.

2208.

"Those who rise up in respect for me before, coming from afar from the forest;

Today I do not see my children, both Jālī and Kaṇhājinā.

2209.

"Like young ones going to meet their mother, a she-goat or a doe;

From afar they look towards me, those children I do not see.

2210.

"This is their toy, a fallen pale wood-apple;

Today I do not see my children, both Jālī and Kaṇhājinā.

2211.

"My breasts are full, and my chest is splitting;

Today I do not see my children, both Jālī and Kaṇhājinā.

2212.

"One gathers at my lap, one hangs on to my breast;

Today I do not see my children, both Jālī and Kaṇhājinā.

2213.

"Those little children of mine, covered with dust, in the evening time;

They roll about on my lap, those children I do not see.

2214.

"This hermitage before, appears to me like a festive gathering;

Today, not seeing my children, the hermitage seems to whirl about.

2215.

"Why does the hermitage appear to me as if so quiet;

Even the ravens do not cry, surely my children are dead.

2216.

"Why does the hermitage appear to me as if so quiet;

Even the birds do not cry, surely my children are dead."

2201-2216. Therein, "naṃ" is merely a particle. "Covered with dust" means smeared with dust. "Come forward to meet me" means having come forward to meet me. "Paccuggantunā" is also a reading; the meaning is just having gone forward to meet. "With ears erect" means just as young deer, having seen their mother, having raised their ears, having stretched out their necks, having approached their mother, joyful and delighted, run towards her from all around. "As if calling out they would make tremble" means as if being uttered, they cause the mother's heart-flesh to tremble - thus were my children before. "Those today" means I do not see them today. "Like a she-goat or a hind leaving her young" means just as a she-goat and a hind, and a bird released from a cage called a nest, and a lioness greedy for food, having left their own young, depart for their food resort, so too I, having left my children, went forth for food resort - thus she says. "This is their trampled ground" means like the footprints of elephants on a mountain with plateaux during the rainy season, this trampled ground of running to and fro at their playing place is evident. "Heaped up" means accumulated and piled up heaps of sand. "Scattered about" means strewn all over. "They run towards me from all around" means on other days they run towards me from all around.

"They rise up" means they come forward to meet. "Coming from afar" means coming from a distance. "Like a she-goat or a doe, the young ones" means the young ones approaching their own mother like a she-goat and like a doe. "This is their toy" means while they were playing with toy elephants and such things, this golden-coloured toy wood-apple of theirs, having slipped from their hands, had fallen. "My these" means my these breasts are full of milk. "And the chest is splitting" means and the heart is bursting. "They roll about on my lap" means they turn and roll about on my lap. "A festive gathering appears to me" means it presents itself to me like an arena. "Those today" means those today. "Not seeing" means of me not seeing. "Seems to whirl about" means it revolves like a potter's wheel. "Ravens" means forest crows. "Surely dead" means they must certainly be either dead or taken away by someone. "Birds" means the remaining birds.

Thus she, lamenting, having gone to the presence of the Great Being, having lowered the fruit-basket, having seen the Great Being sitting in silence, and not seeing the children in his presence, said -

2217.

"Why are you silent, my mind is as if disturbed;

Even the ravens do not cry, surely my children are dead.

2218.

"Why are you silent, my mind is as if disturbed;

Even the birds do not cry, surely my children are dead.

2219.

"Did wild beasts perhaps devour my children, master's son?

In the forest, in the barren land, in the wilderness, by whom were my children led away?

2220.

"Have your messengers been sent, or are the sweet-spoken ones asleep?

Or have they gone outside, are they engaged in play?

2221.

"Their hair is not seen at all, and Jāli's hands and feet;

And the swoop of birds - by whom were my children led away?"

2217-2221. Therein, "my mind is as if disturbed" means my mind is as if seeing a dream towards the strong break of dawn. "Beasts" means beasts of prey such as lions and so on. "In the barren land" means in a sapless place. "In the open" means in a secluded place. "Messengers" means have messengers been made and sent by you to the presence of King Sivi in the city of Jetuttara. "Asleep" means having entered inside the hermitage and lain down. "Or outside" means she asks whether those children, having become engaged in play, have gone outside. "Their hair is not seen at all" means lord Vessantara, indeed their hair of the colour of black collyrium is not seen. "Jāli" means whose hands and feet are decorated with golden nets. "And the swoop of birds" means in the Himalayan region there are birds called elephant-trunk vultures; they, having swooped down and seized, go through the sky itself. Therefore I ask you: "Were they carried away by those birds, or has a swoop like that of those birds occurred upon some others too from here? Tell me, by whom were my children led away?"

Even when this was said, the Great Being did not say anything. Then she, having said "Lord, why do you not speak with me, what is my fault?" said -

2222.

"This is more painful than that, like a wound pierced by a dart;

Today I do not see my children, both Jālī and Kaṇhājinā.

2223.

"This too is a second dart, it causes my heart to tremble;

That I do not see my children, and you do not speak to me.

2224.

"Today itself this night for me, prince, you do not speak;

Methinks you will see me departed from life, dead in the morning."

2222-2224. Therein, "this is more painful than that" means: O lord Vessantara, the suffering of me who has been banished from the kingdom, dwelling in the forest, and not seeing my children - this, your not speaking with me, is more painful for me than that. For you weary me by your silence, as if burning again one already burnt by fire, as if striking with a stick one who has fallen from a precipice, as if piercing a wound with a dart. For this heart of mine, like a wound pierced by a dart, just so both trembles and aches. "Sampaviddho" is also a reading; the meaning is "thoroughly pierced." "Departed from life, me" means me whose life has departed. "You will see me dead": here the syllable "no" is merely a particle; the meaning is: you will see me dead early in the morning.

Then the Great Being, having thought "By harsh speech I shall make her abandon the sorrow for her children," spoke this verse -

2225.

"Surely Maddī, the handsome woman, the king's daughter, glorious;

You went out early in the morning for gleanings, why have you come back in the evening?"

Therein, "why have you come back in the evening" means "Maddī, you are lovely and pleasing, and in the Himalayas indeed many foresters, hermits, sorcerers, and others wander about. Who knows what will happen, something may have been done by you; you, having gone right early, why do you come back in the evening? Having left the young children behind - women gone to the forest, married women of such a kind are not like this: 'What indeed is the situation of my children, or what will my husband think?' - even this much did not occur to you. You, having gone right early, come back by moonlight; this is indeed the fault of my miserable state" - thus having threatened and deceived, he spoke.

She, having heard his talk, said -

2226.

"Did you not hear the sound of those who came to drink at the lake;

The roaring of the lion and the growling of the tiger?

2227.

"There was an advanced sign for me, while wandering in the great forest;

My pick-axe fell from my hand, and the neck-rest also from my shoulder.

2228.

"Then I, shaken and frightened, having made separate salutations with joined palms;

I venerated all directions, hoping there might be safety from this.

2229.

"May our prince not be killed by a lion or a leopard;

Or the children seized by bears, wolves, or hyenas.

2230.

"A lion, a tiger, and a panther, three fierce beasts in the forest;

They blocked my path, therefore I have come in the evening."

2226-2230. Therein, "who came to drink at the lake" means those who came to this lake to drink water. "And of the tiger" means he asks: did you not hear the single reverberating sound of the growling of the tiger and of other quadrupeds such as elephants and so on, and of the flock of birds? That sound, however, occurred at the time when the children were given away by the Great Being. "There was an advanced sign for me" means O lord, there was an advanced sign for the purpose of my experiencing this suffering. "Neck-rest" means that which hangs from the basket on the shoulder. "Far and wide" means separately, individually. "I venerated all directions" means I venerated all ten directions. "May it not indeed be so for us" means wishing "May our prince not be killed by lions and so on, may the children not be seized by bears and so on," I venerated. "They blocked my path" means husband Vessantara, I, trembling, thinking "These great terrors, and an evil dream has been seen by me; today right early I shall go," gathered roots and various fruits; then fruit-bearing trees appeared to me as if fruitless and fruitless ones appeared as if bearing fruit; with difficulty, having gathered various fruits, I reached the mountain pass. Then those lions and so on, having seen me, blocked the path in succession and stood there. Therefore I have come in the evening; forgive me, husband.

The Great Being, having spoken only this much conversation with her, said nothing until the break of dawn. Thenceforth Maddī, lamenting in various ways, said -

2231.

"I, like a young man his teacher, served my husband and sons;

Diligent day and night, a matted-haired practitioner of the holy life.

2232.

"Having put on antelope skins, carrying forest roots and fruits;

I wander by day and night, for your sake indeed, dear children.

2233.

"I brought golden turmeric, and a pale wood-apple;

And tree fruits I brought, these are your playthings, sons.

2234.

"This root-garland of yams, water-lily roots and tamarind pieces;

Enjoy it mixed with honey, together with your sons, O warrior.

2235.

"Give a lotus to Jāli, and a white water lily to the maiden;

O garlanded one, see them dancing, call the children, Sivi.

2236.

"Then listen also about Kaṇhājinā, O bull among charioteers;

Of the sweet-voiced, lovely one, approaching the hermitage.

2237.

"Both banished from the kingdom, sharing the same happiness and suffering;

Do you, Sivi, see the children, both Jālī and Kaṇhājinā?

2238.

"Surely towards ascetics and brahmins, those devoted to the holy life;

I cursed in the world, the virtuous and very learned;

Today I do not see my children, both Jālī and Kaṇhājinā."

2231-2238. Therein, "like a young man his teacher" means a dutiful pupil looks after his teacher. "Diligent" means diligent through the industriousness of service, being heedful, I look after. "For your sake" means desiring you out of love for you. "Dear children" - addressing the boys, she laments. "Golden turmeric" means dear children, I have come having ground and taken golden-coloured turmeric for the purpose of bathing you. "Pale beluva fruit" means and this golden-coloured ripe beluva fruit has been brought by me for the purpose of your sport. "Tree fruits" means I also brought other agreeable tree fruits for the purpose of your sport. "These are for you" - she says: dear children, these are your playthings. "Lotus-fibre bracelet" means a lotus-root ring. "Water-lily roots" means much of this water-lily root of lotus and so on has also been brought by me. "Tamarind pieces" means water-caltrops. "Eat" - she laments: eat all this mixed with bee honey together with the sons. "Sivi, call the children" means husband, King of the Sivis, quickly summon the little sons from the place where they were put to sleep in the hermitage. "Do you, Sivi, see the children" means husband, King of the Sivis, do you see the children? If you see them, show them to me. Why do you weary me so exceedingly? "They curse" means they surely revile thus: "May you not see your sons and daughters."

Even though she was lamenting thus, the Great Being did not speak anything with her. She, while he was not speaking, trembling, searching for the children by moonlight, having reached each and every one of the rose-apple trees and so on where they had formerly played, lamenting, said -

2239.

"These are your rose-apple trees, the vedisa trees and sinduvāraka trees;

Various kinds of trees, those princes are not seen.

2240.

"These holy fig trees and jack trees, and banyan trees and wood-apple trees;

Various kinds of fruits, those princes are not seen.

2241.

"These parks stand here, this river with cool water;

Where they used to play before, those princes are not seen.

2242.

"Various kinds of flowers, on this upper mountain;

Which they formerly held, those princes are not seen.

2243.

"Various kinds of fruits, on this upper mountain;

Which they formerly ate, those princes are not seen.

2244.

"These are your toy elephants and horses, and these are your oxen;

With which they used to play before, those princes are not seen."

2239-2244. Therein, "these are your toy elephants" means she, not having seen the children on the mountain top, lamenting, having descended from there, having come again to the hermitage, looking out for them there, having seen their playthings, spoke thus.

Then, by the sound of her lamentation and the sound of her footsteps, the beasts and birds stirred. She, having seen them, said -

2245.

"These dark deer with hares and owls, many plantain deer;

Those with whom they used to play before, those princes are not seen.

2246.

"These swans and herons, peacocks with variegated tail-feathers;

With which they used to play before, those princes are not seen."

2245-2246. Therein, "sāmā" means small dark golden deer. "Sasolūkā" means hares and owls.

She, not seeing her dear sons in the hermitage, having gone out, having entered the flowering forest thicket, looking at this and that place, said -

2247.

"These are those forest thickets, in bloom at all times;

Where they used to play before, those princes are not seen.

2248.

"These are those delightful ponds, resounding with the singing of ruddy geese;

Covered with mandālaka flowers, and with lotuses and waterlilies;

Where they used to play before, those princes are not seen."

2247-2248. Therein, "forest thickets" means forest clusters.

She, not seeing her dear sons anywhere, having come again to the presence of the Great Being, having seen him sitting with a sad face, said -

2249.

"No firewood has been split by you, no water has been brought by you;

The fire too has not been lit by you, why do you brood like a fool?

2250.

"Meeting with my dear one, my calmness is destroyed;

Today I do not see my children, both Jālī and Kaṇhājinā."

2249-2250. Therein, "has not been lit" means has not been kindled. This is what is meant - Husband, you formerly split firewood, brought water and set it down, made fire on the charcoal pan; today, not having done even one of those, why do you brood like a fool? Your conduct does not please me. "The dear one with the dear one" means Vessantara is dear to me, there is none dearer to me than him; having met and come together with this dear one of mine, formerly my calmness is destroyed, suffering departs; but today, even while seeing him, my sorrow does not depart; what indeed is the reason? "Those today" means let it be, I have seen the reason; I do not see your children today, therefore even while seeing him, my sorrow does not depart.

Even when this was said by her, the Great Being sat just silently. She, while he was not speaking, given over to sorrow, trembling like a stricken hen, having again wandered about the places where she had first wandered, having returned to the presence of the Great Being, said -

2251.

"I do not see them, O lord, by whom they were slain and dead;

Even the ravens do not cry, surely my children are dead.

2252.

"I do not see them, O lord, by whom they were slain and dead;

Even the birds do not cry, surely my children are dead."

2251-2252. Therein, "I do not see them, O lord" means O lord, I do not see our children. "By whom they were slain" - she spoke thus with the intention: I do not even know the fact of their having been slain by anyone.

Even when this was said, the Great Being did not speak anything at all. She, touched by sorrow for her children, looking out for the children, for the third time too wandered through those various places with the speed of the wind. The area wandered by her in one night, when reckoned, was about fifteen yojanas. Then the night shone forth, the rise of dawn occurred. She, having gone again, standing near the Great Being, lamented. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2253.

"She there, having lamented, through mountains and forests;

Having gone again to the hermitage, she wept near her husband.

2254.

"I do not see them, O lord, by whom they were slain and dead;

Even the ravens do not cry, surely my children are dead.

2255.

"I do not see them, O lord, by whom they were slain and dead;

Even the birds do not cry, surely my children are dead.

2256.

"Do I not see them, O lord, by whom they were slain and dead;

Wandering at the roots of trees, in mountains and in caves.

2257.

"Thus Maddī, the handsome woman, the king's daughter, glorious;

Having raised her arms, having cried out, right there she fell to the ground."

2253-2257. "Near her husband" means monks, that Maddī, there in the interior of Vaṅka Mountain, having wandered about through the table lands, mountains and forests, having lamented, having gone again, in dependence on her husband, standing near him, wept for the sake of her sons; the meaning is she lamented, saying "I do not see them" and so on. "Thus Maddī, the handsome woman" means monks, thus that Maddī, bearing the highest beauty, the handsome woman, wandering about at the roots of trees and so on, not having seen the children, having raised her arms, having cried out "Without doubt they must be dead," right there at Vessantara's feet, like a cut golden plantain tree, she fell to the ground.

Then the Great Being, trembling with the perception "Maddī is dead," thought "Maddī has died in an impossible place. If her death had occurred in the city of Jetuttara, there would have been a great retinue; two countries would have been shaken. But I am alone in the forest; what indeed shall I do?" Though powerful grief had arisen, having established mindfulness, thinking "Let me find out first," having risen, having placed his hand on her heart, having known the occurrence of warmth, having brought water with the water-pitcher, though he had not engaged in physical contact for seven months, being unable due to powerful grief to observe the state of one gone forth, with eyes full of tears, having lifted up her head and placed it on his thighs, having sprinkled her with water, he sat rubbing her face and heart. Maddī too, having waited a little while, having regained mindfulness, having established shame and moral fear, having risen, having paid homage to the Great Being, said "Lord Vessantara, where have your children gone?" "Queen, they have been given to a brahmin for the purpose of slavery." Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2258.

"Sprinkle with water that princess who had come to him;

Having known her to be comforted, then he said this to her."

Therein, "who had come to him" means who had come to his presence, having fallen at his feet and become unconscious - this is the meaning. "Said this to her" means he spoke this utterance "they have been given to a brahmin of mine for the purpose of slavery."

Thereupon, when it was said by her "Sire, having given the children to the brahmin, why did you not tell me while I was wandering about lamenting the whole night?" the Great Being said -

2259.

"From the beginning, Maddī, I did not wish to tell you the suffering;

A poor, old beggar, a brahmin, has come to the house.

2260.

"The sons were given by me to him, Maddī, do not fear, be confident;

Look at me, Maddī, not at the sons, do not lament excessively;

We shall obtain the sons while living, and may we be healthy.

2261.

"Sons and cattle and grain, and whatever other wealth is in the house;

A good person would give a gift, having seen a beggar who has come;

Rejoice for me, Maddī, in the highest gift of the little children."

2259-2261. Therein, "from the beginning" means from the very beginning. This is what is meant - If I had told you that matter from the very beginning, then, being unable to bear the sorrow, your heart would have split; therefore, from the very beginning, Maddī, I did not wish to tell you the suffering. "Has come to the house" means he has come to this dwelling place of ours. "And may we be healthy" means in whatever way we are healthy, while living we shall certainly see the children even though led away by the brahmin. "And whatever other" means whatever other animate wealth is in the house. "A good person would give a gift" means a good person, aspiring for the highest good, having split open the chest, having taken even the flesh of the heart, would give a gift.

Maddī said -

2262.

"I give thanks to you, O lord, for the highest gift of your little children;

Having given, gladden your mind, be one who gives gifts repeatedly.

2263.

"You who, among human beings who had become stingy, O lord of people;

He gave a gift to the brahmin, the increaser of the Sivi realm."

2262-2263. Therein, "I give thanks to you" means having borne them in the womb for ten months, having bathed them two or three times a day, having given them drink, having fed them, having laid them on her breast, having looked after them - when the little children so tended were given away by the Bodhisatta, she herself, giving thanks for the gift of the children, spoke thus. By this reason it should be understood that "the father alone is the master of the children." "Be one who gives gifts repeatedly" means great king, furthermore again and again be a donor of gifts, gladden your mind thinking "well given is my gift," you who gave away your dear children among beings who had become stingy.

When this was said, the Great Being, having said "Maddī, what is this indeed that you say? For if, having given the children, I had not been able to gladden my mind, then these marvels of mine would not have occurred," related all the marvels beginning with the resounding of the earth. Thereupon Maddī, having proclaimed those marvels, giving thanks for the gift, said -

2264.

"The earth resounded for you, your sound went to the celestial abode;

Lightnings came from all around, like the echoes of mountains."

Therein, "lightnings came" means untimely lightning flashes went forth all around in the Himalayan region. "Like the echoes of mountains" means roars arose like the echo-sounds of mountains.

2265.

"They give thanks to you for that, both the Nārada and Pabbata;

Inda and Brahmā, the Lord of Creation, Soma, Yama, and Vessavaṇa;

All the gods give thanks, the Thirty-three with Inda.

2266.

"Thus Maddī, the handsome woman, the king's daughter, glorious;

Gave thanks to Vessantara for the highest gift of his little children."

2265-2266. Therein, "both the Nārada and Pabbata" - these two orders of gods too, standing just at the doors of their own mansions, give thanks saying "Well given is your gift." "The Thirty-three with Inda" means the Tāvatiṃsa gods too, with Inda as their chief, give thanks for your gift.

Thus, when the Great Being had praised his own giving, Maddī too, having turned over that very same meaning, having praised the giving in the same way saying "Great King Vessantara, well given indeed is your gift," sat down giving thanks. Therefore the Teacher spoke the verse "Thus Maddī, the handsome woman."

The commentary on the Section on Maddī is concluded.

The Commentary on the Section on Sakka

Thus, while they were speaking pleasant talk to one another, Sakka thought: "This King Vessantara yesterday, having made the earth resound, gave the children to Jūjaka. Now some inferior person might approach him and, having requested Maddī who is endowed with all auspicious marks, having made the king solitary, might take Maddī and go; then he would be helpless and without support. Let me approach him in the appearance of a brahmin, having requested Maddī, having caused him to reach the pinnacle of perfection, having made her not to be given away to anyone, having given her back to him, I shall return." He went to his presence at the time of sunrise. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2267.

"Then at the end of the night, towards the rising of the sun;

Sakka, in the appearance of a brahmin, appeared to them in the morning."

Therein, "appeared to them in the morning" means right early he stood before those two persons in a visible form, and having stood, making friendly welcome, he said -

2268.

"Is it that you are well, is it that you are free from illness;

Do you sustain yourself by gleaning, are roots and fruits abundant?

2269.

"Are gadflies and mosquitoes few, and reptiles as well;

In the forest teeming with beasts of prey, is there no harm found?"

The Great Being said -

2270.

"It is well with us, Brahmin, and also, Brahmin, free from illness;

And also we sustain ourselves by gleaning, and also roots and fruits are abundant.

2271.

"And also gadflies and mosquitoes, and reptiles as well few;

In the forest teeming with beasts of prey, no harm exists for me.

2272.

"For seven months we have dwelt, in the forest, living in sorrow;

This is the second time we see a brahmin of divine appearance;

Having taken a bamboo staff, wearing a cheetah-hide cloak.

2273.

"Welcome to you, Great Brahmā, and also your coming is not unwelcome;

Enter inside, venerable one, wash your feet.

2274.

Tinduka fruits, piyāla fruits, madhuka fruits and kasumāra fruits;

Small fruits, enjoy, O Brahmin, the choicest of the choicest.

2275.

"This drinking water too is cool, brought from the mountain cave;

Drink from it, Great Brahmā, if you so wish."

Having thus exchanged friendly welcome together with him, the Great Being -

2276.

"Then by what beauty, or else by what reason;

Have you arrived at the great forest? Tell me this when asked." -

2268-2276. He asked the reason for his coming. Then Sakka, having said to him "Great king, I am old; coming here, I have come to beg your wife Maddī; give her to me," spoke this verse -

2277.

"Just as a full water-stream, at all times is not exhausted;

Thus I came to entreat you, give me your wife, I entreat you."

When this was said, the Great Being, without saying "Yesterday my children were given to the brahmin, and having become alone in the forest, how shall I give you Maddī?" - as if placing a bag containing a thousand pieces of gold coins into outstretched hands, without hesitation, without attachment, with an unshrunken mind, resounding throughout the mountain, spoke this verse -

2278.

"I give, I do not waver, whatever you request of me, brahmin;

What exists I do not conceal, my mind delights in giving."

Therein, "what exists I do not conceal" means what is found to exist I do not hide.

And having said thus, having quickly brought water with the water-pitcher, having poured water into the hands, he gave his beloved wife to the brahmin. At that very moment all the wonders of the kind stated below appeared. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2279.

"Having taken Maddī by the hand, with the water-pitcher;

He gave a gift to the brahmin, the increaser of the Sivi realm.

2280.

"Then there was what was terrifying, then there was what was hair-raising;

When he was giving up Maddī, the ground trembled.

2281.

"Maddī neither frowns, nor is dejected, nor weeps;

She looks at him silently, he knows what is best."

2279-2281. Therein, "gave a gift" means having said "Hey, brahmin, more dear to me than Maddī by a hundredfold, a thousandfold, a hundred-thousandfold is the knowledge of omniscience itself; may this gift of mine be a condition for the penetration of omniscient knowledge," he gave the gift. And this too was said -

"Jālī, Kaṇhājinā my daughter, Queen Maddī the devoted wife;

Giving them away, I did not grieve, because of enlightenment itself.

"Both sons are not odious to me, Queen Maddī is not odious to me;

Omniscience is dear to me, therefore I gave what is dear."

Therein, "sampakampathā" means the earth, with water as its boundary, trembled. "Maddī neither frowns" means monks, at that moment Maddī did not even frown through the power of anger thinking "The king is giving me to an old brahmin." "Nor is dejected, nor weeps" means she was indeed not ashamed, nor did she weep having filled her eyes; rather, she, having become silent, thinking "One giving away a woman-jewel such as me will not give without reason; he knows what is best" - she just looked at his face, which had the beauty of a full-blown lotus; the meaning is that she stood just looking.

Then the Great Being, thinking "What is Maddī like?" looked at her face. She too, having said "Husband, why do you look at me?" roaring a lion's roar, spoke this verse -

2282.

"I am the maiden wife of whom, my husband is my lord;

To whomever he wishes he might give me, or sell me or kill me."

Therein, "I am the maiden wife of whom" means I who am your young wife, you yourself are my lord and master. "To whomever he wishes, to him" means the lord indeed might give me, a female slave, to whomever he wishes to give, to him he would give. "Or sell" means if there is need for wealth, he might sell; or if there is need for meat, he might kill; therefore whatever pleases you, that do, I do not become angry.

Sakka, having known the sublimity of their disposition, offered praise. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2283.

"Having understood their thought, the lord of gods said this;

All those obstacles have been conquered by you, those that are divine and those that are human.

2284.

"The earth resounded for you, your sound went to the celestial abode;

Lightnings came from all around, like the echoes of mountains.

2285.

"They give thanks to you for that, both the Nārada and Pabbata;

Inda and Brahmā, the Lord of Creation, Soma, Yama, and Vessavaṇa;

All the gods give thanks, for he does what is difficult to do.

2286.

"Giving what is hard to give, doing what is hard to do;

The bad do not imitate, the principle of the good is hard to follow.

2287.

"Therefore the destination from here is different for the good and the bad;

The bad go to hell, the good are destined for heaven.

2288.

"That which you gave - the boys, the wife, while dwelling in the forest;

Not descending from the Brahma-vehicle, may that ripen for you in heaven."

2283-2288. Therein, "obstacles" means opponents. "Divine" means those preventing divine achievement. "Human" means those preventing human achievement. But who are they? The qualities of stinginess. All those were conquered by the Great Being who gave away his children and wife. Therefore he said "all those obstacles have been conquered by you." "For he does what is difficult to do" - he says that King Vessantara, dwelling alone in the forest, giving his wife to the brahmin, does what is difficult to do - thus all the gods give thanks. He spoke the verse beginning with "Whatever this" while giving thanksgiving. "Dwelling in the forest" means while dwelling in the forest. "Supreme vehicle" means the foremost vehicle. For the threefold teaching of good conduct and such a teaching of giving becomes a condition for the noble path, therefore it is called "the supreme vehicle." Therefore, may that supreme vehicle produced even by giving this gift today, without descending to the plane of misery, ripen for you in heaven, and at the end of its result may it be the bestower of omniscient knowledge.

Having thus given thanksgiving, Sakka, having thought "Now it is fitting for me, without making delay here, to give her to this very one and go," said -

2289.

"I give you my wife, Maddī, beautiful in all her limbs;

You are suited to Maddī, and Maddī together with her husband.

2290.

"Just as milk and a conch shell, both are of similar colour;

So you and Maddī, are of similar mind and heart.

2291.

"Banished here in the forest, both of you dwell in the hermitage;

Warriors accomplished in clan, well-born from mother and father;

May you make meritorious deeds, giving again and again."

2289-2291. Therein, "suited" means suitable. "Both of equal beauty" means both are of equal beauty, both being entirely pure. "Of equal mind and heart" means endowed with a heart reckoned as mind that is equal in actions such as good conduct and so on. "Confined here" means having been banished from the country, you dwell here in the forest. "May you make meritorious deeds" means just as many meritorious deeds have been done by you in the city of Jetuttara, yesterday by means of giving the sons, today by means of giving the wife - not being satisfied with just this much, but giving again and again even further beyond this, may you make meritorious deeds as are suitable.

And having said thus, Sakka, having entrusted Maddī back to the Great Being, declaring himself in order to grant a boon, said -

2292.

"I am Sakka, the lord of gods, I have come into your presence;

Choose a boon, O royal seer, I give you eight boons."

And even while speaking, blazing with his divine individual existence like a young sun, he stood in the sky. Then the Bodhisatta, taking the boon, said -

2293.

"If you have given me a boon, Sakka, lord of all beings;

May my father give thanks to me, having arrived from here to my own house;

May he invite me with a seat, this first boon I would wish for.

2294.

"I would not approve of the murder of a man, even a wrongdoer;

I would release one fit to be killed from murder, this second boon I would wish for.

2295.

"Those who are old and those who are young, and those of middle stature;

May they all depend on me alone, this is the third boon I would wish for.

2296.

"I would not go to another's wife, I would be devoted to my own wife;

I would not come under the control of women, this is the fourth boon I would wish for.

2297.

"May a son be born to me, O Sakka, and may he be long-lived;

May he conquer the earth by the Teaching, this is the fifth boon I wish for.

2298.

"Then at the end of the night, towards the rising of the sun;

May divine foods appear, this sixth boon I would wish for.

2299.

"May my giving not be exhausted, having given may I not regret;

While giving may I gladden the mind, this seventh boon I would wish for."

2300.

"Being liberated from here, going to heaven, attaining distinction;

May I be one who does not turn back from there, this eighth boon I would wish for."

2293-2300. Therein, "may he give thanks" means he should accept, he should not be angry. "Having arrived from here" means having arrived from this forest to one's own house. "With a seat" means with a royal seat. He says "let him give me the kingdom." "Even a wrong-doer" means having become king, I would release even one who has offended against the king, one fit to be killed, from murder; let not even such a one's killing be pleasing to me. "May they depend on me alone" means all of them should depend on and live in dependence on me alone. "Conquers by righteousness" means let him conquer by righteousness, let him exercise kingship by righteousness; this is the meaning. "One who goes to distinction" means he says: having become one who goes to distinction, may I be reborn in the Tusita city. "May I be one who does not turn back from there" means he says: having fallen away from the Tusita abode and come to human existence, may I be one who does not turn back in further existence, may I attain omniscience.

2301.

"Having heard that word of his, the lord of gods said this;

'Before long indeed, from there, your father will come to see you.'"

Therein, "will come to see you" means great king, your mother and father, before long indeed, having become desirous of seeing you, will come here, and having come, having given the white parasol, having handed over the kingdom, will take you to the city of Jetuttara itself; all your wishes will reach their summit; do not worry, be heedful, great king.

Having thus given exhortation to the Great Being, Sakka went to his own place. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2302.

"Having said this, Maghavā, the king of gods, husband of Sujā;

Having given a boon to Vessantara, departed to the heavenly assembly."

Therein, "vessantare" means to Vessantara. "Departed" means he went, he had arrived indeed.

The commentary on the Section on Sakka is concluded.

The Commentary on the Section on the Great King

The Bodhisatta and Maddī, being joyful, dwelt in the hermitage given by Sakka. Jūjaka too, having taken the princes, set out on the sixty-yojana road. The deities provided protection for the princes. Jūjaka too, when the sun had set, having tied the princes to a shrub, having made them lie down on the ground, himself, out of fear of fierce beasts of prey, having climbed a tree, sleeps among the branches. At that moment, one young god, in the appearance of Vessantara, and one goddess, in the appearance of Maddī, having come, having released the princes, having massaged their hands and feet, having bathed them, having adorned them, having fed them divine food, having laid them to sleep on a divine bed, at the time of the break of dawn, having made them lie down as if still bound, disappeared. Thus they, through the assistance of the deities, being healthy, went on. Jūjaka too, having been possessed by a deity, while going thinking "I shall go to the Kāliṅga country," within a fortnight reached the city of Jetuttara. On that day, towards the break of dawn, the Great King Sañjaya saw a dream. The dream was of such a form - While the king was seated at the great hall of judgment, a certain dark man, having brought two lotuses, placed them in the king's hands. The king adorned them on his two ears. Their pollen, having fallen, falls upon the king's breast. He, having awoken, right early, asked the brahmins. They answered: "Kinsmen long dwelling away from you, O lord, will come." He, right early, having bathed his head, having eaten food of various excellent flavours, having adorned himself, sat at the hall of judgment. The deities, having brought the brahmin together with the two princes, placed them in the royal courtyard. At that moment, the king, looking along the road, having seen the princes, said -

2303.

"Whose is this face that shines, like gold heated by fire;

Like a coin of gold, brightened at the mouth of the forge.

2304.

"Both similar in limbs, both similar in characteristics;

One like Jālī, one like Kaṇhājinā."

2305.

"Like lions emerged from a den, both of fitting appearance;

As if made of gold, these children appear."

2303-2305. Therein, "like gold heated by fire" means heated like gold by fire. "Like lions emerged from a den" means like lions emerged from a golden cave.

Thus the king, having praised the princes with three verses, commanded a certain minister: "Go, bring that brahmin together with the children." He went quickly and brought the brahmin. Then the king said to the brahmin -

2306.

"From where, venerable Bhāradvāja, have you brought these children;

Having arrived in the country today, where are you going, brahmin?"

Jūjaka said -

2307.

"These children are mine, O lord, given with wealth, Sañjaya;

Today is the fifteenth night, since the children were obtained by me."

Therein, "with wealth" means with one who is satisfied and pleased. "Today is the fifteenth night" means he says today is the fifteenth night beginning from the day these were obtained.

The king said -

2308.

"By what sweet speech, by what right method would you have us believe;

Who gave you this gift, the little children, the highest gift?"

Therein, "by what sweet speech" means brahmin, by what dear words were they obtained by you. "By right method would have us believe" means without speaking falsehood, by right method, by reason, you would have us believe. "The little children" means having made the highest gift of one's own dear little children, who gave you this gift?

Jūjaka said -

2309.

"He who was a support to those who ask, like the earth to beings;

That King Vessantara of mine gave away his children while dwelling in the forest.

2310.

"He who was a destination for those who ask, like the ocean for rivers;

That King Vessantara of mine gave away his children while dwelling in the forest."

2309-2310. Therein, "was a support" means was a support.

Having heard that, the councillors, censuring Vessantara, said -

2311.

"Wrong-doing indeed, dear sir, by the king, the faithful householder;

How could he give away his little children, one banished to the forest.

2312.

"Listen to this, sirs, as many as are assembled here;

How did King Vessantara give away his children while dwelling in the forest?

2313.

"He might give a female slave and a male slave, a horse and a mule-drawn chariot;

He might give an elephant, a tusker, but how could he give away the children?"

2311-2313. Therein, "with one of faith" (saddhena) means by the king who, even though endowed with faith, being a virtuous one dwelling in a house - this is wrong-doing indeed, something inappropriate indeed has been done. "One banished" (avaruddhako) means banished from the kingdom, dwelling in the forest. "This, sirs" (imaṃ bhonto) means sirs, city-dwellers, as many as are assembled here, all listen to this, consider this - with the intention "how indeed did he make his little children slaves and give them away, by whom indeed has such a thing been done before?" - thus they said. "Would give" (dajjā) means let him give whatever wealth among slaves and so on. "How could he give away the children" (kathaṃ so dajja dārake) means but for what reason did he give away these children?

Having heard that, the prince, unable to bear the reproach of his father, like Sineru extending its arm when struck by the wind, spoke this verse -

2314.

"He who has no slave in his house, no horse and mule-drawn chariot;

No elephant, no tusker, no serpent, what might he give, grandfather?"

The king said -

2315.

"We praise his giving, and we do not blame you, dear children;

How was your heart, having given them to the paupers?"

Therein, "we praise his giving" means dear children, we praise your father's giving, we do not blame.

Having heard that, the prince said -

2316.

"The heart was in suffering, and also you see the heat;

With eyes red like Rohiṇī, father shed tears."

Therein, "the heart was in suffering" means grandfather, having heard this word spoken by Kaṇhājinā, his heart was in suffering. "With eyes red like Rohiṇī" means with reddened eyes as if copper-coloured, my father at that moment shed tears.

Now, showing her that word, he said -

2317.

"That, that Kaṇhājinā said, 'This brahmin, dear father, me;

Beats with a stick, like a slave girl born in the house.'"

2318.

"This is not a brahmin, dear father, brahmins are righteous;

A demon with the appearance of a brahmin, to devour us, dear father, leads us away;

While being led away by the goblin, why, dear father, do you look on?"

Then, having seen the princes not releasing the brahmin, the king spoke a verse -

2319.

"And your mother is a king's daughter, and your father is a prince;

Having climbed onto my lap before, why now do you stand far off?"

2317-2319. Therein, "before me" means you, having seen me before this, having come quickly and having climbed onto my lap, why now do you stand far off?

The prince said -

2320.

"And our mother is a king's daughter, and our father is a prince;

We are slaves of the brahmin, therefore we stand far off."

Therein, "we are slaves" means but now we are slaves of the brahmin.

The king said -

2321.

"Do not speak thus to me, dear, my heart is burning;

My body is like a funeral pyre, I find no happiness on my seat.

2322.

"Do not speak thus to me, dear, you generate more sorrow for me;

I will redeem you with wealth, you will not become slaves.

2323.

"What price, dear son, did the father give for the brahmin;

Tell me as it really is, let them hand over the brahmin."

2321-2323. Therein, "dear" (sammā) is a term of endearment. "My body is like a funeral pyre" (citakāyaṃva me kāyo) means now my body has become as if placed upon a pyre of embers. "Janetha man" means "generate for me," or this itself is the reading. "I will redeem with wealth" (nikkiṇissāmi dabbenā) means I will free them by giving wealth. "At what price" (kimagghiyan) means having made what price. "Let them supply" (paṭipādentū) means let them accept the wealth.

The prince said -

2324.

"For a thousand in value, dear father, my father gave me to the brahmin;

And Kaṇhājinā the maiden, with a hundred elephants as well."

Therein, "for a thousand in value indeed" means O lord, my father at that time, having valued me at a thousand gold coins, gave me. "And Kaṇhājinā" means but my younger sister Kaṇhājinā. "With a hundred elephants as well" means of elephants and of horses and of bulls and of gold coins - with a hundred of all of these, at least including beds, chairs and slippers, he valued her at a full hundred of each.

The king, causing the ransom for the children to be given, said -

2325.

"Rise up, doer of good, hurrying, give to the brahmin;

A hundred female slaves, a hundred male slaves, a hundred cattle, elephants, and bulls;

And a thousand pieces of gold, give as ransom for the sons."

Therein, "give" means give.

2326.

"Then the doer, hurrying, gave to the brahmin;

A hundred female slaves, a hundred male slaves, a hundred cattle, elephants, and bulls;

And a thousand pieces of gold, he gave as ransom for the sons."

Therein, "gave" means gave. "Ransom" means the price of value.

Thus he gave to the brahmin a hundred of each and a thousand gold coins as ransom for the children, and a seven-storeyed mansion; the brahmin's retinue became great. He, having stored away the wealth, having ascended the mansion, having eaten food of pleasant flavour, lay down on a great bed. Having bathed the children's heads, having fed them, having adorned them, they seated both on their laps, one the grandfather, one the grandmother. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2327.

"Having bought and bathed, and having fed the children;

Having adorned them with goods, they seated them on their laps.

2328.

"Having bathed his head, in clean garments, adorned with all ornaments;

The king, having placed him on his lap, the grandfather inquired.

2329.

"With earrings, with resounding garlands, adorned with all ornaments;

The king, having placed him on his lap, spoke these words.

2330.

"Are both your mother and father healthy, Jāli;

Do they sustain themselves by gleaning, are roots and fruits abundant?

2331.

"Are gadflies and mosquitoes few, and reptiles as well;

In the forest teeming with beasts of prey, is there no harm found?"

2327-2331. Therein, "with earrings" means having bedecked them with earrings. "Resounding" means when proclaimed, making a delightful sound. "With garlands" means having bedecked them with flowers. "Having placed on the lap" means having caused the prince Jāli to sit on the lap.

The prince said -

2332.

"And also both my mother and father are healthy, O king;

And also they sustain themselves by gleaning, and also roots and fruits are abundant.

2333.

"And also gadflies and mosquitoes, and reptiles as well few;

In the forest teeming with beasts of prey, no harm exists for them.

2334.

"Digging up yams and kaḷamba plants, bilāli and buttermilk plants;

Jujube, marking-nut and marmelos, having brought, she nourishes us.

2335.

"And whatever she brings, carrying forest roots and fruits;

That we all, having assembled together, consume by night, not by day.

2336.

"Our mother is emaciated and pale, bringing tree fruits;

Delicate from wind and heat, like a lotus held in the hand.

2337.

"Our mother's hair is very thin, while wandering in the great forest;

In the forest teeming with beasts of prey, frequented by sword-bearing panthers.

2338.

"Having bound matted hair on the head, she bears wet-dirt in the armpits;

Clad in leather, he sleeps on the ground, and pays homage to the fire."

2332-2338. Therein, "digging up yams and kalamba plants" means digging up yams and kalamba plants. By this he describes the difficult livelihood of the mother and father. In "taṃ no," here "no" is merely an indeclinable particle. "Like a lotus held in the hand" means she has become like a lotus crushed by the hand. "Her hair is very thin" means O king, as my mother wanders in the great forest, those black hairs of the colour of a wasp's wings have been torn out by tree branches and the like, and have become very thin. "She bears dirt" means she bears dirt under both armpits, she goes about in a soiled appearance.

He, having thus spoken of his mother's afflicted state, urging his grandfather, spoke this verse -

2339.

"Sons are dear to human beings, they arose in the world;

Surely affection for sons did not arise in our noble lord."

Therein, "arose" means they were born.

Thereupon the king, making manifest his own fault, said -

2340.

"Indeed a wrong-doing, son, the slaying of an elder was done by me;

I who, by the word of the Sivis, banished the blameless one.

2341.

"Whatever I have here, wealth and grain that exists;

Let King Vessantara come, let him rule in the Sivi kingdom."

2340-2341. Therein, "son" means son Jāli, this is our wrong-doing. "The slaying of an elder" means the deed of destroying an elder. "Whatever I have" means dear father, whatever I have here, all that I give to your father. "Let him rule in the Sivi kingdom" means having become king in this city, let him rule.

The prince said -

2342.

"Not by my word, O lord, will the best of the Sivis come;

Having gone yourself, O lord, shower your own son with wealth."

Therein, "the best of the Sivis" means the foremost of the Sivis, Vessantara. "Shower" means sprinkle with wealth like a great cloud with rain.

2343.

"Then King Sañjaya addressed the general;

Let elephants, horses, chariots, infantry, and the army arm themselves;

And let the townspeople follow me, and the brahmins and chaplains.

2344.

"Then sixty thousand warriors, lovely to behold;

Let them come quickly, armoured, adorned with various colours.

2345.

"Some wearing blue garments, some dressed in yellow;

Others with red turbans, some dressed in white;

Let them come quickly, armoured, adorned with various colours.

2346.

"Just as the Himalaya bearing fragrance, the mountain Gandhamādana;

Covered with various trees, a dwelling place for hosts of great beings.

2347.

"And with divine medicines, it shines in the directions and wafts fragrance;

Let them come quickly, armoured, let them illuminate the directions and waft fragrance.

2348.

"Then let them harness fourteen thousand elephants;

Mātaṅgas with golden trappings, clothed in golden adornments.

2349.

"Mounted by village headmen, with spears and goads in hand;

Let them come quickly, armoured, displayed on elephant backs.

2350.

"Then let them harness fourteen thousand horses;

Thoroughbreds by birth, Sindh horses with swift conveyance.

2351.

"Mounted by village headmen, bearing short swords and bows;

Let them come quickly, armoured, adorned on horse backs.

2352.

"Then let them harness fourteen thousand chariots;

With rims well made of iron, with spokes inlaid with gold.

2353.

"Let them raise banners there, leather shields and armour;

Let them string their bows, the firm-bowed strikers;

Let them come quickly, armoured, the chariot-warriors in their chariots."

2343-2353. Therein, "let them arm" means let them array themselves. "Sixty thousand" means sixty thousand ministers born at the same time as my son. "Some wearing blue garments" means let some, having dressed in blue garments, come. "Dwelling place for hosts of great beings" means the dwelling of many groups of demons. "Let them illuminate the directions and waft fragrance" means let them shine and diffuse fragrance with ornaments, ointments and so on, like the Himalaya of the kind described. "On elephant backs" means let those elephant trainers come quickly on elephant backs. "Displayed" means with displayed adornments. "With well-made iron rims" means with rims well encircled with iron. "With gold-inlaid trappings" means with trappings inlaid with gold. He says: let them yoke fourteen thousand chariots of such a kind. "Let them raise" means let them mount.

Thus the king, having planned the divisions of the army, commanding "Having made level the road of arrival, eight usabhas in breadth, from Jetuttara city as far as Vaṅka Mountain for my son, do this and that for the purpose of decorating the road," said -

2354.

"Let there be flowers for scattering with parched corn, garlands, perfumes and ointments;

And let offerings stand, along the path by which he will come.

2355.

"In every village a hundred water-pots, of fermented liquor and intoxicating liquor;

Let them stand along the path, by which path he will come.

2356.

"Meats, cakes, dumplings, food made with flour connected with fish;

Let them stand along the path, by which path he will come.

2357.

"Ghee, oil, curds, milk, millet cakes, and much liquor;

Let them stand along the path, by which path he will come.

2358.

"Cooks and chefs, dancers, actors and singers;

Cymbal players, kettle-drummers, minstrels and grief-dispellers.

2359.

"Let all the lutes be struck, the drums and kettledrums too;

Let the conch shells be blown, let the single-headed drums resound.

2360.

"Small drums, tabors, conch shells, iguanas and parivadentikā birds;

Let kettledrums be struck, and kutumpa kettledrums too."

2354-2360. Therein, "flowers for scattering with parched corn" means he commands "prepare scattering flowers, that is, flowers having parched corn as the fifth, for those who are scattering together with parched corn." "Garlands, perfumes and ointments" means hanging garlands on the road canopy and perfumed ointments. "And offerings" means let flower offerings and jewel offerings stand there, along the path by which my son will come. "In village after village" means at each and every village entrance. "Let them stand" means let pots of spirits, fermented liquor and intoxicants, having been prepared for the purpose of drinking by the thirsty, stand. "Connected with fish" means connected with fish. "Millet seed" means made of millet flour. "Mandaka" means mandaka singers. "Sorrow-dispellers" means jugglers, or also whatever others are capable of removing arisen sorrow are called sorrow-dispellers; the meaning is those who, when a dance is performed with their own successions of bamboo flute sounds, make grieving people free from sorrow and cause them to lie down. "Kharamukha" means large-mouthed ocean conch shells. "Conch shells" means right-spiralling fist-conch shells and tube-conch shells - two kinds of conch shells. "Godhā, parivadentikā, kettledrums and kutumpa-kettledrums" - these too are just four musical instruments.

Thus the king planned the road decorations. Jūjaka too, having eaten exceeding the proper measure, being unable to digest it, died right there. The king, having had the funeral rites performed for him, had a drum beaten: "If there is any relative of the brahmin in the city, let him take this." He did not see any relative of his; the wealth again became the king's only. Then on the seventh day the entire army gathered together. Then the king, with a great retinue, having made Jāli the guide of the way, departed. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2361.

"That great army was parading, bearing the Sivis;

With Jāli as the guide of the way, it set out to the Vaṅka mountain.

2362.

"The elephant trumpets a heron's cry, the tusker sixty years old;

With the golden girth being fastened, the elephant trumpets a heron's cry.

2363.

"The thoroughbreds neighed, the sound of wheels arose;

Dust covered the cloud, the army bearing the Sivis was parading.

2364.

"That great army was parading, able to carry things away;

With Jāli as the guide of the way, it set out to the Vaṅka mountain.

2365.

"They entered the great forest, with many branches and great water;

Covered with flowering trees, and with fruit trees - both.

2366.

"There, with melodious voices, lovely, of different colours, many twice-born birds;

They chirp back at the one chirping, in trees fully bloomed in season.

2367.

"They, having gone a long course, after the passing of days and nights;

Approached that spot, where Vessantara was."

2361-2367. Therein, "great" means the army reckoned as twelve akkhobhaṇīs. "Parading" means set out. "Trumpets a heron's cry" means at that time the brahmins dwelling in the Kāliṅga country, when the sky had rained in their own country, having brought that elephant, gave it to Sañjaya. That elephant, delighted thinking "I shall indeed be able to see my master," made the trumpeting of a heron's cry. With reference to that, this was said. "With the girth" means even when being bound with a golden girth, being pleased, it trumpets a heron's cry. "They neigh" means they made the sound of neighing. "Bearing away" means capable of carrying what should be carried. "Pāviṃsu" means they entered. "Many-branched" means having many branches of trees. "A long journey" means a path of sixty yojanas. "They approached" means they reached that place where Vessantara was.

The commentary on the Section on the Great King is concluded.

The Commentary on the Six Nobles' Action

Prince Jāli, having had the camp set up on the bank of the Mucalinda lake, having had the fourteen thousand chariots stationed facing the very road by which they had come, arranged protection against lions, tigers, leopards and so on in each and every place. The sound of elephants and so on was great. Then the Great Being, having heard that sound, frightened by the fear of death, thinking "Have my enemies, having killed my father, come for my sake?" - taking Maddī, having ascended the mountain, he looked at the army. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2368.

"Having heard their shouting, Vessantara was frightened;

Having ascended the mountain, frightened, he surveys the army.

2369.

"Come now, Maddī, observe, what kind of shouting is in the forest;

The thoroughbreds neigh, and the tops of banners are seen.

2370.

"Surely these hunters in the forest, herds of deer;

Having surrounded them with nets, having made them fall into a pit at that very moment;

Shouting out with sharp weapons, they kill the choicest of the choicest among them.

2371.

"Just as we, being innocent, confined in the forest;

Have fallen into the hands of enemies, see the slayer of the weak."

2368-2371. Therein, "iṅgha" is an indeclinable particle used in the sense of urging. "Observe" means whether it is one's own army or an enemy army, look at it, consider it. The connection of meaning of the two and a half verses beginning with "Surely these in the forest" should be understood thus: "Maddī, just as in the forest, hunters, having surrounded herds of deer with nets, or else having made them fall into a pit, at that very moment, shouting out 'Kill, hey, the wicked deer!' with sharp deer-slaying spears, they kill the choicest of the choicest, the fattest of the fattest among those deer, so too these, surely in the same way, shouting out at us with vulgar words, will kill us with sharp spears; and we, being innocent, confined in the forest, banished from the kingdom, dwell in the woods; even this being so, we have fallen into the hands of enemies - see the slayer of the weak!" Thus he lamented out of fear of death.

She, having heard his word, having looked at the army, thinking "It must be one's own army," reassuring the Great Being, spoke this verse -

2372.

"Enemies could not subdue, like fire in the ocean;

Consider that very thing, perhaps there might be safety from this."

Therein, "like fire in the ocean" means just as fire brought by means of grass torches and the like does not overpower the waters that are broad and deep, reckoned as oceans, and is not able to heat them, so enemies could not subdue that, could not overcome it. "That very thing" means that which was said by Sakka, having given you a boon, "Great king, before long your father will come" - consider that very thing; perhaps there might be safety for us from this army - thus she consoled the Great Being.

Then the Great Being, having made his sorrow thin, descended from the mountain together with her and sat down at the door of the hermitage; the other one too sat down at the door of her own hermitage. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2373.

"Then King Vessantara, having descended from the mountain;

Sat down in the hermitage, having made his mind firm."

Therein, "having made his mind firm" means having made his heart steady, thinking "We are those gone forth by name; who will do what to us?" he sat down.

At that moment, King Sañjaya, having addressed the queen - "Dear lady, Phussatī, when all of us have gone together, the sorrow will be great. First I shall go, then having considered 'Now, having dispelled their sorrow, they will be seated,' you should come with a great retinue. Then, having let a short time pass, let Jāli, Kaṇhājinā come afterwards" - having said thus, having had the chariot turned back, having made it face the road by which they had come, having arranged protection here and there, having descended from the decorated elephant's back, he went to his son's presence. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2374.

"Having turned back the chariot, having stationed the army;

The father approached his son, dwelling alone in the forest.

2375.

"Having descended from the elephant's back, with one shoulder bared, with joined palms;

Surrounded by ministers, he came to consecrate his son.

2376.

"There he saw the prince, of charming form, concentrated;

Seated in the hermitage, meditating, fearless from any quarter."

2374-2376. Therein, "having stationed the army" means having placed the military force for the purpose of protection. "One shoulder" means with the upper robe arranged over one shoulder. "Came to consecrate" means he approached to consecrate in the kingdom. "Of lovely appearance" means unanointed, unadorned.

2377.

"And having seen him coming, their father longing for his children;

Vessantara and Maddī, having gone forward to meet him, paid homage.

2378.

"And Maddī paid homage with her head at the feet of her father-in-law;

'I am Maddī, O lord, I pay homage at your feet, I am your daughter-in-law';

They, having embraced there, stroked with their hands."

2377-2378. Therein, "I pay homage at your feet, your daughter-in-law" means having said thus, "I, O lord, your daughter-in-law, pay homage at your feet," she paid homage. "They there" means he embraced both those persons in that hermitage given by Sakka, laid them on his heart, kissed them on the head, stroked them with his soft hand, and stroked their backs.

Then, having cried and lamented, when the king's sorrow had been quenched, making friendly conversation together with them, he said -

2379.

"Is it well with you, son, is it, son, free from illness;

Do you sustain yourself by gleaning, are roots and fruits abundant?

2380.

"Are gadflies and mosquitoes few, and reptiles as well;

In the forest teeming with beasts of prey, is there no harm found?"

Having heard his father's word, the Great Being said -

2381.

"We have a livelihood, O lord, and that is of whatever kind;

Difficult is our livelihood, life by wandering for gleanings.

2382.

"Great king, just as a charioteer tames a horse without prosperity;

We, without prosperity, are tamed by that, lack of prosperity tames us.

2383.

"Even our flesh is lean, from not seeing father and mother;

For us who are imprisoned, great king, in the forest, living in sorrow."

2379-2383. Therein, "of whatever kind" means this or that, inferior - this is the meaning. "Difficult is our livelihood" means dear father, our life by wandering for gleanings is indeed difficult, painful was our livelihood. "Without prosperity" means great king, one without prosperity, without success, a poor person by name - that very lack of prosperity, just as a skilled charioteer tames a horse, makes it free from swerving, so we, dwelling here, without prosperity, are tamed, made free from swerving; lack of prosperity itself tames us. "Dametha no" is also a reading; the meaning is "it has tamed us." "While we live in sorrow" - he says: what happiness indeed is there for us who dwell in the forest with sorrow not departed?

And having said thus, again asking about the news of the children, he said -

2384.

"Even those who are heirs of the Sivi chief, with unfulfilled desires;

Jālī and Kaṇhājinā, both, subjected to the brahmin's authority;

To the fierce cruel one, who beats them like cattle.

2385.

"Those sons of the king's daughter, if you know them, tell us;

Inform us quickly, like a young man bitten by a snake."

2384-2385. Therein, "heirs with unfulfilled desires" means great king, even those who, having become heirs of your Sivi chief with unfulfilled desires, with incomplete wishes, became subjected to the brahmin's authority - those two princes whom the brahmin beats and strikes like cattle - those sons of the king's daughter, if you know them by way of seeing or by way of hearing, tell us. "Like a young man bitten by a snake" means he says: just as those treating medically a young man bitten by a snake for the purpose of neutralising the poison, quickly inform us, tell us.

The king said -

2386.

"Both princes have been redeemed, Jālī and Kaṇhājinā, both;

Having given wealth to the brahmin, son, do not fear, be confident."

Therein, "redeemed" means taken back having given the ransom.

Having heard that, the Great Being, having regained his composure, exchanged friendly greetings with his father -

2387.

"Is it that you are well, dear son, is it that you are free from illness;

Is it that my mother's eye does not decline, dear son?"

Therein, "the eye does not decline" means the eye of her who is crying with sorrow for her son does not decline.

The king said -

2388.

"Is it well with me, son, and also, son, free from illness?

And also, son, does your mother's eye not decline?"

The Bodhisatta said -

2389.

"Are your draught animals healthy, does your vehicle carry well;

Is the country prosperous, is the rain not cut off?"

Therein, "rain" means a stream of rain.

The king said -

2390.

"And also my draught animals are healthy, and also my vehicle carries well;

And also the country is prosperous, and also the rain is not cut off."

Thus, while they were still conversing, Queen Phussatī, having considered "Now, having made their sorrow thin, they will be seated," went together with a great retinue to her son's presence. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2391.

"While thus they were conversing, their mother appeared to them;

The king's daughter at the mountain gate, on foot, without sandals.

2392.

"And having seen her coming, the mother longing for her children;

Vessantara and Maddī, having gone forward to meet him, paid homage.

2393.

"And Maddī paid homage with her head at the feet of her mother-in-law;

I am Maddī, lady, I pay homage at your feet, I am your daughter-in-law."

2391-2393. While they were standing having paid homage to Queen Phussatī, the little children, surrounded by boys and girls, arrived. And Maddī stood looking at the road of their arrival. She, having seen them coming safely, being unable to remain in her own state, like a cow with a young calf, lamenting, set forth from there. They too, having seen her, lamenting, ran forth facing towards their mother. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2394.

"And having seen Maddī, the little children, having come safely from afar;

Crying, they ran towards me, like young calves towards their mother.

2395.

"And Maddī, having seen the little children, having come safely from afar;

Trembling like a spirit-possessed woman, sprinkled them with streams of milk from her breasts."

2394-2395. Therein, "crying, they ran towards me" means crying, they ran towards her. "Like a Vāruṇī" means trembling like a female fortune-teller possessed by a demon, she sprinkled them with streams of milk from her breasts.

It is said that she, having lamented with a loud voice, trembling, having become unconscious, fell at full length upon the earth. The princes too, having come quickly, having become unconscious, fell right upon their mother. At that moment, two streams of milk, having issued forth from her two breasts, entered right into their mouths. If indeed there had not been this much relief, the two princes, having become dry-hearted, would surely have perished. Vessantara too, having seen his beloved sons, being unable to hold back the sorrow, having become unconscious, fell right there. His mother and father too, having become unconscious, fell right there; likewise the sixty thousand ministers born at the same time. While they were witnessing that compassionate scene, not even one was able to remain in his own nature. The entire hermitage was like a Sāla grove crushed by the wind at the end of an age. At that moment the mountains roared, the great earth trembled, the great ocean was stirred, and Sineru, the king of mountains, bent down. The six sensual-sphere heavenly worlds were in one uproar.

Sakka, the king of gods, having thought "The six warriors together with their retinues have become unconscious; among them there is not even one able to rise up and sprinkle water on anyone's body; I shall now cause a shower of lotus petals to rain down upon them," caused a shower of lotus petals to rain down at the assembly of the six warriors. Therein, those who wished to be wetted were wetted; upon those who did not wish to be wetted, not even a single drop fell; like water from a lotus petal, having rolled off, it went away. Thus that rain was like rain fallen in a lotus pond. The six warriors regained comfort. The great multitude, having seen that too, declared a marvel: "Oh, how wonderful! Oh, how marvellous! At such a gathering of relatives a shower of lotus petals rained down, the great earth trembled!" Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2396.

"When the relatives had assembled, a great cry arose;

The mountains resounded together, the earth was shaken.

2397.

"Sending forth a shower of rain, the sky rained at that very moment;

Then King Vessantara met together with his relatives.

2398.

"Grandsons, daughter-in-law, son, king and queen together;

When they had assembled, then there was what was hair-raising.

2399.

"With joined palms they entreat him, crying in the frightful forest;

Both Vessantara and Maddī, all the kingdom assembled;

You are our lord and king, exercise kingship for us both."

2396-2399. Therein, "cry" means a cry of compassion. "With joined palms" means all the citizens, and the townspeople, and the country-folk, having raised up their joined palms in salutation. "Requesting him" means having fallen at his feet, having wept, having lamented, they requested: "Sire, you are our lord and master; your father, having consecrated you right here, wishes to lead you to the city; accept the white parasol belonging to your family."

The commentary on the Six Nobles' Action is concluded.

The Commentary on the City Chapter

Having heard that, the Great Being, conversing with his father, spoke this verse -

2400.

"Though I was exercising kingship by righteousness, you banished me from the kingdom;

Both you and the country-folk, and the townspeople assembled."

Thereupon the king, asking his son's forgiveness for his own fault, said -

2401.

"Indeed a wrong-doing, son, the slaying of an elder was done by me;

I who, by the word of the Sivis, banished the blameless one."

Having spoken this verse, entreating his son for the purpose of removing his own suffering, he spoke the other verse -

2402.

"By whatever means, one would remove the suffering of one's father;

And of one's mother and sister too, even with one's own life."

2400-2402. Therein, "udabbahe" means one could remove. "Even with lives" means dear son, a son should remove the sorrow and suffering of his mother and father even by giving up his own life; therefore, not placing my fault in your heart, do my bidding, having removed this guise of a sage, assume the appearance of a king, dear son - it is said that with this intention he spoke thus.

The Bodhisatta, although wishing to exercise kingship, spoke saying "But when this much is not spoken, it is indeed not a serious matter." The Great Being accepted saying "Good!" Then, having known his acceptance, the sixty thousand ministers born at the same time said "It is time for bathing, great king; wash away the dust and dirt." Then the Great Being, having said to them "Wait a little," having entered the hermitage, having taken off the sage's requisites and having stored them away, having dressed in a conch-coloured cloth, having come out from the hermitage, saying "This is the place where the duties of an ascetic were performed by me dwelling for nine months and a fortnight; the place where the earth was caused to tremble by me reaching the summit of the perfections and giving a gift," he circumambulated the hermitage three times, paid homage with the fivefold prostration, and stood. Then the barbers and others performed the hair and beard dressing and so on for him. They consecrated him, adorned with all ornaments, shining like the king of gods, in the kingdom. Therefore it was said -

2403.

"Then King Vessantara washed off the dust and dirt;

Having washed off the dust and dirt, he assumed the conch-shell colour."

Therein, "washed off" means he removed; and having removed, he assumed the appearance of a king - this is the meaning.

Then his fame was great. Every place that was looked upon trembled, the speakers of auspicious words proclaimed auspicious utterances, all musical instruments were taken up, and the sound of the instruments was like the sound of thunder in the belly of the great ocean. Having adorned the elephant treasure, they brought it forward. He, having fastened on the sword treasure, mounted the elephant treasure. At that very moment, sixty thousand ministers born together with him, adorned with all ornaments, surrounded him, and all the maidens, having bathed and adorned Queen Maddī too, consecrated her. And while pouring the consecration water upon her head, they spoke blessings beginning with "May Vessantara protect you." Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2404.

"Having bathed his head, wearing clean garments, adorned with all ornaments;

Having mounted the elephant Paccaya, he fastened on the sword, the scorcher of foes.

2405.

"Then sixty thousand warriors, lovely to behold;

Born together, they surrounded him, delighting the bull among charioteers.

2406.

"Then they bathed Maddī too, the Sivi maidens assembled;

May Vessantara protect her, Jālī and Kaṇhājinā, both;

And also may the great king, Sañjaya, guard her."

2404-2406. Therein, "having mounted the elephant Paccaya" means that noble elephant which had arisen on the day of his own birth. "Scorcher of foes" means the tormentor of enemies. "Scattered around" means they surrounded. "Delighting" means pleasing. "The Sivi maidens" means the consorts of the Sivi king, having assembled together, bathed her with scented water. "Jālī and Kaṇhājinā, both" means may these sons of yours too protect their mother.

2407.

"And having obtained this requisite, recalling their former defilement;

They celebrated a festival of joy, in delightful Giribbaja.

2408.

"And having obtained this requisite, recalling their former defilement;

Joyful, delighted, glad, Lakkhaṇā, having met with her sons.

2409.

"And having obtained this requisite, recalling their former defilement;

Joyful, delighted, elated, Lakkhaṇā, together with her sons."

2407-2409. Therein, "and having obtained this requisite" means monks, Vessantara and Maddī, having obtained this requisite, having obtained this support, having been established in the kingdom - this is the meaning. "Before" means before this, having recollected their own defilement of dwelling in the forest. "They celebrated a festival of joy, in delightful Giribbaja" means in the delightful slope of Vaṅkagiri, having had the drum of joy, entwined with golden creepers, circulated with the proclamation "By the command of King Vessantara," they celebrated a festival of joy. "Joyful, delighted, glad" means Maddī, endowed with auspicious marks, having come together with and met her sons, having become delighted and glad, exceedingly joyful - this is the meaning. "Elated" means having become pleased.

And having been thus elated, she said to her sons -

2410.

"Formerly I ate one meal, always sleeping on the ground;

Thus was this my religious duty, for your sake indeed, dear children.

2411.

"That religious duty of mine is fulfilled today, having come together with you, dear children;

May Jālī protect that which is born of mother, and that which is born of father, dear child;

And also may the great king, Sañjaya, guard her.

2412.

"Whatever merit has been made, by me and by your father;

By all that wholesome deed, may you be free from ageing and immortal."

2410-2412. Therein, "for your sake indeed, dear children" means dear children, I, desiring you, wishing for you, formerly when you had been led away by the brahmin, having eaten one meal, I lay down on the ground; thus she says "for your sake this was my religious duty." "Fulfilled today" means that religious duty of mine is fulfilled today. "May Jālī protect that which is born of mother, and that which is born of father, dear child" means may Jālī protect the pleasure born of mother and the pleasure born of father; the meaning is may he protect the merit belonging to the mother and father. Therefore he said "Whatever merit has been made."

Queen Phussatī too, having filled golden caskets, sent them saying "From now on let my daughter-in-law wear just these garments, let her wear these ornaments." Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2413.

"Cotton and silk, linen and Koṭumbara cloth;

The mother-in-law sent to her daughter-in-law, with which Maddī shone beautifully.

2414.

"Then golden armlets, and a neck ornament made of jewels;

The mother-in-law sent to her daughter-in-law, with which Maddī shone beautifully.

2415.

"Then golden armlets, bracelets, and a jewelled girdle;

The mother-in-law sent to her daughter-in-law, with which Maddī shone beautifully.

2416.

"A raised ornament and a face-blossom, and jewels of various colours;

The mother-in-law sent to her daughter-in-law, with which Maddī shone beautifully.

2417.

"A breast ornament, a bell ornament, a girdle, and foot ornaments;

The mother-in-law sent to her daughter-in-law, with which Maddī shone beautifully.

2418.

"With threaded and non-threaded ornaments, having reflected upon them, you lie down;

The king's daughter shone beautifully, like a heavenly maiden in Nandana.

2419.

"Having bathed her head, dressed in pure garments, adorned with all ornaments;

The king's daughter shone beautifully, like a nymph of the Tāvatiṃsa heaven.

2420.

"Like a plantain tree touched by the wind, born in the Cittalatā grove;

Endowed with inner coverings, the king's daughter shone beautifully.

2421.

"Like a she-bird with a woman's form, born with colourful wings, a wife;

With lips like ripe banyan fruit, the king's daughter shone beautifully."

2413-2421. Therein, "golden armlets" means a neck ornament itself, made of gold, in the shape of wild date-palm fruits. "Made of jewels" means yet another neck ornament made of jewels. "Bracelets and jewelled girdle" means bracelet ornaments and a girdle made of gems. "Uṇṇata" means a single forehead ornament. "Mukhaphulla" means a tilaka garland ornament at the edge of the forehead. "Of various colours" means of different colours. "Māṇike" means made of gems. "A breast ornament and a bell ornament" - these too are two ornaments. "Girdle" means a girdle made of gold and silver. "Foot ornaments" means a foot decoration. "Threaded and non-threaded" means ornaments strung on thread and ornaments not strung on thread. However, in the Pāḷi "suppañca suppavajjañcā" is written. "Having reflected upon them, you lie down" means having examined each and every deficient place, having adorned herself with these ornaments strung on thread and not strung on thread, standing thus, the excellent one, Maddī, bearing the highest beauty, shone beautifully like a heavenly maiden in Nandana. "Touched by the wind" means like a golden plantain tree born in the Cittalatā grove, touched by the wind, on that day she, stretching herself, shone beautifully. "Endowed with lips" means possessed of red lips resembling bimba fruits. "Like a she-bird with a woman's form, born with colourful wings, a wife" means just as a she-bird named mānusinī, born with a woman's body, with colourful wings, flying up into the sky, having spread her wings, going along, looks beautiful, so she, by the redness of her lips, shone beautifully with lips resembling ripe banyan and bimba fruits.

Sixty thousand ministers brought near to Maddī, for the purpose of mounting, one young elephant adorned with all ornaments, not too old, able to endure the blows of spears and arrows. Therefore it was said -

2422.

"And for her they brought an elephant, not too old;

Enduring spears, enduring arrows, with tusks like plough-poles, with large thighs.

2423.

"Maddī mounted the elephant, not too old;

Enduring spears, enduring arrows, with tusks like plough-poles, with large thighs."

2422-2423. Therein, "and for her" means monks, for her too, for Maddī, having adorned with all ornaments, they brought one young elephant, not too old, able to endure the blows of spears and arrows. "She mounted the elephant" means she ascended the back of the excellent elephant.

Thus both of them went to the camp with great glory. King Sañjaya together with twelve akkhobhiṇī armies played mountain sport and forest sport for just one month. Through the power of the Great Being, in that so great forest, no beast of prey or bird vexed anyone. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2424.

"In all that forest, as many beasts as were there;

Through Vessantara's power, they did not vex one another.

2425.

"In all that forest, as many twice-born birds as were there;

Through Vessantara's power, they did not vex one another.

2426.

"In all that forest, as many beasts as were there;

Gathered together in one place, when Vessantara had departed;

The increaser of the Sivi realm.

2427.

"In all that forest, as many twice-born birds as were there;

Gathered together in one place, when Vessantara had departed;

The increaser of the Sivi realm.

2428.

"In all that forest, as many beasts as were there;

They did not chirp sweetly, when Vessantara had departed;

The increaser of the Sivi realm.

2429.

"In all that forest, as many twice-born birds as were there;

They did not chirp sweetly, when Vessantara had departed;

The increaser of the Sivi realm."

2424-2429. Therein, "as many as here" means as many as are here. "Gathered together in one place" means they assembled in one place, and having assembled, they became overcome with displeasure, thinking "Henceforth there will now be no shame or moral fear or restraint amongst us towards one another." "They did not chirp sweetly" means, grieved by separation from the Great Being, they did not cry a sweet cry as before.

King Sañjaya, having played mountain sport and forest sport for just one month, having summoned the general, having asked "Dear son, we have dwelt in the forest for a long time; have you decorated the road for my son's journey?" when it was said "Yes, Sire, it is time for your departure," having informed Vessantara, having taken the army, he departed. The Great Being, together with a great retinue, proceeded along the decorated road of sixty yojanas from the foot of Vaṅka Mountain up to the city of Jetuttara. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2430.

"The royal road was prepared, decorated, strewn with flowers;

Where Vessantara dwelt, as far as Jetuttara.

2431.

"Then sixty thousand warriors, lovely to behold;

Surrounded him all around, when Vessantara had departed;

The increaser of the Sivi realm.

2432.

"Harem-ladies and princes, merchants and brahmins;

Surrounded him all around, when Vessantara had departed;

The increaser of the Sivi realm.

2433.

"Elephant riders, royal bodyguards, charioteers, and infantry soldiers;

Surrounded him all around, when Vessantara had departed;

The increaser of the Sivi realm.

2434.

"The country-folk have assembled, and the townspeople have assembled;

Surrounded him all around, when Vessantara had departed;

The increaser of the Sivi realm.

2435.

"Wearing helmets, bearing leather shields, with short swords in hand, well-armoured;

They proceeded in front, when Vessantara had set out;

The increaser of the Sivi realm."

2430-2435. Therein, "prepared" means decorated as at the time of the Vesākha full moon festival. "Decorated" means decorated with plantain trees, full pitchers, flags, banners, and so on. "Strewn with flowers" means strewn with flowers, with parched corn as the fifth. "Where" means from the Vaṅka mountain where Vessantara dwells, thenceforth as far as the city of Jetuttara, it was continuously decorated and prepared. "With helmets" means warriors with helmets fastened on their heads, which had obtained the name "head-helmets." "Leather-bearers" means bearers of leather shields for warding off arrows. "Well-armoured" means well armoured with variegated chain-mail. "Proceeded in front" means even when intoxicated elephants were approaching, the valiant warriors who would not turn back proceeded in front of King Vessantara.

The king, having traversed the sixty-yojana road in two months, having reached the city of Jetuttara, having entered the decorated and prepared city, ascended the mansion. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2436.

"They entered the charming city, with great walls and arched gateways;

Endowed with food and drink, and with both dancing and singing.

2437.

"The country-folk were delighted, and the townspeople assembled;

When the prince arrived, the increaser of the Sivi realm.

2438.

"The waving of garments occurred, when the givers of wealth had come;

Delight entered the city, release from bondage was proclaimed."

2436-2438. Therein, "with great walls and arched gateways" means endowed with great walls and arched gateways. "And with both dancing and singing" means endowed with both dancing and singing. "Delighted" means satisfied, filled with pleasure. "When the givers of wealth had come" means when the Great Beings, the givers of wealth to the public, had come. "Ushered in delight" means the drum of joy went around the city: "By the command of the Great King Vessantara." "Release from bondage was proclaimed" means release from bondage for all beings was proclaimed. Including at least cats, the Great King Vessantara had all beings released from bondage.

He, on the very day he entered the city, towards the break of dawn, thought: "Those beggars who, when the night becomes light, having heard of my arrival, will come - what shall I give them?" At that moment, Sakka's dwelling showed signs of heat. He, reflecting, having known that reason, at that very moment, filling the front site and the rear site of the king's residence to the measure of the waist, like a dense cloud, caused a rain of the seven jewels to fall; throughout the entire city he caused it to rain to the measure of the knee. On the following day, the Great Being, having induced to give saying "Let the wealth that rained upon the front and rear premises of whichever families belong to those very families," having had the remainder brought, having had it scattered together with wealth in the storehouses on his own house premises, established the occasion for giving. Making known that meaning, the Teacher said -

2439.

"A rain of gold, the sky rained at that very moment;

When Vessantara entered, the increaser of the Sivi realm.

2440.

"Then King Vessantara, the warrior, having given a gift;

Upon the collapse of the body, the wise one is reborn in heaven."

2439-2440. Therein, "he is reborn in heaven" means having passed away from there, with the second consciousness he was reborn in the Tusita city.

The commentary on the City Chapter is concluded.

The Teacher, having brought this great Vessantara teaching of the Teaching adorned with a thousand verses, connected the Jātaka - "At that time Jūjaka was Devadatta, Amittatāpanā was Ciñcamāṇavikā, the Ceta prince was Channa, the ascetic Accuta was Sāriputta, Sakka was Anuruddha, King Sañcaya was the great King Suddhodana, Queen Phussatī was Sirimahāmāyā, Queen Maddī was Rāhula's mother, Prince Jāli was Rāhula, Kaṇhājinā was Uppalavaṇṇā, the rest of the assembly was the Buddha's assembly, but King Mahāvessantara was myself, the perfectly Self-awakened One."

The commentary on the Vessantara Jātaka is the tenth.

The commentary on the Great Chapter is concluded.

The Jātaka Commentary is completed.

×

Error: Contact form not found.

×

Add notes for personal use